I. PULKINA H. M.

IIYilbKHHA
E. ZAKHA VA-NEKRASOV A E. E. 3AXABA-HEKPACOBA

RUSSIAN PYCCKHli H3bIK

A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR ITPAKTI1qECKA5I rP AMMATHKA

WITH EXERCISES C YITPA)KHEHI15IMI1

Jf3oaHue 8-e, ucnpaBJleHHoe

8th edition, revised

ft
--
, ....":.¥
Russky Yazyk Publishers
Moscow
2000
lfa,n:aTeJil,CTBO «PycCKMM .H3hIK»
MocKBa
2000
Y.ll:K 808.2(075.8)-054.6
EEK 81.2 Pyc-923
fl 88

flepeao.n; c pyccKoro
B. Kopom1w20
CONTENTS
flo.n; pe.n;aKn;Heif 10
Foreword . . II
P. /(u1<c0Ha Abbreviations

MORPHOLOGY
General Remarks on the Parts of Speech . . 13
14
The Component Parts ?fa Word . - - -
Alternation of Sounds m the Stem of a Word 17
19
Compound Words . - - • • •
22
THE NOUN · · · · · · .... 22
Th\~:t:~d~~ ~o~~~ns ·which T~k~ N~ Ending in ·th~ N~~in~tive Singular
and Whose Stem Ends in a Soft Consonant - • • .• • · · · · 25
The Gender of Nouns Denoting Members of a Profess10n or Trade 26
Nouns of Common Gender • • • · · · · · · · · 26
The Gender of Indeclinable Nouns . . • • • • · . · : · · · · 27
flyJibKHHa H. M., 3axaea-HeKpacoea E. Ii. Supplement J. The Most Common Feminine Nouns Endmg 1~ -~Hb~ ~1,,
27
fl 88 PyccKHH J13bIK.flpaKTH'leCKaH rpaMMaTHKa C ynpa:i1rneHHHMH:
YtJe6HHK (JJ:JJ}I roaopHID;HX Ha aHrJIHHCKOM}13bIKe) - 8-e 03.D;.,
s~;p1~':::;nJt-i~~
Most c~m"m~n Ma~cuiin; a~d Fe~inine.Nouns Ending
28
in b . . • · · · · • · · ' ' ' . • . • • . • . • .
ucnp. - M.: Pye. H3., 2000. - 592 c. The Plural of Nouns . . . . . • • • · · : .· · · · · · · · 29
ISBN 5-200-02743-8 Formation of the Plural of Masculine and Femmme Nouns • • • · 29
Formation of the Plural of Neuter Nouns - • • • •. · · · · · 32
Some Peculiarities in the Formation of the Plural ofMascuhne and Neuter
33
YTie6HHK COCTOHT HJ .!IBYX pa.3,!leJJOB: MOpqJOJJOrHH H CHHT8KCHC8. Nouns . . . . . . . • • • · · · · · · · · · ·
Nouns Used Only in the Singular or Plural 35
MaTepuan yqe6HHKa pacrrpe.Z1enl!H no rpaMMaTHTieCKHMTeMaM. lfayqeHHe 36
KallC,!IOitTeM1,1 conpOBOllC,!laeTC}ITpeHHpOBO'IHLIMH ynpallCHeHHJIMH, UeJJI, Changing the Noun for Case . . . . • • • · · · · · · · · ·
38
Some Meanings of the Cases . . . • • • · · · · · · · · ·
KOTOpL!X p8.3BHTHe H8BLIKOB YCTHOff H nHCLMeHHOff pe'IH. Three Types of the Declension of Nouns - • • · · · · · · · · ·
40
MHorOTJHCJJeHHI,IeTa6JJHULICHCTeM8TH3HpyIOTyqe6HLiff MaTepHaJJ. 40
IIpe,!IH83HaTJeH ,!IJJJI JJHU, HMeIOU1HX H8'I8JJI,HYIO no,!lroTOBKy no
The First Declension · · · · · · · · • · · · · · ·th·
Peculiarities in the Declension of Some Masculme Nouns m e
G :fv~
em 1
PYCCKOMYJIJ!,IKy. and Prepositional ~ingular. . . . . · · · · 43
44
The Second Declens10n . . . . . •
45
Y.D:K808.2(075.8)-054.6 The Third Declension . . . . . •
The Declension of Nouns in the Plural 46
liliK 81.2 Pyc-923 47
The Genitive Plural . . . . . - •
Irregular Declension of Some Nouns -..
50
ISBN 5-200-02743-8 © H3.!18TeJJbCTBO«PyccKHff JIJ!,IK»,1979, rrepeBO.!I Use of the Cases with and without Prepos1t10ns 51
Ha 8HrJJHffCKHil:Jl31,IK, 1979, HJMeHeHHJI H ,!10- 51
Use of the Genitive . . 73
IIOJJHeHHJI,1988,HJMeHeHHJl,2000 Use of the Dative 86
PerrpO.!IYUHp0B8HHe (BocrrpOHJBe,!leHHe) .!18H- Use of the Accusative
99
Horo H3.!18HHJIn1061,1Mcrroco6oM 6e3 .!IOroeopa Use of the Instrumental
109
Use of the Prepositional
C lf3,!18TeJJ1,CTBOM
3arrpe1.1.1aeTCJI.
5
 THE ADJECTIVE 121 Verbs of Motion with Prefixes . . . . . . . . . . 258
Changing the Adje~t\~e Ac~ording t~ Ge~de~ 121 Use of Verbs of Indefinite Motion to Denote Single Actions . . . . 271
Changmg the AdJective According to Number 124 The Meaning of Some Phrases Consisting of a Verb of Motion and
The Declens!on of Adjectives in the Singular 124 a Noun . 272
The pe~lens10n of Adjectives in the Plural . 128 Formation of Verb Aspects . . . . . . 279
Qualitative and Relative Adjectives 131 Formation of Perfective Verbs by Means of Prefixes . 279
~imDplete and Short-Form Adj~ctives a~d Th~ir Fu~ction· in ·th~ S~nt~nc~ 133 Perfective Verbs Implying Completion of an Action . 280
e egrees of Comparison of Adjectives 136 Perfective Verbs Implying the Beginning of an Action . . . . . . 283
The Comparative Degree . . . . . 137 Perfective Verbs Implying Limitation of an Action in Time (the Prefix no-) 285
The Superlative Degree . . . . 141 Perfective Verbs Implying the Short Duration of an Action, Momenta-
Convers10n of Adjectives into Nouns 144 neousness of an Action . . . 286
Supplement 3. Declension of Nouns Den~ti~g Su;na~e~ a~d the ·N · · ·f formation of Verb aspects by means of Suffixes 288
Cities and Towns . ames o 146 Prefixed Verbs with the Suffixes -b1na-, -nna- . . . . . . 288
THE PRONOUN Prefixed and Unprefixed Imperfective Verbs with the Suffix -ea- . . 290
148
Declension of P~rs~n~l Pro~o~ns· 149 Aspectual Pairs of (Prefixed and Unprefixed)Verbs with the Suffixes -n-,
The Reflexive Pronoun ce611 -a- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
150
Possessive Pronouns . . · · 152 Aspectual Pairs of Prefixed Perfective Verbs Whose Infinitive Ends in
Demonstrative Pronouns 156 -CTn,-nu, -'lb and Imperfective Verbs Whose Infinitive Ends in -aTb
The Defin_itive Pronouns ca·M,·ca~b1ii, ~ec~, ~c11~u~ ~a,._:/.lb;ii~ro66~ (Except Verbs of Motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
162 299
I nterrogatlve Pronouns ' ' 170 Alternation of Vowels in the Verb Stem in the Formation of the Aspects
Negative Pronouns . Aspectual Pairs of Verbs Formed from Different Roots . . 301
172 304
Indefinite Pronouns 176 Aspectual Pairs of Verbs Differing in the Position of the Stress
THE NUMERAL . 304
182 Verbs with the Suffix -nv- . 307
Classification of·N~m~rais 182 Non-Paired Verbs ·
Cardinal Numerals 183 310
Use of the Aspects . 310
Simp_le,Compound a~d Co~posite Nu~e~al; 183 Principal Meanings of the Verb Aspects . . .
Spellmg of Cardinal Numerals 183 Use of the Verb Aspects to Express Actions Lasting a Definite Period of
Cardinal Numerals Used with a No~n · · · · · · · 184 312
Time 315
Cardma_l Numerals Used with an Adjecti;e ~nd. a N~un· 185 Use of the Aspects to Express Recurrent or Single Actions
Declens10n of Cardinal Numerals 186 Use of the Aspects of the Infinitive . . . 318
Collective Numerals 189 Some Uses of the Aspects of the Infinitive Preceded by ue 323
Use of Collective Nu~e;als· · · 190 Peculiarities in the Use of the Aspects in the Past Tense 326
Ordinal Numerals 192 Peculiarities in the Use of the Aspects in the Future Tense 332
Fractional Numerais : · · · 194 Use of the Verb Aspects in the Imperative 334
THE VERB .. 197 Peculiarities in the Use of Tenses 338
General ~dea of ·ve~b ·Aspe~ts · 197 The Present Tense 338
Meanmg of the Aspects . . . . . 198 339
The Future Tense 341
Grami:n_atical Distinction of the Aspects 199 The Past Tense . . . . . . . .
The Infimtive 202 Different Tenses Used with the Particles OblB!IJIO and 6t:1J10 342
The Stem of ·th~ I~fi~iti;e · · · 203 344
THE PARTICIPLE . 344
Use of the Infinitive · · · 203 The Verbal Features of the Participle . .
The Present Tense · · · · · 208 The Adjectival Features of the Participle . 345
The !st and 2nd ConJug~ti~ns· of th~ Verb 208 The Participial Construction . 346
Mixed Conjugation Verbs . 209 Active and Passive Participles 347
Ver?s with Stressed P_ersonal Endings : · . . . . . . . 209 Formation of Participles 348
lshtanSd2ndfConJugatJon Verbs with Unstressed Personal Ending·s 212 Formation of Active Participles 348
T e tern o the Present Tense 213 Formation of Passive Participles 350
Main Types of Verbs . . . : . . 215 Declension of Participles . . . . . . . . . . 356
The Present Tense of the Verbs OblTb ec;b ~X~Tb 229 The Participial Construction and the Attributive Clause 357
Th e Past Tense ' ' 231 Short-Form Participles . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Formation of the Past Ten;e 232 The Spelling of the Negative Particle ne with Participles 362
The Future Tense . . . 235 Conversion of Participles into Adjectives and Nouns 363
The Imperative Mood . : : 237 THE VERBAL ADVERB . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Formation of the Imperative 238 Verbal Features of the Verbal Adverb 367
The Conditional Mood 241 Adverbial Features of the Verbal Adverb . 368
T~e. Meaning and Us~ of the Co~ditio~al· M·ood 241 Use of Imperfective and Perfective Verbal Adverbs 368
Trans1t1ve and Intransitive Verbs 243 The Verbal Adverb Construction 369
Verbs with the Particle -c11 · · · · · · ·
244 Formation of Verbal Adverbs . . . . . . . . 370
Principal Meanings of V~rbs ;ith the Particl~ ~ 11 · 245 Formation of Verbal Adverbs from Imperfective Verbs 370
Impersonal Verbs . 254 Formation of Verbal Adverbs from Perfective Verbs 371
Verbs of Motion 256
Verbs of Motio~ ~ithout P~efixe~ 256
6 7
 Verbal Adverb Constructions and Subordinate Clauses . . . . 373 Complex Sentences . . . . . - . - 516
Supplement 4. Table of the Principal Meanings of Verb Prefixes . 375 Complex Sentences with Object Clauses 518
THE ADVERB ................... . 394 Complex Sentences with Subject Clauses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Adverbs of Manner Ending in -o . . 395 Conjunctions Used in Complex Sentences with Object and Subject Cl':uses 520
The Degrees of Comparison of Adverbs 397 Use of Verb Tenses in Subordinate Clauses Introduced by the Conjunc-
Predicative Adverbs . 398 tions '!TO and 'ITOObl . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Pronominal Adverbs . . . . . . 401 Conjunctive Words used in Complex Sentences with Object and Subject
Relative and Demonstrative Adverbs 403 Clauses . . . . . . . . . . 531
Negative Adverbs . 403 Complex Sentences with Attributive Clauses . 535
Indefinite Adverbs . 404 Conjunctive Words Used in Attributive Clauses 535
Adverbs of Place . 406 Conjunctions Used in Attributive Clauses 541
Adverbs of Time . . . . . 407 Complex Sentences with Predicate Clauses 542
Adverbs of Measure or Degree 408 Complex Sentences with Adverbial Clauses of Place 545
PARTICLES ....... . 413 Complex Sentences with Adverbial Clauses of Time 546
The Spelling of Particles 416 Complex Sentences with Adverbial Clauses of Purpose 551
INTERJECTIONS 421 Complex Sentences with Adverbial Clauses of Cause 553
Complex Sentences with Adverbial Clauses of Result 556
Complex Sentences with Adverbial Clauses of Manner 556
SYNTAX Complex Sentences with Clauses of Measure or Degree . . . 561
Complex Sentences with the Comparative Conjunction <teM ••• TeM ••• 563
Declarative, Interrogative and Exhortative Sentences 424 563
Interrogative Sentences . . Complex Sentences with Clauses of Condition .
424 Complex Sentences with Concessive Clauses . 566
Direct and Indirect Questions 428 572
Exhortative Sentences . Supplement 5. Use of the Conjunctions '!TO and 'IT06bl . .
429 Complex Sentences with Two or More Subordinate Clauses 574
Exclamatory Sentences . 431 576
Negative Sentences Compound-Complex Sentences . . . .
432 Asyndetic Compound and Complex Sentences 577
Parts of the Sentence . . . . . 437 579
The Principal Parts of the Sentence Direct and Indirect Speech
438
Unextended and Extended Sentences 439
The Secondary Parts of the Sentence 439
The Principal Parts of the Sentence . 441
The Subject . . 441
The Predicate . . . . . . . 446
The Secondary Parts of the Sentence 456
The Object . . 456
The Attribute . 459
The Appositive . 462
Adverbial Modifiers . . . . . 463
Active and Passive Constructions 475
Coordinate Parts of the Sentence 478
Coordinate Predicates . . . : : : : : : : : : 479
Conjunctions Used with Coordinate Parts of the Sentence 480
Punctuation of the Coordinate Parts of the Sentence 484
Generalising Words in Sentences with Coordinate Parts 485
Detached Secondary Parts of the Sentence . . . . . 486
Detached Attributes . 487
Detached Appositives . . 489
Detached Adverbial Modifiers 490
Vocatives . . 492
Parenthetic Words . . . . . . . . . . 493
Kinds of Sentences According to their Composition 495
Personal Sentences . . . . . . . . . . 496
Indefinite-Personal Sentences . 496
Generalised-Personal Sentences 498
Impersonal Sentences 498
Nominal Sentences 507
Elliptical Sentences . . . . . 508
Compound and Complex Sentences 509
Compound Sentences . . . . . . . . . . 510
The Copulative Conjunctions u, Aa, nu ... nu . . . . . . . . . 510
The Adversa!1ve Co~junc!ions no, a, JKe, Aa, OAHaKo . . . . . . 511
The Disjunctive Conjunct10ns TO ••• To, HJJH (HJJb), JJ1160, He TO ••• He TO 514
8
 FOREWORD
This book is intended for students who have already learned the fundamentals of The following abbreviations
Russian: the structure of the simple sentence, the types of relationship between the words out this book:
in a sentence, and the basic rules of conjugation and declension.
Students of Russian will find here a brief exposition of the material they have al- A:»e.- B. H. A)KaeB
ready studied which will prove useful both for revision purposes and for improving AKC.- C. T. AKC!lKOB
speaking skills. A.K.T.-A. K. TOJICTOR
Attention has been paid mainly to those themes which usually prove to be the most AJ/.Uc.-M. H. A;nirep
difficult for non-Russians: the meanings and uses of the cases, the productive and non- AHm.- C. n. AHTOHOB
productive types of Russian verbs, the verb aspects, verbs of motion, the use of pro- A.Ocmp.-A. H. 0cTp6acnlii
nouns, and the meanings and uses of conjunctions and conjunctive words in compound Ape.- B. K. ApceHheB
and complex sentences. A.T.-A. H. ToJicToii
The book contains a large number of drill exercises designed to help the student ac- Eap.-A.JI. 6apT6
quire practical mastery of Russian. EeJ/..- B. r. 6eJIHHCKHH
As a rule, the examples in the explanations and the first exercises designed to pro- EA.-A. A. 6JIOK
mote the assimilation of a particular grammar rule are based on simple everyday vocabu- E.floJ1..--6. H. IloJiea6ii
lary to make them easier for the student to understand: however, in exercises in observa- Ey6.- M. C. 6y6ettH6B
tion sentences and whole passages from modern Russian fiction have been included to r. H.B. roroJih
acquaint the student with Russian as it is spoken today. rau<J.-A. n. raiiAap
I'apzu.- 6. M. rapllIHH
row-I. H. A. rottqap6B
I'op6.- 6. JI. rop6aTOB
I'pu6.--A. C. rptt6oe)],OB
J/,oAM.- E. A. )].oJIMaT6BCKHii
JfcaK.-M. B. HcaK6BCKHii
lf.3.-H. r. 3pett6ypr
Kam. - B. n. KaTaeB
KoJ/.bl,/.-·A. B. KoJihllOB
Kop.- B. r. KopoJieHKO
Kp.- H. A. KpbIJIOB
Kynp.-A. H. Kyrrpirn
fle6.-K.- B. H. Jie6e)],eB-KyMaq
JJ.T. JI. H. ToJicToii
JJ.-M.10. JiepMoHTOB
MauK.-A. H. MaiiK6B
ABBREVIATIONS
of the names of the authors quoted are used through-
M.r.- M. 1opbKHii
M.-C.-.lJ.. H. MaMHH-CH6ttpsiK
Mapzu.-C.5J.. MaplllaK
MaRK.- B. B. MallKOBCKHH
Mux.-M.JI. M0xaiiJI0B
MuxaJ/.K.-C. B. M0xaJIKOB
H.- H. A. HeKpacoB
HuK.- 11. C. HttKHTHH
H.0.-H.A. OCTpOBCKHll
06e'l.- B. B. OacqKlfH
Out.-- JI. 11. Olll!lHHH
fl.-A. C. IT_yllIKHH
flaBA.-TT. A. TTaam::HKO
fla6.-- 11. TT. IlaBJIOB
flaH.- B. <I>.ITatt6Ba
flaycm.-K. r. ITaycTOBCKHii
flJl.etl{.-A. H. IlJiemeeB
flpuut.- M. M. ITpttlllBHH
C.-Ilf-M. E. CamhIKOB-ineApttH
Ceparfi.-A. C. CepaqmMOBHq
C.-M.-11. C. CoKoJI6B-MHKHTOB
T6ap<J.-A. T. TaapA6BCKHii
Tux.- H. C. TwxoHOB
Type.- H. C. TypreHeB
T1om'l.-<I>.11. TIOneB
(/Ja<J.-A. A. <'!>a)],eeB
(/Jed.- K. A. <'l>eAHH
C/JypM.- )].. A. <'l>ypMaHoB
£/epH.-H. r. qepHblllICBCKHll
£/ex.-A. TT. qexOB
moil..- M.A. IIIOJIOXOB
 MORPHOLOGY

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE PARTS OF SPEECH

The following abbreviations of some of the English terms are used throughout the
text: There are notional and syntactic words in Russian.
acc., accusative lit., literally Notional words denote objects (MaJIL'IUK'boy', CTOJI'table', KapaH-
conjug., conjugation masc., masculine ,uam 'pencil'), qualities (Kpacn:BLIH'beautiful', 6oJILmoii 'big', cn:Huii
dat., dative neut., neuter
fem., feminine 'blue'), quantities (,usa 'two', Tpu 'three', )];eCHTL'ten'), actions (nu:meT
nom., nominative
fut., future p., perfective 'he writes', 6erneT 'he runs', yquTCH'he studies') or their modifiers
gen., genitive pl., plural (xopom6 'well', nJioxo 'badly', 6LICTpo 'quickly', Tnxo 'quietly').
imp., imperfective prep., prepositional Syntactic words express relationships between notional words or
instr., instrumental sing., singular clauses:
'The book and the magazine are
on the table'.
5I npnexaJI U3 JI0HL(OHa. 'I have come from London.'
ToBapmn: He npnrueJI B YHMBepcM-'The comrade did not come to the
TeT' DOTO MY 'ITO 3a6oJieJI. University because he had fal-
len ill.'
(In these sentences the syntactic words are: u 'and', Ha 'on', u1
'from', He 'not', B 'to', noToMy 'ITO 'because'.)
Depending on their meaning, the way they change, and their func-
tion in the sentence words are divided into groups called parts of
speech.
Every word, whether notional or syntactic, belongs to a definite
part of speech.
There are ten parts of speech in Russian:
1. The noun: y'leHHK 'pupil', CTOJI'table', BHUMaHue'attention'
2. The adjective: KpacHBLIH'beautiful', 6oJILm6ii 'big', ,l1;epessIHHLIH
'wooden'
3. The numeral: o,un:H'one', ,usa 'two', nepsLiii 'first'
4. The pronoun: SI 'I', TLI 'you', OH 'he', TOT 'that', MOH 'my'
5. The verb: 'IUTaTL 'to read', cu)];eTL'to sit', Y'IHTLCH'to study'
6. The adverb: xopom6 'well', 1aBTpa 'tomorrow', 1,uecL'here'
7. The preposition: B 'in', 'to', Ha 'on', u1 'from', OKOJIO'near'
8. The conjunction: u 'and', HO 'but', 'ITO 'that', noTOMY'ITO 'be-
cause'
9. The particle: pa1se 'isn't', 'don't', 'won't', etc. (P:ilse Thi He npn-
LI:eruhKO MHecer6LJ:H5.1? 'Won't you come to see me today?'), JIUused to
form a question (qnTaJI JIUThi 3TYKHHry?'Have you read this book?'),
13
 Be~L which has emphatic force, )Ke used for emphasis or to show con-
trast (Be~L H )Ke roBopirn Te6e 06 3TOM.'I told you that didn't I?')
10. The interjection: YBLI 'alas', ax! 'oh!', on! 'ouch!' '
Six parts of speech - the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the nu-
meral, the verb and the adverb- are notional words. They can be used
as parts of the sentence (for a definition of the parts of the sentence, see
p. 437).
~hree parts of speech - the preposition, the conjunction and the
particle- are syntactic words. They cannot be used as parts of the
sentence.
Interjections are neither notional nor syntactic words.
THE COMPONENT PARTS OF A WORD
Russian words are divided into parts called morphemes. Each part
of a word has a definite meaning.
T~e main part of a word is its root, which contains the principal
meanmg.
1. A word may consist of only a root: ~Bop 'courtyard' ~OM
'house', CTOJI 'table'. '
2. A word may consist of the root followed by a suffix: ~BopnuK
'yardkeeper', ~OMHK 'little house', CTOJIHK'little table'.
The part ~Bop of the word ~BopnuK is the root, and the part -HHK is
a suffix. The suffix -HHK is used in this case to form a new word which
denotes a person. The suffix -HHK has the same meaning in the words
~OJIX03HHK'collective farmer', noMoIQnuK 'assistant', etc. The suffix -HK
m the words CTOJIHK'little table' and ~OMHK 'little house' is used to
form dimi~utiv~s. The suffix -HK has the same meaning of diminution
(and_ ~ffect10n) m the words ca~uK 'little garden', Kapau~amuK 'little
pencil , etc.
. A suffix can also be used to obtain a word form; thus, the part ~a-
m the verb ~an 'he gave' is the root, while -JI is a suffix, used to form
the past tense.
The root in the word Becenee 'merrier' is Becen, while the part -ee is
a suffix u~e~ to form the comparat~ve degree of adjectives.
A suffix 1s the part of a word which follows the root and is used to
form new words or word forms.
Suffixes may add varjous connotations to the meaning of a word.
, . 3. ,A wor~ m~y cons1~t ~f t~e root preceded by a prefix: nepeneT
flight (nepeneT 'lepe3 oKeau a flight across the ocean'). The root in the
W(_)rdnepenfa 'flight' is JI~T whic~ contains the principal meaning of
~his ';'Or~. We can rnd ~hi~ root m the words JieTaTL 'to fly', Jlt'T'IHK
f!Yer, nernaH (noro.n:a) flymg (weather)', etc. Ilepe- in the word nepe-
neT 1s <l:prefix, :used to form a word with a new meaning (across/over
s~meth1~g). T~1s pr~fix adds the same meaning to the words nepexo-
~HTL (q~pe3 roph1) to go (over the mountains)', nepe6e)KaTL (qepe3
ymui;y) to run (across the street)'.
14
A prefix is the part of a word which precedes the root and is used
mainly to form new words. .
Prefixes add various connotations to the meanmg of a word.
4. The stem. The root, suffix and prefix make up the stem of
a word. Every stem has a root.
A stem may consist of only the root: ~Bop 'courtyard', ~OM 'house',
cTOJI 'table'. Such stems are called primary.
Stems which contain a prefix or suffix are called derivative: e.g.
,u8 6puuK 'yard keeper', ~oMHK 'little house', nepenfa 'flight'.
A stem may contain more than one prefix or suffix, thus, the word
nouaCTponTL 'to build' (nouacTpouTL Muoro ~OMOB 'to build many
houses') contains two prefixes (no- and ua-); the word uccne~oBaTeJIL
'investigator', 'explorer' with the root cne~ has a prefix (uc-) and two
suffixes (-oBa- and -TeJIL) following the root.
A word may contain more than one root, thus the word napox6,u
'steamer' contains two roots: nap 'steam' and xo~ 'going'. Such words
are called compound words.
5. The ending. The part of a word which follows the stem and de-
notes relationships between words is called the ending. (?ne a~d the
same word may have different endings. The different ~elat10nsh1p~ be-
tween a given word and other words are expressed by different endmgs:
51 B3HJI)Kypmin 6pha. 'I took my brother's magazine.'
51 B3HJI)Kypmin 6phy. 'I took the magazine for my
brother.'
The word 6paT 'brother' in the above sentences has different end-
ings which express different relationships between the words: the first
sentence shows that I took a magazine which belongs to my brother ('Ieii
)Kypm'w?'whose magazine?'-)Kypmin 6parn 'my brother's'), whereas
the second shows that I took the magazine for my brother (KoMy? 'for
whom?'-6paTy 'for my brother'). . .
The adjective 6oJILm6ii, 6oJILmaH, 6oJILm6e 'big' _takes 11ffe_rentend-
ings in accordance with the gender of the noun with which 1t agrees:
6on1>m6ii MclJih'IHK 'a big boy', 6on1>m6ii CTOJI'a big table' (masc~l~ne),
6onLmaH .n:eBO'IKa 'a big girl', 6onLmaH KH:it:ra'a big book' (femmme),
6oJILm6e co6paHHe 'a big meeting', 6on1>m6e nHChM0 'a long letter'
(neuter):
The verb numy 'I write', numemL 'you write' (sing.), numeT ~he
writes', m'nueM 'we write', numeTe 'you write' (pl.), numyT 'they wnte'
contains the stem num- and the endings -y, -emL, -eT, -eM, -eTe and -yT.
These endings denote the person and number of t~e verb. .
6. Suffixation. Suffixes help to form words of d1ffe;ent. gramm~t!-
cal categories from one and the same root, thus 'IHTaTL to read 1s
a verb· 'IHTaTeJIL 'reader' 'ITenue 'reading', 'IHTKa 'reading' and
'IHTaJIL~H 'reading-room' ~re nouns; 'IHTaTeJILCKHii (6IrneT) 'library
(ticket)', 'IHTaJILHLIH (3an) 'reading (hall)' are adjectives; ~Tp_onTL'to
build' is a verb; cTponTeJIL 'builder', CTpoHTeJILcrno •~mldfng'., ~o-
CTpoiiKa 'building' are nouns; CTponTeJILHLiii (MaTepHan) bmldmg
(material)' is an adjective.
15
 Every part of sp~ech has definite suffixes. These suffixes express vari-
ous meanings_, particularly noun and adjective suffixes.
Suffixes differ as far as their productivity is concerned: productive
s~ffixes form a la~ge number of words commonly used in Modern Rus-
sian; non-pr_oductive suffixes form a limited number of words.
I. BoT ca.11..B ca,ny pa66TaeT ca.11.6BHHK.
OH rrocam'rn KpacttBbreca,1:16ab1e I~BeThI.
2. CK6po paCCBeT.Ha ropH30HTe CBCTnaJI nonoca. He6o CBeTneeT.CK6po conH11eOCBC-
THTnone u nee. 3. Mbr ntreM no necHoif ,1:1op6re.BoKpyr rycToif nee. B rny6uHe neca ,1:10-
MHKJJeCHHKa. 4. Ha HilllleHynu11eCTPOJIT H0Bb!M,[(OM.K MecTyCTp0HKH 'lllCTOI10,[lbe3-
)Kit!OTaBTOMamHHbl.OHHnpHB03JITCTpOl:ITeJlbHb!e MaTepuanbI. CTpOHTenupa6oTa!OT
6l1CTpo. OHll 3aK0H'laT cTpOl:ITenbcTBo,1:16Ma
K HoaoMy r6,1:1y.

Productive noun suffixes include: Exercise 3. Give some words which have the·same root as the following.
-eQ ( TsopeQ 'creator', r~peQ 'mountain dweller', 6opeQ 'fighter'); pa66Ta, CB066,1:1a,
MHp, MocKBa, 6opb6a, Mono,1:16ii:,
CTitpbIH,Y'lllTb, TPY.ll.,
C'laCTbe
-(H)HK (OTJIH'IHHK 'top pupil', KOJIXOJHHK 'collective farmer' noai:ap-
HHK 'fireman'); ' Exercise 4. Point out the suffixes in the italicised words.
-'IHK, -mnK (nepeeo.[{'IHK'translator' 'interpreter' JaK&JlfHK'cus- CaiJbrmuK pa66TaeT B ca,1:1y.
HernuK oxpaHiieT nee. Cmo11.Ap.11.enaeTcTonl1. MopAK
tomer', KaMeumnK 'bricklayer'); ' ' mo6HT Mope. llucame/1.b Hanucan poMaH. Yllume/1.b )''!HT. YlleHUKU y'!aTCJI. TpaKmo-
pucm B0,[IHTTpllKTOp.
, -auu(~), ;HH(e) (eunMauue 'attention', JaJJ:auue 'task', ua6JIJOJJ:eHHe
observation ) and a few others. Exercise 5. Write out these phrases and indicate the component parts of the italici-
The c?mmonest productive adjectival suffixes are: sed words.
, -u- _(JJeTunii'summer', Be'lepunii 'evening', MecTnblii 'local' cl>a6- Mode!: Mop-cK-oii
pH'IHblH'factory'); -CK- (ropoJJ:cKoii 'urban' aurnitiica.:aii'.English• ap- 11.ecHaf/.11.opora,ca006b!e llBeThI, 3UMHJ/Jl0,1:(ClK,[la,
UHmepecHaJlHOBOCTb, C'-lacm11.u-
6afl M0nO,l:IOCTb, 6ecnoKoUHafl lKH3Hb,Ce/1.bCKOe X03l!HCTBO, 11.unoBaflanneJI
Meiica.:uii'army') and a few others. ' '
7. Prefixation. Prefixes help to form new words from other words Exercise 6. Find the prefix in these words.
of the same category, i.e. verbs from vebs (nacaTL 'to write' - al1xo,1:1,axo,1:1,noneT, pa3roa6p, 6e3onacHocTh, paccah
nepenac~TI,_'to rewrite',. cn~caT1, 'to copy', BblnacaTL 'to write out',
etc.), adJectives from adJectlves (ea.:ycublii'tasty'-6e1ea.:ycublii 'taste- ALTERNATION OF SOUNDS IN THE STEM OF A WORD
less', MYJJ:PLIH'wise' -npeMyJ1:p1,1ii 'very wise', eece.rrwii 'live~
!y'-:-- p~1ee~e~1,1ii'very lively', uayqu1,1ii 'scientific' -anTHnay'IHt.1H In Russian, when a word is given new forms or when new words are
formed from a given word by means of suffixes, some of the sounds
an~1-scient1fic). Prefixes are typ~cal of verbs (except a few verbs,
f
mamly ~hose, borrow~d ro_m foreign languages) (uanacaTL 'to write', (vowels or consonants) are occasionally replaced by others: a conso-
nant may be replaced by another consonant (e.g. nucaTh 'to write' -
f!epecTpOHTLto rebmld , yexaTL 'to leave', etc.) and of nouns formed
from, verbs (np~x~JJ:11~1, 'to come' -npHX:OJJ:'comin_g', BJMaxuyTL 'to numy 'I write', ,a:pyr'friend' -JJ:pymecKuii 'friendly'), and a vowel may
wave - BJMax wave ). Prefixes add vanous meanmgs to the words be replaced by another vowel (JJoMaTL'to break' -pa1J1aMb1BaTb 'to
they are attached to. Thus the prefix 01,1-added to verbs denotes move- break to pieces', BJJJ:bIXaTb 'to sigh' -BJJJ:OX 'sigh'); besides, when
ment from within (BLIXOJJ:HTL HJ ay,nHTOpHH'to go out of a lecture- a word is given new forms there may appear or disappear the vowel
h~ll', e1,1e1:iKaT1, HJ ropo,na 'to leave the town', e1,1uoc11T1, 'ITO-To HJ o or e in its stem, e.g. con 'sleep' -cua (gen. sing.), oTeQ 'fa-
KOMua;r~1'to take something out of the room', e1,1eo111T1, TOBapblHJ ther' -oTQa (gen. sing.), ,a:enL'day' -,a:uH (gen. sing.), 6opeQ 'fight-
cTpaHhI to carry ~oods out of the country', etc.); however, when added er' -6opQLI (pl.), a.:ycoK 'piece' -KycKit (pl.), KopoTKHii
to_other verbs, this same prefix may denote bringing the action to a cer- 'short'-KopoTOK (short form masc.)-a.:opoTKa (short form fem.).
tam result (JJe'IHTL6onhHoro 'to treat a patient' - BhlJJe'IHTL6onb- The replacement of one sound by another is called alternation of
Horo 'to cure a patient', npocitTLy TOBapHmaKHHry'to ask a friend for sounds, and the vowels that may be dropped are called unstable vowels.
a book' -Bhlnpoc!fTL y TosapHI.QaKHHry'to get a friend to give one Consonants alternate more frequently than vowels.
a. book') or removmg part of a whole (e1,1pe1b1,xapTHHKH'to cut out
pictures'), etc. c-m
Like prefixes, suffixes fall into productive and non-productive. uocnTL 'to wear' - uorny, uocnmh.. .
So1:1eprefixe~, e. g. npa-, nepe- and c-, form many prefixed verbs with DHCaTh'to write' - DHUIY,DHIUeIUh .. .
vanous meanings, others, e. g. BJ- and eoc-, form but a limited number BLICOKHii'tall' eLnue 'taller'
of verbs.
X-lll

naxaTb 'to narny, Dalllelllh •••

Exercise I. Write out these words and underline their roots. plough'
I. po.11._1rna,
po.11.uTe_;rn,
po.11.HoH.2. JeMnii, nomeMHbIH, JeMniiK. 3. HOBbIH,HO· cyxoii 'dry' cyme 'drier'
BOCTb,HOBaTop.4. JleTeTb, JleT'!IIK,noneT. 5. 11eHa,11eHHTb,llCHHblH,01\CHKa. yxo 'ear' yrnu 'ears'
Exercise 2. Write out the words having a common root and underline the root. cTpax 'fear' CTpaUIHblH
'fearful'
16 17
2-384
 3-:iK
6-6JI
B03HTL 'to carry in a vehicle'- Bo:iKy,B03HUIL...
pfaaTL 'to cut' p'e:iKy,pe:iKernL
' JI10611TL'to love' - mo6mo, mo6HUib •.•
...
HH3KHii'low' - nu:iKe'lower' D-UJI
l'-ili: TepnfaL 'to en- Tepnmo, TepDHWL•••
Mory 'I can' dure'
MO:iKernL... MoryT
.n:oporoii'dear' 'dearer'
.n:opo:iKe B-BJI
uoni 'foot' HOiKKa'little foot'
l'OTOBHTL'to pre- - roToBmo, roTOBHWL•..
1'-iK-3 pare'
.n:pyr 'friend' ~ .n:pyiKHLiii'friendly'·- llPY3LH 'friends' cl>-cl>JI
ll-iK rpa4>11TL'to rule'- rpa4>mo, rpa4>11mL
•.•
'to sit'
CH./1:eTL CHiKy' CH[lUIIlh... M-MJI
MOJI0./1:0H'young' MOJio:iKe'younger' KopMnTL 'to feed'- KopMnro, KopMHWh•••
,n:-:iK,n:
.Note.-For more detail on the alternation of vowels and consonants, see the
xo,n:nTL'to walk' -- xom,neuue 'walking' chapters on each part of speech.
K-'I Exercise 7. Write out these words and phrases, underline the root of each italicised
word and point out the alternating consonants.
nmiKaTL 'to cry' DJia'ly, DJI!l'leUIL...
neKy 'I bake' I. eocmoK, eocmo'lHbtu paii6H. 2. cmoAUlJa, cmoAU'lllbte TeaTpbI. 3. pyKa, pjJ'lKa,
- ne11ernL... neKyT py'l116u Me.UBC.11.b,
epy'lumb nHCbM6.4. i)pyz, i)pyJ1CoK,noi>pyza, noi>pjJJ1CKa,
i)py3b.H,i)py-
KpeDKHH'strong' - Kpen11e"stronger' pa66rn, i)pjJ:J1CecKuu
:JICUmb,i)pjJ:J1C1taR npHBCT.
peKa 'river' - pe11Ka'small river, rivulet'
BOCTOK'east' - BOCTO'IHLIH 'eastern' Exercise 8. Read through these sentences; write out the words with a common root
and alternating vowels.
Q-'I
1. - Ilpomy Te6ii, npHxo.uii:KO MHe cer6.11.m1 BeqepoM.-He npocii:, ue Mory,
JIHQO'face' - JIU'IHLrii'personal' jj cer6.11.Hjj
oqeHb 3aH}IT.R 6y.uy CH.UCTb .11.0Ma
H 3aHHMaTbC}l.-)Ka.rrh!Ho CCJIHHe MO-
)!CelllbCef0.11.H}I,
npHX0.11.H
3aBTpa.- He Mory H 3aBTpa. 3aBTpa qeTBCpr,jj Ka)IC.UblH qeT-
T-'I Bepr XO)ICY pa60TaTb B 6H6JIHOTCKY H CH)ICYTaM BeCbBeqep.
XOTeTh 'to Want' 2. Bqepa jj KYilHJIHHTepeCHYIO KHHry.R .uasH6 XOTCJI KYilHTb3TYKHlf)ICKy. EcJIH
xo11y, x611ernL xoTHM... xoqemb, jj H Te6e KYilJIIO TaKylOKHHry.
XJIODOT!lTh'to - xnono11y,xnon611ernL
... 3. - IloqeMy y Te6ii cer0.11.H}I
TaKoii nJiox6ii BH.U?- Bqepa jj n63.uuo Jier cnaTb,
bustle about' Hy MeHJI60JIHTfOJIOBa.06bJqHo jj JIO)ICYCb B 11 qac6s, Bqepa Jier B 2 qaca HQqH11.11.0JifO
KpyTOH 'steep' - Kpy11e'steeper' Jie)ICaJI-He MOf 3aCHYTb.
4. Ha OKpaHHer6po.ua IlOCTpOHJIH HOBYIO cjJa6pHKy.<l>a6pHquoe3.11.aHHe60JibllIOe,
T-IQ CBCTJioe.
npeKpaTnTL 'to npeKpamy, npeKpaTnmL...
stop'
ponTaTL 'to poml{y, ponmernL..•
grumble' COMPOUND WORDS
CT-I[{ Aggregation of stems. Words may be formed by aggregating two or
rpycTHTh 'to be more stems (with or without suffixes): nap-o-xo.n: 'steamship',
rpymy' rpyCTIIUIL...
sad' OBQ-e-eo.n:'sheep-breeder', Tpex-JTa:iKnLiii'three-storeyed'. Most words
npoCToii 'simple' npome 'simpler' formed in this manner are nouns or adjectives.
Words formed by aggregating two (or more) stems are called com-
CK-I[{ pound words. To combine the parts of a compound word, so-called con-
ncKaTL 'to seek' - umy, umernL..• nective vowels are used: o after hard consonants (e.g. napoxo.n:'steam-
ship') and e after soft consonants (e.g. 3eMJie,n:enue 'agriculture'), sibi-
18
2*
19
lants (e.g. ;:i;py:iKemooae'friendliness') and Q (e.g. oeQeeo;:i; The compound consists
'sheep-breeder'). Compound words may also be formed without a con- ,1],uenpoocKa11 mi.po-
(e) ',1],uenpor:k 'Dnieper :meKTpll'ICCKallCT!lH- of the abbreviated first
nective vowel:BoJirorpa)]. 'Volgograd', BOCbMHJieTKa eight-year school'. Hydro-electric component word and
Power Station' IIHII
Compound words are generally formed from noun, arid verb stems the initial sounds of
(e.g. napoxo;:i;'steamship', JIHCTODAA 'fall of the leaves', C8,LJ.OBO;:J;
'horti- each of the following
component words.
culturist'); they may also be formed from adjectival and noun stems
(e.g. 11epuo1eM'black earth'), a pronoun and a noun (e.g. caM0Kp11-
THKa 'self-criticism') or a numeral and a noun (e.g. 11eTWpeXTOMHHK
Note.- Like simple words, compound-a?bre';iated words may, give n~w
'four-volume edition'). words: 8y 3 'higher educational establishment -~y1oecKa11 (KoHq>epemi;mi)(a
New words may be formed from compounds by means of suffixes: conference at) a higher educational establishment .
napoxo;:J;-cTB-o 'steamship line', OBQeBO;:J;-CTB-O 'sheep-breeding', 1eM-
J1e;:J;eJIL-'lecK-Hii 'agricultural', ;:J;py:iKemoo-u-1,1ii 'friendly', mm-
'good-natured'.
po;:J;yw-u-1,1ii
Compounds may be formed not only from complete stems but also
from incomplete ones (e.g. 1apnm'na 'wages', 'salary'-from 1apa6oT-
uaH nmiTa; yuusepMar 'department store' - from yuusepcaJ1bHb1u Mara1uu).
Compounds formed from incomplete stems are called com-
pound-abbreviated words. There are a large number of compound-
abbreviated words in Russian which appeared in the language after the
Great October Socialist Revolution (KOMCOMOJI 'Young Communist
League', KOJIXOl'collective farm', ey1 'higher educational establish-
ment, ClliA 'USA'='United States of America', etc.)
According to the manner of aggregation and abbreviation, com-
pound nouns are classed into a number of groups:

(a) npotco101 co-

npo41,eccHOHllJJbHblii Only the first word is al,-
'trade union' !03 breviated.
JaU'lllCTH 1anacubie 'IllCTH
•spare parts'

(b) YHHBepMllr YHHBepCllJlbHblil All the words making up

'department store' Mara111u jhe compound are abbre-
co6K6p c66CTBeHHblil viated.
•own correspondent' Koppecnoui.enT
lroMCOMOJI KoMMYJIIICTll'leCKHi
co-
'Young Commu- IOl MOJJOi.bH
ll'ist League'

(c) ■ yl ■wcwee )"le6HoeJue- The compound consists

'higher education- i.e1111e of the initi'al sounds of
al establishment' the component words.
cmA 'USA' Coei.uui!uuble lliTaTLI
AMepmrn

(d) PII> PoccuiicKa11 The compound consists

(pronounced 3p- ll>ei.epa11u11 of the names of the ini-
31f)) 'RF' tial letters of the com-
ponent words.

20
 All feminine names belong to the feminine gender: TaTLsiua (Ta11H),
Auna (A11H},Ba:1e11n111a(BaJIH), A.'IeKcan.I1,pa
(Cama).
Of all the words denoting persons, the word )J,HTH'child' alone is
neuter (it is rarely used in Modern Russian).

II. The gender of an inanimate noun is determined by the ending of

the nominative singular as follows:
l. Nouns ending in -a(-H) are feminine: CTpaua 'country', JeMJIH
THE NOUN 'earth', pO.Il,UHa'motherland', .Il,epeBHH'village', apMHH 'army'.
2. Nouns ending in -o (-e), -e are neuter: nncLMO 'letter', npaso
Russian nouns are distinguished by gender and change for number 'right', py,i.Le 'gun', Mope 'sea', 3)1,auue'building', nJiaTLe 'dress'.
and case. 3. Nouns without an ending whose stem terminates in a hard con-
sonant (Jiec 'forest', ropo.Il,'city', 'town', MOCT'bridge', )),OM'house') or
the consonant ii (MyJeii 'museum', Kpaii 'edge', 6oii 'battle') are mascu-
line.
THE GENDER OF NOUNS 4. Nouns without an ending whose stem terminates in a soft con-
sonant (.I1,e11L 'day', TeHL 'shadow', oronL 'fire', ,icuJHL 'life', yroJIL
. A Russian noun belongs to one of three genders: masculine •emi- 'coal', cTaJIL 'steel') or a soft or hard sibilant (110,i.'knife', po,i.L 'rye',
nzne or neuter. '.I'
Kapa11.I1,am 'pencil', TYlllL 'Indian ink', JIY'I 'ray', HO'lh 'night', nJiam
, . It ~s necess~ry to be able to distinguish the gender of nouns since 'raincoat', semL 'thing') are either masculine or feminine:
adJbctJves, pa~t1c1ple~,some pronouns, ordinal numerals and past tense (a) the words .I1,e11L 'day', oronL 'fire', yroJIL 'coal' are masculine;
vder s agree with their head noun in gender, i. e. the endings they take the words TeHL 'shadow', ,icnJHL'life', cTaJIL 'steel' are feminine.
epend on the gender of their head noun: (The gender of these nouns must be memorised, see Supplement,
Masculine Feminine pp. 28-29.)
Neuter
11:nTepecnLIH
)J,OKJI8)),.M11TepecuaHKHHra. (b) the words uo,i. 'knife', Kapa11.I1,am 'pencil', Jiyq 'ray'; nJiam 'rain-
11:HTepecuoe
la,llanue. coat' are masculine;
'An interesting re- 'An interesting 'A~ interesting
port.' as- the words po,i.L 'rye', rJiymL 'backwoods', HO'lh 'night', semL
book.' signment.'
Cu:uuii Kapau)J,am. 'thing' are feminine.
CHHHH6yMara. Cu:11eeDHTHO.
'A blue pencil.' 'Blue paper.' Masculine and feminine nouns whose stem ends in a sibilant can be
'A blue spot.' distinguished by their spelling: feminine nouns take L after the sibilant
Ham nepBhlHypoK. Hama nepBaH JieK- Harne nepsoe co6pa-
QHH.
in the nominative singular, no matter whether the sibilant is soft or
uue. hard, while masculine nouns never take L after the sibilant.
'Our first lesson.' 'Our first lecture.'
IlpumeJI CTy)J,eHT.
'Our first meeting.' 5. There are ten Russian nouns ending in -MH (u:MH'name', speMH
IlpnmJia CTy)J,eHTKa.IlpnmJio UHChMO.
'A (boy) student 'A 'time', 3HllMH'banner', IlJlllMH 'flame', nJieMH'tribe', ceMH 'seed', TeMH
(girl) student 'A letter came.' 'top of the head', cTpeMH'stirrup', 6peMH 'burden', BbIMH'udder'); they
came.' came.'
are all neuter.
I. The gender of nouns denoting persons is determined by the sex 6. There are borrowed words in Russian which denote inanimate
ohft_hepe~son concerned, the gender of all other nouns is determined by objects: naJILTO 'overcoat', MeTpo 'underground railway', KHHO 'cin-
t e1r endmgs. ema', 6ropo 'bureau', ,i.ropu: 'jury', napu 'bet', 6oa 'boa', etc. These
, The words My,icqu:ua'man', rouoma 'youth' )J,e)J,ymKa 'granddad' words are neuter, except Kocj>e'coffee', which is masculine: KpenKnii
OTeQ'father', 6paT 'br_other', MaJIL'IHK (MaJIL'l~mKa) 'boy', which de~ Kocj>e'strong coffee'.
n~te males, are masculme (no matter what their endings are)· the words
Exercise 1. Read through the text, state the gender of the italicised nouns and write
,i.e11mu11a 'woman', )J,eBymKa'girl', MaTb 'mother' )J,O'lh'dat~ghter' 6a- them out in three columns, the first containing the masculine nouns, the second the femi-
6ymKa 'grannf, cecTpa 'sister', whic~ denote fe:Ua!es, are feminine. nine and the third the neuter.
r All masculm_enan_ies(whatever their endings) belong to the mascu- Model: Masculine Feminine Neuter
n_iegender: M!3a11(~a11H), HnKoJiaii (KoJIH), BJia)J,u:Mup(BoJio.I1,H)Hu- r6poJJ: CT<lHU:lfll YTPO
KnTa, BaJieHTHH(BaJIH), AJieKCllH.Il,p
(Cama). '
bbJJlO 60CKpece11be.Mb! pewll.Jllf rroexaTb 3a wpoiJ. PaHo YTPOMnplflllJIH Mb! Ha 60K-
JCIJ!If cen11 B rr6e3;:J:.Mb! exaJI!f 'lac. BpeMR rrpolllJIO He3aMeTHO. BoT Hallla cmallf/UR.
Mb! BhlllIJllf 113 Bar6Ha. bblJIO sirnoe _ympo, 'IHCTOe 11e60. Ha He6e Jllflllb OJJ:HO6enoe
22
23
 Exercise 12. Write out the following words, adding first the adjective uuwpecHbtii,
06AG'IKO.He,llaJieKOOTCTaHUHlf 6bIJIAec: B ne_c"~pe
, 3 noAe , aena mponuHKa. B rr6ne eme
CTOSIJImyMim. Mb, BOlIIJIII. nee T. _ , -oe and then nocnei:1uuii, -1111, -ee.
lIIJIHH B,[\bIXaJIH
CBelKHll 8 «·03:;:aK 6 b!JI~ MOKpaR._HaTP~~e 6JI~CTeJiaP_OCCl.
JieCHOll Mhl 311
,[10KJia,[1,JieKUHR,6ece,[la,pe'lb,KOHCYJibTaUHR,BblCTYIIJieHHe,C06paHHe,KOH!pepeH-
Hue ITTHU.BoT Mbl ycJihllllaJIHTII.XOe ~ py~OMmum,uHaH noKOU.CJibllIIHOTOJibKOne-
UHSI,3ace):laHHe,COBelIJllHHe,KOHUepT
rrpo3pa'!HaR 600(1. MbI BhJJIHJIH
CoA_m-1e B~ICOKO CTO}IJIO
8
He6e.
B none )KapKo. Mhl ocTaJIHCb necy.
6bIJI y)Ke
8
~:r::
BO,[\blIf {fo"am~e B,°/:lbl.3To py<1eu. B PY'lbe XOJIO,UHaR
):laJitllle. J!opOc[f rrpHBe~aHae a rr6ne.
A eHb. necy 6brna rrpoxna,uHaRmeHb, a
Exercise 13. Write down some nouns (in the singular), which could be used to de-
scribe (a) a city (or town), (b) a university, and supply adjectives to them.
Exercise 14. Read through the sentences and find the words which agree with the
Exer~:tf~se 2. State the gender of the nouns and write them out in three columns as for
italicised nouns. State the gender of each of these nouns.
,uepeBO,i:1y6,COCHa,6epe3a KJieH KYCT6 • , , , l. B ca,lly pacTeT 6oJihIIIOHcepe6p11.CTbIHmbnoAb. XopoIII6 B 3HOHHbIH nbAiJeub
rr?nirna, JI)'.!",ilro,ua, rpH6, rror6,ua, x'ca a 'r ~:~Ho, peKa, l?e'!Ka,03~po, rrpy~, oapar, noA TeHblOTOilOJIR.2. HacTyn11.nabceHb."llaCTOu,ueTMeJIKHH OOJICOb.3. B orop6,ue po-
peBHR,ceno, CTa,uo HO'lb JiyHa KOCTe··pp n' p a, rpoM, MOJIHHSI, pa,uyra, BeTep, .ue- cna MOPK06b,poc KapmbifjeAb. 4. BoT MOpCKaR npucmaHb. y npll.CTaHHCTOII.T60JibIIIOll
, , , , Y", pO)Kb
1wpa6Ab. 5. Ha CTOJieJielKaJiapj;KonUCb. 6. £oAe3Hb IIOMeIIIaJiaeMy npHHS!TbyqacTHe
Exercise 3. Write out the sentences d d r h • .. B HaIIIell pa66Te. 7. .H COBeTyIO BaM IIOCMOTpeTh 3TOTHHTepeCHblllcneKmClKAb.
once and the feminine
, nouns
, twice·, unde:lln e ~~ eerneu
metert nouns
e 1tahc1s~d
with masculine nouns
a wavy line.
1. EJIH3neca rrpoTeKa.rraTttxaRpe<1 2 H
B~IlllJIHHa IlOJISIHy. floAfma rrecTpena UB:~a . t ,
C<?JIHI_\e
CHJibHaRJ1Capa.5. B ,uepeBHeMb!Illl.JIHq ;-fH. )KeIlOR~HJiaCb
,
~PKO6necTem~ 03epo. 3. Mb!
3eMAJIHUKG.4. CTOSIJia
THE GENDER OF NOUNS WHICH TAKE NO ENDING
JiaCb: Ha'la.rracb rpo3a .HpKOCBepKa.rr' a y~eCHOeMOA~KO.6. Be'!epoM nozoiJa H3MeHH- IN THE NOMINATIVE SINGULAR AND WHOSE STEM ENDS
T,HXJia.H,'6 , · MOAHUJIrpeMeJI cpOM Ho 6 · , IN A SOFT CONSONANT
Y
e O rrpoRCHHJIOCb . Mhl pa3BeJIHKocmep, ' .. BCKHITSITHJIH
, · <Jau'!eHb CKOpO 2po3a
H IlO}'lKHHaJIH.
Exerc'.se 4. Write the names of the days of the week and indicate their gender. The gender of nouns whose stem ends in a soft consonant and
which take no ending in the nominative singular must be memorised
Exercise
preceding 5. Give an account of a t r iP t O th e country. Make use of the material of the
exercises. (the gender of these nouns is indicated in any Russian dictionary).
However, it is sometimes possible to determine the gender even
~xercise 6. Write out the sentences and d r h . . .
once if they are masculine and tw1·cei·r th eyun
areerfim~t_ e nouns which end ma sibilant
emmme. from the nominative singular:
l. Bpaq crreUI11.T
Ha rr6MOlIJbK 6 · 2 H , 1. By the suffix:
'lepHaR TYlllb.4. CT6po)K B3RJIK)ll0~1;;'~~:Y;; · a_CTOJie JielK~TqepTelK.3. B 6aHKe (a) Nouns with the suffix -TeJih or -aph (11uTaTeJih'reader', nuca-
6. B rr6ne rrocrrena polKb 7 CT~sina ..
. .
P JJI rapa lK. 5; ,D:HpeKToprrpoH3Hecpe'lh.
TeMHaRHO'lb. 3 · JlaH,UbllllUBeTeTB Mae. TeJih 'writer', BhIKJIIO'laTeJih'switch', 6u6JinoTeKapb 'librarian') are
masculine (-TeJihin the feminine nouns MeTeJih'snowstorm' and apTeJih
Exercise 7. Write out the following nou dd. h
masculine nouns and Moii, TBoll' to th e ,.,emmme
. ~s, anouns.
mg t e pronouns Moii, Teoii to the 'cooperative craft society' is not a suffix).
(b) All the nouns with the suffix -ocTh or -ecTh (uoeocTh 'news', pa-
MR'!, HOlK,BelIJb, KJIIO'I,KapaH,Ulllll,TYlllb, TOBapHIU,ITJialIJ,pe'!b !1.0CTh'joy', npoMbIUIJienuocTh'industry', cee:iKeCTh'freshness') are
Exerciseand
line nouns Writetoout
8. O"HII thethe"em·
following
• no uns, a dd.mg t h e numeral O.LIHH
to the mascu- feminine.
,,... ,, mme nouns. 2. By the meaning of the noun:
JTll)K,rapalK, Mbllllb, CTOpOlK,HO'lb The names of the months (smeapb 'January', 4>eepaJih'February',
anpeJih 'April', urouh 'June', uroJih 'July', ceuTs6pb 'September', oK-
1.
to the feminine nouns a~ds~~~/~~g t~e \~~::_ral
Exercise 9. Write out the words h
nouns, O.LIHII O/:IHHto the masculine TH6ph'October', uoH6pb 'November', )J,eKa6ph'December') are mascu-
·;· CTy,UeHT, ... CTy,ueHTKa,
... y'leHII.K 'I • , , line .
... Kmn;a, ... anb66M, ... Kny6, ... 6H6JIHO;~~i eH;iu~ ··; IOHOIIIa,... .i:eaymKa,_... IIHCbMO, 3. By the final sounds of the word:
... He):leJIR,... 'lac, ... MHHyTa,... ceKyH,ua ' ... y,u TOpHR,... My3eH,... OKHO,... MeCRU, Nouns denoting inanimate objects and having -3Hh ('.lKH3Hh 'life'),
-CTb(11eCTb 'honour'), -Cb (BblCb'height'), -Bb (JII060Bb 'love'), -6h (npo-
Exercise 10. Rell:d through the sentences and write
noun + noun phrases m three columns: (1) the mascul1'ne (2) out the italicised pro- py6b 'ice-hole') or -nh (cTenh 'steppe') at the end of the word are femi-
neuter. , the feminine and (3) the
nine (see Supplement 1, p. 27-28).
I. '.Jmo 6oJibIII6e 3iJaHue-TeaTp '.Jma , , . ln all other cases you must refer to a dictionary. (For the common-
UfGOb-rrn6mai:1b MaRKOBCKoro"m · , yAu11a-ynHua ropbKoro. '.Jma nAo- est masculine and feminine nouns denoting inanimate objects, see
2 . • -J om naMRmHUK-rraM rr ·
nail .. KaK (IGUlafPGMUAUJI? Mo.// qiaMUAUJIITeTpOB.KaK Zl!~\M~r~':l~,1-rn HHK0- Supplement 2, pp. 28-29).
3. B'!epa R 6Cii ympo pa66raJI . B i) Exercise 15. Read through the sentences. State the gender of the italicised nouns.
4. ITepBoro MaRMb!6hIJIHHa K;i~Ha~ll :c~ eHb RBbbIJIB_YHHBepCH;eTe.
/1.Y- noma,uH. Cf! nAOUfaOb6bma rromra Hap6- I. rnyxaR HO'lb. PeKa peBeT. (II.) 2. BoT OOJICOUK 6pb13HYJI- llblAb JieTII.T.(T10m<1.)
3. 6hIJI 11e<1ep.
He6o MepKJIO.BoObl CTpy11.JIHCbTII.XO.
)KyK lKYlKlKaJI. (II.) 4. Bemep cnaJI.
Exercise 11. Write out the following nouns, adding the adjective uoehlii or uoea11 Meme,lb yTII.XJia,He6o 6hlJIOHe06blKHOBeHHO '111.CTO.
(E. floA.) 5. bbIJI JIH6Clpb,co cTeilll.
/:1Ya1 6CTpblll ceaepHblll eemep. (E. floA.) 6. Mopb3 u COAltlje. /Jellb qy,[leCHblll(fl.)
)KH3Hb,ITYTb,TeTpa/:lb,UeJib, ):leHb,rrOpT<peJib •
25
24
 ·This girl is our best leading sing-
7. ITpo3paqHb!H /lee OJillH qepHeeT H ' - ' 3Ta ,ri:eByrnKa- HaIIIa ll)l'-lUlGJI
6JieCTllT. (II.) 8./1,0:»eObrrpoweJI. 'r:p:::~~=COT3?
HHBCH?6eJieH~,:T,H pe<t_KG
110,1\0Jlb,L(OM er.'
HT. He e pauyza CTOHT. (Mapm.) 1aneeaJ1a.
Exercise 16. State the gender of the nouns and supply adjectives to them (b) when they denote a male, the modifying adjectives, participles,
Hap6JI, p6JIHHa, MHP, JKH3Hh TPYJI JIPY 6- , , , · pronouns, ordinal numerals and past tense verbs are generally used in
3aBllCHMOCTb, MOJIO,l\elKb 6e3orricHOC;b 11;0 a, _eJIHHCTBO; COl-03,6opb6a, CB066.ua. He- the masculine (3TOT yqeHHK-Harn Jiyqrnuu1aneeaJ1a'this pupil is our
MWI, rrapTHH, X03}1llCTBO, IIOJIHTHKa KyJI'hTy'prapecc, rrp~BHTeJibCTBO, rocyJiapCTBO, ap-
, , , H,L(eOJIOfHH. best leading singer'), but they may be used in the feminine:
3roT MaJIL'IHK- Kpy211b1Ucupo-1 'This boy has neither father nor
THE GEND~R OF NOUNS DENOTING MEMBERS Ta. mother.,
OF A PROFESSION OR TRADE
3TOT MaJIL'IHK- Kp)l2llGJI CHpO-

mas~;ir:: (~;~;;t; n~~:e~;~~e~;~~~e~:o:\a~~Q~~~ ~~~~:~ !l

_,;:~~~\s
:: .., doitor_,, physicta~', cy,n:~il: 'j udg~', ceKpeTapi. 'secretary', Mexa:
1 Ta.
KaKOU )Ke OH yMHHQa! } 'What a clever fellow he is!'
KaKaJI )Ke OH yMHHQa!
Rmec_aruch TOKapi. turner, ca.n:oeo,n: 'horticulturist'), but in Mod-
ern, ,usstan t ese nouns may be used in regard to women: THE GENDER OF INDECLINABLE NOUNS
3OHaa onb1m1-tblU
, epaq· , _ 'Sh ~ 1s
· an experienced
. doctor.'
T ,n:eeyrnKa
-- xopowuu To- 'This girl is a good turner ' There are words which have been borrowed into Russian and are
KapL. · not declined (they all end in a vowel).
Mo~ cecTpa-npeKpac1-tb1u ne.n:a- 'My sister is an excellent teacher.' (a) Nouns denoting inanimate objects are neuter (Moe naJILTO'my
ror. overcoat', Kpacueoe MeTpo 'beautiful underground railway', y)].o6uoe
Kyne 'comfortable (railway-carriage) compartment', 3TO TaKCH 'this
' In, such c~ses the adjectives (onLITHLiii 'experienced' xo oumu taxi cab', cnpaBO'IHOe610po 'inquiry office'' HHTepecnoeHHTepBLIO
good , npeKpacHLIH'excellent'), used as attributes of masc '1· p 'interesting interview', nyrnucTOe6oa 'fluffy boa', eKycHoepary 'tasty
(epaq 'doct ' ' h · · , , u me nouns ragout', etc.), but the word Kocj>e'coffee' is masculine: IIhIO KpenKnii
·th th _or, p ys1c1an ' TOKapL 'turner', ne21:aror'teacher') agree
w1 em m gender. Kocj>e'I drink strong coffee'.
KTO~hICTynaJIHa co6paHHH c _no- "Who made the report at the (b) Nouns denoting living beings are masculine (KpacueLiii KaKa,n:y
KJ~a,noM? - ~LicTynaJia npo- meeting?" "Professor Mikhai- 'beautiful cockatoo', MaJieHLKHHKoJIH6pu'little humming-bird', OOJih-
cj>eccopMHxaHJIOBa. lova did." rnou Kenrypy 'big kangaroo', uHTepecHhIHrnuMnau1e 'amusing chim-
CKa)KH;e, IlO)KaJiyHCTa,r.ne ce- "Can you tell me where the secre- panzee'), but in the sentences llhtMnaH3e KOpMima ceoero 21:eTeHLIIIIa.
Kpernph? - CeKpeTapL BLI- tary is?" "The secretary is out." 'The chimpanzee was feeding her young one'; KeHrypy KOpMHJiaceoero
IIIJia. )].eTe11Lima.'The kangaroo was feeding her young one' the form of the
predicate-verbs (past tense,fem.) shows that the nouns mnMnaHJe'chim-

Ba, CeKpeT~~L :i,~::).

gen~~~~1ate-~;rbs ii the past tense are generally used in the feminine
to a woman (BLICTynaJianpocj>eccop MuxauJIO-
panzee' and KeHrypy 'kangaroo' denote females.
Some Russian words (interjections, adverbs, syntactic words, etc.)
used in a sentence as nouns are treated as neuter nouns as far as their
relations with other words in the sentence are concerned:
NOUNS OF COMMON GENDER Pa1da11ocb zpoMKoe «ypa»! 'A loud 'hooray!' was heard.'
There are a number of Russian nouns endin in a ( ) ( . ,
Ecmb od1-tbne6011bwbe «HO». 'There is one little 'but'.'
•~rph~~•, Ka~eKa 'cripple', YMHHQa'clever pers~n', ~a 3ft:H ~g!~c;p~:~ Bbl He yMeeTe npoII3HOCIHhpyc-
CKOem6epooc ((,'(».
'You can't pronounce the hard
Russian 'l '.'
:H~:les i;:n fe1~t~i{whose gender depends on whether they ref;r to
Supplement 1
(~) _when !he1 denote a female, these nouns are feminine and h
~~~:fvyemrgb
adtJekcti;'es,_p~rticipl~s,pronouns, ordinal numerals'and p~s~ The Most Common Feminine Nouns Ending in
s a e 1emmme endmgs: -3Hh, -CTb, -Cb, -Bb, -6b, -Db
3Ta ,neBoqKa- Kpy211aHcupoTa. 'This girl has neither father nor eJiaCTL 'power'
mother.' 60J11e3HL'illness'
BLICL 'height'
KaK!rn OHa )'MHHQa! '~hat a clever girl (woman) she 6poei. 'eyebrow'
ropcTL 'handful'
ts!' eecTL 'news'
27
26
 rpycTh 'sadness' OOYBb'footwear' rapMOHh 'concertina' naMHTb 'memory'
'.IKU3Hb'life' noBeCTb 'short novel' ru6eJib 'destruction', 'death' ne'laJih 'sadness'
3aUUCb'record', 'entry' nponacTb 'gulf, 'precipice' ropniuh 'larynx' ne'laTb 'stamp', 'seal'
3aBUCTb'envy' no)].nncb 'signature' rpauh 'facet' ne'leHh 'liver'
KHCTh 'brush' npopyob 'ice-hole' rpy)].h 'chest' nJioIQa)].b'square'
KOCTh'bone' pyKonncb 'manuscript' rpH3h 'dirt' nocTe.Jih'bedding'
Kpoeh 'blood' coeecTb 'conscience' )].3Jlh'distance' npHOblJib'profit'
JieTonnch 'chronicle' CTenh 'steppe' )].aHh'tribute' npucrnnh 'landing-stage'
JieCTh 'flattery' CTpacTb 'passion' )].Beph'door' nhIJih 'dust'
Jiroooeh 'love' Qenh 'chain' )].pooh 'fraction' pOJih 'role'
MeCTh 'vengeance' '13CTb 'part' eJih 'fir-tree' PTYTh 'mercury'
MOpKOBh'carrots' 'leCTh 'honour' KOJlbIOeJih'cradle' CBH3h'connection'
ueuaBHCTb'hatred' mepcTb 'wool' KpoeaTh 'bed' ceTb 'net'
Jia)].OHh'palm (of the hand)' cupeHb 'lilac'
JJeHh'laziness' cKilTepTb 'table-cloth'
Supplement 2
Ma3h 'ointment' cMepTb 'death'
The_Most Comm?n Masculine and Feminine Nouns Ending in -b Me)],aJih'medal' coJib 'salt'
(with the except10n of nouns with the stem ending in a sibilant Me)].h 'copper' cTaJib 'steel'
and nouns ending in -3Hb, -CTb, -Cb, -Bb, -6b, -Db) MeJih 'shoal' CTeneHb'degree'
MeTeJib 'snowstorm' CTyneHb 'stage'
Masculine cyTh 'essence'
MOpaJib'morals'
MhlCJih'thought' Teuh 'shadow'
aeToMoonJib 'motor car' oroub 'fire'
He!J,Tb'oil', 'petroleum' TeTpa)].h 'exercise-book'
aucaMOJlb 'ensemble' neub 'stump'
unTh 'thread' TKaHb 'fabric'
6uuoKJih 'binoculars' noJI)],eHb'midday'
OCeHh'autumn' TpeTh 'one-third'
OIOJIJieTeHb'bulletin' nopT(j>eJib'brief-case'
och 'axis' QeJib 'purpose'
euxph 'whirlwind' nyJLipb 'bubble'
oTpacJih 'branch' UIHHeJib'greatcoat'
rB03)].h 'nail' nyTh 'way'
OTTeneJih'thaw' meJib 'chink'
rocnuTaJib 'hospital' peMeHb 'strap'
)].eHb 'day' poHJih 'grand piano'
'rain'
)].O'.IK)].h pyoJIL 'rouble' THE PLURAL OF NOUNS
KaMeHb 'stone' PYJih 'steering wheel'
KapTo(j>eJib'potatoes' cneKTaKJih 'performance' Nouns in Russian change for number: a noun may be either singu-
KameJib 'cough' CTeoeJib'stalk' lar or plural. When a noun changes for number, its ending changes too
KUCeJih'thin fruit jelly' CTep'.IKeHb 'pivot' (33B0)],'plant'-3aBO)],bl 'plants', )],OM'house'-)],OMa 'houses', raJeTa
KOHTpOJih'control' CTHJih'style' 'newspaper'-raJeThI 'newspapers', Kuura 'book'-Knuru 'books',
KOpaOJib'ship' cyxapb 'rusk' nncLMo'letter'-nncLMa 'letters', noJie 'field'-noJIH 'fields'); in some
Kopenh 'root' TOIIOJih'poplar' cases not only the ending changes but the stem of the noun as well
KpeMJih 'the Kremlin' TyuneJib 'tunnel' (rpa'.IK,nauuu'citizen'-r·pa'.IK,naue 'citizens', peoeuoK 'child'-peouTa
Jiarepb 'camp' yroJib 'coal' 'children', 6paT 'brother'-6paThH 'brothers', 1naMH 'ban-
Jiueeub 'downpour' ypoeeub 'level' ner'- 1uaMena 'banners'). In certain cases the stress may shift too.
JIOKOTh'elbow' (j>ouapb 'lantern'
MouacTLipb 'cloister' ._.HPKYJih 'a pair of compasses' FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF MASCULINE
uoroTb 'finger-nail' mTenceJib 'plug' AND FEMININE NOUNS
nyJIL 'nought' HKOpb 'anchor'
Masculine and Feminine Nouns ending in -hi or -u
Feminine in the Nominative Plural

a1rnapeJib'water-colour' OhIJih 'true story' 1. The following nouns have the ending -hi:
6oJib 'pain' nieaub 'harbour' (a) Masculine nouns ending in a hard consonant (1aeo)],

28 29
 -- Exercise 18. Write out the sentences, putting the italicised nouns and the words
':plant'-1,aBo,n:LI 'plants', KOJIXOJ'collective farm'-KonxoJLI 'collec- which agree with them in the plural. Read the sentences aloud.
tive farms ), e_xceptfor nouns whose stem ends in r, K, x, x. or 111, which 1. BJ(ann MeJJhKnyn ozoHeK.2. 51pK11il. AY'l c6nHna oceeTHJI KoMHaTy. 3. HJ(eT cfu1h-
!ak_e the en,dmg -~: a~d t~e tw<? nouns coce.n:'neighbour'-coce.n:n BhIH OO:JICOb.4. B mi.umx necax pacTeT eflb. 5. B CaAYnoeT COJI06eU.6. 51 KYITHJlpyc-
neighbours. ll:nd qepT devil'-11epTH 'devils'. CKiifl:J1Cyp1iail.7. 3TO IiHTepecHall crnarnbit. 8. Mtte HpaBiiTCll 3Ta neclifl. 9. B HallleM
, (b) Fem!mne n~:mns,endit_1g,in -a (~a:iha 'newspaper'-raJeTLI )iHCTiiT)'Te eCTh XHMH'!eCKallJla6oparnbpu!I. 10. BoT Balli CJl06Qpb 11 eama KIJUza.
I I. Teott 11:apa1toa111
nelKHT 3,!leCh. 12. Ha CTOJlenell(aT JlO.JICKa,IJO:JIC ],f CTOSIT
],f (3UJ/Ka
newspapers, Mamuua. machme -M~f!IHHLI 'machines'), except for cmaKQli 11 mapeAKa. 13. KAHJ'l nelKHT B l!IIJ.IiKeCTOJla. 14. Tyi-w 3aKpbrna COJlHl_\e.
nouns whose stem_ends m r, K, x or a s1bdant, which take the ending -H.
2. The fol~owmg nouns_ ha-ye the ending -a: MASCULINE NOUNS ENDING IN -A (-.51)IN THE PLURAL
,~ (~) mascu!me no1!ns endmg m -ii (repoii 'hero'-repon 'heroes', My-
JeH museu!Il_-MyJeH 'museums'); Some masculine nouns have in the plural the stressed ending -a(-H):
(b) femmme nouns ending in -H (.n:epeBnH 'village' - ,n:epeBHH 'vil- ,[I.OM'house'--,n:oMa 'houses', Kpaii 'edge'-KpaH 'edges', 6eper
lages', craTLH ~article'-crn~~ 'articles', J111HJH1 'line'-JillHIOI 'lines'); 'shore'~ 6epera 'shores'' ropo.n: 'city'-ropona 'cities'' y11u:TeJib
(c) masc~lme and femmme nouns ending in a soft consonant 'teacher'-y11nTeJIH 'teachers', npocI>eccop 'professor'- npocf>eccopa
~,n:mK,n:L 'ram'-.n:o:ir..n:it 'rains', nnoma.n:L 'square'-nnoma.n:n
squares'); 'professors'.
Such nouns may be monosyllabic (,n:oM,Kpaii), dissyllabic (6eper,
(d) m_asculine and feminine nouns whose stem ends in a sibilant ropo.n:)and, less frequently, trisyllabic (yqu:TeJIL,
npocI>eccop) .
(u,o:ir.'kmf~'-uo:ir.it 'knives', Ko:ir.a'leather'-Ko:ir.u 'leathers' Kapau- These nouns are never stressed on the final syllable in the nomina-
.n:am'pencil>--:-Kapaunamit 'pencils', uoma 'burden'-uoma 'burdens'
Bpa11 'ph_ysician'-epa11it 'physicians', HO'lb 'night'-uo11u 'night/ tive singular.
nnam 'ramco<:1t'-nnamit_ •~aincoats', poma 'grove'-poma 'groves');'
Dissylabic
, (e) ~asculm,e an1 fem1!11~enouns ,whose stem ends in r, Kor x (Bpar Monosyllabic
enemy-Bpara enemies, uora 'leg'-uoru 'legs' JByK
'sound'-JBYKH 'sounds', cf>a6puKa'factory'-cf>a6pHKH 'f;ctories' - 6oKa 'sides' 6eper· 'shore - 6epet'a 'shores'
6oK 'side'
nacTfx '~hepherd'-nacTyxit 'shepherds', crnpyxa 'old woman'-'- BeK 'century' - eeKa 'centuries' ee'lep 'evening' - eeqepa 'evenings'
cTapyxu old women'). - rnua 'eyes' roJJoc 'voice' - I"OJJoca 'voices'
r.~al ·eye' ropou 'city' -- ropo.11a 'cities'
N,otes.- I.. A, number of n?uns drop o, e, e in the plural: KpylKoK'study /lOM 'house' ~ uoMa 'houses'
- KpaH 'edges' )lOKTop 'doctor' - )lOKTopa 'doctors'
group~~P~ stu~y f~oups_, o;re1.1'father'-OTQbl 'fathers', opi!.JJ'eagle' Kpaii 'edge' MacTep 'foreman:._ MacTepa 'foremen'
-opm,1 eagle~: 1_1ro~eKht~le hght -oroHbKH 'little lights', conoeeii 'nightin- JJec 'forest" - JJeca 'forests'
- JJyra 'meadows' uoMep 'number' - uoMepa 'numbers'
gale - conoebu mghtmgales . The o and e (e) which are dropped are called un- JJyr 'meadow' ocTpoe 'island' - ocTpoea 'islands'
stable vowels. cue,· 'snow' ~- c11e1'a'snows'
- po1·a 'horns' 11611c'belt' - no11ca 'belts'
2. In some ~asculine and feminine nouns the stress is shifted from one syl- por 'horn' napyc 'sail' - napyca 'sails'
lable to _anoth~r. m the formation of the plural: copT 'sort' - copTa 'sorts·
noe1.11'train' - noe1ua 'trains'
• (a) 1,nfem11?me 1;10unst~e ,stress is shifted from the ending to the stem: cTpaua noeap ·cook' - noeapa 'cooks'
,coun!ry -.~pa~1,1 c?un~nes,, 1ee1)la 'star'-1ei!l)lbl 'stars', pyKa 'arm'-pYJCH
arms, ~ora leg-:--noru legs, ronoea 'head'-ronoe1,1 'heads';
(b) m masculme nou_ns the stress is shifted from the final syllable in the singu-
l~r t? the final. ~y_llabl~m ~he plu~al: oronb 'light'-orua
Trisyllabic
'lights', oroneK 'little
h~ht -oronbKH httle hghts, KPYlKOK 'study group'-KpylKKH 'study groups' p _
~lK '??undary'-py~lKH •~oundaries', wanaw 'hut'-waJJawa 'huts' Kapau~~
pencII -Kapan)lawu 'penciis'. ' npo<!Jeccop 'profes- - npo<!Jeccopa'professors'
(The position of the stress in all such words must be memorised.) sor'
y'lnTeJJh'teacher' - yquTeJJH
'teachers'

Exerci~e 17. qive the plural of the following nouns and mark the stress. Read aloud
the words m the smgular and the plural. Exercise 19. Read through the sentences and write them out. Mark the stress in the ita-
Mode/: CTpami.- CTpaHbl licised words.
pyKa, Hora, 3Be3,!la, 3eMJHI, TpaBa, roJJOBa, ropa, CTeHa, .!IOCKa 1. KpadrnhI 6epeza B6mu: oc66eHHO Kpacire npaBhiii 6epez-KpyT<>H, noKpbIThlii
necoM. 2. Becn6ii 3enem:IOT Ayza. 3. )],aneKO B Mope 6eneIOT napyca. 4. 0lKHBHJlllCh
Mode/: HOJIC
- HOJICH,
COJlOBeil.
- COJlOBhH OKpaHHhlr6po;:ia: ITOCTp6eHhlHOBhJeBhlCOKlieOOMa,HOBhle 3a600bl, ¢a6puKU. 5. Ilpe-
KapaH.11aw, epa'I, wanaw, rrnam, eopo6eil., Mypaeeil. 06paJ1CaIOTCllHlllllli 20pooa.
Mode/: oroHeK - oroHhKH, KpylK<>K
- KPYlKKH Exercise 20. Make up sentences, using some of the nouns given in the above table
KyCOK,JlHCTOK,nJJaTOK, nOTOJlOK,3BOHOK and write them down.

30 3
 Formation of the Plural of Neuter Nouns pen. Ona paCTIOJI0lKeHa
Ha 6eperax MocKBbI-peKH.KaHaJI HMeHHMocKBblcoeAHHlleT
MocKey-peKyc B6nron.
B MocKBe 6onhw6e ym1qHoe i>eu:>1CeHue: aemoMo6uAu, aemb6yc&1, mpoAAeil6yc&1,
Neuter nouns _hav~ the ending -a (-11) in the plural. mpaM6(1U.CaMbIHY.LI06Hhlfl
BH,[(TpaHCTIOpTa B MocKBe-3TO Mempb. OH6 CBR3bIBaeT
, I. Nou~s endmg m -o take -a (nHCLMO 'letter'-nitcLMa 'letters' c ueHTpOMOT,[(aJieHHbie
paUOHbl CTOJIHl.l,hl.
~eJIO 'affair'- ~eJia 'affairs', rocyAapcmo 'state'-rocy~apcTB~
'states'). SOME PECULIARITIES IN THE ·FORMATION OF THE
, ~- Nou1;~ en~ing fn -e, ta~e _-11,(noJie, 'field'-nomt 'fields', Mope PLURAL OF MASCULINE AND NEUTER NOUNS
.sea -:--MO~H seas , 1~auae bmldmg - 1~aua11 'buildings'); nouns end-
!ng 1? -e, also take -11 (PY*Le 'gun'-PY*LH 'guns', Kona.e l. Masculine nouns ending in -auuu or -HHHH(rpa,..:,uauitu 'citizen',
· spear -KODMI 'spears'). KpecThHHHH'peasant') take -aue (-uue) in the nominative plural (rpa,..:-
,uaue 'citizens', KpecThHHe 'peasants').
• , No_1e.-. A ~umber, ?f neuter nouns form their plural irregularly: yxo Nouns ending in -uu form their plural differently:
ear - ywH ears, DJJe'lo shoulder' -nJJe'IH 'shoulders' Koneeo 'knee'-KoJJeHN
'knees', BeKO'eyclid'-BeKH 'eyelids', WJJOKO'apple'_:116JJOKH'apples'. xo1ituu 'master' - xo1ieea 'masters'
rocno,uitu 'gentleman' - rocno,ua 'gentlemen'
3. In forming the plural the stress may shift from the first syllable TaTapuu 'Tatar' - Tauiphl 'Tatars'
to the last (~eJio 'affair'-~eJia 'affairs', npaeo 'right:-npaea 'rights') 6onrapuu 'Bulgarian' - 60Jiraph1 'Bulgarians'
or fr~_mthe last syllable to the first (oKuo 'window'-oKua 'windows' rpY31tH 'Georgian' - rpy11tnh1 'Georgians'
PY*Le 'gu~ '- PY*LII 'guns', nHCLMO 'letter'-nitcLMa 'letters')· th;
stre,ss remam~ U!1changed in nouns with the suffix -aua(e) or -e~(e) The above words are- isolated cases and must be memorised.
(1Aa~ae 'bml<:1mg'- 1~aua11 'buildings', co6pauae 'meeting'- 2. Masculine nouns ending in -ouoK or -euoK (BOJI'IOHOK'wolf-cub',
c~6pa~HH .'1!1eetmgs',ene'laTJieuae 'impression'-ene'laTJieua11 'impre- KOTenoK'kitten') and denoting the young of living beings end in the nom-
~s1ons), w1tp~the ~uffix -cT~(o) (rc_>eyAapcTeo 'state'- rocy.llilpcTBa inative plural in -am (-urn) (eoJI'laTa 'wolf-cubs', KOTHTa 'kittens').
states , xo111HcTeo economy - xo111iicTea 'economies'). The plural of pe6euoK 'child' is pe6itrn 'children', but the more com-
mon form is ,ufau. (The word pe6itrn may also be used with the mean-
. Exercise 21. Form the plural of the following nouns and write them down in the
smgular and plural. Mark the stress. ing 'lads', 'boys'.)
3. Some masculine and neuter nouns take -hH in the plural:
Model: OICH0-6ICna
6paT 'brother' 6paThH 'brothers'
IlHCbMO,ICOJlbUO,
CTeICJIO,
JIHQO,ceno
JIHCT 'leaf JIHCThH'leaves'
Model: neno-aemi cTyJI 'chair' cTjJILH 'chairs'
npaao, MecTo, JepICano, cnoao KphIJIO 'wing' KpLIJihH 'wings'
Mode/: JAc'IHHe-JAc'IHHll,rocynapcTBO-rocynapcTBa nepo 'feather' nephH 'feathers'
co6paHHe, JacenaHHe, coaewaHHe, ynpallCHeHHe,npaBHTen&CTBO ,uepeBO'tree' ,llepeBhH 'trees'
KoJioc 'ear (of corn)' KOJIOCLH'ears'
Exercise 22. Read through the text. State the gender and number of the italicised
nouns. In the formation of the plural of some nouns alternation of conso-
nants occurs in the stems.
MOCKBA .UP)T 'friend' - ,upylhH 'friends' (r-1);
MocKaa-cnwJ11t¥ PocchftcKoii <l>e,1ep1h.1uu. cyK 'twig' - cy'lhH 'twigs' (K-11).
B MOCKBepa66TaeT POCCHHCKOC npa«ume,11,cm«o Note.- The words MYlK'husband' and ChlH'son' have two plurals each: MYlK
MocKsa-KpynHbIH npoMb1WJJeHHb1f1 u,eHTp.B MocKaeOOJiblllHe
<jJa.6puKuH 3a800t>t. 'husband'-MylK&H, MYllCH'husbands', CLIH 'son'-CbIHOBbH, ChlHhI'sons'.
l·fa MOCKBbl
BO see KOHU,blPOCCHHH B 3apy6e)KHbleCTp3HblBblB63llTCll a8nWJtW6UJlU, The forms MYlKbll and c&IHOBbHare used in everyday language, CbIHbland
cmanKfl, cma.nb, ceJlbCKOX03aiicm8em-tbU! Jttatuunbl. MYlKIIin elevated style: JI)''IIUHeCbIHLIue.i11111:oii
MaTepe-P6nunhl 'the best sons of
MOCKBa-ueHTp HayKH u KYJibT)"pbl. B MocKBe Hax6,1HTCll POCCHHCKall aKaiJeMUR their great Motherland'.
11ayK, MocK6BCKHH rocy,1apcTBCHHblfl JH.U8epcumem i1MeHH JlOMOHOCOBa, 0,AiIH H3 4. Neuter nouns ending in -MH have different stems for the singular
CTllpelllllHX YHHBCpcHTeTOB CTpaHbl. B MOCKBe MH6)KeCTBO B)'30B, lllK0JI, 6H6JIHOTeK.
Pocci1HCKall rocy,1apcreeHHal1 6H6JIHOTeKa-eeJIHtJ3Hlllee KH.utoxpaH.UJIUUl,eMHpa. B
and the plural; only the following nouns are used in the plural:
MOCKBe HaX6,AHTCll J<oncef}6amopua HMeHH qaHK6BCKOf'O, AKa,1eMHll xy,16)KeCTB, BpeMH 'time' epeMeHa 'times'
liOJiblll6HTeaTp 11 ,1pyrne TeaTpbl. JHaMH 'banner' 3uaMena 'banners'
CC?
BCeMH K<?Hllc'IMH , POCCHl-1, . MocICBy CBll3blBalOTllCeJieJHblei>opo?U DJieMH 'tribe' DJieMeHa 'tribes'
H BOJAYUJHhie mpaccbl. B MocICae 9 eonanoe H 4 aJpon6pTa. MocKBa-nopT nlITH M0-
33
32 3-384
 HMH 'name' nMeua 'names' J. OceHh. Ha )lepeBbSIXlKeJIThleH KpaCHhie ... . JlliCThl, JIHCTbSI
ceMH 'seed' ceMena 'seeds' Ha CTOJieJielKllJIH6eJible ... 6yMarn.
CTpeMH 'stirrup' ~ CTpeMeHa'stirrups' 2. y HeKOTOpbIXTOBapmQeii B Hameii rpyrme eCTb rrp6nyCKli, rrponyCKll
... 3aH»THii no 60J1e3Hli.
5. The following neuter nouns ending in -o have different stems in ITptt BX0)le B :ho 3,[\aHtte H)'lKHOrrpe)lbHBJIHTb
the singular and the plural: 3. ii ~apTI!He rrpeo6Jia)lllJIH CBE:TJibie... QBeThI, QBeTa
ue6o 'sky' ue6eca 'skies' Ha OKHeCTOHJili... .
'ly,rt:o'miracle'~ 'ly,rt:eca'miracles'
NOUNS USED ONLY IN THE SINGULAR OR PLURAL
He6eca generally occurs m poetry:
CuneH 6Jie~yT ue6eca. (IT.) Some Russian nouns are used only in the singular or only in the
'The skies glisten as they grow
blue.' plural.
1. The following nouns are used only in the singular:
Exercise 23. Write out the sentences, putting the italicised nouns and the words (a) Collective nouns, i.e. nouns which, in the singular, denote
which agree with them in the plural. a number of objects taken as a whole: MoJio,o:eJKh 'young people', cTy-
I. Spam on1pas1rnc» Ha ph16Hy10n6sn10. 2. Pe6e110Kttrpa.rI 6Kono LI0Ma. 3. J(py2 ,11.eu'lecTBO'the students', 'leJioBe'lecTBO'humankind'. The above nouns
qacTo nfm1eT MHefll!ChMa. 4. Hanp0TliB Moer6 OKHapaCTeT Oepeeo.5. Xo3RU/lnp1rneT- denote animate beings. lieJihe 'linen', nocy,o:a'tableware', 66ysh 'foot-
JlliBO BCTpeTliJIfOCTeii. 6. lfa-no,[( 3a66pa BhICKOqliJIKome/lOK. 7. ArpoH0M BHliMa- wear', Me6eJih 'furniture', o,o:eJKr.i:a' clothes'. The above nouns denote
TeJibHO pa3rJIH,[(bIBaJIKOAOC mneHI!l.lbl.
inanimate objects.
A number of masculine nouns have different forms of the plural for (b) A number of nouns denoting substances: JKeJibo 'iron', Me)l:h
their different meanings (JIHCT,o:epesa'a leaf of a tree', JIHCT6yMarn 'a 'copper', cTaJih 'steel', KHCJiop6,o: 'oxygen', a36T 'nitrogen', so;::i:op6;::i:
leaf of paper', but: JIHCThH,o:epesa'leaves of a tree', .'IHCTLI6yMarn 'hydrogen', etc.; medicines: acnupitu 'aspirin', iio;::i:
'iodine', neum:_.uJIJIHH
'leaves of paper'). 'penicillin', etc.; food items: M»co 'meat', caxap 'sugar', MyKa 'flour',
puc 'rice', etc.
(c) Some nouns denoting vegetables, cereals, berries: KapT6«i>eJIL
Singular Plural 'potatoes', Jieu 'flax', JIYK 'onions', MopKOBh'carrots', poJKh'rye', Ma-
Jiitua 'raspberries', etc.
JJHCT JJHCThl m'tCTbB (d) Abstract nouns formed from certain adjectives and verbs: sun-
'leaf (of a book, etc.; 'leaves (of a book)', 'sheets' 'leaves (of a plant)' Maune 'attention', 'ITenue 'reading', MOJIO)l:OCTh'youth', 6eJIH311ll
of a plant)' Mb! npnro-rosnJJn 6oJJb- Ha [lepeBbHX ni:('JITh!e
11111eJJHCThl6yMaru [IJJH
'whiteness', TeMnoTa 'darkness', etc.
"There are ye!-
JJHCTbll.
)lHa,·paMM. ·we prepared low leaves on the trees.' Notes.- I. A number of nouns of this group may be used in the plural, but
large sheets of paper when so used they acquire a concrete meaning: pa1-1oc-rn lKIIJHH'life's joys', JJHTe-
for the diagrams.· pa-rypnbie '!Tenon 'literary readings', naL1eJ1aJ1rnynoCTeii 'he did a lot of foolish
things'.
2. There are abstract nouns which have the plural: H3Menenne
nponycK nponyCKH nponyCKa 'change'-nJMeneunu 'changes', no-rpe6noc-rh'need'-noTpe6nocTn 'needs', cno-
'absence, pass' "absences' 'passes' coonoc-rh 'ability'- cnoc66nocrn 'abilities', etc.
Y yqeHHKll eCTb nponyCKH Y sx61.1anposep11J1nnpony-
3an11Tniino 6oJJfann.'The cKa."The sentry checked
pupil was absent from the passes.'
2. The following nouns are used only in the plural:
some of the lessons owing
to illness.' 6pIOKH 'trousers' KaHHKYJihl'holidays'
6y;::i:uu'week days' KypanThl '(tower) clock with
eop6Ta 'gates' chimes'
eecLI 'scales' MeMyaphl 'memoirs'
Notes.- 1. The plural of 11ue-r6K'flower' is 11seThl'flowers' (Ha nyry Janec- BL16ophl'elections' u6JKnm•hl'scissors'
TpeJJHQBCThI.'Flowers showed colourfully in the meadow.'); the plural of 11seT )l:ellhl'H'money' uocitJIKH'stretcher'
'colour' is 11se-ra'colours' (Jlio6mo 11pKne11seTa.'I like gay colours.') ,o:posa'firewood' O'IKH 'spectacles'
2. The plural ofqeJJoseK 'person' is JJIOLIH
'people'. The plural form 'leJJoseK ;::i:yxit'perfume' nepitJia 'railings', 'hand-rail'
is used only in the genitive with a numeral (nHTb 'leJJooeK'five people').
KaBLI'IKH ' inverted commas' n6xopo11L1'funeral, obsequies'
Exercise 24. Write out the sentences, supplying the appropriate words from the Ky;::i:pu 'curls' np6so,rt:hI'seeing-off
right-hand column. Kernu 'skittles' nepernsopLI 'negotiations'
34 35
3*
po,ri:LI'childbirth' <J>unaHCLI 'finance' The nominative, which answers the questions KTO?,'ITO?
cauu 'sledge' xnonoTLI 'trouble' 'who?', 'what?'
caJia3KH'sled' 11acL1'clock', 'watch' The genitive, KOro?, 11ero?
cyMepKu 'dusk' 11epunna'ink' 'of whom?', 'of what?'
,, ,,
CJIHBKH'cream' maxMaTbl 'chess' The dative, KOMJ?,'leMy?
cyTKH 'twenty-four hours', mamKH 'draughts' 'to whom?', 'to what?'
,, KOI'O?''ITO?
'(whole) day' mnnQLI 'tongs' The accusative,
TpycLI 'shorts' mu 'cabbage soup' 'whom?', 'what?'
,,
The instrumental, " " KeM?, 11eM?
'by whom?', 'by
and a number of others.
All the words used with above nouns also take the plural. what?'
'with whom?', 'with
JI KYTIHJI Kpac1-Lbte11epunna. 'I bought some red ink.' what?'
OH xoporn6 npoBeJI Aem1-LueKa- 'He spent his summer holidays The prepositional, " 0 KOM?,0 'leM?
HHKYJILI. nicely'. 'about whom?', 'about
JI lfCAbte CJTKU6hIJI B .[(Opore. 'I travelled for twenty-four what?'
hours'. All the cases other than the nominative are called oblique cases.
Indeclinable nouns-naJILTO 'overcoat', MeTpo 'underground rail- Nouns which denote animate beings answer the questions:
way', TaKcn 'taxi', mocce 'main road', etc.-do not change for number; KTO?'who?' ,ll;pyr )KHBeTB MocKBe.
however, if these nouns denote a number of objects, the words which 'The friend lives in Moscow.'
are used with them take the plural: · y Koro? 'at whose place?' JI 6hlJI y ,ri:pyra.
B Mara3HHenpo.[(aBaJIHKpaCUBbte 'There were beautiful children's 'I was at a friend's.'
oemcKue naJILTO. coats on sale at the shop.' KoMy? 'to whom?' JI HaTIHCll.JI
,ri:pyry.
IlpOA<X>t<:e1-Lbl mocce.
1-LO(Jble 'New highways have been built.' 'I wrote to a friend.'
Koro? 'whom?' JI BCTpeTHJI,ri:pyra.
'I met a friend.'
Exercise 25. Write out the nouns and state their gender. JI 3aHHMlJ.J1Cjl C ,ri:pyroM.
c KeM? 'with whom?'
(a) KpeCThMHCTBO, HHTeJIJUITeHIJ,Hll,
CTy,1:1eHqeCTBO,
,[leTBOpa,pO,!IHM,
Chiphe, 6eJihe, 'I studied with a friend.'
opy)l<He,66yBh, O,[lelK,[la,
Me6eJih MbI roBopHJIH o ,ri:pyre.
(b) mo66Bh, ,1:1pylK6a, qecTh, TeprreHHe,rreqaJih, CMeJIOCTh, JIOBKOCTh,IIOMOIIJ,h, o KOM?'about whom?'
BHHM<lHHe 'We spoke about a friend.'
KTO?'who?' B 300napKe eCTh CJIOH.
Exercise 26. Supply an adjective to each of the following nouns; write down the 'They have an elephant at the
nouns with the adjectives in three columns: masculine, feminine and neuter.
Zoo.'
lKenbo, Me,[lh,JoJioTo, cepe6p6, cTaJih, 6noso, He!pTh,mneHii:IJ,a,polKh, nyK, Karry- Y CJIOHa.[(JIHHHhIM x66oT.
cTa, MOpKOBh,KapT6!peJih,KJiy6Hii:Ka, MOJIOKO, qaii:, cano, MMCO,
MyKa,MhIJIO,6eHJHH, y Koro? 'who has?'
IIhlJih, B03,[IYX 'The elephant has a long trunk.'
K KOMy?'to whom?' JI no.[(ornen 6nH3Ko K cJiony.
Exercise 27. Write out the following nouns in three columns: the first containing the 'I came near to the elephant.'
nouns used only in the singular, the second the nouns used only in the plural and the
third the nouns used both in the singular and the plural. Supply an adjective to the italic- Koro? 'whom?' JI BnepBhie yBI'men )l(HB6ro CJIO-
ised words. ua.
JiyHa, JBeJp;a, B03,[IYX,
COAH'/,/e, MOp03, lKapa, IIhIJih, iJo:JICOb,CHer, myMaH, Tpasa, 'I saw a live elephant for the first
Chip, MOJIOKO, Kpyrra, MyKa, COAb,caxap, CllHH,MOAOmOK,TOnop, b6y«b, Me6eAb, BOpoTa, time.'
'lepHitAa, HOlKHH!l,hl,
IllaXMaThl,IllllllIKH,opyJKHe,opyp;He, carrorii:, 6p!OKH,nep'lamKu, KeM? '(with) whom?' JI mo6oBll.JICH3THMCJIOHOM.
py6arnKa, KOCmlOM 'I admired that elephant.'
o KoM? 'about whom?' JI HaTIHCll.JI
paCCK:130 CJIOHe.
·1 wrote a story about an ele-
CHANGING THE NOUN FOR CASE phant.'
Nouns which denote inanimate objects answer the questions:
Russian nouns change for case (are declined). There are six cases in
Russian: •no? 'what?' IlucLMO Jie)KHTHa CTOJie.
'The letter is on the table.'
36
37
 11ero?'of what?' Ha CTone HeT DHCLMll. The dative case of a noun:
'There is no letter on the table.' without a preposition or with the floMoraIO (KOMy?)TOBapumy.
11eMy?'to (at) what?' 51 paJJ. nucLMY. 'I help a friend.'
preposition K gene~ally denotes
'I rejoice at the letter.' the person or obJect towards PaJJ,yIOCh('leM_y?)ycnexaM.
'ITo? 'what?' 51 nonyqirn nucLMO. whom or which the action is di- 'I rejoice at (your) success.'
'I received a letter.' rected and answers the ques- I1JJ.y(,c KoMy?) K npeno~aBaTemo.
11eM?'with what?' .$1oqeHb JJ.OBoneHDHCLMOM. 'I am going to my teacher.'
tions KOMy? (K KOMy?) 'to
'I am very pleased with the letter.' whom?', 'leMy? (K 11eMy?) 'to
o 11eM?'about what?' 51 paCCKa3an O DHCbMe.
what?' The accusative case of a noun:
'I told (them) about the letter.'
(1) with a transitiv~ verb den~tes 51 BCTpenrn (Kozo?) TOBapuma.
Exercise 28. Write out the sentences. What questions do the italicised words an-
swer? the object to which the act10n 'I met a friend.'
passes over and answers the qHTaIO ('lmo?) raJeTy.
(a) I. CmyiJeHm pa66rner s na6opar6p1u1. 2. B'lepa SI 6b1JI Ha KOHCYJibTaUHH
y npo<fieccopa. 3. R HaTIHCaJIIlHCbMO OmiJj;. 4. B Tearpe SIBCTpeTHJImoeizpUU,/Q.5. Ha questions KOro? 'whom?'' 'ITO? 'I am reading a newspaper.'
3KCK)'pcHH Mb! pa3roBapHBaJIH C <JupeKmopOM3aBO.Ua.6. 8eqepoM pa60'!He IOBOpHJIH 'what?'
o 3as6.ue, o HosoM <JupeKmope. (2) when used with the preposi- l1JJ.Y(,cyoa?) B ~eKaHaT.
(b) I. RpKo CBCTHJIOCOAHIJe.2. Cero.UHSIHeT COAHIJQ. 3. Mb! Bcer.ua pa.Ubl COAHIJY- tion B 'to' or ua 'to' and an- 'I am going to the dean's office.'
4. R mo6mo COAHiJe.
swers the question KyJJ.a? J1,uy(,cyoa?) Ha co6panue.
'where to?' denotes the place 'I am going to the meeting.'
SOME MEANINGS OF THE CASES towards which the action is di-
The genitive case of a noun: rected.
The instrumental case of a noun:
(I) denotes possession and an- Km'lra 6pba. (1) may denote the instrum~nt C?r Ilu:wy ('leM?) MeJJOM.
swers the question qeu? 'ILH? 'The brother's book.' means by which the action 1s 'I write with chalk.'
'11.e?111.u?'whose?' (4hH KHttra? -- J;paTa. performed and answers the Pe)Ky ('leM?) noJKoM.
'Whose book?~- The brother's.') question 11eM?'with wh3:t?' 'I cut with a knife.'
Ilonsi KOJ1xo1a. (2) may denote the person m c~m- 3aHHMaIOCh (c KeM?) c TOBa-
'The fields of the collective farm.' junction with whom the act10n pu~eM.
(4hH nonsi?- Konx63a. is performed and answers the 'I study with a friend.'
'Whose fields?---Of the collective question c KeM? 'with whom?' r0Bop1-0 (c KeM?) c npeno)].aBaTe-
farm.') JieM.
(2) with the words HeT 'have no', y MeHSIneT ( 'lez</J) KapaH~arna. 'I am speaking with the teacher.'
'there is no', ne 6L1J10'had no', 'I have no pencil.'
'there was (were) no,' ne 6y~eT Bqepa.He 6hIJIO (4ezo?) ~O;K~H. The prepositional case of a noun
'will have no', 'there will be no' 'It did not rain yesterday.' (which is used with prepositions only):
denotes the absence of an 3aBTpa He 6yJJ,eT(Koza?)~HpeKTO-
object. pa. (a) with the preposition o 'abC?ut' Mh1 qtt-ramI (o KoM?) o _ntrnKune.
'The director will not be in tomor- it denotes the person or obJect 'W~ read a?out Pu_~hkm.
row. ' spoken of and answers the Om~ roBopmrn (o '-teM?)o JJHTepa-
(3) when used with different pre- 51 6hrn (y ,co26?)y ~oKrnpa. questions o KoM? 'about Type. . ,
positions acquires different 'I was at the doctor's.' whom?', 0 11eM?'about what?' 'They spoke about l,1terature.
meanings. 51 Kyn11n KHttry (Oil.fl Ko20?) ~m• (b) with the prepositions B 'at', ua OH 6hrn (2ae?) B TeaTp~.
TOBllpHfUa. 'at' it denotes the place of _ac- 'He :was at th~, theatr~.
'I bought a book for a friend.' tion and answers the quest10n Pa6orn10 (2oe,) na cI>a6puKe.
Ott npttexa.n: ( om,cyaa?) H3 CaHKf• r)].e? 'where?' 'I work at a factory.'
, IleTep6ypra. The cases in Russian are rich in meanings. One an_d_the ~ame case of
He came from St. Petersburg.' a noun can be used (either with or without a preposition) m sentences
to express different relationships.
38 39
 Exer~ise 29. Read through the sentences, state the case of each noun and tell what THE DECLENSION OF MASCULINE NOUNS
quest10n 1t answers. Translate the sentences into English.
, 1. Moil OTe1;(pa66raeT 1!a 3aBOLI~-npaT yqHTCHB HHCTHT}'Te. 2. CecTpa TOBapH1Qa WITH THE STEM ENDING IN A HARD CONSONANT
yqHTCHB ¥0CKBe., 3. Y_MeHHHeT yqe6HHKa. 4. CTyL(eHTC,IJ;aJI3aqeT npeno,IJ;aBaTemo.
5. JI ITHIIfYTIH~hMOTOBapu11.1y.~- 51 TIO,IJ;apHJI
6pary nopT<peJib. 7. Ha :hoil 6yMare MO- Ending
JKHOITH~aTbTOJihKOK~paH,IJ;aillOM., 8. Bqepa Mbl CJl}'illaJIHHHTepCCHhlll,[(OKJ!il,[(
0 Me-
lK/J:YHapO,[(HO;"
TIOJIOJKeHHH.9; Ha YJIHI_\eH BCTpeTHJITOB:tpH1Qa.JO. JI ,IJ;OJirO
pa3roBa-
pHBaJI C TOBapu11.1eMO )];OKJia,IJ;e.
Norn. Kmo? 'lmo? yqeuHK CJJOH 33B0,[( No ending
'pupil' 'elephant' 'plant'
Gen. K020? -qezo? y'leHHKa CJIOHa 33B0,[(a -a
THREE TYPES OF THE DECLENSION OF NOUNS Dat. KOMy? 'leMy? y'leHnKy CJIOHY 33B0LIY -y
Acc. K020? 'lmo? Y'ICHHKll CJIOHa 3aBOL( as Gen. or Norn.
Instr. KeM? 'leM? y'leuuKoM CJIOHOM 33B0,[(0M -OM
I.. I~ acc~rdance with their endings in the singular Russian nouns Prep. 0 KOM? 0 'leM? 00 y'leHHKe 0 CJJOHe 0 33B0/.le -e
are d1v1ded mto three types of declension.
! · 1:'hefirst de_clen~ionincludes: (a) masculine nouns without any WITH THE STEM ENDING IN A SOFT CONSONANT OR -H
endmg m the nommat1ve whose stem ends in a hard or soft consonant
or ii (ropo,LI;'town', 'city', Ll,eHL'day', Maii 'May')· Ending
(b) neuter nouns ending in -o (-e) or -e (nncLMO'letter' pylKLe 'gun'
none 'field', 3,Ll;auue'building'). ' '
Norn. Kmo? 'lmo? L(OlKLlb OI'OHb repoH OOH No ending
. Note.- Masculine ~ouns _with augmentative or diminutive suffixes plus the 'rain' 'fire' 'hero' 'battle'
endmg -? o'. -e (rnpoL(HwKo small town of no importance', LIOMHWKO'small Gen. K020? 'lezo? L(OlKLIH OrHH repoH OOH -H
a_nd/or dilapidated house', L10M11111e
'huge house') also belong to the first declen- Dat. KOM)'? 'le My? LIOlKL(IO OrHIO repo!O OOIO -IO
s10n. Acc. K020? 'lmo? LIOlKLlb OfOHb repOH OOH as Gen. or
Norn.
Instr. KeM? 'leM? LIOlKLlt'M OrHeM repoeM OOCM -eM, -eM
2. The second declension includes feminine nouns ending in -a -H: Prep. 0 KOM? 0 'leM? 0 LIOlK,[(e06 orue 0 repoe 0 ooe -e
CTpaua 'country', 3eMJIH'earth', apMHH 'army'. '
fote.~ ~ascu,Iin~ no~ns en,ding in -:1;
-H (rouowa 'youth', cTapocTa 'village (a) The accusative of masculine nouns denoting animate objec!s and
elder, cyL(LH Judge ,_LIHJ;IH
uncle, Ky1LMa Kuzma', BauH 'Vanya') and nouns of their genitive are identical (yqemrn:a,CJioua,repi>H);the accusative of
~omm,on gender endmg m -a, -H (cupoTa 'orphan', yMHHQa'clever person', paJHHH
gawk ) also belong to the second declension. nouns denoting inanimate objects and their nominative are identical (3a-
BOLI.,
oroHL, 6oii).
. 3. The t~ird_declension includes fe~inine nouns without any ending (b) The accusative of the masculine no~ns uapt>Ll.'p~ople',. oTp_HLI.
m the nommative, whose stem ends m a soft consonant or sibilant 'detachment', which have a collective meanmg, and their nommatlve
(hard or soft): TeHL 'shadow', cTenL 'steppe', HO'lh'night', pOlKL'rye', are identical (mo6nTLuapoLI.'to love one's people', secTHOTPM 'to lead a
MhIWL 'mouse'. detachment').
I~. Some nouns do not belong to any of the above three types of de-
~len~10nand are declined in a special way: they are the neuter nouns end- THE DECLENSION OF NEUTER NOUNS
mg m -MH (Hl\fH 'name', BpeMH'time', etc.), the masculine noun nyTL
'way' and the neuter noun Ll,HTH 'child'. Neuter nouns with the stem ending in a hard or soft consonant are
III. There are a number of nouns which are not declined and do not declined in the same way as masculine nouns.
change according to number: DaJILTO'overcoat' KHHO'cinema' MeTpo
'un~er~rou?d rail:--"ay',rnocce'main road', lKIOpu''jury', Keurypy''kanga-
With Stem ending in Ending With Stem ending in Ending
roo, Ko4>ecoffee, etc. These nouns are neuter, except i,:04>e(masculine). a Hard Consonant a Soft Consonant
All of them have been borrowed from foreign languages.

The First Declension Norn. OKHO L(eJJo -o PYlKbe noJJe -e, -e

'window' 'affair' 'gun' 'field'
Gen. OKHll L(eJJa -a PYlKbll UOJIH -H
1:'his_declensionincludes masculine nouns without any ending in the Dat. OKH)' neJJy -y PYlKblO nomo -IO
nommat1ve and neuter nouns ending in -o, -e or -e. The declension of Acc. OKHO JJ,eJJo as Norn. PYlKbe noJJe as Norn.
a noun of the first declension depends on whether its stem ends in a hard Instr. OKHOM L1eJJOM -OM PYlKbeM, uoJJeM -eM, -eM
or soft consonant. Prep. 00 OKHe 0 ,[(eJJe -e 0 pyiKbe 0 noJJe -e

40
41
 'CULIARITIES IN THE DECLENSION OF SOME MASCULINE NOUNS
The accusative of neuter nouns and their nominative are always PE IN THE GENITIVE AND PREPOSITIONAL SINGULAR
identical.
THE GENITIVE WITH THE ENDING -Y (-IO)
THE SPELLING OF STRESSED AND UNSTRESSED CASE ENDINGS
AFTER A SIBILANT OR LI, When denoting a quantity or part of '.1substan~~ or I?ateria~, so11,1e
asculine nouns take the ending -y (-ro) m the gemttve s1~gular. KrcoK
After a sibilant (;K, 11,m or m) or I( the ending of the nominative ~ PY'a lump of sugar' cTaKaH11aro'a glass (cup) of tea, K1u10rpaMM
singular of neuter nouns is spelt -o when stressed (KOJILl(O'ring', nJie116 caxa '
·· y 'a kilogramme of honey', KYTIIITh
, , ·· 't b y some
caxapy, Me~y o , u ,
'shoulder') and -e when unstressed (cep)J:l(e'heart', y1111JIHme'college'); :i:ar, honey', BbITIIITh 11aio'to drink some tea , tta6paTh xBopocTy to
the ending of the instrumental singular of masculine and neuter nouns ther some brushwood'• d' ·
is spelt -oM when stressed (6oi11,0M,HO;KOM, KOJILUOM, nJie110M) and -eM ga The nouns xJie6 'bread' and oBec'oats' do not take the en mg -y m
when unstressed (BOJirorpa11ueM,TOBapumeM, cep11ueM,YlfHJIULQeM). the genitive. . ..
Note.- Sometimes the genitive singul,ar ending -y occurs m prepos1t 1fn~l
THE DECLENSION OF MASCULINE NOUNS ENDING IN -Mfi hrases e . OH 8i;1wen 83 J.IOMY,HJ Jiecy he came out of the house,, out o e !
AND OF NEUTER NOUNS ENDING IN -HE p d' ~ ~f~ J.IOJ.IOM qac 'it took me an hour to reach home', 51JK.[laJIoicono'lacy
~o:ait.ed for about a~ hour'. In such cases. the stress is frequently shifted to the
preposition.
Masculine Neuter
Exercise 35. Read through the sentences and account for the ending -y or ·JO in the
italicised nouns. , ,
Norn. Kmo? 'Imo? npoJieTapuii canaTopuii co6pauue I HaneHTe MHe, noJKaJiyHCTa, qalIIKY l/{1/0. 2. A~HTe MHe, "?JKa_!'YHCTa,_KHJIO _ca-
'proletarian' ·sanatorium' 'meeting' . · ··~ 3 Thi noii.[lellih 8 Mara 3irn? Kyrrn MHe, rroJKany11cTa,x.1e6a, cbtpy
Gen. Kocb? l/e21P npoJieTapHH cauaTopuH Co6paHHH xapy H cTaKaH Meuy. . , ,
Dat. KOMf'? </eM)i? npo.1eTapn10 C3H3TOpHIO C06paHHIO 11caxapy. 4. He yXOJ.IH,Mhl ceH'!aC BhinheM l/a/0.
Acc. KO?O? 'Imo? llpOJieTapHH canaTopuii co6pauue
Instr. KeM? 'leM? npoJieTapneM C3H3TOpHeM co6pauneM THE PREPOSITIONAL WITH THE ENDING -Y (-IO)
Prep. 0 KOM? 0 l/eM? 0 npoJieTapuu 0 C3H3TOpHH 0 co6panuu
Some masculine nouns take the stressed ending ~y (-ro) in the prepo-
Unlike other masculine and neuter nouns, masculine nouns ending sitional after the prepositions B and ua (when denoting place and, occa-
in -Hu (npoJien'ipnii'proletarian', BacuJinu'Vasily,' cauaTopnii 'sanato- sionally, time), e.g.: , , ,. th r
rium') and neuter nouns ending in -He (co6pauHe 'meeting', BHHMaune (a) 8 Jiecy 'in the wood' B ca.r:i:y'in the garden , B yrny m, ~ co -
'attention') take the ending-u in the prepositional (o npoJien'i.pnu,o Ba- ner' 8 mKa(J>y'in the cupb~ard', B uocy 'in the nose', B ~~a1y _'1~te
CHJIHH,B CaHaTOpHH, Ha co6paHHH,etc.). eye". 80 PTY 'in the mouth', B 6ow 'in th~ ~attle', B !LIJI~ behm , 1_.e
frontline', B nJieuy"in captivity', B KpLIMY m the Cnmea , B ,ll,LIMYm
Exercise 30. Write out the sentences, state the gender and case of the italicised
nouns and give their nominative. smoke' B cuery 'in snow'. . , , ,.
(b) 'ua 6epery 'on the bank', ua MOCTY'on the ,l?ndge, ua JIYl'r m
I. Mh1 cnywam1 JIOKmi.llo co6i:1n1S1x1a py6e:J1C6M. 2. B'lepa Mhl XOJIHJIHc moeapu-
UJeM a Te,hp. 3. .SI roaopitJI c epa'IOM. 4. CrnpitK pa66TaeT B KOJIX03ecmbpo:JKeM.
the meadow', ua rnKa(J>y 'on the cup~oard' ,,ua JI6y I? ~he forehead,, ua
5. Ihem::~ Bhipoc u CTaJIaece.f!hIMnee116M. 6. MhI noKphIJIH JIHOJIOJIKHKaMbtwoM. 7. B uocy 'on the nose', ua nocTy 'at ones post, ua Kparo on the edge, ua
JieCy naXHeT /IGIIOblUJeM. )]:ouy 'on the (river) Don'. , , 1988,
Exercise 31. Give oral and written answers to these questions, using the masculine
B KaKOMro.r:i:y? 'In which year?'-B 19_88ro.r:i:y.~n, · ,
nouns npeno).laBaTeJihand na6opanT in your answers. B KoT6poM11 acy? 'At what time?'- B rrepBOM11acy. After twelve.
I. KTO BOllieJI B ay/.lllTOpmo? 2. 4MI )TO KHHra? 3. KoMy CTy.[leHThlOT.[la,1HCBOH Exercise 36. Read through the sentences; state the case of the italicised nouns and
pa60Thi? 4. Koro CTy).leHThlBhI6pam1 npe.[ICe.[laTeJieMco6paHIIJ!? 5. C KeM CTy.[leHTbl give their nominative. Mark the stress.
pa66TaIOT B Jia6opaT6pu11? 6. 0 KOM 6bIJia CTaTbJI B CTeHra3eTe?
Model: nec--a necy
Exercise 32. Make up sentences containing
the words yqcuaic and ceicpeTap1,in all
the cases singular. Write down your sentences and mark the stress throughout. I Mb! .[IOJiro ryJISIJllil6 11ecy. 2. IloJKCJITeJIHJIHCThS!6 caoy. 3. Typilc!'hl pa30~!ITJIH
· H · coa6il. 5 Ha Mocmy 6oJihlllOe JIBIIJKeHne.
Exercise 33. Decline the neuter nouns CTpoHTeJihCTBO,
3).lanue,3ace).lanue.Make up KOCTepIla 6epezy peKH._4. Ka nocm7y c;oKllaTK~~ ?-- .H po,lll!JIC516 1962
2ooy .Bh~pO,lllilJIHCb
sentences containing those nouns in the prepositional. 6. O·mycK MhI npoaeJIH 6 pbtMy. . , , ~?
zooy. 8. B KOTOpOM'lacy Bbl np11IllJIII .[IOMOII. .
Exercise 34. Write down the instrumental of words icapan11a111,
ny'I, KYJHCII,c6nn11e, Exercise 37. Make up several sentences containing masculine nouns in the preposi-
JIHIIO,naJieQ, CKBOpell,DTene11.
tional ending in -y (-w).
43
42
 THE SPELLING OF STRESSED AND UNSTRESSED CASE ENDINGS
Exercise 38. Write a composition, using the words JJeTo,Mope, c{1JJm1e, oT.,,.bIX ca- AFTER A SIBILANT OR l.l,
uaTopuii, the prepositional of masculine nouns (ua 6epery, B .TJecy,etc.) and the ph;ases
DpOBeCTifJleTO,pa.,,.OBaTbCH OT)lbIXY, JJI060BllTbCHMOpeM, 3aKaTOM, BCIIOMHHllTb O JJeTe.
After a sibilant (m, q, m or m) or LI the ending of the instrumental
·ngular is spelt -oii (-mo) when stressed (Memoii 'with a boundary', CB~-
The Second Declension 5(,u'with a candle', 0Bt16ii'by a sheep') and -eii when unstressed (Kp_bl-
:eii 'with a roof, pomeii 'with a grove', ni'1111eii
'by a bird', Tyqeii 'with
This declension includes feminine nouns ending in -a, -H.
Like the first declension, the second declension also has different a cloud', nymeii 'with a puddle').
endings depending on whether the stem of the noun ends in a hard or Exercise 39. Give oral and written answers to the q~estions, using one of the femi-
soft consonant. nine nouns npenouaeaTeJJbHHlla,ceCTpa and JJa6opauTKam them. Underhne the endmgs
in these words. , , '?
WITH THE STEM ENDING IN A HARD CONSONANT I. KTo Bowen B KO:MHaTy?2. lJbll :ho KHiira? ~- KoMy Bbl Harru~an~ nucbMO.
4. Kor6 Bbl BHL{eJIHHa co6pamm? 5. C KeMBbl pa3r0Bap:irnam1 no TeJiccj>oHy.6. 0 KOM
Bbl rDBOpHJil1C TOBapu111eM?
End- Nouns with Stem End-
Exercise 40. Decline the words 4>a6puKa,Km'tra and ay.,,.uTopuH.Make up sentences
ing ending in r, K, x ing
containing these words in the prepositional.
Exercise 41. Write out the sentences and mark the stress in the italicised words.
Norn. Kmo? 11mo? CTpaHa meHUIHHa -a pyKa .,,.opora -a
'country' "woman' "hand' 'road' L Bepwil.ua ropbl 3aKpbIJiaCb my11eu. 2. MbI IIIJIHpOl,lfeU; 3. KoMHa:a OCBe111a-
'arm' nacb C6CI/OU. 4. JfaCTO'IKllCBHJIU
rHe3L{OTIOLI
Kpbluteu. 5. Mb! L{OJlfO mo6oBaJIHCb nmu-
Gen. Kocb? •ie;,6? CTp3HIJ meHUIHHbl -bl PYKlt 11oporn -H lJCU.
,?
Dat. KOM)'? 11e.11y. CTpaue lKeHIIIHHe -e pyKe uopore -e
Acc. K020? 11mo? CTpauy meu111uuy -y PYKY .,,.opory -y The Third Declension
Instr. KeM? 1/eM? CTpauoii mem11uuoii -oii pyKOH uoporoii -oii
Prep, 0 K0,11? 0 1/eM? 0 CTpaue 0 meHIIIHHe -e 0 pyKe 0 .,,.opore -e This declension includes feminine nouns with no ending in the nom-
inative and with the stem ending in a soft consonant or a sibilant (hard
WITH THE STEM ENDING IN A SOFf CONSONANT
or soft).

Ending

End- End-
ing ing mHJHb HO'lb pomh Mbllllb No ending
Norn. Kmo? 11mo?
'life' 'night' 'rye' 'mouse'
m113uu HO'IH pmH MbllllH -H
Gen. K020? 11e26?
Norn. Kmo? 11mo? leMJJH ceMb11 CTllH -H apMHH -H m113HH HO'IH pmH MbllllH -H
Oat. KOMf' •teMy?
'land' 'family' 'flock' 'army' mHJHb HO'lb pomh Mbllllb As Norn.
Acc. K020? 11mo?
Gen. Koza? 11e26? 3eMJJH ceMbH CTllH -H llp'11HH -H mnlHbIO HO'lb!O pombIO MbllllbIO -(b)IO
'? 1/e.wy.
'? Instr. Ke.w? 1/eM?
Dat. KOMy. 3eMJie CeMbe CTae -e apMHH -H •. ?
o mu1uu 0 HO'IH o pmn 0 MbllllH -H
Prep. 0 KOM? o 11e,11.
Acc. Koza? 11mo? 3eMJJIO ceMblO CTllIO -IO apMHIO -IO
Instr. KeM? 1/eM? 3eMJJeii CeMbeii CTaeii -eii, apMHeii -eii
-eii (a) the accusative of nouns of the third declension and their nomi-
Prep. 0 KOM? 0 1/eM? 0 3eMJJe 0 CeMbe 0 CTae -e 06 apl\lHH -H
native are always identical;. . .. . ,
(b) the ending of the gemtive, dative and prepositional 1s-u (mHJHH,
(a) nouns with the stem ending in a hard consonant take -a in the Hoqu, pmu, Mhimu);
nomin~tive, -bl in the _g~nitive(~ut after r, Kor x the ending is -u), -e in (c) the ending of the instrumental is -(b)IO (mnJHbIO,~tc.); .
the dative and prepositional, -y m the accusative and -oii, -mo in the in- (d) some nouns (stressed_on the stem in al! ?ther cases m the smgu-
strumental. lar) are stressed on the endmg in the prepositional when th~y denote
(b) nouns ending in -uH (apMHH 'army', nuuuH 'line') take -u in the place, e.g.: 11enh'chain', 11enu,11enb10,but na 11en11
'on a cham', cTenb
genitive, dative and the prepositional (apMuu, nunuu). 'steppe', CTenu, CTeDblO,0 CTenu but B CTenu 'in the steppe', KpOBb
(c) masculine nouns and nouns of common gender ending in -a (-H) 'blood', KpOBH,KpOBblObut B KpOBH'in the blood'.
also follow the second declension: MyJKquua'man', .LJ.H.LJ.H'uncle', yM11u- Exercise 42. Read through the sentences; state the case of the italicised words.
11a'clever person'.
I. IIIupoK6 pacKiiHynacb cmen&. Xopow6 B cmenu. 2. Tpyu moueil rrpeo6pa)l(aeT

45
44
cmenb. Ornii: CTpoil:KH
ropin 11aocmenb10. 3. MM 6hIJIH Ha JaB6.lle, B u:exe, rp:e JlbIOT genitive: 6paTbeB,,n:epeBbeB;
the dative: 6paTbHM,,n:epeBbHM;the instru-
cmaflb. mental: 6paTbHMH, .n:epeBbHMH; the prepositional: 0 6paTbHX, 0 .n:e-
Exercise 43. Decline the nouns pe'lb, 'leCTb and cMeJioCTh. peBbHX.
Exercise 44. To which declensions do the words oceub, JHMa, eecua, JieTo and the Exercise 47. Write out the sentences, putting the italicised nouns in the plural.
names of the months belong? I. ITpenop:aBaTeiib,1an cmyoeumy 3ap:am1e. 2. ~ xoqy rroroBopHTb 06 3TOMc npe-
nooaeame,1eM. 3. fiperrop:aBaTeJlbHHU:a pa3roBapHBa'.eTCOcmyOe11mKOU. 4. Bo BpeMllKa-
Exercise 45. Write out the sentences and account for the ending -u or -e of the italic- HliKYJl Mbl 6hlJlHB meampe H B MyJee. 5. YqeHHKHpaccKa3a,1Hy'-lume11100 KaHHKynax.6.
ised nouns. Mbi rQBOpHJlHO KllUZe HO qjUJlbMe. 7. B BOCKpeceHbC ll rroep:y B rOCTHK opyzy. 8. ~ Ha-
I. Mbl 6hlJlHHa KpacHOMnflOUJGOU. 2. Ha nflOU{/10Kenepep: AOMOM HrpaIOTp:eTH.3. Ill!C:.!Jl
IU!CbMO moeapUUJY·9. B MG2G3UllC6h1Jl0MHOroHap6p:y. I 0. B 26pooe H B oepee11e
~ JaIIHCbIBalOJleKU:HH B 66uieil: mempaOU, a HOBbieCJlOBa--B MaJleHbKOH mempa1ke. cTpOHTCll HOBblC)l(l!Jlhlei(OMa. 11. MHe H)'lKHOIIOCJlliTbcecmpe TenerpaMMy. 12. 0Ha
nouna Ha KaT6Kc noopy?ou.
Exercise 46. Decline the nouns HO'lb, H0'11.:a;KpoeaTb, KpoB:tTKa; JiomaJib, Jiomap:Ka;
CTYDl!Hb, CTYDl!HbK3.
THE GENITIVE PLURAL
NOUNS OF THE l<'IRST DECLENSION
The Declension of Nouns in the Plural
A. Masculine nouns take the ending -oB, -eB, -eB or -en in the geni-
Nouns of all three declensions take the same endings in three cases tive plural; a number of nouns take no ending in the genitive.
in the plural, viz.: -aM (-HM) in the dative, -aMu (-HMH) in the instrumen- ( 1) -oB is added to nouns ending in a hard consonant: 1aBo,n:'fac-
tal (with the exception of JJIO.ll:bMH 'by people', ,n:sepbMH'with doors', tory', 'plant' - 3aBO.ll:bl, yqeunK 'pupil' --yqeuUKH, yqenHKOB;
3aBOJ1:0B;
norna,n:hMH 'by horses') and -ax (-ax) in the prepositional. In the genitive .'ICC'wood' -JJeca, JJeCOB.
the endings are different. However, nouns whose nominative plural ends in -LH (6paT 'broth-
er' - 6paTbH, nucT 'leaf -JJHCTbH, cTyn 'chair' - CTYJJLB,Konoc 'ear
First Declension Ending [part of a plant]' - KOJJOCbH) take -heB in the genitive (Kunru 6phbeB
'the brothers' books', t•BeT nncTbeB'the colour of the leaves', oKpacKa
Norn. 3380/.lbl ornu repoH p:e,1a UOJIII 3,1:\:tHHH
cTyJiheB'the colour of the chairs', ,n:nunaKOJIOCbeB 'the length of the
'plants' 'lights' 'heroes' 'affairs' 'fields' 'buildings' ears'), but ,ll.pyJbH 'friends' --- ,n:py1eu, CbIHOBbH 'sons' -
Gen. 3380,1:\08 omen repoe8 p:eJI IIOJll!H 3,1:\:tHHH chrnoBen.
Oat. 33B0/l3M OrHIIM repOHM ,l:\CJI:tM IIOJIIIM 3)1:tHHHM -aM(-HM) Nouns with the stem ending in Q (6oeQ 'fighting man', K0Mc0Mone1•
Acc. 3380,1:\bl ornu repoe8 p:eJia UOJIII 3,1:\:tHHH
Instr. 3380)13MH OrHIIMH reponMn p:eJI:tMH UOJIIIMH 3,1:\:tHHHMH -3MH(-HMH)
'Young Communist Leaguer') take -OB when the ending is stressed
Prep. 0 33B0/.13X 06 OrHIIX 0 repoux 0 p:eJI:tX 0 IIOJIIIX 0 3,1:\:tHHHX -ax(-ux) (6oiiQ6B) and -eB, when the ending is unstressed (KOMCOMOJJbQeB).
(2) -eB or -es is added to nouns ending in -ii (6ou 'battle', I'epou
'hero', Mpeu 'museum'); -eB is added when the ending is stressed (6oeB)
Second Declension Third Enging and -eB when the ending is unstressed (repoeB).
Declension (3) -en is added to nouns ending in a soft consonant or sibilant
(BO)K,l).b'leader' -BOlK,n:eu, Orollb 'fire' - omen, TOBapHUl'comrade''
Norn. 31!MJIH lKl!HlllHHbl :tpMHH CTl!IIH
'friend' -TOBapumeu, Bpaq 'physician' - Bpaqeu, uoac 'knife' -
'lands' 'women' 'armies' 'steppes' HOlKeH,KapaH,ll.aUJ 'pencil' - Kapanr.arneu).
Gen. JeMl!Jlb lKl!HIJlHH apMuu CTeneit (4) Nouns ending in -anuu, -auuu take no ending: rpalK,n:auun'citi-
Oat. 31!MJIHM lKl!HlllHH3M :tpMHHM CTellHM -3M (-HM) zen' -rpalKr.an, KpecTLilnuu 'peasant' -KpecThHH.
Acc. 31!MJIH lKl!HlllHH :tpMHH CTl!IIH
Instr. 31!MJIHMH lKl!HIJlHH3MH :tpMHHMH cTen11Mn -3MH Note.- Some masculine nouns take no ending either: nHTb COJIA:tT 'five sol-
(-HMH) diers', p:ecHTb napTHJau 'ten guerrillas', rnec-rh 'leJio8eK 'six people', napa canor 'a
Prep. 0 31!MJIHX 0 lKl!HIJlHH3X 06 :tpMHHX o cTen11x -ax pair of high boots', necKOJihKO pa3 'several times'.
(-ux)
B. 1. Neuter nouns ending in -o (OKHO'window', nuchMO'letter'), -ue
1. If a noun denotes an animate being, its accusative plural and its (co6panue 'meeting') or -e with Q or a sibilant at the end of the stem
genitive are identical (repoes, lKeHIJ.lHH);
if a noun denotes an inanimate 'school', nonoTenQe'towel'), do not take any ending in the
(r111JrnlJ.le
object its accusative plural and its nominative are identical (1aso,n:hl, genitive plural (cTeKna oKou 'the window panes', )J.OCTaBKa nuceM 'mail
ornu, .n:ena,DOJJH,JeMJJH,CTenu). delivery', rrpoToKOJibIco6pauuu 'the minutes of the meetings', rrperro-
2. Masculine and neuter nouns ending in -bH in the nominative .ll,aBaTem1yq11JJUIJ.l'college teachers', y3op UOJJOTeHeQ
'the patterns on
plural (6paTbH 'brothers', ,n:epeBhH
'trees') keep the bin all the cases; the the towels'). In all the words printed in bold-face type there is no end-

46 47
 ing: -uii in the genitive plural of the nouns co6pauuii, 1.n:auuii,BLicTyn- Nouns with the stem ending in a hard consonant take a hard final
Jieuuii belongs to the stem.* consonant in the genitive plural (cTpau, menIIInn). Nouns with the stem
The genitive plural of the nouns yIIIeJILe 'gorge' and MruoeeuLe ending in a soft consonant take a soft final consonant (.n:epeeenL,
(Mruoueuue) 'instant' is formed in the same manner (yIIIeJiuii, MrHOBe- 3eMeJIL ), except a number of nouns, such as necuSI'song', eurnuSI'cher-
uuii). ries', which take a hard final consonant in the genitive plural: neceu, eu-
There is an unstable vowel in the genitive plural of the noun pymLe men.
'gun' (pymeii). Nouns whose stem ends in ii (cTaSI [cTatia] 'flock', ceMLiI [ceMtia]
2. The genitive plural of the noun o6naKo 'cloud' is o6JiaKoB. 'family', apMnSI[apMMtia]'army') have ii (i.e. the final stem consonant)
Neuter nouns ending in -o, whose nominative plural ends in -LSI in the genitive plural: cTaii, ceMeii, apMnii (there is an unstable e in the
(nepo 'pen' -nepLSI, KphIJIO 'wing' - KpLIJihSI, .n:epeBO'tree' - noun ceMLH 'family' - ceMeii).
.n:epeBLSI), take -Lee in the genitive plural (cKpun nepLeB 'the squeak-
ing of pens', B3Max KpLIJiheB'the flapping of wings', JIHCTBa.n:epeBLeB NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION
'the foliage of trees').
3. The nouns Mope 'sea' and none 'field' take the ending -eii in the Feminine nouns of the third declension take the ending -eii in the
genitive plural (rny6uua Mopeii 'the depth of the seas', npocTop noneii genitive plural.
'the spaciousness of the fields'). The noun rope 'grief has no plural.
Exercise 48. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the nouns from the Nominative Singular Nominative Genitive
right-hand column in the genitive plural. Plural Plural
1. Ha ymmax MocKBhI 6oJihIII6e ,!]Bll)Ke- aBT66yc, TPOJIJieii6yc, aBTOM061iJib,
HIIe .... TpaMBall
2. B MocKBe MH6ro .... TeaTp, My3ell CTeDb 'steppe' CTeDH CTeneu
3. .51.IIOJiyqim H(:CKOJibKO ... OT .... IIIICbMO,TOBapIIII.\ HO'II, 'night' HO'IH noqeu
4. B roAy ,!]Bema,!ll\aTh... . M(:Cl!J.\ MblWb 'mouse' MLIIDH Mb1rneu
5. B cettrn6pe Tp!i,!ll\aTb... . ,!]eHb TeTpa,!lb ·copy-book' TeTpll,!lH TeTpa,!]eU

Exercise 49. Write out the sentences, putting the italicised nouns in the plural.
Exercise 51. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the nouns from the
l. l13 KOAX03G B ropO,!l e,!]yTMaIII!fHbIC IIIIIeH!fl\ell.2. I1a,!]aIOTJKeJITbieJllfCTbll right-hand column in the genitive plural.
C oepeea. 3. I16cne OOJICOR Bee 3a3eJieHeJio. 4. l13-3a b6AaKa Bhirmrnyno COJIHI.\e.5.
ry,!]Klf menAoxboa HapyIIIIIJIIlTllllIIlHYHQqil. I. )];sepil ... 6bIJIIl OTKpb!Tbl. KOMHaTa,ay,!]11T6pm1
2. Ha co6paHIIIl Mb! 06Cy)K,!laJIIlnJiaH ... . 3KCKypClfll
Exercise 50. Give the genitive plural of these nouns. 3. B ca,!ly MH6ro ... . rpyIIIa
4. B HaIIIeMJiecy MHOI'O... . 6epfaa, COCHa,eJih
Bpaq, rrpe,!lCe,!laTeJib,pyKOBO,!llfTeJib, ,!lIIpeKTOp,qepTeJK, ypoJKall, rep6tt, foepo, 5. B Ca,!lyCJihIIIIHO lKYJKJKaHile... . rrqeJia
Mope, rHe3,!]0,rracT6IIIlle, yq!fJIIlll\e, KOJ!bl\O,l!Hl\O,3,!laHIIe,aHrJIIlqaHIIH,KpeCTbHHIIH 6. B necy CJihIIIIHO nem1e ... . nTlfl\a

NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION Exercise 52. Write out the phrases, replacing the genitive singular by the genitive
plural.
Feminine nouns ending in -a (-SI) do not take any endings in the 3HeprIIll peKlf, CTpO!iTeJibCTBO
3JieKTpOCTaHI.\Illl,
peMOHTMaIII!fHbl,ClIHHile3Be3,!]hl,
genitive plural. TeMHOTaHOqlI,6JieCKMOJIHillI,npOCTOpCTeITil,,!lOMa,!lepeBHII,JiaH co6aKII, plKaHIIeJIO-
lIIa,!]11,MbJqaHIIeKOpOBbl.
Nouns Which Have No Singular
Nominative Singular Nominative Genitive
Plural Plural Nouns which have no singular take the following form in the geni-
tive plural:
ii.:eu01nua'woman' lKeHWHHbl ii.:eu01nu (1) the ending -oe:
cTpaua 'country' CTpllHbl cTpau
3eMJIH'land', 'earth' JeMJIH
BecL1'scales' eecoe KypaHThl 'chiming Kypau-
JeMeJib
,!lepeBHH'village' ,!]epeBHH ,!lepeBeHI, 21:yxu'perfume' ));yXOB clock' TOB
CTaH 'flock' CTllH CT3H r.:oucepBhl'tinned KOHCe- TpycL1 'shorts' - TpyCOB
ceMbH 'family' CeMbH CeMeU food' pBOB <iJuuaHChl 'finances' - <iJuuau-
apMHH 'army' apMHH apMnn O'IKH 'spectacles' - 011K0B COB
npouo,n:LI'seeing-off - npoeo- 11acL1'watch', 'clock' 11acoe
* The letter e in words of the co6panue type denotes two sounds [tt3]: [co6paHntt::t]. .n:ou IIIHDOLI'tongs' IIIHDOOB
48 49
4-384
 (2) the ending -en:
fix -en, ceMH 'seed', the genitive plural of which is ceMHH,and cTpeMH
6yAHH 'weekdays' 6y,!l;nen cauu 'sledge' canen 'stirrup', the genitive plural of which is cTpeMHH.
Ap6mmu 'yeast' APOiK- mu 'cabbage soup' men 2. The masculine noun nyTL 'way' is declined as a feminine noun
men HCJIH'creche' - HcJien with the stem ending in a soft consonant (mu3111,'life') in all the cases
JIIOAH'people' - JIIO)];en singular and plural, except the instrumental singular, which is nyTeM.
3. The stem of the feminine nouns MaTL 'mother' and AO'IL 'daugh-
(3) no ending: ter' ends in -ep in all the cases in the singular (except the accusative)
eop6Ta 'gates' BOpOT nepuJia 'railings' nepnJI and plural (Mhepu, AO'lepu, MaTepen, AO'lepeii).
ACHLru 'money' ACner 'hand-rail' 4. The neuter noun AHTH 'child' is generally used in the singular
APOBa'firewood' - APOB DOXOpOHLI'funeral', noxo- only in the nominative and the accusative. In all the other cases the
KanuKyJILI 'holiday' - Kalin- 'obsequies' p611 word pe6eHOK'child' is preferred: pe6e11Ka,pe6e11Ky,pe6eHKOM,0 pe-
KYJI cyMepKu 'dusk' -- cyMe- 6e11Ke.In the plural, the word ACTH'children' (AeTen, ACTHM,AeTen, Ae-
u6m11u.QLI'scissors' - HOiKHHI~ peK TLMH, o AeTHX) is generally used.
'stretcher'
11ocnJ1KH - HOCH- CJTKH '24 hours' - CJTOK Exercise 53. Write sentences, using (a) the word HMH, 3HaMH or speMH; (b) the word
JIOK xJionoTLI 'trouble' XJIODOT nyTh; (c) the word MaTb or /lO'lb. Mark the stress throughout.
'ink'
'lep1111J1a - 'lepllltJI
USE OF THE CASES WITH AND WITHOUT PREPOSITIONS
Irregular Declension of Some Nouns
Use of the Genitive
Ne~ter nouns ending in -MH (HMH 'name', JHaMH'banner', etc.), the
masculme noun nyTL 'way', the feminine nouns MaTL 'mother' and The gemt1ve is used in Russian either without any prepos1t10n
AO'IL 'daughter' and the neuter noun AHTH 'child' are declined as fol- (KHirrarneapmua 'the friend's book', pa66rn cTyAenrn 'the student's
lows. work') or with a preposition (KHHray rneapuuia 'the book is at the
friend's', pa66rn 6e3 ornu6oK 'work without mistakes').
Neuter Masculine Feminine
THE GENITIVE WITHOUT A PREPOSITION
Singular The genitive without any preposition is used with nouns (ornh cTy-
ACHTa"the student's answer'), adjectives (rr61rnb1H
paAOCTH'full of joy'),
Norn. IIMH 3HIIMH nyTb MaTb LlO'lb numerals (rrnTb cTyAeHTOB'five students') and verbs (Ao6irThCHycne-
'name' ·banner' "way' "mother' "daughter' xoe 'to achieve success').
Gen. HMeHH lHIIMeHH nyT11 MaTepH LIO'lepu
Dat. HMeHH 3HIIMeHH nyT11 MaTepH ;:ioqepu
Acc. IIMH 3HIIMH DYTb MaTb
USE OF THE GENITIVE WITH NOUNS
ilO'lb
Instr. HMetteM 3HaMeHeM nyTeM MaTepblO )lO'lepbIO
Prep. 06 HMettu o 3HaMeHH o nyT11 o MitTepu o LIO'lepu The genitive with a noun is used:
(l) to denote the possessor of an object (the noun in the genitive an-
Plural
swers the question 'fen?, 'ILH?, 'lhe? or 'ILH? 'whose?'):
3m KHirra rneapuma. 'This is the friend's book.'
Norn. HMeHa 3HaMeHa DVTII
lfbfl 3To KHHra?-- Toeapuma. '"Whose book 1s it?" "The
MllTepH ,2:1oqepu
Gen. HMeH 3HaMeH nyTeii MaTepeii ilO'lepeii
friend's."'
Dat. HMeHaM 3HaMeHaM DYTIIM MaTepHM /lO'lepHM 3To aJih66M ceCTphI. This is the sister's album.'
Acc. HMeHa 3HaMeHa DYTH MaTepeii )lO'lepeii l/eu §rn anh66M?-CecTph1. '"Whose album is it?" "The sis-
Instr. HMeHllMH 3HaMeHaMH D)'TIIMH
Prep. 06 HMemix
MaTepHMH LIO'lepbMH ter's."'
0 3HaMeHaX o nyn'lx o MaTcp11x o /lO'lep11x
(2) to denote the person or object performing an action (after
a noun indicating an action):
1. All neuter nouns ending in -MH follow the declension pattern of
HM,H'n~me' (efeMH_'ti~e', JHaMH_'banner', nJia~H 'flame', etc.), except Mbl CJihIII1am1rremi:e apTHCTa. 'We heard the artiste's singing.'
3HaMH banner , which 1sstressed mall the cases m the plural on the suf- CTy,ll,eHThl
OTBeqamIHa BOilpOChI 'The students answered the teach-
npenoJJ,aBaTeJIH. er's questions.'
50
4*
51
 (3) to denote the object of the action expressed by a noun: 4 AcrrHpaHT3a!llHTl1JIouccepmaljUIO. 3a11111rn... COCTOHJiaCb
B1Iepa. 5. Bqepa rpyrrrra
1-fayqemre rpaMMllTHKH Heo6xo- 'It is necessary to learn grammar.' c~y,neHTOB
IIOCeTttJiaMy3eU. ToeapH!ll paCCKa3aJIMHe O IIOCe!lleHHH ....
)]:HMO. Exercise 56. Read through the sentences. Write out the phrases consisting of a noun
3aKoHqrrnacb y66pKa ypo:iKaB. 'Harvesting is over.' in the nominative qualified by an attribute in the genitive.
Model: rrHcbMOHerrpHiITHoroco,neplKaHHH
(4) to denote a quality or property of an object: 0

l. 06JIOMOBHaKaHyHeIIOJIY1fl1JI H3 p;epeBHll.IIHCbMOHeIIpHiITHoroco,neplKaHll.H
B KJiy6e 6hrn Beqep Tauqeo. 'There was a dance at the club.' (I'oHIJ.) 2. Ha CTeHeTttXOHOByew,neJI,nea rropTpeTa rrpeKpaCHOHpa66Tbl. (llaycm.)
KaKou Beqep?-Beqep Tauqeo. '"What sort of event?" "A 3. ApKa.L(HH OrJIHH}'JICH H YBH.L(eJI
lKeHI11HHY
Bh!COKOro poem e qepHOMIIJiaTbe... (Typz.)
4. 3TO 6hIJI 1IeJIOBeK JieT TpH,nI.1aT11
.L\BYX-TpexOT pop;y, cpe.L(HeropOCTa,IIpHHTHOH Ha-
dance."' pyJKHOCTH. (I'oHIJ.) 5. Bee C06hITHHIIOCJie,nHHX ,nHeHKa3aJIHCbeMy HeBepoiITHblMH.
Hae MHTepecyIOTBonp6cb1 coope- 'We are interested in problems of (llaycm.)
MeHHOCTH. our day.'
Exercise 57. Answer the questions, using the words in brackets.
KaKue Bonp6cb1?- Borrp6cb1 '"What kind of problems?"
coopeMeuuocTu. "Problems of our day."' Model: KaKwe MeCTaMbI rrpoe3lKaJIH?(y,nHBttTeJihHaH KpacoTa)
Mb! rrpoe3lKaJill.MeCTaYAHBHTeJibHOH KpaCOThl.
. (5) to denote a quality or property of an object, a noun in the geni- 1. KaKOHlfeJIOBeKBOIIIeJIe KOMHaTy?(BbICOKHH pocT) 2. KaKHe BOrrp6CblHHTepe-
tive preceded by an adjective is frequently used: cyI-OTeac? (MeJK,nyttap6,nHoerrpaeo) 3. KaK6ii qeJioBeKJTOT m1.cheJih? (6oJihIIIOHyM
H TaJiaHT)4. KaK6e IIJiaTbe 6bIJIOHa ,neeyIIIKe?(CHH!l.HllBeT)
BorneJI qeJIOBeKBbICOKOropocTa. 'A tall man came in.'
Mb1 rrpoe3)IGinn MecTa y,z:i:nBir- 'We drove past places of amazing Exercise 58. Read through the sentences and state the meaning of the genitive in the
TeJibHOHKpacoTLI. beauty.' italicised words.
(6) to denote the person or object to whom/which the quality or I. JI Bh!IIOJIHHJIrrp6ch6y mo6apuUja. 2. Ha CTOJieJieJKaJIHqepTelKH 6pama. 3.
property is ascribed: . CTpOHTeJibCTBO 3a600a H.L(eT6bICTpbIMHTeMIIaMH.4. 3aBO.[(BbIIIYCKaeT rrpO,ll;}'KllHIO
6bl-
COK020Ka1Jecm1Ja. 5. TTyTernecrneHHHKOB rropa311JiaKpacoTa MOp!l. 6. Maw11Hb106Jier-
EeJIM3Hacuera. 'The whiteness of snow.' 1Ja10TTPY.L\IJeJIO/JeKa.
7. TTperro,naBaTeJibHCIIpaBHJIOIIIH6KHcmyoeHma. 8. PyKOBO.L(H-
TeMHOTa uoqu_ TeJib rrpoeepHJI pe3yJibTaTbl :JKCnepuMe1tma.
'The darkness of the night.'
B6mr qeJIOBeKa. 'Man's will.' Exercise 59. Make up sentences containing these phrases .
.L(OKJia.L(
CTy.L(eHTa,
BbICTYIIJieHHe
p;eJieraTa, H3y1feHHeOIIbITa, BOrrp6c 6oJihIIIOH
(7) _to denote the whole to which a part belongs or from which BalKHOCTH,rJiaBa .L(HCCepTallHH
a part 1s taken:
BeTKa ,z:i:epeoa. 'A branch of a tree.' USE OF THE GENITIVE IN ADJECTIVAL PHRASES
Kyc6K xne6a. 'A piece of bread.'
PyqKa ,z:i:oepu. 'The handle of the door.' 1. The genitive is used with the comparative degree of an adjec-
Yron KOMHaTLI. 'The corner of the room.' tive.
EpaT CTaprne CeCTpLI. 'The brother is older than the sis-
~xercise 54. Read through the sentences. Find the nouns in the genitive. What ter.'
quest10ns do they answer? B6nra )]:JIMHHee
)];uenpa. 'The Volga is longer than the
Model: KH11racecTphl JielKHTHa CTOJie.- lfb!l KHHraJielKHTHa CTOJie? Dnieper.'
, I. CeCTpa rrpHHecJiaKHHry.KHHra cecTphl JielKHTHa CTOJie.2. Toeapm11 rrpe,nJio- Note.- In a comparison, the genitive may be replaced by the conjunction
lKHJIMHeyqe6HHK.JI B3HJIyqe6HHKTOBapm11a.3. TTpo<peCCOp lfHTaJIJieKllHIO.JleKllHH 'ICM followed by the nominative.
rrpo<peccopa farna HHTepeCHa.4. IlHcheJib 3aKOH1fHJI HOBbIHpoMaH. H6Bb!HpoMaH IIH-
H3 IIelfaTH.5. IlyIIIKHH-BeJIHKHHpycCKHHIIOJT.MbI }''IHMCTHXOTBope-
caTeJIH,BhIIIIeJI EpaT cTapwe, 'leM cecTpa. 'The brother is older than the sister.'
HHHIlyIIIKHHa. B6Jira ,nJIHHHee,'ICM ,[(Herrp. 'The Volga is longer than the Dnie-
per.'
Exercise 55. Fill in the blanks with the italicised words in the genitive.
Exercise 60. Write out the sentences, replacing the nouns in the nominative prece-
, (a) I. ];Ia KOHllepTe,
BblCTyIIaJIx_op.Bb!CTYIIJieHHe ... BCeMIIOHpaBHJIOCb. 2. YIJeHUK ded by 1JeM with the genitive of the nouns.
OT~eTHJIyeepeHHO.0TBeT ... 6bIJIrrpaBHJibHbIM. 3. HacTyrraeT BeCHa.Hae pa,nyeT HacTy-
IIJieHHe;··. 4.,Bo ,neope Hrp~ml oemu. tv!bl Ha6JIIO,naJIH 3a Hrp6H .... 5. llpenooaBameJZb Model: MocKBa 66Jibllle, lfeM K11eB.MocKBa 66Abtue Kue6a.
O?bHCHH:I IIp~BHJIO.0?oSICHeHHe···_IIOHHTHO yqeHHKaM.6. To6apUUJIIOIIpOCHJI MeHiIKy- I. B6Jira IIIHpe, lfeM 0Ka. 2. KJiiIMaT KphIMa TeIIJiee, lfeM KJIHMaTTTOBOJilKbH.
IIHTbeMy KHHry.JI BbIIIOJIHHJI rrpocb6y .... 3. .[(pylK6a ,nop6lKe, lfeM 30JIOTO.4. CbIH CTaJIBhlllle, lfeM OTe11.
(b), I. Ha HaIIIeH}'JIHlleCTpOHTCH HOBb!HOOM.CTpOHTeJihCTBO ... 1Iepe3MeCHll6y-
,neT3a!'OH1feHo.2. Mb1 opraH~JyeM JIHTepaTypHbIH 1Je1Jep.ToeapH!llH rropy1I11JIH MHeop- 2. The genitive is used with the adjectives nonuL1ii'full' and ,z:i:ocToii-
raHH3allHIO ... , 3. 3aeo,n BhIIIOJIHHJI nAaH. ,[(HpeKTOpC006!llHJI O BhIIIOJIHeHHH .... llblii 'worthy':
52 53
 1. Oepeil OKHaMlipaCT)'T Tpll ,llepeBa. 2. B paHOHe HeCKOJibKO 6tt6JittOTeK. 3.
n61ZHblU 'There was a jug full of milk on
Ha ~TOJieCT05IJIKYBIIIJ:IH,
CTy,ueHTbl3a,llaJJll-:reKi;opyMH~JfOBOIIP?COB. ~- Hy)l(HOKYIIllTbIIOJJKHJIO~acna_ H JlllTP
MOJIOKa. the table.' JVIOJ10Ka.5. y MCHHB '.)TOM_ !\1eCllueMHoro_pa3HbIX_aen. 6. _nOJibllllHC;BOTO~ap0meu
OH np0)KHJI )KH3Hh, n6J1Hy106opb- 'He lived a life full of struggle.' no!\!\epl!Gi:IOMOCrrpe!(JIOlKCHHe. 7. 51 KYIIHJIceCTpe Ha IIJiaTbe Tp!I MeTpa meJIKy.
6L1. Exercise 63. Write answers to the questions, using the words given on the right.
BHHMaHHH. 'This question is worthy of atten-
3TOT BOnpoc OOCmOUH
1. CKOJibKO~TOJJOBB aym)T6puu? /J,eCl!Tb
tion.' 'leTb1pe
2. CK6J11,KoOKOHB ayau;oputt?
Exercise 61. Read through the sentence. Write out the phrases consisting of adjec- 3_ CKOJibKOK~llr 011 Kynm1? . . /].Be
tives and nouns in the genitive. 4. CKOJibKOlll!CeM Bbl IIOJiyqttJJll113/J,OMy? lll!Tb
5. CKOJ!bKOMeCl!UCB Bbl IIpOlKI!JJHB MoCKB~? TpH
. Tosapum~, lKH3Hb!l?CT KalK,llOMY'leJJOBeKyorpOMHbIH, HeoucHHMb!Haap- 6. CKOJibKO'.lK3aMeHOB CJ(aTb CTy/J,eHTbl )IBa
)..\OJJlKHbl
MO!IO,llOCTb,
IIOJJHYJO
CllJJ,IOHOCTb, rrofrnyJO'lal!HllH,lKCJ!liHHH CTpeMJieHllHK 3HaHllllM Becn6i-i?
K 6opb6e, nOJJHYJO
Ha,llelK/~11yrroBliHllH... (H.O.) , , 7. CKOJlbKOCTY/J.CHTOB B Bameii rpynrrc?
Exercise 64. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the nouns given on
USE OF THE GENITIVE WITH WORDS DENOTING A QUANTITY
the right in the required case.
I. The genitive is used with the cardinal numerals LJ:Ba'two', Tpu I. B JT0!\1 ro/J,y y MeH516hrno Mn6ro .... co6hITHe
2. ,LJ:JJll
OT!(blXa OCTaeTCHMaJIO .... BpeMll
'three', 'leTLipe 'four', nHTb 'five', etc., if these numerals are in the nomi- 3. Ha IIJIOJ.Ua/J,H CTOSIJJO HeCKOJlbKO .... aBTOM06ttJib
native or accusative: 4. no ym1uaM n,BttraJJOCbMHOlKeCTBO .... Mamilna
5. B <ll011JIS1H7\llllMHoro .... 63epo
B aya1116p1111 '-lembzpe oKna. 'There are four windows m the MIIHyTa
6. CKOJ1hKO ... cToilT n6e3JI°?
lecture-room.' 7. B '.JKCK)'pCllll y'laCTBOBaJIO60JJbllIHIICTBO .... CTy)].eHT
.51Kynirn oee Knurn. 'I bought two books.' 8. B )TOM IO!\)' B J!ecy M.lJJO.... rptt6
B Ha.men KBapTttpenJtmb KOMHaT. 'There are five rooms in our flat.' 9. ,[(eTll npttHCCJJllH3 JICCaMHOro .... 51ro11a

After the numerals LJ:Ba,LJ:Be'two', 66a, o6e 'both', Tpu 'three' and USE OF THE GENITIVE WITH VERBS
'leTLipe 'four' and after numerals whose last component is LJ:Ba, Tpu or
LJ:Ba'twenty-two', DHTLLJ:ednTpn 'fifty-three') the
'leT~1pe ()_I.BllLJ:QaT_b I. The genitive is used after fransitive verbs if their action passes
gemtive smgular 1s used: oea Kapan)l;ama 'two pencils', oee py'IKH 'two over not to the whole object but to part of the object or not to all the
pens', 66a yqeuuKa 'both schoolboys', 66e yqe1111Qbl 'both schoolgirls', objects but to some (an indefinite number of) obje~ts. ..
mpu MaJib'IHKa 'three boys'' l./emb1pe)l;eBymKH'four girls', 06CIOtfamb Compare the use of the genitive and the accusative after transitive
oea yqenuKa 'twenty-two schoolboys'. verbs.
After the numerals nHTb 'five', mecTL 'six', ceML 'seven' etc. the Accw,ative Genitive
g~nitive plural is used: n.Rmb Kapan)l;ameii 'five pencils', mec:rzb py'leK
'six pens', ceMb yqennKOB 'seven pupils'. B 6yThIJIKe e~e eCTh MOJIOKO. Pe6CHOKxoqeT eCTh. ;'(aiiTe eMy
2. _The genitive plural is used with words denoting an indefinite ):(aihe 3TO MOJIOKOpe6eI-IKY. MOJIOKa.
quantity: 'There is still some milk in the 'The child is hungry. Give it some
(a) Mnoro 'many', 'much', MaJio 'few', 'little', CKOiILKo'how many', bottle. Give that milk to the milk'.
'how much', CTOJILKO'so many', 'so much', uecKOJILKo'some', 'several' child'.
(MNbzo cTyLJ:eHTOB 'many students', uccKOJibKo MHHYT 'several min-
utes'); There are Russian verbs which always denote an action passing
(b) 6oJILUiuucrno 'majority', MeHLUIHHCTBO'minority', MnomecTBo over to part of an object or to an indefinite number of objec!s. Thes_e
'a lot' (60J1bmuucme6 cTyLJ:eHTOB 'the majority of the students' MeHb- verbs always require the genitive. They are formed from certam transi-
mw1cme6 LJ:eJieraTOB 'the minority of the delegates'). ' tive verbs by means of the prefix na-, e.g.:
Imperfective Perfective
Note.- Nouns which have no plural are used in the singular with Mnoro and
Mano (Mnoro :meprnu 'much energy', Ma.~o speMeuu 'little time').
py6HTh LJ:POBa (acc.) Hapy6ttTh LJ:POB(gen.)
3. The genitive is used with nouns denoting a measure: KHJiorpaMM ·to chop wood' 'to chop some wood'
caxapy 'a kilogramme of sugar', JIHTPMoJioKa'a litre of milk' MeTp cy- De% nuporu (acc.) Hane% nuporoB (gen.)
KHa 'a metre of cloth'. ' 'to bake pies' 'to bake some pies'
pBaTh QBeThl (acc.) HapBciThl•BeTOB(gen.)
Exercise 62. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the genitive in each 'to pick some flowers'
sentence. . 'to pick flowers'
55
54
 Verbs with the prefix Ha- and the particle -en indicate complete 'there was (~e~e) 1:10',ue 6y!].eT 'shall (will) have no', 'there will be no'
satisfaction resulting from the action: HamIThCH BO!l.hI'to drink one's only the gemt1ve 1s used.
fill of water', HaeCThCHiiro!l, 'to eat one's fill of berries' y MeHHHeT 6unern. (present) 'I have no ticket.'
Exercise 65. Account for the use of the genitive and the accusative in the sentences. y MeHHHe 6hmo 6unfaa. (past) 'I had no ticket.'
1. Hyi,rno Kyn1tTbTeTpa)].eHH KapaH)].aweii.R 3a6bIJI)],OMaTeTpa)].HH KapaH)],allllt.
y MeHHHe 6y.n,eT6unfaa. (future) 'I shall have no ticket.'
2. 6oJibH6ii nonpoc11JIBO)].bl.OH BbmHJIBCIOBO.llY, KoT6paR 6bIJia B rpaq>1tHe.3. MaTb Sentences with ueT, He 6i.IJio, ue 6y!].eT.areimpersonal (they have no
HaJIHJiaMHe'ia!O. R BblllHJI'iaH H BCTaJIH3-3aCTOJia.4. 0Tel) C 6paTOMIlOIIIJiltB JieCC0-
6upaTh rpH6bI. 0HH npHHeCJiltrpu66B, u MaTb CBap1tJiaBK}'CHbIH cyn. subject). They denote the absence of an object.
Note.- The following verbs preceded by the particle ue can be used i!lstead
Exercise 66. Make up sentences containing these verbs. After each verb supply an
ofneT ue 6L1J10ue 6y)].eT:ue cy111ecrnyeT'there is (are) no', 'do(es) no.t exist', ue
object in the genitive.
ocTaJJ~CL'had ~o ... left', 'there was (were) no ... left', ue OKa3llJJOCL 'there was
npHBe3Tlt,IlpHHeCTlt,KYilltTb,)],OCTaTb,)laTb, HaJIHTb,npHCJiaTb,HacwnaTb (were) no .. .', 'there turned out to be no .. .', ue BCTpe'lllJJOCL
'no ... was (were) en-
countered', etc. When these verbs are used with ue and denote the absence of an
Exercise 67. Account for the use of the genitive in the sentences. object the genitive may also be used.
] . B npa3)lHHKMaThHaneKJianHpOrOB,H MblIl03BaJIHfOCTeH.2. .lJ:eByWKa HapBaJia
LJBeT6B H cnJieJia BeH6K.3. R noexaJI Ha pbIHOKH HaKynHJI<J:>pyKTOB. 4. Mb1 ocTaHoBH- 3THX TPYAHOCTeHTerrepb He cyUJe- 'These difficulties do not exist now.'
JIHCby py'ibll H HallltJIHCbBO)lbl.5. B Jiecy Mbl HaeJIHCbCJia)lKOH3eMJIRHltKH. cm6j;em (uem).
)KypHllJJftHa CTOJie/le OKQ3G.!l0Cb
(Hem, 'The magazine was not on the table.'
II. The genitive is used after transitive verbs preceded by the nega- He 6bl.!l0).
XJJe6a Ile ocma.!lOCb (uem.) 'There is no bread left.'
tive particle. HuKaK1tx 3aTpy)].neuuii B pa66Te ue 'There will be no difficulties whatso-
6cmpemumCR (He 6yiJem). ever in the work.'
51 He nOHJUlBonpoca. 'I did not understand
the ques-
tion.' Exercise 69. Make these affirmative sentences negative.
Mhl He nOIIY,-lU/lU TBOero UHCLMa. 'We have not received your let- I. Ha He6e T}''IH.2. CerO)lHR)lOlK)lb.3. 6p~T )lOMa.4. T0Bapu1113,1;1ech.
5. OKO~O
ter.' AOMaCaA.6. Y MeHllcero)lHR eCTbCBo66)lHOeBpeMR.7. Y Hae cero)lHll JieKLJ~SI no HCT<;>-
OH eII.(eHe 8Ude11H0BOro clntJihMa. 'He has not seen the new film yet.' pHHCCCP. 8. B noHe)leJihHHKy MeHll3K3aMeH.9. y :horo TOBapu111a eCTbOIIhlTpa6o-
Tbl.
(Without the negative particle: Exercise 70. Give negative answers to these questions.
51 n6mm eonpoc. 'I understood the question.' 1. EcTh nH y Bac HOBhIHJKypHan?2 . .lJ:6MaJJll oT~LJ?3. EcTh nu, cer6.llHllJieKLJH?'
no
Mhl nonyqiom TBOeUHCLMO. 'We have received your letter.' XHMllH? 4. 6yAeT JlH3:lBTpaceMllHap?5,-DblJIJIHB'ifpa 3)lech.)],0lK)lbl~- EcTh JIHy Bawe-
OH Bn.n;enH0BhIHct,uJILM. 'He has seen the new film.') ro 6parn crroc66HOCTllK M}'3hIKe?7. oy)leT JIHcero)l~ll B KJiy6eKOHLJepr? 8. Y Ba~ eCTb
'iacb1? 9. nhIJIH Jill B 3liJie cB066.llHb1eMeCTa?10. EyAeT Jill y Bae 3aerpa ceo6o.llHOe
Note.-After transitive verbs preceded by the negative particle the accusative BpeMR?
is also occasionally used, especially in colloquial speech: R He 'luma.11:hy Knnry. 'I
haven't read this book.' Mb1 He no.11y'lu.11u TBoenucLMO.'We haven't received your Exercise 71. Write out the sentences. Underline the nouns in the genitive. Account
letter.' However, it is not always possible to use the accusative after transitive for the use of the genitive.
verbs. If the verb is used figuratively and the noun does not denote a concrete ob- 1. MawllHHCTBOBpeMSI OCTaHOBHJl rr6e3)l, H KPY;11IeHHll
,He rrpOH30~IJI6.2. H~ Ha-
ject, the accusative cannot be used: Ero npe.llJIOJKeHlle He Bcmpemww no)],)],epiKKH. liieM rryTHHe BCTpeTllJJOCb Hll O)lHOM
)lepeBH!f.3. B Kac~e TeaTpa He ?CTanocb 6HJJeTOB
'His proposal did not get support.' B pa66Te OHHe 3Ha.11 ycTaJIOCTH.'He knew no Ha cer6)lHll. 4. B Mara31tHeHe OKa3aJJOCb HYlLrnoroyqe6HHKaITOq>H3HKe.
fatigue in work.'
However, the accusative is possible in sentences where the noun denotes
a concrete object or a person: OH He iJa.11MHe Knitry. 'He did not give me the IV. The following verbs denoting a desire, expectation, request, de-
book.' OH He 3Ha.11:hy cTy)].eHTKy.'He did not know that student.'
mand, etc. require the genitive:
Exercise 68. Compare the sentences in the right-hand and left-hand columns. State Perfective
the case of the italicised words and account for the use of the genitive and the accusative. Imperfective
I. 5f ylKe 'IHTaJI cedJOHJll,U/l/0/02a3emy. I. 5f e111eHe 'IHTaJIce2oO/lJll,UHeU2a3embl. ,!J,06HB8TLCH ,U06HTLCH(ycnexoB)
2. Y'ieHHKIIOHRJI6onp6c. 2. Y'ieHHKHe n6HRJIBonpoca. 'to achieve (success)'
3. 6paT noJiy'IHJInucbMo. 3. 6paT He noJiy'IHJInucbMa. )],OCTHJ'aTL - ,UOCTHqh(ycneXOB)
4. CTy)leHTBblllOJIHllJI 3aiJaHue. 4. CTy)leHTHe BblllOJIHllJI 3aiJaHUJI. 'to attain (success)'
5. OH rrepeMeHHJIpeiueHue. 5. OH He nepeMeHHJIpeiueHUJI.
6. Cry)leHTbl o6cylK)].aJIHOOK.!IGO. 6. CTy)leHTblHe o6cylK)l:lJIHOOK.!laiJa. - ,uocTuruyTL (BepllIHHhIrophr)
7. II!KOJibHHK pelllHJI 3a0a'ly. 7. IIIKOJibHllK He pelllHJI 3aiJa'1U. 'to reach (the top of the moun-
8. IlO'ITaJibOHylKe npHHec no'lmy. 8. Ilo'ITaJibOH e111eHe IIpllHec no'lmbl. tain)'
III. With HeT 'have (has) no', 'there is (are) no', He 6LIJIO 'had no', XOTeTL
57
56
 ~emiTb UO~eJiaTb (KOM,Y-JIH6o) Accusative Genitive
(MIIpa, cqaCTbH) 'ITO? 'what?' 11ero?'what?'
'to wish (somebody) (peace, hap- OH nonpocull 6yMarn.
piness)' OH nonpodtll TeTpa,!1,b.. '
'He asked for an exercise-book. 'He asked for some paper.'
~)],aTb, O~H)],aTb (II0MOI.I.Ul)
OH npocum KOHcl>eTY. OH npocum KOH4>eT.
)],O~H)],aTbCH - )],O~)],aTbCH( OTBeTa)
'He is asking for a sw,eet.' . 'He ·is asking for some sweets.'
'to get (an answer)' Otta nompe6oea/la ra1eTy «I,f3Be- Omi nompe6oea1ia raJeT.
HCKaTb (IlO)],)..(ep)l(KH)
npocHTb cnrn».
--- nonpocnTb (coBern) 'to ask 'She demanded the newspaper Iz- 'She demanded some newspa-
(advice)' vestiya.' pers.'
TpefioBaTb - UOTpefiOBaTb (BblllOJIHeHIUI)
'to demand (the fulfilment of...)' Exercise 72. Write answers to the questions, using the words in brackets.
J. qerO )l.OfolBa!OTCH
CTy)l.eHTb!?
(xopom~H ycrreBaeMO~Tb)
Nouns in the genitive used after these verbs denote the object of the 1 qer6 )l.06HJ1HCb Ha!llU Jlb!JKHHKH?(rro6e)l.a B COCTH3aHHHX~ , ,
desire, expectation, request, etc. i qer6 ,ll.OCTHrJIH
CTy)l.eHTbl?(xop6mue pe3)'.JlbTaThl,e u3yqeH1rn pyccKOfO H3bIKa)
4. qer6 )l.OCTHfJIHrryTelllecrneHHHKU?(eeplllHHa ropbr)
MbI xom{o.1 MHpa. 'We want peace.'
MbI iJo6ueaeMCH xop6rneii ycne- 'We try to achieve a high showing Exercise 73. Write out the sentences. Underline the verbs requiring the genitive.
BaeMocTu. in studies.' J. Mbl XOTemrnpeKpaCHOtt,cqacn1i1BOHlKl13HJ;I,H Mb! IIJJIU,pilAOMCO~BO~MHOil\a-
OH UCKO/l B KHHrax OTBeTa Ha 'He looked for an answer to this Mlf JaBOCBbIBaTbCBOecqaCTbe (H.0.) 2. ,oOJlblll~fO ~arrpHJKeHHH H B~JI_HKOH ~TpaCT~
3TOT BOIIp0C. Tpe6yeT HayKaOTqenoBeKa ([Jae.) 3. Pa6oTa 6hrna CJlOJKHaH, KpOllO;JlHBaH,Tpe6o_eana
question in books.' HOBbIX MeTO)l.OB
U 6h1Jla CBH3aHaC BbJqUCJieHHH,MH._(flaycm.2 4. r:rpo~a, KOr,ll.aOHa )l.0-
CTHraeTcoeep!lleHCTBa, HBJiileTCH,no Cy!lleCTBY,llO)l.JlHHHOUrro:nueu. (Ilaycm.)
The verbs ,l],o6uBaTbCH'to achieve', 'to strive' and )],OcTuraTb 'to at- Exercise 74. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the words given on the
tain', 'to reach' are used only with the genitive. right in the required case.
The verbs xoTeTb 'to want', 'to wish', ~)],aTb 'to wait', 'to expect', I. Ona lK)l.ami... , qT66b1 BMeCTeHATHB Tehp. HO,ll.pyra
ucKaTb 'to look for', npocnTb 'to ask', Tpe6oBaTb 'to demand' are used 2. .51JKAY... Ha CBOellHCbMO. . OTBCT
not only with the genitive, but also with the accusative. 3. YquTeJlb Tpe6oean OT yqeHUKOB... , BHHM<lHHe
The accusative after these verbs is generally used when the noun de- 4. Toeapu111 nonpocirn y MeHil ... . yqe6H1-IK
Ha rreppOHe lK,l].aJl~... .
5. JlKJJ-',_H rr6e3A
notes a concrete object or person, e.g.: 6. HapO,ll.blBcex CTpaH XOTHT... . MHp
Accusative Genitive
Exercise 75. Write two sentences with each of these verbs. Use a noun in the accusa-
Kon1? 'whom?', 'ITO? 'what?' 11ero?'what?' tive in one sentence and in the genitive in the other.
51 Ml.I.I)' Kuury. 51 HIQ,Y00)],,!1,ep~Im. Model: .51npollly KHil.ry. .51rrpomy H3BHHeHuH.
'I am looking for a book.' 'I am looking for support.' XOTeTh,JK,ll.aTb,llpOCllTb, Tpe6oBaTb
OHa :»edemU0,!1,pyry. MhI :»edeM OTBeTa Ha Harn Bon-
poc. V. The following verbs require the genitive.
'She is waiting for her friend.' 'We expect an answer to our ques- (a) Imperfective Perfective
tion.'
OH nonpocu/l y MeHi! TeTpa,!],b. u16eraTb (BCTpeqH) u16e~aTb :to avoid (a meet!ng)'
OH npocu/l COBeTa.
'He asked me for an exercise- JIHUJaTbCH(IlO)]Jl.ep)KKH) JIUUIHTbCH to lose (SUJ?port)
'He asked advice.'
book.' nyraTbCH (myMa) ucnyran.cH 'to b~ t:nghtened (of
a noise)
Note.~After the verb lKAaTh 'to wait (for)' some nouns (e.g. nuchMO 'letter',
noeJi. 'train', TpaMBaii 'tram') may take the genitive though they denote concrete fiOstTbCH(X0JlO,D,a) 'to be afraid (of the cold)'
objects: lKAY nucbMa 'I expect a letter', iKAY noeJt•a, TpaMB:tH ·1 am waiting for OnacaTbCH ( OCJlO)l(HeHHH) 'to fear (a complication)'
a train, tram'.
OCTeperaTbCH(npOCT)',!1,bI) 'to be careful (not to
catch cold)'
If the noun used with the verbs npocnTb 'to ask', Tpe6oBaTb 'to de- CTbl)],HThCH( OIJJII6KH) 'to be ashamed (of the
mand' denotes part of a whole or a quantity of objects, it takes the mistake)'
genitive; if the noun denotes a definite object, it takes the accusa- (JIIO)],ett)
CTOpOHHTbCH 'to avoid, to shun
tive. (people)'
58 59
 (mo.ueii)
qy)K)J;llTbCH 'to keep away (from THE GENITIVE WITH A PREPOSITION
people)' The genitive is used with a preposition to denote:
Nouns in the genitive used with this kind of verb generally denote l. Place (the question: r,L(e?'where?'):
an object which one is afraid of, which he tries to avoid, which he wants 6JIH3,L(epeBnu'near the village', BOJJieJieca 'near the forest', oKoJio
to away from. ,ll6Ma 'near the house', y oKua 'by the window', BOKpyr,L(OMa'round the
l(BeThl 6oflmo1 xoJio,n:a. 'Flowers fear the cold.' house', B,L(OJIL .lJ.Oporn'along the road', BHYTPH,L(OMa'inside the house',
Pe6eHOKucnycaACRco6aKH. The child was frightened by the 8ue ,n:oMa'outside the house', MHMOBopoT 'past the gates', nocpe,n:um10-
dog.· ma.n:u'in the middle of the square', Me,..,n:y,n:epesbeB'between (among)
Ott cmb10umcR 3TOHuey.n:a'ln. 'He is ashamed of his failure.' the trees', npoTnB oKna 'opposite the window', cpe,n:11 ,n:epeBi.es'among
OHa no'leMy-To u36ezaem 'For some reason she avoids the trees·.
BCTpe'IHC HllMH. meeting US.' 2. Direction of movement (the question: OTKy,L(a?'from where?'):
Hl KOMHaTbl 'out of the room', c KpL1mu 'from the roof, OT 6epera
(b) The following verbs also require the genitive: KaCaTLCH(imp.) 'from the shore', u1-1a T)''IH 'from behind the cloud', HJ-no,[(KycTa
'to concern', 'to touch' - KocnyTLCH (p. ), cJiymaTLCH (imp.), 'to 'from under the bush'.
obey'-noc.1ymaTLCH (p.), ,n:ep,..ht.cH (imp.) 'to adhere', ·to hold'. 3. Time of action (the question: Kor,L(a?'when?'):
uaKanyue npal,L(HHKa'on the eve of the holiday', nocJie pa6oTbI 'af-
3TOT sonpoc KacaemcR ttarneii 'This question concerns our
pa6oTLI. work.' ter work', cpe,L(HHO'IH'in the middle of the night', ,L(OBOHHhI'before the
BeTKa .uepesa KOCH)l/tacbMoero 'The branch of the tree touched war'.
UJie'la. my shoulder.' 4. Cause or reason (the question: no'leMy? 'why?'):
01 npnm•una 'on principle', u1-1a nJioxou noro,L(bI 'owind to bad
Pe6eHoK c.11ymaemcRMaTepu. 'The child obeys his mother.'
)],pyr noc,iytuaACRMoero cosfaa. 'My friend followed my advice.' weather', OT xoJio,L(a'with cold', c ropH 'with grief.
Ott Oep:>Kumrn Toro )KC MHeHHH. 'He is of the same opinion., 5. Other relations:
6e3 HHTepeca'without interest'' BMeCTOOTI.a 'instead of the father''
(c) The verb CTOHTLalso requires the genitive if it means 'to deserve' 'as father', ,L(JIHnosTopeuuu 'for revision', KpoMe MenH 'except me', no-
(and not 'to cost'): MHMo 6parn 'besides the brother'.
Ktt£i:ra CTOHTpy6J11..(acc.) 'The book costs a rouble.' Note.-Some prepositions used with the genitive may also be used with other
3ToT sonpoc CTOHTBHHManuu. 'This question deserves attention.' cases; thus the preposition c is also used with the instrumental (ll 6eceJ10BaJIc rn-
(gen.) eapmueM 'I talked with a friend') and with the accusative (npornJIH c KHJJOMeTp
'we walked about a kilometre').
d) The impersonal verb xsaniTL (imp.) 'to have enough' -xBaTHTL
(p.) also requires the genitive. The past tense is xBaTaJ10-xsaT11J10. PREPOSITIONS DENOTING PLACE
Y Mettsixeamaem BpeMenu Ha OT- 'I have enough time for rest.'
.[(blX. The prepositions y 'by', 'at', OKOJIO'near', BOJJie'near', 6JIH3 'not
EMy xeamum JTHX.n:euer. 'That money will be enough for far from', B6J1u1u'near', BOKpyr 'round', B,n:oJih'along', MHMO 'past',
him.' cpe,L(u'among', nocpe,L(n'in the middle of, npoTnB 'opposite', Me"'.l1.Y
'between', 'among' denote the place where an object is or where an ac-
Exercise 76. Fill in the blanks with the nouns given on the right in the genitive. tion takes place. These prepositions, with the exception of Me"'.l1.Y,are
I. Otta Jf36eraJia .. . . pa3roB0pbl Ha JTY n':My used only with the genitive.
2. DOJlbH0HJIHUIHJICSI ... . COH
3. Bpaq onacaJICll ... . OCJIOlKHt:HHe I'oe CTOHTCTOJJ? CToJI cToHT y oKua.
4. Bpaqii: 06cylKJ1aJIHBonp6cb1, KOT0ph1e H0Bhie MeTO.llhIJie'leHHll 'Where is the table?' 'The table is by the window.'
KaCa!OTCll.... I'Oe CH,U.11:T
fOCTH? rocTH CH~SITBOKpyr CTOJia.
5. DOJlhH0HIlOCJI)'lllaJICll ... Bpa'la. COBCT 'Where are the guests sitting?' 'The guests are sitting round the
Exercise 77. Make up sentences containing these verbs and write them down. table.'
.ll06HBliThCll,.llOCTHraTb,H36eraTh, 60l!ThCll, JIHIUaTbCll,nyraTbCll, KaCaTbCll,CJI)'- I'i)e paCT)"T~epeBJ.51? )..];epeBh51paCT}'TB,L(OJib
,L(Oporu.
IUaThCll,CT0HTh,XBaTaTb 'Where do the trees grow?' 'The trees grow along the road.'
I'oe npoexana MaWHHa? MarnttHa npoexaJia MHMO 03epa.
'Where did the car pass?' 'The car drove past a lake.'
I'oe CTOll.TnaMRTHHK? flaM5ITHI-JK CTOHT nocpe,n:u
m10111a,n:u.
60 61
 'Where does the monument 'The monument stands m the Exercise 80. Fill in the blanks in each second sentence with the italicised words from
stand?' middle of the square.' the first sentence in the required case and with the correct preposition (they answer the
T<JeOCTaHOBHJlaCbMawnna? question OTKyAa?).
MawnHa OCTaHOBHJlaCbDpOTHB
exo,ri:a. Model: "ne'
Ktt11ra JlCJKa.~aHa no.~Ke.
'Where did the c;ar stop?' 'The car stopped opposite the en- omK}'Oa?
trance.' .H He 3Hal0, KTOB3l1JlKHHryC HOJIKII.

The meaning of the prepositions y, oKoJio,OJIH3,BOJIH3H and so1J1e 1. TTIICbMO 6bIJ106 KOll6epme. Ott BbIHYJT lll1CbMO.... 2. B cmaKime BO)la. BbIJICH
BOJIY .... 3. Ha cmoAe llblJlb.... COTpHllb!Jlb .... 4. _nern ryJTllJ111 6 Aecj,. Ott11rrp11HeCJ1ll
are nearly the same. The prepositions cpe,ri:n
and Docpe,ri:n
have the same ... MHOf"O llfOJI. 5 . .H 11il)' 6 uucmumj,m . .H rroiiny ... He noMoii, a Ha KaTOK.6. KapTHHa
meaning when they denote place. BHCt!Jla 11acmc11e. Ma,1b'IHKCHllJlKapTHHY.... 7. JleTOM lll10HepblOT)lblXaJTH 6 Ai12epe.
OHHnp11t~XaJ111 ... 3aropeI!ble 11OKpenw11e.8. MaTb 6blJ1a11apblllKC 116 Maza1ime . ... Otta
Exercise 78. Write out the preposition + noun phrases which answer the question npHHCCJla Ml!CO11OBOll\11, a ... XJ1C611caxap. 9. Kyrr11Ila ntJIJme KOHBepThlH MapK11,...
r').te? B03BpamaiicllnpllMO)lOMOH.I 0. CerO)lHll ll 6hlJ1 6 6u6AuomeKe . .H 11p11HeC ... KHllrH.11.
. ! . y no,ube1,ua ?CTaHOBHJiaCb ~awirtta. 2. BoKpyr eJTKl1 rrpbrraJrn nern. 3. nocpe,u11 Moil TOBap11I.I.\ .1eTOM6bIJ111aKa6K<l1e . ... OH rrpHCJlaJT MHe )lBa llHChMa.12. Ott lKl1;1
fl Cu6upu . ... OHrrp11exaJ1 B MocKB)'Y'IIITbCll_. 13. Be'lepoM ll 6y,1J,y
11aco6pimuu . ... ll np11-
03Cpa 6b1Jl OCTpOBOK. 4. BJ~OJlb 6epera llJlbIJTaJlOJIKa.5. 0KOJ10WKa<paCTOHJl )ll1BaH.
J1Y !l03)lHO.14. lipaT ceiiqac 11a3a600e. OH CK6poBeptteTCll.... 15. Pe6eHOK6bIJ1(/ oem-
CKOMcaiJj,. Ma Tb rrp11BeJ1a pe6ettKa )lOMOH.... 16. CrropTCMeHCTOIIT11a6blUIKe. no c11r-
Exercise79. Make up sentences of your own containing the phrases you have for Exer-
cise 78. Write down your sentences. tt:iJ1yOHllpbrrHeT ... B BO)ly. 17. Ha (/ja6puKe KOH'll1J1Cll pa66'!11H)leHb. Pa60'111eUIJ111
JIOMOH .... 18. Mb! 3aHl1M:lJIHCb 6 ayiJumbpuu. TTperronaBaTeJJb BbJll!eJT .... 19. Mttorne
nTHUhIrrpoBO.D:llT 3HMY11aw?e. Becttoii OHHorrl!Th rrp11J1eTilT K ttaM ... .
PREPOSITIONS DENOTING DIRECTION AND ANSWERING
THE QUESTION OTKY )],A"! Exercise 81. Answer the questions, using the italicised words from the left-hand col-
umn. Put the words in the required case and supply correct prepositions.
The prepositions HJ (n10) 'from·, c (co) 'from', 'off, oT (oTO) I. TTl1CbMO JTeJKaJTO noiJ KIIU20U. OTKyJ.(aOH JIOCTaJT ITl1ChMO?
'from', HJ-3a 'from behind' and H3-DO)J. 'from under' are used with the 2. 3allll. CH)lt:;13G KYCfflOM. 0TK)')la BhlCKO'IHJl 3al!U?
genitive to denote direction. Nouns preceded by these prepositions an- 3. Tpas:i noiJ rnecoM 6brna 3eJ1ettall. 0TK)')la llOKa'.3aJTl1Ch rrepBbie llO,!J,CHelK-
swer the question OTKy,ri:a? 'where Jrom?' H11K11?
4. C6JTnue JIOJTrorrpilTaJTocb1a myr;eu. 0TK)',!l,allOllBHJlOCbCOJIHUC?
CTy~eHT rrpnexaJI ( om,cyaa?) l:13 'The student came from St. 5. 3Mell YITOJ13Jla noiJ KaMelll,. 0TK)')la BLmomJia 3Me11?
CattKT-IleTep6ypra. Petersburg.'
.H BJ»Jl KHttry (omKy<Ja?) co 'I took the book off the table.' PREPOSITIONS DENOTING TIME USED WITH THE GENITIVE
CTOJ18.
JlO,UKa f!JlhIBeT (omKy<Ja?)OT Oe- 'The boat is sailing from the shore The prepositions AO 'before', DoCJie'after', naKanyue 'on the eve or
pera K Tennox6.uy. towards ship.' and cpeJJ.H
'in the middle or are used wjth the genitive to denote time.
C611m.1,e nosiBHJlOCb (omKy<Ja?) 'The sun appeared from behind Nouns preceded by these prepositions answer the question KOr-JJ.a?
H1-1a TY'IH. the cloud.' 'when?'
3asil.l,BbICKO'IHJl (omKydu?) H3-DOJJ. 'The hare rushed from under the Tsi)KeJia 6h1Jla )Kl:13Hb3TOro 'The life of this people before
KYCTB. bush.' Hap6~a )],O peBOJIIOU,HH. the revolution was hard.'
Nouns with the prepositions e, Nouns with the prepositions u1,
Ha, y, 1a, DO)J. answer the question
c, IlocJie peeoJIJOQHHTpy.usm.i:Hec» 'After the Revolution the workers
OT, n1-1a, HJ-DOJJ. answer the ques-
r-,ri:e?'where?' tion OTKyJJ.a? 'where from?' Haqamt CTpOHTbHOBYIO)KlI3Hb. began building a new life.'
JJ:py3hR co6epyTcsi BMCCTenaKa- 'The friends will gather together
B r-opo.a;e (prepos.) HJ r-opo)J.a nyue Hoeorn .-o,ri:a. on New Year's Eve.'
'in the town' 'from the town' Pe6eHoK rrpocny11c» cpeJJ.H
uo11a. 'The child awoke in the middle of
na crnne (prepos.) COCTOJ18 the night.'
'on the table' 'from (off) the table'
y oepera (gen.) OT Oepera Exercise 82. Make up sentences, using the prepositions no, DOC,lle,
HaKaayae, cpe.llll
'at the shore' 'from the shore' gen. expressing temporal relations.
Ja Ty'feii (instr.) HJ-Ja TY'IH
'behind the cloud' 'from behind the
cloud'
DO)].KYCTOM(instr.) aJ-no)J. KycTa
'under the bush' 'from under the bush'
62 63
 USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS Imperfective Perfective
OT, ,no, C,113, Y, EE3, ,n;rn, KPOME, BMECTO CH) 'to free (oneself)'
ocso6011.11TL(
IN VARIOUS MEANINGS 0c8o6o,K_rr.aTh(
cH)
1n6aBJIHTb( CH) H36aBIITb(CH) 'to get rid (of)'
USE OF THE PREPOSITION OT (OTO) 3a1UlllUllTb(CH) cH) 'to defend (oneself)'
1a1Q11T11Th(
cnacaTL(cH) cnacTu(cL) 'to save (oneself)'
The preposition OT 'from' is used only with the genitive. Its princi- cKpbIBllTb(CH) cKpLITL(cH) 'tG>hide (oneself)'
pal meanings are as follows: npHT3Tb(CH) cnpHTaTL(cH) 'to hide (oneself)'
1. A noun with OT denotes the starting point of a movement. oTK33bIBaTb(CH) oTKaJaTL(cH) 'to deny (oneself)'
OT {nepa nyTernecrneHHHKHIlIJIH The travellers walked from the 3asHceTh 'to depend'
neillKOM. lake.' OTCT3B3Tb OTCT3Tb 'to lag'
J16)lKa oTnJihrna OT 6epera. 'The boat pulled out from the OTJill'lllTbCH 'to differ'
shore.' OH y)Ke oceo60M111u1 oT ilrnil pa- 'He is already through with that
66TLI. work.'
In such cases the verb of motion frequently has the prefix oT-(orn-).
JI )lOJirO He Mor U36aeumbCJ1 OT 'For a long time I could not get
IToe3)l OTOilleJIOT CT3HQHH. 'The train pulled out from the Mhicneu o cnoeil Heymi'le. away from the thought of my
platform.· failure.'
2. OT is frequently used with the preposition _rr.oto denote dis- Mhr cnpflmaAucb OT _rr.om)lHno.D. 'We took refuge from the rain
tance. cTaphrM .D.y6oM. under an old oak.'
OT IleTep6ypra )lo MocKBhI 649 'It is 649 kilometres between 8. A noun with OT may denote the cause of or reason for an action
KHJIOMeTpOB. . Moscow and St. Petersburg.' or quality and answer the question no'leMy? 'why?'
PaCCTORHHeOT Jieca )lO CTSHQHH 'We walked all the way from the (1) CMeHTbCHOT pa)lOCTII 'to laugh for joy', UJiaKaTh OT ropH, OT
MhI npoillJIH neillKOM. wood to the station.· o6H/I.hl 'to cry with grief, with resentment', ,rr.pomaTLOT xono_rr.a,OT
cTpaxa 'to tremble with cold, with fear', cT011aTL,Kpn'laTb OT 66n11'to
3. A noun with OT may denote the person or object which is the moan, to cry out with pain', yMepeTL OT panbI 'to die from a wound',
source of something. norn611yTLOT 66M6hl, OT nynu 'to be killed by a bomb, by a bullet',
JI nony'IHJI nHChMOOT 6pba. 'I received a letter from my 'to start from surprise'.
Bl)lpornyTL OT 11eo,K11_rr.a1111ocTH
brother.' Pe6eHoK 3acMeHnc11OT pa,rr.ocrn. 'The child laughed for joy.'
OT )lepeea JIO)KRTCR)lJIHHHaR 'The tree casts a long shadow.' Pe6eHoK 1annaKan OT 06n,rr.L1. 'The child cried with resentment.'
TeHh. OH .D.PO)KaJI OT xo.'lo,rr.a. 'He was trembling with cold.'
4. OT is used to express the· date of a letter or document. (2) 6eJihlii oT c11era'white with snow', M6Kpb1iiOT _rr.om_rr.u
'wet with
IT:uchMOoT nepBoro 11.e1.:a6pu. 'A letter of December the first.' rain', cepL1iioT nb1nu 'grey with dust', ropH'IHH OT connQa 'hot from the
PeJOJIJO~HROT nepBoro MapTa. 'The resolution of March the sun'.
first.' Tpana 6brna MOKpoiI OT lf.O,Klf.H. 'The grass was wet with rain.'
5. A noun with OT often denotes the object one wishes to get rid of Exercise 83. Read through the sentences. Explain the meanings of the preposition
or to protect oneself from. OT.

J1eKapCTBOOT rpimna. 'A medicine for flu.' A. I. Jlo)];KaTIJlbIJiaOT6epera K TeTIJIOX0LIY-2. CTYLICHT TIOJIY'IHJI
TillChM0OTPOAH-
3am:nrn OT BeTpa. 'Protection from the wind.' •Tesreii:.
3. MHe HYlKHara3eTa OT)];Ba)];!laTh nepBOro <peBpaJISI.4. TIOJillCTaJIH6eJih!MllOT
CHera. 5. TiolKaJiyttcTa, KYTIH MHeJieKapCTBOOT KalllJI51.6. CBeT OT )'Jlll'IHOro Q)OHapsi
In this meaning the preposition npoTHB 'against' is sometimes used ITa,naJIB OKH0.7. OH .ll_0JirOHe MOr Hll'lero CKa3aThOT BOJIHCHllll. 8. JI TI03)..(HO
B'lepa
(neKapcrno npoTHB rpunna 'a medicine for flu'). ITpHilleJIOT TOBapmua.
B. I. Jlern6 Ha ccp,nue OTTICCHll BeCeJIOH. (Jle6.-K.) 2. Kor,na C0JIHIWHO/IHHMaeTCH
Ha11JiyraMH, » HeB0J!hHOyJihI6aIOChOTpaAOCTll... (M. F.) 3. Bee 6bIJIOM0Kpo OTpOCbl.
6. OT is used after the adverbs 11.aneKo'far', ue11.aJJeKo
'not far', (llaycm.) 4. OT Moer6 lKHJittlll.aLIOKpyT6ro o6pbrna Ha)];63epoM scer6 ABaAUaThIlla-
cnpaBa 'on the right' and cneBa 'on the left'. r6n. (flpum.) 5. TyT lKe, Ha BOK3aJie,OT3H3K0MOroHa'!aJ!hHHKaCTaHUllllJiettTeHaHTY3~
HaJI,'!TO OTCUero )'Mep MCClll~ Ha3a[I. (lJaycm.) 6. )],ama OTKa3aJiaChOT 06eL1a, B3HJl3
HeoaAeKo npoTeKana
OT 11.epeBHH 'There was a river not far from a KapMaH XJie6a n KpbllK0BHHKY n yurna B Jiec. (A. T)
peKa. the village.'
Exercise 84. Write out the verbs used with the preposition OT. Make up sentences of
7. The following verbs require the preposition oT: Your own, using these verbs.

64 65
5 -384
 1. r 0pbl 3aIIIHIIIaJill3aJIIIBOT BeTpa. 2. )],eTHyKpbIJil!CbOT L(OJKL(H
II0L(L(epeBOM. l. OT MOCKBbl ,10 .sJpocJ!liBJUI M6)KH0 ,1oexaTb 3a US!Tb 'laC6B. 2. OT ,1epeBHH ,10
3. O,IJ;HHMaJI&qllKOTCTaJIOT TOBap11IIIeiill 3a6Jiy,IJ;HJICllB Jiec_y.4. YqHTeJib HaIIHCarr
rrpeL(JIOJKeHHe
H OTOIIIeJIOT L(OCKH. r6po,1a Mbl lllJIH neUIK6M. 3. 3a 0,111H,1eHb OH rrpO'IHTaJI KHHry OT nepB0H ,10 Il0CJIC,IHett
cTpaHHIIhI. 4. OT BoJirorpa,1a ,10 r6po,1a H11)1(Hero H6nropo,1a MhI ITJihIJIH Ha TCITJiox6,1e
Exercise 85. Make up sentences, using the verbs 3aBnceT&,OTKaJaT&cH,OTJIH'IIIT&c
11 "no B6Jire, OT HH)l(Hero H6nropo,1a ,10 MOCKBbl exam-1 rr6e3,IOM. 5. ,Il;JIHHa B6Jim II0lITH
cnaCTu, npstTaT&CHfollowed by the preposition oT. ' paaHa paCCT0llHHIO OT MoCKBbl ,10 CeBepHoro rr6JIIOCa.

Exercise 86. Make up sentences with the adjectives 6eJ1&1ii,qepublii, MOKphlii, ropst- USE OF THE PREPOSITION C (CO)
'lnii, ycTaJibIHusing the preposition OT with the meaning of cause.

Exercise 87. Make up sentences, using the preposition OT and the adverbs ,uaJieKo The preposition c 'since', 'from', 'with' is not used with the genitive
B6JIH3H,cnpaBa, CJICBa. ' only, but with the instrumental and the accusative as well. The princi-
pal meanings of c followed by the genitive are as follows:
USE OF THE PREPOSITION ,D:O I. A noun with c 'since' denotes the beginning of an action (in time).
The preposition ,o:o'(up) to', 'till' is used only with the genitive. 3aH11TH}I e By1ax H IllKOJiaxHaqu- 'The classes in higher educational
1. A noun with ,o:o'(up) to' denotes the spatial limit of an action or HaI-OTcg (c KaK020 6peMe1lU?) establishments and schools be-
movement: ,o:oKaKorn Mecrn? '(up) to what place?' c nepeorn ceHT116pil. gin on September the first.'
(oo KaK620 Mecma?) ,ll;o CTaHQHH 'We walked to the station.' OH roTOBHJICjfK 3K3aMeHyc noue- 'He had been preparing for his
MhI IIIJIHneIIIKOM. )l:eJILHHKa. examination since Monday.'
)l;eTH C ppa HrpaI-OTB ca_o:y . 'The children have been playing
KHHry ,o:ocepe,o:nHbI. 'I read half the book (lit. up to the
.51,z:i:oqHTaJI
in the garden since morning.'
middle).'
In such cases the verb frequently has the prefix ,o:o-: The preposition c 'from' is frequently used with ,o:o,which denotes
the time limit of an action .
.51Oo1Juml111 ,o:oKOHQa. 'I read to the end.'
.5JOoexaJl ,0:0 ,O:OMa. Ha noJiilx c y-rpa JJ.OBe'lepa KHIIHT 'Work is in full swing in the fields
'I reached home (the house).' pa66Ta. from morning till evening.'
2. A noun with ,o:o'till' denotes the time limit of an action (the final Bpaq npHHHMaeT c ,o:ecHTH,11.0 'The doctor receives patients from
point of time). Tpex 11acoe. ten till three.'
IUeJI(00 KUK0206peMe1tU?) 'It rained till morning.'
)],O)K,0:b 2. C 'from,' 'off denotes the direction of movement. In such cases,
,0:0 yTpa. the noun with c answers the question o'i'Ky,11.a? 'from where?'
MbI pa66TaJIH ,0:0 Be'lepa. 'We worked till evening.'
)],enI )KlfJIHHa ,z:i:a_qe
,0:0 ceuni6pft.
CTy,n:eHTB3jfJI KHnry (omKyoa?) 'The student took the book off
'The children stayed in the coun-
c noJIKH. the shelf.'
try till September.'
Ou npHilleJI c y~. 'He came from the street.'
3. A noun with ,o:o'before' may denote the time of action and an-
swer the question Kor,o:a?'when?' 3. A noun with c 'from', 'with', 'out or may denote the cause of ac-
tion in certain phrases, e.g.: 1anJiaKaTh c ropH 'to cry with grief, CJJ.e-
Cer6,z:i:m1 OH npHIIIeJI ,O:OMOH 'Today he came home before din- JiaTh qTo-Jiu6o c OT'l8HHHH'to do something out of despair', cKa3a.Thco
(K020a?),0:0 o6e_o:a. ner-time.' lJIOCTH'to say something out of malice', y6e)l(aTb co CTpaxy 'to run
CTy,o:eHTbIBOIIIJIHB ay,z:i:Htopmo 'The students had entered the lec- away for fear', 1aKpuqaTh c acnyry 'to cry out with fright', ycTaTh
(Ko2oa?),0:0 3BOHKll. ture-hall before the bell.' c nenpHBLl'IKH'to get tired for lack of habit'.
The opposite meaning is rendered by the preposition nocne 'after'. Exercise 90. What questions do the words with the preposition c answer? Explain
the meanings of c.
Exercise 88. What questions do the nouns with the preposition L\Oanswer? (/1,oKa- l. Co ncex KOHl.\6B CTpaHhI C'bexaJI11c&yqacTHHKl1 Ha l-11 Bcepoccw11cK1111C'be3,1
Koro MCCTa?,/1,0KaKoro BpeMeuu?,,UOKaKHX nop?, KOI'll,li?) cj)epMepoB. 2. 3amITl1ll B By3ax H B UIK6Jiax 11aq1-1HalOTCll C ce11Tll6pSI. 3. E116JI110TCKa
pa66rneT C ,1eBllTH yTpa ,10 0,IHHHa,l[_\aTH Beqepa. 4. CHJibHbl.H ,10)1(,lb H,leT C yTpa.
I. ,D:py3&l'!
paccTaJIHCh,:i:o6cett1I.2. Koma MhI,1J;o6paJ111cb L\O Bepun'rttb1ropb1, c6nH-
5. C ,1epeB&en na,1a10T nocJie,1H11e)KeJIT&1eJIHCTbll. 6. OH c ,1eTcrna yBJieKaJICll MY3hIK0tt.
IIe yJKecaL(HJlOCb. 3. JleKTITHI 6yL(yTL(0 Tpex qac6B. 4. )],o peBO_l]]{)l(IIH B Pocc11H6LIJ10
Mano IIIK0JIH 60JlbHH1(.5. MoJIOL(eJKb ryJil'iJiaB rrapKe LIOll03L(HeroBC9epa. 6. Cer6L(Hll Exercise 91. Describe your actions during a day, using the prepositions c ... ~o in
Mbl L(Oexam1,IJ;0IIHCTHT)'Ta3a Tp11L(l(aTb MHH)'T.7. D)'p!! IIpOL(OJIJKaJiaCb L(0 yTpa. 8. their temporal meaning. ·
51rrp11e,1J;y
L(OM0H L(006e,1J;a.9. Mb! peIIIHJillOTJ10JKl1Tb pa66Ty L(0B03BPaJIICHIU! PYK0B0·
L(IITeJill.
Exercise 89. Read through the sentences and account for the use of OT and L(0.
66 s• 67
 USE OF THE PREPOSITION 113 (1130) Ha cTone CToiina Kpad1Balle:ba .... 2 .... eb1exan aeT,0Mofo1nh.3. _Tieeeuu~n6n-
1
!IJI apHIO.... 4. EM)' 6hlJIOCK)'qHo,HOOHCJI)'IIIaJI.... 5. TToe3,U ;·· rrpHXO.UH'!'
B BOC_CMb
The preposition HJ 'from', 'out of is used only with the genitive. 11 , 6 MbI y3Hanu ... o He,ueneHH.UHHCKHX <P11nhMOB a MocKae. 7. Bo MHornx ey3ax
1. The preposition HJ 'from' denotes the direction of action or rii~H ·y•IaTCSI CT)',!1eHTbl ...• 8. HHKTO ... He MO!' peIIIl1Tb 3TOH 3a,11aq11. 9. 'C66p-
movement. ll HK cocTOSIJI ... . , , , ,
A noun with HJ denoting direction answers the question OTKy)].a? (eop6Ta, MocKea, pa3Hble CTpllHbl,yqeHHKII,CTeKJIO,ee)l(JIHBOCTb,
ra3eTbl, onepa,
cn1xoTBOpeHHSI pyCCKHX n,o3TOB) ,
'where from?'
OH rrpu:exan cIO;.:i;a(omKyoa?) HJ 'He came here from the village.' USE OF THE PREPOSITION Y
)].epeBHH.
OHa BbIHYJJarrJiaT0K (omKyoa?) 'She took the handkerchief from The preposition y 'by', 'at' is used only with the genitive.
HJ KapMaHa. her pocket.' Its principal meanings are as follows: .
Tomipm.u. IT03BOHHJIMHe (om- 'My friend phoned me from the I. A noun with y denotes the owner or possessor of an obJect and
Kj;Oa?)HJ HHCTHTyTa'. institute.' answers the question y Koro? 'who (has)?'
2. A noun with HJ 'from' may denote the source of information, the y 6paTa ecTh HHTepecHasiKHilra. 'The brother has an interesting
origin of something or someone. book.'
3TH CJIOBa(omKyOa?) HJ CTHXO- 'These words are from a poem by Y CTy)].eHTOB eCTh nporpaMMbI 110 'The students have syllabuses in
BCeMrrpe;.:i;MeTaM. all the subjects.'
TBOpeHHH IlyrnKHHa. Pushkin.' 'His sister has a beautiful voice.'
3TOT TOBapHI.U. y ero ceCTpbl KpacHBhIHr6noc.
HJ pa60'1eH CeMbH. 'This comrade comes from 'The book has an interesting
Y KHHrH HHTepeCHoeHatJ:aJIO.
a worker's family.' beginning.'
51 Y3HaJI06 3TOM HJ raJeT. 'I learnt that from the newspa-
pers.' 2. A noun with y 'by', 'at' denotes the object or person n~ar
which/whom some other object or person is to be found or some action
3. A noun with HJ 'from', 'of may denote the material of which an
object is made: rniar6K HJ meJIKa 'a silk kerchief, rrnarhe HJ mepcTH 'a occurs.
woollen dress', Kpb1IIIaHJ *eJieJa 'an iron roof. CTOJICTOHT(2oe?) y OKHa. 'The table is by the window.'
4. A noun with HJ 'from', 'out of may denote cause in certain Mb! )l(HJIHJieTOM(2oe?) y MOpH. 'In summer we lived at the sea-
phrases, e.g. cnyIIIaTh HJ ee*JIHBOCTH 'to listen out of politeness', or- side.'
Ka3a.ThC}IHJ rop)].OCTH, HJ npnu._Hna, HJ ynpHMCTBa 'to decline out of )],eTHu:rpanH (20e?) y peKH. 'The children were playing by the
pride, on principle, out of stubbornness'. river.'
5. A noun with HJ 'of may denote the whole from which a part is JI faIJI (y K020?) y Bpa'lll. 'I was at the doctor's.'
singled out. OH )l(HJIneTOM (y K026?) y po)].H- 'He stayed at his parents' in the
TeJieii. summer.'
HeKomopbte HJ pa6o'IHX BbIIlOJI- 'Some of the workers fulfilled
HHJIHJa;.:i;imu:e;.:i;ocp611Ho. their tasks ahead of time.' 3. Y 'from' is used after these verbs:
MH62ue HJ CTy)].eHTOB HaIIIeH 'Many of the students of our Perfective
Imperfective
rpyrrrrhI y11acTBOBaJIHB JlbDK- group took part in the skiing
HhlX COpeBHOBaHI-IRX. competitions.' 6paTb BJHTb 'to take', 'to borrow'
Ha co6paHHH BbICTYITHJI ooim HJ 'One of the post-graduates spoke OTHHM3Tb OTHHTb 'to take away'
aCDHpllHTOB. at the meeting.' ·DpoCHTb nonpocnTh 'to ask', 'to beg'
CDpamHBaTb cnpocHTb 'to ask (questions)'
Exercise 92. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the preposition HJ.
DOKynaTb KynitTL 'to buy'
kpaCTb yKpaCTb 'to steal'
I. MH6ro rr6,uaHroa coaepmiurn JIJO.UH HJ mo6au K po.QHHe.2. Mb1 qlfTllJIH0Tph1-
BOKH3 poMaHa A)l(aeaa «,D;aneK6OT MocKBbI». 3. MHOfHe H3 pa66qHX Hamero 11exa The noun with y used after the above verbs denotes the person
rrepeabmonHllIOTHopMbI.4. B MeTp6 rrpeKpacHhieKonoHHbIH3 MpaMopa. 5. B o,uuH HJ
llCHbIX3HMHHX ,uHeii,upy3bll oTrrpaBHJIHCb Ha JibJ)l(HYIO
rrporynKy. 6. Yp6KH KoHqHJIHC,l,, from whom something is taken.
,UeTHllIJIHH3 llIKOJibl.7. 3aIIHCKa6bIJill HarrucaHa Ha JIHCTKeH3 6JIOKHOTa.8. fieH311H 5J63!1.A y TOBapema y<1e6HHK. 'I borrowed a textbook from my
H Kepodrn nonyqalOT H3He<l>TH. 9. 1'13OCTOpO)l(HOCTH OHHe IIOIIICJI
He3HaKOMOH neCHOH friend.'
,uop6roii.
MaTh omHfl.AQy pe6enKa H0)l(HH- 'The mother took the scissors
Exercise 93. Write out the following, filling in the blanks with the preposition HJ and
~bl.
away from the child.'
the suitable words i~ the genitive, chosen out of those given at the end of the exercise.
69
68
 OH nonpocilA y ceCTpbl KH11ry. 'He asked his sister for a book.' OH roBopHT rro-pyccKH c ornn6Ka- 'He speak Russian with mis-
. Exercise 94. Read through the sentences. What questions do the words with the pr _ MH- takes.'
pos1t1on y answer? e
3. Jie1 is used to denote time.
: I. OX0THHK_H CH.Ll(:JJH
y _KOCTpa. 2; Be'!epoM y 6paTa co6paJJHCber6 !IJK0JlbHbleTO-
~apH~llH.3; y .LICBO'IKH a!'~";1a. 4, Jk~OM )'4eHHK£1OT,[lblX<lJJHB JJarepe y M0pll, 5, y It is five minutes to ten.
Ceii:qac 6e3 UHTH MHHYT ,[{eCSITh.
)TO[0 :rosapHLL1a_?OJJb!IJOH, OnbIT pa60Tbl. 6. Ha CT?JJe y ceKpeTapit CTOitJJTene<fi6H.
7. B '.1oe,11e,Mbl cem1 .YOKHa,8. JleTO"'! "lKHJl y po,UHTeJJeH.
9, Ott 6b!JJ y Bpa'la. 10. .R Exercise 96. Read through and write out the sentences. Underline the nouns with the
B3!rn ny ~HHry Y TOBa1;1H1.Ua
no HHCTHTyTy.J J. OH Y'IHJJCll
ITeHHIO
y H3BeCTHOrO
ITeBQa preposition 6e3. What is the meaning of the proverbs?
12. MaurnHa OCTaHOBHJJaCb y caMoro LI0Ma, . 1, J;e3 Tpye'la He Bhrnernb H phr6Ky H3 11pye'({L
2. p,i:rMa 6e3 orniI He 6hmaeT.
Exercise 95. Make up sentences containing y in various meanings. 3. qeJJOBeK6e3 p0e'(HHbI-·COJJOBeH6e3 ITeCHH.
Exercise 97. What questions do the nouns with the preposition 6e3 answer?
USE OF THE PREPOSITION 6E3 (6E3O) l, CTyJJ;eHTyJKe M0JKCT'IHTaTb ra3eTy 6e3 CJJOBapit,2 OH e'(0JJJKeH 6bIJJ rrpilllTll
c ceCTp0H,HO11purneJJ6e3 CCCTpb!.3. >I.npIIIHeJJHa 3aHSITH51 C KOHCIIeKTOM,a OH51BHJICll
The principal meanings are as follows: 6C3KOHCIIeKTa. 4. CTye'(eHTHarrttc:'lJICO'IIlHeHile6e3 Ollill60K. 5. Y'ICHHK6e3 Tpyn:a Bhl-
I. The preposition 6e1 'without' denotes the absence of an object or JI0J1HIIJI
rpaMMaTH'ICCKOe 3ae'(aHIIC,a CO'IIIHeHHe HaIIHCiiJJCTpyµoM. 6. OH paCCKa3b!BaJJ
a person. CJIOK0llH0,6e3 BOJ1HeHII51.
7. OH Bbll10J1H5!JJ :'JTypa66Ty 6e3 YBJJe'leHIIll,a ll pa6frraJI
Cysrreqe1meM. 8. Ceroe'(H51TCIIJJ0,M0JKHOXOe'(llTb6e3 naJJbT0. Erue B'lepa BCCXOe'(llJJH
Ou npttwe11 cero,[{HH(6e3 1Je26?) 'Today he came without his brief- s naJTbT0.
6e3 DOpT«l>eJIH. case.' Exercise 98. Fill in the blanks with the nouns given on the right in the required case .
.51llb!O lfaH (6C3 'lec'o') 6e1 caxa- 'I drink tea without sugar.'
pa. ] , OH 06e11.1aJJ
rrpilttTHC TOBapHII\aMII,HOnpHrneJJ 6e3 TOBapIIIQH(pf.)
Ee1 rnoett noMomu (6e3 1Je26?) 'I shall not cope with the work 2. Y 1cHIIKHHam1cam1 AIIKTaHT6e3 ....
0 ornir6KH (pl.)
H He cnpaB11I-Ocbc pa66Tott. without your help.' 3. OTel~ HC M0JKCT'IIITaTb 6e3 .... O'IKll (pl.)
)],htt ry11srntt (6e3 Ko26?) 6e1 Ma- "The children were taking a walk 4. OH paccKa3bIBaJICTIOK0HHO, 6e3 .... BOJJHeHIIC
5. B H0BOMe'(0MC0KHa 6bIJJIICil_\e6e3 ... , CTeKJJa(pl,)
Tepu. without their mother.' 6. OH Bbll10J1HHJ!
rropy'leHIIC 6e3 ,., . TPYA
The ant~mym C?fthe preposition 6e1 in this meaning is c (followed USE OF THE PREPOSITION )].Jl>I.
by a noun m the mstrumental).
OH npttwe11 6e1 nopT«l>ena. 'He came without his brief-case.' The principal meanings are as follows:
OH npttwe11 c nopT«l>eneM. 'He came with his brief-case.' 1. The preposition )],JIH'for' shows that the action is done for the
.51nblo ttatt 6e1 caxapa. 'I drink tea without sugar.' benefit of some person or object. A noun with this preposition answers
.51HbIO lfatt c caxapoM. 'I drink tea with sugar.' the question ,una Kor-6? 'for whom?' or ,UJIH'tero? 'for what?'

_2. A noun with 6e1 •without' may denote the manner in which an R Kynitn KHIIry (d1ut Ko26?) ,una 'I bought a book for a friend.'
action occurs. TOBllpH11-a.
CTy,[{eHTlfHT.lJlJlHTepaTypy (dfl.R 'The student read material for his
In such cases the noun with 6e1 answers the question KaK? 'how?' report at a seminar.'
'lezo?) ,UJIH,UOKJia,UaHa CeMH-
YlfeHttK,pewit11 3a,[{aqy (KaK?) 6e1 'The pupil solved the problem Hape.
Tpy,ua. , , without difficulty.'
OH roBopttT no-pyccKtt 6e1 omir- 'He speaks Russian without mis- 2. )].na is used to denote the purpose of an action. A noun with ,UJIH
6oK. takes.' answers the question 1a'teM? ·what for?', ,UJIH qero? 'for what?' or c Ka-
Kou~em.10'!'for what purpose?', "why?'
The ant~:mym C?fthe preposition 6e1 in this meaning is c (followed TiyTewecTBeHHHKH ocTaHOBII- 'The travellers stopped to rest.'
by a noun m the mstrumental).
JlHCb,um1 oT,uLixa.
OH pemit11 3a,[{aqy 6e1 Tpy,ua. 'He solved the prolbem without
difficulty.' . 3. )].na may show the purpose which the object serves.
OH peWHJl 3a,uaqy C TPY.UOM. 'He solved the problem with diffi- Ha CTOJieJle)KHTTeTp:3.,[{h ,UJIHco- 'There is a composition book on
culty.' 1.fHHeHHH. the table.'
OH roBopifT no-pyccKtt 6e1 omir- 'He speaks Russian without mis- He 3a6y)].b rrocy,Il,y,UJIHMOJJOKa 'Do not forget a container for the
6oK. takes.' milk.'
70 71
 4. ,Lt:.rrnis used with certain nouns, adjectives and adverbs: 2. In addition to something,
or besides somebody:
(1) with nouns: 3ua11euue,l)..JUI 'importance for', ocuosa ,l)..rut 'a basis J{po~~pycc~~ro SI;hlK<l,OH 3HaeT 'He knows English besides Rus-
for', yc.JIOBHH .U.JIH
'a condition for', B03MO*HOCTL .U.JIH
'a possibility for' eme aHrJII-IHCKHM. sian.'
cpe,ucTeo ,u.r1H'a means of, noso.u .U.JIH'a pretext for'. Exercise 102. Read through the sentences in the left-hand and right-hand columns.
B 3TOHCTpaHe c63,uaHhI Bee ycAb- 'All conditions for the develop- Make up sentences of your own, using these sent~nces as mod~ls. , ,
6U.R .U.JIH pueHTHH HayKH. ment of science have been creat- I. Bee npHlllJJH s6speMH. T6JJhKO oi\HH Bee,, Kp6Me o.uHoro Tosapm~a, npHlllJJH
ed in this country.' TOBapHI~Oil03.[\aJJ. BO~peMll; , ,
2. HHKTOHe 3HaJI .!(Op6rn. .[l,op6ry 3HaJJ HHKTO, KpoMe pyK~BO.[\HTeJ!ll3KCITe,L\H·
(2) with adjectives: "Y*HLiii 'needed', ueo6xo,u11ML1ii 'necessary', TOJ!bKOpyKOBO.UIITeJib 3KCITe.UIIIIHH. llHH, He 3H~ .L\O~OrH. ,
3 JleTOM H OT BCeX ITOJJY'IHJI IlHCbMa. JleTOMll IIOJIY'IHJ! IlHCbMaOTBCeX,KpOMe
o6H3aTe.JILHLiii'obligatory', Ba*HLiii 'important', Tpy,unhlii 'diffi- . T6JJbKO OT 6paTa H He ITOJIY'IIIJ! 6paTa.
cult', .Jienrnii'easy', HHTepecHl,IH'interesting', H3BeCTHLIH'well-known', ITHCbMa.
3uaKOMLiii'familiar', nonitTuLiii 'clear', 'understandable' (in complete 4 . .[l,6Ma 6h1Jla He TOJ!bKO MaTh, HO .[l,6Ma, KpOMeMaTepH, 6b1Jl OT(:l\.
or short form), etc. If OTCI\.
5. Mbl KYITIIJ!lf
He TOJibKOy11e6HHKH,
HO Kp6Me y11e6HHKOB,
Mb! KYITHJl!f
CJ!OBapb.
ITpHcyTCTBHeHa co6paHHH 06.R- 'All the students are required to If CJJOBapb.
3amellb1to ,l)..JIHecex CTy,ueu- be present at the meeting.'
TOD,
USE OF THE PREPOSITION BMECTO
3a,n:aqa 6hrna mpy01tOU.l:(.JIH
y11e- 'The sum was difficult for the pu-
HHK3. pil.' The preposition BMecrn is used exclusively with the genitive and de-
(3) with adverbs: "Y*HO '(it is) necessary', 'one must, needed', notes the replacement of somebody or something with somebody or
ueo6xo.l:(11Mo '(it is) necessary', o6H3aTe.JILHO'(it is) obligatory', 'one something else.
must', ea*HO '(it is) important', no.Jifauo'(it is) useful', etc. BMeCTO ypoKa p)ICCKOro SI3hJKa 'Today there will be a maths les-
ycneIIIHOro OB.Jia,UeHHH
,Lf,.JIH pyc- 'To master Russian well, you cer6,n:HSI6y,n:eT yp6K MaTeMa- son instead of a Russian class.'
CKHMSI3hIKOM BaM 11eo6xoouMo must study regularly.' TMKM.
CHCTeMaTH'leCKH 3aHHM<lThCSI. Exercise 103. Translate into English.
Exercise 99. Read through the sentences. What questions do the nouns with the ] . B KJ1y6ecerO.[\HllHe 6y.L(eTK?Hlle~Ta. BMeCTO_KOHlleprn, 6y.L(eT!p~JibM.2. :rosa-
preposition /lJIH answer? PHill 06e111anHaITHCllTb MHeIlHCbMO.BMeCTOIlHCbMall ITOJIY'IHJI OTHero TCJJerpaMMy.
3. flyTHHKHlllJ!lf B .uepeBHIO11epe3iieC. Kor.[\a OHMBhllllJllfH3Jieca, TOBMeCTO ,L\epeBHH
I. Ha !Or H npm::xaJI MH pa66ThI Ha,1:1 KHii.roil:.(llaycm.) 2. Mb! KYITHJIH MH pb16-
HOHJIOBJIHHa/lyBHYIOpe3HHOBYIO (llaycm.) 3. R c11acrn11a,11ToH Mory pa66-
JI0,1:1Ky. ys11,uenHrr6ne H peKy.
TaTh J\Jlll MOeHmo6HMOHP6.UHHblH .llJ]JIC'laCTbJIscer6 11enose11ecTBa. (llao.): 4. I-bsecT·
HbIH IlHCaTeJJbApK/t.uHHfaH.llap IlHCaJJKHHrHJ\]IJI .UeTeH.Ero KHHrHHHTepC:CHbl He Use of the Dative
TOJibKOMl! ,[leTeH,HOH .UJillB3p6CJiblX.5. C Ka)l{,[lb!M rO)lOMnpOMhllllJieHHOCTb BblilY·
CKaeTBCC60Jihllle MalllHH ,[\JillceJibCKoro X03JIHCTBa. In Russian the dative is used either without a preposition (e.g . .ua-
Exercise 100. Make up sentences, using the following words with the preposition PHTh cecTpe 't~ give [a present] to the sister', 110MoraTh Toeapumy 'to
)lJIH. help a friend'), or with a preposition (e.g. H.JlTHK rnsapumy 'to go to
HHTepeCHbIH,
ITOHJITHhIH,
IlOJie3HhIH,Bpe,!:IHbIH,
omlCHblH,Hy)l{Hb!H a friend's', exaTb no y.JiutW'to drive along the street').
Exercise 101. Make up sentences, using the following phrases and the preposition
)lJIH.
THE DATIVE USED WITHOUT A PREPOSITION
HMeTb3Ha'!eHHe,HMeTb B03MO)l{H0CTb,
C03,[laTbYCJIOBHJI,
npHHJITbMepbl USE OF THE DATIVE WITH VERBS

USE OF THE PREPOSITION KPOME 1. When used with verbs, the dative denotes the person or object
for (the benefit of) whom/which the action is performed.
The preposition KpoMe is used exclusively with the genitive and has 51Ham1can 11HChMO (KoMy?) oTQy. 'I wrote a letter to my _fath~r.'
the following meaning: 51 ,n:an KH:irry(KoMy?) rnsapumy. 'I lent the book to a fnend.
I. With the exception of somebody or something:
Imperfective Perfective
Ha npHCTaHH HHKor6 He 6hl.JIO, 'There was nobody on the pier ex-
KpOMe CTOpO)l(a C (pOHapeM. cept the guard with a lantern.' !J,aB:lTb ,l:(aTb 'to give', 'to lend'
(llaycm.) !J,apttTb noAapuTb 'to give (as a present)'
72 73
 IlOKynaTL - KYDHTL 'to buy' 8 pe;:i;u~L noepe,a:nTL 'to harm'
npuuocnTL - npuu!cTn 'to bring' 113MeHSITL H3MeHnTL 'to betray'
IlOCLIJlllTL - UOCJiaTL 'to send' opoTHBOl'];eHCTBOBaTb 'to oppose'
DOKll3LIBaTL - UOKa3aTL 'to show' MCTHTL - OTOMCTHTL 'to take vengeance'
o6emaTL - noo6eIQaTL 'to promise' conpoTHBJIHTLCH 'to resist'
UOMoraTL - DOMOqL 'to help'
The dative is also used with nouns obtained from the same roots as
The dative is also used with some of the nouns obtained from the some of the above verbs:
same roots as the above verbs:
113MeHHTh ,neJiy 'to betray one's cause'
,a:apnTL ,nenIM 'to give presents to children' H3MeHa ,neJiy 'betrayal of one's cause'
no11apKu 11eni:M 'presents for children' MCTHTb Bpary 'to take vengeance on the enemy'
UOMOraTL TOBapm:n:y 'to help a friend' MeCTb Bpary 'vengeance on the enemy'
noMomL TOBapmny 'help to a friend'
4. The following verbs reqmre the dative to express the subject
2. The dative is used to denote the person spoken to: taught or studied:
2060pUmb CJiyillaTeJIHM 'to tell the listeners' Imperfective Perfective
paccKa3bl6amb 11pyry 'to tell a friend' o6yqaTb o6yqoTb Ilpeno,naBaTeJih o6y'-laA CTy,neH-
0m6e'-lamb yquTeJIIO 'to reply to the teacher' 'to teach' TOBpyccKoMy H3hlKY.
060Jlc1-1hmbyqenuKy 'to explain to a pupil' 'The teacher taught the students
Imperfective Russian.'
Perfective
Ilpeno,naBaTeJih o6y'-lUA CTy,neH-
roeopnTL - CKa3aTL 'to say' TOBpyccKOMY Sl3b1Ky.
pacCKll3LIBa TL - paCCKa3aTL 'to tell' 'The teacher has succeeded in
C006IQaTL - C006IQHTL 'to tell', 'to communicate' teaching the students Russian.'
o6LHBJIHTL - o6LHBHTL 'to announce' Y'IHTb uayqoTb Ilpeno,naBaTeJih Y'-lUA CTYAf:HTOB
OTBeqaTL 'to answer', 'to reply'
- OTBeTUTL 'to teach' npaBHJlbHOMy DpOH3HOilleHHIO.
o6LHCHHTL 'to explain'
- 061>HCHHTL 'The teacher taught the students
UHC3TL - HaDHC3TL 'to write' the correct pronunciation.'
3B0HHTL (no TeJieq>cmy)- Il03BOHHTL 'to telephone' Ilpeno,naBaTeJih 1-1ay'-lUACTy,neH-
The dative is also used with nouns obtained from the same roots as TOB npaBHJihHOMY DpOH3HOIDe-
some of the above verbs: HHIO.
'The teacher has succeeded in
DHCaTL OTI{Y 'to write to the father' teaching the students the cor-
DHCLMO OTI~Y 'a letter to the father' rect pronunciation.'
OTBeqaTL Y'IHTemo 'to reply to the teacher' Y'IHTLCH uay'lnTLCH Mbl )l'-lUMCJlpyccKOMY H3LIKy.
OTBeT y11il:Temo 'a reply to the teacher' 'to study' 'to learn' 'We are studying Russian.'
Mb1 1-1ay'-luAucbpyccKoMy H3LIKy.
3. The dative is used after a number of verbs which denote actions 'We have learnt Russian.'
harmful to a person or object:
(The perfective verb is rarely
MeUlamb 6phy 'to disturb the brother' used with the dative; it is more
MeUlQmb pa60Te 'to interfere with the work' frequently used with an infini-
6peoumb JIIOl');HM 'to harm people' tive: Mh1 1-1ay'-lu.1ucbI'OBopnTL
6peoumb 3JJ:Op0Bhl0 'to damage the health' no-pyccKH. 'We have learnt to
U3MeHhmb 11eny 'to betray one's cause' speak Russian.')
Mcmumb epary 'to take vengeance on the enemy' Note.- The verb Y'IHTh in the sense of 'to learn by heart' has a perfective
Imperfective Perfective counterpart with the prefix 01,1-:
MeIDaTL - UOMemaTb 'to interfere' JI Y'IHJI CTHXOTBOpeHHe. 'I was learning a poem.'
npeniITCTBOBaTb - eocnpenHTCTBOBaTL 'to be in the way' JI BbIY'IHJI. CTHXOTBOpeHHe. 'I have learnt a poem.'
74 75
 5. The following verbs require the dative: Exercise 106. Write out the sentences and underline the verbs which require the
dative.
Imperfective Perfective
J. BeJIHKttiipyccKHii KpHTttKEeJIHHCKllH nocellTHJIceo10 JKH3Hb6oph6e 3a rrepe.L(o-
pa;:i:oBaTbCH o6pa;:i:oeaTbCH 'to be glad', 'to rejoice' B6e HCK)'CCTBO,KOTOpOeCJI)'JKllT Hapo.L(y.2. l1CK)'CCTBO,Jll1TepaTypa IIOMOfalOT'leJJO-
y;:a:nBJIHTbCH y;:a:HBHTbCH 'to be surprised', 'to wonder' eeqecTBy B er6 ,[(BHJKCHl1l1OT rrp6urnoro K 6y.LlyrrreMy.(Kop.) 3. OH (ropbKHH) 3HaJJ
Hmo611J1CBOIOpO.L(HHY, H 3TOMY'l}'BCTBY Mbl ,[(OJlJKHhl
y Hero Y'IMTbCll.(Ilaycm.) 4. Otta
3aB~OBaTb D03aBH~OBaTb 'to envy' pa,I\OBaJJaChCB060l(e, 6b1Jlll B BOCTOpre,'!TO MOrml 0,[(H:lXO,[(MThIIO ropOJJ:Y,pa/~OBa-
CO'IYBCTBOBaTb- noco'lyBcTBOBaTb'to sympathise' J]aCbeceMy, '!TO B11,[(eJJa
e JlCHHHrpa,[(e.(Ilaycm.)
Such verbs express various feelings and emotions. Exercise 107. Make up sentences, using these verbs with nouns in the dative.
The noun in the dative used with these verbs denotes the person or epe.L(MTb,IlO,[('IHHS!TbCll,
B03paJKaTb, eepHTh, ,[(OBepHTb,CJIYJKMTb, UO,l\paJKaTb,
object which causes the emotion: CO'l)'BCTBOBaTb
pa006ambCR BeCHC 'to rejoice at the spring' Exercise 1()8. Make up sentences, using these phrases:
youe11hmbCR CMCJIOCTH 'to be surprised at (somebody's) y.L(eJJHTb
BHHMiHHe(KoMy? tJe.wy?);
courage' npttHOCHThIIOJib3Y(KoMy? tJeMy?);
weuooeam& Toeapumy 'to envy a friend' ,L\aBaTbB03MOJKHOCTb (KOMJ? tJeMy?).
3a6U006amb ycnexy 'to envy one's success'
co 1(fecmeoeam& ;:i:pyry 'to sympathise with a friend' THE DATIVE IN IMPERSONAL SENTENCES OR CLAUSES

The dative is used in impersonal sentences or clauses to denote the

THE DATIVE IN SOME PHRASES
person who performs an action or experiences some state.
The dative is frequently used in these phrases: In impersonal sentences or clauses the dative is used:
Mupy-Mup. 'Peace to the world.' Boiiua-eoiiue. 'War against (1) with the words: ua)].o'must', '(it is) necessary', uyJKno'must', '(it
war.' CJiaea repoHM. 'Glory to the heroes.' IlpHBeT ;:i:py1LuM.'Greet- is) necessary', ueo6xo)].nMo'must', '(it is) necessary', MOJKHO'may',
ings to the friends.' Be'IHaH naMHTb repoHM. 'Eternal glory to the he- ueJiblH 'must not' followed by an infinitive.
roes.' IlaMHTHHK IlyIDKnny. 'A monument to Pushkin.' liphy 11eo6xo<)uMo Bhrexan, 'The brother must leave today.'
Exercise 104. Fill in the blanks with the words given on the right.
cer6.JJ.HSI.
(a) l. 0Tell IlO,[(apHJI... BeJIOCHile,[(. ChlH
CTy)].eHTaM HJJJCHO roTOBMThCSI 'The students must prepare for
2. Ma.rreHbKOH... OH Kynirn K)'KJiy. AO'lb K 3K3cl.MeHy. the examination.'
3. MaTb noeT ... KOJibr6eJibHYIO neCHIO. pe6eHOK 51 He3.JJ.Op6B,MOJJCHO Mne ynTH 'I am not well, may I leave the
4. Ea6yuIKa paCCKa3bJBaeT... CKllJKy. BHYK C 3aH51Tlltt? classroom?'
5. .sI HaTIHCaJIIlHCbMO... . IlO,Apyra IioJibHOMYHe/l&3h KYPHTh. 'The patient must not smoke.'
6. OH IlOCJiaJI... TeJierpaMMy. pO,[(HTeJIH
7. Y'leHHKJa.AaJI ... aonp6c. y'IHTeJib (2) with the words: eeceJio '(it is) fun', xoporno '(it is) good',
8. Y'IHTeJib o6"blrCHHJI .•. HenoHilTHoe cn6ao. y'leHHK
9. JleKTOp IlOKll3bIBaeT... CXeMblH ,AHarpllMMhl. CJI)'UiaTeJIH rpycrno '(it is) sad', cKy'IHo '(it is) dull', '(it is) boring', etc., occasion-
10. CTy.L(eHTC,[(aeT3K3llMeH... . npo<j>eccop ally followed by an infinitive.
11. CTy.L(eHTOTBeTHJI.•. Ha Bee BOilpOCbI. 3K3aMeHhop
12. liH6JIHOTeKapb,[(aJI... HOBYIOKHHry. 'IHTaTeJib )],eTHMeece/10. 'The children are enjoying them-
(b) l. ,/J;O'lbIlOMOraeT ... roTOBHTbo6e.L(. MaTb selves.'
2. illyM MeuraeT ... JaHHMaTbCll. ,[(eTH CecTpe cKyq110. 'The sister is bored.'
3. .sI o6errran ... npHHeCTHKHHry. TOBllpHIII CTy)],eHTaMu11mepec110CJI)'lllaTh 'The students find it interesting to
4. Bpa'I JanpeTHJI ... KYPHTb. 6oJihH6ii
5. Ilpeno,[(aBaTeJib nopy'IHJI ... C,[(eJiaTb,[(OKJlll,[(. CTy.L(eHT JieKI.i;mo. listen to the lecture.'
6. PyKOBO,[(HTeJib IlOCOBeTOBaJI... npO'IHTllTb :hy acnHpaHT
CTaTbIO. (3) with impersonal verbs:
7. MaTb paJpeurHJia ... HATHHa KaTOK. CbIH MaTepu He cnumcR. 'The mother can't sleep.'
Exercise 105. Write answers to the questions, usin the words given on the rig!Jt. Iiphy 11e3oopbeumCR. 'The brother is not well.'
I. KOM)' MaTb CUIHJiaHOBOCIlJiaTbe? CCCTpa )],en1MxoqemcR 2yAhmb. 'The children want to go for
2. KOM}' CTy,[(eHTC,[(aeT3K3llMeH? npo<j>eccop a walk.'
3. KoMy aTIJio,Ail:pyJOT
3pHTeJIH? apTHCT
4. KoMy Thl OTAaJIJaniicKy? npCJJ:Ce,[(aTeJib (See 'Impersonal Sentences' p. 498)
5. KoMy 'IHTaTCJibC.L(aJIKHHrH? 6tt6JI11.0TeKapb Exercise 109. Read through the sentences and explain the use of the dative. Make
6. KoMy OHa 3B0HHJiano TeJie<j>6Hy? IlO.L(pyra Up sentences of your own, using these sentences as models.
7. KOM}'IlOMOraeTMaJib'IHK? MaTb
76 77
 1. )],eJieraTaM H}'lKHO
3aperHCTpHpoBaThCll,!J;O
Ha'IaJia KOH<pepeHllHH.
2. CJO;:i:a
l!e- oeeRmb, a )].oqepuuameii C;se1::- daughter Svetlana was six and
Jlb3MBXO,!J;HTb TIOCTOpOHHHM. 3. CTy;:i:eHTaM HaIIIeHrpyTITibl3aXOTeJIOCbOTTipaBHTI,c~ miue Utecmb c no11oeuHou. a half years old.'
Ha JibllKHYJO nporyJIKy. 4. B napKe KYJibT}"pbl MOJIO,!J;elKH
BeCeJIOH HHTepeCHO.5. Ce-
ro,!J;HllHeT,!J;OlK,!J;M,
,!J;eTllM
MOlKHO ryJiirTb. 6. JlaCTO'IKaMXOJIO,!J;HO
H,!(TH 3HMOHB Han111x (Tauo.)
Kpairx, OHRyJieTaJOTHa !Or. y Moer6 6parn cer6,r:i:H.H,r:i:eHh 'Today is my brother's birthday.
po)l(.ri:eHH51.lipiny HCIIOJIHH- He is eighteen.'
THE DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES JIOCbeoceMHClOlf-amb11em.
Exercise 112. Write answers to the questions.
1. The dative is used with a number of (complete or short form) ad- ' BaM JieT? CKOJibKOJieT BaIIIeHcecTpe?
CKOJibKO · , , ,?
jectives: no)].66ublii'like', 'similar', csoiicrneuublii 'peculiar', 'character- CJOJibKOJieT BaIIIeMy6paTy? CKOJ!bKOJieT BaIIIeMyOTUY-
istic', sepublii 'true', spa,K)].e6uL1ii'hostile', 6Jiarn)].apuL1ii'grateful'. Exercise 113. Make up some sentences, using the dative in expressions of age.
OH 6bw 611a2ooapeH Apyry 3a 'He was grateful to his friend for
rr6Morn;h. the help.' THE DATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS
OH ttrpaJI co rnbucmeeHHblM pe- 'He played with the enthusiasm of
6eHI.:yYBJieqeHHeM. a child.' The dative is used after the prepositions:
51 He BcTpeqaJI mo,r:i:eii,noo66Hblx 'I've never met people like him.'
K 'to(wards)'
3ToMy qeJioBeKy. 'I am going to my friend's.'
JI H.D:Y
K TOBapumy.
2. The dative is used with the adjective pa)]. 'glad'. Jlo,n:KaIIJihIBeTK 6epery. 'The boat is sailing towards the
shore.'
JI pao BCTpeqeC BclMH. 'I am glad to meet you.' no 'along'
(The adjective pa)]. occurs only in the short form.) MbI ryJI51JIHno yJinQe. 'We were strolling along the
street',
3. The dative is used with the adjectives: HJ,KHbJH 'needed', ueo6xo- 6Jiaro)].apiI'thanks to', 'owing to'
)].HMLiii 'necessary', HHTepecuL1ii'interesting', noJie3Hblii'useful', H3-
liJiaro,n:apiI TBOeii DOMOII(H pa.: 'Thanks to your help, the work
secTHLiii'known', 3HaKOMhIH 'familiar', noHHTHblii'easy to understand',
66Ta UlJia ycrreUJHO. was carried on successfully.'
'clear', etc.
3m KHMra HY:>ICHa 6phy. 'The brother needs this book.' con1acuo'in accordance with', 'according to', 'under'
6hIJI UHmepeceH CJIJilla- 'The listeners found the report
.ll:OKJiclJJ: Cornacuo perneumo co6paHH51. 'In accordance with the decision
TCJIHM. interesting.' of the meeting.'
060.HCHeHHenoHAmHO yqeuuKaM. 'The explanation is clear to the Cornacuo npuKa3y ,n:ttpeKTopa. 'In accordance with the director's
pupils.' order.'
Note.- The above adjectives may also require the genitive with the preposi- Con1acuo CTaTbCKoHCTHTYUHH. 'Under an article of the Constitu-
tion ,!J;JlH 'for', 'to'. tion.'
)],0KJ1a;:i:
6b111 uHmepeceH ,!J;JlHcJ1yman- 'The listeners found the report interest-
JJeii. ing.' uascTpeqy 'towards', 'to meet'
Exercise 110. Write out the sentences and underline the adjectives which require Xo3ilHH BhIIIIeJI 'The host came out to meet the
a noun in the dative. · fOCTHM. guests.'
J. )],OKJI<l,!J;'IHK
npHBO,[IHJI
npHMepbl, TIOHMTHble
H HHTepeCHhieBCeMCJl}'IIIaTeJillM-
2. CJiyIIIaTeJIH6bIJIH6Jiaro;:i:apHbl,!J;OKJI<l,!J;'IHKY
3a HHTepecHoeBb!CTYTIJieHHe. 3. Ilo§- sonpeKH'in defiance of, 'against the will of
3Hll IlyIIIKHHay;:i:HBHTeJibHOBepHa pyCCKOH ,!J;eHCTBUTeJibHOCTH.(5e11.)4. J1 B3pOCJibie 0 8 BCTaJIc rrocTeJIH8onpeKn co- 'He got out of bed against the
H ;:i:eTHpa,!J;blBeCHe.5. TaTbMHeCTpaIIIeH31IMHHH nyTh. (fl.)
shy Bpaqa_ doctor's advice.'
Exercise 111. Make up sentences, using the adjectives you have underlined in the pre- Note.- The preposition no may also be used with the accusative or the pre-
ceding exercise.
positional. . .
The other prepositions always reqmre the dative.
THE DATIVE USED TO DENOTE AGE
USE OF THE PREPOSITION K
The dative is used to denote age:
Mue Tor,r:i:a6bIJIO mpuOl,{amb Oea 'I was thirty-two then, Marusya The principal meaning of K is to denote approaching somebody or
r6,r:i:a, Mapyce oeaOlf-amb was twenty-nine and our something in space or time.
79
78
 1. A noun with K denotes the object or person approached by roToBHTLCH - UOLl,fOTOBHTLCH (K ·to prepare (for an exam-
another object or person and answers the question KyAa? 'where (to)?', 3K3aMeHy) ination)'
K 'leMy? 'to(wards) what?', K KoMy? 'to(wards) whom?' o6paIQ8TbCH o6paTHTLCH (K Ha- 'to address (the nation)'
):(em 6eryT (Kyoa?) K peKe. 'The children are running to the po,ll,y)
river.' oTHOCHTLCH OTHeCTHCb(K TOBapH- 'to treat (the friends)'
YqeHttK rroL1,011IeJI(K '-leMy?) 'The pupil came up to the black- W:aM)
K Ll,OCKe. board.' 'to strive (for know-
EoJihHOHHAeT(K KOMj?) K epa'ly. 'The sick man is going to the doc- (K 3H::1HH5IM) ledge)'
tor's.' Nouns obtained from the same roots as the above verbs also re-
Note.-The opposite meaning is rendered by the preposition OT 'from'. Y'!e-
quire K:
HHK OTOllleJI (om qezb?) OT .11,ocKit. 'The pupil stepped aside from the blackboard.' nop;roTOBKa K 3K38Meny 'preparation for an examination'
Verbs denoting approach generally have the prefix Dpu- or
o6parn:eHHe K uapoLl,y 'address to the nation'
DOLi,-:
OTHOllleHHeK TOB8pHIQaM 'treating (treatment of) the
friends'
Ha Ka-
CbIH npuexaA K poL1,nTeJU1M 'The son came to his parents for npH6JimKeHHeK ropoL1,y 'approaching the town'
HMKYJihI. his holidays.' npHBbrqKa K nopir,ll,Ky 'a habit to be orderly'
MalllttHa noObexaAa K L1,0My. 'The car drove up to the house. npH3hIB K 6opL6e 'a call to struggle'
R npuUleA K rneapuIQy. 'I came to see my friend.' cTpeMJieHMeK JuannHM 'striving for knowledge'
51 noooU1eJ1K DpeDoL1,aeaTemo. 'I approached the teacher.'
4. After a large number of nouns denoting feelings or relationship
Verbs of motion which have the prefix DOA-(DoLl,o-)always require K is used (the verbs denoting the same feelings do not require K):
the preposition K (H noooU1eJ1K rneapuIQy 'I came up to my friend'; OH
noObexaA K Ll,OMY'he drove up to the house'; oH noonAblA K 6epery 'he HHTepeCOB8TLCH M)'3bIKOH 'to be interested in music'
swam right to the shore'). HHTepecK M)'3bIKe 'interest in music'
Verbs of motion which have the prefix Dpu- may require different JII06HTL pOLl,HHY 'to love one's country'
prepositions (oH npuUleA e ynueepcuTeT 'he came to the University'; mo6oBh K pOLl,MHe 'love for one's country'
H npuU1eJ111aJaeo.[I,'I came to the factory'; OH npuexaA e MocKey 'he ueuaBH)],eTLBpara 'to hate the enemy'
came to Moscow'). HeHaBHCTbK Bpary 'hatred for the enemy'
2. A noun with K may denote an object to which something is add- yeam8Tb yqttTeJI5I 'to respect the teacher'
ed. In such cases the verb invariably has the prefix Dpu-: yeameuue K yqttTeJIJO 'respect for the teacher'
npuKJleUmb MapKy K KOHBepTy 'to stick a stamp on the envelope' Ll,OBepBTLJII-0):(5IM 'to trust people'
npueR3amb n611Ia,ll,hK ,ll,epeey 'to fasten a horse to a tree' Ll,OBepueK JII-0):(5IM 'trust in people'
npuUlumb nyroBHu;y K Dam,To 'to sew a button on a coat' CoqyBCTBOBaTL TOBapHW:Y 'to sympathise with a friend'
3. Many verbs which have the prefix npu-, and a number of other CoqyBCTBHe K TOBapHW:Y 'sympathy with a friend'
verbs, require K: 5. Kis used with these. adjectives:
Imperfective Perfective
roToBLiii K OT'beJ,ll,Y 'ready for departure'
npu6JIHiK8TLCH - npu6JIH3HTLCH(K r6- 'to approach (the town)' cnoco6uLiii K M)'3hIKe 'gifted for music'
po,ll,y) npnBLI'IHLiii K x6no,ll,y 'used to the cold'
npHBLIK8TL - npnBLIKHYTL (K KJIM- 'to get used (to the cli- CTpornii K yqeHHKaM 'strict towards the pupils'
MaTy) mate)' Tpe6oeaTeJihHblUK yqeHHKaM 'exacting towards the pupils'
DpHy'laTL - npuy'IHTL (K nopil,l.1,-'to train (somebody)(to l(o6pLiii K p;ernM 'kind to children'
KY) be orderly)' paeuo)],ymuLriiK M)'3hIKe 'indifferent to music'
npH3LIB8TL - npH3B8TL (K 6oph6e) 'to call (to struggle)' 6ecno1QaL1,nLiii K BparaM 'merciless towards the enemies'
Dpu11aLJ.JieiK8TL 'to belong (to an organis- etc.
(K opraHH3::11.J;HH) ation)' 6. K is used to denote time. A noun with K used in this meaning an-
DpncJiymueaTLCH npucJiymaTLCH(K pa3- 'to listen (to a conversa- s:wers the question KorL1,a?'when?' or K KaKoMy epeMenu? 'by what
roB6py) tion)' hme?'
80 81
6-384
 OH rrpmnen .IJ:OMOH (Kazda?) 'He came home by dinner-time.' PeKa Te1IeT (zde?) no pasuuue. The river flows across the plain.'
K 06et1,y.
Mhl 3aK6H1IHJIHpa66Ty (Kazda?) 'We finished the work by the eve- After the verbs 60Tb 'to beat', cTyqaTb 'to knock', 'to patter',
K Beqepy. ning.' 'to strike', a noun with no denotes a surface.
y,uaps'tTh
)l;OJI)KHbIrrpHexaTh (K 'The students must arrive by the
CTy,z:i:eHThI OH y,napHn KynaKOM (no '-leMy?) 'He banged the table with his fist.'
KaKOMYepeMeHu?) K nepBOMY first of September.' no cTOny.
ceun16pii:. ,[(o)K~h cTy1IaJ1 (no 1./eMy?)no 'The rain was pattering on the
Exercise 114. What questions do the nouns with the preposition K answer? State the Kpblrne. roof.'
meaning of K in each sentence.
2. flo is used to denote the place of an action which proceeds:
I. JlOJ(KaIL'Ib!BeTOTnapox6na K 6epery. 2. Man, 30BeT J(eTCll. .[(em 6e1·yTK Ma-
TepH. 3. ,l],op6ra npHBeJia Hae K 63epy. 4. ABTOM06HJibnosepH)'JI HaJieBO,K 3J(.lHH!O (a) within a whole:
KJiy6a. 5. 51 npHJ(YJ(OM6ttK 06er1y. 6. 3asTpa SInoii.ny K noJ(pyre s r6crn. 7. YqeHiuc no BCeMyMnpy IIIHpHTCR.IJ:BH)Ke- 'The movement for universal and
TIOJ(OllleJI
KJ(OCKC. 8. TosapHI_l_\H
co6epyTCJIKqacy .[(HSI.
9. Ho%IO Mb!TIOJ(bCXaJIH K Ma-
JieHbKOllCTl.lHl_\HH. HHe 6opu,6B 3a Bce66mee total disarmament is gaining
H IIOJIHOepa3opy)KeHHe. strength all over the world.'
Exercise 115. Fill in the blanks with the words given on the right, putting them in
the dative and using the preposition K. (b) at different points:
I. CTyJ(eHTblroTOBHJIHCb.... 3K3l.lMeH no 4>a6puKaMH 38B0)].aMrrpoIIIJIH 'Meetings took place at all the
2. TioKynaTeJih 06paTHJICJ1c sonp6coM ... npo,naBel_\
3. Mb1 npHBbIKJIH.... KJIHMaTCesepa co6pa.HHR. factories.'
4. TenJIOXOJ(nptt6Jim!GlJICJI... . npilcTaHb
5. Ox6THHKnpHCJI)'lllHBaJICJI ... . Ka)l(r1b1n3BYK (c) in different directions:
6. Mb! npttcoe,nHHHJIHCh ... . ")KCK)'pCHSI TT6cne co6pa.HHR Bee pa30IIIJIHCh 'After the meeting everybody
7. MaTb npttyqifJia J(eTell ... . nopHJ(OK
8. CccTpa npHIIIHJia nyrOBHIIY... py6a111Ka
no )].OMaM. went home.'

Exercise 116. Make up sentences, using (a) the verbs:

(d) from one point to another:
fOTOBHTbCSI
K . . . , CTpeMHTbCSI
K .. . , npHBbIKaTbK . . . , OTHOCHTbCSI
K . .. , npH3bl- Mbr xo,z:i:HJIH
no MaraJunaM. 'We went from shop to shop.'
BaTb K ... ;
3. flo is used to denote an action recurring at definite intervals.
(b) the adjectives: ,[(6KTop rrpHHHMaeT (Kazda?) no 'The doctor receives patients on
roTOBblll K ... , cnoc66Hbltt K ... , CTp6rHtt K ... , paBHOJ()'IlIHblllK ... , BHHMaTeJib- BTopnuKaMH cy666TaM. Tuesday and Saturday.'
Hhlll K ... ;
51pa66-ra10 no seqepaM, HHor,z:i:a 'I work in the evenings and some-
(c) the nouns: no noqaM (but one cannot say times at night.'
OTHOllleHHeK .. . , J(OBCpHeK ... . CTpeMJICHHe
K ... IIO .IJ:HRM).
4. flo is used to denote the cause of an action. A noun with no used
in this meaning answers the question noqeMy? 'why?'
CTyJJ.eHTOTC)'TCTBOBaJIHa neK- 'The student missed the lectures
USE OF THE PREPOSITION no u:i-m(nol/eMy?) no 6onhnu. through illness.'
I. The preposition no is used to denote movement on a surface. OH rrporrycTHJI 3aHSITHRno ysa- 'He missed the lessons for valid
A noun with no indicates the surface on which the movement occurs iKHTeJILnounpuquue. reasons.'
and answers the question rt1,e?'where?' Y1IeH0K c,a:enan 0IIJ06Ky no ue- 'The pupil made a mistake
6pe,i:.uocTu,no pacceHuuocTu. through carelessness, through
,[(erH 6eranH (zde?) no ,z:i:sopy. 'The children were running about absent-mindedness.'
in the courtyard.' 0Ha pa36HJla Ba3y no ueocTopo,i:.- 'She broke the vase through care-
ABTOM06HJih e,a:eT(zde?) no moc- 'The car is driving along the high- HOCTH. lessness.'
ce. way.'
Terrnox6.z:i:IIJihIBeT (zde?) no Bon- 'The motor ship is sailing down 5. The preposition no is used to denote a person's speciality or oc-
re. the Volga.' cupation, or the subject (theme of an investigation, paper, report, etc.).
MbI ryn.HJIH(zde?)no 6epery peKn. 'We were strolling along the river cneu,ttam'.icT no cenhCKOMY xo- 'a specialist in agriculture'
bank.' 3HHCTBY
82 83
pa66rn no reorpa«t,uu 'a work on geography' coo6wemrnM ra3eT, y66pKa ypo)f(aSIB OMCKOll66JiaCT!f3aK0H'!eHa.5. B 3HMHIOIO cec-
3aHinu1 no «t,u3HKe 'classes in physics' cH!OMbI 6y.L1eM c.[laBaTbJK3aMeHno ttcT6pHH. 6. OH B3»JI'IY)f(YIO TeTP8..Llb
no
o!Iltt6Ke. 7. Ha6e)KaJia Ty'la, H no KpbIIIIe3aCTy'laJI _l.l0)f(_l.lb.
8. npcnO_l.laBaTeJibBe_l.leT
ceMnm'ip no noJIHT3KOHOMHH 'a seminar on political economy' 3aHS1.THSIno nporpaMMe. 9. CTpam: HY)f(HblcneII:IIaJIHCTbl no ceJihCKOMY X03llllCTBy.
3K3aMeHno xuMHH 'an examination in chemistry' JO. 3Ty H0BYIOneCHIOMb!He.[laBHO CJihlWaJIHno pa.utto. 11. Mb[ 'IHTitJIHpoMaH CttMO-
goBa «ToaapHI.l.\Hno opy)f(HIO». 12. MaTb .uaJia .ueTSIMno ll6JIOKy.
6. Ilo is used in the sense of 'according to', 'under', 'in conformity
with', 'on the basis of: Exercise 118. State the meanings of the preposition no in the poem 'Rain'.
no ae6y roJiy66My no BCeM3eJieHb!MJIHCTbSIM,
pa66TaTh no nnauy 'to work according to plan' DpoexaJI rp6xoT rp6Ma, no aceM )f(eJibttbIM 1<ph1waM,
3aHHMaThC}I no pacnucaumo 'to study according to the time- H CH0BaBCCMOJI'IHT. no IIBeTHHKitM, CKaMellKaM,
table' A MHr cnycTll Mb! CJih!IIIHM, no Be,i:paMH no JiettKaM
C)],eJiaThqTO-JIH60no npOCL6e,no 'to do something at (somebody's) KaK seceJIO tt 6bICTpo BeceJibIH.UO)f(.Ub
CTY'IHT.(Mapiu.)
npHKaJy, no TpefioBaHHIO request, by (somebody's) order, Exercise 119. Make up sentences, using the verbs HATH,rymrrh, nJJhlTb,exaTb and
at (somebody's) urgent request' the preposition no.

7. Ilo is used to denote a feature or an attribute. Exercise 120. Make up sentences with the phrases:
no npHKit3Y,nJibITb no Te'leHHIO,Y3-
pa3rosapHBaTb no TeJie{jl6tty,.UellCTBOBaTb
51 Y3HaJI er6 no ronocy, no no- 'I recognised him by his voice, by HaTb no r6Jiocy, H!\THno H0BOMYnyTtt
xo;::i;Ke. his gait.'
lfraJIH}I npeBOCXO)],llT HcnaHHIO 'Italy's population exceeds that of Exercise 121. Make up sentences, using the preposition no in its various meanings.
no 'IHCJieuuocTH Hacem!HHH. Spain.'
USE OF THE PREPOSITION oJIArO)].AP.51
8. Ilo is used to denote relationship, kinship:
The preposition 6Jrnro)].apH'thanks to', 'owing to' is used to denote
po)],CTBeHHHK no MaTepu 'a relative on the mother's side' cause.
TOBapmn no mKoJ1e,no pa66Te 'a school-mate', 'a work-mate' Sentences with 6naro)].apH report pleasant phenomena or facts.
coce)], no KOMnaTe 'a room-mate'
Enaro)],apHuay'lnou oprauu1aQuu 'Thanks to the scientific organiza-
9. Ilo is used to denote distribution of objects singly. Tpy.r.apa66rn 6hIJHl3aK6HqeHa tion of work the job was com-
Ka)l()],hiii yqeHHK noJiyqnJI no 'Each pupil got a textbook.' )],OCpoqHO. pleted ahead of time.'
y'lefiHHKy, 3KCK}'pCH51 npOIIIJI<ly.r.aqHo OJia- 'The excursion was a success ow-
51 KYIIHJI)],Ba6HJieTa no py6mo. 'I bought two tickets at one ro.r.apHxopomeu noro;::i;e. ing to the fine weather.'
rouble each.' Note.~ When unpleasant phenomena are reported the preposition HJ-Ja
'owing to', 'because or is generally used (followed by the genitive).
10. Ilo is used to denote the means of communication used, as in
the following phrases: J1J-3a 01U1t61rn .UHn- 'Owing to a mistake in the drawing the
B 'ICpTe)f(e3a!LII1TY
JI0Ma npttlllJIOCb OTJIO)KHTb. defence of the graduation thesis had
rrocJiaTh IIHChMOno no'ITe 'to send a letter by post' to be put off.'
no3BOHHThno Tene«t,ouy 'to telephone' 3KcKypCHSIHe COCTOSIJiaCb H3-3a nJJo- 'The excursion did not take place ow-
xoii nOl'O.Llhl. ing to the bad weather.'
roBopHTh no Tene«t,ouy 'to speak by telephone'
coo6innTh no Tenerpa«t,y 'to inform by telegraph' Exercise 122. Fill in the blanks with the words given on the right, using the ap-
BhlCTynhh no pa;::i;uo 'to speak (perform) on the radio' propriate preposition.
cJiyIIIaTh no pa;::i;uo 'to listen (to something) over the J. bhlCTpb!e TeMnbI CTpOHTeJibCTBa B03M0)f(Hbl.... ycneXH TeXHHKH
radio' 2. 5I 3aK6H'IHJIpa66Ty .uocp6'1HO.... n0MOII.{bTOBitpHlQell
3. Ypo)f(all 6blJI npeKpitCHblll... . BeCeHHHe.UO)f(,ll!i
no coo6meuuuM ra3eT 'according to newspaper reports' 4. MaJib'IHK oTJIH'IHoy'lwJicll ... . xop6IllHe crroc66ttocTH
no Mueuuro cneQHaJIHCTOB 'in the specialists' opinion'
Note.~ The preposition no is also used with the accusative or the preposi· USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS BOnPEKM, HABCTPE4Y AND corJIACHO
tional (see pp. 98 and 117).
1. The preposition BonpeKn'in spite of can be replaced by the pre-
position uecMoTpHua (followed by the accusative).
Exercise 117. State the meanings of the preposition no. What questions do the
nouns used with this preposition answer? BonpeKn BCeM Tpy.r.uocTHM, HecMoTpH ua Bee Tpy.r.uocTH,
I. Mb! .LIOJirO
rym'um no ymu\aM H nJI01Qa_l.ll!M
MoCKBbl.2. no Be'lepaM Mb!qaCT0 3KCTie)],HQH51
Bb!TIOJTHHna
3a)],a- 3KCTie)],HQH51
Bb!TIOJIHHJTa
3a)],a-
BCTJle'!aJU!Cb
B KJry6e. 3. f0CTH H3 J1cnaHHHnpoeXaJIHno TTyWKHHCKHM MeCTaM.4. no HHe. Htte.

84 85
'In spite of all difficulties the ex- 'In spite of all the difficulties the Verbs which can take a noun standing in the accusative without
pedition fulfilled its task.' expedition fulfilled its task.' a preposition a~d. answering the question Koro? 'whom?' or 'ITO?
BonpeKH COBeTYBpaqa, 60JihHOH HecMOTpSIHa COBeTBpaqa, 60Jih- 'what?' are transitive.
BCTaJIC IIOCTeJIH. HOHBCTaJIC IlOCTeJIH. Transitive verbs may denote physical actions, perception, feelings,
'In defiance of the doctor's advice 'In defiance of the doctor's advice emotions, speech, etc.
the patient got out of bed.' the patient got out of bed.'
Imperfective Perfective
However, the preposition uecMoTpsi:ua cannot always be replaced cTpOHTh UOCTpOHTh(,n:oM) 'to build (a house)'
by BonpeKn. Thus, in the sentence: HecMoTpst ua Mopo3hI, ~6J10Hn:He [llHTh CUIHTh ( IlJillThe) 'to sew (a dress)'
norir6nn:. 'In spite of the frosts the apple-trees did not perish' necMoTpst y6ttp8Th y6paTb (KOMHaTy) 'to tidy up (a room)'
na cannot be replaced by BonpeKn. B3HTh (KHirry) 'to take (a book)'
6paTh
BonpeKn is mainly used when a person is opposed by another's will JOiaCTh UOJIOJKHTh ( TeTpll,Uh) 'to put (an exercise-book)'
or is confronted with difficulties to be overcome. CTllBHTh UOCTllBHTh(CTaKan) 'to put (a glass)'
2. The preposition nascTpeqy 'in the opposite direction' is gener- BeIUaTh UOBeCHTh(naJibTO) 'to hang (a coat)'
ally used with verbs of motion.
HascTpeqy pe6HTaM lUCA MXCTa- 'The old teacher was coming to-
pbIH y•1irTeJ1h. wards the boys.' BH)];eTh yBHAeTh (,n:pyra)
* * * 'to see (a friend)'
HaBCTpeqy 'IJieHaM 3Kcne,n:iru:m1 'Cross-country vehicles were sent CMOTpeTh UOCMOTpeTh(Kapn'rny) ·to see (a film)'
Bbtexa;1,uBe3,n:ex6,n:hI. to pick up the members of the CJihIIIIaTh yC.'ILIIUaTh ( neime) 'to hear (somebody's sing-
expedition.' ing)'
3. The preposition cormicno 'in accordance with', 'according to', Cl1ymaTb npocJiymaTh (JieKU:MIO) 'to listen (to a lecture)'
'IYBCTBOBaTh UO'l)'BCTBOBaTb( 60Jih) 'to feel (a pain)'
'under' is used with the dative: cormicuo pacnopHJKemnopeKTopa 'in
HCUhlTbJBaTb- HCUhITaTh (6ecnoK6ttcT- 'to feel (uneasy)'
accordance with the rector's order'; cormicuo AHpeKTHBaM'in accor-
dance with the instructions'; cormicuo perneun10 cy,n:a 'in accordance Bo)
JaMe'laTb JaMeTHTh (He,UOCTllTKH)'to notice (shortcomings)'
with the court's decision'. etc. 1n official documents cor micuo is fre-
quently followed by the genitive: cormicuo npnKaJa 'in accordance with mo6itTb (p0)1HHY) 'to love (one's country)'
the order', con1acuo pacnopHJKennH'in accordance with the order', etc., neuaBitLJ,eTh (Bpara) 'to hate (the enemy)'
but this usage is not standard literary Russian. npe3Hp8Tb (Tpyca) 'to despise (a coward)'
IWHHTh (qeJIOBeKa) 'to value (a person)'
Exercise 123. Make up six sentences, using the prepositions BonpeK11,uaBcrpe<ty UOMHHTb (rreCHIO) 'to remember (a song)'
and cormicuo. UOHHM8Th UOHHTh( OfrbHCHeHHe) 'to understand (an expla-
nation)'
Use of the Accusative HJy'laTb n1y'IHTh (Borrpoc) 'to study (a question)'
pemaTb pemitTh (3a;:i:a<Iy) 'to solve (a problem)'
Jn Russian, the accusative is used either without a preposition Y'IHTb BLIY'IHTh (CTHXOTBOpe- 'to learn (a poem)'
('IHTaIOKuitry ·1 am reading a book') or with a preposition (e,n:yB Mo- HHe)
CKBY 'I am going to Moscow'). paccKaJhl- paccKa38Th (CK:l3KY) 'to tell (a fairy-tale)'
BaTh
THE ACCUSATIVE WITHOUT A PREPOSITION 061.SICHSITh o6bHCHHTh(rrpllBHJIO) 'to explain (a rule)'
C006IJ{8Th coo6ll{itTb (HOBOCTb) 'to give (the news)'
The accusative without a preposition is used with verbs. The accu- roBopitTh CKa3aTb (npllB.ll:Y) 'to tell (the truth)'
sative is not used with nouns or adjectives without a preposition.
1. The accusative is used to denote the object of an action, i.e. the * * *
person or object to which the action passes over. 6:1arn,IJ;apitTh-- no6Jiaro,IJ;apitTh (rnm1- 'to thank (a friend)'
Pa6oqne cmp6mn (limo?) AOM. 'The workers are building a puma)
house.' - 003,n:paBHTb( OTU:3)
003,IJ;paBJ,SITh 'to congratulate (the
0TeLI, liU/11/1em(limo?) ra3fay. 'The father is reading a newspa- father)'
per.' BCUOMHHllTh BCUOMHHTh(;:i:pyra) 'to remember (a friend)'
MaTh ,1106um(Koz6?) ChIHa. 'The mother loves her son.' BCTpe'laTb BCTpeTHTh(ceCTpy) 'to meet (the sister)'
86 87
pyraTb - (MaJibqIIKa) 'to scold (a boy)' CTyJleHT~I CJl)''!-1aIOT-;ieKIJ,HIIITO 'The students attend lectures on
JK,[J;aTb - (rro,r:i:pyry) 'to wait for (a friend)' noJJHTIIqecKOII3KOHOMIIH(KaK political economy every week.'
'-lacmo?) KaJKAYIOueAeJiro.
_ Exercise 124. Give written answers to the questions, using the words given on the
nght. 3. The accusative is used with verbs of motion to denote a distance.
I. qTO '-IHTaeTrrpocjleccop? )J;OKJla)J; UoJioBHHY.nop6rII MbI exa11u Ha 'Half .the way we drove in a car.'
2. Kor6 cnywaioT cTyp:eHn1? rrpocjleccop
3. qTo c,nai:T cTyp:eHT? 3K3aMeH J\,tallIHHe.
4. Kor6 crrpaurnsaeT rrperro,nasiTe;1b? CTYACHT Bero ,uopory OHMUlllU Monqa. 'They walked silently all the way.'
5. qTO cTp6n pa66q11e? MOCT Mb!npoU111uKHJIOMeTpII yBii:,nentt 'We walked a kilometre and saw
6. Kor6 JKAYTpa66q11e? HHJKeHCp peKy. the river.'
7. qTO )''-IHT6paT? CT11XOTBOpCHHe
8. Koro 6paT )''-IHTKaTaTbCll Ha KOHbKaX'? CeCTpa In such cases the verb of motion often has the prefix npo- (npoexaTb
9. qTO paCCKa3bIBaeT6a6ywKa )J;eTJIM'/ CKa3Ka KHJJOMeTp'to drive a kilometre', nponJILITb .nec51ThMeTpoB 'to swim
]0. KTO 30BeT MaTb? )J;O'lb ten metres').
11. Kor6 Bbl scTph11n11? flO'-ITaJibOH 4. The accusative is used with the verbs eTOHTb'to cost' and seeHTb
12. lfro rrp11Hccno'-ITaJib6H? JKypHaJI
'to weigh' to denote price or weight.
Exercise 125. Fill in the blanks with the words in brackets, putting them in the re- KttIIra cmoum py6Jib. 'The book costs a rouble.'
quired case (the accusative or dative). 4eMonaH eecum ,[J;eeHTbKHJIO- 'The suit-case weighs ten kilo-
I. CTyp:eHTpaCCKil3bIBaeT... TeKCT.(rrperrop:aBaTeJib) 2. Ilperro,naBaTeJib BH11MaTe- rpaMMOB. grammes:'
JlbHOcnywaeT .... (CTYACHT) 3. Ilperro,nasaTeJib 3a,nai:T sorrp6cb1 .... (cTyp:cHn1) 4. Y'-111-
TeJib OOXBaJiilJI... 3a xop6rnee CO'll1HeH11e. (y'leHHlla) 5. Y'leHHK cnyrnaJI ... HeBH!IMa- Exercise 128. Give written answers to the questions, using the words on the right.
TeJibHO,rro:'iToMyrrn6xo rr6HJIJIsorrp6c. (y'lit:Tenb) 6. 51c11p:enp:aneK6 11nn6xo CJihirnan
.... (JieKTop) 7. 51 IIOMoraJO ... Y'-IHTbaHrJIHHCK11H ll3h!K.(nop:pyra) 8. M)'3bIKa MewaeT I. CKOJlbKOBpeMeHHBbl exaJIH CJO)J;a? - • )],BaJl,Hll
... 3aHHMaTbCll.(CTyp:eHTKa)9. CbIH fl03BOHHJI.... (oTel\) IO. 0Tfo cnpociin ... o rror6,ne 2. CKOJibKOBpeMeHHBbl roBopit:n11 110 Tenecjl6Hy? OJl,HilMHH)'Ta
B MocKBe. (Cb!H) 11. Mb! 6naro,napiiM ... 3a IIOMOll\b.(TOBap11m)12. 51 yqy ... 11rpan Ha 3. KaK 'li!CTOy BaC 6brnaeT CeMHHap? Kil)l(.[(allHe)l,eJill
rnTape. _(6paT) J 3. JYlbIXOpOWO3HaeM ... 11.... (J1BaH 110Jihra) 14. 6a6ywKa paCCKil3bl- 4. CKOJlbKOKllJIOMeTpOBrrpoexaJI aBTOM06HJib? TpH.[(I(aTbKHJIOMeTpOB
BaeT CKa3KY.... (BHYK11) 15. Man p:aeT ... MOJIOKO. (pe6eHOK) 16. Mb! JK)J;eM ... '-IT66h1 5. CKOJlbKOCTOHTrropTcjleJib? qeThipe py6n11
BMecTe11)],TH ryJIHTb. (,npy3bH) 17. lOHowa cjloTOrpacjliipyeT.... (AeBywKa) 18. AeBO'-IKa
p11cyeT.... (CJIOH)19. Bqepa B TeaTpe ll BCTpernJI .... 51.farn pa,n BJl,!J,CTb .... 51 o6eman Exercise 129. Give written answers to these questions .
... , '-ITOrrpHAYK HeMy B cy666Ty. (p:pyr) 20. EpaT rriiweT rr11CbM6.... (cecTpa) 1. CKOJlbKOBpeMeHHBbl OT)J;bIXaJ111 JICTOM?2. CKOJibKOBpeMeH11rrpo.noJIJKaJOTCll
Exercise 126. Which verbs in these sentences require the accusative? Make up sen- 311MHHeKaHIIKYJib!? 3. CKOJlbKO BpeMeH11 Bbl 3aHHMilJ111CbpyccK11M ll3b!KOM?
tences of your own, using these verbs.
4. CK6JibKO.[(Hett B He.[(eJIJOBbl 3aH11Ma1mcbpyccKHM JI3blKOM?5. CKOJibKO.[(HettBbl
exan11 B MocKsy?
J.. PeKTOp fl03,D,pi!BHJICTY.l.\CHTOB-.l.\11IIJIOMH11KOB
C OKOH'lilHHeMYHHBepCHTCTa.
2. 51.,nonro He Mor Bcrr6MHHTbrrecHJO11,HaKOHCl\,Bcrr6MH11JI ee. 3. OH no6naro,nap11n
TOBap11meii.3a OOMOll\b.4. 51.IIOMHIOBarny rrp6cb6y. 5. 51.3aOOMHHJ1 Barn a,npec. THE ACCUSATIVE WITH A PREPOSITION

Exercise 127. Make up sentences, using these phrases. The accusative is used with the prepositions:
HMCTb3Ha'-ICHHe,HrpaTb pOJib, .[(aTb CJIOBO,IIO.[(aBilTbIIpHMep, OKU3bIBaTbIIO-
MOll\b, npHHHTb peweH11e, COBep1IIJ1Tb
110,D,Bllf,11CIIOJIHl1Tb
rrp6cb6y npo 51 JII06mo qIIT3.Tb KHHrHnpo MOJIO,UeJKb.
'about' 'I like to read books about young people.'
2. The accusative may be used with any verb to denote a period of OH paccKa3aJI npo noeemeuue My3e51,
time during which an action occurs. · He told ( us) about his visit to the museum.'
In such cases the noun in the accusative answers the question eKo· CKB03b KpL1my rrpoTeKaJia Bo,na,
eKB03b
JibKo speMeuu?, KaK AOJiro? 'how long?' or KaK qaern? 'how often?'
'through' 'Water leaked in through the roof.'
Mb1 )l{HJIII(cKOllbKo epeMrnu?) see 'The whole summer we lived in 'lepe3 lfepe3 peKy IlOCTpOIIJIIIMOCT.
JieTO B ,r:i:epeBHe. the country.' 'across' 'A bridge was built across the river.'
OH OT.JJ:bixan(cKOllbKo epeMrnu?) 'He rested for a week.' B CTy~eHT IlOJIO)KHJIKHHrH B nopT4>eJ'lh.
He,[J;emo. 'The student put the books in the brief-case.'
'in(to )'
(cKOllbKo epeMe1-tu?)Brnpou AeHb 'It has been raining for two days.'
II.JJ:eT.JJ:O)K.JJ:b. Ila OH rrono)l{HJl KHHrII ua eToJI.
Mb1 3aHIIMaeMc51pyccKIIM 513bI- 'We study Russian every day.' 'on' 'He put the books on the table.'
KOM (KaK IJ,acmo?) KllJKAbIH 3a MbI BhICTyrraeM 3a MHp.
,[J;ellb. 'for' 'We stand for peace.'

88 89
 DO)]. OH rroJJO)KMJIIIIICbM6 no,LJ.
KHii:ry. USE OF THE PREPOSITION 4EPE3
'under' 'He put the letter under the book.' l. The preposition qepe3 'across', 'over' is used to denote an action
no Y MeHii 6TrrycK no ceHn16pb. directed from one side of an object to the opposite one.
'till' 'I am on holiday till September.' 'The pedestrian is going across
newex6.u II.UeTqepe3 YJIHUY·
C C KHJIOMeTpMbI IIIJIII MO.Ha. the street.'
'about' 'We walked silently for about a kilometre.' qepe3 peKy Mbl rrepeIIJihlJIII Ha 'We ·crossed the river by boat.'
0 Kopa6Jib pa36MJIC~ 0 CKllJihl. n6.uKe.
'against' 'The ship was wrecked on the rocks.'
In such cases verbs frequently have the prefix nepe- (nepeiiTii:qepe3
. Notes.- I. The prepositions npo, CKBOJb,qepe1 are used only with the accu- ynttUY 'to go across the street', nepenJILIThqepe3 peKy 'to swim across
sative.
2. The prepositions e, ua, o are also used with the prepositional (see pp. 110 the river', nepenpL1rnyTbqepe3 pyqen 'to jump over the brook'); how-
113, 114). ' ever, phrases consisting of the same verbs followed by nouns in the ac-
3. _The prepositions 1a, 001.1,e are also used with the instrumental. C is also cusative without a preposition have the same meaning (nepeiiTn yJiu-
used with the gem!1ve (see _pp. I 04, I 05, l 06).
4. The prepos1t10n no 1s also used with the dative and the prepositional (see
uy 'to go across the street', nepemILITh peKy 'to swim across the
pp. 98, 117). river').
2. Lfepe1 is used with a meaning very close to that of the preposi-
THE PREPOSITIONS B, HA, 3A, 110)], USED TO DENOTE DIRECTION tion CKB03h'through':
. The prepositi?ns B 'to', Ha 'on (to)', 1a 'behind', no,LJ.
'under' are used Mbl upo6ttpaJIIICb qepe3 nenpo-} 'We were making our way
XO,UMMYI-0 qamy neca. through the impenetrable
wit~ _the accusative to denote direction. Nouns preceded by these pre-
pos1t10ns answer the question Ky,LJ.a? 'where (to)?' thicket.'
Mb! npo6IIp3JIHCb CKB03bnenpo-
XOJJ,HMYIO qamy neca.
)J:eTII uoymB WK()J]y. 'The children are going to school.'
C-ry.D,eHTbIUO}'mHa C06paHUe. 'The students are going to the Kpo,Bh npocoqiinach qepe1} 'Blood oozed through the gauze.'
meeting.' Mapmo.
OH n0/t0:J1Cu11 qepTe)Ktt 1a mKa<IJ. 'He put the drawings behind the KpOBh rrpoco•1iI.nach CKB03h
cupboard.' Mapmo.
ra3eTa yncl/la 00)]. CTOJI. 'The newspaper fell under the 3. l-fepe1may be used to denote a period of time and it answers the
table.' question KOr,LJ.a?
'when?'
. No(e·--:,-In den~tinp place in answer to the question 1·,1.e?
'where?' the preposi- OH BepHeTC~ B pO.UH0H 'He will return to his native town
qepe3 ro,LJ.
t10ns e m and ua on are used with the prepositional. in a year.'
r6po.u.
Bern:H neJKaT (zoe?) e 'leM01.1aue. 'The things are in the suitca,e.' qepe3 MHHYTYHa'IHeTC~Konu:epT. 'The concert will begin in a min-
KttiirH neJKaT (zoei') ua cToJJe. 'The books are on the table.' ute.'
, _In ?~noting p!ace in_answer to th_e questi_on r1.1e?'where?' the prepositions 3a
behmd and HOLi under are used with the 111strumental.
4. l.fepe3 is used with the meaning of 'through', 'by way of, 'by
4epTeJKII neJKaT (zoe?) 1a rnKacj>oM. 'The drawings are behind the cup-
means of:
board.· Pa3ros6p IIIeJI qepe1 nepeBo- 'The conversation was conducted
Mb1 OTL\bixan11(zoe?) 001.11.1epeeoM. 'We were resting under a tree.' through an interpreter.'
,LJ.'lnKa.
Exercise_130. Give :,v:ritten answers to the questions, using the words on the right O6b5IBJ[eHirn 6hIJIII .uanhI '1epe3 'The announcements were made
and the reqmred prepos1t10ns. ra1hy. through a newspaper.'
1. Ky;::i:aM3J1b'IHKrroeec1rn KapTIIHy? CTeHa
r;::i:c BHCIITKapT!IHa? Exercise 131. Read the sentences. State the meanings of the preposition qepe3.
2. Ky;::i:acecTpa IIOJTOlKIIJiaKH!Irn? mKacp J. 4epe3 He;::i:emo Mbl 6yL(eM CL(aBaTb Ja'leT. 2. )J,eeyWKa 6pOCllJ1a MH'-1qepe3
r;::i:e J1elK3TKHttn!'/ CeJKy. 3. OH rrepe,!:1a;1MHe Ill!CbMO qepe3 ceCTpy. 4. Mb! rreperrpaBllJ1llCb qepe3 pe'IKY
3. Kyi-1:3Bbl CIIpii:TaJ1!fCb,KOr;::i:aHa'-1aJ1Cii)~O)l()];b'/ ;::i:epeeo e6po.1. 5. Haw rryTh neJKan qcpn r6pb1. 6. 4epe3 ncc rrponoJKtt.JJl-1tt6ey10 ;::i:op6ry.
r;::i:e Bbl crrpii:TaJ1llCbOT L(OJKL(ii:'/ 7. Mhl BOIIIJIIIB ,[IOMqepe3 rJJaBHblH BXO)I.8. Mb! He 3H3J1HpyCCKOrOH3bJKaH II03TOMY
4. Ky1.1a cKp.brnocb co}rHiw? p,n, oeap11BaJm qepe3 rrepeBOL('ll!Ka.
0TKy;::i:aei:irmrnyno c6;rn~e?
Exercise 132. Make up sentences, using the preposition qepe3 in its different mean-
ings.
90 91
 Exercise 133. Make up sentences, using these verbs and the preposition 'lepe:i. HeJ_(apoMllOMHHTBCJlPoccitll
3. [Jpo Oellb 6opo,1111Ha.(JI.)
l1epeihit, neperrpbirHYTh, rrepe6e)KaTh, nepe6p6c11Th, nepeJie3Th, neperrJibITh
4_ Onl!Th cTap11KpaccKi3hIBaJI cBoit 6ecKoHe9Hhie 11cT6puu rrpo oxomy. (JI.T.)
USE OF THE PREPOSITION CKB03b USE OF THE PREPOSITION 3A

_A ~oun with the prepositi<::m CKB03h '_through' denotes an object l. The preposition 33 'behind' followed by the accusative is used to
which 1s penetrated by somethmg and which resists such penetration. denote direction. A noun with 33 answers the question Ky)].a? 'where
Kpo_Bh rrpocotrirnacb CKB03h 'Blood oozed through the gauze.' to?'
M3pmo. C61rnue 3aurn6 33 Ty'ly. 'The sun disappeared behind
Bo,ll,a npoTeKaeT CKB03h Kphimy.'The water leaks in through the a cloud.'
roof.' ABToMo6ii:JihrroBepHyJI 3a yron. 'The car turned the corner.'
CKB03h TyMaH 11TY'IH caMOJieTbl "Through fog and clouds the rocT11 cenw 33 cTon. 'The guests sat down to table.'
HaCTOHlfMBO npo611BaIOTCSI planes are stubbornly flying
Bnepe,ll,. on.' 2. J3 means 'instead of, 'for' when used with a word denoting
a person.
Exercise 134. Read the sentences. Write out the nouns with the preposition cKBOlL.
1. CKBo3b H09H6u TyMaH
Cero,ll,H51SI pa66rn10 33 TOBa- 'Today I am working for my
B,11ajJHqeptteeT XOJIMorp6MHLlll. (f/.) pHUl3. friend.'
2. CKB03~ 1en~Hh1eBeTKH~ono11i:1x 6epb rrpocBe9HBano c6nm-1e. (JI. T.) 3. J3 'for' is used to denote the purpose of a struggle or an action
3. B aJIJieIOTeMHYIOBXOlKY ll,
CKB03h KYCTbIrJIJlflMTBeqcpHIIHJIY'I. (JI.) performed for the benefit of somebody or something, after the follow-
4. CKB03L II_\eJIIIB TeCOBOllKpbll!Ie CBeTMJIHCL
3Be3,1\LI.(Ilaycm.) ing verbs: 6op6TLCH 33 Mnp 'to fight for peace', CTOHTh 33 Mnp 'to stand
Exercise 135. Read these sentences and translate them into English.
for peace' (but: OTCTaUB3Th Mnp 'to defend peace', 33lllHlllaTL MHp 'to
defend peace'), cp3.KaT1.cH 33 po,ll,nuy 'to fight for one's country', soe-
. 1. 5l H119er6He BM)KY CKB03L3TII ~TeKJia.2. CKB03b rycT6ii TyMaHT)'CKJIO CBeTMJIII BaTL 33 cso66,ll,y 'to struggle for freedom'' BhICTynaTh 33 npe!l,JJO.Keuue
O;Hll. 3. ,l],OlK/IL!1POHHKa-;1
CKB03hO)_\elKJ~Y- 4. CKB03b 11_\CJIII
npOHHKaJ!IIB capaii Jiyq11
conm1a. ?· Tp-on11HKa~ena 'Iepe3 ca,11_BnoJre. 6; l1yTemecTBeHHHKH npournit qcpe3 nee. 'to support a proposal', BLICK333TLCH 33 npe!l,JJO.Keuue'to speak in fa-
7. B KOpOTKHII cpoK 'lepe3 HenpOX0,1\IIMhie Jieca ll 6on6Ta rrpOJIO)KHJIH
HOBYIO ,11op6ry. vour of a proposal', ronocoBaTL 33 K3Hfl.Hfl.8T3 'to vote for a candi-
date'.
USE OF THE PREPOSITION rIPO The preposition 33 is also used with nouns corresponding to these
verbs: 6opL6a 33 Mnp 'struggle for peace', 6nTB3, cp3.Keuue 33 Jleuuu-
The preposition npo 'about' is used in denoting the object of verbs rpa!]. 'the battle for Leningrad'.
of speech or thought or of nouns corresponding to those verbs. In such phrases 33 and npoTHB 'against' are antonyms: ronocosaTL
T0Bap111II paccKma.11 MHe npo 'The friend told me about his (roJiocoBauue) nporns K3Hfl.H,!J,aT3'to vote (voting) against a candi-
_CBmo_nofa!l.Ky., trip.' date'' BhICTynaTh ( BhICTyIIJJeuue) npOTUB npe!l,JJO.KeHHH'to oppose (op-
L(eT11:'11yuwJ1ucKa3KYnpo 11BaH3- 'The ~hildren were listening to position to) a proposal'.
IJ3pesn'l3. a fairy-tale about Crown Prince 4. J3 is used after the verbs:
Ivan.'
Imperfective Perfective
. The prepositions _npo and o a~e synonymous. Ilpo is used in collo- (a) 6n3ro- no6JJ3ro- .5J no6JJ3ro/l.3pHJJ TOBapHIIIa 33
qmal speech only, o ts used both m the colloquial and the literary lan- !l,3p11Th !l,apnTL DOMOll(h.
guage. 'to thank' 'I thanked my friend for his help'.
Exercise 136. Read the sentences, state the case of the italicised nouns and give their uarp3.K!l,8Th - H3rp3/I.HTL J3 OTJJH'IHYIO y'le6y BbIIIYCKHMKa
nominative singular and plural. 'to award' Harpa,ll,HJIMMe,ll,aJihIO.
I. rI6:vrnu rrpo Ull{O.t)' 'The school-leaver was awarded
TOJlhKOC HeH a medal for his excellent
CTaHClIIh achievement.'
cTpoitTeJieM
pa,'{OCTHLIX
,l(Heii1 (Ma.RK.) XB3JJHTh noxB3JJHTL Ytrii:TeJib DOXB3JJHJJy~eHMKa 33
2. Crroii, Hal'v!,BeTep, npo .nitK11e?opbt, llpo c11tt11enpocmopb1, 'to praise' XOpOrnee CO'IUHeHUe.
fipo n1y60K11emaul/bl Mopcii, fJpo CMCJlhlXII 60JihlIIMXJlHJOeu.(Jie6.-K.) 'The teacher praised the pupil for
!lpo llTH'lhll /Ja3.'080JJbl, his good composition.'
92 93
 pynhL nopyniTb He mino pyniTb pe6eHKa 33 CJio- MbI np11exam~ B Mo~KBY~1a nsa 'We came to Moscow two days
'to scold' MaHHYIO urpymKy. p;HHno Haqana 3aH51THH. before classes began.'
'You shouldn't scold the child for Exercise 137. Read the sentences. Write out the verbs used with the preposition 33.
his having broken the toy.' Make up sentences of your own, using these verbs.
H3K33b1B3Tb - HaKa33Tb OTeU. HaKa3aJI CbIHa 33 UJIOXOe J. Cnopl'cMeHbl yrropHO 60pOJlHCb3a nepBOe MeCTOB CopeBHOB:IHHl!X. 2. 0Ha C
'to punish' noue.ueuue. T a OJKHBJleHHO IlpHHl!JlaCb3a rrpttroTOBJleHIUIK 0Tbe3)ly. 3. C yTpa ll B3l!J1Cll3a
'The father punished his son for i6~pKYKBapTl'I_Pbl. 4. Mb! ~OJlOCOBaJTH 3a pe3?Jl!Ol(H~ KOMHTeTa.5. M?r BbICTy~aeM~a
bad behaviour.' pa3Bl1TlleTOprDBJlHH COTPY.LIHH'!eCTBa C.LIPYfHMH CTpaHaMH.6. l1HJKeHepIIOJlY'IHJl rrpe-
llITpa-
Mll!-03a n306pcTem1e. 7. Bott.LillB KOMHaTy,omi ll3BttHi'rnacb3a orro3)laHtte. 8. 51rro6J1a-
OllITpa- MHJlMU.HOHep OIUTpa<J>osaJIneUie- ro)lapun ro0apml(ett 3a rr6Mouib. 9. Y'lttTeJib noxBanun yqeH11Ka3a co'!ttHcnHe. JO. To-
<J>oBaTb <J>osaTb X0,IJ;a 33 uapymeuue npam-1:11 aapHillHyBa)l(aJIHer6 3a ITpHHl\HITHaJibHOCTb. l J. Ero KpHTHKOBaJill 3a'rrJ10XyIOpa66Ty.
'to fine' )'JlH'IHOI'O,[(BJI)KeHmI. 12. Ee JJI06i!JIH3a BeCeJib!HxapaKTep. 13. OH KYIIHJI yqe6Hl!K3a py6Jib. 14. OH 3arrnaTHJl
'The militiaman fined the ped- 3a yqe6HllK py6J1b.
estrian for non-compliance Exercise 138. Read the sentences. What questions do the italicised words answer?
with the Highway Code.'
(b) nJiaTHTb 1anJiaT1tTb JI 33DJI3TIIJI 33 py'IKY py6Jib. I. HC,lb3ll OTCTyrraTbrrepcn rrepBb!MHJKeTPY!lHOCTllMH, HYJKHO 6op6TbCll Ja ocy-
UJeCnl6./C/IUCmimero Ile'laHa. 2. 3a OCHb .LIO0Tbe3t,a Ky3bMHHa Eamll,'10B rrepe)laJl eMy
'to pay' 'I paid a rouble for the pen.' nncbMO)lJTllcnoctt JKeHhI.(llaycm.) 3. 3a omJ1itlf11y10yi1c6y BbmycKHHKOB IllKOJibIHar-
DOKYD3Tb KynHTb OH KYDHJI pyqKy 33 py6J11•. paJKJl:IIOTMC)laJil!MII.4. MamttHa CBepHyJTa3/J )12011 6oJibll!Oro JlOMa. 5. MaJib'IHK
'to buy' 'He bought the pen for a rouble.' npmueJl JlOMOH,cen Ja cmoJl H cpa3y rrp!!Hl!JlCllJ{l yp6Ku. 6. Epary np11HeCJillTeJTe-
DOJIY'l3Tb DOJIY'IHTb OH DOJIY'IHJI neHbrn 3a pa6iJTy. rpaMMy. Er6 HC6blJ10 JlOMa. 3a 6pama pacrr11caJ1aCbcecrpa. 7. J1eTOMMb! rrepeceJlll-
J1HCb3/J peKy, B )lepeBHIO.8. 3TOT )lOMrrocrp61!J1HJ{l MCCJ/lj. 9. OH KYITHJT
611J1eTB KHHO
'to get' 'He got money for his work.' Ja mpUOljamb IWneeK.
DpO,UaBaTb DpO,UaTb, OH npona;1 panHonptteMHHK 33
etc. CTO py6JieH. Exercise 139. Make up sentences. using the preposition 33 followed by the accusa-
tive in its different meanings.
'to sell' 'He sold the radio-set for a hun-
dred roubles.' USE OF THE PREPOSITION B

5. 3a is used with the following verbs: 1. The preposition B 'in(to )' is used to denote the direction of an ac-
Imperfective Perfective
tion (the place into which the action is directed).
A noun in the accusative with Bused in this sense answers the ques-
6paTbCH - B3HTbCH (3a pa66Ty, 3a yqe6y) 'to get down tion Kyna? 'where (to)?'
(to work, to
one's stu- CryneHT TIOJIO)KHJI TeTpanh 'The student put the exercise-
} (Kyoa?) B UOpT<J>eJib. book in the brief-case.'
npuunMaTbCH - npHHHTbCH (3a pa66Ty, 3a yqe6y) dies)'
OH BomeJI (Kyoa?) B KOMHaTy. 'He came into the room.'
Bee npy)KHO B3HJIHCb 1a pa66Ty. 'Everybody got down to work
2. B 'on', 'at', 'in' is used to denote the day of the week or the time
with a will.' when an action takes place.
KaHHKYJiblK0HqHJIHCb,nopa npu- 'The holidays are over, it's time to
HUMaTbCH 33 y'le6y. get down to studying.' Co6paHHe 6yner (Kozoa?,6 KaKOU 'The meeting will take place on
OeHb?)B cpe;:i:y. Wednesday.'
Co6paHHe HaqHeTC51 (Kozoa?, 'The meeting will begin at SIX
6. The preposition 1a is used to denote time: e KombpoM 1.wcy?) B mecTb 'la- o'clock.'
(a) a noun with 1a may denote a period of time during which an ac- cou.
tion is accomplished:
B followed by the accusative is also used to denote time in the fol-
3a KaKoii cpoK (1a KaKoe upeMH) '"How long did it take you to lowing phrases:
TbI rrpoqHTaJI KHHry?- JI read the book?" "It took me
npoquTaJI KHHry 33 He,UeJIIO. a week to read the book." ' 8 MHHyTy OU8CHOCTU OH TIOM0I' 'He helped me at the moment of
MHe. danger.'
(b) a noun with 1a may denote a period of time preceding some- 8 fOJJ:bIBOHHbI OHpa66ran Ha 3a- 'During the war he worked at
thing: B6ne. a factory.'
OH npmnen (Kozoa?)·33 MHHYTY 'He came one minute before the 8 nepBblU )J,eHb K3HHKYJI Mbl 'On the first day of the holidays
,[(O3BOHKa. bell rang.' DOUIJillB TeaTp. we went to the theatre.'
94 95
 3. A noun denoting a unit of time and preceded by B may denote 4. Ha 'for' is occasionally used to denote purpose.
a period during which an action has been accomplished (as is the case I-la &ry pa66Ty H)')I(HO )],eCSITh 'This work requires ten days.'
with the preposition 3a).
,[(Hell. , ,
.n:e11L 'It took me one day to read the
5I npo'IrrTaJI KHiiry n o,11;11H
51 83 srJl ,D;eHhrnHa Knnry. 'I took some money for a bo?k-'
(or 3a o.n:1111
.n:e11L). book.' Mara iIH 3aKphrnH na peMOHT.
3 'The ~hop was closed for repairs.'
OH HanrrcaJI ,UOKJia)],B He,n:emo(or 'It took him a week to write the
3a He,n:emo). report.' 5. A noun with na followed by the comparativ_e degree of an adjec-
tive or adverb is used to denote the extent of the difference between the
4. B followed by the accusative is used in these types of phrases: pa3 objects compared.
n MecsrQ'once a month' (51 nrrcan Ll.OM6i-i pa3 n MecsrQ.'I wrote home To apmu na ronony ebzwe MeH51. 'My friend is a head taller than I.'
once a month.'); 66nLrne n ,i:i:napa3a 'twice as many/much' (Y L1,eBO'IKH OH8 npnexaJl Ha 11e.n:emo paHbWe, 'He came a week earlier than I.'
opexoB B .n:napha OOJibllle,'JeM y MaJih'IHKa. 'The girl has twice as
qeM SI.
many nuts as the boy.').
5. These verbs (and the corresponding nouns) require the preposi- 6. The following verbs require the accusative with na: BJIUHTbHa
tion n followed by the accusative: nepuTL e no6e,i:i:y'to believe in vic- pa38urne 'to affect the development', Ha,n:esrTLCH Ha noMOlllb 'to rely on
tory' (eepa n nooe.n:y'belief in victory'); cTpem'rTLn I(em. 'to shoot at help' cep,n:nTLCH11a Cbrna 'to be angry with one's son', HamicTL 11a
a target' (cTpem.6a n QeJib 'shooting at a target'); urpaTL n rnaunm, epani 'to att~ck t~e en~~y', ':loxo,n:it:TL ~a oTQa 'to resemble the father',
n BOJieii66JI'to play draughts, volley-ball' (urpa n rnarnKu, n BOJieii66JI ,ueJIHTbua 11acTn to d1v1de mto parts .
'playing draughts, volley-ball'). Exercise 140. What questions do the italicised words answer? Explain the meaning
of the prepositions e and Ha.
USE OF THE PREPOSITION HA I. AJILITHHHCTLI HQ«epudmy roph1. 2. OH nocm'tJI TeJierpaMMYII HQi>py-
no)],HJIJIHCL
20u i>eHbIlOJIY'lHJI OTBeT.3. EpaT CTapwe ceCTpbl HQ zoi>. 4. Pe6e!fOKITOX0JK 1-1,Q
MQmb.
5. MaTh np11roT0BIIJiao6e)], HGi>ea_)],HJ!.6. Bee yqaCTHHKH 3KCITe~HI.(HH
p~3)],eJIHJIHC_L
HQ
1. The preposition Ha 'on(to )' is used to denote the direction of 11eCKOJlbKO 0Tp5I)],0B.7. OceHh!OIlTHl.\blyJie1:a!OTHQ/Oc.-8.__
Mara3HH ~aKpLITHQpeMOH1;2-
movement (action) (the place towards which movement is directed). 9. I16e3JI BbexaJI (3 mVHHeJlb. 10. B 60CKpece11beMbl ITOH)],eM Ha KaTOK.11. 51 npO'lHTaJI
In such cases a noun in the accusative with Ha answers the question 3TYKHttry e oi>i111eeqep. 12. Haw KpyJK0KneHHJIpa66Tae_Tpa3 e Hed~Jl/0. 13. T?Bapmu
KY.n:a? 'where (to)?' scerna noM6JKeTTe6e e mpyi>11y10Mu11ymy. 14. EpaT crnpwe cecTpLI « deQ pQ3a.

KapaH)],aW ynaJI (Kyda?) Ha DOJI. 'The pencil fell onto the floor.' Exercise 141. Compare the meanings of these pairs of sentences.
5£ nonec1rn KapTIIHY (Kyda?) Ha 'I hung the picture on the wall.' J. CTy)],eHTCOCTaBIIJIITJJaHpa60TLI 3Q lledell/0.
CTCHy. CTyJ(eHTCOCT.lBHJITIJiaHpa60Thl /IQ 11ei>e1110.
OH BhmieJI (Kyda?) Ha ynnQy. 'He went out into the street.' 2. ML, co6paJIHCL e oi>i111i>rnb.
MLI co6paJIHCL HQ oi>it1-ti>eHb.

2. Ha followed by the accusative is used to denote time in the fol- Exercise 142. Read the sentences. Explain the use of the prepositions 3a and Ha.
lowing phrases: Ha .n:pyrou,n:eHb'the next day'; Ha cne.n:yromuu,n:eHb'on J. .[leTHyexaJIH 3.1ropo)], HQece 11emo.2. JQ 11emo,)],eTIIXO~OllI0OTP,OXH)'T
II O~pen-
the following day'; Ha nrnpou, Tpernu, etc. ,n:eHb'on the second, third, HyT.3. C6JIHl.\eIlOKa3aJIOCbH3•3a TY'l HQ OdHOM2H06e11ue1-1CHOBaCKp_LIJIOC_h. 4, ]Q "}PU
etc. day'. 20<.)QcTylleHTblxoporn6 5. Bpaq OCB060!_:(HJI
OBJial(e:mpyccKHMSl3bIKOM. ero OT P!l60Tbl
Ha MeCfllJ. 6. ]Q zoi) Moer6 OTC)'TCTBHJI B HaweM r6po)],e MHOroe H3MeHHJIOCb.
Ha BTOpou ,a:eHbTI0CJienprre3,n:a 'The day after his arrival he came 7. ITo.ri:oJK.llHTe
er6, OH BhIWeJIHQ Mu11f;mKy.
OH npHWeJI K HaM. to see us.' Exercise 143. Write out the sentences. Fill in the blanks with Ha or 3a to suit the
Note.-One may also say e cJieAyiou1ne AHH, e nepehlii AeHL. meaning.
l. Pa66lJH.HOCTaHOBHJI CTaH0K... IlOJilJaca.2. IIIK0JlbHHKnplffOT0BHJIyp6~11....)],Ba
3. The preposition Ha 'for' followed by the accusative is used to de- 'laca. 3. Bee yexaJIH, a OHOCTaJICJI ... 'lac, lJT06LI3aK0H'll1Tbpa66Ty. 4. J:fHJKeHe~yexaJI
note the period of time during which an action will continue. In such s KoMaHAHP0BKY ... Mecsru. 5. 3aB6.ri:BhlfIOJIHHJI rop.0B6~ nJiaH ... .ri:ec~TLMeClll.\eB.
cases the noun with Ha answers the question Ha KaKoe npeMsr?'for how 6. DH6JIHOTeKy 3aKpbIJIH... MeCJI!.(,
lJT06LI IlpOH3BeCTII peMOHT.7. Mb! )],OeXaJIH ~O IIH·
long?' CTHT)'Ta... ITOJI'laCa.8. TT030BHTeero C!O.lla... MHH)'TKy.9. 3TOT )],OM6blJI IlOCTpOeH...
Tp11MeCSil.\a.
OH yexaJI B Ll,epeBHIO Ha JICTO. 'He went to the country for the Exercise 144. Make up sentences, using the verbs eep11TL, ua)J,eHTLCH,BJIHHTL, npe-
summer.' BpaniaTLCH and the preposition e or ua.
OH Jier OT)],OXHYTb Ha 'lac. 'He lay down for an hour.'
5I B3SIJIKHIIry B 6H6JIHOTeKeHa 'I borrowed the book from the
He,a:emo. library for a week.'
96 97
7-384
 USE OF THE PREPOSITION ITO 3 The preposition no,a;is used in the meaning of 'on the eve of in
h se·phrases: no,a;HoBhlH ro,a;'on New Year's Eve', no,a;npb,a;uuK 'on
I. The preposition no followed by the accusative is used to denote
distribution of objects in two, three, etc.
\! eve of the holiday', no,a;BOCKpeceuhe'on Sunday eve', no,a;BLIXO,a;-
~oii,ueuL 'on the eve of one's day off.
Bee KynttJIHno ,a;BeKuuru. 'They all bought two books each.'
Ka)K,a;hIMnoJiyqttJI no lfeTb1pe 'They all got four apples each.'
no.u Bhtxo.uuoii,a;euhoH yexaJI 3a 'On the eve of his ,day off he went
ropo.n. to the country.
it6JJoKa. MbI 8 epH)'JIHCh,noM6ii no,a;Be11ep. 'We_ returned home towards eve-
Note.- To denote distribution of objects singly, the dative is used (,[(ern mng.'
noJJy'lttJJII no 116J10Ky.
'The children got an apple each'). With numerals (from five
on) either the accusative or the dative is used: no DHTb 116JJ0K or no DHTH116JJ0K. 4. The preposition no,a;is used in phrases of this type: rnuQeBaTL
00
,u My3LIKY 'to dance to music', 3acLIDaTh no,a;myM }J.O,K}].H
'to fall
2. Ilo is used to denote the price of each of a number of objects of asleep to the noise of the rain', 3aKOH'IHTLpe11bno,a;anJJO.UHCMCHTLI 'to
the same kind. finish a speech to applause'. In such phrases the noun with no,a;denotes
CTy,neHTKYilHJIqeTbipe TeTpa,nH 'The student bought four exer- an attendant action (generally a sound).
no,IJ;Bapy6m1. cise-books at two roubles 5. Ilo.u is frequently used in the phrases: B3HTh no,a;KOHTpoJJ~'t?
each.' put under control', B3HThno,a;ua6mo,a;euue'to put under observat10n ,
(but: OJJ:HYTeTpa,a;h 3a ,IJ;Ba py6• 'one exercise-book for two 83HThno,a;ua,a;3op'to place under surveillance', cTaBHThno,a;yrpo3y 'to
Jiil roubles') endanger'.
Note.- If, in denoting price, the nouns KoneiiKa 'copeck', py6JJL 'rouble', Exercise 145. State the meanings of the prepositions no and DOil followed by the ac-
rp11aennnK'ten copecks', naTaK 'five copecks', etc. are used without a numeral, cusative. Make up sentences of your own, using no and DOil in their various meanings.
they take the dative: R KYIIHJJqeri:1pe rerpa,n11 no rp11aennnKy.'I bought four I. KalK,QLIH pe6eHOK IIOJJY'IHJJ no 06G fl6AoKa. 2. y on~a 6rnycK no nflmoe aarycra.
exercise-books at ten copecks each'. 3. HaMH)'lKHO qeri:1pe 6m1i:ra no c6poK py6nelt. 4. Tpasa HaM 6h1na noqr11 no ~?Re.
5. CaMyIO 6oJJbIII)'IO II CBeTJJYIO KOMHary OT~eJJH~oiJ 1./UmaAb';'blU3GJ!, 6. MoJJo~elK~
3. The preposition no 'till' is used to denote the end of a time pe- TaHl\CBaJJaHa )'Jllll\C noiJ capMOllb. 7. ,[(py3bll OIIHTbco6paJIIICb BMCCTenoiJ Ho6blU
riod. zoo.
Y 6para 6rnycK (no KaKbe 'My brother is on holiday up to Exercise 146. Make up sentences, using the phrases B3HTbDOil KOHTl)OJJL,
B3HTLno)l
epeMH?)no nepBoe ceun16pit. the first of September.' na6JJIO)leHHe,
OTllaTL DOil Cyil, CTllBHTbDO)l yrpoly,

4. The preposition no 'up to' is used to denote a limit.

Use of the Instrumental
Bo,nhI a py%e 6hIJIO no KOJJCHO 'The water in the brook was knee-
(,no KOJieH). deep.' In Russian the instrumental is used either without a preposition
Y Hero pa66Thl no ropJJO.(idio- 'He is up to his eyes in work.' (nucarb Kapau;amoM 'to write with a pencil') or with a preposition (6e-
matic phrase) ce,a;oBaThc ,a;pyrnM'to talk with a friend').

USE OF THE PREPOSITION ITO,[( lliE INSTRUMENTAL WITHOUT A PREPOSITION

I. The preposition no,a;'under' followed by the accusative is used to 1 The instrumental is used to denote the instrument of action: nH-
denote the direction of an action (the place towards which the action is chh .('leM? 'with what?') Kapau,a;amoM,pyqKoii 'to write with a pen~il,
directed). In such cases the noun with no,a;answers the question Ky,a;a? a pen'; pbaTh xJie6 (11eM?'with what?') uo,KOM'to cut the bread with
'where (to)?' a knife'; py6ttTh ,nepeBo f11eM?'wit~ 'Yhat?') TO,nopoM,~to chop _do~n
Omi noJIO)KHJianHChM0 (Kyda?) 'She put the letter under a book.' a tree with an axe'; MaxaTh (11eM? with what?) pyKoH, nJJaTKOMto
DO}].KHury. wave one's hand, a handkerchief. . .
2 The instrumental is used to denote the manner of an action, 1. e.
2. The preposition no,a;is used to denote the purpose of an object. to sh~w how the action proceeds. In such cases the noun in the instru-
3Ty K0MHaTy oTaentt no.n 11u- 'This room has been set aside for mental answers the question KaK? 'how?'
T8JJhHLIH3aJJ. a reading-hall.' XOJiriicrno pa3BHBaeTCll (KaK?) 'The economy is developing at
Bo3hMH 6yThIJIKYno,a;MOJJOKO (it 'Take a bottle for the milk.' 6McTpL1MHTeMnaMH. a quick pace.'
is also possible to say: .UJJHMo- OH 3aroBopttn c HaMH(KaK?) Be- 'He began speaking to us m
JJOKa). ceJJLIMroJJocoM. a cheerful voice.'
98 99
 A noun in the instr_umen~al des~ribing the manner of an action may homework by the pupils', 3aUfuma )l.HccepTaUHHacnupauTOM'the de-
be the name of an obJect with which some other object is compared. fence of the thesis by the postgraduate'.
8. The instrumental is used with the adjectives )J.OBOJILHblii
TporrHHKa BHJiach 3Meeu (or KaK 'The path wound snake-like.' •pleased', 6e)J.HhlH'poor', 6onhblii 'rich':
3MeH).
Bpew1 JieTHT mit:Qen (or KaK 'Time flies bird-like.' PyKOBO.UHTeJIL doeo1w1-tpa66rnii. 'The instructor i~ pleased with the
DTHQa). work.'
yqit:TeJibHHL~a doBO/lbHa y11enuKa- 'The schoolmistress is pleased
_3. The instrumental of a number of nouns may denote the place in MH. with her pupils.'
which movement proceeds. OH paccKa3hIBaJIHaM pa3Ilble HC- 'He was telling us various stories
0TpSI)J, rneJI (2de?) 6eperoM peKH 'The detachment was moving TOpHHH3 CBOeH602amou co6LI- from his eventful life.'
(or no 6epery peKit:). along the river-bank.' THHMH )l(ff3HH.
3a51UBhICKOqHJI H3 Jieca H rro6e- 'The hare darted out of the wood Exercise 147. Give written answers to the questions.
)Kcl.JIDOJieM(or no nomo). and ran across the field.' I. 4eM n11weTy11eHIIK Ha JJ.OCKe? MeJI
,[(op6ra IllJia COCHOBbIMJieCOM 'The road went through a pine 2. 4eM pucyeT MaJib'IHK? KapaH.11-aw
(or '1epe3 nee). wood.' 3. 4eM Mb! pelKeMxne6? HOlK
4. 4eM C3.IJ.OBHHK KOnaeT 3<:MJIIO? JIOnaTa
4. The instrumental may denote time: BhIHTH(Kor,IJ;a? 'when?') pau- 5. 4eM Mbt npu11ecbrnaeMcll? pac11ecKa
HHMyTpoM 'to go out early in the morning', BepH)'ThC51 no3,IJ;HHM
eelfe- 6. 4eM Mbt 1111cTuM nnaTbe? ~CTKa
7. leMnawyT3t!MntO?
1 TpllKTOp
poM 'to return late in the evening', exaTb TeMuou nolfhIO 'to drive on 8. '-leMy6upatoTXJJe6? KOM6aifH
a_ dark night'; pa66rnTh nolfaMu (or no uolfaM-dat.) 'to work by
mght'; 3aHHMcl.ThC51 QeJiblMH));HHMH(or no •~eJiblM));HHM-dat.) 'to Exercise 148. Read the sentences. What questions do the italicised words
answer?
study_all day Ion~'; BCTpeqaThC51 ee'lepaMu (or no ee'lepaM-dat.) 'to
meet m the evenmg'. I. TeMHOUoce,meu /IO'lb/0 npHWJl()CbMHe exaTb no He3HaKOMOH .11-opore.(Typ2.)
2. no.11-rony6blMH He6ecaMu 6e11uK011enHblMUKOBpaMu,6necTit Ha conHl..(e,cHer neJKHT.
5. The instrumental may denote the means of conveyance: exaTb (fl.) 3. Beeb .11-eHb
Mbl WJIHCOCH06blMU 11ecaMu.(Ilaycm.)
noe3)J;OM,TpaMBae~ 'to go by train, by tram'; JieTeTbcaMOJieTOM'to go Exercise 149. Put the italicised words in the instrumental without a preposition.
by plane' (or ua noe3,l],e,ua TpaMeae, ua caMoJifae-prep.).
I. 8 11epeBHIO MblUJJIHno 6epery peKH,a H3.1.1epeBHH B03Bpa~aJIHCbno opy2bu oo-
Note .. . To d_enotethe means of conveyance, the preposition ua followed by pbze. 2. <l>yT60JlbHallKOMllHJJ.a
npuexana B Haw ropo.11-11amen11oxooe. 3. flo 1/ellblM
~he prepos1twnal 1smore frequently used. The instrumental is not always possible OHJIM.11-e,:ru
rynitm1 e necy._4. Moii 6paT Ha o6a 200a MonoJKeMe!Jit.5. Mbt wnu K ueH-
11:this meanmg (you can only say: exan, Ha BeJiocuneL1e,
ua Jiowa;~u, Ha TeJiere 'to TPY MocKei.11w TeepcK6H JJIUl{e. 6. 011 npullleJI IUl r«ic n6a)Ke, 'leM 11.
nde on a bicycle, on horseback, in a cart').
Exercise 150. Replace the sentences with phrases containing the instrumental, as in
the model.
6. The instrumental is used in some phrases denoting comparison: Model: Y11eHuK11 noeTopit10T npoil.11-eHHoe.
noeTopeHue npoili:teHHoro y'leHHKaMu.
OH ,rrpHrneJI lfacoM (or ua 'lac) 'He came an hour later than I.'
no3~e, qeM 51. I. Jaeo.11-BblilOJIHHeTnJJaH. 2. CTyJJ.eHTblC)J.3IOT3K3aMeH.3. Bpa11 npHHHMaeT
60JlbHhIX.4. Y11eHHK pewaeT 3aL1a11y.5. CTyJJ.eHTblH3Y'lll!OT¢mnoc6¢m10. 6. noe3)l
6paT ,IJ;ByMii:ro,ll,aMu (or ua )],Ba 'The brother is two years older ncpeeo3HT rp)'3br. 7. Pa6611ue 33B0.IJ.3ucn6Jlb3YIOTHOBYIO TeXHHKy.
ro,IJ;a)cTaprne cecTph1. than his sister.' (ucn6JJb30BaHue, nepeeo3Ka, u3y11eHue,npueM, ebmOJJHeHue,CL1a11a, pemeHue)
7. The instrumental is used to denote the performer of an action
expressed by: VERBS WHICH REQUIRE THE INSTRUMENTAL
(a) a verb in the passive voice:
,[(oMarnHee 3a)J,aHHe ebmo11- 'Homework is done by the pupils I. The following verbs require the instrumental:
H.hemcRylfeHHK8MHe)Ke)J,HeBHO. daily.' 6blTL (imp.) 'to be'
,[(HccepTaUH51 30UfUUfeHa aeon- 'The thesis has been defended by Ou 6blA HH)KeHepoM. 'He was an engineer.'
panToM B cpoK. the postgraduate on time.' Ou 6)'dem HHlKenepoM. 'He will be an engineer.'
(See 'The Passive Construction', p. 477). CTaTL(p.) 'to become'
(b) a noun: Ou email HH:lKCHepoM. 'He became an engineer.'
)J,OMcllllHero3a,l],aHH51
6blnOJIHl?HUe ylfeHHKaMH'the execution of the Ou cm/mem um1ceuepoM. 'He will become an engineer.'
100 101
 HBHThCH (imp.) 'to be' ·to kno\\ a language, to know how to use a weapon, technique, to
Bo1~a 1w.1.'lemc.R CJlO)l(HbIM 'Water is a compound substance.' o\\n l,md'
semecTBOM. OB.13JJeB3Tb 3H3HHHMH, H1blKOM,reXHHKOH
'to master knowledge, a language, technique'
KalaThCH(imp.) 'to seem' (c) HHTepecOBllTbCH JlHTep,nypoi-L M)"3blKOH, TeXIIHKOH
Ten11ox6JJ. inJJ.am1 Ka1a11c.R ·to be interested in literature, music, .technology'
TO<t- 'From a distance the motor boat
ys.1eKll fbCH pa6oTOH, HCK)"CCTBOM
KOH. seemed a dot.'
'to be keen on work, on art'
OKalaThCH(p.) 'to turn out to .1w60RaTbcH BliJlOM,Kap111:noii,npttpoAOH
be' ·to admire a view, a picture, nature"
TotJKa, KOTOPYJOMb! 3aMeTHJlH 'The dot which we noticed on the BOCXHU.llTbCH, BOCTOpraTbCH KpacoTOH, KHHfOH,CMeJJOCTblO
Ha r opH30HTe, OKG3CJ,laCb Ten- horizon turned out to be a mo- ·to be enraptured with beauty, a book, to admire courage'
.lOXO.ilOM. tor boat.' ll3C.13iK,lllTbCH TIOKOeM, M)"3b!KOII
·to enjoy tranquillity, music'
and~ number of other verbs used as link-verbs in a compound nominal ropJJ.HThCH ycnexoM, pe3yJlbTaTa'v11-I
predicate. 'to be proud of one's succe~s, of the results'
Note; For more details on auxiliary verbs. see The Nominal Compound
(d) 3311HM3TbCH cnopTOM, pyccKHM H3blKOM,HCTOpttefI
Predicate • p. 446. 'to go in for sports, to study Russian, history'
Exercise 151. What questions do the nouns m the instrumental answer?
nO.lb30R3TbCH COBeIOVI, Ollb!TOM,CJlOBapevr
·to make use of the advice, experience, dictionary'
_I· JlHTepa_rypd 6bl,la .11.lll. MCHll CaMbIM lle,lHKOJJenHbIM llBJlt!HHeM B MHpe. ,.opOiKH fb JlOBeptteM, .npy)K60tt, IeJIOBeKOM 0

( [la_1 cm.! 2. n_o'IBO_JO noJJHH nymKHH_a 6b1J1a'.1'"Ball 11eiicTBHTe,lbHOCTb" Bcer.ua nno-

.1101 BOpHall H.Uell. (be.1.) 3,- Hapo_.u llB,1lleTCll rnaa1;1oii CHJIOHpa3BHTHll 66LUeCTBa. TBOp- 'to value one's confidence, friendship, a person'
UG\1..HC1op1rn. ~4. MHXdH,1 BacH.'lbeBH'l JloMOHOCOB 6bL1 reHHa-lbHbll\1 MbIC,lHTe,1eM pHCI-.OBllTb )1(11:3Hbl0
"y'leHbl!\1. Ott ObL1 Xll!\1HK0_"1" nO'lT0\1. qJH3HKo.., " ¢11,16noroM, aCTpOHOMOM11 xy.116- ·to ri~k one's life'
l!.HHKOl\1, I eo 10[()\,f H qJH.lOCOqJOM.
(e) ,vhen used with the verbs pa6oTaTh 'to work', Bh16uphb 'to
Exercise 152. Change the sentences according to the model, using the verb elect' (p. e,;,6paTb) and na3na<tinh 'to appoint' (p. 11a1natJHTh), a noun
HBJIIITLCH. in the instrumental denotes a person's occupation or profession:
Mode/. TcCHall CBll1b C )1(~3Hhl0 3a,16r npOUBCTaHHll Ha)'KH.
TecHall CBllJb C )l(ff3Hbl0 llBJlllCrCll 3aJJ6ro'vl npouaeTaHHll HayKH. Ott pa6(m1(le,n Ha 3aaone HHiKeHe- 'He works a~ an engineer at a fac-
poM. tory.'
I. npaKTHKa BhlClllHH KpHTt!pHii HCTHHHOCTHBCeX Ha)''IHblX CHCTt!\1 H Tebpuii. Co6paHtte 6b16pa.w ero ;:1.e.1era- 'The meeting elected him a dele-
2. KpeMJJb-3TO cep.uue MocKab1.
3. Jl6H.ilOH-CTOJihua Be:mKo6pHT:\m1H. TOI\-I !Ia KOH<pepeHUlllO. gate to th'e conference.'
Ero ltaJH(l'lll.lU )(HpCKTOpOM. 'He was appointed director.'
F.xcrcisc 153. Write out the verbs which require the in~trumcntal. Make up scn-
2. The following (imperfective) verbs require the instrumental: tenu.:, of your own. using these verb,.
fa) PY~OBOJJ.HTb ceMHHap<?M,CTpOM:TeJlbCTBOM. pa66TOH
I. n 11<,a fClb ,10.J)KCH06.1a 1 1a I b xupol!IH'vl 3HaHHCMHCT0p11HnpOUIJIOrO H 3HaHHe\1
to be 1!1charge of a semmar, the construction, the work' COllll.1.lhHblX SIBilt!Hllft COBpC'.ICHHOCl11.( Jf. T) 2. Harua 'vl0.10.U:lll .lHTCpaTypa 00 cnpa-
rnpaB.'IHTb, npaBHTb rocymipCTBOM, MaWHHOH BC,l.lHBOClII \,fOJKeT I op.\llTbCSI 311d'llfTCJlhHblM 'IHCJIOM BCJJHKHXxy)].O)l(eCTBt:HHblXco-
to ;ule, to govern a country, to drive a car' . 1:1aH11i1.(Ee.1.) 3. y)I( '-laJJO Hae OCI:l,lOCh c1apblX 11py3eii. OT :'noro ll TaK H ,\OPOlK)
33BeJJ.OB3Tb Mara3HHOM,6I161moTeKOH,Kacpenpoii TBOCIO1py)l(60ii. (fl. T.) 4. OH mo6irn pa66TaTb, YBJJeKaJJCll)].eJJOM.(M. T.) 5. 0,1Ha-
lK_;:\blH ll0'1111 BCCJICTO3dHll"v1{JJJCll c6opoM TpaB " UBCTOB.(llarcm.) 6. C oc66eHHbl\1
'to manage a shop, a library, to hold the Chair' 'IYBCI B0\1 .1K)6)'CTCll ox6 fHHK OKpy)l(dJOIUeii Cl 6 npup6Aoii. ( C.-M.)
KOM3H,l083Tb poTOH, 6aTaJll,OHOM,TIOJlKOM
·to comm~nd a co!11pany, a battalion, a regiment' F'l.ercise 154. M..iJ...e up sentences. u,ing the verbs p~·i-oeo.(itrb, }·11pae.111TL,
laRe,1oaa1 b, K0'\13H,(oea rb, pac11op111KaI hCll.
pacnopHJK3TbCH cpencTBaMtt. JllOJlbMH
'to dispose of the funds, to be in charge of people' Exercise 155. Make up ,cntences. using the verbs un-repecoehLcH, }BJJCK3lbCll,
(b) pacnoJJaraTb BpeMeHeM,B03MO)l(HOCTHMH mo6onaTbCH, BOCXHIU3 fbCH, H3CJI3lK1(3TbCH, 1·op.11itTLCll.

'to ha~e time a} one's disposal, to have possibilities'

o6JI3!{3Tb cnoco6HOCTHMH,3H3HHHMH, OTibITOM
·to have abilities. knowledge, experience'
BJl3Jlt'Tb W1blKOM. opy)l(HeM, reXHHKOH,3eMJlett
102 103
 THE INSTRUMENTAL WITH PREPOSITIONS Terpa,Ub Jie)KMTUOJl:KHHroii. 'The exercise-book is under the
book.'
The following prepositions are used with the instrumental: UBeTbl pacTyT nepeA )].OMOM. 'The flowers are in front of the
c 'with' R 6bIJI B Te,hpe c TOBapu"-eM. house.'
Oropo)l HaXO)].HTCH
3a )].OMOM. 'The kitchen-garden is behind the
'I was at the theatre with a friend.'
Bqepa H 6ece)lOBaJI c PYKOBO)].IITCJICM. house.'
'Yesterday I spoke with the instructor.' ,[(op6ra mna MemAy peKoii u ro- 'The road ran between the river
ua,11;'over', 'at' CaMOJieT JieTeJI ua,11;JICCOM. paMH. and the mountains.'
'The plane was flying over the forest.' The preposition DOA used with the name of a city or town means
CTy)leHT pa66TaJI Ha)]. )].OKJl:1)1.0M. 'not far from', 'near', 'in the vicinity of.
'The student worked at his report.'
'under'
no,11; Mbl CH)lemr UOJJ; )].CpCBOM. J1eTOMMb! )KlfJIHDOA MocKBOH. 'In the summer we lived in the vi-
'We sat under a tree.' cinity of Moscow.'
illKOJibHHKHrOTOBHJIH)lOKJia)lbl DO)].PYKOBO)].- The prepositions non and 3a used to denote direction require the ac-
CTBOMyqttTeJIH. cusative. In such cases the nouns with DOA and 3a answer the question
'The schoolchildren prepared their reports un- KyJJ:a?'where to?'
der the supervision of their teacher.' J1eTOMOHMrroexaJIH (KyOa?)DOA 'In the summer they went to
nepe,11;'in front of, Ilepe,11;)].OMOMpaCT)'T IJ,BeTbl. MocKsy. a place near Moscow.'
'before' 'There are flowers in front of the house.' MarnirHa noBepHyJia (Kyoa?) 3a 'The car turned the corner.'
DOJibHOHnpirmrn JieKapcrno nepe,11; C)].OH. yroJI.
'The patient took the medicine before the meal.' Exercise 156. Read through the sentences. State the meanings of the nouns in the
3a 'behind' 3a )].OMOM6hrn 6onbm6ii ca.a:. instrumental with a preposition.
'There was a large garden behind the house.' I. )],epeaHSI 3a peKoii eme cnam't... }],b1MoK He nO.!lHttMancSI Ha11. Kph1waMn.
CecTpa nomJia B ca.a: 3a iI6JIOKaMH. (IJaycm.) 2. illnpoKaSI pa,Llyra CTOl!JiaHa.!lJieCOM:TaM, f.!le-TO 3a foepoM, WCJIHe60Jib-
'The sister went to the garden to get some ap- IIlOll .!lOlK.!lb.(Ilaycm.) 3. flepe.!l 6epe30B0ll pomeii paCCTI-IJI:lJICSIpOBHbIH, wnpOKJ.IH
nyr. (Type.) 4. Ha.!l KpyrnbJM CTOJIOMropttT JiaMna llO.!l6eJib!M ¢ap¢6poBblM a6alKy-
ples.' poM. (A. T.) 5. 3a .!lBepb!O 3aJI:lSIJia co6aKa, llOCJib!WaJIJ.ICbTlllKCJlbieMylKCKHewarn.
Mem,11;y 'between'' CTOJI CTOMTMem)].y OKHOMJ,J KpOBaTblO. (Ilaycm.) 6 . .5f noceJittJICSInfo.!lHeii oceHbIO B .!lepeaHe no11.PSI3aHbI-O.(Ilaycm.) 7. nbIJI
'among' 'The table is between the window and the bed.' TenJiblll ll!OHb. KoHuepTbl npoXO.!lHJill s ropO.!lCKOMnapKe llO.!l OTKpb!Tb!M He6oM.
PeKa TeqeT MC,K)].yropaMn. (Ilaycm.)
'The river flows between (among) the moun- Exercise 157. What questions do the italicised nouns answer? State their cases.
tains.' I . .51.nonolKttJI n11cbM6 noiJ KHU<JH 3a6h1Jr, qTo OHOJielKttT noiJ K1-1u2oi1.
2. ConHue
3awsro 3a mj•IJy. Ceiiqac TeMH0, TIOTOMY qTo COJIHUe3a mywu. 3. 3a iJepee11ei1 Haq1rna-
Notes. I. The prepositions Ha.LIand ncpe.!lare used only with the instru-
mental. eTCSInone, 3a n611eM-nee. 4. 3MeiI ynoJI3Jia noiJ KllMeHb. 5. Kor.!la Haqand .!lOlK.!lb,MbI
BCT:lJIHnoiJ Oepeeo. floiJ iJepe60M .!lOlK.!lbHe MOqHJI HaC.
2. The preposition Ja and 001~ are also used with the accusative.
3. the preposition MClK.!lYis sometimes (though rarely) used with the geni-
tive the same meaning if the objects concerned are of the same kind: MClK.!lY
.ueyx coceu 'between two pine-trees·. MClKAY CKa.1 'among the rocks', but:
MClK.!lYcocuoii H enbto 'between a pine-tree and a fir-tree'.
4. The preposition c is used with either the genitive or the accusative. USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS HA)],, TTO)],, nEPE)l, ME)K)],Y
IN VARIOUS MEANINGS (EXCEPT THAT OF PLACE)

THE PREPOSITIONS HA)],, no)],, nEPE)],, 3A, ME)K)],Y 1. The preposition nan 'at', 'about' is used with the verb pa6oTaTb
USED TO DENOTE PLACE 'to work at a report'), the noun pa6oTa (pa-
(pa66mamb ua)..I,).).OK.1a)..l,0M
66ma nan J.1:0KJI:tJJ:OM 'work at a reporf), and the verbs CMeBTbCH
The prepositions ua)]., DOA, nepe.u, 3a and Mem.I1.yare used to denote (cMe/11nbrn nan rnynoCTbJO 'to laugh at stupidity') and ).).yMaTb (oy-
place. .ttamb naJJ:BonpocoM 'to think over a question').
In such cases the noun in the instrumental answers the question 2. The preposition non 'under' is often used in the phrases:
r,J1.e?'where?'
noA pyKOBO).).CTBOM 'under the leadership of
JlaMrra BHCMTHa)]. CTOJIOM. 'The lamp is hanging over the ta- no)], ua6JIJO)].euneM 'under the supervision of
ble.' non 3HaMeneM 'under the banner of
104 105
 YqeHHKH ,ueJiaJm OTibITbIDO.LI.
na6- 'The pupils made experiments 'We lived in a room with large
Mbi )l(HJIH.s K_6MHaTe (KaKoil?)
npeno,uaBaTeJU1.
JIIO)J.CHUeM under the teacher's supervi. windows.'
C fiO,'lblUHMHOKH~MU. ,
sion.' MawiiHa ocTaHOBHJiacb OKOJIO 'The car pulled up at a house with
3. The preposition 'before'
nepe.LJ. may be used to denote time. ,116Ma(KaK~zo?) c KoJI_onnaMn. columns.'
5J3aTTOMHHJI :noro BbICOKOrOqe- 'I remembered that tall man with
51 3au.uy K Te6e nepe.LJ.
co6panneM. 'I shall call on you before the
a beard.'
JIOBeKa (KaK020?) C 6opO.LJ.OH.
meeting.'
3. The preposition c 'at'. is used to denote tim~. In such, c~ses th~
The preposition nepe.LJ.'to' is frequently used in the following
phrases: noun in the instrumental with c answers the question KOr.LJ.a? when?
TTTHUblnpocb111a1-0Tc51c 1ape10. 'Birds wake up at dawn.'
orneTcrnennocn napO.LJ.OM 'responsibility
nepe.LJ. towards the peo.
pie' ]leTO:vl 51 BCTaBclJI C BOCXO)J.OM'In the summer I used to get up at
coJ1Hua. sunrise.'
o6inaunocTb nepe.LJ.o6mecTBOM 'duty to society'
.LJ.O.rir
nepe.LJ.
p6.LJ.nnoii 'one's duty to one's country' 4. The preposition c 'with' is used to denote the manner of an ac-
. 4. The preposition 'between'
MCJKJJ:Y may denote the time of an ac- tion.
t10n: Mbl cnymaJIH JieKUHI-0 (1-.-aK?) 'We listened to the lecture with in-
C UIITepeCOM. terest.'
OH BepHeTC.H Mex<,uy DHTblO 'He will be back between five and
u meCTblO 'laCaMn. six.' OH pyKOBO.UHTpa66rnu (KaK?) co 'He directs the work expertly.'
3HaHHeM.LJ.CJJa.
5. The preposition 'between',
MCJK.LJ.Y 'among' may be used to de- OH cnpocirn 06 3TOM (Kw,?) c mo- 'He asked about that with curiosi-
note mutual relations: 6onhITCTBOM. ty.'
OTnomennH MCiK.LJ.Yrocyll,apcT- 'relations between states' The instrumental with the preposition c is generally used when the
B3MU opposite meaning is rendered by the genitive with 6e1:
Mnp, .LI.PYJK6a
MCJK.LJ.Y
nap6.LJ.aMu 'peace, friendship bet ween peo-
CJJ)'WaTb C UHTepeCOM 'to listen with interest'
ples'
.LJ.Oroeop,
COI03 MC;K.LJ.y
CTpanaMn CJJ)'Wal 6e3 UHTepeca
b 'to listen without interest'
'a treaty, an alliance between
countries' PYKOBO,UHTb co 3HanneM )J.CJia 'to direct expertly'
pyKoBo;:i_iiTb6e1 1na11nH.LI.CJla ·to direct inexpertly'
The preposition 'between',
MCJK.LJ.Y 'among" is used in the phrases: Ham1caTb pa66Ty C OUIH6K3MU 'to write an exercise with mis-
pa1nu1.1aMeiK)],Y 'the difference between' takes'
cxo)],crno MCJK.LJ.Y 'the similarity between' Ham1ca fb pa66Ty 6e3 OUIH60K 'to write an exercise without mis-
takes'
Exercise 158. What questions do the italicised nouns with prepositions answer?
I. ABT66yc OCTaHOBl1JlCSInepeO 00.\WM. 2. flepeO pacceemoM Ha'la.1acb rpOJa.
5. The preposition c is used in certain formulas of congratulation.
3. _llepeO Hap?OGMUBCeXCTpaH CTOHTBeJ111KaSI 3a)laqa OTCTOS!Tb:-.mp. 4. Hawa IT03JJ:paBJI5teMsac c npaunuKoM! 'Best wishes of the season!'
BHeWHSISI IIO,lHTHKa~ IIOJll!THKaMHpa H ilP.YlK6bIMC'.)1("0}'
11ap6da.11u.
51 TIOJiyqii:JITI03,lpaBJiem1e C Ho- 'I received New Year greetings.'
BhIM ro,LI.OM.

USE OF THE PREPOSITION C (CO) 6. With the verbs 6opoTLCH 'to fight", 'to struggle', 'to
.LJ.PaTLCH
fight', cpa'.lKaThCH
·to fight', 'to battle' and the nouns 6op1>6a'fighting',
l. A noun with the preposition c 'with' denotes the person together 'struggle', .[(paKa 'fighting', cpa'.lKenue'fighting', 'battle', ~nrna 'battle'
with whom an action is performed. the preposition c is used in the meaning of nporne 'agamst':
EpaT )],OMOH (c Keaw?) 'The brother
npmueJI came home with 6op6TbC51 C BparaMH 'to fight the enemies'
C TOBapumeM. a friend.' cpa)KclTbC51C npOTIIBHUKOM 'to fight the adversary'
R pa3roBapHBaJI (c KeM?)c npeno- 'I spoke with the teacher.'
.Ll.3BaTeJieM. Exercise 159. State the meanings of the preposition c. What questions do the nouns
With the preposition c answer?
_2. A no~n with c 'with' may denote an attribute of an object, in I. Co6aKH c JJaeM no6elKa.TIHHaM HaBCTpeqy_2. Ox6THHK6pOL(11Jl !IO JJ~cy c py-
which case it answers the question KaKoii? 'what (sort of)?' lKbCM. 3. C npttc3JlOM 6pha B ttaUJe\,jL16MeCTaJJoBeceJJo. 4. CTyL1eHT
roBopwJJ c rrpe-
106
107
no11aBaTeneMO CBOeHpa66Te. 5. 0H '!enOBCKC TBepllbIMHy6eJK,lCHHl!MH.
6 . .[leTHClle-
TCpneHHe"1JK,UalHnpa3,'lHHKa.7. ~ n03,lpdBH,l TOBapHIUeHC HOBbIMrOllOM. 3a o6e.ll.OM OTCU.'IHTaJI ra3eTy 'At dinner the father read the
(one can also say: Bo BpeM.11 newspaper.'
Exercise 160. Write out the sentences. filling in the blanks with the words on the o6e.na).
right in the prepositional with or without c.
I. Mbl OTJiecnttChK 1TOMYpaccKa3y ... He.nosepHe 6. J3 is occasionally used in formal speech in the following phrases
2. OH BL1c11ywaJ1 MeHSI.... 6onblllOe BHHMaHHe which denote cause or reason: 33 uenMeuneM 'for lack of, 33 oTcyT-
3. CTy,UeHTHanncan ynpalKHCHHe... . ow116KH
C'f&HeM 'for lack of, 33 HenocTaTKOM 'for want of.
4. flepeJIOBbie pa60'IHC pa66rnIOT .. . HOBhieMCTOllhI
5. 3pttTeJ1HCMOTpenHcjJHJlbM... 60JihlllllH HHTepec 3a oTCyTCTBHeM (or 33 HeHMe- 'I could not carry- out the errand
6. 3TOT y<IeHIIKn11111eT . .. . Kpac11sbIH116'1epK
7. Pe6eHOKcnHT ... . KpCIIKHH COH 1D1eM) cBo66.nHoro BpeMeHH for lack of time.'
8. .[leTH CMell,lHCh... . 3B0HKHHCvtex SI He CMOr Bb!IlOJIHHTb nopyqe-
9. Tosapmu ... cornaci'.rncll MHe noMO'lb. pa,lOCTb HHe.
I 0. OH B011Ie.1B KOMHaTy.... 6L1c1pb1ewar11
11. OH no1mvtae1 no-pyccKH xopom6. Ho rosop111 ... aKilCHT Exercise 162. State the meanings of the preposition 1a in the following sentences.
12. flcpccKalKHTeTCKCT.... CBOIICJIOBa I. Cpa3y 3a uepeBHeHHa'IHHancl!rycTOHnee. 2. EpaT noexan Ha BOK3an3a 6Hnern-
MH. 3. 3a o6e,UOMMbl paCCKa3anH11pyr Llpyry BCeHOBOCTH. 4. Co6aKH rnanttCb 3a 3llH-
Exercise 161. Make up sentences, using the preposition c in its different meanings.
ueM. 5. JleTOM ,UeTHlKllnHB CilOpTHBHOM narepe Ja ropOllOM. 6. lien ,'leHh 3a L(HeM,
a OHi!He B03BpamanHCb.
USE OF THE PREPOSITION 3A Exercise 163. Give written answers to the questions, using the words on the right.
3a 'ICM,[(eTH11own11B nee? rpH6L1 H llfOLlhl
1. The preposition 33 1s used to denote place. 3a KCMnocnanH CaMOneT? re6norH
3a KeMTbl HL(ellibB LlCTCKHH caa? ManeHhKHH6paT
3a peKoii BH.D,eH11ec. 'Beyond the river a wood is seen.' 3a 'ICMnpHexan rpy30BIIK? KHpllll'I
Ja JieCOM - none. 'Beyond the wood there is a field.' 3a KeMnpHexana Maw1111a? LlHPCKTOp
JleTOM Mb! )KJ1flH3l:l ropo,nOM. 'In the summer we lived in the
Exercise 164. Make up sentences, using the preposition 1a in its different meanings.
country.'
Mb1 c0.nen0 1a CTOJIOM. 'We sat at the table.' Exercise 165. Make up sentences, using the following phrases:
pa66TaTb IlOLlPYKOBOLlCTBOM,
pa66TaTb Ha)l LlOKna,UOM, pa3BHBaTbCllIlOLlBnHSI-
2. When used with verbs of motion, 33 denotes the purpose of HHeM,OTCTynaTbnepe,'l TP)'LlHOCTl!MH,
BhlCTynaTbnepe,'l CTy,'leHTaMH,
cne,'ll!Tb 3a CO-
movement. fiblTHl!MH
MaTb ywna B Mara3HH 33 XJie- 'The mother went to the shop to . Exercise 166. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the required preposi-
6oM. buy some bread.' tions. What questions do the nouns in the instrumental with prepositions answer?
.51non:.ny B 6w6nwoTeKy 33 KHH- 'I shall go to the library to get I .... sx6aoM B LIOM6bIJI use11111K.2. ,[{epeBHll11ax6L1HTCll
.aaneK6 ... JTHMnecoM.
roii. a book.' 3. ··· LICpeBOM CTOllnaCKaMeHKa.4 .... neKUHeHll nowen B 6H6nHOTCKY ... KHl!raMH.5.
CaMoneTneien ... JlCCOM.6. C1yaeHT 6eceaoean ... npenoaasheneM.
3. A noun in the instrumental preceded by 33 and used after a verb
. Exercise 167. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the words on the
of motion may denote not only the purpose of movement but also the nght in the instrumental with a preposition.
object or person followed.
I. Tennox6a wen .... MOCT
The sentence: Manb'IHK nowen Ja onJ,6M may mean either: 'The 2. 0KHO 6bIJIO BbICOKO ... . JeMnll
boy went for his father' or "The boy followed his father', depending on 3. Ha crone CTOSinaBa3a ... . UBCTbl
the context. 4. Mbl OTLlOXH)'nH ... . enb
5. He6o IlOTCMHeno... . rp03a
4. The following verbs require the preposition 33 follo\\ed by the in- 6. ... paJBeBaJICllqlJlar. Kpb1wa
strumental: ~-M_blei:mon~HM cso~ aonr .... P6LlHHa
· AeTH . .. lKLlaJIHoTua. HeTepneHHC
CJie.ll,OB3Tb 33 npOBO.Il,HHKOM 'to follow a guide'
cnennTb 33 co6btTHHMH 'to keep track of events' Use of the Prepositional
H36JIIO):ll:1Tb 33 pc6eHKOM 'to watch a child'
rHRTbCH 33 3l:1HlleM 'to chase a hare' . The prepositional case is used only with a preposition. The follow-
!ngprepositions are used with the prepositional case: o 'about', 'of,
5. The preposition 1a is used in the following phrases which convey 011'
time: 33 o6enoM 'at dinner', 33 }'iKHIIOM 'at supper', 33 3aBTp3KOM ·at PaccI<hhrnaTb o ecrpe'le 'to tell (somebody) about the
breakfast', 33 lfael\1 'at tea', 1a pa66rnn 'at work'.
meeting'
108 109
BCTIOMHHclTh O )leTCTBe 'to recollect one's childhood' 6ecMoeamb (imp.) o 1anaqax
KHHO<pHJihM O Jleunue 'a film about Lenin' ·to talk about the tasks'
CTaTh~ 0 BOCDHTaHHH ·an article on education' 6ecMa o 1anaqax
'a conversation about the tasks'
npn 'sponsored by', 'attached to', 'at'
coo6u1amb (imp.)-coo6Ufumb (p.) o npnhae
cnpOCHTh npn BCTpeqe 'to ask on meeting (somebody)' 'to inform about the arrival'
ca.11:npn )lOMe 'a garden attached to the house' COOOUfeHueO npHeJ)le
B 'in' 'a report about the arrival'
KHHra JTe)KHT B nopT<l>ene 'the book is in the brief-case' npod1mb (imp.) nonpocumb (p.) o noMomn
ua 'on' 'to ask for help'
np6cb6a o noMOU{H
KHHra Jie)KHT Ha CTOJle 'the book is on the table' 'a request for help'
no 'up(on)' mpawueamb (imp.)-cnpoc11mb (p.) o pe1yJ1hTaTax
no B03BpameHHH 'to ask about the results'
'upon his return OH npO)lOJI)KaJI pa66Ty
eonpoc O pelyJlbTaTaX
no npnbne he continued his work' ·a question about the results'
}
'upon his arrival npeiJynpe:»eiJamb (imp.)-npeiJynpeiJumb (p.) 06 onaCHOCTH
Notes.- I. The prepositions e and ea are also used with the accusative. 'to warn against the danger'
2. The preposition no is more frequently used with the dative and the accusa- npeiJynpe:>teiJhLUe 06 omicuocrn
tive. 'a warning against the danger'
3. The preposition o is also used with the accusative.
(b) iJf'.wamb o 6ynymeM
·to think of the future'
USE OF THE PREPOSITION O (06)
Me'll11Cll11bO BCTpeqe
The preposition o is used to denote the object of speech or thought: 'to dream of meeting (somebody)'
Jvte'll11ClO BCTpeqe
,[(en1 pacCKCl3bl6GAU O nocemeunn 'The children described their visit 'a dream of meeting (somebody)'
My3eSI. to the museum.'
MhI qHTaJIH paccKCl3bl o JleT- 'We read stories about flyers.' 6Cl10.WUHO!nbO )leTCTBe
qnKax. 'to recollect one's childhood'
TOJICTOH MHOro nucaA O )J.eTHX. 'Tolstoy wrote much about chil- 60Cl10MUHCl/lUe O )J.eTCTBe
dren.' 'a recollection of one's childhood'
The following commonly used verbs (of speech or thought) and the llOMHWnb O nopyqeunn
corresponding nouns require the preposition o: ·to remember to do an errand'
(a) 2oeopumb (imp.) - cKmamb (p.) o uenoCTaTKax 31/CJlllb O co6paHHH
'to speak about the shortcomings' 'to know about the meeting'
pa32060p O He)lOCTaTKaX and a number of other verbs.
'a conversation about the shortcomings'
The verbs 1a60THTbCH 'to take care of and 6ecnoKOHTbCH 'to be
paccKCl3b1eamb (imp.)-paccKa3amb (p.) o noe1n..:e anxious' require the preposition o:
'to tell (somebody) about a trip'
paccKa3 o noeJ)lKe Mafh 3a66mumo1 o JJ.CTHX. 'The mother takes care of her
'an account of a trip' children.'
Mbi 6ecnOKOUJlUCb O TOBapumax. ·we \\-ere anxious about our com-
pa3?06Clpueamb (imp.) 0 norone rades.'
'to talk about the weather'
pa3?060p O norone as do the corresponding nouns: 3a66ma o )lCTHx 'care of children', 6ec-
'a conversation about the weather' no1-:611cmeoo TOBapumax 'anxiety about the comrades'.
110 Ill
 Exercise 168. Read through the sentences. State the gender and number of the nouns opn c~apaHHH 'with an effort'
in the prepositional. Pick out the verbs which require the preposition o and make up sen- opH noM~-mu 'with the aid of
tences of your own, using these verbs and nouns in the prepositional preceded by o. opH co)le~CTBHH 'with the assistance of
l .MOli TOB:lpllWlln!HllYT'v!HeOCBOettJKll3HHll pa66Te. 2. 5i 'IHT:1JlBra3ere OCOpea. opH no)l)lep:iKKe 'with the support of
HOBaHHH rnaxTepos. 3. He.1b3H!VIOJJ'linbo HeJJ;OCTaTKax B pa6oTe. 4. )].py3bll crr6pHn11 OpH ,KeJiaHHH;bl Mor 6hr BbinOJI- 'If you were willing, you could
0 HOBOM <jlHJlbMe.5. TbI )10JlJKeH
6brn IlOMHllTbO CBOeMo6ewaHllll. 6. Pal{HOC006UJ.IU!o HHThnopyqeHHe.
06 OTKpbITllll CTpOHTeJlbHOHBbICraBKll. 7. PeBOJJIOUllOHepbl·)leMOKpaTbl Me'!Ta.Jnt
have carried out the errand.'
0 C'l:lCTbeHap6,11a.8. 51 He crreuHaJIHCTll He Mory cy,[IHTbO pa66Te )TOH MalllHHbI.9. Opn Bce66~eii no~ep:iKKe 3TO 'With everybody's support this
CTJymaTe,1HcnpoCl!Jlll )10KJ1:1)1'1llKa
O TIOJJOJKeHHHB A3llll. 10. Ysne'!eHHblHpa66TOH, oa npe)J,JIO)KeHHe
y,uacTC51ocyw:e- proposal can be carried
3a6bIBUJ10 BpeMeHll. cTBHTh. through.'
Ei.ercise 169. Write out the nouns u~ed with the preposition o. Make up sentences of In the above cases, the noun with the preposition npu answers the
your own, using these nouns.
question npu KaKOM yCJI6Buu?'on what condition?'
I. )],eTH'lllT:lJJH«CKa3KYO pb16aKe II pb16Ke»TTyrnKHHa.2. B cerO,[(HlllllHettfaJCTe 4. The preposition npu may also be used to mean 'in the presence
eCTb coo6weHHe O pe3yJJbT:1Tax 'ICMITIIOH:lTa. 3. Xop IICITO.lHIIJl rrecmo O P6,1urne.
4. 8qepa B K.1_y6e 6brn llHTepeCHblH)10KJ1:1)1 0 MeJKliyHapO,llHOM TIOJlOJKf:Hllll.
5. 8'1epa BC- of:
qepOM Mb! CMOTpenHKllHO<jlHJlbM O JleHHHe. 6. 8 JKypHaJJeeCTb llHTepecHall CTaTbll MbIBH.UeJIHCh TOJlhICOnpu TOBa- 'We saw each other only in the
0 HOBbIX ,llOCTlllKf:HlllIX
Me;Illlll!Hbl.7. TTop:1,llllOrrepe,'.laJlHC006IUCHlleO HOBOMKOCMII- pumax ( or B npucyTcTeuu Toea-
'!eCKOMTIOJleTe.8. )],eTHp:13HbIXHap0,'.10B,Mbl '.vle'ITOIO O Mllpe JKHBeM.(Qiu.) 9. TaK11e presence of friends.'
pe'!ll O ce6e, 0 CBOettJKH3HllOHa CJlhJilla.,1aBrrepBble.(M. I'.) 10. MbICJlbO CKOpOHpa:i- pumeii).
Jl)'KCco MHOIOrropa3l!Jla M{nyrnKy. ( ll.) 11. BocrrOMllH:lHIIC O BeCHeB036yJKll:lCT Mb!CJ!h 3TO npOH301IIJ10npH CBH)leTeJIHX. 'It happened in the presence of
11 YHOCllT ee ,11aneK6-,11aneK6.('-lex.) 12. 0,11H6Bpf:MlllI BCCpbC3 ,ll)'!V!aJl
CTaTb MOplIKOM. witnesses.'
Ho scK6pe MbICJibo m1caTeJ1bCTBesi:necnttna see onanbn6e (Ilaycm.)
Exercise 170. Make up sentences incorporating the words pa1roeop, neKnu11,eonpoc,
5. The preposition npu is often used in the following phrases:
MbICJib,
u3eecTue, paccKin followed by the preposition o. npH CBeTeJiaMUbl 'by lamplight'
npu JiaMne 'by lamplight'
USE OF THE PREPOSITION TTPI1
npu nyHe 'in the moonlight'
npu BelfepHeMoceeIQCHHH 'in the evening light'
I. The preposition npu 'at', 'under' is used in denoting time. In such npu )J.HeBHOM
cBeTe 'in daylight'
cases the noun with npu answers the question Kor)J,a?'when·: Cni110 TeMH6, H 51 npo,uOJI)KclJI 'It had become dark and I contin-
qHTa.Thnpu naMne ( or npu cBeTe ued to read by lamplight.'
npu cj>eo)J,a:u'i3Me 'under feudalism' JJaMm.r).
npu KanuTam'nMe 'under capitalism'
npu coQHa.TJH3Me 'under socialism' Exercise 171. Read through the sentences and explain the different meanings of the
TTpu TTeTpe I B Poccim 6hIJI c63- 'The Russian Navy was created preposition npH.
,uaH MopcK6H <pJIOT. under Peter I.' I. Mb1 o6bI'IHOo6eAaeM B cTon6eon npu uHcrnurnJ•me. 2. Ilpu :xceAiIHuu TbI MOJKernb
TTpu_BCTpeqe,c rnBap!fIUeM H y3- 'On meeting my friend I learned xopoff16 pa66TaTb. 3 . ..SIcKaJKyeMy 06 JTOM npu 6crnpe11e. 4 . .[{op6ra 6b1.J1axoporn6
HaJI HHTepecHbreHOBOCTH. interesting news.· BHLIHa npu C6erne JIYHbl.5. flpu nepe6oOe JTOfO TeKCTaMb! nOJib30BaJIHCbCJIOBapeM.
6. llpu :XCU3HUpomheJieil: OHa 'lllCTOrrpueJJKa.TJaB pO,'.IHOHr6pon.
2. The preposition npu is used in denoting place. A noun with npB
answers the question r)le? 'where?' and denotes an object having some- USE OF THE PREPOSITION HA
thing near it or possessing something.
TTpu 3aB6,ueecTh ,uhcKHH ca,u. 'The factory has a kindergarten . I. The preposition Ha 'on', 'at' is used to denote the place of an ac-
laid on.' ~ion. The noun with the preposition na answers the question r)le?
Where?'
TTpu )J,OMe HMeJICHHe60JibIIIOH 'There was a small kitchen-garden
orop6.u. in the grounds where the house .lJ:oMCTOHTna 6epery peKH. 'The house stands on the river-
stood.' bank.'
Mh1 6bIJIH Ha npOMhIIIIJieHHOH 'We visited an industrial exhibi-
3. The preposition npu is used to denote condition in the phrases: BLicTaeKe. tion.'
npu ycn6Bnn 'on condition', 'provided' Bee .lJ:OJI)KHhI
npttcyTcTBOBaTh ua 'Everyone must be present at the
npn HaJIHlfHH 'in the presence of, 'if there is' Co6paHHH. meeting.'
npn OTCJTCTBHH 'in the absence of
npn :lKeJiaHHH 'given the desire' 2. The preposition Ha is used to denote a conveyance: exaTh Ha
113
112
 ua JIOma,n:u'to go by
n6e1,n:e,ua TpaMBae, ua napoxo,n:e,Ha BeJIOCHHe,11,c, a npnexaJI B MocKBY (K02da?, 'I came to Moscow in August, in
train, by tram, by boat, to ride on a bicycle, on horseback', nen'.:Tb oa fl , , ?) , 1975.'
6 KaKOM .weo14e. B aerycTe,
caMOJieTe 'to go by plane'. (Ko2ob?, 6 KaKOMzoc)i?) B 1975
3. The preposition ua used with some nouns denotes time. rMY·
Ha :hon ue,n:eJieMb! noiI,n:eMB MY- 'We shall go to the museum this )loMOHOCOB)KHJI (1w?dc1?,e Ka- 'Lomonosov lived in the 18th cen-
Jett. week.' KO,HeeKe?) B XVIII BeKe. tury.'

(But: e JTOM roJJ,y 'this year', B JTOM Mecin-1e'this month'.) (b) expressed as a period of life: e ,n:hcrne 'in one's childhood',
B JOIIOCTII
'in one's youth', B lpeJlOM B03paCTe 'at a mature age', B CTa-
Ox6THHKH BhIIIIJIH H3 IJ:OMa Ha 'The hunters left the house at pocTH'in one's old age'.
paccehe. dawn.' (c) expressed by the word uaqaJio 'beginning', cepe)],nua 'middle' or
0Hif Bepnynttcb IJ:OM6tt ua 1a- 'They returned home at sunset.' K011eu 'end': B uaqaJie 'at the beginning', e cepe)],nne 'in the middle',
KaTC. B ,wuue 'at the end'.

4. The following verbs require the preposition ua followed by the OH rrpnexa11 B MocKBY (Kozc)a?) 'He came to Moscow in the mid-
prepositional case: 8 cepe)],nueceuTH6pH. die of September.'
roBOpHTb Ha pyccKOM HlbIKe 'to speak Russian' (d) expressed in hours (if the time is marked approximately):
DHCaTb Ha p)'CCKOMHlblKe ·to write Russian'
urpaTb Ha CKpltnKC, Ha pofme 'to play the violin, the piano' OH BepHyJ1c5t(Kazda?, e Komopo.w 'He returned after ten.'
(but: urpaTb B maxMaTbl, B BOJICH- 'to play chess, volley-ball,' etc.); IJQC_l'?)
B 0)],HHH3)],U3TOMqacy.
66JI 3. The preposition e is used with nouns denoting a state: B neqa.m
JKCHHTbCH ua KOM-JIH6o 'to marry somebody' [of a man] 'in sorrow', B rope 'in grief, B TOCKe'in dejection', B rneee 'in anger',
(but: BblXO,n:HTbJaMyJK la Kor6- 'to marry somebody' [of a wom- e BOlMYlllellHH 'in indignation', s BOJIHeHHH'in agitation', s 6ecno-
JIH6o an] the accusative); KOHCTBC 'in anxiety', B eocT6p1,e 'in raptures', B eocxumeuuu 'in admira-
HaCTaHBaTb Ha CBOt'MMHeHHII 'to insist on one's opinion' tion'.
Exercise 172. Read through the sentence~ and explain the meanings of the preposi- Bee 6h1J1H B eocTopre OT Kap- 'All were delighted with the pic-
tion ua. THHbI. ture.'
I. Ha nOJil!XKOH'lttJlaChy66pKa YPOJIG!il. 2. 6eeeJla Be.1acbHa pyCCKOM il3hIKe.3. Ha OH B BOJIHeHHHxo,n:HJI no KOM- 'He walked up and down the
npolIIJIOHHe;:i;e11eMhl 6h1Jltt B TeaTpe. 4. Y)l(C3ttMa. Hd TpOTyapax, Ha Kpb!lllaX,Ha .11e· room in agitation.'
peBMIX BC3;:J;e JJC)l(HT
mer. 5. 8 COCeiIHCII KO:vtHaTe KTO·TO111paeT H..IpOllJIC.6. JleTOM
HaTe.
Mb1noe;:i;e'\,IHa TcnJiox6;:i;eno 86,ire.
4. The preposition B is used with nouns denoting articles of dress:
JliBYlllKa 6brna (e 1Je.w?)B 6e110M 'The girl was wearing a white
USE OF THE PREPOSITION B n.tambe. dress.'
OH np11IIIeJ1 cer6,n:H5t (e 'leM?) 'He turned up today in a new suit
I. The preposition B 'in' is used to denote the position of an object B HOBOMKOCTIOMeH B UIJIHne. and hat.'
inside something or within some limits. A prepositional noun with the
preposition e answers the question r,n:e?'where?' 5. The following verbs and the corresponding nouns require the pre-
position e:
KHifrn ne)KaT e mKa!l>y. 'The books are in the book-
case.' (imp.) B UOMOLUH
HyJK)],aTbCH
nnaT6K J,e)KHTB Kapl\taue. 'The handkerchief i5 in the pock- 'to need help'
et.' "Y"')],a
s noMomu
)],em wrpaIOT e caJJ,y. 'The children are playing in the 'a need for help'
garden.' (imp.) B npaBHJlbHOCTH
COMHCBaTbCH
JlernM oHiI )KHJIHe ,n:epeeHe. 'In the summer they lived in the 'to doubt the correctness'
country.' COMHeHHeB DpaBHJlbHOCTH
2. The preposition e (followed by the prepn~itional) is u~ed to de- 'a doubt as to the correctness'
note time. DOMOraTb (imp.) UOM0% (p.) KOM)'-JIH6o s pa66Te
(a) expressed in months, years or centurie;,: 'to help someone with his work'
114 115
 noMomL B pa66Te
'help in one's work' USE OF THE PREPOSITION no
06BHHHTb (imp.)-o6BHHltTb (p.) KOrO-JIH60B He'leCTHOCTH The preposition no followed by the prepositional (usually of a ver-
b 1 noun) denotes time with the meanmg of ·after', (up)on'.
'to accuse somenone of dishonesty'
06BHHeHHeB He'leCTHOCTH J)l(e oTnpaBHTeCbHa noLITy.
0
npueJ,a;eB MocKBYB:'1cenqac '0!1 arriv~l in Moscow you wi~Ig~
1mmed1ately to the post office.
'an accusation of dishonesty'
UO)l03peBaTb (imp.) KOrO-JIH60 B He,a;o6pOCOBeCTHOCTH
noB03BpameHHHHa p6,a;HHYOH 'On his return to his country he
cTaJI npeno,a;aBaTh B HHCTH- began teaching at a college.'
'to mistrust somebody's conscientiousness' ryre.
ynpeK:iTb (imp.)-ynpeKHYTh (p.) Koro-nu6o B paBHo,a;ymnn
'to reproach someone with indifference' Exercise 174. Fill in the blanks with the words given on the right in the prepositional
ynpeK B paBHO,iJ;YIIIHH with the required preposition.
'a reproach of indifference' ]. fl11caTeJlbH~IlHC<lJlIlOBe~Tb.... IIIaXTepbl
2 obIJIO TCMHO,11MbI pa6oraJJH .... CBCTJJaMITbl
oum6aTbCH (imp.) - oum6UTbCH (p.) B OQeHKe 3: B'lepa oreu c 6paTOM 6b!Jlll B JJecy .... ox6ra
'to err in judgement' 4. J;paT lKHBeT... B ApxaHreJJbCKe. Cf:Bep
OIIIH6Ka B OQeHKe 5.... PocCllll 6bIJJa OTCTaJJOllcrpaHOH. uaptt3M
'an error in judgement' 6. JlOL1KaCKpbLlaCb.... TyMaH
7. OH ... xo.uil.1 no KOMHaTe. BOJJHeHl!e
ynpaiKHHThCH(imp.) B npOH3HOllleHHH 8. JlerOM CTYJ:lf:HTbl-fCOJIOfH 6hIJlH B ropax .... npdKTHKa
'to practise pronunciation' 9.... 11cpa3y npttcrynil,1 K pa66re. B03BpaU(f:HlleH3 61nycKa
10. B ra3e1ax MHOro IlHCaJJH.... KHHOQJCCTHBaJlb
ynpaiKHeHHHB DpOH3HOllleHHH ] ]. flyremeCTBeHHllKHOT,[(bIXaJm.... TCHbf(epeBa
'practice in ponunciation' ]2. JleTOM 6paT OTJ:lblXaJJ... B ):ICpeBHC. YKpattHa
OTK::t3hIBaTb(imp.) OTKa3aTb (p.) KOMy-nu6o B DOMOIQH
'to refuse someone help'
OTK::t3 B DOMOlUH SOME USES OF THE PREPOSITIONS B AND HA TO DENOTE PLACE
'refusal of help'
In some cases the prepositions sand Ha are used with the same mean-
y6eiK)laTb (imp. )-y6e,a;HTbJ ing to denote place. The ch01ce of the preposition is determined by the
(p.) Koro-nu6o e He06XO)lHMOCTH noun they are used with.
'to convince someone of the necessity'
yBepHTb (imp.) yeepHTb (p.) pa66Taio B KOJIXOJe on a collective farm'
'to assure 'I work B yqpeiK)leHHH at an office'
e Maruirne at a shop'
. The adjectiv~ reepeH!1Lrii(yBepeH) 'certain', 'sure' is always used e 6oJILHHQe at a hospital'
with the prepos1t1on e tollowed by the prepositional. B 6u6JIHOTeKe at a library'
Mb! yBepeHbl B ycnexe. 'We are sure of success.' ua JaBo)le at a plant'
But: Ha 4>a6puKe at a factory'
Mb1 BepttM B ycnex. (acc.) 'We believe in our success.' Ha no'ITe at a post office'
Ha TeJierpa4>e at a telegraph office'
Exercise 173. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the words given on
the right in the required case. Ha CTaHQHH at a station'
I. 8 ... nOSIB.1HIOTCll
nepBbie UBeTbl. Ha BOK3a.TJe at a railway station'
11.1ap1
2. B ... 11 )l(l{J] B L1epeBHe. tlf:TCTBO Ha npe,l1;11pHHTHH at an enterprise'
3. B ... l[BCTYTii6.TJOHll. Ca):I Ha CTpOHTeJihCTBe on a construction site'
4. 8 ... 6y.1eT Y'HiCTBOBaTb ll3BeCTHblllapTHCT. KOHUepT Ha npOH3B0,/J;CTBe at a factory'
5. Mb! y0epeHbl B .... BaIII ycnex
6. flepe):I 3K3<lMCHOM
BCeCTY!\f:HTbl
6b1Jlll B .... 6oJJbIIIOe BOJJHf:Hlle Y'lycb B rnKoJie to school'
:1go, B ,a;ecHTOMKJiacce in the tenth form'
I am B HIICTHTyTe at a college'
'I study B TeXHHKyMe at a technical school'
B aKa,lJ;eMHH at an academy'
116
117
 Ha nepBOM Kypce in the first year' B TIOpbMe m prison'
Ha HCTOpH'-leCKOM<l>aKyJib- in the history department' B Heecu1e m captivity'
TeTe e ccblJIKe m exile'
Ha Kypcax CTeHorpa<l>HH at shorthand writing Ha cTai.ucme at a stadium'
courses' Ha pbIHKe at the market'
6hlJI B TeaTpe at the theatre' Ha 6yJibB8pe on a boulevard'
'I was B KHHO at the cinema' Ha cl>poHTe at the front'
B KOHcepBaTopHH at the conservatoire' Ha JTOHTeppHTopHa in this territory'
B KJiy6e at the club' Ha p6i.uue in one's native country'
B UttpKe at the circus'
at a performance' Exercise 175. Read through the sentences. State the gender and ca,e of the nouns
Ha cneKTllKJie
used with the prepositions e and Ha. Note the prepositions e and Ha used to denote place.
Ha peneTHUHH at a rehearsal'
I. .sl HJIY B Mara3HH H Ha noqTy. 2. OTeU pa66TaeT Ha 3aB0Jie, Ma Tb - Ha qia6pH-
Ha Be'-lepHeM (yTpeHHeM, at the evening (morning, af- Ke. a cecrpa yqHTCJI B WK0:Ie. 3 . .Ll11peKTOpdHeT B Kd611HeTe.OH Ha COBe1uaHHHB MHHH-
)IHeBHOM) CellHCe ternoon) performance' CTepcTBe.4. Mbl OblJIH B KJiy6e Ha KOHUepTe. 5. CecTpa yexaJia s JIOM OTJibtXa Ha KaB-
Ha KOHUepTe at a concert' ((ii3. 6. Moii TOBapm11 lKHBeT Ha nymKHHCKOH )'JIHUe B JI0Me Ni! 15. 7. MaWHHa CBep-
Ha YTPCHHeMnpe.11craBJ1eHHH at a morning performance' HyJJae nepey.~oK. 8. YTpoM Ha y,1Huax MH0ro Hap6Jiy. 83pOCJibte cnewh Ha pa66ry,
JleTH-B WK0Jiy. 9. noe3JI OCTaHOBHJICJI Ha MaJieHbKOH CTilHJIHH. 10. Mbl npoBeJIH JJe-
T0 B nepeeHe, Ha 6cpery B6,1rn. 11. Cer0)IHJI Ha CTa)IHC>HeHHTepeCHble COCTll3ilHHJI.
Ha yp6ice at a lesson' 12. .s16y.uy lKJiaTb Te611Ha OCTaH0BKe TpaMB3JI. 13. .LleTH 6blJIH e UHpKe Ha yTpeHHCM
Ha JlfKUHH at a lecture' npeJlCTaBJieHHH.14. .sl B3JIJI6HJieTbl B KHH0 Ha BeqepHHH ceaHC. ) 5. AcnHpilHT C)leJiaJI
Ha JaHHTHSIX at a class' JIOK.'lilJl Ha 3aCe,l.\3HHHKaqJeJipbt. 16. .sf HJl)' B HHCTHT)'T Ha JieKUHIO. 17. OH yqHTCJI
B yHHBepcHTeTe Ha qlHJHqeCKOM <j:iaKyJibTeTe. 18. Cer0.UHJI B MOCKBy npHe3lKaeT MOH
Ha CeMHHape at a seminar' 6paT . .slIlOHJl)' Ha 80K3ilJI BCTpeqaTb ero. 19. Hl!HJI BeJ~eTpe6eHKa ryJil!Tb Ha 6yJibBiip.
Ha C06paHHH at a meeting' 20. lipHraJIHp ceifqac s TI0JJe, Ha y66pKe ypolKaJI.
Ha 3aCe)l8HIIH at a session'
Ha KOH<l>epeHUHH at a conference' Exercise 176. Fill in the blanks with the required prepositions.
Ha ebb.Ile at a congress' J. ... 3aB0JiaX H ... q>a6pHKaX COCTOl!JIHCbnpeJieb16opHble co6paHHJI. 2. HylKHO
IlOHTH ... noqry H KYTIHTb MiipOK H KOHeepTOB. 3. Mb! CJiyqaifHO BCTpeTHJIHCb... OCTa-
,KHBY B r6pot1e in a city' H0BKeaer66yca. 4. Mbt noo6e)laJIH ... pecropaHe ... eOK3a..1i 5 .... 6yJibBape l.lBeT)'T JIH-
'I live s nepeyJIKe in a side street' Ilbl. 6 .... y.1Huax H ... nJioma.u11x cToJIHUbI eeqepoM Kpaciteoe ocee1ueHHe. 7. JleroM
B CH6HpH in Siberia' II noe,uy ... JIOM 0TJlb!Xa ... KpblM. 8. 8 eocKpeceHbe Mbl noe)leM ... ebICTaeKy. 9. Y Hae
··· P0JIHHe ylKe eeCHa, a 3,'leCb e1ue JielKHT CHer. 10 .... HaWeH CTpaHe KJIHMaT TeTIJiblH
B KpblMY in the Crimea' H eJJalKHbIH. J J. nparn HeT JlOMa. OH ... HHCTHT)'TC... JieKUHH. ] 2. ropOJI llem1611HCK
B lieJiopyccHH in Byelorus' · HaX0JIHTCIIHa Ypa;1e, KpaCHOllpCK ... C1-16itp11,CesaCT0nOJib ... KpblM)', T6HJIHCH ...
B PyMblHHH in Rumania' KasKa3e, HrapKa ... KpaHHCM Ceeepe.
s llexHH in Czechia'
Revision Exercises
Ha nJ16mat1H BoccTaHHSI m Vosstanye Square' . Exercise 177. Replace the preposit10ns in the italicised phrases with prepositions
Ha )'JlHUC repueHa m Herzen Street' which have the same meaning.
Ha YpaJie in the Urals' I. B6,1U3U t)epe611UnpoTeKaJ13 peqKa. 2. CTapble JlPY3bll BCTpeTHJIHCb 11aKa11j111e
Ha KasicaJe m the Caucasus' Ho6020 coda. 3. lloc11e 6036paUJellUJI B POAH0H ropOA OH TIOCTYTIHJI pa66TaTb Ha 3aeo)l.
Ha YicpaHHe m the Ukraine' 4. y JIHpeKTopa 0TnycK no JOce11mJ16pil6K.1/04umeJlb/lO. 5. )].eeoqKa npHroT0BHJia ypo-
Ha t6re m the south' kH Ja 06a 4aca. 6. Ha no020mo6KY TeopeTttqecKOH KOHqJepeHUHHH)'lKeH MeCl!U. 7. OH
Ha cesepe Pacci,;a3aJI MHe O C601'U6cmpe4e C HallIHMH 661UHMH JIPY3bl!MH. 8. HaJIO BCCTH6opb6y
in the north' Tlpomu6 O!OpOKpamuJMa B pa66Te yqpelKJieHHH. 9. nyTHHKH np0lllJIH C KUJIOMemp
Ha 3ana)le in the west' H 0CTaHOBHJIHCbHa 6epery peKH. JO. lfepe3 UJC,1Ue CapaH npOHHKilJI CJia6hIH CBeT.
Ha BOCTOKe in the east'
Exercise 178. Explain the different meanings of the sentences due to different pre-
6btJ1 B Harnett CTpaHe in our country' Positions.
'I was s cat1y in a garden' I . .s1lKHB)' 0KOJIO TOBapHIUa . .sllKHey y ToeapHma. 2. CJieJiaH 3TO )IJIII MeHl!. CJie-
B napKe in a park' llajj )TO 3a MeHli. 3. npHmeJI TI0CJie qaca. np11meJI qepe3 qac. 4. noMe1UeHHe JIJIII 6H-
s Jiecy in a forest' 611HoTeKH.noMe1UeH11e 6H6JIHOTeKl1. 5. Mbl CH.UeJIHBOKpyr CTOJia. Mb! CH.QeJIH3a CT0-
II0l>,i,6. YqeoHHK Ha p)'CCKOM 113b1Ke.Yqe6HHK TIOpycCKOMY Jl3bIK)'. 7 . .sl npHHeC KHHrH
B TbIJIY behind the front line' l\;111cecTpb!. .sl npHHec KHHrH cecTpe. 8 . .Ilea 6u.~era 3a c6poK KoneeK. ,llea 6HJieTa no
B 3TOH MeCTHOCTH in this locality' C0poK KoneeK. 9. (.ocTaBHJI Il,1aH Ha He.ue.11-0.COCTilBHJI TIJiaH 33 HeneJIJ-O.10. npo'IH-
118
119
 TiiJJ ra3hy 3a 3iiBTpaKoM. Tipo'l1-naJ1 ra3eTy n6CJJe 3aBTpaKa. 11. Mamirna e.11eTno
}'JIHQe. Mawi'.rna e.!{eT qepe3 }'JIHllY- 12. Mbl H}].eM K TciTpy. Mb! H,leM B Teiirp
13. BhITIOJIHHTb pa66Ty 3a 6piirn. Bhmo,1HHTb pa66Ty .!IJJll 6piirn. 14. 3a6brn CTaTbJo.
3a6b!JI O CTaTbe. 15. HanHCaJJ CTaThlO 3a JlCTO. Hanttca11 CTaTblO JJeTOM. 16. Tipttme;
K 06e.1J.y.TI pttwe,1 nepe.ll 06e.1J.OM.TI pHllleJI .!10 06e.11a. 17. TI pH llIKOJIC 60JJbW6ii ca.q_
0KoJJo WK6.1b1 6oJJbw6ii ca.11.

Exercise 179. Read through the text. Note the use of the prepositions.
Ho<JbJO, HaKoHell, XJJhIHYJJ.1J.O)K.1J.b, J111BeHb.H TaK 3aCTy'liiJJ B OKH6 H no J1Ce11h ii
110
KpblUJe, '!TO HHK11Ta npocHyJJCll, CeJl B KpOB<lTH H CJJymaJJ, y11b16iil1Cb.
4y.11eceH rnyM HO'IHOro .!{OJK.!{ll.«Cntt, CTIH,CTIH», TOpOTIJll180 6apa6iiH1rn OH no
cmeK.1GM, H BeTep B TeMHOTe nopbIBaMH pBaJJ TOTIOJIHnepeO 0/JMOM.
HttKHTa nepeBepHyJJ no.11ymKy xo116.1J.Hoiic1op0Hoii BBepx, JJer onl!rb H Bop6<Ja.JJca
no<) OOellilOM, yCTpiiHBalleb KaK MOJKHO YJI06Hee. «Bee 6y.1J.eTyJKiiCHO, y)KiiCHO XO,
pow6», LIYMaJJ OH H npoBaJJ11J101B MllrKHe, TCTIJ1b1e 06J1aKa cHa. THE ADJECTIVE
K ympy LIOlKJlb npoweJJ, HO He6o eLL1e6b!JIO B TlllKeJJblX eblpb!X T}''laX, JJeTeBUIIU
C /02a /ill ceeep. HHK11Ta B3fJlllH}'JI B OKHO H iixHyJJ. OT CHera He OCTiiJlOCbH eJ1e.1J.ii. lll11-
p6KHH LIBOp 6blJI TIOKpbIT e11HHMH.pll611BWH"1H TIO.llBeTpOM Jl}'JKaMH. C !Ora Me.J1c<Jy pa-
In Russian, the adjective changes according to gender, number and
30pBaHHblX ln_l"'l IlOllBH.'!ell H co cmpi11u11oul>b/Cmpomou 'leTeJJ Ha yc,ii1b6) oc.1en11Te.11,-
Hb!H JJa3ypHbIH KJIO'IOK He6a. case.
An adjective qualifies its head-noun and agrees wit• h 1t,
· 1.· e. 1t
· h as
3a 'laeM MiiTyrnKa 6brnii B3BOJJH6BaHaH Bee BpeMll nor JJllJlbIBa,,a Ha OKHa. the same gender, number and case.
Til!TbIH .1J.eHbHeT IlO'ITbl, CKa3aJJa OHa. ll HH'lero He IlOHHMalO ... 80T-
IlOJIOBO.lJ.bll:,Tenepb Bee JIOporn eTiiHyT 11/1dee 1te<Je.1U
JIOlK.1J.iiJ1Cll: ...
HHKHTa IlOHll:Jl, '!TO MiiTyWKa roBopilJla npo OTI(a, ero lK.lJ.<lJIH Tenepb CO d/lJI Ila CHANGING THE ADJECTIVE ACCORDING TO GENDER
de11b.
HHKHTa pacnaxHy11 JIBCpb Ha KpbrnbQo. Beeb 6cTpb1ii, 'l11eTb1ii B03.1J.YX 6blJI n6110H GENDER ENDINGS OF ADJECTIVES
MllfKHM H c11J1bHbIMwyMoM na.1J.aJOLL1eii BO.llhI. '.:ho MH6JKeerno eHeroBhIX py'lheB 6e-
JKiiJJo6 oepa2u. TI6JJHbie do Kpaee OBparn rnaJJH BeWHHe BOJlbl B peKy. JloMall JICJI,peKa
Bb1xo.1111J1aU3 6epe26e, KpyT11J1aJ1bL1J1Hb1, BhIL1pattttb1e e K6pttcM KyeThI, WJJa BbICOK6 Masculine Feminine Neuter
'lepe3 n.zomimy H niina11a B 6MyThI.
Jla1ypHoe Illl:THO, JJeTeBwee Ha ydnb6y, pa3opBdJIO, pa30! HaJJO Bee T}''IH, Cl!He-
BaTO-npoxJJii.[IHbIH eBeT IlOJlHJICll C 11e6a, CTa,lH ro.TJy6hIMH, 6e3 .lJ.Ha,Jl}')KH Ha .[IBOpe, KaKbu? 'what (sort of)?' KaKa.q?' what (sort of)?' KaKoe? 'what (sort of)?'
H orpOMHble 03epa 11ano.1itx H TeKyLL1HeOBpiirH CHoniiMH CBeTa 0Tpa311JIH COJlHlle. -blH,-OH,-HH -a11,-HK -oe, -ee
( A. T.) HOBblH(LIOM) ooeu (nop6ra) a6eoe ( 3.llaHHe)
'new (house)' 'new (road)' 'new (building)'
MOJIOJIOH (.11y6) MOJJOJIIUI
(eocm'l) 1110JI0J16e (J1epeBo)
'young (oak)' 'young (pine)' 'young (tree)'
JieJ"KHH ( TeKCT) JieJ"KBII
(3a.1lil'13) Jien:oe (yupalKHeHHe)
'easy (text)' 'easy (problem)' 'easy (exercise)'
1ii111aaii(.11eHb) lHMHHll (HO'lb) 1ii111Hee (yTpo)
'winter (day)' 'wmter (mght)' 'winter (morning)'
xopournii (orneT) xopomaR(pa66rn) xopomee (eo'!HHeHHe)
'good (answer)' 'good (io b )' 'good (essay)'
OOJlbllJOH (ycnex) 6oJibma11
(no6eAa) 60JibllJC>e (AOCTHJKeHHe)
'great ( suceess )' 'great (victory)' 'great (achievement)'

I. Adjectives whose stem ends in a hard consonant take the end-

ings -Llii -oii (u6u1.1ii.LJ.OM
'a new house', MOJIO.LJ.6ii 'a young oak'),
.LJ.Y6
·aH (u6B~H .LJ.Opora 'a new road', MOJIO.LJ.SH
cocoa 'a young pine'), -oe
(u6uoe 1,LJ.auue 'a new building', MOJIO.LJ.6e 'a young tree'). .
.LJ.epeuo
Adjectives ending in -1.1iiin the masculine always have the endmg
unstressed (n6BLiii 'new', HOBaH,u6uoe). . .
Adjectives ending in -oii in th,e mascuh1!e always h,~v~ the en~m?
stressed (MOJIO.LJ.6ii'young', MOJIO.LJ.aH,
Mono.ri:oe;nepe.LJ.OBOHprogressive,
nepe.LJ.oBaH,
nepe.LJ.oB6e). ,
2 The unstressed masculine ending is· spelt -uii after r, K, x (cTpo-
ruii ~pHKa1'a strict order', nerKHii TeKcT 'an easy text', Taxuii r6Jioc 'a
low voice').
121
 3. Adjectives whose stem ends in a soft consonant take the ending JlpeBHHH, 'ancient'
-nu (1nMunu ,ll,em.'a winter day'), -HH (3HMHHHHO'lh 'a winter night') or npornnoro,lJ,nuii, 'last year's'
-ee (1nMuee yTpo 'a winter morning'). uoeorOJlHHii, 'New Year's'
The ending of adjectives with a soft stem is always unstressed. mITHJieTHHH, 'five-year'
4. The masculine ending is spelt -nu after iK, m, .. , III (cBeiKuiis03. ypexJieTHHH, 'three-year'
,1J,yx'fresh air', xopomuu orneT 'a good answer', ropHlfnii:qau 'hot tea' JJlCIIIHHH, " " " 'of this place', 'local'
o6u•nii HlbIK 'common language'). ' T8MOWHHH, 'of that place', 'local'
The neuter ending -oe is always stressed after iK, m, lf, III (lfy)Koe UOCTOl)OHHHH, 'outside', 'extraneous'
JIHQO'a strange face', 60JibII1oe)J.OCTHiKeuue'a great achievement'), and OJlHOCTOl)OHHHH, 'unilateral'
the ending -ee is unstressed (cBeiKee)J.b1xa11ue 'fresh breath', xopomee pa1uocTopouuuii, 'versatile'
COlfHHeuue'a good essay', ropSilfeeCOJIHQe 'a hot sun', o6mee )J.eJio'the MHOrOCTOl)OHHHH, 'multilateral'
common cause'). CHHHH, 'blue'
The feminine ending is spelt -aH after lf and III (ropH'laH BO,ll,a'hot HCKpeHHHH, 'sincere'
water', 06II1aH pa66Ta 'common work'). JIHIIIHHH, 'superfluous'
There are few adjectives with the stem ending in a soft consonant.
Their stem invariably ends in lf, III or the soft 11. Exercise 1. Supply nouns to the above adjectives, write them down together with
the adjectives, making them agree in gender and number.
Model: OCellHJIJIno2i1oa, paHHUU 'lac
LIST OF THE MOST COMMON ADJECTIVES
WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A SOFT H Exercise 2. Write out the sentences. State the gender of the adjectives. Write down
each adjective in the masculine, feminine and neuter.
oceuuuu, -He 'autumn' I. Il63,1:1HJ1J1
6ceHh. rpa'lii yneTeJIH.(H.) 2. Mop63 H c6nHue. )].eHbqy,1:1ecHb1H. (II.)
3HMIIHH, 3. R ii3 necy BhillleJI.obIJI ciiJihHhIHMop63. (H.) 4. B TOTro,1:1
oceHHJIJInor6,1:1acToima
'winter' ,!IOJiroHa ,[IBOpe.(II.) 5. TenJiblH BCTepryniieT no Tpaae, rHeT ,1:1epCBbJIH IlO,[IHHMaeT
BeCeHHHH, 'spring' nhIJih.Ceii'lac 6pl13HeT MaiicKHH,1:1olK,1:1h
H Ha'IHCTCJI HacToiiiuaJ1rpo3a. (C/ex.) 6. Ho'I-
J1eT1111u, 'summer' HOHTyMaH ylKe ner Ha cb1py10 Tpony. Xon6,1:1HaJ1 nyHa no,1:1HJ1nacb Ha,1:1'laIUaMH.
B1 1Cp8UIHHH, 'yesterday's' (Ilaycm.)
cero,LJ.HHIIIHHH, 'today's' Exercise 3. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with suitable adjectives cho-
1aBTpamuuii, 'tomorrow's' sen from those in brackets.
BepXHHH, 'upper' ] 51noJJy'l(IJIOTTOBilpllll\a
... IlHCbMO. 2. CerO,!IHJI y nepBOK)'pCHHKOB 6brna ... ,ll,HCK01CKa.
HlfiKIIHH, 'lower' 3. 1-1.neT
... ,!IOJK)lb.
4. ITepe,ll,
HilMH... I\CJlh.5. B HalIJeM r6po,11eeCTb... 3aBO,ll,
tt.
nepe,ll,HHH, 'front' qia6pHKa.6. B HllllleHCTpaHCpa3BHBaeTCJI ... If ••. npOMhllIIJieHHOCTb. 7. Ilo o6eHM CTO-
cpejlHHH, poHaM,1:1op6rnTJIHyJiaCb... CTenh. 8. B,1:1anii IlOKa3aJICJI ... n6e3,[I.9. Ha CTOJIC JielICana...
'middle' ra3eTa. 10. HaKOHCUMb! VBH,[leJIH B OKHOBar6Ha ... Mope.
38/1:HHH, 'rear' (HOBOfO,ll,HHH, CHJlbHblH, D,JIHHHblH,llCHbIH, MalIJHHOCTPOHTeJlbHhlil, TKaUKHH,
jlaJ1b11uu, 'distant' JICfKHH, TJllICCJlbIH,6ecKOHC'IHbIH, TOBllpHbIH,CHHHH,B'lepallIHHH)
6JIHiKHHH, "near'
Exercise 4. Supply adjectives to the italicised nouns.
yTpCHHHH, 'morning'
Be'lepuuu, 'evening' Ilpolllna HO'lb. Ha aocT6Ke 3aropenacb 1apli. )].yeT «emepoK. IloJ1BHJIOCb
coAHl/e,
C6nHue ocaeTiino Aec, Ayz, nbAe H b1epo.
pauuuu, 'early'
D03JlllHH, 'late' Exercise 5. Give antonyms of the adjectives in the following phrases, underline their
jlasuuu, 'old' endings and mark the stress.
TOrJl!llllHHH, 'of those days' Mode{: MOJIO,[IOH - cTapbIH
npeiKHHH, 'former' MOJIO,[IOH ropo,1:1,6oJiblllOH ,[\OM,,1:1opor6HTOBap, IlJIOXOH
npHMCp, npOCTOHB0-
coce,lJ,HHH, 'neighbouring' npoc, nyCTOHCTaKaH,TYUOHHOlK,cyxoH TpOTyap, 60JibHOHpe6eHOIC,BblCOICHH UOTO-
JlOM!llllHHH, 'domestic' JIOK,3JIOH'leJIOBCK
BHyTpeHHHH, 'internal' Exercise 6. Tell a story about spring, using the antonyms of the adjectives in the fol-
BHeIUHHH, 'external' lowing phrases.
KpaHHHH, 'extreme· rpycTHaJI XOJIO)lHall6ceHb. HH3KOeTCMHoeHe6o. Ilnoxall ,[\OlIC)UIHBall
nor6,1:1a.
nocJie,lJ,unu, 'last' Xon6,[IHbIHBeTep. IlacMypHhle ne'laJibHbie ,[\Hlf.
Hhmernuuii, 'present'
TenepeUIHHH, 'present'
122 123
 CHANGING THE ADJECTIVE ACCORDING TO NUMBER ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A SOFT CONSONANT

-
HOBMH.[(OM 'new house'
{~~;Zrn
HOBhle houses' MJsculme Ending Neuter Pndmg
HOBaHnopora 'new road' roads'
uoBoe 3.L(aH11e 'new building' 'new
3)],aHHSI buildings' IJOC.lC;lllHH ,'leHb -Hii nocJ1e;:i11ee vreCTo
Norn. -ec
3HMHHHnetth 'winter day' days' ·Iast day ·Jast place
3HMHHHHO'lb 3HMHHe LIH51 :viecTa
'winter night' ;~:11 nights' Gen. IIOC.1e.1He1 0 -ero IIOC.11!,lHC[ 0 -Cl 0

3HMuee yTpo 'winter morning' 'winter { y1pa

mornings'
Oat.
Acc.
IIOC.11!,.(He\1} .]HIO
110CJ11!..IHIIH .neHb
-C\I\
a~ Norn.
[IOC.lC.]HeMy :vieny
IIOC.'11!,'lHeC :viCCTO
-CMV
as Norn.
MOJJO)lOH JTec 'young wood' (noc.1e,1uer o rroce- or Gen.
woods'
MOJJO)lbie
{ ~;~tbl
MOJIOWlH6epe3a 'young birch' THTe.111
'young birches' last visitor·)
MOJJOJJ.OeJTHU.6 'young face' JT11u.a faces' Instr. IIOCJ1C;.(HIIM )IHe:vi -HM 110C,ll!,'lHHM M(:CT0;\/1 -HM
Prep. o noc.re.rneiw. L1He -CM 0 IIOC.lC;:{HeM :viecTe -eiw.
Adjectives of all three genders take the endings -hie, -He m the
plural. -
1. The endings of masculine and neuter adjectives are identical in all
The ending is spelt -hie after a hard consonant (uOBhie'new', MOJJo- the cases except the nominative and accusative.
,Ubie 'young', cnJJhHhle'strong', cMeJJhle'courageous').
2. Masculine adjectives ending in -on (MOJJo,uou'young', nepe,uo~ou
The ending is spelt -He after a soft consonant (3nMnHe 'winter', cu- 'foremost', 6oeBoii 'fighting') are declined in the same manner as a_dJec-
HHe 'blue'). r, K, x (JJerKHe'easy', CTporne 'strict', THXHe 'quiet') and ill:,
tives ending in -Mn, but they are invariablf stressed ~m the ~n~mg._
.. , m, ~ (CBe,1me 'fresh,' rnpH'IHe 'hot'' 60.llbUJHe 'large,' o6~He
'common'). 3. The r in the endings -om and -ero (noBorn, xopoUJero) ts mvan-
ably pronounced as B.
Exercise 7. Put the italicised nouns and adjectives in the plural. ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A ~IBILANT FOLLOWED
I. Pa66•111errpHMeHll!OT MemoiJ. 2. Y 6p:'rra xopbuta.q 110HaJ1
1-106b1u K11uca. 3. Ha- BY A STRESSED ENDING
rrp6nrn 6011butou 6blCoKuu iJoM. 4. Ha cT011eCBe:>1ew1 i'a3ema. 5. OH B31111no owii6Ke
'IYJICOUy'le611uK. 6. BoT 6'1epa1UHJIJI?G3ema. 7. Cmapwuu 6pam )lOMa.
M.:1~cuhne Ending Neuter Ending
Exercise 8. Put the italicised nouns and adjectives in the singular, changing the
verbs accordingly.
Norn. 00.TlbUIOH .llOM -on 00.TlbUIOC 3)lamte -oe
I. flpKue .1y'lu c611mia ocseTit.1H pe<JKY11,1:,,r. 2. TTepe.uOKHOM poc.1116btcoKue me- ·large house' 'large building
1-1ucmb1e iJepe6bfl. 3. ITo pcKe CTpeMHTCJlbHO ,i\BHfa.1HCh 4. Ha<Ja-
.le?KUe 6b1cntpb1e,1<10KU. Gen. 60J1bU1or o no Ma -oro 00.lblllOI O 3.lli!HH51 -oro
Jll!Ch xo✓1oiJ11b1e oce1-11-1ue
iJo.Hcou. 5. B rr611epa66Ta.ntt HVBbte KoM6aii11b1.6. B KoMHaTe Oat. 60J1brno\ly n6:viy -OMV 00J1brn0Mv3)laHH!O -OMY
BHciiTKpaCU(lb/e K06pbl. 7. Ha .ilHBaHe.lelKaT MHi'KUe noi)_\'UIKU. Acc. 00,lblllOH .ll0;\/1 as Norn. 00.1bUJOe .3.]aHHe as Norn.
( 00.lblllOI 0 Ma.lb· or Gen.
THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 'lHKa
•big boy')
IN THE SINGULAR Instr. OO.lblllll\l LI0;\/10'\1 -H\I 00.Tlblllll\1 3,'li!Hlle:vi -HIW.
Prep. o 60.1hUJO\I .16,1e -0'1 0 00.'ILUIO\I 3.li!Hllll -OM
Masculine and Neuter
ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A SIBILANT FOLLOWED BY
ADJECTIVES WHOSE STE'\1 E'\'DS 11';A HARD CO'\SO'\A'.\T AN Ll\STRESSED ENDING

Ma~cuhne Ending Neuter Ending Masculine Ending Neuter Ending

Norn. HOBbtit 3aB6.n ·blH uoBoe .nbo -oe Norn. xopOIUHH orneT -HU XOpOUJCe CO'lHHeHHe -ee
'new planf ·new affair' 'good answer· 'good composition'
Gen. 110B01 o 3as6,1a -01·0 uoBoi·o J]e:ia -oi·o Gen. XOpOUlel'O OTBeTa -ero xopornero CO'll-lHCHHSI -el 0
Oat. uosoMy 1aB6;1y -O,'\,IY uosoMy .ne11y -OMY Dat. XOpOIIICMy OTBeTy -eMy XOporneMy CO'lllHeH!IIO -eMy
Acc. HOBblit 3aB6n as Norn. HOBOe /\e.10 as Norn. Acc. XOpOUIIIH OTBeT as Nom. xopornce CO'l!IHeHHe as Norn.
(HOBOI O .UHpeKTopa or Gen. (xopornero <Je11oscKa or Gen.
'new director') ·good man')
Instr. HtlBblM 3aB6J1ovr -blM HOBblM ,'lC.lOM -blM ln~tr. xopOl~IIM OTBE:TOM -HM XOpOIUIIM CO'lHHeHHCM -HM
Prep. 0 HOBOM 3aBO1C -O\I 0 IIOBO:vl .1e.1e -OM Prep. 0 xopOIUCM OTBeTe -C\I 0 XOpOIUeM CO'lHHeHHII -CM

124 125
 rrpo<j>col03HbIH
After sibilants (*, m, If, IQ) adjectives take the ending -oii (masc.) I. Mbl 6h1Jll!' Ha ... co6pamm. ,
(e) CBt:lKHH
-oe (neut.), -oro, -oMy, -uM, -OM, if the ending is stressed, and -llii 23._ Hyi,rno qame 6hrnaTb Ha
Mbl 6blJIH B 11ilpKc Ha ...
... B03.llyxe:
rrpe,ncTaBJleHHH. yTpeHHHH
(masc.), -ee (neut.), -ero, -eMy, -uM, -eM, if it is unstressed.

ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN r, K, X Feminine

ADJHTI\.ES WHOSE STEM E"IDS I'.\' A HARD OR SOIT CONSONAl'iT

-
Masculine Ending Neuter Ending

Norn. TIIXIIH Beqep -Hii nencoe yrrpaJKHeHHe -oe AJ ed1ves Who,;,e Stem Fnd" In
Adject1\e,;; \\.'ho~e Stem End"
'quiet evening' 'easy exercise' a Hard lonst.•ndnt in a Soft Con~on,rnt
Gen. THXOCOBeqepa -oro nencoro yrrpaJKHeHHH -oro
Oat. THXOMYBeqepy -o11ty JlfrlCOMYyrrpaJKHeHHIO -Ollfy ...-
Acc. THXHH Beqep as Norn. nerKoe yrrpaJKHeHHe as Norn. Ending l:.nding
(THXOl"Ope6eHKa or Gen.
'quiet child')
Instr. TIIXHl\f BeqepoM -HM Jlff"KHMyrrpaJKHeHHeM -Hllf -aH nocne.llHHHCTpaHiiua -HH
Norn. HOB3Hcpa6p~Ka
Prep. 0 THXOl\f Beqepe -01\f 0 JJencoMyrrpalKHt:HHH -OM ·new factory ·last page'
HOBOHcpa6pttKH -oii: nocJJe)lHeii CTpaHHifhl -eii
Gen. -eii
HOBOHcpa6pHKe -oii nocne11Heii cTpaHilue
After r, K, x adjectives take the ending -oro (gen.), -oMy (dat.), -HM Oat.
-yto noc.Tie.!IHIOIOCTpaHHUY -IOIO
Acc. noByto ¢a6puKy
(instr.), -oM (prep.) (Jiernoro, JiernoMy, JierKHM,o JierKOM).The interrog- noBou ¢a6pnK011 -oii nocne1.1neii cTpaHil11ei1 -eii
Instr. -eii
ative words KaKoii? and KaKoe? take the same endings: KaKoro, Ka- Prep. 0 HOBOii cpa6pttKe -oii o nocne.11HeiicTpaHime
KOMY,KaKHM, o KaKoM.
Exercise 9. (a) Give written answers to the questions, using the adjective ropHhlii. ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A SIBILANT FOLLOWED
I.
KaK6e JTO 63epo? 2. Y KaK6ro 63epa Bbl lKHJIH JieToM? 3. K KaKOMY 63epy OT!Ipa- BY A STRESSED OR UNSTRESSED ENDING
BHJiaCb3KCrre.zunlHH?4. Ha KaK6e 03epo Bbl IlOlllJiii? 5. Ha.!I K3KHM 63epoM rrpoJieTi:JI ca-
MOJieT? 6. B KaKOM 63epe MHOro ph16b1? Adjectives with an Ending
Adjectives with a l:.nding
Stressed Ending Unstressed Ending
(b) Give written answers to the questions, using the adjective crapwHii. ·
I. KaKOH 6paT rrpuexaJI K Te6e? 2. OT KaK6ro 6pha Thi rroJiyqiiJI IlHCbMO? 3. KaK6My
6phy Thi IlHca.rt? 4. C KaKHM 6paTOM Thi rrpoBeJI Jii:To? 5. 0 KaKOM 6phe Thi paCCKa3bl· -3H xopornaH pa66rn -aH
Norn. 60.lblll:lH KOMHaTa
BaJI? ·tame room ·good work'
Exercise 10. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the adjectives given on 60.1'i.rnoii KO\,!HaTbl -oii XOpOrneiipa60Tbl -eii
Gen.
the right in the required case. -oii xoporneii pa66Te -eii
Oat. 60.TihrnoiiKOMHaTe
-yto xopornyto pa66Ty -yto
(a) I. Ero He 6bIJIO .!IOMa c ... yTpa .!IO ... Beqepa. paHHuii, rro3.!IHHii: Acc. 60.lblll~-~ K_fornaTy-
-oii xoporneii pa66TOH -eii
2. C ... IlOJIH .!IOHOCHTCHwyM TpaKTOpa. CDCe.!IHHH lmtr. 60.lbllIOH KOMHaTOH
-oii o xoporneii pa66Te -eii
3. ropbl 33lUHll.13IOT 3aJIHB OT ... BeTpa. cenepHbIH Prep. 0 60JibllIOH KOMH3TC
4. npoMbllllJieHHOCTb BbirrYCKaeT Bee 6oJibllle MallliiH C<:JibCKHH
.!IJIH ... X03SIHCTBa. 1. Feminine adjective<;take identica~ ~ndings (-oii or -eii) in the gen-
(b) I. JI HarrHca.rt rrHChMO ... 6phy. CTaplllHH itive dative instrumental and prepos1t1onal. . .
2. noe3.ll rrpH6JIHJKlleTCHK ... MOCT}',
3. Bee Pll.!IYIOTCH ... COJIHUY-
60JiblllOH
BeC<:HHHH
2. Adje~tives whose stem ends in _asi?ilant (*, If, ~ or ,IQ) m~an-
4. CTy.!IeHTbl fOTOBllTCll IC ... 3IC33.MeHy. IlOCJle.!IHHH ably take the ending -aH in the nommative (c~e:iKaHfresh, _ropH'l~H
(c) I. noe3.ll rrepeexaJI qepe3 ... MOCT. 6oJihW6ii:
'hot', xopomaH 'good', 661uaH'common'). :rrom the ~~cusat1v_e(c~e-
2. Mbl H.lleM Ha ... 6aJJ. MOJJO.lli:lKHblH >Kym,ropsi'lyto, xopomyto, 06my10); an~ -en 11;1 t1:e ge01t,1ve,~da!1ve,~n~
3. bpHrll..llbl COpeBH)'IOTCll33 ... ICaqeCTBOrrpO.ll)'KUHH. OTJJifqHblH strumental and prepositional (cBe~~u,_ i:opH'len, xopomeu: ~o~~eu~,
4. npeI10.!13BaTeJJb06bl!CHHJI ... rrpaBHJJO. HOBblH however, after m, m the ending 1s -on 1f 1t 1s stressed (6om.mou large ,
5. CICB03b ... TyMaH HHqero He 6bIJIO BH.!IHO. rycT6ii:
"Y"-OH'strange').
(d) I. B JTOM rD.ll)' Mhl 3aHHMaeMcll c ... rrperro.1Ianare- HOBblH
JieM. Exercise t). (a) Give written answers to the questions, usin~ the adjective, rn~suaH.
2. JI rrpH<:X3JI B MOCICB}' C ... 6paTOM. MJill..!IlllHH 1. KaKaH "Jro y.TIHua?2. Ha KaK6tt )'J1Hlfe HaXO.llHTCHTeJierpacp? 3. ~a,KaKy!O YJJH1;(Y
3. nepe.ll.,, .!IOMOM <j>OHT3.H H MHOfO UBeTOB. COCt:.!IHHH noscpH}.Ia MaILJi!Ha? 4. no KaKOH y.1H11eX?JlHT anT66yc? 5. 8,nOJJbKaKOll YJIHllhi pacTyr
4. YqeHiiIC pewiiJI 3a)laqy C ... TPY.!IOM. 6oJihlllOH Ill!nbl'? 6. KHKOH ymn(ett Bbl IUJJH K BOK1aJJy?
5. CTy.1IeHT CB066.1IHOBJia.1IeeT... ll3bIKOM. pyCCICHH
(h) Give written answers to the q ucstions. using the adjective cc• OHHHIIIHHH.
6. Mbl OT.!IOXH}'JJHIIO.ll ... .!IepeBOM. TeHHCTblii:
127
126
 I. KaKall ra3eTa JJelKIIT Ha CTOJJe?2. lb K3KOH ra3t:Tbl Tb! Y3H3.Jl :hy HOBOCTJ,? ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A SOFT CONSONANT
3. B ICaKOHra3eTe Tb! npo'IHTaJJ 06 3TOM? 4. KaK_yIOra3eTy OH 'IHTaeT? 5. KaKOH r33eTolj
BLI HHTepecyeTeCb? 6. 3a KaKOH ra3eTOH BLI npHillJIH?

Exercise 12. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the adjectives given on
- Nom. DOCJJC,llHHC (,llHH, CTpaHl!Ubl, \.ICCTa ·HC
'last' "days'. ·pages·. 'places')
the right in the required case.
(nocc fHTea7H, noceTHTe.7bHHUbl
(a) I. MLI Y3HaJJH 06 3TOM H3 ... ra3eTbl. cer6.nH111IIHHH 'men visitor~•, ·women visitors')
2. Iloe3,ll Oil03,llaJJ 113-33 ... MeTeJJH. CIIJlbHbIH Gen. DOCJIC,llIIHX (;rneii, CTpaH1111,MeCT) ·HX
3. .[lo ... .nepeBHH ,llBa KHJJOMeTpa. 6JJHlK3.HIIIHH (noceTHTe.1e.11,flOCCTHTe.lbHHll)
4. Il6cJJe ... xo.nL6bl Mb! ouoxHJJJH Ha 6epery ... pe- ,llOJJruu Oat. DOCJlt:,lIIHM (,'.!Hll\.l, CTpaHl!IJaM, !'.1CCTaM) ·HM
'IKH. MaJJeHbKHH (TIOCCTHTenll:'vl,noceTIITC.lbHHUa!\-1)
Acc. DOC.lC;lHHC (.::tHH, CTpaHHllbI, \.leCTd) as Norn.
(b) I. R HanuCaJJ nHCLMO ... cecTpe. CTllplIIHH DOCJIC,llHHX (nOCCTlll e.1ei:j_IlOCCTllTCJ1bHllli) or Gen.
2. Ma1II11Ha exaJJa no ... .nop6re. p6BHLIH
Instr. DOCJlC,llHHI\IH (,llHHMH. CTpaHHUa!'.1H, :viecTaMH) ·HMH
3. Mw npuBLIKJJH K ... lKH3HH. CTy,lleH'!ecKHH
4. CTy,lleHTbl roTOBIITCll K ..• ceccuu. (noceT11TeJillMl1, TIOCCTHTe.1bHHUa:v!H)
3K3aMeHaIJHOHHblH
Prep. 0 DOCJICL{HHX (L{HllX, CTpaHHUaX. MCCT3.X) ·HX
5. Enaro.napll ... nor6.ne 3KCK}'pcHll npolllJia y.na11- xop61IIHH
HO. (noce1111ea1llx, noceT111e.1bHI•1Uax)
(c) I. B ... u ... nor6.ny x611eTc11noexaTL 3a ropo.n. TCilJJbIH, coJJHe'!HblH
2.
MLI 06CylK,llaJJH H3.IIIY ... pa66Ty. 66muu Notes.- I. If an adjective qualifies a noun denoting an animate being, its ac-
3. l.fepe3 ... peKy IlOCTpOHJIH MOCT. IIIHpOKHH cusative and genitive are identical (HORblX Y'llfTCJJeu, y1111TCJ1bHHU).
4. OH noJJOlKHJJcuo11 KH11ru Ha . .. n6JJKy. BepXHHH If an adjective qualifies a noun denoting an inanimate object, its accusative
(d) I. OH pyKoBo,llHT ... JJa6opaT6pueu. and nominative are identical (116able 3aBOL{bI, (jla6plfKH).
xuM1111ecKuii
2. 3TH ll6JJOKH C03peBaIOT ... DCeHLIO. Il03,llHHH 2. The genitive and the prepositional have identical endings (-blx, -Hx),
3. .[lepeBbll IlOKphlJlHCb ... 3eJJeHbIO. CBelKHH
4. MLI o'!eHL .noa6JJLHLI ... nporyJJKOH. B'lepalIIHHH ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A SIBILANT
5 . .R IlOH,ll}' B 6H6JJHOTeKy 33 ... KHHroii. HOBLIH
( e) I. OH HYlK,llaeTCll B . . . IlOMOII.IH. ,llp}'lKeCKHH
2. PyKoBO,llHTeJJL paccKa3aJJ HaM o ... pa66Te. npe,llCTOllIIJHH Norn. 60JJblllllC (JIOM3., KO:'v!H3Tbl, 3,ll3.HHll
3. Mou TOBapHII.I lKHBCT a ... KOMHaTe. CQce,llHHH 'large' 'houses', 'rooms', 'buildings')
4. R He c.neJJan HH O,llHOH 01II116Ku B ... pa66Te. n11CbMeHHbIH xop61IIHe (y11eHHK11,y'leHIIUbl
5. KailJIH ,llOlK,llll 6JJecTeJJHHa ... 3eJJeHH. caelKuii 'good' 'schoolboys', 'schoolgirls')
Gen. 60JJblIIIIX (.noMoa, KoMHaT, 3naHuu) ·HX
Oat. 60J1blll1tM (,lloMaM, KOMHaTaM, 3,llaHHJIM) ·HM
Acc. 60J1Lll11te (JIOMa, KOMHaTbl, 3LU'IHHS1) as Norn.
THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES IN THE PLURAL xopornHx (y11eHHKOB,y11eH11u) or Gen.
Instr. 60JJblllllMH (llOMaMH, KOMHaTa'v!H, 3,ll3.HHlIMH) •HMH
Prep. 0 60JJblllllX (l!OM3.X, KOMH3TUX, 3,llaHHlIX) ·HX
. In the plural, adjectives of all three genders take identical end-
mgs.
ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN A HARD CONSONANT ADJECTIVES WHOSE STEM ENDS IN r, K, X

Norn. nencHe (TeKCTbl, 33,lla'IH, ynpalKHCHHJI ·HC

Norn. uoe1,1e (33B0,llbl, {jla6pHKH, 3,ll3.HHll -we 'easy' 'texts·, 'problems', ·exercises')
'new' 'plants', 'factories', 'buildings')
(y11uTeJ1ii, y1111TeJJLHHIJbI CTporHe (y11uTeJ1i1,y1111TeJ1bHHUb1
'strict' 'schoolmasters', 'schoolmistresses')
'schoolmasters', 'schoolmistresses')
Gen. JJerKHX (TeKCTOB, 38113.'I, ynpalKHCHHH) ·HX
Gen. HOBblX (33B0,llOB, {jla6puK, 3,ll3.HHH) ·blX
Dat. JJerKHM (TeKCTaM, 33,ll3.'laM, ynpalKHt:HHllM) ·HM
(Y'IHTeJJeH, y11i1TeJ1bHHIJ)
Oat. HOBLIM (33B0,ll3M, {jla6pHK3M, 3,llaHHJIM)
Acc. Jlt!rKHe (TeKCTLI, 3a,Hi'IH, ynpalKHCHHJI) as Norn.
·LIM
CTpClfHX (y11HTeJ1eH,Y'IIITe.%HlfU) or Gen.
(y11uTeJ1iiM, y1111TeJJLHHIJaM)
Acc. Instr. JJerKHMH (Tt:KCTaMH, 3a,Ua'laMH, ynpalKHt:HHllMH) ·HMH
Hoawe (33B0,llbl, (jla6pHKH, 3,llaHHll) as Norn.
Prep. 0 JJerKHX (TeKCTaX, 33,ll3.'laX, ynpalKHt:HHIIX) ·HX
HOBLIX (y'luTeJJeu, y1111TeJ1bHu11) or Gen.
Instr. HOBblMH (33B0,ll3MH, {jla6pHKaMH, 3,ll3.HHIIMH) ·LIMH
(Y'IHTeJJl!MH, y1111TeJ1bHHIJaMH)
Prep. 0 HOBblX (3aBO,llaX, (jla6puKax, 3,ll3.HHJIX) ·blX
After the sibilants (iK, 11, m, IQ) and after r, K, x adjectives take the
(y11uTeJ1iix, y1111TeJ1bHHIJax) endings -ax, -HM, ·HMH (xopomnx, JierKnx; xopomnM, JierKHM; xopo-
lIJJtMu,JierKHMH).
Exercise 13. Give written answers to the questions, using the adjective 6oJJL·
llloii,
128
129
 l. KaKile y H11x ycncx11? 2. O KaKilx ycnexax cnopTcMeHoB coo6maJJa ra 3 e-r. 2_ Mb1 KynilJJH ....
3. C KaKHMII ycnexaM11 IIX n03J.(paBIIJJII"?4. KaKHM ycnexaM OHH paAylOTCII? 5. KaKiix / 3. M bl pa,uoeaJJHCb ....
nexos OHH J.(OCTHrJJff? c.
4 _ )],eTH yKpaC~JIH KOM_HaTy... .
5. OoJT HallHCaJI CTHXH O ... .
Exercise 14. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the adjectives give
on the right in the required case. n (nepBble oeCCHHHeUBeTbl)
Exercise 17. Decline (orally) the following phrases consisting of a noun and its ad-
(a) J. CTyJ.(eHTbl BOJBpamalOTCII C ... KaHHKyJJ. .1eTH11u . qualifier Make up sentences of your·own, usmg some of the phrases m all the
2. nocJJe ... XOJIOJ.(08 HacTynHJJII TenJJble BeCeHHffe 3HMHIIH jccllVe '
J.(Hff. cases.
3. MHe CK)"IHO 6e3 ... KHlff. ffHTepeCHblH l nocJJC}lHHH TPYJlHblH ')K3i!MCH. 2. BaJKHOe 6611.1ee}lCJIO. 3. )],aJJbHHH COCHOBblH
4. B )TO JJeTO 6blJIO MHOro ... }lHeH. JKaprnil nee. ·
4. RpKoe eeCCHHeeCOJJHUe.5, nocJJCJJ.HHeTel1JlblC ,'],Hit,
(b) l. CTy.'lCHTbl fOTOBIITCII K ... 3K3aMeHaM. BCCCHHIIH Exercise 18. Write out the sentences. filling in"thc blanks with the words given on
2. Cer6AH11 11 Han11caJ1anHCbMa ... APY3bllM. CTapblH the right in the required case.
3. CaMOJJeT np116J111Jl<aeTCII K ... ropaM. KaoKa1CKIIH
4. ITo ... }'JIIIUUM M'laTCII aBTOM06HJJII. WffpOKHH ], nocJJC ... nyTeWCCTBCHHHKHHaKOHCI( np116mb11- nomttii TPYJlHblH nyTb
JJHCbK ... · COCHOBblHJJeC
(c) I. MM ei:ceJJo npoeeJJH ... KaHHKYJJbl. 3HMHffH 2. )],eTH 11rpaJIII ~OKpyr .... HOBOfOJJ.HIIIICJJKa
2. B pOJlHOM r6poJ.(e OH BCTJ)eTIIJI ... TOeapmueit. IllKOJibHblH ~ 3TH l\BCTbl 60IITCII ,,, , paHHHe OCCHHffeM0p03bl
3. CKopo 3K3aMeHbl. CTy.lleHTbl CJl}'IllalOT ... JJeKUHH.
4. BeCHOH Ha ... nOJJll BbleXaJJH Tpanopbl.
nocJJCJlHHH
6ecKpili-iHHH
4: Moi-i 6pa1 yeJ1eKaeTc11.... JHMHIIC BH}lbl cnopTa
5. Bee paJlYIOTCII .. . . ' 11pKoe oecc1111eec611m1e
(d) l. 8 npaJJ.(HHK BCe }'JlffUbl 6h1Jlff yKpaweHbl ... 4'J1a- pa3HOU~THhlH 6. R B311JIhy KHiiry c .... npaoa11 BCpXHIIII noJJKa
raMff. 7. Mbl 'IHTaJIH pacCKii3bl O ,,, , CMCJlhie BOCHHbie JleT'IHKH
2. TypHCTbl IllJlff C ... neCHIIMff. oeceJJblit 8. C1y Jlt:HTbl roT6011,111cb K .... IlOCJI~,UHIIHTPYJJ.Hb!H)K3i!MeH
3. BeCHOH ece OJKffBaeT no).( ... JJy'laMII COJIHl..{a. rop11'lffH 9. Poccfrn C Kli)K,lblM r6,10M pacumpSieT BHCUJH11111oproeJ111
4. nepe.u ... 3K3<lMeHaMff Mbl O'leHb MHOro JaHffMa- BeceHHffH 10. Pa60'llle OBJJa}leBi!IOT .... nepeJlOBbie MCTO/\bl opraH11-
JIHCb.
(e) l. Ha ... CopeBHOBaHIIIIX OH 3aHIIJI nepeoe MCCTO. 3a111111
Tpy.na
JlbllKHblH 11. 3TOT BillKHbHI eonpoc Tpc6yeT .... w11p6Koe II ececTopoHHee 06-
2. Mb1 JHaeM o ... Tpy.uHocT11x. npe.ucT01111.1ffit
3. Ha ... JaHllTIIIIX npffC}'TCTBOBaJJff ece. cyJKAeH11e
Be'lepHffH

Exercise 15. State the gender, number and case of the adjectives. Write down the
nominative singular of each adjective and the noun it qualifies. QUALITATIVE AND RELATIVE ADJECTIVES
I. B Ca}ly neJJ COJIOBCHCBOIOnocJJeJ].HIOIOnpe.11pacceernyio neCHb. (Typz.) 2. noc.~e Adjectives may denote various qualities and properties of an obje;t:
cei:TJJo:o JJcrn~ro JlHII HaCTynilJJ 11cHb1uff Titxuu ee'lep. ( Typz.)-3. 1111116ropeJJo oT conH-
ua II CBeJKero 803.llyxa. (llaycm.) 4. ITocJJe HeJ.(aBHffXJlOlKJleH B Jiecy 6bIJIO J.(OBOJlbHOCbl· its size (6oJibUJoii,MaJieHbKHii,uoM 'large, small house'), colour (~pac-
po. (Ape.) 5. I-fa '.JTffXOKOH HeCJIHCbHa }'JlffUY pa.llOCTHble, JierKffe 3B}'Kff 3BOHKIIX MOJIO· noe si6noKo 'red apple', 1eJ1eub1e nifcTbH 'green leaves'), the material of
JlblX roJJOCOB, 6ecnpepbIBHOro CMexa. ( Typz.) which it is made (KaMeHHblH,uoM 'a stone house'), the person to whom
6. B aJJJJeio TeMHyio sxoJKy 11;cKso3b KycTi:,
r
JIIIJlHT Be'lepHffH JIY'I, ff JKeJITb[e JlffCTbl
it belongs (Marnnu yqe6ttttK 'Masha's textbook', OTLIOBCKaH 6tt6Jmo-
WyMllT non p66KffMff waraMH. (JT.) TeKa'father's library'), etc.
7. Ha ceoepe JlHKOM CTOHT OJlHHOKO According to their meaning, Russian adjectives fall into qualitative
Ha fOJIOH Bepwime COCHa. (Jl.) and relative.
Exercise 16. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the words given in Qualitative adJectives denote qualities and properties which an ob-
brackets in the required case. ject may possess in a greater or lesser degree:
(a) I. Mou TOBapmu JKHBeT Ha BOCbMOM 3TalKC .... 3ro 6onbm6i1 ,uoM, a TOT ,uoM 'This is a large house, but that
2. K ... no,'l1,exaJ1a MaWHHa.
3. .[(eByWKa BOWJia B .... eme 66JibUJe. house is still larger.'
4. MaWHHa OCTaHOBHJiaCbnepe.u .... Cettlfac seTep xon6JJ.HbIH,a B~'le- 'Now t_he~ind_ is cold, but in t~e
5. ITpu ... CCTb CTOllHKa aBTOMo6itJieu. poM oH 6y.ueT eme xoJio,uuee. evening 1t will be sttll colder.
(60JibWOH COCCJlHffH.llOM)
(b) I. Mb! Me'ITaJIH O .... Qualitative adjectives denote: , ,
2. Bee CTaJiff TeMHblMff OT .... (I) size, dimensions: 6oJibrnoii,noM 'a large house', MaJieHLKaHKOM·
3. Mb! npffBblt::JIH ir::.... 1-iaTa'a small room', orpoMHblHr6po.u 'a huge city', rnupoKaH.uop6ra 'a
4. HeJJb3ll 3noynoTpe6nilTb .... Wideroad', yJKHiiKopu,n6p 'a narrow passage', HHJKHii.uusaH 'a low set-
5. HeJib3ll CMOT])CTb 6e3 TeMHblX O'IKOB Ha ....
(rop11'lee IOJKHoe c6nuQe) tee', B1>1c0Koe .uepeso 'a tall tree';
(c) l. .H co6pan 6yir::i:T ....
(2) colour: JeJieHaHTpasa 'green grass', CHHeeMope 'a blue sea', rn-
JJy66eHe6o 'a blue sky', KpacnL1itqlJlar 'a red flag'. '.IKeJITblH
nttcT 'a yel-
130
131
low leaf, cepaH nhrnh 'grey dust', 1eopn'l11esb1u nopnpenh 'a brown COMPLETE AND SHORT-FORM ADJECTIVES
brief-case';
(3) taste: cJiaJ.J.KOe
ii6noKo 'a sweet apple', KHCJiaHKJIJOKBa'an acid AND THEIR FUNCTION IN THE SENTENCE
cranberry', ropbKOe JieKapCTBO'bitter medicine', co.1e11aHBO)la 'salt
water'; Russian adjectives fall into complete-form and short-form adjec-
(4) weight: THiKeJibIHqeMO.ZHlH 'a
'a heavy suit-case', JiernaH JIO.l(I<a fves
1 ·
light boat'; Qualitative adjectives may be either complete (unTepecnblu paccKa3
(5) temperature: xoJ16,u11b1u BeTep 'cold wind', TenJJaH nor6,na 'an interesting story', nnTepecnaH KHHra 'an interesting book', unTepec-
'warm weather', iKap1eoec61rnue 'a hot sun', rnpH'IHH nec6K 'hot sand' ooe coo6metttte 'interesting report', unTepecnble HOBOCTH 'interesting
npOXJlll).J.llblHBeqep 'a cool evening'; ' news') or short (paccKa3 unTepecen 'the story is interesting', Kttifra
(6) various qualities of people and things: cMeJiblHnenttK 'a bold I111Tepec11a 'the book is interesting', coo6metttte HHTepecno'the report is
flyer'' npuJieiKHblHyqeHHK 'a diligent pupil'' KpacnBaH ,ueBylllKa 'a interesting', HOBOCTH n11Tepec11bl 'the news is interesting').
beautiful girl', OTJIH'IHaHpa66ra 'excellent work', unTepecnaH KHwra Relative adjectives may be only complete (cTynen'fec1euii 611neT
'an interesting book', rpycTnaH necm, 'a sad song', etc. 'student's identity card', CTyne11'1ec1eaH )Ktt3Hh'students' life', CTy,uen-
Relative adjectives denote qualities and properties which cannot qec1weo6me)KHTtte 'students' hall of residence', cTyJ.J.eH'fec1eue pa66TbI
exist in objects in various degrees; they express relationships between 'students' papers').
objects. Complete-form adjectives answer the questions KaKon?,KaKaH?,Ka-
Relative adjectives may denote a quality of an object through: Koe?,1eaKue?'what (sort of)?', and short-form adjectives the questions
(I) the material of which it is made: KaMeHHbln,uoM 'a stone house', KaK{)B?,KaKoBa?, KaKOBo?,K3KOBbl?'what (sort of)?':
nepeBHHllblHcapaH 'a wooden shed'; KaKott paccK,b? - HHTepecnblu 'An interesting story.'
(2) time: MeCH'IHblHOTITYCK 'a month's holiday', oce1111ue JIHCTI,l[ paCCKa3.
'autumn leaves'· KaKoB paccK,b?- PaccKa3 'The story is interesting.'
(3) place: r~ponc1e6u TpaHcnopT 'city transport', Jiecnou B03/'IYX HHTepecen.
'the forest air';
(4) another ohject for which it is intended: CTyne11'fec1eoe o6me)KH- Complete-form adjectives are used in sentences either as attributes:
Ttte 'a students' hall of residence', naccaiKupc1euun6e3,u 'a passenger 51npoqttTaJI HHTepecnyroKHHry. 'I read an interesting book.'
train';
(5) the person to whom it belongs: Maumn yqe6HttK 'Masha's text- or as predicates:
book', OTl(OBCKaH6tt6JIHOTeKa 'father's library', IleTHllbl KOHbKH'Pe- 3m KHHra unrepecnaH. 'This book is interesting.'
tya's skates'.
Note. There are relative adjectives ending in -uii, -bH, -be; -bH which also
Complete-form adjectives change for gender, number and case and
qualify an object by relating it to its owner: n11cuiiXBOCT 'a fox's tail', JJHCbH mina agree with the noun they qualify in gender, number and case.
'a fox's paw', n11cbe'IYTbC·a fox's sense of smell', JJHCbH cJ1e.UbI·rox·s tracks', Meil· Short-form adjectives are used in sentences as predicates; they are
ee,icbH 6epJ16ra 'a bear's den', eoJJ'lbHnacTb •a wolfs mouth', DTH'lbe rneJ,u6 'a not declined, but agree with the noun they qualify (the subject) in gen-
bird's nest', pb16uiirnaJ 'a fish's eye', noMelllH'IHii .UOM'a landowner's house', phi· der and number:
6a'lbH ceTb 'fisherman's net'.

Exercise 19. Supply qualitative and relative adjectives to each of these words.
PaccKa3 HHTepecen. 'The story is interesting.'
Knwra HHTepecna. 'The book is interesting.'
Model: Eo1buibii r6po.u. llpuMbpcKuii r6po.u. Coo6meHtte HHTepecno. 'The report is interesting.'
r6pon, .UOM,KOMHaTa,CTOJl,KHHra,q>Jlar,peKa, Jiec, nop6ra, ecTep. ueeTw, HO'I&, PaccKa3bl, KHHrH, coo6menm1 'The stories, books, reports are
B63.uyx,J16t1Ka,c6J1ttue HHTepeCHl,I. interesting.'
Exercise 20. Replace the adjectives with nouns with prepositions.
The link verb 6LITb is generally omitted in the present tense. In the
Model: KttttlKHbIHlllKa<jJ. lliKacp0.1.~1-.·11u?.
Past tense the link verb is 6b1.1, 6bma, 6b1.10, 6btJIH.
lKeJleJHaHKpbillla, nHTHJlCTHHHnJlaH, MOCKOBCKOC
MeTp6, KOlKaHblH
nopT<jJeJib,
.UeTCKaHKHHra, 116J10'IHbIH
m1p6r, wepcTHHOenmiTbe, KHHlKHaHn6J1Ka PaccKa3 6blJI HHTepecen(HHTepec- 'The story was interesting.'
Ht.Iii).
Exercise 21. State in which of these phrases the relative adjectives have a qualitative
meaning. JJeKL.1,HSI
6Lma HHTepecna (HHTe- 'The lecture was interesting.'
lKe.1eJHallKpbIUia,lKe.1e3HallL{HCUHn.1HHa, CTaJ1bHallROJlll,CTaJlbHOH HOlK,30J10T6e pecnaH).
KOJlbUO, 30J10T6eBpCMll,B03.!IYIUHOe nmlThe, B03.ilYWHOe npocTpaHCTBO,.ueTCKallK6M· Coo6metttte 6hmo unTepecno 'The report was interesting.'
Hara • .ueTCKOeY'IPClK,!leHHe (HHTepecnoe).
132 133
 PaccKa3bl, JieKIUHI, coo6uicmrn 'The stories, lectures and reports I. Short-form adjectives take no endings in the ma~culine singular;
6bl.1H HHTepecm.1(HHTepecnble). were interesting.' they are identical wi~h ~he stems o( the ~orresponding complete-form
adjectives (JI.OM BblCOK the house 1s tall ).
In the future tense the link verb is 6y;:i:eT,6y;:i:yT: 2. In the feminine gender the ending is -a (3a;:i:aqaTpy;:i:na'the prob-
PaccKa3 6y;:i:eT HHTepeceH (HHTe- 'The story will be interesting.' lem is difficult") and in the neuter -o (MecTo cno60JJ,110 'the seat is va-
peCHblH). cant'). The plural ending for all genders is either -bl or -H (3a;:i:atJH,Bon-
J1eKl.(H51
6y,'1,eTHHTepecHa (HHTe- 'The lecture will be interesting.' pochI. ynpa)l{m~H~51 JJernu '.the problems, questions, ex~r~ises
Tpy,'.l.11b1,
pecHast). are difficult, easy ). the endmg -H bcmg added after r, K, x or a sibilant
Coo6me1-me 6y ;:i:eT HHTepecno 'The report will be interesting'. (iK m," or m) (JJernu 'easy', xopomu 'good') and -bl after a hard con-
(nnTepecnoe). so~ant (Tpy iJ.Hbl'difficult', Kpacuobl 'beautiful').
PaCCKa3bl, JieKl.(HH,C006ll.(eHH51 "The stories, lectures and reports 3. If there are two or more consecutive consonants at the end of the
6yJJ:yT HHTepeCHbl (HHTepCC- will be interesting.' stem of a complete-form adjective, an unstable o or e may appear be-
Hble). t\\-een the consonants in the short form masculine: 6irn3KHH ·near'
6.1hoK, 6bnblH 'poor' - 6ei:ien.
(For the use of complete and short-form adjectives as part of the An unstable o appears when the complete-form adjective has a hard
predicate, see p. 447.) consonant at the end of the root before the suffix -K-:
Note. The adjectives pail "glad' and ;.tOJilKCH ·obliged', ha\e only the short 6m11KHH·near' 6.rruJoK TOHKHH'thin' TOIIOK
form: u1111-.nii'low' HH30K YJKHH 'narrow' yJoK
OH pa.1 BCTpC'-IC
c Ba:-.-111. 'He i, glad to meet you.
Om\ pa ta BHJlCTbBae. 'She is glad lo see you.· rcpenKHH 'strong'- J.penOK ~1onKHH'adroit' JJOBOK
OHfl JtomKHhl cKopo npmhil. 'They must come soon.' JICfKHH'easy' JJel'OK cJJa/1.KHH 'sweet' CJJaJJ:OK
Besides, o appears in the following short form adjectives: JJ.OJ1rnii
THE ENDINGS 'long' - }lOJJOI',nomn.,ii 'full' nomm, CMeUlll()H 'funny' CMemon.
OF SHORT-FORM ADJECTIVES An un..,table e ore appears after a consonant before the suffix -n-:
6e}lllblH 'poor' 6eJJ.eH TPY,1.llblH'difficult' Tpy11.en
Comrk·1e Form Shnrt FlHm 60JibHOH'sick' 6oJJeH IIC,Kllh!H 'gentle' HeJKeH
6J1e)].HblH 'pale' 6JJC/l.eH l'PHlHblH 'dirty' rpsnen
Singular spe,1nb1u'harmful' npe11.e11 YMHbt:H'clever' yMeu
no,1e1nb1ii·useful' - no.1e1en 1Jepnb1H 'black' lfepen
H)'"lKHblH 'necessary' nyJKeH
BbleOKIIII '{0\,1 )10\,1 BblCOK
'tall house· 'the house is tall'
KpaCIIBblll llBCT()K URCT()KKpaCIIB An unstable e also appears when there is a soft consonant or -ii at
'beautiful flower· 'the flower is beautiful" the end of the root before the suffix -K-:
1py 111a113a,ia'la 3a.1a'la TP~',lH:l
'difficult problem' 'the problt:m is difficult" ropbKHH'bitter' r6pei..
11111p0Ka11pcKa pCKd UlllpOKa 66nKnii 'sharp' 6oeK
•v.ide ri1cr· ·the ri,·er i, v. ide" CTOHKHH 'staunch·- CTOeK
eeo60..111oe ,1ec ro ~1C<.:TO CBOUO,IHO
'vacant sear 'the ,cat is vacant'
npaBHJlbllOC pc111em1e pelllCHJ-ICnp:i.BHJlbHO
'correct deci,ion · 'the decision is correct' Be~ides, an umtable e or e appears in the following adjectives:
'sour' - Ki'rce,1
1-i1c.1b1u xi'npbt:ii 'sly' XHTep
Plur,li csh.1b1H 'light' cnheJJ oCTpbt:H'sharp' OCTCp
TenJJblH'warm' TeneJJ
BblCOKHC ilO YIU JIO!VlaBbICOKII Note. No unstable vowel can appear between c and T: 'IIICTbtll 'clean'
'tall houses· 'the houses are tall' '-IHCT, TOitCThlii •fat' 'empty'
TO.'ICT, 11ycToii 11ycT, npocroii 'simple' npocr.
Tpj,IHblC 3a.'l<l'IH 3a.1{1'-IHTpy.1ut:1
"difficult problem,· 'the problems are difficult" An adjective whose complete form ends in -ennbrit, -ennnii (yoepen-
CB060.lHblC "1CCTa a ceouo. '""'
:1.1cc1
·\acanl scat,· ·the scab arc , acant"
111>1H'sure', oTKpooe1111b1H
'frank', ucKpennnii 'sincere') has the ending
-e11 or -enen in the short form (ynepen, OTKpooe11e11, 11cKpene11):

134 135
Jief'KOMbtCJieuubln JternOMbtCJieu qeMTIMOHaTc1>exam1chCHJih- 'The country's strongest hockey
'light-headed' J-l~eiiuJHeXOKKeMHbieKOMclH,l],bl teams arrived for the cham-
60ileJHeHHbln'sickly' 6oJieJHeH cTpaHbl. pionship.'
orpamtlfenubln 'limited' orpannlfen The comparative degree may be either simple (uuTepecuee'more in-
yeepeHHhln 'sure' yeepeu sting', Bblllle 'higher') or compound (6()J]eemrrepecHhrii'more inter-
o6blKHOBeHHl,ln'ordinary' 06blKHOBeneu tere , , ~ 'h. h ')
ncKpeuuun 'sincere' ncKpeueu esting', 60J1ee BblCOKHH 1g er .
HeHJMeHHbln'invariable' ueHJMeHeH
OTKpOBeHHbln 'frank' OTKpoeeueu THE COMPARATIVE DEGREE
Exercise 22. Write out the sentence~. Underline the short-form adjectives. State
their gender and number.
The simple comparative is forme~ by mea~s of the s,~ffi:' -e: Tnrn,e
I. PyccKHHIIO:JTpOJlHJICII e CTpaHe,r)le He6o cepo, CHera rny6oKH, MOp03blTJ)eC1ty- 'quie!er', rpoM'f~ 'l?u,der', or -ee _(-e~): CHJibHee( cum.ueu) stronger ,
qn, Bb!Ortt CTpalllHbl,JieTO3HOHHO, 3CM,1ll06H.1bHaH IIJIOJlOpO)IHa.(Ee.1.) 2. JlttCTBaHa
6epe3ax 6b1.1aeu1e noqTH BCll3e,1eHa. ( Tvp?.) 3. 3,leCb JllO,lHBO.'lbHbl,He6o SICHO. (fl.) i-pacusee (Kpacueeu) more beautiful .
4. Mopo3Ha HO%; BCeHe6o l!CHO.(fl.) 5. neqaJibHbl 6bL1HH<iWHBClpeqn_ (fl.) 6. Ilyn,
Ha 03epa 6bIJI )lOJIOr. (llaycm.) 7. 4y)leCeH lllYM HoqHoro JlOlKJlll.(A. T.} The Suffix -ee (-en)
Exercise 23. Replace the following phrases consisting of a noun and a complete-
form adjective which qualifies it with phrases compo~ed of a noun and a short-form ad, The suffix -ee (-en) is used to form the comparative of most adjec-
jective and write them down. tives:
Model: CTpornfi yq11Te.'lb.Y'IHreJib CTpor. CHJlbHbln 'strong' CHJibHee(CHJlbHen)'stronger'
CBelKHHB03JlYX,TP)'Wlb!H eonp6c. KOpOTKHH paCCKa3.npoCTC'Hcn6co6, 6e)lHbtil cmi6bln 'weak' cJia6ee (CJia6en) 'weaker'
KpeCTbllHHH,6oraTblH IIOMeI.J.UIK,
Hil3KHllTIOTOJIOK,
nyc·1OH CTaKaH,TOHKHHCTe6eJib, CBfTJlbtn'light' CBeTJiee(ceeTJien) 'lighter'
6oJibHOH pe6eHOK, )'3KHHKOpHJlOP,H)'lKHblHyqe6HHK, JierKHHqeMO)lllH,ceo66)lHbtil
BXOJl TeMHbln'dark' TeMnee (TeMnen) 'darker'
npHMon'straight' npHMee (npHMen) 'straighter'
Exercise 24. Read through the sentences. Find the short-form adjective~ and state
their function in the sentences. The comparative is generally stressed on the first e of the suffix -ee.
I. 3eMJill BeJIHKa" npeKpacHa. EcTb Ha Hett MHOIO qyJJ,CCHblX MeCT.(l/ex.) 2. 3ara- The comparative of polysyllabic adjectives (of three or more syl-
JlOqHblH TIOTOM)' npeKpaCHblTeMHble'laUIHm:COB,rny6l!Hbl MOpeH.(flaycm.) 3. )KHJHb lables) is stressed on the stem, as is the positive degree:
npeKpaCHa " YJlHBHTeJibHa. (MOJIK.) 4. YTpo 6brJIOCBeJKee"' npeKparnoe. (Jl.) 5. THXa
yKpaHHCKallHO%. npo3pll'IHO He6o. (fl.) 6. 5iCHO)'TpO. THXOBeeT TeTIJiblHBeTepOK. HHTepeCHbln 'interesting' HHTepecuee 'more interesting'
(HuK.) 7. KaK Jiec xopolll II03JIHCH6ceHbJO!( T)'p?.) 8. TTO'IC'\,I)'
TaK xopolll H xynolKe• (HHTepecuen)
CTBeHll3b!KHapOJlHOllpeqn? flOTOMYqTo B HapOJlHOllpeqn lKHB)'TH BCer)la.neiiCTBYJOT DOJleJHee 'more useful'
3aKOHblpoJK)leHHllll3b!Ka. (A. T.) nonfaubln 'useful'
(noJieJuen)
KpacHBbtn'beautiful' - Kpacueee 'more beautiful'
THE DEGREES OF COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
(Kpacueen)
Only qualitative adjectives have degrees of comparison. ClfacTJtHBbtn'happy' clfacTJiueee 'happier'
Relative and possessive adjectives have no degrees of comparison. ( ClfaCTJlltBen)
Qualitative adjectives have two degrees of comparison: compara· BHHMaTeJibHbln 'attentive' BHHM8TeJlbHee 'more attentive'
tive and superlative. (BHHMaTeJibHen)
The comparative degree:
36JIOTOTH~eJiee )KeJlba. 'Gold is heavier than iron.' The Suffix -e
B6J1ra .umrnuee )],Henpa. 'The Volga is longer than the 1. The suffix -e is used to form the comparative of adjectives whose
Dnieper.' stem ends in r K x or .u, T, CT and also of a number of adjectives with
The superlative degree: other stems. The ~uffix -e is never stressed. In the formation of the com-
3sepeCT ~ BblCO'fanrnaH ropa 'Everest is the highest mountain parative an alternation of consonants occurs:
B Mttpe. in the world.' Jl.Oporon'dear' .11.opo~e'dearer'
MocK0BCKMH rocy.uapCTBeHHhIH 'Moscow State University is the CTpornn 'strict' CTPO*e 'stricter'
YHMBepcttTeT CTapenrnun oldest university in this coun· KpenKun'strong'- Kpen'le 'stronger'
YHMBepettTeT CTpaHhI. try.' rpoMKun 'loud' - rpoM'fe 'louder'
137
136
THXHii 'quiet' - THme 'quieter' 1. Adjectives with the suffix -cK- ()].pyiKecKnii 'friendly', TOBapu-
cyxoii 'dry' cyme 'drier' Uleci-uii•friendly', 'comradely').
MOJJO,!\Oii 'young'- MOJIO*e 'younger' 2. Adjective~ with the suffixes -o-, -e- (JJ.e.10Boii'businesslike', nepe-
TBeP.!\LIH'hard' - TBeP*e 'harder' .ll080u •foremost', MaccoBblii 'mass'. 6oeBon 'fighting').
6on1TL1ii'rich' - 6ora'le 'richer' 3. A number of other adjectives: paunuii 'early'. ropbKHH "bitter',
KpyToii 'steep' - Kpy'le 'steeper' JJtt1UHHii·superfluous', po6Kuii 'shy', nnntcuii 'sticky', )].ep1Kuii'imperti-
TOJJCTLlii 'stout' - Tonme 'stouter' nent", rop.J.blH·proud', OT.1ornii ·sloping', BeTXHH·ramshackle', n.,1oc-
'IHCTLlii 'clean' - 'IHIQe 'cleaner' """ ·tlat', ycTa.,1Mii 'tired'.
These adjectives have the compound comparati\e deg1ee formed by
In the formation of the comparatives of a number of adjectives wi~h means of the word 60J1ee'more' or Menee ·tess':
the suffixes -K-, -OK- th~se suffixes are dropped and an alternation of fi.
nal consonats occurs m the root: !',faCCOBblH - 6()Jlee MllCCOBblH - Menee M3CCOBblH
'mass', 'on 'on a larger scale' 'on a smaller scale'
HH3KHii'low' - ""*e 'lower' a large
BLICOKHH 'high', 'tall' - BLIIUe 'higher' 'taller' scale'
y1Kuii 'narrow' Y*e 'narrower' paHIIHH - 60J1ee pa1111uii Meitee pa1t11HH
6J1113KHii 'near' - 6n11*e 'nearer' ·early' 'earlier' 'not so early'
KOJ>OTKHii 'short' - KOJ>O'le 'shorter' ycTaJihtii - 60J1eeycTaJibtu - Menee ycTa.JlblH
pe.!\KHii'rare' - pe*e 'rarer' 'tired' ·more tired' 'less tired'
)lpyiKeCKIIH - 60.1ee )].pyiKeCKHH- Meuee )].pyiKeCKHH
, 2. _!,he_c~mparatives of the adjectives ,!\aJJeKHii
'far', .!\OJJrHii
'long', 'more friendly' 'less friendly'
TOHKHHthm are formed by means of the suffix -me, the K and r being 'friendly'
dropped: The compound comparative degree may be formed from any quali-
.!\aJJeKHii 'far' - ,!\a.rJbme'farther' tative adjective .
.!\OJJrHii'long' - ,!\OJJbme 'longer' One can say either:
TOHKHii'thin' - TOHbme'thinner' 3m Knttra nnTepecnee, qeM Ta. 'This book is more interesting
or: than that one.'
3. For the comparatives of nnoxoii 'bad' xopoUIHH'good' Ma.rJeHb- 3m KHttra 60J1eenuTepec11a,qeM
KHii 'small' forms obtained from other roots are used. ' Ta.
nnoxoii 'bad' - xy*e 'worse' KaBKcl'KKHeropbl BI;nne. qeM 'The Caucasian mountains are
xopomuii 'good' - ny'lllle 'better' YpaJlbCKHe. higher than the Urals.'
MaJJeHbKHH 'small' - MeHbme 'smaller' or:
4. The comparatives of 6onbmoii 'large', no3,!\HHii'late' cna,!\KHH KaBKa3CKHe ropbl 60J1eeBblCOKHe,
'sweet', rnyooKHii 'deep' and AemeBLlii'cheap' are formed i;regularly: qeM YpaJTbCKHe.
OOJibmoii'large' - oo.1bme 'larger'
003,1\HHH'late' - OOlAUee'later' Use of the Comparative Degree
or no3*e Adjectives in the simple comparative degree (of the CHJibHee'strong-
CJiaAKHii'sweet' - CJiame'sweeter' er', Bhnue 'higher' type) do not change for gender, number or case.
rnyooKHii 'deep' - rny6*e 'deeper' The simple comparative degree is generally used in sentences as part
,!\emeBblH'cheap'- 'cheaper'
,[\emeBJJe
of the predicate:
Adjectives_in the comparative may be used with the prefix no- which Bpa1 MOJioJKececTpb1. 'The brother is younger than the
~as th~ meanmg of '(just) a little': uoooJibme'a little more' noBblme'a sister.'
httle higher', 'a little taller', DOAOJ>O*e
'a little dearer'. ' Bpa, 6h111 ohmte cec I pb1. 'The brother was taller than the
sister.'
The Compound Comparative Degree but it may also be an attribute:
01-1 nonyqiIJI K0MHaTy 60J1hme 'He got a larger room than mine.'
The c?mparative of some qualitative adjectives is not formed bf
means of suffixes. The following adjectives belong to this group: Moett.
139
138
 · 26 Wr ·,e down the comparative of each of the following adjectives, a&in
Exercise • _ 1· . _
When used as an attribute, the simple comparative degree invarj. 010
de! preceding each group. Mark the stress.
ably follows the word it qualifies. the . - , ~ • - ··
CulbllblU cu 1b11ee; CJJa6hIH,Jl06pb1H, HOBhlH,OClpbl!f,
0
6e,:!Hhllf,CB~TJJbl~,TeM-
The second part of the compound comparative degree (66JJee " J ~a)((~b!H. 2. f13eec,n11blU U36f!C!nllee; KpaCHBblH,npHRTHhl!",lfH;epe<:_HhH1_, BH~-
HHTepecm.,n'more interesting', 6(>J1ee pauuun 'earlier') changes for gen. !l~llf, " 3. Tuxuil muwe; cyx6ii, rnyx6ii. 4. KpenKuil-KP_en'le; 11pK1111, )((apKl_f~,
1,1~ren:H~Ilf6'1KliH, 3BOHKHH,JJerKttii, MlffKHH,)((CCTKliH.5: Tywil_ mr)l(·e; }lop9roli,
der and number. pe3~HH:, ~ Kpymbu-Kpj'le; 6oraThlii. 7. To 11cmn1u -mo11UJe; 'IHCThllf,npocToH, ry-
crporH~- - "
Cero)].HSIIIIHSISI JieKI.J,HSI 66Jiee 'Today's lecture is more interest- cr6ii, qaCTbllf. _ _ _
HHTepeCHa,qeM BqepalllHSISI. ing than yesterday's.' Exercise 27. Make up sentences incorporating the following nouns, u~mg a<lJect1ves
CerO)].HSillJHHH ceMHHap 66.1ee 'Today's seminar is more interest- in the comparative degree. , , ,
HHTepeceH,qeM BqepaWHHH. ing than yesterday's.' JO;JOTOH cepe6po; BOJIKIi Me,lBe.ilh:p~Ka Ii py'!ett;, COJIJ~Ue H~TJyHa; K.11i"1aT~pb!Ma
CerO)].HSillJHee 3a)].aHHe 66Jiee 'Today's assignment is more II KJl»MaTC11611p11; 1-1y6Ii 6epba; KliCJJOpOJl Ii BOD.Opo11.;
31iMHlfli11.CHb H JJCTHHH neHh
HHTepeCHO, qeM BqepamHee. interesting than yesterday's.' Exercise 28. Put the italicised adjectives in the comparative degree.
Cero)].HSIIIJHtte JieKUHH 66.1ee 'Today's lectures are more inter- I Cer6JlHSI nor6na X)')((C,'ICMB'lepa. BeTep XO.l<JdliblU H phKUU. Mop_6? CU.l~llb/9.
HHTepeCHl,I,qeM BqepaWHHe. esting than yesterday's.' 2 OH·TeTICpbJJ)''IWCpa66TaCT. Er~_11.BHlKt!HHH _v6epe11/lbl., ~- Mbl WJIHnpyroH 11.oporoH.
)Ta ,11op6ra 6bLTJampj-iJ1wU, 11011.be!VI
B ropy 6bIJJ Kp_rmou.
Adjectives in the compound comparative degree change also for
case: Exercise 29. Fill in the blanks with the adjectives given on the right, putting them in
the comparative degee.
JI He n6MHIO yTpa 66Jiee rn.1y- 'I do not remember a bluer and TeMHblH
1. Ho'lh CTaH0BttJ1achece ._._.. , ,
66rn H cBb,ero. (JI.) fresher morning.' 2 C Ka)((JlblMmarOM 110/lbC'vlB ropy CTaHOBHJICH ·:· · KpyTOH

The compound comparative degree is used in sentences either as the

3: TponHHKa CTaHOBllalaCbece ... If CKOpo COBCe:>.1 )3KHH
nponiua. , . .
predicate (always in the ~hort form): 4. np116.1lf)((,i,1aChBCCHa.)lHH CTaHOBI-L1HCb ...• HO'lli 11.JJHHHblH
CTaHOBll.lliCb.... KOpOTKHH
Cer6JJ.HSIWHSISI JleKUHSI 66Jiee 'Today·~ lecture is more mteresting 5. HamH 3HilHliSICTii.1H... H .... np6'1Hblii
HHTepecHa,qeM BqepaWHSISI. than yesterday's.' r,,y6oKHtt
6. Ja,la'la OKa3a:JaCb ... , 'IC\1 ;"'hi ,7y:v,a.11-1. , Tp)'JlHblH
or as an attribute (always in the complete form): 7. Mb! C:vlOTpe:rnB OKHOea:oHa. ~ !1epe;1. Ha!VIHOT- HHTepeCHblfi
KpblBiWI-ICb KapTHHbl O_AHanpyroH --; .
8. C Ka)((JlOH'vlliH)'TOHcro pe'lh CTaHOBli.JaCb... 11.... CTIOKOHHblH
JI He n6MHIO yTpa 66Jiee roJiy- 'I do not remember a bluer and yeepeHHhlH
66m H cBeiKero. (JI.) fresher morning.'
In Russian, the noun denoting an object with which another object
is compared takes either the genitive: THE SUPERLATIVE DEGREE
CecTpa npuJieiKHee6pha. 'The sister is more diligent than The superlative degree may be_ either _si~ple (Kpacirnenumn',mos!
her brother.' beautiful', unTepecnenumn_•~ost, mt~restm~ ) ?,r, compound. (c~MbIH
HHTepecHblH 'most interestmg , caMbIH KpacuBbIH most beautiful ).
or the nominative
after the conjunction lfeM 'than':
CecTpa npmieiKJiee,'ICM 6paT. 'The sister is more diligent than The Simple Superlative Degree
her brother.'
The simple superlative is formed by mean! of th,e suffi~ ~aum- ~Be-
The genitive is not possible after the compound comparative de- JJHKun'great' -BeJIH'lanmun 'greatest') or -eum- (cuJibHbIH strong -
gree, which may be followed only by the nominative with lfeM. CHJibHeHlllHH 'strongest'). . . .
1. The suffix -anm- is used to form the superlative <?f adJectives
CecTpa 66. zee npu.1e:»e11a, 'ICM 'The sister is more diligent than whose stem ends in r, x. In the formation of the superlative the alter-
K,
fipaT. her brother.' nation of sounds r - If and x - m occurs:
iK, K -
npaT Me/lee npu"1e:>1ce11,
'ICM Cec- ·The brother is not so diligent as
his sister.' ~ CTporuu'strict' - cTpoiKanmun'strictest'
Tpa.
Bb1c6Kun'hight' - BbICO'lanmun'highest'
Exercise 25. Write out the sentences and underline the adjectives in the comparative Titxun 'quiet' - rnmanmun 'quietest' . h d. _
degree. 2. · The suffix -enm- is used to form the superlative from ot er a Jee
J. HeT Hlf'lero paJlOCTHeeTpym'.t. (fl.0.) 2. Jlio60Bb ... CIUibHeeCMeprn Ii CTpaxa lives:
CMepTII. ( Trpc.) 3. TpyJl If HayKa Bblllle 3TlfX /1,BYXClfJJHeT Hli'!er6 Ha 3eMJIC.
141
140
Kpad'tBblH'beautiful'- Kpacuoeiimuii 'most beautiful' Use of the Superlative Degree
IIOBblH'new' - IIOBeHIUHH'newest'
cnipL1ii 'old' - crnpeiimnii 'oldest' Adjectives in the superlative degree change for gender, number and
CHJibllblH'strong' - CHJlblleHIUHH 'strongest' case:
npoCToii 'simple' - npoCTeiiumii 'simplest' clf.lblle~IUHH ( Cl:lMblH Clt."IbllbIH) 'the strongest swimmer'
6oniTL1ii 'rich' - 6oraTeiimnii 'richest' nJIOBeU
clf.lbHeHlll8H(caMaH CHJibllaH)KO- 'the strongest team"
3. The superlative of a number of adjectives is formed by means of
the suffix -m-: MaH;:{3
(caMLie CHJlbllbie)KO- 'the strongest team~'
cH,lbHeHUIIIC
BblCOKUH 'high, - Bb1crnnii'highest', 'supreme" (and Bblco•uiiimuij v1aH,Uhl
'highest') OH urpaeT B CHJibHeiimeii( caMOH 'He plays in the strongest football
111t1Knii'low' - 11u1rnnii'lowest' (and HH,Kaiirnnii'humblest') CHJlbHOH) cpyT60JihHOH KO- team.'
The stem is occasionally changed: :-.,1aH,1e.
xopomnii 'good' - Jiylfmnii 'best' The superlative degree is used in sentences either as part of the pre-
nJioxoii 'bad' - xy,llmnii 'worst' dicate or as an attribute.
MaJiellbKHH'small'- M·ellblUHH'smallest' Q3epo 6ai1KaJI-rny6olfaiirnee 'Lake Baikal is the deepest lake in
(caMoe rny66Koe) 63epo the world.'
4. Some adjectives in the superlative take the prefix 11an-:
B MHpe.
11anJiylfmnii'best'
11anxy,umuii'worst' In this sentence the superlative is part of the predicate.
11aueb1cmnii'highest'
TI6e3)]. npu6mDKaeTCSI K l'Jiy- 'The train is approaching the
11anMellblUHH 'least' deepest lake in the world.'
60lfl:1HllleMy ( Cl:lMOMY rny6o-
11auKpacueeiimuii'most beautiful'
KOMY)63epy B MHpe.
'strongest'
11ancHJib11eii11111ii
In this sentence the superlative is an attribute.
This prefix has an emphatic force and expresses the highest degree The simple superlative degree is used not so often as the compound
of the quality. superlative and is typical of the literary language. The compound
Adjectives with the prefix 11an-are rarely used. superlative with the pronoun caMLiii is equally common in colloquial
Many adjectives do not have the simple superlative degree (e.g.:
and literary Russian.
60:11L116ii'sick', pa1111uii'early', ,ueJioooii 'businesslike', .llpy,KeCKHH Sentences containing the superlative degree may be built in dif-
'fne!ldly', y1Knii 'narrow', ru6Kuii 'flexible', MOJio,uoii'young', poJlHOH
'native'). ferent ways:
. l. with the genitive of the noun without a preposition:
The Compound Superlative Degree
03epo 6ai1Ka11- 2Ay601.Jauwee 'Lake Baikal is the world's deep-
. !he compound superlative degree is formed from all qualitative ad- foepo MHpa. est lake.'
JectJves by means of the adjective caML1ii(caML1iicMeJ1L1ii'boldest', ca·
Mblii pauunii 'earliest'). The compound superlative degree is used more 2. with the preposition e (prepositional case):
frequently than the simple superlative. Sometimes the word uau66Jieeis 03epo 6ai1KaJI- c11y601.Jauwee 'Lake Baikal is the deepest lake in
used instead of caMblHto form the compound superlative degree. Thus, foepo e Mupe. the world.'
one can say either uan66Jiee uuTepecnL1ii'most interesting' or caMblff
UHTepeCHblH. 3. with the preposition u1 (the noun with u1 takes the plural):
The word uan66Jiee is characteristic of the literary language. 01epo 6ai1KaJI -211y601.Jauwee 'Lake Baikal is the deepest of the
The compound superlative degree is also formed from the com· HJ 01ep MHpa. world's lakes.'
parative degree of an adjective and the genitive of the pronoun ece 'all'
(ecex 'of all'): 4. with the prepo~ition cpe.,1,11
'among':
Cl:lMblHHHTepeCHblH
- UHTepec11eii
BCeX 01epo J;aifKaJI- 2.r1y6u1.Jafauee 'Lake Baikal is the deepest among
'most interesting' 'the most interesting of all' 01ep MHpa.
cpeJJ.H the world's lakes.'
Cl:lMblHMOJIO,UOH MOJIO,Keecex
'youngest' 'youngest of all' In some cases the superlative degree loses its original meaning:
142
l4J
 Pa66Ta 6yneT 3aKoHqeHa 8 6Au- 'The work will he finished in th
:>IC{lUUleeepeMfl. immediate future.' e ce pa6o'lee is used as an adjective, it fulfils the function of an attri-
HanHillH MHe O daAbHeUUll'U pa- tenteoflhe word MeCTo 'place', and agrees with it in gender, number
'Write to me about your furthe ~~d.case. In the third sentence, the word pa6o'IHii is also used as an ad-
6ome. work.' r
CTyneHTbl cnymaJIH Kypc Hoeeu-
weu ucmopuu.
The students bad a Modern His- J·ecuve. . . .
In some cases adJect1ves have completely turned mto nouns, e.g.
tory course.·
he words noprnou 'tailor', soJKaThIH'Young Pioneer leader', npoxoJKlrii
Exercise 30. Write out the sentences. Underline the adjective:; in the superlative I ~ asser-by', MocTosast'pavement', 3anstTaH'comma' and the following
gree. 'c-
Parnesof parts of speech: npunanhenLuoe 'adjective', cy~ecTe11TeJIL-
l. Il5'1IIK11H-eeJm'l1iH1II11(1 pyccK11H no~T. 2. OT cliMOH ceeepHoti: T6'IK11 Pocci:i n
eoe 'noun,' 'IHCJIHTeJILHoe
, ,numera l' .
):10C8M0H K))l(HOH n0'ITH nl!Tb TbICll'J K11JIOMeTpOB. 3. Ilp!!M8ll-KpaT'lll.Hlllee paCCTOl!ljijll Nouns which are adjectives by origin and adjectives used as nouns
Me)l():ly ):IByMs'i T6'IKaM11. 4. P5'CCKl1H ll3hIK ):10CT8TO'IHO6oraT, OH OOJia):lll.eTBCi!r,i; are declined as adjectives, e.g. MocToeast'roadway' (MocToeoii, MOCTo-
cpei:1crnaMH /:IJlll Bb1pa)l(CH11llcll.MbIX T6HKHX 0fL\YIL\CHl1H 11 oneHKOB M61cn11. ( Kop.J
eyJO,etc.). They may be qualified by adjectives:
Fxercise 31. Replace the compound superlatives with simple superlatives.
BbIC6Kall TeJie61illIHll B EBp6ne. 2. M0CK6BCKHii
1. 0cTll.HK11~CKall Tene6awHll-Cll.Mall
KocnoM WHJlonLITHLIHnopmHou. 'The suit was made by an expe-
rocyi:1apcrneHHbll1 yH11Bepc11TeT-CUMbIHcnipbIH YHHBepCHTCTCTpaHbl. 3. EH11cetl:-car-ia»
rienced tailor.'
MH0roOO):IHall peKa Poccfo1. Ko MHenpHmeJI MOHCTaphlii3Ha- '.An old acquaintance came to see
K0MblU. me.'
Exercise 32. Give the simple superlative degree of the following adjectives.
. /:IO~pbIH, ~HJI~HblH, T?HK_wi-i.,1cr~~i-i. CTp(irni-i. np,,eroii, H0BblH. PC/lKHH, fPY/lHblH, Exercise 35. Write out the sentences. Underline the italicised nouns once and the
6JJH3KHH, 60!'aTblH, IUH[JOKHH, llJl0XOH, XO[J<'IllHH italicised adjectives twice.

Exercise 33. Make up sentences. using the following phrases. 1. R Ha Ml1HYTY OCTaHOBHJlC.11 s nepeiJHeii,'IT06bi CHl!Tb K3J10IIIH. (JI) 2. Mb! exanH
B nepeiJ11euMaIIIHHe. 3. R HaBCCTHJ160.llbHOW TOBap111ua. 4. DO/lbHOUHaqaJl rron-
. KpaT'J.IHIJJHH cpoK, KpaT'HlHIJJ11HnyTb. HOBCHUllle J\OCTHllCeHHll,MeJlb'laHIJJHC 110,11· paBJll!TbCll. 5. Ero npilH.11J1iJeJ1Cj,pHb1ii
epa'I. 6. j1eJ1Cj,pHbtii116nJKeHrnet1HTb 3a nop11.ll-
P<)0HOCTH.3Jleii,uHH Bpar. eepHCHUICCcpc.~c mo. I :iyfa,,,i,i1111ec yRalKCH11C KOM.7. _HCMOTpeJJH3 OKH3.saroHa Ha 3/lllKOMble MCCT3..8. Ha )'J1Hl{e .II BCTpeTHJl 3HllKO-
M020. 9. ITocne J1CKI.\HH 10. B 6yqiere CTOHT crnOA0-
Mb! nOHJICM 06eJ1aTb B crno.1106y10.
Exercise 34. Read through the sentences. Pick out the adjectives in the comparative 6QR rrocy.na.
and superlative degrees.

I. YM BCJlH'lllilIJJCro rCHHll BCer11a HeH3MCpHMO HHJKe yMa ecero 'ICJlOBC'ICCTBa. Revision Exercises
(/ie.11.) 2. J.13Bcex cpet1CTB JIJlll pacnpocTpaHCHHll o6pa3oBaHHOCTH CaMoe CHJlbHOe -
JI11Tepa1:ypa. 3. Ha KpaIO 11op{)l:11eT011J111y6. BcpohHo. e 11ec11Tbpa3 cTapme 6eph
Exercise 36. Write a short essay on one of the following subjects, using the adjec-
COCTaBJllllOIL\HX_Jlec, 0~ 6btJl B ~eCllTb pa3 TOJllL\C 11B ):\Ba p:ba BblUIC K3lKJIOH 6cpC3bl.
tive+ noun phrases given below.
(Jl. T) 4. l_feT ~HJ1b1.60;1ce_Mory'lcii, 'ICM ~HaH11c.(M.f'.) 5. Moll p6t111Ha, Mo11po 11HaR
3CMJl~, MOC OTC'ICCTBO,B lK113HHHCT ropll'ICC, rny6JKC, CBIIU(CHHCC 'IYBCTBa, 'ICM J11060Bb 1. JILlll(HaR npory JIKa
K Te6e. (A. T.)
.IICHbIH3HMH11HJICHb, rony66e He6o, ii:pKoe C0JIHl.\e, 6t:J1b!CnOJ1ll, np03paqHbIH JlCC,
fOJlbJeJICpeBb.11,
3eJ1CHbICeJJH,3ll.ll'lbH CJie.1J,hI,
KpyTa.11ropa, KpenKHH J1Cfl,MOJ)03Hb!H B03-
CONVERSION OF ADJECTIVES INTO NOUNS .IIYX,pyM11Hb1enil1.1a, cepe6pilcTbIH ilneii, ocnenHTeJJbHbIH 6necK

2. JleTHee yrpo
There are adjectives which can be used as nouns, e.g.:
CBt:lKHH p3.HHHH BeTepoK, p030Bb!H Kpaii He6a, COJ1He'IHhieJ1Y'IH, peJIKHe o6JJaKa,
Pa6o'IHii sowen B uex. 'The worker entered the work- roJiy66e He6o, JeJJcHa.11Tpasa, nacTyIIIHH poJKoK, 60J1hII16e CT3.JIO
shop.'
Exercise 37. Find the qualitative adjectives in the text and write them down in the
Compare with these sentences: short and complete forms and in the comparative and superlative degrees.
KaK nee XOp0III n03.1J,HeHOCeHbJO... BeTpa HCT, 11HeT HH C0J1Hl.\a,HH CBeTa, HH TeHH,
OH Jamrn CBOepa60'lee MeCTO. 'He took the place at which he liH /:IBHJKeHHll,HH IIl)'Ma; B MllrKOM B03Jlyxe pa3J1HT oceHHHH 33.nax, no116(>HblH 33.~axy
worked.' BHHa;T0HKHH TyMaH CTOHT Bt1aJ1Hnan JKCJ1Tb!M11 noJ111M11.
CKB03b o6HaJKeHHblC 6ypble
Pa6o'l11ii,ueub uaqand1. 'The working day began.' C)''fbl! nepeBbCB MHpHO 6eneeT HenonBHlKHOC Ht:60; KOH-rt1e Ha J1Hnax BHCllT noCJ1t:)lHHe
30JIOThle J1HCTbll. Cb1pall 3CMJ1ll ynpyra non HoraMH; BbIC0KHe cyxHe 6blJIHHKH He II1e-
. In the first sentence the word pa6o'IHii 'worker' answers the ques· lleJihc11; ,11,JlHHHbteHHTH 6necTh Ha no6net1HeBIIIeii Tpaee ... (Typz.) ·
tlon 1ao? 'who?' (KTO sowen e uex?-- Pa6o'laii. "Who entered the
shop?" "The worker did."). In this sentence pa6o'IHii is used as a noun
and fulfils the function of the subject of the sentence. In the second
sentence, the word pa6o'lee answers the question KaKoe?'what (kind
of)?' (KaKoe Mecrn OHJamrn? 'What place did he take?'). In this sen·
144
IO- 384 145
 Supplement 3 M.i..,culine and Feminine Surnames

Declension of Nouns Denoting Surnames i..--

and the Names of Cities and Towns l1Bauit11KaH Surnames with adjective endings arc declined

-
jifsaHllllK_!fH
1,eJILCKHH 6CJILCK3H as adjectives.
Masculine Surnames and Masculine and Neuter Name!) i-----
of Cities and Towns endmg in -we, •NH J1B3HJ1B3HOBH't First names and patronymics are declined
MapHH l1B!lHOBH3 separately as nouns with the correspondmg
endings.
Norn.
Gen.
Oat.
Acc.
11.'ILHH
J1JJLHH3
11JJLHHY
J1JJLHH3
Unlike masculine nouns, mas-
culine surnames ending in -uu, -Me
take -LIM in the instrumental. - )J,ypuoeo
ITnnuhlX
When Russian surnames have endings un-
common in Russian, they are not declined.
Instr. 11JJLHHhlM -LIM lfVTKHX
Prep. (06) J1JJLHHe )J,omitx

Norn. Kambuu The names of cities and towns UleB'tCHKO Ukrainian surnames ending in -eHKO,-Ko are
Gen. Kambuua ending in -HH, -LIH take -OM in the KopoJieHKO generally indcclinable (y KopoJICHKO, y
Oat. Kambuuy instrumental like masculine nouns Jie360pO)lKO XeoiiKo ); if they are declined, they follow the
Acc. Kambuu ending in a hard consonant. XBOHKO declension pattern of feminine nouns endmg
Instr. KaJJHlHHOM in -a (y KopoJJeHKH.'at Korolenko's"):
Prep. (o) KaJ1111uue 51 m,can KoponeHKe.
·1 wrote to Korolenko.'
51 BHD,eSI KopoJieHKy.
Mc1sculine and Neuter Names of Cities, Towns and Settlements 'I saw Korolenko.'
ending in -oa. -ee, -oeo, -eBO 51 rneopiial c KoposreHKOH.
'I spoke with Korolenko.'
Norn. CapaTOB KyuqeBo The names of cities, towns,
Gen. CapaTOB3 KyuqeBa residential areas, villages, hamlets If surnames ending in -H'f or -oeu't, -eBH't de-
MHQKCBH't
Oat. CaphoBy Kyu1,eBy and settlements ending in -OB, note men. they are declined as nouns with
liapaHOBH't
Acc. CapaTOB Kyu11eBo -oBo, -eB, -eBo are declined as mas- the corresponding endings; if they denote
liopOD.H't
Instr. CapaTOBOM KyuqeBOM -OM culine nouns ending in a hard con- women they are not declined.
Prep. (o) CaparnBe (o) Kyu11eBe sonant.

Masculine Surnc1mes Ending in -oe, -ea Mo11apT Surnames of foreign origin ending in a con-
HLIOTOH sonant are declined as nouns with the corre-
sponding endings if they denote men; they
Norn. ITnpoB CepreeB Masculine surnames ending in are not declined if they denote women.
Gen. ITnpoBII CepreeBa -oB, -eB take -LIM in the instrumen-
Oat. ITeTpoBy CepreeBy tal.
Acc. ITeTpoBa CepreeBa -LIM fapH6!l.'IL,lH JiaKi· Foreign surnames ending in a vowel and for-
Instr. ITeTpOBLIM CepreeBLIM Hepy T6u.iiitcu eign names of cities and towns endmg m -y,
Prep. (o) ITnpoBe (o) CepreeBe ITpitcrnu CO'tH -u, -e, -o are not declined.
CKOUJlC
lfHK!llO
Feminine Surndmes Ending in -NH&, -oaa

Xopaea Foreign surnames ending in -a (-H) and not

Norn. 11JJLHHll ITeTpoBa Feminine surnames ending in ChiplH stressed on the final syllable may be declined.
Gen. 11JJLHHOH ITeTpoBoii -uua, -OBaare declined as feminine
Oat. 11JJLHHOH ITeTpOBOH adjectives, but in the accusative
Acc. Hm.uuy ITnpoBy -y they take the noun ending -y.
Instr. 11JJLHHOH ITnpoBoii
Prep. ( 06) 11JJLHHOH( o) ITeTpoBoii

146 IO• 147

 THE PRONOUN DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS
In accordance with their meanings, pronouns are classed into nine First and Second Persons
groups:
l. Personal: H T, TLI 'you' (sing.), OH 'he', oHa 'she', OHO 'it', Ml.I Singular Plural
'we', DLI 'you' (pl.), oHit 'they'.
c--
2. Reflexive: ce6it 'oneself.
3. Possessive: MOH 'my', 'mine'; rnoii 'your', 'yours' (sing.); ero Norn. H TLI MLI BLI
. Gen. Men11 Te611 nae eae
'his'; ee 'her', 'hers'; Harn 'our', 'ours'; earn 'your', 'yours' (pl.); II)( Dat. MHe Tefie HaM BaM
'their', 'theirs'; ceoii 'one's', 'own'. Acc. Meu11 Te611 nae eae
4. Demonstrative: :JTOT'this', TOT 'that', TaKoii 'such', TaKoe 'such' Instr. MHOH T06oii HllMH BllMH
CTOJILKO'so much'. ' Prep. 060 MHe 0 Te6e o nae o eae
5. Definitive: caM 'oneself, caMLiii '(the) very' ('the same'); eec1,
'whole', 'all'; BCHKHH'every'; Kll~ALiii 'each', 'every'; mo66ii 'any'. (a) When preceding an oblique case of the pronoun H the preposi-
6. Interrogative: KTo? 'who?', •no? 'what?', KaKoii? 'what (sort of)?' tions K 'to', c 'with', nepeA 'in front of, 'before', HaA 'over' take o.
KaKoe? 'what (kind of)?', 'leii? 'whose?', KOTOpL1ii?'which?', cKOJILKo? Ko MHe npmneJI TOBapm~. 'A friend has come to see me.,
'how much?', 'how many?' OH He3HaK6Mco MHOii. 'He does not know me.'
7. Relative: these pronouns have the same forms as the interroga- Bbl CH)JJITenepeAO MHoii. 'You are sitting in front of me.'
tive pronouns; however, they are used not to ask a question but to con- HaAO MHoii ro11y66e tte6o. 'There is a blue sky above.'
nect clauses. Thus, in the sentence: Km npmIIeJI? 'Who has come?' the
pronoun KTO is interrogative, whereas in the sentence: .H He 3HaIO,KTo (b) The preposition o 'about' takes the form 060 before MHe (prepo-
npmneJI. 'I do not know who has come' KTO is relative. sitional of H).
8. Negative: HHKTO'nobody', HH'ITO'nothing', HHKaKoii'no', HH'leii OH rosopirn BaM 060 MHe. 'He told you about me.'
'nobody's', HeKoro 'nobody', He'lero 'nothing'. (c) The pronoun DLI 'you' is used not only as a plural but also in po-
9. Indefinite: KTO-TO 'somebody', 'ITO-TO 'something', KaKoii-TO litely addressing one person.
'some', 'leii-To 'somebody's', KTO-HH6yAL 'somebody', 'IT6-Hu6yAL
'something', KaKoii-Hn6yAL 'some', 'any', 'leii-Hu6yAL 'somebody's',
KTO-JIH6o'somebody', 'ITO-JIH6o'something', KaKoii-Jiu6o 'some', 'any', Third Person
'leii-Jiu6o 'somebody's', Koe-'ITo 'something', Koe-KTO 'somebody',
KOe-KaKoii 'some', HeKTO 'somebody', He'ITO 'something'' HeCKOJILKO Singular Plural
'some', 'several', HeK0Top1.1ii'some'.
Norn. OH OHO oua OHH
Gen. ero (y uero) ee (y nee) HX (y HHX)
Oat. eMy (K HeMy) eii (K ueii) HM (K UHM)
Acc. ero (ua uero) ee (ua nee) HX (ua HHX)
Instr. HM (e UHM) eii, eIO(e Heii, HMH (e unMH)
e HeIO)
Prep. 0 HeM o ueii 0 HHX

The pronouns of the third person OH 'he', oHa 'she', OHO'it', oHit
'they' take an H at the beginning when preceded by a preposition.
In the sentence .H npmneJI K HeMy, 1-1T66b1noMO'lh eMy. 'I called on
him in order to help him' the pronoun OH 'he' is in the dative after th_e
Verb npurneJI 'came' and is preceded by the preposition K, t~erefore 1t
takes an initial H (K HeMy); after the verb noMO'IL 'to help' OH1s not pre-
ceded by a preposition, therefore it does not take an initial H (noMO'lh
ertt')
y.
Note.- After the prepositions eue 'outside', 6JiaroAap11, 'tha!1ks ,to',
eeJieAeTeHe'owing to', 'in consequence of, eonpeKn_'in spite of, eorJiaeuo ac-

149
 cording to', uaecrpe'ly 'in the opposite direction', 'towards', the pronouns of the rd person and invariably refers to the performer of the action (the
third person do not take u: 3
subject):
Ohlml npeKpacHaSI rroro,L(a. liJia- 'The weather was fine. Thanks to H BiDKYce6H B 3epKaJ1e. Mhl BH.L(HM ce6n B 3epKaJ1e.
ro.L(apHen 3KCKypcHSInpowna this the excursion was a sue. ,1 see myself in the mirror.' 'We see ourselves in the mirror.'
xopowo. cess.' Tbl sH.L(IHIIhce6i B 3epKaJie. BM BH.L(MTe ce6i B 3epKane.
K .L(OMYrro.L(ornnw J1IO.L(H.Ha- 'Some people approached the ,y 0u see yourself in the mirror.' 'You see yourselves in the mirror.'
BCTpeqy HM H3 BOpOT Bbt6e- house. A dog ran out of the Oil BH.L(HTce6H B 3epKane. Oun BH.L(51Tce6n B 3epKaJ1e.
)KaJ1a C06aKa. gates towards them.' •He sees himself in the mirror.' 'They see themselves in the mir-
If the possessive pronoun of the 3rd person ero, ee or ux is preceded ror.'
by a preposition, the possessive pronoun does not take u: 011aBH.L(HT ce6n B 3epKaJie.
'She sees herself in the mirror.'
Mht rosopwM o ero (ee, ux) pa6o- 'We are speaking about his (her g KYilHJlce6e KHHry. Mbl KYffHJlHce6e KHHry.
Te. their) work.' ' 'We bought ourselves a book.'
'I bought myself a book.'
In the sentence 51 6hrn y uero. 'I have been to see him' the pronoun Tbl KyrtHJlce6e KHHry. Bbl KYTIHJ1Hce6e KHHry.
ero, which follows the preposition y, is a personal pronoun in the geni- 'You bought yourself a book.' 'You bought yourselves a book.'
tive and takes u. It answers the question y Koro? In the sentence 516bm 011KYTIHJJ ce6e KHHry. Oun KYI1HJ1H ce6e KHHry.
y ero 6para. 'I have been at his brother's' ero is a possessive pronoun, 'He bought himself a book.' 'They bought themselves a book.'
therefore it does not take u. It answers the question y 'lhero 6pba? Omi KynHna ce6e KHwry.
'She bought herself a book.'
Exercise 1. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with personal pronouns in
the required case. 5. In a sentence, the pronoun ce6n invariably fulfils the function of
1. obIJJ 6'-!eHb cttJJbHbIWMop63. lh-3a ... MbI He nomJJtt Ha KaTOK. 2. B nllTHHllY 6y- an object.
J1eT ypOK pyCCKOfO ll3bIKa. Tiopa fOTOBHTbCll K .... 3. Y'-leHHK XOpom6 3aHHMaeTCH.
Y'-IHTeJJb.[IOBOJJeH.... 4. ToaapHlll npOCHJI MCHJI, '-IT06bi ll KYilHJI .[(Jill ... KHttry. 5. Cec- Exercise 2. Read through the sentences. State the case of the pronoun ce6J1and the
Tpa npHCJlaJJa IlHCbMO. jJ_ OTBeTHJI .... 6. Tiepe.[1 .[lOMOM paCT)'T J1CpeBbll. Mell(J1y ... person it refers to.
CTOHT CKaMeii.Ka. 7. Mb! IlOJ1bC3lK<l,'lHK MoCKBe. }],o ... OCTaJJOCbJ1B<1J1llaTb KHJIOMeT· J. Moil. IlOil)'T'-IHK paCCKa3aJJ MHe O ce6e MHOfO HHTepeettoro. 2. jJ_ IlOCMOTpeJJ
poa. 8. TiocpeJ1H KOMHaTbI CTOttT cT011. BoKpyr ... CHLlllT JJIOJ1H.9. CTyJ1eHT MH6ro 3a- BOKpyr ce6SI H yattf\eJJ, '-ITO B KOMHaTe, Kp6Me MeHiI, HHKor6 HeT. 3. HacTOlllllHW pyKo-
HHMa11rn p)ICCKHM ll3blKOM H CCH'-!aCB.,a,:ree1 ... XOpOIIJO. I 0. Ott He 6bla"I Ha :JKCK)lpcHII. BO/U!TeJJbTpe6oaareJJeH He TOJ!bKO K .I\pyrttM, HO H K ce6e. 4. Cb!H nonpOCHJI OT[la:
Kp6Me ... 6bIJIH BCCCTy/:leHTbl Hameii. rpynnbI. 11. 3aaTpa B KJJy6e 6yJ1eT JJeKllHll. TI6cne «B03bMtt MeHSIC co66ii.». 5. 8 MHH)'TY onaCHOCTH OH f\)'MaJJ He O ce6e, a O TOBapHU13X.
... 6yJ:1eTKOHl\epT. 12. CK6po y 6parn ,[leHb pOlK,[leHHll. Mb! ylKe KYilHJIH ... no,[lapoK. 6. 51 KynttJJ ce6e KOHbKH. Mb! 6yJ:1eM BMecTe c To66ii. XO/:IHTb Ha KaTOK. 7. 51 BHHIO
13. C BepmttHbl ropbl OTKpblJICSInpeKpaCHblH. BH/:1.TiyTemeCTBeHHHKH J(OJ!ro JJI06oBa· B HeYJ1a'IaXTOJ!hKOce6ii. 8. Tb! BCerJ(a HMCelllb npH ce6e 3anHCH)'IO KHHlKKy? 9. Y'-lel!HK
JJHCb.... 14. 3m /:IOp6ra Kop6'-1e. MbI noe):leM no .... 15. Ha 6epe1 y peKH pocJJ6 6om,- nonolKttJJ KHttry nepeJ1 co66ii. 1-1cran roTOBHTb yp6KH. 10. TipHy'-lttTe ce6J1 K cTp6roii.
m6e J1epeBO. Mbl OT/:IOXH)'JIHIlOf\ .... 16. B'-lepa B KJJ)'6e 6b1JJHHTepeCHbIH./:IOKJl3J1,HO IlOCJie):IOBaTeJJbHOCTH B HaKO!lJJeHHH 3H311HH..(fla6.)
ll He 6bJJI Ha .... 17. 51 He Mor B'-lepa npHH.TH K J1PY3bSIM.51 Il03BOHHJI ... H CKa3aJJ,'-!TOae
npH.I\)' K .... 18. 3Ta KHHra O'-leHb HYlKHa MHe. Cnactt6o Te6e 3a ... . Exercise 3. Read through the sentences. Write out the verbs (in the infinitive) to-
gether with the reflexive pronoun.
Model: BJJa,'J,eTbco66ii.
THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN CEliSI , I. KaK Bbl ce6ii '-l)'BcrnyeTe? 2. KTo He BHJ1eJ1MOpH, He MOlKeT npe/:ICTaBHTb ce6e
ero O'-lapoBaHHll.. 3. OH BCer,[la BJla.[{eeT co66ii., HHKOf.[\3 He BbIXO.[\HT1-13ce6SI. 4. YMeii.
1. The reflexive pronoun ce6H 'oneself does not change for gender: .QeplKarb ce6SI a pyKax. 5. OOJ!bHOR npmueJJ a ce6SI 1-1nonpoCHJI IlHTb.
On BH.I{MTce6i B 3epKaJ1e. 'He sees himself in the mirror.' Exercise 4. Make up sentences, using these phrases.
Ona BH,UMTce6n B 3epKane. 'She sees herself in the mirror.' ,YBepeH B ce6e, .I\OBO.rJeH co66ii., BJJa.[{eTbco66ii., f\eplKaTb ce6SI B pyKaX, lKepTBOBaTb
Co6oii, Ha.[\ellTbCll. Ha ce6ll, '-l)'BCTBOBaTb ce6J1, KynttTb ce6e, paccKa33Tb O ce6e
2. The pronoun ce6n does not change for number:
, Exercise 5. Make up sentences, using the pronoun ce611 with the prepositions
Ou BH.UMTce6H B 3epKane. 'He sees himself in the mirror.' ll11teci-o,OKOJJo,eoKpyr, J1,1H,KpoMe, npoTue, y, K, npo, naA, ncpeA, c, MCiK.IlY, npu, o.
Oun BH.UstTce6i B 3epKane. 'They see themselves in the mir·
Model: jJ_ IlO,lOlKHJI nopnpeJJh OK0/10 ce6Ji.
ror.' 0HH TIOCMOTpeJJH60Kp)'2 ce6k
3. The reflexive pronoun ce6n has no nominative. It is declined ~s
the pronoun Thi 'you' (Te6H, Te6e, etc.): gen. ce6i, dat. ce6e, acc. ceof,
instr. co6ou (co6610), prep. o ce6e.
4. The pronoun ce6n in any case may correspond to the 1st, 2nd or
151
 ..........
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS ,ll Y3bHMOH, rrpeKpaceH Halli COl<>3!
!· Jae rpYCT"!OH ne:Ko; ~e'laJib MOIi ceerna;
The possessive pronouns MOH'my' 'mine'· TBOH'your' 'y '" Oe'laJI~ MO~ rronHa To6010. .
_ M»e eawa l!cKpeHHOCTb.MHna;
(sing.); uarn 'our', 'ours'; Barn 'your·, 'yours' (p'i.)· ero 'his' 'ee··?hur~• 3 01-l!lB BOJl!feHbe IIpHBC~a
'h ers , ; ax 'th e1r,
. , ' t h eirs
. , answer the questions 'leH?' 'lbH? 'lbe?
' 'ILer ' )laBHO yMo~ttyBIIIHe 1fYBCT~a. -
'whose?' ., ., ., II? 01C6H11e11 MOH TPYil MttoroJieTHHH.
4 IliJIH.ro)lbI._ Eypb rropbl~ MSITC)l(HblH
s:
THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS OF THE FIRST pacceSIJI rrpe)l(HHe Me'ITbl.
H SI3a6hIJI TBOHronoc HC)l(HblH,
AND SECOND PERSONS Teoit 1-1e6CCHb1e 11epnd.
-
Masculine Feminine THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS OF THE THIRD PERSON
Er6, EE AND l1X

} }
MOH 'my MOIi 'my
TBOH'your 6paT TBOII ·your CeCTpB The possessive pronouns ero 'his', ee 'her', 'hers'and ux 'their',
Haw 'our brother' Hawa 'our sister' 'theirs' have the same form as the genitive of the personal pronouns of
Barn 'your Bawa 'your the 3rd person oe 'he', oua 'she', ouo 'it', ou11'they'.
Tipmnen 6paT H ero Tosapm:.u;. 'The brother and his friend have
come.'
Neuter Plural TipHmna cecTpa H ee rnsapm.u;. 'The sister and her friend have
come.'
Tip11mnit6phM1 H ax TOBapHI.Q. 'The brothers and their friend
Moe 'my
TBoe 'your
Hawe 'our
Barne 'your } )leJJO
affair'
MOH 'my
TBOH'your
HawH 'our
BawH 'your } 6paThR
brothers'
ceCTpbl sisters'
)leJJa affairs'
have come.'
The possessive pronouns ero, eeand ux do not change according to
case or number:
IlpHWeJIero (ee, HX) TOBapHI.Q. 'His (her, their) friend has come.'
. Like adjectives, the pronouns MOH,TBoii,uarn, Barnchange accord-
51 6bIJI y ero (ee, HX) TOBllpHI.Qa. 'I was at his (her, their) friend's.'
mg to gender, number and case. The gender, number and case of these
K er,o(ee,BX) TOBapHI.Qy. 'I shall go to his (her, their)
.HIlOH.IJ.Y
pro~ouns depend on the gender, number and case of the nouns they · friend's.'
qualify.
ero (ee, HX) TOBapHI.QeH. 'I have seen his (her, their)
.H BH)].eJI
Declension of the Possessive Pronouns of the First friends.'
and Second Persons
. The possessive pronouns ero, ee and ax do not take u after preposi-
Sungular Singular
tions.
Plural Plural
Compare:
Personal Pronouns Possessive Pronouns
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
and Neuter and Neuter
516bm y uero. R 6hIJI y ero 6pha.
'I was at his place.' 'I was at his brother's.'
Norn. MOH Moe MOIi MOH Haw Hawe Hawa HaWH 51npmnen K ueMj. R npmneJI K ero 6paTy.
Gen. MoerO MOeH MOHX Halllern HarueH HallJHX 'I came to his brother's.'
Oat. MOeMy MOeH MOHM H&WeMy HaweH HalllHM 'I came to see him.'
Acc. as Norn. Moe MOKJ as Norn. as Norn. Hawe Haruy as Norn. 51nonyqitJI IlHChMOOTnee. R nonyqitn nHChMOOT ee 6pha.
or Gen. or Gen. or Gen. or Gen. 'I received a letter from her.' 'I received a letter from her
Instr. MOHM MOeH MOHMH HaWHM HallleH HaWHMH brother.'
Prep. 0 M<>eM 0 MoeH 0 MOHX 0 HaWeM 0 H3WeH 0 H3WHX
51rosopitn c ueH. R rosopitn c ee6phoM.
'I spoke with her.' 'I spoke with her brother.'
Note . . The proni:iun TBOHis declined in the same manner as MoH; the pro·
noun Balli 1s declmed m the same manner as earn. Exercise 7. Read through the sentences. What questions do the italicised pronouns
answer? Which of the italicised pronouns are personal and which possessive?
Ex_ercise6. Write out the following sentences taken from Pushkin and underline the
possessive pronouns and the nouns they qualify. IIHCaTeJib. MbI He BH)leJIHezb paHbllle, HO 'IHTaJIHedi
(a) J. Ha ee11epe Bb!CTYIIHJI
153
152
KHHrn. 2. Y .\toe.'OTOBilp111Ua 60.lbWd51 6116.lHOTeKa. 51'l<ICTO 6bIBa!O y lll'cOII 6ep_y e
20 As is seen from the translation, the preceding sentences have dif-
KHHrn. 3. MHe H.YlKHO003BOHHTb eu, HO 51He 3Ha!O ee TeJieq>OHa. 4. J1x OOVlOIJ..{b6b1Jla
HYJl<HaMHe. 51 no6Jiaro,L(ap11JI ux 3a nOMOll(b. 5. K ceCTpe npHXO,[{HJI ee TOBapll.IU, Ro ei!
fi rent meanings. The first sentence states that the letter was the
He 6bL10 ,UOMa. :Cother's, while the second shows that the letter did not belong to the
(b) J. MeHl! BCer,ua IIHTepeCOB,la1a lKll3Hb 3aVLe'laTeJibHbIX JIJO,UeH. 51 ilbITa_JlClf brother, but to some~ody else. . .
HaiiTH 66IU11c 'lepTbI ux xapaKTepoe Te 'lepTbI, '!To BbILlBHHyn11.ux e pR!IhI JI.Y'llIIJtx The pronoun ceoii 1s used only when the obJect qualified by the pos-
JIIO,UCH'leJlOBe'!eCTBa. (Ilaycm.) 2. BnpO'leVL, HHKTO e20 HC y,uepl!GfBaJI II. HII.KTO He 3aMe-
(Trpc.)
TII.JI e20 OTC.YTCTBll.51.
sessive pronoun belongs to the performer of the action.
I. Mb1 ca~aeM u,BeThI 6Ko110 'We plant flowers near our
THE PRONOUN CBOI1 c&oero ,!J.OMa. house.'
The pronoun cBoii 'one's (own)' shows that the object it qualifies 2. Thi 3a6hrn ceow KHnry B ay- 'You have left your book in the
belongs to the performer of the action (which is the subject of the ,unT6pHH. lecture-hall.'
clause or sentece). 3. CecTpa npuc11ana MHe c&ow 'The sister has sent me her photo-
4>ornrpaqm10. graph.'
1. R K0H'IHJICBOIOpa66Ty. 'I have finished my work.' 4. BaM tteo6xo,!J.HMO wcnpaBHTh 'You must correct your mistakes.'
2. Tb1 K0H'IHJIcBoro pa66Ty. 'You have finished your work.' CBOIIOIIIH6KH.
3. Ott K0H'IHJIcBoro pa66Ty. 'He has finished his work.' 5. Mue H)')l(HO co6paTh ceoit 'I must collect my things.'
1. R paccKa3aJI O CBoeii pa66Te. 'I spoke about my work.' Be~H.
2. Tb! paccKa3aJI O CBOeiipa66Te. 'You spoke about your work.' The word which denotes the performer of the action may be either
3. Ott paccKa3aJI o cBoeupa66Te. 'He spoke about his work.' the subject of a sentence (Examples I, 2, 3) or the object in the dative in
The pronoun CBoiichanges according to gender, number and case an impersonal sentence (Examples 4, 5).
in the same manner as the pronouns MOH and TBon. If the object does not belong to the performer of the action or if
The pronoun cBoHmay show that the object it qualifies does not be- there is no performer of the action in the sentence, the pronoun ceoii
long to one person but to a number of persons performing an action: cannot be used.
I. Mb1 K0H'IHJIIICBOIOpa66Ty. 'We have finished our work.' 0KOJIOuawero ,!J.0MaeCTb ca)].. 'There is a garden near our
2. Bbl K0H'IHJIHCBOIOpa66Ty. 'You have finished your work.' house.'
3. Oun K0H'IHJIHcBoro pa66Ty. 'They have finished their work.' Y Moero TOB8pHI.u,a 60Jihlllaji 'My friend has a large library.'
6H6JIHOTeKa
I. Mbl paccKa3aJIH o cBoeupa66- 'We spoke about our work.' Tao11KHnra ocranacb B ay,!J.HT6- 'You have left your book in the
Te.
pwu. lecture-hall.'
2. Bbl paccKa3a11n o cBoeu pa- 'You spoke about your work.'
66Te. R B3jlJIy cecTpbl ee TeTpa,!1.b. 'I took my sister's exercise-book
from her.'
3. Oun paccKa3a11w o cBoeu pa- 'They spoke about their work.'
66Te. As a rule, the pronoun ceoii denoting possession is not in the nomi-
native (c&oii is occasionally used in the nominative but with a different
If the subject of a sentence is a personal pronoun of the first or sec-
meaning: 3To ceoii qe110BeK. 'He is a friend'; here ceoii means 'a
ond person (H, Tbl, Mbl, Bbl), cBon may sometimes be replaced witli the friend').
corresponding possessive pronoun of the first or second person (Moii
'my', TBon 'your', uam 'our', Barn 'your'). Thus, we generally say: Mt.1 Exercise 8. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the italicised pro-
nouns.
K0H'IWIHCBOIOpa66Ty. 'We have finished our work', but we can also
say: Mbl K0H'IHJIHuarny pa6cny. The meaning of the two sentences is (a) J. n11.caTeJib pa66TaJI Ha,U CBOUMpoMaHOM 'leTblpe ro,ua. Ezo poMaH He){aBHO
the same. Bb!WeJI 11.3ne'laTH. 2. Y'leHHIC 3a6b!JI C(J0/0TeTpa,ub ,UOMa. £20 TeTpa,ub OCTaJiaCb ){OMa.
Should the subject of a sentence be a noun or personal pronoun of 3. jj OOJIO)l(HJI CBOUICHllrH Ha CTOJI. Mou ICHHrH JielKaT Ha CTOJIC. 4. Mbl 'laCTO noce-
1.11:ieMCBOUICJiy6. B Haull'M l(Jiy6e 6hlBaJOT HHTepecHble JICICUHHH ICOHllCPTbl. 5. Mou
the third person (ou, oua, ouo, oun), the replacement of cBoii by the pos- 6paT )KHBeT a Bonrorpa,11e. 8'1epa II nocJiaJI TIHCbMO CBOeMy6paTy. 6. OH noJiy'lHJI npe-
sessive pronoun of the third person is impossible, since it would change MHIO Ja cBolO pa66Ty. £20 pa66Ty oueHHJIH eh1co1C6. 7. npoTHB Moe20 ){OMa nap1C. lh
the meaning of the sentence. Ol(ffa c«oe20 ,UOMa 51 BHlKY aJIJICH nap!Ca. 8. 0Ha y611.paeT CS0/0 ICOMHaTy. Bee ICOMHaTe
llcer,ua '111.CTOTaH nopll,UOIC. 9. Y mBoe20 TOBapHllla ecTb JTOT yqe6HII.IC. Thi MOlKellib
opaT OTnpaBHJI CBOCITHCbM0. 'The brother posted his (own) let- 8311Tbyqe6HII.IC y C80e20 Toeap11.IUa. V

ter.' (b) I. Otta [EneHa] MHOro ){)'MaJia O 6epcetteee, 0 CBOeMpa3roe6pe C HHM; OH~~
opaT OTnpaBIIJl ero ITHCbM0. llpae11.nc51;OHa eep11.J1aTeTIJIOTe e20 'IYBCTB, 'IHCTOTt! e20 HaMepeHHH. (Typz.) 2. CepreH
'The brother posted his (i.e. 11BaHOBH'I OlKII.Lla.Jl, '!TO e20 ICHHra OOllBJlt!!fHeM CBOUM){OJllKHll 6_y){eT npoH3eec:rH CC-
somebody else's) letter.' Pbe3H<>eene'!aTJit!Hll.e Ha 661lleCTBO. (JI. T.) J. 0H 3HaJI, 'ITO OHa He nena CO BpeMeHH

154 15S
C6,0eu 60JIC3HH,!' noTOM~ 3B,YKeer6Jioca Yi;IIIBHJIH o6p~JIOBaJI,er6.,(Jl.T.) 4. B Ha. )J,OMOB
poJie-Bce Ha'!aJia, B ezo c~rne-Bce B03MOJKHOCHI, ew TPY.UOMKOpMIITClllKll3ff1,
H eMy npHHaJIJieJKHT npaBo pacnpeJieJillTb TPYJIc6ou no cnpaBeJIJIHBOCTH (M.I'.) ' houses'
C'fOJlhKO yJJHQ
Exercise 9. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the pronoun ceoH in the
required case or with the pronouns ero, ee, Hx. 'so streets'
many 3)],:lHHH
I. 3Ty HCT6pmo paccKa3aJI 6phy OJIHH... npHheJib. 6paT CJihIIIIaJI:hy HCTOpl!Jo
OT OJIHOro ... npHllTeJill. 2. 0H o6paJIOBaJI Hae ... nl!CbMOM.Mbl o6paJIOBaJIHCL buildings'
nHCbM}'.3. Be'!epoM npHIIIJia MOllcecrpa c OJIHOii... noJipyroii. Be'lepoM npHIIIJia~:
Tpa If OJIHa... noJipyra. 4. CoJIHI..leBbJIIIJIO lf3·3a T}''IH,If ... JIY'IHOCBeTHJllf
ca)l. C6.JIHQe Demonstrative pronouns agree with the nouns they qualify in gen-
BblIIIJIOlf3-3a T}''llf If OCBeTH,10 ... Jiy'laMlf Ca)l. 5. Omi roBOpHT, '!TO... JIOMaIIIHlleJie;ia der, number and case:
OTHIIM:l!OT y Hee MHOroBpeMeHlf.0Ha CKa3aJia,'!TOnpHe)leT K HaM,KaKTOJlbKO3aKOff-
'llfT ... JIOM:lIIIHlfe
)leJia. 6. 0HH 3allBHJllf,'!TOcnpaBllTCllC3TOiipa66Toii ... CHJiaMH.()mi OH )KHBeTHa )TOH )'JIHU,e,B )TOM "He lives in this street, in this
CKa3aJIH,'!TO ceii'lac Bee ... CHJiblCOCpeJIOTO'leHbl Ha 3Toii pa66Te. .n:6Me. house.'
Exercise 10. Read through this poem by Pushkin and pick out the possessive pro-
nouns. Learn the poem by heart. DECLENSION OF THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
H51HE
3TOT AND TOT
TToJipyra JIHeil Mo11xcypOBbIX, 11 Mt:JIJillTnOMIIH}'THO
CnHUbl
rony6Ka Jiphnall Moll! B TBOHXHaM6pmeHHbIXpyKaX. Singular Plural
0JIHa B rnyIIIn Jiec6B cocHOBbIX rmIJIHIIIb B 3a6bITbie BOpOTbl
.l].aBHO,)laBHO Tbl lK)leIIIbMeHll. Ha '!epHbIH OT)laJieHHbIHnyTb;
Tb! no)l OKHOMCBOeiiCBeTJIRl.lbl TOCKa, npe/l'l}'BCTBlfll,3a66Tbl Masculine and Neuter Feminine
rop!OeIIIb, 6yJITO Ha '!aCaX, TeCHllTTBO!OBCe'laCHOrpyJib ...
Exercise •11. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the required pro- Norn. JTOT JTO TOT TO JTa Ta JTH Te
nouns. Gen. JToro Toro JTOH TOH JTHX Tex
(a) I. Manb'IHK OTJIH'IHO}''IHTCll 6JiaroJiapll ... (er6, ceonM) cnoc66HocTl!M. Oat. JTOMY TOMY )TOH TOH JTHM TeM
2. T0Bap11m11noMorJIH MHe. DJiaro.uapll ... (ux, CBoeii) nOMOU-111 ll ycrreIIIHO3aKOH'IHJI Acc. as as JTY TY as Norn. or Gen.
pa66,y. 3. HaM 'IHTaJOTJieKI.IHH o Teop'!ecTee TTyIIIKHHa. Cer6JIHll npocpeccop paccKa- Norn. JTO Norn.
TO
3:lJI HaM O ... (er6, CBOeii)n03Me «Mt:JIHbIHBf':lJIHHK». 4. 0,1.(HHlf3 TOBap11meiinpeJIJIO- or or
JKHJInpeKpaTHTb npeHHll. .6oJibIIIHHCTB6 6hIJIO3a ... (er6, ceoe) npeJIJIOJKCHHe. 5. OH He Gen. Gen.
COrJiaCHJICll C BbICTynaBIIIHMH II OCTaJICllnpH ... (ero, CBOeM)MHCHllll.6. Mb! nOJI- Instr. JTHM TeM JTOH{JTOIO)TOH(TOIO) JTHMH TeMH
HJIJIHCb Ha ropy. C ... (ee, CBOeii)BepIIIHHblxopOIIIO6b1JI:lBl!JIH:lBCllMt:CTHOCTb. 7. Ily- Prep. 06 JTOM 0 TOM 06 3TOH 0 TOH 00 JTHX 0 TeX
TeIIIeCTBeHHHKH JIOIIIJlHJIO peKH H nOIIIJIHB,[(OJlh... (ee, CBOer6) 6epera.
(b) I. B 'IHCTOMMepKHYil.leM He6e peaKTHBHbIH CaMOJieTTllH}',l... 6eJibIH6hICTphlii
CJieJI.(llaycm.) 2. MeHll c nepBoro B3rnllJia nopaJn.,w B Heii YJIHBHTeJihHoe cnoK6iicr-
BHeecex ... JIBHJKt:HHH II pe'leii. (Typ2.) 3. 0Ha [Bam1] 6bJJia Ha'IHTaHHOH Jit:BYIIIKOH, xo- USE OF THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
pOIIIO HrpaJia Ha nHaHHHO,no ... pa3BHTHIOOHa BhI/leJillJiaChCpenn noJipyr. ( cl>aO.)
4. ropOJIOK 3TOT MHe IIOHpaBHJICJI ... MeCTOIIO,lOlKCHlleM y IlOJIOIIIBhlJIBYXBh!COKHX The Pronoun JTOT
XOJIMOB. (Typ2.) 5. OHR TOJlbKO'!TOnp11exaJI11111 MocKBbl II paJibl 6bJJIII... yeJIHHemuo.
(JI. T.) 6. OH THXOOTBOpHJIJIBepb u YBHJieJIHaTaIIIy B ... Jll!JIOBOMnJiaTbe. (Jl.T.) The pronoun JTOT, 1Ta, JTO 'this', JTH 'these' may fulfil various
7. )].op6ra IlOIIIJia BHl13no 0Bpary. B KOHi.ie... 6bJJI yJKeCJILIIIIeHHaCTOH'IIIBbIH IIIyM
BOJibI.(llayLm.) functions in the sentence.
1. When used attributively, the pronoun JTOT, JTa, JTO, JTH an-
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS swers the question KaKoii?, KaKaa?, KaKoe?, K8K11e? 'what?'
l<aKOH)],OM?- 3TOT .D:OM. KaKOe 3.D:aHHe?- 3TO 3.[{aHHe.
The demonstrative pronouns include: '"What house?" "This house."' '"What building?" "This build-
JTOT 'this JTa 'this ing."'
.ll:OM ymu.1,a l<aKa}I)'JIHU,a?- 3Ta )' JIHU,a. KaKHe .D:OMa?-3TH ,noMa.
TOT 'that Ta 'that
house' street' '"What street?" "This street."' ' "What houses?" "These
TaKoii 'sucha TaKaH 'such a
JTO 'this 3TH 'these .D:OMa houses."'
3,n:aHHe
TO 'that houses' This pronoun agrees with the noun it qualifi~s in gender, number
build-
TaKoe 'such a Te 'those ymm,hI and case.
ing'
streets'
TaK11e 'such 3.[{llHIUI jJ )l(nay a 6om,rn6M HOBOM.n:6Me. 'I live in a large new house. This
buildings' 3TOT )],OM HaXO.ll:HTC}I
Ha rJiaB- house is in the city's main
156 157
 Hoii ymui.e r6pona. 3Ta yJiuua street. This street is wide and The pronoun 3TOfulfilling the function of the subject may stand not
nmp6KaR u KpacwBaR. PSl.[J.OM beautiful. Near my house is only for a word but also for a whole statement. In this case the predi-
C MOMM.[J.OMOM 60J1hllJOe 3.[J.a- a large building with columns cate verb or adjective agrees with 3TO, i.e. it takes the neuter sin-
Hlle c KOJlOHHaMu.3To 3.D.a- This building is a theatre. Opp~ gular:
uue TeaTp. HanpOTHB - site it are also large new houses He B03BpamancR. 3TO 'The son had not come back for
CbIH ,[J.OJlrO
TO)l(e 60J1bllIMe HOBhie .[J.OMa. These houses are still being a long time. It made his mother
6ecnoKOHJIO MaTb.
3TH .[].OMS eme CTpORTCR. built. Workers of the textile .
anxious. '
B 3THX .[J.OMSX 6y.D.yT)l(HTbpa- mill will live in these houses.' OHo6eman TIOMOt.fb HaM. 3TO xo- 'He promised to help us. That is
661rne TKal.].KOHcpa6pHKH. very good.'
Pomo.
2. The neuter form 3TO 'it' is the only form used as the subject. 3. When the pronoun 3To fulfils the function of an object, it refers
3To used as the subject denotes a person or object and does not
to the whole of the preceding statement and is used as a noun.
change according to gender or number.
Ha'IHHaeTCSI BecHa. Mb! pa- 'Spring is beginning. We are glad
B J1ecy CTOMT6eJ1hiii LI.OMc Ko- 'There is a white house with col-
,nyeMCR3TOMy. of that.'
JlOHHaMH.3m LI.OMOTLJ.hixa. umns in the wood. It is a holi-
nor6,ua 6brna nnoxaR. lh-1a 'The weather was bad. Because of
day centre.'
1mm Mb! He noexaJlH 3a ropon. that we did not go to the coun-
B KOMHaTyBOllIJla.D.eByllIKa.3m 'A girl entered the room. It was
CeCTpaMoer6 TOBapuma. my friend's sister.' try.'
Bnepenw BHLJ.HhI.D.OMHKH.3To 'Small houses can be seen ahead. MHe H)')l(HO TIOCOBeTOBaTbCR'I must have your advice. That is
ceJI6. It is a village.' :horn R npullieJI
c T066ii . .21.JIH why I came here.'
Ha CTOJ1e Jie)l(aT KHHrn. 3To 'There are books on the table. CIO,Ua.
y11e6uuKu. They are textbooks.'
Exercise 12. Read through the sentences in the left-hand and right-hand columns in
In each of the above examples 3TOstands for the object spoken ofin pairs and analyse them.
the preceding sentence. 3-ra KH!lra HHTCpt!CHal!. 3To HHTepecHall KH!lra.
The link-verb 6LITL is used in the past and future tenses. It agrees in 3TO ,uepeeo BblCOKOC. 3To BblCOKOC,uepeeo.
3TO Bpt!Mll ca.MOCy,u66ttoe. 3TO C3MOCy,uo6HOC BpeMll.
gender and number not with the pronoun 3TObut with the noun which 3TO KHlllKHblU lllKacjJ.
3TOT llIKacjJ-- KHlllKHbIU.
is part of the predicate. 3Ta ,uop6ra-ca.Mall KOpOTKall. 3TO caMall KOpOTKal! ,uop6ra.
3To 61.1JILI.OMOTLJ.hIXa. 'It was a holiday centre'. 3TOT Mara3HH npo,uoeonbCTBCHHbIU. 3To npo,uoeonbCTBeHHbIH Mara3HH.
3TH MCCTa- CB060,UHblC. 3TO CBOfiO,UHblCMCCTa.
3To 6LIJia ceCTpa MOer6 TOBa- 'It was my friend's sister.' 3Ta ,UeeywKa - MOS!CCCTpa. 3TO MOS!CCCTpa.
puma. 3TH KOMHaTbl Hll.lllH. 3TO Hll.lllH KOMHaTbl.
3m 6L1JI0ceJio. 'It was a village.'
Exercise 13. Write out the sentences, using the link-verb 6b1Tb in the past tense.
3m 6LIJIHy11e6uuKu. 'These were textbooks.'
3m 6yneT HOBaRmKoJia. 'It will be a new school.' Model: 3TO HHTepecHall neKUHll.
3TO 6b1mi HHTepecttall neKUHll.
Compare the sentences on the left-hand and right-hand columns: I. 3To TPYllHal! 3a,Ua'!a. 2. 3TO y,ua'IHblH OTBeT. 3. 3To npaeHnbHblH nyTb.
4. 3TO TOnbKO nepBblC Tp}',UHOCTH.5. 3TO fionblllall yJI.a'la.
3ToT .D.OM-LJ.OMOTLJ.hixa. 3To LI.OMOT,Ubixa.
'This house is a holiday centre.' 'It is a holiday centre.' Exercise 14. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the pronoun :JTOTin
3Ta .[J.eByllIKa- CeCTpa MOero '.JTO CeCTpa MOero TOBapHlll.a. the required form.
TOBapHll].a. I. 51npHHeC HOBbie KHHrH. TTonolKII ... KHHrH e WKacjJ.2. no peKe nnbIJia n6,uKa....
'This girl is my friend's sister.' 'It is my friend's sister.' ,ueitranacb Me,unetttto. 3. HaKotteu naccalKllpbI ye11,uenHorpoMHoe e6,uttoe npo-
n6.11.Ka
CTpattcTeo.... 6b1no UHMnllHCKOC Mope. 4. rpy30BIIK BbeXaJI B nee .... nee Tl!Hyncll Ha
3Tu KHi1ru-yt.Je6ttuKu. '.JTO yqe6HHKH.
HC:CKOnbKO KHnOMeTpoe. 5. B,uan11ceepKanH OrHII .... 6b1n 6onhllIOH r6po,u. 6. B ay.11.H-
'These books are textbooks.' 'These are textbooks.' Topmo eownit JI.BaCTy,ueHTa.... 6blJIH CTYJI.t:HTblXHMH'!eCKOro cj>aKynbTeTa.7. CK6po
6y,ueT 6onblllall CTi!HllHll. Ha ... CTaHUHHn6e3J). 6y.11.eT
CTOSITb.11.ea,uuaTb
MHHYT.
In the sentences in the left-hand column the pronouns are attributes Exercise 15. Make up sentences, using the words:
and agree with the nouns they qualify. . npoTHB 3Toro, 3a :ho, n6cne 3Toro, nepe,u 3THM, 06 3TOM, 6naro,uapii 3TOMY, H3-3a
In the sentences in the right-hand column 3TO is the subject and 3Toro, J).Jlll 3Toro, BMt:CTO3TOro
does not agree with any noun. The sentences in the left-hand column Model: Beeb ,uettb wen ,uolK,ub.
are synonymous with those in the right-hand column. #3-1a jmo20 npHwnoch oTnolKIITb nporynKy.

158 159
 He MOH nopnpeJih. 3TOT
'Thi~ is not _my brief-case. This
Exercise 16. Make up sentences, using the words:
'.Jr:0 TCpeJihqepHhIH H 6onhrn6ii. brief-c~se 1s l~rge a!1d bl_ack.
Tpe6oaaTb :horo, pa.JJ:oBaTbCJI:JTOMY, MemaTb 3TOMY, n6MHHTb 06 3To1,t,
HallCIITbCJIHa :JTO,6op6TbCll ;3a 3TO
Mitt nopnpeJih '!e TaKoii_; OH !"fY brief-case 1s not !1ke this. It
putJHeBhIHH ManeHhKHH. 1s small and brown.
Model: .sl,llepHoe opyx<He llOJIJICH0
6bITb JarrpemeH6. (T~~ pronoun ue TaKoii is the predicate.) .
Hap6.llhl mpe6y10m 3mo20.
The pronoun TaKOH is frequently used as an attribute or part of the
redicate in the principal clause.
The Pronoun TOT
;aiiTe MHe T~KYJO 6yMary, Ka- 'Give me the paper I asked for.'
In a simple sentence the pronoun TOT 'that' is generally an attribute K)'lO SI npoCHJI. , . .
and agrees with the word it qualifies in gender, number and case. (In this sentence the pronoun TaKyio 1s an attribute.) .
3ToT ,n;oM BhIC0KHH,a TOT .n;oM 'This house is tall, and that house T MaH 6hm TaKOH, 'ITO HH'ler6 'There ~as such a (thick) fog that
eme Bhnne. is still taller.' YKpyr6MHe 6hmo BH)].HO. noth,mg could be seen around
3Ta KHHra MHe He HY)l(Ha,a Ta 'I do not need this book, but you.
KHHra HY)l(Ha. I need that one., (In this sentence the pronoun TaKoii is part of the predicate.)
,[(air MHe :hy KHHry, a TY KHHry 'Give me this book and leave that
ocTa.Bh ce6e. book to yourself.' The Pronoun CTOJibKO

In the preceding sentences TOT is an attribute and agrees with the The pronoun cTOJibKO 'so many', 'so much' denotes the quantity of
noun it qualifies in gender, number and case. objects. It may replace ca_rdinal nu~era_ls. . . .
The pronoun TOT is used in complex sentences; it is invariably part The pronoun cTOJibKO 1~ the noi:nmatlve ~nd the accusative which 1s
of the principal clause. identical with the nominative reqmres that its head noun should take
1. The pronoun TOT may be the subject in the principal clause: the genitive.
KTo He pa66TaeT, TOT He ecT. 'He who does not work, neither OH npuHec .n;se na'IKH 6yMarn. 'He brought two reams of paper.
shall he eat.' MHe He H)')KHOcTOJibKO 6y- I don't need so much paper.'
2. The pronoun TOT may be the predicate in the principal clause: MllrH.
TTpttrnJI6 nRTh)].ech qeJioBeK. 'Fifty people have come. This
Xo3ilHH-TOT, KTO Tpy,n;HTCR. 'The master is he who works.' B JTOM K0MHaTe He noMec- room will not hold so many
(M.I'.) THTCSI CTOJlbKO JIJO)].eii. people.'
3. The pronoun TOT may be an object in 'the principal clause: The pronoun CTOJibKO is decli~ed as an a~jective wit~ the stem en~-
JI npHHec TO, qTo Thi npocHJI. 'I brought what you asked for.' ing in K in the plural. In the oblique cases 1t agrees with the noun it
qualifies.
4. The pronoun TOT may be an attribute in the principal clause:
,[(aii MHe TY KHHry, KoT6py10 'Give me the book which I asked Norn. CTOJlbKO JI!OllCM CTOJlbKO KHHr
R npodrn. for.' 'so many people· 'so many books'
Gen. cT0JlbKnx jJ!O.ueii CTOJlbKHX KHlff
Dat. CTO.~bKHM JI!Ollll!\-1 cro.~bKHM Ktt11raM
The Pronoun TaKoii Acc. CTO.-ibKHX JI!OJlCH CTO,-ibKO KH!ff
Instr. CTOJlbKHMH JI!OllbMH cTOJibKHMH KH11raM11
The pronoun TBKOH 'such (a)' is declined as an adjective of the Prep. 0 CTOJlbKHX JIIO,!\IIX o cTOJibKHX KH11rax
6oJILmoii type (seep. 125).
TaKoii denotes a quality or property of an object and is used in sel!"
Exercise 17. Write out the sentences. Underline the demonstrative pronouns. What
tences as an attribute or part of the predicate. It agrees with the noun it Parts of the sentence are they?
qualifies in gender, number and case.
l l.!eJIOBeK'3TO 3BY'IHTr6pno. (M. T.) 2. B Harne BpCMIITOT-no:h, 1:oT-
MHe HY)l(Ha nucqajf 6yMara. 'I need writing-paper. Such paper n11ch~Jib KT0 ~oJie3ett. (MaflK.) 3. ToMy, KT0 cTp611T,rnop11T, ~03.llaeT, fTO q~crn,0
3.n;ech HeT rnK6ii 6yMarn. Ta- is not available here. They have rpyll11Tc11' 11J1C11BeTnJIO.L\3.MIIpyK cao11x, ttyJ1CeH Mllp. (H. 3.) 4. YJ1Ce1;1p11 coee;cKoll B~a-
,
CTI!,B r0,!\bl '
nepB0II~ II BT0p0II
' ~ IIIITIIJieT0K,
' '
B )TOM ~'
P~IIOHe 6 b\
'JIii 3''~·nolKeHblH0Bbie
, rnaX-
Hae
KaH 6yMara ecTh B co~.n;HeM such paper in the next shop.' l'bT, (C/:>a()) 5 l.!aca B ,!(BaMCJIKl!M ,!\0lKllbnpeBpaTIIJICIIB Jll!BeHb.3T0 3ac;r~a1IJIO ,
Mara3HHe. :
0CTattOBl!TbCII · , , , , :
paHbllle BpeMCHIIII IICKaTbcnaceHIIII B naJiaTKe. pc. · (A ) 6 Ott11o 6 a HCIIbI·
(Here the pronoun TaKoii is an attribute.)
161
160 II -384
TbIBaJIH 0,/lHH H Te JKe qyBCTBa H 6e3 CJIOB TIOHHM<IJIH :ho, H 3a 3TH HeCKOJlbKO MHH)IT Ol!Ji oacKa3aJ1MHe TO )KecaMOe, qTO 'He told me the same as you did.'
He06bIKHOBeHHO C6JIH3HJIHCb ,llpyr C .llpyroM. (<Pao.) 7. Haqa.,']O CTpOHKH Till.llaJio II°
3HMY B 3TOM 3aKmoqaJiaCb oc66eHHa» TPY.llHOCTb TIOJIOJKeHl!}I. (A.JIC.) 8. H" a 11Tbl.
.,{
,
acTpeTHJIHChua TOM )Ke ca- '
we
met at t h e very same p Iace. ,
nourna HaBepx I! YBH,lleJJa TY JKe TIOCTeJJh, Te JKe OKHa C 6eJJbIMI! HaHBHblMI! 3atta:: rvib1 ,
KaMH, a B 6Kttax TOT JKe Ca.ll, 3aJIHTbIH c6JJHL1eM, aeceJJbIH, Lll}'MHbIH. (l/ex.) MOM MeCTe. . ,
3T0 TOT caMblH qeJIOBeK. 'He lS that very man. . . .
(2) wit_hnouns denoting place or time to show the extreme hm1t (m
THE DEFINITIVE PRONOUNS space or time): . _ .
CAM, CAMhltt, BECh, BCRKl1fl, KAJK,ll,hltt, JIIOliOH no)l()lb IIIeJI C caMoro yTpa. 'It has _bee!1 rammg smce early
I-" mornmg.
THE PRONOUNS CAM AND CAMbIH ]16,uKa ocrnHoBHJiach y caMoro 'The boat stopped right at the
A. 1. The pronoun caM 'myself, 'yourself, 'himself, 'herself, 'it- 6epera.' , .. , , bank.'
self denotes a person who performs an action independently and unas-
oa noaTopHJI ace c caMoro uaqa- 'He repeated everything from the
Jia. very beginning.'
sisted. Aop?ra IIIJia no caMoMy Kpaw 06- 'The road ran along the very edge
On C,ll.eJiaJI:ho caM. 'He did it himself (i.e. without pbrna. of the precipice.'
any help).'
He 06M1cHilii: MHe. R caM xoqy 'Don't explain it to me. I want to (3) with adjectives to form the compound superlative degree:
TIOHS!Th. understand it myself.' Ero ,uoKJia.n. caMb1ii uuTepec- 'His report is the most interesting
Ona caMa :ho 3HaeT. 'She herself knows it.' HblH. one.'
flyCTh OH CaM paCCKa)KeT 060 'Let him tell everything himself.' EMy nopyqHJIH caMyIO TPY.ll.HYIO 'He was given the most difficult
BCeM. pa66Ty. work.'
2. The pronoun caM is also used to emphasise that some particular
person or object is meant and not any other.
CaM .n.upeKTopnp11Ka3aJI. 'The director himself gave or-
ders.'
fl pmneJI caM X03HHH. 'The master himself has come.'
Ou CaM BHHOBaTB 3TOM. 'He himself is to blame for this.'
CKa)KH06 3TOMHe MHe, a eMy ca- 'Don't say that to me, but to him
MOMy. personally.'
3. The pronoun caM is used with the reflexive pronoun ce6a.
TLI TIJIOXO
3HaeIIIh caMoro ce6a. 'You don't know yourself well
enough.'
Ou o6BHHSIJIBO BCeMTOJihKOca- 'He blamed only himself for
Moro ce6H. everything.'
Ou caM ua.n. co66ii cMeSIJICji. 'He laughed at himself.'
4. The pronoun caM is used in the phrases:
caMo co66ii p33yMeeTcH 'it goes without saying'
caMo co66ii nouaTno 'it stands to reason'
caM no ce6e 'by himself .
B. The pronoun caMhlii (1) 'the same', 'the very', (2) 'the most' 1s
used in the following cases: .
(1) followed by the pronoun 3TOT or TOT with the meaning 'this
very' or 'that very':
3To Ta caMaH KHHra, 0 KOTOpoii: 'This is the very book I told you
j{ Te6e roBOpHJI. about.'
I 1• 163
162
 Declension of the Pronoun caM
°'
.i:.

CSM CaMi ciMH

Tip11rneJI OH caM. Tip11rnJia { OH3.CaMa.

Norn.
{ caM pyKoeo,[{11TeJib.
Tip11mJI11
caMa PYKOBO,[{l!TeJibHl11.{a. { OHi! C3MH.
caMH PYKOBO,[{IITeJil1.
} has come.' } has come.' They themselves have
'The instructors themselves } come.'
'He himself 'She herself
'The instructor himself 'The instructor herself

Gen. Eme HeT { er6 caMon,. Eu1e HeT { ee CaMOH. 11xcaMitx.

caMoro PYKOB0,[{11-
Eme HeT
caMoii pyKoeo,[{11TeJibH11ub1. { caMitx pyKoeo,[{11Teneii.
TCJill.
'He himself
'The instructor himself } has not
come yet.'
'She herself
'The instructor herself } has not
come yet.'
'They themselves
'The instructors themselves
} have not
come yet.'

51 nepe,llaJI { CM)'caMOMy.
Oat.
lll1CbMO
51 nepem'.tJI { di caMoii.
caMoMy pyKoBOJIHTCJil-0. n11cbMO
51 nepemiJI
caMoii pyK0B0,[{11TeJibHm1e. lll1CbMO { 11McaMHM.
caMnM pyKoeon11TeJillM.
·1 gave the
'I gave the {
letter
to him per-
sonally .' letter { toto her personally.'
the instructor herself.'
·1 gave the { to them personally.
letter to the instructors themscl-
to thcinstruc- ves.'
tor himself.'

51 B11,[{eJI{ er6 caMm·o. 51 B11,[{CJI 11xcaMitx.

Acc.
caM01·0pyKoeon11TeJill.
51 BIi- {
neJI
ee CaMOe.ee caMy.
caMoe (caMy) pyKoeon11reJib- { caM11xpyKoeon11TeJieii.
H11UY-
'I saw 'I saw { them personally.·
'l saw \ him personally.'
the instructor himself.' { her personally.'
the instructor herself.' the instructors themselves.'
I

Continued

c8.MH
\
caMB
CHM

51 roeo- { C 11i1MH caMHMH.

51 roeo- { c tteii caMoii. C caMHMHpyKOBO/lHTCJlllMH.
Instr. 51 roeopl!Jl { c HIIMcaMHM. p11JI C caMOHpyKOB0)lHTeJibll11UCH.p11JI
C caMHMpyKOBOJIH
l CJlCM.
to her personally.' ·1 spoke { to them personally.'
·1 spoke
{ toto him personally.'
the instructor himself.'
'I spoke
{
to the instructor herself.'
to the instructors themselves.'

Mb1 roeo- { o HIIXcaMitx.

o 11cMcaMoM. Mb1 roeo- { o 11ci1caMoii. p11n11 o caMHX pyKoeo)l11Ten11x.
Prep. MbI roeo-
p11,111 {
o caMoM pyKoeon11Tene.
pitn11 o caMoii pyKoeon11renb111111e.
'We { about them personally.'
'We spoke { about her personally.' spoke about the instructors themselves.'
·we spoke { about him personally.' about the instructor herself.'
about the instructor him-
~elf.'

°'
Vl
 Note.- The pronoun CIIMLIHis declined as an adjective, retaining the stress
on the stem in all the cases. The pronoun caM is stressed on the ending in all the
:,::
:E
:,::
cases except the nominative plural.
3
:r . Exercise 18. Write out the sentences; mark the stress in the italicised pronouns and
->,
tc;
:6
.:,i "iS., eiplain their meanmg.
::, y.uaJI6ch caMoMy pew11Th JTY i"py.uHyIOJa.ua<Jy. 2. Ei11caMou He
"'
:.:·
:,:: "'
c.. (a) J. Y<JeHHKY
ael!TCJIee pa66Ta. 3. Ha Cl{eHyBbIIIIeJITOT CUMblU apTHCT,KOTOporo Mbl BHL{eJJII
<1J:-::: c..
:r
>,
c..
::, 3 flPnpoIIIJJOe BOCKpeceHbe.4. R noJJy'IHJl pacnopSDKeHHeOT CGM020 L{HpeKTOpa .
., c.. B (b) I. OoKa ewe SI caM TO'IHOHe JH:llO, '!TO 6y.uy nHCaTb. (Ilaycm.) 2. C caM020
:.:
a:r -c..
o )lercTBa.upyJKH-'!H O~H, BMe~Teyq11JIHCb,
acceeTOMywJJa B B03.UYX
_nepeXOL{HJIH
nepBaSIJCKa.UpHJihSI
1!3 KJI:lCCaB KJiacc. (<t>aiJ.)_
no.u KOMaHL{OBaHHeM CGMOZOTIOJJKOBHH-
3. C
·» ., ~a (E. JloA.) 4. 0CTaH6BKa6brna y ca.ttblX sop6-r 3as6.ua. (AHm.) 5. B Jiecy noKaJllJJOCh
tc:..c::
.,-., M~6rocJJc.u6BOJICHCH. BcK6pe MhI ys11.ueJ111If caMux JKHBOTHhIX. (Ape.) 6. )l(11JIcrnpHK
:a....
::. ~ co ceoeio crnpyxoii y caMozo CHHero M6psi. (II.)
·=
"0 :';l
., Exercise 19. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the pronoun caM or
f-,..c::
(I) r- c111,11,1itin the required case. Mark the stress.
I. Mam11HaoCTaHOBHJJach y ... MOcTa.2. OH noJJyqHJIpa3pemeH11eOT... .uHpeKTO-
pa.3. 06paTHO Mb! noii.ueM TOHlKC... .uop6roii. 4. OHHCHL{CJIH Ha ---JI)''IIIllfXMeCTllX.
5. MHe HyJKHO BH.UeThee ... , a He ee ceCTpy. 6. Moii .upyr scer.ui He.uoe6JJeH... co66ii.
)= 7. OxOTHiiKHOCTaHOBHJJHCh B TOMJKe ... L{OMe,B KOTOpOMOHHHO'leBam1npolllJJhlH
:a
::; pa3. 8. My3b!Ka acer.ua 6b1Jla )lJISIHero ---JJI06HMhIMJaHl!THeM.9. OH o6BHHSIJIB cny-
•ell ,:s qHBIIIeMCSI TOJlbKO... ccfo1. 10. YJKey ---TeaTpa OHBCTIOMHHJI, '!TO3a6b1JI6HJieTblL{OMa.
~ ,j -0
0 I!;
Exercise 20. Decline, first orally and then in writing:
C: .:,::
"E
=
Q ~
:r
,:s
caM yq11TeJ1h;TOT caMhIH y<JHTeJJh

~
..
C:
Q
>,
"' ..
~:-=
3 c..
:l:
,:s ca\13 Y'IHTe.%HHl(a;Ta caMall yq11TeJlbHHl(a
C:!MHaCTIHpaHThI;C:lMbieTp)'JlHble BOilpOCbl
::, Exercise 21. Make up four sentences with the pronoun caM and four more sentences

-cu
.c::
...
Q
-~ c..
tc; c..
"'0
::. .,
01 -
with the pronoun caMblH.

C:
Q
·;;;
..-
·=..c::
o-~
THE PRONOUN BECh
C: f-,- The pronoun Beeb (1) 'all', 'whole'; (2) 'everybody', 'everything',
(I) :-'
~
(.J
cu
'all' is used either with a noun or by itself.
Q CJ
1. In the first case the pronoun Beeb is used as an attribute and
ci
:,:: . :r
>, agrees with the noun it qualifies in gender, number and case:
><"~
:,:
~ 'This scientist is known to the
.:,:: t:( ,'S '.:horo yqeHoro 3HaeT BCH CTpaua.
:,:
<> M
~
00 ·a.
::,
whole country.'
=-., 'All progressive mankind stands
>,0
,:,:: :,:
-~
.,....
c..
c.. Bee nporpecdrnHoe 'leJIOBe'leCTBO
::s:,aj ., 3 BbICTyrraeT3a MMp. for peace.'
~~ :.: i:: Bee ;KltTeJIH r6po.l(a 6hIJIMB3BOJI-
'All the inhabitants of the town
iii ·a:.=
->,,..
::, "'
were agitated by the incident.'
tc;
c,.0 H6BaHbI 3TMMco6hITMeM.
BoBceMMUpe 3H<ilOTMMeHarrep- 'The names of the first cos-
)! ~
c..E
0 .,
,.Q 0
::. ::. -.c monauts are known to the
,=,=
"" .,
'5.~
- BbIXKOCMOH<lBTOB.
whole world.'
----------
0
f-,
(I) ;~ . 2. In the second case the pronoun Beeb is used only in the neuter or
In the plural and is the subject or object of the sentence in which it
stands:
e
0
...:
vi
0.
2 Ha co6paHMe rrpmmn'I BCe. 'Everybody came to the meeting.'
z .5 Q.
OH y)Ke IT03HaKOMMJIC51
co BCeMU.
'He has already made everybody's
acquaintance.'
167
166
OH CKa3aJI 06 3TOM npu Beex. 'He said that in the presence of Ba c~Bema~HH BhICKa3-:JICHKaiK- 'Each of those present spoke at
everybody.' ,11.bIH
npu~yTeTB~10muu. the conference.'
Bee Btt.IJ:eJIH3TY KapTttHy. 'Everybody has seen that picture, Ba coBem:amrn BhICKa3aJIHChBee 'All those present spoke al the
51 .IJ:OB0JieHBeeM. 'I am pleased with everything.' · npueyTeTBy10mue.' conference.'
Cnactt6o BaM 1a Bee. 'Thank you for everything.'
The pronoun KaiKALiii is generally used in the singular: KaiK}l,Liii
CToceTHTemr paccnparmmamr 060 'The visitors asked questions yqeHMK'each pupil', KlliK,llaHy11eH£i:u,a
'each pupil', KlliK,Ll;Oe
cn6Bo 'each
BeeM. about everything.'
3. The pronoun Beeb is used in the phrases: npeiK.n:e Beero 'first of In the p Iura, I Ka'.lK,[lhlH
word'. , - ' every , 1s
. use d m
. t h e c1011 . cases:
owmg
all', Bee paBno 'all the same', Bo Beebronoe 'at the top of one's voice'. (1) with nouns which have no singular:
0 8 npHe3)1(aJI KaiKJ:lbieeyTKH. 'He used to come every day.'
DECLENSION OF THE PRONOUN BECb
(2) in phrases containing a noun preceded by a cardinal numeral:

Norn. Beeb HapO,U BeH CTpami Bee HapO,Ubl

MbI BCTpe11aJIHCbKaiK,!J,ble ,!),Ba 'We met every other day.'
'all the people' 'the whole country' 'all the peoples' )l:HH.
Bee qeJIOBe'!eCTBO eee JIIOLJ:11 KaiK.LJ.ble
lfeTL1peTypueTa pa3Me- 'Every four hikers were accom-
'all mankind' 'all people' CTHJIHChB OT,!J,eJibHOM
rraJiaTKe. modated in a separate tent.'
Gen. seen', Hap6.ua seeii cTpaHhI Beex HapO,UOB
seero qeJIOBe'!eCTBa Note.- When used with nouns denoting time, Kil'lKJlblii does not reljuire
Oat. seeMy Hap6.uy Beeii CTpaHe seeM Hap6,UaM a preposition: KH'lK.Ublii.ueHh 'every day', Ka'lK;loe )'Tpo 'every morning', KalK;lbiii
BeeMy qeJIOBeqeCTBY ro.u 'every year', KalKLJ:YJO3HMY'every winter', but: B nepsblii ,UeHb·on the fir,t
Acc. Beeb Hapo,U BeJOCTpaH)' Bee Hap6,Ubl day', B :JTO)'Tpo 'that morning', B :JTOTro.u 'that year', e npoumyio 3HMY'l<1,twin-
Bee qeJIOBeqeCTBO Beex JIIO,UeM. ter'.
Instr. BeeM Hapo,UOM seeii cTpaH6H BeeMH HapO,U3MH
KalK,UOeYTPOjj BCT3!0B 7 qac6B, HO 'Every morning I get up at 7 o'clock.
BeeM '!eJIOBeqeCTBOM but that morning I got up at 9."
B ho yTpo jj BCTaJIs 9 qac6B.
Prep. 060 BeeM Hapo,Ue 060 Beeii CTpaHe 060 seex Hap6.uax
060 BeeM '!eJIOBeqeCTBe
B. The pronoun n106oii 'any' is sometimes used to express speak-
er's permission to make one's choice of one out of a number of similar
Exercise 22. Read through the sentences. What part of the sentence is the pronoun objects.
seeb? State its gender, number and case.
I. Bee y)KeCTHXJIO B r6po,Ue. (<Pao.)2. bhlJI rrepBbIHqac H0'-111.
B ,UOMeBee ylKene•
Tb1M0)l(elllh B3HThn106y10KHHry. 'You may take any book.'
rnii. (Cfex.) 3. CTellh 6e3 KOHlUl116e3 Kpajj rnH)'JiaCb Ha Bee KOHl.\hl
CBeTa.(<Pao.)4. Bee, 3axo.n,tt Ko MHe B n1066e BpeMsi. 'Come round any time.'
BCeHallOMIIHi.lJIO O 11p116Jil!lKeHlf11
TOCKJIHBOH, XM)'pOHOCeHH.(Cfex.) 5. ~OlK,UbCTyqaJI
B OKHaBCIOHO%. (Cfex.) 6. He3aMeTHOIIJihIBeTHa,UB6Jiroii COJIHUe;Ki.llK,UblH qac see JI1066ii used in this meaning cannot be replaced with the pronoun
eoKpyr HOBO,Bee MeHl!eTC$1. (M. I'.) ka)K,a:hlii or BCHKnii.
Exercise 23. Make up sentences, using the phrases eeeb ropo.u, seH 1eMJJ11,
see ue6o, Compare:
see .upy1b11and the pronouns see and see without a noun. 3ra KHttra ecTh e n1066M (or KlliK- 'This book is available in any (or
THE PRONOUNS KA)K~hlll, BC~Kllll, JII0.6OM LI.OM)KHM)l(HOM Mara3HHe. every) bookshop.'
But:
The definitive pronouns KlliK,llbiii'each', 'every(body)', BeitKnii'any 3aii.n,tt B n1066ii KHtt)l(Hhitt Mara- 'Drop in at any bookshop and
(-body)', mo66ii 'any(body)' denote one of a number of similar objects 3MHH Kyntt 3TY Kttirry. buy this book.'
or persons. , ~- The pronoun eeitKnii is also used with the meaning 'all sorts of,
BeitKnii (KaiK,llbiii, mo66ii) 11eno- 'Anyone in my place would have Vanous':
BeK Ha MOeM MeCTe IlOCTYTIMJI acted in the same way.' 8 Halllett peKe B0,!J,JITCSI
BCHKaH 'There are all sorts of fj.-,h in our
6bI TaK )Ke. pi;16a. river.'
JI1066ii (BeitKnii, KlliK.IJ:biii)
yKa)l(eT 'Anybody will show you the waY OH 'IMTaJI eeitKne KHHrH. 'He read all sorts of book&.'
BaM .n:op6ry Ha CTaHU,HIO. to the station.' OH paccKa3bIBaJI BeitKneHHTepec- 'He told (us) all sorts of interest-
Hh1e HCT0pHH. ing stories.'
A. In addition, the pronoun KlliK,llbIHhas a meaning similar to that
of the pronoun Bee. In this meaning KlliK,llblii'each' cannot be replaced The pronoun eeitKnii used in this meaning cannot be replaced v.ith
with n1066ii or BeitKnii. the pronoun KaiK.IJ:blii
or n1066ii.

168 169
 DECLENSION OF THE PRONOUNS KTO? AND qTO?
In sentences the pronouns BCHKnii,Kll)K)JJ>Iiiand mo6oii are used as
attributes and agree with the noun they qualify in gender, number and
Norn. KlO? 'fTO?
case. These pronouns are declined in the same manner as adjectives Koro? qero?
Gen.
The pronouns sciIKuii, Kll)K.LJ:blii
and mo6oii are occasionally used a~ Oat. KOMy'? 'teMj"?
nouns and fulfil the function of the subject or object of the sen. Acc. KOro"? 'fT.o?
tence. Instr. Ke!',!? qe'\1?
Prep. 0 K0"1? 0 'fcM?
qTO BOJIKH )l<ll,UHhI,
BCHKHU 3HaeT. 'Everyone knows that wolves are
(Kp.) gready.' onouns KaKoii?'what (sort of)'?' and Koropblii? 'which?' agree
Y KlliK,UOrn6hIJI OHJieT. 'Everyone had a ticket.' . The f~ouns they qualify in gender, number ~nd ca~e a~d are de-
Exercise 24. Read through the sentences, noting the use of the pronouns KlllKAblii, W!th th d"ectives (KaKoii as 60J1hmoii;KOTOphIHas uo~btH). . .
mo6ou, ec11Keii, and replace one pronoun with another wherever possible. cimed as a J ~?' hose?' also agrees with the noun it quahfies m
The pronoun 11eu. w •
(a) I. Bbl MQ)KeTe npHHTH KO MHe B mo66e BpeMSI. 2. IT6e3,u OCTaH:lBJlHBaeTCllHa gender, number and case.
K3)1{,U0HCT3HUllH. 3. Y Hero ew,e OCT3J10CbB r6poJ(e MH0ro BCllKHX,UeJl.4. fipaT XO,UIIJI
Ha OX0TY B mo6y10 nor6,uy. 5. Ka)K,Uh!H CTYl\CHT,UQJl)KeHc,ue11aTb,UOKJla,UHa ceMHHape.
6. Jho66i\ CTy,UeHTMQ)KeT TIO,Uron'>BHTb11QK.,a,U Ha :'JTy TCMy. 7. OH npeo,UOJICeTJll0- DECLENSION OF THE PRONOUN t:JEH?
6hie TP)'.UHOCTHHa nyTH K UCJlH.9. Mott CTI)'THHKpaCCK:l3b!BaJTMHe BCSIKHeHHTepecHJ,Ie
HCT0pHH.
Singular
(b) I. .l],11si,ueTei1 KaJK,ub111
s3p6c11b1ii Ka)KeTcsi cyu1ecrn6M HeMH6ro TaHHCTBeH-
HhIM. (Ilaycm.) 2 . .l],op6ro10 MH6ro npHxo,utt110 eMy BCllKHX Mb1c11ettHa yM. (T.) 3. He
BCllKHH sac. KaK si. noi1MeT. (II.) 4. 51.c,ue11a.nT0JihKO To, '!To BCllKHii ,upyr6ii c,ue11a11
fih1 Feminine
Masculine and Neuter
Ha MOCM MeCTe. ( l/ex.) 5. MHe Ka3:lJ10Cb, '!TO ,ue,u 3J10H; OH co BCf:MH roeopHT HaCMe-
lllJlHB0, o6tt,uHo, noma,u6pHsasi H cTapasicb paccep,u11Th BCl!Koro. (.M. I'.) 6. B 3HMHeii
pa6cne CBll3HCTOB Ha K3)1{,U0\1 wary B03HHK3J"]J,I HenpHllTHhie HeO)K!l,UaHHOCTH.
(he.) 'fbll (KH}ffa)?
Norn. qen (ytie6HI-lK)? 'lbC (1111Cb\,ll)r ,
'\\hose (book)'?'
·whose (textbook)?' 'who,c (letter)?
Exercise 25. Make up sentences, using the pronouns KlllKJlbiii, ec11KHH,mo6oii in 'lbeH (K11i1rn)?
their different meanings. Gen. 'Ibero (V'!e6HHKa. 11HCh'11i)'?
'fbeii (KHHrc)'?
Oat. 'fbeM)i {y<IC6HHKy. TIHCh:v!)')'?,
'fblO (KHttry)'?
Acc. 'fCH (y'!e0HHK)'? 'fbC (nHCbM0)0
'fbe,-o (6pa ra)''
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 'who,e (brother)?" , ? 'fbeii (KHiiroti)'?
Imtr. 'fbH!',I (y'!c6_H11Ko:vi.nnchM?~l-
The interrogative pronouns include KTo? 'who?', 11rn?'what?', Ka- o •1bcii (KHine)?
Prep. 0 'fbCM (ytic6HHKe, TIHCbMe).
Koii? 'what (sort of)?' 11eii?'whose?', KOTOpb1ii? 'which?', cKOJJbKo?
'how
many?', 'how much?" P\unl
The pronouns KTo? 'who?' and 'ITo? 'what?' have no gender and
number. Words which are adjuncts to the pronouns KTo?and 'ITO?take
Norn. 'fbH (y'!e6HHKH, Til!Ch\.la, KHttrH)0 r
the singular. •whose (textbooks, letters. books).
Km uoem? 'Who goes there?' Gen. 'fbHX (y'!e6HHKOB. 111!CC\.I.KHHrf'_ 'l
'fbHM (y'!e6H11KUM, TIHCbMaM,' K~~raM).
lfTO 6UOHeemu,. B,UaJitt? 'What can you see m the dis- Dat.
'fbH (y'le6HHKH, 11l1C~_'1~>KHHnt).
Acc.
tance?' 'fbHX (6paThCB, CeCTCp).
'whose (hrothers. sister,)?' , . ?
Words which are adjuncts to the pronoun KTo?take the masculine: Instr. 'fbll\lH (y'le0HHKU\1H, ~HCb'v1<1\1H,KHHraMH).
KTo npumeA? 'Who has come?' Prep. O 'fbHX (y'le0HHKUX, 11HChMaX,KHIII ax)?
KTo 2ombe? 'Who is ready?'
KTO H3 cry.ueHTOB KOHIJU.tl pa- 'Which of the students have fin-
66ry? ished the work?' THE PRONOlJN CKOJlbKO?
KTo H3 cry.ueHTOK KOHIJU;l pa- 'Which of the students have fin-
, Ko? 'how nnny'J' ·how much?' is declined as an
66ry? ished the work?' Th e pronoun cKoJJb . < • , _ • •
adjective in the plural. CKOJlbKO?in the nominative reqmre~ a noun m
Words which art: adjuncts to the pronoun 11rn?take the neuter: the genitive.
lfrn cAy1Ju.tZocb? 'What has happened?' CKOJlbKOmo.ueit'?
'How many people?'
lfTo npou30ZUJZO 3.uech? 'What has happened here?'
171
170
CKOJibKO KHttr? 'How many books?' Er6 HHlfTO He wtmepecyem. 'He is not interested in anything.'
CKOJlbKO BpeMeHtt? 'How much time?' OHa ue c11yuta11a
HHlfbHX COBeTOB. 'She would not listen to anybo-
CKOJlbKO BOJJ:bi? 'How much water?' dy's advice.'
B §TOMJJ:eJieHe B03HIIKJIOHHKa- 'No difficulties arose in this busi-
In the oblique cases the pronoun CKOJibKO? agrees with the noun it KHX TP.YJJ:HOCTeH. ness.'
qualifies, the noun taking the plural.
The pronouns HHKTO and HHlfTO are generally used either as the sub-
ject of a sentence:
Nom. CKOJibKO Jll-Ol(ett? CKOJlbKO KHttr'/
'how many people?' 'how many books?' J-lnKTO He OTBeTHJIHa MOH Bon- 'Nobody answered my question.'
Gen. CKOJihKHX il!O]lei:i'! CKOJlbKHX KHHr? p6c.
Dat. CKOJlbKHM JIIOilHM? cKOJihKHM KHHraM?
J-luqTOHe MewaeT eMy 3aHtt- 'Nothing interferes with his
Acc. cKOJibKux 1110neii? CKOJlbKO KHHr?
Instr. CKO.ClhKHMH JI!OllhMH? CKOJihKHMH KHHraMu?
MaThC~. studies.'
Prep. 0 CKOJlbKHX JIIOL(HX? 0 CKOJibKHX KH11rax?
or as the object:
Exerci!,e 26. Read through the texts. What questions do the italicised words an- 51uuKoro He BCTpeTttJIno ;_i:op6re 'I met nobody on my way here.'
swer? CIOJJ:il.
I. «Tenepb ca.aiiTeCb. B3L,HH)'B Ha '!aCbl. CKa3aJI 01111'1/. CeH'laC Ha'JHCTCH ca- OH uuqero He 3a6hIJI. 'He forgot nothing.'
Moe ?JIQBHOe».0H CTO/\OUICJI H BKJIIO'lliJI paouonpueMIIUK. Bee CeJIH H 3aMOJI'laJIH. B K0MHaTeHHKoro HeT. 'There is nobody in the room.'
CHa'!ana 6htJio Tii.xo. Ho BOT pa3JUlJICHmyM, ryn, ry11K11.TToToM '!TO-To cTyKuyno, 51 HHKOMY He cKa)Ky 06 3TOM. 'I won't tell anyone about it.'
3aumTieJIO, H OTK)'/\a•TO 1-13/\aJieKa/\OHCCCHMCJIOJIH'!Hhlll 3BOH.
lfyK c TeKOM TieperJIHH)'JIHCh. 0Hii yranaJIH, '!TO :ho. 3TO B 11aJieKOll•f\aJieKoil Prepositions and the pronouns HHKTO and HUlfTO are spelt as sepa-
MoCKBe, TIO!\ KpaCHOll 3Be3/\0ll. Ha CTiaCCKOH6aurne 3B0HliJIH 30JI0/11bleKpeMAiiBCKUe 'la- rate words, the preposition being placed between the particle nu and
Cbl.
l1 )TOT 3BOH- Tiepe11HoBblM fO/\OM -Cell'lllC CJI)'UJaJIHmoou H B ropo11ax, H Bro-
the pronoun (KTO or lfTo):
pax. B CTCCTS!X, B TaHre, Ha CttHeM Mope. Hu y Koro HeT §mil: KHurn. 'Nobody has that book.'
l1 TOf,[la JIIO/\H BCTaJIH,TI03/\paBHJIH Jl:pyr Jlpyra C HoBblM ?DOOMH TIOlKeJiaJIHBCeM
C'IQC/11bfl. ~ 3aBTpa HH K KOMy He noHJJ:.Y- 'I won't go to see anyone tomor-
2. TToe3!\U TOJihKO '!To Tipournii. B o6e cTopoHht, u Ha TIJianpopMax 11uKo?oue 6bmo. row.'
l-13 TCMHblX TOHHeJiell JIYll TipOXJlll/\Hblll BeTepoK. )],aJieKO TIO)];3eMJICll '!TO-TO ry!l,e- OH "" 3a lfTO He corJiacIITCH. 'He will never agree.'
JIO H noCT)'KHBaJ10. OH nu c KeM He npocTIIJICR.
B11pyr nycTblHHbie TIJianpopMbl OlKHml, 3amyMeJIH. Buc3anHO B03HHKJ1H JIIOOU.
'He did not say good-bye to any-
Ouii lllJIH, TOpOTIHJIHCb.Hx 6hIJIO MHOro, HO CTaHOBH.JIOCb BCC6oJibllle, ueJible TOJillbl, one.'
COTHH... 0TpalKal!Cb B 6J1eCTl!IUHXMpaMOpHblX CTeHaX, 3aMeJihKdJIH HX 6bICTpble TeHII, ~ er6 "" 0 qeM He crrparnttBaJI. 'I did not ask him about any-
a TIO/\ BblCOKHMH CBeTJib!Mll KYTIOJlllMH 3amyMeJlO, 3arpeMeJIO pa3HOfOJIOCOe 'JXO. thing.'
H TYT ll IIOHHJl, '!TO '.JTOHapbo e,[leT BCCCJIHTbCH B IlapK KYJibT)'pbl, r)];e cefOJIHH OT· . The pronouns HHKaKoii and Hnlfeu are used as attributes and agree
KpbIB<leTCH6JleCTl!U]Hll KapHaBaJI. (I'auo.)
With the noun they qualify in gender, number and case.
Exercise 27. Make up sentences, using the interrogative pronouns KTo?, 11rn?, Ka·
Koii?, 'leii?, KO ropbtii?, CKOJihKO?
EMy He H)')KHOHHlfheii noMOLQH. 'He does not need anyone's help.'
OH He 60IITCHHHKaKnx Tpy;lnoc- 'He is not afraid of any difficul-
NEGATIVEPRONOUNS Teu. ties.'

THEPRONOUNSHHKTO,HHqTQ,HHKAKOH,HHqEH Prep?sitio~s and these pronouns are spelt as separate words, the
Prepos1t10n bemg placed between the particle HH and the pronoun.
The pronouns
HHKTO 'nobody', HHlfTO 'nothing', HHKaKou 'no' and OH He corJiaw{wc~ nu Ha KaKne 'He would not agree to any con-
un11eu 'nobody's' are formed by adding the negative particle HH to the ycTynKn. cessions.'
interrogative pronouns KTO?, lfTO?, KaKOH?, lfeH?
The negative pronouns are declined as the corresponding interroga· Exercise 28. Read through the sentences; state the case of the negative pronouns.
tive pronouns. , Ila I. -B :hy _HO'lbHHKT_OHa -~op'.16Jte He cnan. (Ilayc:m.) 2. TeTiepb HH'ITO ~e Ha!IOMH·
The predicate of a sentence containing the negative pronoun unK_T0 ,
HHlfTO, nnKaKon or HHlfen is invariably preceded by the negative particle (r
0 JJot;H [HaTawe] TIPH'IHHY ee rpyCTH. (JI. T.) 3. 51 'IYBCTBOBaJlce6il C'laCTJIHBblM... Ho
1
cro ll 6bIJI C'laCTJIHB?51 HH'ler6 He lKeJlaJI, ll HH O 'ICM He Jl:)'MaJI... JI 6bIJI C'lllCTJIHB.
8 Ypn ~- Bee THXO 6bIJIO B Ca)];y. 51 KJIHKHYJIwenoTOM Bepy, KJIHKHYJIB JlpyrM pa3,
He.
(,/P;THH ... Hu;ell rOJIOC ~~ oi;o3BaJICH. (TYP,?) 5. 0~ He TepiiJICll HJ.IB KaKHX CJiy'laHx,-
HnKTO He omeemu11 Ha MOH 'Nobody answered my question.' Co... ) 6. BepttyTbCH ]lOMOH He 6bIJIO HHKaKOH B03MOlKHOCTH. (Typ2.) 7. MHe Hll'lhero
qYBCTBHll He H)'lKHO. (Type.) 8. 51 He XO'!)' Tie'laJIHTb Bae HH'leM. (fl.)
Bonp6c.
172 173
 Exercise 29. Replace the demonstrati,e and possessive pronouns with negative J-IaMHe O lfeM roBOpHTb. 'There is nothing for us to speak
one~. about.'
Modt!ls: I. 3mo er6 He HHTepecyeT. EMYHe C KeM IIOCOBeTOBaTbC.SI. 'He has nobody to turn to for ad-
Hu1Jmo er6 He HHTepecyeT. vice.'
2. 3mu BonpOCbl er6 He HHTepecyJOT.
HuKaKue Bonp6cb1 er6 He HHTepecyJOT. The pronouns HeKoro and Helfero are used in impersonal sentences
3. 51 He 6paJI m,wux KHttr.
51 He 6paJI 11u1JbUX
KHiff.
which express the impossibility of an action owing to the absence of
a performer or object.
I. Ott tte Ja6b1JI :noro. 2. Ott11 He JttaJOT 06 JTOM. 3. 3TH JieKapcrna He noMoraJ!Ji
4. Otta HC/_\OBOJibHaBalliett pa66Tott. 5. Ott c JTOtt 3a;ia'lett He MOlKCT cnpaBlnbC,;
HeKoro nocJ1aTh 3a 6ttJ1eTaMHmeans 'There is nobody to send for
6. 3n, npcnSITCl BIHi Hae He OCTa!IOBllT. 7. OH He cornaCCH C 3TIIMII AOB01IaM11.8. 0~ the tickets' (there is no performer of the action).
He C,1ywaJI H<ilUIIX COBefOB. 9. Tb! HC o6paT!1Jl BHIIM<iHllll Ha 3TO. )Q. Otta He OTBe'la.JJa EMYHelfero qJfTaTb means 'He has nothing to read' (there is no ob-
Ha Mo11 eonp6cb1. ject of the action).
Exercise 30. Change the declarative sentences into negative ones, replacing the pro- HeKoMy nottTH 3a 6011eTaMHmeans 'There is nobody to go for the
nouns Bee, Bee with HHKTo, HH'ITO. tickets' (there is no performer of the action).
(a) Model: Bee 3a6h1JI1106 JTOM. The predicate of impersonal sentences with the pronouns HeKoro
HuKm<J 11eJa6bL1 06 JTOM. and Helfero is the infinitive of a verb:
J. Bcex 3allHTepeCOBaJI 3TOT BOnpOC. 2. 6paT BCeM paCCKa3aJI O CBOeM nyTCIIIe-
CTBHH. 3. noceTHTeJIII 060 BCeM cnpaw1,rna.,111.4. BomeAWlltt '!eJIOBeK n0311op6Ba.rrc1 Hb1e20lfHTaTL. 'There 1s nothing to read.'
COBCeMII. 5. 0H BIIHOBaT BO BCeM. 6. 0H y BCeXcnpaw11BaJI 1-\0pory. 7. 6paT Kyn11JI6H- HeKo,wypaccKa3aTL '.lTO. 'There is nobody to tell this to.'
JICTbl B TeaTp 1-\Jlll BCeX. He c KeM noroeopnTL. 'There is no one to talk with.'
(b) Model: Bee cmyiJeHmbl Hamett rpynnbl )'1Jacm«o6a.1u B JlbllKHblX copeBHOBa-
HllllX. The noun or pronoun denoting the performer of the action takes
HUKtnO U3 cmyiJe11mo6Harnett rpynnbl Ile )''laCm606GII B JlbllKHblX CO- the dative.
peBHOBaHl!llX.
MaJiblfHKYHe11eco ,a:eJ1aTb. 'The boy has nothing to do.'
I. )],OKJiaJI'IIIK cor JiaCHJICll CO BCeMII BblCTynaBUJIIMII. 2. Bee 'IJICHbl KOMl!Tt:Ta Mue HeC KeM IIOCOBeTOBaTbC.SI.'I have nobody to turn to for ad-
no11AepJKaJI11:JTo npe1IJ10JKeH11e. 3. Bee naccaJK11pb1BhJUIJIII 113aar6Ha. 4. Ott coBeTO-
Banc11 CO BCeMII TOBapHI.l.(aMH. 5. Ott o6pamaJICll 3a nOMOll.(blO KO BCeM CBOHM,llpy- vice.'
3bHM. HeKoMy IIOHTH3a 6HJ1eTaMH. 'There is nobody to go for the
tickets.'
THE PRONOUNS HEKOro AND HE4Ero Exercise 31. Compare the pairs of sentences with the pronouns HHKTO,HH'ITOand ne-
Koro, He'lero. Explain the difference in their meaning.
The pronouns HeKoro 'nobody' and Helfero 'nothing' have no nomi- HHKTO,HH'ITO HeKOrO,He'lero
native. 0H Hll'ler6 He CKa3aJI. EMy He'!ero 6bIJIO CKa3aTb.
They are formed from interrogative pronouns by means of the neg- jJ HHKor6 He cnpoc11JI. Mtte HCKoro 6b1JI0 cnpoc11Tb.
ative particle He and are declined as the interrogative pronouns KTO? OH HHKOMYHe paccKa3aJI 06 :JTOM. EMy HeKOMY 6blJIO paCCKa3aTb 06 3TOM.
and 'ITO? They are stressed on the particle He in all the cases. OH HI! o 'ICM He paccKaJbIBa.1. EMy He O 'ICM 6bIJIO paccKa3aTb.
H11KT6He noweJI B Mara311H. HeKoMy 6bIJIO nottTH B Mara3HH.
HHKT6 He 3a66T11Jicll o pe6eHKe. HeKOMY 6blJIO 3a66Tl!TbCll O pe6eHKe.
Norn. - -
Exercise 32. Replace the complex sentences with simple sentences containing the
Gen. HeKOfO He'lero
pronouns 11eKozoand 11e1Je?o. Write down your sentences and mark the stress in the
Dat. HeKOMY He'leMy
Pronouns. (Note that the verbs in the subordinate clauses are in the conditional
Acc. HeKOfO He'lero mood.)
Instr. HeKeM He'leM
Prep. He O IWM He O 'leM Model: y .11e11iilie 6bL10 1/l/lJezO,'!TO ll Mor 6bI nOAapHTb eMy Ha naMllTb.
M11e 11e1Jezo 6bl/lO nO/_\apHTb eMy Ha naMl!Tb.
I_.He 6bIJIO Hll'!er6, BO '!TO MOlKHO 6blJIO 6bi 3aBepH)'Tb KHHry. 2. He 6blJ10 Hl!Kor6,
HeKoro noCJI{lTb3a 6JrneTaMH. 'There is nobody to send for the ~ k~r? MOJKHo6bIJIO 6b1 yJHaTb 11op6ry. 3. HeT 'leJioBcKa, c KOTOpbIM ll Mor 6b1 cer6AHll
0
tickets.' q li_TIIB KHHO. 4. He 6b!JIO Hll'lero, 'ICM Mb! MO! JIH 6bI 3aHS!TbCllB TOT Be'lep. 5. HeT HIi-
EMy Helfero q0TaTh. 'He has nothing to read.' eero, Ja '!To MOJKHO6h1JIO6b1 noxaaJI11Tb :horo MaJlb'll!Ka. 6. HeT 'ICJIOBeKa, KOTopbitt
6Mor 6b1 PYKOBO/_\HTb H<illll!M KPYlKKOM. 7. He 6bJ-10 JIJ01Iett, KOTOpblX HaM H)')KHO6hlJIO
Prepositions and the pronouns HeKoro and Helfero are spelt as sep· ii bi ~AaTb. 8. HeT 'IC.IOBeKa. KOTopoMy MOlKHO 6h!JIO 6b! nopy'IHrb :JTO/_\eJIO.9. HeT '!e-
OBel(a, OT KOTOporo ll Mor 6b! noJiy'laTb nHCbMa.
arate words, the preposition being placed between the particle He and
the pronoun (Koro or lfero). Exercise 33. Give negative answers to the questions.

174 175
 I. C KeM Bbl BCTpCTl1JlHCbno .Qop6rc? 2. 1-lhe CO'IHHCHHeBaM ITOHpllBHJIOCb?3. I<r 0 If pronouns with the particles -To, -nn6o, -uu6y_nb are used with pre-
H1 Bae 311{1CT :HOT paccKa3? 4. K KOM)' MHe o6paTl1TbCSI C JTHM BOnp6coM? 5. Kor6 noc
~:I [ I, ·ia "Hlll a!\111')6. C KC\1 MHC ITOCOBCIOBaTbCSI
06 JTOM? 7. 0 'leM OH coo6mHJI Te6e;
positions, t~e latter precede the pronouns (oT Koro-nu6y,nb, c KeM-
8 B "l"OH ICaTp Bbl HJJ,eTe?9. flplll!IJIH JIH Bbl K KaK6My'-Htt6y.[{h BblBO.QYno )TOMY Bon: JJHOO, y KOl'O-TO). . . . ,
pm:,·> IO 41,10 cTaTbIO Bbl ttcn6Jib10BaJitt B CBoeii pa66Te? 11. 4To Bbl CJiblWamr 06 The pronouns with the particle -nu6o (KT0-.1:u60, '1To-nu6o, 11eii-
JT0\.1 1 12. Ko\.ly Bbl paccKaJKeTe 06 JTOl\1? JJHOO, KaKoii-nu6o) have the same meaning as the pronouns with the
F,erciw l4. Write out the ,entences, filling in the blanks with the pronouns HUKm6
particle -uu6y_nb (KTO-HH6y_nb, 'ITO-HH6y,nb, 'leii-nu6y,nb, KaKoii-
111111110 or 11e1<.ozo. Hel{e?o in the required form. Mark the stress in the pronouns. • HH6y,llb).
I. 'vlbI tte roBoptt:m
.... 2. HaM roBopHTb 6i:rno .... 3. OH He nocoBeToBaJic 11 Pronouns with the particle -nu6o are generally used in the literary
4 I \.1 1 .. ObL10 nocoBeT0BaTbc11. 5. Mb1 He 6oHMCII .... 6. HaM 6011Tbc11.... 7. 0TKpi:°1:;,; language, e.g.:
lllLPL II.I I( ... 8. Pe6eHOK He CJI)'IIJaeTCSI.... 9. MHe ... pa.QOBaTbCSI.10. OH He 3a66-
TH c11 . 11 Ha\f 6ecnoKOHTbCII .... 12. 51 He BCTpeTHJICII.... 13. MeH11 6Jiaro.QapHTb ... . '.)TO BpR)].JIU npu6aBHT 'IT0·.1:H60 'This is unlikely to add anything
14 HM cnopttTb .... 15. )l{.QaTb Ha'\1 6i:1;10 .... 16. Haweii pa66Toii pyKoBO.QHTb ... . cyIUeCTBeHHOe K TOM)', qTO y)l(e of importance to what has al-
17 ( ·..1M HH!IOBaT. )KaJIOBaTbCII .... CKa3aHO. ready been said.'
F"erci-.e 35. Fmd the negative pronouns in the sentences and state their case. What Pronouns with the particle -uu6y,nb are used both m colloquial
parh ol thc ,entence are they? Point out the personal and the impersonal sentences.
speech and in the literary language.
I. H 10'\IC Bee yJKe Jier JIH. HO HHKT6 He cnaJI. ( l./ex.) 2. 51 HH'ler6 He CJiblWaJI, Kp6Me
Ill) \1,1 JIHL TheB. (Typ?.) 3. 5J .Q06paalCII, HaKOHCII, .[{0 yrJla Jieca, HO TaM He 6bIJIO HHKa- R, MO)l(eT, '1To-uu6y,nb He TaK 'May be I've said something
1<,ii l<'P \rn. ( Typ;,.) 4. EcTb 6i:rno He'lero, .Qa H He xoTeJiocb. (Ape.) 5. IlHcaTb 6b1J1o cKa3irna? (M. I'.) wrong?'
!Cl Kll 11111< r6 He MOf OTOpBaTb MCHII OT JII06HMblX MblCJieii. HH O 'leM, COBepWCHHOHI! Xy.uo)l(ecrneHHoe npou3se.ueHue 'A work of art is important and
,, '1(:\1 H<c:Ha,L\O6hIJIO ,:iyMaTb, Kp6Me KaK O paccKa3e, KOTOpblH ll nHcaJI. (llaycm.) 6. Ml,[
\1 'JI.Ill IIH: H~K01\1)' H~ XOTCJIOCb.[{BliraTbCSI. )],epeB_HII 3a peK6ii eme cnaJI~. (llaycm.)
JIHIIIh Tor.ua 3HaqineJILHO useful only when its idea con-
7, }I CHOIO,,oJIIO XYJJ.OlKHHKa HH Ha '!TO He npoMeHSIJO. (llaycm.) 8. OH yJKe paccKa3an " noJie3HO, Kor_ua OHO B CBOeH tains some social implication.'
Mil<: 0 cc6e Bee, a MHe 6b1Jl0 He'lero paccKa3blBaTb. (JI.) 9. HH'ITO TaK He c6JIHlKaeT mo- H}lee CO,LJ,epXrnT KaKylO-HH-
1ll'l1, K,11< ncpClKHTbie BMeCTe TPYAHOCTH. (<Pao.) IO. YTpOM XOJI0.[{110,TOTIHTb TIC'IHHe- 6y )].b o6mecTBeHHYIO 3a)].aqy,
KlJ\1y c16po;i< yrneJI Ky.Qa-TO. (l./ex.) 11. IlpeHHSI onl!Tb B0306HOBHJIHCb, HO 'lllCTO Hac-
1v11,'11HnepcphIBbT. H 'l)'BCTBOBaJiocb, '!To roBopHTb 66JibWe He o 'leM. (JI. T.) 12. CKy-
(C/epH.)
•1cu J1i:111,no BC'lepa, KOJIH .QeJiaTb He'!ero. (Proverb)

USE OF THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS WITH THE PARTICLES
-TO AND -Hl1EY21.b
Mo:-.t indefinite pronouns are formed by adding the particle -To,
-.111110,-nu6y,nb or Koe- to the interrogative pronouns KTo?, 'ITo?, Ka- l. Pronouns with the particle -TO are used when the sentence speaks
Koii?, 'fen?, CKOJibKo?: of an indefinite person or object unknown to the speaker, but probably
Kl o-To 'somebody', 'ITO-To 'something', 'leii-To 'somebody's', Ka- known to others:
i..im-ro 'some'; KTO-TOTlfXO nocTyqaJI B ,LJ,Bepb. 'Somebody tapped on the door
Kro-nu6o 'somebody', '1To-nu6o 'something', 'len-nu6o 'some- softly.'
body's', KaKon-;rn6o 'some';
KTo-nu6y)].b 'somebody', '1To-nn6y)].b 'something', 'len-nn6y,w, This means that the person who tapped on the door is definite, but
·~omebody's', KaKon-un6y,nb 'some', cKOJibKo-nn6y,nb 'some' (quanti- the speaker has no idea who it is.
ty); 'ho-To c III)'MOMynaJio Ha noJI. 'Something fell on the floor nois-
Koe-KTO 'somebody', Koe-'ITO 'something', Koe-'len 'somebody's', ily.'
Koc-KaKoii 'some'.
The indefinite pronouns with the particles -To, -nu6o, -uu6y)].b, KOC" T~is means that though the object which fell on the floor is quite
are declined as pronouns without these particles (Koro-un6y)].b, KoMY· defimte, the speaker has no idea what it is.
nnuy)].b, c KeM-nu6y,nb). The particles are always joined to the pronoun 2. Pronouns with the particle -un6y)].L (or -nu6o) are used when the
by a hyphen. The particles -TO, -nn6o, -nn6y,nb follow and the particle sentence speaks of an indefinite person or object unknown both to the
Koe- precedes the pronoun. speaker and to everyone else.
If a pronoun with the particle Koe- is used with a preposition, the DoJoBit Koro-nu6y,nL. 'Call somebody (i.e. no matter
laltcr follows the particle and no hyphen is spelt. whom).'
011 paccKa3aJI HaM KOe O 'leM. 'He told us something.' ~a~Te MHe 'ITO-nn6y ,Uh noqH- 'Give me something to read (i.e.
011 IIOOeCe,UOBaJI Koe C KeM. 'He talked to some people.' TaTb. no matter what).'
I I• 177
12- 384
EcJIH KTO-un6y)].b nptt)].eT, 0030- 'Should anyone come, call Ille noTOMY 'll_O eMy :TO-... noMe';'-'aJ!O. l_I. TTpHBC/111 B ~Opll,UOK ~?MHaTy, Ka~!"IYIO MH';IYTY
BHTe Mettsi. (i.e. no matter who comes).' oJKeTKTO-... B011Tl1. BoT KTO-... H,UCT. ) 2. JI He 3Hal0, npHHeC J!H OH '!TO- .... JI BHlKY,
~TOoH '!TO- ... ll_PHHeC.) 3. B Halli)'. K0\1H~TY~3aweJT COCe,:lH CTI_POCHJ!, He xo;:reT JI~ KTO-...
Exercise 36. Read through the sentences and account for the use of the pronouns in oiiTilHa KOHl\epT. KTo- ... 113MOHX coce11eH B3SIJ!y Hero 611.r1eT.14. Ecm1 Obi KTO-... no-
the right-hand and left-hand columns. ~br vitte. SI,11aaH66b1 yJKe KOH'IHJ! pa66Ty. 15. MLI MOlKeM nepcHo'!eBaTb B KaKOM-...
JlOMe- 16. OH 'IT6- ... KpttKHYJI HaM. Ho Mbl He pacc.1i:1maJ10. 17. Kor,'\a SI npmue11 JIOM6i-i,
PaccKai1<i1 MHe 1Jmo-Hu6_riJb. OH CKa3aJT MHe '11110-mO,HO SI He Pac. ll ye1111eJ1Ha CBOeVICTOJTe'!he- ... TIHCb\10. 18. TT03.UHOBe'!epoM Mbl yBHJieJJHOrHH KaKOH-
CJ1bm1aJ1.
··· JJ,epeBHH.I 9. ~YlKHO CJP,OCHTb_ 06 -jrnvi y Kor6- ... 113er6 p0,11Hb!X.20. Ott He yacpeH,
TTycTb Kmb-11u6yiJbnp1u1eT. TaM Ktno-mo npm11e.1.
cM6JKeT ,llf OH '!eM- ... Teoe TIOMO'lb.
Te6e HYJKHo noroeopttTb 06 JTOM JI BH)leJl Te6JI B'lepa B HHCTHTyTe, KOrm\
C Ke.tt-llUO\"ObH3 npenOJldBaTeJlCtt. Tb! pa3TOBapHBaJl C Ke.\1-1110. Exercise 40. Fill in the blanks with the particles required by the sense.
JI He 3Hal0, npHHeC JlH OH 'lnlO-HllO_)'Ob. JI BillK), '!TO OH 'IIIUi-mo npm,ec.
B,1pyr nncpellil MeH11nocni:111ra_1cS1
TpccK c5 'lheB, H nc1e1 3a TC\1 SIyc1i:1111aJ1
'lhtt- ...
3BOHHJl ,rne Kmb-11u6}'0b? Te6e Kmo-mo 3B0Hl!Jl.
MepHOH TSllKealOIITIOXO/IKOH.JI HcnyraJJCSIH XOTeJ!6b!JIO YHTH 833811,
warn. KT6- ... 111e_1
EcJJH Kmo-11u6yiJbnpHJicT, nonpocn re er6 Kor ;:ia SI npHWeJl ,UOVIOH, SI J 3HaJJ, '!To
HOno6opOal B cc6e 'IYBCTBOCTpaxa H OCTaJ!CSI Ha MCCTe. BcJJe,U33 TeM SIYBHJJ;eJJB KYCTax
TIOJIOlK)laTb MeHJI. K/110-mO npHX0,1H.l KO MHe (6LUJ
JaKyJO-... Te\lHYIO MilCC). 3TO 6h1Jl 60Jlblll0tt Me,UBe,Ub.(Ape.)
y MeHSI).
JI B03bVIY ,,mo-11u6yob TIO'IHT<!Tb. Ott B3SIJl '11110-JnOTIO'll1T<!Tb.

Exercise 37. Read through the sentences. Explain the difference in their meaning.
USE OF THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS WITH THE PARTICLE
KOE-
Ott CTaJl 3BaTb KOZ0-1110
Ha n6M011\b. OH CTa.1 3BaTb KOi'0-11u6yiJhHa n6MOU}T,.
6paT o6emaJJ ,uaTb eMy KaKj;10-mo KHttry. npaT o6emaJJ ,UaTb eMy KaK)"/0-IIUVJiJb Pronouns with the particle Koe- (Kon-) are used when the sentence
KHttry.
Otta np6c11T KOi'o-mo npHHTH. Otta npoCHT K020-l{U6_viJbnpllttTH. speaks of something known to the speaker, but unknown to the person
Ee nonpoCHJ!H cneTb KaKj;10-mo nee1110. Ee nonpoCHJlH cneTb KaK_VIO-ltUVJ'Obnec- spoken to:
HIO.
Ott roeopttJJ, '!TO Ha110 npHMCHHTb Ka- OH rOBOpHJJ, '!TO Ha)lO npHMeHHTb Ka- R xo•-ry paccKa3aTb Te6e Koe 'I want to tell you something.'
KOu-mo HOBbIH MeTo,u. KOU-Hu6yiJb HOBbTHMCTOJI. 0 'lt'M.
EMy 6yr~eT IIOMOTaTb Kmo-mo H3 TOBapH- EMy 6yJieT nOMOTaTb KmO-llU6yiJb H3 TO·
llleH. Bap11mei-i. The speaker knows what he is going to say, but the person spoken
Exercise 38. Read through the sentences and account for the use of the pronouns
to has no idea of it.
with the particles -mo and -11u6yiJb. Pronouns with the particle Koe- may be used with the meaning of
'some'.
I. BoT KTo-To ni:1111eJ1
H3 ,u6Ma 11 ocTaHOBHJJCSIHa KpblJJbUe. ( Cfex.) 2. B KOMHaTe
pa3,uaJJttCb 'lhH-TO wartt. (A.J1C.)3. CKalKHTe JKe MHe KaKylO-Htt6yJib HOBOCTb! (JI.) Ott BCTpeTHJIKOe-Koro H3 CBOHX 'He met some of his friends.'
4. B,upyr '!TO-TO. noxoJKee Ha neCHIO, nopa3HJTO MOH CJTyx. (JI.) 5. EMy '1pc3Bbl'lattHO He TOBapmn:eii.
HpaBHJ!OCb, KOr,ua KTO-H116y,ub 3aBO,UHJ!pe'lb O ero MOJ!O,UOCTH.(Cfex.) 6. JI BCTaBa.JI
paHO, C paCCBeTOM, H TOT'!aC JKe npHHHMaJ!CSI 3a KaKylO-HH6y,ub pa66Ty. ( Cfex.) 7. TTo- Exercise 41. Read through the sentences and account for the use of the pronouns
'leMy aac TaK .u6JJro He 6b1J10? CJJy'lttJJocb '1To-HH6y,ub? ( Cfex.) 8 B.upyr noJaJIH Hae with the particle Koe-.
B onpare pa3,ua.,1cS1rnyM: KTO·TO cnycKaJ!CSI K lfCTO'IHHKy. (Type.) 9. Ho rnaBHOe O'lapo-
Bam1e MOpSI 3aKJllO'laJJOCb B KaKOH-TO TaHHe, KOTOPYIO OHO Bcen-ia XpdHH.10 B CBOIIX J. JI me.'! K Te6e, Hee KOe-'ITO Te6e SITIOKa3aTb. (fl.) 2. HO'lb 6bIJ!a XOTJI H TeMHaSI,
npocrpaHCTBaX. (Kam.) JO. 0Ha [HaTama] He Morna 11 He yMeJJa ,ueJlaTb 'ITO-H116yJlb HC H?6,1aroaapl! ai:maaweMy CHery MOJKHo 6i:mo Koe-'ITO paccMoTpeTb. (Ape.) 3. Y Poc-
OT BCett .uywH, He H30 BceX CHJl. (JI. T.) 11. «6brnaeT y Te6JI KTO-HH6y,'lb? 411TaeIIII> TOBbIX, KaK 11 acer .ua no BOCKpeceHbSIM, o6e,uaJJ KOe-KTO H3 6,1H3Kl1X 3H3KOMblX.
(ll.T.)
Thi?» cnpOCHJ! 6paT. (M. r.) 12. PdHbllle OHa HHKOr,ua He 'IYBCTBOBaJJace6JI HYlKHOii
KOMY-HH6y,ub, a Tenepb JICHOai,,ueJla, '!TO HYlKHa MHOTHM. (M. I'.)

Exercise 39. Write out the sentences, filling in each blank with the particle -1iu6yiJb THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
or -mo.
HEKTO,HEYTO,HEKMH,HEKOTOPbIH,HECKOflbKO
J. 0H CK338Jl MHe 'ITQ- ... BalKHOe, HO SI He Mory cei-\qac BCnOMHHTb, '!TO OH CKa3¥·
PaccKalKH MHe '!To- ... HHTepecttoe. 2. 4To TbI ilmernb? JI ttu1y KaKylO- ... HHTepec· The pronouns HeKTO 'certain'' He'ITO 'something'' ueKHH (-aH, -oe,
HYIO KHHry.- 6paT npttHec cer611HS1KaKylO- ... HOBYIO KHilry, nonpocil y Hero. 3. IlyCTb ·oe) 'certain', ueKoTopblu (-aH, -oe, -ble) 'some' and uecKOJibKO'several'
KTO-... OTKpoeT OKHO. KTO- ... OTKpblJ! OKHO, 11 B KOMHaTy BOpBaJJCSICBelKHH aeTe~-
4. JI Ha,UeSIJ!CSI
Y3H8Tb y Kor6- ... ,uop6ry. HeoJKH,UaHHOSICTOJ!KHYJlCSI C KeM-... B TeMHOTC- are also indefinite pronouns.
5. Mb! YCJ!bllll3Jll1, '!TO KTO-... BOllleJl B COCe!IHIOIO KOMHaTy. JI He 3Hal0, np11,ueTJIJI 1. The pronouns ueKTo and ueqrn are used only in the nominative
K HaM KT6- ... cer6,uHS1. 6. BepHyewttcb ,uoM6tt, SI cnpocttJJ, He 3BOHHJl JlH MHe KT6- ... · anct in the accusative which is identical with the nominative.
Mtte OTBeTHJll1, '!TO KTO-... 3BOHHJ!. 7. ECJ!H Bbl O '!eM- ... 33XOTHTe cnpOCHTb MeHJI, no 3• . The pronoun ne'ITO is neuter. It is always accompanied by an at-
aottnTe MHe no TeJJeq>oHy.Te611 HlllCT Cep,ett. Ott xo'!eT cnpocttTb Te611o 'ICM- .... 8. Ce;
TO,UHSIOH O 'leM- ... paCCKa3b!BaJ!, H Bee CJ!YlllaJ!H O'ICHb BHHMaTeJ!bHO. Boo6me, KOT/la
tribute.
OHO 'leM- ... paCCKa3b!BaeT, BCeCJ!yWalOT C HHTepeCOM. 9. Kor,ua noe3,U OCTaHaBJJl1BaJJCJI CJJyqil:JIOCb
He'ITO yOU6UJneAbltoe. 'Something astonishing has hap-
Ha KaKOH-... 60JlbWOH CTaHUHH, naccalKHpbl BblXO,UHJ!HH3 Bar6Ha TIO!lbllll8Tb caeJK}IM
a6311yxoM. IT6e3,u TOJJbKo '!To ocTattoanJ1cS1 tta KaK6i-i-... 60J1b1116ilCTaHHHH. IO. OH_3a· pened.'
KOH'IHT pa66Ty B cpoK, ecJJl1eMy '!TO- ... He TIOMemaeT. OH HC ycneJJ 3aKOH'IHTb pa6oTY, ~ BlI)KyHe'ITO Heonpeoe ACIIIIOe. 'I see something vague.'
178 179
 The meaning of the pronoun ue'ITO is similar to that of the pronou
'ITO-To. The pronoun 'ITO-TO is used either with or without an attrib~
The pronoun uecKOJibKO is declined as an adjective in the plural. In
ute. the oblique cases uecKo.1bKO agrees with the noun it qualifies.
i;paT npHUI~.fJ,1],0MOHC HeCK0.1b- 'The brother came home with sev-
qTO-To cJ1y1.Jtt:J1ocb. 'Something has happened.'
""'"" 1 osap11ru:aMH. eral friends.'
The pronoun ueKTO is used only in the nominative before the names TypiICTbl pa3M~CTMJ1HCbB uec- 'The hikers were accommodated
of men or women: KOJlbKHX naJ1aTKax. in several tents.'
npttWeJl HeKTO 11BaHOB. 'A certain Ivanov has come.' Exercise 42. Read through the sentences and point out the indefinite pronouns.
npHIIIJla HeKTO l1ea110Ba. 'A certain I van ova has come.' J. I1 3f\CCb OH [Cepb1(Ka] yBttf\CJl HeqTo. HaCTOJlbKOnopa3itsmcc cr6 soo6paJKcH11e,
qTO BblHYlK)J,CH6b!Jl OCTaHOBHTbCSI.(<Pao.) 2. Mb!CJlb O TOM, qTo 3/(CCb )J,OJllKCH6b!Tb
2. The pronoun ueKnii changes for gender, number and case and is napK B03HHKJla Cpenit CTapblX KOMCOMOJlbQeB.HeKOTOpble 113HIIX II ceiiqac eme pa66-
used as an attribute. It is rarely used in the oblique cases. TaJlll,B KpaCHOf\OHe. (<Pao.) 3. CTOT)'XCBeT II B HeKOTOpblX OKHaX nCpBOfO :naJKa, 113TII
61rna TOlKe pacnaXH)'JlllCb. (<Pao.) 4. MHe np11CHHJlCSICOH, KOToporo HIIKOrna He Mor
npttexaJl ueKHU xyno,KHHK. 'Some artist has come.' R no3a6h1Tb II B KOTOpOM .uo CIIX nop BttlKY HeqTO npopoqecKoe. (ll.) 5. Bllpyr HCMIIOIO
Bb1CTynaJ1a HeKaH 11eauoea. 'A certain Ivanova spoke.' snepe/111Hae, B TeMHOTe. 3alKrJJOCbHeCKOJlbKOOrtlHbKOB. (Type.) 6. MeCSIQa nsa Ha3:i}l
y1,1epy HaC B ropone HeKIIH oeJll!KOB, yqftTeJJb rpcqecKOro Sl3bIKa. ( lfex.)
The pronouns HeKTO, He'ITO and HeKHU are generally used in the li-
terary language. Exercise 43.Fill in the blanks with negative pronouns and indefinite particles to suit
the sense.
3. The pronoun ueKoTOphlii follows the declension pattern of adjec- 51 n6HS1J1,qTo 3a6nynitncS1. ,aanbllle 11nTit 6i:rno HeJJb3ll; snepenit 6i:1no KaK6e- ...
tives and is used as an attribute. 6oJJ6To.
jl IlOlllCJl HaJleBO II BblllleJl Ha )'3KYIO 3ap6crny10 /IOpOlKKY, no KOTopoii naBHO He
HeKOTOpbie CTy,lJ,eHTbl Hamett 'Some of the students of our e'.l}:(IIJIII.51 He 3HaJl, Kyna OH:! MCHll np11Be)J,eT,HO }leJlaTb 6bIJlO ...• II SI IlO!lleJl no IICH, Ha-
rpymibI YBJleKaJOTCSI Typtt:3- At:SICbBb!HTII K KaKOH-... nepeBHC. 51 !lleJJ f\OJffO, HO ... nptt3HaKOB lKIIJlbll He 6b!Jl0
group go in for hiking.' 811/IHO.KpyroM ryCTOH JleC. _aasHO yJKe ... Hora He CTyna11a 3.L(eCb.51nporneJl HeCKOJlbKO
MOM. Kl!J10MeTpOB,HO ... nepeBHII He 6b!Jl0.
51 roBoptt:Jl C HeKOTOpbIMH CTy- 'I spoke to some of the students.' CTaJlO TCMHCTb. 4epe3 HeKoropoe speMSI IlOSIBHJIIICbomit KaKOH-... nepeBHII. Te-
,1],eHTaMH. rrepb MHe ... 6i:1no 6ecnoK611TbCS1.51 peruitJJ rrepcHoqesaTb B KaKoM-... n6Me. nonoii}lll
HeKOTOpoe BpeMSI BCe MOJ11.JaJ1H. 'Everyone K Ka.lttTKC KpMi11cro .'10\ta, SIIlOCT) 'l:l.~. HO ... HC OTKpblB:l.1. 51 nonyqa.1 eme pa3 II np11-
was silent for some He
c.1ywa.lCS1. Obl.10 C.1bllllHO ... 11rart'lB.Tor;1a SI fO.lKH)'.1 Ka.ll!TKY 11.CilOTKH)'BIIIIICb 000
time.' qr6- ... , BOWeJl BO nsop. KaK TOJlbKO SI IlOCTyqaJJ s nsepb, IlOCJlblllJaJlllCb qbft- ... warit,
HeK?TOPY'° 1.JaCTbnyTtt: Bee UJJlH 'Part of the way they all walked nor6M KTo- ... 1arpeMb 3aMKOM, 11naepb OTKpbrnacb.
MOJ11-rn. on in silence.'
The ~eaning of ~he pronoun 11eKoTOpb1uis similar to that of pro-
nouns with the particle Koe-: Koe-KaKoii, Koe-'ITO, Koe-KTO.
51 B3SIJ1C co66ii KOe-KaKue KHMrtt.
51 B3SIJ1 c co66i1 neKornpble 'I took some books with me.'
KHtt:nt:.
51 B3SIJ1 c co66i1 Koe-'ITO H3
Beru:M. 'I took some of the things with
me.'
51 B3SIJ1C co66tt HeirnTOpbie BeWH.
Koe-KTO H3 cTy,lJ,eHTOB YBJle-
KaeTCSITyptt:3MOM. 'Some of the students go in for
HeKOTOpbie CTy.11.eHTbl yBJ1e- hiking.'
KaJOTCSITyptt:3MOM.
4. The pronoun necKOJibKO denotes an indefinite number of objects.
The pronoun uecKOJibKO in the nominative or in the accusative
which is identical with the nominative requires the genitive plural of the
noun.
BOWJ10 HeCKOJibKO '-leJlOBeK. 'Several people came in.'
Ott np1rnec
HeCKOJibKO KHHr. 'He brought several books.'
180
 H oTOPall neKUHll - no MaTeMaTHKe. JleKUHll no 3KOHOMH4eCKOl!TeOpHH 6yneT
p: ,naa.n';{aTb_4ernepTOH ~Y.llHTOPHH, Jlt:K_I.lHllno MaTeMaTHKe-B ce,llbMOH ay,llHTOpHH.
CeMHHap 6y,lleT a ,llBeHa,llUaTOH ay,llHTOpm1.

CARDINAL NUMERALS
Simple, Compound and Composite Numerals

According to their structure, numerals are divided into simple, com-

pound and composite.
Simple numerals: O.l1.HH 'one', ,lJ,Ba'two', TPH 'three', 'leTLipe 'four',
oHTL 'five', mecTL 'six', ceML 'seven', eoceML 'eight', ,LJ;eBHTL 'nine',
THE NUMERAL JlCCHTL 'ten', copoK 'forty', cTo 'hundred', raca'la 'thousand', MHJIJIHOH
'million', MHJIJIHap,LJ; 'milliard' (or 'billion').
CLASSIFICATION OF NUMERALS Compound numerals:
I. 0,LJ;HHHa,lJ,QaTL 'eleven', ,lJ,BeHa,LJ;u,aTL
'twelve', TpHmt,LJ;QaTL 'thir-
According to their meaning, numerals are divided into cardinal, col- teen', 11eTh1p11a,LJ;QaTL 'fourteen', nHTHa,LJ;QaTL 'fifteen', ... ,LJ;eBHTHS,l],QaTL
lective and ordinal. 'nineteen'.
Cardinal and collective numerals denote the quantity of objects and 2. )l,ea,LJ;QaTL 'twenty', TpH,ll;QaTL'thirty', DHTL,LJ;eciIT 'fifty', ... B0-
answer the question CKOJILKO?'how many?' ceML,UeCHT 'eighty', ,LJ;eBHHOCTO 'ninety'.
CKOJlbKO OKOHH ,l],BepeiiB ay,lJ,H- "How many windows and doors 3. )],oecTH 'two hundred', Tpucra 'three hundred', 'leTL1pecTa 'four
TOpHH?- B ay.l1.HT<>pHH ,l],Be are there in the lecture-hall?" hundred', DHTLCOT 'five hundred', mecTLCOT 'six hundred', ... ,LJ;e-
,l],eepHH nHTb oxoH. "There are two doors and five BHTbCOT'nine hundred'.
windows in the lecture hall." The component parts of a compound numeral are spelt as one
word.
0,LJ;im'one', ,lJ,Ba'two', TpH 'three', 'leTblpe 'four', DHTL'five', etc. are Composite numerals consist of two or more simple or compound
cardinal numerals. numerals, e.g. ,uea,LJ;QaTL o,uuu 'twenty-one', cTo ,LJ;Ba,LJ;QaTL 'one hun-
CKOJlbKO,l],eTeH y 6pha?-Y "How many children has the dred and twenty', Tpucra nama,LJ;QaTL 'three hundred and fifteen', lfeThl-
6pha ,l],BOe,l],eTeH. brother?" "The brother has pecTa eoceML,lJ.eCHT mecTL 'four hundred and eighty-six', TMCH'fa ,LJ;e-
two children." BHTLCOT copoK mecTL 'one thousand nine hundred and forty-six'.
CK,oAbKo,cyrnx ?H exan?-OH "How many days did he travel?" The component parts of a composite numeral are spelt as separate
exan 'leTBepo cyToK. "He travelled four days." words: TPH.l1.QaTLceMb 'thirty-seven', cTo copoK 'one hundred and
forty'.
~eoe 'two (of them)', Tpoe'three (of them)', lfeTBepo 'four (of
them)', nbepo 'five (of them)', mecTepo 'six (of them)', ceMepo 'seven
(of them)' are collective numerals. Spelling of Cardinal Numerals
Ordinal numerals denote the serial order in which an object stands I. The numerals 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 30 take the soft mark
and answer the question KOTopLlii? 'which?' only at the end of the word: nHTHa~QaTb, mecTna,LJ;QaTL,
ceMHS,LJ;QaTL,
KombpblU MeCJIIJ, Bbl 3aHHMaeTeCb "How long have you been study- BoceMua,LJ;QaTL,
,LJ;eBHTHa,LJ;QaTL,
,lJ,Ba,LJ;QaTL,
TpH,LJ;QaTL.
JIJhIKOM?- mecroii Mec»u,. ing the language?" "More than 2. The numerals 50, 60, 70, 80 and 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 take the
five months." soft mark in the middle of the word between its component parts:
Kombpblu pa3 Thi qHTaernh 3TY "Which time do you read this DKTL,ueci1T,mecTL,LJ;ecilT,
ceML,uecaT,BoceML,uecaT,nHTLcoT, mecTLCOT,
x1rnry?-BTOpoii pa3. book?" "A second time." Cei'tfLCoT,
BoceMLCOT,,l],eBHTLCOT.
IlepeLrii 'first', eTopoii 'second', TpeTHii 'third', 'leTeepTWii 'fourth',
nHTLlii'fifth', etc. are ordinal numerals.
Exercise 1. Write out the text and underline the cardinal numerals once and the or·
dinal numerals twice. What questions do they answer?
.si: y11ych Ha BTop6M 1Cypce 31COH0M1111ec1coro q,uyJihTi:Ta. Ha uaUieM J:ypce cro
Jlt!Kl\Hll - no 1KvHUMH4CCKOH
q:
.!lBllm.laTh IlllTb CTy,llt:HTOB. Y HaC BoceMb y11e6HblX rpynn . .sl B 'ICTBepTOH rpynne.
r<)l\Hll y 11ac 11Be JICKUHHH 01\1111 CeMHHap. ncpBal! TC

182 183
 CARDINAL NUMERALS umerals whose last com~onent _is ~n~, ,ua~, Tpn _or 'leTL1pe)_in ~he
~
n minative or the accusative which is identical with the nommattve
From I to 10 From 11 to 20 Tens Hundreds f:ke the genitive singular: ,una ,uoMa 'two houses', TPH KHHrn 'three
~
books', 'leTblpe nnchM& 'four letters'. _
Nouns used with any of the other numerals (5, 6, 7, 8, etc.) m the
1-0)lHH 11 - OJlHHHBJlQBTb 10-JlecllTb 100-CTO
2-JlBB 12 - JlBeHllJlQBTb 20 - JlBll)lQBTb 200-JlBecTII
ominative or the accusative which is identical with the nominative take
3-TpH 13 - TpHHllJlQBTb 30 - TPIIJlQBTb 300-TpHCTB ~hegenitive plural: nHTL ,uoMOB'five houses', rnecTL KHHr 'six books',
4-'leTwpe 14 - 'le'TblpHBJlQB'Tb 40-COpoK 400 - 'leTwpecra ceMbnuceM 'seven letters'' naa,uQaTbIlHTL py6Jieii 'twenty-five roubles'.
5-UIITb 15 - UIITHllllQBTb 50 - UIITb)lecllT 500 - UIITbCOT All numerals agree with their head noun in all the cases except the
6-WecTb 16- WecTHllJlQBTb 60 - WecTbJlecilT 600 - WecTbCOT
7-ceMb 17 - ceMH&Jlll&Tb 70 - CeMb)lecllT 700 - ceMbCOT
nominative, and the accusative which is identical with the nommative,
8-BOCeMb 18 - BOCeMHllJlQBTb 80 - aoceMbJlecRT 800 - BOCeMbCOT the noun invariably taking the plural.
9-)leBIITb 19- JleBIITH&JlllBTb 90 - )leBIIHOCTO 900 - )leBIITbCOT
10-)leCIITb 20 - JlBll)lQBTb
Norn. TpH KHHrH Y'IWHHK3 DHTb KHHr y'lefiHHKOB
'three books' 'textbooks' 'five books' 'textbooks'
Exercise 2. Read the numerals given in the above table, paying attention to the cor- Gen. TpeX KHHr y'lefiHHKOB DHTH KHHr Y'IC6HHKOB
rect pronunciation of the numerals from 11 to 20. Dat. TpeM KHHr3M y'le6HHK3M UHTH KHHr3M y'le6HHK3M
Acc. TpH KHHrH Y'le6HHK3 UHTb KHHr y'le6HHKOB
3. Copy out the sentences, writing the numbers in words. Underline the
Exercise -rpex cecTep 6paTbeB UHTb CeCTep fipaTbCB
simple numerals once, the compound numerals twice and the composite numerals with 'three sisters' 'brothers' 'five sisters' 'brothers'
a wavy line. Instr. -rpeMil KHHraMH y'le6HHK3MH UHTblO KHIII 3MH Y'IC6HHK3MH
Prep. o Tpex Knurax y'le6HHK3X o nHTH Knurax y'le6HHK3X
I. B MocKBe 9 BOK3a.JIOB.
2. B MOCKBeH MocKOBCKOH 66JJaCTH103 BLIClllHX
y'le6-
HblX3-!Be.l(eHHJI. 3. B MocKOBCKOM YHHBepcHTeTe16 ¢,aKyJJbTeTOB. 4. OT MocKBbl/10
Ilerep6ypra 649 KHJIOMt:TpOB. 5. ,ll;JJHHaBoJJro-,ll;oHCKOrO
KaHa.Jia- IOI KHJIOMeTp.Ha
KaHa.Jie13 lllJII030BH 3 HaCOCHblXCTaHUHH. 6. KaHa.JIHMeHHMocKBhlHMeeTAJJHHY 128 4. Give written answers to the questions.
Exercise
KHJIOMeTpOB.
(a) I. CKOJlbKO.l(HeHB He):leJJe?
2. CKOJlbKOqacoB B cyTKax?
Cardinal .Numerals Used with a Noun 3. CKOJlbKOMHH}'TCOCTaBJJlleT qac?
4. CKoJJbKOMec11ueeB roAy?
Cardinal numerals except o,uHH'one' and ,uaa 'two' do not change 5. CKOJlbKO):IHeHB .l(eKa6pe?
6. CKOJlbKOHC):leJJbB Mecsiue?
for gender. 7. CKOJJbKOARCHB roAy?
The numeral o,u11uhas three gender forms: o,u11ufor the masculine, (b) I. CKOJlbKO.l(BCpeiiB ayAHTOpHH?(I)
o,uuafor the feminine, o,uuofor the neuter: o,u11u,uoM'one house', o)Vla 2. CKOJJbKOOKOHB ayJlHTopHH?(4)
KHHra'one book', o,uuo nHChMO'one letter'. 3. CKOJJbKOCTOJJOB B ayAHTopHH?(12)
4. CKOJlbKOCTYAt:HTOB B ealllCH rpyrrne? (6)
The same is true of composite numerals whose last component is 5. CKOJlbKOKHHrJICJKHT Ha CTOJJe?(3)
O.IUIH;e.g. ,uaa_u._aTLOnHH,uoM 'twenty-one houses', naan._aTL o)Vla
KHHra'twenty-one books', naan..aTL o,ueonHChMO'twenty-one letters'. Cardinal Numerals Used with an Adjective and a Noun
The numeral naa has only two forms: naa for the masculine and
neuter and nae for the feminine: ,uaa ,uoMa 'two houses', ,una nuc&Mll If a numeral is used in the nominative or the accusative which 1s
'two letters', nae KHJITH'two books'. identical with the nominative, then:
The same is true of composite numerals whose last component is I. The adjective following o,uuu, o,uua, o,uuo takes the nommative
,una; e.g. copoK naa ,UOMa'forty-two houses'' copoK ,uaa IlHCbMa'for- and agrees with its head noun in gender: o,uuu6oJILmoii JJ.OM ·one big
ty-two letters', copoK nae KHIITH'forty-two books'. house', o,uua 6oJILrnaH KOMHaTa 'one large room', OJJ.HO 6oJILrnoe
All the other cardinal numerals do not change for gender and are DHcLMo'one long letter'.
used in one ·and the same form with an· the nouns: TPH ,uoMa 'three 2. The adjective following ,uBa, Tpn, 'leTLipe takes the plur~I.
houses', TpH KHHTH'three books', TPH nHcbMa 'three letters'. (a) If the adjective qualifies a masculine or neuter noun, 1t gen-
Nouns used with the numerals 1, 21, 31, 41, etc. (i.e. numerals erally takes the genitive plural: ,una 60JILrn11x
,uoMa'two big houses', TpH
whose last component is o,u11u,o,uuaor o,uuo)take the nominative: o,ulfll 8a)knLJXH3BeCTHH'three important items of news'.
,uoM 'one house', o,uua KHHra 'one book', o,uuo nnct.Mo 'one letter'; (b) If the adjective qualifies a feminine noun it generally takes the
naaMaTL O.IUIH,uoM 'twenty-one houses', Tp11,u._aTL o,uua Ku11ra'thir· nominative plural: nee Tpy,uuLie 1a,ua'IH 'two difficult proble~s',
ty-one books'. ~eTL1pe60JI1.rn11e ay,unTopuu'four large lecture-halls' (but the g~mt1ve
Nouns used with the numerals 2, 3, 4; 22, 23, 24; 32, 33, 34, etc. (i.e. 1s also possible: ,uBe Tpy,unhlx 1a,ua'IH, 'leTL1pe60JI1.11111x
ay,uurnpuu).
184 185
 3._ The adjec_tive_following any other numeral (nHTh, mecTh, cel\fJ. O)IIIR !f36Hpin:eJIH npHxo,nHJIH, 'Some voters came, others went
etc.) m the n~n:imat1ve or the accusative_ identical with the nominativ' JlpyrHe rxo,nHJIH. , , away.'
takes the gemt1ve plural, 1rrespect1ve of the gender of the noun a e JI rosopHJI c , o.QHHMH, Toea- 'I first spoke to some comrades,
agrees with that noun: DHTh 60;1hm11x,'lOMOB:-five large houses' ~~ pHlllaMH, noTOM c ,npyrHMH. then to others.'
Tpy,r:i:uh1x1a,r:i:aq'six dit1icult problems'. - '
_4. In oblique cases, except the accusative identical with the nonf 1 In the singular o.1n1a,OJUta, O)J.HOcan .also be used with a meaning
native, the numeral and the adjective agree with their head noun: • rendered in English by 'a' or 'one':
OH !fe pernn;1 ,r:i:eyxTPYtlllhlX 1a- 'He failed to solve two difficult 6&IJI y MeHil O.LnlH
JHaKOMhIH,Ko- 'I had a friend, who was a keen
,r:i:aq. problems.' TOPhlH 6bIJI CTpaCTHhIMOX()T- hunter.'
3aH51,nrn H.D:Y;
e qeTh1pex 6oJih- 'Classes are in progress in two HHKOM.
mux ay;:i:uTopuHx. large lecture-rooms.'
Exercise 6. State the case and gender of the numeral oiJun.
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with the required forms of the adJecti\c, !!iven at th J. JI npollCHJI B IIIeeiiuapHH OLIIIH Me<:llU. 2. CTyLIC:HT HaTTHCaJILIOKmi,11.
3a 0,11.H)'He-
end of the exercise. - e
,aeJIIO.3. On He nponyCTHJI HH 0,11.HOT0 ypoKa. 4. ,SI He Mory llCLlaTh HH 0,11.H0HMHH)'Thl.
_1. (?H 3';':lCT ~Ba .. , Sl3bIKa, 2. _Y'ICHHKyemirn TpH ;·· Ja,f(:1'-IH, 3. )lsa .,. Mee-ra 5. Mb!see exaJIH e OLIH0M BaroHe. 6. Bee He MoryT TTOMeCTHTbClle OJI.HOHJI0L1Ke. 7.
B _Tpa'1Bae ?hIJIH_3aHllTbl. 4, _B KOHi-iC,KOpHt-lOJ?aeCTb 'ICTLipe ... aym,n6p1m. 5. OKOJIO Typ11CThlOTnpaBHJIHCh B TTOX0LIC OLIH0H naJiaTKOH. 8. Bee yceJIHCh 3a OJlHHM CTOJI0M.
Ll?Ma pocm-1 '-ICT~Ipe ... COCllbl. 6. B napKC CT0l!Jl0 }.IBCHa1u1aTb... CKaMeeK. 7. B Hame111
roponc LIBC ... -~a6pHKH. ~- R KYTTHJIL1Bam1aTb JIBa ... Kapa111wma. Exercise 7. Make up sentences. using the numeral oiJun,oiJ11iz
in all the cases singu-
, (He_?OJib~OH,~HHOCTpaHHblH. aJ1re6pa11•1CCKHH, nepeJlHHH, BhlC0KHH. nepeBllH!il,fH lar.
TKaIIKHH, KpaCHhm) '
Exercise 8. Make up sentences, using the word oiJ11uin different cases.
Declension of Cardinal Numerals
DECLENSION OF THE NllMERALS )].BA, ,ll;BE, TPH, 'IEThIPE
DECLENSION OF THE NUMERALS O,LIJ11-1,
OJJ,HA, OJJ,HO

Masculine ,ind Nculer Feminine Plural Norn. ,11.88 llBe TpH 'leTblpe
Gen. IUIYX TpeX 'leThlpeX
Dat. JlBVM TpeM 'leTl,lpeM
Norn. Ol{HH 0,IHO O)~H3
Gen.
0.11111 Acc. as Norri. or Gen. as Norn. or Gen. as Norn. or Gen.
o,,:inoro OLIHOii OllHliX Instr. 'leThlpbMII
LlBYMII TpeMII
Oat. O,'lllOMV Ot-lHOH 0,lHH~I Prep. o llBYX 0 TpeX 0 'lelblpeX
Acc. as Norn. or Gen. o,mo O,~Hj a, Norn. or Gen.
Instr. 0,lHH\I OlHOii o:mil'm
Prep. 06 0,-lHOM 06 0.lHOii 06 0.lHHX

DECLENSION OF THE NUMERALS COPOK, )J.EBHHOCTO, CTO

SOME SPECIAL t·SES OF OJ.IJ111IN THE PU RAL
The numerals copmc 'forty', ,nee11nocTo'ninety', cTo 'one hundred·
The words o,r:i:un,
o,r:i:nnx, etc. are used in the plural in the fol-
0;1;1111M, t~~e the same ending -a in the genitive, dative, instrumental and prepo-
lowing cases: sitional (copmca, ,lleBAHOCTa,
cTa); in the nominative and the accusative
(I) with the meaning of 'only': they have the form: copmc, ,!J.eBHHOCTo, cTo.
B COCTaBe,n:eJierau1m 6bIJUf 021:HII 'The delegation consisted of only Exercise 9. Read through the sentences and state the case of the numeral 06a.
)Kt:HIIIHHhl. women.' , Co6paHHe Ha'la.JlOCh e D.Ba '!aca. Bee npHIIIJIH K LIBYM '-laCaM. Korna II npHllleJI,
8 3TOM IIIKacpy 0,.1.HIIy<Ie6HHKl-f. 'There are only textbooks in this 6LU!~ 6e3 JlBYX MHH)'T L{Ba '-laca. Ha co6paHHH BbICTYTTHJIH
ABa J:IOICJialJ.'-!HKa.
OHH 0CTa-
bookcase.' ffOBHJJHCbHa LIBYX HHTepeCHhIX Bonpocax. Mbicny LIBYMll lJ.OICJI3)laMH6b!Jl nepepb!B.

(2) with nouns which have no singular: Exercise 10. Make up sentences, using the numerals -rpH and 'leTMpe in different
cases.
021:011qacLI 'one watch (clock)'
cynrn 'one day'
O,!J.1111 Exercise 11. Copy out the sentences, writing the numbers in words.
uoJKHHQhl'one pair of scissors'
o,r:i:011 I. K 3
np1-16aBHTh7, 6yneT 10. OT 4 OTHllTb 3, 6yJleT I. 100 pa3)leJJHTb Ha 4, 6y)leT
2~-4 YMH0lKHTh na 2, 6yner 8. 2. Bpa'I npHHHMaeT c 3 qacoa OH 3aiiJleT MC:lKLIY3 H 4 'la-
(3) with the meaning of 'some' as opposed to '(the) others':
caMH. 3. Mhl npOUlJIH J KHJJOMeTpa. noe3)1. OCTaHOBHJJCllB 4 ICHJJOMC:Tpax OT CTl!HIIHH.
51 B35IJI cHaqaJia o;:i:011
KHHrn, no- 'I first took some books, then the
TOM .n:pyrne. others., Exercise 12. Write out the following in words:

186
4 +8 = 12; 40 - 7 = 33; J6; 4 = 4; 8 X 9 = 72.
187
 ,.....
DECLENSION OF THE NUMERALS mrrh, mlTh.Lll'..CSI r, ml fhCOT In the declension of the numerals t.i:BeCTH 'two hundred', TpttcTa
·three hundred' and lfeTblpeCTa 'four hundred' both the components
Norn. RHTb RHTb,leC!IT nHTbcor
--- change. ,
The numerals Tl>ICHlfa ( fiem. ) ' t h ousan d' , MHJIJIHOH ·11·
, (masc. ) •m_110n' ,
Gen. IIHIII nHTll,leCHl " IIHIHCOI
Oat. na·111 11111"11,lCCIIrH IIHrHCl3M
r,tffJIJIHllPJI.(masc.) 'milliard' ('billion') ar~ declined as noun~ wit~ the
Acc.
Instr.
IIHTb
11ar1,w
nHTb.L(eCIIT IIHTbCOT
corresponding .. endings. The noun used with these numerals mvanably
IIH l'blO,leCH fblO RHTblOCT3MII takes the gemtJve:
Prep. 0 IIHTII O IIHT1t.1ecH1 11 0 IIIIIHCT3X
&u6nttoTeKa Kynttna TblCHlfY 'The library bought a thousand
KHl-ff, books.'
I. The numeral nHTt. 'five' is declined as a third declension noun paccTO.SIHHe H3Mep.SleTCH Thi- 'The distance is measured in
(JI.Dept. 'door', TeTpat.i:t. 'exercise-book'), but the stress invariably fal1s ct1lfaMH KHJlOMeTpoB. thousands of kilometres.'
on the ending. The numerals from nHTt. 'five' to JJ.eam1aTt. 'twenty' and
TPHJJ.1.13Tt."thirty' are declined in the same manner. The numeral eo- In the declension of a composite numeral all its components
ceMt. 'eight' drops e in the oblique cases: eoct.Mn (gen., dat., prep.) change, e.g. the declension of the numeral 952:
eoct.Mt.lO and eoceMt.lO (instr.). ' Nom. B Harnett 6061100TeKe )le- 'There are nine hundred and fifty-
2. In the declension of the numeral nHTt.t.i:ech 'fifty' both its BHTt.COT nHTbt.i:ecilT )lBe two books in our library.'
components change. Each component is declined as a noun of the third KHHrH,
declension, except that in the nominative and the accusative the second Gen. OT )leBHTHCOT nHTIIJl.eCHTH 'Nine hundred and fifty-two
component of nHTt.t.i:eciIT has a hard stem. The numerals rneCT1»J1.ec111 JI.BYX OTHS!Tbc6poK 6y.ner minus forty is nine hundred
'sixty', ceMt.t.i:ecHT 'seventy' and e6ceMt.J1.eCHT 'eighty' are declined in neBHThCOTnsettanu;aTh. and twelve.'
the same way as DHTt.Jl.eCHT. Oat. K t.i:eBHTHCTaM UHTHJl.eCHTH 'Nine hundred and fifty-two plus
3. In the declension of the numeral nHTt.COT 'five hundred' both its )lBYM np06aBHTh BoceMh eight is nine hundred and sixty.'
components change. The first component changes in the same manner 6y JJ.eT neBHThCOT wecrh-
as the numeral DHTt.; the second component (coT) has the same end- nedn.
ings as nouns in the plural in all the cases, except for the nominative Acc. EH6JIHOTeKa KYTIHJla.ue- 'The library bought nine hundred
and the accusative. BHTLCOT nHTt.necilT )lBe and fifty-two books.'
The numerals rnecTt.coT 'six hundred', ceMt.COT •~even hundred', eo- KHHrH.
ceMt.COT 'eight hundred', t.i:eBHTt.COT 'nine hundred' are declined in the Instr. Mb! OTnpaBHJlHCbB 3KCne- 'We set off for the expedition with
same manner as nHTt.COT. Jl,HQIHO C t.i:eBHTLIOCT3MH nine hundred and fifty-two
Exercise 13. Write out the following, writing the numbers in words. DHThlOJl.eCHTt.JO JI.BYMH roubles.'
1. K 6 np1-16aBHTh 5, 6y.ueT 11. OT 15 OTHS!Tb 7, 6yneT 8. 9 CJ!OlKHTb c 6, 6yneT 15.
py6J1.S1MH.
J.13 30 BbI'leCl 1, 12, 6yneT 18. 7 y,rnO)[{l-!Tb Ha 6, 6y.'leT 42. 42 pa1.1e.Il1Tb Ha 7. 6y.ueT 6. Prep. HaM H}')l(HO OT'-IHT:lTbCH 'We must account for nine hun-
2. 0npc,::ie.111Tb C}'M'1Y 16 1-17. CK0.1hKO pa3 3 CO.UCplKHTCHB 9? l13B,1C'lh KBa 1paTHbiH B )leBHTHCTax nHTH)leCHTH dred and fifty-two roubles.'
KopeHb 1139. 3. Cctt'll!C 6e3 15 '111H}'T 3. Mb! 3aH11MaCMCSIC 9 J{O J. Bpa'I np11Hll'1l!eT C 12 )lBYX py6J1.S1X
.
.uo 6. 51 np11.uy K 10 'lacaM. Mbl BCTpCTIIMCSI MelKJlY 7 1-19 '1ac:1'v1H.4. nbc1.u npowe,q
OKOJJO60 Kll.10MeTpOB . .[l,cpeBHSI HaXOJ{IITCSI B 12 KHJJOMCTpax OT r6pona. 5. EMy ne
Exercise 15. Copy out the sentences, writing the numbers in words.
66JJhWe 20 JICl. CeCTpa CT<lpme er6 Ha 4 r6.ua. 6p1-1rana nepCBblll0.1Hll.ld Il.1aH Ha 30 I. CaMoe 6onhw6e 63epo e Mi:tpe-Kacni:ti'.tcKoe M6pe. 0H6 JaHHMaeT ITJI6maAh
npo11eHTOB. Pa66'111fi e 3 pf13a nepeehmom111,1 HOpMy. 6. npc.u.10JKef111e 6hrno npii11HO 6KOJJO400000 KBaApaTHhlX KHJIOMthpoe. 2, MOCKBa-nopT 5 MOpeH. .3·
MOCKBe 6611ee
75 roJJOCaMII npOTHB 4 roJJOCOB. 800 JJeT, 4, B MOCKBe HaC'IHTb1BaeTCH CBb!We 120 KHHOTeaTpoe, CBblWe 30 TeaTpOB,
6KOJIO 1500 3aB6)lOB 1-1 ¢a6p11K, 66JJee 70 CTa)lH6HOB~
66nee 80 Ha)'lJHblX 11HCT11T)'TOB,
Exercise 14. Write out the following in words:
S, B MocK6BCKOM ymrnepcmeTe 16 q:>aKyJibTeTOB11 6611ee 260 Kacpe)lp. 6. B cpeAHCl-1
30 - 24 = 6; 67 + 13 = 80; 9 X 9 = 81; 125: 5 = 25. nonoce Eoponet'tcKoH tJacrn Poccfo1 6epe3a )KHBCT e cpeAHeM 100-150 neT, Ay6-Ao
300, COCHa-)lO 400 JieT. HeKOTOpb1e JIHilbl )lOCTHralOT TblCSl'leJieTHero e63paCTa, eJil-1
DECLENSION OF THE NUMERALS .LlBECTl1, TPHCTA, 4ETblPECTA
AOCn1raioT 1200 JleT.
COLLECTIVE NUMERALS
Norn. .UBCClH Tpiic-ra 'le1b1peCTa
Gen. ,IBYXCOT Tpexcor 'IC I blpCXCOI . Collective numerals include JI.Boe 'two', Tpoe 'three', lfeTBepo 'four',
Oat. /lBYMCT3M Tpi!MCT3\I 'ICTb1pC\1CTa\l ?~Tepo 'five', rnecTepo 'six', ch1epo 'seven', noct.Mepo 'eight', )leeHTepo
Acc. .1eecrn Tp11c-ra 'IC I bl pcc-ra nine', )J;eCHTepo 'ten'. ,
ln,tr. lpeMHCl3MH 'IC I blphMHC I 31\111
Prep.
,lB) MHC"l 3MH
0 .lB)XCfllX 0 1 pexc-rax 0 'leTblpCXCrax
'b lhe words 66a, 66e 'both' are also collective numerals: o6a 6paTa
0 th brothers', 66e cecTpbl 'both sisters'.
189
188
 The meaning of collective numerals is similar to that of cardinal nu. (3) independently, i.e. without any nouns or pronouns:
merals; they also denote the quantity of objects and answer the ques. fpoe croi!JIH na nJianp6pMe. 'Three people were standing on
tion CKOJILKo?'how many?' the platform.'
Bo )J.BOpeHrpaJIH (HrpaJIO) 'leT- 'Four children were playing in the OH pa66raeT Ja !'Bonx. 'He does as much work as two.'
Bepo ,a:eTeH. courtyard.' CeMepo 0.11:Horo ne )K_nyT. Cf. 'For one that is missing there
CKOJihKO,r:r.eTeii:?-l.JeTBepo. "How many children?" "Four." (Proverb) is no spoiling a wedding.'
Hae 6hrno meCTepo. 'There were six of us.'
CKOJihKOHae 6b1JIO? illeCTepo. "How many of us were there?" In (2) and (3) collective numerals imply either male or female per-
"Six." sons. Here are two more examples:
lllJIH Tpoe: /1,BOeMy)Kq{rnH )KeH- 'Three people were walking
The noun following a collective numeral takes the genitive plural: ruHHa. along: two men and a woman.'
)J.BOe,a:pyJeii'two friends', Tpoe )J.eTeii'three children', 'leTBepoTOBapq.
J1x 6bIJIO ninepo: ,rme ,neBO'{KH 'There were five of them: two girls
men 'four friends', ninepo oxoTHHKOB'five hunters' (compare: ~ea If rpH MaJibqHKa. and three boys.'
)J.pyra 'two friends', Tpu pe6e11Ka'three children', 'leTLipe rnoapn~a
'four friends', nHTh oxoTHHKOB'five hunters'). (4) with nouns denoting the young of animals: ,LlBOe KOTHT'two kit-
tens', 'leTBepo menitT 'four puppies', ceMepo KOJJIHT'seven kids'.
Collective numerals are declined as adjectives in the plural: Only cardinal numerals are used with other names of animals: .11:Be
KOIIIKH'two she-cats', .11:BaKOTa 'two tom-cats'.
(5) with nouns which have no singular: .lJ:BOeufoKHHQ'two pairs of
Norn. ueoe Tpoe 'ICTBepo (,1py3ett) scissors', Tpoe cyrnK 'three days', 'lernepo caneii 'four sledges'.
'two 'three' "four' ('friends')
Gen. )lBOIIX Tpoiix 11ernepi:1x (ilPY3ett) As a rule, the numerals ,LlBoe,Tpoe and 'lernepo are used with these
Dat. ,/(BOHM Tp0111\1 'leTBepi:1M (!lpy3h51M) nouns only in the nominative and the accusative.
Acc. ,neoiix TPOIIX 'leTBepi:1x (upy1ett) On np6)KHJIJ,a:ecb 'lernepo cyToK. 'He stayed for four days here.'
,neoe TpOe 'lernepo (C)ITOK)
rnstr. ,1.1.BOIIMH TpOHMH 'ICTBCpblMH (11py3hSIM11)
On KynirJ1Tpoe uomnuQ. 'He bought three pairs of scis-
Prep. 0 ,1.1.BOIIX 0 TpOHX O 'ICTBepblX (.npy3h51X) sors.'
In the other cases cardinal numerals are used.
The numerals ninepo 'five', meCTepo'six', etc. are declined as 'leTBe- On np6)KHJI3,a:ecbOKOJIO'leTL1pex 'He stayed for about four days
cyrnK. here.'
po.
On0:npttexaJIH na Tpex cauitx. 'They arrived in three sledges.'
Use of Collective Numerals
(6) with the names of "paired" objects: .11:Boe
pyK 'two hands', Tpoe
Collective numerals occur less frequently than the corresponding JILI:iK'three
pairs of skis'.
cardinal numerals. They are used only: Note. Collective numerals are not used with other nouns denoting inani-
(1) with nouns denoting male persons: ,a:BoeMaJIL'IHKOB'two boys', mate objects.
Tpoe y'leHHKOB 'three pupils', 'lernepo cTy.uenrnB 'four students',
ninepo pa6o'tux 'five workers', and with the nouns .11:eTu 'children' and Nouns following a collective numeral (.11:Boe, Tpoe, 'ternepo, nilTepo,
mo.11:u'people': Tpoe mo.11:eii'three people', 'lernepo .11:eTeii'four etc.) in the nominative or the accusative which is identical with the
children'. nominative take the genitive plural: Tpoe ,LleTeii'three children', nilTepo
In these cases, cardinal numerals can also be used: .11:Ba MaJILlfllKa AeTeu'five children'. Personal pronouns used with a collective numeral
'two boys', nHTL pa6o'lux 'five workers', Tpu 'lenoBeirn 'three persons', may take either the nominative:
'leTL1pepe6e11Ka'four children'. T6nhKo MM )].BoeocTaJIHCbJ,a:ecb. 'Only the two of us remained
Only cardinal numerals are used with nouns denoting female per· here.'
sons: .11:Be 'two girls', Tpu y'lenn1lLI'three pupils', 'leTL1pecTY'
.11:eBO'IKH 01111 Tpoe 6bIJIH Ha co6paHHH. 'The three of them attended the
.11:enTKH 'four students', nHTh pa6oTHHQ'five workers'. meeting.'
(2) with pronouns standing for male persons:
or the genitive:
11x 6brno ninepo.
He 6bIJIO Bae )J.BOHX.
'There were five of them.'
'You two were absent.' :ac OCTaJIOCbTOJibKO
" 6bIJIO Tpoe.
,LlBOe. 'Only two of us were left.'
'There were three of them.'
TTpmrrnir Bee 'leTBepo. 'All four have come.'
190 19]
 Collective numerals also include the words 66a and 66e (66a 6pih
'both brothers', 66e ceCTpLI'both sisters'). 1 'eleventh' COThlii 'one hundredth'
o;JHlllllUllaT~ii
Nouns following these numerals in the nominative or the accusativ ;1set1ll;ll1aThl~ 'twelfth' ABYXCOThlii 'two hundredth'
which is identical with the nominative take the genitive singular. e ypllllll/lllaThlH _ 'thirteenth' TpeXCOThlii 'three hundredth'
qeTblpHaL111a~hlH 'fourteenth' 'ICThlpeXCOThlH 'four hundredth'
The numeral 66a is used with any masculine or neuter noun; the nu p,rTH!l]!llaThlff _ 'fifteenth' DllTHCOThlii 'live hundredth'
meral 66e is used with any feminine noun: • wec-rnailllaTt.IH 'sixteenth' rneCTHCOThlii 'six hundredth'
ceMnii.1~aThlii _ 'seventeenth' ceMHCOThlii 'seven hundredth'
66a 110Ma 'both houses' soceMHa.'maThlH 'eighteenth' BOChMHCOThIH 'eight hundredth'
66a 6parn 'both brothers' j!eBllT~llJ~aThlH 'nineteenth' L(eBHTHCOThlH 'nine hundredth'
o6a Olrna 'both windows' j!Ba;iuaThlH 'twentieth'
66e PYKH 'both hands'
66e ceCTpLI 'both sisters' I. Ordinal numerals are formed from the stem of the genitive of the
corresponding cardinal numerals by dropping the genitive ending -a or
•8 and adding adjective endings.
Declension of the Numerals 66a, 66e
mIT-H- niIT-bIH, -aH, -oe, -ble
Ma-,culine Feminine mITw.11.ecsrT-H
- mITn.11.eciIT-blH,
-aH, -oe, -b1e
and ~cuter )leBjjHQCT-a- )].eBjjHQCT-blH,-aH, -oe, -ble

Norn.
2. The following numerals are formed irregularly:
ooa 66e
Gen. o66Hx o6eHX nepBbIH, -aH, -oe, -ble
Dat. 060HM o6eHM BTOpou, -aH, -oe, -hie
Acc. as Norn. or Gen. as Norn. or Gen.
Instr. 060HMH 06eHMH
TpeTHH, -bH, -be, -bH
Prep. 06 o6oux 06 o6eux qeTBepTblH, -aH, -oe, -ble
ce)].hM0H,-aH, -oe, -hie
copOKOB0H,-aH, -oe, -hie
Exercise 16. Read through the sentences. Point out the collective numerals and their
head nouns and pronouns; state the case of the numerals. 3. The ordinals of ThICH'la, MH.JI.Jiuou, are formed by
MH.JI.JIHap;::i:
means of the suffix -u- and adjective endings: ThJCjjqffbIH
I. 1\1OCT 6hIJl I OTOS, H apMHll CTIOKOHHO nepenpasHJiaCh S Tpoe C)'TOK.(fl.) 2. Ha
K)'X.HecrpsmaJIH s Tp6e PYK, KaK 6y;no Ha ;:ieCllTepblX. (I'OH<t.)3. CeMepo 0.1lHOr6He
'thousandth', MHJ1J1H0HHLIH 'millionth', MHJ1J1HapLU1bIH 'milliard th' ('bil-
)KJ1yr (Proverh) 4. Om:i 66a pa66TaJJH Ha 3as6;:ie. 5. BoJJ'iaTa, see Tp6e, KpenKo cmiJIII. lionth').
( lfex.) 6. Y MCHll6hIJJH JaHl!ThI 66e pyKH. 7. floJI'iaca cnycTii OHHsee Tp6e IIIJIHno 6e- 4. In the formation of ordinal numerals from composite numerals
pery MOCKShI-peKH.(Typz.) 8. C o6eHX CTOpOH)'JIHl{hlTllH)'JIHChKaMeHHhieorpa.1lhlC3· only the last word takes the form of an ordinal numeral:
!\OB. (Typz.) 9. BnepeAH no ;:iop6re noKa3aJIHCh JII0.1lH.0HH IIIJlHHascTpeqy Jle6HTbeBy.
OH OCTaHOSi'.LlCll, npHrJill/ll:JlCll. IllJJH ;:is6e: MYJK'iHHa" lKl:Hll{HHa.(flaycm.) .!IBa.11.uaTbnHTbIH 'twenty-fifth'
Exercise 17. Decline (orally) the following phrases consisting of a collective numeral
.!IBeCTn c6poK eocbMOH 'two hundred and forty-eighth'
and a noun and make up sentences, using each phrase in any case.
5. Ordinals are generally used with nouns. They always agree with
'ieTBepo npy3eH. TpOe 6paTheS, .1lSOeC)'TOK,see ceMepo, Tpoe CaHeH, ):ISOeJlhllK,66a their head noun in gender, number and case.
rnsapmua, 66e nonpyrn
Ordinal numerals change for gender, number and case in the same
manner as adjectives: nepeb1u3K3aMeH'the first examination', nepeaH
ORDINAL NUMERALS Jieio.urn'the first lecture', nepeoe JaHilnre 'the first lesson', nepeble
3aH.HTH$1, nepeoro 3K3aMeHa, nepBOHJleKU,HH,ets.
ncpBhlH •first'
6. When declined, the numeral TpeTHH'third' takes b before the
'tenth'
endings (just as the pronoun 'tendoes): TpeTbero, TpeTbeMy,TpeTbHM,
J.(eCHThlii
BlOpoH 'second' /lBaJlQllThlH 'twentieth' 0 TphbeM.
TpeTHH 'third' TPHJlQllThlii 'thirtieth'
'feTBepThlH 'fourth' copoKosoii 'fortieth' 7. In the declension of composite numerals only their last compo-
Dlllhlii •fifth' DHTHJ.(eCHThlii 'fiftieth' nent changes:
IIICCTOH 'sixth' IIICCTHL(eCHThlH 'sixtieth'
CC.lh'l,lOH 'seventh' CCMHileC11ThlH 'seventieth' 51q1na10 .D.BeCTH
c6poK eocbMYJO 'I am reading page two hundred
BOChMOH 'eighth' soct.MHL1ecinhlii •eightieth'
.cll'BllThlii 'ninth"
CTpattwu,y. and forty-eight.'
uesnuOCThlii 'ninetieth'
(CCllThlii 'tenth' Ou )l(HBeT B nHh)].ech eTopou 'He lives in flat fifty-two.'
l<Baprnpe.
193
 .... ......--
8. Ordinal numerals are used to denote time in the following case Jfthe numerator of a fraction is 2, the word denoting the numerator
(a) to give the hours and minutes: s also takes the feminine: -¼- )].Be nitTbIX, f - ,nBe ce)],b-
Cettqac .necub MHHYT'leTsepTo- 'It is ten minutes past three now: ~i;,x.
ro. In the declension of a fractional numeral both the components
(b) to give the date of the month: change:
3aHHTHH Ha\faflHCb nepsoro 'Lessons began on the first of Sep.
Norn. TpH nllTblX
ceHu6pil. tember.' 'three fifths'
Gen. Tpex nHTblX
(c) to give the year: TpeM TI!ITblM
Dat.
51 npttexafl B MocKBY B TblCH'la 'I came to Moscow in 1955.' Acc. TpH U!ITblX
Instr. 1peMH n!ITblMH
,neBHTbCOT DHTb,necaT DRTOM o Tpex n11Tb1x
Prep.
ro.ny.
Exercise 18. Copy out the sentences, writing the numbers (ordinal numerals) in The noun used with a fractional numeral invariably takes the geni-
words.
tive singular:
I ll tJYCh Ha I ~ypce. 2. Mo~ MJHl)J.WHii~paT }"IHTCII e 3_KJJacce. 3. 1-lawH Mecra mpu nftmbzx Mhpa 'three-fifths of a metre'
e IO_Pll.ll.Y- 4. ll JKH~y Ha 6 :JTaJKee 34 KBapTHpe. 5. Jlmj>T nO)J.HllJJHae c 3 JTalKa Ha
8 JTaJK.6. Mbl CnyCTHJJHCb Ham:icjnec 12 JTaJKa Ha 4JT3JK. 7. Jlt:K(IHII 6y11eTB 5 ay)J.HTO· mecmb oecftmblX y11aCTKa 'six-tenths of a plot of land'
pHH. 8. )11332 ayJ1HTOpHH BbllllJHI CTYJlt:HTbl. 9. Mbl CHJ_\(:JJH B TeaTpe B 3 JJOlKe.
When a fractional number is declined, its head noun invariably re-
Exercise 19. Read the sentences aloud. mains in the genitive:
(a) I. MocKea enepebie ynoMHHae1c11 e JJernnHCH e 1147 ro.11y.2. MocKOBCKHii yuu-
eepciufr 6b1J1OCH6eaH e cepenwHe XVIII eeKa, e 1755 rony. 3. r6pon CaHKT-Tie-
Norn. mpu nftmblX y11aCTKa
1ep6ypr 6h1J1ocH6eaH e 1703 roJl:5'. 4. 01e'-leCTBeHHa11eoi1Ha pyccKoro Hap6na Gen. mpex nftmblX y11aCTKa
np6THB Hanone6Ha I 6b1J1ae 1812 rony. Dat. mpeM nftmblM y11aCTKa,etc.
(b) 1. 0KTll6pbCKall COQHaJJHCTH'-leCKallpCBOJIIOQHllcoeeprn11JJaCb
25/X-1917 r611a.
2. l/IX-1939 r6na Ha'-laJJ3CbBTOP3ll MHp0B3ll BOHHa. 0Ha K6H'-IHJJaCb2/IX-1945
In colloquial speech, the word nonoeuua is used with the meaning
r6na. 3. Ilepeb1i1 KOCMOHaBTlOpHii rarapHH coeeprnwn ceoii nonih e K6cMoc
of o)];ua srnpiH (-½-) 'half (nonoeuua y11acTKa 'half the plot of
12/IV-1961 r6na. land').
Exercise 20. Replace the phrases denoting time with other phrases denoting the
The noun 11eTBepThis used with the meaning of o)];na 11eTBepTaH
same time. Write out the numbers in words. (-¼) 'quarter' (11eTBepThMeTpa ·a quarter of a metre').
Mndd I. ll BbIWeJJ H3 JIOMa 6 8 'laci>11/5 MUHVm.
The word nonrnpa is used with the meaning of O)];HHc nonosuuoii
ll Bb1111enHJ P.6Ma 6 nJ11nHadl,/ambMu11vm oeBilmwn. (I+): o,nua QeJiaHH o,nua BTOpaH'one and a hair., .
2. jj npHrneJJ B HHCTHT}'T 6 8 'iQC06 45 MUH)'m. The numeral nonrnpa (1,5) has the form nonrnpa for the masculine
jj npumeJJ B HHCTHT}'T 6e1 n11m11iJOl,/amuMUHym Oe6Jlmb. and neuter (noJITOpa11aca'an hour and a half, 00.llTOpase,npa 'one and
I. M bl BCTpt:THMCll y TeaTpa e 7 '!acoe 20 MHH}'T. 2. CeH'lllC 11 'lacoe 5 MHH}'T, a half bucketfuls') and nonrnphI for the feminine (nonTOpbI MHHYTbI
3. Iloe3.11ompaBJJIICTCll B 18 'laCOB 6 MHH}'T. 4. KHHOCeaHCHa'IHeTCAB 3 'faca 15 MHH}'T, 'one minute and a half).
5. Mara~HH 33Kpble_aeTClle 9 'lacoe 45 MHH}'T. 6. B 20 'laCOB 50 MHHyT no pa,nHO 6y.ner
nepe11aeaTbCll KOHQCpT.
DECLENSION OF THE NUMERAL IIOJ1TOPA
FRACTIONAL NUMERALS
Masculine and Neuter Feminine
Fractional numerals denote part of a whole number. They are
formed by combining cardinal and ordinal numerals. The numerator
Norn. UOJJTOpa(qaca, Beupa) nOJJTOpbl(MMH)'Tbl)
of a fraction is denoted by a cardinal numeral in the nominative. The Gen. noJJyTopa(MHH)'T)
noJJyTopa(qac6B, Beuep)
denominat()r
5
is denoted by an ordinal numeral in the genitive plural: Dat. nOJJyTOpa(qacaM, BeupaM) noJJyTOpa(MHH)'TaM)
8 - n HTb '
BOCbMblX, 7
9 - ceMb ,neBHTblX ("parts
, of a w hiO e Acc. nomopa (qaca, Beupa) nOJJTOpbl(MMH)'Tbl)
number" is implied). Instr. nOJJyTOpa('faCaMM, eeupaMtt) noJJyTOpa(MMH)'TaMI-1)
Prep. 0 noJJyTOpa(qacax, Be)J.pax) 0 noJJyTopa(MllH)'TaX)
If the num_e~atorof a fractior:i is 1, the word denoting the numerat~r .___
__ _L ____________ _JL._ ___________ __,
takes the femmme, and the prdmal numeral standing for the denorru·
nator is in the nominative feminine: .l -o.nua eTOpatl, If a fraction follows a whole number, the adjective Qe.llbIH'whole' is
1 • ' 1 , , 2
-y - o.nua DRTaH; 8 - o.nua BOCbM3H. frequ{!ntlyused after the cardinal numeral denoting the whole number:
194 195

....
Is , , ,
O.[l;Ha.u:eJia.si:
6 - H IT5ITI, IIIeCThIX;
2 4 , , ,
.[l;Be.u:eJihIXH qeThlpe IT51ThIX;
5 -
5 ¾- IT5ITI,.U:~JihIX H TPH qfaBepTH (or: TPH qernepThix);
0,6-HOJII, .u:eJihIX(H) IIIeCTb.n;edi:Tb1x;
7,5-CeMh IJ:(!JII,JX (H) Il.si:Th.[l;eC51ThIX.
Exercise 21. Read the following fractional numbers aloud.
J... _)_. _!_. Q 7• 2 03• 7 3 • 2 I
7 ' 8 ' 25 ' ' ' ' ' 8 ' 6
Exercise 22. Decline the following fractional numbers.
I. 2. 11. 9 2. 2 3 , 5 ,
5' 7' 12' 5' 4 MeTpa; 8 IIJIOII1a/l:U.

THE VERB
The Russian verb has the following forms: the infinitive ('IHTaTL 'to
read'), the indicative mood (the present tense - 'IHTalO 'I read', the
past tense-quTaJI 'I read', the future tense-6y.n;y qHTaTL 'I shall
read'), the imperative (quTau! 'read!') and the conditional mood ('IHTaJI
6bl 'I should read', 'I should have read').
Some verbs have a compound future: 6y.n;y 'IHTaTb 'I shall read',
6y,nynucaTL 'I shall write', while others have a simple future: npo'IHTaIO
'I shall read (from beginning to end)', uanumy 'I shall write (from
beginning to end)'. (See Table on pp. 200-201.)
The verb also has special forms-the participle ('lnTaiomuu 'read-
ing', 'IHTaeMLIH 'read', 'being read', quTaBmuu 'who read', npo'l1tTan-
ub1it'which was read') and the verbal adverb (quTaH 'reading', npo'IHTaB
'having read'). (See pp. 344 and 367.)
Many verbs take the particle -cH (-cL) (3aHHMaTLCH 'to study',
Y'IHTLCH 'to study', 6op6TLCH 'to fight', etc.). This particle is invariably
placed at the end of verb forms (3aHHMaeUibCH, 33HHMllJICH, 33HHMaIO-
lf(HHCH, 3aHHMaHCb, etc.) (For the meaning of verbs ending in -CH, see
p. 245.)
All Russian verb forms are obtained from two stems: some from
the stem of the infinitive, others from the stem of the present ( or simple
future) tense. To obtain all the forms of a verb, one must know both
these stems.

GENERAL IDEA OF VERB ASPECTS

One of the peculiarities of Russian, which distinguishes it from
many other languages, is the fact that the Russian verb has aspects.
There are two aspects: the imperfective aspect: 'IHTaTb 'to read (in gen-
eral)', 11ucb1, 'to write (in general)', cTpOHTL 'to build (in general)',
113Y'laTL 'to study (in general)', BCTaBaTL 'to stand up (more than
0 nce)', o.n;eBaTLCH 'to dress (in general)', TOJIKaTL 'to push (more than
0 ?ce)', OTpe3aTL 'to cut (in general)', and the perfective aspect: npo'IH-
l~TI, 'to read (from beginning to end)', uanucaTL 'to write (from begin-
ning to end)', nocTpOHTL 'to build (completely)', H3Y'IHTL 'to study
fthoroughly)', BCTaTb 'to stand up (once)', O)],eTL 'to dress (complete-
Y), TOJIKH)'Tb 'to push (once)', oTpbaTL 'to cut off'.
197
 Perfective verbs differ from their imperfective counterparts either in 01
?·
'l/U,1 (p.) r6;1bKO o.uHo nttcbMO. .,SIMen.,;eHHO nr_u)11u.11a._wcb
(imp.) no J1ec1~1-1ue.
g :,· :oOHJl.l!/Cb (p.) Ha B~PUl,HHYropb!. 6. ~ HOBOM TeKCTe ?bLlO MHO~O He3HaKO,MblX
the suffixes (cf. u3y•uhb - H3Y'IHTb, TOJIKaTb TO.'IKHYTb ), or in the J\,1 . ll JIO:lfO B HeM pawupa.1Cfl (Imp.) C TIOMOII.(b!OCJ!OBapll 11,HaKOHeU,pa306JJ,a.1Cfl.
presence in the imperfective verb of the suffix -sa-, which is absent in
the perfective verb (cf. _scTaBaTb B~TaTb,O;:{eBaTb-?JJ.eTb),or in the
7_
c;1oll PyccKHtt ,osapmu s~er)la no,woz~.1 (imp.) MHe ~ H3y'leHHH pyccK~ro ll3h!Ka. Ce-
tp-) ll 01-1no.Moc (p.) MHe BblTIO.'lHIITb TP)'llHOe ynpalKH~HHe. 8. .,SIHHK?r.i.la '!eonaJObl6Q.1
presence of a prefix m the perfective verb (cf. nucaTb- uanucan 1-1a3aHHTHll, HO B'lepa on030{l.1 (p.) Ha TPH Ml1HYTbl. 9. Mbl KalKllh,m )leHb ?cma-
r_o,J.1-1)
(i~-(imp.) B 7 'laCOB y1pa, 3/16mpaKQ.1U(imp.) H w.,zu (!mp.) B YHHB~pCHTeT,B'lepa, KaK
CTpOHTb-nocTpouTb), or in the position of the stress (cf. oTpe3inL-.'. ~6bJqHO,Mbl 6Cln/1.IU (p.), no3a6mpaKa.zu (p.) H now,zu (p.) Ha 3aHl!Tl1ll.
oTpe3aTb) (for details of the formation of aspects, see p. 279
and ff.).
GRAMVIATI CAL DISTINCTION OF THE ASPECTS
MEANING OF THE ASPECTS Imperfective verbs ('IHTaTb, nuca~b) have thre~ tenses:, the pre~ent
('IHTlllO,numy), the past ('IHTaJI, nucan) and the f~ture (6yJJ.y'IHTaTb,
Perfective verbs denote a completed action, the carrying of the ac- 6yJ:lYnucaTb); perfective verbs (npo'IHTllTb, uanucaTb) have 01,1lytwo
tion through to its completion (in the past or future). tenses: the past (npo'lnTaJI, nanucan) and the.future (npo'lnTaw, ua-
The past tense: SI uanucan CTaThIOmeans: the article is ready; SI HJy. oumy),Perfective verbs have no present tense smce they denote a com-
'IHJIpyccKHHS13hIK means: as a result of my studying Russian I know it pleted action. _ . . _ .
thoroughly; B .D,epeBHenoCTpou.1um:rny10 IIIK611ymeans: the school is The future tense of imperfective verbs 1s compound: 1t consists of
ready. the future tense of the verb 6b1Tb and the infinitive of the ?onjugate_d
The future tense: SI uanumy ITHChMO means: the letter will have been verb (6y,uy 'IHTaTb, 6yJJ.ynucaTb); the future tense of perfective verbs 1s
finished; SI u1y'fy pyccKMHSl3hIKmeans: as a result of my studying Rus- simple (npo'lnnho, uanumy).
sian I shall have a thorough knowledge of it; B .D,epeBHeK Half.'rnyyqe6-
Horo ro.D,a noCTpoHTIIIKOJIYmeans: the building of the school will be
completed, by the beginning of the school year the school will be ready
(uanumy, H3Y'IY, noCTpoHTare in the simple future).
Imperfective verbs show that the action is in progress, but do not
specify whether it is completed, whether there is any result.
The past tense: SI nucan IIMChMO means: the action was in progress,
but it is not known whether the letter was finished: SI nJy'fa.1 pyccKRli
Sl3bIKmeans: the action was in progress, but it is not known whether
any result has been achieved; B AepeBHecTpounu H6By10IIIKOJIYmeans:
the building was in progress, but it is not known whether the school is
ready.
The future tense: SI6yJl.YnucaTb nHChM6; SI 6yJJ.yHJY'faTb pyccKHH
si1b1K;B ,uepeBHe 6yJl.yTcTpOHTbHOBYIOIIIKOJIYmeans: the above ac·
tions will take place, but it is not known whether they will be carried
through to their completion (6yJJ.y nucaTb, 6yJJ.ynJy'faTb, 6yJlYT
CTpOHTbare in the compound future).
Some perfective verbs do not only express the completion of the ac·
tion, but also the fact that it is single in its occurrence, is semelfactive:
OH TOJ1KHYJ1 CTOJI'he pushed the table (once)', OH Maxuy.'I pyK6tt 'he
waved his hand (once)'.
Imperfective verbs - OH TOJIKaJICTOJI, OH MaXaJ1 pyK6tt- shoW
that the action was either prolonged or repeated several times.
Exercise 1. Compare the italicised pairs of verbs in each sentence.

J. .,SIBcerna 6btn0,111fL1 (imp.) BCe3anamtll TIOp)'CCKOMYll3blK)', HO B'lepa ll 'l)'BCTIIO·

BaJI ce6» O'leHb rn16xo H Ile 6btn0,1HU,1 (p.) 3a.i.laHilll. 2. 06bl'IHO ll 1'0/ll/{l,/ (imp.) 3aHJlo·
MaTbCll B )2 'laCOB, HO B'lepa y MeHH 60,leJla fOJlOBa, H ll KOll'IU.1 (p.) 3aHHMaTbCSIB)
'laCoB. 3. JleTOM ll 'laCTO nuca,1 (imp.) TIHCbMa pOllHTe,'lllM, cett'laC ll O'leHb 3{1~
H pt!JIKO TIHW)' )lOMOtt: 3a TIOCJie)lHl1ttMeCl!U ll ltanUC/1.1 (p.) TO,'lbKO OJIHO TIHCblJO,
4. KalK)lbltt MeCl!U SIn0.1_)''111.1 (imp.) OT TOBapmua HeCKOJibKOTIHCeM,HOB 3TOM Mt!Clil-le

198 199
tv
0
0
COMPARATIVE TABLE OF FORMS OF IMPERFECTIVE AND PERFECTIVE VERBS

Infinitive Imperfective Aspect Perfective Aspect

u1y'l8TL ·to study' crpoHTL 'to build' Hly'lllTL nocTpi)HTL

Present Tense

SI H3Y'llll0 CTJ)OIO
Tb! Hly'laemb CTJ)OHffib
oH, oHa, oHo uJy<taeT CTpOHT No Present Tense
Mb! H3Y'llteM CTpOHM
Bbl uJy<taeTe CTJ)OHTe
OHM H3Y'llllOT CTJ)OHT

Past Tense

Indicative H, Thi, OH H3Y'lllJI CTpOHJI H3Y'IHJI UOCTJ)OHJI

Mood 5I, ThI, OHit u3y<taJia CTpouJia u3y<titJia IIOCTJ)OHJia
OHO H3Y'lllJIO CTpOHJIO H3Y'IHJIO IIOCTpOHJIO
Mb!, Bbl, OH!f H3Y'lllJIH CTpOHJIH H3Y'IHJIH IIOC'fpOHJIH

.,~
l
Compound Future Tense Simple Future Tense

l
SI 6y11y H3Y'IY UOCTpOIO
Thi 6y11emh 6y11emb HlY'IHffih IIOCTpOHffib
oH, oHa, oHo 6y[leT H3Y'laTb 6y/~eT CTpOHTb H3Y'IHT UOCTpOHT
Mhl 6y)_),eM 6y)_),eM H3Y'IHM UOCTpOHM
Bbl 6y1.1ew 6yAeTe HlJ'IHTe DOCTJ)OHTe
OHR 6y,!J,yT DY.LIYT H3Y'IST DOCTpoHT
\

Continued
I
Perfective Aspect
Infinitive
Imperfective Aspect

u1y11IITL nocTp()HTL
u1y'l8TL 'to study' cTpoHTL 'to build'

Present Tense

H3Y'IIIJI 6bl IIOCTpOHJI 6bl

Conditional 51, Tbl, OH H3Y'lllJI 6hl CTpOHJI 6bl
uJy<titJia 6bl noCTpouJia 6hl
Mood H, Thi, OHil uJy<taJia 6h1 cT.pouJia 6b1
HJY'IIIJIO 6hl IIOCTpOHJIO 6bI
OHO HJY'lllJIO 6hl CTpOHJIO 6bl
H3Y'IIIJIH 6hl noCTpouJiu 6hl
Mhl, Bbl, OHlf H3Y'lllJIH 6hl CTpoHJiil 6bl

H3Y'III IIOCTpoii
Imperative HJY'lllH CTpOH
u3y<t11Te nocTpoiiTe
Mood u3y<taiiTe C'rpoiiTe

Note.~ All the forms of verbs ending in -cH (YMhIBaTbCH 'to wash oneself, 3aHHMaTbCH 'to study') arc obtained in the same manner as
those of verbs without -cH, the particle -CH (-cb) being added after the endings (-cH is added after consonants and -cb after vowels).

N
0
 THE INFINITIVE THE STEM OF THE INFINITIVE*
1. The infinitive merely names an action: 'IHTllTh 'to read' neCTu''t 0 To obtain the stem of the infinitive, the infinitive suffix must be
carry (m . _one' s h an d s or arms)', 6epe'lb 'to take care (of)'. It' does not dropped, e.g. 'IHTa-(Th), roBop11-(T1,), cMoTpe-(Th), THny-(n.); uec-(Tir),
express either person or tense. 8e1-(T11), pac-(Tn).
2. The i~finitive of a verb ends in the suffix -Th ('IHTllTh ), -Tu (uecn't) The stem of the infinitive is used to form the past tense of the verb
or-% (6epe%). (qun1-J1, nee, Bfa, poc, see p. 232), the past participle ('IHTa-Bm11u,
3. On the stress in the infinitive: 8 ec-m11ii,Be1-m11u, p6c-m11u, see pp. 349) and the verbal adverbs of per-
(a) In verbs ei:ding in -Th the stress may fall on any syllable. fective verbs (npo'l11Ta-B, see p. 371).
(b) In verbs with the suffix -rn the stress falls on this suffix. Historically, verbs whose infinitive ends in -'fL~-6epe% 'to take
(~) In ve_rbs ending in ~% the stress falls on the final syllable. care (of something)', cTepe'lb 'to guard', MO'lh 'to be able', 'can', ne'lh
1 he addmg of the particle -CH does not change the position of the 'to bake', etc.- have developed from 6epenir, cTepenu, Monn,
stress (6epe% 'to take care' -6epe'lhcSI 'to take care of oneself). neKTH, etc. and all their forms are obtained from stems ending in r or K,
i.e. from the stems 6eper-, cTeper-, Mor-, neK- (see p. 233).
The suffix -Th occurs after vowels The suffix -TH occurs
Exercise 2. Write out the following verbs in three columns, the first containing the
and the consonants c and J. after consonants and H infinitives with the suffix -T1,,the second with the suffix -THand the third with the suffix
-q1,.Underline the stem of the infinitive.
pafiOTaTb tta6mowiTh, Y'llfThCII,cnymaT1,, yq11T1,,01,moJIHllTh, Bbmon11ur1, (p.}, no6epeq1, (p.).
'to work' H,'l;TII 'to go'
H3Y'l3Th cel!Th, BeSITb, llpttCeCTb (p.), ytteCTl1 (p.}, JII06!1Tb, 3peTb, HC'le3HYTL (p.), BbIHTH (p.),
'to study' uecru 'to carry (in the Kpi:nHyTh, ll03B.lTb (p.), TC'{!,, l(BeCTl1,CMel!ThC.SI,
oxpaHl!Tb, co6paThC.SI (p.), npuo6peCTII
CTpOHTb 'to build' hand)'
I'OBOpllTI, 'to say' (p.)
pacn't 'to grow'
CMOTpeTb 'to look' Be3TII 'to carry (in a ve- USE OF THE INFINITIVE**
TIIH)'Tb 'to pull' hide)'
cecT1, 'to sit down' secTn 'to lead' The infinitive may be used with:
Jie3TI, 'to get (in )to' cnacTn 'to save'
3aHHM3TbCII 'to study'
(a) verbs:
naiiTu 'to find'
B11L1eT1,c11 'to see each other' npoiiTn 'to pass by'
cnacT11c1, 'to save oneself 51.XO'IY Y'IHTbCSI. 'I want to study.'
npour11c1, 'to stroll'
(b) predicative adverbs:
The ending -qh occurs after vowels. CTy)leHTaM IIIITepeCHO CJiyUJaTb 'It is interesting for the students
JieK[IIIIO. to listen to the lecture.'
6epe% 'to take care (of)' (c) adjectives:
CTepeq1, 'to guard'
;i;:eq1, 'to burn' 51.pa,r:i:Bae Bn,r:i:eTL. 'I am glad to see you.'
MO'lb 'to be able', 'can'
neq1, 'to bake' (d) nouns:
Teq1, 'to flow'
yeJie'{I, 'to carry away' y Hero IIOSIBHJIOCh meJ1au11e 'He has developed a desire to
6epe%CII 'to take care of oneself Y'IHTbCSI. study.'
YBJ1eq1,c11 'to be carried away'
The Infinitive Used with Verbs
. In perfective verbs with the prefix BM- the stress invariably falls on 1. The infinitive is used with verbs denoting:
th,1s prefix: BLICTpoHTb 'to build', 'to line up', BLIHeCTu 'to carry out', (a) the beginning, continuation or the end of an action: ua'111HaT1,-
BhIDe'lb 'to bake thoroughly', BL1pacTH 'to grow up', BLDKe'lb 'to burn IIa'laTL 'to begin', cTaTb 'to begin', npo,r:i:omKaTb'to continue', nepecTa-
out'. BiiT1,-nepecTaTb 'to stop', 6pOCllTb-6pOCIITb 'to give up', KOH-
In imperfective verbs with prefix BLI- the stress never falls on the 'fllTb~KOH'IIITb 'to finish', 'to end'.
prefix: BMCTpauBaTb 'to line up', BhmocirTb 'to carry out', BblpacTliTb
'to grow up', BhIDeKaTb 'to bake', BMmuraT1, 'to burn out'.
* For the stem of the present tense, see p. 213.
** For the use of the aspects of the infinitive, see p. 318.
202 203
 MbI uaqnuaeM 3aHHMaThCH B 9 qa- 'Our classes begin at 9 o 'clock'. (e) an exhortation to perform an action: npocu:TL-nonpocu:TL
C0B. (Kozb?)'to ask', yrosapuoaTh -yrooopttTh (Kozb?) 'to persuade', 3a-
TipeIIO)],aBaTeJib Ha'laJI 06bHC- 'The teacher began to explain c'faBJIHTL- 3acTaBHTh (Kozb?) 'to force', yqn:Th-uay1111TL (Kozb?) 'to
HHTh n6By10 TeMy. a new theme.' teach', npHK83hIBaTh-DpHKa3aTh (KoMy?) 'to order', BeJieTh (KoMy?)
BpaT cTaJI xopolll6 yqiITLCH. 'The brother began studying 'to tell', 'to order', cooerosaTL-nocooerosaTh (KoMy?)'to advise', no-
well.' pyqaTL-nopy1111Th (KoMy?) 'to entrust',· npeJJ,JiaritTL-npeJJ,Jiom:u:TL
MbI npOJJ,OJim:aeMH3y'laTh pyc- 'We continue our study of Rus- (KoMJ;?)'to offer', 3anpe~aTh-3anpeTHTh (KoMy?) 'to prohibit', pa3-
CKIIMH3bIK. sian.' pewaTL-pa3pemu:TL (KoMy?) 'to allow'.
(b) the possibility or impossibility of an action, the ability or inabil- MbI nonpocu:Jin moeapuuwu no- 'We asked our friends to help us.'
ity to perform an action: MOqh-CMO'lh 'to be able', 'can', yMeTL- MO'lh HaM.
cyMeTh 'to be able', 'can', yJJ.aBaTLCH-yJJ.aTLCH 'to manage', 'to suc- ITpoqieccop DOCOBeTOBaJI Mfle 'The professor advised me to read
ceed', ycneoitTL-ycneTL 'to have enough time (to do something)' npo'lnTaTh :hy cTaThIO. that article.'
yqu:TLCH--uayqifTLCH 'to learn'. ' Mue nopyqn:JIH uanncaTh CTaTblO 'I was entrusted with writing an
)],JI51 CTeHra3eTbI. article for the wall newspaper.'
51 Mory npniiTu: K BaM cer6.D:H51. 'I can come to see you today.'
51 ue yMelO pHCOBaTh. ·1 cannot draw.' 2. The infinitive used with verbs of motion (HJJ.Ttt'to go', XOJJ.HTL'to
51 yqycL pucooaTL. 'I am learning to draw.' walk', exaTh 'to go', e3JJ,HTh'to go', npHXOJ],HTh-UpHHTII 'to come',
Mne yJJ.aJiocL KYDHTh forneT Ha 'I managed to buy a ticket for an npueJJKaTh- npuexaTL 'to come', etc.) expresses purpose:
IIHTepeCHbIMcneKTaKJib. interesting play.'
Bee CTy.D:eHTbIycneJIH BblIIOJIHHTh 'All the students had enough time 51HLl:YooeJJ,aTL. 'I am going to have lunch.'
3ami1rne. to fulfil the task.' 51Bcer,n:axoJKy ooeJJ,aTLB crnn6- 'I always have lunch at the dining-
By10. room.'
(c) the doer's desire or reluctance, or his striving or intention to per- MbI npnexaJIH CIO)],aY'IHThCH. 'We came here to study.'
form an action: XOTeTL-3aXOTeTh 'to Want', XOTeThCH-3aXOTeThCfl JieroM MbI 06b1qno eJJJ.HMOTJJ.hI- 'In the summer we usually go to
'to Want', CTapaThCH-UOCTapaThCH 'to try', CTpeMHThCH 'to strive', Ha• XaTL Ha Mope. the seaside for our holidays.'
JJ,eHThCH'to hope', DhITaThCH-UOUhITaThCH 'to try', npo6ooaTL-
UODp060BaTh 'to try', COOHpaThCH-COopaThCH 'to intend', roTO- To denote purpose, the infinitive may also be used after the verbs
BHThCH-~npnroTOBHThCH 'to prepare', JJ.yMa-rL 'to think', MeqTarh 'to OCTaH!lBJIHBaThCH-OCTaHOBHThCH 'to stop', OCTaBaThCSI-OCTaThCH
dream', pemaTL-pemttTL 'to decide', pernaTLCH-pemttTLCH 'to de- 'to stay', 3BaTL-H03BaTh 'to call' and a number of others.
cide', corJiamaThCH-corJiaCHThCH 'to agree', OTKa3hIBaThCH- MbI oCTauoBttJIHCh OTJJ.OXHYTL. 'We stopped to rest.'
OTKa3aThCH 'to ref use', 'to decline'. OH OCTaJICHUOMoraTh HaM. 'He stayed to help us.'
51 xo11y 113yqftTL pyccKIIH 513hIK. 'I want to study Russian.' MaTb noJoaJia Hae yJKHHaTL. 'Mother called us to supper.'
MbI nocrnpaeMcH BLmoJiunTL :hy 'We shall try to do this work as
pa66ry KaK M0)l<HOCKopee. soon as possible.'
TionpooyiiTe nepecKa3aTL TeKcT 'Try to tell this text in your own The Infinitive Used with Predicative Adverbs
CBOHMIICJIOBaMII. words.'
51 ;.:i:yMaro nernM noexaTL Ha 'I think of going to the seaside in 1. The infinitive is used in impersonal sentences with the adverbs
Mope. the summer.' 11:iL(o'(it
is) necessary', '(one) must', ueo6xo,u11Mo '(it is) necessary',
'.(one) must', Mom:uo '(it is) possible', '(one) may', ueso3M6m:uo '(it is)
(d) a feeling, an attitude towards the action denoted by the infini- impossible', '(one) cannot', ueJILJH '(one) may not', '(one is) not al-
tive: JII0011TL-nomo611TL 'to love', 'to be fond (of)', upaouTLcH- lowed'.
nonpasnTLcH 'to like', 6oii:ThCH 'to fear', 'to be afraid', cTecnii:TLCSI'to
be shy (of)'. Cer6.D:H51MHeuaJJ,o3aKOH'IHTh pa- 'I must finish the work today.'
66Ty.
51 JIIOOJIIOKaTaThCH Ha KOHbKax. 'I am fond of skating.'
3aBTpa uym:1106y.D:eTUOHTHB 6II6- 'I must go to the library tomor-
Mne HpaBHTCH KaTaThCH Ha KOHb- 'I like skating.'
KaX. J1IIOTeKy. row.'
I-Ieo6xoJJ,HMOCIICTeMaTfrqecKII
3a- 'It is necessary to study regularly.'
OHa O)],eJiaCbTerrn6, IIOTOMYqTo 'She put on some warm clothes
HHM8ThCH.
6oii:JiacL npocTyJJ.ttTLCH. because she was afraid of catch· B 3TOHpeKe MOm'.HOKynaThCH? 'May one bathe in this river?'
ing cold.' 3,necb ueJih3H KynaThCH. 'Bathing is not allowed here.'
204 205
 2. The infinitive is used with the predicative adverbs TpyJJ;no'(it is) par1>CH'to order to gather (together)'-npeKh, npHKa1auue co6-
difficult', nerno '(it is) easy', u11Tepecuo'(it is) interesting', cKylfuo '(it par1>cH'an order that ... should gather (together)'.
is) boring', seceno '(one) is having a good time', rpycrno '(it is) sad' oa0 cKa3aJIHMHe o cBoeM peme- 'They informed me of their deci-
npus1Tuo'(it is) pleasant', nonfauo '(it is) useful', spe;ri:110 '(it is) harrn: u11unepeexaTL B .n:pyr6ii:r6po.i:i;. sion to move to another town.'
ful', 6ecnonfa110'(it is) useless', CTpaumo '(it is) terrible', etc. formed 51y3HaJI O BallieM corJiaCHHno- 'I heard of your having agreed to
from qualitative adjectives. MO'lb HaM. help us.'
MHe TPYAHOrosopim. no-pyccKH. 'It is difficult for me to speak nonLITKa ucnpaBHTb3TYOllIM6Ky 'The attempt to correct that error
Russian.' He yBeH'laJiaChycnexoM. was not crowned with success.'
HaM 6i:rno nerKo 'IHTaTb 3TOT 'It was easy for us to read that MHe upaBRTCSIB 3TOM<JenoBeKe 'I like this person's ability to
TeKCT. text.' yMeHHepa6oT3Tb. work.,
CTy,n:eHTaM 6y,n:eTHHTepeCHO CJiy- 'It will be interesting for the stu-
IIIaTb 3TY JieKI.J,MIO. dents to hear this lecture.' The noun ,KeJiauue'wish', which may be followed by an infinitive,
corresponds to the verb xoTeTb -- XOTCTbCH'to want'.
JI ue xoTeJI H.21:TH
B Tehp. 'I did not want to go to the thea-
The Infinitive Used with Certain Adjectives
tre.'
The infinitive is used with the short-form adjectives )].OJI,Ke11'must', Y MeH51ne 6brno ,..enanuu HATH 'I had no wish to go to the thea-
B TeaTp. tre.'
06sna11'(is) obliged', BLIHY,KJJ;en 'forced', 'has (to do something)', roToe
'(is) ready', 11aMepe11 'intends', paJJ;'(is) glad', cqacrnus '(is) happy'. Eil: XOTCJIOCb33HHM8TbCHMY3b1- 'She wanted to take up music.'
KOM.
Mh1 JJ;OJI,KHLI3aKoH'IHTb 3TY pa- 'We must finish this work by Fri- Y Hee 6bIJIO,KeJiauueJaHHMaTbCH 'She had a wish to take up music.'
66Ty K nhHHI.J,e. day.' MY3bIKOM.
Cry,n:eHThI o6snaHbl npHXO)],UTb 'Students must come to the
Ha 3aH5ITH51 B6BpeM51. classes on time.' 2. A°: in0nitive may be used with nouns formed from the adjectives
OH 3a6oJieJI H 6bIJI BbIHY,K)],eH 'He fell ill and had to take to his and predtcat1ve adverbs frequently encountered with the same infini-
Jlelfb B IIOCTeJih. bed.' tive: roToe noMolfb 'ready to help' -- roToeuocTb noMO'lb 'readiness to
Bee roTOBbl DOMO'lbTOBapHII.1,y. 'Everybody is ready to help their help', 06sna11Y'lllCTBOBaTb'obliged to take part' ---ofo'i3aHHOCThy'laCT-
friend.' BOBaTh'duty (obligation) to take part', cnoc66e11ua6JIIO)],aTb'able to
51 cephe3HO HaMepeu 3311HM8TbCH 'I intend to study English in ear- o?serve' -,cno~~6uocTb 11a6JIIO)].aTb'an ability to observe', 11eo6xo-
aHrm1.ii:cKHM 513hIKOM. nest.' i.HM~cnemuTL (1s) necessary to hurry' - 11eo6xo)],11MocTb cnemnTb 'ne-
51 Bcer.n:a6y.n:ypa)], BHJJ.eTL
Bae. 'I shall always be glad to see cessity to hurry', MO,KHOnoiiTn e Tebp '(is) possible to go to the thea-
you.' tre' -B03MO,KHOCTb noiiTu e TeaTp 'an opportunity to go to the thea-
tre', ueeo3MO,KHO nonsrTb '(is) impossible to understand' -
The Infinitive Used with Nouns Heoo3Mo,K11ocTb nonsrTb 'impossibility to understand'.
Bee,Btt,n:enH,er6 roToeuocTb no- 'Everybody saw his readiness to
1. An infinitive may be used with certain nouns whose lexical mean· MO'lb TOBapttII.J,y. help his friend.'
ing corresponds to that of the verbs frequently encountered with the Y Her6 6b1mi B03MO,KHOCTb npo- 'He had an opportunity to conti-
same infinitive: yMeTb pa66TaTL 'to be able to work' -yMenue pa6o· AOJI)KllTby<Je6y. nue his studies.'
TaTb 'ability to work', cTpeMHTbCH noMolfb 'to strive to help' BeT 11eo6xo)],1tMocTe cnemitTb 'There is no need to be hasty in
-CTpeMJICHHe UOMO'lb'striving to help', UblT8TbCHucnpaBHTbown6KY c pewenHeM 3Toro Bonp6ca. deciding this question.'
'to attempt to correct a mistake' - nonLITKa ucnpaBHTbornn6Ky 'an at·
tempt to correct a mistake', cornacUTbCHBLicTynuTb'to agree to make Wh Exercise. 3.Read through the sentences, noting the use of the italicised infinitives.
at words m the sentence do they depend on?
a speech' -cornacue BLicTynuTb 'agreeing (a consent) to mak~
a speech', o6eIQaTL uanucaTL nucbMo 'to promise to write a letter 3. 0 (a).]_ JI JIK?6JIJo~amambCJl Ha _JihIJKax.2; Ha co6paH~e o6sl3aHbl Jl6UmbCJl see.
-06e1Qa11ne nanncaTL nucbMo 'a promise to write a letter', ua)],eHTbC~ s. rvi8
.!\a~ 06e~am1e BbmqJmum& 3a.r:1a_m1e
.r:1ocpoq~o.4. YqeHH~ He Mor peutum& 3a.r:1aqy_
M: hi 6bIJI~ pa.LlhI6cmpemumbc11 CHosa. 6. JI noe.r:1yHa BOK3aJIBcmpe'lam& cecTpy. 7.
BCTpeTHTbCH 'to hope to meet' - ua.21:e,KJJ;a
BCTpeTHTbCH'hope to meet , l!!.LitoJIJKHbl c<Jamb TpH 3K3aMeHa.8. B KOHI.~eHKJHllCTy.[leHThlKQHqaTcda6amb 3K3aMe-
OTKa38TbCHYlf8CTBOBaTb'to refuse to take part' -OTK83 yqacTBOBaf~ ~/ . MaTb pa3pell!ii:Jia .[leTl!M noumu B KHHO.10. CTy.[leHTbl Harnero Kypca XOTSITop>a-
'a refusal to take part', pa3pernnTb yiiTn 'to permit to leave 8c:i6~mb s~qep 61:.!\hixa. ~ I. 6paT pa66T~eT Ha Ja_s6.!(eH npo.r:10JI_JKaeTy'lum&c 11_ 12. OH
-pa3pemeuue yiiTn 'permission to leave', nonpocnTL ocTaTLCH'to re· lje /:la fOTOB nOMO'lb TOBapHIUaM. J3. HyJKHOynopHO H TepneJIHBO<Jo6UB(JmbCRCBOell
JJa. 14. 6e3 yMfarnll npeooo;1e6amb npenl!TCTBHll HeJih3ll .r:106ii:ThCll1106e.!(h1.
quest to Stay' --npocL6a OCTaTbCH'a request to stay', DpHKa3aTbco6• (b) ) _ B .LIOpory OH 83l!JI HeCKOJlbKO
KHHr, KOTOpbieMOr •1umamb H nepe'lUmblBGmb
206 207
6ecKoHeqHo. (flaycm.) 2. B cepe.nime nha oH rrpHcnan TenerpaMMY, B KoT6pon: npe •
11
n011drn CBOMM.noqepHM Onhre H )KeHe ocTaToK KaHMKyn npoeecmu rro.n MocKB6n: aa
.naqe. (TaiiiJ.) 3. Mhl HC HMeeM TaHH .npyr OT .npyra, H .[\Onll<Hacen:qac paccKa3am& Bee
MaMe H ceCTpe. (lfex.) 4. B TeMHOTe HHqer6 Henh3H 6lrno paw6pamb. (JI.) 5. HHKonalj
o6J,SIBMJ1MaTepH O CBOeHmo6BM K C6He H O rnep.nOM perneHHH :JICellUmbC.f!Ha l!elj
(JI. T.) 6. MaTh yexana Ha BOK3an noKynamb 6HJieThl Ha BeqepHHH 3aBTpaIIIHHH rr6e3tl
(Taiio.) 7. 51.He yMeIO uzpamb Ha tpOpTeIIhHHO, He yMeIO pucoeamb. (Typz.) 8. MHe 6l1JJ~
Beceno noObe3:JICambrrepBhIH pa3 K He3HaK0MOMY MeCTy. (I'.) 9. Ha TeMHO·CMHeMHe6e
Ha'IHHanH Muzamb 3Be3l\hl. Mh1 nern6 MornMpa3AU'lUmb .nop6ry. (JI.) 10. 51.rrpHrnacifJI
CBOer6 CII)'THHKa 6bmUmb BMeCTe CTaKaH qaSI. (JI.) 11. Moll. IIHCaTenhCKaH lKH3Hh Haqa.
J1:lChC lKenaHHSIBCe 6U0emb, BCe 3/lamb H nymewecm606Gmb. (flaycm.) 12. Mhl, IIHCate-
nH, He HMeeM rrpaBa omcmaeamb OT lKM3HH. (H. 0.)
THE PRESENT TENSE
CHANGING THE VERB FOR PERSON AND NUMBER
IN THE PRESENT TENSE (CONJUGATION)
etc.· cTy'ly, CTY'IHUih,
cTy'lnT,etc.), others take unstressed personal end-
ing; (pa6{HaJO,pa66Taemh, etc.; cTpoio, cTpournh, etc.). Some verbs
have a stressed ending in the 1st person singular (yqy 'I teach') and un-
0
stressed endings in all the other persons singular and in all the persons
plural (y'IH°;'h, Y'IHT,Y'IHM,Y'IHTe,yqaT; 6op10ch 'I fight', but:
oopeUihCH, 6opeTCH,etc.). .
In the 2nd person singular, h (the soft mark) is always written after
[II (,1rnsemh,pa66Taernh, CTY'IUlllh, CTpOHlllh).
Mixed Conjugation Verbs
The verbs xoTeTh 'to want', 6eJKaTh'to run', 'ITHTh'to honour' take
the endings of the conjugation for some persons, and the endings of the
other conjugation for others. They are called mixed conjugation verbs:

Singular Plural H xoqy 6ery '!TY

Thi XO'lelllb 6eiK11111b 'ITHIIlb

OH }
1st pers. SI H/:IY CTOIO Mb! H,[leM CTOIIM OH~ XO'ICT 6elK11T 'ITHT
'l go' 'I stand' OHO
2nd pers. Thi H.[\elilb CTOl!lllb Bbl H,[leTe cTouTe Mhl XOTIIM 6elK11M 'ITHM
3rd pers. OH, OHa, OHO H,[leT CTOIIT OHM H/:IYT CTOHT Bbl XOTUTe 6eiKure 'ITUTe
OHM XOTIIT 6eryT 'ITYT*

The endings -y (-ro); -emh, -Hrnh;-eT, -HT;-eM, -HM;-eTe, -uTe; -yT,

-HTare called personal endings since they show the person of the verb. Exercise 4. Write out the sentences, putting the italicised words in the plural.
Model: BhICOK0 B CMHeM He6e Aemum nmulja.
The 1st and 2nd Conjugations of the Verb Bh!COK0 B CMHCMHe6e Aemilm nmitljbl.
l. BhICOK0 B CHHCMHe6e Aemum caMOAem. 2. 0 HM3KHH6eper 6bem 60AHQ. 3. Kpac-
Heem H cneem fl6AOKO ITO,[(ropfiqHMH nyqaMH c6nm~a. 4. C peKM iJyem eemep. 5. JioiJKa
In accordance with their personal endings verbs fall into two 6bICTpOnAb16em BHH3 ITOpeKe. 6. MaAb'lUK cuiJum Ha 6epery H yiJum pl16y. 7. B KaMhl·
groups: verbs of the 1st conjugation and verbs of the 2nd conjugation. max KpU'lUm ymKa. 8. IlleAecmum AUCm Ha T0rrone. 9. MaAb'lUK 6e:J1CumK peKe.

I st Conjugation 2nd Conjugation Verbs with Stressed Personal Endings

Ending Ending
Note the following groups of verbs with stressed personal endings.

1st CONJUGATION VERBS

SI lKHBY pa60TaIO -y (·IO) CTY'IY CTpOIO -y (·IO)
'I live' 'I work' 'I knock' 'I build'
Tb! lKHBCIIlb pa6oTaelllb -elllb, -elllb CTY'llllllb CTpOHIIlb ·Hlllb
(1) Verbs with the infinitive suffix -Tu (umu 'to go', pacTn 'to grow',
IIBecTu'to bloom', uecTn 'to carry', etc.):
OH }
OH~ lKHBeT pa6oTaeT -eT, ·CT CTY'IIIT CTpOHT ·HT
OHO H)];y,H)J;Clllh,
H)J;eT... H)];YT
Mb! lKHBCM pa6oTaeM -eM, -eM CTY'IIIM CTpOHM ·HM pacTy, pacTelllh, paCTeT••• paCTYT
Bbl lKHBCTe pa60TaeTe -ere, -ere CTY'IIITC CTpOHTC ·HTC [IBeTy'qBeTemh, qBeTeT... [IBeTYT
OHM lKHB)'T pa60T3IOT ·YT (·!OT) CTY'IIIT CTpOHT -aT (-HT)
(2) Verbs with the infinitive ending -'lh (6epe'lh 'to take care or,
Verbs of the 1st conjugation have the personal endings -y (-ro), crepeqh 'to guard', sJie'lh 'to attract', etc.):
-ernh, -ernh, -fa, -eT, -eM, -eM, -fae, -eTe, -yT (-roT). Verbs of the 2nd 6epery, 6epemernh, 6epe,-.fa ... 6eperyT
conjugation have the personal endings -y (-io), -Hmi.,-HT,-HM,-HTe,-a1
(-HT).

208
Some verbs take stressed personal endings ("-HBY,"-HBemh,,-.user, --- *
14-3g4
The second conjugation form 'ITHT is also used.

209
 CTepery; cTepe*ernh, cTepe*eT ... cTeperyT The addition of the particle Bhl- changes the position o[ the stress:
BJieKy, BJielfelllh, BJielfeT . .• BJieKyT i; uy 'I shall call', BLIIIJihIBY 'I shall swim out' (perfective verbs).
8 130
Exceptions are: (a) the verb MO'lh 'to be able', 'can', which has Note.- The stress in the personal forms of the verbs MhITh 'to wash', pbITh
'to dig', KphITh 'to cover' falls on the stem: MOJ-O,
Moem1,, et~.; pow, poemi:, etc.;
a stressed ending in the 1st person singular (Mory) and an unstressed Kpow, Kpoem1,,etc. When the prefix Bbl- 1s added, the stress 1s shifted to this pre-
ending in the other persons singular and in all the persons plural. The fix: BhIMOJ-O,Bhipow, etc.
perfective verbs noMOlfh 'to help', CMO'lh 'to be able', 'can' also have
a stressed ending only in the 1st person singular: 2nd CONJUGATION VERBS
Mory, Mo*ernh, M<>*eT, MO*eM, M<>*eTe, MOl'YT
DOMory, DOMO*elllh, DOMO'.IKeT,DOMO*CM, DOMO*eTe, UOMoryT
The following are the most common 2nd conjugation verbs with
stressed personal endings (in alphabetic order):
(b) the perfective verb Jielfh 'to lie down', which has no stressed 6neCTeTh 'to shine' - 6necn'n, ... 6necTHT
endings in the simple future: OOHThCH'to be afraid' - 6oroch, 601IlllbCH ...
nitry, .flH*ernh, .flH*eT, JIH*eM, .flH*eTe, nitryT roeopHTh 'to say', 'to speak' - roeopro, roeopurnh .•.
ropeTh 'to burn' - ropro, ropHlllh ...
(3) Verbs having the suffix -Ba- after )].a-, 1ua-, cm- in the infinitive rpeMeTh 'to thunder' - rpeMJIJO, rpeMHlllh .. .
(,naeaTh 'to give', puaBaTh 'to recognise', BCTaeba. 'to stand up', etc.): ii:po:iKaTh 'to tremble' - ,7].pom:y')].pO:iKHlllb.. .
;:J.aJO,)].aelllh, •. . )].aJOT 3BCHeTh 'to ring' - 3Beuro, 3BCHHUib ...
YlHaJO, Y3Haernh, •.. y1uaJOT 1eylfaTh 'to sound' -- 1eylf11T ...
BCTaJO, BCTaernh, ••• BCTalOT KpH'18Th 'to shout' -Kpnqy, KpH'IHUih ...
ne:iKaTh 'to lie' -Jie:iKy, Jie:iKHUih...
(Verbs of this group drop the suffix -ea- in the present tense.) JieTeTh 'to fly' -Jlelfy, JICTHlllh .•.
(4) All the verbs formed from monosyllabic verbs which have -u-in JIOJKHThCH'to lie down' - JIOJKych, JIOJKHUihCH...
the infinitive stem (rnHTh 'to sew', nHTL 'to drink', 6HTh 'to beat', JIHTL MOJI'l8Th 'to be silent' -MOJI'IY, MOJI'IHUih ...
'to pour', BHTh 'to weave', etc.): pernHTh 'to decide' -pemy, pernumh ...
lllhIO, lllhelllh ••• COlllhJO, COlllhelllh, ••• COlllhlOT ca)].HThCH 'to sit down' - ca:iKyca., ca)].HUJhCH...
6hIO, 6helllh .•. D06hJO, D06helllh, ... D06hJOT CBHCTeTh 'to whistle' -CBHLQY, cencTHlllh ..•
DhIO, Dhelllh ••• )].onhro,)].onhemh, •.• )].onhJOT CH)].eTh 'to sit'-cn:iKy, CH)].Hlllh ...
cnaTa. 'to sleep' -cnmo, cnuma. ••.
Only the addition of the prefix Bhl- can change the position of the cnernHTh 'to hurry' -enemy, cnernurnh ...
'.,tress in perfective verbs: CTOHTh 'to stand' - CTOJO,cTourna. ...
BLIDhIO, BLmhernh, ••. BLIDhlOT cTylfaTa. 'to knock' -cTylfy, CTY'IHIIlh ...
BLIJia.ro, BLl.flt.ernh, ••. BLIJihIOT Suffixes added to these verbs do not change the position of the
(5) Verbs having -epe- in the stem of the infinitive (yMephh 'to die', stress in the word (1aMOJI'IHIIlh 'you will b~ silent', naKp_nlfH~h 'y~m will
cTepeTh 'to rub out', 1anepeTh 'to lock'): shout'), except for the particle Bhl-, to which the stress is shif~ed m per-
fectiveverbs (BLWOBOpHrnh'you will utter', BLIJieTHUJh'you will fly out',
YMPY' yMpernh, •.• YMPYT etc.).
COTpy, COTpelllh, ••• COTpyT
Exercise 5. (a) Conjugate the following verbs in the present tense:
except the perfective verbs with the .prefix Bhl-: BLnpy 'I shall wipe', (1) BeCTI1,Be3TH; (2) MO'!b, IIe'ih; (3) OT,[(aBaTh,C03HaBaTh, YCTaBaTh;(4) 6HTh,
BLITpemh, •.. BLITpyT. fil!Tb;(5) 3BaTh; (6) IIJlbITh; (7) JleJKaTb, fOBOpllTh, MOJl'HlTb
(6) Memorise the verbs: (b) make up short sentences, using these verbs;
6paTh 'to take' --6epy, 6epemh, ••. 6epyT (c) conjugate these perfective verbs in the simple future:
B3HTh 'to take' - B03hMY,B03hMemh, ... B03hMYT
neqh, JarrepeTh, Bh!JlHTh,ab1pacn1
*l1.aTh 'to wait'-*l1.Y, '.IK;:J.Clllh,
..• '.IKlJ.YT
'.IKHTh'to live'-*uey, '.IKHBClllh,... '.IKHBYT
1eaTh 'to call'-1oey, 1oee111h, ... 1oeyT
DJihlTh 'to swim' -DJihIBy, 11.flhlBClllh,..• II.flhlBYT
CMeHThCH 'to laugh' -cMeJOch, cMeema.cH, ... cMeJOTCH
210 211
 1st AND 2nd CONJUGATION VERBS WITH UNSTRESSED
PERSONAL ENDINGS
To be able to spell the personal endings of a verb correctly, it is
necessary to know which conjugation it belongs to.
(1) If the stress falls on the personal endings, the conjugation of the
verb is easy to determine: u,uemL... u,uyT (I), rosopu~L ... rosopin (II).
. (2) If t~e stress does not fall on the person_al endmgs, the conjuga.
tlon to which the verb belongs can be determmed from the infinitive.
1st Conjugation Verbs 2nd Conjugation Verbs
(1) one verb in -HTL: (1) all the verbs in -HTL:
6pnTL 'to shave' cTpOHTL'to build'
{6peemb, ... 6peroT).
(cTporo, CTpOHmb,... CTpOHT),
xo,uiiTL 'to walk'
(xo;r.y, xo,uumL, ... xo,uuT),
6eJIHTb 'to whitewash'
(6emo, 6eJIHWb,... 6emu),
except one verb: 6pHTb.
(2) all the verbs in -eTL: (2) seven verbs in -eTL:
KpacueTb 'to redden' CMOTpeTb'to look'
(Kpacuero, Kpacueemb, ... Kpac- ( CMOTpro,CMOTpHmb,... CMOTpHT),
HeIOT), sii,ueTi. 'to see'
yMeTb 'to be able', 'can' (sii;r.y, sii,uumL, ... BH,UHT),
(yMeIO, yMeemb, ... yMeIOT),
ueuasii,ueTL 'to hate'
BJia,UeTb'to OWn' (ueuasii;r.y, ueuaBii,uumi.,... ueua-
(BJia,UeIO, BJia,ueemb,... BJia,UeIOT), BH,UHT),
except seven verbs (see the right- TepneTb 'to endure'
hand column); (TepDJIIO,TepnHmb, ... TepnHT),
0611,ueTi.'to offend'
( o6ii;r.y, 0611,UHWb, ... 06U:,UHT
),
BepTeTb 'to turn round'
(Bepqy, BepTHWb,.. , BepTHT),
JaBiiceTL 'to depend'
(laBn:my, JaBn:cumi.,... JaBHCHT),
and all the verbs formed from
them by adding a prefix:
UOCMOTpeTb,
yBU:,UeTb,
BLITepneTb,
etc.
(3) all the verbs in -aTL (-HTb): (3) four verbs in -aTL:
OTBe'laTi. 'to answer' ,uMmaTL 'to breathe'
( OTBe'laIO, OTBeqaemb, ... OTBe- (,uMmy, ,uL1mumi.,... ,uL1maT),
'llllOT), CJIL1maT1» 'to hear'
JIOMaTb'to break' (cJIL1my,CJILimumi.,... CJIL1maT),
(JIOMllIO,JIOMaemi.,... JIOMllIOT), ,uepiKllTb'to hold'
ua,ueHTbCH'to hope'
(,uep;r.y,,uepiKHWb,... ,uep;r.aT
),
(ua,ueIOCb, Ha,UeembCH, Ha- ruaTi. 'to drive'
,UelOTCH), (rouro, rouumi., ... rOHHT), and all
the verbs formed from them by
adding a prefix:
212
except four verbs (see right-hand 00,UblillllTb, rcJILIID8Tb, BLI,Uep-
column). iKaTb, coruaTL, etc.
All other verbs belong to the 1st conjugation.
Exercise 6. Determine the conjugation of each of these verbs with unstressed per-
sonal endings. .
pa66TaTb, IIOJiyqaTb, OTIIpaBJISITb,OTBeqaTb, 6oJieTb, XO.[l~Tb, 6opOTbCll:, Tpy-
,U!ITbCll:,
Ha.[lell:TbCJl:,
Be!ITb, yMeTb, pHCOBaTb, COBeTOBaTb,ropeBaTb.
Exercise 7. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks _with the verbs on the right
in the present tense. Indicate the conjugation of each verb m brackets.
l Poca ... Ha TpaBe H l(Berax. 6JieCTeTb
2: B 3eJieHOli Tpa:3e ... SlfO.[lbl3~MJIJl:HHKli.. KpacHeTb
3. TTyeTB,erep MeJibHHqHbie KpbIJibll: ... 6bICTpO.
, BepTeTbCJl:
M
4. jJ
0
30BY ero, a ?HHe .. . . . CJihiillaTb
6e)KaTb
5. PaHO )'TPO;"' .[leTH ... B llI~COJiy.
6. Otta ... KHHfH B 6116~HOTeKe. , , 6paTb
7. Harrp6THB Haillero .[IO~a ... 3.[l~Hlie KHHOT-ea;pa. CTpOHTbCJl:
8. OH ... H II03TOMYceftqac He MO)KeTIIO.[IOllTllK TeJie- 6pHTbCJl:
cj>6Hy.
Exercise 8. Make up sentences, using the verbs 1au11ceTband ,llepiKaTbin the 3rd
person singular and plural.
Exercise 9. (a) Conjugate the verbs cnymaTb and CJihlmaTb in the prest:nt tense
(orally and in writing). Mark the _stress. Mak: up several sentences mcorporatmg these
verbs and explain the difference m the meanmgs of the verbs. . ..
(b) Conjugate the verbs BH,lleTband CMOTpeTborally and m ~ntmg._ Mark t~e
stress. Make up several sentences incorporating these verbs and explam the difference m
the meanings of the verbs.
Exercise 10. Read through the text. State the person, number and conjugation of
each verb and write down its infinitive.
Mb! yXO.[lliMC 6a6~llIKOli BCe J.liflbille ~ JieC. 3BeHSITC~HH~bl; CMeeTCll:~~K)'llIK,a,
CB!!CTHT IIBOJira. l".byMPY.L\Hbie
mirylliaTa rrpb!r~IOT ITO.LI
Hor:aMH,..Me)K,LI}'
KOp-HeHJie)KHT
y)J(!! CTepe)KeT HX. tu;eJIKaeT 6eJIKa, B narrax coceH MeJI.bKaeTee !1YllIHCTbl~X~OCT.
ITO.LI
HoraMH IIblllIHbIMKOBpOMJie)KHTMOX.KoCTllHHKaCBepKaeTB TpaBe KaIIJIJl:Mli
KpOB!!.rpll6bJ ,Llpa3Hll:TKpenKHM 3anaxoM (M. I'.)
THE STEM OF THE PRESENT TENSE
1. To conjugate verbs correctly, it is necessary to kno~ not only the
stem of the infinitive but also the stem of the present (simple future)
tense.
2. To obtain the stem of the present tense, the ending must be
dropped:
OHRII,U)"T(u,u-yT) OHM6eperyT (6eper-yT)
OHrrIUIIIIYT(nu:m-yT) OHMXOT.HT(xoT'-ar)*
OHrrrrru:yT(nru:-yT) OHMCTyqar (cTy'l-llT)
OHRpa66TaIOT (pa6ornii-yT)*
-
* After a vowel, the letters IO, H, e, e indicate combinations of two sounds: [il.y], [_il.a),
llb], [uo). After a consonant, the_letters IO, H, ~•~indicate the softn_ess (?r pal~talt,sauon)
of that consonant (in transcription softness 1s md1cated by the sign [ ], e.g .. [T ]).
213
 Owing to the alternation of consonants in the present tense stem the MAIN TYPES OF VERBS
1st person s~ngular, the 2nd person sing~lar an~ the 3rd person pl~ral
may have different stems, e.g.: 5I xom-y, ThI xo,a;-Hlllh;5I rpy~-y TbJ Two stems-that of the infinitive and that of the present (or simple
rpyCT-Mlllh; 5I MOr-y, Thi Mom-emh, OHMMor-yT; 5I 6eper-y, ThI' 6e. f; ture) tense-are used to obtain all the Russian verb forms.
pem-elllh, OHM6eper-yT. u It is on these two stems and the correlation between t~em that the
Note.-- When writing down a new verb, therefore, one should note down ain divisions of Russian verb types are based. Verbs fall mto product-
Ill
. (quTaTh 'to read' - quTaro, ' •
quTaemb ... ; pucoBaTb ' 't o d raw ' -
(afte1; the_ infinitive) t!1e 1st and 2n_? persons singular or the 3rd person plural
(Mory, MOlKClllh, ... MoryT; .rn·y, JllKCIJJh,... .~ryT). 1ve d · ( ' '
cy'ro,pucyernb ... , etc.) and non-pro uctzve nucaTb town ·t e ' -numy, '
p 11 , ' to give
. '- ,a;aro,
, ,11aernb
..
oiimemh ... ; ,a;aBaTb ... , et c ..) _
The present stem tense is used to form the imperative mood (see The productive types (or classes) are those on_which new verbs are
p. 238), present participles (see p. 348) and imperfective verbal ad- patterned in Modern Russian. The non-p~oduct~ve types (or g~oups)
verbs (see p. 370).
are those which have come down from earher penods and on which no
3. The infinitive and the present tense may have identical stems· new verbs are patterned in Modern Russian.
uec-TM; uec-y. ·
There are 5 productive types (or cla~ses) and a l~rge number of non-
4. Verbs which have similar infinitive stems, e.g. with a final productive groups. (The non-productive groups mclude many com-
a (nuca-Th 'to write', <fHTa-Th'to read', naxa-Th 'to plough', pfaa-Th 'to
monly used verbs.)
cut', ,a;aBa-Th'to give', oprauuJoBa-Th 'to organise') may have different
stems of the present tense: num-y-r, <fHTan-yT, pem-yT, ,a;an-yT,oprauu-
Jyii-yT.
I. PRODUCTIVE TYPE VERBS WITH THE INFINITIVE
Exercise I 1. Read through these extracts from K. Paustovsky. Write down th~ infi-
nitives and the 3rd person plural, present tense, of the italicised verbs. Find the present STEM ENDING IN -A (-51)
tense and the infinitive stems.
I. C KaJK):lhIM '!aCOMHO'lhXOJLOOeem. K paccmi:TyB03/:IYX yJKe06.JKuzaem mn.:i:6Jlef· Infinitive Present or Simple Future
KHMMOP030M, IIOJIOTHllIIW rraJiaTKll, IIOKpbITh!eTOJICTh!M CJIOCMxpycTilIIIero frnell, quTaTb 'to read' <fHTalO,quTaeUib ... (pres.)
'IYTh·'l}'Th np06UCl1IOm,If TpaBa ceOeem OT nepBOfO }'TpeHHHKa.
Ilopa 6Cma6itmb. Ha BOCTOKe y)Kellll.'IU6/lemrn TIIXHMCBeTOM3apsr, ylKe Bll):IHhl Ha oocnnThIBaTb'to educate' BOCUJITbIBalO,BOCDJITbIBaernb
He6e OrpOMHh!eO'!CpTaHHJIMB, ylKe MepKliym 3Be3,ll;hl.JI cnyCK/1/0CbK peKe, MO/OCb (pres.)
C JIO,ll;Kll.Bo,n:a TerrJiaJI,omi KilJICemcJl ):laJKeCJierKa IIO):(OfpeTOH. BOCDHTaTb 'to educate' BOCUHTalO,BOCDHTaelllb... (fut.)
Bocx6,n:nTCOJIHIJ;e. HHeH maem. IlpH6peJKHhJerreCKll):leJiaJOTCJI TeMHh!MllOTpOCbl. 111aTb'to know' 3Ham, 3HaCIIIb ••• (pres.)
JI KUnfl'l)J KpenKHH'laH B JKeCTJIHOM 'faHHllKC.TBep,1:1aJ1 KOIIOThIIOXOJKa Ha '.)MaJib.B 'lilll·
HHKen,1116a/OmneperopeBIIIlle B KOCTpellBOBbICJillCThJI. BJIHHTb'to influence' BJius'temh... (pres.)
e.11uii:ro,
Bee .YTPOJI Jl06Jll0 pb16y... noBJIHHTb'to influence' noBJiusi:ro, noBJIHsi:emh ... (fut.)
2. B i-1:0Me JI liO'l)JIO pe,l:IKO.DOJ!hlIIHHCTBO HO'!eHJI npo6o:>icy na 03epax, a KOf,[lilOC· ryJlHTb 'to go for a walk' ryJisi:ro,ry.11Hemb... (pres.)
malOCb ):IOMa,TO HO'l,YJO B CTapoii 6ece,uKe B rJiy6nHe ca,1:1a.Otta 3apocJia /J:llKHM BHHOr· noBrnpsi:Tb'to repeat' noBTopii:ro,noBTopii:emb...
pa,l:IOM.Jlo yTpaM COJIHIJ:C 6bem B Hee CKB03brryprrypnyIO, JII!JIOBYIO, 3eJienyIOH JIHMOH·
HYIOJIHCTB,Y, H MHe BCer,n:aKaJKCTCJI, '!TO JI npoCbln/1/0Cb BHyTpll3aJKJKeHHOM CJIKH.Bo· (pres.)
po6hll C YJ:IHBJICHHeM 3Q2J!H0bl6al0m B 6ece,1:1Ky. Hx CMepTCJibHO 3aHI!MaIOT'laCbl. OHi!
TllKalOTHa BpbITOMB 3CMJIIO KpyrnOMCTOJie.Bopo6bll noo6upa10mcfl K HMM,CJl)JlUQ/Om This productive type includes verbs in which the final vowel of the
TllKaHbCTO O,ll;HllM, TO ,1:1pyrnM,YXOM If IIOTOMCllJihHOK,'llOIOT 'laCbl B JJ:HCpep6JiaT... infinitive stem is-a (-H) (qnTaTb 'to read', ryJistTb'to go _fora wa)k') and
3. «OceHb nooxboum,--IIHCaJI IlyIIIKllH IlJ!eTHeBy.- 3TO-JIJ06llMOe MOe which retain this -a (-H) in the present tense stem (<fHTaio,quTaemh ... ,
BpCM51--3,n:Op0BheMOe 06bIKHOBt::HHO Kpen1tem-rropa MOllXJIHTepaT_ypHbJX Tpy).IOB ryJIHemb ... ) or in the simple future t~nse stem _(eocnuTaTb-
ryJisi:10,
uacmaem». ,
0CCHh-'.JTO I1p03pa'IHOCThII'XOJIO):I,«rrpomaJihHaJI Kpaca» C ee 'leTKOCTblO ,n:aJieM oocnuTaJOBOCDHTaemb... , DOBJIHSITb-DOBJIHHJO, DOBJIHHelllb... ).
If CBClKHM l\h!XaHHeM.OceHb 6/iOCUm B IIpHp6,1:1y CKyIIOllpHC)'HOK.6arpeii: II'30JIOT0Jie• The v~wel -a (-H) is generally a suffix, but in certain cases it belongs
COBIf pom peoe,om C KalK):lb!M
Hhle BeTBH.
'!aCOM,ycttJIHBaJIpe3KOCTbJIHHHH,OCTaBJISl51 o6HaJKeH· to the verb root (3ua-Tb). . .
Verbs of this productive type belong to the first conJugat10n.
rJia3 npU6blKaem K JICHOCTII'OCeHHeroTieH3aJKa.3Ta JICHOCTb TIOCTeUCHHO 3Q6JlaiJe·
6aem C03HaHHeM, B006palKeHHeM,pyKOHlIHCaTeJIJI. KJIJO'II10'.l3HII'
If rrp03bl 6beT '!ttCTOH
The stress in this type of verb is fixed and never falls on the personal
Jie,ll;JIHOH
BO):IOH.roJIOBa CBelKa,cep,n:ii:ecmy'lum CllJihHOH pOBHO.T6JihKO HeMHOFO endings.
3JI6HyTIla!Ib!J:bl.
Note.-The verbs of the same aspect pair may belong to differentyroductive
K 6cenH C03pe6aem YPOlKaii'!eJIOBe'leCK!iX ,n:yM. types, as noJiy'laTh (imp.) 'to get'-noJiyqa,o, noJiy'laernh ... (Productive Type I,
1st conjug.), noJiy'IHTh (p.) 'to get'-noJiy'ly, noJiy'lnlllh _... (Productive Type V,
2nd conjug.). or one of the verbs may bel_ongto a productive type and th_eother to
a non-productive group, as uoHHM:tTb_(imp.) 'tc_iunders,tand' -rrounM a10, n~u~-
Maemb ... (Productive Type I, 1st conJug.), noHHTh (p.) to understand - --nouMy,
0

1100Memh ... (Non-Productive Group, 1st conjug.).

214
215
 If a perfective verb is formed from its imperfective counterpart by Alternation
means of a prefix, both belong to the same type or group (productive
or non-productive), as: 'IHTaTh (imp.) 'to read'-npo'IHTaTh (p.) 'to ...--
c-m
read (from beginning to end)'' 'IHTaIO--npO'IHTaIO, 'IHTaemL- 011d1Tb'to write'~ numy, !'11~em1. ...
X-111
npO'IHTaern1>; nnaKaTh (imp.) 'to weep'-1annaKaT1> (p.) 'to begin aTh 'to plough - namy, namem& ...
nax , , , i
3-lll:
peJaTh to cut-;-- pemy, ~eme~1. ...
weeping', DJI8'1y-JaUJI8'1Y, DJia'lelilh-JanJia'lelilh. ctcaJaT& '[o say~ cKalK,Y, CKa~em& ...
3-lll:
K-'I
umiKaT& to weep - nJia'IY,, nJ1a11em1> ·;· ,
Note.-All the verbs with the suffixes -&rna-, -uea- belong to a productive onoT:ITb 'to bustle about - xJiono'ly, XJ10no'lem1. ... T-'I
Jl
type, e.g. nepenucblBaTh 'to copy' - nepem°icbleaio, nepenuc1>rnaem1, ..• ; cnpau111
• X ' bl,
ponTaT&, to gru m e ·---;- ' '
p_omny, ponmem& ... T-111
eaT& 'to ask' - cnpamueaio, cnpamueaem& ... 0
ocKaT1. to seek - umy, umem& ... CK-Ill
M-·MJI
ApeMaT1. 'to doz~·- ~peM~IO, /:\PC~Jiem& ...
Exercise 12. Write down the 3rd person singular and plural, present tense, of the nocJI:ITb 'to send - nomJiio, nomJiem& ... CJI-WJI
verbs pa6«>TaTb, H3Y'l:1Tb, OT~blXllTb, OTBe'l:ITb, nepenHCblBaTh, BOCHHTblBaTb, OT-
npomaT1.cH and the 3rd
npaBJIIITh, e&moJIHHT&, eJiu11T1.,3ammnaT1., na~aT1., HBJI11T1.cH,
person singular and plural, simple future, of the verbs 3apa6{naT&, n0Tep11-r1,,noBJIHIITL
,
nonpoma-r&cH. ' Verbs of this non-productive group belong to the 1st conjugation.
Make up sentences with some of these verbs. Mark the stress in all the Stress. If the stress in the infinitive falls on the final -a of the stem
verbs. (nucan, 'to write', HCKaT1>'toseek', ,IJ;peMaTh't<?doz~'), it gen~rally falls
on the ending in the 1st person singular (?nrny, !'~Y, ,IJ;pe~mo) and ,on
Exercise 13. Read through the text. Write out the productive type verbs ending in
-aT& (-HTh). Write down their infinitives.
the stem in the other forms (niirnernh ... nnrnyT; u~ernh ... no.-yT; ,IJ;peM-
but: nocJiaTL 'to send'-nommo,
JieIDL... ,IJ;peMJIIOT; DOIIIJielIIL ... nom-
jJ 3AHI1MAIOCb PYCCKJ1M ji3bIK6M
JIIOT). . fi d
jJ 3aHHMaIOehpyeeKHMH3hIK6M -rpu pa3a e He~emo. B Haweil:rpyrrrre ween qeno- If the stress falls on the root of the verb, it generally remams 1xe
eeK. C HilMHpa66TaeT pyeeKHHrrpeIIO):\aBaTeJih.Ha yp6Ke Mb! pa3roBapueaeM TOJihKO (pfaaTL'to cut'-pe-Ky, pe.Kern1, ••• pe-KyT;npiITaTL'to hide'-npilqy,
rro-pyeeKH. ITperro~aeaTeJih enpawueaeT Hae, Mhr oTeeqaeM. IToT6M MhI errpawueaeM
):lpyr ~pyra. Mb! quTaeM TeKeTbI,):leJiaeMrpaMMan1qeeKife If q>OHeTfrqeeKHe yrrpa)I(Ht\- npitqern1,... npiI'lyT).
HHH.)],ea ptl3a B He,[\emoH 3aHttMaIOebB q:>OHeT!fqeCKOH Jia6opaT6pun. TaM H pa66rnro Note.- The stress in perfective verbs with the prefix Bbl- falls on _thisprefix, in
e MarHHTOq:>OHOM: eJiylllaIO TeKCThIH ):\IfaJIOfll,3aITHehIBaIO
Ha ITJieHKY
OTBeTbIHa BOil· all the forms (ehmucaT& 'to write out'-Bwnumy, Bhmnmemh ... ; B~CKa3aT& to
p6ehr. Ka)K~b!H):leHb):\OMaHITOBTophroMaTepHaJI,KOTOpbIH Mb!n3yqaeM Crrperro,[\aBa- tell'-ewcKalll:y, BhICKamem& ... ; ewpe3aTb 'to cut out'-Bh1pemy, B1>1pemem1> ... ;
TeJieM. jJ /:\)'Maro, qTQ eK6po 6y):ly xopOllIO IIOHHMilTbu roeopHTb rro-pyeeKH. BhicJiaT& 'to send'-BhIWJIIO, ei:1111J1em1.
... ).

Exercise 14. Read through the text. Write down the infinitive of the italicised Exercise 15. Write out the sentences, replacing the past tense of the verbs with the
verbs. present or simple future tense.
J1111eme JIHBbl, KaKOeHaeJia)K):leHue
BbiexaThBeCHOH /:\0 3apfr? Ha TeMHO-cepOM He- 1. CHaqaJia H qHTaJITeKCT,a IIOTOMyrrpa)KH(:HHH. 2. Kor):\a » ~poqHTll;1:hy KHHry,
6e K6e-r,[\e MUza10m 3Be3):\hl,BJia)KHbIHBeTep6K H3pe):1KaHa6ezaem JiefKOHBOJIHOH ... JI IlOCJiaJI
ee Te6e ITOrroqTe. 3. Bbl paccKa3llJIHHaM, KaKBbl 3aHHM3;JlHCb pyCCK1;'MH3hI_:;
BaM XOJIO):\HO HeMHO)KKO, Bbl 3GKpbl6aemeJIIfl(OBOpOTHHKOM llIHHeJIH;BaM/:\peMJieTC51. KOM.4. M1,1 rroKa3aJIH /:\PY3hHM cHHMKR,KOT6p1,1ecµ;eJiaJIR_BoBpeM» !YPHCTHqec~on
J16llla/:\H3eyqHo uu1ena10mHoraMH no Jiy)KaM,Kyqep noceucmb1eaem... (Typz.) llOe3):(KH.5. )],eeoqKa IIJiaKaJia,KOf):\ilOHa paCCKil~bIBaJia
O? 3TOM.6. _)],oqKaIT?MOfaJI~
MaMefOTOBHTbo6eµ;, OHa pe3aJia OBOII(ll):\JIHcyrra. 7. na6YDfKa qacTO TepHJia CBO,ll
O'!KllH Bcer):\a ):\OJifOHCKaJiaHX. 8. jJ ):\)'MaJI,qyo OH OTKa3aJICH BbICTyIIaThHa Be-
'lepe.
Exercise 16. Make up sentences, usin~ the imperfe~tive ver_bs nJiaKaTh, np~TaT~,
in the present tense and the perfective verbs cnpHTaT&, B1>mucaT&,npHKaJaTh m
11Je11Th1,
MAIN NON-PRODUCTIVE GROUPS the simple future.
OF VERBS WITH THE INFINITIVE 17. Write the infinitives of the following verbs:
Exercise
STEM ENDING IN -A (-51) Ciil!CbIBaIOT-CIIHWyT;BhIIIllCbIBaIOT--BbIITHIIIYT; rreperraXHBaIOT- rreperramyT;
llplfKaJbIBaIOT- rrp11Ka)KyT;paCCKa3bIBaIOT-paCCKa)KyT.
Non-productive verbs with the infinitive stem ending in -a (-u) do Make up sentences, using the above verbs in any form of the present or simple fu-
not retain this -a (-u) at the end of the present (simple future) tense ture tense.
stem. Exercise 18. Make up sentences, using the following verbs in the present or simple
A. future tense:
, (a) IIJillKaTb--3aITJiaKaTb, rrpHTaTheH-CIIpHTaTh~H, exaTh-IIOeXaTh, Ka-
This non-productive group with the infinitive stem ending in -a in- 3aT!,Cl!-IIOKa3ilTbCHITHCilTb- HaITHCilTh,HCKilTh,CKa3aTh;
cludes verbs with consonant alternation in the infinitive and present (b) paCCKil3bIBa ;b-
paCCKa3aTh, 3aKa3~IBaTb - 3aKa3llT~, IIOKil3hIBaTh-
(simple future) tense stems: llO!i:a3{t
Tb, OTKil3hIBaTbCH- OTKa3aTbCH, ):\OKa3bIBa Th - ):\OKa3aTh, 3aIIHCbIBaTh -
217
216
3arrttdlTb, rrepeIIHCbIBa ~
Tb - neperrttca Tb, pa3hICKllBaTb - pa3bICKaTb, IIOCbIJiaTb Exercise 21. Write out the verbs from the preceding exercise in the infinitive and the
IIOCJlllTb,rrpHCblJll!Tb
- rrpttCJll!Tb. present or simple future and underline the verb stems.

B. Exercise 22. Read through the sentences. Write down the infinitives of the italicised
verbs. Make up sentences, using these verbs in any tense.
The most common verbs of other non-productive groups with the I. J],po:»Cum6necTilI1\all poca Ha JIIICTbllXKp)'IIHblMHCJie3l!Mll.(A. K. T.) 2. Ha JICC-
infinitive stem ending in -a (-H): JiblXITOJIHHaX p66Ko noKa3aAUCbrrepBbie IlO,[\CHelKHHKll. (Kynp.) 3. roJIOC er6 [IlaBJia]
J6Y'il1ATIIXO,HO rnep)lO, rna3a 6neCTeJIHyrrpilMO.(M. I'.) 4. 311Maeme XAOno11em11Ha
secny Bopqii:T, Ta ciI B n:ta3a xox611em 11rryme JillIIIb myMum. (T10m11.) 5. Bna,[(11M11p
Verbs of 1st Conjugation K!!HIY 3aKpbrnacT, 6epem rrcp6. (II.) 6. Eepycb 3a rrep6 crrycTil ,L\eCl!Tb ,[(Heiln6cnc rroc-
ne!l!lero IlHCbMll.(Type.) 7. HaKOHel.\ll nepe6paAC.fl qepC3 '.3TO60JIOTO,B306paJICll Ha
(a) 6paTL 'to take'-6epy, 6epemL ... r,,1aJ1CHbKHllrrp11r6poK. (Kynp.)
3BaTL 'to call'-10By, 10Bem1>..•
C.
m)];aTL 'to wait'-- m)];y, m,1J;em1> .. .
JirnTL 'to tell lies'-.riry, JimemL .. . The non-productive group of verbs with the infinitive stem ending
(b) cMeHTLCH'to laugh'-cMerocL, cMeemLcH in -a also includes imperfective verbs with the suffix -Ba- in the infini-
niHTh 'to thaw'-niro, Taernb ... tive after the roots )];a-, 111a-,cTa- (,1J;aBaTL
'to give', Y3HaBaTL'to recog-
BeHTh 'to blow'-BeIO, Beemh ... nise', BCTaBaTL'to stand up') which do not have this suffix in the pre-
maTL 'to reap'-muy, muemL ... sent tense: )];aBaTh- )];aIO,,1J;aernh; y111aBaTh-y3uaro, y111aem1>; BCTa-
(c) Ha'laTh 'to begin'-uaquy, Ha'IHCllih BllTh- BcTaro, BCTaem1,,.
MHTL 'to crumple'-Muy, MHCUIL .. . The present tense stem ends in -u (,1J;au-y).
maTL 'to squeeze'--mMy, mMemL .. . Verbs of this group belong to the 1st conjugation.
B3HTL 'to take'-Bo3LMY, B03hMemL They are invariably stressed on the personal endings in the present
no11S1Th 'to understand'-noiiMy, nonMem1,, tense.
npu11S1Th 'to receive'-npuMy, npu:MemL... This group comprises a large number of commonly used verbs with
0611S1Th 'to embrace'-o6uuMy, o6uu:MemL ... various prefixes: nepe,1J;aBaTL 'to pass'-nepe,1J;afa; OT,IJ;aBaTL'to give
back'-OT,IJ;aeT; UO,IJ;aBaTh'to serve'-no,1J;afa; Bhl,IJ;aBaTh'to hand
Verbs of 2nd Conjugation over'---Bbl,IJ;aeT;y,IJ;aBaTLCH'to succeed'-y)];aCTCH; C03HaBaTh 'to
realise'--co111afa; np1nnaBaTh 'to recognise'-npH3nafa; oTcTaBaTL
(d) cnaTh 'to sleep'--cnJiro, cnumL .. . 'to lag behind'-oTcrnfa; ycTaBaTL 'to get tired'-yCTafa; paccrn-
r11aTL 'to drive'--rouro, r611um1,,.. . BaTLCH'to part'-paccTaCTcH; nepecTaBaTL 'to stop'-nepeCTaCT.
6oilTLCH 'to be afraid'-6010c1>, 6ou:m1>cH Note.-The corresponding perfective verbs do not have the suffix -Ba- (,L\aTb
cTOHTL'to stand'-cToro, cTou:1111>... 'to give', BCT3Tb'to stand up', y3uaTb 'to recognise'), the simple future of the verb
KpH'laTL 'to shout'-Kpuqy, Kpuqu:1111> ... /:13Tbbeing ,11aM,,11amL,,L\acT,,[(a,1111M,
,[(a,1111Te, of the verb puaTb--puiiio,
,[(a,L\yT;
y3uiie111b(stressed on the root); of the verb BCTaTL---BCT:iuy, BCT:iuemb;of the
MOJI'laTL 'to be silent'-- MOJI'IY, MO.TJ.'lu:1111> verb ycTaTb-- ycTiiHy' ycT:iHelllb...
CTY'laTL 'to knock'-cTy'ly, cTy'lu:1111>...
1By'laTL 'to sound'-3BY'IY, 3BY'IHIIIL ... , Exercise 23. Make up sentences with the verbs ,11aB:iTL,
BcTaB:iTb,yJuaB:iTb,oTcTa-
Ban,, nepe,[(aB:iTbin the present tense.
,1J;pomaTL 'to tremble'-- )];pomy, ,1J;pomu:m1,,
JieiKaTh 'to lie'-Jiemy, JleiKHlllh ... Exercise 24. Read through the text. Write down the infinitives of the italicised
Verbs. Say in Russian how you spend your day.
Exercise 19. Make up sentences, using the following verbs in the present or simple
future tense:
(a) 3BaTb-1103Bl!Tb; )KJ"(aTb--IIO)lOlK)ll!Tb; CMeilTbCl!--3aCMCJ!TbCll;Tlll!Tb- MOH ~EHb
paCTlll!Th;Kpll'!aTb-3aKpHqaTb; CTyqaTh-IIOCTyqaTb; . B 7 qac6B pa30aemc.fl 3BOH6K6y,L\JIJibHHKa, ll 6Cmaw, 6hrCTpo Ja6mpaKaJOH H,L\)'Ha
(b) IIOHHMllTb-lIOHilTh; rrpnHHMllTb--rrpHHHTb; HaqHHllTb-HaqaTb; 6paTb- 3alll!Tllll.06hJqHo Mb! BbIXO,[\llM H3 ,[\OMaBMeCTeC MOIIM,L\pyroM.Mb! 11,[\eM BMeCTC ,L\O
B3l!Tb;)KaTb-ClKaTb; Ml!Tb-·CMl!Tb. lv!e-rp6.Y MeTp6 MbI paccmaeMc.fl.
, JI yqycb B llHCTHT)'TellHOCTp:lHHbIX ll3b!KOB.Moil CITeQHllJibHOCTb
- aHIJIIIHCKHll
Exercise 20. Replace the past tense with the present (or simple future).
ll~h!I(. B llHCTllTyTell 3aHUM/1/0Cb ,[\OTpex qac6B, ITOTOM 51o6eOa/OB CTOJ10B0ll.l·IHor,[\a
1. 5f C Y!lOBOJlbCTBHCM BCIIOMHHllJl CBOJ-0 IIOe3)lKYHa IOL 2. Tb! IIOCJ1aJ1 oTBeT~a Uocne 3aHHTHllll ocmalOCb B HHCTllT)'TC H 3aHllMaIOCbB c!loHCTJiqecKOM Ka6uHeTe IIJlll
:ho IIHCbMO?3. 5[ )l)'MaJI, qTo Bbl rrpaBHJibHOIIOHllJIHMerril. 4. Moil 6paT qacTO nu~aJl Pll66maJO B 6tt6JillOTeKC.
MHC.5. Bee TOBapHII.\ll lK,[\llJillTe6s. 6. Tb! 3HaJI,qrn rrpuexana cecTpa? 7. Bbl ncKaJl!I~T~ , BeqepoM ll omOblX/1/0 HeMHOIO,CA)'Ula/0 M)'3bIKY,KOTopyIOnepeOa/Om ITOpa)..1110,
KH11ry?8. Mb1 B3iln11c co66iI rrpO,L\)'KTOB na ,[(Ba,[(Hll.9. Cncr rra):lan11TallJI. 10. B coce~ l!Jllf BKJIJOqaIO rrpoii:rpbIBaTeJib.qaCTO KOMHe npttXO,[\llTMOH,L\pyr,If Mb!pa3i!0611pU-
Hett KOMHaTC IIJiaKaJIpe6eHOK. ] I. 5fpKllHCBeTpe3aJI rJia3a. 12. MaTb 3BaJia )leTell o6e· eae~, HrpaeM B lll:lXMaTbI,CA)!UlaeM M)'3bIKy.Mb! 66a oqeHb J1l-06HMM)'3bIKy.ECJill
,[(aTb. 13. CTy):leHTrrpaBllJlbHOOTBcqaJIHa BOIIpOCbl.14. KTO-TOCTyqaJI B ):(Bepb- Ydaernc.fl,[\OCTllTb611ne-r Ha CllM<!lOHJiqecKllll KOHI.\epT,Mb! 11,[\CM
B KOHCepBaT6pHIO.

218 219
iIHorp;a BeqepoMMb]XOLIIIM B KIIHOllJIIIB TeaTp. JI J!OlK)'Cb
crran B 11 qac6B a IIHor.11a 2 Ubir:lHbl III)'MHOIOTOJIIIOll
eCJIIIQqeHbycma10, Il B 10 qaCOB. , ' · uo £eccapa6nn Ko'ly10m.
Oarr cer6L1HHHap; peK6ii
Exercise 25. Read through the sentences and write down the infinitives of the italicised B IIIaTpax Il30J__\paHHb!X
llO'l)llOm. (fl.)
verbs.
Exercise 28. Replace the past tense with the present. Mark the stress in the verbs
1. ,/J;eHb6blJI__rrpox1;a,1J;Hblll,
yJKe ?CeH1!_Illl.
C6nHI~e.He oa~a/lO IIOJIHoro Cil5!Hl!l(. (bear in mind that verbs with the suffix -Ba- after the roots i:1a-,Jua-, cTa- belong to
(IIaycm.) 2. Bcmaem 3apH BOMrne XOJIOJ__\HOil. (II.) 3. 0Ha BCTaBaJiaHa paCCBeTeIl TOT- a non-productive group, see p. 220). ·
(IIaycm.) 4. ~ cap;y yJKerrocem'rnacb 6ceHb, HOniicnl!
q~c O'!_IKPbl~a.rtaHacTe~b OKH6.__
Harnen 6epe3b! ocma(Ja/lUCb 3eJieHb!MilIl lKilBblMII.(IIaycm.) 5. HoqH6tt TyMaH3acma J. Moll TOB<lpilJUilCOBeTOBaJIII MHeIIOCMOTpeTh 3TOTqmJibM.2. Bo BpeMHTypIIC-
MeH5!B LIOpore. (£fl.) 6. Pep;eeT MrJia HeHaCTHOll HQqIIIl 6JieJ__\Hblll
p;eHb YlKHacmae=ll TllqeCKOrO IIOXOJ__\a
Mb!HOqeBaJIIlB necy B rranaTKax. 3. Bo BpeMHrrepepbrna Mb!OTKpbl-
(II.) "'· BaJIIT oKHOII rrpoBeTpIIBaJIIIayp;IITOpIIIO. 4. Bee BHITMaTeJibHO cnywam1, rroToMyqTo OH
paCCK:l3bIBaJI IlHTepeCHbIC BeJUil.5. Ha K:llKJ__\Oll
JleKUIIllMb!Y3HaBaJIIlMHOrOHOBOrO.6.
IlpeIIOJ__\aBaTeJibJ__\IlKTOBllJI
rrpep;JIOJKeHne, CTyp;eHTblIIIlCllJIII.7. Bee paJ__\OBaJIIlCb
rrep-
BOMY CHery.8. JI MHOropa66TaJI II QqeHbyCTaBaJI.9. CTyp;eHTblCJ__\aB<lJIIl 3K3aMeHbl.10.
II. PRODUCTIVE TYPE VERBS WITH THE SUFFIXES !lo paJ:IIIOrrepep;aBaJIIlCilMQ)OHJ!qeCKYIO M)'3bIKy.11. 0Ha IIJIOXO Ce65!q)'BCTBOBaJia.12.
Bbl XOpOIIIO TaHUeBllJ!Il.13. ,/J;eTilHe p;aBaJIIlHaM 3aHilM:lTbCH.14. JI He yqaCTBOBaJI
-OBA-, -EBA- B '.)TOHpa66Te.
IN THE INFINITIVE
Infinitive Present Tense III. PRODUCTIVE TYPE VERBS WITH A FINAL -E-
pHCOBaTL'to draw' pucyro, pucyernb ... IN THE INFINITIVE STEM
Tpe6oBaTL 'to demand' Tpe6yro, Tpe6yernL ... Infinitive Present Tense
pa)l:OBaTLCH'to be glad' pa)l:yIOCL,pa)l:yernLCH
ropeBaTL 'to grieve' ropIOIO, ropIOCIIIL ... KpacneTb'to redden' KpacueIO, Kpacueerni.
BOeBaTL'to be at war' BOIOIO,BOIOCIIIL.. . 6J1C)l:HeTb'to turn pale' 6ne,nueIO,6JIC)l:Heernb
HOlfCBaTL'to spend the night' HOlf)'IO,HOlf)'CIIIL.. . 60.TieTb'to be ill' 6oJieIO, 6oneernL ...
HMeTb'to have' HMeIO, HMeelllb .. .
This productive type includes verbs whose infinitive stems end in yMeTL 'to be able, can' yMeIO, yMeernL .. .
the suffixes -osa- after hard consonants (pucosaTL, Tpe6osaTL, pa,no-
B~TLcu) and_-esa- after s?ft consonants (ropesaTL) and sibilants (uoqe- This productive type includes verbs whose infinitive stem has a final
BaTL, KOlfeBaTL),a~d which take -y (-IO) before the personal endings in -e- (KpacufaL, 6oraTeTL, coJpeTL) and which retain this -e- in the pre-
the present _(and simple future) tense (pucy10-pucye1111., roproro- sent (KpacueIO-KpacueernL, 6oraTeI0-6oraTeernL) and simple future
rop10e1111.;simple fut.: uapucy10-uapucye111L). stems (coJpeeT- coJperoT). As a rule, -e- is a suffix, but in some cases it
-os-, -es- in the. infinitive of the verbs KOBaTL 'to forge' (Kyro, belongs to the root of the verb (3peTL-C03peTL).
Kyerni.) and JKeBaTL·to chew' (JKyro,JKyerni.)are not suffixes; they are Verbs of this productive type belong to the 1st conjugation.
part of the root. The stress generally falls on the suffix -e-.
Verbs of this type belong to the 1st conjugation. . Exercise 29. Write out the sentences, replacing the past tense with the present or
Stress. If the stress in the infinitive falls on the root it remains fixed simple future.
in all the verb forms: Tpe6oBaTb- Tpe6osaJI, Tpe'6oBaBIIIHH;Tpe- 1. Bee CHJ!bHeerpeno COJIHUe.
KpaCHenu 5!6JIOKil
B cap;y. CrreJIIl OBOU\Il.2. JlrrCTbH
6yIOT-Tpe6yu, Tpe6yeMLIH. Ha .11epeBbSIX
CKOpoIIOJKenTenu,CTaJIOXOJIOJ__\Hee.
3. Tb! 3a6oJieJI, IIOTOMY qTo oqeHb
If the stress in the infinitive falls on the a of the suffix (pucosaTL, uo- Jie_rK6
OL1eBaJICH
B TaK)'IOXOJIOLIHYIOrror6p;y. 4. 0Ha 6bIJia oqenb 3aHSITaIl He IlMena B03·
MOl!CHOCTil
qacTO 6bIB:lTby Hae. 5. HuKT6 Il3 Bae He yMeJITaKxopow6 rreTb, KaKOHll.6.
qesaTL, ropeBaTL), it falls on the suffix -y (-IO) in all the persons singu- ~ ycrren YJIOlKHTbqeMO,[(:lHbl
Il KYIIIiTb6nneT Ha BeqepHHllrr6e3)__\.
lar and plural of the present (and simple future) tense: pucyro-
pucyernL, uoqy10- uoqyernL, roproro- roproernL. , Exercise 30. Make up sentences, using the verbs rpen>, JeJieHeTb,MOJIO/:leTb, 60-
JJeTb* in the present tense and the verbs co3peTb, noTeMHeTb,no'lepnhb in the simple fu-
, Exercis_e 26. Make up s~ntences, using the imperfective verbs coueTOBaTb,opranH· ture. Mark the stress in the verbs.
30BaTb,0TCYTCTB0BaTb, npHCYTCTB0BaTb, Y'lllCTBOBaTb, in the present tense
'l)'BC'fBOBaTI,

-
and the perfective verbs uapucoBaTh, 110Tpe6ouaTL,nocoseToBaTb in the simple future
tense. Mark the stress in all the words.

Exercise 27. Read through the texts and write down the infinitives of the italicised * The verb 6oJieTb has two meanings:
verbs. ' (a) 'to be ill': ManbqilK qaCTO6oJieeT. 'The boy is often ill' (60.'leTb-60JieIO, 60-
1. I1 5!6JIOHilKa'lalOmCfl B UBeTy... JJeemb)-productive type, 1st conjug.;
... 1-1III)'MHOCOJIHUYpaoy10mcf1 J__\eTM, (b) 'to hurt', 'to pain', 'to ache': Y MeHi 6om'.rrpyKa. 'My arm hurts' (6oJieTb-
I1 O)J.~ta/OmO lKii3HilCTapilKii. (JfcaK.) 6OJiin,OOJIHT)--non-productive verb, 2nd conjug.

220 221
 Exercise 31. Write out the sentences. Mark the stress in the italicised words. Non-productive type verbs with the infinitive stem ending in -e also
, Kpaii He6a aAeen; ... Cl/emAeem B03.L\YX,BH.L\HeH):(op6ra, JICHeem He6o, 6eAe include some isolated verbs:
TyqKH,3e/leue10m IIOJUI
... (Typ2.) HJrn
neTL 'to sing'-nom, noemL ... UOIOT
ua,[l,eTL'to put on'-Ha)l:euy, Ha)l:euemL••• Ha)l:eurT
NON-PRODUCTIVE GROUPS OF VERBS
WITH THE INFINITIVE (also: pa3,lJ,eTL'to undress'-o,lJ,eTL 'to dress').
STEM ENDING IN -E- Exercise 32. Replace the past tense with the present (or simple future).
I. CeCTpayMeJla qepTHTL.2. ~eByIIIKaxopom6 nena. 3. ji BH.!leJl, KaK Ha IOf JieTeJIH
~on-productive verbs with the infinitive stem ending in -e- do not nTlll.\bl.4. Bo Bcex OKHaxropen CBeT.5. Mope wyMeJio. 6. Y Hero 60J1eJ1HrnaJa. 7. ~eTH
retam this -e- at the end of the present (or simple future) tense stem. qaCTO60J1CJll,I. 8. YlKe JeJ1eHeJ1aTpaBa. 9. C6J1Hl(e3HMOHHe rpeno. JO. Poca 6JiecTeJia
HarpaBe II Ha JIHCTbll:X. 11. Tb! ycnen IlO./lfOTOBHTLCll:
K ceMHHapy? 12. Ha CTeHaxBH-

The Most Common Verbs of the 2nd Conjugation ceJJOMHOfOKapTHH.13. jl IIOCll)__(CJl HeMHOfOHa CKaMeiiKeB ca.11y.
Exercise 33. Read through the sentences. Write down the infinitives and the present
or simple future of the italicised verbs. Underline the present (future) tense and infinitive
Alternation stems.
I. MnpHo wyMeA no KpbIIIIaMB ca.11yTenJ1L1ii ./IOlK):(h.
(llaycm.) 2. Bech ca.11renepL
rnyMeJJ.Chj)Une/lu CTBOJlbl,KaqaJIHCbHeBH./IIIMble BepIIIHHbl.(A. T.) 3. jl 3anepAt1Cb
BH.L\eTL 'to see'-- Bnmy, BH/.IHIIIL ...
CH):(eTL 'to sit'- cnmy, cn;.1nrnL ... ..
1-1--)K

,.
Bceoei1KOMHaTe11 ./IOJlfOXO./IHJla
JJIICT,
01--(Ha
Hf! 0./IHllTpaBKaHe IIIeBeJlttJlaCb.
BJa.1111 Bnepe.11.(JI. T.) 4. Bfaep 3GMep, HH0./IHH
(JI. T.) 5. 4epe3 MHH)'TY p66KHHnyq COJ1Hl(a ylKe
06HL1eTL 'to offend'- o6umy, 060.L(HIIIL ...
6JieCTeTL 'to shine'- 6Jiemy, 6JieCTHIIIL ... CT-Ill 611ecme11 B JI)'lKax.11op6rn.(JI. T.) 6. M6nHHll:6nucraJ1a no'ITH 6ecnpepbIBHo, HOT pac-
BepTeTL 'to turn round'- Bepqy, BepTHUIL ... T-'I Kl!TOB rp6Ma .!IPOlK:lJIH H 31/eHe/luCTeKJiaB OKHaxMoeii KOMHaThl. (Kynp.). 7. MaMa 06-
JieTeTL 'to fly'- Jie'ly, JICTHIIIL ••. ,. HJIJIZI MeHJIH 3aTIJlaKaJla.0Ha COBCeM noce.11eJia3a 3TO BpCMll:,qTo Mb! He 8UOe/lUCb.
JaBnceTL 'to depend' - JaBnruy, JaBHCHlllL ... (flaycm.) 8. Ho% TCTIJlall: ooe/la OCTpoBa.BJOIIIJla JiyHa. (EA.)
C-UI
TCpUCTL 'to endure'-Tepnmo, TepnHIIIL ...
U·-UJI
CKpnneTL 'to creak'-- CKpnnmo, CKpHIIHlllL ... ,.
lllYMeTL 'to make a noise'- lllyMJIIO, myMnmL ...
IV. PRODUCTIVE TYPE VERBS WITH THE INFINITIVE STEM
M-MJI
CMOTpeTL 'to look'--cMOTpIO, CMOTPHIIIL ... ENDING IN -HY-
ropeTL 'to burn'-- ropw, ropnrnL ...
JBeHeTL 'to ring'- JBenw, JBennmL ...
6oJieTL 'to ache'- 6oJinT, 6oJiiIT ...
Infinitive Simple Future Tense
'to shout'
Kp111rnyTL KpitKuy, KpitKuemL .. .
TOJIKHYTL'to push' TOJIKHY,TOJIKHemL.. .
. These verbs h_aveone consonant before the ending of the 1st person npLiruyTL 'to jump' npMruy, npLrruemL ...
s!ngular and a different one before the endings of the other persons, 0T~OXHYTL'to rest' OT)l:OXHY,OT,[l,OXHemL ...
si?gular and plural, and of the infinitive (Bit)l:eTL-B11.my,BH,lJ,HmL
...
BepuyTLCH 'to return' BepuycL, eepuemLCH.•.
BH,[l,HT).
Stress. If the stress falls on the root vowel in the infinitive it remains This productive type includes verbs mainly of the perfective aspect
~xed in all the forms of the present tense (Bit,lJ,eTL-Bitmy, BH,lJ,HmL ...); whose infinitive stem ends in -uy- (p.: TOJIKHYTL'to push', KpHKHYTL'to
if, the s~ress fal~s on the final vowel of the infinitive stem (JieTeTL,Tep· shout'; imp.: THHYTL'to pull', TOHYTL'to drown') and which retain this
neTL), 1t sometimes falls on the ending in all the persons singular and suffix in the past tense: TOJIKHYJI,KpHKHyJI;THHYJI,TOHyJI.
plural_ of the present tense (JieTeTL-Jie'ly, JieTitmL ... JieTHT) and In the simple future and the present tenses, the stem contains
son,ietimes o!-1-ly on the personal ending of the 1st person (TepneTL, Tep- ·H- ( TOJIKHYTL
- TOJIKHY'TOSIKHemL;KpHKHYTL- KpHKHy' KpHKHemL;
nmo, but: TepnumL, TepnHT). 1HHyTL - THHY, THHemL;TouyTL- Tony, TouemL).
Verbs of this type belong to the 1st conjugation.
The Most Common Verbs of the 1st Conjugation Stress. If perfective verbs are stressed on the root in the infinitive
(~PIIKHYTL),the stress remains fixed in the other verb forms (KpHKHY,
Verbs with -epe- in the infinitive stem: ~p'HKuemL, etc., KpHKHH
, ....)
TepfaL 'to rub'--Tpy, TpemL ... TPYT
3anepeTL 'to lock'-3anpy, 3anpemL ... 3anpyT
yMepeTL'to die'-yMpy, yMpemL ... YMPYT
The stress invariably falls on the personal endings.
222 223
 ~.....-
NON-PRODUCTIVE GROUP OF VERBS WITH THE SUFFI)( piilllh ... , CTpOHTh
- CTporo, CTpOHlllh... , XO)],HTL
- XO,Ky' XO)],Hlllh... ,
-HY- pe11111TL - pemy, pemumL ... ) .
This non-productive group includes perfective and imperfectiv The present tense stem ends in either a soft consonant or a sibilant.
verbs with !he sufr}x -ny- _whi,chdo n?t retai~ this suffi~ in the Pas~ If the infinitive stem ends in T, )],, c, 1, CT or one of the labials (6, n,
tense: )],OCTHrHYTLto achieve - )],OCTHr,)],OCTHr JIU ( simple
Jia, )],OCTHr cl>or M), alternation of consonants takes place:
f~t. )],OCTHl'!'Y,)],OC_TiirnernL
... ); H~'ICJHYTL :to
disappear'-nc'lb,
'le3Jia, uc'le3JIH (simple fut. uc'le1ny, HC'le1nernL); MOKHYTL 'to get
lfc-
8,
- Alternation
wet'-MoK, MOKJia, MOKJ'IH(pres. MOKuy, MOKuernL); Mep1uyTL 'to
freeze'-Mep3, Mep3Jia, Mep3JIH(pres. Mep1ny, MCp3HeUIL). - wyntTh 'to joke' -- my'ly, UI)'THWh ... T-·-., 'I
Verbs of this group are never stressed on the personal endings or on
the suffix -uy- in the infinitive. oJiaTHTb'to_pay'--- oJia'ly, oJiaTHWb...
1a60THTbCH'to take care (of)'-- 1a60'IYCh, 3a60THWbCH... "
Exercise 34. Change these sentences into the future. xoJ.IHTb'to walk'- xolKy, XOJ.IHWb... ).1-)K
opocHTb'to ask (for)'-- npomy, npocumb ... c--m
1. ~eTH CK6po rrpHBh!KJIH K HOBO.H IIIKOJie.2. Mb! OT)J.OXH)'JIH
u rrpO)J.OJIJKam1.
pa- uocHTb'to carry (in one's hands)'- uomy, uocumb ... "
60TY.,3. Pe6eHOK;IPO~H)'JICH'If 3fiIIJiaKaJI.4. ~BeTbl !1or116JIH
OT;"10P033;.5. PeKa CK6po eo1HTb 'to carry (in a vehicle)'- BOlKY,eo1nmb ... 3-lK
3aMep3Jia. 6. 0HH CKopo /J,OCTHrJill 60J!hll!HXycnexoB B H3yqeHHHpyccKoro H3hIKa mo6HTb 'to love'-- mo6mo, mo6nmb ... 6-6JI
7. 5I BepHyJITe6e :hy KH11ry. . oc1.:op6HTb 'to insult'- oc1rnp6mo, ocKop6Hmh .•. ,,
KYDHTb'to buy'-- Kynnro, Kynnmh ... D -- OJI
Exercise 35. Read through the sentences; write down the infinitives and the present
or simple future tense of the italicised verbs. roTOBHTh'to prepare'- rOTOBJito,roTOBHWb.•. B-BJI
JIOBHTh'to catch'- JIOBJIID,JIOBHWb... "
1. BeTep BHe3aITHO HaJieTCJI'If npoMqaJICH.B03/J.yxopbmy11 Kpyr6M. CJia6o C8ep- 1aCTllBHTb'to force'- JaCTllBJIIO,1acn1BHUih... "
KH)'IIGMOJIHH». (Typz.) 2. 3Be3/J.hIMepKHym M zacHym. (HuK.) 3. Ha H11BaxIIIYMpa66r rpycTHTb 'to feel sad' -- rpymy, rpycTHUib ... CT-IQ
yM011K.(II.) 4. CoiIHl.\enoKa3aJioch Ha ropH36HTe H uc'lh110 B )'3Ko.iiH )J.JIMHHoii Tyqe, nyCTHTb'to let'- nymy, D)'CTHWb... "
(JI. T.) 5. Orn11B )J.epeByIIIKe )J.aBH6no2ac11uO/J,11.H 3a /J.pyr11M.
(Kap.) 6. B /J.OMenomyx1iu rpa(!JHTb'to rule'- rpalt,nro, rpalt,Hmh ... it,--lt,JI
orn11.,1aM011K11u Bee 3B)'KH.(JI. T.) 7. Ymux110 Bee. TaThirna crrHT. (II.) 8. My3hIKa KOpMHTb'to feed'- KOpMJ110, KOpMHWb... M-MJI
cmux11a. CHaqaJia MC)J.JieHHO, IIOTOMBee pa3pacTa»ch, 3arpeMCJ!ll anJIO)J.HCMCHThl. no1naKOMHTbCH 'to get acquainted'- no1uaKOMJI10Cb,
no1naK0MnmbcH... "
(IIaycm.) 9. C6JIHl.\eBee BhIIIIeH BhrIIIe.EhICTpocoxHem TpaBa. (Tvpz.) 10. CBeJKuiina-
xyqH.iiB03/J.YX yJKenpoHuKB KOMHaTy ... (JI. T.) 11. MecTaMHcBeTB(rnceHenpoHuKa11 no11,
rycT6.ii HaBeccocHOBhrxBerneii. (Kynp.) 12. OH rny6oK6 81ooxHy11M 3aneJI. (Typz.) 13. Productive verbs with the stem ending in -n- belong to the 2nd con-
Y~ H /J,OKaHqHBaJI BTOpOHCTaKaHqa», KaK B)J.pyr)J.BepbCKpUnHylla,JlefKHMIIIOpOX jugation.
ITJiaTbH 'If IIIar6B IlOCJibJIIIaJIC»
3a MHOH;» 630p02HYIIH o6epH)'IICH.(JI.) 14. 3a ITOCJIC/J,Hl!e
qeTb!pe)J.HH peKa xopoIII6 3GMep3.1U. Jle)J.6bL, pOBHhlH,rna/J,KII.H H 6;1ecTeJI,KaK3epKaJIO. Stress. If in the infinitive the stress falls on the -n- of the stem (npo-
(Ape.) CHTL,xo)],HTL),it generally falls on the ending in the 1st person singular
(npomy, xo~y) and on the root in the other persons singular and plural
... ), but rpycTHTL-rpy«.y,
(npocHWL... , xo.z:i;HIIIL rpyCTlllllb ...
V. PRODUCTIVE TYPE VERBS WITH THE INFINITIVE STEM Perfective verbs with the prefix Bhl- are invariably stressed on the
ENDING IN -11- prefix: BLmpocnTL 'to get by cadging', BLlnpomy, BL1npocH1UL ..• , BLI-
DJiaTnTL'to pay out', BLIDJia<ty,eL1nJ1aTH1UL ...
Infinitive Present or Simple Future Tense Exercise 36. Write out tht: sentences, replacing the 1st person with the 3rd person
roeopiiTL 'to say', 'to speak' roeopro, roeopiimL ... roeopirr plural. Underline the alternating consonants.
(pres.) MaTeMaTHKy.On11.1110§.nm
Model: 5I 11106/IIO MaTeMaTHKy.
cTpOHTL'to build' - CTporo, CTPOHIUL ... CTpOIIT •]. 5J:mo6mo JIHTepaTypy. 2. K 3aHJITHHM » fOTOBJIIOCb BeqepOMB 6n6JIHOTeKe.
(pres.) 3. jJ CH)K)'Ha 6epery peKHH JIOBJIIO
ph16y. 4. jJ BM)KYB)J.a.Jlll.,napycHylO 5. Ka)K-
JIO/J,Ky.
'to put'
noJIOJKHTL - noJio,Ky, noJio,KHIIJL... noJIO• llOe BOCKpeceHbe» XO)K)'B My3eH II.Jill Ha BhlCTaBKY. BeqepoM H IlpOBO)K)'B{)CMH
c llPY3hllMH.6. 3aBTpa » neqy e CaHKT·IleTep6ypr.
,K3T (fut.)
y'lnTL 'to learn' - Y'IY, Y'IHIIIL ... y'laT (pres.) Exercise 37. Make up sentences, using the following verbs in the present or simple
H3MeunTL 'to change' - H3MeHIO, H3MeHHIUL H3• future tense: HOCRTb,aapirrb, rpycrirrb, pupemtiTb, nonl06irrb, nonpocirn..
MeHHT (fut.) NON-PRODUCTIVE VERBS WITH THE INFINITIVE STEM
This productive type includes verbs whose infinitive stem ends in ENDING IN -11- OR -bl-
-u- (roeopiiTL 'to speak', cTponTL 'to build', XO)],HTL'to walk'). -n- in
these verbs is a suffix. In the present and simple future tenses the per- Non-productive verbs whose infinitive stem ends in -a- include the
sonal endings are joined to the verb root (roeopuTL-roeopro, roso· following verbs of the 1st conjugation:_ .
(a) monosyllabic verbs and verbs with prefixes and -a- m the root:
224 225
lS-334
 DHTb 'to drink'-DbIO, DbeWb ... THE MOST COMMON NON-PRODUCTIVE
(BLIUHTb 'to drink up'-BLIUbIO, BblDbeWb... ) 1st CONJUGATION VERBS
6HTb 'to beat'-6bl0, 6bemb ••. WHOSE INFINITIVE STEM IS NOT CORRELATIVE
(pa1611Tb'to break'- pa106bro, pa106bemb ...) WITH THAT OF PRODUCTIVE VERBS
JJHTb 'to pour' - JlblO, JJbeWb •.• Verbs ending in -'lb
(uaJJHTb 'to fill' - uaJJblO, uaJJbeWb .•• ;
BblJJHTb 'to pour out'- BLIJJbIO, BLIJJbemb .•. ) Verbs with -'lb in the infinitive change in the following way:
WHTb 'to sew'-WblO, WbeWb .••
(cmnTb 'to sew'-combro, combemb ... ) - Alternation
The stress invariably falls on the personal endings except for verbs
with the prefix Bbl-. - r-JK
MOqh 'to be able', ·can'- Mory, MOJKernh... MOI'YT ,,
(b) the verb: 6pHTb 'to shave'-6pero, 6peemb .•• 6epe% 'to keep'--;- 6epery, 6~pelKeIIIh.:·· 6eperyT .
(c) the verb: lKHTb 'to live'-lKHBY, lKHBemb •.. cTepeqh 'to guard ---cTepery, cTepeJKCIIIh... cTeperyT "
,,
Non-productive verbs also include these verbs with -bl- in the infini- neqh 'to lie down'- Jinry, JIHJKeIIIh... J111ryT
C'rpuqh 'to cut (the hair)'~- CTpnry, CTpnJKeIIIh... cTpttryT "
tive: "
JKCqh'to burn'- JKry, JKJKeIIIh.•• JKryT ,,
(a) DJJbITb'to swim'-nJJbIBY, nnb1Bemb ••. ; CJJblTb'to pass (for)'- uanp11% 'to exert'- uanpHry, H~npHJKeIIIh::· uanpHryT ,
CJJblBY,CJJblBemb •.. (the stress falls on the personal endings); npHBJieqb'to attract'- npHBJieKy,npHBJieqeIIIh... npHBJieKyT K-q
,,
(b) MblTb 'to wash'-Moro, Moemb ... ; KpbITb 'to cover'-Kporo, ne% 'to bake'- neKy, neqernh ... neKyT
Teqh 'to flow'-TeqeT ... TeKyT ",,
Kpoemb ... ; pbITb 'to dig'-poro, poemb •.. (the stress falls on the stem).
oTpeqhCH'to renounce' - OTpeKych, OTpeqeIIIbCH... OTpeKyTCH
Exercise 38. Write out the sentences, putting the verbs in the simple future tense.
1. OHa CIIJIIJ!ace6e H0BOerrnaTbe. 2. Mu np6JKHJIII
e TJe-rep6ypreMeClll.(.3. Pe6e- Some verbs ending in -'lb take r - iK at the end of the stem in the
HOKBhlIIHJICTaKaHMOJIOKa.4. JI Hamrna BaMqallIKYq{tI-O.5. OHa ypoHI'rna oqKHII pa3-
6HJia Hx. present (or simple ~utu~e) tense: r i?-the ls! pers,an sin_gularand th~ 3rd
person plural (Mory, MoryT; 6epery, 6eper:yT; JJHry, JJHr~:r) and,iK mall
Exercise 39. Replace the past tense with the present or simple future. Mark the the other persons singular and plural (MoiKernb, 6epe'.lKemb, JJHiKemb).
stress in the verbs.
Other verbs ending in -'lb (ne'lh, Te'lh, npHBJJelfh) tak~ K-'I at the
I. JI rrpocilJI Bae rrp11ii:TilKOMHe BeqepoM. 2. Tb1 HerrpaBHJihHO rrpoH3HOCHJI :ho end of the stem in the present (or simple fut~re) t~nse: K ~n the ,1st per-
CJI0BO.3. OH rrepeBOAHJI3TOTTeKCT.4. qepe3 IIOJiqaca SIIIpOCTHJICSI C TOBapHil.(aMH
H OTrrpaBHJICSI AOM0H.5. JI 3aIIJiaTHJIAi:HhrHB Kacey H IIOJiyqHJICBOHIIOK}'IIKH. 6. Thi son singular and the 3rd person plural (neKy, neKyT~ TeKy, TeKyT; npu-
BCTpeTHJI CeCTpyHa BOK3aJie?7. JI cer0AHSIOTIIpaBHJITeJierpaMMy. 8. OH HCrrpaBl!Jl:hy BJieKy, npHBJieKyT) and 'I in all the other persons smg~lar and plural
olllil6Ky. 9. R cer6AHSIrroJHaKoMHJICSI c rnoilM 6piToM. 10. TpoJIJieii:6ycocrnHoBHJICJI (neqemb Ue'leT" Te'leIIIb, Te'leT; DpHBJie'leUib, DpHBJie'leT).
rrp6rnB Tehpa. I I. Mb1 66Jihllle He cepAHJIIIChHa Hero. 12. R 06i:1qHocaAHJICSI 6KoJio Stre;s. The personal endings of verbs ending in -'lb are stressed. Ex-
OKHa. 13. R xopOllI0 rOT0BHJIHal.(HOHaJihHble 6JIKJAa. 14. R B03BpaTHJICSI AOM6ii
II03AHOBeqepoM. 15. Pa3Be Bbl He IIOHHMaeTe,qTQ SIllIYTHJI?16. Thi XO)J,IIJI eeqepOM ceptions are: . .
B KJiy6? (a) the verb MO'lb, which takes a stresse~ pe~sonal endmg m the 1st
person singular (Mory), but unstressed endmgs mall the other persons
Exercise 40. Replace the past tense with the present or future. After each sentence
indicate in brackets which tense you have used (the present or the future). singular and plural; the verbs noMO'lb ,'to help', np~B03MO'lb 't? over-
come' follow the same pattern: noMory, npeB01Mory; but: noMolleemb,
I. OHa ttHrepecoeiuiac1, pyccKoli JIHTepazypoli. 2. BL1 ttcKiuJ11:hy KHi'iry?
3. KorAa OHBCTpeTIIJI Te6ii, OHTe6ii He Y3HaJI.4. OH AaJIMHe3TYCTaThKl,HSIrrpoqHTaJI npeBo3MOiKemb, etc.;
ee. 5. Bee c YAOB0JibCTBHeM CJI}'lllaJIH,KaKOHa rreJia. 6. R KYIIHJIH0BYI-0pyqKy. 7. OH (b) the perfective verb ne'lb 'to lie d_own',:"hich has, no stresse? pe~-
qaCTO3a6bIBaJI A0Ma CBOHTeTpaAHH KHHrll.8. R rrpHrOT0BHJIYlKHH.9. Pe6eHOKIlJlit· sonal endings in the simple future: JJHrY, JJHiKemb, JIHiKeT,_·:· JJHryT,
KaJI,IIOTOMY qTOOHXOTeJIeCTb. 10. Bbl BHAeJIII Ha He6e TeMHYI-0 Tyqy? 11. Thi MaJIOOT· (c) besides, in all the perfective verbs for:med by the ,add1t1~n of the
AblXaJIH II03TOMY6bICTpOycTaJI. 12. CTyAeHThIHallleHrpyIIIIhl crreJIHHa Beqepe rrecH!O
H HCII0JIHHJIH TaHel.(.13. MbI CAaBaJIH3K3aMeHblABa pha B roA. 14. OHa qaCTOrroJIY· prefix Bbl- the stress invariably falls on this prefix: BbliKe'IL, to burn
qaJia IIHChMaOTPOAHTeJieii: H qacTOIIHcaJiaHM. 15. Bbl 3aAaBaJIHMHeBOIIp0ChI,SIoTBe· out' -BLiiKry, BLl'.lKiKeIDb,etc.
qaJI. 16. Mb! lKAaJIHOTBeTa,HO OHa MOJiqaJia.
Exercise 41. Conjugate the verbs cTepeqh, noMoqh, Jieqh, 6epeqh, npuaJieqh,cTpnqh,
ll(e% in writing. Underline the alternating consonants.
Exercise 42. Write out the sentences, replacing the past tense of the verbs with the
simple future or the present tense.
I. OH Mor rrpHHTHK HaMB cy666ry ~eqepoM; 2. M_h1rroM?rnil BaMKoHqH;h~TYpa-
66Ty. 3. 51 Jier crraTh B 11 'IaC0B. 4. OHa 6eperna CBOe3A0p0Bbe. 5. l10 JIHl.(YAeBoqKII
226 15• 227
 TeKJ111
,CJie3~1.6, B BOCKpeceHbeMaMa llCIIeKJ1.1
BK)'CHbIH
IIHpOL 7, 3Ta KapTl1HaII l'I ac11BeJ1 (Mapiu,) 5. B TeHl1err~e,n:eplKaJ1CJI
IIO,ll;CHeJKHIIK. M0p03, HO ITOBCeH):IOpore
BJ1eKJ1a
Bceo611-1eeBHHMam1e, Pl!- rJnu 6hICTpbie, M,YTHbie PY%ll. (JI. T.) 6. rpo3a npowmi. Ha,n: J1eCOMCBeTHJ1IICb BJ1a·
)!(!Ible3Be3):lbl.C ~pbIIII1!e11-1e
TCKa;ll,!10CT,YKil~aJI,
Ka~J1ll,ll;OJK)];ll,
fllaycm,) 7. TaTbllH,a
flerp6BHa 3aJKrJ1aCBeqy Ha CTOJ1e,ceJ1a B KpCCJ10,,ll;OJ1f0CMOTpeJ1aHa JI3blqOKOfHJI.
Verbs ending in -crn (-cTL), -3TH(-3Th) (llaycm.) 8. ITo 66e cTopoHhr _yJ1I1I1bI 3a11<rJ1I1.Cb
<poHapll.,II B 6KHax ,n:oM6BnoKa3anHcb
orHH-(lfex.) 9. Orn113aJKrn11cbB r6po,n:e II HaApeK6IO.(Typ2.) 10. 0AIIH TOJ1bKO pa3 Be-
Verbs ~hose infinitive ends in -CTu(-cTL) or -3Tu (-3Th) change i rep npo:11eJ11;10ca,n:y, ~ BCCbOH 3arrryMeJ1,6y,n:TOHa)];HIIMIlp0!1ll.J1CJI II TOHaC CTIIX
the followmg way: n gp_yITHblllII CIIJ1bHblll
J1IIBCHb.(Jlaycm.)

uecn'i 'to carry (in one's hands)'-uecy, uecemh THE PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERBS
pacn'i 'to grow'-pacTy, pacTemh EbITb, ECTb, EXA Tb
QBeCTU 'to bloom'-QBCTy, QBeTelllh
eecTn 'to lead'-ee.z:i;y, ee.z:i;emh The Verb 6hITh*
Be3Tu 'to carry (in a vehicle)'- Be3y, ee3ernh
ceCTh 'to sit down'--csi:.z:i;y,csi:.z:i;emh The 1st and 2nd persons singular and plural, present tense, of the
KJiaCTh'to put'-KJia,z:i;y, KJia,z:i;elllh verb 6h1Th'to be' are not used in modern literary Russian.
npoqecTh 'to read'-npoqTy, npoqTelllh In some cases the 3rd person singular ecTh 'is' and, less frequently,
ynaCTb 'to fall'-yna.z:i;y, yna.z:i;emh the 3rd person plural cyTL 'are' are used.
Jie3Th 'to get'-Jifay, Jifaemh In Modern Russian ecTh is used:
(1) as the link-verb of a compound predicate in scientific defini-
Stress. Ve_rbs who~e infinitive ends in -cTu (-3Tu) are stressed on the tions:
personal ~ndmgs, whtle verbs whos~ infinitive ends in -CTh(-3Th) are
stresse~ e1the; on the personal endmgs (KJia,z:i;y, KJia,z:i;emL)or on the Ilp51Ma51JIHHH51 eCThKpaP-raihuee 'A straight line is the shortest dis-
root (csi.z:i;y,
csi.z:i;ernL;
Jie3y, Jifaernh). pacCTOHHHeMe)l(.z:i;yABYM51TOlf- tance between two points.'
KaMH.
Exercise 43. Write out the sentences, replacing the past tense of the verbs with the
present or simple future, As a rule, however, the link-verb ecTh in a compound predicate is
, 1. 51ppoy:eJ1 TeKCTn nepeBeJ1,er6. 2. ITpI!l!TeJ1b,ITPIHI,eC
MHenocm:,n:HIIHHOMeplKYP·
omitted.
H~J1a«HOBblll MIi~»: 3. Tb! B~er,n:aKJ1aJ1ITil~bi)'1a
B 3TOTJIUIHK? 4, Mb! rrpoBeJ111
J1eTOHa MoiI TOBapmu, xop6urniI 'My friend is a good sportsman.'
,n:aqe ITO)]; M?CK,80!1. s,,YqeHhle ,rrpoBeJ1ll,3TOT OITbITB J1a6opaTOpll!! IIHCTIIT)'Ta. CilOpTCMeH.
6. B l\BeTHI!Kerrepe,n:,ll;OMOMI1BeJ1I1
TIOJ1bITaHbl. 7' B Ca):lyp0CJ111qipyKTOBbie,n:epeBhlL
(2) in stating the existence of somebody or something ecTh is used
Verbs containing -opo-, -oJio- for both singular and plural:
y erbs whose infinitive stem contains -opo-, -oJio- change in the fol- Y MeHHeCTb 6paT H cecTpa. 'I have a brother and a sister.'
lowmg way: y MeH51CCTh6paThSI H CeCTphI. 'I have brothers and sisters.'
Cer6,ri:H51y MeHH eCTh BpeM51 'Today I can spare the time for
6op6ThCH'to fight'-6opIDch, 66pernhcst IlOHTHB KHHO. the cinema.'
KOJIOTh'to prick'-KOJIIO, KOJiemh y Moero TOBap0:ma eCTh HHTe- 'My friend has an interesting
noJIOTh'to weed'-noJIIO, n6Jiemh peCHa5IKHHra. book'.
. The stress generally falls on the personal ending of the I st person However, the verb ecTh is not used in stating the existence with a per-
smgular and on the root vowel in all the other forms. son or object of some feature, or inner or external quality, emotional
Exercise 44. Make up sentences, using the verbs 6opon,cH, npuuecn't, pacTit, yneJTII,
state or disease, e.g.:
Teqb, JJeJTbm the present or simple future. (a) Y MaJihlfHKa CBeTJihie BOJIOChl 'The boy has fair hair and blue
H CHHHe rna3a; y ,z:i;eBOlfKH eyes; the girl has dark hair
Revision Exercise TeMHhie BOJIOChl H cephle and grey eyes.'
rna3a.
Exercise 45. Read through the sentences and write down the infinitives of all the
verbs, Y MOero TOBapHma rrpeKpac- 'My friend has an excellent
I. n;or6):l<l;6hrna qy):leCH~JI,
):lb~npy):(OB;,
ynaJ1 J1)'.qTOJ1bKO
TeITJ10Tb!.
Bee ~pyr6M I1BeJ16,lKYJKJIGlJ10
npa3,ll;HHqHoe,c~ernoe qy,BCTBO
(Ifaycm.) 3. CHer BbIIIaJ1TOJ1bKO
OXBaTbIBaJ10
II neJ10; B,1J;aJ111Cl!l!J1llB0:
,n:ymy.(Typ2.) 2. Ha J1Illl0er~
qTo B30We~wero ~OJ1Hlla,II OH YJ1bI6H_yJ1CJIOT 011-1y11-1eHI1JI _yTpeHHCl'I
B JIHBape.(JI.) 4. CT.lJ!ll IITl11\blrreCHllrreTb,
-- HaSI naM51Th. memory.'

* In phrases of the y Memi ecTb ... type, ecTh is rendered in English by 'to have': 'I
have .. .'.

228 229
 Y Hero XOpOIIUIHxapaKTep. 'He is good-natured.' The Verb exaTb
Y apTHcTa Bb1pa111:TeJibHOe 'The actor has an expressive
JIH~O. face.' Present
Y neBH~bI qy,n:eCHbIM
r6noc. 'The . singer has a wonderful
v01ce.' 51e,IJ,y Mb! e,IJ,eM
(b) Cer6,n:m1 y MeHiI xop6rnee Ha- 'Today I am in a good mood.' TbI e,IJ,eIDb Bbl e,IJ,eTe
CTpoemre. OH e,IJ,eT oHir e,IJ,yT
Y Hae 60Jibillc151pa,n:OCTb. 'We are very happy.' Exercise 49. Make up sentences, using the verbs ecTL and exaTb in the present tense
(c) Cer6,n:m1 He npHIIIeJI Ha 3aHiI- 'Our teacher did not come to the plural. Write down your sentences and mark the stress.
TH51 Halli npeno,n:aBaTeJib: class today: he has the flu.'
y Her6 rpHnn.
THE PAST TENSE

• 1'(_ote.- 'f T~6ii ecTh HOBhIHKOCTIOM?

Imperfective Perfective
'Have you got a new suit?' y Te6ii
HOBhlllKOCTIOM? Have you your new suit on?' are pronounced differently. In the
first example the log1cal stress falls on the word eCTh; the speaker wants to know
whether the person he 1s speakmg to has a new suit at all. In the second exampl ll, Thi, OH IIHC:lJI BblIIOJIHII.JI uanucaJI BhlIIOJIHHJI
the stress falls on the. word HOBhI_ii, as the speaker is interested to know whethe~ ll, Tb!, OHa nucaJia BhlIIOJIHII.Jia uanucana BhlllOJIHHJia
the person, he 1sspea~m? to has ~1snew suit on. The sentence Y Te6ii HOBhIH CBeT- OHO IIHC:lJIO BblIIOJIHHJIO HaIIHC:lJIO BhlllOJIHHJIO
JihI~ KOCTIOM, y Te6l! HOBall IIIJillrra,HOBbie6oTHHKM -~ y Te651TaKOHrrp,l3i--\Hll'I- Mb!, Bbl, OHll UHC:lJIH BblllOJIH!IJIH HaIIHC:lJIH BhIIIOJIHHJIH
Hhlll BM!--\
means 'You have a new light suit on, a new hat and new shoes on --you
look so holiday-like.'
Infinitive: nuc3TJ,, BI.IUOJIHsiTL uanuciiTb, BLIDOJlllHTb

. Exercise 46. Account for the presence of the verb ecTL in some of the sentences and
its absence m the other sentences.
If the predicate is a past tense verb, it agrees with the subject in
J. y K?TOeCTb KOH~fH~K::? - Y ~eH51ecTb KOHCIIeKT, y TOBapttll(a l-1BaHoBaTOlKe number:
e~Tb KOHcrre_KT. 2 .. Y ~Oro MOHKOHCn_eKT?-- KoHCIIeKTy MeHii.3. Y Moen cecTpbl Kpa-
CllBhieL'Ia3a. 4. 1 OBapllll( He npHIIIeJI Ha 3aH51THll:
y Hero aHrHHa. )KypHclJIJieJKaJIHa CTOJie. 'The magazine was on the table.'
Exercise 47. Translate these sentences into English. )KypHclJibIJie'.lKaJIH
Ha CTOJie. 'The magazines were on the
table.'
I. Y_Bac ~cTh 6paTJ-Y MeHiieCTh 6paT McecTpa. 2. Y 6parn xopoIIInii ronoc.
3. y MeHllMHoro MHTepeCHbIXKHMLy MeHiieCTbKHllrHno pa3Hb!MBOIIpocaMTeXHHKII. and~ in the singular~ in gender:
Exercise 48. Make up several sentences (interrogative and affirmative), using the )KypmlJI Jie'.lKaJIHa CTOJie. 'The magazine was on the table.'
verb 61,n1, m the present tense.
TeTpa,n:b JiemaJia Ha CTOJie. 'The exercise-book was on the
table.'
The Verb ecTL IToJIOTeHI.i:e Ha CTOJie.
.TJe'.lKaJIO 'The towel was on the table.'·
In the present and past tenses the verb ecTL 'to eat' is conjugated Exercise 50. Read Leo Tolstoy's story The Shark. Point out the subjects of the itali-
quite irregularly. cised predicates. Retell the story in your own words.
AKYJlA
Present Past
HaIII KOpa6JlbcmoftA Ha 51KOpe y 6epera A<ppHKH . .lJ:eHh6bm rrpeKpaCHblll,C MOpll
51 eM MbI e,IJ,U:M OH en dyA CBelK!lH BeTep, HOK Be'Iepy rroroi--(aU3MellUAacb:CTaJIOi--\)'IIIHO
J,[ TO'IHOH3 TOHJieHOll
~!I} emL OHa
OHO
ena
eJIO
neqli HeCJIOHa Hae ropH'IHM B03.UYXOM
Ilepei--\3aKaTOMcomni;a KaUHTaH13blU1eA
-- KynaTbCll:!
c rryCTbIHHCaxapb!.
Ha rrany6y, KpUKHyA:
OH~ ecT OHII e,IJ,iIT
I1 B Oi--\HY
MHHYTY MaTpocbr nonpb1zaAu B BOi--\Y, cnycmuAu B BOi--\Y napyc, npueJ13aAu
OHO er6 H B rrapyce ycmpOUAU KyIIaJihHIO.
Ha Kopa6ne c HaMH6.bIJIO)__\Ba M:lJ!b'lHKa.MaJih'lHKMrrepBb!enonpbl2aAU B BOi--\Y, HO
_The p~efixe,d perfective verbs ~1.ecTL 'to eat up', nepeecTL 'to over- IIMTCCHO6bIJIOB napyce H OHM1330JMaAUHJiaBaThHaneperOHKHB OTKphITOM Mope.
eat , ue,IJ,oecTbnot to eat enough , etc., and the verb ua,IJ,oecTb'to pes- 06a, KaK511l(epm.J;hl, 13blmftzueaAUCb B BO.[(eH 'ITO 6.bIJIOCMJlbInonAblAU K TOM)'Me-
!er' (ua,IJ,?eM,ua,IJ,oemb,etc.), which is totally unrelated to ecTb 'to eat' CTy,fi--(e6b!JI 6o'IOHOKHa.[(51KOpeM.
0i--(HHM:lJlb'lllKCHa'laJianepe211/1ATOBapHll(a,HOUOTOMCTaJIOTCTaBaTb.0TeII, Ma-
m meanmg, are conjugated in the same way. llb'll!Ka, CT:lpb!llapTHJIJiepllCT,cmOHA Ha IIaJiy6e H JII060BaJICl!Ha CBOero CblHHIIIKy.
l(Ofi--(aCbIHCTaJIOTCTaBaTb,OTeII,KpUKIIYA eMy:
·-- He BbI.[(aBaH!IloHaT)'lKbCll!
B11pyr c rraJiy6hI KTO-TOKpUKllyA:
230
231
 - AKyna!
I1 Bee Mb[ yeuOeJlu B BO):\ecrri'rny MOpCK6roqy,J:\OBIUI\a.
AKyJia nilblil/1 rrplIMOHa MaJibqllKOB. ~:i~
} uec.110 Be1.11it Be.110 rpe6.11u poc.1111
-- HaJal\! HaJal\! BepHll.Tecb!AKynal-3aKpu<Jafl apnrnnepll.cT. oflII
Ho pe6HTa He CJlblX11JlUero, nflblilU ,J:\aJibIIIe,CMeilflUCb ll KpU'l/1JlU en\e BeCeJJee
n rpoMqe rrpei1rnero. l. Verbs which have -crn or -1Tuin the infinitive (ueCTu,Be3Tu)but
ApTmrnepll.CT, 6Jie,[\Hbill,KaK lIOJlOTHO,He llleBeJlilCbCMOmpeil Ha ,[\eTett. Jl or Tat the end of the present (or simple future) tense stem (uec-yT,
MaTp6cbr cnycmuJlu JIOl\KY,6pbcuJ1ucb B Hee, crn6a» Becna, noHecJlucb, qTo 6Lmo
Cll.Jlbl,K MaJibqllKaM; HO OHIJ.6h!Jlll ell\e l(aJieKO OT HllX, KOrl(ll aKyJia y)Ke 6h!Jia He 6 e3-yT) do not have the suffix -.11
in the past tense masculine (nee, Be1).
,J:\anbrnel(Bal\uaTll. waroB. In the feminine and neuter and in the plural the suffix -.11is retained
MaJibqllKll CHaqana He CJlb!XllJlll TOrO,qTo llM Kpnqann, ll He Blll(llJlllaK}'Jlbl,HOno. (oecJia,uecJ16,uec.1111).
TOMOZ:\ll.H ll3 HllX02ilflll}",1Cfl, ll Bee yc1brxa;rn rrpOH3ll.TeJibHblllBll3r, ll MllJlbqllKllno-
lIJlh!JlHB pa3Hble CTOpOHbl. Note.-The past tense of the verb ne3Tb 'to get in(to)' is formed in the same
way: JieJ, JJeJJia,nbnu (present tense: nbyT).
Bn3r )TOT KaK 6y,J:\TO pm6yOUJl apTllJIJiepll.CTa.OH cop611JICJ/C MeCTall no6e:JtCaJl
K rryrnKaM. OH rroBepHyJIx66oT, rrpnJier K rrynme, rrpnue;rnnc» n B3HJIqmTll.Jib. 2. If verbs which have -crn in the infinitive (n.11ecn'i
'to braid', BeCTH
Mb! BCe, CKOJlbKO Hae Hll.6b!J10 Ha KOpa6ne, 3/1MepilU OT CTpaxa.
Pa30aflcfl BbICTpen,n :vtbIBee ys11,J:\eJiu, qTo apTmrnepiicT yna;1 ITOl\JlerryrnKn n 1a- 'to lead', npuo6pecTu'to acquire') have the present (simple future) tense
Kpbm Jll,!UOpyKaMll. lfTO C,[\eJiaJIOCb C aKyJIOHll C MllJibqJ1Ka:vtll,
Mb!He BH):leJIJ1, ITOTOMy stem ending in .n:(Be,n:-y)or T (n.11eT-y,npuo6peT-y) the suffix -.11_isre-
qTo Ha MllHYTYl\b!M 3aCTJiaJIHaM rna3a. tained in the past tense in all the persons and numbers and 1mmed1ately
Ho KOrl(lll(b!Mpa30U1eflCJ/ Ha,[\BO,[\OIO, co BCexCTOpOHlIOCJlhIIIIaJlCH CHaqaJia TH- follows the stem vowel (BecTit-Be,n:y, Be.11;n.11ecTit-n.11eTy,n.11e.11;
Xllll porroT, lIOTOMpOlIOT3TOTCTaJI CllJibHee, ll, HaKOHeU,CO BCeXCTOpOHpa3011JlCJI
rpOMKllll, pa/_.\OCTHblll KpllK. npuo6pecTn(p.)-npuo6peTy, npuo6pe.11).
CTapblll apTmrnepll.CT OmKpblil JIIH\0, nOOHflilCJ/ ll nOCMOmpeil Ha Mope. Note.--The past tense of the verbs ynacTb 'to fall' and cecTh 'to sit down' is
ITo BOJIHaMKOJlblX/1JlOCb )KeJITOe6pwxo MepTBOll aKyJibl. B HeCKOJlbKO MllHYT formed in the same way: yuaJJ,ynaJia, ynano, ynaJJu;cen, cena, ceno, ceJJH(the fu-
JlO):!KanoOnilbl/ta K MaJibqnKaMll lipllBe3Jia llX Ha KOpa6Jib. ture tense: yna~yT, C1'1.~yT).

FORMATION OF THE PAST TENSE 3. The past tense ofrpecTit 'to row' is formed from a stem ending in
6 (rpe6, rpe6.11a,rpe6.11u).
The past tense is formed from the infinitive stem. 4. The past tense of pacn'i 'to grow' is poc (masculine), poc.11a(femi-
nine), poc.116(neuter), poc.110(plural).
Formation of the Past Tense of Verbs
with the Suffix -Th after a Vowel The Past Tense of the Verb HJJ;TH
51, Thi, OH me.11
To form the past tense of verbs with the suffix -Th in the infinitive 51, Thi, omi m.11a
(11uTaTh 'to read', u1y11aTh'to study'), the suffix -Th is dropped and the OHO m.110
suffix -.11is added to the infinitive stem: Mhl, Bbl, OHH W.llH
lfHTa-Th'to read' - lfHTa-.11 _ Exercise 52. Read through the sentences, write out the verbs in the past tense and
u1y11a-Th'to study' - u1y11a-JI give the infinitives of these verbs.
Bit,n:e-Th 'to see'- Bit,n:e-.11 I. Ha Mope CHHeeseqepHllll nan TyMaH.(II.) 2. CHer Bb!liaJITOJlbKOB HHBape.(II.)
1acuy-Th 'to fall asleep' -1acuy-.11 3. 5I Bbnuen Ha onyIIIKYKYCTOB 11 rro6pen no rron10 Me)Kott. ( Typz.)

The vowel preceding -Th in the infinitive is retained before the suffix Exercise 53. Give all the past tense forms of the verbs npuueCTH,orne3TH,11ueCT11,
-.11:pa66TaTh 'to work' - pa66Ta.11,ceHTh'to sow'- ceH.11,Bit,n:eTh 'to HJ06peCT11, ttanacTband c11acT11.
11puo6pecT11, Make up short sentences, usmg these forms,
Writethem down and mark the stress.
see'-Bit,n:e.11,mo6U:Th'to love'-.mo6u.11, 6opOThCH 'to fight'-6opoJICJI,
Exercise 51. Write down the past tense of the following verbs. Mark the stress. Formation of the Past Tense of Verbs ending in -lfh
Make up sentences, using the past tense forms.
(MOlfh,.llelfh, 6epelfh, JKelfh,nelfh)
BbIITOJlHilTb,
BhIITOJIHHTb,
Ha,[\eHTbCH,
CMelITbCH,
Ha3HaqHTb,Ilpll3Hl1Tb,TOJIKH}'Tb
ll, Thi, OH Mor .11er 6eper mer UCK
ll, Tbl, OHa MOr.11aJierJia 6eper.11a mr.11a neK.lla
Formation of the Past Tense of Verbs ending in -cTu, -lTH OHO Mor.110 .11er.1166eper.116 mr.110 neK.110
(uecTit, Be3Tit,BecTit, rpecn't, pacTit) 111hr,BhI, OHH Mor.110 .11erm'i 6eper.11u mr.11u neK.110
51, Thi, OH nee Bel Be.11 rpe6 poc The past tense of verbs ending in -lfh (6epelfh, nelfh) is formed from
51, Thi, omi uec.11a Bel.Ila Be.Ila rpe6J1a poc.11a afistemending in r (6eper) or K (ne,~), the masculine form having no suf-
OHO uec.116 Be1.116 Be.110 rpe6.116 pOC.110 1x -JI.

232 233
 Formation of the Past Tense of Verbs with the Suffix -uy- 4. J;bIJI_Be'lep._He6o Mf!PK_llO.
(Perfective and Imperfective) 5, floza~llO Llf;eBHOeC~eTH3:o, ,
Ha Mope CHHeeBe'Iepmrn nan TyMaH...
(KpHKHYTL, npHBbIKHYTL, Mep3HYTL)
}I, Thi, OH KpHI.:UyJI npnBLIK Mep3 Formation of the Past Tense of Verbs whose
}I, Thi, omi KpHKHyJ1a npnBLIKJla Mep3Jla Infinitive Stem Ends in -epe-
OHO KpHKHyJ10 npnBLIKJIO Mep3JIO ( 3anepeTL, CTepeTL,yMepeTL)
Mhl, Bbl, OH.ff KpHKHYJIH npnBLIKJIH Mep3JIH
SI, Thi, OH 3aIIep CTep )'Mep
SI, Thi, OHa 3anepmi CTepJ1a yMepJla
1. Most perfective verbs with the suffix -uy- retain this suffix in the Mhl, Bbl, OHR 3anepJIH CTepJIH yMepJIH
past tense (KpHKHYTL 'to shout'-Kp111rnyJ1; TOJIKHYTL'to push'-
TOJ1KH)'J1; MnrnyTL 'to wink'-MnruyJ1; MaxuyTL 'to wave'-MaxnyJI). 1. The vowel -e preceding the suffix -TL of verbs which have -epe- in
However, the past tense of some pefective verbs is formed without the infinitive is not retained in the past tense (3anep, 3anep-J1a;yMep,
this suffix, e.g.: npnBLIKHYTL'to get used (to)'-npnBLIK; noru:6uyTL'to yMep-J1a;CTep, CTep-Jla,etc.).
die', 'to perish'-noru:6; HClfe3HYTL'to disappear'-nclfh; .uocTu:rnyTL 2. The masculine form does not take the suffix -JI (3anep, yMep,
'to reach' - .uocTitr; yMOJIKHYTL'to fall silent' - yMoJ1K;cueprnYTL 'to cTep),but the feminine, neuter and plural forms do: 3anepJ1a,3anepJ10,
overthrow' - csepr; 3aTu:xuyTL'to calm down' - 3aTu:x. 3anepnn;yMepm.'t,)'MepJIO,)'MepJ10;CTepna, CTepJIO,CTepJIH).
2. Imperfective verbs with the suffix -uy- generally drop this suffix Exercise 56. Write down the infinitives of the verbs in the following sentences.
in the past tense: BHHYTL'to fade'-siIJ1n; MOKHYTL'to get wet'.:._
I. C6nHIJ,eTOnhKO'ITO B30IIIJIO.TpaBa Ha nyry erne He BblCOXna,H poca CBepKana
MOKJ1n;n.'tcuyTL 'to go out (of light)'-racJ1n; ru:6uyTL 'to die', 'to Ha c6nHu,e. 2. Ilepe,ll L(OMOM pocnH nHIIhl. 0HH HeL(aBHO pacu,BeJIHH CHnhHOrraxm-1.
perish'-ru:6J1n; rnoxuyTL 'to go dear-rnoxJ1n; 3iI6uyTL 'to feel 3. Hame BHHMaHHe rrpHBJieKoroHeK, KOTOphlllTOIIOl!BJ!HJICll,
TOrac. 4. Co6aKa YBHL(e-
cold'-3H6Jln; KpennyTL 'to become stronger'-KpenJ1n; Mep3HYTL'to JJa JIH'IhH 3aMepna. 5. 0H 3arrep .[IBepbH ymen. 6. )],eTHyBneKJIHChHrp6ii:.
freeze'-Mep3JIH; naxuyTL 'to smell'-naxJ1n; CJlenuyTL'to go blind'- Exercise 57. Write out the text, putting the verbs in brackets in the past tense.
CJienJ1u;but cf. rnuyTL 'to pull'-rnuyJ1n; TOHYTL 'to get drowned'-
B XOJ!OJIHhlll oceHHllll JieHh qepe3 nee Me.[IJieHHO ... (6pecTH) ycTaJlhie OXOTHHKH ....
ToHyJ10. (lfoTit.) JIOlKJih.Ox6THHKH... (rrpOMOKHYTh) H (3aMep3HYTh).HaKOHeu,OHH... (LlOCTHr-
All the above imperfective verbs become perfective when prefixes HyTh)OII)'lllKHneca. BJIOJ!hHee ... (Te'Ih) peKa, a 3a peKOll ... (TllH)'ThCll)none. Ha 6epery
are added to them; they also drop the suffix -Hy- in the past tense: nacTyx ... (rracTit.) cTaJIO. Ox6THHKH... (ocTaHOBHThCll) OTJIOXH)'Th no,[( 6onhlllHM JIY-
l(BeTblysiIJ1n'the flowers faded', orHfr noracJ1n'the lights went out', 6oM, KOTOpblll... (paCTH)Ha KpaIO neca. 0HH ... (pa3lKe'Ih) KOCTep11... (cecTh) BOKpyr
Hero. 0HH ... (rroecTh) H ... (OTJIOXH)'Th). Kor.[la HXOJielKJia... (Bh!COXHYTh), OHH... (pe-
TOBapmn:noru:6 'the comrade died', 6onhHOHorJiox 'the sick man went lIIHTh)rrpOJIOJIJKaTh OXoTy.
deaf, crnpfrK ocJ1en'the old man went blind', }I o3iI6 'I am cold', .uern
OKpeDJIH'the children became stronger', BO.Ua3aMep3Jia 'the water
froze', l(BeTbl 3anaxJ1n'the flowers began to smell'. THE FUTURE TENSE
3. Verbs which do not retain the suffix -uy- in the past tense (npH·
Perfective
BLIK, Mep3) have no suffix -JI- in the masculine. The suffix -JI- in the Imperfective
feminine and neuter and in the plural reappears: npnBLIKJla,npusLIIWO,
Infinitive Infinitive
npnBLIKJIH; Mep3J1a,Mep3JIO,Mep3JIH.(For the aspect pairs of verbs with
the suffix -Hy-, see p. 304.) uanucaTh
nudtTb
Exercise 54. Write out the sentences, replacing the future tense of the verbs by the BbIDOJJHl!Tb BblDOJIHHTb
past tense. )-l06HB:tTbCH )-l06HTbCH

I. K YTPYCTHXHeTBeTep. 2. Mhl rrpHBh!KHeM K xonOL(HOMY KnHMaTy. 3. Hallla

rpyrrrra L(OCTHrHeT
ycrrexoB B H3y'IeHHHpyccKoro ll3h!Ka.4. OceHhIO3aM6nKHYTIITHUbl, Compound Future Simple Future
5. Harna oL(eJKL(a
cK6po BhrcoxHeT. -
'
ll 6yL(y ll uanumy BblDOJJHIO )-l06blOCb
Exercise 55. Read through the following extracts from A. Pushkin; give the infini- Ti,J Thi uanilmem1, BblDOJIHHIDb )-l06heWbCH
6y.r1em1,
tives of the italicised verbs. DHC:tTb
OH
OHa} OH } BblDOJJHHT JI06beTCH
I, JI rraMl!THHK ce6e 60306UZ HepyKOTBOpHhlll, 6y)-leT BhIDOJIHHTb OH~ uanilmeT
K HeMy He 3apacTeT Hap6L1HallTporra ... OHo JI06HB:tThCH OHO
2. BcTaeT 3apii Bo Mrne xon6L(Hoii:; M1,1 6y)-leM Mhl uannmeM BblDOJJHHM JI06beMCH
Ha HHBaxrnyM pa66T yMOllK... Bi,! 6y)-leTe Bbl uanilmeTe BbIDOJJHHTe L(06hCTeCh
3. qTO JKe Thi, MOH CTapyrnKa, Oin\: 6yJiyT OHll HaDHWYT BblDOJJHHT )-l06blOTCH
IlpuyMO/lK/la y OKHa...

234 235
 There are two forms of the future tense in Russian: compound and ,$1roTOBJ!lOCbK BbICTYIIJieHHIO
Ha Be'!epe. 51 npHroTOBJllOCbK BhICTynni:HHlO Ha Bi:-
simple. qcpe.
The compound future (H 6yAy nucaTL IIHChMO'I shall write a letter'· ,$1 qa~TO XO)K)'no Mara3ttHaM, noKynaIO Cer6AH51 51 nottA)' B KHtt)KHhittMara3ttH
KH!ffH. " Kynn10 H6sb1if cnosapb.
}I 6y)J.yBLIUOJlHHTb 'I shall carry out the task') is formed from
3a,.n:aHHe ,$1seer/la B CpOKB03Bpall.(al0 B 6H6JIHOTe- 3aBTpa 51 BepH)' B 6H6JIHOTi:Ky
KHttry H B0-
imperfective verbs and show that the action will take place, but it is not KYKHttrn H 6epy HOBbie. 3bM)' HOBhle.
known whether it will be completed. Exercise 61. Write down the 3rd person singular and plural. future tense, of the fol-
The simple future (H uanumy IIHCLM6'I shall write a letter from lowing imperfective and perfective verbs and make up sentences, using these verbs in the
beginning to end'; H BLIUOJIHIO3a,.n:aHHe 'I shall complete the task') is future tense.
formed from perfective verbs and shows that the action will take place CTpOHTb- noCTpOHTb; yKpenJISITb-yKpenttTh; H3Y'lllTb- H3Y'IIITh;nony'laTh -
and will be completed. noJiy'IHTh; H3MeHSITbCII --· H3MeHIITbCII; 3all.(Hll.(aTh--- 3all.(HT11Th;npeBpall.(:tTbCll--
The compound future (H 6yAy nucaTL, H 6yAy BLmoJinii:TL)is formed npespa TIITbc11;l.(BCCTH
-- 3a11BecT11;pa3BHlfaTbCII- pa3B11TbCll;BCXO).!HTb - B30HTtt;
by means of the future tense of the auxiliary verb 6MTL 'to be' (6y..n:y, CJIBlff:lTb
---C).!BHHYTh; rrpo6HBaTbCll--npo6iiThCll; 6paTb- B311Tb; rosopHTb--
cKa3aTh; Bhl6HpllTb- - BhI6paTb
6y)J.emL, etc.) and the infinitive of the conjugated verb (nucaTL,
BblIIO.'IHHTb
). Exercise 62. Write out the perfective verbs from the preceding exercise. Write down
Perfective verbs have the same endings in the simple future as im- their infinitives and the 1st and 2nd persons singular, simple future tense.
I
perfective verbs in the present tense: Exercise 63. Give written answers to these questions.
1st conjug.: Hanomemb, ... HaDDIIIYT I. 1-JToBbl 6yJ.1eTe)),i:JiaThJii:ToM?
2nd conjug.: BLmOJIHHmL,... BLIUOJIHHT 2. KaK Bbl 6yAeTe nposo)),ttTh CBOHKaHHKYJihl?
3. B KaKOH06JiaCTH Bbl 6)').!eTe pa60TaTb no OKOH'laHHH
YHHBepCHTi:Ta?
Perfective verbs formed from imperfective ones by means of pre- Exercise 64. Read through the sentences, replacing the imperfective verbs with
fixes belong to the same conjugation as the imperfective verbs: their perfective counterparts. How has the meaning of the sentences changed? (The per-
fective verbs arc given at the end of the exercise.)
imp., pres. tense: p., fut. tense;
I. BeqepoM Mbl rynsieM B ca/l,y. 2. 51nHW)' nHCbMaCBOHMLIPY3bSIM. 3. TosapHII.(H
numemL (1st conjug.) uanumemL (1st conjug.) 5. Pe6eHOKCMeeTCIIOTpa).!OCTH.6. 8 Ca)),)'
HJl)'THa KaTOK.4. YTpOM 11/l,eJialO3apsi.z:r;Ky.
roeopnmL (2nd conjug.) 3aroBopumL (2nd conjug.) l\BeT)'TSl6JIOHH.7. 51 CJiblWYCBOIOJII06HMYIOni:CHIO.8. 0Ha lllbeT ce6i: HOBOenJillTbe.
9. Ha Hameii ynmie CTp6si-rHOBblHAOM. 10. OH ci:p.z:r;HTCll Ha Te6si.
but verbs which have different suffixes in the perfective and imperfec- (noiiTtt. c)),eJiaTh, norynsiTh,paccepAHThCII, noCTpOHTb, HanHcaTb, yrni:nuaTb, Ja-
tive aspects may belong to different conjugations: CMellTbCll,ClllHTb, paCI.(BCCTII)

imp.: BLIDOJIHHTL,BLrnoJiuii:ernL(I st conjug.) Exercise 65. Read through the following extracts. State the tense of the italicised
verbs.
p.: BLIDOJIHHTL,BLIDOJIHHUIL(2nd conjug.)
imp.: UOJIY'l:ITL,UOJIY'l:IClllb(1st conjug.) I. Y)K maem cHer, 6e2ym py'lhtt,
p.: noJiy'lnTL, no.r1yqnmL(2nd conjug.) B OKHOnoee.RAOBeCHOlO ...
3acsiimvT cK6po conoshii,
H nee ooeHeTCR JIHCTB610 ••• (Ilne~.)
Exercise 58. Make up sentences, using verbs in the simple future. 2. KpaCHoe COJIHl\epacmimum CHera,"
Ph11 noKimym CBOII6epera. (H.)
IIOHTll,CKa3aTh, C).!CJiaTb,BhIY'IHTb,IIOCMOTpeTb,BbIIIOJIHHTb 3. 3oBeT Hae )),aJibHHHCBeTa WYM,
l1 Ka)K)),bIH
cMompum Ha .z:r;op6ry
Exercise 59. Write out and memorise the conjugation of the perfective verb ).l,aTbin C BOJIHCHbeM r6p.z:r;hIX,
IOHhIXAYM.(fl.)
the future, which is given below. 4. OposolKaTh Te6ii II Bhitt.z:r;y--
51).!aM MhI J.1aJ.1i-iM Tb1 MaxHemb pyKoif. (JI.)
Thi ).!alllh Bbl ).!a/]ttTe
OH, OHa, OHO).!aCT OHll ).!a).!)'T THE IMPERATIVE MOOD
Verbs formed from AaTb by means of prefixes (uepeA:iM, OTJ.l:tM,etc.) are conjugated
in the same way. Make up sentences with these verbs. The imperative has only the 2nd person singular and plural:
Exercise 60. Read through the sentences. In what tense are the verbs in the right
and left-hand columns?
- Sing. H).1,11 'IHTaH 38HHM3HCR BCTaHb pelKb
Mbl Ka)K).!blll ,[ICHb IIOJiyqaeM ra3i:Ty CK6po MhI rroJI)''IHMHOBhIH)KypmiJI. 'go' 'read' 'study' 'stand up' 'cut'
«ITpaBAa». ----
Mb1 BhIIIHChrnaeM).!Bera3i:Tbl. Mb! Bb!IIlUIIeMB 3TOM[OJ.I)'TPH ra3i:Th1•
Mb! )''IHM Ka)K).!blll MeC511(HeCKOJ!bKO Mb1 BbIY'IHMK cnc).!yIOII!CMYyp6Ky cni- PI. HAHTe 'IHTaiiTe 1anHMlliiTecb BCTllHbTe pelKbTe
CTHXOTBOpCIITTH. xoTBopi:Hne ITymKima. 'go 'read' 'study' 'stand up' 'cut'

236 237
 In the singular, the imperative either has the ending -u (u,z:i:u 'go' The Ending -u
cMoTpn 'look') or ends in -ii, a soft consonant or a sibilant, which is th~
final sound/letter of the stem (quniii 'read', BCTaHb'stand up', peik1, If the stress in the 1st person singular, present or simple future, falls
'cut'). on the ending preceded by a consonant (u,z:i:y, CMoTpro),the imperative
In the plural, the ending -Te is added to the singular form (HJJ:HTe) has the ending -u:
Verbs with the particle -CH(3aHHMaTbCH'to study', yqnTLCH'to study') up:y 'I go'-up:u 'go'
invariably take this particle at the end of all their forms: -CHafter a con- cMoTpIO 'I look'-cMoTpn 'look'
sonant (no1uaKoMLCH'meet', 1auuMaiicH 'study') and -Cb after a vowel yqy 'I study'-yqu 'study'
(6opncL 'flght', 6opbecb 'fight', 1anuMaiiTecL 'study'). (ue) rpyu_.y 'I am (not) sad'-(ue) rpycTn '(don't) be sad'
The plural imperative is used not only to address several persons cKa;icy'I shall say'-cKa;icu 'say'
but also as a form of polite addfess to one person: '
If the stressed prefix Bbl- is added to these verbs (Bbtii,z:i:y'I shall go
ToBapm:u:, ,z:i:auTeMHe, IIO)Ka- 'Comrade, give me a newspaper out', Bb1yqy'I shall study thoroughly', BLICKa;icy'I shall say all I have
nyiicTa, ra16Ty. please.' ' to say'), the imperative still ends in -u, although the stress in the imper-
The word nycTL (or nycKaii) 'let' followed by the 3rd person present ative falls on the prefix (BL1ii,z:i:u,
Bb1yqu,BbICKa;Ku).
or simple future may be used as the imperative: If the personal ending in the present or simple future are preceded
by a consonant + u (,z:i:ocn't:ruy'I shall reach', TOJIKHY'I shall push'), the
IlycTL Bee co6epyTCHK 9 qacaM 'Let everybody come to the Insti- imperative still ends in -u:
B IfHCTHT)'Te. tute by 9 o'clock in the morn-
ing.' ~ocTnruy 'I shall reach'-}
IlycKaii OH u,z:i:eT
B crropnlBHhiii 'Let him go to the gymnasium; )],OCTnruu The stress in the 1st person singu-
3an, TaM er6 )KJJ:YT. they are waiting for him there.' TOJIKHY 'I shall push'-TOJIKHH lar may fall either on the stem
11cqfauy 'I shall disappear'- or on the ending.
Exercise 66. Read the following and pick out the verbs in the imperative. ttcqfauu
Ey,1ymee CBeTJTO n npeKpaCHO,mo611Teero, CTpeMl!TeCbK HeMy, pa6oTaiiTe )_\JIJI
Hero. IIepeHoc11TeH3 Hero B HacToirmee, CKOJThKO MO)KeTenepeHeCTll.(lfep11.)
ii at the End of the Stem
Exercise 67. Write out the sentences, replacing the singular with the plural.
1. BhITIOJTHirH
TOqHo3a,1aHHenpeno,1aBaTeJTeH.2. IJoMoraii TOBapHIQaM.3. He 1. If the 1st person singular, present or simple future, ends in -IO
3aHHMaHC.s!
TIOHoqaM. 4. IJO)KaJTyJ:icTa,
C.s!,lb6.Jil!)KeK,IOCKe.5. IJpttroTOBhC.s!
Kornery. preceded by a vowel (quTaIO 'I read', u1yqaIO 'I study', BLIDOJIHDIO 'I
fulfil', now 'I sing'), i.e. if the stem ends in [ii] ([qHTaii-y], [H3yqaii-y],
FORMATION OF THE IMPERATIVE [BbIIIOnHirii-y],[rroii-y]), the imperative ends in -ii:
'IHTaIO'I read-quTaii
1. The imperative is formed from the stem of the present tense of lllyqaIO 'I study'-u3yqaii The stress in the 1st person singu-
imperfective verbs and from the stem of the simple future of perfective noro 'I sing'-noii lar may fall either on the stem
verbs: lla)],eiocb'I hope'-ua,z:i:eiicH or on the ending.
H,/J,TH'to go'-u,z:i:yT (u,z:i:-yT)-u,z:i:11 lie 6orocL 'I am not afraid'-ue
npuiin't 'to come'-npu,z:i:yT (npu,z:i:-yT)-npu,z:i:u 66u:c»
u3yqaTb 'to study'-u3yqaIOT (u3yqaii-IOT)-HJyqaii . 2. The imperative of monosyllabic verbs with u in the stem of the
u3yq11Tb'to study'-u3yqaT (u3yq-aT)-u1yq11 IUfinitive(nnTb 'to drink', JIHTb'to pour', 6HTL 'to beat, rnuTb 'to sew',
ca,z:i:HTLCH'to sit down'-ca,z:i:»TCH (ca,z:i:-»TcH)-ca,z:i:ucL 811!1,'to weave', etc.) ends in -ii: OLIO - neii, JILIO- Jieii, 6LIO-
cecTL 'to sit down'-c»,z:i:yT (c»,z:i:-yT)-cH,lJ,b 6e11,IIIbIO- men.
pfaaTb 'to cut'-pe;icyT (pe;ic-yT)-pe;icb
pa3pe3aTb 'to CUt'-pa3pe;icyT (pa3pe;ic-yT)-pa3pe;icb Note.- I. Imperfective verbs with the suffix -Ba- after the roots J:J:a-,
3ua-, CTa-
retain this suffix in the imperative (this suffix does not occur in the present tense):
2. To form the imperative, it is necessary not only to find the stell1 DpU3uaBaTb 'to recognise'-npH3HaIO-DpU3HaBaH
OTJ:J:aBilTb'to give back·-oTJ:J:aIO-oTJ:J:aBait
of the present (or simpe future) tense, but also to place the stress in the BCTaBaTb 'to stand up'-- BCTalO-BCTaBait
1st person singular, present or future tense, correctly, since the impera·
2. Perfective verbs with the roots 3ua-, ,!la- (npu3naTb 'to recognise', OTJl:aTb'to
tive may be formed differently depending on the position of the stress give back') also have it at the end of the stem in the imperative:
in the 1st person singular, present tense. DpH3HaTh- DpH3HalO- npU3HaH
OT,la Tb - OT,!laM- OTJ:J:ilit

238 239
 A Soft Consonant or Sibilant (at the End of the Stem) Exercise 75. Memorise the proverbs given in the preceding exercise.
Exercise 76. Read through the text and retell it in your own words. Point out the
If the 1st person singular, present or simple future, has a consonant verbs in the imperative.
(other than ii) before the personal ending and the ending -y or -IO is not qTO 61,1SIXOTeJTIlO)l{eJTaTb MOJTO.[(e:>KttMOeHpO.[(lIHLI,IIOCBHTHBrneH ce6JI HayKe?
stressed, the imperative has a soft consonant or sibilant (at the end of flpe)l{.[(eBCerO-IlOCJie.[(OBaTeJILHOCTR. C CaMOfOHa'laJTaCBOeHpa60TLI rrptty'IHTe
the stem): ce6iI K CTpOrOHIIOCJie.[(OBaTeJibHOCTR B HaKOITJieHRR 3HaHttH.
J13yq11re a3hl Ha)'KR,rrpe)l{)__\e
'!eM IlbITaTbCHB30HTl1Ha ee BepI1I11Hbl. HttKOf.[(aHe
BCTauy 'I shall stand up'-BCTaHb 6ep11TeCb3a ITOCJie.[(yfOII1ee, He YCBORBrrpe.[(bl.[()'Il1ero.HttKOr.[(a He IlbITaHTeCbrrptt-
CH.UY 'I shall sit down'-cH.Ub KphITbHe,[(OCTaTKll CBOliX3HaHRHXOT5!61,111 CaMb!MllCMeJib!Mll,n:ora,n:KaMll 11 fl!ITO·
npuroTOBJIIO 'I shall prepare'-npuroTOBI, (alternating consonants: Te3aMll.
B-BJI) f1ptty'IHTe ce6l! K c,n:ep)l{aHHOCTll 11 TeprreHl!fO.Hay'!ttTeCL .[(eJiaTbqepHyJOpa66ry
B HayKe. 113y'laHTe, COITOCTaBJTllHTe, HaKOIIJlllHTe q>aKTbl.
paccTauych 'I shall part'-paCCTllHbCSI l-'fayqasr, Ha6JTJO,l}aH,
CTapaHTeCLHe OCTaBaTbCH y IIOBepXHOCTlI q>aKTOB.f1bITaH-
pemy 'I cut'-pemh TCCbnpoHHKHYTbB raiiHy rrx B03HttKHOBeHrrsr. Hacr6tt'llIBO ttlilttTe 3aKOHhI,HMttynpaB-
6p6rny 'I shall throw'-6pocb (alternating consonants: c-rn) JillIOlillIC.
8rop6e-3TO CKpOMHOCTb. HHKOr,n:aHe ,n:yMaHTe,'!TO Bbl y:>KeBee 3Haere ... Mb!
Exercise 68. Read through the sentences; write out the verbs in the imperative and BCeBilpH)l{eHhl B O,[(HO
661I1ee,n:eno,11 Ka)l{,[(b]H
,[(BHraeTer6 no Mepe CBOliXCRJTlI B03MO·
give the 1st person singular, present tense, for each verb. JKHOCTeH. Y HaC3a'!aCT)'I-OlI He pa36epernb-'ITO MOe, a '!TO TBOe,HO OT 3T0f0 Harne
661I1ee,n:eno T0,1LKOBL1nrp1,rnaer.
1. «OcraHbTecb e1I1eM,rnyry,-norrpocim s1.- YMoniuo Bae». ( C/ex.) 2. «CrroK6ii- Tperbe-3TO CTpaCTb.f16MHlITe, '!TO HayKa Tpe6yeT OT '!eJIOBeKaBCeHero )KJ1-
HOH HO'ltt,-rrporoBopnna OHa... - IIpttXO.[(HTe 3aBTpa». ( C/ex.) 3. «qTO :>KeMhl 3HlI... DOJibIIIOfOHanpH)l{eHlIH R BeJTHKOH CTpaCTlIrpe6yeT HayKa OT'ICJTOBeKa. D)')__\bTe
CTOHM! ----CKa3aJiaOHa.-Ca.[(HTeCb! BOT CI-O.[(a,K CTOJI)'.3.n:eCbCBeTJiee».Ky3bMliH CeJI CTpaCTHblB Barnett pa60TC l{ B Barnl!X lICKaHlIHX.
K CTOJIY,rronpOCliJl pa3pewemrn 3aKypttTb. «Kypnre, KOHe'IHO,-CKa3aJia :>KeHIIIRHa». Ha.ma pO/l:lIHaOTKpbIBaeT6oJTbrnl1enpOCTOpblrrepe,n:y'leHb!MlI, R H)')l{HOOT,[(aTb
(Ilaycm.) 4. YcrroK6iire :>KeMeH11,rrptte3:>Kaiirerr cKa)l{HTc,'!TO Bee xoporn6. (C/ex.) )1QJI)l{HOe--HayKyII1e,n:poBBO,[(HT B )l{lI3HbB Harnett CTpaHe. 11 ,[(JI!! MOJIO,[(e:>Ktt,KaK
ll ,[(JIHHaC, BOilpOC'leCTR-OIIpaB.[(aTb Te 60JTbrnl1eyrroBaHlIH,KOTOpLieB03JTaraeTHa
Exercise 69. Write out the extract, replacing the plural imperative with the sin- HayKyHama p6,n:uHa. (Ilo H. IlaeAoey)
gular.
IlOMHRTe:'leJIOBeK.[(OJI)l{eH 6b!Tb BCer.[(aHe.[(OB0,1eH
co66H. HttKOf)la He BRHHTe
o6croirTeJibCTBa B CBOliXHey.[(a'lax, BRHHTeT0.1bKOce611. He OCTaHaBJIRBaHTeCb. He THE CONDITIONAL MOOD
ycnoKattBaiirecb, He ocnrnaiire, He crapettre .n:yw6ii. He co6,m3HJIHTeCbnern6 .n:ocryrr-
HbIMtt,MeJTKRMR pa.[(OCTHMR )l{li3HR3a C'leTMeHee.[(OCT)'IIHb!X
60JTblIIliXpaj(OCTCH.
'EcTh
Imperfective Perfective
B )l{Fl3HR
6JIJ1]1{HHHR eCTb .[(aJlbHHH rrepcneKTl1Bbl.HlIKOf.[(aHe .[(OB0,1bCTBYHTeCb 6JIII·
)KHeHR Bcer.n:a,uyMaHTeO .[(aJibHeH.(AJIC.)
Exercise 70. Form the singular and plural imperative of the following verbs: H, Tb!, OHlI3y'!aJI 6bI R3Y'll1JI6bi
'1, you, he
(a) nprr11y,roBopm, 6epery, crepery, yqy, BhIY'IY,crpeMJIKJcb; H, Tb!, OHa lI3Y'l:lJTa should/ should/would
(b) KpHKHY,rrph1rny, MaXHy(pyK6Ii), ttC'leJHy; 6b! would study, u3yqnna 6b1 study,
(C) tt3y'ly- tt3y'!aI-O,ITOJiyqy- IIOJiyqar-o,OTIIpaBJll-0
- OTrrpaBJillfO,opraHtt3)'IO; 'l, you, she should/ should/would
(d) BbfO,6bf0, Jlb!O;.[(06ttBafOCb- .[(06bKJCb;npOJIRBa!O--- rrpOJibKJ;rrpo6ttBaIO- oH6 u3yqano 6b1 would lI3Y'lliJ106bI have studied'
IIpofaKJ; 'it have studied'
(e) OTCTaHy,nepeCTaHy, paCCTaHyCb,rrepeCll.[(Y,Bhi6powy; Mb!, Bbl, OHl1 lI3Y·
(f) 0Tpe3a!O- OTpe)l{y;IIO.[(I'OTaBJIRBafO-IIO.[(I'OTOBJl!O; 'l:lJIR 6bl lI3Y'lliJllI 6bI
(g) rrepe.n:aKJ- rrepe,uaM; Y3HaKJ- Y3Ha!O 'we, you, they
Exercise 71. Copy out the sentences, putting the verbs in the imperative.
JlO)l{)'CbcrraTb B 11 qac6B. BcraKJ paHO. )IeJiafO 3apll.[(KY,YMbIBa!OCb
XOJIO.[(HOH
BO· The conditional mood is formed from the past tense by adding the
.n:6ii.
particle 6L1. The particle and the verb are written as separate words. As
Exercise 72. Make up several sentences, using the verbs 110611TbCH,
pa3BHBar1,,cTpe· in the past tense, verbs in the conditional change for number and in the
MIITbCH,pacCT3B3TbCH, npH3H3B3Tband npH3H3Tbin the imperative. singular for gender as well.
Exercise 73. Explain the following formations of the imperative: pa3pe3aTb, oTp~-
33Tb- p33pe3aii, o-rpe33H,but p33pe33TL,0Tpe33TL-p33peiKL, OTpeiKL; 33CLin3TL(coe•
l'OM),pacc1,1naTb-3ac1,maii, pacc1,maii, but 33Cbin3TL(cueroM), pacci:maTL-33Cb1Db, THE MEANING AND USE OF THE CONDITIONAL MOOD
pacci:m1,.
Exercise 74. Read through the proverbs. Give the infinitive of each verb. The conditional mood expresses an action which may take place
1. BeK )l{l{BH,
BeKY'lliCb.2. Eepern nnane CHOBy,a 'leCTb CMOJIOJIY-
3. 3a rrpaB?e
under certain circumstances (51 norneJI 6hl cer6.D:H51
B TeaTp, eCJIII6hI
J__\eJIO
CTOHCMeJIO.4. He crrew11H3b!KOM, TOpOTil1Cb
)__\eJIOM.
5. CeMb pa3 OTMepb-o.[(llll y MeH5t6hIJIOBpeM51.'I would go to the theatre today if I had time'), or
pa3 OTpe:>Kb. 6. He ropL\HCb3BaHbCM,a rop,T\11Cb3HaHLeM. which is desired or planned (Cer6.D:H5151He Mory, Ho 3aBTpa 51c y.n:o-
240 241
16 - 384
BOJ1bcrnneMnomeJI 6hl B TeaTp. 'Today I cannot go to the theatre but ~rKOH,MHJJOHYJJbI6KOH, KOTOpaJ:1
BCer)];aTaK HeOTpa3!1MOBJJeKJJaK HeMy ll B036yJK-
I would go tomorrow with pleasure'). ' r,,lanaoc66eHHO OCTpoe BH!fMaH!feK ero CJJOBaM.
In ad_dition the condi_tional may be ~sed c,olloqu_iallyto express a re. /1, - BaM CK,YqHo CJl,YlllaTbMOHqiaHTa3lllf?A ll mo6mo rOBOpHTh06 3TOM.ECJJ!f6h!
3!,l3f[aJllf,KaKHeo6XO)];l1MP.YCCKOH
)];epeBHexopO!lllfH,,YMHbIH,
o6pa36BaHHh!Hyq11TeJJh!
quest, mild order or advice (1·ho TbI Bee cn.z:i:nmb.z:i:oMa?
IlomeJI 6LI no.
ry11ii.Tb!'Why are you staying at home all the time? You should go for Exercise 81. Read through the passage from Nikolai Ostrovsky's My Dreams and
a walk'). point out the verbs in the conditional mood.
The particle 6hl is not necessarily attached to the verb: it may stand CJJyqaeTCll,q'fo ll pa3fOBapnBaIO C KaK11M-Hll6YJJ:h CJIIOHTHeM, KOTOpblM HOeT,q'fo
anywhere in the sentence: er,,!)'!f3MeHl1Jla?J<eHall JKllTbe~y f!C)];Jillqern, y Hero Hllq~rOHe ~CTaJJOC 0
b HT.)];.,11TOr)];a
ll t()'MaIO,qTo eCJJ!f6b! y MCHll6b!J10TO, qTo eCThy Hero: 3/:\0pOBhC,PYKllIf HOrH,B03-
5J C y.[(OBOJlbCTBHeMDOIJleJI6hl 33,BTpa B TeaTp, Or r,,i6JKHOCTh ,[\BHraTbCSI no He06bHTHOMY Ml1py (3TOCTpamHaSIMe'!Ta, If SIHCn03B0JIHIO
ee ce6e), TO qTo 6h!Jl0 6L1?51, MOJJ0,[\00., CTpOHHhlH, 3!--IOPOBblllnapeHh, Mb!CJJCHHO O,[\e-
51 6hl C y.[(OBOJibCTBHeMnomeJI 33-BTpaB TeaTp, Or aaIOCb,Bb!XOlK,Y Ha 6aJJKOHIf BlllKYrrepe)];co66J:i BCIOlKll3Hb... qTO fr&!JlO6br? 51 He MOr
51 C y.[(OBOJibCTBHeM6hl IlOIIleJI 3aBTpa B TeaTp. 6hI np6cTo rro0.T11,a rro6elKa.1 6h1 CTpeM11TeJihHO If HeyL1ep)l{11Mo. M6lKeT 6bITh, no6e-
JKilJJ 6hI B MoCKB,Y pH/:\OMC nOC3,[\0M,CXBaTttBIIIIICh 3a BarOH. B MoCKBenpmnen 6b! Ha
If the conditional is used in a complex sentence, the particle 61.Iis 3aBO/:\If npHMO B KoqerapKy, 'lT06hI CKOpeeOTKpb!TbTOIIKy,IIOH!OXaTb3anax ,YrJJll,
found in both the principal and the subordinate clauses: WBhlpH)'ThTy):la ,[\06py10 n6p!Illl0 er6. 0, J:I ,[\aJJ6bI meCTb Tb!CllqnpoueHTOB-CeMh
Tb!CllqnpOIIeHTOBBb!pa60TK!f, ll HCBCp05ITHO Bb!JKHMaJJ6hr npol_\eHTbl.51 lKllJl 6hI
51 nome.'I 6b1 cer6.z:i:mrB TeaTp, 'I would go to the theatre today if JK:lt(HO, )];O 6C3)'Mlfll
... CKOJlbKOJ:I MOr 6hI ,[\aTh,CKOJlbKO Hil,[\O6hr BhIKaqlfBaTh113MCHH,
eCJIH6bl y MeHir 6.bIJlOBpeM51. I had time., npelK,[\eqeM ll 6hI ycTaJJ. BblpBaBI!llfChlf3 ,[\CBllT!fJieTHCM HenO,[\BlllKHOCTlf,
SI 6b!Jl 6b!
6ecnoKOHHCHJUilM qeJJOBCKOM, ll 6hl HCYX0)__\11JlC pa66Tbl, noKa He HaCb!TllJJCll eIO.
Note. - The particle Ohlmay also be used in impersonal sentences to express TaKOBblMOUMb!CJllf,KOr,[\aKaKOH-H.H6yL1h H/l,HOTnycKaeT CJJIOH!fn He HaXO/l,HT.
a desired or planned action. /1,JlllqerO JKHTb... ECJJll 6h! MHC ,[\aJJHBCe, qTO llMeeT 3TOT CJJIOHTHll,nyCTb MHe
ITl!Tb,[\CdJT pa3 ll3MeHl1JlalKCHa,ll 6hlJI 6hl BCe-TaKllBCCeJJ II BCer)];aq_yBCTBOBaJI 6b!, KaK
Hymuo Obi HasecTHTb 6onh- 'We should visit our sick qy):leCHalK!f3Hb.
H6ro TOBapml_\a. friend.'
HaneCTHTbObi cer6,1J;m16onh- 'We should visit our sick friend
H6ro TOBapIIII_\a. today.' TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS
Xopomo obi no6poJJ:ttTh no 'It would be nice to walk in an
OCeHHeMynecy! autumn wood!' Russian verbs fall into transitive and intransitive. Transitive verbs
floopO,lll!Tb Obi no OCeHHeMy 'I would like to walk in an au- take an object in the accusative without a preposition:
necy! tumn wood!'
IloexaTb Obi Ha Mope! 'ft would be fun to go to the 'IHTaTb 'to read' ('ITO? 'what?') - Kniiry 'a book'
seaside!" 06M1cuiiTb 'to explain' (•1TO?'what?')--cJioeo 'a word'
In such cases the particle Obi is used with an infinitive or a predicative adverb. nocTpouTb 'to build' ('ITO? 'what?')- ,i:i:oM'a house'
cJiymaTb 'to listen' (Kor6? 'to whom?')- 'to the
,i:i:oKJia,i:i:'lnKa
Exercise 77. Read through the sentences and write them out. Underline the verbs in speaker'
the conditional mood and state what kind of action they denote.
BLicJiymaTb'to hear out' (Kor6? 'whom?')-ero 'to him'
I. CKopeii 6b! npmnn6 JleTO!51 yexaJI 6hl Ha KaBKa3, coseplllttJl 6b! nox6)]; B r6pbl,
2. ECJJ!f6bI y MeHH6h!Jl0 BpeMll, ll 3am1caJJCll6hI B KpyJKOKTypHCTOB11KaJK)];hlil ro/1,
npHH!fMaJJ6b! yqaCTHCB noXO)];aX.3. ller 6hI Tb! OT)];OXH,YTb! 4. fio!lleJJ 6bJ Thi TIO· Verbs which cannot be followed by the questions Koro? 'whom?',
rynHTb! •no? 'what?' are intransitive(n,i:i:Tii'to go', pa66TaTb 'to work', yn-
Exercise 78. Write down the masculine and feminine singular and plural of the paBJistTb'to govern').
verbs you have underlined in the preceding exercise. , All the verbs with the particle -csr are intransitive (6opOTbCH'to
Exercise 79. Make up several sentences with verbs in the conditional mood.
fight', 3annMaTbCH'to study', BCTpe'laTbCH'to meet').
An object in the accusative without a preposition is called a direct
Exercise 80. Read through this passage from Maxim Gorky's reminiscences of object.
Chekhov; point out the verbs in the conditional mood. In some cases the object of a transitive verb may be in the genitive
0)];HalK)];bl
OHn03BaJJ MeHHK ce6e B JJ:CpeBH!O KyqyK-Koii, r)];e y Hero 6b!J1MaJieHb· (without a preposition) and not in the accusative. This is the case:
Kllil KJJoqoK3eMJllllf 6eJJblHJJ:BYX3TaJKHhIH )];OM!IK.
TaM, noKa3hIBallMHeCBOe«IIMCH!le», (I) when the action affects not the whole object but only part of it:
OH OJKllBJJeHHO 3aroBopiJ:JJ:
- EcJJn 6h1 y MeHH6brno MH6ro JJ:CHer,ll yCTp6nJJ6h1 3JJ:eCbcaHaT6pn0. JJ:Jlll6o~b- 21:aiheMHe, IJO)KaJiyHcTa,MaCJia, 'Will you give me some butter,
HhIXCeJJbCK!fX yq!fTCJieH.3HaeTe, SIBbICTpOllJl6hI 3TaKoe CBCTJJOe 3)];aHlie--6qeHh cseT· XJie6a, BeT'IHHhl. bread and ham, please?'
JJOe,C 60JJblLIHM!f OKHaMl1 ll C BbICOKHMH Y MCHH6hIJ1a6h! npeKpacHaSI6n6:
nOTOJJKiiMl1.
Jll10TCKa,pa3Hhle My3hIKiiJlbHhiellHCTpyMCHThl,nqeJJhHlfK, oropO)];, qipyKTOBb!H ca~: kyniiTe 6yMarn u Kapau;:i:ameu. 'Buy some paper and pencils.'
MOJKHO 6r:rno 6h1 q11TaThJJeKITlflfno arpoHOMlflf, MeTeopoJJ6rlflf, yqnTemo H,Y)KHO ace Bo3bMHTeC co66i1 B IJOXO,Il, ca- 'Take some sugar, chocolate, tea,
3HaTh, 6aTeHhKa, Bee! ,, Xapy, illOKOJia)J:y,'18IO, KOHCep- tinned food, salt and cereals on
0H BJJ:pyr3aMoJJqaJJ, KalllJlllHYJJ,nOCMOTpeJJHa MCHHc6oKy ll YJJhI6H_yJJCSI csoeil BOB,coJiu, KpynLI. your hike.'
242 243
 (2) when the transitive verb is preceded by the negative particle lie: (Compound) Future Tense
Y1IeHHKue BLJyqnJIyp{m:a. 'The pupil has not learned his les-
(without the negative particle: son.' 6yL1y
ll
Y1IeHuKBL1yqnJIypoK. 'The pupil has learned his les- Thi 6yuemh JaHHMl!ThCH, 33HHMl!ThCH, y'IHThCH
son'.) Y'IHThCH
Ceroll,H5I 5I ue noJiyquJI MOCKOB- 'I have not received the Moscow ~:~} 6yL1eT
CKOHra3eTbl. newspaper today.' OHO
(without the negative particle:
-cH is used after a consonant (3annMaernbcH, 3aunMaJicH, 3auu-
Cerol],H5I5I DOJiyquJIMOCKOBCKYIO 'Today I have received the Mos- MaTbCH);after a vowel it becomes -Cb (3aHHMaJiacb,3aHHMaJIOCb,3aHH-
ra3fay. cow newspaper.')
CTyl].eHTbIue BhIDOJIHHJIH Bcex 3a- 'The students have not fulfilled all MaJIHCb).
;:i:auuii. the assignments.' Exercise 84. Write out the extract from Pushkin's poem. Underline the verbs with
(without the negative particle: the particle -cH (-ch).Why do some verbs end in -CH and others in -ch?
CTyll,eHTbIBhIDOJIHHJIH Bee 3al],a- 'The students have fulfilled all the YlK He6o OCCHbIO
Llhllll<lJIO;
HUH. assignments.') Y lK pelKe COJIHbIIIIKO
6JJHCT'1JJO,
Kop6qe CTaHOBIIJICll LICHh,
Exercise 82. Read through the sentences and point out the transitive and intransitive Jiec6B TalIHCTBCHHall CCHh
verbs. C IIC'i:iJJbHblMIII)'MOMo6HalKaJJaCh;
JlOlKIIJICllHa IIOJllITyMaH,
1. HaKOHeU:B KOMHaTeMoer6 cocfa1a rrorac CBeT.B LIBeHa,uu:aTb qac6B MOHcoce)\ ryceH KpHKJJIIBblX KapaBaH
rroracilJI CBeT.2. CTaHOBHTCll TeMHO,HYlKHO 3alKe'ib JiaMrry. B OKHeHarrpoTHB3alKerCl! THHYJJCll K JOry; rrptt6JJHlKaJJaCh
CBeT.3. Ky,ua Thi IIOJIOlKllJI
TeTpa,1:10.? TeTpa,UHJielKaTHa IIIIChMeHHOM CTOJie.4. 3TH ,[(oBOJlbHOCKY'!Hallnopa,
KHIIrHTBOHTOBapmu:OCTaBHJJ LIJillTe6i'i. Bee YIIIJIII,all OCTaJJCll
LIOMa.5. Ox6THHKHBbl· Crni'in Hoi'i6pb YlKy ,uBopa.
cymHJJHy KOCTpaCBOl-0O,UelK,uy. Kor,ua O,UelK,Ua BblCOXJJa, OHMIIpO,UOJJlK<lJJH
CBOHrryTb.
6. fiOCT<lBhBa3y Ha CTOJJ.Ba3a CTOHTHa CTOJJe.
Exercise 83. Write down several transitive verbs and make up sentences with them.
PRINCIPAL MEANINGS OF VERBS WITH THE PARTICLE-CJI
The particle -CH turns transitive verbs into intransitive ones. Be-
VERBS WITH THE PARTICLE -CSI sides, it can change the meaning of both transitive and intransitive
verbs.
There are many Russian verbs which have the particle -cH at the end
(YMbIBaTbCH'to wash', BCTpeqaTbCH'to meet', TPY.IJ:HTbCH 'to work', 3a- A. The particle -cH imparts a reflexive meaning to transitive verbs.
HUMaTbCH'to study', etc.). This particle is an old short form of the accu- The particle -CH in such verbs shows that the action does not pass
sative of the reflexive pronoun ce6it. Eventually the pronoun -cH ( ce6iI) over to another object but is directed back to its performer. The mean-
merged with the verb and they formed one word, the old reflexive ing of -cH in verbs of this kind is similar to that of the reflexive pronoun
meaning being retained only by some of the verbs with the particle -c1: ce6iI Cf.:
YMhIBaTbCH- YMbIBaTh ce6it 'to wash oneself, npuqecblBaThCH - MaTb o;:i:eeaeT(Ko26?) pe6euKa. MaTb o;:i:eeaeTCH.
npuqecLIBaTh ce6it 'to comb one's hair' (lit. 'to comb oneself), etc. 'The mother is dressing her child.' 'The mother is dressing (herself).'
CecTpa npuqecbIBaeT (Ko20?)no;:i:- CecTpa npuqecbIBaeTCH.
CONJUGATION OF VERBS WITH THE PARTICLE -CJI: pyry.
3AHI1MATbC5I, yqfITbCJI 'The sister is doing her friend's 'The sister is doing her hair.'
hair.'
Present Tense Past Tense !I MOIO ( '-/,mo?)pyKH. 5I MOIOCh.
I am washing my hands.' 'I am washing (myself).'
ll 3aHHMllIOCh, Y'l)'Ch ll, Thi, OH 3aHHMl!JICH, Y'IHJICH MLITbCH 'to wash (oneself)', yMbIBaThCH'to wash (one's hands and
::: } =••i<w~•, )''IHlllhCH ll. Thi, OHa 3aHHMl!JiaCh, yqnnach
face)'' KynaTbCH 'to bathe'' BhITUpaTbCH'to dry oneself' npuqecbl-
OHO 3aHHMllJIOCh, Y'IH.TJOCh
OH~ JaHUMl!eTCH, )''IHTCH
ll~TLCH 'to comb one's hair', o;:i:esaTbCH'to dress (oneself)', pa3;:i:e-
OHO lla~LCH 'to undress (oneself)', 3aIIIHIIIaTbCH 'to defend oneself,
Mb! JaHUMaeMCH, )''IHMCH
Mb!}
npinaTLcH 'to hide', 6puThCH 'to shave (oneself)', etc. are reflexive
Bbl JaHuMaeTech, )''IHTCCb Bbl JaunMa.TJnch, Y'IHJIHCh Verbs.
OHII JaunMaIOTCH, )''laTCH OHII
Some verbs do not take the particle -CH with the reflexive meaning,
244 245
this meaning being conveyed by the reflexive pronoun ce6il::3HaTL ce6it which have no particle -CH: pa3roBapHB3Tb 'to speak'' 6ece,l],OBaTL'to
'to know oneself, ysam:aTL ce6s'i:'to respect oneself, mo6HTL ce6s'i:'to talk', cnopuTL 'to argue', Apym:nTh(c KeM-Hu6yAL) 'to be friends (with
love oneself, ynpeKaTL ce6s'i:B qeM-uu6yAL 'to reproach oneself with somebody)'.
something', pyraTL ce6il: 3a qT()-Hu6yAL 'to scold oneself for some- To express reciprocity with verbs which lack this meaning, the
thing', BH,l],eTLce6s'i:B 3epKaJie 'to see oneself in a mirror'. (The verbs hrase Apyr Apyra 'each other', 'one another' is used: mo6HTL ,n:pyr
BHAeTLCH'to meet' and pyraTLCH 'to swear' have no reflexive meaning.) ~pyra 'to love each other', ysam:aTL .n:pyrLl:pyra'to respect each other'.
Notes.~ l. The particle -cH with a reflexive meaning may be added to the This phrase is used in different cases with or without a preposition,
verbs 01~eBaTb'to dress' and pa3.[leBaTb'to undress' (o.11euaTbCH, paJ.11eu:iTbcH)but depending on the verb: su,n:eTh,n:pyr.n:pyra 'to see each other', noMo-
it cannot be added to the verb ua.11euliTb'to put on'. raTh ,n:pyr.n:pyry'to help each other', nuTepecoBaTLCH,n:pyr,n:pyroM'to
2. Note the use of the verbs o.11euaTb'to dress' and ua.11euaTb'to put on': O.[le- take an interest in each other', 3a66THTLCH,n:pyro .n:pyre'to take care of
BllTb (1w26?)pe6emrn 'to dress a child', ua.11euaTb rnJismy'to put on
( 'Imo?) 11aJihTO,
a coat, a hat', and of the verbs pa3.[ICBllTb'to undress' and cnHMaTb 'to take off'· each other', ua,n:eHTLCH .n:pyr ua ,n:pyra 'to rely on each other'.
pa3.[ICBllTb(Ko26?) pe6cmrn 'to undress the child', ctmMaTb ('Ima?) naJibTO,rnm'my The first component of this phrase does not change for case,
'to take off the coat, the hat'. whereas the case of the second component changes depending on the
B. The particle -CH may impart a reciprocal meaning to transitive verb. The preposition is placed between the components: 3a66THTLCH
verbs. µ:pyro ,n:pyre'to take care of each other', cep,n:HTLCH ,n:pyrHa ,n:pyra'to
Verbs with a reciprocal meaning show that the actions of two or be angry with each other'.
more persons or objects pass over from one to the other(s) simulta- The phrase ,n:pyrc ,n:pyroM'with each other', 'with one another' em-
neously: phasising reciprocity may be used with verbs which already express this
meaning by themselves:
,[(py3hSIBCTpeTHJIHCL. 'The friends met.'
OTeU:H ChIH06HHJIHCL. Onn tJacTo BH.LJ.eJIHCh ,n:pyrc ,n:py- 'They often saw each other.'
'The father and the son em-
roM.
braced.'
M hi 'laCTO BH,l],eJIHCb. MbI HHKOr)].aHe CC0pIIMOI,n:pyr 'We never quarrel with each
'We often saw each other.'
C l-1,pyroM. other.'
In some cases reciprocity is conveyed not only by the particle -CH
but also by the preposition c 'with': Some verbs with the particle -CH, which denote reciprocity, are
interchangeable with phrases consisting of the corresponding transitive
51 BCTpeTHJICH C TOBapHU.eM. 'I met my friend.' verbs without the particle -CH and the words ,n:pyr.n:pyra 'each other',
OTen: 0611s'i:JicH
c chmoM. 'The father and the son em- 'one another':
braced.' APY3hSIo6nHmtcL.
51 tJaCTOBH,l],eJICHC HUM. 'I often saw him.' Apy3hSI.66nHJIH ,n:pyr ,n:pyra. } 'The friends embraced.'
Compare the uses of verbs with and without the particle -cH. Exercise 85. Read through the sentences. Which verbs with the particle -CH denote
Clc4.M..
51 BCTpeTHJITOBapmu:a.1(,.r..:, MbI C TOBapmQeMBCTpeTHJIHCb. reflexivity and which reciprocity?
'I met a friend.' 'My friend and I met.' I. BdiKHJI pa3, KOr.[laMbl BCTpeqaJTHCb, MC)l(AY H3.MHB03Hl!K3.JIHHCCKOHqaeMble
51 er6 ,ll,aBn6ue BH,l],eJI. Mb1 ,l],aBH6He BH,ll,eJIHCL. CITOpbI. (Typz.) 2. qepe3 IIOJTqacaOHIIpOCTIJ.JTC51 JTeca.(Typz.) 3. 0,
COMHOHHa OII)'IIIKC
'I have not seen him for a long 'We have not seen each other for JI KaK6paT o6HiITbC51 C 6ypeJi 6hrn 6h1 pa.11.(JI.) 4. Kor.11aOH 0ACB3.JTC51
B K)'XHe,MaTb
CKa3aJTaCM)'Bopqm/1.BO: (Af. T.) 5. MHe IIpe.[ICTOiJ:JIO
«Terrnee O.[leHbC51». CII.\CB TeqeHHe
time.' a long time.' Toro )KCca.Moro .[IH51
1103HaKOMHTbC51 C OAHll.M3aMeqaTCJTbHbIM qeJTOBeKOM. (Typz.)
Moir .IJ:pyrno3uaKOMHJIMenir co 5I no3HaKoMHJICH c cecTp6ii
CBOeHcecTp0H. .IJ:pyra. Exercise 86. Insert verbs with or without the particle -CH.

'My friend introduced me to his 'I made the acquaintance of rny I. Korna Ha )'JTHI.IC MOp03, H3.AOTeITJIO.... (O.[ICB3.Tb-CH).2. MaTb ... pe6eHKa ll ITO-
sister.' friend's sister.' BenaB .[ICTCKHJI ca.11.(onena-cb) 3. Mb! ... cnopTll.BHb!CKOCTIOMbl ll ITOlllJill.
KaT3.TbC51 Ha
l<OHbK3.X. (HaAeJill-Cb)4. Mne Hp3.Bl!TC51, KaK... 3Ta AeByIIIKa.(OACB3.CT-C51) 5. « ... , ITO)l(3.-
OH UOMHpHJIcoce)],eH. Coce)],HDOMHpHJIHCL Jiyii:crn,u npoxo.[ln.TeB KOMHaTy»,--cKa3aJiaxo3iJ:JiKar6cno. (pa3.11eBaJiTe-cb) 6. rocTb
'He reconciled the neighbours 'The neighbours were reconciled.' ··· nanbT6 u BoIIJen B KOMHaTy.(cHiIJT-c51) 7. .51B351JI
meTKy n ..: CBOHKocrIOM. (noqn.c-
with each other.' T!1n-c51) 8. MHe H3..[IO 6bIJIO.... (nepeoneTb-C51)9 . .51... KOCTIOM ll noexaJT B TCaTp. (ne-
Hae 061.e,l],HHHJia 66iu:a}I pa66rn. Peo.[leJI-C51)10. Mb! ... PYKHll ceJIH 3a CTOJT.(Bb!Mb!JIH-Cb)11. Mapn.51 ... CBOIO.[10%.
Mh1 061.e,l],u11uJiuci..
(npuqecbrnaeT-rn) 12. Mapn.516btCTpo u xopoIIJ6 .... (npuqecana-cb) 13. ffoqeMy TbI HH-
'Common work brought us to- 'We joined forces.' Rorna He ... 3TOT KOCTIOM?(Ha.[leBae!llb-CH)14. Pe6eHOK JTI06HT .... (KyITaTb-C51)
gether.' lS . .51peAKO... CCCTpy,ITOTOM)' qTO Mb! )l(l!BCM B pa3Hb!Xrop0.[13.X.(Bll.)l(Y·Cb)16. qepe3
ile.[leJuoMb!C CCCTpOH ... , OHanpue.[ICTKOMHC.(BCTpeTHM-C51) 17. Bqepa 51HCO)l(ll.AaHHO
Not all the verbs denoting reciprocity have the particle -CH. Mern°· ... Ha ynurre CBoer6 CTaporo IIJKOJTbHOro TOBapuma. (BCTpeTHJI-C51) 18. Mb! c AH.[lpCeM
rise the following intransitive verbs which express reciprocity and Aasa6 He .... (Bll.ACJTH-Cb) 19. Mb! XOTIIM... B cy666ry. (yBll.ACTb-C51)
246 247
 . C. The particle -c» imparts a passive meaning to imperfective trans·.1 qaTII !IOBhlMpoMa!I 3TOfO m1carem1.. 5. Cron OCBerr1ancHMaJleHhKOMJlaMrroqKorr.
tive verbs. 6. CTpoeK;H~BOHMaWH!Ibl6yil.CTpa3pa?iThIBaThC51KO_H-CTp)'KTOpOM.,7, flJ)H CTpOH-
TeJlbCTBe3TOHn-1,n:poJJJeKTpOCTa!IUHH
HCnOJ1h3yIOTCH
HOBe11w11e/l:OCTHJKeHH51
TeXIII-IKH.
V~r~s with passive m~anin~ are used i~ passive constructions. Exercise 88. Write out the sentences, inserting objects in the instrumental.
Trans1t1ve verbs are used m actrve constructions.
I. K11HrnBbI,[laWTC51
C ,n:eCHTJI
qac6B. 2. B HarneM KJJy6eqacTO ycrpa11BaIOTC51
HIITe-
Active Constructions Passive Constructions pec!Ibie Beqepa. 3. 3Ta KIIHra q11raeTC51
C 60JlhlIIHM,llHTepeCOM.
3aB6.r:t:BLrnonuiieT nnau. Tinau BLIUOJIHHeTc»3aB6.r:t:oM. Exercise 89. Replace the active constructions with passive ones.
'The factory fulfils the plan.' 'The plan is fulfilled by the fac. I. B 3TOTpaii6H IIHCbMa,[IOCTaBJll!eTcaMOJleT.2 . .SIKillK/l:YIO
He,n:enIOIIOCbIJlilIO
,n:o-
tory.' 1,lOH
IlHCbMa.3. PyKOBO,[IHTeJlb rrpoBepl!Jl HCTIOJ!HeHHerropyqeHllH. 4. Cry,n:e!ITbl6y,n:yT
ApxIITeKTOp C03~aeT npoeKT. flpOCKT C03~aeTCH apXIITeKTO- npoBO/J:HTh6rrhIThI rro,n:pyKoB6,n:cTBOMrrperro,n:aBaTeJJH.
pOM. Exercise 90. Make up sentences, using these verbs.
'An architect makes a project.' 'The project is made by an archi-
tect.' CTpOHTh,CTp0llTbC51;o6cyJK,n:aTb,06Cy)l(ll:aTbCH;
,n:o6bIBaTb,,n:06b!BaTbCH;
C03/"(a·
aaTh, C03,[laBaThCH
. Verbs with p~s~ive meaning require an object in the instrumental
without a prepos11Ion. D. The particle -ca may be added to transitive verbs without impart-
IlpoeKT co3~afac» (KeM?) apxu- 'The project is made by an archi- ing a reflexive, reciprocal or passive meaning to them.
TCKTopoM. tect.' Transitive Verbs Intransitive Verbs
IloJiirna oceeLQaeTCH(lfeM?) conn- 'The glade is sunlit (lit. lighted by JleqeHIIe ynyqmuno ('Imo?) co- CocTo»HHe 6onhH6ro yJiyqmu-
1.1eM. the sun).' cTo»HHe 6oJihH6ro. nocL.
The object in the instrumental in a passive construction denotes the 'The treatment has improved the 'The patient's condition has im-
person or object performing the action. patient's condition.' proved.'
Verbs with passive meaning can also be used without an object in TypircThI H3Meuitnu ('Imo?) cBoii HanpaBJieHHe BeTpa U3MeHHJIOCh.
the instrumental. MaprnpyT.
'The hikers changed their itinera- 'The direction of the wind chang-
rpaHIIIJ,hI oxpaHHIOTCH. 'The borders are guarded.' ry.' ed.'
IlJiaH BLmonuiieTc». 'The plan is being fulfilled.' ocTauoeitn ('Imo?) Ma-
Bo.r:t:IITeJih 3a)Kerc.si:KpaCHhIHCJ!IrHaJICBeTO-
If '.1n activ~ constructioi:i contains an imperfective verb, the corre- rnirHy. cpopa, H Marni'.rna OCTaHOBH-
spondmg passive construct10n will have a verb with the particle -cs1. JiaCL.
'The driver stopped the car.' 'The red traffic light went on and
3aB6.r:t:BLIUOJIHHJI nnau. (active 'The plant fulfilled the plan.' the car stopped.'
construction)
TTnaH BLIUOJIHHJICH 3aeo~oM. 'The plan was fulfilled by the This group includes various verbs:
(passive construction) plant.' (a) verbs describing a change in the state, position or movement of
the person or object performing the action: H3MeHHTLCH 'to change',
. If an. active constr.ucti~m contains a perfective verb, the correspon~- LIBitraTLCH 'to move', DO~HUMaTLCH 'to rise', cnycKaThCH 'to des-
11:1g
passive construct10n m most cases has a short-form passive part1- cend', uanpaBJIHTLCH 'to head (for)', eo3opaLQaTLCH 'to return', pac-
c1ple. lIIupilTLCH 'to expand', pacnpocTpau»TLCH 'to spread', pa3eueaTLCH 'to
3aB6.r:t:BhIUOJIHUJI nnaH. (active 'The plant has fulfilled the plan.' develop', uaru6aTLCH 'to bend', ynyqmaTLCH 'to improve', yxyumaTLCH
construction) 'to worsen', yeenitqueaTLCH 'to increase', yMeHLmaTLCH 'to decrease',
TTnaH Bhmonueu 3aeo~oM. (pas- 'The plan has been fulfilled by the Yiepen.'lHTLCH 'to strengthen', ycitnneaTLCH 'to gain strength', oc-
sive construction) plant.' Jia6niITLCH 'to weaken', yc1mp»TLCH 'to accelerate', 3aMe~JIHTLCH 'to
slow down', etc.
(For a detailed description of active and passive constructions see
p. 475.) ' MaTpocbI cnycTHJIU mi BO~Y Ilacca)Kttphl cnycTHJIUCL C na-
' n6.r:t:KH. ny6b1.
Exercise 87. Read through the sentences. Point out the cases where the performer of the seamen lowered the boats 'The passengers made their way
the action is not expressed. onto the water.' down from the deck.'
I. ,Il,oMcrp6HTCHcrpofnenHMll. 2. B §rorr KHHreorrHchrnaIOTCHllHTepecHhieco6bI· Mu ,ll,OJI)l(Hblpa3BUBaTL T.Sl)Ke- Xo3HHCTBOHamett CTpaHblpa3BU-·
nm. 3. 3ror crapHHHhrrrr6po,n: qacro noceruaercH rypHcTaMH. 4. YJKeror6BHTCHKne· Jiy10 IIpOMbllIIJieHHOCTh. eaeTCH 6bICTpbIMMTeMIIaMH.
248 249
 'We must develop heavy indus- 'Our country's economy develops Exercise 91. Fill in the blanks with the verb on the right in the past tense with or
try.' rapidly.' without the particle -CH as required by the sense.
Illoqiep yBe.JUl'IHJI CK0pOCTb
aBTO- CK6pocTb aBTOMo6iimryBeJill'flf- (a) l. Mb! ... pa66Ty u nomnii J:1:0MOH.
Mo6iim1. Jiach. Jlho ... , HaCTyrriina 6ceHb.
'The driver increased the car's 'The car's speed increased.' 2. 0H ... )]:Bephll BOIIIeJIB KOMHaTy. OTKpbITb(Cll)
,[1,Beph... , u B KOMHaTyBomen He3HaK6MbIHqeno-
speed.' BeK.
3. Bee cTy)]:eHTbImime:u rpyrrrrbI xopom6 ....
(b) verbs denoting feelings; the subject of such verbs is invariably Mb! ... CTHXOTBOpeHHe TiyIIIKHHa.
a noun denoting an animate being: pa,r:,;oBaTLcst 'to be glad/happy' Be- 4. Y MeHH6bIJIO MaJIOBpeMeHH,ll ... . TOpOIIHTb(
Cll)
cem'ubcst 'to have a good time', ne'laJIHTbCSI 'to be sad', BOJIHOBa;LCR ToBapm.Q ... MeHH,TaK KaK )]:OHa'iaJia CIIeKTaKJill
'to be worried', TpeBOiKHThCst 'to get anxious', 6ecnoKoHThCst 'to be un-· OCTaBaJIOCh MaJIOBpeMeHH.
5. llloqiep ... aBTOM06HJibrrepe!]:BXO)]:OM B fOCTHHH- OCTaHOBHTb(Cll)
easy', ycnoKannaTbCst 'to calm down', y,r:,;nBJIHThCst 'to be surprised' Qy.
socxumaTbcH 'to admire', cep,r:,;nTLCst 'to be angry', 3JIHThCst 'to be irri~ ABT66yc ... , u rraccaJKiipb! BbIUIJIH.
tated', nnTepecoBaTbCst 'to be interested', etc. 6. JI yJKe ... :'ny KHHfYB 6H6JIHOTeKy.
OH ... )]:OMOH II03)]:HO.
The subject of ~he C<?rrespondin~verbs wi_thout the particle -est may 7. IlyTemecrneHHHKH ... Ha BepmiiHy ropb1.
~e a noun denotmg either an ammate bemg or an inanimate ob- HoCHJihilIHK... 'IeMOJ]:aHblll IIOHeCHX.
ject. 8. CTy)]:eHTbl... IIHCaTbKypcOBbiepa66Tbl.
Compare: YJKe ... 3HMHHHcrropTHBHbIHce30H.
(b) 1. Men» oc66enno ... 6uon6rnll. HHTepecyeT(Cl!)
My3bIKa neceJinT Hae. Mbl seceJinMcst. 2. JI He 3Hal-O,IIO'ieMy OH na Men» .... 06!1)]:eJI(
Cll)
'Music makes us merry.' 'We are making merry.' 3. Men» ... :'na BCTpe'!a. 06pa!]:OBaJI( CH)
)],em: pa,r:,;yIOT MaTb. 4. ~bl ... :h?MY ycrrexy. y)]:HBHJIH( Ch)
Man, pa,r:,;yeTCSI. 5. 3ni: cnoBa ... nae. ycrroKOHJIH( Ch)
'The children gladden the 'The mother is glad.' 6. Bcex ... :ha n6BoCTh. B3BOJIHOBaTb(Cll)
lJ1.0ther.' 7. Kor)]:a CTy)]:eHThl C)]:aBaJIH3K3aMeH,OHH.... BOJIHOBaJIH( Cb)
MeHir BOJIHyeT 3TOTBonp6c. JI BOJIH)'IOCb. 8. 3TO IIHCbMO... TOBapHilia, orop'liiJio(ch)
'This question worries me.' 'I am worried.' 9. ,[l,eTl1HaKOHeQ... 113aCH)'JIH. ycrroK611Tb(Cll)
10. Bee ... Hrp6:u JTOro apTiicTa. BOCXl111\i!Tb(CSI)
Bcex Bocxuma10T er6 ycrrexn. Bee BocxumaIOTCSI er6 ycnexa - 11. Kor)]:a Mb! YCJiblIIIaJIH 3TOTIIIYM,Mb! ... ucrryriinH(Ch)
MH. 12. )],eBO'IKaXOTeJia'ITO·TOCKa3aTb,HO... 11rrpOMOJI· cMyT!IJia(Cb)
'Everybody is delighted at his suc- 'Everybody is delighted at his suc- q{urn.
cess.' cess.' 13. JI He IIOHHMal-0,IIO'ieMy Tb! ... cep!]:Hlllb(Cll)
14. Ma Th ... H3•3a TOfO, '!TO Tb! ne IIHIIIelllh. BOJIH)'eT(Cll)
(c) verbs den_oting the b~ginning, continuation or the end of a phe- 15. Mo» cecTpa CTaJia cepbe3HO ... pHCOBaHHeM. YBJieKaTh(Cll)
16. On J]:aBn6 ... ucTopHe:u. HHTepecyeT(cll)
nomenon or act10n; the subject of such verbs may be a noun denoting
3:n inanimate object: na'IHHaThCst 'to begin', npo)].OJiiKllTLCH 'to con- Exercise 92. Read through the sentences. Write out the verbs with the particle -cH.
Make up sentences, using the corresponding verbs without -CH.
tmue', KOH'lllTbCSI 'to end', npeKpamaThCSI 'to stop', 3aBeprnaTbCH 'to
conclude'. I. Ho'!hl-0 Mope ycrrOKOHJIOCb. (Ape.) 2. ,Ll,enhKOH'IHJ!Cll. Ha 3eMJII-O crrycTirnacb
l!OqHallTeHb. (Ape.) 3. 3ii HO'lhIIOfO)]:aHCIIOpTHJiaCb. (Ape.) 4. B JKapKHH JICTHHH )]:eHb
The subject of the corresponding verbs without the particle -cH is C OXOTbIHa TeJiere. (Typz.) 5. ,Ll,OiK)]:h
~03BpailiaJICllll 0)]:HillK)]:hl IIOJIHJIPY'lhHMH.JI IIO·
generally a noun denoting an animate being and they are followed ei- exaJJmaroM u cK6po rrp11HyJKJ1eH 6hrn ocTaHOBHTbCll. (Typz.) 6. Mhl BhIIIIJIHH3 p6IlIH,
ther by an object in the accusative or by an imperfective infinitive. C~YCT!IJil!Cb
C XOJIMa.(Typ2.) 7. CoJIHQeCKJIOHHJIOCb K 3alla)]:y ll KOCblMH iKapKHMHJiy-
Compare: qaMHHeBb!HOCllMO )KfJIOMHeIIIel-0H IlieKH;ryCTilllIIb!JibIIO)]:HHMi!JiaCb ITO/J:Oporell Ha•
UOJJHHJia B03/J:YX, (JI. T.) 8. DOJihllliillqepHall T)''!a 6e3 MaJieH11IeroBeTpa, HO 6h1CTpo
ITpoqieccop Hll'laJI JieKI(HIO. norrnura,,aCb K HaM. (JI. T.) 9. TpeBOlKHbIC 'l)'BCTBaTOCKH H CTpaxa yBeJIH'll1BaJIHCh BO
JleKI(HHHa'laJiaCb. MHeBMeCTec yCHJieHHeM rp03h!. (JI. T.)
'The professor began his lecture.' 'The lecture began.'
MbI DpO)],OJI:iKaeM 3aHHM:lThC5I. 3aHRTH5InpO)].OJiiKalOTCH. . _Exercise 93. Write out the transitive verbs. Make up sentences, using the correspond-
'We continue our classes.' ing Intransitive verbs with the particle -cH.
'The classes continue.'
IlpeKpaTnTe pa3roB6pb1. Pa3roB6phI npeKpaTHJIHCh. , l, JI 6epelKHOIIO)]:HllJI yrraBIIIHHB rpll3h [(BeTOK.(Type.) 2. PeKa KaT!IJia TeMHO·
'Stop talking.' C!1Jn1eBOJIHbl.(Typz.) 3. Ha CJie.[lyl-OilIHH )]:eHhYTPOMMhl rrpO)]:OJilKaJIH Halll IIYTh.
'The talking ceased.' ~Ape,) 4. Oc66eHHO O)]:Hil113HOBblXrrecen TpeBOlKHJiall BOJIHOBaJia JKeHII.IHHy.
(M. I'.)
CTy;:J;eHThlKOH'IHJIH c;:i;aB::lTh
3K- Jlero KOH'IUJIOCb. iu·L(py-iK6aMOH C,Ll,MHTpHeM OTKpbrnaMHeHOBhIHB3fJill)]:Ha JKl13Hb,Ha ee QeJih11OTHO-
3:lMeHhl. , eH11SI,
(JI. T.) 6. 0)]:HillK)]:bl
IIOCJie)'lK11HaTTaBeJIorryCTllJI3aHaBeCKYHa OKHe,ceJI B
'The students were through with 'The summer had ended.' YroJJII CTaJIq11TaTb.(M. I'.)
their examinations.' Exercise 94. Make up sentences, using the following verbs.
250 251
 Il3MeHHTb, Il3MeHl!TbCll; ITOBbIIIIilTb,IIOBbllllaTbCll; TOpOill!Tb, TOporriincl!; B JTOMnecy Mbl Bcer;.:a HaXO):(HM llepHoe Mope uaXO):(HTCHHa IOre
Haq11Hi1Tb,
HaqlIHilTbCll;6ecrrOKOIITb,6eCTIOKOIITbCll;
yqHTb, yqfiTbCll
1,,-tH6rorp1166B Poccim.
E. Impersonal verbs with the particle -CH. •We always find a lot of mush- 'The Black Sea is situated in the
rooms in this wood.' south of the Russia.
The particle -CH is used to form impersonal verbs both from transi- J(aapTttpa cocTostJia113ABYXKOM- 8qepa COCTOHJIHCLJlbDKHbieco-
tive verbs (MHe ue 'IHTaJiocL. 'I could not read.') and intransitive ones peBHOBaHHSI.
(EMy ue cnuTcH. 'He cannot sleep.'). Impersonal verbs with the particle HaT.
•The flat consisted of two rooms.''Yesterday a skiing competition
-CH generally denote a state which does not depend on the person con.
took place.'
cerned. (Mue ue cnaJiocL. 'I could not sleep.' Mue xopow6 pa60TaJioc1..
OHHe AOroeopHJITOr6, 'ITO XOTeJl 0HH AO.-OBOpHJIHCL O BCTpeqe.
'I was in the mood for work.'). The corresponding personal verbs with-
out the particle -CH denote a state or action which depends on the per- cKa33.Tb.
son concerned (H ue cnaJI. 'I did not sleep.' H xopow6 pa60TaJI. 'I
'He did not finish saying what he 'They agreed about a meeting.'
wanted to say.'
worked well.'). 0HH npocTHJIHCL.
OHa npocTHJia eMy er6 BHH)'.
Compare: ·She forgave him his guilt.' "They said good-bye to each
H6'ILIO H ue cnaJI. Ho'IblO MHe ue cnaJIOCL. other.'
'I did not sleep at night.' 'I could not sleep at night.'
Pe6eHOK ue CHAHTHa MeCTe. Pe6enKy ue CHJ.:HTCH Ha MeCTe. VERBS WHICH ARE NOT USED WITHOUT -C51
'The child won't sit still.' 'The child cannot sit still.'
B'Iepa H ue pa6oTaJI. B'Iepa MHe ue pa66TaJIOCL. Many verbs are not used without the particle -cH in Modern Rus-
'I did not work yesterday.' 'I was not in the mood for work sian: TPYAHTLCH'to work', crnpaTLCH 'to try', cTpeMHTbCHK 'to strive
yesterday.' for', na,r,:eHTLCH ua 'to hope for', 6ostTLCH'to be afraid of, rop;.:uTLCH
'to be proud of, cMestTLCH'to laugh at', yJILI6aTLCH'to smile at', JIJ06o-
The impersonal verbs formed from the verbs xoTeTL 'to want' and eaTbCH'to admire', JiemtTLCH'to be lazy', TOJIDHTLCH'to crowd', pac-
;.:yMaTL 'to think' by means of the particle -CH denote a less definite nopHJKaTLCH 'to order', uy;te;.:aTLCHB 'to need', OCTaBaTLCH'to stay', 'to
wish or thought than the same verbs without -CH. remain', cTaHOBHTLCH·to become', JIO;KHTLCH'to lie down', HBJistTbCH
Compare: 'to be', noHBJIHTLCH'to appear', etc.
Some verbs which are not used without -CH have the meaning of
ii XO'I)' rroexaTb 3a ropo,ri:. Mne XO'leTCH rroexaTb 33. ropo.n:.
reciprocity: paccrneaTLCH ·to part', 1,1opoeaTLCH 'to greet (each
'I want to go to the country.' 'I feel like going to the country.' other/one another)', 6opoTLCH 'to fight', copeeuoeaTLCH 'to compete'.
i[ ,ri:yMaJO,'ITO 3TO perneHIIe He- Mue A)'MaeTCH, 'ITO 3TO perneHHe
Some verbs which are not used without -cH are impersonal: ue1;.:o-
rrpaBHJlbHO. HerrpaBMJlbHO. l)OBHTCH ·1 (he, she, etc.) feel(s) unwell', cMepKaeTCH "it gets dark',
'I think that decision to be 'I am inclined to believe that this CJiy'laeTCH'it happens'.
wrong.' decision is wrong.'
Exercise 97. Read through the text. Pick out the verbs which are not used without
Exercise 95. Read through the sentences and explain the use of the particle -ell in the particle -c11.
the verbs.
CaMoe JJyqrnee B Mil.pc .. CMOTpCTb,KaK pOlK)lilCTCll !leHb!
eMy CKyqHO,H!IqTQer6 He IIHTepecyeT. (lfex.)
1. OH 0/:(IIHOK.)K11BeTCll _ 8 He6e BCnhIXHYJJ nepBblH nyq CBeTa· · HOqHallTbMa THXOHbKO np»qCTCIIB yn1eJ1bll
2. MHe He crriiTcll, HeT ornH. (M.) 10P "- Tpcu1ttHbIKaMHcii.npirqcTc11s ryCToii nttcrnc 11epesbcs. s KpylKcs[1xTpash1, OK-
4. H11r11eHe !lbl!IJilTCllBOJibHett P?nneHHoifpocol{), a sep111HHb1 rop ym.,16i110Tc11nacKOROHyJ1h16KoH TCl'IHOrosopin
Po):(Hh!Xnyr6B, pO):(Hh!X nonen. (H.) JICfKHM TCHllMHO'll4:«He 6oHTCCb :'no COJIHl.le!»(M. T.)
4. 11 xoqeTcll B rr6ne, B IIIMp6Koerr6ne,
l):(e, meCTBYll,ChllTJieTl(BeTaMil Becna. (Mazuc) Exercise 98. Fill in the blanks with the verbs given on the right with or without the
Particle -CII.
Exercise 96. Make up sentences, using the following verbs.
I. MbI He )lOJ!lKHbl . ... Ha /lOCTlffHYTOM.
' OCTaHaBJIIIBaTb(CII)
x6qeTCll. l\)'MaeTCll, )KIIBeTCll,He crraJIOCb,He BCp!IJIOCb,He CllJ(CJIOCb Hy"lK ..
~o ... _enepe/:1. , , , /:IBHraTb(c11)
2
3° IJJocjiep!IOJllKeH... MaIIlHHYy caMoro BXOJ(a. OCTaHOBHTb(CII)
VERBS WHICH HA VE DIFFERENT MEANINGS DEPENDING 4'y' 6?JibHOfO K Beqepy pe3KO ... TeMnepaTypa. TIO):(H!IJ!il(
Cb)
ON WHETHER 5" ~ k~lK):(blM ):(HeMypoBeHb B0):(hlB peKC .... TIOBbllllileT(Cll)
THEY ARE USED WITH OR WITHOUT -C.51 6. ya6_0'1He... npOH3BO!l~TCJibHOCTb TPY/lil. nOBbIIUal{)T( CS!)
?° lKCnopa ... )'lKilH. fOTOBIITb(Cll)
. I.J.11cn6 yqacTHIIKOB HaUlero JIIITepaTypHOfO
There are verbs which have different meanings depending on whether 8 ;rf.YlKKa 3a nocne!(Hlle )lBa r611a ... B/:IBOe. YBCJlHqHJJO(
Cb)
they are used with or without the ]?article -cH. . YlKHonoHTH Ha noqTy II ... TeJJerpaMMy. OTTipaHIITb(Cll)
252 253
 9. OH npocn'rnc» c HaMMM ... .!(OM6ii. OTilpliBMJI(C») Jv[Heue3JJ;opoeuTcH. 'I feel unwell.'
10. MHe ... B CJ1e.!(y10I11ee
BOCKpeceHbenoexaTb 3a ro- XoqeT(C») pe6eHKYxoqeTcH rynhh. 'The child wants to go for a walk.'
po.!(.
11. B XOJI0.!(HYIO oceHHIOIOnoro,!(y H)')l(HOTenn6 .... O,!(eBaTb(C») Eu ue cnnTCH. 'She cannot sleep.'
12. CTy.!(eHTbI... :hy JieKUMIOC MHTepeCOM. cnywanM( Cb) Ha MecTe.
Jv[a1lbl/UKYue CH,!J,IITCH 'The boy cannot sit still.'
13. IlMCbMeHHble pa60TbI CTy.!(eHTOB... npenO,!(aBaTe- npoBepHIOT(c»)
JieM. Such verbs are generally formed from personal verbs by means of
14. TBoii TOBapMill... MeHl!CO CBOMM 6paTOM. no3HaK0MMJI(c») the particle -CH. ·
3. Verbs which express obligation:
BaM CJie,uyeT51BHThC51 YTPOM. 'You must report in the morning.'
IMPERSONAL VERBS Te6e CTOHTIIOHTHHa Beqep. 'You ought to go to the evening-
party.'
In all the tenses impersonal verbs are used only in the 3rd person IiOJlbHOMYue CJie,uyeTBhIXO.D:HTh'The sick man should not go out
singular, and in the past tense only in the neuter: 113 .IJ:OMa. of doors.'
BeqepeeT. 'Dusk is falling.'
K Beqepy noxoJIOJJJtJio. 'It had grown colder towards Such verbs require the dative.
evening.' 4. Some personal verbs may be used as impersonal ones. In this
case they take the 3rd person singular and, in the past tense, the neuter,
These sentences have no subject and it is impossible to ask the ques- just as impersonal verbs do:
tion KTo? or qyo? about them.
According to their meaning, impersonal verbs can be divided into 3.uech,uyeT. 'There is a draught here.'
three groups. 3.uech,uyJio. 'There was a draught here.'
1. Impersonal verbs which denote natural phenomena: Ha c6nm1e TaeT. 'It is thawing in the sun.'
Ha c6nm1e TaHJio. 'It was thawing in the sun.'
Y MeH5!myMnT B yrnax. 'My ears are singing.'
Present Past y MeHSIrnyMeJIOB yrnax. 'My ears were singing.'
In these sentences, the verbs denote actions which do not relate to
Imperfective Imperfective Perfective any subject. The same verbs may denote actions which do refer to
a subject:
CBeTaeT ceeTaJio pacceem'> Bemep )lyeT. 'The wind is blowing.'
'it becomes light' 'it became light' 'it had become light' C1-te2TaeT. 'The snow is thawing.'
xoJIOAaeT XOJIO.!(IIJIO IlOXOJIO,!(IIJIO
'it becomes colder' 'it became colder' 'it had become cold' (For more detail, see 'Impersonal Sentences' p. 498.)
Be'lepeeT ee11epeJio
'dusk is falling' 'dusk was falling' Exercise 99. Write out the sentences. Underline the impersonal verbs.
MOp03HT MOp03HJIO
'it freezes' 'it froze' , 1. BeqepeeT. B OKH0CM0TpMTrony6a» BeCHa.(Ilpuw.) 2. Carne He cnii:TC»,-HO
CMepKaeTCH CMepKIIJIOCb Becenoeii. (H.) 3. Y)l(e ,!(aBH0CMepKaJIOCb. (II.) 4. Mop03MJIOCMJibHee, qeM c yTpa. (I'.)
'it grows dark' 'it grew dark' 5. HMr,!(eHe ,!(hlillMTC» BOJibHeiipO.!(HhIXnyr6B, pO.!(Hh!Xnoneii. (H.) 6. Y)l(e COBCeM
- C;eMHeJio,Hen0JIHb!HMeC»UCTOllJIBbICOK0 Ha He6e... (Typz.) 7. Ha ,!(BOpey)l(e qyTb CBe-
TaJio. (I/au.) 8. BpeM» JieTeJIOHe3aMeTHO,3HaqMT,)l(l{JIQCb XOpOIIl0R JierK0. ("lfex.)
2. Impersonal verbs which denote a person's state: Exercise 100. Write out the sentences, changing them into the past tense.
MHe ue3)lOpoenTCH. 'I feel unwell.' , J. MHe eme He xoqeTC» eCTb. 2. 3Ty KMHOKapTMHY BCeMCT0MTnoCMOTpeTb.3. B
Er6 3Ho6nT. 'He feels shivery.' Jiecy y)l(e TeMHeeT.4. Ha 6epery Mop» JierK6 ,!(hllllMTC».
Exercise 101. Read through the text and define the type of each verb.
The noun or pronoun used with these verbs to denote the person
takes either the dative or the accusative. qepe3 rO,!( MJIHqepe3 HeCKOJibKO JieT Bbl nonyqMTe ,!(MIIJI0M, HaqHeTe caMOCTOll-
TeJibHyIO HayqHyIO)l(H3Hb.11 .!(0JI)l(eH,
no APY)l(6e,npeAynpe.!(MTbBae: Ha nepBhlXnopax
(a) Impersonal verbs which require the accusative: Ba~ 6y,!(eTTPYAHO.)],o rnx nop Bbl yqii:nMcb,earnM yqMTeJillBenii:Bae 3a pyKy no rnMp6-
E26 JiuxopaJJ;nT. 'He is feverish.' Rou H rJia,!(KOiiaccpaJibTMpOBaHHOii .!(Op6re. 3a 15 JieT B IIlK0Jie I{ B By3e Bbl npOIIIJIM
U~Tb,KOT0pbIHqeJIOBeqecTBOnpOXO.!(MJIO 3a HeCKOJibKO TbJc»qeJieTMH.Ho 3aTeM ac-
EollbH020 300611T. 'The sick man feels shivery.' (j}aJihTOBa»MarMCTpaJ!bo6pbIBlieTC».BaM IIpM.!(eTC» 0lUYilblOnp06MpliTbC»no HeX0)l(e-
EollbH620 TOIIIHHT. 'The patient feels sick.' libHV! TpOIIMHKaM. 8 TeMHb!X.!(e6p»XHeBe,!(OMOfO Bbl ,!(OJI)l(Hhl
6y.!(eTeHaXO,!(MTb nyTb
(b) Impersonal verbs which require the dative: CBoJ'iM11Cl!JlaMM.Ha nepBblX nopax BaM 3axoqeTCSI,!(eJiaTb OTKphlTM»C TOH )Ke Jier-

254 255
KOCTb!O, C KaKOnBbl Y3HaB<lJIII O HIIXHa JleKl(Ill!X.Ho Tenepb BaMnpil/:l~TCllHa6paTbClf flepeJieTHhie IITHI.l,hlKll)K,UhIH
ro.u 'Migratory birds fly to the south
TepneHilll, CHil30nTl1.[10e)Ke.[IHeBHOn qepHOn pa66-:bI Ha6JI!O.[lill;eJill
cpa~TO~. . J1CT3IOT Ha ror. every year (they fly to the south
O)'.[lbTerepneJJ~Bbl, HaCT~llqIIBbl,.[IOB?.[IIITe.[leJm_.110KOHl(a!H~ rra.[l~IITe/:IYXOf>.! and then fly back).'
np11Hey.11aqax.H_ey.11aqI1HeI136e)K;1b1y I1ccne.11o~a-rem1,IIIIIYII~~ro
_cBoIOJWp_ory.Ey.[(1-re 'In summer we run to the river to
Hacr6nq11Bbl,yrropHbl, HOHe ynpl!Mbl. He 11enJilIIITeCb 3a CBOIIBb!BO.[lbl.~OMHIITe,'!To )1eTOM,Mhl Kcl)K~hIH,UeHh6eraeM
Ha CBeTeeCTb MHOrO)'MHblXJI!O.[len,KOTOpbreMOryT3aMeTIITbY BaCOIIII16KI1, II, ecm1 pa pelfKy KyrraThCjJ. bathe every day (we run to the
OHll npa.Bbl, HI; CTeCH.slnTeCb
c~rnacll.TbCHC Hll.MII. . . . . river and then run back).'
HayKa Tpe6yeT npIIHl(IIJIIlaJibHOCTII. l111111re
npas.11yII TOJ!bKO npas.11y.(AKa.[le~1111,
B. A. 06py'-lee) Verbs of indefinite motion are also used in the past tense to denote
010 vement there and back which occurred on one occasion only:
VERBS OF MOTION Cer6,n:m1jJ xo,n;uJI e 6n6JIHOTeKy. 'Today I went to the library.'
VERBS OF MOTION WITHOUT PREFIXES Verbs of indefinite motion are used to describe an action in general,
Among Russian verbs of motion there is a small group of verbs or one's capacity for action:
which have certain peculiarities in their meaning. The same action- ITTHI.l,hlJieTaIOT. 'Birds fly.'
movement-may be expressed by two imperfective verbs occasion- 3MeHUOJI3aJOT. 'Snakes crawl.'
ally formed from different stems or having alternating sounds in the OH xoporn6 UJiaBaeT. 'He swims well.'
root: '.:)TOT MclJih'IHK 6hICTpO 6eraeT. 'This boy runs fast.'
Pe6eHOKy)Ke XO)J;HT. 'The child already walks.'
Sub-Group I Sub-Group II
Note.~ This group of verbs of motion also includes the following imperfec-
H!J:TH XO!J:HTh 'to go' tive verbs:
6eiK8Tb 6eraTb 'to run' I II
exaTb e3!]:HTb 'to go 6pecn1 6poAHTb 'to roam', 'to wander'
JieTeTh JieTaTh 'to fly' Jie3Tb Jl3.3IITb 'to climb (into)'
rHaTb rOH.slTb 'to drive'
nJihITh nJiasaTh 'to swim', 'to sail' Ta[l(HTb TaCK3.Tb 'to carry', 'to drag'
ueCTn uocuTh 'to carry (in (one's) hands)' IJOJI3TH rr6n3aT1 'to crawl'
se3Tu B03UTh 'to carry (in a vehicle)'
seCTn BO!J:HTh 'to lead' The verb of indefinite motion 6po,n;nTh 'to roam', 'to wander' differs
from the other verbs of motion in that it cannot express movement
These verbs represent the same movement i~ different w_ays..
there and back; it conveys an action performed without any specific
1. Verbs of Sub-Group I denote movement m one defimte direc- direction:
tion. They are called verbs of definite motion:
CTy,n:eHThIu,n;yT (Kyoa?) s uucrn- 'The students go to the college.' MM.n:6nro 6po,uirnH no necy. 'We roamed the wood for a long
time.'
T)'T, fl
OceHhIO rrepeneTHhie rrTHI.J,hI 'In autumn migratory birds Yto Exercise 102. Read through the sentences. Point out the difference in the meaning
JieTii:T (Kyoa?) ua ior. the s<?uth.' . , of the italicised verbs of motion in each pair of sentences.
):(em: 6eryT (Kyoa?) CIO!]:a. 'The children are runmng here. J. )];e-r116eza10m 1111rpa!OTBO J:{Bope.MaTb 30BeT neren, II OHR 6e2ym K Hen.
2- ~OTH3.IIIIITOBapllIIIII,OHRuJym c10na. Kor):la OTel(06):l)'MhIBaeTKaK6n-H116y.111
B0-
2. Verbs of Sub-Group II denote movement not in one defini_tedi- Up°,C,OHBcer.[la xoJum IJO KOMHaTe.3. Mon 6paT XOpOIIIOnAaeaem. JlonKa nAblliem
rection, but in many different directions (possibly occurring at inter- k ?epery. 4. noqran16H x6dum no r6po.11yII H6c11-rrr11c1Ma,ra3er11 11)Kypmb11. BoT
U~ernIIO'!TaJ!bOH,
OH HeCeTHaM ra3eTbl. 5. 5I BCer):la/'3Jlc_r B IIHCTHT)'T
Ha MeTpO.Ceu-
vals). ~ac IJOJIOBHHa nO'.lTOMYB Merp6 MH6ro 11ap6ny: see eoym Ha pa66ry.
.11eBSITOro,
):(enr u,eJihIH ,n:eHh 6eraroT BO 'The children are running aboU! · ~an ,[leHbeoOum pe6eHKa B ,[leTCKiln
K.J.)K,[lbin Ca):l.PaHo )'TpOMMaTh Bedem pe6e11Ka
ABope. in the courtyard the whole day. BI(erc1mnca,[l. 7. .SIBcerna IIOUl)I C co66n cpo-rorpaq>IIIOCb!Ha.Ky):la Thi 11eceutbKHHfll?
TITHI.J,hIJieTaIOT, KpyiKaTcH ua.n; 'The birds fly, circling over the
61epoM. lake.' lef Exercise 103. Explain the difference in th~ meaning of the sentences in the right and
t-hand columns.
Verbs of indefinite motion may denote movement in two opposite ~hi ,ll!JIH IJO rrapKy. M11 XOJ:{HJIII
no rrapKy.
directions - there and back: t' 6aKa 6e)KaJia rrd JIBOpy. Co6a.Ka 6erana no ,[lBOpy.
PY3 0BHK se3eT K11pn£iqHa crpoHTen1- rpy30BHK B03IIT KllprrHq Ha CTpOHTeJib-
,n:eHhxoiKy B uucTu- 'I go to the college every day O,go
.5I Ka)K,D;hIH l-{·CTBo. CTBO.
TyT. there and then come back). Yl!(110 IIATHs rea.Tp. Hy)KHOXOJ:{HTb B Tea-rp.

256 l7-384 257

 Exercise 104. Read through the sentences. Explain the meaning of the italicised
verbs of motion. Imperfective Perfective Imperfective
I. B np6umoe BOCKpeceHJ,e Mb!XOOUAUB KHHO.2. JleTOMMH6rne cry.neHTblhou1111
OT,!\b!XB.Tb
Ha qepHOe MOpe.3. B'!epa MaTb 600U/Ul Mll.Jib'IHKa
B UHpK.4. Bo BpeMll3111,f.
HHXKaHHKYJI JI AemaA Ha caMOJieTeB TaJIJIHH. . BL1iiru'to go out' BbIXO,!\IITb
ll.ilT~ }'to go' yii-ru 'to go away' YXOL{HTb
xo).IHTb
Exercise 105. Read through the sentences. Point out the verbs of motion and ex. npuiiTn 'to come' npllXO/.IIITb
plain their meaning. nepeii-ru 'to go across' nepexo.nurb
I. ,SI B03BpaUlaJICJI
C OXOTblH WeJIno aJIJiee ca,na. Co6aKa 6elkaJia Bnepe,nitMeHir. 3aiiTn 'to call on (somebody)', etc. 33X0,[\11Tb
(Typz.) 2. C6poK ner Ha3a.n napox6,nb1 nnaeanH Me.nneHHo:MbI exanH .no HHJKHero 6eiKaTb }'to run' BL16e1KaTb 'to run out' BbI6er:iTb
6'1eHb.n6nro. (M. I'.) 3. nocpe.nii paBHHHbIo.nHH6KoH.ner, Ka'!allcb, He6oJibWllllTe1.1. 6eraTb y6eJK:iTb'to run away' y6er:iTb
Hall cj>Hrypa.neeywKH... Tpy.nHo H,UTH, MllJieHbKHe Horn Bll3HYTB CHery. (M. I'.) 4. 0Ha npu6eJKaTh'to come running' 11pll6Crl1Tb
[MaTb] 3HaJia, '!TO OH XO.UHT B r6po.n, 6b!BlleTTaM B Tearpe ... (M. I'.) 5. ,SI XO.UliJJ no nepe6e)l(aTb 'to cross running' nepe6er:irb
rrapKy, .neplKllCbno.nam,we OT.n6Ma, u OTbICKHBaJI 6eJibie rpH6bJ. ( C/ex.) 6. HaKOHeuOH 3a6e1KaTb'to drop in (at)' Ja6erarb
yaii.nen, '!TOe.neTHe a TYcT6poHy. (II.) 7. Jl6wa.nH 6e)l(aJIH.npy)l(HO.(H.) 8. K6wKa 6e-
JICTfTb} 'to fly' BbIJICTeTb'fly out' BblJICTllTb
rana no Kp6aJie nbIJillJOUlerocapall. (JI.) 9. 3.necb H raM cra.na 6po.niinu no JiyraM. (ll.)
JieTllTb yJiererb 'to fly away' YJICTllTb
npuJiererb 'to come flying' npHJieTaTb
Exercise 106. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the verbs required nepeJieTeTb 'to cross flying' nepeJieTaTb
by the sense. 3aJieTeTI,'to fly in' 33JICT3Tb
I. Mbl yaii,neJIHcaMoJieT, KOTOpblH... no Hanpaa.rre- JieTllJI,JieTt:JI BLmOJI3TH 'to crawl out' BbIUOJI3llTb
0?J13TII} 'to crawl'
HHIOK MOCKBe. UOJl33Tb ynom-ru 'to crawl away' ynoJIJaTb
2. .AoMawHHemitub1 (Kypb1,rycH) no'ITH He ... neraJOT, nerh cnoJI3Tn 'to crawl down' CUOJI3llTb
3. ... CIO,!\llJTH KHHrH,JI TIOJIO)I()'
HXB WKacjl. HOCH,Hecii npunoJI3Tn 'to come crawling' npunoJI3llTb
4. Y)l(e n63.nHo, HYlKHo... .noMoif. XO,!\HTb,H,!\TH 33UOJl33Tb
JanoJI3Tli 'to era wI in'
5. ,[(erH mo6JIT .... 6eraTb, 6e)l(aTb
6 . .[(eTH ... HaM HaBCTpe'ly. 6eraJIH, 6elKllJIH

'to carry BLIBC3TH 'to carry out'

Exercise 107. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the appropriate
verbs in the present tense chosen from those on the right.
Be3TU
}
80311Tb (in a yee3Tn "to carry away'
BbIB0311Tb
YB0311Tb
vehicle)' npueeJrn 'to bring' UpllB0311Tb
J. illKOJlbHHKH ... BO,UBOpe. 6eJKaTb, 6eraTb Jaee3rn 'to bring (while on the way 33B03HTb
Pa3.nancJ13BOHOK,H OHM... B KJiacc. to a destination)'
2. Cer6.nHll Mbl ... B Tearp. H,UTH,XO,!\HTb
Mb[ 'lllCTO... B rearp. BeCTu ai:mec-ru 'to lead out' BblBO,[\IITb
3. ::ho no'!TaJibOH y)l(e MHOro,'IeT ... TIO'ITYe Halli HecTH,HOCHTb B0/.IHTb} 'to lead' yeecTn 'to lead away' YBO,[\IITb
L{OM. npueec-ru 'to bring' npHBO/.IIITb
Tio Jit:CTHHUe TTOLIHHMaeTCSI IlO'ITaJibOHH ... HaM JaeeCTu 'to lead (to some remote 3380/,IIITb
TIO'!Ty. place)'
4. Hawa rpynna KaJK.n9eJleTO... Ha KaBKa3, HOB ho exaTb, e3,[\HTb HeCTu BblllCCTll 'to carry out' BblllOCIITb
JleTO Mbl ... B KpbIM.
5. 3TH nJIOB[lblOTJIH'IHO... . nJibITb, TIJiaBaTb
}
'to carry
HOCIITb in one's yuecTu 'to carry away' YllOCIITb
hand{s)' npuuecru 'to bring' IlpllllOCIITb
ITJJOBUbl. . . ceit'lac K 6epery. 3auecT11 'to bring (while on the way 33HOCIITb
6. TTpeno.naaareJibHHUa... cd1'!ac .nereii Ha nporyJIKY eecrii, ao.nii-rb to a destination)'
e napK.
0Ha 'laCTO... HXB napK. fHaTb BLirHaTb 'to drive out' BblfOHIITb
7. Cer6.nHll B 7 '!aCOByrpa caMoJJeT... e Matf'lecrep. JieTeTb, JieTaTb fOHl!Tb } 'to drive' yruaTh 'to drive away' yroHHTb
corua-rb 'to drive off crou11rb
VERBS OF MOTION WITH PREFIXES npuruarb 'to drive home' npuroHHTb
3aru:irb 'to drive in' 3arou11Tb
A verb of definitive motion to which a prefix which expresses the t!XaTb BbIC3lKllTb
direction of movement (to or from somewhere) is added becomes per· eJ):\HTb } 'to go' BbICX3Tb 'to go out'
yexarb 'to go away· ye31Kl1Tb
npuexaTb 'to come' nplle31Kl1Tb
fective: 11,lJ;TH
'to go'-eoHTH 'to go in', BLIHTH 'to go out', npuHTII 'to nepeexarb 'to cross' nepee31KllTb
come', yHTH 'to go away'; J1eTeT1.'to fly' -BJleTeTb 'to fly in', eLIJJ~: Jaexarb 'to call on (somebody)' JaC31KllTb
TeTb 'to fly out', npH.'IeTeTL 'to come flying', yJieTeTb 'to fly away, n.ru,nb } BLIUJibITb 'to swim out' BbIUJiblBllTb
whereas a verb of indefinite motion remains imperfective: xo)J;HTb't? OJiaoaTb 'to swim' ynJILITb 'to swim away' ynJibIBllTb
go' -BXOJl:HTb 'to go in', BblXOJ.1:HTb'to go out', npuxo)J;HTb'to con;ie' npunJILITb 'to come swimming' npunJibIBllTb
'to go away'; JleTaTb 'to fly'-BJleTaTb 'to fly in', BblJleTa1"
YXOJ.1:IITb nepenJILITb 'to swim across' nepeIIJiblBllTb
JanJILITb 'to swim in' 3311Jlb1Bl1Tb
'to fly out', npuJieTaTi. 'to come flying', yJieTaTi. 'to fly away'.
258 259
 Notes.- I. No prefixed imperfective verbs are formed from the verb b1.1111i. '-
c
'to go'; instead, v~rbs with pre~xes added to the stem e3ll(a- are used (nf1te1ll(al'J.
'to come', e1,1e1ll(aTb 'to go out , etc.). In Modern Russian, the verb elll(aTL is not
used without prefixes.
Only a few prefixes may be added to the verb eJJlllTb. Such an addition in.
variably turns it into a perfective verb {C'belAIITb 11a KaeKal 'to go to the Cauca.
sus', Muorn noe1.[{1tTL 'to. travel a lot', u11>e1,-11TbeecL ceeT 'to travel over the
world').
2. No prefixed imperfective verbs can be formed from the verb nmieaTL 'to
swim'. Aspect pairs are formed by inserting the suffix -ea- in ttie perfective verbs ro M

BblDJILIT': 'to swim ~ut', ynJILITb •~o swim away', npHDJIMTb 'to come swimming':
e:(
C
= ;,: ::;i
•ro I-<
BLIDJILIB3Tb, ynJILIB3Tb, np11DJILIB3Tb. a. e:i: ro ·::11
·C C;,: a.
C
Exercise 108. Read through the sentences. Write out the italicised verbs and give '"
M
:E :E
<!)•0
'"
their antonyms. = :,< ~ (.)

1. JJ;sepu OTKpblJIHCb, H H3 ay.JJ.HT0pHH 6blWAU CTY./.ICHTbl.

2. OH 6b1CTpo636e:JK:Q.tl
no JICCTHHl.le Ha BTOp0HJTalK H no3BOHHJI.3. Bo ./.IBOP 6beXaA rpy30BHK.4. )],em Cee-
ceJlblMCMeXOM Ha caHKaXC ropbi. 5. Ko MHe113 CMOJleHCKa
C?Je3:JIC(1AU npuexa,1 6par.
6. EipaT npue3:JIC{lemKOMHeKaJK.JJ.blH ro.1.1.7. ·CecTpa YWAl1H3 ./.I0MapaHO YTPOM,H/J.0
CHXnop ee HeT.8. OH llC.J.laJI c HeTepneHHeM.qaCTO noihoOUA K OKH)'u CMOT))eJI, Henpu-
exaAa n11Ma1II1tHa. 9. Y'iHTenL Hanncan npe.1.1noJKeHne 11 omoweA oT .JJ.OCKH.
IO. B nepe-
pi:,s cTy.JJ.eHTnoooweA K npoqieccopy H 3a.JJ.aJI eMy BOnpoc. 1J. Co6paHHe K0H'iHJIOCb
H see pa30WAUCbno ./.IOMaM. 12. CK6po Ha'iaJIOyqefiHOfOr6.1.1a.CTy./.lCHTbl Ha'iaJIHCbe3:
:JIC(lmbCJIB 061.1.1eJKHTHe.
13. Kor.1.1aHaCTynaeToceHb, nepeJieTHLienTHl.lblyAema,om Ha
!Of. BeCH0HOHHnpuAema10m o6paTHO. 14. Koma Tennox6.1.1 omoweA OT6epera, Ha fie.
per npu6e:J1CaAon03./.laBIIIHH naccaJKHp.
Exercise 109. Explain the difference in the meaning of the sentences in the left and
right-hand columns. .<!)

"'
;:i
·sC
Mb! BOIIIJIHB ca.1.1. Mb! BhIIIIJIHB ca.1.1. C
...
C
..i::::
ITTHl.laBJieTeJiaB OKH0. ITTHl.laBhIJieTeJiaB OKH6. <!)

OH nO./.IOIIIeJI
K OKH)'.
CaMOJleTnpHJieTeJIB MocKBy.
OH OTOIIIeJIK OKH)'.
CaMOJleTyneTeJI B MoCKB)'.
-5 -5
C
C
bpaT np111IIeJIK TOBapHLI.IY-
JJ;eTHBfieJKaJIHBO./.IBOp.
bpaT yUieJI K TOBapu1.1.1y.
)],eTHBhI6eJKaJIHBO/lBOp.
.sC
.5
.::
00 E!
ft ft

g
e:(
=
;,:
I-<
0 (.)
:E a. •<!)
C ·O ~
e:(

= '"
=
ro
;,:
,.-"'---,,, ,..........,,..
___...___,_ ,-"----._ .--"---,

.Q
·= I-<
1-<•=
" 0"
...
=
== =
"'
=

260 261
N Continued
°'
N

Prefix Verb Prefix Verb

npu-
Arrival
npHHTII
npHX0/.1,IITh
} B HHCTHT)'T,
Ha co6pami:e,
'to come to the insti-
tute, to the meeting,
y-
Departure
YHTII
yX0/.1,IITh } H3 HHCTHT_y-'to leave the in-
Ta, C C06pa- stitute, the
K Bpaq_y to the doctor's' Hll.ll meeting'
npuexaTh } B MOCKB.Y, 'to come to Moscow, yexaTh } OT TOB.lpH- 'to leave the
npue31Kl1Th K poJJ,ineJillM to one's parents' ' ye31Kl!Th ma, 113MocK- friend's,
Bbl, OT p0/.1,H- Moscow,
TeJieii one's par-
ents''
npuuec1:11 } pe6~HKa B /.1,eT-'to bring the child to YBCCTII } pe6eHKa H3 'to take the
npHBO/.1,HTh CKHHCa,[( the kindergarten' YB0/.1,l!Th /.1,eTCKOrO
ca- child from
/.1,a the kinder-
garten

no,[(- (no/.1,o-) noJJ,onTu } K /.1,ocKe, 'to come (up) to the OT- OTOHTII } OT /.1,0CKH 'to step aside
Approaching no/.l,X0/.1,IITL K yqMTemo blackboard, to the Moving OTX0/.1,HTh OT TOBapn:111a from the
teacher' away (from) blackboard,
from one's
friend'
no/.l,6eJK_aTh } K OKH, 'to run (up) to the OT6CJKIITJ, 'to run away
no/.l,6eraTL Y window' OTfieraTL
} OT OKHa from the
window'
D0/.1,beXaTh } , 'to drive (up) to the OTbeXaTh } , 'to drive off
IJO/.l,bC3lK!ITh K /.1,0MY house' OTbC31KllTh OT /.1,0Ma from the
house'
D0/.1,IJJlbHI, } 6, 'to swim (up) to the OTDJlhlT1,' } OT 6epera 'to swim away
DO):\IIJll,IBIITI, K epery shore' OTDJ1bl83Th from the
shore'
\ \ I

Continued

pa3-
pac-
Diverging
movement*
Prefix

(pa3o- ),
P"'" ... ~
pacxo-
/.1,IIThCH
pu6e-
lKIIThCB
r o
Verb

a••U,, • ph-
HhIC CTOpOHbl
'to go, to run to
one's respective
homes, in different
directions'
c-
Prefix

Converging
movement
COHTIICI,

<xoaBT=
cfielKaThCB
cfierl!ThCB
lJ - -
B 0/.1,HO
Verb

MeCTO
'to
run
come, to

to one place'

pa36erh1,cn

N
°'
w * Note.- Verbs of motion with this meaning invariably take the particle -en.
N
Table 2
°'
.j:.
PREFIXES USED WITH VERBS OF MOTION

Prefix Verb Remarks

,[IOHTII
,[10-
Movement up to a definite ,[IOXO,[IIITb } HHCTHT)'Ta
,[10
'to reach (walk as far as) the
institute'
place or object ,[I06e;KaTb
,[I06eraTb } J:\OpeKH 'to reach (run as far as) the riv-
er'
,[loexan,
,[(Oe3;KaTb } ):(OrpaHHU:hI 'to reach (drive as far as) the
border'
J:IOBecTn
,[10B0/l:IITb } ll!KOJihl
):(0 'to take to (lead as far as) the
school'

1. Movement
nepe-
across some-
nepeiiTH
nepexo,[IHTb } qepe3 )'s'1HU:Y 'to walk across the street' Such verbs can also
be used with these same
thing meanings without a
nepe6e;KaTb
nepe6er·aTb } qepe3 ):(Opory 'to run across the street'
preposition: nepeiiTn
ynnny, nepe6e;KaTL):(0-
nepenJihITb } qepe3 peKy
'to swim across the river' pory, nepenJihrTbpeKy.
nepeUJibIB3Tb
nepeexaTb
2. Movement
to another
from one place
nepee3;K3Tb } KBapTnpy
Ha H6sy10 'to move to a new flat'

nepeiiTu
nepeXOJ:IHTL}
C nepBOro Kypca 'to move up from the I st to the
Ha BTOpOH 2nd year'

1. Movement
npo-
past something
npoiiTH
HpOXO,[IIITb } MIIMOJ:16Ma,
MHMOqeJIOBeKa
'to walk past a house, a per-
son'
npoexaTb
npoe3'.ll<aTb } MHMOCTaHl\lHI 'to drive past a station'
I
\

Continued

Verb Remarks
Prefix

In such cases verbs

2. Movement
thing
through some- npoexaTL
npoeJ;KaTL } CKB03bTYHHeJih 'to drive through a tunnel' are occasionally used
without a preposition:
3. Movement
distance
over a definite npoilTit
npoxo,[IHTL } KHJIOMeTP 'to walk a kilometre' npoexaTb TynueJIL.

HpOeX3Tb
npoeJ;K:tTL } 30 KHJIOMeTpOB 'to drive 30 kilometres'

I. Movement
o- (06-, 060-)
round some-
o6oiiTH
06X0,[111Tb } BOKpyr J:IOMa 'to walk round the house'

thing
061,eJ;K:tTb }
061,exaTL BOKpyr 63epa 'to drive round the lake'

06X0,[111Tb }
2. Movement round an object o6oi1TH r6py 'to walk round the mountain'
obstructing the way

061,eJ;KaTb }
061,exaTL 60JIOTO 'to drive round the swamp'

nee KOMHaTbI 06- 'to tour all the rooms of the

06X0,[111Tb }
3. Movement over the whole o6oiiTH
of the object or over all the 11_\elKHTH» hostel'
places

B Mara3HH no ,[(O- 'to drop into a shop on the

Ja-
l. Calling at some place or
33HTII
33X0,[111Tb } p6re J:IOMOH way home'
dropping in on somebody KHHry B 6H6m10- 'to take the books to the libra-
when on the way some-
where else
3auecT11
33HOCIITb } TeKy ry'

N
336e;KaTL
3a6er:iTL } 3a TOB:lpHll_\eM 'to call for a friend'

°'
V,
 Exercise 110. Write out the sentences. Underline the verbs of motion. State their
~
SJ
;:,: aspect and explain the meaning of the prefixes.
.::; (a) J. KaJK.UY!O cy666Ty K ITaBny rrpHxo.uirnH TOBapmu,H. (M. I'.) 2. CaMoBap
'i::
C 9CKl.!fieJl,MaTb BHeC,1aer6 B KOMHaTy. (M. I'.) 3. BbIXOlK)' 0/J,l!H SIHa nop6ry. (H.) 4. y
(.)
ni:pBOH II36Y;"KII OH _BbII1pbirHY,1__ 1n cane~. n_o116eJKaJ1 K <?KH)' Il CTaJl ~TyLJaT~Cl!. (II.)
.
-"
~

E
5 rrocne o6ep,a OH TOTLJaCJKeyrnen B CBO!OKOMHaTy 11B CilJlbHOM BOJlHeHilll JJ,OJlrOxo-
p{!Jl[10 Heil. (JI. T.) 6. Db!JlO yJKe 3a TIOJIHO'-lh,KOrJJ,aOHR CTaJ111paCXOARTbCl!. (M. I'.)
cii 7 CTal1 TITl11(CO CBII.CTOM11nerKHM III)'MOM pa3JlCTalOTCl! B CTOpOHbl. ([faycm.)
. (b) 1. 0AH1DK/J,bl BeLJepOM, B03BpaU"(al!Cb )J,OMOH.,l! HCLJal!HHO3a6pen B KaK)'lO-TO
ae3HaKOMY!Oycap,b6y. (l.fex.) 2 . .51npornen MRMO 6enoro P,OMa C Teppacott Il MC30Hil.-
!IOM- (l/ex.) 3. BnaARMHP c yJKacoM ym:1p,en, LJTOOH 3aexan B He3HaKOMbIH. nee. (/l.)
4. C caMOfO JJ,eTCTBaOHR BMeCTC YLJRJlilCb, nepeXO,l.\llJlll. 113 KJiacca B Knacc. (<Pao.)
5. My3bIKa no-npeJKHeMy ,l.\OJleTaJia)J,O HaC, 3B)'Kll. ee Ka3aJ111CbCJ!all(C, HeJKHee.(Typz.)
6. OHM [IO)lbexam1 K pa3a1HB!JleH.Cl!peKe, KOT6py10 IlM Ha)lo 6b!Jl0 nepee3JK:1TbHa nap6-
"" ·;,-,
Me. (JI. T.) 7. Pe6eHOK ylKe p,aBHO Ha ABOpe. OH C pa,l.\OCTHbIM 113YMJleHl1eM,KaK 6y,l.\TO
:co 0 I-<

·o 0
.E .8 B nepBblH. pa3, OCMOTpen Il o6eJKaJ1 KpyrOM pO,l.\HTeJlbCKl1H.).\OM. (I'all'I.)
i::
0
;s: ·c
I-<
·o
(\)
.8
V,
(\) ;>, B
;::: '5 "Cl (\)

"" 0 ,.D i:: 0 Of)

Verbs of Motion with Prefixes
"" "Cl
""
(\)

:.a .S s ;:::
i::
"Cl
i:: Denoting the Beginning or the End of an Action
:.a ,.D <Z: 0 , 2
V,
(\) I-<
(\)
V,
or then Time Limit of an Action
,.D "Cl 0. i::
i::
~ .-"I
"@ ""s ·-
;:,
"" ;s: ;s: C
I-<
(.)
~"" ;>, THE PREFIX 110-
I-<

? -~ ? ? {/)? The prefix no- forms perfective verbs with the meaning of the begin-
ning of an action from verbs of definite motion: u,ri:Tit 'to walk' - nou:Tit
-E: 'to start walking', exaTb 'to drive'- noexaTb 'to start driving', JieTeTb
~ 6 ::s:
lO 0.
0.
'to tly'-noJieTeTb 'to start flying', 6emaTb 'to run'-no6emaTb 'to be-
(.)
(\) = (\)
b gin to run', UJibITb'to swim'--nonJILITb 'to begin to swim', noJI3TH'to
~
0 ,!\ 0 S2S2 crawl' -nono.TI3TH 'to begin to crawl', uecTH 'to carry (in one's
=
(\)
;,:
(\)
::E •O
= lO
:s: 0
.;,-,
i'Ei:s: hands)'-nouecTit 'to start carrying', ne3Tit 'to carry (in a vehicle)'-
•O
0.
•O:S :.:
(\) -o-o
7 b ;>, 0.
0--•0 noneJTu'to start carrying'. These verbs are used to describe single ac-
t:1: :.: ~
ro 8 ~ b
tions which began at a definite time and are connected with some pre-
"' ""
"" "' t:1: :.: ""
;,:
ceding actions.
......---.. -----..
I103clBTpaKan 'I got up, dressed, had breakfast
,.........-"-- ,..-"---,. ,----"'---,,

5J BCTaJI, O,Il;eflC51,
,!\ II UOllleJIHa pa66Ty. and went to work.'
~ ~ •= b
b •00
..:i
b
..:i ..:i ..:i
·i:.!i; b b Bqepa n6cne 3aH5ITIIHMbl UOIIIJIH'Yesterday we went to the cinema
•oo b
.,:E·t::
MM
., 0e: e: ·= ·= •<I>·-=
"I: b b I,:[ <J after the classes.'
= = ,= = = rni
0 b 0 <I> 0 B KIIHO.
1010 ~
II MhI nomnit JJ:O-
Haqanck JJ:O)K)l:h, 'It started raining and we went
"" "" "" "" ""
MM M M M M M M M M
home.'
Moii.
'
(\) O"Cl In the above examples the imperfective verb u,ri:Tu cannot replace
s
0
-
.s i::
~ the perfective verb nou:Titsince what is implied is not an action in pro-
V, (\)

"Cl
,.D
gress but a single action which began at a definite time. To express re-
0.
i:: (\)
peated actions which began at a definite time, the corresponding im-
:.a (\)
"Cl I-<

"'
e::
(\)
,.D
0 perfective verbs are used.
J: "i:: "i::Of)Of)
Compare:
(\) (\) i:: i:: Repeated Actions
s s :.a:.cc:
o-- (\) (\)
Single Actions

s.s
(\)

:::8'5
Of)

0
>
:::SOV,
SS
0
I. I16cne 3aH»TIIii MhI cpa3y no-
1. I16cne 3aH5ITIIHMhl cpa3y IIIJIH
B CTOflOByIO.
V,
omit B CTOn6ByIO.
,--.i ,.,.; 'After the classes we immedia- 'After the classes we would go
tely went to the dining-room.' to the dining-room at once.'
267
266
 2. fl6cne 3aH51TTTH on rronpo- 2. fl6rne 3aHHTHHo.H rrpoI1J,{u1cll THE PREFIX C-
u1JiJ1rn C H<lMTT
II noexa.1 )J,O- C miMII H exaJI .[(OMOH.
MOH. (a) The prefix c- added to verbs of indefinite motio~ imparts, to
'After the classes he said good- the meaning of completion and makes them perfective: cxo,11;uT~
'After the classes he would say them
bye to us and went home.' good-bye to us and go home.' 'to gos omewhere and return' , c6eraTL 'to ,run somewhere and return ,
ct,e3,IJ;HTL'to drive somewhere and return_:
The prefix no- may also be added to verbs of indefinite motion: x •
.[(Un. 'to walk'-noxo.[(HTL 'to walk for a while', e31J.HTL'to drive'- 0 M ,Jibt.JHKcxo,11;uJI(c6eran) 8 Ma- 'The boy went to the shoph for
a , , 6oM bread' (i. e. he went t ere,
nofa,nnTL 'to drive for a while', 6eraTL 'to run'-no6eraTL 'to run for raJHH 3a xne . bought some bread and re-
a while', neniTL 'to fly'-noneTaTL 'to fly for a while', nnasan> 'to turned).
swim'~-nonnasan 'to swim for a while', B03HTL 'to carry (in a vehi-
cle)' ~nosoJnTL 'to carry for a while', uocnTb 'to carry (in one's (b) The prefix c- with the me~ning o_f 'down(wards)' is ad~e~ to
hands)'--nouocttTL 'to carry for a while', BO,l(HTL'to lead'-noso.nHTL verbs of either indefinite or defimte motion to form aspect pairs.
'to lead for a while'. The prefix no- forms perfective verbs denoting ac- Imperfective Perfective
tions limited in time, actions of short duration (noxo,nirn, no6eran,, 'to go downstairs'
nOJICTaTL, nOe3,l(HTL, DOnJiaBaTb): CXO,/l;IITbC JieCTHHIJ,bl - COHTII C neCTHHIJ,bl
c6eraTb c rophl - c6e:iKaTL c rophl 'to run downhill'
MbI IIOJJY.JacaOKOJJO 'We strolled
DOXO,Ll:HJIH near the house for
LJ,oMa, BepuynIIcb II nerm1 half an hour, returned and went . . Exercise 111. Read through the sentences. Explain the use of the verbs of motion
crraTb. to bed.' with and without the prefix no-. .
Jf nODJiaBaJI HeCKOJJbKOMIIH)'T 'I swam for a few minutes and 'lK oe 'T O JI BCTaBaJI
paHO, p;eJiaJIJapii,nKy,3il8TpaKaJIH ill~JIB YHHBepcHT~T
·
H cH6Ba ner Ha ropii.t.JttHrrec6K. again lay down on the hot
sand.' 1· gh,t~E.:1.Fo'.:t:!'.~-:;~=:;r~h~:'t; ;ftc;;'~E
THE PREFIX JA-
:::;y
· 5 nocJie YlKHHa

Ba.JIH;
ott cpby noweJI s csoio KOMHaTy
~eJI 8 CBOIOKOMHaTy11~OlKHJICJI
8. )JyTewecTBeHH!fKH
" Jier cna . .
cna:rb, 7. 0HH UfJIH_
He~Hor~ of )];O~HYJI~
.

~~~:~:/;:;:.;:·
p:~~::~
Me)];JleH~O;
10: PeJeHOKysH-
KOf.!\aOHaWJia no .IJ;Bopy,H ~Op;y)
Mla~.; .. :~a i::rJI K MaTepH H pa,nOCTHOCMeiIJICJI.
The prefix 3a- added to the verbs of indefinite motion xo,a:irTh 'to )lerr MaTb " no6eJKa.1 K tteH. · . e ett . , · noexaJia no
walk' and 6eran 'to run' forms the perfective verbs 3axo,nirn and Ja- 12:MawHHa exana no wnp6Koli yJim1e. !3. MawnH~ csepHyT~~:!~f~~iseJ nx K si:1-
YJKOMy nepeyJIKy. 14. HocHJiblllH~nocrnBHf! qeMo,naH~Itta .
6eraTL which imply the beginning of an action. XO.!\Y,15. HocHJib1IU{K Be3 qeMo,naHblK CTOJIHKe TaKCH.
Ott Bcran II 3axo,nirn no KOMHaTe. 'He stood up and began pacing Exercise 112. Read through the sentences. Explain the meaning of the prefix no- in
the room.' the verbs of motion. .
,D;ern 3a6eranu rr6 .IJ:Bopy. 'The children began running · , · ·· ·
1 )J;eTHno6era.rrH TIO.!\BOpyn no6eJKaJIHHa yJim1y. 2. CaMO;feTIIOJieTaJI, Hap;ro-
,
about in the courtyard.' PO.!\O~H IIOJieTeJIHa cesep. 3. Mb! IIOIIJiilB~H Y 6epera ~ IIOIIJib!JIH
!fa .np;b~~ ~::
potty. 4. Mb! IIOeJ.IJ;HJIH
TIOr6po,ny, nOTOMBblillJIHHJ MaWHHbln IIOWJIHnew
However, in the sentence: Ott Ko Mae t.Jacro 3axo,nirn (3a6eran) ne- THHHl\y.
TOM,the verbs 3axo,nun and 3a6era;1 are imperfective and mean npuxo- Exercise 113. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate verbs of motion with or
,l(HJI(KOMHe) 'called on (me)', npu6eran (Ko Mne) 'dropped in (on me)'; without the prefix no-.
the perfective counterparts of 3axo,nirn and 3a6eraJI are 3arnen and 3a· I. - )J;orottiii! Mettii!-- Kp~KHYJI
OH n .... K 6epery. (no )IIJib!JI
6e'KaJI, which are verbs of definite motion with the prefix 3a-: 2. HaKoHell Mb! ysH,neJIHyJKyio TpOIIHHKY
" ... no (no)WJIH
On 3ame.1 (3a6e'Kan) Ko MHe 'He dropped in on me yesterday 3. Heii. .
Mb1 ,n6Jiro ... no Y3KOilnectt6i! TponH~Ke.
( ) JIU
no w
Bt.JepayrpoM no .IJ:op6re Ha pa- morning on his way to work.' 4. B1,1cerO.IJ;HJI
... CIOp;aHa TpOJIJieli6yceHJIHHa aB- (IIO)exaJIH
66ry. T66yce? . , , '
5. KaJK,nbIRseqep nocJie pa60Tbl Mb! BMeCTe... JlO- (no)eXaJIH
The verbs 3a6eran 'began running' and 3a6era.1J 'dropped in' also Moli. , ( ) ,
differ in the position of the stress: the former is stressed on the root and 6. CKOJibKOBpeMeHH)TOT CaMoJieT... OT MocKBbl no JieTeJI
.!lo Hoaocn6HpcKa?. ,
the latter on the suffix -a. 7. YMeHiiHe 6b!JiO)TORKHHrn,n JI ... s 6n6JIHOTeKy. (no)weJI
(In verbs of definite motion, the prefix 3a- never denotes the begin- 8. TT6cne3aHJITIIHMb!o6hi'IHOcpa3y ... B CTOJI6sy10. (no)wJiu
ning of action.) 9, HocHJibIUIIKnoJIOlKUJI 'leMO/];ilHbl
Ha TeJielKKY
H ... (no)se3
HXK TaKCU. ,
10. Kor,na OH ysu,neJI, '!TO 6eper yJKe6JIH3KO,OH ... (no)nJiblJI
Me)];JleHHee.
268
269
 THE PREHX Ml- (MC-) Mb! exaJJH OT/J,b!XaTb a C6'1H. Pa.HO YTPOM Mb! ... exaJIH a r6po.Q Tyarrce. 3a Tyarrce
!11-1.leTCll
Mope. IJ6e3/J, ... IIIeJJ ITO 6epery MOpl!. Mb! CMOTpeJIH B OKHO H mo6oaaJIHCb
Th~ prefix 01- (u~-) added to verbs of indefinite motion, shows that ll~q eM. 8.Qpyr CT8.JJOTCMHO H /J,}'IIIHO. 3TO Mb! ... exam! B TYHHeJib, npopb!Tb!H B rope.
~?Pe3 )],BCMHH}'Tbl rroe3/J, ... IIIeJI H3 TYHHeJJH,H Mb! CHOBa YBH/J,eJIHiipKoe COJ!Hlle HMO·
the act10n has spent itself, has spread over the entire area of the object epUo nynt B CO'!H Mb! ... eXaJIH HeCKOJJbKOTYHHeJieH.
concerned or has come to an end. It makes the verbs to which it i pc.
added perfective: 8 Exercise 116. Read through the two stories by Leo Tolstoy. Explain the use of the
verbs of motion. Retell the stories in your own words.
ucxo.zl:tITLBee n6Jie 'to walk all over the field' KAK BOJIKl'.I Y"llA T CBOl'.IX AETEti
u16eraTL Beeb ca.n: 'to run all over the garden'
011.fa.n:nTLBCIOCTpaHy 'to travel all over the country' 51meJJ no /J,Op6re H C38./J,Hce6ii YCJJb!X8.JIKpHK. KpH'18.JI M8.Jlb'IHK•IIacryx. OH 6eJKaJI
uoneM H Ha K?r6-To !1oKa3bIBa~. • • • • ~ •~ .~
~owever, i~ the _sentence 3r<;>r:e.f!oBeKHl6~ran JIIOJJ:eii.'This man 51norJJll/J,eJI H YBH/J,eJJ:no nomo 6eryT /J,B3 BOJIKa: 0/J,HH CTapbIH, .QpyroH MOJJO)J,OH.
MoJJO)J:OHHee Ha C~HHe 3a:pbaH~oro llrHeH_Ka, a 3Y?8.MH p:epJKaJJ_ero 38. HO;Y· CTa_PbIH
avoided people , the verb H36eran is imperfective and has an entirely OJIK6eJKaJJIl033/J,H. Kor.Qa ll YBHP:eJIBOJ1KOB,ll BMecre C rracTyXOM no6eJKaJI 33 HHMH,
different meaning ('avoided'). The stress in the first case (u16eraTL Bec1, : Mb! CT8.J1HKPH'l8.Tb. Ha H3III KpHK IIpH6eJK8.JIH MYJKHKII C co6aKaMH.
ca.n:'to run all over the garden') is on the root, whereas in the second KaK TOJibKO CTapb!H BOJ1KYBJI)J,eJJ co6aK H Hap6.Q, OH rrop:6eJKaJ1K MOJIO/J,OMY,Bbl-
case (u16eran JIIOJJ:eii:
'avoided people') it is on the suffix -a-. The per- J[B3TIIJ1y Hero llrHeHKa, rrepeKJIHYJI ce6e Ha CTIHHY, H 66a BOJIKa no6eJK8.JIH CKOpee
fective counterpart u16eriTL 'to avoid' is Hl6eaciTL: 11cKpbIJIHCb H3 rna3.
Tor.Qa M8.Jlb'IHK CTaJI paCCKa3bIBaTb, K3K 6hIJIO .QeJIO:H3 OBpara Bh!CKO'IHJI 6oJib-
IllOH BOJ1K,CXBaTJIJ1HrHeHKa, 3apbaJI H TIOHec. HaBCTpe'ly BbI6eJKaJI BOJI'IOHOK H 6p6-
KaK R HH CTapaJICR,R He MOr Hl- 'No matter how hard I tried I Ci!J1CllK llrHeHKy. CTapb!H OTP:aJIHeCTII HrHeHKa MOJIO/J,OMYBOJIKY, a caM HaJierKe no6e-
6excaTL BCTpe'IHC 3THMtJ:eJIO- could not avoid meeting that )!(l!Jl B03J1e.
BeKOM. man.' TOJibKO KOl'/J,8.IlpHlIIJia 6e.Qa, CT8.pbIH OCT8.BIDI y'leHbC H CaM B3HJI HrHeHKa.

BOPOEEM l'.I JIACTOqKl'.I

If verbs of indefinite motion are used figuratively, the addition of
prefixes may sometimes form perfective verbs denoting the result of the Pa3 H CTOiJ:JIHa /J,BOpe H CMOTpeJJ Ha rHe3)]:0 JI8.CTO'leK ITO)]:KpbIIIIeii:. 06e JI8.CTO'IKH
rrpll MHe yneTeJIH, H rHe3/J,O OCT8.Jl0Cb rrycT6e.
action, the "spending itself' of the action: BLixo,a:nTL6onLuoro 'to B TO apeM.ll KaK OHII 6bIJIH B OTJI)''!Ke, C KpbIIIIH CJieTeJI Bopo6eii:, npbirHYJI Ha rHe3-
nurse a sick man back to health': AO,OrJIHH}'JICH,B3MaXH}'JI KpbIJiblIIIKaMH H IOpKH}'Jl B rHe3,n:6, TIOTOM BbICYHYJICBOI-0r6-
JIOBYH 3a'!HpHKaJ1.
CecTpa C YJJ:HBHTeJihHOH CTOHKO- 'The sister nursed the sick man CKopo n6cJ1e Toro rrpHneTeJJa K rHe3.QY nacTO'!Ka.
CTblOH TepneHHeM XOJJ:HJia 3a with amazing persistence and 0Ha cyHynacb B rHe3)],0, HO, KaK TOJlbKO YBH/J,eJiafOCTH, 3aTIHIJ.laJia, no6JIJiaCb Kpbl-
6oJihHhIM H BL1xo.n:uJia er6. patience and pulled him Jlhl!MH Ha Mecre H yneTeJia. Bopo6eii: CH)J,eJIH 'IHp!IKaJI.
through his illness.' B/:\pyr npHJieTeJI ra6yH6K JI8.CTO'!eK; ace JJ8.CTO'IKHTIO)J,JieTeJIHK rne3):(y-KaK 6y.Q-
TO AllH TOI'O, 'IT06bI TIOCMOTpeTb Ha BOp06biJ:, H OTiiJ:TbyneTeJIH.
Such verbs with figurative meanings form new aspect pairs: Bopo6eu He po6eJ1, TIOBOpa'IHBaJI rOJIOBY H 'IHp!IKaJI.
JiacTO'IKH orrilTb IIO/J,JICTeJJHK rHe3.QY, 'ITO·TO cp:eJiaJIH H onilTb yJ1eTeJ1H.
Perfective Imperfective JlaCTO'IKH He.QapoM nop:JieTaJIH: OHII npHHOCIIJIH KlllK/J,aH B KJIIOBe rpH3b H TIOHe-
MHory 3aMa3bIBaJIH OTBCpCTHe rHe3.Qa.
BhIXO.ll:HTL (60JibHOro)
- BLIX8XCHB3TL 'to nurse (a sick man back OniJ:Tb yneTaJ1H H oniJ:Tb npHJieTaJIH JiacTO'IKH H BCe 60JJbIIIe H 60JibIIIe 3aM8.3bIBa-
to health)' Jlll fHe3p:O, H OTBepCTHe CTaHOBJIJIOCbBCe TCCHee H TeCHee.
33HOCHTL 33H8WHB3TL(nJiaTbe) 'to wear (clothes too long)' CHa'!aJJa 6brna BH/J,Harne,i BOp06bil, TIOTOMyJKe 0)],Ha roJIOBKa, TIOTOMHOCIIK, a no-
H3HOCHTL TOMH HH'lero He CT8.JIOBII/J,HO; JI8.CTO'IKHCOBCeM3aM8.3aJIH er6 B rHe3.Qe, yJieTeJIH H CO
u1uamueaTL (nmirhe) 'to wear (lothes into holes)' cel'icroM cTaJIH KPYlKHTbCH BOKpyr .QOMa.
BblHOCHTL BblH8WHB3TL( HJJ:eIO) 'to let (an idea) ripen in
ones's mind' USE OF VERBS OF INDEFINITE MOTION TO DENOTE
Exercise 114. Read through the sentences. State the aspect of the italicised verbs SINGLE ACTIONS
and explain their meaning.

I. Mb! TOr.Qa JKIIJIH Ha 0/J,HOH}'JIHI1e, H MOH .Qpyr 'lllCTO 3axoiJu.11KO MHe. 2. Kor.ua
Verbs of indefinite motion in the past tense may denote motion in
eMy coo6mHJIH 3TY HOBOCTb, OH a BOJIHeHHH wxoiJu.11 no KOMHaTe. 3. B rrp6nrnoe so· two opposite directions (there and back).
CKpeceHbe Mb! Cbe3dUAU3a ropo.Q. 4. AeTH C aecem,IM CMeXOM Cbe3:JIC{l.!IU Ha CaHKaX C ro·
pb!. 5. AeTH HrpaJIH BO /J,Bope H TOJibKO 1I3pe.QKa3a6ei!iviu B )],OM. 6. CerO/J,HH C paHHef~
1. B11epaMhI xo,a:imuB KHHO. 'Yesterday we went to the cine-
yTpa /J,eTH6ezaAU ITO Ca.Qy, BO BCeX er6 yrOJIKaX 3BY'l8.JIH HX 3B0HKHe roJioca H aeceJJi,1,ll ma.'
CMCX. 7. MaTb C6oduAa pe6eHKa K apa'!y. 8. MaTb C60dUAape6eHKa C JieCTHHllbl. 9. He· 2. JleroM R el.ll:HJIB KphIM. 'In the summer I went to the
CKOJibKO JieT TOM}' Ha3a)J, OH UCXOdUA6epera A.QyHa C H3bICK8.TeJibCKOHnapTHeii:-ll Crimea.'
Terrepb, C BbICOTbl TITII'lbero TIOJieTa, Y3HaBaJI 3HaKOMbie MeCTa. (A:JK:.)JO. MaTeptta·
JIII3M ucxoiJum H3 IIpH3H8.HHH MaTepHaJibHOCTH MHpa.
3. I( Te6e npuxo,a:unTOBapmn:. 'A friend of yours came to see
you.'
Exercise 115. Insert the/appropriate prefixes. 4- B KOMHaTyKTO-TOexo,a:nJJ. 'Somebody has been in the room.'
270 271
 If, in the first and second sentences, the verbs of indefinite motion nlYone of a pair of verbs can be used, either that of definite or that of
xoJJ,iinand eJJJ,HJI,
which have no prefixes, were replaced by the verbs of ?definite motion; thus, it is possible to say uecn't oTBeTCTBeuuocTb 'to
definite motion men and exaJI (Bt.J.epaMhl WJIHB KHHO ... 'Yesterday We tear the responsibility (for)', but not uocuTb orneTCTBeuuocTh;it is
were going to the cinema ... ' JieToM 51exan B KphIM ... 'In the sumrner ossible to say uocuTb cJ>aMHJIHIO 'to have the name of, but not uecTu
I was going to the Crimea .. .'), these verbs would denote movement pro. p ' IO .
cj,al\fHJIH
ceeding in one direction and not carried through to the end. Sentences (2) If a verb of motion is a prefixed one, each individual phrase re-
containing such verbs leave something unsaid; they need completing:- quires this verb with a specific prefix: npuuocuTb noJiblY 'to be useful',
Bt.J.epa Mhl mm1 B KHHOH BCTpe- 'Yesterday we were going to the BblllOCHTb 6~aroJJ,apuocT~'to e~press gratitude', in sue~ cases verbs
both indefimte and defimte motion can be used: npuuocuThor npuuecTH
or
THJIH3HaK6Moro. cinema and ran into an ac-
quaintance of ours.' n6JIJ,3y; BblHOCHTbor BblHeCTH6naro,n:apHOCTh, etc.
JieTOM 51exaJI B KpbIM, H B 3TOM 'In the summer I went to the Cri- Phrases consisting of verbs of motion and various nouns should be
)Ke Bar6He exaJI MOHTOBapm~. mea and a friend of mine trav- memorised.
elled in the same carriage.'
THE VERBS HECTH - HOCHTb
If, in the third and fourth sentences, the verbs of indefinite motion
npuxoJJ,uJI and BXOJJ,HJI,
which have prefixes, were replaced by the verbs (a) HecTii oTBeTCTBenuocTL'to bear the responsibility (for)', uecTii
of definite motion npumeJI and BOmeJI (K Te6e npumen TOBapm~. (nouecTu)noTepu 'to sustain losses' (the verb uocuTb in these phrases
B KOMHaTyKTO·TOBomen), these verbs would denote movement pro- cannot be used):
ceeding in one direction and completed (terminated): K Te6e npurneJI OHueceTOTBeTCTBeHHOCTb 3a 3TY 'He bears the responsibility for
TOBapm~ means: 'A friend of yours has come to see you (he is here).' pa66Ty. . this work.'
B KOMHaTyKT6-To Bomen means: 'Somebody has entered the room (he HaceJieHHenouecno 60JibllIHe IIO- 'The population sustained heavy
is in the room now).' TepH OT HaBO)J;HeHH51. losses from the floods.'
Exercise 117. Explain the difference in the meaning of these sentences. Note.-Memorise the expression eo3JJOlKHTb (BOJJ1arb1,) OTBeTcTeeunocTb
K rrpeIIO)laBaremo rrpmrreJI CTy)leHTC)la- K rrpeIIO)laBaTemo rrpllXO)lHJI cTy)leHT na Kor6-nu6y.ll1,'to char&e somebody with': Ha Hero eolJIOlKHJJH
0Tee!cTeennocT1,
BaTb 3K3aMeH. C)laBaTb3K3aMeH. 3a opramf3aumo cnoprHBHOHpa66ThI s IIIKOJie.'He was charged with the orga-
B KOMHaTyKTO-TO3a6e)KaJI. B KOMHaTyKTO-TO3a6eran. nisation of the ·sports activities in the school.'
3aqeM Tb! BbIIIIeJIll3 )lOMa? 3aqeM Tb! BbIXO)lHJIll3 )lOMa?
Ko MHe rrpnexaJia cecTpa. Ko MHe rrpne3)KaJia cecTpa. (b) HocuTb KOCTJOM 'to wear a suit', uocnTL O'IKH 'to wear specta-
OH yexan ll3 MocKBbl. OH ye3)KaJIll3 MocKBbl. cles' (the phrases uecTu KOCTJOM, uecTu O'IKHare possible, but the verb
necn't is used in them in its literal meaning, e.g.: neCTH KOCTIOM
Exercise 118. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the appropriate
verbs chosen from those in brackets. . B 'IHCTKY'to take a suit to the dry cleaner's', uecTii O'IKHn MacTepcKyro

1. 51 6n1ep )lBepb n ... B KOMHaTy.51 yBH)leJI,qTo OKHO6i:rno OTKpbITOn Ha rro)lO·

'to take the spectacles to the optician's').
KOHHHKe cTo»JI 6yKer IIBeTOB.3HaqnT, 6e3 MeH»KTO-To... B MOIDKOMHaTy.(Boil:TH,BXO· HocuTL ♦aMHJIHIO 'to have the name of, uociiTL HMH 'to be called'
)lHTb)2. K Te6e )'TpOM... TOBitpllIII,OHOCTilBllJI Te6e 3aIIHCKy.K Te6e ... TOBitpHIII,OH meaning 'Christian (or first) name of, 'to be named after' (in these
)K)leTTe6si y)KerroJiqaca. (rrpnihfi:, rrpllXO)lHTb)3. 51 3BOHHJI Te6e Bqepa. MHe cKa3aJIH, phrases the verb neCTHcannot be used):
qTo Tb! ... B TeaTp. (yil:TH,YXO)lHTb)4. - 51 )laBHOHe BH)leJITBOer6 6parn. r)le oH?
-OH ... Ha MeCHIIB KOMaH)lllpOBKy, IIOTOMHe)leJIIO6bIJI )lOMa,a Bqepa BeqepoM ... OT· Oua HOCHTq>aMHJIHJOMy)Ka. 'She has her husband's name.'
)lb!XaTb Ha !Of. (yexaTb, ye3)KaTb) MocKoBCKHHYHHBepCHTeTHOCHT 'Moscow University is named af-
Exercise 119. Write a short description of a trip you have made, using the following RMj{ Benii:Koro pyccKoro yt.J.e- ter the great Russian scientist,
verbs of motion with various prefixes: Horo JioMoH6coBa. Lomonosov.'
Bb!XO)lHTb,IIpllXO)lHTb,0Tbe3)KaTb, IIplle3)KaTb,rrepee3)KaTb,nO)lXO)lHTb,etc.
Verbs with Prefixes:
THE MEANING OF SOME PHRASES CONSISTING
OF A VERB OF MOTION AND A NOUN
BHOCHTb - BHecTH rrpeJlJIO)KeHHe 'to table a proposal'
In some phrases verbs of motion can be used figuratively (uecTHor· Bi.inociiTb- BblHeCTH npuroe6p 'to pass a sentence·
BeTCTBeuuocTh'to bear the responsibility (for)', uauecTii yJJ,ap'to de- npoHlHOCIITb- pe'lb 'to make a speech'
DpoHJHeCTII CJIOBa 'to utter some words'
liver a blow'); in such cases there are certain peculiarities in the use of 'to deliver blows'
1tanoc11y1,- y.napbl (pl.)
these verbs. HanecT11 y)lap (sing.) .'to deliver a blow'
(1) If a verb of motion without a prefix is to be used figuratively, '--_______ ___1 ________ --L. ____________ ~

273
272
 ~

nepeHOCIITh -- 60JIC3Hb "to get over an illness'

nepeuecn't 3aBOAIITh - - 6oJibw6e xo3iiiic1B0 'to settle down (in life)'
BhIHOCIITh - BbIHeCTH 60Jiblll11eTPY/l:HOCT11'to suffer great hardships' 3aBec-r11
DpHHOCIITh -- ITOJih3Y 'to be useful'
npHHeCTlf Bpe,n: 'to be harmful'
,UOBO.UIITh- Kor6-HJ-16y,n:h
JJ:O 'to drive somebody to despair'
gOBeCTII OT'laHHllH
THE VERBS BECTH - BO,[(HTb
BhIBO,LIIITh- Kor6-Hn6y.LlhJ-13Tep- 'to exasperate somebody'
BeCTII pa66Ty 'to conduct work' BbIBeCTH rreHllH 'to put somebody beside himself
3aHHT11H " classes' --"- H3 ce6H
ypoK " a lesson'
CeMllHitp " a seminar'
KPYlKOK 'to be in charge of a study-group' npoHJBO- Brre'!aTJieHHe 'to make an impression'
C06paH11e 'to preside over a meeting' ).ll!Th--
Ha6a,IO,D:eHl1H 'to carry on observations' npOH3BeCTII
rreper0B6pb1 'to conduct negotiations' (3m Kap-r11HarrpoHJnemi ua MeHH60Jibw6e Brreqa-rnemi:e.'This
BOHR)' 'to wage war' picture made a great impression on me.')
or6Hb 'to fire'
K '!eMy-H116y,n:b 'to lead to something'
(3rn Be,n:e-r K rro6e,n:e. ('This leads to victory.' Note.- The verb BO/.IIITh is used in the idiomatic expression BO/.IIITh 3a noc 'to
)],op6ra BefleT B Jiec.) 'The road leads to the woods.') lead somebody up the garden path'. In this expression, BO/-IIITh cannot be replaced
by BecT11; the stress invariably falls on the preposition Ja.

(In all these phrases the verb BOUHTh cannot be used.) THE VERBS 11,[(TH- XO,[(HTb
The verb BOUHTh with prefixes may be used with certain nouns.
Verbs with Prefixes H/-ICT pa66rn 'work
rrpoBepKa
rroAro-r6BKa
'inspections
'preparations
} is (are) under way'
npOBOLIIITh- pa661y ·to conduct work' co6pttHne 'a meeting
npoBeCTII 3aHHT11H
3apiIJJ:KY
ypoK
'to
'to
'to
conduct classes'
supervise P. T. exercises'
conduct a lesson'
COBeWaHJ-le
/UICK)'CCJ-IH
'a conference
'a discussion } is in progress'

CCMllHitp 'to conduct a seminar'

Co6paH11e ·to preside over a meeting'
JJ:MCKVCClllO 'to have a discussion' H/-IYT 3aHHTHH 'classes are in progress, are taking
Ha6J{I0;:1emrn
BpeMH
'to
'to
carry on observations'
spend time'
3K3aMeHbl
Bb!60pbl
·examinations
'elections
} place'

,T_\eTCTBO 'to spend one's childhood'

1-0HOCTb 'to spend one's youth'
311MY 'to spend the winter' H/-ICT BpeM!I 'time } passes (by)'
JleTO 'to spend the summer' lK113Hb 'life
B lK113Hb 'to put into effect'

R/-l}'T ,D:CJ1a 'things are getting on'

BBO,LIIITh- B lKl13Hb ·to put in to effect'
BBecT11 B rrpaKTllKY 'to put into practice'
B yrr0Tpe6nem1e 'to introduce' (KaK H/l:YT Bilillll ,n:ena?--- )],eJia H/.IYT xopow6.
- "How are you getting on?" 'Tm getting on all right.")
~

HaBOLIIITh- rropH/l:O_K 'to put in o~der'

uaBeCTII "lllCTOTY 'to clean up R~e-r HOBaHllbeCa 'a new play is on'
Ha MblCJib 'to suggest an idea' KapTHHaB KHHO 'a film is on at a cinema'
TOCK)' 'to make one dejected'
~ BOHH:l 'a war
crrop 'an argument } is going on'
(OceHHJ-le,[IOJK,T_\11
naBOt".IHT TOCK)'.'Autumn rains make people .[IOlK,[(b 'it is raining'
dejected.') cuer 'it is snowing'

274 275
 ,--------
Te6e H/1:CT3TOTKOCTIOM, 3Ta WJil!lla. ----- H3 npej:lllOCb!JlOK 'to proceed
'This suit, this hat becomes you.'
Hwier6 He H/1:eTMHe Ha yM.
cxo1111Th
11
H3 IIOJIOJKeHlfll from } premises
an assumption'
'Nothing comes to my mind.'

(In all these phrases the verb xo~nTh cannot be used.)

- i----
,/lOKJlilLl'fllK ll3 TOf() IIOJlOJKeHHll,
HCX0/1:HJI 'ITO ...
'The speaker proceeded from the assumption that ...
The verb xo~nTL with prefixes can be used with certain nouns.
Verbs with Prefixes
- BblXO/~HTb
- H3 TPYAHoro 'to find a way out of a difficult
BblHTH IIOJJOJKeHHll situation'
ll3 ce6iI 'to lose one's temper
npOX0/1:HT- pa66rn 'work
npoii11:er noL(roT6BKa
co6pam1e
COBell_\i!Hlfe
L(HCK)'CCIUI
'preparations
'a meeting
'a conference
'a discussion
} is/are/will be in
progress, taking
place'
OH TaK paccepAHJJCll,'ITOrroTepiin BciIKy10c11epJKaHHOCTh, BMUJeJI
H3 ce6iI If CTaJJKpH'Ii!Th.'He got so angry that he lost all control
over himself, flew into a temper and began shouting.'

npuxo!_.I":"- B ce6iI 'to come to oneself, 'to regain

}
npoxoL(HT- 3aHl!Tlfll 'classes are/will be in prog llpHHTH consciousness.'
npOH/1:)'T 3K3i!MeHhl 'examinations ress, taking
Bhl60pbl 'elections place'
t.fepe3 HeCKOJihKO 'faC()BIIOCJleonepi!Ulllf 60JJhHOH
npumeJI B ce6il.
BpeMll 'A few hours after the operation the patient regained conscious-
'time
npoX0/1:HT-
npoiiner JKH3Hh 'life } passes (by)/will pass (by)' ness.'

BXOLIHTb- BO BKYC 'to begin to enjoy doing something'

IIpOXO]lHT- MllH)'Thl

}
'minutes BORTH B pOJJh 'to enter into one's role'
npoii11:yT qacb1 'hours B IIOJJOJK(:Hlfe 'to put oneself in somebody's place'
AHif 'days pass by /will pass by'
He,[leJI!f 'weeks
[O)_\bl 'years IloHMHTe MeHil,BOH,l.lHTeB Moe IIOJIOJKeHHeH IlOMOfHTe.
'Understand me, put yourself in my place, and help me.'

IIpoii):leT L(OJK/.lh,
H Mb! IIOHJJ:eM
ryJil!Th.
'It will stop raining and we'll go for a walk.' B yn0Tpe6ne1me 'to come into use'
,/lOJK):lhyJKe IIpOX0/1:HT. B MO/.IY 'to come into fashion'
'It's already ceasing to rain.'
B!.IXO):IHTh- H3 ynoTpe6JieHHll 'to fall into disuse'
DpOHCX0/1:HT- 6onhrnHe co6hITllll 'great events (will) take place' BbIHTH ll3 MOL(hl 'to go out of fashion'
npon3oiiJJ:YT
- CXO)lHTb- C yMa 'to go mad'
npOHCXO;:IHT 3aCe,[li!Hl-le 'a meeting COHTH
KOH<pepeHUllll 'a conference } is being held' ~
- o6xoAHTb- Bonp6c 'to side-step a question'
npoHJOH/1:eT He,[1opa3yMeH!fe 'there o6oiiTH
6Ma } a misunderstanding'
will be a misfortune'
- B CBOeML(OKJiaL(e
OH o6oUJeJIBCeOCTp1,1e
BOIIpOChl.
'In his report he side-stepped all the controversial questions.'
npeeocxo-
IJ:HTh-
npeeJoiiTu
BCeOJKll,[l<lHHll

Barn!f ycnexll npeBJOUJJIH

'to surpass all expectations'

Bee MOHOJKllj:l<lHHll.
-
276
'Your success has surpassed all my expectations.'
-- 277
 Memorise these phrases: FORMATION OF VERB ASPECTS
H,Ll;eT H,IJ,)'T
6eJKnT Non-derivative verbs are generally imperfective (quTaTL 'to read',
6eryT
JieTuT aTL 'to write', JI1061n1,'to love', ,LJ;)'MaTL 'to think'). !here are but
MqlfTCH
JieTHT
MqllTCH
0
"r~w
non-derivative perfective verbs: several monosyllabic verbs (,IJ,aTL
npOXO,LJ;HT 1'0,IJ,hl, ~t0 gi·ve' JICl.fh'to lie down' cecTh 'to sit .down', cTaTh 'to stand up',
BpeMH npoxo,IJ,HT · h t he su ffi1x -u- (KouquTL
' 't o
npoii,IJ,eT qacL1, Th 'to ' put') and a number' of verbs wit
npoii,IJ,yT
YXO,IJ,HT MHH)'Thl, ~~ish', pemnTL 'to decide', 6pocnTL 'to throw', etc.).
,IJ,HH YXO,IJ,HT
yii,IJ,eT When verbs of one aspect are formed from verbs of the other as-
YH,IJ,)'T
npoJienieT ect, changes take place in the verb. st~~- . .
npOJieTaIOT p Perfective verbs are formed from their imperfective counterparts ei-
npoJieTnT npoJieTHT
ther by adding prefixes (,LJ;eJiaTL O'~l.feT'to draw up ~n accom~t'-
AeJian. o-rqeT UHCllTI,IlHChMO'to wnte a letter'--uanucaTh UHChMO)or
Exercise 120. Write out the sentences and translate them into English. ~y replacing o~e suffix by another (rnm~aTL CTOJI'to push _the table'_--
TOJIKHJTLCTOJI);imperfective verbs are formed from the! r pe~fective
(a) l. OKH6 Bbrx6,1:111THa mr. 2 . .D:BepbBe,1:1cT
B KOpH,1:16p.3. TponiuIKa se,1:1faBnee.
4. ITperro,1:1aB{nenb oqeHb HHTepecHonpoB6,1:1HT JaH§inrn. 5. 3Kcne,1:1nu:1u1Be}J.CTHa6mo- counterparts either by adding suffixes to the stem (oBJ'IaJJ:~Th
pyccKHM
,1:1e11m1
Ha,, HarrpaBJieHIIeMTeqeuHii B OKeilHe.6. illK0JlbHllKll0,1:IH0H CTpaHblBe,[lyTrrepe- 1,1KOM
113 'to master Russian'-oeJia,LJ;e_e~h~pyccKu~ H3b1KO~)or by re-
IIMCKyco mK6JrbHHKaMH npyr6ii CTpaui:1.7. 0 qeM Bbl Be,1:1eTe ropHqllii crrop? 8. OH He placing one suffix by another (u3yq11Th ~o st1:1dy-u3_y1.JaTL, nepec-
yMeeT BecTrrce6H B 66111ecrne. 9. Mb! HaBCJIM B K0MHaTe.10.Ha
o6pa3U:0Bbiii rropii,1:10K 1ponTL 'to rebuild'--nepeCTpaueaTL). Besides, m ch~ngmg the aspect
co6p:iHllll TOB:lPlllIIHBHeCJIHMH6ro xop6umx rrpe.LIJIO)KeHHii; H:ip:o llX rrpoBeCTJIB
)Kll3Hb.11. 3Ta M)'3b!KaHaB0/1,llTHa MeHiiTOCK)'.12. H6Bai! IIbeca rrpOll3BeJI:iHa MeHiI of a verb an important part is played by alternation of root vow-
0'-leHbCHJibHOeBrreqaTJieHI-te. els (nepeCTpOHTh'to rebuild'-- nepeCTpaunaTL, onoJ)].llTh 'to 1?elate' --
(b) 1. EpaT rrepeHec cepbe3Hym orrepau:Hm. 2. ToB:ipIUU:yBhrnec;m 6Jrnro,1:1:ipHocTb onaJ,rr,1,maTb)and consonants (oTBenlTL 'to answer'~TeeqaTL), and
3a xop6mym pa66Ty. 3. MypaBbM npH116cHT6oJiblll)'IO II<JJib3y. the shifting of the stress (pa3pbaTL 'to cut'-pa3pe3aTL).
(c) I. B aymn6pm1 rrp:yTJaHHTHH.2. C yTp:i rr;~cTcnJibHb1iiJJ,O)KJJ,b.3. 3a rrocne,[(Hlle
MeCJIIlhInpoH3omnn 6onhmne co6i:nmi:. 4. YcrrexH Toa:iprru1a B pyccKoM 513hIKe npeB30-
rn11110)Kll,D:aHll51
Herb BhIHTll.
5. Ou rrorr:iJJB TP.Yl]HOe
rrpeIIO,[\aB:iTeJI51. l!OJIO)KeHHe 11He 3HaJJ,KaK113 FORMATION OF PERFECTIVE VERBS
BY MEANS OF PREFIXES
Exercise 121. Read through the sentences. Write out the italicised phrases and By adding prefixes to imperfective verbs without prefixes perfective
make up sentences with some of them.
I. l/acbl JlemeJlu 3a /aC/lMU, a Mb! BCCCll,[\CJJH
1
y KOCTpa11pa3roBapHBaJJH. (Ape.)
:10
verbs are generally formed: 11ucliT1, w~ite'-----:u~nuc:iTL, •~pennyTL'to
2. flpoulflb OK0-10 'laca. 3enc11h1iior6Hh rror:ic, rr He cTiurn BHJ(uoTeHeii. ( 'lex.) 3. Jle-
become stronger'--oKpenuyTL, cTpoHTh to bmld -_nocTpoHTh (exc~p-
m/1m 3a J(Hl!MIIiJ11u.(fl.) 4. Hol/b uiJem, ll C He!OJlbCTC51 B rpyp:h HC'ITOcn:TJbHOe, 0CBe· tions are verbs of indefinite motion: xo,LJ;HTh
'to go' (1mp.)---npuxo,IJ,HTh
)IGi101u:ee.(M.T.) 'to come' (imp.)-- see p. 258- and a number of other verbs- see p.
5. Y)Ke deCHmb Jlem ytu.16 C TCXrrop, IT M116ro 295 Note 1.). When perfective verbs are formed by means of prefixes,
ITepeMeHHJIOCh B )KJBnrrJ(Jlll Memi. (IT.)
6. BpeM.fl .1emum ITHOr,[(alITH[leii, a HHOI",[(a
II0JJ3CT'-lepB51K0M.(Typz.) 7. Beeb CJJC!-1YIO·
there may be two variants:
!UHM}].eHbdopbza IU.1a Jl£'COM ITzopaMu. (TauiJ.) (I) the prefix added to the verb does not alter it_sprincip~l lexical
8. I1 TyM:iHH Herror6.D;bl meaning (nHCllTh-HaUHCllTh, CTpOHTh-UOCTpOHTh, ,IJ,eJiaTh-
Ocrnb II03JJ:H51JI
11ecem. (fl.) C!J,eJiaTb) and
9. MHe uy)KH:irrorrynrn11MalllrrHa,115111e c«o.J1CyZflm c ,uop6nt. (A11m.) 10. ITporrcwe-
crnlle :horo Be'lepa npou1«e116 Ha MeHHJ(OB0JibHOrny66Koe rmel/am1u':11ue. (JI.) . (2) the prefix does not only change !he ~spect_of the verb b1;1ta\so
11. Be1ep oceHHHH11a«6iJum nel.//lilb, nnparts a new lexical meaning to it (nucaTh to wnte - nepenucaTL to
ITb ne6y T.Y'IllyrpwMhre r6mn. (H.) copy', c1111caTL 'to copy from').
12. ITor6,ua B 3TH)lHll 6brna ,uypH:i51,II 66JibIIIY!Ol./aCmb 6peMeliU Mbl np060dUJlU B K0M·
narnx. (JJ.T.) 13. Anna <f>e.[(opoBna66nhlllYIO qacn L(H51 oc1aminacb J(0Ma o,una n: no· A.
cTerrenno «xodu!la « poilb MOJJOJ(6iixoJHHKH.(M.-C.)
Prefixes which do not alter the principal lexical meaning of _av~rb
Exercise 122. Read through the sentences. Explain the meaning of the italicised may impart to it the meaning of completion, beginning, time limitat10n
words and translate the sentences into English. or momentaneousness.
I. <f>aKTbl--3TO B03JWXyqeHOfO. be3 HHXBbl IIITKOI"JJ,a He C.\.10:JICeme63atem/:"}~·
2. Ha_yKyII(ell.pO660d.flln 6 :JICU3HbB Hameii CTpaHe.(flail.) 3. 5f rrpe3ttpam JII0!-1el!;
(fla«.)
KOT<Jphrx1rnpi:rnHa rranhIJ.e«b1«i1iJum u3 pa«11o«ecuJ1, 3acnoniie1 Bee. (H.O.) 4. Hrr oi-1~ 0
qmnoc6qicKoe y'Ienrre ue Mo.J1Cemo6oumu Borrp6ca 06 OTHomeHHIIMhll1IJieHtt51 K 6b1TH!O·
5. MaTeprraJill3M UCX{)0Um U3 11pU3fl/lllli.fl MaTeprraJibHOCTlIMllpa.

278 279
 oJOBeTb - UOp030BeTb
YTpO. Ilop030BeJIO He6o Ha ropH-
PERFECTIVE VERBS IMPLYING COMPLETION 30HTe.
OF AN ACTION p 'to become ro- 'It is morning. The sky on the ho-
seate' rizon has become roseate.'
,Various prefixes can impart the meaning of the completion of lln;er ).J,O)K).),h.
IloqepueJIH ).J.Op6rn.
act10n. an qepueTb noqepueTb
'It is raining. The roads have be-
'to become
Imperfective Perfective Prefix
- black'
come black.'
Xono).).. Ilo6JieKJIH SipKHeKpaCKH
6JieKHYTh no6JieKHYTh
- 'to fade' B necy. ·
'It is cold. The gay colours in the
UHC:lTb H3DHC:1Tb Ha-
'to write' 'to write from beginning to end' wood have faded.'
B'-lepa JI nncaJI IIHChMO. B'-lep{1JI uarmcaJI rrHChMO.
nicuyrb UOraCHYTb OrHH nonicnu.
'I wrote a letter yesterday.' 'I wrote a letter (from beginning to 'The lights went out.'
end) yesterday.' 'to go out'
ce_ueTb UOCe).J,eTb BoJIOChlnoce).J,eJIH.
'to turn grey' 'The hair has turned grey.'
'IHT:lTb I1p0'1HT:1Tb npo-
'to read' 'to read from beginning to end' 6eJieTb no6eJieTb
Ero J1Hll;Ono6eJieJIO OT Hcrryra.
3aBTpa H 6_y,[(y'IHT:lTb paCCK113 3aBTpa H 06513aTe.rrhHOnpO'IHT:lfO 'His face blanched with fright.'
'to blanch'
lOphKOrD. paccKa3 lophKOro.
6Jie).),HeTh no6Jie).),HeTb DOJibHOMno6Jie)J,HeJI.
'Tomorrow I shall read a 'Tomorrow I shall certainly 'The sick man became pale.'
story by Gorky.' read a story by Gorky (from 'to become
beginning to end).' pale'
KpacueTb UOKpacneTh OH noKpacueJI OT BOJ1HeHH51.
'to flush' 'He flushed with excitement.'
,l.lt)J13Tb C,l.leJiaTb c- IloTeMHeJIO BCe BOKpyr.
'to do' 'to do from beginning to end' TCMHeTb UOTeMHeTb
Y'-leHitK CH/leJI If ,l.leJiaJI yp6Ktt. y '-!eHHKc,1.1eJI3JIyp6Klf If rroweJI 'to grow dark' 'Everything around had grown
rymITh. dark.'
'The pupil was sitting 'The pupil had done his home-
CBeTJieTb UOCBeTJieTh IloCBeTJieJIO. CK6po B30M).),eT
and doing his homework.' work and went for a walk.' c6nm.1,e.
'to become
'It has become light. Soon the sun
light'
6y,[(HTb paJ6y.'lHTh pa3- will rise.'
'to ( try to) wake' 'to wake'
XYJJ:eTb noxy).).eTb
3a BpeM516oJie3HH pe6eHOKnoxy-
JI 116nro 6y.TIHJI TOBapm11a. HaK0He11 JI er6 pa36y,[(HJ1. )..1,eJI,
'I tried for a long time 'At last I woke him.' 'to become
to wake my friend.' thin'
'The child grew thinner during his
illness.'
CTpOHTb noCTponTb no- JleTOM Ha lJHCTOMB03).).yxe OH
'to build' 'to finish building' IlOJIHeTL UOUOJIHeTh
Bee ,'leTO CTpoHJJH HOBOe3/lilHlfe K 6ceHtt H6Boe 3.[laHiie rnKoJihI 'to grow stout' Il03~0pOBeJI H DOOOJIHeJI.
IIIKOJihl. DOCTponml. 'In summer he grew healthier and
'They were building the new 'By the autumn the new school stouter.'
school the whole summer.' had been built.'
If the change in the state or conditi<?n is expresse~ by_an imper-
The pert:ective counterparts of imperfective verbs denoting a grad- fective verb with the suffix -uy-, the meanmg of complet10n 1s generally
ual change m a state or condition (especially a change of colour) are imparted by the prefixes 3a-, o- and others.
f?rmed by means of the prefix no-. Such perfective verbs imply comple- Imperfective Perfective
tion of the process. BSIHYTb 3ass'111yTL lJ,BeThI Jansmn.
Imperfective Perfective 'to fade' 'The flowers have faded.'
yssmyTh UBeThI ynsi:Jiu.
m:eJITeTI, UOm'.e.TITeTb CeHTir6ph. Y)Ke nom:e.rITeJilf 'The flowers have faded.'
'to yellow' J1HCTL5I. UBeThI 3acoxnu.
'It is September. The leaves have COXHyTL 3aCOXHYTb
'to wither', 'The flowers have withered.'
already turned yellow.'
281
280
'to dry' BbICOXHYTh EeJJbe BblCOXJIO. PERFECTIVE VERBS IMPLYING THE BEGINNING
'The linen has dried.' OF AN ACTION
MOKHYTb BbIMOKHYTb TTyTHIIKH BblMOK.CIH no,n: ,[(0)1(,D,er..,r
'to get wet' 'The travellers got wet through i~ Perfective verbs with the meaning of the beginning of an action are
the rain.' enerally formed by means of the prefixes Ja-, 1_10-.. . .
3{16HyTb 03H6HyTb B KOMI-IaTex6JJo,n:no. 51 03ii.6. g 1. The prefix 3a- with the meaning of. the begmmng of ~n act10n 1s
'to feel cold' 'It is cold in the room. I am cold.' generally added to verbs denoting noises, movement and hght _effects.
CTbIHYTb OCThIHYTh 06e,n: OCTLIJI. In some cases, verbs with the prefix 3a- sho~ only that the act_1on~as
'to get cold' 'The dinner has gone cold.' begun; in other cases, they show that the act10n has beg_un and 1s gomg
KpenuyTb OKpenuyTb )],eTII 3a JieTO OKpeOJIH. on. These nuances of meaning can be observed only m context.
'to become 'During the summer the children
stronger' became stronger.' Imperfective Perfective
XpHUHYTb OXpHDHYTb 51 npoC'ry,n:IIJJC5IH oxpun. oJiaKaTb 3aUJiaKaTh )],eBOqKa 3aUJiaKaJia.
'to become ·1 caught cold and became 'to weep' 'The girl began weeping.'
hoarse' hoarse.' pbI,[(llTh 3apb1,[(aTh )Kenru,mrn 3apb1):(:ina.
CJieUHYTb OCJieUHYTh Otta ocnemia. 'to sob' 'The woman began sobbing.'
'to go blind' 'She went blind.' roBopuTL 3aronop11TL OH 3aronopun B3BOJIH6BaHHO
rnoxnyTh ornoxuyTh Otta or JIOXJia.
'to speak' M rop51qo_
'to go deaf 'She went deaf.' 'He began speaking excitedly and
Exercise 123. Read through the sentences. What meaning do the prefixes impart to fervently.'
the italicised verbs? Write down the infinitives of these verbs and make up sencences of KpnqaTh 3aKpuqaTb Pe6eHOK 3aKpuqaJI.
your own, using the verbs. 'to cry' 'The child began to cry.'
] . Kor,n:a OH[CTaCOB]yMep, H rro,n:yMaJl:BOT'feJlOBeK,KOTOpbIH OCAWl BCe,'!TOMOf, cMeHThCH 3acMeHThCH Pe6eHOK 3aCMCHJICH.
H BCe,'!TOMOr, cJe.1GA. (M.I'.) 2. l.fHTi!ThC03Hi!TeJihHO H ltaY'iU.1CR, Kor,n:aMHe6LJJIOJ1CT
'to laugh' 'The child began to laugh.'
'!eTLipHa,n:uaTh.(ill.I'.) 3. Mb1, rrpocTLie caHHTaphI, ,n:omKHhI6hurn He TOJihKOo6MbZmb, EoJJbHOH 3acTouaJI.
uanoitmb H ltaKOpMumb BCexp:'rneHbIX,HOHrrpocJ1e):1MTl, 3a HXTeMneparypofi, 3a COCT051- CTOH3Tb 3aCTOll3Tb
HlieMrrepeBfi30KH BOBpeMH ,n:aTbJlCKilpCTBa.(flaycm.) 4. 3apfi y)Ke):jaBHO noeaCAa, H eJ(- 'to groan' 'The patient began to groan.'
Ba 6eJ1eJ1Ha He6oCKJlOHe ee IlOCJie):jHHll
CJle)\.(Type.) 5. Y)Ke COBCeM cmeMllCAO, H Ha'!I!· rnyMeTb 3aUiyMeTb Jlec 3aUiyMeJI.
Hi!JlOXOJlO):ji!Th. B poll.(e 3B)''!HO11~eJ1KaJ1
COJIOBefi.(Type.) 'to rustle' 'The wood began to rustle.'
6. Il63;:imrn 6ceHb. rpa'!M yJ1eTeJ1H. PyKa y Hero 3a,[(poJKaJia OT BOJJ-
Jlec 06Ha)KMJ1CH, noJ1ii:onycmeAu. (H.) ,z:i:poJKaTh 3a,[(p01K8Tb
7. l.{To noceeUtb, TO H no:»e11euib. (Proverb) 'to tremble' HeHH51.
'His hand began to tremble with
Exercise 124. Read through the sentences. Replace the italicised predicate verbs by
compound predicates.
agitation.'
rnenemt:ThCH 1amene- J1HCTb5I3arneBeJIH.:IHCb OT BeTpa.
Model: Jleca y)Ke no:»eeAme.1u H pm1ii:J1HJU!CTB)'. 'The leaves began stirring in the
Jleca y)Ke cma;tU :»ee,tmblMU H poHfi.!1H.!1HCTB)'. 'to stir' JIHThCH
wind.'
(The adjective which is part of the compound predicate takes the instrumental.) B,n:aJJII3aMeJibKllJIH orHII.
MCJILK8Tb 3aMCJlhK8Tb
I. lll;m ):10)1{,[IM.
,[(op6rn y)Keno'iep11eAU. 2. ropH30HT nopo30M£!.1. 3. OT 6bICTpOrO 'to flicker' 'Lights flickered in the distan-
6era JlHUOMilJ]h'!HKanoKpacue.10. 4. MaTb no6Ae01leAa. 5. bOJlhHOllOeAOX. 6. Moii oµe-
)K):jaltaMOKAa H omH.JICeAeAa. ce.'
XO,[(HTh 3aXO,[(HTb OH B BOJJHeHHH 3aXO,[(H.TJ no
Exercise 125. Write down the aspectual counterparts of these verbs: 'to go/pace' KOMHaTe.
rrocTpOHTh, rroTylllMTh, rro'!liHMTh;noMLITh, IIO'!MCTHTh,rrorml.J:1HTh;rro3aBTpa- 'He began pacing the room in agi-
KaTh, I!006e;:iaTb, IlO)')KHHaTh;IIOCTapeTb,rro6Jre;:iHeTh,IlOYMHeTJ,,OrJIOXHYTh,
ocm\n- tation.'
HYTh,oxpirnHyTh B30UIJJOCOJJH:Qe. B rpaBe 3a6nec-
6JiecTeTb ~ 3a6JieCTeTh
and make up several sentences, using the perfective verbs in the past or future tense. 'to sparkle' TeJIH KanJJH poch1
'The sun had risen. Dew-drops
began sparkling in the grass.'
CBepK8Tb 3aCBCpKaTh M6JJHH5I3acBepKaJia Ha,[( JJeCOM.
'to flash' 'Lightning flashed over the for-
est.'
282 283
 CHHTL JacnHTL Ha TeMHO-ci'.rneMHe6e 3acuitJJ11 Exercise 127. Read through the extracts. Explain the meaning of each perfective
'to shine' 3Be3,[(bI. verb.
'Stars shone in the dark-blue 1. CHJihHhlll BeTep BHe3allHO3ary,11;eJI B BhllllHHe,):lepeBhll 3a6yrneBaJIH, Kp)'llHblC
sky.' J(aUJill,[\OlKJIH
pe3KO 3aCTy'laJIH,JamnenaJIH ITOJlllCThllM,CBepKH)'JiaMOJIHlfll,H rpcna
pa3pa3HJiaCh. AolKJlh noJittJI py'lhHMll. (Typz.) 2. Bee 3ameBeJIHJIOCh,npocHyJioch, 3a-
. 2. The particle no- with the meaning of the beginning of an actio ni:JJO,3aUJyMeJ10, JaIOBOpllJIO. Bc1<)AyJIY'lllCTh!MlfaJIM:13aMll 3ap,lleJIHCbKp)'HHhJe
I(aITJIHpOCbl. (Typz.) .
1s generally added t? verbs of definite motion and to some other verb;
(For verbs of defimte and indefinite motion, see p. 256.) · Exercise 128. Write out the sentences, inserting the prefixes to denote the beginning
of an action.
Imperfective Perfective
1. Tipu BeCTHO ITepeBO,[le
Ha HOBYIO
pa66Ty y TaHH OT pa,!I;OCTll
... 6,'TeCTCJilf
f,ld3U.
Hrt:TH DOHTH 5I DOlllt'JI 6hICTpblMIIIliafllMH. 2.... ):lyJI BeTep, ITOpeKe ... 6elKaJia MeJIKall pH6h, JIHCTbllHa ):lepeBhllX.. .'IpeneTa;rn,
'to go' 'I strode along.' a qepe3 HeCKOJ!hKO MfHOBeHllllITO HUM ...CTY'l:lJIHITepBhie K:lllJill .UOlK):IH.
3. fpo3{1
6emliT1, rpi!HyJia Ha,UJieCOMH ... IIIeITT:lJIH
,llepeBhll rnyxo, rp03HO. 4. C6nnue Bh!IIIJIOll3-3a 66-
no6emaTL Pe651Tano6ema.-m K peKe. JlaKa, ... CBepKaJia MOKpall TpaBa, Ha,[\JieCOMBCTaJiall ... urpaJia BCeMUKpacKaMll pa-
'to run' 'The children ran to the river.' Jlyra. 5. CTapttK ... KpH'laJI HaM 'ITO-TO,HO 3aKaIIIJil!JICllH ... MOJI'la.TJ.
JTeTeTL UOJieTeTL CaMOJieT UOJieTeJIHa I-Or.
'to fly' Exercise 129. Read through the sentences. Where possible, replace the compound
'The plane flew to the south.' predicates with predicate verbs containing the prefix 1a-:
,/1,YTL Ilor,:yJI CMJihHhIM Be-rep. CHJihHbIH
'to blow' 1. Kor,[la OH HQIJQA2060pUmb, CTaJIOTllXO.Bee cnymaJIH C 6oJihIIIllM BHHWlHlfeM.
Bhep r,:yJITPII L(H51. Ho B.UpyrKTO·TOHQIJQATllXOcMeitmbCfl, H BCeo6epH}'JIHCh.2. ToBapHIIi ,UaJIMHeB'!Cpa
'A strong wind began blowing. KHttryf6phKOfO, ll ll HQIJUAqumamb poMaH «MaTh». 3. ITaBeJIAOJifOHe npHXO):lllJI ):10-
The strong wind blew for three MOll,u MaTh yJKeHa•taAa 6ecnoKoumbcfl. 4. TI6cne BenuKoif 0KTH6phcKoii co11naJ111cT11-
days.' qecKoiipeBOJI!()UHH cma.1a pa36U6QmbCfl KYJihTypaTex H:1U11H, KOTOpbie.uo peBOJIIOUHli
JIHTL UOJIHTL B oKrn6pe noJ'IHJin L(o)K.n:rr. HeHMeJIH,[laJKeCBOettITllChMeHHOCTll. 5. TI6cne 3KCK)'pCHH B TpeThl!KOBCKYl-0 ranepeIO
'to pour' Mb!cmaAU UHmepeco6ambCfl liCTOpHeHpyCCKOH lKllBOflllCH.
6. TIOCJieOKOH'laHHll llHCTll-
,l],O)KL(M
JIHJIHBeeb Mecsi:u;. T)'Ta MOH6paT cmaA pa66mamb lIHlKeHepoMHa MeTaJIJiypr11qeCKOM 3aB6,[le. 7. Mara-
'In October it began raining. It 3HHn6cne peMOHTa 11a1JaApa6omamb. 8. B 3ane HaiJaAu Herepnenirno myMemb. 9. B
rained for a whole month.' YHHBepCHTeTe ll Ha'JGA ye,teKambCfl CITOpTOM. JO. OT pa,UOCTllpe6eHOKHll'JQA npbtzamb
H XAonamb B na.u6um.
. _Note.- Mos_t of such verbs have no perfective counterparts implying the be- Exercise 130. (a) Form the perfective counterparts of these verbs implying the be-
gmnmg of an act10n. In such cases the beginning of an action is expressed by the ginning of an action.
verb~ Ha'lan, '!obe~in', cTaTb 'to sta;t': ~H na'laJI JaHnMaTbCH ·he began to study',
oH Ha'laJI 'IHTaTb pyccKyIO mnepaTypy to began to read Russian literature' oH ITO_TJ3Tll,
HCCTll,rHaTh, M'l:lThCll,6elKaTh; CKaKaTh,JieTeTh, CBHCH!Th,
KpU'laTh, CTO-
Ha'laJI IIHCaTb CO'llIHeH!fe 'he began to Write the essay' OHCTaJJ 'laCTO6ernT~ Ha Hil.Th;ITJiaKaTh;IlleJIKaTh, myMeTh, CTy'l:lTh, rpeMeTh
JihIJKa~'he_began to ski often', OHCTaJJ Ja6ornTbCll o T~mipm11e'he began to look
after his fnend', OHCTaJI pueueaTbCH 'he began to develop', etc. Occasionally, the (b) and make up sentences with some of the perfective verbs, using them in the past
part of the v~rb Ha'laTb and CTaTb is played by verbs imparting some more specific or future tense.
n:i~anmg bes1d~s the mean mg of the beginning of an action, e.g. the verb cecTb 'to
Sit : ce,:i Jauu~aTbCll 'he b~gan studying', B 3TOMCeMeCTpeA)'MaIOcephe3HOceCTb
3auuMan,c11 this term I mtend to set to work in earnest'.
PERFECTIVE VERBS IMPLYING LIMITATION
Exercise 126. Read through the sentences. Which verbs denote the beginning of an OF AN ACTION IN TIME (THE PREFIX ITO-)
action? How is this meaning expressed?
1. B Jiecy CT:lJIOO'ICHhTllXO.IToTOMB KyCTaxIIOCJihIUJaJICll e,[\Ba1aMeTHhIHw6- . The prefix no- added to some verbs may impart the meaning of
pox. 3ameBeJIHJ1ilChOT y,llapOBK:lfleJihJillCThll,JamtXJIOnpH6inon flhlJlhl-0.r,[le-TO,[la- limitation of action in time: the verb denotes that the action had con-
JieKo IIPO);'peMeJI JieHHBh!HrpoM. (Tlaycm.) 2. BApyr ,a OKHaMH3alllyMeJm, 3aBOJIHOBa- tinued (or will continue) for a certain time and then ended (or will end).
JllfChIll pam1111~6JIH3 H36bI pefonimIKH, 3aJiallJil1co6aKtt, K peKCITpo6eJKaa'IH B3BOJIHO-
BaHHb!CpbI6aKH. (flaK1.) 3. Jlec 3a3BeHeJI,3aCTOHaJI,3aTpema,,. 3allli flOCJl)'UJaJI ll BOil ihe prefix no- with this meaning is added to verbs of indefinite motion:
IT06elKa_,,_ (l-1.) 4; 0An~6Kall K:1!"1Jlll
,[\OlKJIH
OTBeCHOYIT:lJiaB BO,lly.OT uee ITOIIIJillT6H- noxo.n;uTL'to walk (for a while)', no6ernTL 'to run (for a while)', noJie-
KHSKpyrn. poToM cpa1y BOKpyr Hae 1ameBeJ1unach, 1amernana TpaBa, Bci:1BoAa no- tliT1, 'to fly (for a while)', nouocnTL 'to carry (for a while)', nonomaTL
Kp_1;,rna~h ~an_eHhK~MlIKpyraMH, lI CJia6hIH, HO BH!ITHhlll3BOHIJOITJihIJI Ha):IOMyTOM, 'to crawl (for a while)', and to some other verbs:
~eJI nrx;,m Tell.l!hllI,[\OlKJih.(Tlaycm.) 5. Mano-rroMaJlY ;1epeBbllHaqam-1pe,lleTh, H BJJa;
,[\lIMHpBhieXaJIH3 Jiecy. (Tl.) 6. f106Jie!(HeBII1eene6o CTaJIOOITHTb CHHCTh --HO TOyJJ(e Imperfective Perfective
6b1JI~CHHeBaHoq~· 3Be3f~0'1Kll~aMeJihKaJIH,3all!eBeJIHJIHCh Ha HeM. (Typ,:.) 7. 06naKa
paccell;'THCh,_na TCMHo-c_11HeM He6e ~PKO3~CBepKamI3BC3Jlhl,Ha 6apxanmif ITOBepxHO· CHrt:eTL- nocur,:eTL 'to sit (for a while)'
CTHMOpll T";)lKC Me,'Th~aJIHorc~HhKHph16a'lhlfX JIOi\OKIf OTpalKeHHhlX3Be3,[1.(M. T,) 'IHTaTL - DO'lHTaTL 'to read (for a while)'
8. TyT.cTapHK;aMOJI'laJI, ,[IO~TaJITp,5'6Kyu 3aKypun. (Taiio.) 9. C ceporo, HacyITnBIIle- pa6(HaTL - nopa60TaTL 'to work (for a while)'
rocl! ne6a rrochmanHch KpynHHKnnepBoro cHera. (I'aiirJ.)
ry JIHTL- nory JIHTL 'to go for a (short) walk'
284
285
Bqepa BeqepoM y MeH5I6hIJIO He- 'Yesterday evening I had a little (b) IIOJI3aTh, ITJiaKaTh,IIJI.lBaTb, KaTaThCll, Kpll'lllTh, CKyqaTb, rpyCTHTh, )l(!ITh,
neTh, ,[lbllil<lTh,cnaTb.
MH6ro CB060)].HOrOBpeMeHH: free time: I stayed at the library
5IDOCH)];eJJB 6H6JHIOTeKe,UOlfH- (for a while), and read news. Exercise 133. Make up sentences, using these verbs:
T:lJJ ra3eTbI II HOBhIH)l(ypmtJI. papers and a new magazine (for I. CTyqan, 3aCTyqaTh, ITOCTyqan. 2. Il,[ITH,IIOllTH, rrpnnTn. 3. rpeMeTb, 3ar-
a while).' peM,eTh,rrorpeMt:l_'h,rrporpeMeTb. 4. CMe5!ThCll,
3a~Me5!ThCll,"!10CMe5!Th~ll-
5. KllIIIJI},ITh,
Cer6,a:H5IyTpoM 5Inopa66TaJI Ha,a: 'Today I worked at my article (for 3aKalIIJTl!Th,ITOKaUIJ1l!Th.6. rreTb, crreTh, rrorreTh, rrporreTb, 3arreTh. 7. qIITaTb,
no'lIIT<lTh, rrpO'lllTllTh. 8. IOBOpHTh, rrorOBOpHTh, 3aroBOpHTh. 9. IIOTIJ1h!Th,IIOII-
cBoeii crnTheii. a while).' )laBaTh.
I16cne o6e)],a ,a:o 3aHhIIii 5Inory- 'After dinner I went for a (short)
m'w. walk before my classes.'
B.
Note.-As a rule, verbs with the prefix no- with the meaning of limitation of
an action in time are used with the word ueMuoro 'a little', 'a while': Prefixes which impart to a verb the meaning of completion may at
YTpoM SIueMHoro nop366T3JJ Ha,[(CTa- 'In the morning I worked at my article the same time add various connotations to its principal lexical mean-
neu.. (for a while).' ing.
Il6cne 06e,1:1all ueMuoro norym'1JJ. 'After dinner I went for a (short) walk.'
In emotional speech these verbs with the prefix no- may denote an action not
limited in time at all:
Imperfective Perfective Prefix
JI cer6,1:1HS1
xopour6 nop366T3JJ! 'Didn't I work well today!'
Hy ll norym'IJJ )Ke ll Bqepa! 'Well, I did enjoy my walk yesterday!'
IIHCllTh CIIHCaTb TeKCT113KHHIM c-
'to write' 'to copy a text from a book'
BIIHCaTb CJIOBaB rrpe,l:IJIO)l((:Hlle B-
PERFECTIVE VERBS IMPLYING THE SHORT DURATION 'to insert words in a sentence'
OF AN ACTION, BhIIIHC3Th U:IIT<lThJ Bhl·
MOMENTANEOUSNESS OF AN ACTION 'to write out quotations'
11:onncaTbITIIChMO ,[10KOHU:il 11:0-
The prefix no- may impart the meaning of short duration of action, 'to finish writing a letter'
upnuncaTb HeCKOJlhKO CJ10BK IlllChMY npu-
the semelfactiveness of action: 'to add a few words to a letter'
Imperfective Perfective nepeIIHCaTh CO'!HHeHMe uepe-
npocnTL noupocnTL 'to ask' 'to rewrite an essay'
331IHCaTbJ1t:KJ..(Il!O 33-
6Jiaro)];a- uo6Jiaro)];a- 'to thank' 'to take down a lecture'
pu:Th pnTh
QCJJOB:lTL UOQCJJOBaTL 'to kiss'
Tpe60BaTL DOTpe6oBaTL 'to demand' HCHHCaTbBCIOTeTpll,l:lh H3- (nc-)
'.lK:lJIOBaTLCH ~ DO'.lKaJIOBaTLCH 'to complain' 'to cover a whole exercise-book with writing'
H0/1:IIHCaTbIIpOTOKOJI no,1:1-
3B0HHTL D03BOHHTL 'to ring' 'to sign a protocol'
Exercise 131. Point out the perfective verbs implying the beginning, completion, KHiiry
11a,1:1rrncaTL ua,1:1-
time limitation, short duration or semelfactiveness of an action. 'to dedicate a book'
IIpOIIHCllTh JieKapCTBO npo-
1. K HOqll, HaKOHt:U:,
3aTHXJIO.JI HeMHOfOIIOCM,[lt:JI
y ce6ir B OT,[leJit:Hllll,
IIOKyp!!JJ, 'to prescribe a medicine'
I!OfJil!,[leJIB OKHO.(flaycm.) 2. Ha rrepiina TeppaChl CeJia KaKall-TOBeceJiall IITHqKa,no· onncaTL rrpnp6,1:1y o-
rrpi:irana no HMMM yrropxHyJia. (M. T.) 3. Ao)l(J:lhrroniin py'lhHMII. JI rroexaJI maroM 'to describe the countryside'
II CK6po rrpIIHY)l(,[ICH 6bIJI OCTaHOBHThCll. (Typ2.) 4. AoJIOXOBrrou:enoBaJI er6, ~a- CTpOHTh nepeCTpOHTb3):l<lHile nepe-
CMeHJICll,rroBepHyn n01na,1:1hII cKphIJICllB TeMHoTe. (H. T.) 5. Mhr rroKypiinM, rroroM 'to build' 'to rebuild a house'
ITO,[IHllJIHCh Ha KpyT6H6eper K CTOpO)l(Ke 6aKeHll(MKaCacpp6Ha. JI ITOCTY'lllJIB OKOWKO, Ha,[ICTpOHTb,[\OM H311:-
Cacpp6H TOTqacBhIIIIeJI,6y,[(TOOHH He crraJI, Y3HaJIMeHii,1103,l:IOpoBaJICll. CKa3aJI:«Bo· 'to add a storey (or several stocreys) to a house'
,[la 1IpI16hIBaeT.3a C}'TKII,[(BaMt:Tpa». (flaycm.) 6. JI B,l:lpyrIIO'l}'BCTBOBaJI
ycTaJIOCTb, 3aCTpOHThBeCb Y'laCTOK 33-
7. JI 110):l}'MaJI,qrn TaK 6y,'ICTJl}''lIIIe. 'to put up buildings all over the site
J:1oc1p6nTh3,1:1aH11e ):10-
Exercise 132. Form perfective verbs implying the semelfactiverress or time lirnita·
tion of an action: ·to complete a building'
npHCTpOHThK J..(OMY Teppacy npn-
(a) IlbITllThCll,6JiaIO,[(apHTh,IIIYTHTh,3,[IOpoBaThCll,rrpOll\llThCll,TpOraTh, 6ec!lO· 'to build on a verandah to a house'
KOl!Th; ....__

286 287
 In cases where prefixes impart new lexical meanings to the verb, it is When imperfective verbs are formed by means of the suffixes -1,rna-,
possible to form new imperfective verbs from the prefixed perfective an alternation of vowels (o--a) in the root frequently occurs:
-
verbs by means of certain suffixes (the choice of the suffix is determined -II Ba '
by the stem of the verb concerned): oepecTpouTh~- nepecTpau- 'to rebuild'
(a) by means of the suffixes -1,rna-, -usa-: nucan 'to write'- 83Tb
cnucaTh 'to copy'-cnuc1,maT1>; cTpOHTh 'to build'-nepecTpouT1, 'to ua,i:i:npau- 'to add a storey (or several storeys) to
rebuild'- nepecTpausaT1>; B3Th (a building)'
(b) by means of the suffix -Ba-: MhITh 'to wash'-cMhlTh 'to wash 3acTp6uTh 33CTpauBaTh 'to put up buildings all over the site'
off-CMhIBaTh; rpeTL 'to heat'-neperpen. 'to overheat'- p.ocTpO~Th )J;OCTpaHBaTh 'to complete (a building)'
neperpeBaTh; op!ICTpOHTh DpHCTpaH- 'to add (a structure) to a building'
(c) by means of the suffix -a-(-»-): cTepe% 'to guard'- B3Th
no,i:i:cTepeq1,'to catch'-no,i:i:cTeperaT1>; pacTu 'to grow'-no,i:i:pacTu 'to Note.- Verbs with the suffixes -hma-, -nBa- are imperfective. Only when the
grow up'-no,i:i:pacniTh. prefix no- implying completion of an action is added to prefixed imperfective
The formation of imperfective verbs by means of the suffixes -hloa-, verbs with the suffixes -hma-, -HBa- (BbIIIIICbIBaTb, BbITa,1KHBaTb) do they become
perfective: 110Bb11IHCbIBaJiu MH6ro HeH)'JKHoro'they copied out a lot of what was
-usa- and -a- is the most productive. unnecessary'; noBbITaJIKnBaJIH Bccx rr3 K0MHaTbI'they_ pushed everybody out of
the room one after another'. (In such cases the perfective verbs express the com-
pletion of a number of separate completed actions.) .
FORMATION OF VERB ASPECTS BY MEANS OF SUFFIXES However, verbs formed by adding a second prefix are very rarely found m the
literary language.
Prefixed Verbs with the Suffixes -1,rna-, -usa-
Exercise 134. Read through the sentences. What is the grammatical difference be-
Nearly all the verbs with the suffixes -1,ma-, -uoa- are formed from tween the sentences in the right and left-hand columns?
perfective verbs with prefixes which alter the lexical meaning of the OH Becb ,[ICHbnepenucbzeafl CBOH,1:10Kmi,1:1.CTy,[leHT nepenUC<1Jl coq1rneHrre Ji! C,[laJI
verb, e.g. nucaTh 'to write'-nepenucaTh 'to copy'-nepenucr,.rnaTb. er6.
If the prefix imparts to the verb only the meaning of completion or 51 yJKe OOnUCblBGJlnHCbM0, KOr,[la MeH» 51 OOnUC<1Jl TIIICbM0M TIOIJJeJI)'lKJi!HaTb.
II03BclJIJil
)'lKJi!HaTb.
the beginning of an action, without altering its principal lexical mean- IJperro,[laBaTeJibTili!CaJIrrpe,[IJIOJKeHlilSI
Ha Tb! HerrpaBMJibHOcnucaJl rrpe,[IJIOJKeHJile
ing (nucan 'to write'-uanucaTh 'to write from beginning to end', 11,e- ,[IOCKe, a CTy,[leHTbl
cnUCbl6G.1UJi!XB TeT- C ,[IOCKJA.
JI3Th 'to do'-c,i:i:eJiaTb 'to finish doing', KpHlfaTL 'to shout'- pil,[lb.
33KpHlfllTL 'to begin shouting', Kpenuyn 'to grow stronger'- 51q!fTaIOTeKCTJi!6btnUCbUWIOHe3HaK0Mbie 1-b :horo TeKCTaSI6btnUCUJlMH0ro H0Bb!X
CJIOBa. CJIOB.
oKpenuyn. 'to grow strong'), it is impossible to form the imperfective Bee neK1111n, KOT0pbre SI cny111a10, 51 3anumy TBoii:a,1:1pec,qT66b1 He 3a6bITb.
verb with the suffix -1,ma-, -usa- from the perfective verb (exceptions SIKpaTKO3GnUCbUWIO.
are very rare, e. g. the verb lfHTllTh 'to read' - npolfnTaTh 'to read from
beginning to end'-npoqunIBan). Exercise 135. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the correct form of
the appropriate verb chosen from those in brackets.
A verb with the suffix -hrna- or -uoa- denotes either an action in its
progress or a repeated action. 1. OH xopow6 ... CBOHTIJiaHrr Bb!TIOJIHIIJI t:;r6 B cpoK. Tina~ pa66}bl Mb! BCer~a ...
BMeCTe c pyKOBO,[IJATeJieM.(rrpo,1:1yMaTb-rrpo,1:1yMb1BaTh) 2., CTapwHM 6_raT JII06HJI.:..
Perfective Imperfective HaMpa3Hble firpbl II pa3BJieqeHMSI. OH Bqepa ... ,[IJISI
CBOJAX M~JieHbKlfX, 6paTbeB MCe~Tep
IIHTeperny10Hrpy. (rrprr,1:1yMaTb-Tiplil,[1)'Mb1BaTb) 3. Mb! ~MeCTe... Ba~eppe,[IJIOJKeHrre
CDHCUTh II pewiiJIMrrpMH5!Tber6. Kor,[la OH... KaK0M-HH6y,[lb Borrpoc, OHBCer,[la~0,[IMTno ~a6M-
CDHChlB3Th 'to copy' Hery. (o6,[l)'Mb!BaTb--06,,:i;yMaTb)4. 5J.qrrTaJIMe,[IJI~HHO, ... B KcllKl,(Oe
CJIOBO.Koma SI...
nepenu- nepeDUCbl- 'to rewrite' a TBoii CJIOBa,.11y6e,[IJAJICSI,
qTo Tbl 6bIJI rrpaB. (B,[lyMaTbC.ll-B,[lyMbIBaThCSI)
CUTh 83Tb
Exercise 136. Give the verbs which go in aspect pairs with those printed in italics.
BbmucaTh s1,muc1,maT1> 'to write out' Write down each pair of verbs and underline the suffixes.
)J;ODJICllTh,i:i:onuc1>IBaT1> 'to finish writing'
DpHDHCUTh-
I. 5J.IT0MHIOKOr,[laSIHaqaJI TIJi!CclTbpaCCKa3bl,SI HO,[IBa,lfHOf,[laTIOTp!I Ji!qeTb!pe
DpHDHChlB3Th 'to add in writing' p;i3a nepeoe,1bl6a1 !IX. (A. T.) 2. rarnH rrprrCeJIHa rreHb Ji!HaqaJI CP1;:}06bl6Cl_mb
CTaphlll
33DHCaTh Januc1>IBaT1> 'to write down' IIYrrniicTbIH,1:1y6c pacKJA,[llilCTbIMHcy%S1Mrr.(Typ2.) 3. OH [AneKcen] ucnb1mbl6f;Lfl He-
DO)J;UHCllTh -
DO)J;DHChl- 'to sign' o?bIKHoaeHHYIO lIOJIHOT)'qyBCTB,eMy XOTeJIOCbrre;rb. (A.JI{) 4. Mb! ,[l<_JJilKHbl ~CIO
BaTh 3eMn10Ramy o6pa66mamb, KaKca,[I.(ll-1.I'.) 5. l1Hor,[la OH~btnUCbl,6G,1 Jil3KHH~eKqTO-TO
HaOT,[leJibHYIO 6yMaJKKy.(Af. I'.) 6. OH ocmaHG6.1U6G.1CflTOJibKOH3pe,[1Ka,'!T06bI TII?HC-
H3,JJ;DUCUTh
- ua,i:i:nnchl- 'to dedicate' JlYIIJMBaTbCSIK CTYKYTOrropa. (Typ2.) 7. MoJIO,[I0llMeClll\noKG3QJ!Cfl Ha SICHOM He6e.
B3Th (II.)
llpODUCaTh - 11pon11chIBaTh 'to prescribe' Exercise 137. Form the aspectual counterparts of the verbs quTaT1,, ,!l,eJiaTb,
OUHCaTh OIIHChlB3Th 'to describe' CTp6nT1, by means of various prefixes and suffixes.
288 289
 Mode!: L(CJJaTh - CL(eJiaTh, rrepeL(eJJaTh - nepe!(CJlhIBa Th,
,/\OL(CJlhIBaTh, 11pllL(CJJaTh-11pI1L(CJihIBaTh. 5I oe Y3H::1JICBOer0 )],pyra 'Iepe3 On rrJT6xo BH.D,IIT
II ue puaeT Ha
p:eC51TbJieT. . . ynm1e 3HaK0MbIX.
Explain the meaning of the prefixed verbs. 'I did not recogmse my fnend ten 'He has poor eyesight and does
Exercise 138. Make up sentences, using the following verbs. years later.' not recognise his acquaintances
rrepeL(eJiaTh - nepeL(CJlhIBaTh, yroBOpllTh -yroBap1rnaTh, 3aL(epJKaTJ,-
in the street.'
3aL(epJK11BaTh, pa3pa66TaTh-- pa3pa6aTh1BaTh, OITllcaTh-- 01111ChIBaTh, ycTpOI1TJ,-- ucTaTL 'to rise', 'to get up' BCTaB::lTh
ycTpa11BaTh, crrpociiTh -- crrpawnBaTh, 011031\i!Th- OIIi13L(hIBaTh
Cer6)],H5151 BCTaJI0'leHb pano. J1eTOM51 <JaCTOBCTaBaJIC BOCX0-
'Today I got up very early.' .D,OMc6nmi;a II yxo)],MJIHa peKy.
'In the summer I often got up at
Prefixed and Unprefixed Imperfective Verbs sunrise and went to the river.'
with the Suffix -Ba-
3acn1TL 'to find' 3aCTaB::1Th
l. Verbs with the suffix -Ba- (with or without prefixes) are formed 5l 3arueJI K TOBapMW:Y II 3aCT::lJI HecKOJibKOpa3 51 3aXO)],HJI K T0-
from their perfective counterparts (with or without prefixes). er6 )],0Ma. BapIIW:Y,HO ue 3aCTaBan er6
Perfective Imperfective 'I dropped in on my friend and .D,oMa.
found him at home.' 'Several times I dropped in on my
;:i:aTh'to give' ;:i:aB::lTh friend but didn't find him at
TomipIU~ ;:i:aJIMHe IIHTepecHyIO ToBapIIW: Bcer)],a ;:i:aBaJI MHe home.'
KHMry. IIHTepeCHbieKHMI"II.
'My friend lent me an interesting npeo)J;OJieTL 'to overcome' npeO)..l;OJieBaTh
'My friend always lent me inter-
book.' esting books.' IJyTelIICCTBeHHHKHnpeo;:i:o.rieJIH IlyTerueCTBeHHIIKIICMCJIOnpeo-
Ha CBOeMTTYTH BCeTp)')],HOCTII. 11:0JieBanu Ha CBOeMrryTMTpy.D,-
nepe;:i:aTL'to broadcast' nepe;:i:aBaTh H0CTII.
'The travellers overcame all the
Cer6;:i:H51 ITO pa;:i:IIO nepe;:i:ann Ka)K)],bIM
aeHb no pa)],IIOnepe):(a- hardships on their way.' 'The travellers bravely overcame
Ba)KHOeC006W:CHIIe. BaJIH coo6rn:eHII51 06 OmIM- the obstacles on their way.'
'An important announcement TTHMCKIIXirrpax.
was broadcast today.' OBJia;:i:eTb'to master' OBJia)..l;eB::lTh
'They broadcast reports on the
Olympic Games every day.' 3TOT CTy.D,eHT B O.D,MHro.D,osna- OH c 6oJTblllMMTpy.D,6M0BJia)..l;e-
):(eJIpyccKIIM 513bIK0M. sa.11pyccKIIMnpOII3HOlIICHIIeM.
c;:i:aTh'to pass (an examination)' c;:i:aBaTh 'This student mastered Russian in 'He mastered Russian pronuncia-
'Moii apyr CJJ:aJI 3K3aMeHno Ma- Bo BpeM513K3aMeHaI~II0HHOM cec- one year.' tion with great difficulty.'
TeMaTIIKeHa «OTJIM'IHO». CIIII CTy)],CHTbI
Harneii rpynTihl
):(o6nTLCH'to achieve' )..l;06HB::1ThCSI
c;:i:aBaJIH 3K3aMeHbI Ha «OT-
JIM'IHO»II «xoporu6». Omr)..l;06UJIHCb OTJIH'IHbIXpe3y J[b- On£i:.D,onro)..l;o6ueanucLTaKMXpe-
'My friend passed his examin- 'During the examination session TaTOB. 3YJibTaToB.
ation in mathematics with the the students of our group 'They achieved excellent results.' 'They had been trying to achieve
top mark.' passed the exams with the best such results for a long time.'
and the second best marks.' 3a6LITL 'to forget' 3a6LIB::1Th
npH3HaTh 'to admit' DpH3HaB::1Th fie 3a6y)..l;hnpoBeTpIITb K0MHaTy. He 3a6bIB::lHTe <Jarn:errpOBeTpII-
OH DpU3H::lJICBOI-001IIM6Ky. OH Bceraa npH3HaBaJI CBOII 'Don't forget to air the room.' BaTb K0MHaTy.
'He admitted his mistake.' 01IIM6KII. 'Don't forget to air the room of-
'He always admitted his mis- ten.'
takes.' orn:pLITL 'to open' OTKphIB::lTh
y3uaTh 'to learn', On~poii, lIO)KaJiyiicTa,OKH0. OTKphIBaiiTe <Jarn:eOKH0.
Y3HaB::lTb
'to recognise' 'Will you open the window, 'Open the window often.'
_5J Y3HaJI O 6oJie3HII MaTepII II3 1fa IIMCeMcecTpbI 51 BCer)],aY3Ha- please?'
IIIICbMaceCTpbI. BaJI O 3JJOp0Bbe MaTepII.
'I learned about my mother's ill- 'From my sister's letters I always 2. The group of verbs with the suffix -Ba- includes all verbs ':"hose
ness from my sister's letter.' learned about my mother's root is )];a- (oT;:i:asaTh'to give back'), 3Ha- (npu3uasaTL 'to_ admit') or
health.' Cla- (scTaBaTL 'to get up'). One peculiarity of these verbs 1s that they
290 19• 291
 [lpoUiaii )KC,,Mope! l!_e 3a6yi}Y
have n?. suffix -Ba- i1; the p~~sent tense: oT,n:aro,oT,n:aernh... , npuJoato 2· TBoeii TOp~ecrneHH?Il Kpac1:1,
npU3HaeUJb... , BCTaJO,BCTaeUJb... ' J1 J]OJil'O,J]OJirO CJib!IIIaTh6yJIY
_3. The imperfective counterparts of verbs obtained from monosyJ TBOITryn n Be'IC~Htte 'l_'.1Ch(,
(fl.)
labic verbs by adding prefixes (.,rnTh'to pour'--BLUIUTh 'to pour out') peJleCTMI'Jia HeHaCTHOilHO'!lf.
3. J1 6JICJ]HUHJieHb y)K llCICmaem. (fl.)
are formed by means of the suffix -Ba-, e.g.: BnaJIHMilP KH11ry1aKpbU,aem.
4
JIUTh 'to pour': BhIJIHTb- BhlJIHBaTh'to pour out' . J;epeT rrepo .. ;(fl.) , ~
5. Bcmaem 3ap51 BO MIJIC XOJIOJIHOll. (ll.)
3aJIHTb- 3aJIHBaTb'to flood'
KpbITb 'to CO- 3aKpbITb- 3aKpbIBaTb 'to close' Exercise 142. State the aspect of the italicised verbs. Supply their aspectual counter-
ver': npnKpLITh- npnKpLrnaTh 'to cover' parts and explain their formation.
etc. I. Mbl, III!CaTeJilf,He IlMCe:\1rrpaBa omcmad1m~ OT )KJ13Hll.(H. q.) 2. Mb! 3Clf;UllU
o3pa'!Hblli TeIIJihIHMeJ] KJIIO'!CBOH BOJIOHIl 3aCHYJiliIIOJ! OJ]H006pa3HOe lKY)K)KaHlfe
4. There are but few unprefixed Russian verbs with the suffix n~eJIn: 6omJ1rrnb1ii JierreT nHCTbeB.(Typ2.) 3. CK6po c6Jrn11eCKJ?bemrn:a BhICoKHMH ~e-
neBbS!MlfCaJ]a, Ha'!HeT IIOCTCIIeHHO TeMHeTh. ( 06Cl/.) ~- 0Ha BCT~BaJJaHa, paCCB~Te
-Ba-(,n:aBaTh'to give', 6LIBaTh 'to be'); the addition of prefixes to unpre- p TOT'iaComKpbl6GJIGHacTe)KbOKHa.(llaycm.) 5. 11poCThie, nceM H3BeCTHhieIICCHilrren:-r
fixed verbs with the suffix -Ba- does not change their aspect-they re- ~pOMKO I! neceJIO, HO IlHOrJ]a JaneeaJIU HOBhlC,KaK-TOOCO?CHHO CKJiaJIHbI~,HO HeB~Ce-
main imperfective (nepe,n:amtTh'to pass', c,n:aBaTb'to hand over', npn- ubieI! HC06hI'iaHHhieno HaTTCBaM (M. I'.) 6. l13J]aBHa, C J]CTCTBa,OH moforn Y31lC16Clmb
6LIBaTh 'to arrive'); the addition of the prefix no- to the verb no6Lrnan ~OBblCMeCTa If HOBhIXJIIOJ]Cll.(AJ!C.)
'to be', however, makes this verb perfective. Exercise 143. Form the imperfective counterparts of the verbs ).(aTh, 3HaTb and
JleTOM51 no6Lrna10B KpuMy M Ha 'In the summer I'll visit the Cri- CTaTbby adding various prefixes and the suffix -Ba-.
KaBKibe. mea and the Caucasus (for Model: BbIJ]aTb-- Bbl)JaBaTh, OTJ]aTb- OTJiaBaTh, etc.
a short time).' Explain the meaning of the verbs with the prefixes.
In this case the prefix no- imparts to the verb 6LrnaTh the meaning Exercise 144. Choose ten verbs from those given below and make up sentences with
of a temporal limitation. them. Use the verbs in the present and the simple future.
J. ,f(aTb--J]aBl!Th, OTJ]aTb-OTJ]aBaTb, IIpOJ]aTh-IIpO):(aBaTb, BbJJ]aTh-
Exercise 139. Write out the sentences and underline the imperfective verbs. Form BbI,l(aBa
TL, pa3):(aTb -- pa3J]aBaTh, nepeJ]a Tb -- rrepeJ]aBaTb, Il3J]aTb -- H3J\aBaTh, 3a-
the present tense of these verbs.
)1aTb -3a_ilaBaTb
I. Y'!aCTHilKil3KCIIeJ]MUilll rrpeoJ]oJieBaJIIl 6oJihWlie TPYJIHOCTil.
Y'laCTHliKli3KCIIe- 2. Y3HaTh -y3HaBllTh, IIpll3HaTb -I1pll3HaBaTb, II03HllTh-- TI03HaBaTb, , OC0-
/:\liUilll rrpeOJ]OJieJlliBCe Tpy/:\HOCTliHa CBOeMIIYTMIi ycrreWHO Bb!IIOJIHliJili3a):(i'lHile. 3HaTb--- OC03HaBaTb,C03HaThC51-C03HaBaThC51(B '!eM?), I1pll3HaThC51-Ilpll3HaBaThC51
2. Mb! WJili /:\p)')KHO,HliKTOHe OTCTaBaJI.MaJih'lllK OTCTaJIOT TOBapmueii Ii 3a6J1y- (B 'ICM?) ' ' ' ,
l(MJICHB Jiecy. 3. CTy):(eHThlHaCTOH'lllBOOBJiaJ]eBaJIIlpyccKilM 513h!KOM. 3a Tpli r611a 3. BCTaTh--BCTaBaTb, J]OCTaTh-):(OCTaBaTh, 3aCTaTb-3aCTaBaTh, BOCCTaTh-
OHMOBJiaJ]eJIIlpycCKliM513h!KOM. 4. OT 6paTa 51 Y3HaBaJIBCe3aBOJ]CK11e HOBOCTli.B'lepa BOCCTaBaTb, nepeCTllTh-rrepeCTaBaTb, OTCTllTh-OTCTaBaTh, OCTaThCH_-OCTaBaTbCH,
_51Y3HaJI,'ITO B 3aBOi-1CKOM KJiy6e fOTOBilTC51 KOHUepTCaMO/:\C51TeJihHOCTil. 5. COJIHL(CTO HaCTaTb--HaCTaBaTh, rrpHCTaTb---rrpllCTaB<lTb,paCCTllTbC51--paCCTaBaThC51
IT051BJillJIOCh Ha MllH)'TYli3-3a TY'!, TO OIIllThCKphIBaJIOCh.COJIHUeCKpbIJIOCh3a T)''!eii,
Ii CTaJIOXOJIO,[IHO.

Exercise 140. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the past tense of the
verbs of the appropriate aspect chosen from those in brackets.
I. TTepe):(CHOM51BcerJ]a ... OKHO,'!T06hi npoBeTpllTb KOMHaTy.51 ... OKHO,Il B KOM;
HaTy BOpBao"ICSI )'JIIl'!Hh!HwyM. (OTKpbITb,OTKphIBaTh)2. Mott TOBapmu yMeJI xopoUIO
opraHil30BaTh CBOIOpa66Ty Il IIOTOM)'... IIOCeI.UaTh TeaTpbI, My3ell, XOJ]ll.ThB KllHOIl Jla
KaT6K.51 He ... rrpo'IHTaTh BCIOHeo6xoJIHMYIOJIIlTepaTypy K cer6):(HmrrneMyceMHHilPY·
(yCIIeTh, YCIIeBaTh)3. Tb! He ... 0 CBOeMo6er[laHllll'? 0H HllKOfJ]aHe ... O CB011X o6erua-
Hll51X.(3a6b1Tb, 3a6bIBaTh) 4. CaJ]OBHilKXOJ\liJIITOCaJiy ll ... UBeThl.Ca,[IOBHilKrroca,U!IJI
l!6JIOHilll ... llX. (IIOJIMTb,IIOJIHBaTb)5. Bo):(a B peKe ... C Ka)KJ]h!M'!aCOM,Il BCeonaca-
JillCh HaBOJ]HeHil51. 3a J]Ba 'laca BOJ]aB peKe ... Ha MeTp. (rrpll6bITh, rrpH6hJBllTh)6. Tb! ...
MeHll,_ll513a6bIJI, 'ITO SIXOTeJICKa3aTh. 0H BCer):(aCJI)'WaJIBHHMaTeJihHO, HllKOrJ]aHC;~
co6eceJ]HllKa. (rrepe6JITh, rrepe6HBaTh) 7. )leTil eJIH Kamy ll ... ee MOJIOKOM. nOJihJIOil
rrporJIOTllJI JieKapcrno Il ... er6 BOJ]Oii,(3aITMTb,3aIIHBaTh) 8. CeCTpa CHJ]eJiay m'tMUbl
Il ... II)'fOBlil]hl K IIaJibTO. 0Ha ... Il)'fOBilUbl I! HaJ]eJia rraJihTO. (rrpliilll1Tb, IlpllWilBaTb)
Exercise 141. Read through the following. State the tense of the italicised verbs. Write
down their infinitives and supply their aspectual counterparts.
I. Ha):( HeB610 pbBo 6b10mcJ1 3ny'IHO c JIOJIOKpa1iJakJmcJ1
<l>narll IIeCTph!CCyJ]OB; TleCHI!JIPY)KI-lb[e
rpe6u6n. (fl.)
292
Aspectual Pairs of (Prefixed and Unprefixed) Verbs
with the Suffixes -u-, -a-
Of two (unprefixed or prefixed) verbs which have the same lexical
meaning (pernuTh 'to decide'- pernaTL; pa3pewnTh '!o allow' --
Pa3pernaTL;BLmoJIHHTh'to fulfil'--BhlilOJIHHTh) the ve~b with the suffix
·II- (pemi1TL, BhmOJIHHTh) is perfective and the verb with the suffix -a-
(-H-) (pemaTh, pa3pewaTh, BblilOJIHHTb)is _imrerf~ctive. The aspect of
a verb can be determined only by comparmg it with the other verb of
the aspect pair-- one verb with the suffix -u- and the other :Vith the s~f-
fix -a- (-s-)- since the suffix -u- may also belong to an imperfective
Verb (e.g.: xBaJinTh 'to praise', py611Th'to hew', BaJIHTh'to fell', etc)
W~ich has no perfective counterpart with t~e suffix -a- and, co?tr~n-
W1se,the suffix -a- may belong to a perfective verb (e.g. ua1_111caTh to
:-Vrite',npoquTaTh 'to read', noBJIHHTh'to influence', etc.) which has no
111lperfective counterpart with the suffix -u-.
293
 Note.---Some of the verbs of this group (with the suffixes -u-, -a-) are deriv
from adjectives, e.g.: TO'IHhlii 'precise', YTO'IHHTL 'to make more precis/d
YTO'IHHTL;cKop1,1ii'speedy', ycKopnTL 'to speed up'-ycKop11T1,.
Perfective
pem{ITL 'to solve'
YlfeHHK pemim TP.Y.IJ:HYIO
3a,n_alfy.
'The pupil solved a difficult prob-
lem.'
6pocHTb 'to drop'
Pe6eHOK 6pocuJI nrpylllKY Ha non.
'The child dropped the toy on the
floor.'
BhICTynnTL 'to speak'
On BhICTynuJIc 6onblllOH pelfbIO
Ha co6pamrn.
'He made a long speech at the
meeting.'
KouquTL 'to finish'
Cer6,n_m1 MbI KouquJiu pa66Ty B
7 lfac6B.
'Today we finished our work at
7 o'clock.'
u3yq11TL'to learn'
MbJ ofol.3aTenbHO u3yquM pyc-
CKHH5I3hIK.
'We will certainly learn Russian
(thoroughly).'
nposepHTb 'to check'
Y lfll.Tenb npoBepHJI Illl.CbMeHHbie YlfttTenb ,n_6nro nposepiIJI nuch-
pa66TbI ylfalllJ1:XC5I.
'The teacher checked the pupils'
written work.'
nycTHTb (nponycn'ITL) 'to allow',
'to let'
Cer6,IJ,H5I 6lfeHb x6no,n_Ho. MaTb
ue nycTnJia pe6enKa rynhb.
'It is very cold today. The mother
did not allow the child to go for
a walk.'
ITo)l(anyii:cTa, nponycTHTe MeH51.. JJ:e)l(ypnbrH HHKor6 ue nponyc-
51 3a6brn rrpnrnacttTeJibHbIH
6irner.
'Please, let me in. I left my invita-
'The man on duty does not. let
tion card behind.'
294
Imperfective
pemaTb
YlfeH~K crr,n_enH pemaJI TP.Y,D,HYJo
3a,n_alfy.
'The pupil sat trying
a difficult problem.'
6pOC:lTb
Pe6eHOK noCT051HHO 6pOCllJI
Hrp_ylllKHHa non.
'The child always dropped the
toys on the floor.'
BhICTYU:lTb
On lfaCTo BhlCTynaJI Ha co6pa-
HH5IX.
'He often spoke at meetings.'
K011qaTb
06bilfHO Mbl KOJ1qaJIUpa66Ty B
6 lfac6B.
'We usually finished our work at
6 o'clock.'
u3yqaTb
MbI o65I3aTenbHO 6y,z-i:eM
u3yqan,
P.YCCKHH 5I3bTK.
'We will certainly learn Russian.'
nposep»Th
MennLie pa66Tbl ylfaIIJ;HXC5I.
'It took the teacher a long time to
check the pupils' written work.'
nyCK:lTb (nponyCK:lTb)
B cttnbHbie MOp03bI nenb351. ny-
CK:lTh ,Il,eTeii ryn51.Tb.
'In severe frosts children must not
be allowed to go for a walk.'
KaeT 6e3 npnrnaCHTenbHblX
forneTOB.
anyone in who had no invita-
tion card.'
npespant.TbCSI'to turn into' npespaIIUlTbCSI
- BoJJ:anpespaTnJiacL B nap. Bo,n_a npespa~aeTCSI B nap rrpn
TeMnepa Type 100°.
'The water turned into steam.' 'Water turns into steam at a tem-
perature of 100°C.'
11306pa3HTb 'to portray' H306paiK:lTb
Xyp:6)1(HHKH3o6pa3uJI na KapTH- Xy,Il,O)KHI1KH306paJKaeTHa CBOHX
to solve ne nee. KapTHHax pyccKyIO nprrp6,n_y.
'The artist portrayed a wood in 'An artist portrays the Russian
his painting.' countryside in his paintings.'
'to win'
no6e,11.{1Tb no6eJK.Il::lTb
B 3TOMro,n_ynaum KOHbK06b1rn,bI H cllllH CI10pTCMeHhIlfclCTOno6eJK-
B copeBHOBaHH5IX.
no6e,z-i:{fJIU ,ll:llOT B copeBHOBclHI15IX.
'This year our skaters have won in 'Our sportsmen often win in the
the competitions.' competitions.'
3aKpenHTh 'to consolidate' 3aKpemIBTb
MbI ,D,OJ1)l(HbI3aKpemtTb HaIUH CncTeMaTH'IeCKTie yrrpa)l(HeHH5I
ITOMOrliIOT3aKpenJIHTb3HaHH5I
3HaHI15I.
YlfclIIJ;HXC5I. .
'We must consolidate our knowl- 'Regular exercises help to consoli-
edge.' date the pupils' knowledge.'
oobSIBHTh'to express', 'to inform' 061,HBJISITb
EMy o6MIBHJIH6Jrnro,n_apHOCTb3a EMy lfaCTO ofrhSIBJIHJIH
6naro,IJ,ap-
xop6my10 pa66Ty. HOCTb.
'He often received official mes-
'He received an official message
sages of thanks.'
of thanks for his good work.'
KynuTb 'to buy' IIOKYU:lTb
51KYIIHJIKanen,IJ.apb. 51 Ka)l(,Il,bIHro,n_ UOKynaIO KaneH-
,IJ,apb.
'I bought a calendar.' 'I buy a calendar every year.'
Notes.-- I. The unprefixed imperfective verbs of this group (verbs with the
suffixes -u-, -a-) generally remain imp~rfective ~he? prefixe; are ~dde,d to the~:
nycmiT1, 'to let', B1,mycKaTL'to let out , oTnycKaTL to let go , pemaTL to decide ,
pa3pe111aTL'to allow'. . , , ,.
2. The imperfective counterpart of the perfective verb KYDHTL to buy 1s no-
KynaTh (which is formed by means of both a suffix and a prefix).
Perfective Imperfective
5f Kynun KHiin1 B Mara3iiHe N2 14. 5f BeerAil IIOKymiio KHllfll B Mara3l!He
N1 14.
'[ bought the books in Sh~p No. 14'. 'I always buy books in Shop No. \4.'
5f 1a1,ynuJ1KHiir11B Mara311HeN2 14. 5f BcerAit 3ai,:y11a10KHllfll B Mara311He
N2 14.
'I bought a stock of books in Shop 'I always buy stocks of books in Shop
No. 14.' No. 14.' ,
5f HaKynilJJMH6ro KHllf. 5f o6bJqHo cpl'ny HaKyllalO MHOfO
KHllf. . '
'I bought a lot of books.' 'I usually buy a lot of books at a time.
3. Alternation of consonants in the stem may occur in verbs with the suffixes
-u- and -a-:
295
 u306paJ1tTb 'to portray'
OTBeTUTb 'to answer'
Ja111nT1tTb'to defend'
npOBO/IIITb 'to see off
no6e).(1tTb 'to win'
npOCTIITb 'to forgive'
o6uoniiTb 'to use (or wear)
for the first time'
yKpeniiTb 'to strengthen'
yToMiiTbCH 'to get tired'
There is an irregular
nycK:iTb (CT-CK).
4. Stress. Some verbs with the suffixes -u-, -a- differ not only in the suffixes
- H306palKaTb (3-lK)
- OTBeqaTb (T-q)
- 3alIIHIIlaTb ( T - III)
- DpOBOlK3Tb(!1,-lK)
- no6elK/.(3Tb (A-lK/.l)
- IIPOIIl3Tb (CT-111)
- o6HOBJIHTb(B-BJI)
-- yKpenm'tTb (n-nJI)
- YTOMJIHTbCH(M-MJI),
alternation in one isolated case: nycTHTb 'to let'-
Exercise 149. Form as many aspectual pairs from the verbs CTynan,-cTyniiTb as
possible by means of various prefixes, e.g. ot:1crynuTb-BbICTy11aTb.
Exercise 150. Give the aspectual counterparts of the following verbs. Note the alter-
nating vowels and underline them.
ocTpeTHTh, rroceTHTh, rrpe;:iyrrpe;:iHTh, cHa61IHTh, H3o6pa3HTb, IIOBhICHTh, HaBec-
ruTh, rrporrycTHTh, yrroTpe6iITh, oTpaBHTh, yToMH"Ih
Exercise 151. Make up sentences, using these verbs.
etc.
rrpOCTHTbCJI-IIpOIIj:lTbCJI; Il3yqaTb -IIJyq11Tb; o6Cy).(11Tb- 06cyJK):(aTh; OC-
BeTHTb- OCBeI11aTh; OCTaBIITb---OCTaBJI51Tb; yKpaCIITh-yKparnaTh; pa3pellIHTb--
pa3pelllaTh; 0~1,.SIBJ'I51Tb-06?°'JIBl1Tb; 06pa111aTbCJI-.06paT1IT bCJI; 3aMe;aTb-
3aMeTliTb; OlIIII6aTbC.SI
0

- OllIH6IITbCll; Il3MeHSITb- Il3MeHIITb; KyIIIITb- IIOKyrraTb

but also in the position of the stress:
(a) verbs with the suffix -a- (-H-) are invariably stressed on this suffix (Ko-
ffqaTb 'to finish', npoBepHTb 'to check'); ASPECTUAL PAIRS OF PREFIXED PERFECTIVE VERBS
. (b) verbs with the suffix -u- may be stressed either on this suffix (nycTHTb 'to WHOSE INFINITIVE ENDS IN -CTH, -3TI1, _qb AND
let m', pa3perniiTb 'to allow') or on the root (KoHqHTb 'to finish', 6p6cnTL 'to IMPERFECTIVE VERBS WHOSE INFINITIVE ENDS IN - ATb
th.row', OTB~THTb 'to, answer') o~ on the p_refix Bbl- (Bt:16pocnTb 'to thr?w away',
BbIIIYCTHTb to let go (the stress m perfective verbs with the prefix Bbl- mvariably
falls on the prefix). . (EXCEPT VERBS OF MOTION)
Exercise 145. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the appropriate 1. Prefixed perfective verbs ending in -cTH (-en>), -3Tl'I(-3TL) and
verbs chosen from those in brackets.
imperfective verbs ending in -an:
I. ~qeHHK BC~b oeqep ... TPY/l:HYIO3a/.(a,ry II HaKOHell ... ee. (pewaTb, peIUHTI,)
2. 0H /.(OJirOII TIJ_\aTeJibHO... BCeBl,IqIIcJieHIISI.0H ... BbJqIICJieHIISIII He HaIIIeJI Olll116K!I. Perfective Imperfective
(rrpoBepS!Tb, I1pOBCpI1Tb)3. B IIIOHe y MeH» 6bIJIO M:lJIOCB060).(HOro opeMeHII, ITOTOM)' BLipacTu BLipacniTL 'to grow up'
qTo JI .•. cpoqHyIO pa66Ty. Kor).(a JI ... :hy pa66Ty, JI yexaJI OT/.(b!XaTbHa Mope. (BblllOJI· no)].pacn'i: no)],pacniTL 'to grow up a little'
H51Tb,BbIIIOJIHIITb)4. 0Ha BCer/.(a ... Ha 3aH51TIIJIMIIH)'Ta B MIIH)'Ty. CerO).(HJI OHa ...
JIBlITbCJI)5. Ka)l(/.(blll MeCJIQJI ... I111CbMaIl3 /.(OMa. Bqepa JI .••
C OI103).(:lHileM.(JIBJI51TbCSI, npuo6pecn't: npuo6peTaTL 'to acquire'
ITIICbMOOT OTQa. (rronyqaTb, ITOJiyqHTb)6. JI e111eHe ... !Il!CaTb IIIICbMO.Kor/.(a JI ••. II0- nO)].Mecn't: DO)],MeTaTL 'to sweep'
3?BY Te6». _(KoHqaTb, KoHqIITb) 7. JI XO)];lIJIHa CTaHI.\IIIO... cecrpy, HO He ... ee. (odrpe- ODaCTh ona)],aTL 'to fall'
qaTb, BCTpCTIITb)
HaDaCTh HaUa)],aTL to attack
Exercise 146. Write out the sentences, replacing the verbs of one aspect with verbs DODaCTh UODa)],aTL 'to hit'
of the other aspect. nponaCTh npona)],aTL 'to disappear'
I. 3a)];aHIIJI, KOTOpbie eMy rropyqaJIII, OH Bbl!IOJIHHJIC He06bIKHOBeHHOll)J;06poco- 3anacn'i 3anaC3Th 'to store up'
BeCTHOCTb!OII TlllaTeJibHOCTb!O. 2. OH I13yq11JIHOBYIOMeTO)];IIKYrrpoBe)];eHIIJI6rr1,ITa cnacn'i CDaCaTL 'to save'
II rrpuMeHHJI ee B CBOeii:pa66Te. 3. 0H )];CJiaJIpaC'leTbI, rrpooep»JI Ha rrpaKTl!Ke pe3yJibT::l- OTQBecn'i OTQBeTaTL 'to fade'
Tbl.
Exercise 147. Give the aspectual counterparts of the verbs printed in italics.
pacQBecn't: paCQBeTaTL 'to blossom'
CbeCTh Cbe)],aTL 'to eat up'
1. B HaIIIeM TPYJJ:e,B orpOMHOM CTpeMJieHilll K no6e)];e Mb! 3aKa,1fteMCBOllxapaKTep. ynoJI3TH ynOJI3aTL 'to crawl away'
(H.O.)
2. 0KOa10 fO)];a JI lie noAy'-laJl !IIICeM OT MaTepu. (I'auiJ.) CJie3Th CJie3aTL 'to get off
3. Bee qa111eOHa OUJYUJaAa rpe6ooaTeJibHOe )l(eJiaHIIe CBOHMJI3b!KOMrooop11r1, JIIO/.(JI!\1
o HecrrpaBeJJ:JIHBOCTJix )l(ll3Hll. (M.I'.) Notes. - l. The root and the stem of the following verbs undergo changes
4. Bee MpaqHeii: II Hll)l(e -ryqll onycKa10mCJ1Ha)]; MopeM. (M.r.) when aspectual pairs are formed:
5. YJih16Koii: SICHOIOrrpIIp6JJ:a
CK0031, coH ecmpe'-laem yTpo r6.11,a.(II.) Perfective Imperfective
6. Y)l(e JI C Tpy.11,0Mpa3JlU'-laJl OT,[(aJieHHhierrpe,!1MeTbI.(Typ2.) DOAMeC-TH - DO).(Meni-Tb The imperfective infinitive
7. 4epe3 IIOJiqaca OH npocmUJlCJl CO MHOll Ha OII)'llIKe neca. (Typ2.) 'to sweep' }
Jarpec-TH Jarpefi:t-Tb 'to rake' stem has the same consonant as the
8. MeCJIQ CT05IJIBhICOKOII »CHO 03ap/u OKpeCTHOCTb.(Typ2.) Hana-CTb- uana}..la-Tb 'to attack' present tense stem and -a- before
9. OH CTaJI cnycKambCJl no )'3KOll II KpyT6tt TpOIIlIHKe. (JI.) JanaC-TII 3aDaC3-Tb to store up' the suffix of the infinitive (no).(-
pacnBec-Tii - pacnBeni-Tb 'to blossom' MeTii-10) 'I sweep', etc.).
Exercise 148. Form imperfective and perfective verbs from these adjectives, using Cbe-CTb Cbe).(ll-Tb 'to eat up'
the prefix y- and the suffixes -a- (-H-) and -u-.
Mode!: KperrKIIll- yKpeIIHTb -yKpeIIJIJITb 2. Stress. (a) Imperfective verbs of this group _are invariably ~tressed ?n the
suffix -a-; (6) perfective verbs with the suffix -TH m the mfimt1ve (rrptto6pecrn, 3ana~rn, etc)
nyqllIIIM, X)',[(llIIlll, MeHbillllll, CKOpblll, rrpocr6tt, ToqHI,]ll CJIO)l(Hblll 51CHblll,[(Jllfll- are stressed on the suffix -TH except for verbs with the prefix Bbl·, to wluch the stress 1s mvan-
Hhlll ' ' ,
ab]y shifted in perfective verbs (BhIMecTH 'to sweep out', Bhirpecrn 'to rake out', etc.).
296 297
 2. Prefixed perfective verbs ending m -':lh and imperfective verbs 156. Make up sentences, using the verbs:
Exercise
ending in -an: paCI(BeTa~b,OTI(BeTa~b,Hanai--(aTb,IlOilai--(aTb,IlpOilai--(aTh,CnacaTb,3anacaTb,Il0.l.(-
MeTllTh,cMeIIJaTb, BhIMeTaTh
Perfective Imperfective
c6epelfh ( CHJlbI) Exercise 157. Read through the sentences and state the aspect of the italicised verbs.
- c6eperaTb 'to save( one's strength)'
IlOJ.J:CTepelfh(Bpara) - IlOJ.J:CTepeI'llTh 'to lie in wait for (the ene. J. Bee crapaJIHCb KaK-HH6yi--(b er6. (A~.) 2. 51.H~6mo.l.(aJI3a
pa3eJle'lb If 060,11pl1Tb
no,n:cTpH'lh (B6nocb1) my)' , II 3Hal0: Bbl 110.l.('IilC
BCeXOTHTeCi--(CJiaTb
B
6hICTpO,3a ITHTbMHHYT,TOTOBblnpeu~6-
, A newa,
··
DOMO'lh (,n:pyry) -
saMl1
' MHOTIIM. ,
IIoii.MrrTe,:'no Hei--(OITYCTHMO! ~
AYMaHTeCb, B TO, 'ITO H CKa3a'JI.
(ycTaJIOCTb)-
IlOJ.J:CTpuraTb 'to cut (one's hair)' 1::1:.ie!O rrpaBOqeJIOBeKa,Ha)''!eHHOJ'O )Kff3Hbl0,npeoocmepe'lb Bae, If H npeoocmepe2a10.
npeB03M()q1, IlOMOrl!Th 'to help (a friend)' (A:»e.)
HpHBJieq1, (BHIIMam1e) - npeB03MOrl!Tb 'to overcome (fatigue)'
YBJieqi. ( cnyrna TeJieii) - npHBJieKaTL
Exercise 158. Give the aspectual counterparts of the following verbs:
'to attract (attention)'
- YBJieKaTL rroMO'Ih, npeB03MO'Ih, IIOACTpH'Ih,BbITC'Ih,YBJIC'Ih,nepece'!b
'to carry away (the lis-
teners)' Exercise 159. Make up sentences, using the verbs:
nJsJie':lh (n6nb3Y) - H3BJieKaTL 'to derive (benefit)' yBJieKaTbCH,
pa3BJieKaTbCll,npHBJieKaTb,OTBJieKi!Tb,
ll3BJieKaTb
Exercise 160. Form various prefixed perfective verbs from the imperfective verbs
Notes.---- 1. When the perfective verbs of this group are made imperfective pacTii, [IBecTii and BJie'lh, and give their aspectual counterparts.
certain changes occur in their stem: in the stem of the imperfective verb there ap.'
pears the consonant r or K before the suffix -a- ( c6eperan, 'to save', npuaJieKaTL 'to Model: pacTH ~-BLrpacn1-Bb1paCTan,
attract'). 110.l.(paCTIT--ITOApaCTaTh,
3apacrn-3apacTaTb, etc.
2. Stress. (a) In imperfective verbs the stress invariably falls on the suffix -a-·
(b) in perfective verbs the stress invariably falls on the final syllable except for verb~ Exercise 161. Make up sentences, using some of the prefixed perfective and imperfec-
with the prefix BLI-, which are always stressed on that prefix (aLme% 'to tive verbs from the preceding exercise.
bake').

Exercise 152. Read through the following. State the aspect of the verbs. Write down
ALTERNATION OF VOWELS IN THE VERB STEM
the infinitives of the italicised verbs and give their aspectual counterparts. IN THE FORMATION OF THE ASPECTS
1. 3HMhl )K.l.(ami,)K,[(aJianpHpOL(a.
Cm:r 6blnaJl TOJibKOB HHBape,
Ha TpeTbe B HO%. (fl.) Perfective Imperfective Roots
2. 51 Ili!MHTHllK ce6e B03i--(BllTHepyKOTBOpHblll.
K HeMy He 3apacmem Hap6L(HaHTporra (IT.)
o-a KOCHYThCH KaCaTLCH KOC-Kac
3. 11 C Ka)K.l.(OHOCCHblO H paC1j1Jemi110
BHOBb;
3Aop6Bbl0 MOCMY110J1bett pyccK1111 XOJIOA.(IT.) 'to touch'
npuKocnyTLCH npuKaCaTLCH
3. CTapirK! JI CJihnuan MH6ro pa3,
qTO Tb! MeHJIOT CMeprn: cnac. (JI.) 'to touch'
U3J!OlKHTL H3JI3f3TL JIOJK-Jiar
'give an account
Exercise 153. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the required form of of the contents of
the verbs in brackets. npe,uJIOlKHTh npe/1,JiaraTL (alternation of
'to move' vowels and of
l. 51 6b!JI BeCbi--(eHb3aHHTll TOJ!bKOK Be'!epy CMOT... B 61I6JU!OTeKy. (rrorrai--(aTb, consonants
norracTb) 2. B rrpaKTH'!ecKonpa66Te Thi ... )Kll3HCHHhlH 6rrbIT. (11p1Io6peTaTh,np1Io6- m-r in the
pecTrr) 4. M bl ycrreJIII.l.(0i--(O)KLJ:H
... ceHo II ,uoihir .l.(0):(OMa.(crpe6aTb, crpecTrr) 5. Or
root)
BOJIHeHIIH OHaTO ... , TO ... KOCy.(3aITJICT3Tb, 3aITJieCTH; pacrrJieTaTb, paCITJieCTH)6. £eJI-
npHJIOlKHTL npu.'laraTL
Kll JICTOM... rpH6hI ll 3a 3llMYIIX .... (3arracaTh, 3arraCTrr;Cbe,UaTb,CbeCTb) 'to apply'
OH03,U:lTh OH33.l.(h1B3TL In the imperfec-
Exercise 154. Write out the sentences filling in the blanks with the required form of tive aspect
the verbs in brackets. State the aspect of the verbs. there is a
stressed root.
1. 3TOT BOrrp6c B HaCToinuee BpCMH... BHIIMaHIIeBcer6 MHpa. (rrpHBJieKaTb)
The suffixes
2. IIlyM B coce,uHeii.K6Mnare ... Moe BHHMamie.(ornne'Ih) 3. Bee HaAeHJIHCh, 'ITO :'no
BCKO'IHTL BCKllKUBaTL -LIBa-, -uua-.
JICKapCTBO ... 6oJibHOMy.(IlOMO'Ib)4. ~OKJ!ai--(
6b!JI O'IeHhHHTepeceHH ... Bcex CJI)'illare-
JICH.(yBJIC'Ib) 'to jump up'
CMOTpeTL OCM3TpHB3TL
'to see'
Exercise 155. Give the aspectual counterparts of these verbs. B3.l.(poruyTL B3JlparuBaTL
'to start'
H3o6pecTn, pacnsecTn, neperrnecTir, 3anaCTn, nponacTb

298 299
 Continued Notes.-!. The alternation o-a or e-u gencrnlly exists only in spelling,
since in pronunciation the unstressed o and e are very similar to a and u.
2. In imperfective verbs the suffix -a- is invariably stressed.

-
Perfective Imperfective Roots 3. The imperfective verb corresponding to a perfective one with the root
-JIOlK- need not necessarily have the root -Jiar-; in some such verbs the root may be
-K.r1a11-,e.g. n;oJIOlKIITb o pelyJibTaTax 'to report on the results', AOKJian;blBaTb
e-H co6pi1Tb * co6upi1Tb 6p-6ep-6up o pe1yJibTaTax (see p. 302).
'to put together' 4. In some meanings perfective verbs with the root -JiolK- do not have an im-
Bh16paTb (sh16epy) Bbt6HpaTb perfective counterpart, e.g. o6JIOlKIITb 'to cover': Tyqa o6JIOlKIIJia rop1136HT.
'to choose· (To11ll.) 'The cloud had covered the horizon'.
p330fipaTb (pa3ficp5} pa36HpaTb
'to analyse' Exercise 162. Read through the sentences and state the aspect of the italicised verbs.
p330LJ;pl1Tb(p33n;epy) p33n;Hpl1Tb n;p - 11,ep- LIHp 1. HaA cen;oii paBHHHOll MOpH BCTep T)''IH co6upaem. (M. r.)
'to tear'
paCCTHJillTb CTJI - CTeJI -
2. CKB03b BOJIHHCTbieTyMaHbl
paccTeJIIITb (pa30CTJillTb)
CTHJI
flpo6upaemCfl nymi. (fl.)
·to spread" 3. AneKceii nepe6upa.1 B yMe Bne'laT neHttH nocne.UHHX11,Heii.(A.JK.) 4. )],mt 3am1nb1
DOCTeJIIITb (DOCTJiaTb) DOCTH."lllTb OTBeTpa H)'JKHO6bIJIO 3afiupambCfl B caMylO 'l.lll\Y neca. (Ape.) 5. Orntt 3Q.JICeJlUCb B r6-
'to spread' po11,eu 3a peKOIO. (Type.) 6. Mop03Hbtii BCTep 06.J1Cuca11 eii ntt116. (<Pao.) 7. Er6pylllKa
cTephb (coTpy) CTHpllTb Tp-Tep-rnp
H HHKi!KHe no11UMQJl,
orJUl).lbIBaJICH OTK)'.Ua:'na CTpaHHaH IICCHH.(l/ex.)
'to rub off 8. UBeThI noneBbie JaBSIJIH,
3a11epcTb (Janpy) latIHpllTb np-nep-nup
He cnhtlllHO JKYlKJKaHbH cTpeKOJ,
'to lock· YI lKeJITbte JIHCTbllycm11a11u
yMepeTb (YMPY) YMHpllTb Mp-MCp-
TioAHOlKbllcrnneTHHX 6epi:3. (511.)
'to die' Mllp
1ame'lb (Jamry) '33)1(1If'3Tb )l(I'-)l(er- Exercise 163. Read through the sentences. Write down the infinitives of the itali-
'to light' )l(Hf cised verbs and give their aspectual counterparts.
no11mc'lb (non;omry) 11011,)l(HfllTb
I. MolKHO «b16pamb .upyra. M6JKHo BbT6paTb lKeHy. MaTb He iJb16upa10m.MaTb
'to set fire to'
O)'IH.l.Ee mo6l!T, IIOTOM)''ITO OHa-~ M3Tb. (fl. 3.) 2. 3oJIOTble T)''IKHpaccmUAQJlUCbITO
tte6y. (Type.) 3. TOJibKO B KOHIICJICTa H IIOJIY'IHJIOTIIYCK,u Ha IIOCJIC.!(HHll
MCCllllMbl
n;ox -;1,Mx
CIIRJIUnon MoCKBOll11,aqy,(Taiio.) 4. HaTawa B 3TY3HMYB nepBblll pal llQ'lllJ!QcepbelHO
0-bl B3;:\0XHYTb B3/1,blXllTb
neTb. (H. T.) 5. B 11,oJK.UJIHBYIO nor6ny HeBolMOlKHO .u6nro 3a11uMambCJ1ox6Toii.
'to sigh"
C03b1Bl1Tb 3B - 30B - 3b1B (C. M.) 6. BeTep C?u6a11nepeBbH, KYCTbl,cpbl6QJlC HHXJIHCTbH.
C03BaTb (COJOBY)
'to convene' Exercise 164. Give the aspectual counterparts of the following verbs. Make up sen-
npn3BaTb (npu:msy) npH3bIRllfb tences, using some of the perfective and imperfective verbs.
'to call"
COC,laTb ( COIIIJIIO) CCbIJillTb C.~- IIIJI - CblJI I. npe11,nolKHTb,ttlJIOlKHTb. 2. 000311,aTb, ocMoTpCTb, cnpocHTb. 3. Bb16paTb, pa3o-
'to exile' 6phb, co6paTb(Cll), tt36phb. 4. KOCH)'TbCll,npHKOCH)'TbCll.5. 3anepeTb, yMepeTb, 3aMe-
PeTb, oTMepCTb, BbtTepeTb, cTeperb. 6. npttHSITb, JaHstTb, CHllTb, OTHSITb,11011,HstTb.

a-HM DOH!ITb IIOHl!MaTb HH-HHM

(H-HM) 'to understand'
ASPECTUAL PAIRS OF VERBS FORMED FROM DIFFERENT
D0/1,H!ITb DO,'J,HHMllTb ROOTS
'to lift'
DpHH!ITb npHHHMllTb A.
'to accept'
06u11rb OfiHHMllTb There are a few Russian verbs with different roots which go in as-
'to embrace'
CHHTb CHHMllTb pectual pairs:
'to take off' rosopnTL - cKa3aTL OH rnBopuJI HecKoJibKo MHHYT.
H3)1(l1Tb H3)1(11MaTb )1(3-'.IKIIM
'to speak'-'to say' 'He spoke for several minutes.'
'to press'
C'.IK3Tb C'.IKHMllTb OH CK33llJI Bee, 'ITO XOTeJI.
'to squeeze' 'He said all he wanted to say.'
6paTL - B3HTL 5J 6epy KHMrH B 6H6JIHOTeKe.
qa-quu 'to take' 'I borrow books from a library.'
3-HH uaqaTb uaqHHllTb
·to begin' 'to borrow'
' 3aBTpa SI B03LMY poMaH roph-
KOrO «MaTh».
'Tomorrow I will borrow Gorky's
* The prefix co- is used before a cluster of consonants. novel Mother.'
301
300
KJiaCTh - noJiomnTh Ky.IJ.aTbl KJia)],elIIh KJIIO'I? o6JIOlKIITh (nO.[\)'WKaMH) -- o6KJiap,LIBaTL 'to prop up (with cushions)'
but: 06JiolK11TL (HaceJiem1e - o6JiariiTL 'to tax (the population)'
'to put' 'Where do you put the key?' HaJI6raMH)
Ky.II.aThi UOJIOmHJI KJIIO'I?
'Where have you put the key?' Exercise 165. Read through the sentences and state the aspect of the italicised verbs.
Write down their aspectual counterparts. Use the verbs with the nouns with which they
JioenTh - nonMaTb Manb'IHK JioeuJI pL16y. are given in the text, e.g.: pa3.IJO'.IKHTL KOCTCp-pa_CKJl3,[{LIBaTh KOCTep.
'to catch' 'The boy was fishing.' J. HenpHl!TeJ!b He MOr nperJnoAazamb p,ep30eTII CTpeJib6bI '-!eTb!pexHIIKeMHe 3alUII·
OH DOHMaJI 6oJiblII)'IO phr6y. meHHblXH)'WeK.(JI. T.) 2. OxoTHIIKIIPaJ/10:»CU/IUKOeTep.3. 0KOHqllB)')KHH,Bee pacno-
'He caught a big fish.' toJICU/IUCbBOKpyrKOCTpa.(M. I'.) 4. ECTb 6ecrrpep,eJibHOe)KeJiaHHe--6/10:»CUmb B CTpa-
ncKaTh - uanTn JI )],0JirO HCKaJI CBOIO3aIIHCHyIO ~J![(bl6y!ly1UettKHHrn:Be!OeTpaCTb, BCeIIJiaMll'cepp,ua. (H. 0.) 5. 06CTOSITeJibCTBa
3aC-
'to look for'-'to find' KHiDKKY H HaKOHeIIH31IIeJI ee,
raBHJllfMeHSIHa HeCKOJlbKO MeOn\eB Om/lO.JICUmbpa66Ty Ha,[{H()Bb!MpOMaHOM.(H. 0.)
'I had been looking for my note- Exercise 166. Replace the perfective verbs with imperfective ones.
book for a long time and at last I. Mb! co6Hp{u1115ff0,[{blB CTaKaHbl,a HOTOMC/10:»CU,lUHXB 66ruyIO KOp3ii:Hy.2. Ha-
I found it.' p6!-lCMJll'U,1 MHOro rreceH O pOL\IIHe.3. y MeHll6onena ronona, H np1-151THO 6hIJIOnpu1to-
:»eumbXOJIOL{HYIO pyKy KOn6y. 4. Ha,[{OnpUAO:»eUmbK P,OKyMeHTaM Tpll qJOTOKapTO'IKII.
The past tense of the verb uauTn (uarneJI) is formed in the same way 5. JI BCeH)')KHbleMHe KHHJ'llpaJAO:»CUJlHa CTOJ!e.6. B6.[(y nyTeM 3.TieKTpOJill3a MO)KHO
as the past tense of H)].TH (rneJI). pa3M:»CUmb Ha BOP,OpOL{ 7. )];OKJia.[\qllKQqeHb 51CHO
H KIICJIOpO,ll. II IlpOCTOU3,10:»CU/l
CBOII. Mb!CJIII.8. Co6pa1I1-1ecorJiaCHJIOCbC TeM, '-ITOOHnpe0/10:»CU/l. 9. 3.1-(eCb
npoAO:»CU,lU
Notes.- I. When prefixes are added to the imperfective verbs 6paTL and ro- JKe.,bHyIO1-1op6ry.
sopnTL, perfective verbs with a new lexical meaning are formed (oTo6paTL KHirr11
'to take back the books', yrosopnTL TOBapml\a 'to persuade the friend'). The B.
other verbs of the aspect pairs are oT6npaTL and yrnsapusaTL.
The following verbs go m aspectual pairs:
Perfective Imperfective JIOiKHThCH - Jieqh JI o6LI'IHO Jiomych cnaTh B 11 qa-
oTo6paTL KHii:rn: - OT6upaTL KHJl.rlf c6B.
'to take back the books' 'to lie down', 'to go to bed' 'I usually go to bed at 11 o'clock.'
C06paTL, y6paTL ypo)Katt - C06upan,, y6upaTL ypO)Katt Bqepa ~ Jier B 12 qac6B.
'to gather in the harvest'
yrouopnTL Toaap1m1a rroiiTii: a KHH6 - yroBapuBaTL TOBapmua IlOHTII 'Yesterday I went to bed at 12
'to persuade the friend to go to the ci- B KlfHO o'clock.'
nema' Ca,[1,HThCH- CCCTh C6JIHIIe Me)],JieHHOca)],HJIOCh.
OTrOBOpHTL TOBapmua OT 110e3,[{Klf TOBapmUa OT IIOe3·
- 0Tr0B3pHBaTL 'to set', 'to sit down' 'The sun was setting slowly.'
'to dissuade the friend from going on ,[{Kif
a trip' C6mni;e ceJIO.
yJIOBHTL CMbICJI - YJI3BJIHBaTL CMbICJI 'The sun had set.'
'to catch the meaning' CTaHOBHThCSI - CT3Tb OH IlOCTerreHHO CTaHOBHJICSI
'to become' 66nee CIIOK0HHbIM pe6eHKOM.
2. When prefixes are added to the verb cKa3aTL 'to say', verbs with new lexi- 'He gradually became a quieter
cal meanings are formed: nepecKaJaTL 'to retell', BhlCKaJaTL 'to express', 'to tell', boy'.
which correspond to the imperfective verbs nepecKa3LIBaTL, BLICK33LIBaTL.
3. In some meanings perfective verbs with the root -Jio:iK- correspond to im- OH cTaJI cnoK0HHhIM MclJih'IH-
perfective verbs with the root -KJia.11:- and in other meanings they correspond to KOM.
imperfective verbs with the root -Jiar-: 'He had become a quiet boy.'
L{OJIO'.IKHTL (o pa66Te) - L{OKJI3,[{L!BaTL 'to report (on the progress of
the work)' The imperfective and perfective verbs of each of the above pairs
nepeJio:iK11TL (KHii:rHco cToJia- nepeKJI3,[{LIBaT&'to move (the books from the have different sounds in their roots; besides the imperfective verbs have
Ha rr6JIKY) table to the shelf)' the particle -cH(-cL).
but: nepeJio:iKHTL (TeKCT) - nepeJiaraT& 'to set (a text) to music'
OTJIO'.IKHTL (co6paHHe) - OTKJl3,ll;LIBaTL 'to put off (a meeting)' . Exercise 167. Read through the sentences and state the aspect of the italicised verbs.
yJIO'.IKHTL (BeIIIH) - yKJI3MIBaTL 'to pack (things)' Give their aspectual counterparts.
CJIO'.IKHTL (BeIIIH) - CKJI3,ll;LIBaTL 'to stow (things)'
but: CJIO'.IKHTL (rrecmo) - cJiariiTL 'to compose (a song)' I. Me.[(JieHHOHaCTyHaJia BeCeHHll'll'
HO'ib. T11rn11HacmaH06ll/lGCb IlOJIHOll,rny66-
BhlJIO'.IKHTL (BeIIIHlf3 qeMo- - BLIKJiaL{LIBaTL 'to take (the things) out (of Rou. (M. T.)
.11:aHa) the suit-case)' 2. B ,:i6Me see y)Ke ,iezAu, Ho HHKT6He cHaJI. (l/ex.)
npHJIO'.IKIITb (Jiep, K fOJIOBe) - npHKJl3P,LIBaTL 'to apply (ice to the head)' 3. 3ap51 npOIIIaeTCll'C 3eMJieIO,
but: npuJio:iKHTL (,:ioKyMeH- - npuJiai·iiTL 'to enclose (the documents)' Jlo:»eumcR nap Ha .[\HeJIOJil1H.(<Pem)
Tb!) 4. 51 O,[{eJICll',
63Jl.1 py)Kbe II nomeJI BHH3110 pe'-!Ke. (Ape.)

302 303
 5. 0663 BeCb,!J;eHb
npOCT051JI
y peKHll Tp0HYJICJI
C MeCTa,KOI',llllcadU.llOCbC0JI!Jije n action, the achievement of a result (,IJ,ocn'trnyTL'to achiev~', npou11-
( l/ex.) · :J1yTL'to penetrate', noseprnyTL '~o plunge'); othe_rs show either that
6. CrnprrK ./10611./l HeBO,[IOM
pb16y. the action took place on one occas10n only or that 1t was of very ~hort
Crnpyxa npima CBOIOnp51lKy.(II.)
7. qTO eMy KHHraITOCJie,[IHllll CKa:>icem, duration (TOJIKHYTL'to push', KpnKHYTL'to shout', MurnyTL 'to wmk').
To Ha .LIYIITe er6 CBepxy n .IIH:>Kem. (H.) Imperfective Perfective
Exercise 168. Make up sentences, using the perfective and imperfective verbs given J]:OCTltraTb'to achieve' ,l],OCTlll'HYTh
in the preceding exercise.
c ga)[(,l],blM
r6.z:i:oM
Mbl ,l],OCTUraeM Mbl ~OCTlll'JIH orpOMHbIX ycrre-
BCe60JiblllHXH 60JiblllHXycrre- XOBB pa66Te
ASPECTUAL PAIRS OF VERBS DIFFERING XOBB pa66Te.
IN THE POSITION Every year we make ever greater 'We have made great success m
OF THE STRESS progress in our work.' our work.'
uc11e3aTL'to disappear' HC1Je3HYTL
In some cases the aspectual forms differ only in the position of the C6nm.1;eIIOCTerreHHO HC'le3aJIO3a HaKOHeQCOJIHIJ,e COBCeM HC1Je3JIO
stress. ropH30HTOM. 3a ropH30HTOM.
Imperfective Perfective 'The sun was slowly disappearing 'At last the sun disappeared alto-
pacca.miiTL paccLmaTL 'to spill' beyond the horizon.' gether beyond the horizon.'
3acLmaTL 3acLmaTL 'to fill in' MeJibKaTb 'to gleam' MeJILKny·rh
oTpe3a!L oTpfaaTL 'to cut off B.z:i:anu
MeJILKaJIHorOHbKll. B.z:i:anuMeJihKHYJIoroHeK.
pa3pe3aTL pa3pfaaTL 'to cut up' 'Lights were gleaming in the di- 'A light gleamed in the distance.'
stance.'
In the infinitive and in the forms obtained from it such verbs differ KpU'laTb 'to cry' KpHKHYTh
only in the position of the stress; in the present and simple future tenses Pe6eHOKKpn11aJIHe rrepecTaBa~. Pe6eHOKKpHKHYJIH 3aMOJIK.
they differ in both position of the stress and the composition of the 'The child cried without stop- 'The child gave a scream and fell
stem (the present tense of the imperfective aspect: paccLmam, 3acLmaro, ping.' silent.'
0Tpe3aro, pa3pe3aro; the future tense of the perfective aspect: pac-
cLmJiro, paccLmJiemL, 3aCbIUJIIO,3aCLIUJiemb,OTpemy, O'rpememL,pa3- TOJIKaTb'to push' TOJIKHYTb
pemy, pa3pfol.:emb). MaJibqJ,IKmaJIHJl H TOJIKaJI ce- Manbq.HKTOJIKHYJIcecTpy.
CTpy.
Exercise 169. Read through the sentences. State the aspect of the verbs. 'The boy was naughty and kept 'The boy pushed his sister.'
1. CHer 3acbIITaJI.r1op6ry. CHer 3achman .r1op6ry. 2. OH oTpe3aJI Kyc6Kxne6a. OH pushing his sister'.
OTpe3aJIKyc6KXJie6a. 3. OHa cpbana l\BeTbl. Om'.i.cpe3aJra I~BeThl.4. Ca,LI0BHHK
ITOChl·
nan necK6M .r1op6lKKH.Ca.r16BHHK nochman necK6M 11op6lKKH.
There are unprefixed imperfective verbs with the suffix -uy-: sii:uyTL
Exercise 170. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the required forms 'to fade', sii:1uyTL 'to get stuck', MOKHYTL'to get wet', coxuyTL 'to dry',
of the verbs given on the right: Mep3HYTL'to freeze', 3ii:6uyTL 'to be chilled', rnoxnyTL 'to go de~r,
1. CHer Me,LIJieHHO . . . .r1op6ry. 3achmaTh, 3achmaTb CJiennyTb'to go blind', KpenuyTb 'to grow stronger', ru6uyTh 'to die',
B HeCKOJibKO MHH)'TCHer ... ,L10p6ry. 'to perish'. These verbs mostly denote a gradual worsening of the state
8 Te'leHn:eHeCKOJibKHX MHH)'TCHer COBCeM... ,LIO·
p6ry. of an object or person.
2. OHa KlllK,LIOeYTPO... l\BeThl ll CTllBHJiaHXB Ba3y. cpe3aTb, Cpe3aTb The perfective counterparts of these verbs are formed by means of
OHa ... l\BeT0Kll ITO,llaprrJiaer6 MHe. prefixes (ysii:nyTL 'to fade completely', 1acoxuyTL 't? dry up', ocJien-
3. MaTb ... KYC0Kxne6a n: ,[laJia er6 pe6eHKy. OTpe3aTb, OTpe3aTb llYTL 'to go stone-blind' noru6uyTL 'to die', 'to pensh', etc.).
4. HylKHOKlllK/:lbiii,lleHb ... .r1op6lKKH necK6M. nocbIITllTb,nochmaTb
8 HeCKOJibKO MHH)'Tca,LI0BHHK ... BCe,LIOpOlKKH
nec- Some of these prefix~d perfective verbs correspond in meaning to
K0M. Prefixed imperfective verbs (ym1.z:i:aTL, 3aChIXaTh, etc.).

Imperfective Perfective Imperfective

VERBS WITH THE SUFFIX -HY-
Bi111yn ysii:uyTL ysH~aTb
Most (prefixed and unprefixed) verbs which incorporate the suffit 'to fade' 3asii:nyTL
-uy- are perfective. . f M<>ImyTb BhIMOKHYTb BblMOKaTb
Some perfective verbs with the suffix -uy- denote the completion° 'to get wet'
304 305
20 - 384
 COXHYTh JaCOXHYTh 3aChlX8Th Exercise 175. Make up sentences, using the following verbs:
'to dry' BbICOXHYTh BhlChIX8Th 3aChIIIflTh CH) -~
CTOJIKH)'Th( CTaJIKIIBaTh(CH)
MepJuyTL JaMepJHYTh 3ac11)'Th
3aMepJ8Th sbIIIYTh_ BhJHHMaTh BepHyn(c51) B03Bpan~aTh(CH)
'to freeze' BL1Mep311yTL OT,[(hIXaTh o6epH)'Th(C51) - o6opa'IHBaTh(C51)
Bh1Mep38Th oTJ:IOXIIYTh
ru6nyTL nor11611yT1> upoc11ynrn - 1IpOChIIIaThC51 IIOBepH)'Th(CH)- IIOBOpa'IHBaTh(CH)
noru6aTh
'to die', 'to perish'
Exercise 176. Write out the perfective verbs in .one column and the imperfective
verbs in the other; give their aspectual counterparts.
,N°fe.-(a! The suffix -ny: of imperfective verbs is never stressed (ex -
TIIHYTh to 1;mll). (b) Imperfective verbs with the suffix -a-(yBHAllTh'to fadc~ptzon: CT)'KIIYTb,MeJibKH)'Th,MOKHYTh,CBepKH)'Th,COXHYTh,KpermyTh, KHBH)'Th,Mep3-
correspondmg to .perfective verbs with the suffix -ny- (yuirnyT1,'to fade' et,)etc.) llYTh,'IHXH)'Th,CTbJH)'Th,YJihI6HyThC51,
IIIeIIH)'Th, yrrpeKH)'Th
stressed on the suffix. , e c. are
Exercise 177. Form the past and future tenses of the verbs given in the preceding
Exercise 17_1.Write down the infinitives of the verbs used in th exercise and make up sentences with them.
tences. Give their aspectual counterparts. e following sen-
Exercise 178. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the required forms
l.Torr6p OCTop611rn_o CTy;aJI II? C)''lh51M,KOJ1eca CKp1mem1, JIOl!Ja,[(hqlhl K of the verbs in brackets.
(Typr) 2 - Bei;ep ~Bh~PHYJIB mm:a JihllKHHKOB
3arJI51,[(hIBaJI nyq (M r) 4 3sfo
IOHhlllCOJIHe'IHh!H
66JiaKo CHeJKHOH IIhlJIH (A ) 3
,
j
an~.
. :JIC. • , OKHo l13 OK!lll6hJJIO BHAHO,KaK HaJieTeJI IIOCJie)..(Hllll
pa3 Berep, ... L(epeBb51B carj, ---
MHraIOT C He6ec. (I'OHii.) . . , . ,[(blTaK rrprIBeTJiliBO,TaK ):(pyJKCCK!! B ornopeHHoe oKH6 i-r.... ,Ll;oJK,[(h
rrpeKparfincH. T6nhKO c Kphmrn i-rM6Kph1xnncrheB ...
3BOIIK!leKaIIJIH.BcrropXH)'a"IaKaKaH-TOIITHU,a.He6o Ha'IaJIO ---.
and g~xercthis~
172. Whalt is the aspect of the italicised verbs? Write down their infinitive (Ka'IaTb, Ka'IH)'Th; ):(YTb, A)'HYTh; CTHXaTh, CTHXHYTh; KarraTh, KaIIHYTh;
1ve e1r aspectua counterparts. s npoHcll»ThCH,rrpoHCHllThC51)
1. rpo3a ymux11a, oJie,[(Hhlll CBeT
THHYIICH,[(JillHHOllIIOJIOCOH NON-PAIRED VERBS
MeJK T~MHhIMHe60M H 3eMJiett. (JI.)
2. Mi-rp reMeH 6hIJI H MOJI'IaJIHB There are Russian verbs which have no perfective or imperfective
JlmIIh cepe6pncrnn 6axpoM6~ counterparts corresponding to them in meaning.
BepIIIllHbl u,errHCHeroB6i-i Thus, the perfective verbs rpsmyTL 'to burst out', cocToHTLCH'to
B):(a.HH.
rnepKa11u rrpe):(o MHOH.
,Ll;aB 6epera n.1ecKa;l IIOTOK.(JI.) take place' have no imperfective counterparts, and the imperfective
3. I1 BOT B TyMaHHOHBhIIIlHHe verbs yqacrnoeaTL 'to participate', cocTOHTh'to consist (of, in)' have
3arrem1 IITJI'IKH,H BOCTOK no perfective counterparts.
030JIOTllJic51;Berep6K
Cb1pi:1e uieee11bHj,11JIHCThl.(JI.)
Perfective Verbs Which Have No Imperfective Counterparts
Writ~1~~~~h 1~\t~~d thrf~gh the following. State the tense and aspect of the verbs.
terparts. em tm Ives o t e verbs with the suffix -uy- and give their aspectual coun- Perfective verbs which have no imperfective counterparts include
a number of verbs with the suffix -uy-: p1111yTLCH
'to rush', XJILIHYTL'to
1. Ho Ha_KOHeu, OHa B3,[(0XH)'Jia gush out', rpJ'myTL 'to burst out', pyxnyTL 'to tumble down', OT-
I1 BCTaJiaCO CKaMhll CBOell. ( /l.) npimyTL 'to start back', BCTpeneuyTLCH'to rouse oneself, and also the
2. Yriili:!10 BC~. Tarhirna crrHT. (IT.) verbs oqyTnTLCH 'to find oneself (somewhere)', noua)].o6nTLCH'to be-
3. Bcrae_r 3ap51 Bo Mrne xoJIO,[(Hoi-i,
Ha H~Bvaxmy~ pa66T YMOJIK, come necessary', cocTOHTLCH'to take place', cTaTL 'to begin' or 'to
C CBOeHBOJI'!Hxow ron6):(Hoi-i stop', Ja6ny)].nTLCH'to lose one's way'.
~-a ):(op,6ry BOJIK.(II.)
Bh1x61;11-rr
4. )Kypqa ellle ?elKHT_3a MeJihHHU,ypy'Iei-i, Note.-The verbs 3a6JJy)K/J,!lTbCH
and 3a6ny/1.HTbCH
do not (orm an aspectual
Ho npy):( yJKe 3aCThJJI.(II.) pair since the meaning of the former verb is 'to be mistaken', 'to err' and the
5. Ee3 re6ii 51 3aMep3 6h1 Ha .L1op6re. (II.) meaning of the latter is 'to Jose one's way'.
Compare:
Exercise 174. Form the past tense of the following verbs and give their aspectual
counterparts: Mb1 3a6nyA11JJuc1,B necy. 'We lost our way in the woods'.
BCKpllKHYTh Bb1 3a6nym)),aerec1,. 'You are mistaken'.
L(OCTllfHYTh 3aMep3HYTh
CIIphirHYTh HC'Ie3HYTh Exercise 179. Read through the sentences. Point out the perfective verbs which have
BCIIh!XHYTh OCThlll)'Th
B03HllKHYTh 3aBfiHyTh no imperfective counterparts.
paccrernyn rrpOHHKHyTb
BhlKHHYTh IIOTllCHYTh ]_ r,[(e•TO pfi)..(OMCO CTpaWHh!MTpCCKOMpyxHyJio L(epeBO.(A:JJC.)
rrpHBhIKHYTh BhlCOXH)'Th
BhIAepHyTh OTBh!KHYTh 2. CoKOJI CMeJihlll BCTperreH)'JICH,IIpHBCTaJI!leMHOro H ITO yllleJib!O IIOBeJI O'IllMH.
B3,[(pornyTh OKpCIIHYTb (M. I'.)
CBeprHyTh rror116HyTb
B31"JI51H)'Th OTBeprHyTh 3. Mope B3)..()'eTC51 6ypJ!HBO,
,[(0TpOHYThC51 OL'IOXHYTh 3aKHrrllT, rro,[(hIMeTBOH,
YMOJIKHYTh
XJihll!eT Ha 6eper nyc-r6iI,
306
20* 307
 Pa30JibeTOI B III)'MHOM6ere
l1 O'l)'TJHCJIHa 6pere , VERBS WHICH HA VE THE SAME FORM IN THE
B ;elllye, KaKlKap ropll,
TpH,ll~aT~ TpH 6oraTb1pir. (fl.) IMPERFECTIVE
4. prp03~ rpll:HY;11a Ha,ll JieCoM,3allleIIT:lJIH,llepeBblIrnyxo rp03HO (M I'.) AND PERFECTIVE ASPECTS
5. OCCJfll: BCIIpll:HeT
OTOCH:l ' . .
l1 Ha o6n6MKaX CaMOBJI:l~Tbll:
HarrurnyT H:l!IIHHMeHa)(ll.) A small group of verbs can be either imperfective or perfective de-
pending on the context.
Exercise 180. Make up sentences, using the verbs: It includes the verbs: eeJieTh 'to order', meuuTb(cs) 'to marry' (of
O'IYTllTbCJI,
O'IH)'TbCll:,
XJibIHYTb,3a6ny,L1llTbCll:,
IIOH:l.LI06HTbCll: a man), o6emaTh 'to promise', Ka3HHTh 'to execute', panHTh 'to wound',
o6pa3oeaTh 'to form', ucnoJih3oeaTh 'to use', uccJie,n:oeaTh 'to investi-
gate', aTaKoeaTh 'to attack', apecToeaTh 'to arrest', TeJierpa4>upoeaTh
Imperfective Verbs Which Have No Perfective Counterparts 'to telegraph', etc.
A large nu!llber of imperfective verbs have no perfective counte (1) OH Bcer,ri:a BhIIIOJIH51.JI Bee, 'He always did what he prom-
part~, e.g.: CTOHTh 'to cost', 3Ha'IHTh 'to mean' HMeTh 'to hav , r- qrn 06e1._aJI. ised.'
Jia,i:i:aTh'to p ' , ' e , o6- (2) OH o6e.._aJI noM6% HaM 'He had promised to help us and
. , oss~ss '. npuua,ri:~e~aTh 'to belong', cocToHTh 'to consist
(of, m)_, co,i:i:epmaTb to contam, etc. The following verbs also haven H no Mor. he did so.'
per~ectlve coun~erparts: ua6mo,ri:aTh 'to observe', oTpH .. aTh 'to negat/ In the first sentence the verb o6emaTh is used in the imperfective as-
OTCyTc'!'eoeaTh ,to be abs~nt', npnee'!'crnoeaTb 'to greet', 'to welcome''
pect and in the second in the perfective aspect.
pa3roeapueaTh to speak , pyKoeo.n:HTh 'to direct' ua6mo,n:aTh 'to b' Most of the verbs which may be either imperfective or perfective
pr~sent', ynp~BJIHTh '.t? govern', 'to drive', yrnepm,i:i:aTh 'to affirm'e have the suffix -oea- or -npoea-: MuuoeaTh 'to pass', o6pa3oBaTh 'to
yqacTeoeaTh to participate' and others. '
form', opra11u3oeaTh 'to organise', ucnoJIL30BaTh 'to use', uccJie,n:oeaTh
th Note?.-,I. The verb yrnepiKJ:laTbhas a corresponding perfective verb with 'to investigate', TeJierpa4>upoeaTh 'to telegraph', JIHKeu,ri:upoeaTh 'to
, e meanmg t? co~firm' (~rnepiK!]:aTb B .LIOJilKHOCTH-yrnep,LIHTb
8 11:0JilKHOCTH liquidate', 'to go away with'; ua._uouaJiu3upoeaTh 'to nationalise',
tfo,ctonfiftrfim
a~ ~ppomtme~t ), but it has no perfective counterpart in the meaning JJieKTpu4>u._upoeaTh 'to electrify'.
o o a 1rm, to mamtam'.
51
YTBeJ:!iK11:aio,. 'ITO HHK_or.L1aHe 'J maintain that I have never met that Notes.- 1. It is also possible to form imperfective verbs from some of the
BCTpe'laJICll: C '..lTHM 'leJIOBeKOM. man.' verbs of this group by means of the suffixes -b1Ba-, -nea- (opraun3oeaTb, oprauu-
2
. -, T,he vehrbnoJiadnb has no perfective counterpart with the meaning of 'to JOBbIBaTb).
b eI1eve, to t mk'. 2. To emphasise the perfective meaning, some of the verbs of this group are
occasionally used with prefixes: copraun1oeaTb 'to organise', noo6e111aTb'to
.51noJiaraio, '!TO... 'I believe that...' promise', noJKeH11Tb(c11)'to marry'.
Ho~ever! its derh:atives npe11:noJI_araTb 'to suppose' and npe,llnoJIOlKHTb 'to 3. The verb TeJierpacj,upoeaTbmeans 'to telegraph'; in colloquial speech,
however, the phrases ,11aeaTbTeJierpaMMY, ,11aTbTeJierpaMMY 'to send a wire' are
th t
suppose are 1mperf~ct1ve and perfective respectively.
The verb y~acrno~aTb 't,o participate' has no perfective counterpart, but
e Pd rase 'tt"""MaTb y'la~Tne t~ take part' (with an imperfective verb) corre-
preferred, especially with the perfective meaning:

spon s to t e phrase npnn11Tby'lacrne 'to take part' (with a perfective verb). Bqepa JI ):(aJITeJierp:tMMY. 'I sent a wire yesterday.'
JaBTpa SI,!laM TeJierp:tMMY. "I'll send a wire tomorrow.'
h Exercis1 l~l. St ate the aspect ~f these verbs. Point out the imperfective verbs which
ave no per ective counterparts. Give aspectual pairs where possible. Exercise 185. Read through the sentences. State the tense of the verbs.
1;1pe,L1'1)'BCTBOBaTb,
IlO'l)'BCTBOBaTb,,[leHCTBOBaTb, CO,[leHCTBOBaTb pa3roBapHBaTb ] . 51 HCITOJib3yIO
3TOTMaTepHaJI,KOr,lla6y,lly pa66TaTb Ha.LI,!IOKJia,!IOM.
2. Pa60'!l-le
yroBapnBaTb, CO.LlepJKaTb, IIOJ:1.L1epJKaTb,
YBll.LleTb,
npe.L1Bir.L1eTb,
cocTdirrb, nocTOllTh ' ycne!IIHOI-ICIIOJib3YIOTHOBbieMeTO,[lblpa66Tbl 1-16naro,11apir 3TOMYnepeBbll10JIHllIOT
HOpMbI.3. Kor,[la KOH'laTCll:
JK3:lMeHbl,Mb!opraHl-l3)'eMJibllKHbiecopeBH0B1lHJf}lCTyD;eH-
"e t· Exerciset 182- Make up sentences, using these imperfective verbs which have no per- TOBHalllero JfHCTHTyTa. 4. B JlbllKHblX
copeBH0B1lHHSIX, KOTOpb!eMb! opraHH3yeM K:llK-
11 c 1ve coun erparts.
L\b[HfO.LI,yqacTByIOTIlO'ITll BCCCTygeHTbl.
co 3~BirceTb(OT)(,nox_o.LlllTb
(Ha), HYlK.Ll:lTbCJI
(B), IIpHHa,[IJielKaTb
(K) Y'l:lCTBOBaTb
(B)
OTBeTCTBOBaTb '1eMy-Hn6y,L1b), rrpemneCTBOBaTb('1eMy-Hn6y.Llb)' ' Exercise 186. Write the sentences, filling in the blanks with the words in brackets
and putting the verbs in the appropriate tense .
. Exercised 183. Make up sentences, using the verbs coCTOHTb03 cocTOHTbu co-
CTOHTbCIIan wnte them down. ···• ···• Cecrpa ... 0 CBOeMIIpHe3,[le,Jf Mb! BCTpeTHMee.
Cecrpa o6bi'IHO ... 0 CBOeMrrpHe3,lle,Jf Mbl BCTpe'laeMee.
th Exbercise.184- Readd thro~gh the sentences and make up sentences of your own with (TeJierpaq.iirpoBaTb,,[laTb TeJierpaMMY,[\aBaTb TeJTerpaMMy)
e ver s co,1:1eplKHT
an co,1:1epiKnTc11.
Exercise 187. Make up sentences, using the verbs 06e111aTb,pannTb, opranu3oearb,
B . J. 3ra KHttra CO,llepJKHT
V • •
MHOro HHTepecHbIX
' ,t,'
'l-'aKTOB '
Jf3 HCTOpHH 2.
KOCMOH:lBTHKH IICcJie11:oeaTb, naQuonaJiu3npoeaTbwith the perfective and imperfective
JIHKBn,1111poeaTb,
'..!TOH
KHHreCOJleplKHTCH MHoro HHTCpeCHblXdJaKTOB1-13HCTOPHH KOCMOH1lBTHKH: meanings.
308
309
 USE OF THE ASPECTS
~a-XHY!L 'to wave (once)'
PRINCIPAL MEANINGS OF THE VERB ASPECTS* roJIKHYTh 'to push (once)'
11p.;iroyTL
'to jump (once)'
6pOCHTb 'to throw (once)'
achi~v[;1~~t~? av~~~~l;ay denote the completion of an action and the
etc.
H3DHC3Tb 't 0
, wnte (f rom beginning to end)'
· The corresponding imperfective verbs express prolonged, inter-
npoqnTaTb t d (f b rupted actions: Maxa.Tb, TOJIK3.Th,npLiraTL, 6poca.Th, etc.
BLiyqnTL ' o rea rom eginning to end)'
, to learn (thoroughly)' 4. Perfective verbs may express actions of short duration:
npuroToBnTL ,to prepare (fully)'
C)],eJiaTb t d (f 11oryJistTb 'to go for a (short) walk'
o61.»c11nTL ' o o_ rom beginning to end)' ooJieJKaTL 'to lie (for a short while)'
paccKa3aTb 'to brmg something home to somebody' nocna.Th 'to sleep (for a short while)'
pernnTh , to tell_(from begini:ing to end)' nocn,n:eTL 'to sit (for a short while)'
BLIJieqnTL 'to arnve at a defimte decision' nonrpaTL 'to play (for a short while)'
to cure (completely)'
OT)],oxnyTL 'to rest (and feel rested)' no'IHTa.Th 'to read (for a short while)'
etc. nocrnstTh 'to stand (for a short while)'
noMOll'HlTh 'to keep silent (for a short while)'
To The co,rresponding imperfective verbs (nucaTL quTaTL yqfuL noxo)],HTh 'to walk (for a short while)'
, BHTh, )],eJiaTL, o6i.»cHstTL, paccKa3LIBaTb ', ', ' ro- no6eraTL 'to run about (for a short while)'
0
:~~l:t~~~-express prolonged actions withdure~~T~;f~:::::bto ~:~ etc.
All such verbs have the prefix no-.
~2., Perfective verbs may denote the starting point of an actioll'
The corresponding unprefixed imperfective verbs express pro-
DOHTH 't . '
, o start walkmg' longed unlimited actions and states: rynstTh, Jie;KaTL, cnaTL, cu,a:fah,
noexa!L 'to start driving' etc.
noJieTe!L 'to start flying' Exercise 188. Read the sentences reporting actions and ask whether they have had
nomo 6 ttTb 'to fall in love' a result or have been completed. Answer your questions and write down the three re-
noqyBCTBoeaTL 'to feel' sponses, as in the model.
nonpaBHTbCH 'to like' /1,fodel: --- B'lepa Mapirn: rnTOBHJia,[\OMaurnee3a,[\aH11e.
DOJIHTLCH ' -~ 0Ha np11roTOBHJiaBee 3a,[\a1me?
to start pouring' -- Aa, oHi rrp11roT6B11Jiaer6.
38111
YMeTL 'to begin rustling'
3aKpttlfllTL (Or: -- HeT, oHi He np11roT6B11Jiaer6. K Hei1.npmnm'r APY3b5111 no-
'to begin shouting' Memairn ei1..)
3acMestThCH 'to begin laughing'
l. Y'!e11HKA6i1ro yq{in HOBhiecnoBa. 2. BHKTopnoBTopHJIHOBbieaHrnHi1.cK11e rna-
3anJiaKaTL 'to begin weeping' r6nb1. 3. TaHll n11cana rpaMMaTH'!eCKHeynpai1rneHHll.4. Mb! nepeBO,[\llJIHTeKCTC aHr-
3a6oJieTL 'to fall ill' lll!HCKOro ll3b!KaHa pycCK11H.5. Moll APY3b51 B'!epa BeChBe'lep ,[\eJiaJIH3THqJOTorpacjrn11.
3attHTepecoeaTLCH 'to become interested' 6. CTyl(eIIT 3anHCb!BaJIHa HJICHKyOTBeTblHa B011p0Chl.7. CTy,[\eHTblB'!epa paCCKa3bl-
paccep)],HTLCH 'to get angry' BaJI11)TOT TeKCT. 8. fipenoti;aBaTeJib np0Bep51JI HaUil1 CO'!HHeHl1ll.9. AHHa 11C-
yen)],eTb 'to see' 10. B'lepa BeqepOMll 'll1TaJIlKypHiJI «HayKa ll lKll3Hb».
npaanfrna O!lll!6KHB ,l.\11KTiHTe.
I l. CTyl\(:HTbl :hoi1. rpynnhI Y'll1JI11CbnpiBHJibHO ynoTpe6JI51Tb Bl!,[\bl rnar6na.
ycJILilllaTL 'to hear' 12. B BOCKpeceHbell OT,[\b!XaJia.13. Cero,l\Hll yTpOMJI y611pan CBOIOKOMHaTy.14. Moi1.
o6pa)],OB8TbCH 'to be glad' Apyr Y'IIIJIMeH51KaTilTbCHHa KOHbKaXu Ha JibilKaX.15. B'!epa n6cne yp6KOB BoJIO,[\H
etc. II Mama pema_rm 3a,[\a'lll no MaTeMaTuKe.

Exercise 189. Write out the questions and answer them (in writing). Follow the
The corresponding imperfective verbs hav fi model.
prolonged actions or states witho t fi e no pre ixes and express
3. Perfective verbs m u a~y re ere!lce to the starting point. Model: - BbI pemiJIH 3a/,aqy'/
on one occasion only (se'ZeffJc~f!! ~~;~~/ctions, actions, performed - Aa, HO H He pemHJI ee. 0Ha O'leHh TPYAHaH.
l. 3TOT CTy,[\eHT C,[\aBaJI3K3aMeHno p)'CCKOMyH3b!K)''/2. Bbl yroBapuBaJil1 MapHIO
Bb!CTynHTb Ha Be'!epe? 3. Bbl OT,[\bIXim1B BOCKpecenbe?4. Barn ,l.\pyrY'!HJIB'!epa HOBb!e
CJJOB/i?5. Bbl Y'lllJIHCbKaTaTbCHHa KOHbKax'/6. Ona fOTOBl1JiaCbK 3K3aMeny?

* The principal meanings of the verb aspects are <>ivenhere "o .. Exercise 190. Answer the questions, using sentences with the verbs of the required
b 1,. r rev1s1011pourposes. aspect in your answers.
310
311
 JI quTiiJI (npoqrrTiiJI) :hy KHHry (ra3eTy). ,SIn11caJIIIHChMau;eJihIHBeqep. 51 uanncaJI Bee 3TH IIHChMa 3a
, \Bb1 ylKe MOlKeTeBep_H)'Tb;-rne :hy KH~ry'.- .D:a, ... 2. Bb1 cer6)l;HH yT~o~ qliTaJui
ra3eTy. HeT, ... 3. Bb1 6brnu 3aH»TbI Bqepa BeqepoM?-.D:a, ... 4. BaM ceuqac HYl!(J!'
0,1],HHBeqep.
:ha KHHra? - HeT, ... a ,1 was writing letters the whole 'It took me one evening to write
JI roTOBUJICH(no)l;rOTOBHJICH)K 3K3iiMeHy. evening.' all these letters.'
'? I. ffoqeMy y ~ac 7aK6ii ycT~Jibl~ BH)l;?--,. .. 2}Joq~MY Bbl He n1;mIIJIH K HaM B'le- '.)TOT,UOMCTpOHJIHqeTbipe MecH- 3TOT ,l],OMUOCTpOHJIH 3a 1IeTbipe
pa. - ... 3. Bbl ylKe MOlKeTeC)l;aBaTb3TOT 3K3aMeH. --.n:a, ... 4. 5I 3HaIO, qTo y Bae 3/ia.
Tpa 3K3iiMeH.fioqeMy Bbl ceiiqac He 3aHuMaeTecb?-IloToMy qTo ... 5. Bb1 ryn»mi: B'le- ua. . . MeC'SID;a.
pii?- HeT, ... 6. Bbl ceiiqac roTOBbl K 3K3aMeHy?-.D:a, ... 'This house was bemg bmlt four 'It took four months to build this
JI C)l;aBaJI(CiJ;aJI)3K3aMeHbl. months.' house.'
J. Bbl Ceiiqac CB060)l;Hbi?- .D:a, ... 2. Bbl 6bIJilf CB060)l;Hbl Ha npOIIIJIOll He)l;e./re?-
HeT, ... 3. fioqeMy Bbl rnK )l;OJiro He 1mcanu po)l;HTeJI»M?- IloToMy qTo ... 4. Bbl MOJiCe- Words which express periods of time and modify imperfective verbs
Te 33BTpa noeXaTb C HiiMH3a ropo)l;? -- .D:a, ... 5. fioqeMy Bbl 3aHHMaJIHCbC yTpii )l;O Be- take the accusative without a preposition:
qepa?- ... 6. fioqeMy Bbl ceiiqac He 3aHHMaeTeCb?- ... 7. Bbl MOlKeTe ceiiqac OTJU,J.
XaTb?-.D:a, ... 8. fioqeMy y Bae TaKOe BeCeJIOe HaCTpOeHHe?- ... 9. Bbl oqeHb YCT/i- OH nucaJI nHChMa Bech Belfep. 'He was writing letters the whole
JIH?- .n:a, ... 10. Bbl ceiiqac oqeHb 3aHHTb!?- HeT, ... evening.'
5I roTOBlfJI (npuroTOBHJI) )l;OKJia)l;.
I. Bbl 6y)l;eTe Bb!CTynaTb Ha KOH<pepeHIJHH?--.n:a, ... 2. Bbl 6hIJill Bqepii B quTiiJib- 5111uTaJIKHHry ue;::i:emo. 'I was reading the book for
HOM 3aJie?- .D:a, ... 3. Bhl ylKe CB060)l;HbI?- .D:a, ... 4. BaM HYlKHblKHHrn )l;JIHBamero a week.'
)l;OKJia)l;a?- HeT, ... 5. Bqepa BeqepoM Bbl CMOTpenu HOBblH TeJie<pll.JibM?- HeT, ...
(question: CKO.!lbKO epeMeHu?,KaK iJo.1120?)
Exercise 191. rnsert either the imperfective verb, or the perfective expressing the
starting point of an action. Words which express periods of time and modify perfective verbs
J. Ha yrny OH IIOnpOIIJaJICll C HaMH U ... HanpiiBO, (no)IIIeJI, take the accusative with the preposition 33 or s:
a Mbl ... HaJieBO. (no )IIIJIH OH npOlfHTaJIKHHry 33 ue;::i:emo. 'It took him a week to read the
2 . .D:opora 6brna Tp)'il;Hal!, n03TOMy nyTeIIIeCTBeHHll- (no )IIIJIIi
Kll ... Me)l;JieHHO. book.'
3. 0Ha YBH)l;eJianHCbMO u ... OT pa)l;OCTll. (3a )cMe»nacb 51 H3IIHC8JI BCe IIHChMa33 O)l;IIH 'It took me one evening to write
4 . .D:eTHYBH)l;eJIHonra u ... K HeMy. ( ITO)6elKaJIH Belfep (or B O)l;IIHBelfep). all the letters.'
5. B!l;pyr ... )l;OlK)l;b,u Mb! peIIIHJIH BepH)'TbCll )l;OM6ii. (no)rneJI
6. OT Jieca )l;O peKH Mb! ... IIeJiblll qac n6JieM. (no )rnnH
7. fIOHBil.JIOCbCOJIHIIe,ll cpa3y poca ... Ha TpaBe ll Ha (question: Ja CKO.!lbKo epeMeHu?)
(3a )6JieCTeJia
JIHCTbl!X. Note.- The prepositions is generally used to indicate an intensive action ac-
8. B!l;pyr ... CII.JibHblllBeTep, cpa3y CTaJIO XOJIO)l;HO. (no )iJ;)'JI complished in a short period of time:
9. OcnenHTeJibHO CBepKana MOJIHHHu ... rpoM. (3a)rpeMeJI
coopan>cH s noJI<iaca 'to get ready in half an hour'
Exercise 192. Insert the verbs with or without the prefix no-. nor.ro-r6sHT1»c11
s or.uy ucr.emo 'to prepare oneself in one week'
J. Mb! ... HeMHOro, BCTaJIHll nOIIIJIIl.)l;aJibIIIe. (no )Cll)l;eJIH Exceptions are perfective verbs which express actions of sho~t dura-
2. 0Hii Bee BOCKpeceHbe ... )l;OMa, noTOMY qTo 6brna (rro)Cll)l;eJia
He3)l;Op6Ba. tion and have the prefix no-. With such verbs words denotmg the
3. OH ... u OTBeTirn Ha MOH Bonp6c. (no)iJ;)'MaJI period of time take the accusative without a preposition:
4. BeqepoM n6cJ1e )'lKHHa MbI )l;Onro ... B ca)l;y. (no )rynim,
5. 0Ha B3HJia KHHry, ... ee B pyKe H nOJIOlKHJiaHa Me- (no )iJ;eplKaJia
OH noMOJilfaJIMunyTy. 'He was silent for a minute.'
CTO. 51 noryJiiIJI q3c. 'I walked for an hour.'
6. OH Beeb Beqep .... (no )3aHHMaJICH
Words expressing a period of time and used wit~ verbs which inc~r-
porate the prefix npo- and denote acti?ns t~at contmued mi:e~a defimte
USE OF VERB ASPECTS TO EXPRESS AN ACTION LASTING period of time also take the accusative without a prepos1t10n.
A DEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME
ML1 nporym1Jiu Bee socKpecenLe 'We strolled in the park the whole
To express an action lasting a definite period of time, verbs of either B napKe. Sunday.'
aspect can be used. BpaT npop366rnJI Ha 3aB6,ue nsiTL 'The brother has worked at the
JieT. factory for five years.'
Imperfective Perfective OHa BCIO *H3Hb IIPO*HJia B ,l],e- 'She has lived in the country all
51 lfHTaJI :hy KHHry,l],Ba,l],WI. peBHe. her life.'
51 npOlfHTaJI 3TY KHHry 3a, ,uBa
,l],HH. Words expressing a period of time and used with certai? imperfec-
'I read this book for two days.' 'It took me two days to read this tive verbs take the accusative with the preposition 3a or B 1f the verbs
book.' denote a recurrent action:
312 313
5I BCer,D,aC06ttpaJICHB ,D,Opory3a
USE OF ASPECTS TO EXPRESS RECURRENT
'I always got ready for a journey OR SINGLE ACTIONS
O,D,HH ,D,eHL. in one day.'
OH CLe,D,aJI CBOH 3clBTpaK 'It took him fifteen minutes to eat 1. In Russian recurrent or single actions may be expressed by verb
B UHTHa)J, .. aTb MHHYT. his breakfast.'
5J ,D,Oe3JKaJI,D,0IIHCTIITyTa3a UOJI- 'It took me half an hour to get to aspect:
Imperfective Perfective
lfaca. the college.'
Exercise 193. Give written answers to these questions. 5I Jlel' cnaTh B O)],fJHHa,D,I.1,aTh
51no,i.HJICHcrran, B o,D,HHHa11:i..1,aTh 'Ia-
(a) J. CKOJibKOBpeMCHllBbl ry.nfum Bqepa ITOCJIC )'lKllHa? qac qaC0B, a BCTaBaJI B CeMh. C0B, a BcTaJI B ceMh.
2. CKOJibKOBpCMCHll CTY.UCHT co6npaJI MaTepIIaJ1,D,JI51 He.l.{CJI51 'I would go to bed at eleven 'I went to bed (on one particular
,D,OKJia,D,a? occasion) at eleven o'clock and
3. CKOJibKOBpeMeHIIBbl exaJIII CIO,D,a? C)'TKII o'clock and get up at seven.'
4. KaK .u6nro Bhl 6y.uere ror6BIITbC51K :'iToMy3aqery? He,[ICJI51 got up at seven.'
(b) I. 3a CKOJlbKO BpeMeHl-1Bbl BhJyqIIJil-1
HOBbieCJIOBa? qac MbI HalfHHaJIHpa66Ty B 9 'JaC0B. MhI ualfaJIH pa66Ty B 9 'JaC0B.
2. 3a KaKOHcpoK Bbl BbIITOJIHIIJIII 3TOTITJiaH? MeCm( 'We used to begin our work at 'We began our work (on one par-
3. 3a CKOJibKO BpeMeHIIMOlKHO.uoexaTb OTCIO.Ua .uo ,[\Ba.UI(aThMIIH)'T ticular occasion) at 9 o'clock.'
l..(eHrpa r6po)]a? 9 o'clock.'
4. 3a CKOJibKOBpeMeHII Bbl npOIIIJill 3TO 6m1bIIIOe IlOJITOp{tqacft 51BCTalOpano. 5J BCTaHy paHO.
paCCT05!HIIC? 'I get up early.' 'I shall get up early (on one par-
5. 3a CKOJibKO BpeMeHII Bbl Hayql[JillCb TaK xopom6 O,[\HaHe,D,eJI51 516yJJ,yBCTaBaTL paHO. ticular occasion).'
KaTaTbC51 Ha KOHbKaX?
6. 3a CKOJ!bKO BpeMeHIIBeCb CHer B IlOJie pacTa51J1? HCCKOJibKO
,[IHeH 'I shall be getting up early.'
Exercise 194. Write down the three responses, as in the model. 2. Such verbs as ecrnsaTL 'to get up', JIOJKHTLCH 'to g~ to b~d', ~a-
;:i:uTLCH'to sit down', uaquuaTL 'to begin', 6paTL 'to take, JJ,aeaTL to
Model: - CerO,[IH5151 y6npaJia CBOIOKOMHaTyIl51THa.unaTbMIIH)'T,
-- Bbl y6paJIII CBOIOKOMHaTy3a I151THaL{l..(aTb
MllH)'T'? give', orn:pLrnaTL 'to open', 3aKpLrna:L 'to shut', etc. can e~press recur-
-~ ,[(a. (Or: ---HeT, 51 He ycnena y6paTh.) rent, habitual action by themselves, w~thout the ~elp of special wor~s ex-
] . Bo BTOpHllKMb! ITOJI'!aca'!IITaJIII CTaTI,10II3 lKypHaJia «HayKa 11 lKII3Hb».2. pressing recurrence. The correspondmg perfective ve~bs express smgle
Bqepa Be'!epoM 51 n:eJiblll qac ITIIcaJIITI!CbMO.upyry. 3. CTy.uenT paccKa3bIBaJI TCKCT actions of short duration: ecTaTL, JieqL, cecTL, uaqaTL, B3HTL, )J;aTL,
0 MocKBe .UCC51Tb MllH)'T.4. fTpeITOL{aBaTeJib I'OTOBllJIMaTepIIaJI)JJISI 3TOrOyp6Ka UOJJ- orn:phtTL, 3aKphITL, etc. . .
ropa qaca. 5 . .51peruaJia 3TII3a.L(a'!IIITOJI'laCa.6 . .51yq11JICJIOBaIl3 3TOro TCKCTa2 '!aca. 7. Words indicating a recurrent action can also be used with the pre-
Mb! KOHCIIeKTllpOBaJIII CTaTblOno <plfJIOCOqJMII Tp!I qaca. 8. Ona Y'lllJiaCbmpan Ha fll-
rape HCL{CJIIO. ceding imperfective verbs.
Exercise 195. Answer the questions, as in the model, using perfective verbs with the 06bz1J1-t051 JIOJKHJICH cnaTh B O,D,HH- 'I usually went to bed at eleven
preposition 3a or imperfecctive verbs without a preposition. Write down the responses. Ha,D,I.i;aThqac6B. o'clock.'
Model: - CKOJibKOBpeMeHIIBbl rrorpaTIIJIII Ha 'ITeHIIe 3Toro TeKCTa? Mb1 ecezi>a uaquuaeM pa66Ty 'We always begin our work at
- .51IlpO'IIITaJI TeKCT3a [IBa.i(I(aTbMHH)'T. B 11.eBHTh 'JaC0B. nine ·o'clock.'
(Or:-.51 '!IITaJI TeKCTL{Ba.L(l_\aTb
MHH)'T.)
I. CKoJibKOBpeMeHIIBaM 6b1110H)'lKHOHa BbmonHeHIIerr11cbMeHHb1x ynpalKHeHtttt? 3. There are imperfective verbs expressing prolonged acti~ns
2. CKOJibKO BpeMeHI!BaMITOHa.uo6IIJIOCbHa nepeBO[l 3TOHcraTbll? 3. CKOJibKOBpeMeHll ('lttTaTL 'to read', nucaTL 'to write', ry.'IHT_L'to stroll', 'to walk', wpaTL
BaM norpe6oBaJIOCb .i(JI51
IICnpaBJieHII51
OIII1160KB 1J:OMaIIIHeH IJ!fCbMeHHOHpa661e? 4. 'to play', 3auuMaTLCH 'to study', etc.), which do not express recurre~ce
CKOJibKOBpeMeHII6hIJIOH)'lKHOcry.uenTaM Ha npoBe.i(eHIIe~noro Be'lepa? 5. CKOJibKO by themselves. To express recurrence, adverbial modifiers are used with
BpeMeHH fl0Tpe6oBaJIOCb !IOKJia,[l'llIKY.UJI51BbICTYI1JICHll51ITO 3TOMY Bonpocy? 6.
CKOJ!bKOBpeMeHI! Il01-paTI!JIIIy<IaCTHI!KllceMIIHapa Ha o6cylK,D,CHI!e }TOH TCMb!?7. such verbs.
CKOJibKOBpeMeHI!ITOHa.uo6IIJIOCb y'leHbIM.UJI51
II3y'leHI!H:'!Tonnpo6JICMbI?8. CKOJibKO
BpeMeHI!IIOTpaTlIJIIITYPIICTblHa OCMOTP3TOro My3t:51? MbI KCOICOblU eellep ryJIHJIH 'We walked in the park every
B rrapKe. evening.'
Exercise 196. In which sentences can the italicised imperfective verb be replaced 'I read the newspaper in the mor-
with a perfective verb with the prefix no- or npo-? Point out the cases where either prefix llo ympaM 5I quTaIO ra3eTy.
is possible. ning.'
J. B Mara311He51 B.UpyrYBll.UeJI CBOer6TOBapml..(a,OHcmofu y KaCCb!.2. B'!epa Mb! 4. The recurrence of an action can be shown by advei:bs o; no3-1ns:
3a/lUM/1,1UCb qJOHCTI!KOH )__(Ba
'laca. 3. 3TII CTyL{eHThI :J1CU;lU B MOCKBC ,[\Baro,[\a. 4. 0Ba ncer,D,a 'always', uuorJJ,a 'sometimes', uuoii p~3 'so~e~1me~ , lf~CTO
BeCbBeqep. 5. Mou coce.u n:e.,ylOHe,[\CJIIO ,1C:J1C/1JlB 6oJibHlfl\e. 6. TTepeACBOM
mau11eea;,a
SIIJOJI'!aca 2}'/lR/l OKOJIOL{OMa.7. B'lepa H OIT03,[\ila'1 Ha yp6K. Kor,[\a 51 nprrrne,'1, BCecTY; 'often', peJJ,KO'rarely', 113pe.IJ;Ka
'now and, then , ,nopou .at times_, "?
)__(eHTbl I1npeno,[\aBaTeJib ylKe CUiJellU B ay,[llITOpIIII.8. 3a CTOJIOM Cude.tu TOBapIIUllf,O!-llf BpeMeuaM 'now and again', ep~MH ~T epeMe~u from ,time !o
time,,
6eceiJ06a/lU O IlOCJieL{Hl!XHOBOCTll.X. 9. 3TOT CTapblll Y'llfTeJibpa6oma/l B IUKOJieCOpOK nocToHnuo 'constantly', nee epeMH all the time , 06L11JHOusually ,
JJeT. JO. Moil Terpa,[\b Ky,[\a-TOIIC'le3Jia. .5f UCK/1/l ee, HOHCHameJI. ] J. flocJie o6e,[\a Mhl o6bIKuoeeuuo 'generally', eJKeJJ,ueeuo 'daily', eJKeMnnyTno 'every min-
Cl1G.1U )_(Baqaca.
315
314
 ute', noMunyTno 'every moment', eJKeHe}lem.no 'weekly', eJKeMecaq ,1 used to get up early in the 'I got up early in the morning,
'monthly', KaJKJJ:YIOMHHYTY ·every minute', KaJK1lblHJJ:eHb'every da ~o rnorning, wash, do my P. T. washed, did my P. T. exercises,
KaJKJJ:YJO 'every week', KaJK1lblHMecm• 'every month', no Boi'
HeJJ:eJIJO exercises, have breakfast and had breakfast and went to
pecenhH~ 'on Sunday(s)', no yTpaM 'in the morning(s)', no Belfep:iM.~- go to work.' work.'
the evenmg(s)', etc. In
5. A_mong imperfective verbs there are some which express recur. Exercise 197. Write down all the three responses, as in the model. Use the words
qacTO, pe11Ko,scenui. and the like in your questions.
re_nt act10ns only and cannot denote prolonged actions, e.g.: npuxo.
1lHTh 'to come (on a number of occasions)'; cnylfaThCH 'to happen (o Model: - - 8qepa Amia 3a6b1J1a CB01-0rerpa.L\b no rpaMMaT11Ke.
~ AHHa qacro 3a6brnaer ,[(OMa CB011rerpap:11?
a num~er ?f occasions)', 6bIBaTh 'to be _(on a number of occasions/ - Her, OHa nepBblH pa3 3a6bL'la CBOl-0 rerpap:b.
3acrnBaTb to find (on a number of occasions)'. When used in the pres:
I. IT03aaqepa ll no:1yq11,'l Ill1CbMO OT po,1ilreJ1ett. 2. B cpe.ny Haum 3aHiirl1ll KOHq11-
ent tense, these verb~ cannot denote an action taking place at the mo. B ] 2 qaCOB 30 Ml1H)'T. 3. CerOJIHll, Korp:a Mbl KaTaJJl1Cb!fa KOHbK,lX, TaHSI _ynaJJa,
J(1-fCb
ment of utterance, smce they express re_current actions only. 0

4. Cryncttr npaan~bHO orne:.1111 Ha _ace aonpoc~, npe~op:aaarenll, ?·

Mb1, BCTaJJ~ ce-
r6J1HS1 B meCTb qacoB. 6. JI ner Bqepa a ,[(Ba qaca, 7, B11KTOp noTepSIJJ CB011nepqaTKl1.
Me)KJJ:YHIIMI-IcJiylfaJOTCH (6bl- 'They sometimes quarrel.' 8, B cy666ry ;"'-hi BCTpeT~JJl1MapilI?~B KJJy6~. 9, CerO.[IHSI ~bl c ,rnsap11rneM ono~p:aJJl1
B810T) cc6pb1. 1-1a
nepBbitt ypoK. 10. Cerop:HSI Att11pe11 np11wcn s ytt11sepc11TeT soapeM_ll. 11, 8qep3: MHe
B CB066.D,HOe BpeMHOHnpHXOJJ:HT 'When he is free, he comes to see yJ1aJJOCb KynilTb 611JH~TbI~ ooJJbmoii rcarp. 12. _Cer6p:Hll _npenop:asaTe-'.Ib np11m~c H~
K HaM B r6cT1-1. us.' yp6K 11HTCpCCHblecp~norp'.1cp1111,13. YrpoM, ll Kyn11na ~POP:~KTbl B Mar~31!He, _KOT~pblll
uax6J.111TCllHe.naneKO OT Hawero YHl!Bepc11reTa. 14, Otta ycneJJa noBTOp11Tb CTapblll Ma-
BeqepOM H 3acTaIO er6 JJ:OMa. 'In the evenings I find him at 1ep11a,111 np11rDTOBl!Tb /\OMallIHee 3aJ.1aH11e no p)'CCKOMY ll3hIK)'.
home.'
Exercise 198. Read the sentences reporting repeated actions. Ask questions about
6. Recurrent actions expressed by imperfective verbs may be com- the corresponding single actions and answer them. Write down the three responses, as in
pleted, resultative. the model.
Model: - 06hJqHo ll scra1-0 B ceMb qac6s.
Omi CJJ:asana3KJaMeHhI TOJihKo 'She passed her examinations ~ Cer6p:Hll Bbl TO)Ke BCTaJ111s ceMb qac6s?
Ha «OTJIII'IHO». with only the highest marks.' _ - )],a, cerOJIHll, KaK 06h1qHo, ll BCTaJJB ceMb qac6s,
OH BcerJJ,{1JJ:06usancH xop6urnx 'He always achieved good re- J. K{t)KJ.lbltt p:eHb Ham11 3aHSITl1ll B YHl1BepC11TeTeHaq11HaIOTCll B ,[(eBl!Tb qac6B.
peJyJihTaTOB. suits.' 2. YTpOM ll BblXO)K)' 113P:OMa B 8 qac6B 30 M11H)'T. 3, Korp:a ll BCTal-0, SI o6hJqHo .ueJJaIO
Bo BpeMH KOHTpoJihHOHpa66Tbr 'When writing a test paper, he 3apii11Ky.4. 3Ta cry_ucHTKa acer.ua np11x6p:11r Ha 3aHiiTl1ll s6speMll. 5. 3ror cTyJ1eHT,H11-
OH 06b1qno paHhIIIe Bcex was usually the first to do the Kor11aHe Oila3J.(bIBaeT Ha 3aHSITl1ll, 6. CTyJ.(eHTbl 3TOH rpynnbl peJ.(KO3a6bl8alOT ,[(OMa
CBOl11erpa.n11ll yqe6H~Kl1. 7. Bo BpCMll, nepepbrna ;"'-bl,06b1qHo_ OT~pbIBa~M cpopi:oqKy,
pemaJI Ja).Hi'IH. SUms.' 8. Ha11rn 3aHSITl1SIKOHqafOTCSIB rp11 qaca. 9, lrfHorna TIOCJJe3aHllTl111 ll 11J.IYB CTOJIOByIO.
10.06bfqHo ll o6enaIO B CTOJIOBOttH qaca B qeTblpe B03BparnaIOCb ,[(OMOH, ] I, 11HOr,r{a
There are imperfective verbs which invariably express the recur" Bi:'!epoM KO MHe np11XO,[(llTr6CTl1, 12. 06b1q110 B weCTb qac6s ll Haq11Hal0 ~OT0B11TbJ.1?·
ren~e o_fa succession of completed actions: npolfllThIBaTb 'to read (from Maurnee 3a.[laHl1e. ]3, 8 ,[(CCl!Tb qacOB ll KOHqaJO 3aHl!MiclThCll. 14. B ,[(BeHll,ll13Tb qacoB
begmnmg to end on several occasions)', Bhl}'lfHBaTh 'to learn (thor- ll JIOJK)'CbcnaTb,

oughly on several occasions)', BhlJJelfuBaTb'to cure (completely on Exercise 199. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the imperfective
a number of occasions)', etc. verbs.

YTpoM OH npolfnThIBaJI raJeTy 'In the morning he would read the ], Tenepb no t1eJ1blM qacaM OHa 11rpaJ1a B TeHH11C,no ,[(Ba pa3a B p:eHb KynaJJaCb,
1-1YXOJJ:HJI
Ha pa66Ty. newspaper and go to work.' BCTaBaJlapaHHl!M YTPOM, KO[J.la Ha Jl11CTbllXe111eropeJJl1 6oJJbWl1e KanJJl1 poCbl. (A. 1)
2.jJ_ nyTeWeCTBOBaJJ 6e3 BCifKOH l1CJll1,6e3 nJJaHa; OCTaHaBJll1BaJJCllBe3p:e, r.ne MHe Hpa-
_7.Certain iII:perfective v~rbs can express recurrence of an incipient BIIJJOCh,11OTnpaBJJjfJICll TOTqac p:aJJee,KaK TOJlbKO qyBCTBOBaJJ)KeJJaH11eB11,[(CTbH?BblC
lli!l.la, (Typz.) 3. J1HOfAa, 11,[(OBOJlbHOqaCTO, ll BCTaBaJI paHO, (JI cnaJJ Ha OTKpbl1:0M
act10n: 3a6oneBaTb 'to fall rll (repeatedly)', JaKypnBaTb 'to begin to B63.uyxe, Ha reppace, ll iipKHe KOCbie nyqil yrp~HHero COJl!'fl1a 6ynil.111 ~CHii.) 5:( __
lKllBO
~make (r:epeatedly)', 3aMOJIKaTh 'to fall silent (repeatedly)', 3anesaTb OJ1esa.1cl1,6paJJ nop: MblWKY nOJIOTeH11e11 KH11ry cppaHl1Y3CKOfO poMaHa 11 wen Ky-
to lead m a song (repeatedly)'. B TeHil Ha Tpase 11ql!Ta.TJ. (H. T,) 4. He6o pacqlln{aJJOCb, COJJHcq-
natbCSI,,. JI JJ0)1(11JJCll
lI?Ie JJyq11!!rpaJJll B J'l)')KaX, Ha OCBe)KCHHOH3CJJeH11 B11Ce.'111
KanJJl1, Cpb1BaJJl1Cbll CBep-
OH BCer,a:a3a6onesaeT ITOCJIC
KY· 'He always falls ill after bathing, Ka,111Ha c6J1Ht1e. (Kop.)
rraHHH,eMy HeJihJ.siKYITaTbCH. he is not allowed to bathe.'
Exercise 200. Replace the imperfective verbs with perfective ones, and the perfective
8. Succe~sive_recurre~t actions are expressed by imperfective verbs Verbs with imperfective ones. How has the meaning changed?
and successive smgle act10ns by perfective verbs. I. Mbl BCTpCTl1JJl1CbpaHO YTPOM Ha BOK3aJ'le. 2. 0Ha no,:1HllJ1aCbHa BT~p6tt ::nft)K
II_no1B0H11J1a.3, CcCTpa 3aBrpaKaJJa 11lllJJa Ha pa66ry. 4, )],eB~WKa Il0Jl~)Kl1Jla KH11r_y
.51 BCTaBaJI paHo YTPOM, YMbl- .51 BCTaJI paHo YTPOM, YMbIJICff, nepe.u co66ii 11HaqaJJa q11raTb. 5. YqilreJJb sxo.niln B KJJacc, 11cpa3y Hacrynana r11w11Ha,
B8JICH,)].eJiaJI3apHJJ:KY,
3:tBTpa- C1leJiaJI3ap.sIJJ:KY,
n03:tBTpaKaJI 6. 011a HaJICJia HOBOe nJJaTbe II KY1:ia-TOynrna. 7. ITpenop:aBaTeJJb OTBeTl1JIHa BonpOCbl
KaJI 1-1UieJI Ha pa66Ty. H nOUJeJIHa pa66Ty. CTy){CHTa. 8, Cry.[ICHTbl 3anncaJJl1 ncpccKa3 TCKCTa Ha nneHKy,

316 317
 y
Exercise 201. Read through the sentences. (a) State the aspect of the verbs and cease'-np(edK~aTUTb, h6p)?C3Th't~ give up'--6poCHTh, npHHHMaTbCH 'to
plain its meaning; (b) replace all the verbs with verbs of the other aspect. How h e~. t about omg smt . - npunHTLCH.
meaning of the sentences changed? as the se After the above verbs no perfective infinitive can be used:
1. PaHO YTPOM MapbJI HBaHOBHa npocHyJiaCb, o,ueJiaCb H THXOHbKOnouma OI-I118 qaJI zomoeumb .[(OMaIIrnee 'He began to do his homework.'
(fI.) 2. Jli13a ceJia 3a nHCbMeHHbl.H CTOJIHK, B3JIJI:l nepo, 6yMary H 3a,U)'MaJiaCbB~-
7
3. YT_POMflaBeJI MOJI'ia n_HJIqaj;\ H yxo,UHJI H_apa6oTy, a noJI,l~eHbJIBJI.IIJICJI
o6e,ua;? -) 3 ai:xamie.
CTOJIOMOH H MaTb nepeKH,UbIBaJIHCbHe3Ha'iHTeJibHblMH CJIOBaMH,H OH HC'ie3an .U '~ B :')TOBpeM5,1Mhl o6hI;HO na'IM- 'At this time we usually begin to
qep~. (M. r,.)
4. ~eqepoM ~Ha [MaTb] 3a~rna JiaMny H c_iJia K CT<;!JIYBJl3aTb 'iyJior.~
BCK<;!peBCTaa;ia,BblIIIJia B KYX!!IO, 3a~epJia ,UB~pb H BepHyJiaCb B KOMH~Ty. OnyCTHJia ~
it uaeM zomoeumb .[(OMaIIrnee 3a- do our homework.'
HaBecKH Ha OKHax, B3JIJia KHHry C nOJIKH, CHOBa ceJia K CTOJIY,orJIJIHyJiaCb H HakJio~
0 0 0
,n:am1e.
JiaCb HM KHHroH. (M. r.) IU!- Ba )'JUIIJ,eMbl npoi.omKaJIH 06cy- 'We continued to discuss that
;J1CiJbmb 3TOT Borrpoc. question in the street.'
Exercise 202. Insert the verbs of the appropriate aspect.
K CO)l{aJieHIHO, OH nepecniJI noce- 'Unfortunately, he stopped attend-
1. Bqepa JI ... paHO )'TpOM. BCTaBaJI, BCTaJI UJOmb3aHHTIUIKPY)I(Ka. ing the study group's meet-
.sJBcer,ua ... TaK paHO. ings.'
2. Kor,ua Mb! JKHJIHJieTOM B ,uepeBHe, Mb! ... cnaTb JIOJKHJIHCb,JierJIH
'He willingly set about helping
O'ieHb paHO. OH C roT0BHOCThlO npumIJICSI(ua-
0HH ... cnaTb H cpa3y 3aCH)'JIH. qaJI, cTaJI) noMozamb naM. us.'
3. Omi ... nHCaTb nHCbMO, noJIOJKHJiapy'iKY H BCTaJia. KOH'iHJia, KOH'iaJia OH Bcer,[(a C rOT0BHOCTblOnpuuu- 'He always set about helping us
KaJK,UblH,ueHb OHa ... pa66Ty a TPH qaca H yxo,uit.Jia willingly.'
.UOMOH.
M8JICSI (Ha'IHHaJI) nOMOZ/1mb
4. H3pe,uKa ... K HaM MOH CTapbIH IIIKOJibHblH TO· 3aXO,UHJI,3a11IeJI HaM.
BitpHI~.
Cero,UHJI OH KOH'iHJI pa66Ty paHbIIIe 06hI'iHOro H ...
2. Likewise, an imperfective infinitive only is used after the verbs
K HaM. npHBblKaTL 'to get used (to)'-npuBhIKHYTL, OTBblKaTL 'to grow out of
5. Po,uit.TeJIH peryJiiipHO ... MHe IlOChIJIKH. npHCblJiaJIH, npHCJiaJIH the habit of-oTBhIKHYTL, npuy'laTh 'to train', 'to accustom'-
flocJie,UHIOIO nOCblJIKY OHi!. ... MHe He,UeJIIOTOM)' npuyquTL, oTy'laTL 'to teach not to (do smth.)'-oTy'luTL, yquTLCH 'to
Ha3a,U.
6. 0Ha He MOrJia pa6oTaTb CnOKOHHO,nOMHH)'THO ... BCTaBaJia, BCTaJia
learn, __ uay'IUTbCH, uai.oe,IJ,aTb 'to bore' - ua,ri:oeCTL,ycTaBaTh 'to get
H ... xo,uii:Tb no KOMHaTe. Ha'iHHana, Ha'iaJia tired'-ycTaTh, H36craTb 'to avoid', noupaBHTbCH 'to please', DOJII0-
0Ha yJKe ,uaBHO ... H ... pa66TaTb. 61tTb'to grow fond of, 'to fall in love'.
7. OH Bcer.ua BOBpeMJI ... MHe KHHrH, KOTOpble 6pan B03Bpaman, B03BpaTHJI
y MeH.11 . 51 IIOCTerreHHOnpHBblK3IO paHO 'I am gradually getting used to
.sI He noMHIO, ... JIH OH MHe :hy KHit.ry.· II pa.HO ecmaeamb.
,10,?ICUmbCJl. going to bed and getting up
8. OH ,uaBHO yexaJI K ce6e Ha po,uHHy. early.'
BpeMJI OT BpeMeHH JI ... OT Hero nHCbMa. noJiy'ialO, noJiyqy
.sJHa,UelOCb,'iTO ... OT Hero nHCbMO ICHoBOMY ro,uy. 51npHBblK pa.Ho JlO:JICUmbCJl. II pa- 'I got used to going to bed and get-
HO ecmaeamb. ting up early.'
Exercise 203. Read through the extract from Leo Tolstoy's novel Resurrection. Ac- OH BCe 60JibIIIe OTBLIKaeT 2060- 'He is more and more getting out
count for the use of the imperfective verbs.
pumb rro-pyccKII. of the habit of speaking Rus-
)KH3Hb ero [HeXJIJO,UOBa]B 3TOT ro,u B ,uepeBHe y TeTyIIIeK IIIJia TaK: OH BCTaBaJI sian.'
oq~~b J?llHO,HHor.ua B TPH qaca, H .uo COJIH~a IlleJI KynaTbCJI B peKy no.u ropoii, 1rnorna
eme B yTpeHHeM TyMaHe, H B03Bpa11IllJICJI,Kor,ua e11Iepoca JieJKaJia Ha TpaBe H ~BeTaX. OH COBCeM OTBblK zoeopumb 'He has got out of the habit of
JfHor,ua no yTpaM, HanHBIIIHCb KOq>e,OH Ca,UHJICJI 3a CBOeCO'iHHeHHe11.JIH 3a 'iTeHHe HC· rro-pyccKII. speaking Russian altogether.'
TO'iHHKOB.[lJIJICO'iHHeHHJI,HO O'ieHb 'i:lCTO, BMeCTO'iTeHHJI H nHCllHHJI, On.llTb yxo,UHJIH3 MaTb npuyqaeT ,[(eTeii MblmbCJl. 'The mother is getting her child-
,UOMaH 6pO,llHJI no nOJI.IIMH JieCaM. flepe,U o6e.UOM OH 3aCbIIIaJI r,ue-HH6y,ub B cany; ITO· ren into the habit of washing
TOM 3a o6el(OM BeceJIHJI H CMeIIIHJI TeTyIIIeK CBOeHBeCeJIOCTblO,noTOM e3J(HJI BepXOM
XOJI0,[(HOHBO,[(0ll.
~aTaJIC~ Ha JIOJ(Ke1!Beqepo~ onl!Tb 'iHT~ 11.JIH
11.JIH CHJ(eJIC TeTyIIIKaMH, paCICJilll(bIB3/I
with cold water.'
naCbJIHC. qaCTO no HO'iaM, a oco6eHHOCTH JIYHHbIM, OH He Mor cnaTb TOJibKO noTOM)', MaTb npuyquJia ,[(eTeii MblmbCJl. 'The mother has got her children
'iTO HCnhITbIBaJI CJIHIIIKOM 60JibIII)'IO BOJIH)'IOIIIYIO pa,UOCTb JKl!.3HH, H, BMeCTO CII3, XOJI0JJ:HOM BO,[(0ll. into the habit of washing with
HHOrl(a 1(0 paCCBeTa XO.LlHJIno cany CO CBOHMH Me'iTllMH H Mh!CJIJIMH. cold water.'
Mae BCer,[(a 6hICTpO ua,IJ,oe,IJ,:'l.TIO'I would soon get tired of travel-
examb B II0e3,[(e. ling by train.'
USE OF THE ASPECTS OF THE INFINITIVE 'I was tired of travelling by train.'
Mae ua,IJ,OeJIO(uaCKY'IHJIO) examb
1. An imperfective infinitive only is used after verbs expressing the B n6e3,[(e.
beginning, continuation or the end of an action: ua11uuaTL 'to begin'- BonbH0ll 06b1qHO CK0po yCTaBaJI 'The sick man would soon get
ua'laTL, CTaTL 'to begin', npO.ll:OJDK3TL'to continue' KOH'l3TL 'to fin· cuiJemb. tired of sitting.'
ish'-KOH'IHTL, nepecTaBaTL 'to stop'-nepecrau.,' npeKpamaTb 'to BoJlbH0H ycTa.1 cudemb. 'The sick man got tired of sitting.'
319
318
 OHa H36eraeT 0m6e'-lamb Ha TaKMe 'She tri~s to avoid answering su h
ycneJl peIIIHThBCe1a,11aqn,KOTOphleHaM ,Ila.JI 11perro,11asaTeJib. )],Be3a,11aqnH He KOH-
BOIIp0Chl. quest10ns.' c BCJl . 6. 51 He ycrreJI HaITllC8.Th 3TOIlllChMO,IlOTOM)'qTO Il03,IIHOHaqaJI ... er6. 7. Ma-
JI nomo6iiJI 2yAflmb 3HM6ii B ne- 'I grew f~md _of strolling in th qhJI -~e nposepnJia CBOCcoqnHeHne, IlOTOM)'qTO Il03,IIHOHaqaJia ... er6.
cy. woods m wmter.' e P B. I . .H ceiiqac y6npaIO KOMHaTy,IlOTOM)'qTo )'TpOMHe ycnena .... 2. OH ceii'iaC
MHe nonpaBHJIOCL /l06Umb p:&16y 'I grew fond of angling.' ewaeT 3al-(aqy, KOT6py10sqepa eMy He yl-(aJIOCh.... 3. flpeno,11aBilTeJihceii'illC 061,llC-
y;:i:oqKoii. piieTMaTep11aJI,KOTOph!RBqepa He ycneJI .... 4. j{ B03Bpamaio BaM KHHfll,KOTOphle
\epa 3a6hIJI .... 5. CTy,11eHT c,11aeTcer6.!1Hll3K3aMeH,KOTOphliiHa np6IIIJIOHHe,lleJie
!MYHe y,11aJI6ch;·· . 6:_Bqepa MhI aHaJin1aposa.1!n 3TOTT~KCTn cer6~H~ npo~OJilK~eM
. Note~.~- I. ~~ter the perfective verbs noJ110611Tband noupaBHTbCHon! er6. 7. Ha rrpOIIIJIOHHe,lleJieMhl IlOBTOpllJillBll,llhlrJiaroJia, HOn cenqac eme He KOH-
!mpe_r~echve1~fimtive 1s used, whereas after their imperfective counter t y an ...,rnJlll ... llX. 8. Cei1:•1ac.ll nepeBOlK)'TeKCT,KOTOph!HBqepa BeqepoM He ycneJI ....
mfimtive of either aspect may be used. pars the
5{ J1106mo206opumb C HllM.
MHe upaBHTCH20 6opumb c HllM.
I 'I like talking with him.'
Exercise 205. Insert the verbs of the appropriate aspect. Write out the verbs which
require an imperfective infinitive and those which require a perfective one.
.5I mo6mo nozoeopumb c HllM. J. 3m yqeHHIJa CTaJia JI)''illle ... pyCCKllllrnep,llhlll rrpOll3HOCHTh,
MHe upaBHTCHno 2o 6opumb c HllM. 'I like to have a chat with him.' npOll3HeCTH
3BYK,1.
2. yqHTeJih Haq:rn ... HOBhIRMaTepnaJI. o6bllCHHTh,
. 2. After the per~ective verb u16e1KaTb'to avoid' no infinitive is found · . o6b.HCHS!Th
stead the correspondmg noun 1s used: ' Ill
3. Bqepa BeqepoM y Hae 6bIJIOco6pam1e, HO JI BCe- Bh!IlOJIHl!Th,
Jl H36eraJI 6Cmpe<tambc!l C HllM. 'I used to avoid meeting him.' TaKHycrreJI ... ,IIOMllIIIHee 1a,11aH11e. Bb!IlOJIHllTh
5{ H36elKllJI6Cmpe'IU C HllM. 'I avoided meeting him.' nocy,11yn y6epH co 3aBTpaKaTh,
4. Korl-(a Thi 'KOH'illlllh... , BhIMoi1:
CTOJia. 11018.BTpaKaTh
3. J\fte\ the perrective, verbs 3a6L~TL'to forget', ycneTL 'to have 5. OH TaK c·JieIIIHJIHa JieKIJllJO,qTo ,11alKe1a6hIJI .. . . 3aBTpaKaTh,
~nou_g~ tr~ne and y;:i:aTLCHto manage, 'to succeed' only a perfective no1asTpaKaTh
mfimtive 1s used: 6. B l-(epeFJHeOHa rrpllBb!KJia... c BOCXO,IIOM COJIHIJa. BCTaTh,BCTaBaTh
7. 51 pa,11,'iTO MHe y,11aJI6Ch. .. 6nnh Ha 3TOTllHTe- IlOKynaTh, KYITHTh
JI 1a6L1JIcnpocumb 06 3TOM. 'I forgot to ask about that.' peCHhJ.HKOHIJepT.
8. 0H fJqeHh 3aHllT ceiiqac, Il03TOMyOHnepeCTaJI ... noceTHTh, nocemaTh
Mhl ycneJIH npu2omb6umb 3a;:i:a- 'We had enough time to do the peneTHl!llll x6pa.
HHe. homework.' 9. Y Kor6 oHa Hayqfmach rnK xopoII16 ... nnaTh.11? lllllTh, ClllllTh
HaM y~aJiocL Kynumb farneThI Ha 'We managed to buy tickets for 10. O•H rrpllHllJICsi... KOMHaTy. y6paTh, y6HpaTh
Komi:epr. the concert.' JJ. J\.1aTh ycTaJia ... Ha 6ecKOHe'iHhieBOilpOChlpe- OTBeqaTh,OTBeTllTh
6eHKa.
After their imperfective counterparts an infinitive of either aspect 12. MHe Ha,110eJIO ... 3TOTBOnpoc. 06cy,11HTh,o6cylK,llaTh
can be used: 1J. ◊Ha noqeMy•TO ll36eraeT ... C HaMll. BCTpeTllThCll,
BCTpeqaThCll
JI HHOrJJ;a 1a61.rnaJI npu1-1ecmu} 'I sometimes forgot to bring the 14. 0H KOHqllJIyHHBepCllTeT,HO npO,IIOJilKaJI... aHr· H3Y'iHTh,ll3yqaTh
yqe6HHK. textbook.' JIHHCKllll.ll3b!K.
JI HHOrJJ;a la6LIB8JI npUHOCUmb 4. After words expressing a wish, attempt, intention (xoTCTb 'to
yqe6HHK. want', cTapa.ThCH'to try', nL1TaTLCH'to try', o6emaTL 'to promise'), ex-
OH B~er;:i:a ycneeaeT 6bznoA1-1.ilmb}'He always has enough time to do hortation (npocnTL 'to ask', yroeapueaTb 'to persuade', coeeToBaTL'to
3a;:i:aHHe; the homework.' advise') or necessity (na,!J,o'it is necessary', 'one must', ny,acno'it is ne-
OH scer;:i:a ycneeaeT 6bzno111-1umb cessary', 'one must', neo6xo,!J,nMo 'it is necessary', 'one must', ,!J,OJI,acno
3aJJ;aHHe. 'one must') to perform an action either a perfective or imperfective in-
Ha~ scer;:i:~ y;:i:aeaJiocLdocma-} 'We always managed to get finitive is used depending on the meaning of the verb and of the whole
6amb _6HJieThI Ha HHTepecHhre tickets for interesting plays.' sentence.
cneKTaKJIH. If the action of the infinitive is recurrent, imperfective verbs are
HaM Bcer;:i:ay,!J,aBaJIOCLdocmamb used, whereas actions which take place on one occasion only are gen-
6HJieThI Ha HHTepeCHhieCIIeKTa- erally conveyed by perfective verbs:
KJIH.
Imperfective Perfective
Exercise 204. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate verbs in the infinitive. 51xoqy noAy~amb 3TOT )Kypmin. 51 xoqy noAy~umb 3TOT )Kypmirr.
, A 1.' Bqepa Mb!_BhJyqmrnHe Bee CJIOBall3 3TOI'OTeKCTa.Cer6,IIH.llMb! KOHqHJill ... 'I want to receive this magazine 'I want to get this (particular)
3; 11CJIOBa.~- Ha rrp~IIIJIOMY!;'OKe
rrperro,11aBaTeJih He ycrreJI,IIOKa3aTh3Ty TeopeMy. Ce· (regularly).' magazine.'
I'Ol-(H.ll
_oHKoHqll~ ... 3TYT~opeMy. 3. B IIIOHe)TOT CTy,lleHTHe CMOrC,llaThBee 3K3aMe· 5I Ha,l],elOCL C BaMH 51 na,!J,eIDcL
6Cmpe'-l<1mbCfl cK6po cHcrna 6cmpe-
Hhi. TOfhK~ B lllOJI~OH ~OHqn~.... 3K3~M~Hhl.4. B IIOHe,lleJihHllK CTy,lleHThlHe ycneJlil
HaqepTllTh 3TOTCJIOlKHhlll qepTelK. 0Hll KOHqllJill... )TOT qepTelKTOJihKOB cpe,11y.5. JI qaCTO. mumbcfl C BaMH.
'I hope to meet you often.' 'I hope to meet you again soon.'
320
2] -384
321
 OH ?6emaJI nucamb HaM H3 CaHa- OH o6emaJI Hanucamb HaM
Topmr. Exercise 208. Explain the use of the aspects of the infinitives. Note the verbs mod-
HaT6pH5I. II 3 ca.
'He promised to write to us (regu- •fi d by the italicised words expressing the recurrence of an action.
'He promised to write to us ( I 1e '
larly, often or at least more from the sanatorium., once) J. 5I UHOZOCl XOTCJIOTBeTHTbHa TBOeIIllCbMO,HOy Mel-!51 He 6bIJIOBpeMeHH.2. Oua
t~an once) from the sanato- od1J1aXOTll6bI UIIOZOCl OTHe'laTbHa ee 11l!CbMa.3. 06bl 1lHO OH Mor OTBeTI-ITb Ha BO·
num.' ll~oCblrrperrO)laBaTeJJ!I,HOMOJJ'lilJI.4. 0H XOTeJI6Cei'0Cl ITOJIY'l3.Tb OTJJH'lHbieOTMeTKll.
~ 51BIIW:Y, 'ITO UHOZ()a 01-IXO'leTIIOMO'lbHaM, HO He pcuraeTC51rrpe,n:JIOlKl!Tb CBOJ-0rr6-
MHe ua,n:o6blXOOUmb H3 ,[(0Ma B M ' ~oUlb- 6. 51 XO'!)'pa3 6 llC0€Jl/O rroceruaTb JieKUlilfIIO·lfCTOplllllfCK)'CCTB.
7. MHe XOTe-
8 qac6B. H~ ua,n:o6bzumu H3 ,n:6MaB 8 ,10CbUHOZIJ{l ITOBOCKpeceHb51M ye3lK3.Tbll3 r6po,n:a. 8. Mb! XOTl!MBCTpe'l3.TbC51
COB. 'Ia. no noHe-

'I must leave home at 8 o'clock 'I i)e.tbHUKaM.

(as a rule).'
TbI AOJ,DKeuB6BpeM5I om6eitamb
Ha IIHCbMa.
'You must answer letters in time.'
~rnst leave home (on this
Exercise 209. Insert the verbs of the appropriate aspect.
t1cu~ar occasion) at 8 o'clo~kr;
TbI ,z:i:omKeuom6emumb Ha 3, . J. 5I XO'!)' ... BaM, Il0'1eMy 51He rrpmueJI B'lepa. o6b51CHHTb,o6b51CHl!Tb
TIHCbM6. To 2. 5I Ha)le!OCbCKOpO... K 3)lt:lllHeMy KJil!MaTy. 11p11Bb!K3.Tb,
IIp!iBblKHYTb
'You must answer this lett ' 3. CTy)leHT CTapaeTC51... 3TOT ITJiaHK cpoKy. BbI!10JIHHTb,Bbil10JIHllTb
4. OHa rrp66oBaJJa ... CBOJ-0Mh!C,'lbrro-pyCCKlf, HO BblpalK3.Tb,Bbrpa3!fTb

~Tf~~v;e~~~ifif ~a~~ ~~t ~~i°ccasion

~~:t: JTO eii He BITOJJHe y)laJIOCb.
sho~f tfir:~[~~~ 0
an:\s of 5. Bpaq, KOTOpb!HJie'lIIT JTOro 60JibH6ro, CKa3aJI, Jie'll!Tb, BblJIC'lllTb
B3HTh, ,n:aTh,noJiyqifTh, OTKphITh 'I want t~ take
open'). '
{oa~e usted (xo'ly
give, o get, to
'!TO OH Ha.a;eCTC51 ... ero.
6. OH rrpocirn MeHii .. . er6 c H3.IIIllM rrpe- 3HaK6MHTb,rro3HaK6MttTb
rro!(aBaTeJieM.
r _Ifth_ea~tion _of the infinitive is prolonged and is presented as un- 7. oOJibHOMYCT3.JIOJI)''lllie, OH Ha.n:eeTC5!CKOpO ... BbI3J(Op3.BJillBaTb,
BbI3)lopoBeTb
1m1ted m time, imperfective verbs are used. 8. OHMXOTHT.n:o caMoro )'lKlfHa ... B uraxMaTbl. ttrpa.Tb, CbrrpaTb
~
X?qY u3y'lamb J?YCCKHH
5I3hIK. 'I want to study Russian ' 9. 51 XO'!)' ITOCKopee... OTBeTHa CBOeITilCbMO.
10. 51 rrpocnJia er6 ... MHe no TeJiccjJ6HyBCllKllHpa3,
rroJiy'laTb, IIOJIY'll!Tb
3B0Hl!Tb, IT03B0Hl1Tb
M~!~pmL(H o6emaJiu noMozamb 'My friends promised ,to h·elp me.' Kor.n:aeMy 6y,n:cTHYlKHaMOHIIOMOII[b.

finiii~:~ep~~J:i:i~{ ~:~sh ;it i~r:J.e

as th e result of the action of the in- SOME USES OF THE ASPECTS OF THE INFINITIVE
PRECEDED BY HE
5.I xoqy u 3yitumb PYCCKHH
5I3bIK.
'I want to learn Russian (thor- 1. Use of the imperfective infinitive preceded by the negative particle
oughly).' He after verbs which express the exhortation to, or intention to perform,
Bpa,q xoqeT Haumu rrpuqr'my 6o-
Jie3HH. 'The doctor wants to find the an action.
cause of the illness.' If the verbs npocifTh 'to ask', coseT0BaT1>'to advise', pernitTh 'to de-
cide', 06eIQaT1>'to promise', etc., which express the exhortation to, or
tenceEs_xercise206. Explain the difference in the meaning of the "oil · pa1rs
,, owmg · o f sen-
intention to perform, an action, are followed by the negative particle
B~M Ha,n:orrpmrn_MaTb3TO JieKapCTBO.
B~M Ha)lo IIPM1,Ii1Tb
?TO JICKapCTBO.
He, the infinitive which comes after ue is in most cases imperfective.
Hyi1rno KJiaCTbBClllll Ha MeCTo. Compare these sentences with and without ue:
Mb!. )lOJilKHb!BCTpeTHTbC51 B ymrnepcH- HylKHO IIOJIOlKHTb Belllll Ha MeCTO.
TeTe. Mb!, )lOJilKHblBCTpe'JaTbC51B YHHBCpCll· Bpaq nocosfaooaJI 60J1bH6My Bpaq nocosfaosaJI 6oJibH0MY He
TeTe.
01-!a XO'JCTJie'Jb crraTh parro.
OH_aXO'leT JOlK11T~C51 crran parro . npuH.ilmb CHOTB0pHoe. npuHUMamb CHOTB0pHoro.
.6paT 06e111aJIHarrucan MHe H3 )lOMa OT·
)lbIXa. .6paT 06e111aJIrrucaTb MHe H3 ,n:6Ma 6T· The doctor advised the patient to 'The doctor advised the patient
)lhIXa. take a soporific.' not to take the soporific.'
Exercise 207. Read through the t OH yrosopuJI MeHir ocmambCfl. OH yrosopilJI MeHir He ocma-
count for its use. sen ences, st ate the aspect of the infinitives and ac-
eambcfl.
J. 0Ha He BepttJia eMy ll XOTeJiaTe • • , . 'He persuaded me to stay.' 'He persuaded me not to stay.'
rrorrpocim rrepeB03'JHKarryCTl!TbJIO nepb .IlOH5ITbero TaHHhie MblCJill. (I/ex.) 2. 51
0 MbI pernUJIHyexmnb Il0CJie 3K33.- Mb1 pernifJin He ye3J1Camb rr6cJie
poiirno, eure C MeC51q.K 3TOMyB~e~:~; :rreHHJ<?. (Typz.) ~- B 0)lecce 51npo6y,n:y, Be·
PY Bce.TaKycTaBaJiu, '!TOC Tpy,16M 06 P.a o_TY)lyMafO 3a,'(OH'JMT~. ([auo.) 4. K m\qe- MeHOB,n:oM6H. 3K3aMeHoB,uoM6iI.
c co6ou. K6e-KaKne rrpo,n:yKTbI If ,n: n:pairncb ,ao ropo,n:~a. Tor.Ila Ko.'151pemnJI 6paTh 'We decided to go home after the 'We decided not to go home after
(flaycm.) 5. Mbl pcmimu ocrn~OBHT:~ 51,n:~a~TPlfi-l:H 51 0 1;1fHe B03BparmL'lttcb JlOM6il..
(flaycm.) 6. TeMHeJio pirno. B IU!Tb'la,2B rrc_pBo~o_ lKe )lO~a, me Y_BU)lll;-1 CBCTB 6KHaX. examinations.' the examinations.'
MbI ,[(Of"OBOpHJIHCh
ecmpemumbCfl Mbt ,n:orosopHJIHChue ecmpe-
7. l..J.eJioBeK
Cl!Tb B CBOJ-O
no HaType CBoeii-x ,n:o
lKll3HbKpacory. (/'v?T
fIOITbITailTCCbrrpOHHKHYTb
tt~ ua,n:o ~rJio YlKe3alK!fran JiaMrry. (Ilaycm.)
OH BCFO)ly_ !aK lfJilf lfl-Ia'Je.CTpeMl!TC!IBHO·
B Ta',°H . . e rrpeBp~IIJaHTCCbB apxttBaplfyCOB cjJaKTOB-
3aBTpa.
'We agreed to meet tomorrow.'
itambCfl 3aBTpa.
'We agreed not to meet tomor-
n Y IlX B031-IliKHOBeHII!i. (fla!3.)
row.'
322
21• 323
 . Note.~ J\perfective infinitive preceded by ne can be used after the verbs
cni:b and coBeTOBaTbonly to express warning against an involuntary opo. (2) IfHeJih3H means '(one) cannot', the numerous verbs which may
act10n: , casuaJ follow it take the perfective aspect.
Ilporny_ Te6SI,lie npo206opumbcJt (11e
~Ka3amb) KaK-HII6y,[(bCJiyqallHO06
'I ask you not to blurt it out inadve 3ro IIMChMOneJih3Hnpo'-lumamb, 'This letter cannot be read: it is
tently.' r- oH6 HanttcaHo Hepa36opqIIBo. written illegibly.'
3TOM.
Compare: B KOMHaTy 6oumu ueJih3H, no- 'We cannot enter the room be-
roMY qTo y Hae HeT KJIIOqi. callse we have no key.'
Ilp?WY Te6SIHMKoMyne c06opumb 06 'I ask you not to tell anyone about ·t.'
3TOM. 1 HeJih3Hwith the meaning 'it is impossible' can be followed not only
2. U~e of the imperfective infinitive after words which express the u _ by perfective verbs but also by certain imperfective verbs which express
necessarmessor needlessnessof an action. n prolonged actions.
, After the words He Ha,n:o'need not', He HyJKHo'need not' He CJie 3AeCb oqeHb III)'MHO, II03TOMY 'It is very noisy here, that is why it
shou_ld not', '<:~ughtnot', He CTOHT'is not worth' the infinitive is in~:i~ 3.n;ecbHeJihlH( ueeoJMOJKHO)
3a- is impossible to study here.'
ably imperfective.
HUMClmbcR.
Compare the following sentences with and without He: B ca,n:y HeJihlH ( neBOJMOJKHO)'It was impossible to walk about
MHe HYJKHO(Ha,n:o)Kynumb 3TOT MHe He HyJKHO(He Ha,n:o)no9- 6hIJIO ZYll.Rmb: TaM Jie)KaJI rny- in the garden: it was covered
yqe6HIIK. namb 3TOT yqe6HIIK. 66KII.HCHer. with deep snow.'
'I must buy this textbook.' 'I don't have to buy this text-
Exercise 210. Read through the sentences. State the aspects of the infinitives and ex-
book.' plain their use.
3rni-; q:>IIJihMIIHTepeCHhIH, ero 3TOT q:>IIJibMHeIIHTepeCHbl.Her6
CTOHTnoo,wmpemb, He CTOHTCMOmpemb. '
1. OH pewfrn ,[(O6ceHMHMKY/l:<l He ye3lKaTbll3 JleHttmpa,[(a. (llaycm.) 2. Mb1 cro-
'This _film is interesting; it is worth Bopnnttcb qeCTHOpa66TaTb C yTpa JJ:Oo6e,[(a ll He C06Jia3HHTbB '.3TOBpeMH,n:pyr ,[(p_yra
seemg.' 'This film is not interesting; it is pb16Hoiin6snen. (llaycm.) 3. flpo,n:OJilK<lTb 3TOTpa3ros6p 6hrno 6ecrroJie3HO. (Lfex.)
not worth seeing.' 4. OH pernnn B ,[(OMHe 3axo,[(HTb,a TOJibKOnponTn MnMo. (llaycm.) 5. )Kem1 urna co
BaM,CJie,n:yeT o6pamumbCR K HeMy MHOH pS!JJ:OMno ,n:opore ll CTapanaCb He rJI»,[(eTbHa He6o, qTo6bI He BH)];eTbIIa,[(aIOWllX
BaM He CJie,n:yeTo6paUf,ambCJl
C 3TIIM BOIIpOCOM. K HeMy c 3TIIM BOrrp6coM.
3Be3,[(,
KOTOpbierroqeM_y·TO nyraJill ee. (Lfex.) 6. C6nHue 6hIJIOe111eBb!COKO, OCTamiBJill·
'You should refer this question to BaTbCHHa HOqJier He llMeJIOCMbICJia.(Ape.)
him.' 'You should not refer this ques-
tion to him.' Exercise 211. Put the particle ue before the infinitives, changing their aspects.
Model: EpaT nonpocnn MeHSIcKa3amb 06 3TOMMaTeptt.
• Besi?es_, an imperfective infinitive is also used after the words ,z:i:o- EpaT rronpOCHJIMeHHlie 2060pumb 06 )TOM MaTeptt.
8?JILHO ~~ 1~enough', .n:ocTaToqHo 'it is enough', xsaTHT 'it is enough', )Ty KHnry. 2. 51 pewnn OTBeTllTbHa )TO IlllCb·
1. TosapttIIl y6e,[(HJIMeHHKYTIHTb
He~aqeM_It 1s no purpose', 6ecnoJifano 'it is useless', spe,n:Ho'it is harm- MO.3. 0Ha pewnna CIIlllTbce6e HOBOennaTbe. 4. OH 06e111an BepH,YTbCH ,[(OMOll,[(O
ful , which also express needlessness of an action: BOCbMH qac6B seqepa. 5. 51npoCHJIer6 TI03HaKOMllTb MeHHC 3TllMqeJIOBeKOM. 6. Mb!
yroaopnntt ee yexaTb. 7. Mbr ycn6Bmmcb scTperttThC» 3aBTpa n6cne 3aHhttn. 8. Co-
,ll,ocTaTOqH?(,n:?BOJihHo,
~BaTnT). 'Enough ?iscussing this question: ce,n:06e111anpa36y,n:nTb MeH51paHO JTpOM. 9. 0Ha npOCllT 3alKe% CBeT. 10. Mb! pe-
o6cy:>fCoamb 3TOT Borrpoc: Bee everythmg is already clear.' lllHJilfnpttrJiaCHTb rocren.
y)Ke ~CHO.
Exercise 212. Use the negative particle in the second response changing the verb as-
Te6e nfaaqeM (ue nyJKuo) ye3- 'You needn't leave.' pect accordingly. Give the reason for the negation. Write down the responses, as 111 the
JK:amb. model.
Kypumb epe.n:uo. 'Smoking is harmful.' Model: --- Cer6,n:H» MHe HJlKHOnpu20mb6umb o6e,[(.
EecnoJie~u~ y1tumb ei:~ M)'3hIKe: 'It is no use teaching him mu- ~ HeT, Te6e He H,YlKHO 20mbeumb o6e,[(, cerO,[(HHMbIITOH,[(eM
B peCTOpaH.
y Hero oqeHb rrnoxoH cnyx. sic: he has no ear for music.' 1. 3aBTpa MHe HJ)KHO6y,n:eTBCTaTbs weCTb qac6B, TIOTOM,Y qTO cer6,n:H» » He
Ycneio rrpttroTOBllTb,n:oMarnHee3a,[(aHtte.2. Cer6,n:n» MHeH,YlKHO nonTn Ha noqTy If no-
3. The aspects of the infinitive after the word neJl:hJH JiyqnTb ,n:eHelKHblll
nepeBOJJ:.3. HaM H<ll(OBCTpeTllTbCH e111epa3, Mb! He ycneJm o6cy-
HeJihlH has two meanings: · /:(HTbHaw nnaH. 4. Cer6,[(H» ,[(HeMMHeHJ)KHOneqb cnaTb, noToMy qTo HoqhIO » 11oqTf1
!l~ If HeJILJHmeans '(it is) not allowed', '(one) must not
should He cnan. 5. Te6e HJlKHOnpttHSITbCHOTBOpHoe,TbI nn6xo cnan sqepa. 6. Tbr cer6,[(H~
He3!],0pOBa,Te6e H<l,!1;0
OCT<lTbCH,n:6Ma.7. B coqttHeHllll MHOrOOWH60K,Te6e na,n:Oero
not , It may be followed only by an imperfective verb. ' nepenucaTb. 8. Ha,n:o nocJiaTh pO,[(HTeJI»M TenerpaMMY O TBOeMnplle3/],e.
HeJih3H 1-tumamb qy)KHe IIHChMa. 'One must not read other people's
Exercise 213. Explain the difference in the meaning of the sentences in each pair.
letters.' Perfective Imperfective
HeJihJH 6xooumb B 3TY KOMHaTy 'One must not enter this room in
B rraJihTO. one's coat.' chy 3anncKy HeJ!b3SInpoqllT<lTb. 3Ty 3anncKy HeJib3HqJ,fT<lTb.
13KOMHaTyHeJib3HBOHTH. B KOMHaTyneJib3SIBXO,[(HTb.
324
325
 Ha 3TOT BOIIpoc HeJib3ll OTBeTHTb Ha ~TOT BOIIpOC HeJib3ll OTBe'laTb
When the speaker is interested in the result of an action, perfective
0KH6 HeJib3ll OTKpbITb. · OKH? HeJib3ll oTKpbIBaTb, ·
06 3TOM tteJib3ll 3a6b1Tb. 06 JTOM HeJib3ll 3a6brnaTb.
verbs are used:
3TOT eorrp6~ He~b3~ pewHTb TaK CK6po. 3TOT Borrp6c HeJih3ll pewaTb TaK C ' Bbl opO'l~TaJIH :hr KH~ry? E~JJH "Have you read this book? If you
3Ae<:b HeJib3_"1
II?HMaTb HH OAH6il: pb16b1. 3Ae<:b HeJih3_llJI?BHTh pbi6y. kopo_ Bbl y)Ke npoquraJIH :ny KHI-IrY, have read this book, lend it to
Te6~ HeJI".3» 6bIJIO pa36yAHTb. Te6~ HeJI?3ll 6hIJIO 6yAHTb. ,uaihe ee MHe.-)],a, 51npoqu- me." "Yes, I have read the
TaKHM_ MeTOAOM HeJib3ll BhIJie'IHTb HH- TaKHM MeTOAOM HeJih3ll Jie'IHTb HHKor(>_ TllJl KIIttry M Mory .D:aTbee BaM. book and can lend it to you."
KOrO.
3Ae~b HeJib3ll OTAOXH)'Tb. 3AeCb HeJib3ll OTAbIXllTb. The use of the imperfective aspect when stating facts is typical of
EMy HeJib3ll noMO'lb. EM)' HeJib3ll IIOMoraTb.
conversation:
theseE!~~:Ce;?4. State the aspect of the infinitive. What is the meaning of HeJILlR in
J{T6-m16y.!l:h 3BOHHJI MHe "Did anyone ring me yesterday?"
1. 3Aecb HeJib3ll 3aHHMaThC» (pa66TaTb )· 6'1 · 2 · ··
qepa?- )],a, KTO-TO 3BOHHJI "Yes, somebody rang you yes-
8
HeJib3ll KaTaTbCll Ha KOHbKllX. 3. HarrpOTHB II~CT ezb WYMHO. ; yeKa eme f!-e3aMCp3Jia saM sqepa BetiepoM. terday evening."
ro OKHa HeJib3ll BHAeTb rrapK 4 0HH 6 ,
, , · ·
_P HJIH6oJihill,OH AOM, Terrepb H3 Hawe:
b[JIH CJIHWKOMAaJieKO HX ro11oca ' BblcMoTpeJIHJTOT <pHJlbM? ~ )],a, "Have you seen this film?" "Yes,
6 hIJIO CJib!WaTb. 5. B coce;1Heil: KOMHaTe o'!eHb u , , , y)Ke HCJ!b3R
6. 0 TaKHX rrycTl!Kax HeJib3ll AOJiro IlOMHHTb 7
HOCTH. 8. no 3Toil: Aop6re HeJihJll 11).{TH. · ·
jk~~~;r
63,TOMY3AeC? HeJib3ii: cnaTI,_
hIJIO rrpeABHAeTb Bee TPY.11·
51 cMorpeJI JTOT <pHJ1bM.
TbI y6upaJia
I have seen this film."
cer6.D:H5l KOM- "Have you tidied up the room to-
nary? ~~ Jla, 5l y6upaJia ce- day?" "Yes, I have tidied up
Exercise 215. Insert the verb of the appropriate aspect. r6.D:H51
KOMHaTy. the room today."
I. Ha Apyry10 ~T6poHy peKH HeJib3ll ... , rroTOM)' '!TO rreperrp~BJillThC»,
y Hae HeT JIOAKH. rreperrpaBHThC» 2. If the speaker knows that an action took place and was com-
2. ,LI,~_
Hawero ~~Ma HeJib3ll ... Ha TpaMBae, TYAll He AOeXaTb, AOe3)KllTb pleted, but asks a question about its agent or object, imperfective verbs
HAeT TpaMBaH.
3. 60Tbl.
H_eJih3ll --- B y'!e6HHK BO BpeMl! KOHTpOJibHOll pa- ,
CMOTpeTb, IIOCMOTpeTb
are used in conversation:
KTO IIJH.1 BaM 3TOT KOCT1-0M?- "Who made that suit for you?"
4. 3HaKOMblX.
HeJI".3ll 6hIJIO cphy --- HMeHa ecex HallJHX HOBbIX 3arr6MHHTb, 3aIIOMHHllTb 3TOT KOCTl-OM IIIUJia MOS!cec-
'"My sister made this suit for
me."
5. Ma Tb, CKa3aJia AeBO'!Ke: «3TO 'IY)l(He Bell.{H HX 6paTb, B3l!Tb Tpa. "Who tidied up the room today?"
HeJih3ll ... ». ' Km ceroJJ,I-l5l y6upaJI KO'.V!Hary?-
6. HeJib3ll "I tidied up the room."
CKaJI~ 6h!Jla
6bIJIO rJillAKa»
... . H TIO'ITH OTBeCHa»' Ha Hee e3o6paTbCH, B36ttpaTbCll KoMHaTy y6upa.1 51.
qTO oHa ne.ria?-- Otta neJta pyc- "What did she sing?" "She sang
7. 3To_6'1eH~ TP)'AHhiil: JK3aMeH, K tteMy HeJih3ll ... 3a roToBHThC», a Russian folk song."
OAHY HeAeJIIO. IIOWOTOBHTbC.!I CKYIOHapo.D:HYIO rrecmo. "What did he tell you?" "He told
8. HeJib3ll TaK 11erKOMbICJieHHO... K ceo11M o6HJaH- OTHOCHTbC.!I,
OTHeCTHCb 0 qeM OH BaM paCCK83bIBaJI? -
HOCT»M. On paccK83hJBa.'lHaM O CBOeH us about his trip."
9- 3_TY KH_~ry_ceil:'!ac , HeJib3ll ... HH e o ""HOM Mara-
3 KYIIHTb, rroKynaTb
HHe, ee MO)KHOTOJibKO 83.!!Tb B 6H6JIHOTeKe Tl0e3,!l;Ke.
10. HeJib~ll ... _H3l3aHll;rn», H~AO npHXOAHTb e6ep~M». orr03AaTb, orra3AhIBaTh In the above sentences the actions are merely named, they are not
11. 6bIJI ~yci;ott TyMaH, y)Ke a Tpex warax HH'ler6 pacCMOTpeTb,
HeJib3.!I 6bIJIO . . . . paccMaTpHBaTb
characterised. If the result of an action is characterised in the sentence,
12. HeJib3ll ... co6eceAHHKa, 3TO HeBe)KJIHBO. rrepe6HTh, rrepe6tteaTh perfective verbs are used.
KTo TaK xoporn6 cmuJI BaM JTOT 'Who made that suit so well for
KOCTKJM? you?'
PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF THE ASPECTS KTo TaK TIJlOXOy6paJI cer6.!l;H51 'Who tidied up the room so badly
IN THE PAST TENSE KOMHaTy? today?'
3. Some verbs which express a concrete action -orKpbrnarh 'to
IMPERFECTIVE ASPECT open', 3aKpbIB8Th 'to close', 6paTb 'to take', AaBaTh 'to give', scrasaTh
'to get up', JIO'.lKJITbCSI
'to lie down', ca;1,1tTbCS1 'to sit down', notJ.HH-
1. lmierf ective verbs are used in the past tense when the speaker MaTbCH'to rise', npuxo;1.inh 'to come', yxo)J,HTh'to go away', sxo)J,HTh
wants to now whether the action has taken place: 'to enter', HbIXO.UHTb'to go out', etc.-in the past may connote a single
Bbl 'IH...,-aJiu__ 3TY KHiiry?- )],a, "Have you read this book?" action proceeding "there and back". In such cases imperfective verbs
5l 'IHTaJI ee · "Y es, I have read it."
· are used:
'I opened (and then closed) the
The answer merely states the fact that the action concerned has 51 OTKphIB8J1OKHO.
taken place. window.'
327
326
 IloqeMy :ha KHHra Jie)KHTHe Ha'Why is this book not in its place? ,. !(or 11[\SI BepHyJicll JtoM6ii. MHe cKa3itJIII, qTo KTO- 3B0Hll:Jl, ll03BOHHJ1
MecTe? Km ee 6paJI? Who borrowed it (and then re: . TO ... MHe no re;1ecp0Hy.
turned)?' 4. 5I BeCbneHb lK,rtaJIero 3BOHKi\. OH ... II03J__\HO Be'!e- 3BOHHJ1,II03B0HHJ1
3aqefyi Bbl BCTaBaJIUC IIOCTem1? 'Why did you get up (and then poM. . . , ,
5. Bbl ·:· MHe O6 )TOM CJl!IlllKOM II03J__\HO, SI HII'leM He roeopHJllf. CKa3aJllI
Be,n:hBpaq 3anpeTHJI BaM BCTa- went to bed again)? You know MOfY BaM lIOMO'lb.
BaTb. the doctor forbade you to get 6. PaJ1-ii1J1C!I_CT)'KB :'lBCpb•... MOH coccn. CTyqaJI, IIOCTy'laJl
up.' 7 Bripyr KTO-TO rpoMKO ... e ,[(Bepb. • CTyqaJl, IIOCTY'lliJl
K BaM KT6-To npuxo,n:11.r1. 8: Y MeHil HeT CeH'!aC 3TOH KHHrII. SI... ee B 6tt6Jlli0- 6pan, B3SIJJ
'Somebody came to see you (and TCKC.
then went away).' 9 OTK)')la y reoit )Ta KHHra? rne Tb] ce ... 1 6pan. B3SIJI
JO:51 [laBHO COOIIpaa1C!I IIOCMOTpeTb 3TOT cjmM,M CMOTpeJJ,IIOCMOTpeJJ
, The ~orresp~nding ~erfective verbs (orn.:pLITb 'to open', laKpLITL II B'ICpa HaKOHeU .. . .
to close, B3HTb to take , etc.) show that the result of the action is still 11. KaK, MH6ro IIbIJIII
,
ocTanocb n6cne y66pKII! Km
')
y6ttpaJJ, y6pan
relevant at the moment of speaking. CC!O/l!ISI ... KOMHaTy.
J2, He H)'JKHOOTKpb!Bi\Tb OKH(). SI IIOJl'la-Ca Ha3a,[( ... OTKpbIJI, OTKpbIBaJI
Compare: cr6.
Imperfective Perfective
JI OTKpblBl:lJIOKH0. THE PERFECT MEANING OF THE PERFECTIVE ASPECT
JI OTKpbIJIOKH0.
'I opened the window.' 'I've opened the window.' A large number of perfective verbs in the past tense may s_ho~ thai
(I opened the window, then (At the moment of speaking the the result of an action performed before the moment of speakmg ts rel-
I closed it; at the moment of window is still opened.) evant at the moment of speaking. This meaning of perfective verbs is
speaking the window is closed.) called pafect.
ToBapHII.1,6paJI y MeHir:hy KHHry. ToBapHII.1,B3HJIy MeHir:hy KHHry.
Bbl OTKpbl.lIH OKH0, 003TOMY 'You opened the window (at the
'My friend borrowed this book 'My friend has borrowed that B K0MHaTeCKB03HHK. moment of speaking the win-
from me.' book from me.' dow is open), that's why it is
(My friend borrowed this book (At this moment the book is draughty in the room.'
and returned it: at this moment with my friend.) Ko MHeH3 BoJJrorpaJia npuexana 'My sister has come from Volgo-
the book is with me.)
CeCTpa. grad to see me (my sister is
E~erc_ise 216. Read through the sentences, explain the use of the imperfective aspect
staying with me now).'
of the 1tahc1sed verbs.
Perfective verbs with a perfect meaning may be used in a sentence
I. yq~Tem_,, 'lumaA !3Cnyx paccK~3, yqemmn: cnynranrr. 2. Bb1 'iuma.1u 3TOT paccK{l3? together with verbs in the present tense.
3. H3 C_?Ce,[(He~ay.[(llTOpllII ,[(OHOCllJICHmyM. TaM CTy.[(eHTbi o6cy:J«:Oa,1U KaKOH-TO
CIIOpHbl~ BOIIpoc. 4; 3TOT BOIIpoc Mb! y~e O,[(ll:Hpa3 06cy:J«:rJa,1u. 5. Bbl MHe y)Ke noKa- 51.noTepHJlpyqKy H nurny Tenepb 'I have lost my pen (I have no pen
3bt6aAu 3TY,cjloTorpacpmo. 6. Y Hae B Kny6e no cy666TaM noKa3btea,1u cpiinbMbr. 7. ~e- Kapatt;ww6M. now) and now I write with
BYIIIKH C~,[(ei,rrrHa 6epery !I ne.m. 8. KaKyI-O rreCHI-0OHMcenqac neAu? 9. Km MeHH 3eaJt?
Bbl -MeHH 3ee;-:i,u?IO. Ei:6 ,[(oi,rro 3ea,iu, a OH Bee He men. 11. 3TOT KOCTIOM UIUA xop6-
a pencil.'
Illll!I IIOpTHO!I. 12. Ona C!I,[(eJia y CTOJia !I Ullt,W. 0Ha 3a6b1Jia a;wec H He MO'.ll\eT 'She has forgotten the address
nocJ1aTb nttcbM0. and cannot post the letter.'
Exercise 217. Explain the use of the aspects of the italicised verbs. Mb1 ycTann H xoTnM oT,n:oxHyTh. 'We are tired and want to rest.'
3To 6bIJia He MOR KHMra, H 6paA ee y TOBa- BoT 3Ta KHMra, H 63Jl,1 ee y TOBapmna.
PIHL\a. Perfective verbs with the meaning of the beginning of an action in the
R TOJibKO qTo norJHuMaAcH Ha IIHTblH ToBapll!Ll!I noOllflAUCb Ha IIRTb!M 3TalK past tense may denote an action going on at the m<?ment o~ speaking.
3Ta)K, MHe He xoqeTCH e!Lle pa3 II/J;Tll: !I )K,[(YT Hae TaM.
Ty.[(a. Sentences with such perfective verbs may also contam verbs m the pre-
3aqeM Bbl ecmaeaAU C IIOCTemr? Bbl 60Jib- 3aqeM Bbl ecmaAU C IIOCTeJIII? )IQ)Kll:TCCb
sent tense.
HOH, BaM Ha,[(O JJe)KaTb.
R 3aMenrn, qTo 6e3 MeHii B MOIO KOMHaTy
ceifqac )KC B IIOCTeJib. '.hoT CTY,neHT 1a60JieJI H He 'This student has fallen ill (he is ill
B KOMHaTe KTO-To ecTb. R BII.[(eJI, KaK
KTO-TO 6X00UA.
KT6-To eouieA B KOMHaTy.
nocernaeT JleKIJ,HH. now) and does not attend the
lectures.'
Exercise 218. Insert the verbs of the appropriate aspect.
Ott paccep,r.tuJ1cs
H He pa3rnsapu- 'He got angry (he is angry now)
J. B_oT TO MeCTO, f',[(e Mb! ... BO BpeMll HallieH rrpo-
ryJIK!I.
OT,[(bIXaJIH, OT,[(OXH)'Jl!I eaeT co MHOH. and won't speak to me.'
2. Ta KHMra, 0 KOTOpon H Te6e ... , ceifqac rrpo.[(aeTCll f'OBOpll:JI, CKa3aJI There are cases in which the past tense of perfective verbs with the
BO Bcex KHll:)KHbJXMara31l:Hax.
ineaning of the beginning of an action can be replaced with the present
328 329
 t~ns~ of the corre~pondi_ng imperfective verbs, the meaning of the b _ ] . Mou TOBapmu u11mepecj;emcJJapxeonorHett ll Terreph qaCTo C3,UIITB 3KCilel.(H-
gmnmg of an act10n bemg lost: e 2. Moiim J__(OlKl.\h,
U!i!i- J,[ ,UCTH l.\OMa.3. 0Ha 6oJZeemIl TI03TOMyHe MO-
l.\0J1lKnbICHl.(CTh
)!(eTBh!CTynaTh3aBTpa Ha KonuepTe. 4. 51 YBHl.(eJJ ee BO J__(BOpe
B 7 qaCOBITIIOl.\,YMaJJ:
IlomeJI )],0)1(,ll,b,
II MbI He MO)KeM MJJ:eT)],O)K)],b,H Mbl He MO)I(e111 «KyLlaona uoiim TaK pa.no?» 5. Ona cepoumcJJ ITHe xoqeT fOBOpHThc naMH. 6. Ona
H)],TMryJrirTh. H)],TMryninh. zpycmum, IlOTOM,Y qyo )laBnO HeTTIHCeM H3 L(OMa.7. 3BOnOK3!1e/-1Un1,
nopa KOnqaTbpa-
'It started raining and we can't go 'It is raining and we can't go for 66Ty. 8. Y MeHHfOJJOBa60,1um, He MOf)' 60JJbIIIe pa60TaTh.
for a walk.' a walk.'
0H oqeHb 3aHHTepecOB3JICSI 3TIIM 0H oqeHb HHTepecyeTCSI 3TII/\1 USE OF VERB ASPECTS IN THE PAST TENSE WITH HE
BOIIpOCOM II ceij:qa,c )],)'MaeT Bonp6coM H ceij:qac )],,YMaer
TOflbKO 06 3TOM. TOflbKO 06 3TOM. In negative sentences past tense imperfective verbs are frequently
'He became very interested in this 'H~ is very interested in this ques- used when in the corresponding affirmative or interrogative sentences
question and now thinks about tion and now thinks about perfective verbs would be used.
nothing else.' nothing else.' ThI B3SIJIMOE{)pyqKy? "Was it you who took my pen?"
. When past events are reported, perfective verbs may also be used - )]:a, §To 51 B3HJI. "Yes, it was me."
~1th a pe~fect meaning, in which case the same sentence may contain - HeT, 51 ue 6paJ1 rn6err pyqKH. "No, I did not take your pen."
1mperfect1ve verbs. KTo cKa3aJI eMy 06 §ToM? "Who told him about that?"
IlomeJI )],O)K)],b,II Mb! ue Morm'.r
- He 3HaIO, 51 ue ronopiw. "I don't know, I didn't."
'It began raining and we could OH y)Ke npumen? "Has he come?"
H)],TMry nirTh. not go for a walk.' -- HeT, OH eme ue npuxoJJ:HJI. "No, he hasn't come yet."
0H 3aHHTCpeCOB3JICSI3THM BOII- 'He became interested in this
pOCOM II JJ:yMaJITOJihKo 06 question and thought about 1. When an action which was not expected to take place is com-
3TOM. nothing else.' pletely negated, imperfective verbs are used.
~he use of perfective v_er?s with a perfect meaning is typical of col- 5I ue 6pan BamIIx semerr. 'I did not take your things.'
loq_m~l speech; however, 1t 1s also possible in narrative texts and de- MbI HIIKaK6HTenerpaMMhI ue no- 'We have not received any tele-
scnpt10ns. ny11anu. gram.'
OceHh. Jlec onycTeJI. JittcThH no- 'It is autumn. The forest has be- 2. If, at the moment of speaking, an action is still expected to take
;i.enTeJiu II II:.l)],aIOT. come deserted. The leaves have place, either perfective or imperfective verbs can be used, the use of
turned yellow and are falling.' either aspect not affecting the meaning of the sentence:
ffoqTanhOH npuuec ra3eThI? "Has the postman brought the
Exercise 219. State the aspect of the italicised verbs.
newspapers?"
.. 1. 5I OJ__(Hl!,
CillK)'Y OKHa;CCph!eT,YqHWKpbUlU HC6o, COJ!Hl\C CKBQ3hTyMaHK.JlKeTCll - HeT, em,e ue npu11ec. "No, he hasn't brought them
lK~JJTh'.MIH!THOM.(.n.~ ?-~
B1'.roqeHb MHJJ~IHqeJIOBCK,--rrpOL(O:JlKaJrTarrm,--HO rroqe-
- HeT, eme ue npHHOCHJI. yet."
MYo_HaBae T~Kno'.:HJOU;:a·-3TO .5!-•npll3Hal0Ch, He IIOHIIMaIO.(Typz.) 3. Tcneph 3IlMi;
Mopo3 3any_wu,1CT~KJJaOKOH;B TCMHOH K<)MnaTeropirT OL(HaCBeqa, (Typz.) 4. C6Jrnue Tbr y)Ke IlOJIYlfHJI OTBeT Ha "Have you received an answer to
YlKCe:ow.10 w_rrrpaeT_no cnery. (flex.) 5. C6nHI1e ce.10; 3BC3L(a3a:»czJZacbw opo;;,cum IIIIChMO? your letter?"
B or!'IICTOM~ope 3aKarn. (Typz.) 6. Il63L(wrn 6cenh. rpaqfr y.zemc.1u. JTec 061,a:»cuJZCR, HeT, eme ue IIOJIY'IHJI. "No, I haven't received any yet."
n0Ju1 onycme.1u. (H.)
- HeT, eme ue HOJIY'l3JI.
Exercise 220. Replace the adj_ectives used as predicates with verbs in the past tense 3. If a negated action was expected to have taken place but did not
(the verbs are given at the end ol the exercise).
actually happen and is unlikely to happen at the moment of speaking,
Model: He6o miiM11oe, cen<Jac TIOHL(eTl\OlK/lh. perfective verbs are generally used:
H66o nume.w11hto, cenqac TIOH,i"leT!(OlKl(h.
1.' Ynmia nycTa, i::pyr6M THXO.,2- JTirCTh5lHa l.(epCBh5JX JKeJJTbie11YlKCna,ua!OT, DoqeMy Tbr ue npumen Bqepa Ha 'Why didn't you attend the lec-
3. 5I r~JJOl.(eH11C YLIOBOJlhCTBl1eMTIOYlKHHalO C BaMH.4. 0H 66JJeH IT.:JelKHT
B nocTeJJil- JJeKu,IIIO? ture yesterday?'
5. Teneph M?I c nHM 3HaKOMhr,IT a Mory o6paTHThC5!K HeMy c :hon np6cL6on. On o6emaJI rro3BOHMTh MHe 'He promised to ring me yester-
(Il03HaKOMl1ThC5!, rrporOJIO/laTbCll,onycTCTh, 3a6oJJeTh, TIOlKCJ1TCTb)
Bqepa BeqepoM, HO noqeMy-To day evening but for some rea-
He noJBouun. son he didn't.'
. Exercise 221. Replace the italicised verbs with perfective verbs implying the bcgin-
mng of an act10n. 5I )],onro )K,Uan nIIChMa, Ho TaK 'I waited for the letter for a long
Model: B Koprr,u6pe wyMftm, II 51nn6xo Bae CJihm1y.
II ue nonyqun er6. time but I never received it.'
B KOpHl.\Ope3awyMeJ1U,11» nn6xo Bae c,1i:n11y. 4. If a sentence speaks of a prolonged absence of an action, or an
330
331
 action being delayed for a long time then imperfective verbs are
. . ' used. oa ecezda DOMO;KeTTOBapmuy 'He will always help a friend in his
2J:py3h5I.~MonqaJrn. , HH TOT,. HH 'The friends were silent. Neith rpy.ll,HYIOMMHyTy.
B hour of need.'
.ll,pyr~u He Haquuan roBopHTb. would break the silence ' er OH6 ;llODOeBpeMfl. npH.ll,eTHa no- 'He will come to your aid at any
51 ,IJ:aBHoue nonyqan OT uer6 rriI- 'I have not received letter·s f MOI.l.(b. time.'
ceM. him for a long time.' rom
In a negative sentence perfective verbs in the future tense may indi-
A pro_Ionged absen~e, of an action is frequently emphasised by th cate the impossibility of achieving a result at the present time or in the
adverb )],OJiro or )],asuo for a long time'. e future:
OH 0().1?0 ue IIUC3JI MHe. OH ue nonMeT JToro. 'He will not understand this.'
51 iJa6H6 ue tIOJiyqaJI OT Her6 rr11ceM.
'He has not written to me for a long tim ,
'I have not received letters from him
a long time.'
tor
TbI ue peun'illlb 3TOM3anaqn, 'You will not be able to solve this
problem.'
Exercise 222. Read through the sentences; state the aspect of the verbs preceded b OH ue C)],aCT 3TOrO 3K3clMeHa. 'He will not be able to pass this
t h e negative particle ue. Y
examination.'
J. f·!e i--\aBa51rrcpe6JrnaTb ce6ii, OHa paCCKa3aJ1aTO, qT0 OHa ell.le HHK0fi--\a HHK0 •
H~ paccKa~b1BaJ1a.(JI. T.) 2. Oi_raBCT<lJia,Oi--\e.liaCb, courna BHH3.Ell.le HHKT0Herr oc~i- To help express the impossibility of achieving the result of an action
Il~J1C(51
B i--\OMC. (Typ~.) 3~ ,l],?CaM0~0 0Tbe3i--\aB i--\CpeBHIO 51HHKYi--\<l i3 O·
HCBbIXOi--\HJ1 taking place at the moment of speech, the emphatic particle HHKaK 'just'
Ma.. JI. T) 4._ IJoqTOBblll rroe3i--\e~1e He np~XOi--\MJI. Ha 3anacH6M rryni: cToiiJ1i--\J1HHH!iii is frequently used.
TOBapHbHIrroe3i--\.,( CJex.) ?· Bepo51THO,OTeu TeJ1erpaMMy 06 HX Bhle3f(e He TI0J1yqf1JI
H ~03:0M~ lIOIIIai--\eH,
0
Ha CTaHl;IHI-0OH3a_HHMHHCI1pl-lCJ1aJ1. (I'aiiiJ.) 6. )],epeB51HHa51
TIJ1aT- R HuKaK ue OTKpoio )],Bepb. 'I just can't open the door.'
cp0~MaCKopo__ onycTe~a, a 0TC1;( BCTpeqa1:b1-1xrnK H He Bh1IlleJ1(I'aiiiJ.) 7_ 51i--16moHe 0T- R HUKQK He UOHMY,qer6 OHa xo- 'I just can't understand what she
BeqaJ1!la rnoe IlH~bMO;51BC~?TH )l,HHl;(Y~aJ10 HeM. (Typ2.) 8. TittceM OT Te6ii en1e He qeT. wants.'
rroJ1y:,iaJT, cero~~51- (I'auo.) 9; Pe~_ai--\0Jiro__He3aMcp3aJ1a; oT ee 3cJ1eHoiiBOi--\hI
'lKi--\Y rro-
/l,bIM~nc51nap. (lla}c;fl.) 10. PeKa ~II.leHe 3aMep3J1a, 11 ee CBlfHI~0BbieB0J1HbIrpycrno
qepi_rem1B O~H006p~3H,h!X 6eper~x. (/7.)_ J]. Mb! He pa36HB<lJ1HfOJ1y66ii qaIIIKI!. If the impossibility of performing an action refers to any person,
(/-:auiJ.) 12. f,la i--\pyroe_YTP0(51y'lKerrpocHyJ1C51, HO ell.le He BCTaBaJ1)CTYKIl<lJTKl:I pa3- the verb takes the 2nd person singular:
,il;aJIC51
y ,Me1rnTIO)];0KH0M. (Typ2.)
He nonMemh, qTo 3)],eCb HaniI- 'You can't understand what is
Exercise 223. Insert the verbs of the appropriate aspect. caHo. written here.'
I. He_TIOHH~al-0,3a•JeM OH npmIICJ1CI-Ofla? 3BaJ1,II03BaJ1
This form is frequently used in proverbs:
Ero HHKT0He --- .
2. CH~r e"!e He Beeb ... , J1e'lKMT K0e-rfle B J1ecy.
Cne3aMMr6p10 ue UOMO;Kemb. 'Tears are no help in sorrow.'
T<l5IJI,pacTa5IJ1
3. Ero 'lK,J,aJm,a OH Bee He .... Note.- The impossibility of achieving a result is also expressed by imper-
rrprrexaJI, rrpHC3'lKaJ1
4. 0 KaK?MIlHChMeBbl fOBOpine? 51 He ... HHKaK6ro IlOJryqaJ1,I10J1yql1J1 sonal sentences with a perfective infinitive:
IlHCbMa.
5. Mb! ell.le He ... , !laBallTe IlOCHflllMell.le HeMH0ro EMy ue nou11Tb:horo. 'He can't understand it.'
OT,il;OXH)'J1H,OTJ_(b!X<lJIH Te6e ue pellllITb 3T0ll 3a!laqJil_ 'You can't solve this problem.' (See
6. OH caM peIIIHJIB3HTbC51 3a :ho !leno, HHKT6er6 ~e 3aCT<lBHJI, 3aCTaBJ151J1 p. 505.)
7. OH !I0J1f_OHe__.... HO H~KOHel(Mb! er6 yroaopttJ1H. COrJ1aCl1J1C51,
COL'IaWaJ1C51 Exercise 224. Read through the sentences. What is the meaning of the simple future
8. 51 Hrr;1ero O HCMHe 3Hal0, Mb! !laBH0 He ... , OHMHC BCTpcqaa1HCb,BCTpeTHJ1HCb tense in these sentences?
!laBH0 He ....
3BOHMJ1,I103BOHI!J1
1. He BC51KHll Bae, KaK SI, nouMi!m. (II.) 2. \foJIOBeK,KOT0pbIHIIpHBbIK 60llTbCR,
Bcer)la Hauoem IIpHqffHY)lJ1SICTpaxa. (M. I'.) 3. 51HHKaKHepa36epy, 'IT0 Bbl Ja ':leJIOBeK.
PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF THE ASPECTS 4. MH6ro Jlpyrux eme rrpHMepoB MHe B r6JioBy npHXOJlHT,)la Bee He nepecKa:>K:ew&.
IN THE FUTURE TENSE qypi.) 5. «HaM npHJleTCSI3,!leCbHoqeBaTb,-CKa3aJI OHC ,!IOCa,!IOJO,-BTaK)'IOMeTeJib
'l~pe3 r6pbl He nepeeoew&». (JI.) 6. COJ)laCT ':leJIOBeKaIIpHpO,lla,HO pa3BHBaeT H o6pa-
In certa~n cases perfective verbs in the future tense are used to show 3YeTer6 661uecTBO.H11xaxue o6cToiiTeJTbCTBallCH3HH Hecnacym H He w141umlim':leJIOBe-
Ka OT B,1HSIHHSI 66mecTBa, HHf)le He CKpbIThCSI, HHKy)laHe YHTHCM)' OT Hero. (/ie.11.)
that an act10n can be performed at present or in the future:
ToJibKO OH DOHMeTMeHir. Exercise 225. How do you understand these proverbs?
'He alone can understand me.'
O~ peIDHT _mo6yIO 3a)],aqy H3 'He can do any sum from this ' 1. CJie3aMH r6pI-O He IIOM0llCeIIIb.2. JlellCa XJie6a He .1106y)leII1b.3. Eel TP>'..llaHe
8hIHeIIIbH pi:16xy H3 rrpy;:i;a.4. PeIIIeT6M BOJlhIHe HaH6CHIIIb.5. CJI6Bo He aopo6eft: Bhl-
3Toro 3a,IJ:aqHHKa. arithmetic book.' JJenn--He noiiMaeIIIb. 6. l-13 rreCHHCJT0BaHe BhIKHHeIIIb.
Perfect_ive verbs in the future tense can be used with this meaning Exercise 226. Change these sentences, replacing the phrases containing the verb
a_ccomparned by the words scer,i:i;a'always' e mo66e speMst 'at anY ll!O'U, or CMO% followed by an infinitive with the simple future tense.
bm~: '
Model: Tb! He MOJK:eUlbpeiuumb 3TY 3a.[laqy,
Tb! He peiuuiub :'ny 3a)'laqy_
332
333
 1. Tb! He CMO)Kelllh IIOI(Hl!Tb 3TOT qeMOI(aH. 2. 51 He Mory B306paThCH Ha :'ffy r6 be was to have begun but did not begin, imperfective verbs are used:
3. TToMorttTe MHe, TIO)KaJiyiJ:CTa, H HHKaK He Mory on1ephb ,[IBeph. 4. Thi He CMo)l(e~·
rroI(roT6~HThcH. K 3K3~MeHy 3a ,LI.Ba I(HH .• 5. Pe6eHoK He_ Mo)KeT "!loHl!Th 3To; paccK,bh
_ qTo )KeBbl MOJI'IMTe? rosopu- 'Why on earth are you silent?
6. HHKTO He MO)KeT BhIIIOJIHHTh 3TY pa6oTy TaK xoporno, KaK OHa. 7. 51 HHKaK He Mor; Te! Speak up!'
HaHTll CBOIO pyqKy. 8. OH HllKllK He MO)KeT npHBhIKHYTb BCTaBaTh paHO. 9. OH /.las/ _ qrn )Ke Bhr He 6epe-re KHMry? 'Why on earth don't you take the
yqrrT 3TO CTHXOTBOpeHrre rr BCe HllKllK He MO)KeT BhryqHTh.
• ,
10. OH He MO)KeT OTBeT!!tol, i;epnTe! book? Take it!'
Ha JTOT Bonpoc.
To emphasise an exhortation to perform an action, the particles uy
'well' and me 'on earth' are frequently used:
USE OF THE VERB ASPECTS IN THE IMPERATIVE
_ Hy, rosopuTe me! 'Well, speak up!'
1. To express a request to perform a single action, the imperative of Imperfective verbs are also used to express a request to alter the
perfective verbs is generally used. Thus, the imperative of the verbs manner in which an action is being performed .
.uaTh 'to give', B3HTh'to take', OTKphITh'to open', 3aKpbITh 'to close'
,UOCTaTh 'to get'' BbIHYTh'to take out', DOCTaBHTh'to place'' DOJIOiKHT~ qnn'iiiTe Me.uneHHee. 'Read more slowly.'
'to put', DOBeCHTh'to hang', DOKa3aTh 'to show', KYDHTh 'to buy' foBopuTe rp6Mqe. 'Speak louder.'
no'IHCTHTh'to clean', 1ame'lh 'to light', BKmoquTh 'to switch on', BLI: 'Listen attentively.'
C.11ymauTe BHHMaTeJihHO.
KmoqnTh 'to switch off, no1sou11Th'to ring (up)', cKa3aTh 'to say', no- 'Write more carefully.'
IlurnuTe aKKypaTHee.
BTopnTh 'to repeat', ucnpaBHTh 'to repair', nposepHTh 'to check'
npuuilTh 'to accept', etc. is used to express a request: ' To express an invitation, imperfective verbs are generally used.
,Ll,aiiTe MHe, rro)I(aJiyiicTa, BaIIIy 'Lend me your pen, please.' Ilpoxo.uuTe, pa3J];esauTech, 'Come in, take off your coat, sit
pyqKy. ca)l;HTeCh,rro)KaJiyiicTa. down, please!'
Bo3hMHTe BclIIIHTeTpa,UH. 'Take your exercise-books.' Ilpuxo.unTe K HaM cer6,umi: o6e- 'Come and have dinner with us
OTKpoihe KHHTH. 'Open the books.' )JaTb. today.'
IlpuuecuTe MeJI. 'Fetch some chalk.'
IloKamnTe cpoTOrpaqnrn. 'Show the photographs.' If the same verbs are used in the perfective aspect, they do not
IloBTOp11Tenpe,UJIO)I(eHHe. 'Repeat the sentence.' express an invitation but an urgent request or command:
HanuuntTe er6 Ha .uocKe. 'Write it on the blackboard.' PaJ.ueubTech, npon,IJ,HTeB K0M- 'Take off your coat, come into the
uaTy II CHAhTe. room and sit down.'
2. The imperative of imperfective verbs is used to express exhorta-
tion to perform an action, the performer generally being aware that he In this case the sentence loses the note of politeness conveyed in the
is expected to comply. first example by the imperfective aspect.
For instance, a group of pupils are ready to write a reproduction. Contrariwise, in some cases the use of imperfective verbs to express
The text has been read to them, and the teacher says: a polite request would be wrong. Thus, if the perfective verb in the sen-
- IlumnTe! 'Now start writing.' tence ,Ll,aiiTeMHeBaIIIy pyqKy. 'Would you mind lending me your pen?'
were replaced by the imperfective ,Ll,asaiiTeMHe BaIIIy pyqKy, the sen-
or a group of students are asked to open their textbooks, and the tence would sound rude.
teacher says to one of them:
- quTaiiTe! 'Start reading, please.' USE OF VERB ASPECTS IN THE IMPERATIVE WITH HE
or a group of students are to retell a story; the teacher addresses one of If a verb in the imperative is preceded by the negative particle ue it
them, saying: generally takes the imperfective aspect even if a single action is meant.
- PaccKa1Lrnaihe! 'Retell the story, please.' In sentences in which perfective verbs would have been used but for ue,
the latter is usually followed by an imperfective verb.
When the speaker asks the performer of an action to continue t~e
action after it had been interrupted, the imperfective aspect also 15 0ncpoiiTe, TIO)I(clJiyiicTa,OKH0. He OTKphrnaiiTe, IIO)KclJIYHCTa,
used: OKHa.
~pen the window, please.' 'Don't open the window, please.'
- qTO )Ke Bbl ocTaHOBMJIHCb? 'Why did you stop? Read on!' , OJJOiKHTe KHIIrHHa OKH0. He KJia,11,uTeKHMrHHa OKH0.
qHTaihe ,UclJibIIIe. Put the books on the window- 'Don't put the books on the win-
sill., dow-sill.'
If the speaker wants to urge somebody to perform an action which
335
334
,ll,aii:Tepe6eHKYMOJlOKa. He l(aBaHTe pe6eHKYMOJlOKa. Exercise 227. Read through the sentences. State the aspect of the verbs in the imper-
'Give the child some milk.' 'Don't give milk to the child.' ative.
Kynu :hy KHiiry. He UOKynau3TYKHiiry. J. Ocmaebme MeHii B rroK6e, rrporny Bae. (c/ex.) 2.- llo360llb MHe yexaTb 1-13r6-
oJla,--cKa3a.Jia OHa HaKOHel(. (c/ex.) 3. He 2060pume eil. 060 MHe HI-ICJIOBa. (JI.)
'Buy this book.' 'Don't buy this book.' ~ - qTO )KeMb! CTOHMl-cKa3a.Jia OHa.- Cadumecb! BOTCIOJ:13. K CTOJI)'.3;:(eCbCBeTJiee.
(Ilaycm.) ?---C;110Tpu He yn~du B,PeKyl-KpttKHYJI eMy BCJieAMnhJ-Oma.(Typ2.) 6. He
Perfective verbs are used in the imperative with He only to express cnpawueau Mem1 o TOM, qero y)l(e HeT. (ll.) •
warning against some undesirable single action which the person ad.
dressed might have otherwise performed inadvertently: Exercise 228. Replace the affirmative sentences with negative ones, changing the as-
pect of the verb in the imperative.
He yna,1J,11Te,3.D:echCKOJ1h3KO. 'Don't fall, it is slippery here.' Model: OmKpbume OKHO.He omKpb1eaume OKHa.
He 1a6jw,Te 3arrepeTh LJ:Beph. 'Don't forget to lock the door.'
1. 3a)l(rttre, T!O)l(a.JiyiicTa,cBer. 2. Orrrpa.BbTe 33.BTparenerpa.MMy. 3. CoTpttTe c
He DOTepii:n.D:eHhrH. 'Don't lose the money.' iIOCKIT.
4. Crrpocrrre ee, rroqeMy OHa He rrpllill}13.Bqepa. 5. TioKa)l(ITrrpocpeccopy CBOJ-0
pa66Ty. 6. 3aKpOH.Te;:\BepbB KOp!i;:\Op.7. flpliMITTe'.!TOJieKapCTBO.8. Kyrru ce6e TaK)'IO
To emphasise the warnmg, the word cMOTpu-cMoTpnTe 'see' is pyqKy. 9. CKa)l(ttTe 06 '.!TOMBCeM. JO. flocraBbTe CIO;:\a'lCMO;:\aH.
frequently used.
Exercise 229. Insert the verbs of the appropriate aspect in the imperative.
CMompit He 1a6y,1J,L. 'See that you don't forget.'
(a) J. floqeMy Thi TaK pe;:(KOIlllillelllb MHe? IlliC3.Tb,HaIIHCa.Tb
CMompit He noTepsdi. 'See that you don't lose it.' ... , Il0)1(3.JIYHCTa,
qame.
CMompitme He ono1,1J,aiiTe. 'See that you are not late.' 2.... , rro)l(a.JiyHcTa,Kor6pb1il. qac? fOBOpttTb, CKa33.Tb
CMompit He npocTy,1J,ucL. 'See that you don't catch cold.' 3. Bae rrn6xo CJihIIllHO,... rpoi\fie. fOBOpHTb,CKa3aTh
4. 3;:(eCboqeHb ;:\)'IIIHO,6y;:(bTe A06phl, ... OKHO. OTKpbIB3.Tb,OTKpb!Tb
Thus only those perfective verbs are used in the imperative with ee 5. KaKOH.y Bae )l(ypHaJI? ... Mlle, IlO)l(aJiyiicrn. TIOK<i3b!BaTb, IIOKa33.Tb
which denote undesirable actions performed against the agent's will: 6.... '.!TOJieKapCTBO,[\Ba pa.3a B ,[\eHb. rrpHHliM3.Tb,rrp!iHHTb
(b) I. He ... cBeT, eme cBeTn6. BKJI!Oq.J.Tb, BKJI!OqifTb
ono1,1J,aTb 'to be late', 1a6bITb 'to forget', noTepii:Tb'to lose', 1a60Jifa1, 2. He ... rrp1-1HeCTH KHur1-1,KOT6pb1eThi MHe o6eman. 3a6hrna.Th, 3a6bITh
'to fall ill', npocTyJJ,uTi.cH 'to catch cold', ynacTh 'to fall', ypoHnTb'to 3. H1-1Kor;:\aHe ... ror6, 'lTO Thi He MO)l(eJllbBhlTIOJI- o6ell\a.Tb, Il006ell\a.Tb
drop', pa1611Th'to break', 'to smash', cJioMaTh'to break', yToHyTL'to n1-1rh.
get drowned', 1a6Jiy,1J,11ThCB 'to lose one's way', ucna11KaThCH 'to soil 4. 3;:(eCbl!Ma, 6yAhTe ocropO)l(Hbl, He ... B Hee. mi;:(aTh, yrra.CTb
5. 0;:(eHbTeCb TIOTeT!Jiee, CMOTpttTeHe ... . rrpoCT)')l(!iBaThCH, rrpo-
oneself, omu6i1ThCB'to make a mistake', etc. CTYJlllTbC.11
To express a warning, imperfective verbs may also be used; they are 6. He ... OKH6,a ro 6yAeT x6JIOAHO. OTKpbIB3.Tb,OTKpb!Tb
generally found in warnings against repeating an undesirable action
performed some time ago. In this case, too, the word CMOTpH- Exercise 230. Read through the following poem in prose by Turgenev. Account for
the use of the aspects of the verbs.
CMOTpuTe'take care', 'see' may be used:
BOPOEE11
CMompit(me) He ona1,1J,Lman(Te) 'See that you are not late any
.51B03Bpamanc.11c ox6TbI 1-1IlleJI no annee ca.J:(a.Co6a.Ka 6e)l(a.Jia BrrepeAtt MeHl!.
66J1hIIIe. more.' B11pyr OHa yMeHblllliJia CBOHrnaru Ii HaqaJia Kpa.CTbC.11,
KaK6b! 3a'l)'.IIBrrepeJI co66il.
CMompit(me) He 6oJien(Te). 'Take care you don't fall ill /IH'lb.
again.' .51fJIHHYJIB;:\OJ!baJIJie1-1-1-1YBli;:\3.JI MOJIOJ:(OfO BOp06bii.C)KeJITli3HOli OKOJIO KJIJ-OBa
CMompit(me) He Tepsi:n(Te)66nh- 'See that you don't lose money.' HIl)'XOMHa fOJIOBe.0H yrra.JI1-13 rHe3;:\3.(BeTep CllJ!bHOKaqa.JI6epe3hl aJIJie!i)-1-1 Cli,[\eJI
IIIe ,1J,eHer. HeITOJIBll)l(HO,6ecrr6MO!l\HOpaCTOIIblp!iBe,[\B3.rrpopacTaBIII!ie KpbIJibllllK!i.
' Moll co6aKa Me;:\JieHHO rrp1-16JililK3.JiaCh K HeMy, KaK BApyr, copB3.BlllliCbC 6JIH3KOfO
In some cases a verb is used in the imperfective aspect to express AepeBa,CTapb!HqepHOfP)'AbIHBOpo6eH K3.MHeM yrra.JIrrepe;:\Ca.MOH ee MOpJIOH.-1-1BeCh
B3bep6rneHHbIH,HCKa)l(eHHbIH., C OT'la.llHHbIM Ii )1(3.JIKI-IM
IIHCKOM IIpbirHYJIpa.3a ;:\BaB Ha-
a request not to perform an action and in the perfective aspect to IIpaBJieH!ili3y6a.CTOH,paCKpbITOH.Il3.CT!i.
express a warning against an undesirable action: 0H puHyJIC.11 crraca.Th, OH3aCJIOHHJI co66!0 CBOC;:\eTH!l\e...HOBCCer6 M3.JieHbKOe Te-
JiOTpeneT3.a10OT )')Kaea, fOJIOCOK O;:\li'l<iJIIi oxprrll, OH3aM!ipa.JI,OH)l(epTBOBaJIco6610!
Imperfective Perfective KaKuM rpoMaJIHhIM qyJ:16B1-1meM AOJI)l(Ha6brna eMy Ka3a.Tbcsico6a.Ka! M Bce-TaK1-1
He 6epu MOH)TeTpap:h. He BOlhMn cnytJaHHOMOl-0TeT· Ol! He Mor YCli;:\eTbHa CBOeHBb!COKOH, 6e3ona.CHOHBeTKe... Cuna, CliJibHeeer6 BOJ!li,
pa,Ll,h. c6p6c1-1naer6 OTT)'Aa.
Moil. Tpe36p ocTaHoBunc.11,rrorrllr1-1nc.11 ... BnAHO, 1-1OH rrp1-13Ha.JI :'!Tycuny.
'Don't take my exercise-book.' 'Don't take my exercise-book by 51 rrocrreIIIttJI OT03B3.ThcMymeHHoro rrca-1-1 yAanrrnc.11,6Jrnror0Be.11.
chance.' , L{a, He CMeiireCh. .51 6JiaroroBeJI rrepe;:\ TOH M3.JieHhKOH,repouqecKOH. IlTHl_\eH,
He rosopu HHKoMy06 :JTOM. CMOTpii He CKaJKH cnytJaifIIO IlepeA JI!060BHbIMee IlOpbIBOM.
KOM)'-HH6y,1J,h
06 3TOM. 6() Jl1060Bb, ;:\yMaJI.II, CliJibHee CMepr!i H CTpaxa CMepT!i. TOJibKOe!O, TOJ!bKOJIIO-
Bb!O;:\ep)l(!iTC.11II J:(BHlKeTC.11
)l(!i3Hb.
'Don't tell anyone about it.' 'See to it you don't tell anyone
about it by chance.' Exercise 231. Explain the use of the aspects and state the tense of the verbs.

336 337
 Ob!JI 0):IHH113rrocm':):IHilX ,[\Herr6ceHil, MOlKeT6hITb, IIOCJle,[IHlIH ,[\eHb.
Bqepa Il II03aBqepa ern:e IIOKa3bIBaJ10Cb COJIHI.(e.
3eJ1eHa5103lIMb eu1e T5IH)' JlaChI( 803BpaII{310Cb 5I Bqepa BeqepOM 'I was returning from work yes-
COJlH~Y- B r6Jlbl~ p6iuax rn:~6eTa:1rrIITHU:bl; XpyrrKttu:JI~,[IOK
y 6ep~r6B peqeK K IIOi;YfllilQ C pa60ThI, HJJ,Y IIO HaIIIeMy terday evening; I was going
6ec~J1e,[\HO ~acTalIBaJl. Ern:e HOClIJlaCbB B03):lyxenayTrrHa, KPYlK!IJUICb Ha,[\6ypbl!HaM:n nepeynKy, BJJ,pyr c,1h1111y3a along our street, suddenly I
KaKIIe-TOMOIIIKlI. CBOeMCTIHHOM 3HaKOMbIHro- heard a familiar voice behind
A cero,[IH51C yTpa IIO,l:l)'JI
pe3KilHCeBepHblllBeTep. Bee 3aMepJ10 Ha IIO.TI5!X Il B po.
rn:ax: Hll IITllqbero r6J1oca, HlI rraCT)'IIIbero 6KpIIKa. Tl!lKeJlb!eTyq11H113KO IlJlblB)'THa11 noc ... me ... '
3eMJieIO.BoT-BOTIlOB:lJllITCHer, 3aKp)'lKlITer6 MeTeJiblOHO IIOJI5!M, y,1:1apllTMopfohr In this example the past tense is indicated by the adverbial modifier
(Oeell.) ...
Bqepa seqepoM 'yesterday evening'.
Exercise 232. Read through the extract from a story by Turgenev and give the aspec. The use of the present tense with the meaning of the past is wide
tual counterparts of the italicised verbs, if any.
spread in colloquial speech, in fiction and in scientific literature.
5I cKa3aA MaJ1bql!KaM,qTo 3a6AytH1ACH, n: nooceA K HMM.OHi! cnpoduu MeH5!,ony. 2. The present tense is occasionally used with the meaning of the fu-
,[la 51,nOM0.1'l!lAU, nocmopOHUAUCb. Mb! HeMH6ro n020/30pUAU. 5I npuAe2 ITO;:\06rJ16):laH-
Hb!HK)'CTIIKIl CTaJl rJ151,[leTbKpyr6M. ture when the speaker wishes to express his certainty that the action
will take place.
Exercise 233. Write out the text, choosing the required verbs out of those given in
brackets. 5{ ye3JK3JOqepe3 He)],eJIIO. 'I am leaving in a week.'
CJTYqAt1 B 300IlAPKE 3aHHM3IOCh, 'Tomorrow I will be studying the
3::'rnTpa51Bech ,z:i:eHb
a BeqepOMU)],y B I'OCTH. whole afternoon and in the eve-
BoT qTo (CJ1yqaJ10Cb,cnyq11J10Cb)B OJ:(HHlI3 OCCHHl!X Beqep6B 1941 r6):la B
MOCKOBCKOM 300napKe. ning I am going out on a visit.'
KpbrnaTb!e lI qernepOHOrl!e lKHTenrr300IIapKa yJKeCil:lJlll. B,1:1pyr... (pa3,[laBaJICl!,
pa3,[l:lJ1C51) rrpoH311TeJlbHblllBOHCIIpeHbl. ... (ry,1:1C,'1Il, 3ary,1:1eJ1lI)T:lKlKery,1:1KHnapOB0- In the above examples the adverbial modifiers qepe3 ueJJ,emo'in
30B, cpa6plIK,3aB0,[10B.Ha BeCb300IIapK ... (3ByqaJ1lI,rrp03ByqaJm) CJ10B:llI3 rpOMKOro- a week', JaeTpa 'tomorrow' indicate the future.
BOp11TeJ151. The present tense with the meaning of the future is not encountered
~ rpalK,[\aHe, B03,[\)'IIIHa51 TpeBora!.. very often and not with all verbs. It is most frequently used with verbs
I1 Cpa3y BCe(BOJ1HOB:lJ10Ch, 3aBOJ1HOB:lJ10Cb): ... (KplI'-1:lJllf,3aKprrqaJ1lI)IITH[(bl,...
(MCT:lJllICb,3aMeT:lJ1lICb)3BCpil. of motion (nJJ,y'I go', Jie'ly 'I fly', nepeeJJKaJO'I move'); however, as
Ilo ,l:IOpOlKKaM rrapKa TOpOUJ111BO 3aIIIaraJJil Jll-0,[\ll.0HH ... (BCMaTpttBaJll!Cb, BCMO- a rule, the present tense of unprefixed verbs of indefinite motion (xoJKy,
TpeJllICb)B TeMHOeHC60. BoT r,1:1e-TO 3ary,1:1eJ10,
3aBhIJIO,lI 3eMJ15!... (l\pOlKaJJa,,1:1p6rny- JieTa10)is not used with the meaning of the future.
J1a) 01 B3phrna.
3Ta HO% 6hIJia oc66eHHO TpeBO)[<HOll. Exercise 234. Read through the sentences. Point out the sentences in which the pre-
To B O,[\HOM,TO B ,1:1pyr6MKOHI!e300II:lpKa ... (rra,[(aJlil, yrrami) 3aJKttraTCJ!bHblC sent tense is used to describe past actions and those in which the present tense 1s used
66M6bI. Jll-0,'"llIHe ... (ycneBaJ!lI, ycrreJ1lI)IIOraCHTb0,'"IH)'66M6y, KaK... (rra,T1aJ1a, yrrana) with the meaning of the future.
Il ... (3aropanacb, 3aropenacb) ,1:1pyra51. 1. IlepBb!H ,'"leHbll npoBeJl oqeHb CKyqHo;Ha ,Tlpyr6u:,'"leHbYTPOMB'be3)1(<leTBO,'"IBOp
0):IH:l Il3 3alKl!,aTeJlhHbIX6oM6 ... (na,1:1ana,yrraJ1a) K CJlOH<lM. 0Ha JlClKaJlaHa 3C· 110B03Ka ... A! MaKCHMMaKCHMbJq!..Mb! BCTpeTlIJil!Cb (JI.) 2. OH
KaKCTapb!eIIplI5!TeJ1II.
MJlCIl IlllIIICJia.C peBOMIIIapaXHYJllICb OTHee rrepenyraHHbICCJ10Hhl,HO ... (CJJ:yql!JlOCb, IIOCJle3aBTpa rrepee3JKaeTB HaIIIy ,'"lepeBCHbKY
ll 6y,1:1eT
lKIITbCOMHOU: Ha 0!1HOllKBap-
CJlyqaJIOCb)TO, qer6 HlIKTOHCOlKlI,'"l:lJI. 0,1:111H
CJlOH... (016eran, OT6elKaJI)B CTOpOHY, ·.:· THpe.(Typ2.) 3. 5I peIIIHJla 6ecrroBop6rno. )Kpe6rrif 6p6IIIeH, 51IIOCTyrraIOHa cu:eHy.3aB-
(6pan, B351n)x66ornM rrec6K n ... (6p6cl!n, 6pocan) er6 B or6Hb. Ilo16M~ ern:e II eme. rpa MeH5!yJKe He 6y,1:1eT3,[leCb.5f yxOlK)' OT OTU::l,110Kil,[1:llO BCe, HaqllH:llO HOBYIO
Or6Hb CTaJI ... (yMeHblll:lTbCll,yMeHbllll!TbCH).Tor.rra Bee CJIOHhI,KaK!IO KOM:lH):le, ... lKl!3Hb... 5I ye3lKaIO,KaK lI Bbl, B MocKB)'. ('lex.)
(Haqn:HaJIIl,Haqa,'Ttt)BO,'"\Oll lI rreCKOM... (racHTb, rroracun) IIJI:lMH.
TaK cnoHhI ... (rroMorann:, 110Morn11)... (rac11Tb, noracun) or6Hb. Exercise 235. Write a description of some past events, using verbs in the present tense.

PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF TENSES THE FUTURE TENSE

In Russian, one tense may occasionally be used with the meaning of The compound future is never used with the meaning of any other
another. The present tense may be used to mean the future or the past; tense.
the simple future tense may be used to mean the present or the past; the The simple future may occasionally be used with the meaning of
past tense of perfective verbs is (rarely) used to mean the future. the present or the past.
1. The simple future tense is used with the meaning of the present
THE PRESENT TENSE tense in the following cases:
(a) to denote recurrent or alternating actions:
The present tense of verbs may be used with the meaning of the pa st
or the future. Cer6,z:i:H5I MHe Bee BpeM51 'They disturb me all the time to-
1. The present tense is used to mean the past when the speaker Merna10T: rn KT6-Hn6yJJ,heoii- day: now somebody enter:s th~
wants to portray events vividly, as though they were taking place at )).CT,TO 3a3eouiiT TenecpoH. room, now the telephone nngs.
present, at the moment of speaking. (b) to denote habitual actions:
338 339
YTpo 51 06h1qHo npoBo)Ky TaK: 'I u~ually spend my morning in 5. YlK TaeT cHer, 6eryT py%11,
B OKHOnoael!JJO aecH6IO...
BCTa.HypaHO, qacOB B 7, 11cpa- this way: get ~p early, at ! 3aca11myT cK6po coJJOBhH,
Ha peqKy, BbIKynaIOCh
3y 11.D:Y about 7 o clock, immediately 11 nee O)leHeTCHJIIICTBO!O ... (IIAeuf.)
11 B03Bparn:aIOCh .D:OMOM.
0Ko- go to the river, bathe and re. 6. oypH MrJJ?lO He6o Kp?eT,
J10 BOChMH no3aBTpaKaIO, no- B11xp11cHe)l(HbieKJ?YTll, ,
turn home. At about eight To KaK 3Bepb, OHa 3aBoeT,
TOM B03LMY KHttry 11 yxo)Ky I have breakfast, then I take To' 3arrJ1aqeT, KaK )lllTH,
B nee. a book and go to the woods.' To no KpOBJJeo6BeTllla;_ioii
BApyr coJJ6Moii 3alllyM~n, V

2. The simple future is used with the meaning of the past in the fol- To. KaK lI)'THIIK3an03)l3..J)hlll,
lowing cases: K HaM B OKOlllKO3aCTyquT. (II.)
7. Callla He 3HaeT 3a66T J,f CTpacTeH.
(a) to denote actions which recurred or alternated in the past: A y)K llleCTHi!lUaTh 11c~6JJHHJJOC~ eii ...
Ho% 6brna TttxaH, cnaBHaH, ca- 'The night was nice, quiet, and 8hICnHTCllCallla. lIO)lHHMeTCll paHO,
LfepHble KOCbl3aB»lKe; Y CTllH,av
Ma51y.r:i:o6Ha51
.LJ:J151
e3.LJ:bI.Bfaep most suitable for riding. The 11 y6elKHT. 11B npoCTope_noJJett V

TO nporneJiecntT B KYCTax, 3a- wind would now rustle in the C'la)lKO II BOJlbHOTaK )lb[lllHTClleH. (H.)
KaqaeT BeTKl1, TO COBCeM 3a- bushes, now sway the branches Exercise 237. Read through the sentences. State the tense of the verbs. Explain the
MpeT. (Typ2.) now die away altogether.' ' use of the present and the future tenses.
-(b) to denote past actions which occurred repeatedly: I y MeHHace y)l(e roTOBO.51.n6cJJe o6e)la ornpaBJIH!OCBOHBel.1-!H. (l/ex.) ~- B~KO·
. HJ! )],aHHJia 11BaHOBIIqll coo6m11n, '[TO r6CTll Bble3lKalOTMIIHYTqepe3
ObIJ10 y Hero [EeJ111KOBa]CTpaH- 'He [Belikov] had a strange hab- pe n<:,3B!~~h(AHm ) 3. lfacoa6ii cn)lHT y CTeHhIll cTopO)KHT)lBeph; TOJJhKOH3peAKa
IlllTHa}l,l . . , V (I' aiio )
••

HOe 06h1KH0BeH11e- xo.r:i:iITh it- of visiting our lodgings. TIO)lOH)leTOH K yrny, rro~MO!PIIT~ on~Tb OTOll)leT. .
no HaII111MKBapTttpaM. Ilpu,a:fa He would come to a teacher's 4. PoHileT nee 6arpHHblll CBOIIy~op,
K yq11TeJ1IO,CHJJ;eT 11 Monqii:T... flat, sit down and keep silent... Cpe6p11T Mop63 yB»HYB~ee none, ,
flpOrJillHeT )leHb, K~K 6y-;ITOnoHeB0°'le,
IlocuJJ;nT :haK Monqa qac- He would sit thus for an 11 CKp6eTCll3a Kpa~. OKPYJi::HblX mp. (II.)
.r:i:pyroii 11 yiiJJ;eT.(lfex.) hour or two and then would 5. TaThHHa TO B3/],0XHeT,TO oxHeT.
leave.' TT!lCbMO APO)KHTB ee pyKe. (II.)

(c) to denote a momentaneous and unexpected action (generally THE PAST TENSE
with the particle KaK 'up'):
Perfective verbs in the past tense may be used to mean the future.
repaCl1M rJ151.LJ:eJ1, .LJ:aKaK
rJ151.LJ:eJ1 'Gerasim looked and looked and
3aCMeeTCHB.LJ:pyr.(Typ2.) then he suddenly burst out )KeH5!crnirna rrepe.r:i:Onhrott, a rn 'Zhenya stood before Olga and
laughing.' eii roBopl'rna: «51 noe~~Jla the latter was saying: "I'm go-
OH KaK npL1rneT,a 6pb13r11 BO Bee 'He dived all of a sudden and as c Bem:aMH, a Thi rrp116epeIII~ ing with the luggage and you
CTOpOHhI KaK noJieTHT. (Kam.) he did so, the splashes blew in KBapTiipy... TioTOM 3anp11 shall tidy up the flat ... Then
all directions.' .D:Beph». (I'aiiiJ.), , lock the door.'''
Ecn 11 mtM He noMoryT, MhI norn- 'If we get no help, we shall die.'
(d) to denote the complete absence of an action in the past:
6JlH.
Bee 6brno Tttxo, BOnHa ue noJJ;LI- 'All was quiet, not a wave would Only a limited number of verbs can be used in the past tense to
MeTcH, n11cTOKue rneJioxueTcH. rise, not a leaf would stir.'
(AKc.) mean the future. , f 1 d
In colloquial speech the verbs norneJI, noexaJI are requent Y use
Exercise 236. Read through the sentences. Explain the use of the simple future with this meaning:
tense. In what sentences is the simple future used with the meaning of other tenses? By, 51norneJI. 'Well, I'll be going.'
1. Ceiiqac rrpoii)leT )lO)l()lb, Bee B rrpttp6)le OCBe)l(HTCll J,f JJerK6 B3)lOXHeT. (qex} 51noexaJI, BepHYCh qepe3 qac. 'I'm going, I'll be back in an
2. Kpyr6M He CJJhIIIIaJJocbrroqT11HllKaK6ro lll)'Ma... Jmlllh 113peJ:1Ka B 6JJH3KOllpeKe hour.'
C BHe3alIHOll3B)'qHOCTblO ITJJeCHeT 60JJblllllll pb!6a, ll rrptt6pelKHblllTpOCTHHK CJJa6? 3a·
lllYMHT,e)lBa lIOKOJJe6JJeHHblll Ha6e)l(aBineii BOJIHOll.(Typ2.) 3. TTyTbC KalK)lbIMqaco!d
CTaHOBllTCll BCeX)'lKeH X)'lKe.lf3pe)lKa CllHHHae)lyT Ha MOJIO)l)'!O eJJKY,TeMHblllnpe~-
MeT ouaparraeT PYKH,MeJJbKHeTnepe)l rna3aMH, J,f n6JJe 3peHllll onHTb CTaHOBHTCll 6~-
JlblM, KpylKiIUHMCll. (l/ex.) 4. C6JJHUecToHT Herro)lBH)l(HO Hail roJJoa6ii u )l(lKeTTpaay.
B63!lYXnepeCTaJI CTPYHTbCH. Htt )lepeao, HHBO)laHe llleJIOXH)'TCll. Ha)l )lepeBHell II no·
JICMJJelKHTHeB03MYTHMall THllll!Ha. (I'OH'l.)
341
340
 DIFFERENT TENSES USED WITH THE PARTICLES Exercise 240. Read through the extract from Turgenev's story First Love. State the
EhIBAJIO AND EbIJIO tense an ,f, aspect of the verbs · Account for the use of the verbs m the present and future
tenses.
The past, the present or the simple future tense of imperfective 5{ BCe IleKaJ1 ye.[1IIHC:HHhlX Mee;- Oe'?6eHHO rrop1-0611nSl pa3Bi!J11l,HhlopaHJKepe1;1.
B36cpye1,, 61,rna;ro, na Bh!C0KYl-0 eTeHy, eSl.[!Y,
Il C11lK,Y
TaM TaK1!M~ecqaeTHblM, 0,[!TTHO-
verbs is used with the word 6bmaJio to denote actions which recurred in rpy' eTHh!M!OHOil!eH qTO MHe caMOMYCTaHOB1ITCll ee6Sl JKaJJKO.
the distant past. J(!IM 11
BoT, 0.[1HaJK,il,hl,
O ' '
ClllK)' Sl Ha CTeHe, fJ15!°lKY 1;ieJJyrnaIO KOJ10KOJ1,"Hhl1l
B.[1aJ1h•
' ' V

3B0H._..
yr <ITO-TO rrpo6eJKaJ10no MHe-BeTepoK He BeTepoK ll H~ ,!!pOJKh_, a CJ10BH?.[lyno~e-
ITO npa3.IJ:HlIKaM OH, 6MBaJIO, 'On holidays he would come to MlP CJ10BHO omyu1eHJJe q1,eu-TO6JJH30CTl!... 5I orrycrim LTia3a. BHJJ3Y,no ,[!OPO;e,B J1Cf~
ff;IC, , ' ' TTOCIIelllHO
' lll 1Ia 31!Hattrra
,.,_· OHa
npuxo)J,IIJIK HaM. see us.' J(O.
'1 cepeHhKOMIIJ1i!TheC p030BhlM 30HTJJKOM
,
Ha IJJicqc,
' na MeHSl ' CBOII
0

' 6'apxaTHbie fJJa3a .

Cu!J,HTOH, 6hmaJ10, y Hae H pac- 'He would sit with us and tell us yBll.IICJlaMeHll, OCTaHOBTTJ1ac1, ]] H0L!HSlJJa
cKa3brnaeT qT0-HH6y,n:h HHTe- something interesting.'
peCHoe.
Ilp1t)J,eTOH, 6MBaJIO, K HaM, ciI,ri;eT 'He would come to see us, sit
II HaqHeT paCCKa3hIBaTb qTo- down and start telling us some-
HII6y,n:b. thing.'
The word 6hmaJio with the above meaning should not be confused
with 6L1.110,which is used with verbs in the past tense to denote an ac-
tion which either did not take place at all or was interrupted.
OH crroTKH}'JIC51
II ynaJI 6b1JI0, no 'He stumbled and would have
y,n:ep)KaJIC5I
3a BeTKy. fallen, but he held on to
a branch.'
MbI DOlllJilf 6blJIO B KIIH0, HO 'We went to the cinema, but'failed
He .IJ:OCTaJIH6IIJieTOB II BepHy- to get tickets and came back.'
JIHCb.
Exercise 238. Read through the sentences. What meaning do the particles 61,rnaJ10
and 61,1no impart to lhe sentences?
1. yq{rnrn OHl!Gl.[1HO, .[10B0J!hHO ycrrenrno TToqeHb xoporn6 YJ!TTBJJlIJJCSI;
61,rnano, BO
BpCMS! yp6Ka B.L1pyrBCTaneT,B03hMCTC II0JJKJJKHllry, BblCOK0IIO.[jHlIB 6p6Bll, C HaTyrou
rrpoqJJTaeT .L1Be-Tp11 cTpoKll M, rroKpacHeB, eM6TpTTTHa MeHll, TT3YMJJenHo roBopll: «qH-
TaJ-OBC.[jh ... » (M. I'.) 2. CK0JJhKOmo.z:ieuIIOBeplIJJHeu [TaThlIHe EopllCOBHC]eBOII.[10-
Milll!Hlle, 3a.[1yll!CBI!h!C TaHHhl, IIJJaKaJIJJy HCCHa pyKaX. Ob!BaJIO,Cll.[1eTOlla np0TJJBf0-
eTSl,o6orrpfaeSl TJJX0HhKO Iia JI0KOTh,e TaKl!MyqaCTileMCM0TpllTeM_yB IJ1a3a, TaK.z:ipy-
JKemo6no YJ1h16aeTCSl, qTO roeTJ-O HeB0JlhHOrrpll.[1CTMbJeJJh: «KaKaSl JKe Thi CJ!i!BHall
JKCH!l{lrna,TaThlIHa 6op11COBHa!)],au-Ka Sl Te6e paeeKaJKy, qyo y MCHllHa cep11u:e...»
(Typz.) 3. 5f ornepH_yJJCSl JJ IIpOlllCJ16hU!OMl!MO,HOOHa MHeKpllKHYJiaBeJJe.[1, qJO y nee
eCThqTQ-TO!!JISlMeHll.3TJJ eJJOBaMeHllOCTaJiOBll.JJTT, TTSlBOlllCJ1B ec;:(OM.(Typ2.) 4. OH
B3SlJJYlKE:6b!J10 TTlllJ1lll1YB p)'Kll, HOKi!K-TOTaKCTpaHHOea,yqllJ10Ch,qJO OHoeTaJJClleme
HCCKOJ1hKO BpE:MCHJJ. (I'.)

Exercise 239. Read through the following extract from Leo Tolstoy's novel Child-
hood and explain the use of the present and simple future tenses.
DhIBaJJO,KaKj:\0ehITa Ha6eraew1,eSI BHII3)'TIO3i!J1C,Ha l~bJJIOqKaX rrpOKpa.z:ieIIIbeSI
Ha-
BepX, B KJJaecHyJ-O, CM0Tplllllh ~ KapJJ l1BaHOBilqeJJ.[11!T ee6e 0.[11!HHa CBOCMKpeCJJeJI
e eIIOK0HHO-BeJJTTqaBhIM BblpaJKeHileMqJJTaeT KaK_yJ-O-HJJ6y!lh II3 eBOl!XJ11-061!Mh!X KHllf.
l1HOf.[1aSl3aeTaBaJ1ero B TaKii.eMTTll)'Thl, KOf.z:iaOHHe qllJaJI: oqKI! erryCKaJJJJehHlllKC~a
60J1hllI0M opJJllHOMHoey, roJ1y6b1e IIOJTy3aKpb!ThiefJ1a3a CMOTpeJJTT C KaKl!M-TOoco-
6eHHhIMBbipaJKeHHCM, a ry61,1 rpyCTHO yn1,16aJ1JJCb.B K0MHaTeTl!XO,T0JJhKOCJ1b!lllHO
er6 paBHoMepnoe .z:i1,1xanJJe Il 6ou qac6B.
Dh1BaJ10,OHMCHllHe 3aMeqaeT, a SlCTO!Oy .[1BepTT Il .z:iyMaJ-O:
«DC.[1Hhlll,
6e.[1Hblll~ya-
p11K!Hae MH6ro, Mb! HrpaeM, HaM BE:CeJJO, a OH-- 0.[11!H-OflllHCIIIeHeK,ll HTTKT0-TO ero He
IIpJJJJaeKaeT.IlpaB.[1y OH fOBOpllT, qTO OH CllpOTa». I1 TaK JKilJIKO CTaHeT,qJo 61,1BaJ10
IIO,[!OH.[1elllb
K HCM.Y, B03bMClllh3a pyKy Il eKaJKelllh:«Lieber Kap.TIl1BaHOBl1'r!»On nJ-0-
611J1,KOfi.(a SICM)' fOBOpllJI TaK; BCcr.,_,arrpJJJJaeKaeT,11Bl!J(HO,'ITO pacrpornH.

342
 2. Like verbs, participles may have the particle -cH:
KynbLcH 'to bathe' KynaromuiicH 'bathing'
ecTpe'laThCH 'to meet'- BCTpeqaromuiicH'meeting'
1aunMaTLCH 'to study' -- 3aunMa101uuiicH'studying'
Like verbs with the particle -CH, participles with -cH are intransitive.
3. A participle requires the same c~se as ,the verb ,from _which i~ is
formed. Thus, the Russian verb 3aunMaTLCH to study req_mres them-
strumental (1aunMaTLCH pyccKHM H3hIKOM'to study Russian') and so
does the participle ~au~MaromuiicH 'st~dying' (cT~.nei:IT, ~au11Ma10-
muiicHpyccKHM H3hIKOMa student studymg Russian); hkew1se, pyKo-
THE PARTICIPLE BOJJ.HTL Kpy)I(KOM'to be in charge of a study group'-pyKoBOJJ.~IIlHH
In Russian there are several kinds of participle. KPY)I(KOM 'who is in charge of a study group', Tpe6oeaTL Bhrnos_meHnH
'to demand the fulfilment'-Tpe6yromuii BhITTOJIHeHnH 'demandmg the
R qacro llOJiyqaJO llHChMa OT 'I often receive letters from fulfilment', )).OCTHrnyTLu,eJill 'to achieve one's goal'- )).OCTlll"'WHHu,eJill
,11,py3e0:,
~usymux B MOCKBe. friends who live in Moscow.' 'who achieved his goal'. . .
Cpe,11,Hrr6m1 CTOSIJIKOM6ail:H,Ja- 'In the middle of the field stood A participle requires the same preposition as the verb from which 1t
KOH'IHBWHHpa66Ty. a combine harvester which had is formed: ua,1J,es1TLCHua ycrrex 'to hope for success'-ua)).erom11iicH ua
finished its work.' ycrrex 'hoping for ~ucc_ess_',e~pnT~ B rr~6e,ny 'to believe in victory'-
Ha CTpOIITeJihCTBeKaHaJia rrpH- 'During the construction of the BepHmniiB rro6e,ny behevmg m victory . . . .
MeHSIJIHCh HOBhieMaIIIHHhI,Bbl- canal new machines produced 4. A participle retains the aspect of the verb from which 1t 1s form-
nycKaeML1e HaIIIeil: rrpOMbIIII- by our industry were used.' ed: the verbs 'IHTaTL 'to read', JII06nTL 'to love' are imperfective and so
JieHHOCThJO. are the participles 'IHTa101uuii'reading', mo6HIIlHH 'loving';. the verbs
H6eh1e HayqHhie MeTo,11,h1,pa1pa- 'The new scientific methods npo'IHTaTL 'to read', noJI10611TL 'to grow fond of are perfective and so
60TanuL1e yqeHhIMH, rrpoeepsi:- worked out by scientists were are the participles npo'lnTaBillHH 'who read', noJiro6immuii 'who grew
JIHChHa rrpaKTHKe. put to a test.' fond of.
The words printed in bold-face type are participles. 5. Participles may be of the present or the past tense: 'IHTaromu~ is
Participles are not so often used in colloquial speech as in fiction a present participle (MaJihqnK, 'IHTaromnii KHttry means 'a boy readmg
and scientific literature. a book')· 'IHTasmuii is a past participle (MaJihqnK, 1111Tasm11ii KHttry
The participle is a verb form which has features of both the verb means '~ boy who read/was reading a book').
and the adjective. Unlike verbs, participles have no future tense.

THE VERBAL FEATURES OF THE PARTICIPLE THE ADJECTIVAL FEATURES OF THE PARTICIPLE

1. Like verbs, participles fall into transitive and intransitive. The 1. Like the adjective, the participle answers the_ questions Km<_bu?,
participles 11uTa10muii:'reading', BLmoJiuii:romuii:'fulfilling', mo6Hmuii KaK{m?,KaKbe?,KaKue?'what?' and denotes an attnbute of an obJect:
'loving', formed from the transitive verbs 'IHTllTL 'to read', BLIDOJIHHTb Ha ,neope ruyMsi:T urparomne 'In the courtyard, the children
'to fulfil', mo6nTL 'to love', retain the transitive meaning: 11uTaTh B MHq ,11,ern. playing with a ball are making
(limo?) KHttry 'to read a book'-MaJihqHK, 11nTa10muii: (limo?) KHttry 'a a noise.'
boy reading a book'; BLIDOJIHHTL (limo?) rrJiaH 'to fulfil a plan'-3aB6.U, Mon: TOBapmu,, ,imsymuii B 'My friend who lives in Moscow
BLmoJiuii:romuii:(limo?) nJiaH 'a plant fulfilling its plan'; mo6uTL (Ko26?) MocKBe, qacTO IIHllieT MHe. often writes to me.'
OTI~a'to love one's father'-MaJibqHK, mo6HWHH (Ko26?) OTU,a'a boy
loving his father'. The participle con~eys an attribute which shows ":'hat an object
Both the verbs 'IHTaTL, BLIDOJIHHTL,mo6nTL and the participles does or in what state it is, e.g.: urparomne ,r:i:eTn'the children who are
'IHTaromuii:,BLmoJiuii:romuii,mo6Hmuii express actions which pass over playing'; TOBapmu,, iKHBymnii B MocKBe 'a friend who lives in Mos-
to some object. They require the accusative without a preposition. cow'.
The verbs u,11,Tu'to go', CH,11,eTL 'to sit', oT,11,oxuyTL 'to rest' are in· Like the adjective, the participle is generally used in the sentence as
transitive and so are the participles HJJ.ymuii'going', CHJJ.si:muii 'sitting', an attribute.
OT)).oxuysmuii 'rested'. 2. Like the adjective, the participle changes for gender, number
344 345
 and case, and agrees with noun it qualifies in gender, number and cas •rn , BH,[(He!OTCH
KaKl:le-TO
MeL]J1eHHO
L]BlflKYIIIHeClf
q:mryph!.
e. JJO AOpo , , ' , 3. ,l],aJihH!fll
(ff. T.) B ,
5I rroJiy'IHJI rrIIChM6 OT ToBa- 'I received a letter from a friend , r OCBelKeHHhlll
6epe ll OMh!Thlllrp030ll, pHCOBaJ]ClfB rrpo3paqHoM B03,[(yxe. C!O,[(y
,
cMeimacb ,
lKH3Hh,npoCHYBillalfCH ,
rrocne 6YPHOII
• ~ '
HO'!H.( L\.Op.
v )
pmu,a, ,KttBy~ero B MocKBe. who lives in Moscow.'
Exercise 3. Read through the text; point out the participial constructions.
Like the noun rnnapHIQa which it qualifies, the participle ,KHBYIQero PyKH, yMeJOII]HeHelKHOJiaCKaTb pe6eHKa, PYKH,KOTOphlepy6lfT yroJ_Ib, BO,[(lfT
is masculine and takes the genitive singular. noe3i"(.1,CTpOHTL]OMa11 3aBO,UbI,IT:lIIIYT
3eMJI!OH 6epelKHOyxalKHBa!OT3a CBO!fMllCTaH-
_Exercise 1. Write out the sentences. Underline the participles and the words the [GlMH,ronocyio; 3a MHf!!~ , , , , , ,
quahfy. State the aspect and tense of the participles and their gender, number and casi, HelKHhiePYKHJI!O,[(ell,Ha KOH'!HKaxrraJibIIeBKOTOphIXTpeneu1eT MY3hJKa,ll, Mll-
1e pyKH Bpa'l)'lOIHHe'!eJIOBe'leCKY!O60Jih, roJIOC)'IOT3a MHp! ,
' 1. 3a o6e,[(OMB~pH)'Bllilfl!C,H ITern p~cc~a3b!Ba!':lC~Oll HOBoc;n. (JI. T.) 2. ITepe- )Tb YMH~JePYKH,yMe!OII]HeC03L]aBaThBeIJH'lilllJI,JHe 11eHHO?Tlf
'leJIOBe'l~CKOroTpy,[(a.;
YJIOK6bIJI Beeb B Ca,[(aX,ll y 3a6opoB pOCJillJillITbJ,6pocaanrne Terreph rrp11JIYHeW11p6- roJIOC)'IOTrrpOT!fBBOllHI;I,3a ,[(06poe 6yAyIIIee Tex, KTO'leCTHO3apa6aThIBaeT CBOH
KY!OTeHh; ( lfex.) 3. f,IO,[(HIIMaJICH
BeTepoK,ll CTaJIOcepo, Mpa'!HO.HacTyITIIJ!aIlilCMyp. xne6. (1110.1.)
HaH ~lfHyTa, rrpe,[(Wec;rnyIOW:alf ?6hIKHOBeHHO, paccBeT{', ITOJIHOllno_6e,[(eC~eTa Ha):(
TbMOH.(H. T.) 4. McrryraHHhle Bh!CTpeJIOM ITTlll)h]C KpHKOMITO,UHlfJIIICh B B03,[(yx.
ACTIVE AND PASSIVE PARTICIPLES
THE PARTICIPIAL CONSTRUCTION Russian participles fall into active and p~ssive.
An active participle qualifies the word which denotes the agent of
A participle may have its own objects and/or adverbial modifiers: the action of the participle.
Ha ,a:Bope 1IIYM5IT urpam~ue 'In the courtyard, the children ToBap1mi:, npo1:1uTasmunHOBYIO 'The friend who had read the new
B MH1:1,a:ern. playing with a ball are making KHHry, paccKa3aJI HaM ee co- book told us its contents.'
a noise.' µ;ep)KaHIIe.
)Kuey~ue B Moc1rne ,a:py3h5I 'My friends who live in Moscow
~uicTo rrttlllyT MHe. often write to me.' The active participle npo1:1uTaemunqualifies _the noun Tosapu~
which denotes the person who performed the actl~m.
The participle urpaio~ue has an object: B MH•1'with a ball' (60 '-Imo? ToBapHID,, rrpO'IHTaBlIIIIMKHHry means: 'the fnend who had read
'with what?').
the book'. .
The participle ,Kttny~ue has an adverbial modifier: B Moc1rne 'in A passive participle qualifies the word which denotes the obJect of
Moscow' (zde? 'where?').
the action of the participle.
A participle with its adjuncts (i.e. its objects and/or adverbial
modifiers) is called a participial construction. KHttra, npo1:111TaHHaSI TOB:lpII- 'The book read by our friend
In the above examples, the phrases urpaiou,ue B MH'I and ,KHBY~He ID,eM,3aJIHTepeCOB:lJiaHaC interested all of us.'
B Moc1rne are participial constructions. Bcex.
A participial construction may either precede (see the above exam- The passive participle npo1:111Tan11a»
qualif_i~sthe noun Knnra which
ples) or follow the word it qualifies.
denotes the object of the action of the participle.
A participial construction following the word it qualifies is set off KHura, rrpO'IIITaHHaHTOBapIIID,eMmeans: 'the book read by our
by commas:
friend'.
~PY3h5I, ,Kttsyu~ue B Moc1rne, 'My friends who live in Moscow Exercise 4. Write out the sentences; underline the active participles once and ~he
'laCTo rrIIlIIYTMHe. often write to me.' passive participles twice. Explain the difference between the uses of the active and passive
Ha ,a:Bope lIIYMh ,a:eTJI, ur- 'In the courtyard, the children participles.
pa101~ueB MSI':1. playing with a ball are making I. Be'lepa, opraHH3)'eMhJe B 1-;aIIIe~n_HCTHT)'Te, _o6hI'!HO_
11PfXO,[(HT
O'leHb BeC~JIO.
a noise.' ToaapHIIIH, opraHH3)'lOII]HeHOBOrO,[(HHll Be'!ef!, rrpOCHJIHMeH_H BbICTYIT,HTb
Ha KOHI1ef!Te
CaMo.ueirTeJihHOCT!f. 2. Mb! 6ece,[(OBaJIHC ITHCaTeJieM, Harr11caBIIIHMrroBeCThO CTy,[(eH-
If a participle has no adjuncts or modifiers, it generally precedes the Tax. BceM O'leHb IlOHpaBHJiaChrr6BeCTb, Harr11caHHa51 3THMITHCaTeJieM., 3. CHer, IT?·
word it qualifies. Kph!Blllllll3.1HO'lh)'JIHIIhlll Kph!IIIH,CBepKaJIHa ?OJIH~e.IIp!fHTI;OBf!,[(eT~YJIHIIhlll Kp~1-
u111,110Kpb!ThIC CHef'OM.4. ApxnTeKTOp, C03,[\aB~llll np~eKT ::n?ro 3,[\aHHH,ITOJI~'!HJI
MaTb rroJIO)KHJiaycuysmero pe- 'The mother put the child, who npeMH!O.B IIeHTpe r6po,[(a B03BhllllaeTCHrrpeKpaCHO~3,[(am;re,C03,[(aHHOe no ~poeKTY
6emrn B KpOBaTKy. had fallen asleep, in its cot.' li3BeCTHOroapXHTeKTOpa. 5. 3KCKypcaHThl O~MO~-peJ_IH cpa6pH!Y, ll3roTOBJIHIOIII~IO
llieJIKOBb!eTKaHH.TKi!Hll, ll3fOTOBJISieMhie Ha 3TOll,cpa6pHK~,ITOJih~YIOTCH ?OJiblllll;--1
Exercise 2. Write out the sentences: underline the participial constructions and cnp6coM y noKyn:'neJieii. 6. Jlymi, OCBeII]<lBIIIaH ,u~pory, CKphrnacbB 3TYMHHYTY 3a Ty-
point out the nouns they qualify. · 'leii. CTerrh, ocBeIIIaeMaHnyH6ii, noxo,[(11naHa Mope.
l. YTpO 6bIJIOnpeKpacHoe, COJIHIIeOCBeIIIaJIOBepIIIHHhIJilfIT,ITOlKeJJTeB!llHX y')f(e
ITO,[(
CBelKHM ,[(bIXaHHeM
6cem1. (II.) 2. BoT Ha newex6;::uwii TpOITIIHKe,BbKl!I]ellCff6KO·
346
347
 FORMATION OF PARTICIPLES (b) -m-, if the stem ends in a consonant:
FORMATION OF ACTIVE PARTICIPLES HeC-TH'to carry' HCC- uec-m-uu
cnac-Tn 'to save' cnac - cnac-m-uu
Present Active Participles JieJ-TL 'to get' ,'Ie3 - JleJ-m-uu

Present active participles are formed from the present tense stem by If the past tense stem is different from the infinitive stem, active
means of the suffixes: participles are generally formed from the past tense stem.
(a) -ym-, -1001- for 1st conjugation verbs: 0oru6uy-TL 'to perish', 'to die'-nor116-nor116-111-uu
lfHTllTL 'to read' lfHTll-lOT- lfHTll-IOlQ-HH pac-Tn 'to grow'-poc-poc-m-uu
nncaTL 'to write' - num-yT - UHIII-yul-HH oepe-lfh 'to take care of-6eper-6eper-m-uu
JJ;aBan.'to give' - JJ;a-IOT - JJ;a-IOLQ-HH crepe-Th 'to rub off- CTep- CTep-lll-HH

(b) -am-, -Hm- for 2nd conjugation verbs. Exceptions:

MOJilfllTL'to be silent' - MOJilf-aT- MOJ111-am-uu
roeopnTL 'to speak', 'to say'- roeop-iIT-roeop-Hm-uu
Note.--A present participle can easily be formed in the following way: the fi.
nal T of the verb in the 3rd person plural, present tense (numYT),is dropped and
-n1uu,-mau, -mee or -mue is added for the masculine, feminine, neuter or plural,
respectively (nurnymuu,n11my111au, n11rny111ee,n11my111ue).
Exercise 5. Write out the participles. Write down the verbs, from which the parti-
ciples are formed, in the 3rd person plural. In brackets give the infinitives of these verbs.
Model: ITOhllllllll-ITOK>T(neTh)
1. l1 yH6CHTCH Bp;aJrh.K m~cy, 3BOHKHe MonOJlhie ro.:10ca, nohllllHe m~cmo. (H. 0.)
2. Bee Hc6o ychmaHO Beceno MllfaIOll_\llMll3Be3)laMll.(lfex.) 3. BHe3aITHO pa3p;ancHTO·
IlOTCKaqyn1enJ!Ollla)lll. (Typz.) 4. l1 BOT,HaKOHCI.(,
B 6necKe yrpeHHell 3apn OTOJlHOfO
KpaH MOpHJlO p;pyr6ro OTKpbIJiaChCTpaHa, CllHIOIJlaHpa3HOI.(BCTHhIMll CTeHaMllrop.
(IJaycm.) 5. HapO,ll-He TOllhKOcnna, C03,!l;ahlll_\aH Bee MaTepHanhHbJe l(eHHOCTll,
oH--ep;nHcrneHHhrn-- H HeHCCHKaeMbIH HcT6qm1K neHHOcTen p;yx6BHbIX... (M. I'.)
6. IlOJlllllHHaHKpacoTa H3b!Ka,,!l;CllCTBYIOlllaH
KaKcnna, C03)laeTCHTOqHOCThIO, SICHO·
CTbIO, 3B)''IHOCTh!OCllOB, KOTOpb!eo<j)opMJIHIOTKapTHHhI, xapaKTephl, ll,!l;ellKH!lf.
(M.I'.)
Exercise 6. Form present active participles from these verbs.
(a) 1. pa66TaTh, cnywaTb, Jl)'MaTh, 3HaTb, B03Bpall_\aThCH. 2. cnpaWl!BaTh, pac•
CKa3bIBaTh,pa3fOBap!IBaTb. 3. 6eCCJlOBaTh,):ICllCTBOBaTb, llCil0llh30BaTb, pap;oBaTbcr
4. raCHYTb,COXHYTh, TOH)'Th,rH)'ThCH.5. fOBOpl!Th,IlOMHllTh,e3JlllTb, CTpOllTb,3a60·
TllThCH.
(b) 1. IlllcaTb, llCKaTh, nnaKaTh, naxaTb, TaHTh, CMeS!TbCH, Ha,!l;CHThCH.2. 3BaTb,
lK,!l;aTh,6paTh. 3. )WBaTh, C03JlaBaTh, npll3HaBaTb, BCTaBUTb.4. KOllOTh,6opOThCJI.
5. llllTb, IlllTb, WllTh, 6!!Th. 6. Mb!Th,pb!Th, neTb. 7. lKl!Th,Illlh!Tb. 8. 6epeqb, crepe%,
JKeqb, rreqh, BJ1eqh_9. HecrH, secTH, pacTH, r~BecTH.10. JlhIIrraTb, cnhmraTh, JleplKiiT;>·
J 1. KpllqaTb, CTyqaTb, MOnqaTb. ] 2. crraTh. J 3. CMOTpeTb,BH,!l;eTb, 3aBHCeTb,HeHaBf!·
)leTh, reprreTh, BepTeTbCH.14. ll,!l;Tll,6elKaTb, exaTh.
Past Active Participles
Past active participles are formed from the infinitive or the past
tense stem by means of the suffixes:
(a) -em-, if the stem ends in a vowel:
11uTa-TL'to read' - lfHTa-JI- lfHTa-em-uu
IlHCll-Th 'to write' - nuca-JI- nuca-Bm-uu
cBepruyTL 'to overthrow' CBepr- CBeprHyBUIUH
ucqfauyn. 'to disappear' HClfe3·- UClfeJHYBillHH
Note.-A past participle can easily be formed in the following way: the suffix
-JIof the past tense verb (quTiiJJ)is dropped and -Bmuu, -mnau, -Brneeor -Burneis
added for the masculine, feminine, neuter or plural respectively (quTiiBmnu,qu-
Tiiumau, quTiiuwee, 'IHTiium11e).
If the past tense has no suffix -JI (Hee'carried', Mor 'could', JJe3'climbed in'),
-mun, -rnau, -mee or -m11emust be added for the masculine, feminine, neuter or
plural, respectively (Hecrnuu,Hecmau, Hecmee, Hecmue).
If the past tense stem ends in a vowel (ee.11'led', pac1~een'bloomed')
and the present/simple future tense stem ends in -JJ: or -T (eeJJ;yT,pac-
~BeTyT),the suffix -m- of the past participle is added to the present or
future tense stem:
BCJI- BeJJ;yT - BeJJ;IUUH
paCQBC.'I
- paCQBeTyT- paCQBeTIIIHH
The past participle of the verb HJJ:TH
is meJJ;muu.
Exercise 7. Write out the participles and supply the infinitives of the verbs from
which they are formed.
J. ,[(nH ypanbCKOfO pa66qero, CHHBWeroo<j)m~epCKYIO <j)6pMy, pa,!l;OCTHO
6hIJIO
B03BpaTHThCH PYJlHHKK CBoen MHpHOllnpo<j)eccllll. (E. IloA.) 2. Il03AHO.
Ha pO,!l;HOll
ffo .Ylllll(e l(aBHOYlKCrrpowna MOnop;elKb,B03Bpamauwal!Cll ll3 KllHOC rrocnep;Hero Ce•
aHca. 3. HaKoHen KoBIIlOBYyp;aJr6cb pa3hICKaTbEepHme, TOnhKOqTo rrpnneTeBIIlero
113I'py3llll. (A:J1C.)4. l1Horwi MaTh rropalKano HacTpoeH!Ie 6ypHon pap;ocrn, BJlpyr
11l(pylKHOOBJiaJlCBIIIee BCCMll.(M. I'.) 5. C HeCITOKOHHOH p;yrn6n exan MapTb!HOBno
onycTeBIII!IM,npHTHXIIlllM,OlKll,!l;aBIIIIIMC qacy Ha qac 3llMblITOllHM.(06e'-1.) .
Exercise 8. Form the past active participles of the following verbs.
(a) BhIIlOllHHTh,C03)laBaTb, )laTh, BH):(eTb,Mh!Th, lKJlaTh, BCTpeTllTbCll,6opOTbCll,
IIHTepecoBaTbCll,ycnnHBaTbCH,CBepKH)'Th,MaXH)'Th,BepH)'TbCll
(b) 1. Jie%, MOqb, 6epe%, rrpeHe6pe%, YBJ1C%C51. 2. IT0n3TH, MeCTH, paCTH.
3. ecTb, ceCTh, rrponaCTb, yKpaCTb.4. BeCTH,l(BeCTH,rrpOll3BeCTH,ll306peCTH. 5. lll(Tll.
6. CTepeTb,yMepeTh, 3arrepeThC51.7. noracnyTb, norH6HyTb, ,!l;OCTHrHYTb, npoMOKHYTb,
1ac6xHyTb. 8. llCqe3HYTb,CBeprHyTb.

348 349
 FORMATION OF PASSIVE PARTICIPLES ). peWaTh, o6Cy)K,LlaTh,OKpy)KaTh, Ha6JIIO.L(l!Th.2. yCTpaHBaTb, llCilbITbIBaTb,
3aJG1HqHBaTh. 3. C03.L(aBaTb,IlpH3HaBaTb, H3,[(aBaTb.4. BOJIHOBllTh,KpHTHKOBllTh,llC-
Passive participles are formed from transitive verbs only. J10J1b30BaTh,oprnHll30B:lTb. 5. JII06i!Tb, u:eHHTh,MyquTb, rrepeBO,[(llTb,rrpOH3HOCl1Tb.
6. Bll,[(eTh,HeHaBll.L(eTh.
7. c-11i:1waTh.8. rHaTh.
Exercise 11. Form the present active and passive participles of the verbs used in
Present Passive Participles these sentences. Write them down together with the nouns they qualify.
Mode!: 3aB6.L\6btno1111.fiem1rnaH.
Present passive participles are formed from the present tense stem 3aBO.L\,Bbtno111tit10UfuurrJiaH.
by means of the suffixes: ITJiaH, 6btno.111iteMb1u3aB6,uoM.
(a) -eM-, for 1st conjugation verbs: J. Pa66que rrocemaIOT K,1y6. 2. ra3eTa rry6JIHK,YeT 06bHBJieHUH.3. ITepeBO.L(qlfK
'IHTllTb 'to read' - 'IHTa-eM 'IHTa-eM-bIH nepCB()/:\lfT
CTaTbfO.4. ITpeno1~aBaTCJihrrpoBepiieT IlllCbMeHHb!epa66Tbl. 5. YqeHHKll
JJ!06HTyq£neJIH. 6. 3aBCJ.L( CTaHKll.7. CTy.L(eHT
rrpOH3B(),il.HT C,[(aeT3K3aMeH.8. qeJIOBeK
H3Y'lllTb 'to study' - H3y'la-eM - HJy'la-eM-blH IT03HaCT MHp. 9. JlyHa OCBen1aeTMOpe. JO. 0Bpar rrepeCeKaeTIl()JIC.!J. BeTep rOHHT
cyxire Jil{CThH.
(b) -HM-, for 2nd conjugation verbs:
mo6nTL 'to love' - mo6-uM -- mo6-11M-b1ii Past Passive Participles
npottJBOJl:HTb'to produce' - npottJBOJJ:-HM
- npottJBo,u-nM-bIH
Note.-A present passive participle can easily be formed in the following Past passive participles are formed from the infinitive or the past
way: adjective endings are added to the verb in the I st person plural: tense stem by means of the suffixes:
11nTaeM 'we read'-11nTaeMbIH
(a) -un- or -T-, if the stem ends in a vowel:
u1y11aeM 'we study'-u1y11aeMblH npO'IHTllTb 'to read' - npO'IHTaJI npo'lnTauubIH
Jiro6nM 'we love'--mo611MbIH B11,n:eTb"to see' -- sn.n:en s11.n:en11L1ii
nponJBO.LIHM'we produce'-nponJBO.LIIIMbIH
BJHTL 'to take' - BJH:1 B3HTblH
The present passive participles of verbs with the suffix -Ba- follow-
ing the roots .n:a- and 3ua- are formed from the infinitive stem: (b) -eun-, if the stem ends in a consonant or -u- (not belonging to the
root, as in the verb 6ttTb 'to beat'):
.n:asaTL 'to give' (.n:aeM)- .n:asaeMLiii
npunecTu 'to bring' npunec npuueceHHblH
npH3HaBaTb 'to recognise' (npH3HaeM)-npH3HaBaeMblH
cnacTn 'to save' cnac cuaceHHblH
Passive participles of the verbs uecn1 'to carry (in one's hands)', HJY'IHTb 'to study' H3Y'IHJI nJy'lenuLiii
secTn 'to lead', ucKaTb 'to look for' and BJie'IL 'to attract' are formed BCTpeTHTb'to meet' - BCTpeTHJI BCTpe'leHHblH
by means of the suffix -oM- and are rarely used in Modern Russian:
(In the last example, there is an alternation: T-'1.)
uecTn - uecoMLIH HCKllTb- HCKOMbIH The past passive participles of verbs whose infinitive ends in a con-
secTn - se,n:OMLIH BJie'lb- BJieKOMbIH sonant (npttBeCTII'to bring'-npuseJI, H306pecTn 'to invent'-H3o6pen)
Many verbs do not have present passive participles, e.g. the verbs and whose present (future) tense stem ends in .n:or T (npuse,n:yT,HJo6pe-
nttTb 'to drink', 6ttTb 'to beat', MbITb 'to wash', IIJHTb 'to sew', JIHTb'to
TyT)are formed from the present (future) tense stem:
pour', 6paTL 'to take', ,KJJ:aTL'to wait', nucaTL 'to write'. npusecTn 'to bring'- npuse,n:yT- npuse.n:enuLiii
Some verbs (mostly those of the 2nd conjugation) have present pas- nJo6pecTn 'to invent'- uJ06peTyT-HJ06peTeHnL1ii
sive participles, but they are not used in Modern Russian (e.g. the pre-
sent passive participle of the verbs cTpOHTb'to build', npocnTL 'to ask', The past passive participles with the suffix -nu- of imperfective
rosopnTL 'to speak', 'to say', Y'IHTb 'to teach', nJiaTHTb 'to pay', Kop-
verbs are not used in Modern Russian, except for a few participles:
MHTL 'to feed').
'seen', CJILIIIIaIIHblH'heard', 'IHTaHHbIH 'read'.
BHT-{enuMii
When passive participles of verbs ending in -HTb are formed, the
Exercise 9. Read through the sentences; write out the participles and supply the 1st following cases of alternation of consonants occur:
person plural and the infinitive of the verbs from which they are formed.
BCTpeTHTh'to meet' BCTpe'leHHblH
I. Co6i:n,rn, orrficbrnaeMbie B :hoii KHfire, rrporrcxo,ufiJiu JieT rpfi,uu:arb TOM)'Ha·
3ll,[(. 2. Bfi,uHo, qro rrucaTeJib xopow6 3HaeT )Klf3Hb,ll306pa)KaeMyIO UM. 3. B :'noM JaMeTHTb 'to notice' 3aMe'leHHbIH
)KypHaJieecTb CTaThHITOpaCCMaTpHBaeMOMY BOrrp6cy.4. ITpo6J1eMa,HCCJie,uyeMa!I aB· B03BpaTHTb 'to give back' B03Bpan--eHHblH
TOpOM,oqeHb Ba)KHll.5. ,lJ;BeCTaThll,rry6JIHK)'eMb!eB )KypHaJie,IlOCBSIIU:eHbl BOrrp6caM ocRent:Th 'to light (up)' OCBeI11eHHbIH
JCTeTHKH.6. JI IlOJiyqaIO )KypHaJI«HOBOe BpeMH»,ll3,[laBaeMhlllB MOCKBe. 'to offend'
0611).1:eTh o6umeHHblH
Exercise 10. Form the present passive participles of the following verbs. pa36yf-{HTb'to wake (up)' pa36ymeu11L1ii
351
350
 )_J.-iK)_J. ocnooo)J.uTL'to free'
npe)J.ynpe)J.HTL'to warn'
3-iK cuu1nTL 'to lower'
H306pa1uTL 'to portray'
c-m DOBLICHTL'to raise'
6pocun 'to throw'
CT--m onycTHTL 'to lower'
Bh1pacnn1. 'to grow'
6-6JI ocmi6ttTL 'to weaken'
YDOTpe6UTL'to Use'
D--DJI Kynun 'to buy'
yKpenuTL 'to strengthen'
B-BJI DOCTaBHTL'to put', 'to supply'
ucnpannTL 'to correct'
pa1rpacl>11TL'to rule'
YTOMHTL'to tire'
naKopMHTL 'to feed'
PAST PASSIVE PARTICIPLES WITH THE SUFFIX -T-
OCB060iK)_J.t'HHLIU Exercise 12. Write out the participles. After each participle write down the infinitive
of the verb from which it is formed.
npe)J.ynpem)J.eum,10
cuumennLiii 1. Bee 66Jibllle CTaHOBHJIOCbKHHr Ha IlOJIKe, KpaCJIBOc,neJiaHHOUIlaBJIY TOBapH-
llleM-CTOJillpOM. (M. I'.) 2. MoJIBa O KpaCHblX «pJiarax, BbIBeweHHblX B KpaCHOAOHe
H306paiKeHHLIU
nonL1mennLiii 8 qeCTbBeJiii:Koii 0KTh6pbcKoii peaomouHH, npowJia no BCeMropo.naM H noceJIKaM )].o-
11euKoro6acceiiHa. (</>ao.)3. IlepBblMH CJIOBilMHnepBbIX COBeTCKHXJIIO.lleii, o6pall.(CH-
6pomennLiii !ll>iMHK ,npyrHM Hap6,naM, 6&IJIH CJIOBaO MHpe-C HHMH pOAHJiaCb Hawa pecny6JIHKa.
onymennLiii (Jf.3.) 4. KaK a6JibHO ,n&IWHTrpy,nb, KaK 66,npo ,na11JKyTcJ1 'IJieHbl, KaK KpenHeT aecb 11e-
JJOBeK, OXBa'leHHbIU CBelKHM.llb!XaHHeM BeCHbl. (Typz.) 5. }].epeBbJI CJia6o WYMl!T, 06JJH-
BL1pa~enuLiii Tl>leTeHblO. (Typz.) 6. B KOHl.(eJIHBaph, OBeJIHHbienepBOU OTTeneJJblO,XOpOWO naXHYT
OCJia6JieHHI,IU mtteBbie ca,n&1.(filo11.) 7. BHHJ)' rny66Ko no.no MH6ii noT6K, yc11J1eHHbiiirpoJ6ii, wy-
811
ynoTpe6JieHHI,IH 1,1eJ1.(JI.) 8. TRXO 6&IJIO B 3TOT paHHHU 'lac B COHHOMropo,ne, JaCh!IlaHHOM CHeroM.
KYDJiennLiii (Fop6.)
yKpenJieHHLIH Exercise 13. Form the past passive participles of the following verbs.
DOCTaB.'leHIILIH 1. yKaJaTb, c,neJJaTb, npo,nyMaTb, Bbipa6oTaTb, 06Jl3ilTb, IlOKaJaTb, Bbl3BaTb,
ucnpaBJieHHLIH c).laTb, npH3HilTb. 2. BR,neTb, paCCMOTpeTb, npeo,noJieTb. 3. HJy'IHTb, HJMeHRTb, Ky-
pa1rpa(jmen11Liii nHTb, JaMeTHTb, HcnpaBHTb, no6e,nii:Tb, Harpa,n11Tb, npeKpaTHTb, ocTaHoBHTb. 4. npH-
yToM.r1ennLiu 11ecr11,npHaeJTR, cnaCT11,noTpl!CTR. 5. HJ06pecT11, npoHJaecn'.i:, no,nMecTR, nepeHeCTR,
HaHTII. 6. YBJJe'lb, HCile'lb, nepece'lb, c6epe'lb, no,nCTpll'lb, ClKe'lb. 7. MbITb, MJ!Tb,
naKopMJie11nLiii CUIJ!Tb,Bh!IlHTb, CileTb, JaKpb!Tb, IlOHRTb, Ja6&!Tb, Ha'laTb, o,neTb. 8. caeprHyTb, AO·
CTllrHyTb, Bbl.llBHHYTb, IlOKIIHYTb, JaCTerH)'Tb, nepeaepH)'Tb, ynoMJIH)'Tb. 9. CTepeTb,
yMepeTb. IO. HJrHaTb, ,naTb.

Exercise 14. Form the past active and passive participles from the verbs used in the
Past passive participles are formed by means of the suffix -T-: following sentences and make up participle constructions with the nouns qualified.
(a) from verbs with the suffix -uy-: Model: 'lHTheJJb B03Bpamiu KHHry.
cneprnyTL 'to overthrow' - cneprnyTLIH qHTaTeJib, 6036pamU6UlUU KHHry.
KHRra, 6036pau,eHltall 'IHTaTeJJeM.
noKimyTL 'to leave' DOKHHYTLIH
1anep11yT1.'to wrap up' - 1anepuyn1u 1. ll,0KJ1a,n11HKBHCCnpe,nJJolKeHHe.2. Co6paHHe IlPHHJIJJOpeweHHe. 3. Xy,n6lKHHK
HanttCa.JIIlOJYIPeT. 4. .[\py31,J[ no;:iapumi aJib60M. 5. Y11eHbil! OTKpblJI 3aKOH. 6. re-
(b) from verbs ending in -on: OJIOrHHaWJJHlKeJieJHylO py,ny. 7. IlopTHOU CWHJI KOCTIOM.8. CTy,neHT c,naJI 3K3aMeH.
9. ApTRCT cneJI apHIO. IO. ToaapHIU Ja6&IJI KHRry.
npnKoJIOTL'to fasten with a pin' npHKOJIOTLIH
pacnopoTI, 'to rip' pacnopoTLIH
nponoJioTL 'to weed' nponoJioTLIH
(c) from verbs ending in -epeTL (from the past tense stem):
1anepeTL 'to lock' - 3anep- lanepTLIH
BLITepeTL 'to wipe' - BLITep- BLITepTLIH
(d) from most monosyllabic verbs and from verbs with prefixes:
6uTL 'to beat' 6nThlH
npn6uTL 'nail' npu6nThlH
MLITL 'to wash' MLITLiii
BLIMhITL 'to wash' BLIMLITLiii
B3HTL 'to take' n1srTLiii
CHHTL'to take off cusrTLIH
cmnTL 'to sew', 'to make' ClllHThIH
The verbs rnaTL 'to drive', 111aTL'to know', 6paTL 'to take' do not
have past passive participles. The past passive participles of the verbs
u1rn~TL 'to banish', y111aTL'to recognise', H36paTL 'to elect' and )J.aTI>
'to give' are u1rna11111.Iii,
y1ua11nLiu,u16pan11Liiiand )J.anui.10,respective-
ly.
352 353
23 -384
 w
_,,.
V,
SUMMARY TABLE
OF THE FORMATION OF PARTICIPLES
Aspect Active Passive

Remarks
Imperfective Present Tense Past Tense Present Tense Past Tense

'IHTllTL 'IHTlllOIIIHH 'IHTllBWHH 'IHTaeMLIH 'lltTannLiii The past passive partici-

'to read' 'reading' 'who read' 'read', 'being 'read'
Tran- pies of most imperfective
sitive read' BH,!l;eHHLIH transitive verbs are not
BH.!1:eTL Blf.!1:HIIIHH BH,!l;eemuii Bll,!l;HMLIH 'seen'
'to see' used.
'seeing' 'who saw' 'being
seen'
CJI)'WaTL CJiymaro111nii CJI)'WaBWHH CJiymaeMLIH -
'to listen' 'listening' 'who listen- 'being list-
ed' ened to'

Perfective

npo'lnTaTL - npo'lnTaBmuii - npo'l1tTannL1ii Perfective verbs have no

'to read 'who read' 'read'
(from beginning to end)' present tense forms.
yBH.!1:eTL - YBH.!1:eBmnii - YBH,!l;ennLIH
'to see' 'who saw' 'seen'
npocJiymaTL npocJiymaemui npocJiymannLIH
'to listen 'who listened' 'listened
(from beginning to'
to end)'

tJ Continued

Aspect Active Passive

Remarks
Imperfective Present Tense Past Tense Present Tense Past Tense

Imperfective

lntran-1 exaTL e.ll:y111uu exaBWHH No passive participles

stltve 'to go' 'going' 'who went' are formed from intransiti-
ve verbs.

Perfective

npuexaTL npuexaBWHH
'to come' 'who came'

Thus, some verbs have all the four participles, some have three, some two and some only one.
Note.-The verb cJiwmaTLhas a past passive participle (CJiwmauuL1ii),whereas the verb cJiymaTLhas not; the verb BH,!l;eTL
has a past pas-
sive participle (BH.!1:enuwii),
whereas the verb cMoTpeTL has not.

w
V,
V,
 Exercise 15. Make a table like the one given below and fill it in with the participles
formed from the following verbs. Plural

1nyq11Tb,H[\Tli, opraHH30BaTb, CMel!TbCH,BbIIIOJIHl!Tb,ryJil!Tb, rrp1rneCTH,Becr11

CTaTb,CBepraTb,CBeprHyTb,IIpH3HaBaTb,BCTaBaTb,YBJieqb,CbeCTb,CIIaTb,JII0611Tb,B11'.
Norn. DpH6JIHlK3IOl(lHeCH 3K3aMeHbl
[\eTb, exaTb, 6opOTbCH 'approaching examinations'
Gen. npn6JIHlKlllOIUHXCH 3K3aMeHOB
Dat. npn6JIHlK3IOUlHMCH 3K3aMeHaM
Infinitive Present Active Participle Passive Participle
Tense Acc. DpH6JIHlK310l(lHeCH 3K3aMeHbI
of npn6JIHlKlllOIIlHXCH JIIO[\ell
Verb 'approaching people'
Present Past Present Past
Instr. npn6JIHlK3JOIIIHMHCH 3K3aMeHaMH
Prep. 0 npnfiJIHlKlllOIIlHXCH 3K3aMeHaX
C03):{aBaTb co3,1:1aIOT co3,1:1aIOI1.1HMC03[\aBIIIHM C03[\aBaeMblll -
OTJ];b!XaTb OTJJ:bIXaIOT OT[\bIXaIOIIlHMOT[\bIXaBIIIHM - - Exercise 16. Complete the sentences, inserting the nouns with participial construc-
OTKpb!Tb - - OTKpbIBIIIHM - OTKpb!Tblll tions given on the right.
Jieqb - - Jleflllllll - -

J. 51 eil.le He IIOCJiaJIOTBeTaHa .... IIHChMO,IIOJI)'qeHHOeBqepa

51 Te6e eI1.1eHe qnTaJI ....
Bee oqeHb 06pa,1:10BaJIHCb ....
DECLENSION OF PARTICIPLES OH He CKa3aJIMHe O ... .
0Ha HHTepec_yeTCH ... .
Participles are declined in the same way as adjectives. 2. fI_yTHHKH OT[\bIXaJIHy .... peKa, rrpOTeKaBIIIa» ITO[\ fO-
1. Present and past active participles take the same endings in all Mb! KyrraJIHCbB ... . pOM
the cases as adjectives with the stem ending in a sibilant and an unstress- )],eTH6elKaJIHK ... .
ed ending (xopornuii 'good', 66muii 'common'-xopornero, 66mero, BcK6pe » yB11,1:1en ... .
3. Mb! lKHBeMB .... [\OM,CTOllIIlllllHa 6epery peK!i
etc., 'IHTaIOmuii 'reading'' 'IHTaBIIIHU 'who read'-'IHTaIOmero, 'IHTaB- MaIIIii:Ha rroBepHyJra K ... .
rnero, etc.). <l>nar pa3BeBaerc» Ha.[( ... .
2. Present and past passive participles take the same endings in all 113 OKOH... OTKpbrnaeTCHrrpeKpaCHhIMBIi[\.
the cases as adjectives with the stem ending in a hard consonant (Kpac- 4. Ilocnh1IIIan11cb ronoca ... . [\eByIIIKH,IIO[\HHMaBIIIHeCH
ITO
Mb! II03,[(0pOBaJIHCh C ... . JieCTHHIJe
Hhlii 'red'-Kpacuoro, etc., npo'liiTauuL1ii 'read'-npo'liiTauuoro, etc.). 51 IIOIIIeJIBHH3,HaBCTpeqy ....
Participles with the particle -CH (3auuMawmuiicH 'studying', no,11;uu-
MawmuiicH 'rising') invariably take this particle at the end in all their THE PARTICIPIAL CONSTRUCTION AND THE ATTRIBUTIVE
forms. CLAUSE
A participial construction has the same meaning as an attributive
Singular clause introduced by the conjunctive word KOTOpL1ii 'which' in the
nominative or the accusative without a preposition (set p. 542). A
Masculine and Neuter Feminine participial construction can always be replaced by an attributive clause
introduced by the conjunctive word KOTOphlii.
Norn. npn6JIHlK3IOIIlHHCH rrpa3[\HHK npn6JIHlK3IOUlaJICH 3HMa 1. .D:oM, cToHmnii ua rope, BII)];eH .D:oM, KOTOpbIH CTOHT ua rope,
'approaching holiday' 'approaching winter' M3)];aJieKa. BII)],eH M3)],aJieKa.
npn6JIHlK310l(leeCH JieTO
'approaching summer'
'The house standing on the hill 'The house, which stands on the
Gen. npn6JIHlK310l(lefOCH rrpa3[\HHKa, npH6JIHlK3IOUleHCH 3HMhI can be seen from a distance.' hill, can be seen from a dis-
JieTa tance.'
Dat. npn6JIUlK3JOUleMycH rrpa3,1:1HHKY, npn6JIHlK3JOUleHCH 3HMe 2. .ll:hM, urpasrnue BO )];BOpe, .D:eTM, KOTOpble urpaJIH BO ,UBOpe,
JieTy II0)],6e)KaJIM K HaM. II0)],6e)[(:1JIM K HaM.
Acc. npn6JIHlK3IOIIlHHCH rrpa3[\HHK npn6JIHlK3IOIIlYIOCH 311MY
npn6JIUlK3IOl(lefOCH qeJIOBeKa 'The children playing in the court- 'The children, who played in the
'approaching man' yard came running to us.' courtyard, came running to us.'
npn6JiniKaJOl(leecH nero 3. Tyqa, rounMaH CHJILHLIM BeT- Tyqa, KOTopyIO f"OHHT CHJihHhIH
Instr. DpH6JIUlK310l(lHMCH rrpa3[\HHKOM, npn6JiniKa10l(leiicH 3HMOM
poM, 6hICTpO rrpH6JimKaeTCH. BeTep, 6bICTpO rrpH6JIM)[(aeTCH.
JieTOM
Prep. 0 npH6JIHlK3I01UeMCH rrpa3[\HHKe, 0 npn6JIHlK3I01UeHCH 'The cloud driven by a strong 'The cloud, (which is being) dri-
JieTe 3HMe wind, is approaching quickly.' ven by a strong wind, is ap-
- proaching quickly.'
356 357
4. Manh'IHK, YBJieqeHHblHurpoii, (a) Manh'IHK, KOTOpOroYBJieli,'.Jia •We must reach the village, which 'We must reach the village, situa-
He 3aMeTHJ1Hae. urpa, He 3aMeTHJ1Hae. is situated beyond this wood, ted beyond this wood, before
'The boy, absorbed in the game, 'The boy, who was absorbed in before nightfall.' nightfall.'
did not notice us.' the game, did not notice us.' ITyTeIII~CTBeHHHKH -~ TpeB?fO~ IlyTeIIIeCTBeHHHKH C TpeBOfOH
(b) ManhtJ:HK, KOTOpblii6bIJI YB- cne,D;HJ1H 3a JJ:0)1(,D;eM,
KOTOpbIH cne,D;HJ1H 3a ,D;O)K,D;eM,
yciiJIHBa-
Jieqeu urpoii, He 3aMeTIIn Hae. yciiJiueaJICH
c KaJK,i:i:oii
MnnyToii. BIIIHMCHC Kl:liK):(OH
MHH)'TOH.
'The boy, who was absorbed in 'The travellers were anxiously 'The travellers were anxiously
the game, did not notice us.' watching the rain, which was watching the rain, which was
getting heavier every minute.' getting heavier every minute.'
If the participle is active, the word KOTOpbIHin the attributive clause
takes the nominative and the predicate verb takes the same tense and B necy 6hrno MH6ro .ri:epeBheB,
aspect as the participle. KOTOpb1e
noeaJiiiJia 6ypH.
If the participle is passive, the word KOTOpbliiin the attributive 'In the wood there were many B necy 6hrnO MHOfO.ri:epeBheB,no-
clause may be: (1) in the accusative, the predicate verb taking the same trees which the storm had BaJieHHblX6ypeii.
tense and aspect as the participle (see Examples 3, 4a), (2) in the nomi- blown down.'
native, the predicate taking the form of short-form participle passive B necy 6hIJIO MHOfO ,i:i:epeBheB, 'In the wood there were many
(see Example 4b). KOTOpbie 6LIJIH noeaJieHbl 6y- trees blown down by the
peii. storm.'
Note.- In colloquial Russian, participial constructions are used but 'In the wood there were many
rarely; attributive clauses are much more common. trees which had been blown
down by the storm.'
REPLACING AN ATTRIBUTIVE CLAUSE Exercise 17. Replace the attributive clauses by participial constructions.
BY A PARTICIPIAL CONSTRUCTION (a) 1. JlernM Mb!lKHJlHB p;6Me,KOTOpbraCTOHTHa c:'tMoM6epery B6nrH. 2. B necy
pa3/:(a!OTCH ronoca p;eByIIIeK,KOTOpbieco6HpalOT i!rO,[(bl.3. CKalKHTOBapH!l(Y,KOTO-
The replacement of an attributive clause by a participial construc- pblll OlKII,[(aeTMeHi!, '!TO H CeR'l:lCIIpHp;y.
tion is possible: if the conjunctive word KOTOpbliiis in the nominative or (b) 1. Pa66'1He, KOTOpbienepeBhIIIOJlHHJlli IIJlaH, IIOJlY'lHJllirrpeMHIO.2. jJ: BCTpe-
Tl!JlCl!COCTyp;eHTKOR, KOTOpaHIIpHexana He,[(aBHO li3 MOer6 po!(HOro r6pop;a. 3. Halli
the accusative without a preposition; if the predicate of the subordinate /IOMOT,[(b!Xa HaXO,[(HJlCll
B rrapKe, KOTOpblll:crrycKaJlCHK peKe. 4. Mb! Bhllllllli Ha IIOJlHHY
clause is a verb in the present or past tense or a short-form passive par- II YBH,[(eJlHOXOTHIIKOB, KOTOpbieCH,[(eJlH BOKpyr KOCTpa.
ticiple.
Exercise 18. Replace the attributive clauses by participial constructions.
,l.1,aiIMHe KHiiry, KOTopaa JieJKiiT 'Give me the book which is (lying) 1. Ty'lH, KOTOpbre6hICTpo Ha,[(BHralOTCll C ceBepa, CK6po 3aKpO!OTCOJlHI~e. 2. Mb!
(JieJKaIQyIO)Ha CTOJJe. on the table.' JU060BaJ1HCb MOpeMli3 OKHarr6e3p;a, KOTOpblllM'l:lJlCHno 6epery. 3. Bee pap;oBallHCb
,l.1,aiIMHe KHIIry, KOTopyroTbl npo- 'Lend me the book which you rrpeKpaCHOH nor6p;e, KOTOpaHyCTaHOBHJlaCb B Ha'laJle MaH. 4. jJ: JlelKy nop; p;epeBOM
quTaJI (npoqiirnuuyio rn6oii). have read.' a CMOTp!O Ha o6naKa, KOTOpb!eMe,[(JleHHO IIJlbIBYTno 6J1e,[(HO-roJ1y66My He6y. 5. 3Kc-
rrep;ttIIHH,[(BHHyllaCb,[(:lJlbIIIe, HeCMOTpHHa MeTeJlb, KOTOpaH Ha'!anacb YTPOM.
,L1,aiIMHe KHHry, KOTOpaHTo6oii 'Lend me the book which has 6. 3BOHKOpa3,[(aBaJ1HCb ronoca ,[(eTeR,KOTOpb!eB03Bpall(aJll-lCbC rrporynKH.
npoqiirnua (npoqiiTanuyio To- been read by you.'
6oii). Exercise 19. Replace the attributive clauses by participial constructions.
(a) 1. jJ: aKKypaTHOOTBe'laIOHa nHCbMa,KOTOpbieIIOJly'la!OOT 6parn. 2. Bonp6c,
The replacement is done in the following way: ](oT6pbra MbIo6cylKp;aeMHa cer6p;HHnrneMceMHHape,6'leHb BalKeH.3. Ilepep; Ha.MM ne-
1. The conjunctive word is omitted. . ll<HT,[(OJlHHa, KOT6py10nepeceKaeT peKa. 4. Brrepep:11peKa, KOT6py10Mb! IIJlOXOBH,[(HM
2. The predicate of the subordinate clause is replaced by the parti- li3•3a TYM:J.Ha. 5. 3Ty MeCTHOCTb'l:lCTOIIOCeIQ:l!OT
TypHCTbl,KOTOpb!X IIpHBJleKaeTKpa-
COTa3,[(eIIIHeHIIpHpO,[(bl.
ciple of the same tense and aspect. . (b) 1. HylKHOIIOCJlaTbOTBeTHa TenerpaMMY,KOT6py!OMb!IIOJlY'lHJlll B'lepa. 2. OH
If the conjunctive word is in the accusative, the passive participle 1s cer6,[(Hl!OIIHTb3a6b1Jl KHHry,KOT6py10o6ell(aJl MHeeIQe Ha rrpOIIIJlOHHe,[(e!re.3. CTy-
used and the subject of the attributive clause becomes the object of the AeHTXOpOIIIOOTBeTl!JlHa BOnpOCbl,KOTOpbie3:J.,[(aJl eMy rrpenop;aBaTeJlb.4. jJ: HliKOf,[(:l
participial construction and takes the instrumental. !fe 3a6yp;y Bne'!aTJleHHH,KOTOpoerrpoH3Bena Ha MeHH:ha BCTpe'la. 5. Mb! YBH,[(eJlH
!fawy JlO,[(Ky,KOTOpaH6brna npH6Hrn BOJlHaMHK 6epery. 6. KHiiry, KOT6py10H B3l!Jl
3. The participle agrees in gender, number and case with the word Y Te6ii, H BepHy B noHe,[(eJlbHHK.
qualified by the subordinate clause.
. Exercise 20. Replace the attributive clauses by participial constructions. Pay atten-
MhI .ri:omKHhI 3acBerno .ri:o6- MhI .ri:omKHhI 3acBerno ,z:i;o6· tion to the use of the active and passive participles.
paThc51 ,D;O.ri:epeBHH,KOTOpaH paThC51 ,D;O,D;epeBHH,uaxo)J;SI" J. IlepBaH MbICJlb,KOTOpallrrpHIIIJla eii B rOJlOBY,6b1Jl:l O TOM, '!TO H:l,[(0KaK
HaXO)]:HTCH
Ja 3THM JieCOM. IQeHCHJa 3THM JieCOM. lVIO)KHOCKOpeeyexaTb ,[(OMOH. 2. Bp;OJlbrreperop6/~KH, KOTOpal!OT,[(CJlHJlaKa6HHeTOT
358 359
KOHTOpb~, CTOHJIOrJ?OMHb!HKO:»:=aHhIH
~llBaH. 3. OH_CIIAeJI y ce_6iiB Ko~rnare II rrepeqa. f1po1nBe,nemu1 :horo IlHCaTemI 'This writer's works are loved by
Thrnai;:IIllCbMa,KOT~pbrenonrmn B'!ep_a.4. Y TpO ~bIJIOrrpeK~aCHOe,~OJIH[(eOCBell.lano ;no6HMbl Hap6,a;oM. the people.'
BeprnHHblJill~, KOTOJ?b!e y~e IlOlKeJI!eJIHTI?A CBe~llM AbIX~HHeM
AOlKAbnpomeJI, HOHe6o 6bIJIOB THJKeJib!X
OCeHH.5. K YT ,
cepb!X Ty'!aX, KOTOpb!eJieTeJillc IDra Ha f.Y
}-lapO.ll: JII06HT npOH3Be,n:eHH.s!'The people like this writer's
sep. 6. 3a creH6H B KpOBaTIIJallleBem'rnach cecrpeHKa, Kor6pyJ-Opa36yAHJIIlIYM. e- JTOfO ITHCaTeJI.s!. work.'
(active construction)
SHORT-FORM PARTICIPLES OH ysamaeM BCeMHTOBapm1i;a- 'He is respected by all his friends.'
Mli.
Active participles have the complete form only.
Passive participles have both the complete and short forms like More frequently, people say:
qualitative adjectives. ' Bee TOBapHil.l;H
ysamalOT er6. 'All his friends respect him.'
Complete Form Short Form Exercise 21. Write out the sentences; underline the short-form participles . Analyse
PemeHHhIHBorrp6c. Borrp6c pemeu. the sentences.
I. '.:hor AOMnocrp6eH B np6urnoM roAY- CeMbll pa66'!ero nepeexana B TOJibKO
'A settled question.' 'The question has been settled.' qro nocrp6eHHbIHAOM.2. Bee 6KHapacKpbITbIHacTelKb.B pacKpbITbie6KHaBpbrnaeTcll
IlpoqnTaHHaH KHHra. KHHra npoqnTaua. cselKIIHseceHHIIHserep. 3. 3Ta KHHrayJKenpO'IHTaHa. TTpo'IHTaHHallKHHraCAaHas
'A book which has been read.' 'The book has been read.' 6116n110TeKy. 4. Ha co6paHllll 6bIJIOnpHHHTOBalKHOepellleHHe. Pe!lieHHe,npHHllTOeHa
Ocseu_.euuoeOKH6. 0KHO ocseu_.euo. co6paHHll, 6bIJIOnpoBeAeH6 B lKll3Hb.5. CTaTbll Mll CTeHra3eTbl6yAeT HarritcaHa 3aR-
'A lighted window.' 'The window is lighted.' Tpa. CTaTbll, HaIIHCaHHallHM, 6yAeT IIOMelI.leHaB CJieAyJOII.leM HOMepeCTeHra3eTbl.
OTKpbITL1eOKHa. 0KHa OTKphITbl. Exercise 22. Write down the short-form participles passive in the masculine, femi-
'Opened windows.' 'The windows are opened.' nine and neuter singular and the short-form participles plural formed from the following
complete forms.
Short-form passive participles have the suffix -u- (npoquTaTL 'to opraHH30BaHHblH,IIOJI}''leHHblH, OTnpaBJJeHHbIH, y6eJKAeHHblH, COKpa111eHHb!H, Bbl·
MblTbIH,TIOKpb!TblH, OAeTbIH,pacCTerHyThIH
read'-npoqurnu; uanucaTL 'to write'-uanucau), -eu- (-eu-) (pernnTL
'to decide'-pemeu; BbIDOJIHHTL'to fulfil'-BbIDOJiueu) or -T- (oT- Exercise 23. Form the short-form participles from the following complete forms
KpbITb 'to open'-oTKpbIT; 1auiITL 'to occupy'-1a11stT). and make up sentences, using the short-form participles.
Short-form participles take the endings of short-form adjectives; Model: CoiIHHble3K3aMeHbl.
they agree with their head nouns in gender and number. Bee 3K3aMeHblcoaflbl Ha OTJIHqHO.
Like short-form adjectives, short-form participles are not declined; BbITIOJIHeHHall
pa66Ta, 3aHllTbieMeCTll,IlOGellHHall
pOlKb,JanepTaH ABepb, AOCTHT·
HYThieycnexH, 3aMe'leHHallO!lIH6Ka,CKaJaHHOeCJIOBO,np6AaHHbie 6HJieTbl,IlOTepllH·
they are used as the predicate of a passive construction.
HOeBpeMll
(1) 3a,n:amie BblDOJIHeuocry,n:eH- 'The task has been carried out Exercise 24. Write an essay on one of the following subjects. Use the short-form
TOM. by the student.' participles of the verbs given in brackets.
cry- 'The task was carried out by
3a,namie 6bIJIOBhIUOJIHeHO I. jl roT6B K OTbeJAY.noM6li.
(CAaTb,noJiy'IHTb, 3aKa3aTb, KYTIHTb,
YJIOlKHTb,
OTnpaBHTb)
,neHTOM. the student.' 2. 3aBTpa 3K3l!MeH.
3a,namie 6y ,a;eT BbIUOJIHeHO 'The task will have been car- (npO'lllT3Tb. 3aKOHCTieKTHpoaaTh,
BblTIHCaTh,
BhIY'lllTb,IlOBTOpHTb)
CTy,neHTOM. ried out by the student.'
(2) ,Il;BephoTKpbITa. 'The door is open.' Exercise 25. Read through the text. Point out the short-form participles and give
)];Bepb 6Lma OTKpbITa. 'The door was opened.' the verbs from which they are formed.
,Il;Bepb6y,a;eTOTKpbITa. 'The door will be opened.' B ueHrpe MocKBhI pacnon6JKeH MyJeif HcT6p11Hr6po.na. OH 6bIJI ocH6aaH eme
8 1896 roAy KaK MyJeli MOCKOBCKOfO ropOACKOfOX03l!HCTBa.Pocna MocKBa---poc
Ii npeo6pa30Bb!BaJICllMY3eH. '
Unlike complete-form participles, which are extremely rare in 3a npowep,nme fO/J,bl CTOJiilll,a Harndi P6/l,HHbl Hey3HaBaeMOll3MeHJrnaCb.
colloquial speech, short-form passive participles are widely used both PacmitpeHbl ee 1JeHTp8.JibHbie }'J!ll[(blll IlJIOII.\aAlf,B03BeAeHhl[(eJible KBapTaJiblH pa··
in the literary language and in conversation. (For the use of short-fortn li6ttbl HOBbIXJKll.'IblX
,!lOMOB,
pCKOHCTpyii:poBaH ropO,!lCKOHTpaHCIIOpT,nocTp6eHbl MCT-
ponoJIHTeHII HOBbieMOCTbl,pa36HTbl napKlf, 6JJaroycTp6eHhl Ha6epeJKHble.
passive participles, see 'The Passive Construction', p. 477.) Bee 3TO npeo6pa3HJIO 66nHK r6po.na, . ,
In Modern Russian the short-form present participles passive of My3eH IIOilOJ!HllJ!Cll
3aMe'laTeJibHblMll3KCTIOHllTaMH. 0HH OT06paJKaJ-OT BblTIOJIHe-
only a few verbs are used (mo6nTL 'to love', ysamaTL 'to respect', 11e- Hlle reHepaJibHOfO IIJlaHa pa3BHTllllMocKBbl.
HHTL'to value', xpannTL 'to keep', MyqnTL 'to torture', yrneTaTL 'to op·
press', etc.). The use of these participles is restricted to the bookish Ian·
guage, and even there they occur but rarely.
360 361
 THE SPELLING OF THE NEGATIVE PARTICLE JPaii:npusneKaJIOTBll)KHblXuCCJie.n;osaTeneii:. 6. CKB03b He3aKpLIToeOKHOs KOMHa-ry
HE WITH PARTICIPLES npc>HHKaJI}'JIH'IHbiii:III}'M. 7. 0KHO He 3aKpLITo,H B KOMHaTynpoHHKaeT}'JIH'IHblii:IIIyM.
8 He ocThIBIIIHenocne ,n;ymHoii:HO'IH KaMHH}'JIHU:,,n;oMOBH )KeJifaoKpblm oT,n;aBanH
1. In some c~ses the particle ue and the participle may be written a c~oeTenJIOB )K:lPKH:ii:, B03,n;yx.(JI. T.) 9. )];sepb OKa3aJiaCb
HeIIO,!l;BJl)KHblH He 3anepTOH,
one word, and m other cases as two separate words. 8 a oTKPMToii HaCTe)Kb.10. MaTb, He ycHysma,i HO'lblO HH Ha MHHYTY, BCKO'IHJiac
0oaenu. (M. I'.) 11. Bonp6c e111eHe e3y11eH,pemeHHeHe npHHllTO.12. Hepac1111~eHHaJ1
The part~cle ue and the part_iciple The particle ue and the participle )lOPO"'Kasemi K rrpy.n;y. •
are ~~Itten as one ~ord 1f the are written as separate words if Exercise 27. Write out the sentences, supplying objects or adverbial modifiers to the
participle has no adJuncts: ~he participle has some ad. participles. Pay attention to the spelling of the particle ee and the participles.
Juncts: Model: He3aMe11eHHb1e,MbI cnycTHJIHCbBHH3H BhIIIIJIHHa yJIHU:Y-
H.n:fa uenpeKpaLQaIOLQHHCSI 11.n:fa He npeKpaLQaIOLQHHCSI B Te- HuKeM He 3GMe'leHHble, Mbl cnyCTHJIHCb BHH3H BhIIIIJIHHa )'JIHU:Y-
LJ:O)KLJ:h.
qeuue ,[l,BYXC)'TOKLJ:O)KLJ:h. 1. HenpeKpa~aBIIIaJICJIMeTeJibHe ,n;aBaJiaBC3MO)KHOCTH IlpO,!l;OJI)KaTb
IIYTellleCT·
'It rains incessantly.'
'It has been raining incessantly eHe. 2. .H Il03HaKOMHJICll C Heony6JIHKOBaHHbIMH IlHCbMaMHJTOrO IlHCllTeJill.3. TeMa
for forty-eight hours.' CO'IHHeHHJI OCTllJiaCbHepaCKphITOH. 4. EcTb JIH e~e 3,n;eCbHe3llHllTbieMeCTa?
Ha CTone ne)Kllflll nenpoquTannLie Ha CTone ne)Kanu He npoqn:Tau- Exercise 28. Write out the sentences. Write the particle ee given in brackets and the
KHI1Tll.
Hhle eLQeMUOIOKHHTll. participle either as one word or as two separate words.
'There were some unread books 'On the table were some books as I. 3TH (He) pemeHHhie BOIIpOCbl M)''IHJIHMeHR.2. TouapHIU:yKa3llJIMHeHa (He) 3a-
on the table.' yet unread by me.' Me'leHHbieMHOIOOIIIH6Ku.3. oHJieTbIeme (He) K)'IlJieHbI,H BeI1JH(He) YJIO)KeHbl. 4. 3To
3Kcrre.n:£ui;minrna no ueuccJie,[l,o- 3Kcrre.n:nu,minrna no ue uccJie)].o- (He)3aKOH'leHHbill nopTph, a nHmh Ha6p6coK. 5. EpaT, (He) 3a6Lrnw11:ii: o Moeii rrp6cb-
MeCTHOCTll.
Ba1111oii BaHHOHHHKeM MeCTHOCTH. 6e, np1rne3 MHe 3TH KHHrH.6. lliyMCJI (He) TpOHYTbIH nee, KOTOpOMY He 6bIJIO KOHl!ll.
'The expedition was passing 'The expedition was passing 7. B JieCHOH11ame, IIO'ITH(He) OCBeII~aeMOH COJIHU:eM, Bcer.n;aIlOJIYMPllK H npoxJia,n;a.
8. BoKpyr Hae pacrrycTHJiaCbTyu,n;pa, SipKOOCBemeHHaJI (He) 3axo,n;iimHMCOJIHU:eM.
~hr~ugh the unexplored coun- through the country unexplo-
ry. red by anyone.'
, 2~ If the p~rtici~le _h~s an, adverbial modifier of degree (oqeub CONVERSION OF PARTICIPLES INTO ADJECTIVES AND
very,, cosepmeuuo . qmte, Kpaiiue 'extremely', qpelBLiqaiiuo 'extre- NOUNS
mely , etc.), the particle ue and the participle are written as one word.
3Kcne.n:n~m1 nrna ~o ~osepmeuuo 'The expedition was passing (a) Some participles may become adjectives.
MeCTHOCTH.
11euccJie,lJ,0Bau11ou through quite unexplored When this happens, the participles lose the meaning of tense and
country.' come to denote a permanent feature. This generally takes place when
JTO farn Kpauue neo6,lJ,yMannLiu 'It was an extremely rash action.' participles are used figuratively.
nOCT)'nOK. Compare:
3. In an antithesis the particle ue and the participle are written as Participles Adjectives
separate words.
l. Ilepe.n: HllMHpeKa, fiJieCTHLQaH 3pttTeneii nopa3ttJia 6JJeCTHIQaH
3m, ne 3aK611qe'!naS1CTaTLH, a 'This is not the finished article but Ha c6nHu,e. TeXHHKaurphl '.JTOHKOMclH.ll:hl.
TOJILKOqepnoBnK. only a draft.' 'Before us is a river, sparkling 'The spectators were amazed at
in the sun.' the team's brilliant technique.'
4. The particle ue and the short-form participle are invariably writ- 2. TyqH, pacceHHHhle CHflhHhIM Y cnyrnaTeneii 6hrnH pacceHHHLie
ten as separate words.
BeTpOM, y:lKe He 3aKphIBllJIH Jitt11,a.
KHHrH ue npoquTaHhl. 'The books have not been read.' c6nHu,a.
MeCTHOCThHe HCCJie)],oBaHa. 'The country has not been explo- 'The clouds, scattered by 'The listeners' faces expressed in-
red.' a strong wind, were no longer attention'.
, ~xercise 26. Wri!e out the sentences; 1;1nderlinethe participles with the particle ue. hiding the sun.'
Expdlam why the particle He and the part1c1ple are written as separate words or as one
wor. Participles which have become adjectives frequently acquire a qual-
itative meaning and can change for the degrees of comparison: "?,1J;-
,1· Ha CTOJieJie)K:IJIOHeCKOJibKOHepacrre'laTaHHhIXTIHCeM. 2. ToBapllI1Jll ):(BaMeClIUa Xo.1J;HLQHH MOMeHT'an opportune moment', 6oJJeeDO)J.XO)J.HLQIIH MOMeHT
He Bll):leBU!lle
J:lpy,r/lpyra, C HeTeprreHlleM)K):laJIU
BCTpe'!U.3. CTy):leHTb!CJI~Ula!OT neK- 'a more opportune moment', ci1ML1iino,[l,xO,lJ,HLQHii MOMeHT 'the most
Ull!O?.Heocna6esaIOUJllMllHTepecoM.4. Jl6J:1Karrpn6Jin)KaJiacbKToMyMecTy r):leHe 3a-
muu1eHHoeOTBeTpa MOpeKllIIeJIOIf MeTaJIOCbBOMpaKe. (Kop.) 5. 3TOT He~3y'!eHHblll opportune moment'.
Participles which have become adjectives can generally be replaced
362
363
 by a?jective_s: no.n:xo.n:»muiiMoMeHT 'opportune moment'-y.n:66a ~ •The troops were concentrated in 'The listeners' faces expressed
MoMem: 'nght ~ moment'., pacc~HHHhlii B3nrn.n: 'vacant look~ the town.' rapt attention.'
uenuuMaTeJILHLIHBJrJIH,ll;'mattentive look'. OHM6hIJIH ynepeHhl B CBOHXCH- Er6 OTBeTbl 6bIJIH qeTKH H yee-
(b) Like adjectives participles may denote persons or objects a d JiaX. peHHhl.
thus become nouns. n 'They were sure of their strength.' 'His answers were clear and confi-
Compare: dent.'
Participles TyqH 6bIJIII pacceHHhlBeTpOM. YqeHHKH6hIJIII pacceHHHhl.
Nouns
'The clouds were scattered by the 'The pupils were absent-minded.'
CTy,n:eHTbI,y1u1muecH Ha II5ITOM Y11amuecH f0TOB51TC51
K 3K3aMe- wind.'
K_ypce,JJ:OJDKHhI
HaIIIIC3TbJJ:IIII- HaM. 6hIJIH 06pa16eanhl HOBble 6pw- 3TH JIIOJJ:IIYMHhIH 06pa16nanuhl.
JIOMHYIOpa66Ty.
niJJ:bI.
'Students who are in their fifth 'The students are preparing for 'New brigades were formed.' 'These people are clever and well-
year must write degree papers.' the examinations.' educated.'
B fOCIIIITaJib rrpIIBe3JIH 6onn:6B B r6cmITanb rrp1rne3nn pa11e11Mx.
palleHllhlX BO BqepaIIIHeM 6010'. Exercise 29. Write out first the phrases with adjectives and then those with partici-
'The soldiers wounded in yester- 'Some wounded men were ples.
day's fighting were brought to brought to the hospital.' I. B3BOJJHOBaHHbie C006llleHHeMJJI0)1H,B3B0JJHOBaHHhle roJJoca. 2. 0TKphITa11
the hospital.' ):\Bepb.0TKph!TblHB3rJJll,11.
3. TT0Tep11HHblH BH,11.
TT0Tep11HHa11 KHHra.4. CKy'lll!Olllee~bl-
palKeHHeJJHI.(a.CKy'laIOll\Hei-1eTH. 5. IJ,BeT)'lllHH
ca,11.IJ,BeTylllee3,!IOpOBbe.6. Ha'IHHalO-
ll.lHHrruc:iTeJJb.C0Tpy,11HHK,Ha'IHHaIOlllHH pa66Ty B 9 'lac6e. 7. 3HaIOlllHeceoH 3a,11a'lu
JIIO)J:H.3Hll!Oll1HeHHlKeHepbI.8. 06pa30BaHHbIH B'lepa KOMHTCT. 06pa36BaHHbIH 'leJJO-
THE SPELLING OF ADJECTIVES FORMED Bt:K. 9. HaTllHYTbieCTp)'Hbl.HaTllHYTbieOTHOilleHHII.
FROM PASSIVE PARTICIPLES
Exercise 30. Make up two sentences with each of these words, using the same word
1. Adjectives formed from passive participles take a double u if first as a noun and then as a participle.
tl;ey have a ~refix or ~he suffix -ona- or -upona-, e.g.: n1nonu6na11 Liii
11 Model: ,ll;eTHY'lllU,UecJI B rrepBOMKJJacce, He c,11a10T3K3aMeHOB.(participle).
n?noc 'an ag1t:ite~ voice', 1anyTa11uhliiOTBeT'a confused answer', nu- Y'«llljUeCH MJHl):llllHXKJiaCCOB
y)Ke yexam1 B 3llrOpOl\HbteJiarepl'!.(noun)
11onauuaH6yMara ruled paper', 1rnanml>ttQ11ponanuhlii pa66qIJH 'a skill- TPY.!lllll1Hec11, 3aBe)J:yIOll\HH,
KOMllH!-1YIOlllHH,
rrporne,11rnee
ed worker'.
2. Adjectives formed from passive participles take only one II if Exercise 31. Account for the spelling of the italicised words.
they have no prefix or the suffix -ona- or -upona-: paue11L1iicon.n:h 'a I. KpaweHblu rroJJ 6brn TOJJbKo'!To BhIMbIT.2. Mb1 yeH1i:eJJH,110M c TOJJbKo'!To no-
~ounded soldier:, Y'!e11L1ii~OBeT,'a~ ac~demic council', peauaH o.n:e)l(.ua Kpawem1ou, 6JJeCTllllleHHa COJJHI.(eKphlllleii. 3. Bo BpeMIIpa66Tbl II CTOJJKH)'JJCII~ MHO-
tattered clothes , nyTa11L1uOTBeT an mcoherent answer' KttnH11euaH fHMHellle He U3J'leHHblMU BOllpOCaMH. 4. MbI eJIHeapeuoe MllCOC :HC11p~~OU Kap:rornKOH
BOJJ:a'boiled water'. ' HCOJJeHblMH orypuaMH. 5. 51He Mory eCTb3TOTnepeci111eHHblU _cyrr.6. ,ll;aHTepe6eH~YKU-
nJl'leHoe MOJJoK6.7. 3ae6,11yHYlKHhI K6a11uefiu1JupoBaHHb1epa6o'!He. 8. 51 6bIJJ Ha ee'lepe,
, N::tes.~ I. J'he adjectives LlllHHbIH(Borrp6c) '(the question) concerned'; me- OpWHU306QHHOM CTy)J:eHTaMH BTOpOrOK)'pca. 9. 3a ,11Bepb!O CJJhIIllaJJHCb 6360/lHO~aHHble
JJannbrn \1-1pyr) a welcome (fnend)', ueomii,11auua11 (BcTpe'!a) 'an unexpected fOJI,Oca.JO. MHe HYlKHa/lUH06GHHaJI6yMara. 11. Ero HeysepeHHbie,nymaHble OTBeTblHe
(mcetmg) take a double u though they have no prefixes. J/IJ:OBJJeTBOpHJJHrrperro,11aBaTeJ111.
2. _The part1c1p_lepauennb1ii 'wounded' (with a double u) must not be con-
fused_with the_adJect1ve?r noun paueub1ii(with one u). The participle may have ad- Exercise 32. Write out these sentences, inserting one H or two.
v~rb1a!mod1h-ers:cop~aT, pan~HHbIHnyJJeii'.the soldier_wounded by a bullet', coJI- I. Mbl eJJHKOMITOT H3 cyrne ...blX ii6JJol<.CeHo 6hIJJOBhICyrne...o H y6pa ... o. HeciI
,11aT,pauenubrn B 6ow. the sol~1er w~mnde~ m the fightmg'. The noun or adjective B ,110MBhICyrne...oe 6eJJbe. 2. Ha BCeBOI1p0CblOH,!laJI'leTKHe,yeepe ... bie OTBeTbl.Ero
cann?t have any modifiers: paueubrn coJ1,11aT'a wounded soldier'; rrpirne3JJHpaue- OTBeTbl6bIJJH'leTKHu yeepe ... bl. ToBapHll\H 6bIJJHysepe ...bl e CBOHX CHJJax.3. KoMaH-
Hb1x wounded men were brought'.
/J:IIp,paHe... blHB PYKY,rrpO)J:OJJlK:lJI
PYKOBO,!IHTb 66eM. COJJ)_jaTbl HeCJJH pai;ie... blXHa H?-
3. Adjectives formed from participles take a double II in the short CHJIKax.MH6rne MOHToeapHll\H e 3TOM6oIO 6hIJJHpaue ... bI. 4. Bee 6bIJJHBCTpeso-
form. lICe
... bI 3THMH3BeCTlleM. B KOMHaTyBOillJJaBCTpeBOlKe ...all MaTb. 5. ,ll;en1 H36aJJ6Ba,- ..bl
MaTepb!O.,ll;eTHKallpll3HhlH H36aJIOBa... bI. J,fafiaJJOBa ...bIH pe6eHOKTpe6oeaJJ, 'IT06bI
Compare: er6 lKeJJaHHe6brno ucrr6JJHe... o.
Short-Form Participles Short-Form Adjectives
-11- Revision Exercise
-HH-
BoHCKa 6bIJIII cocpe.n:0T611euh1Jlnn:a cnynrnTenen 6hmn cocpe.n:o- Exercise 33. Read the extract from Konstantin Paustovsky's Distant Years: ~rite
B r6po.n:e. out the participles and state their form. After each participle write down the infimttve of
T611e11uL1. the verb from which it is formed.
364 365
 C 3roro nfaa 51Haecerna u eceM cep)l~eM rrpue513anc51 K cpe,iHeif Poccwu. .sI He 3118
10
CTJ)RHhl,OOJIR)l3IO~eii:TaK6ii:Orp6MHOHJIHpl1qeCKOH CMJIOHu TRK6HTP6raTeJibl!O}i(HB
IIMCHOH- co Bceii:CBOeHrpyCTblO,CIIOK6HCTBHeM H rrpocr6poM, - KaK cpe)IH5151 IIOJI~
Poccl1H. BeJIHquHYSTOHnio6ew TPYJIHOH3MepnT&.Kli)l(Jlb!H3HlieT fuo rro ce6e. JIK>6 11mL
K3JKJIYIOrpaBMHKY,IIOHMKmylOOT poCbl MJIHCOI'peTYJO C6JIH~eM,K3}1()1yJO
Kpy)l(KY BO)¼
H3 necH6ro KOJI6Ma, Kli)l()loe )lepee~e Ha)I 63epoM, Tperre~y~ee B 6e3BeTpHH JIWCTb11-
MH, K3)1()1blffKpHK neryxa H Kli)l()loe 66naKO, IIJlbIBy~ee IIO 6ne)IHOMY H BbIC6Ko-
MY He6y.

THE VERBAL ADVERB

The verbal adverb (quTaH 'reading', npoquTaB 'having read', CH!J:H
'sitting') is a verbal form which has features of both the verb and the
adverb.

VERBAL FEATURES OF THE VERBAL ADVERB

1. Like verbs, verbal adverbs fall into transitive and intransitive:
the verbal adverbs qnTa» 'reading', mo6ii: 'loving', formed from the
transitive verbs quTaTL 'to read', mo6HTL 'to love', are transitive:
qHTaTh ('-Lmo?)KHttry. 'To read a book.'
OH CHJ:J:eJIB caJ:J:y,quTaH ('-Lmo?) 'He sat in the garden, reading
KHttry. a book.'
Jlw6nTL (Ko26?) orn:a. 'To love one's father.'
Jlw6ii: (Ko26?) on~a. 'Loving one's father.'
The verbs CH!J:eTh 'to sit', OT!J:bIXaTL'to relax', 'to rest' are intransi-
tive and so are the verbal adverbs formed from them (CH!J:H 'sitting', OT-
AMxaH 'resting').
2. Like verbs, verbal adverbs may have the particle -CH (-cL): Ky-
TiaTLCH 'to bathe'-KynaHCb 'bathing', BCTpeqaTbCH 'to meet'-
BCTpeqaHCb'meeting', 1annMaTLCH 'to study'-1anuMaHCh 'studying'.
Like verbs, verbal adverbs with the particle -cH are intransitive.
. 3. A verbal adverb requires the same case as the verb from which it
1s formed: nnTepecoBaTLCHMY3hIKOH 'to be interested in music' -
IIHTepecyHchM)'3bIKOH 'being interested in music', J:J:06nTLCH ycnexa 'to
achieve success'-J:J:o6nBmncLycnexa 'having achieved success'.
4. A verbal adverb retains the aspect of the verb from which it is
formed. The verbs 6ece!];OBaTL'to talk', 'to chat', yJIM6aTLCH'to smile'
are imperfective and so are the adverbs 6ece!];yH'talking', 'chatting'
and yJIL16aHcL'smiling'.
0Hw CH,[(eJIH3a CTOJI0M, cno- 'They were sitting at the table
K0HHO6ece!];yH. chatting quietly.'
Oa cnyman yJIM6aHcL. 'He listened, smiling.'
The verbs no6ece!];oBaTL'to talk', 'to chat', YJihl6nyTLcH'to smile'
367
 T
are perfective and so are the verbal adverbs no6ece.r.oBaB'having )lpY3h~ ~ 6y_i>ym 6036pa1;4ambC.fl 'The friends will be returning
talked', 'having chatted', ym.16uyBrnucL'having smiled'. p:oMOH,BeceJio pa3roBapunaH. home, talking merrily' (mean-
Ilo6ece.r.oBaB, OHMpa10IJ1JIMCh. 'After having a chat they parted, ing: they will be returning home
Y Jib16uyB111ucL,OH ornenrn Ha 'Smiling, he answered my talking at the same [future]
Moti Bonp6c. question.' time).
Perfective verbal adverbs are used when the action of the verbal ad-
ADVERBIAL FEATURES OF THE VERBAL ADVERB verb took place before that of the predicate verb.
Like the adve_rb, the ".erbal adverb does not change for gender, case 3aKOffqHBpa66Ty, OH OT,nhIXaeT. 'Having finished his work, he re-
or number _and 1s used m sentences as an adverbial modifier, i.e. it laxes' (first he finishes his work
shows the circumstances (KaK? 'how?' Ko2i>a?'when?', noiteMy? 'why?' and then he relaxes).
npu t<aKb.wycitbeuu? 'on what condition?') in which the action take~ 3aKOHqHBpa66Ty, OH OTJJ:hIXaJI. 'Having finished his work, he re-
place. laxed' (first he had finished his
work and then he relaxed).
I. OH roBopHJI, BOJIHyHch.(KaK 'He spoke nervously.' 3aKouqun pa66Ty, oH 6y,n:eT oT- 'Having finished his work, he will
OH roBopMJI?- BoJIH)'5ICh.) ,n:L1xaTh. relax' (first he will have finished
2. C~aB 3K3aMeHhI,MhI ye,neMHa 'When we have passed our exami- his work and then he will re-
upaKTIIKy. (Kor,na MhI nations, we shall leave for our lax).
ye,neM?- C,naB 3K3aMeHhI.) practicals.' The verbal adverb does not express tense by itself. Its tense depends
3. ~emlH CKopee yexaTb, OH TO- 'Wishing to leave as soon as pos- on that of the predicate verb.
ponHJIC5I 1aK0HqHTh pa66Ty. sible, he was in a hurry to finish
(floqeMy OH TOpOIIHJIC5I?- his work.' Note.- In some cases perfective verbal adverbs do not express an action
prior to that of the predicate verb:
)l{eJia5ICKOpeeyeXaTh.)
4. 3aHHM8HCh CHCTeMaTHqecKH 'Doing your P. T. exercises regu- OH 11e2, yKpblBIDHCb O.[(el!JIOM. 'He lay down and pulled the quilt over
himself.'
rHMHaCTHKOH, MO)l(HO xopolll6 larly you can improve your Omi 6blUllla, XJIORHYB .[(BepbIO. 'She went out, slamming the door.'
yKpenHTh 3JJ:Op0Bhe.(TTpHKa- health.'
KOMYCJIOBHH MO)l(HOxopolllo The action of a verbal adverb invariably relates to the subject of the
yKpenHTh 1,nop6BLe?- sentence. Thus, it is possible to say: Boii.z.iIB KOMHaTy,OH3a)l(er cBeT.
3aHHMa5ICh CHCTeMaTHqeCKH 'Having entered the room, he switched on the light', since the action of
rHMHaCTHKOH.) the verbal adverb Boii.r.iIand that of the predicate verb JaiKer relate to
the suhject.
A verbal adverb invariably modifies the predicate verb and ex-
presses an attendant action. Exercise 1. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the imperfective and
perfective verbal adverbs.
1. q,!Ti:lll CTaTbKl,ll BhIIIHChIBaIO He3HaK0MhieCJIOBa.flpoq:iffaB KHHry,ll C.[(aMee
USE OF IMPERFECTIVE AND PERFECTIVE VERBAL AD- B 6n6mmTeKy. 2. fIO.[(HHMal!Ch ITO JieCTHmJ;e,OHH rp0MKO pa3fOBapnBaJIH. flo.[(-
VERBS HJIBIIIHCb Ha qernepTb!H JTa)K, OHHII03BOHHJIH. 3. PaccTaBal!Ch, OHHo6eni:ann mrcaTh
Apyr .[(pyry. PaccTaBIIIHCb.[(Baf0.[(a TOM}'Ha3a.[(,OHHHe HamrcaJIH.[(pyr .[(pyry Hll 0.[(-
Imperfective verbal adverbs are used when the attendant action ex- Hor6 IIHChMa.4. OT.[(bIXal! IIp0IIIJihIMJieTOMB Kpb!M}',OH3aexaJI B ~JITy. OT.[(OXH}'B,OH
pressed by the verbal adverb and the main action expressed by the pre- pa66Ty. 5. Bo3Bpani:al!Chll3 TeaTpa .[(OM0H,
IIp0.[(OJI)KaJI ll BCTpeTHJI
TOBapnni:a.B03Bpa-
TlfBIIIHCh .[(OM0H,ll YBH.[(eJIHa CBOeMCTOJieIIHChM0.
dicate verb take place simultaneously:
,LJ;py1L.sr
eo3epaUJiuomcR ,noM6ti, 'The friends are returning home,
BeCeJIOpa3rOBapHBaH. talking merrily' (meaning: they THE VERBAL ADVERB CONSTRUCTION
are returning home and talking
at the same [present] time). A verbal adverb may have its own objects and adverbial modifiers:
,LJ;py3h.sI
6036pGUfG,1UCb ,noMOH,Be- 'The friends were returning home, 1(6uquB pa66Ty, OH yexaJI. 'Having finished his work, he
ceJio pa3f'OB8pHB3H. talking merrily' (meaning: they left.'
were returning home and talk- JlIOJl:H6ece,noBaJIH, cu.r.HBOKpyr 'The people talked, sitting round
ing at the same [past] time). CTOJia. the table.'
368 369
24-384
 The verbal adverb KouqnBhas an object (pa66Ty). The verbal ad. Exception: Verbal adverbs of verbs with the suffix -ea- following
verb cu.nu has an adverbial modifier (BoKpyrcrnm'i). the roots .na-, 1ua-, cTa- are formed from the infinitive stem:
A verbal adverb with its objects or/and adverbial modifiers is called .naB3-Tb- .naBa-u 'giving'
a verbal adverb construction. In the preceding examples, KouqnBpa6chy y1uaBa-Tb-y1uaBa-u 'learning'
cu.nuBOKpyrCTOJia are verbal adverb constructions. Verbal adverb con~ BCTaB3-Tb-BCTaBa-u'getting up'
structions are set off from the rest of the sentence by commas.
In popular parlance imperfective verbal adverbs with the suffix -yqu
Man,, JaKpLIBOKHO,Me,nneHHO 'Having closed the window, the (-roqn)have been retained: u.nyqu'going', urparoqn 'playing', rnii:.nroqu
orrycn'rnacb Ha cTyn. (M. I'.) mother slowly sank onto the 'looking', ;i.aJieroqu'pitying'. This form is generally avoided in the
chair.' modern literary language, the only form of this type still in use being
Likewise, a verbal adverb used without any adjuncts is generally set 6yJ:J:yqn'being' (6yJ:J:yqu
cTy,neHTOM'when I, he ... was a student', 6y-
off by commas. µ;yqnB r6po,ne 'when in town'), which is the verbal adverb of the verb
OblTb.
EpaT, npocuyernuc1,, 6bICTpo 'Having waked up, the brother A number of verbs either do not give verbal adverbs at all or their
BCKoqfrnC IIOCTemf. jumped out of bed quickly. verbal adverbs are not used in the modern literary language. This
Note.~Single verbal adverbs that have lost their verbal character are not set group includes the verbal adverbs:
off by commas: (1) of verbs which have no vowel sounds in the present tense stem:
OH npHBhIK qHTaTb JJClKa. 'He got used to reading in a lying posi- ~J:J:aTb'to wait'-iKJ:J:YT, pBaTb 'to pick'-peyT, TepeTb 'to rub'-
tion.' TPYT,nHTb'to drink'-01,roT, etc.;
(2) of verbs ending in-%: neq1,'to bake', ;i.eq1,'to burn', 6epeq1,'to
Exercise 2. Read through the following sentences from Maxim Gorky. What ques-
tions do the verbal adverb constructions answer? take care (of)', Moq1,'to be able', 'can', etc.;
(3) of verbs with the suffix -uy-: coxuyTL 'to dry', MOKHYTb 'to get
1. MaTb, CTapii.sicbHe IIIYMeTb IlOC}'.I(OH,HaJIHBiiJiaqaii: 11BCJI}'IIIHBaJiaCb B rrm\.a-
HYIO peqb .I(CBYIIIKH.2. IliiBeJI BCTaJIH HaqaJI XO.I(HTbno KOMHaTe,3aJI0)!(l!B PYKH 3a wet', racuyTL 'to go out (of light)', etc.;
cnHHy. 3. Y3HaB HOBOCTb,OH 6hICTpo BCKoqHJI,n11110ero no6ne.I(Heno. 4. Iaii: nHJIH 1 (4) of the verbs nucaTb 'to write', nJiucaTb'to dance', naxaT1, 'to
.I(OJiro, CTapa.sICbCOKpaTHTbOlKH.I(aHHe.5. OH IIIeJI Me.I(JieHHO,KpCTIKOon11pa.s!Cb Ha plough', pfaaTb 'to cut', neTb 'to sing' and a number of others .
naJIKy. 6. IlaBeJI, OBJia.I(eBa.si
co6oii:, CTaJIroaopHTb npoIIIe, CTIOKOHHee. 7. Ilopo!O OH
OCTaHaBJIHBaJIC.sI, He HaXO.I(SICJIOB.8. OKoHqHB YlKHH,BCepacnoJIO)!(lfJIHCbBOKpyr KOC· Exercise 4. Form the imperfective verbal adverbs of these verbs.
Tpa; nepe.I( HHMH,TOpOilJIHBOnoe.I(a.si.I(epeBO,ropeJI OfOHb, C3a.I(HHaBHCJiaTbMa, OK)'· IlOHHMaTb, pa6oTaTb, q11TaTb,B03BpaIIIaTbCSI,nepeTIHCb!BaTbC.sI; .I(eplKaTb, CJibl·
TaB nee H He6o. 9. Ilo.I(JIHHHYIOHCTOpHIOTPY.IIOBOroHapo.I(aHeJib3SI3HaTb, He 3Ha.si)'CT· lllaTb, Kp11qaTb,TIJiaKaTb;KpacHeTb, 6Jie.I(HeTb,BJia.I(CTb,YMCTb;opraHH30BaTb, KpHTH·
HOrO HapO.I(HOrOTBopqeCTBa. 10. JlHTepaTop, pa6oTa.si, 0.I(HOBpeMCHHO npeBpamaer KOBaTb,cyIIIeCTBOBaTb,pa.I(OBaTbC.sI; JII06HTb; CTpOHTb,CTOS!Tb,CTieIIIHTb,.I(OpOlKHTb;
H .I(CJIOB CJIOBO,H CJIOBO -- B .I(CJIO. HecTH,BeCTH,Be3TH,HJITH;6paTb, 3BaTb; lKHTb, nJib!Th; 6opoTbCll, cMeSITbC.si, 6oiITbc.si;
Exercise 3. Use verbal adverb constructions, where possible. .I(aBaTb,C03.I(aBaTb,npH3HaBaTb, paCCTaBaTbC.sI.
Model: Ero OXBaTHJIOBOJIHeHHe.OH B3BOJIHOBaJIC.sI. (yCJihIIIIaB HOBOCTb) Exercise 5. Read through the sentences. Write out the verbal adverbs and supply
YcJib!IIIaB HOBOCTb,OH B3BOJIHOBaJIC.sI. the verbs from which they are formed in the infinitive and the 3rd person plural present
tense.
1. Pa6orn IlpO.I(OJilKaJiaCb.CTy.I(CHTbl npO.I(OJI)!(aJIHpa6oTy. (noo6e.I(aB H OT·
.I(OXHYBnonqaca) 2. OHii JaxnonHyna .I(Bepb.)],Bepb 3axnonHynacb. (BbIXO.I(SI H3 .I(oMa) I. Ilo.I( rony6hIMH He6eciiMH
3. IlepqaTKH nponaJIH. JI IlOTepSIJInepqaTKH. (B03Bpama.siCb.I(OMOH)4. Mb! peIIIil'.JIH BeJIHKOJieTIHblMH KOBpaMH,
co6paTbC.sIy Hero. DblJIOnpHHSITOpeIIIeHHe co6paTbC.sIy Hero. (y3HaB O ero npHe3.I(e)5. EnecTiI Ha coJIHl.(e,cHer nelKHT. (II.)
OH He MOf OTBeTHTbHa IlHCbMO.Y Hero HC6bIJIO B03MOlKHOCTH OTBeTHTbHa TIHCbMO- 2. )],eplKa KYBIIIHHHa.I( fOJIOBOH,
(He HMC.s!a.I(peca) rpy3HHKa }'3KOIOTponoii:
Cxo):(!IJia K 6epery. (JI.)
3. OHa CKOJib3HJiaMelK KaMHeii:,
FORMATION OF VERBAL ADVERBS CMeiich HeJioBKOCTH CBoeii:.(JI.)
4. CTapHHHa.sI6aurn.si CTOMJia,
Formation of Verbal Adverbs from Imperfective Verbs qepHe.sI Ha qepHOH CKaJie.(JI.)
5. KoJibJXal!CbH CBepKa.sI,
Imperfective verbal adverbs are formed from the present tense stem )],BIDKYTC.s!IlOJIKH. (JI.)
by means of the suffix -a (-u) (-a after sibilants, -u in all other cases):
Formation of Verbal Adverbs from Perfective Verbs
qnTa-lOT- qnTa-u 'reading'
uec-yT-uec-ii: 'carrying (in one's hands)' Perfective verbal adverbs are formed from the infinitive or the past
JaHHM8-IOT-CU - JaHHMa-U-Cb 'studying' tense stem by means of the suffixes: -B or (less frequently) -BmHafter
CJIL1m-aT-CJIL1111-a 'hearing' a vowel, and -mu after a consonant:
370 24• 371
npoqHnl-Th 'to read'-npoqHTa-JI-npoqHTa-B (or npoqHTa-BmH) Model:Omelj no3aempaKaJl u yiueA Ha pa66Ty.
OTKpLI-Th 'to open'-oTKpL1-JI-OTKpL1-o (or OTKpL1-omH) fl03a6mpaKa6, omelj yiueA Ha pa66Ty.
BJH-TL-csr 'to take up'-BJH-n-csr-BJH-BmH-CL 1. OHa YMhIJiaCbH BbIIIIJia B ca,[(. 2. )],eTH 6eraJIH n6 ,[(BOpyH Hrpa.JIH B Mll:q_
npHuec-Tn 'to bring'- npHuec- npHuec-mH 3. MaTb HaKopMHJia,[(eTeiiH YJIO)l(!fJia
HXcrraTb. 4. 51 BHHMa.TeJibHO
cnyIIIaJI H CTapaJICJl:
He nporryCTliTb HH 0,[(HOf0CJI0Ba. 5. MaJibqHK OTTOJIKH)'JI JI0AKYOT 6epera H npbir-
BJieJ-TL 'to get in/on(to)'-oneJ-BJieJ-mH HYJlB Hee. 6. Mb! A0JifO CTOSIJIH Ha 6epery H rrpOBO)l(aJIH
rna3a.MHYAaJISIBIIIY!OCJl:
JI0,[(Ky.
7. flyTeIIIeCTBeHHHKH 3a6ny.r:1finHCbH 6bIJIH BhIHy)l(,®HbI
rrepeHoqeBa.ThB necy. 8. CTy-
If the infinitive stem is different from the past tense stem, two forms .neHTbIC.[la.JIH
BCe3K3a.MeHblH pa3bCXaJIHCbHa KaHHKYJibl. 9. OH 60SIJICll:
OII03.[la.TbHa
of perfective verbal adverbs are possible; one formed from the infinitive n6e3A H noqT!f 6e)l(a.JI. 10. Mb! XO,[(lfJIH
no IIJiaTqJ0pMeH O)l(H,[la.JIH
rr6e3,[(a.
stem and the other from the past tense stem:
Exercise 9. Where possible, form verbal adverbs from these verbs. Write them down
OKpenuy-Th 'to become strong'-oKpenuy-o; OKpen-oKpen-mH in two columns, the first containing the imperfective verbal adverbs and the second their
BLicoxuy-TL 'to dry up'-0L1coxuy-o; BLICOX-BL1cox-mH perfective.
CTepe-Tb 'to rub off- CTepe-o; CTep- CTep-mH B3SITbCll:,
npHHHMa.Tb,ycTaBa.Tb,rrpHBhIKHYTb, YBJieqbCJl:,
6epeqb, OBJia.[leTb,3aBlf-
Janepe-Th 'to lock'-Janepe-o; Janep-Janep-mH ceTb, IIHC:lTb,3BaTb, )l(.[laTb,M0KHYTb,rrpoM0KHYTb,IIHTb,neqb, )l(eqb, HaHTH,HapHco-
BaTb, rrpHC)'TCTBOBaTb, 3aHHTepecoBa.TbCJl:
Occasionally, perfective verbal adverbs are formed from the simple
future tense stem by means of the suffixes -a, -sr. VERBAL ADVERB CONSTRUCTIONS AND SUBORDINATE
In this way are formed verbal adverbs of a number of perfective CLAUSES
verbs with the stem ending in a consonant, of verbs with the particle -CH
and the stem ending in -H, and of a few other verbs: Verbal adverb constructions used in the sentence as adverbial
npoqecTh 'to read'-npoqT-yT-npoqT-H modifiers of time, cause, condition, etc., may correspond to adverbial
npHiiTH 'to come'-npH,u:-yT-npH,U:-H (npHme,u:-mH) (less frequently) clauses of time, cause, condition, etc. Verbal adverb constructions and
npHoecTn 'to bring', 'to lead'-npHoe,u:-yT-npHoe,u:-H (npHoe,u:-mH) the subordinate clauses corresponding to them are interchangeable.
npHuecTH 'to bring (in one's hands)'-npHuec-yT-npHuec-H (npu- BoJBpaIIJ:IHCh ,U:OMOH, Mhl Kor,u:a Mhl BOJBpamaJIHCh,U:OMOH,
uec-mH) ,r:i:py)l(eCKM
6ece,r:i:OBaJIM. Mhl ,r:i:py)l(eCKM
6ece,r:i:oBaJIM.
BCTpeTHTbCSI 'to meet'- BCTpeT-SIT-CSI
- BCTpeT-H-Ch ( BCTpe- 'Returning home, we talked in 'When we were returning home,
TH-BIDH-Cb) we talked in a friendly fashion.'
a friendly fashion.'
npocTHTLCH 'to say good-bye'-npocT-HT-csr-npocT-H-cL (npoc- BoJBpaTHBIDHCh HJ cauaTopHH, Kor,u:a 6paT ooJopaTnJicsrHJ caua-
THBmH-cL) TopHsr, OH cpa3y rrpHCTYITIIJI
6paT cpa3y rrpHCTYilHJIK pa-
yonJ:J;eTL'to see'-yon,u:-srT-yon,u:-sr (yon,u:e-o, you,u:e-omH) 66Te. K pa66Te.
ycJILimaTL 'to hear'-ycnL1m-aT-ycnL1m-a (ycJILima-B, ycnLnna- 'Having returned from the sana- 'When the brother had returned
BmH) from the sanatorium he started
torium, the brother started
Exercise 6. Read through the sentences. Write out the perfective verbal adverbs and working at once.' working at once.'
after each verbal adverb write the infinitive of the verb from which it is formed. He IIOHHB BOnpoca, CTy,r:i:eHT He CTy,r:i:eHTHe CMOf OTBeTMTh,DO-
1. MbI paCCTaJIHCb,IIO)l(eJiaBApyr Apyry cqacTJiliBOfOrryn'! H ycrreXOB.2. IloK0H· CMOf OTBeTMTh. TOMY qTo OH ue DOHSIJIBonpoca.
qHBCpa66TOH, JIeme pa3 HaIIHJICJl: qa,io, 3aBepH)'JICJl:
B O,[(eSIJIO
H, IIOBepH)'BIIIHCb CIIHHOli 'Not having understood the ques- 'The student could not answer the
Kormo, CJia,[(KO ycHyJI. (Ape.) 3. JleBHHC0HexaJI HeMH6ro BIIepeAH,3a,[(yMaBIIIHCb, onyc- tion, the student could not an- question because he did not
TlfBr6JioBy. ('1Jao.)4. Bblll,[(Jl:H3 MaIIIHHbI,Ta.HJ!rroqyBCTBOBaJiaKpa.HHIOIO ycTaJIOCTl>- understand it.'
5. OHlf pa30IIIJI!fCb,He AOfOBOpHBIIIHCb, KpeIIKOHe,[(OB0JlbHbie Apyr APYfOM.(ll1011.)6.
swer it.'
Pa3,[(eBIIIHCb,
OHa KperrKOIIOTepna pyMSIHbiell(eKHMaJieHbKHMH, KpaCHbIMHOTX0JIO.lla IlpHMeHHB HOBhIHMeTO)];,6pnra,r:i:a EcJIH 6pura,n:a npHMeHHT HOBhIH
pyKaMH.(M. I'.) 7. BbIIIHBqa.IIIKYqa.11,HaTaIIIa III)'MHOB3,[(0XH)'Jia, 3a6p6cHJia K0CY3a Mo)l(eT rrepeBhIITOJIHMThHop- MeTo,n:,OHa M0)l(eTrrepeBhIITOJI-
nneq6 H Haqana qHTa.TbKHiiry B )l(eJITono6JI6)1(Kec KapTHHKaMH. (M. I'.) 8. Bo3BpaTsiCb My. HMThH0pMy.
B K0MHaTy,MaTb TpeB0)l(HO3arn11Hyna B OKH6.(M. I'.) 9. MaTb, JaKpbIB OKH6,MC.ll· ·Using the new method, the brig- 'If the brigade use the new meth-
JieHHOorrycTiiJiaCb Ha CTyJI.(M. I'.)
ade can overfulfil their quotas.' od, they will be able to overful-
Exercise 7. Form the perfective verbal adverbs of the following verbs. fil their quotas.'
,[(aTb, B3Jl:Tb,IIOHS!Tb,npH3Ha.Tb,HJyqfiTb, CKa3a.Tb,3aCMeSITbCJl:,
rrpoCH)'TbCll:;
o6h-
,[(eTbCJI;B03BpaTHTbCJl:, rrpoCT!fTbCJI;
rrpoqecTb, npOH3BeCTH,pacuBeCTH,HaHTlf,npHo6- A subordinate clause gives a more precise indication of time, cause
peCTlf, npOH3HeCTH;BhITepeTb,JarrepeTbCJI;YBJieqbCJl:, nepeceqb; rroraCHYTb,OCTb!HyTb, or condition than the corresponding verbal adverb construction.
OKpenHyTb,HCqeJHYTb Occasionally, one and the same verbal adverb construction can be
Exercise 8. Replace the sentences with two coordinate predicates with sentences replaced by different subordinate clauses, depending on the con-
with a verbal adverb construction or a verbal adverb. text.
372 373
YcJILIIIIaB myM Ha ynuqe, OHa IIO- Kor,n;a OHa ycJILIIIIaJia IIIYM IIa Supplement 4
,D;OllIJiaK oKHY. )'JIHQe, OHa IIO,D;OllIJia
K OKHy.
'Having heard a noise outside, she 'When she heard a noise outside Table of the Principal Meanings of Verb Prefixes
went to the window.' she went to the window.' '
OHa IIO,D;O~IrnaK OKHY,"!>TOMy
lfTO ycJihimana myM Ha y nuqe. Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks
'She went to the window because
she heard a noise outside.'
B· (BO·) 1. Direction of an action into something
(a) BOOTH } Nouns which are objects
Replacing Subordinate Clauses with Verbal BXOAHTb B KOMHaTy of verbs with the prefix B·
Adverb Constructions are frequently preceded by
BJlOlKIITb } IIHCbMOB KOHBepT the preposition B (BORTHB
BKJla.[(bIBaTb KOMHaTy).Verbs with the
The replacement of a subordinate clause with a verbal adverb con- BOTKH)'Tb } opposite meaning general-
struction is possible only if the subjects of the principal and subordin- BTblKllTb JlOITaTyB 3eMJ1IO ly have the prefix Bbl· and
ate clauses denote the same person or object. If the subjects of the prin- (b) BCTynitTb
their objects are preceded
} B rrpoq>COI03 by the preposition BJ
cipal and subordinate clauses denote different persons or objects a re- BCTynaTb
(BhIHTHHJ KOMHaTbI)
placement is impossible. Thus no replacement is possible in the sent- BKJIIOqUTb
ence: } qiaMii.nu10B crrii.coK
BKJlIO'lllTb
Kor,lJ;a JJ:O,Kfl:hKOHlfHJICH, MbI 'When it stopped raining, we left BOBJieqb
} Kor6-nu6o B pa66Ty
BhIIllJIHin ,n:oMy. home.' BOBJleKaTb

The replacement of a subordinate clause with a verbal adverb con- 2. Immersion in an action or state (in
something)
struction is done in the following way:
(1) the conjunction is dropped; BJ()'MaTbCH These verbs are used
BJ(}'MbIBaTbCH } B CMbICJ1,
B CJ10Ba with the particle -CH only.
(2) the predicate verb of the subordinate clause is replaced with the
verbal adverb of the same aspect; BrJlHJ(eTbCH
BrJlll.[(bIBaTbCH } B J(anh, B nuu6
(3) the subject of the subordinate clause is either dropped or trans-
ferred to the principal clause if the subject of the latter is a personal BCJl}'IIJaTbCH B pa3roB6p, B
BCJl}'IIJHBaTbCH} r6noc, B rnyM
pronoun:
3. Movement upwards
Kor)],a nyTHHKHYBH)],eJIHHa ropu- Yen)];eB Ha ropu10HTe rpo1oeyro BKaTHTb } Verbs with the opposite
BKllTbIBaTb ITOB03KY
Ha ropy meaning have the prefix c-
30HTe rpo1oeyro TYlfY, OHHrrpn- TYlfY, II)'THHKH rrpn6aBHJIH
(cKaTHTb C ropi:1, CJ1e3TbC
6aBHJIHIllary. Illary. BJ1e3Tb } J(epeBa)
BJle3aTb Ha J(epeBO
'When the travellers saw a thun- 'Upon seeing a thundercloud on
dercloud on the horizon, they the horizon, the travellers
quickened their pace.' quickened their pace.' 83- (B30-, I. Direction of action upwards
BC·)
Exercise 10. Replace the subordinate clauses with verbal adverb constructions or B30HTII
BCXOJ(HTb
} na KphrnhIJO
verbal adverbs.
1. Kor,[(a TOBapllll.lJfBCTpeqaJUICb,OHHpaCCK:13bIBaJUI
J(pyr J(pyry Bee HOBOCTIL B306paTbCH
B36HpaTbCH
} Ha ,1:1epeBO
2. Kor,[(a OHOTJ(OXHYJ1,
OHco6pancH YXOJ(llTb.3. On ywen, ITOTOMY
qTOrroqyBCTBOBaJl
ce6iJ:J1HilIHHM.
4. TaK KaKMb!He HMeJIHHHKaKHX H3BeCTHH 06 3KCITe.[(HI]HH,
Mb!HaqaJill B3JleTeTb }
6ecrrOKOHTbCH O ee CYJ(b6e.5. Ecnu H Bepnych rropaHhllle, H CMory 3aHTHK Te6e. 6. BJJJeTaTb BJJJeTeJiaCT:lHITTHI].
ECJIH6hI OH3HaJ1Balli a.[(pec, OH06H3:1TeJ1bHO
HaITHC:lJ1
6b! BaM. 7. Kor,[(a OHpaCCK:l3bl·
BaJI qTQ-Htt6y.[(bCMeilIHOe,OH CaM BCer.[(aOCTaBaJICH Cepbe3Hb!M.8. Bee CMeHJill~b, 2. Result (completion, carrying the ac- The prefix BC- with this
Kor.[(acnywanu er6 paccKa3. 9. Mb1 crrewii.nu JIOMOH,rroToMy qTo 6oilm1ch na.[(BttraB; tion through) meaning is used to derive
weHc» rpo3hr. 10. Ecnu OHrroo6eruan rrpuexan, on o6»3aTenhHO rrptte.[(eT.11. Kor.ua the perfective form.
BcnaxaTb
Thi rrpoqHTaeWh 3TO IIHCbMO,Thi BCeITOHMeillb. } IlOJJe,yqaCTOK
(naxaTb)
BCKHDHTl!Tb
} BO,[ly,MO.i10KO
(KHDIITIITb)

374 375
 Continued
Continued

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks --- Meaning of Prefix Remarks

-
Prefix

npe,ll- 1. Precedence in time npHJie'lb

(npe,llo-) npHOTKpb!Tb
npe,llCKa3aTb } , The verbs npe,LIBH,llen,
npe,llCKa3bIBaTb IIOfO,lly npHOTKpbIBaTb
and npe,ll'l)'BCTBoBaTbhave
npHDO,llHIITbCII
no perfective counterparts. DpHnO,llHHMaTbCH
npe,llBH,lleTb } orraCHOCTh
npe,ll'l)'BCTBOBaTh HeC'laCThe
npep;ycMoTpCTb } so3MO)KHOCTh L Direction of action from within
Bbl-
npep;ycMinpuBaTb 'ler6-m160
npep;ocTepe'lb } Kor6-nn6o
npe,llOCTepeniTb OT OIIJM6KH
Bb!HTH
BblXO,lllITb} H3 KOMHaThl
BblJIHB!lTb }
BblJIHTb BO.LIY
H3 CTaKaHa
npu- 1. Approaching a place or joining or add-
BhlpbIB!lTb }
Bb1peaTb CTpaHMUblH3 TeTpa,llH
ing something to something else
(a) npuiiTu } ,LIOMOH,
K TOBapmn;y, Verbs with the opposite 2. Result
npuxop;11Tb B HHCTHTYT meaning have the prefix y-: The prefix Bbl- with this
DpHCXaTb } B p;epeBHJO,B ropO,ll,
npue3JK3Tb K p;py3h5!M
ynTH, yexaTb, yueCTlf. BbIY'IHTb
(y'IHTb) } CTllXOTBOpeHHe,
cnosa meaning is used to derive
the perfective form.
BblCOX- Ilo»a11noch c6nHue,
npHHeCTII } KHMryTOBapm~y
npHHOCHTb
HyTb
(coXHYTb)
} H TpaBa BbICOXJia.

(b) DpHBll33Tb } Grammatical objects of Bb!CTH-

llOIIIa,llhK p;epesy
npHBll3bIBaTb
npumnTb rryrOBHUhlK
these verbs are used with
the preposition K.
paTb
(CTHpaTb) }nnaThe, 6enhe

DpHIUHB3Tb } rrnaTb!O BbICYIUHTb } 6enhe

npuonTb (cymHTb)
npHOHBaTb } BeIIIanKy CTeHe K
3. Complete spending of action
npHKJICHTb Verbs with the opposite Il03,LIHO
ner The verb Bb1cnaTbCHis
npHKJieuBaTh }
MapKy K KoHsepTy meaning generally have the
prefix OT- and are used with
BblCOaTbCH
BblCblDaTbCII } 51cnaTh Hne not used without the par-
ticle -CII.
BMcnaJicH.
the preposition OT: OTBH- BbIDJiaKaTbCH
1aTb llOIIIa,llb, OTKJICHTb BblCKa3aTbCII
MapKy.
(C) npuoaBHTh Verbs with the prefix
npuoaBJIHTb npn- denoting approaching 1. Reaching a limit
,LIO-
npuKynuTb or addition also include the The limit is generally de-
DpHKynaTb
DpHMemaTb
following verbs with ab-
stract meaning:
(a) )].OeXaTb
,llOC3lK!lTb } ,LIOrpaHMUhI noted by a noun with the
preposition p;o.
npuMemuBaTb
,llODJlhlB!lTb }
npHBbIK~YTb} ,llODJiblTb ,LIO6epera
npunucaTb K Kn11MaTY
npHBbIKaTb
npnmtCbIBaTb
KHMry,LIO101-tt
,llO'IIIThIBaTb }
npnCTpoHTb npny'l~Tb } p;eTeHK ,llO'IHT!lTh
npHCTpaHBaTb npny'laTh rropii.LIKY CTpaHMUhl,,LIO
cepe,llMHhI
npH3BaTh } HapO,llK

2. Mild manifestation of an action

npH3hlBaTb 6opb6e ,llOlKHTL
,llOlKHB!lTb } ,LIO80 neT
DpHBCTaTb
,llODHCbIBaTL }
(b) ,LIODHC:ITL IlllCLMO
npHBCTaBaTh
DpHCCCTb
DpHC:llKHBaTbCII ,llOCJI)'lllaTL } pacCKli3
,llOCJI)'WHBaTb

377
376
 Continued
Continued

Meaning of Prefix Remarks

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix

,Ll,O'IHT:lTb } , 3aqepKH)'Tb } , ,
3aqepKHBaTb CJIOBO,
cppaJy
,Ll,O'IHTblBaTb KHHry
2. Reaching a limit in the face 5. Excessive action
of some opposition JaCH,Ll,eTbCH } B roCT51X These verbs are formed
,Ll,03B:lTbCH Er6 C Tpy,z:1,6M ,Ll,03Ba- Verbs with this meaning JaCUlKHBaTbCH by means of the prefix 1a-
JIUCb. are formed from transitive 1apa60TaTbCH
and the particle -cH. They
JI ,Ll,OJffO
,z:1,06y,z:1,11TbCH Te6iI 6y,z:1,ii:JI, and intransitive verbs by 1arouopnTLCH are either not used without
HO He MOr ,z:1,06y- means of the prefix ,z:1,0-
and -CH at all or acquire a diffe-
,Ll,HTbCH. the particle -CH.They are JarJIH,Ll,eTbCH } Ha KOrO-JIH- rent meaning when -c11 is
.LIOCTy•1:iTbCH OH CTyqaJI, CTyqaJI H not used without -CH.These 3arJIH,Ll,b1BaTbCH 60, Ha qTo- added to them.
verbs are generally per- JJH60
HaKOHe~,Ll,OCTY'lllJICH.
,Ll,03BOHHTbCH KOMy-mr6o no TeJie- fective. 1aMe'ITllTbCH
cp6Hy 1acnyrnaTbCH
3acnyrnuBaThCH
6. The beginning of action These verbs are general-
1arnyMeTb ly perfective.
I. Directibn of action behind beyond an Nouns which follow
object ' ve~bs with this meaning re- 3aKpH'1:lTb
1a6eJK:iTh } 3 . quire the preposition 1a. JalleTb
1a6eraTh a ,z:1,epeBo 1acMeHTbCH
JaXO,Ll,IITb
JaJIOlKUTb } , , Ja6eraTb
JaKJI:l,Ll,bIBaTb PYKH3a cnrrHy

2. Action performed in passing

H3- 1. Direction of action from
1a6eJK:iTb } B Mara3HH Ha (H30-, within, expelling an object
3a6eraTb o6paTHOMnyTII nc-) OCKOJIOK,IlOJih3YH3 These verbs are general-
HJBJie'lb }
1aiiTit } K ToBapm~y no nyTir H3BJieK:tTb qer6-mr6o ly used figuratively.
1axo,z:1,11Th B HHCTHTYT CTy,Ll,eHTa
H3 llHCTH-
3. Movement deep into an object
HCKJIIO'IUTb
HCKJIIO'lllTb } TYTa
or beyond the limits of an object
Kor6-Jin6o H3 cTpa-
1aiiTit
JaXO,Ll,UTb
}
,z:1,aJieK6
B JieC
u1ruaTh
H3rQHIITb } HhI
2. Absolute completion, complete
spending off of an action
1anJILITh } As a rule, imperfective
JaHJibl- ,z:1,aJieK6 Bech JieC
HCXO,Ll,HTb
H36eraTb BeCbCa.LI verbs of this type are gener-
B:lTb ally not used.
HCIIHCllTbBCIOTeTpa,Ll,h
3a6pOCHTb } , H3pe3aTb BC!O6yMary
1a6p:iCbIBaTb MHq Ha Kpb!IlIY H30pB:lTb O,Ll,elK.LIY
4. Covering an object with something
or filling an empty space
Ha- 1. Movement on to the surface
laCLlllaTb } . of an object
3aCblll:lTb CeMeHa3eMJiett
Ha
JaBeCUTb
3aBeumBaTb
}
OKHO
naexaTb
} HaKaMeHh
uae1:iKitTh
,z:1,epeBO,

uacK:iKHBaTb }
HaCKO'IHTb Ha KaMeHh
1annTh
JaJIHB:lTb } 6yMary qepH!IJiaMH
HaTblKllTbCII }
HaTKH)'TbCH Ha CTOJI
1apaCT:lTb }
1apaCT11
TpaBOH
naJibTO Ha
ua6pacbIBaTb } nJieqn
ua6pocuTh
JaKJieHTb
JaKJieUBaTb
} KOHBepT

l
379
378
 Continued Continued
~

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks

~

HaKJieHTL
HaKJieHBaTL } MitpKy Ha
KOHaepT
He).(OBapHTb
} 6aoll(H
He).(OBllpHBaTb

HaTIIrHBaTL } PYKH
HaTHH}'TL rrep'!itTKHHit -
Ha).(- I. An action aimed at increasingthe size
2. Completion of action
(ua).(o-) of an object (its height or length)
(a) The action passes over to an (a) The prefix Ha- with or at joining an additional part
indefinite number of objects this meaning is added to to it
HaKymtTL } transitive verbs. The gram-
Hai.:ynaTL KHHr matical object of such
verbs is invariably in the
na).(CTpOHTb
Ha).(CTpllHBaTb } ).(OM,3TillK
Hapy6nTL ,l.\poa genitive plural. Ha).(BH3llTb
ncne'IL m1por6a Cf. i.:ynnTL i.:unru and Ha- } HOCOK,
'IYJIOK
Ha).(B113bIBaTb
HapBllTL u:aeT6a i.:ynnTL KHUr.
HauocnTL aO).(hI 2. Partial completion of action, move-
(b) Repletion with an action (b) All verbs of this ment proceeding only a little
HaUHTLCHMOJIOKil group are formed by farther than the surface of an
HaeCTLCHIlHpor6a means of the prefix Ha- and object
Ha 'IT6-nn.6o the particle -cH. They are uaAKYCHTb
HaCMOTpeTLCH{ Ha Kor6-JIH6o either never used without Ha).(K}'CbIBaTb
} 516JIOKO
Ha6eraTLCH -CH or have a completely
HaryJIHTLCH
HanrpaTLCH
different meaning when
used with -CH.
ua).(JIOMHTb
Ha).(JillMbIBaTb}aeTKH

Ha).(DIIJIUBaTb }
3. Completion of action Ha).(DHJIHTb
,l"lepeaM!
uanncaTL } , The prefix Ha- with this
(DHCaTL) IlHCbMO meaning is used to derive
HaUe'laTaTL } the perfective form. o- (06-, I. Moving round an object or skirting
(ne'!aTaTL) CTaTLIOa ra3fae 060-) an object
(a) o6oiiTH
HapncoeaTL
(pHCOBllTL) } IlOpTpeT 06X0).(11Tb
o6eJKaTb
} ,o,pj. A6pm
ua'!epTHTL} o6erltTb
('1epTHTL)
'lepTe)I<ll
(b) o6oiiTn
uay'IHTL } TOaapH!l(a Hrpe a lliilX- 06X0).(11Tb
(y'IHTL) MaTLI(HrpaTb a 06'bexaTb
} 6on&rn, cbpy
lliilXMaTbI) o6'be3lKaTb
Hai.:opMHTL 2. An action involving either the entire
(KOpMHTb) } pe6eHKa object or a number of objects
The direct object of
He).(O- Incompletion of an action, failure to
ooeraTb
OOelKllTb }aeCb Ca,[( these verbs is frequently
bring an action to an end used with the pronoun
o6'be3JKaTb }
OO'be3).(HTb
ace ropo,l"la uecb.
He).(OBLIDOJIHIITL Verbs with the opposite
He).(OBb!DOJIHHTL} ITJiaH
ace 3HaKOMhre
06X0).(11Tb } MeCTaa rOpO,l"le
meaning have the prefix o6oiiTn
He).(OOQeHHTL } ClfJihI,a03MOlK- nepe- (nepeBh!DOJIHHTb
He).(OOQeHUBaTL HOCTH ITJiaH, nepem1eHHTbCI!Jlbl,
ODpll!DHBftTb }
onpocnTb
nepecoJIHTbcyrr). acex CTy,[leHTOa
He).(OCOJIIITL
}
He).(OCllJIHBaTL cyrr o6mnTb
} acio ceMb!O
ue).(oJKapnTL o6mnuaTb
He).(OlKllpHBaTb}KOTJieTbl,
M51CO

380 381
 Continued Continued

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks

3. Encircling an object with other OTOABHHYTL} CTaKaHOT Verbs with the opposite
objects OTOABHrllTb ce6ii meaning frequently have
the prefix npu-; the objects
o6ca.llHTb } ~;:!r;:~aTL } KHHry of these verbs are used
o6c&lKHBaTb )\OM QBeTaMH with the preposition K:
rrpMBJl3aTLJIOIIIaAhK ,[\e-
OOWIITb } (b) OTOpB:iTL } rryroBMI.IY
o6WHB3Tb nJiaTOKKpy)l(eBOM peay, rrpMABIIHYTL KHiiryK
OTpLIBllTL
ce6e, IlpllBhIKHYTb K KOM}'-
o6cTyn11Tb } Y'leH,HKH o6cTyn11J1H OTBH3llTb } m16yAL, K 'leMy-m16yAh,
o6cTynaTb Y'IHTeJIH. OTBll3LIBaTL JIOIIIanL
4. An erroneous action
OCJILIWaTLCH
oroaop11TbCH
Verbs of this group are
formed by means of the
~;~!:;!}KYCOKXJie6a
OrOB&pHBaTLCH prefix o- and the particle OTJWeHTL } MapKy OT
OCTYDHTLCH -CR. OTIWeHBaTh KOHBepTa
OCTYDBTLCH
5. Imparting some quality to an object (C) OTY'IHTb Kor6-m160 OT
or acquiring some quality OTY'laTL } KypeHMJI
o6oraTHTL } (CAeJiaTh These verbs are formed OTBblKHYTb OT Kor6-mI6o,
o6oral.Q&TL 6oraTbIM) from adjective and noun OTBblKllTb } OT 'ler6-JIM6o
stems.
o6oraTHTbCH } (cneJiaTLCJI,
06ora1Q&TLCR CTaTh 6ora- nepe- I. Movement across an object (from one Nouns which are objects
Tb!M) side to the other) of these verbs are either
(CAeJiaTbC'laCTJIH-
OC'laCTJIHBHTb
used with the preposition
nepeihil } qepe3 }'JlllllY, ym1- qepe1 or take the accusa-
BbIM) nepeXOAHTL I.IY
ocHpoTeTL(cTaTh cupoT6ii)
tive without a preposition.
OBAOBeTL(cTaTb BAOBOH) nepe6elK:iTb
nepe6er:iTL }'Iepe3
pory
AOpory, ,!(0-

ocJJenilTL }
OCJleUJIIITL (CAeJiaThcJieilhIM) nepenp~1rnyTb } 'Iep~~ py'leH, py-
nepenpbirHBaTh 'leH
or JJYWHTL } (CAeJiaTb rnyxHM) 2. Movement from one place to another
OrJJyW&TL
6. Completion of action, result
OKpeDHYTL (cTaTh Kpen'le, The prefix o- with this
::::::;:~L
} Ha JlpyryIO KBapTiipy

(KpeDHyYL) } KpenKHM) meaning is used to derive nepeceJJ~TLCH} M3r6poJ(a

the perfective form. nepeceJJHTLCII B AepeBH!O
OCJJenHyTL
} (CTaTbcJieilb!M) nepeceCTb COCTyJia,
(CJJenHyTL)
nepec:ilKHBaTLCH } Ha )\MBaH
orJJOXHYTL
} (cTaTh rnyxHM) nepeCT!lBHTb } I.IBeThlC OKHa
(rJJc>XHyYL)
nepecTaBJIIITL Ha CTOJI
OCJlaOOTL }
(cJJaOOTL) (CTaTbCJia6bIM) nepeBeCHTb } KapTHHY C OJ(-
nepeaemHBaTL a6ii , cTeai:1 Ha
L\pyryIO
OT- Moving away from an object or re- nepeJIOlKHTL } c OJ(Hor6MeCTa
(OTO-) moving an object nepeKJill,!(LIBaTL Ha Apyr6e
3. Performing an action all over again in
(a) OTOHT~ } OT O~HR, Nouns which are objects a different manner, remaking an
OTXOAHTL OT AOMa of verbs with the prefix oT- object
are frequently used with
OTDJILITL } OT 6epera the preposition oT: OTOHTH nepenuc:iTb } IlllCbMO,CO'IMHeHHe,
OTDJILIB&TL nepenHCLIBaTh yrrpa)KHeHMe
OTOKHa,OTBJl3aTh JIOIIIa,!(b
OT Aepeaa.

383
382
 T
Continued Continued

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks

nepeqnTaTL see KHHrH these verbs have no imper-

nepeqnTaTL } , , nepeMbITL BCeqaIIIKH fective counterparts.
nepeq11TLIBaTL KHHry,IllfCbMO
nepenoMaTL see HrpyIIIKH
nepepa66rnTL nepe611Tb BCIOnocy.11.y
nepepa6aTLIBaTL } CTaTblO,.l(OKJHl,ll, nepeQeJIOBaTL BCeX.[leTett
nepeHeTb BCeneCHH
nepeCTponTL
nepeCTpaHBaTL } ,ll,OM 7. Reciprocal action
11epe1111cL1BaTLCHc .LIPY3LSIMH Many verbs of this
group are imperfective on-
11CpeKp3UIHBaTb }
nepei.:paCHTL
MaTeplUO neperm,myTLCH } C TOBa Ii aMH ly. These verbs are formed
neperJIH[lbIBaTLCH p IlI by means of the prefix
nepemnTL } , neperosapnBaTLCH nepe- and the particle -cH.
UepeUIHBaTL IIJiaTbe
nepei.:nui.:aTLCHB Jiecy, Ha nporyJIKe They are either never used
nepeneqaTaTL } without the particle -CH or
nepeneqaTLIBaTL
CTaTblO have a different meaning
when used with -CH.
4. Division of an object into a number of
parts
nepepeJaTL BepeBKY, UO.l(- 1. Direction of the action under an
nepepe33TL } HHTKY (nO,l(O-) object
Nouns which are ad-
nepepsaTL
nepepL1BaTL }HHTKY no.l(nOJilTH } IIOLI6pesH6
UO[IIIOJl33Tb IIOLIKaMeHb juncts to these verbs are
generally used with the
uepepy63Tb } seTKY
nepepy611TL IIOJieHO, UO,ll,JIO~IITb } IIOLl,YIIIKY
IIOLI preposition 001.1.
UO.l(KJia.[ILIBaTL roJIOBY
no.[ICTllBHTb } Be,[1p6IIO,ll,
nepenunnTL } ,ll,epeso,
nepennJIHBaTL 6peBHO UO.[ICTaBJIHTL CTPYIOBO.[lbl
UO[lqepKH)'TL } CJIO~aB
nepenoMaTL } , UO.[lqepKHBaTb TeKCTe
nepeJillMLIBaTb naJIKY
2. Approaching an object
5. An excessive action; exceeding a lim-
it, standard or norm UO,[IOHTII } , Nouns which are adjuncts
nO,[IXO.[IIITL K ,ll,OMY to these verbs are used with
neperpeTL } , Verbs with the opposite the preposition K.
neperpesbL ynor meaning have the prefix UO.l(nJibITb } Verbs with the opposite
UO.[IIIJILIBaTL K 5 epery
He.l(O-: He.l(OrpeTL, He.l(OCO- meaning have the prefix
nepeconnTL }
nepecanuoaTL
cyn JIIITL, He.l(OBapnTL, He.l(O- UO.[ITaUIIITL } OT- and nouns which are
BblUOJIHHTL, nO.[ITllCKHBaTL Bell_\HK Bar6Hy adjuncts to the latter verbs
nepeBapUTL
nepeBapHBaTL }KapT6cpeJib are used with the preposi-
tion oT: OTOttTHoT 1.16Ma.

nepeiKapHBaTL}
nepeiKapHTb 3. Direction of action upwards
MSICO
UOL16p6cHTb }
nepeobl110JIHHTL} U0.[16paCLIBaTL Mllq
nepeBLIDOJIHHTL
IIJiaH
UO,ll,HpbirHYTL
nepem1en11TL CHJibl, B03MO)l(- no.11.npbirnsaTL
nepeOQeHHBaTb } HOCTH 00.[ICKOqllTL
nepeyTOMIITLCH 00.l(CKllKHBaTL
nepeyTOMJIHTLCH 4. Addition
6. Involvement of all the objects into the 00).IJll!Tb Objects following verbs
action one after another nO).IJIHBaTL
} BO.Lib! of this group generally
nepeCMOTpeTL BCe<PHJibMbl With a few exceptions take the genitive.

384
j 25 -384
385
 Continued Continued

Meaning of Prefix Remarks Meaning of Prefix Remarks

Prefix Prefix

npOB~JIHTbCH } ITO JieL(

DO)lCblD~Tb} MYKH nposanusaTbCH LI
DO)lCblDaTb
nponwKnyTb } Cna6h1fi cBeT npouu-
DO)l6pOCHTb } LIPOB,B nponnKaTb KllJI '1Cpe3 MaJICHh-
DOL(6p8Cb1B8Tb OroHh
KOe OKHO.
5. Performing a secret action
npo6paTbCH } eKB03b TOJIITY,
00/lCJl:fWaTb } pa3roa6p Dp06Hp8TbCH eKBo3h neeHyIO qa-
Il0,!ICJl)'llH1B1lTh uiy
DO)lCTepe'lb } Bpara npoihH
} qepe3 nee
nO)lCTeperaTb npOXO)J.HTh
nO)lrOBOpHTb } Kor6-Jm6o npo6nTh TTym1 npo6HJia
nO)lr0B8pHBaTb 'ITO-JH!60 npo6UB8Tb } eTCKJIO.
CL(eJiaTb
npopbITh } Hopy B 3eMne
npopbIBaTh
npe- I. An exaggerated or excessh·eaction 2. Thoroughness of action (the action in-
volves the whole object)
npey&eJIH'IHTb } ycnexH, Many of these verbs
npeyeen1111aeaTb TPYLIHOCTH have bookish overtones. npoL(yMaTh } OTBCT Ha B0rrp6e
npeyMfHbWHTb ycneXH, npOLl:fMb!BaTb
npeyMeHbWaTb } TpyL(HOCTH eKa3aHHOe, The verb npo11yscTBOBaTb
npO'l)'BCTBOBaTb { rrpO'IHTaHHOe is perfective.
npeBblCHTb
} BJiaCTb
npeBb1W8Tb npocyrnHTh } OL(ClKLIY
npocyrnusaTb
npee1oiiT11 )lO~OeHHhIH
}
npeBOCXO)lHTb ypoaeHh 3. Movement past an object
2. Setting a limit npoexaTb } MHMO eT<lHl\HH
nperpa)lllTb npoe3JKaTh
nperpallC)laTb } IlYTh
npeKpaTHTb
npo.TJeTeTh
npOJieT!!Th } TTTHU:a npoJieTeJia
MHMO.
DpeKpalQaTb } pa66Ty ABTOM06HJib npo-
opeceKaTb } apaJKL(e6Hhie M'lancH MHMO Hae.
npece'lb )leHCTBHH
4. The action continues a definite period
3. Changing the state of an object, of time or extends over length of
transforming an object space
npeepaTHTb } , .. (a) npo6oJieTb MCeHU: No imperfective verbs of
npeepamiTb BOLIY B JieL( npoJielKaTh MeeHU: B ITOCTeJIH this group are generally
npolKHTh B L(epeBHe HeL(CJIIO formed.
npeo6paJOB8Tb } Kor6-JIH6o u:enhrfi qac
npeo6paJOBb1BaTb X038HCTBO npOlKL(!ITb
npocnaTb Beeb L(eHh
npeo6paJHTbCII } CTpaHa npe- ITOJI'!aea B O'!epeL(H Imperfective verbs can be
npeo6pallC8TbCII o6paJHJl8Cb. (b) npoCTOHTb
npo~TH L(Ba KHJIOMeTpa formed from these verbs.
npoexaTh 60 KHJIOMCTpOB
Verbs of this group are 5. An erroneous action
npo- I. Moving through an object; penetrat- frequently used with the However, cf. the meaning
ing an object npocnaTh } OH npocmiJI _IIorro-
preposition CKBOlbor qe- npocbmaTh 3L(aJI Ha JieKU:HIO. of npocnaTh in (4).
npoTe'lb } Bo)la npoTeKana pe1.
npoTeK&Tb CKBOJb ,Ubipy 8 npo3eBaTb Mb! YBJieKJIHehpa3ro-
Kpblll!C. B6poM H np03CB8JIH
eBOJ-0OCTaHOBKy.

387
386
25•
 Continued Continued

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks

palJIOlKIITb } , ,
npOI'JIH,!(eTb pacKJJ3,!(L!BaTb , KHl1rl1Ha CTOJie
npo6oJITaTbCH OH He ,n:6mKeH
6bJJI roBopttTb 11 paCCTIIBHTb CTOJibl~ CT)'Jlb~
BCe-TaKH npo- paccTaBJJHTh } no CBOMM MeCTaM
6oJITaJICH.
npoMaXH)'TbCH OH BblCTpeJIHJI,HO 4. Diverging movement (from one centre
npoMaxHy JICH. in different directions)
6. Completion of an action
npoqHT3Tb The prefix npo- with this paloiiTncL } Intransitive verbs of mo-
pacxo,n:nTLCH
no CBOMM
K0MHaTaM tion with the prefix pa3- in-
(qHT3Tb) meaning is used to derive
npo3BeHeTb the perfective form. variably take the particle
} IIpo3eeHeJ1 3BoH6K. palJieTeTLCH } B pa3Hb!e CT0pOHbl -cH. Verbs with the oppo-
(3BeHeTb) pa3JJeT3TLCH
site meaning have the prefix
nponeTb } Mbr nponeJJu o,n:11H
Kyn- pa31,exa~LCH } no ,!(OMaM c- and the particle -cH: cou-
(neTb) neT. pa31,e3lKaTLCH THCL, CJJeTeTbCH,
npo3eyqaTb B necy npo3eyqaJJO 5. An action cancelling an earlier action
(3eyqaTb) } 3XO.
pa3BH33Tb } y3 eJI Verbs with the opposite
pa3B H3htBaTL meaning frequently have
pa3- 1. Division of an object into a number of the prefix 3a-: 3aBH3aTb,
(puo-, parts
pacneqaTaTL
pacneqaTLtBaTL }lillCbM0 3aneqaTaTL,3aeepHyTL,1a-
cTerHyTL, 3a,n:yMaTL or
pac-)
Nouns which follow these
pa3,n:eJ1itTb
pa3,n:eJJHTh }JI!O,!((:llHa rpyrrnhI verbs frequently take the
pa3BepH)'Tb
pa3BepTb1BaTL }KHttry other prefixes: eoopylKHTL,
noJIIOOHTL, no3HaKo-
accusative with the prepo- MHTLCH.
pa3011Tb
pa36ueaTb }CTaKaHbl,'!aIIIKll sition Ha: pa36MTh Ha Ky-
CKH, pa3,n:eJIHThHa rpyn-
paCCTerH)'TL
paccTerueaTL }naJibT0
nhI, pa3pe3aTb Ha '!aCTM. pa3JJ:)'MbIBaTL
pa1py61tTb
pupy6:iTh }noJieHO nonoJiaM pa3opylKHTL } Bpara
pa3opylK3TL
pa3pe3aTb
pupe3aTb }XJie6 pa3,!(eTLCH
pacm1J11tTb 6pe~H0 Ha Tp11 pa3,n:eB3TbCH
pacn11J1ueaTb } '!aCTl1 '!T0-HH6y,n:L,
pa3JJIOOHTL {
pa3opeaTb }
KOr0-HM6y,n:L
nJiaThe
pa3pbIB3Tb pa33HaKOMHTbCH C KeM-HM6y):(h
2. Separation
6. The result of a gradual intensification
pa3,n:BHHYTb Verbs with the opposite of an action
pa3,n:BHI'aTb
} CTOJibl meaning have the prefix c-: pacrnyMeTLCH These verbs are not used
C,!(BIIHYTb, corHaTb, coe,n:H- paCKpHqllTbCH without -cH.
pa30rHIITb
pa3roHHTb } BeTep puornaJI
T)''!l1.
HIITb, CBeCTII. pa300JleTbCH
pa3ropeTLCH
Most of such verbs have
no imperfective counter-
pa31,e,n:HH~Tb} rrpOBO,n:a pa3rOp3TbCH parts.
pa31,e,n:HHHTb pa16yrneBIITLCH

pa3uec1;11 } MOCT
pa3B0,!(HTb 7. Thoroughness of action

3. Extending the action in different di- paccMoTpeTL } n11rr6,

rections, to different places paccMaTpHBaTb KapTHHY
Bell.111
no BCeH paccnpocHTL } ..
pa30pOCaTb } , 0 'leM-Jil1
60
pa30p3Cb!BaTb K0MHaTe paccnparnueaTL

pacKH,!(aTb pa3y3HIIT~ } 0 'leM-JIH60

pacKHJJ:h!BaTb pa1pHaeaTL

389
388
 Continued Continued

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks

pacCJibIIIlaTb '1T6-m160 CbCXaTbCH /1,HThCH, pa36e,KaThCH-

pa3pyniTh CbC3,KaThCH} B 0/1,HOMCCTO pa36eraTbCH, pa3beXaTb-
pa36panHTh
c6elKaTbCH CH- pa3be3lKaThCH
8. The result, the completion of an ac- cfleraThCH } Ha Kpl!K
tion CJIIIThCH
pa36yi1,11Tb The prefix pa3- with this CJIIIBaTbCH } B 0/(HH IIOTOK
(6y/1,HTb) meaning is used to derive
paccep;lJITh the perfective form. 5. Reciprocal action
(cepi1,11Th)
croBopuThCH } c Ke:vi--1rn60 These verbs are invaria-
pa3BeCeJIUTb CroBap11BaThCH nOH.THKy)la-
(BeCeJIUTb)
bly used with the particle
;rn6o, c,n:eJTaTb -CH.
pacniHTh
'IT0-,11160
(niHTb)
C03BOHIITbCH no TeJ1ecp{rny
C03BaHHBaTbCH } C KeM-Jlll60
c- 1. Removal of an object (or objects)
(co-) from the surface of something 6. Copying
CTepeTb These verbs are frequent- CpHCOBaTh }
} !IbUlb C Me6em! ly used v,ith nouns with cpHCOBhIBaTh
C HaT)'phl
CTHpaTh
the preposition c.
CMblTb
CMb!BaTb
}
rpR 3 b
cnucaTh
CDHChIBaTb }peIIICHI!e3a/1,a'III
cqepTHTh
copBaTb } Berep copBaJI ll1Jl51IIY cqepq11BaTb }C ,[(OCKH
CpbIBaTb C !'OJTOBbl.
7. The result, the completion of an ac-
2. Downward direction of action tion
COUTU Verbs with the opposite c,,:icJiaTh CIIIHTb The prefix c- with this
CXO)ll!Tb
} C JleCTHIIIlbl meaning have the prefix (/..eJiaTb) (IIIHTb) meaning is used to derive
B3- (B30HTII Ha JTeCTHI!UY, cneTh CbCCTb the perfective form.
CbeXaTb B36e)l(aTh Ha Kpb!JlhilO)or (neTb) (ecTb)
} c ropbI
CbeJ,KaTb B- (B·bexaTh Ha ropy, cnp»raTh ceapuTh
BJie3ThHa /1,CpeBo). (npsnarh) (eapuTb)
Joining two or more objects together CJIOMaTh cocqnTaTb
3.
(JIOMaTb) (cqnTarh)
C/1,BIIHYTb} . Verbs with the opposite
C/1,BHfaTb CTO.i1bl meaning generally have the 8. !\-lomentaneous action (movement
prefix paJ-: pa3L1B11nyTh "there and back")
COCTaBHTb } , CTOJTbI, Bar6HhI,
pac11en11Th
COCTaBJIBTb CTYJJh5! CXOj{HTb } B Mara3HH,
etc.
CBH3aTb } Bep~BKY~CBe-
(XO/lHTb) B KIIHO
CBB3bIBaTb peBKOll
c11en11Th
CB0/1,l!Tb
(BO;.{IITb) }pe6eHKa
BTeaTp
K Bpa'I)',

CQeHJIBTb
} Bar6HbI

CUIHTb
} KYCKI!
MaTepHH y- 1. Removal
CIIIHBaTh
y6parb } Bell\11B I!lKaqJ Verbs of motion with
CKpeUUTb } JJHCTbI6yMiirn yfotpaTh the opposite meaning have
cKpenJI»Th the prefix npu-: npuiiTit,
yiiru
4. Converging movement (from different YX0/1,l!Tb npnHeCTlf BCll\11,npnBe3Tlf
directions towards one centre) /1,eTerrc /1,a'!I!.
yuecTii Beu111
B /1,pyry!OKOMHa-
COHTl!Ch
} B 0/1,HOHTO'!Ke
Verbs with the opposite YHOCl!Tb } ry
CXO/.IIITbCH meaning have the prefix
pa3-: pa30HTHCh- pacxo- yBe3Tu
YB031fTb } /1,eTeHHa ,n:a'IY

390 391
 Continued
Continued

Meaning of Prefix Remarks

Prefix Meaning of Prefix Remarks Prefix

2. Extending the action over the entire 6. Forming transitive verbs from adjec-
surface of an object tives
ycTaBHTb } BeCh CTOJInocy,1100. YJI)'qWHTb All these verbs are tran-
ycTaBJIHTh yJiyqWaTb sitive. When used intransi-
YCKOpHTb tively, they take the
yBernaTb } ,
CTeHh!KapTirnaMM
yBeWHBaTb YCKOPIITb particle -c11.
YHCHHTb
yCTJIIITb } ITOJIKOBpilMli YIICHIITb
ycTHJII\Tb Y/1,JIHHHTb
ychmaTb } Jl11cThll ychmaJIH ,110- Y/:IJIHH!I.Tb
ycbmaTb pO)l(Ky. yX)'/1,WHTb
yxy1.1,rnaTb
yceHTb } YKOpOTHTb
yceuBaTb He6o yceHHO3Be3,[laMl1.
YKOpaqusaTb
3. Carrying through an action in the face
of some opposition
y,11eplKll.Tb(c11) } 0H . e,11Ba y1.1,el!• These verbs are general-
y1.1,eplKHBaTb(C!1) JKaJIC!IOT CMe- ly used with the words e1.1,-
xa. sa, C Tpy1.1,0M,
uacuJiy.
_51C Tpy,!IOMyro-
yrosopHTb
yrOBllpHBaTb } BOpHJIer6 noii-
TH K spaqy_
ynpocHTb
ynpll.WHBaTb

ycToHTb Tpy,11Ho 6hrno ycTOHTb The verbs ycTOHTb, ycu-

nepe,11)KeJiaHMeMITOH· have no im-
/1,eTb,y11eJICTb
TH B Tehp. perfective counterparts.

ycu1.1,hb IIor6,11a 6brna TaK xopo-

rna, qyo ll He MOr ycu-
/1,eTb,[IOMa.
y11eJieTb HecMOTpHHa MOp03bl,
<PPYKTOBbJe ,11epeBbllB
ca,11yy11eJICJIH.
4. Thoroughness of action
yceCTbC!I
yClllKHBaTbCH
} y,1166HO
yBJieqbC!I
yKJil\/1,blBaTbC!I
yJieqbC!I

5. Momentaneous action
YBH/1,eTb The prefix y- with this
(Bn1.1,eTb) meaning is used to derive
ycJihrrnaTb the perfective form.
(CJih!WaTb)
YlKllJIHTh
(lKllJIHTh)

392
 ,.
5f IIOJIO)KIIJIKHHrH cro,n:a,a TeT- 'I put the books here and the exer-
pa,n:II Ty,n:a. cise-books there.'
5f B35!:JI a TeTpa,n:II 'I took the books from here and
KHHrHOTCIOJJ:a,
OTTy,n:a. the exercise-books from there.'
4. Adverbs of measure and degree, which answer the questions
cKOJihKO?'how much/many?', uacKOJihKO'how much?', CKOJihKOpa3?
'how many times?', so CKO.'lhKOpa3? 'how much?', B KaKoii cTeneuu?
'how much?'
OH Mnoro pa66TaeT. 'He works a lot.'
THE ADVERB 6paT HaMHOf'OCTaprne MeHH. 'My brother is much older than
me.'
OH B)].BOeCTaprne Te65I. 'He is twice your age.'
The averb is an invariable part of speech. 'He asked him for it twice.'
On iJ:B3.JKJJ:hl
rrpoc£rn er6 06 JTOM.
In the sentence, adverbs generally modify a verb: BHHMirreJihHo
cJ1yrnaTh 'to listen attentively', pa6(naTh BMecTe 'to work together', 5. Adverbs of purpose, which answer the questions 3aqeM? 'whyT,
quniTh BcJiyx 'to read aloud', npuifTn BeqepoM 'to come in the evening', ,n:m1qer6? ·what for?'
BCTpeTHTh,n:py1Kec1rn 'to give a friendly welcome', cu,ri:fahpil:,n:oM'to sit On c):i:esrnnJTO ua3JIO BceM. 'He did it just to spite everybody.'
close by'. On napoqno TOJIKH)'JlMam,qIIKa. 'He pushed the boy on purpose.'
An adverb may also modify:
(a) an adjective: oqeuh HHTepeCHhlH'very interesting'' noqTu roTo- 6. Adverbs of cause, which answer the questions noqeMy? 'why?', no
BhIH 'almost ready'; KaKoii npuquue? 'for what reason?'
(b) an adverb: coneprneuuo nepuo 'quite right', oqeuh 6L1CTpo'very MeTeJib, DOJTOMY 'There was a heavy snow-storm,
DbIJia CI1JIJ,Ha5!
fast'· that is why the train was late.'
II0e3,U OII03,UaJI.
(~) a noun: qTeuue ncJiyx 'reading aloud', e3,n:anepxoM 'riding on CnpoconoK R ne Mor nHqer6 'Being only half-awake, I could
horseback', ,ri:pyJK6auaBfarn 'friendship forever', uaKJIOHBnpa.Bo'turn not understand anything.'
IIOH51Tb.
to the right', nphlJKOKBnepe,n:'a leap forward'. OH CKa3aJIcropsi:qaII IIOT0M caM 'He said this in the heat of the
In accordance with their meaning, adverbs are divided into the fol- )KaJieJI 06 3TOM. moment and then was sorry for
lowing main groups: it.'
1. Adverbs of manner, which answer the questions KaK? 'how?', Ka-
KUM 66pa3oM? 'in what way?' ·
ADVERBS OF MANNER ENDING IN -0
YqeHHK qJ1TaeT BCJ1yx. 'The pupil is reading aloud.'
OH qnTaeT rpoMKO, rrpoH3n6cHT 'He reads loudly, pronouncing Adverbs of manner ending in -o (xoporno 'well', npaBHJihHO'right',
CJIOBaOT'ICTJIIIBOH npaBUJihHO. the words clearly and cor- HHTepecHo['it is] interesting')must not be confused with the corres-
rectly.' ponding adjectives.
OH 11py1KeCKHrroM6r MHe. 'He helped me in a friendly way.' Adjectives invariably qualify nouns, agree with them in gender,
OH£rxoporno roBop5IT no-pyccKH. 'They speak Russian well.' number and case, and answer the questions KaKoii? KaKaH? KaKoe? or
KaK11e?(complete-form adjectives) or KaKos?, KaKoBa? KaKoBo?or Ka-
2. Adverbs of time, which answer the question 1rnr)],a?'when?' KOBhI?(short-form adjectives).
JlfaoM MbI oT,n:brxanHHa I-Ore. 'In the summer we spent our holi- KaKOU OTBeT ,n:aJI CTY )J:eHT?- "What answer did the student
days in the South.' Cry,n:eHT )J:aJInpaBUJ'JhHhIU0T- give?" "The student gave the
51 npH,n:y BeqepoM. 'I will come in the evening.' BeT. correct answer."
y Hae 6y,n:yT r6cTH.
Cero,n:usi: 'We shall have visitors today.' KaKOB OTBeT? - Orner npasu- "What kind of answer is it?" "It is
CKopo HaCT)'IIHTBeCHa. 'Soon spring will set in.' J"leH. the correct answer."
3. Adverbs of place, which answer the question r,n:e?'where?', 11:y,n:a? KaKaH y Te6H KH£rra?-Y MeHH "What kind of book have you
HHTepecuaHKHHra. got?" "I ve got an interesting
'where to?', or OTKy,n:a?'where from?'
book."
Mo£r KHHrHJie)KaT 3,n:ech,a TeT- 'My books are here and my exer- KatrnBa KHHra?- KHHra HIITe- "What is the book like?" "The
pa,n:H TaM. cise-books are there. pecua. book is interesting."
394 395
 Adverbs of manner ending in -o never modify nouns. They gene- THE DEGREES OF COMPARISON OF ADVERBS
rally modify verbs and answer the question KaK?
Adverbs formed from qualitative adjectives have degrees of com-
KaK OTBeTHJ1 CTy,Il,eHT?- "How did the student answer?" parison.
CTy,Il,eHTOTBeTHJ1npaBHJihHO. "The student answered cor- The comparative degree of adverbs has the same form as that of ad-
rectly." jectives:
KaK OHa paCCKc13hIBaeT?-OHa "How does she tell a story?" "She
paCCKc13bIBaeTHHTepeCHO. tells a story interestingly." Comparative Degree Comparative Degree
of Adjectives of Adverbs
Compare: Jp:eCbTeqemie 6hICTpee, lfeM TaM. 3)],eCb peKa Teqfa 6htCTpee, lfeM
Short-Form Adjectives Adverbs TaM.
'The current is faster here than 'The river flows faster here than
Bonp6c ilceu. OH HCHOOTBenrn Ha BOIIp6c. over there.'
over there.'
'The question is clear.' 'He answered the question Cer6)],H51BeTep CHJihHee. Cer6umr BeTep uyeT CHJihHee.
clearly.' 'The wind is stronger today.' 'The wind is blowing stronger to-
PaccKa3 HHTepeceu. OH paCCKc13bIBaeT HHTepecuo. day.'
'The story is interesting.' 'He tells a story interestingly.' OH paccKa3hIBaeT HHTepecuee,
3TOT paCCKc13HHTepecuee, lfeM
PellieHHe npaBHJihHO. YqeHHKOTBeTHJInpaBHJihHO. lfeM 51.
TOT.
'The decision is correct.' 'The pupil answered correctly.' 'This story is more interesting 'He tells stories more interesting
O3epo cnoKoiiuo. PeKa Teqfa CUOKOHHO. than I do.'
than that one.'
'The lake is calm.' 'The river flows quietly.'
,l(opora DpHMa. Mbl H,1],eMnpHMO. An adjective in the comparative degree qualifies a noun and an-
'The road is straight.' 'We are going straight on.' swers the "(lUestion KaKOH?,KaKaH?, KaKoe? or KaKtte?
Cry,Il,eHTblBHHMaTeJihHhl. CTy,Il,eHTbl CJ1)'IIJaIOT BHHMll· An adverb in the comparative degree invariably modifies a verb
TeJihHO. and generally answers the question KaK?
'The students are attentive.' 'The students are listening attenti- Like the comparative of an adjective, the comparative of an adverb
vely.' may have the prefix no-: noTnme 'a little more softly', 'not so loud',
Exercise 1. Which of the italicised words modify verbs and which qualify nouns? nopauLme 'a little earlier'.
What questions do they answer? Which words are adjectives and which are adverbs? The prefix no- adds the meaning of 'a little', 'slightly' to the com-
I. Tuxa yKpallHCKaJIHO%. Ilp03p11'11-IO He6o. (TI.) parative degree, e.g.:
2. Jlc,tO }'TpO. Tuxo aeeT TeIIJlblll aeTep6K. (HuK.) foBopiI noTu:me. 'Don't speak so loud.'
3. Ha ceaepe ,[\l!KOMCTOllTOOUIIOKO
Ha rOJTOll.acpwirne COCHa.(Jl.) The superlative degree of adverbs consists of the comparative de-
4. l.ho 3a H6noqKo! Ott6
C6Ky crrenoro nOJll-lO,
gree and the pronoun ocex 'of all' (genitive plural of the pronoun nee):
TaK C6C:JICO11 TaK oyu.tucmo, OH roBopiIT rro-pyccKH nylfme 'He speaks Russian better than
TaK pykt.RIIO, 30aWmucmo,
D}',L\TO
Me1-10MHaJillJJOCb.(fl.) ocex B Hallleii rpyrrrre. anyone else in our group.'
5. KaK nee xopbiu IT03,[IHeM6ceHbIO! (Typz.) 3TOT yqeHiIK pemiIJJ 3auaqy 'This pupil solved the problem
6. MocKaa! MOCKaa!J1I06mo Te651,KaKCbIH,KaKp_yCCKllll,
CUJlbllO, nflllMCliliO H f/€:HC/iO. pauLme scex. earlier than all the others.'
( JI.)
Exercise 3. Write out the sentences. Underline the adverbs in the comparative degree
Exercise 2. Insert the adverb or the adjective, as required by the sense. once and the adjectives in the comparative degree twice.
1. Er6 OTBeT6b!J1 .... TQqHblll.11 KpaTKllll I. YlK He6o OCCHb!O ,[\blilll.lJIO,
OH OTBeTHJJ. . . . TQqHo ll KpaTKO Y lK pelKe COJTHb!WKO 6JJllCT1.lJJO,
2. ,O:op6ra ... IlO,[\HHMaJTaCb
aaepx. Kpyr6M Kopoqe CTaHOal!JlCJI ,[\CHb.(fl.)
IIot1neM 6brn .... Kp_yTO 2. Mb! CTaJill3aMeTHOIlO,[\HHMl.lTbCJI a r6py. 11qeM ,[11.lJlbWeeXaJJH,TeMIlO,L\beM CTaHO-
3. Mb! illJlll ... . Tl!Xllll BHJTCJI Kpyqe, TeM pbqe .LIYJJ aeTep. (C.-M.) .
Hoqb 6brna ... . Tl!XO 3.... COJTHI_\e TIO,[\HHMl.lJJOCbace abJWe, annaaJI caoe TeITJTO a 66.L1py10caelKeCThaeruttero
4. 3m pa66ra ... . cpoqHblll. ,L\HJI.06JJaKa IlJThlJTH Me,[\JJCHHee, TeHI! HXCTl.lJTH TOHblllC,I1p03paqHee (M. I'.)
HylKHO ... ai:rnoJJHHTb:hy pa66Ty. CpOqHo 4. )J;eTCTaOKQHqHJJOCb. 0qeHb lKaJJb,qTO aC!OrrpeJTeCTb,[\eTCTaaMb! HaqnttaeM IlOHll·
5. Er6 6one3Hb .... TJilKeJTblll. MaTb, TOJlbKOKOr,[la,L\eJTaeMCJI a3pOCJ!b!Mll.B ,[\eTCTBeace 6b!J10,L\pyr11M.
CaeTm~TMH
OH ... 66nett. TJilKeJTO ll qllCTb!Mllf JJa3aMH CMOTpeJTH Mb! Ha Mllp, H ace HaM Ka3aJJOCbropa3,L\O6onee
51pKllM.
397
396
 T
5[pqe 6bIJIO COJ1HUe, CMJlbHee rraXJlM IIOJlH, rpoM'le 6hIJI rpOM, o6iHibHee ,[(OlKL(U '(it is) quiet', rnyMno '(it is) n0isy', nnoxo '(it is) bad', xoporno '(it is)
II BbIWe Tpasa. M IIJHpe 6hI:IO 'leJlOBe'!eCKOe cep.[(ue. OCTpee rope II B Tb!C51'1Y pa3 3a-
goo3d',Tehtc. . ·b·1· . ·b·1· f .
ra,[(O'IHCC 6bIJia 3CMJIH, p0,[1,H<lH 3eMJIH~CaMOC BCJIMKOJ!eTTHOC, '!TO HaM ,[l,aHO .[(JIH . e necessity, poss1 uty or 1mposs1 1 1ty o an action:
lKII3HM. Ee Mb! ,[(OJ!lKHbl B03,[(eJlbJBaTb, 6epe'-1h II oxpaHHTh BCeMM CHJ1aMII CBoer6
cyruecrna. (Ilaycm.) flyJKno HarrncaTb nHCbMO. 'It is necessary to write a letter.'
TeJ1erpaMMYueo6XO)J;HMO OTrrpa- 'The telegram must be sent to-
PREDICATIVE ADVERBS BIITbcer6,IJ,H5I. day.'
]V[oJKuoBottTfI? 'May I come in?'
There is a special group of Russian adverbs which are used as pre- 3,n:echueJib3H KYPIITb. 'Smoking is not allowed here.'
dicates in impersonal sentences. Such adverbs are called predica-
tive. Such adverbs include: uyJKno(ua;w) '(it is) necessary', 'must', ueo6-
xoAHMO '(it is) necessary', 'must', o6H3aTeJibHO'must', MO;KHO'(it is)
Cero,l],mI XOJIO)].HO. 'It is cold today.' possible', 'may', ueJih3H '(one is) not allowed', ueso3MOJKHO'(it is) im-
B KOMHaTecseTJio II ttncTo. 'It is light and clean in the room.' possible', etc.
)],enIM BeCeJIO. 'The children are enjoying them-
selves.' 4. The time of an action:
HyJKuo 3aKOR'lIITbpa66Ty. 'The work must be finished.' Y)Ke 003,nuo II,IJ,TII
ryJIHTb. 'It is already too late to go for
Predicative adverbs denote: a walk.'
1. A person's state or feelings: MHe nopa II,IJ,TII
,IJ,OMOH. 'It is time for me to go home.'
MHe xoJio)].uo. 'I am cold.' Such adverbs include: pauo '(it is) early', n63,11;uo
'(it is) late', nopa
)],py3b5IMBeCeJIO. 'The friends are enjoying them- '(it is) time', speMH '(it is) time'.
selves.' The noun or pronoun standing for the person who experiences the
HaM JKaJibpaccTamlTbC5I. 'We are sorry to part.' state denoted by a predicative adverb invariably takes the dative.
EMy JieHb npIIHIIMaTbC5I3a pa- 'He is too lazy to set down to Mlle xo.110,l],uo. 'I am cold.'
66Ty. work.' Pe6er1Kyseceno. 'The child is enjoying itself.'
Such adverbs include: Tenno '(one is) warm', 1Kap1rn'(one is) hot', In the present tense predicative adverbs are used without a link
xono,a;uo'(one is) cold', 66n1>uo'(one) feels a pain', seceno '(one is) en- verb:
joying oneself; pa,a;ocrno '(one is) glad', cKyttuo '(one is) bored',
rpycrno '(one is) sad', uuTepecuo '(it is) interesting', Tpy,nuo '(it is) diffi- Cer6,11;HH
,t;,:ap1rn. 'It is hot today.'
cult', nerno '(it is) easy', cMeum6 '(it is) funny', CTh1,nuo'(one is) B KOMHaTecseTJIO. 'It is light in the room.'
ashamed', o6u,nuo '(one is) offended', ,noca,nuo '(one is) annoyed', To express the past or future tense, the link verb 6h1Th is used. In
npusi:rno'(it is) pleasant', neub '(one is) too lazy', JKaJib(JKaJIKo)'(one the past tense, t?e link verb OhITh takes the neuter gender:
is) sorry', etc.
2. The state of nature or of the environment: B'lepa 6hmo JKapKo. 'It was hot yesterday.'
B KOMHaTe6Lmo cBeTJio. 'It was light in the room.'
Cer6,n:H5IMopo3uo II conuettuo. 'Today it is frosty and sunny.'
B KOMHaTeCBeTJIO,TeUJIOIi ywT- It is light, warm and cosy in the In the future tense, the link verb 6hITh takes the 3rd person singular:
HO. room.' 3aBTpa 6y,neT JKapKo. 'It will be hot tomorrow.'
Ha ,n:Bopey)Ke TeMHO. 'It is already dark outside.'
B Bar6He 6bIJ10 Tecuo, ,nyrnuo 'The (railway) carriage was crowd- Occasionally, the verbs CTaHOBHThCH (imp.) 'to become', 'to get'-~
II lU)'MHO. ed and it was stuffy and noisy CTaTb (p.), Ka3aTbCH 'to seem', etc. are used as a link verb:
there.' CTaJIO XOJI0,!1,HO. 'It has become cold.'
BeqepoM B Jiecy Chipo. 'It is damp in the wood in the CTanoBHTCSITem16. 'It is getting warm.'
evening.'
The verb used with a predicative adverb takes the infinitive:
Such adverbs include: cseTJio '(it is) light', TeMuo '(it is) dark',
TenJ16 '(it is) warm', xoJIO)].HO'(it is) cold', JKapKo '(it is) hot', npo- MHe uyJKuo noc;zamb TeJie- 'I must send a telegram.'
xna,i:i;uo(it is) cool', conuequo '(it is) sunny', Mop63uo '(it) freezes', npoc- rpaMMy.
Topuo '(there is) much room', cso66,a;uo '(there is) plenty of room', LI,oCTaHlJ,IlilMOJKHOooumu rrern- 'It is possible to reach the station
Tecuo '(it is) crowded', nycTO '(it is) empty', ,a;yrnuo'(it is) stuffy', THXO KOM. on foot.'
398 399
 'I
HaM nopa examb. 'It is time for us to go.' Exercise 6. Read through the sentences. Point out the adverbs and adjectives in the
Cry,[(eHTaM HHTepecuo CJl)iutamb 'The students are listening to the comparative degree.
neK[(HIO. lecture with interest.'
EMy 6y,lJ,eT Tpy,!J.HO6blnOJlliUmb 'It will be difficult for him to I. Bee MpaqHeii H HHJKeTyq11onycKaIOTC.11 Hal( ,MOpeM.(M_. I'.) 2. B~Tep MeJK~y
:ho 3a,[(aHHe. carry out this task.' TeM qac OT qacy CTaHOaUJIC.11 CHJibHee.(II) 3. K !l:qepy <::aHo~_HTC.11 BC~XOJIOl(He~.
(Kap.) 4. 0Hit ace 6JiitJKeH 6JI1tJKeI:OAXOl(HJIH
K paHOHY _6oea: ace CJihl\IIHeeCTaHOaH-
The object of the predicative adverbs uymuo '(it is) necessary' HCb TllJKeJibiea3AOXHOp)'l(Hli H .11acTaeHHee o6o3HaqaJIHCb HX aCf!bIUIKH...( ~Gli.)
'.must',_c~L1rn110
'(~s) heard', BH,lJ,HO
_'(is) seen', mam. '(one is) sorry', '(it 1. CTaHOaltJIOCbaecenee, rOJIOCa3ayqaJIH rpoMqe, (¥,I'.). 6. qeM l(aJibll!e K MOpIO,
TeMace rnitpe, cnoK6_iiHeifB6n~a. (M._!'.) 7. }1MYllllfIOC!'a_b16paThc.11,K
peKe. 3.riech1 Ha
is) a pity takes either the accusative or the genitive: OTl(pb!TOM MeCTe,l(BHraThCll6hlJIOeui:e TPYAHee.)KryqHHaeTep npOHH3hIBaJI HacKa03b.
Koro BaM uymuo? "Who do you want to see?" (A.?IC.)
- MHe uymuo ,lJ,Hpernopa. "I want to see the director."
(acc.)
PRONOMINAL ADVERBS
B OKHoMHe BH,lJ,HO yJiuqy. (acc.) 'Out of the window I can see the
street.' Pronominal adverbs do not name any modifiers or attributes but
MHe mam. norep5IHHOrO Bpe- 'I am sorry for the time lost.' merely refer to them.
MeHH. (gen.) Pronominal adverbs fall into the same groups as all other adverbs.
Like pronouns, they are divided into: interrogative, relative, demonstra-
Like adverbs of manner ending in -o, predicative adverbs ending in tive, negative and indefinite.
-o have degrees of comparison.
Comparative: Interrogative Demonstrative Negative Indefinite
Adverbs Adverbs
B necy TenJiee, qeM B none. 'It is warmer in the wood than in and
Relative
Adverbs

the field.' Adverbs

Cero,[(H51xoJio,lJ,uee,
qeM Bqepa. 'It is colder today than it was yes-
terday.' Adverbs r,ae T&M HHrAe r,ae-To
Superlative: of 'where' 'there' (place) 'nowhere' 'somewhere' (place)
place (place)
EMy 6i:rno eeceJieeecex. 'He enjoyed himself more than i.:y.aa Ty,aa HHKy,aa Ky,aa-TO
anyone else.' 'where 'there' (direc- 'nowhere' 'somewhere' (direc-
ecero 6i:rno B none.
XoJio,lJ,nee 'It was coldest of all in the field.' to' tion) (direction) tion)
OTKy,aa OTTyl(a HHOTKYIJ:8 OTKYIJ:8-TO
'where 'from there' 'from no- 'from somewhere'
Exercise 4. Read through the sentences. Point out the predicative adverbs. from' where'
I. J1en6 Ha cepmi;e OT necm1 aeceJIOll. 3l(eCL nerAe r,ae-nH6YAL
Omi CKyqaTbHe l(aeT HllKOrl(a.(Jie6.-K.) 'here' (place) 'nowhere' 'somewhere' (place)
2. Beceno npo611paTbC.II no }'3KOlll(Opfo1rne,MeJKl(Yl(ayMii CTeH<lMll
BbICOKOllpl!(ll. (place)
TYT nei.:y,aa KYAB-HH6yAL
(Typ2.) 3. DblJIOyJKe l(OBOJlbHO TeMHO.(JI.) 4. Hal(o 6bIJIO aepH}'TbC.11 l(OMOll.(fl.)
5. CrnHOBIIJIOCb JKapKo,11.IInocneIIIHJIl(OMOll.(JI.) 6. C6nmi:e yJKecnpiiTaJIOCbB TeM- 'here' (place) 'nowhere' 'somewhere' (direc-
HOllTyqe... a yui:enbe CTaJIOTeMHO11Cblpo. (JI.) 7. C6nmi:e ceno, 11MHenopa lll(Tll l(O- (direction) tion)
CIO,llB OTKY,aa-nH6yAL
MOll. (Typ2.) 8. B napKe 6r:mo THxo, nycTbIHHo.(<l>aiJ.)9. Kpyr6M H11qer6He BH.UHO.
(JI.) 10. XoJIOl(HO;afaep CBIIIIJ;eT 11KOJie6JieTCTaaHll... CKyqHo! (JI.) 'here' (direc- 'from somewhere'
tion)
OTCIOIJ:8 neOTKYAB Koe•rAe
Exercise 5. Read through the sentences. Make up sentences of your own using the 'from 'from 'here and
italicised adverbs. ' here' nowhere' there'
I. Hoqb 6bIJia RCHa.11 11XOJIOl(Ha.11. 3Be3l(blflpKO ropeJIH Ha He6e; MepIIaH11ellX OT-
paJKaJIOCbB aol(e. Kpyr6M 6bIJIOmuxo 116e3/l/OOIW,He 6bIJIOC/lbllUHO/:l<llKe acrrJieCKOB Adverbs KOr,aa TOrAa HHKOr,aa KOr,llB·TO
np1166.11.KpaCHbill IlOJiyMeC.IIII aJoIIIeJI n030HO H 3aO)IMlJU60fJI.lll(eJIHa ycHyarnyro of 'when' 'then' 'never' 'once (upon a time)'
JeMJIIO.(Ape.) 2. IlpeKpacHoe anpeJibCKOeCOJIHIIe CU/lbHOrpeno, HOa KaHaBax11a necy time nei.:or,aa nei.:or,aa
eIIIe CHer. (Cfex.) 3. Eui:e C paHHero yTpa Bee He6o o6JIOJKIIJI11 l(OJKl(eai:,eTyqH; 6bIJIO '(one has) 'at one time'
muxo, He;J1CapKO H CK)ilJHO... ( Cfex.) 4. Ha peKy 6bIJIOcmpamHo CMOTpeTb.OT 6b1cmpo no time', KOrAB·HH6yAL
6eryui:eii aOl(bl KpylKHJiaCb ronoaa. (Ape.) 5. )J;OJKl(5!He 6bIJIO,HO6bIJIOoqeHb «empeHO '(there is) 'some day'
H XO/lOOHO. DJlll3HJI11CbcyMepKH.(<Pao.) 6. CHer eUie TOJibKOIlOKpbIJIIlOJI5!,H/:ITH6bIJIO no time' KOrAB-JIH6o
lie mpyiJHo. (<PaiJ.)7. 0l(HHOKHllOfOHbcnOKOUHO MHraJIa TeMHOTeH afone Hero yJKeHt) 'some day'
6bmo «110110 JIIOl(eii.(Cfex.) 8. He «ece/lo H 11ecKopo rrpornen l(eHb. (Typ2.)
400 401
26 - 384
 "If

Continued Exercise 7. Read through the sentences. Point out the pronominal adverbs.
I. A.JieKceii ormrnyJICll Ha 6oJihlllOe 3)__\am1e ynpaBJieHHll H cp:hy yatt:i--(eJI:OTT)')__\a
Interrogative Demonstrative Negative Indefinite B HX CTOpOHY6e)KaJia ,[(eBymKa B 6eJIOM nm1Tbe. (AJIC.) 2. 0TC!Oi--(a,CBepxy, 'lepe3
and Adverbs Adverbs Adverbs npocT6pHbie 6KHa xoporn6 6lrn11 BHi--\HhI Mepua10m11e orHif HO'IHOro r6poi--\a. (Anm.)
Relative
Adverbs 3. Koii-r,ne 113-TIOl\CHCra BblfJIM)];blBaJIH KYCTapHHKH. (JI.)
4. Mbl BOJibHbie TITtt:Uhl,nopa, 6paT, nopa.
Ty ,na, r ,ne 3a Ty'leH. 6eneeT ropa.
Adverbs KaK TaK HHKllK KllK-TO Ty,na, r,ne CHHeIOTMOpCKtt:eKpaii,
of 'how' 'so' 'in no 'somehow' Ty,na, r,ne ryniieM JIHillh a6Tep ,na S1!(II.)
manner way' KllK-HH6y!~b 5. J1 TOT, KTOC necHeH TIO)Kll3HHrnaraeT,
·somehow' TOT HHKOf)];aII HHf,[(eHe nporra,neT. (Jle6.-K.)
KaK-Jin6o
'somehow' RELATIVE AND DEMONSTRATIVE ADVERBS
KOe-KaK
'anyhow' Like relative pronouns, the relative pronominal adverbs r,r:i;e
'where', Ky,r:i;a'where to', OTKy,r:i;a'from where', Kor,r:i;a'when', KaK
Adverbs CKOJlbKO CTOJlbKO HHCKOJlbKO HeCKOJlbKO 'how', CKOJihKO'how many/much', uacKOJihKO'how much', no'leMy
of 'how many/ 'so much/ 'not at all' 'somewhat', 'a 'why', 1a'leM 'why' are used as conjunctive words in complex sentences:
measure much' many' little',
or uacKoJibKO uacTOJibKO 'rather' 51 He 1m'no, r)le oH )KHBeT. 'I do not know where he lives.'
degree 'how much' 'so much' MHe H3BeCTHO, OHnowen. 'I know where he went.'
Ky,r:i;a
MHe H3BecTHO, oTKy,11.a OH 'I know where he came from.'
Adverbs DO'leMy DOTOMY DO'leMy-To npHeXaJI.
of 'why' 'therefore' 'for some reason' MHe ll3BeCTHO, KOr)la OHnpu- 'I know when he came.'
cause DO'leMy-uu6y;:i:b exan.
'for some reason
or other' Like demonstrative pronouns, demonstrative pronominal adverbs
may be used as demonstrative words in complex sentences.
Adverbs Ja'leM JaTeM HeJa'leM Ja'leM-TO 51 6hIJI TaM, rne oH )KHBeT. 'I was where he lives.'
of 'what 'for that '(there is) 'for some reason' 51 nou.uy Ty,11.a,r,ue oH )KHBeT. 'I shall go to where he lives.'
purpose for' reason' no need' 3a'leM-HH6y;:i:b
'for some reason 51yu,uy rnr)la, Kor)la oH BepHi::TcH.
'I will go when he comes back.'
or other'
3a'leM-JIH60 (For details, see 'Complex Sentences', p. 516)
'for some reason
or other'
NEGATIVE ADVERBS
Notes. 1. The indefinite adverb of measure or degree uecKOJibKO ·somewhat' 1. Negative adverbs with the particle HH- Hnr)le 'nowhere'
should not be confused with the corresponding quantitative word uecKOJibKO
'several', 'some', 'a few'. (place), unKy.LJ.a'nowhere' (direction), HHOTKyll:a 'from nowhere',
The adverb uecKOJibKO modifies a verb, adjective or adverb and denotes the HHKOr)la 'never', HHKaK 'in no way', uucKOJihKO'not at all'-are used
degree of the intensity of an action or attribute: in negative personal sentences. In sentences which contain these ad-
51 ueCKOJlbKO (HeMH6ro) ycTaJI. 'I am a little tired.' verbs the verb is invariably preceded by the negative particle He: HHr/l:e
Pa66rn uecKOJibKo Tpy;:i:Ha;:i:m1MeHii. 'The work is rather difficult for me.' ne HameJI 'did not find anywhere', unKy)la He xo,r:i;uJI 'did not go any-
The quantitative word uecKOJibKO denotes an indefinite number of objects: where', HHKormi ue 6LIJI 'never was', uuKaK He Mor 'could not in any
Y MeHJI OCHlJIOCbHeCKOJlbKO MHH)'T 'I have a few minutes to spare.'
way', HHCKOJihKO ue ycTaJI 'not tired at all'. The particle uu is never
cao66.[(Horo apeMeHH. stressed.
B KOMHaTe6b.IJIOuecKOJlbKO 'leJIOBeK. 'There were several people in the 2. Negative adverbs with the particle He-HeI')le 'nowhere' (place),
room.' HeKylJ:a 'nowhere' (direction), HeOTKy.LJ.a 'from nowhere', ueKor)la
2. The adverb ueKor;:i:a has two meanings: in one meaning it is negative ad- '(one has) no time', '(there is) no time', HeJa'leM '(there is) no need' -
verb:
MHe ueKor;:i:a OT,[(hJXaTh. 'I have no time to rest.' are used in impersonal sentences. In sentences which contain these ad-
verbs the verb invariably takes the infinitive without the particle He.
in the other it is an indefinite adverb: The noun or pronoun which denotes the person takes the dative. The
51 HeKOf)l,a )KII)J3,[(eCh. 'I once lived here.' stress invariably falls on the particle ue:
402 403
26•
EMy uer)J.epacrroJIO)l(IfThC5l. 'There is nowhere for him to settle Ilo'leMy-To OH 3amb,z:i:hrnaeT. 'He is late for some reason.'
down.' Omi Ja'leM-TO OTKpbIJla,1J.Beph. 'She opened the door for some
HeKy )J.aITOJ10)1(11Th
BemH. 'There is no place to put the reason.'
things in.' Adverbs with the particle -uu6y,uL are used when speaking of the
ij'eKOr)J.aITOHTHB TeaTp. 'There is no time to go to the place, time, cause or purpose of an action about which no one has
theatre.'
a clear idea or which is absolutely of no consequence to the speaker.
Te6e HeJa'leM exaTh B ropo,ll.. 'There is no need for you to go to
town.' DoJIO)KHBemH KyJJ.a-uu6y,uL. 'Put the things somewhere.'
EcnH OH no'leMy-uu6y,uL orro3- 'If he is late for some reason or
Adverbs with the particle 11econvey the impossibility of an action ,z:i:aeT,TO Mhl He 6y,z:i:eMero other we shall not wait for
owing to the lack of room, time or reason for it. )K,1J.aTh. him.'
Exercise 8. Read through the sentences in the left-hand and right-hand columns. Kor.z:i:aOHa 3a'leM-HH6y)J.hOTKphl- 'When she opened the door for
Pay attention to the stress in the negative adverbs. Explain the difference in the meaning Bana ,z:i:Beph,B KOMHaTy Bphl- some reason or other a cold
of the sentences in the two columns. BaJIC5!XOJ10,1J.Hhlll
BeTep. wind burst into the room.'
JI HHKOr.D;aHe 'IHTaJl 3TOll KHttrH. MHe HeKor.D;a 6bIJ10 'IHTaTb 'ny KHttry.
Exercise 12. Compare the sentences in the left-hand and right-hand columns and
Mb! HHr.D;eHe OCTatt.lBJlHBaJlHCb. HaM Her,D;e 6b1J10 OCTaHOBl1TbCll.
explain the meaning of the indefinite adverbs.
OH HHKy.D;aHe TIOllleJl B BOCKpeceHbe. EMy HeKy.D;a6bIJ10 noihtt B BOCKpeceHbe.
JI HHOTK)'.D;aHe lK.D;YnHCCM. Mtte HeOTKy.D;alK.D;aTh nttCCM. ~em KyOa-mo y6elKaJ1H. Iloii.JJ,eMTe Kyoa-11116yob
noryJ1S1Th.
Kozoa-mo JJ,aBH0 OH rrpue3lKaJ1 K HaM. KocOa-Hu6yob OH npHeAeT K HaM.
Exercise 9. Give negative answers to the following questions. Otta no'leMy-mo He npm1ma. EcJlH Thi no'leMj:-Hu6yob He CM0lKelllh
npHH.TH, o6inaTeJlbHO TI03BOHH MHe.
2. Ky.D;a Bbl e3.ll;HJ1Hs BOCKpeceHbe? 3. r.D;e )Ke
I. Kor.D;a Bbl 6bIJ1H B MaHtJ~CTepe?
HaM 3aHHMaThcll? 4. Ky.D;a HaM noihtt cer6.D;Hll BC'lepoM? Exercise 13. Read through the sentences. Explain the use of the indefinite adverbs.
Exercise 10. Replace the following sentences with synonymous sentences containing I. ...Kou-zoe Ha Jlttrrax BHCSITIIOCJleJJ,HHe30J10Tb!e JlHCTMI. (Typz.) 2. Co CTaHU:HH
negative adverbs. /:(OHOCHJlC.SIIIIYM rr6e3JJ,a:KPH'laJlH 2oe-mo C0HHbie neTyxil. (l/ex.) 3. .51mo6mo Poccino
J. Y MeHSI HeT BpCMeHH 3aHHMaTbCll 3THM .D;eJlOM.2. 3AeCb HeT MeCTa, 'IT06bI no- /10 66J1H cepJJ,e'!HOH.H AalKe He Mory IIOMb!CJlHTb ce6SI 2oe-.l/.1160,Kp0Me PoccttH. (C.-/I(.)
CTaBHTb '!eMO.ll,llH. 3. HeT Heo6XO.ll,HMOCTHcnpalllHBaTb 06 3TOM. 4. He 6bIJ10 MeCTa,
4. He noexaTb JlH HaM Kyoa-11u6yob?(l/ex.) 5. Ilo He6y IIJlhlJlH pa30pBaHHb!e 06J1aKa:
r.D;e M0lKHO 6b1J10 cnpS!TaThCll OT AOlKJlll.
KOe-zoeBHAHeJlOCbCHHee tte6o. (Ape.) 6. rpyCTHh!H. BaJlbC H3 3aJlbl IIOJleTeJl B HacTelKb
OTKpb!Tbie 0KHa, H Bee no'leMy-mo BCTI0MHHJlH, '!TO 3a 0KHaMH Tenepb BeCHa, MallCKHll
Exercise 11. Write out the sentences, choosing the appropriate particle (ne or nn). Be'lep. (l/ex.) 7. Cyrp66 BApyr npoBaJIHJlC.SITI0J],HHM, :u OH TIO'l)'BCTBOBaJl, '!TO JleTHT
KyOa-moBHH3. (AJIC.) 8. HeT rrpH'IHH BOJlHOBllTbCll, OHH CKpbIJlHCh 2oe-11116yob B TI0AX0-
I. Kor.D;a nowe-~ JJ,0lKJlb, MbI 6b1J111e n6J1e, 11HaM (He, Hu) Ky.D;a6i:rno cnphaTbCll. /1SlllleM MeCTe. (AJIC.) 9. roe-mo pll.ll,OM CO CTpaIIIHhIM TpeCKOM pyxHyJlO JJ,epeBO.(AJIC.)
2. OH (lie, IIU) K0fAa He OTKa3bIBaCTCll llOM0'lb TOBapHlllY- 3. JI cer0AHll Be'lepoM (He, 10. l1HOrJJ,a .SI YXOAHJl H3 A0MY Ii JJ,0 TI03AHero Be'!epa 6pOAHJ1 zoe-11116yob. (l/ex.)
lill) KyAa He TIOll.ll,)'. 4. Cer0JJ,Hll ll 3aHllT; MHe (11e,HU)K0rJJ,a ryJ1S1Tb.5. 51He noii.D;y C TO· 1J. ECJlH .SIye.D;yKyOa-11116yOb, TO C KalKJJ,OH.
60Jlblll0H. CTaHU:HH6y.D;y TIOChiJlaTb BaM 0T-
66ii, MHC (11e,11u)3a'!eM TYAa HJJ,TH.6. 51Te6ll Be3JJ,eHCKaJl Ii (11e,Hll) rAe He M0r HaHTH. Kpb!Thle IIHCbMa. (l/ex.) 12. Kocoa-11u6yob 3aeAeM K HHM. (II.) 13. roe-mo, Kozoa-mo
7. Bee MeCTa 6hrnH 3llHllTbI, cecTb 6hv10 (11e,11u)r.D;e. ):(aBH0-)].aBH0 TOM)' Ha3aJJ,, .SInpo'!eJl OJJ,H0CTHXOTBOpeHHe. Otto CK6po TI03a6bIJIOCb
MH0IO ... HO rrepBbIH. CTHX OCTaJlC.SI y MeHll B naMllTH. (Typz.)
INDEFINITE ADVERBS Exercise 14. Write out the sentences, inserting the particle -To or -uu6y)].h.
Most indefinite adverbs are formed from interrogative adverbs by I. JI KOrJJ,a-... CJlbJIIIaJl )Ty rreCHIO. 2. OH KyJJ,a-... TIOJlOlKHJlCBOH6HJleT u Tenepb He
M0lKeT er6 Haii.Ttt. 3. He rroii.Ttt JlH ttaM Ky.D;a-... rroryJ1HTb. 4. KorJJ,a- ... B ceo66)].Hoe
means of the indefinite particles -TO, -nu6yJJ.L(-J1u60), Koe- (Koii-): BpeM.SI3aH.AH KO MHe. 5. Otta TIO'leMy- ... He rrpHIIIJla cer0AH.SI. 6. H6Bhle lKHJlbU:bl 3a-
r,ue-TO 'somewhere' (place), r.ue-11u6y,uL 'somewhere' (place), 'H:M... nepecTaBHJlH Me6eJlb B K0MHaTe. 7. ECJlH Tb! IIO'leMy- ... He CM0lKeJIJb npHttTH, C0-
KyJJ.a-11u6yJJ.L'somewhere' (direction), Ky,ua-J1u60'somewhere' (direc- 06U~H 06 3TOM. 8. ECJlH Bbl KOrAa- ... eme 6yJJ,eTeB HallleM r6po.ll,e, 06.Sl3aTeJibHO 0CTa-
liaBJlHBaH.TeChy Hae. 9 . .JI rrpH.ll,)' K Te6e KOrJJ,a-... II0CJle 3K3aMeHOB. 10. KorJJ,a- ... JJ,aBH0
tion), Kor.r.a-TO'once (upon a time)', Kor,ua-uu6yJJ.L
'some day', Koe-r,ne B HaIIIeM ropoJJ,e lKHJl OJJ,HHH3BeCTHblH.XYJJ,0lKHHK.11. JleTOM Mb! IIOeJJ,eMOTAbIXaTh
'here and there', Koe-KaK 'somehow', etc. Ky)].a-... Ha IOr. 12. EcJlH Te6e 3a'!eM- ... IIOHa)].o6HTC.SIMOS! TI0MOlllh, HaITHlllH MHe 06
The particles -TO and -uu6yJJ.Lare used with adverbs in the same' 3TOM. 13. BcTpeTHMCll JlH KOr)].a-....
way as with pronouns.
Adverbs with the particle -To are used when speaking of the place,
time, cause or purpose of an action which is either unknown to the
speaker or about which he has only a vague idea, but which may be
known to his listeners.
KHHra Jie)KHTl')J.e-TOB WKa<py. 'The book is somewhere in the
bookcase.'
404 405
 ADVERBS OF PLACE 2. KyL1aHaM H)'lKHO11,[(Ttt? cnpaBa, HarrpaBO
ri1e HaXOJiHTCff TeaTp?
}. rl(c pa60TaJIH :IJ-0,[_\H? BClOLIY,
OTOBClOLIY
r.ne? 'where?' Kytl3'! 'where to?' OTKY~1a?"where from?' 0TK)'11alll:111Jll0,[(11?
4. L:i:e exaJia Mawirna? srrepeL1tt,srrepel(
KyL1anoexasra Mamirna?
TYT, JL1eCb'here' CIOLlll'here' OTC10L1a 'from here' 5. rLle TIOKa3:.lJIC5!
TeTIJIOXOLI?
TaM 'here' Tyl.la 'here' OTTy!la 'from here' KyL1aCMOTPCJIH nyTewecrneHH11K11?
anrL1e 'nowhere' HHKYLlll'nowhere' HHOTKY/.la'from nowhere' 0TK)',[_\arryTel!ICCTBCHHHKHCMOTpbrr Ha r6po!i?
aerL1e 'nowhere' ueicy1.1a'nowhere' ueoTKyL1a'from nowhere'
rL1e-To 'somewhere' Ky1.1a-To'somewhere' 0Ticy1.1a-To'from some-
where' ADVERBS OF TIME
'somewhere'
r1.1e-au6yL1b KY1.1a-uu6y
Lib OTKy1.1a-uu6y1.1L
'somewhere' 'from somewhere
r1.1e-JIHOO KY11ll-JIHOO 'from some-
OTKyL1a-Jiu60
The following adverbs answer the question KOr)].a?'when?':
'somewhere' 'somewhere where' 3HM6ii 'in winter', Becuoii 'in spring', JieTOM'in summer', ocenLIO 'in
icoe-r1.1e'here and there' icoe-icy1ia'somewhere' autumn', yTpOM 'in the morning', )];HeM'in the afternoon', BeqepoM 'in
Be11.1e,
BCIO/.IY,DOBCIO/.IY 'from
OTOBCIDJ~Y every- the evening', 116%10 'at night', Bqepa 'yesterday', cer61J;11H 'today', JaB-
'everywhere' where'
LIOMa 'at home'
Tpa 'tomorrow', no3aBqepa 'the day before yesterday', nocJie3aBTpa
/.IOMOH'home'
CJieea, HaJieeo 'on the uaJieeo, e.<1eeo'to the left' 'the day after tomorrow', OJJ:H8'.IK,!],LI'one day', )];aBno'a long time ago',
left' He)],aBHO 'recently'' paHLUle 'before'' npC'.IKJJ;e 'before'' TenepL 'now'' ceii-
cnpaea, HanpllBO 'on aanpauo, unpauo 'to the qac JKe'at once', cpa3y 'at once', T()Tqac 'immediately', cnepBa 'at first',
the right' right' cnaqaJia 'at first', noTOM 'then', pano 'early', no3)],no'late', cKopo 'soon',
'in front'
enepeJ.111 u11epeL1
'forward' BCKope'soon', BOBpeMH'in/on time', Bcer)];a'always', 06L1q110'usually',
no1aL111,
cJaL1n ua1a11'backwards' nocToiinno 'constantly', u11or1J;a 'sometimes', etc.
'behind' The following adverbs answer the question CKOJILKOBpeMenu?'how
uauepxy uauepx, uuepx cuepxy long?':
'above' 'upwards' 'from above'
BHHJY uuu1 'downwards' cu111y'from below' 'for a long time', ne,!],oJiro'not for long'.
,!],OJif'O
'below' The following adverbs answer the question ua KaKoe BpCMH?'for
BHYTPH uayTpb 'inside' u1uyTp11'from within' how long?':
'inside' ua)];OJiro'for a long time', 11ena1J;6.'Jro 'for a short time', naBcerJJ;a
caapyiKu uapyiKy cuapyiK11'from without'
'outside' 'outside' 'for ever', naseKn 'for ever'.
L1aJieico 11a.1eico'far' 'from far away'
11111aJieKa The following adverbs answer the question KaK qacTO? 'how of-
'far' ten?':
'in the
e1.1aJ111 B!laJib "into the distance' HJ)la,1u 'from a distance' qaCTO 'often', pC)].KO'rarely', UOMHll)'TIIO 'every minute', e'.IKeMH-
distance'
eeJ).le, BCIOLIY
H)'THO 'every minute', eJKeqacuo'every hour', eJKe)];HCBHO 'every day',
OTOBCIOLIY
'everywhere' 'from everywhere' eJKene)],CJILHO 'every week', e'.IKeMCCHqno 'every month', eJKer61J;110 'every
year'.
Exercise 15. Read through the sentences. What questions do the adverbs of place With some adverbs of time denoting the duration or repetition of
answer? an action, imperfective verbs are used. These adverbs include: Bcer)],a
I. B rrp6nrnoe BOCKpeceHbe Mb! pemiurn OCTl!TbCff l(OMa. 2. ,n6MHKCHapyl1nino- 'always', HHKOrJJ;a'never', nocToiinno 'constantly', 06L1•1110'usually',
Kpacmrn roJiy66tt Kpll.CKOH.3. Mb! ITOl(HffJllfCb
Ha ropy H CBCpxyOCMOTpCJlli MCCTHOCTb. 06LIKHOBeHHO'as a rule', HHOr)];a'sometimes', Bee BpCMH'all the time',
4. Crrpasa H CJICBaB ).IBa'leJIOBe'!eCKHXpOCTaB03BbllllliJIHCb cyrp66bI. (A:»c.) 5. Han·
paBO Ii HaJICBO'lepHCJIHMp3.'1Hble,TailHCTBeHHbJe np6naCTH. (JI.) 6. Ha L1pyr6tt ).leHb HenpephIBHO'uninterruptedly', qacTO 'often', pel!;KO'rarely', DOMHll)'TIIO
YTPOMYLl:J.PHJI KpenKHHMOp03. Bol(a BCIOLIY 3aMcp3Jia. (Ape.) 7. 5[ TIO,[(OIIICJI
K Kpa!O 'every minute', eJKeMn11yT110 'every minute', e'.IKe,!],neBHO 'every day',
ITJIOll\3.,0:KH
Ii IIOCMOTpeJI
BHH3,rOJIOBay MeHll'IYTb·'l)'Tb He 3aKpyi1<i1JJaCh: TaM BHH3)' eJKeHe)]:em.110 'every week', eJKeMecHqno'every month', eJKerO)];HO 'every
Ka33.JI0CbTeMHOH XOJIO,[(HO, KaK B rp66e. (JI.) year', AOJiro 'for a long time'.
Perfective verbs in the past tense cannot be used with these adverbs.
Exercise 16. Compose ten sentences, using some of the adverbs of place given in the
table. ToBapnw:n Bcer)];a noMozclllu 'My friends always helped me.'
Exercise 17. Give written answers to the questions, using the adverbs given on the
MHe. 'I never forgot that.'
right. 51 nuKor1J;aHe 3a6b1eaJ106 3TOM. 'I constantly reminded my friend
J. rl(e 6yl(eT C06pam1e?
51 DOCTOHHIIOnanOMUT/Cl/l TOBa- about it.'
13,!\CCb,CI-Ofill
Ky.LianpH/.IYTCTy,!\eHTbr? pmu,y 06 3TOM.
406 407
 CHa'Iiuia MbI 3aTtuMa11ucb pyc- 'At first we had Russian classes Continued
CKHMR3bIKOMe,Ke,uueBuo. every day.'
)];Bepb noMuuyTuo omKpbl6a11acb. 'The door opened every minute.' Adverb with a Verb with an Adjective with an Adverb

Perfective verbs in the simple future tense can be used with some of
these adverbs. ueMuoro ueMuoro nopa- ueMuoro pofiKHii ueMuoro fibICTpo
'a little', 6ornn 'a little shy' 'a little too fast'
ToBapmrm MHe Bcer.ua noMozym. 'My friends will always help me.' 'somewhat' 'worked a litt-
5J:HUKOr,UaHe 3a6j•Oy 06 3TOM. 'I'll never forget that.' le' ueMuoro npo- HeMHOropauo
ueMuoro noro- xna.[IHL1ii 'a little too ear-
Exercise 18. Read through the sentences. What questions do the adverbs of time aop11JIH 'somewhat cool' ly'
answer? ueMuoro 1101.1.1-
'talked a little' ueMuoro eeJIHK
I. Hawe /.IBHlKeHHe 6b1Jl0 /.IOBOJibHO
Me.[IJieHHO.Mb! 'lllCTOOCTamiBJIHBaJIHCb H OT- HeMHOfO DO'IH· 'a little too uee
/.lbIXaJIH.(Ape.) 2. OH BCTaB.J.JlO'leHb paHO, HHOr.[laa 3 '!aca. (JI. T.) 3. ToJibKO inpe.[IKa T3JI large' 'a little later'
BeTep6K c BOCTOKa.(J/.) 4. OrniI a /.lepeayrnKe Ha XOJIMe.[laBH6
Ha6eraJI rrpOXJI.J./.IHblH 'read a little' ueMuorn wupoK ueMuoro npaeee
rroraCJIH 0/.IHH3a /.lpyriIM. (Kop.) 'a little too 'a little more to
wide' the right'
Exercise 19. Make up ten sentences, using adverbs of time.

ABVERBS OF MEASURE OR DEGREE 'IYTb ('IYTb- 'IYTb ycTaJI 'IYTb CJl3/.IKHH 'IYTb·'l)'Tb IIOfiOJib-
USE OF ADVERBS OF MEASURE OR DEGREE WITH VERBS, 'l)'Tb) 'was a little 'slightly sweet' 111e
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS 'a little'. tired' 'a little larger
'slightly", 'IYTb·'IYTb OT- 'IYTb p3Hbllle
'hardly' /.IOXH)'
JI 'a little earlier·
Adverb with a Verb with an Adjective 'rested a little'
with an Adverb

O'leHb O'leHb ycTaJI O'leHb pa/.1 O'leHb pauo CJiefK3 CJiericaWYMIIT CJierKa ycTllJiblii
'very', 'got very tired' 'very glad' 'very early' 'slightly', 'rustles slightly' 'a bit tired'
'greatly' O'leHb HlMe- o'leHb HHTepec- O'leHb fihlCTpo "a bit'
HIIJICH Hb[H 'very quickly'
'changed very 'very interest-
much' ing' COBCCM coeceM 1a6i:1n COBCCM
HOBblii COBCl!MTelJ.110
o'teHb Y/.IHBHJICH O'leHb Tpy/.IHhlH o'teHb TPY/.IHO 'quite' 'quite forgot' 'quite new' '(it is) quite warm'
'was greatly sur- 'very difficult' 'very difficult' COBCCM
fOTOB
prised' 'quite ready'
O'leub 80.IIH)'· O'leHb icpaciiebIH O'leHb Muoro
eTCH 'very beautiful' 'very much'
'is very nervous' coeepweuuo coeepweuuo ue coeepweuuo ny- coeepmeuuo eepuo
'quite', lK/taJI cToii 'quite right'
'at all' 'did not expect 'quite empty'
Muoro MH0£"0pafioTaeT at all' coeepweuuo coaepmeuuo npa-
'much", 'works a lot' npae BHJILHO
'a lot' MHOro lH3eT 'quite right' 'quite correct'
'knows a lot' - - coeepmeuuo O/.IH-
MHOfO 'IHT3eT uaKoeo
'reads a lot' 'in quite the same
MHOro DOMOraeT way'
'helps a lot'

CJIIIIIIKOM jf CJIIIIIIKOMyc- CJIIIIIIKOM .[IJIIIH- CJJIIIIIKOl\1

1103/IHO
M3JIO M3JIO pafiOT3eT 'too' T3JI, '11Ofibl Hblii 'too late'
'little' 'works little' H/.ITII ry m'nL. 'too long' CJIIIIIIKOM6b!CTpO
M3JIO laHHM3· 'I am too tired CJIHIIIKOM KO- 'too fast'
eTCH to go for a pOTKHii CJIHIIIKOMMuoro
'studies little' - - walk.' 'too short' 'too much'
M3JIO DOMOf3eT cnnmKOM /taJieKo
'helps little' 'too far'
M3JIOHJMeHHJICH
'changed little'

408 409
 Continued Continued

Adverb with a Verb with an Adjective with an Adverb

Adverb with a Verb with an Adjective with an Adverb

JIBll,K/_:lbl ;~Bam;:1b1npociiJI - -
OH CJIHlllKOM CJIHlllKOM BbICO- 'twice' 'asked twice'
H3MeHnJ1c11, KHH TpH1K/_:lbl TpH1KLlbl npn- - -
'ITOfibI ero 'too tall' 'three times' e3,KllJI
MO,KHO 6bJJIO CJIHlllKOM )'3KHH 'came three
V3HllTb. 'too narrow' times
'Hehas changed qeri:1pemJ1bl '1eTbipem;:1bl no- - -

too much to •four times· MOraJI

be recognis- 'helped four
ed.' times'

IJO'ITH IJO'ITH KOH'IHJI noq1u '1epub1u IIO'ITH OJIHH::lKOBO Exercise 20. Translate the following phrases into English:
'almost', 'almost finish- 'almost black' ·in almost the same 1. O<JellhJI(:rKl!H,CJilllllKOMJiefKllH, ;:(OeTaTO'iHOJ1erKJ1H,COBCeMJ1(:rKl!H.2. CO-
'nearly' ed' no'ITH 6eJJblii way' BeeM 1a6h1J1,no'fTH 3a6hrn, HeMHO)KKO 3a6i:rn. 3. 6'feHh rr3Me11iincll,Mano rr3Me11iincSI,
IJO'ITH ue ycTaJI 'almost white' IJO'ITH 'IHCTO qyrh H3MeHlJJ1CSI, COBeprneHHOH3MeHHJ1CSI, CJ1HlllKOM ll3MeHMJ1CSI, IIO'ITMHe H3Me-
'is hardly tired' IJO'ITH HOBblH '(it is) almost clean'
HMJ1e51.
no'ITn 3a6b1J1 'almost new' IIO'ITH ,KllpKO
"nearly forgot' nO'ITH roToB '(it is) almost hot' Exercise 21. \Vrite out the sentences, inserting the adverb o'leHb or Mnoro.
'almost ready'
I. MHe ... TIOHpaBHJ1Cll KHHOq:JM.IIbM.
2. CerO;:(Hllll ... XOLIHJ1
11TI03TOMY... ycTaJ1.
3. Mofi MJ1:l/].JIIHH
6paT ... '1l1TaeT.4. 011 ... TIOMOranMHeB )TOH pa66re. 5. 5l ... mo-
JIOCTllTO'IHO JIOCTllTO'IHO OT- ,[IOCTllTO'IHO IIOCTllTO'IHO xopo- 6Jao M)'3hIKy.6. CTyL1eHT... BOJ!HOB:lJ1CSI BOBpeMll 3K3aMeHa.7. HaM ... MemaeT IIIYM
'enough' /l:OXH)'JI CHJlbHblH 1110 B coce1weii KOMHaTe.8. JleKapcTBO ... TIOMorn660J1hHOMy.9. 51 ... XO'IYBCTperrrThell
'had enough 'strong enough' 'well enough' C T066tt. 10. B JTOT BC'lep Mbl ... TaHI!eBaJrn.
rest' JIOCT::lTO'IHO IIOCT::!TO'IHO CBeTJIO
Exercise 22. Read through the sentences. Point out the adverbs of measure or de-
IIOCTaTO'IHO npu- KpenKHH 'light enough'
'sturdy enough' gree.
BhIK
'got sufficient- LIOCTllTO'IHO 1. 5f CH;:(eJI
ll fJill/_:leJI
KpyrOMll c:1yrnaJ1.JlttCThSI'IYTbIIJyMe.lHHa;:(Moen fOJIOBOH ...
ly used to' urnpoKnii Cna6b1i1:BCTepYYTb-'l)'TbTllHYJ1no BepxyrnKaM. (Typ2.) 2. )],o Be'iepa OCTaBilJ10Ch He
JIOCTllTO'IHOemu 'wide enough' 66.rree 110.1yqaca,a 3apii e/{B:l-e/_:IB:l 3al1rnraJ1aCh.(Typz.) 3. Harn KOCTepTIO'ITM COBCeM
'had enough LIOCTllTO'IHO yrac. (Ape.) 4. PcKa 'IYTbCBernena ll KaTMJ1aCb TIO'ITM 6ecmyMHO. (<Par).)5. 06e;:1 rrpo-
sleep' 60JibllJOH ;:(OJ1)KaJICSI
;:(OBOJ1hHO /(OJirO. (Typ, 0
6. Bnpyr HeMHOfOBrrepe;:111Hae, B TeMHOTe,
.)

LIOCTllTO'IHO eJJ 'large enough' 3a)KfJ10ChHeCKOJ1bKO OfOHbKOB.(Type.) 7. MttMO 'ipC3Bhl'lilllHO Me.ri:neHHOnpOIII-

'had enough na OTKphITall Marnnna. (llaBll.) 9. 4yTh /(h!IIIHT BeTep6K, ycHyBIIIllll na J1lleTaX.
food' (ll.)
Exercise 23. Read through the text. Point out the adverbs. What kind of adverbs
BJIBOe BJIBOe 6oJibIUe s;:ieoe 60Jib111e are they?
'twice. 'twice as large' 'twice as much'
BTpoe BTpOe Uiupe Brpoe 6JIH,Ke orOHbKH
'three times' 'three times as 'three times nearer' KaK-TO;:laBHO,TeMHhIMOCeHHHM Be'iepOM,CJ1Y'IIIJ10Ch
MHeTIJ1b1Tb ITOyrpI-OMOH Cll-
wide. 6ttpCKOllpeKe.
B'leTBepo B'leTBepo TOJIIlle B'leTBepo CKOpee Bnpyr Ha TIOBOp6TepeKM, Bnepe;:111TI0/:1TeMHb!MllropaMll, MeJ1hKH)'J1 orOHeK.
'four times' 'four times as 'four times faster' MeJihKH)'JIHpKo, CI1J1hHO, COBeeM6J1M3KO ...
thick' - - Hy, CJ1aBa66ry! - CKa3llJ1ll C pa!(OCTbIO.-·-DJ1113KOHO'IJ1er!
ropa3110 ropll3/l,O Jl)''lllle rop::13;:10 paHbllle rpe6eu IIOBepHyJ1Cll,TIOCMOTpen qepe3 TIJ1e'IO
Ha OfOHhIl OTIHTbarraTH'IHOHaner Ha
'much' 'much better' 'much earlier' Bccna.
rnphi:10 HHTe- rophi:10 'lame )],aJ1e<1e!
pecuee 'much oftener' 51 He TIOBepun: OfOHeK TaK Il eTOHJ1,BbieTynall Bnepe;:1 Il3 neonpe;:1eJ1eHHOll
'much more in- TbMbl.
teresting' Ho rpe6eu 6brn npa11: oKa3anocb, i:1ei1:cTB11Te,1bHO,
;:1aJ1eK6.
ropll3JIO 83,KHee ropa3,[IO 6.11ume CBOHCTBO3THX HO'IHhIXorHeii-rrptt6J1lf)KilThCSI, no6e)K/_:li[llThMY, u CBepKllTh,
'much more im-- 'much nearer' II o6eJJJ:lTh ll MaHHTbCBOelO6J1H30CTblO.Ka)KeTCSI,BOT-BOTenJe /_:IBa-TpH y;:1apa Bee-
portant' .10M,- u nyTh KOH'ien...

410 411
 A MelK!lY TeM-)laJTeK6.
H )lOJTfO eme Mbl TT.JlblJTHno TeMHOR, KaK 'lepm'rna, pcKC. YIUCJTbll H CKl!JTbl BblTTJTbr-
BllJTH, Ha)lBHra.JIHCb H ynJTbl88JTH, OCTaBal!Cb TT033Jltt H TepHIICb, K338JTOCb, B 6eCKOHe'!-
HOR )laJTlt, a oroHeK ace CTOHJT anepenit, nepeJTHBllllCb H MaHii, ·- ece TaK )l(e 6JTtt3KO
H BCe TalC lKe )laJTeKO. ,
MHe 'lllCTO BCTTOMHHaeTCII Tenepb H 3Ta TeMHall HO'lb, peKa, 3aTeHeHHall CK3JTHC-
Tb1MH ropaMH, H 3TOT )l(HBOR OfOHCK. Mttoro OrHCR H paHbWe H nocJTe MaHttJTH He O)l-
HOro MeHHCBOelO 6JTtt30CTblO. Ho )l(H3Hb Te'leT BCC B TeX )l(C yrpK>MblX 6cpcrax, a OrHtt
eme haJTeK6. OniiTb npHXO)lHTCII HaJTeraTb Ha BCCJTa...
Ho BCe-TaKH ... ece-TaKH enepenit-ornit! (Kap.)

PARTICLES
Particles are syntactic words which add various nuances of meaning
either to individual words or whole sentences.
,Ll,aJKeOH He Mor OTBeTHThHa 'Even he could not answer this
3TOTBonp6c. question.'
The particle ,LJ,b,e'even' intensifies the word ou 'he' and has an em-
phatic meaning.
Bee )K.lJ:YTTOJibKoTefo1. 'Everybody is waiting for you
only.'
The particle TOJibKO'only' refers to the word Te6H 'you' and has a
limiting meaning.
Be,LJ,bThi cBo66;:i:eHcer6;:i:m1Be'fe- 'You are free this evening, aren't
poM? you?'
The particle Be,LJ,brefers to the whole sentence and has an emphatic
meaning.
Particles do not have any independent meaning; therefore, they
cannot fulfil the function of a part of the sentence, nor do they answer
any questions.
The most common particles are as follows:
(I) interrogative particles: JIU (Jib), pa1Be, ueyX<eJiu.
CK6po JIU npwe;:i:eTrno:li 6paT? 'Will your brother come soon?'
Pa1Be rno:li 6paT He nptte;:i:eT? 'Won't your brother come?'
HeyJKeJJu TBOH6paT He npwe;:i:eT? 'Won't your brother come?'
Besides their interrogative meaning, the particles pa1ee and uey-
JKenuhave a connotation of doubt, disbelief or surprise.
The particle nu (Jib) refers to one particular word in an interroga-
tive sentence and invariably follows that word.
Opwe;:i:eTJIU 6paT? · 'Will the brother come?'
CK6po JIU np11e;:i:eT
6paT? 'Will the brother come soon?'
The particles pa1Be and ueyJKeJiurefer to the whole sentence and
generally stand at the beginning of the sentence, but they may also
stand in the middle:
413
 TBOH 6paT pa3Be He rrpHe,l],eT? 'Won't your brother come?' Te6e me rropyqHJIH 3TO, a He MHe. 'It was you who they asked to do
it, not me.'
(2) exclamatory particles: qrn 3a 'what (a ... )', KaK 'how', uy u 'oh,
well'. The particle uu emphasises negation:
qTO 1a KHHry SI rrpoqunin! 'What a book I have read!' JI He Mory )K,l1,aTbHH MHH)'Tbl. 'I can't wait a single minute.'
KaK seceno rroIOT IITHU:bI! 'How merrily the birds are smg- JI He ycneJI HaIIHCclTbHU CTpoqKH. 'He had no time to write even
ing!' a line.'
Hy u ycran SI cero,l],HSI! 'Aren't I tired today!'
(4) limiting particles: TOJJLKO 'only', 'just', JJHIIIL 'only', 'just', JJHIIIL
Exclamatory particles invariably stand at the beginning of the sen- TOJJLKO 'just', 'only'.
tence. OH BepHeTCSITOJlhKO ( JJHlllh) K Be- 'He will be back only by the even-
(3) emphatic particles: ,l],aJKe 'even', u 'even', ,i.:e (,..:), Be,l],h 'but', qepy. ing.'
'after all', 'why', 'you know'; nu 'not (a ... )'. JI TOJlhKO (JJHlllh) IIOCMOTpeJI 'I only managed to look through
3TO ,LJ.aJKepe6eHOK 110HHMaeT. 'Even a child understands that.' cTaTbIO. the article.'
3To u pe6eHOK IIOHHMaeT. 'Even a child understands that.'
The particles TOJJhKO JJHIIIh and JJHUih TOJJhKO are synonymous. The
The emphatic particles ,l],aJKe and u have the same meaning and in- most common particle is TOJJLKO. Limiting particles are always placed
variably stand before the word they emphasize. immediately before their head word.
The particles ,i.:e and Be,l1,h are similar in meaning. JI TOJJLKO rrpocMoTpen cTaTbIO, 'I only managed to look through
JI me Te6e roBopHJI. 'I told you so, didn't I?' Ho He ycrren BHHMaTeJibHorrpo- the article, but I had no time to
BeLt;L SI Te6e roBopHn. 'I told you so, didn't I?' q11Tarb ee. read it carefully.'
JI rrocMoTpen TOJJLKO cTaTbIO, 'I only managed to look through
The particle Be,l1,h refers to the whole sentence and does not have a -1:i:oKmi.n:
He ycrren rrpocM0T- the article, but I had no time to
a fixed position in it. peTb. look through the report.'
Be,l1,h OH HHqero He 3HcleT 06
(5) demonstrative particles: BOT 'here is (are)', Bou 'there is (are)',
3TOM.
OH Be,[l.h m1qer6 He 3HaeT 06
ho 'this is (these are)', 'that is (these are)'.
3TOM. 'He doesn't know anything about Bor Harn ,[!,OM. 'Here is our house.'
OH HHqer6 Be,l1,b He 3HaeT 06 it you know.' Bou H,lJ,eTrnon 6pa T. 'There's your brother coming.'
3TOM. IlOCJibIIIIaJIHCb3B0HKHe ronoca, 'Ringing voices and laughter were
OH HHqer6 He 3HaeT Be,l1,h 06 CMeX. 3TO ,n:enI BepH)'JIHCbH3 heard. It was the children back
3TOM. IIIK0JlbI. from school.'
The particle ,i.:e may also refer to the whole sentence. Demonstrative particles refer to the whole sentence and generally
OH ,i.:e Huqer6 He 3Haer 06 3TOM. 'But he doesn't know anything stand at the beginning.
about it.' (6) the negative particle ue.
JI ,i.:e eMy roBopHJI. 'But I told him so.' OH ue rrpH,l1,eTcer6,l],HSI. 'He will not come today.'
IloMorH ,i.:e eMy. 'Do help him.' OH rrpH,[!,eTue cer0,l],HSI. 'It's not today he will be coming.'
He M0r JKe SI OTKa3aTbCSI. 'I could not very well refuse, He OH rrpu.n:er cer6,n:HSI. 'It's not he who'll be coming to-
could I?' day.'
The particle ,i.:e is never placed at the beginning of the sen- The negative particle ue invariably stands before the word nega-
tence. tived.
If the particle ,i.:e refers to a particular word, it is invariably placed There is a special group of particles which are used to derive new
immediately after that word. Words or new forms of words. Thus, the particles -To, -Jiu6o, -uu6y,n:1,,
OH BepHeTCSIcero,[I.Hst ,i.:e. 'He's coming back today as ever R:oe- are used to form indefinite pronouns and adverbs: KTo-To 'some-
is.' body', qTo-Jiu6o 'something', Koe-qTo 'something', uoqeMy-To 'for
Y MeH51TaKOH ,i.:e rropnpeJib. 'I have exactly the same brief- some reason' (or other)', Koe-r)],e 'somewhere', etc. The particles ue and
case.' 1111are used to form negative pronouns and adverbs: HHKTO 'nobody',
414 415
HU'ITO'nothing', HeKoro 'nobody', ueqero 'nothing', HUr)],e'nowhere',
uer)],e 'nowhere', etc.
The particle 6h1(6) is used to form the conditional mood: c)],eJiaJI6LI
'would do', 'would have done', Mor 6M 'would be able', 'would have been
able'.
Exercise 1. Read through the sentences. Point out the particles and explain their
meaning.
I. BOT ll QJOHTilH; OH<lC!O):larrpll):leT. (II.)
2. 11 C}lblllIHOB Tllllll!He CTeJIHOH
Jl!llllb JiaH co6aK ):la KOHeHp)KaHbe. (II.)
3. BoH ):laJib rony6aH Bll):IHa.(MaiiK.)
4. Ho /:(a)KeHa Kpa!O He6ec
Bee TOT )Ke 6hm 3y6qaTbIH nee. (JI.)
5. 4To )Ke MHe TaK 66nbHO H TaK TPYAHO?
)K):ly Jib qer6? )Kane!O JIH O qeM? (JI.)
6. He rrhmHT i:1op6ra,
He APO)KaTJillCTbl...
IToi:1o)KJ:1H
HeMH6ro,
0T /:IOXHelllbll Thi. (JI.)
7. «Pa3BC y Bae HeT i:1py3eH?»-crrpoCHJI KoponeB. (l/ex.) 8. «Callla, i:1opor6H
MOH,-CKa3aJia OHa,-a Be):lb Bbl 6oJibHLr!» (l/ex.) 9. Bbl Ii Me):IIU\HHY OTPlil\aeTe.
(l/ex.) 10. DJieCHyJIllpKHHCBeT,noTOMIIOKOHHb!H 3eJieHbIH-3TO JiaMrryHaKpbIJilia6a-
)K)'pOM.(l/ex.) Jl. HaTarna C yTpa :JTOTO /:IHHHe llMeJia Hll MHH)"Tbl
CB060):lblIi Hli pa3y
He ycnena JIO):l)'MaTbO TOM, qTo rrpe):ICTOHT eH. (JI. T.) 12. 4TO 3a rrpeneCTb 3Ta MOll
IIaTa1IIa! (JI. T.) 13. «BOT 0):IHa3Be3):IOqKa,BOH/:lpyraH, BOHTpeTbH: KaK MHOTO»,-
TOBOpHJiaMapQJllHbKa,rJill):IHHa He6o. (I'ON'l.) 14. Hey)KeJIHH npHHa):IJie)KyK qlicJiy
JI!O/:leH,KOTOpb!XO):IHHBli/:1y)Ke IIOpO)K):laeTHe):lo6po)KeJiaTeJibCTBO?(JI.)
Exercise 2. Read the sentences aloud. Explain how the meaning changes with the
position of the particles.
(a) I. 3ra 3a):la•rn TPYAHa):la)KeAJIHHer6. ,[(a)Ke 3Ta 3a):laqa TPYAHa):IJIHHer6.
2. 0H He rrpoqHTaJI):la)Keyqe6HHKa.0H ).J;a)Ke He rrpoqHTaJI yqe6HHKa. 3. ,l.J,alKe
OHell\e
He HaqHHaJIpa66Ty. 0H ).J;a)KeHe HaqllH:iJIell\e pa66Ty.
(b) 1. JI TOJibKOrrpoq!lTaJI CTliXOTBOpeHHe. JI npoqllTaJI TOJibKOCTllXOTBOpeHHe.
2. Mb! 6yi:1eM3):leCbTOJibKOpa66TaTb. Mb! TOJibKO3):leCb6yi:1eMpa66TaTb. T6JibKOMbl
6y,[(eM3,[(eCbpa66TaTb. 3. 0H OTBeTHJI TOJibKOHa 3TOTBOrrpoc. TOJibKOOHOTBeTHJI
3TOTBorrp6c. 4. Mbl TOJibKOBqepa ryJillJill B rrapKe. Mb! Bqepa ryJill:JiliTOJibKOB rrapKe.
Mb! Bqepa TOJibKOryJillJili B rrapKe. TOJibKOMb! Bqepa ryJillJili B rrapKe.
(c) 1. 5I cer6AHH He no.riyq»n rrHCbMa.5I He cer6AHH rronyq»JI rrHCbMO.2. Mb1 He
HrpaJIH Bqepa B BOJieH66JI.Mb! HrpaJIH He Bqepa B BOJieH66JI.Mb! HrpaJIH Bqepa He
B BOJieH66JI.He Mb! HrpaJIH Bqepa B BOJieH66JI.
THE SPELLING OF PARTICLES
1. The particles -To, -uu6y)].h, -Jiu6o, Koe-, -TaKu, -Ka are joined to
their head word by means of a hyphen: 'ITO-TO'something', 'ITo-uu6y,uL
'something', 'ITO-Jiu6o 'something', Koe-'ITO 'something', ece-TaKH
'still', paccKamu:-Ka'well, tell (me)'.
2. The particles 6h1 (6), JIU (Jih), me (:iK) and their head word are
written as two separate words.
OT)],OXH)'JI 6bl Thi. 'Why don't you take a rest?'
CK6po JIU OH npH)].eT? 'Will he be coming soon?'
OH rrpH)],eTcer6)],H51:iKe. 'He will surely come today.'
3. The particle ue or uu and its head word are sometimes written as
one word and sometimes as separate words.
416
The particle ue and its head word are written as one word:
1. If the word is not used without ue: ue6pemuocTh 'carelessness',
oe)],oyMeuue 'bewilderment', uecqacTublii 'unhappy', ueo61>11THblii
'boundless', ueJih3SI'(it is) impossible', ueo:iKu:.11,auuo
'unexpectedly', ue-
11am't.11,eTh 'to hate', ue,LJ;oyMeBaTh'to be puzzled'.
2. If the addition of the particle ue forms a new word-a noun, ad-
jective or adverb-which has a synonym without ue: uec'laCThe 'mis-
fortune' (rope 'grief, 6e)],a 'misfortune'), uenpae)],a 'untruth' (JIO:lKh
'lie'), uenoro,LJ;a 'foul weather' (nJioxb noro)],a 'bad weather'), uenpuH-
TeJih'foe' (npoTHBHUK'adversary', spar 'enemy'), ueeepublii 'incorrect'
(omu6o'IHhlii 'erroneous'), ueeeceJiblii 'cheerless' (rpycTHblii 'sad'), ue-
Tpy)].Hhlii 'not difficult' (J1ernuii 'easy'), ne)],aJieKo'not far' (6mhKo
'near'), necMeJio 'timidly' (po6Ko 'shyly').
3. With negative pronouns when they are not preceded by preposi-
tions (11eqerocKa3aTh 'there is nothing to say', ueKoro nocJiaTh'there is
nobody to send') and with negative adverbs (uer)],ecnpiITaThCH'there is
nowhere to hide', neKy)],a U)],TH 'there is nowhere to go', neKor)],a
rym'ITb'there is no time to go for a walk').
4. With complete-form participles which have no adjuncts: nenpo-
'IUTanuaH Kuu:ra 'unread book', ne3aKOH'lenuaHpa6frra 'unfinished
work', neuccJie)],osauuaHMecTuocTh 'unexplored country'.
Exercise 3. Read through the sentences. Note the spelling of ue in the italicised
words. Make up sentences of your own, using these words.
1. K Beqepy H rroqyBCTBOBaJI HeOOM02ClHUe. 2. Bc!O rrpOIIIJIY!O He,[(eJI!O
MHe He300·
p06UJlOCb.3. 5I HeiJoyMe611Jl, rroqeMy Te6ll TaK ,[(OJiroHe 6bJJIO.4. 3TO cnyqilJIOCbB 11e-
11acm11y10 OCeHH!O!O HOqb. 5. opaT ITHllleT,qTo Ha rrpa3):IHllKllI1plie):leTK HaMllenpeMell-
110.6. Mb! B03bMeMB ):IOpory TOJibKOcaMoe ueo6xoiJ{uwe. 7. Beeb Beqep OH 6bJJI pac-
CeHH,Ha BOI1p0CblOTBeqaJI11eenonaiJ.8. B ):leTCTBe OHR6LJJill11epa3AJ'-lHblMU APY3bll:Mll.
9. He paccKa3b!BaHMHe11e6b!JlUlfbl.10. «KaKOHTb! HenoceiJa!»-CKa3ana 6a6y1IIKa Ma-
Ha JieHbKOMY BHYKY.11. Ai:1pec Ha KOHBepTe6bJJI Harr»caH He6peJ«:HblMrroqepKOM. 12. 5I
He'-l/lflll/10 TOJIKH)'JI
CTOJIll pa3611JIBa3y.
Exercise 4. Write out the nouns, adding to each noun one of the adjectives which
cannot be used without ue.
Nouns: ycnyra, OCTpOB,rrpoCTOp,anJIO):lliCMeHTbI,
6oJib, pa66THHK, BrreqaTnem1e,
11py)K6a.
Adjectives: Heo11eHHMbIH,
Heo6o3pHMbIH,HecTeprr»MbIH,HeH3rJia,[(HMbIH,
HeCMon-
KaeMbIH,Heo6HTaeMbIH,HepyIIIHMbIH,HeyTOMHMbIH.
Exercise 5. Replace the phrases consisting of nouns and complete-form adjectives
with phrases consisting of nouns and short-form adjectives and write them down.
Model: HerrpOXO,:(HMaH
TaHra-TaHra HerrpOXO,[(HMa
J. HeBhIHOCHMaH )Kapa. 2. HeyTOMHMbierryTellleCTBeHHHKli.
3. HelicqeprraeMh!eCH-
JlbJ Hapo):la. 4. Hey,11eplKHMOe CTpeMJleHHeBnepe/:(. 5. Heo6o3pHMhie rrpOCTpaHCTBa
CTpaHLJ.
Exercise 6. Write out the sentences, replacing the italicised words with synonymous
Words with the particle ue, choosing them from the list at the end of the exercise.
I. H6BaSI pa66Ta OKa3aJiaCb mpf;ouou. 2. MoH cocei:1-qenoBeK MOJl'laJlU6blU.
3. 3Ta peqKa J3Kafl, rrepeJIJ[b!Tbee nern6. 4. KTO-TOp66Ko ITOCTyqanB ,!\Bepb. 5. f10-
CJ1b1II1aJICH
muxuu CTYKB /:(Bepb.6. floqeMy y Te6ll TaKOHzpf;cmHblU Bll/:1?7. K Beqepy
417
27 -384
6o~'IhHOll TIO''l~BCTBOBaJIce6ii na16xo.8. CoH 60JibHOro 6bIJI mpe60:JICltblU. 9. HeJib351Ta Exercise 8. Write out the sentences. writing ue (given in brackets) and its head word
zpy6o pa3roBapllBaTb C TOBllplllllaMll. 10. 0H He TepTillT .fl:JICU. K either as one word or as two words.
V Synonym1:;us wor~s: He~eceJibIH, Hecrr.oK6ttHbru, HeJ1ern11ii, Herp6MKlltt, Hewnp6.
KHH, Hepa3rOBOp'!HBbIH; HeBeJKJIHBO,HeCMeJIO, Hexopow6, HeTp)',UHO, HerrpaB,ua. J. 0Ha 6b!Jlll (He) BeCeJiall, KaK B'lepa, a ne'!llJlbHal!. 0Ha 6b!Jlll (He) BeCeJJallll 6J1c,u-
Hali- 2. (He) npuiiTeJJh npo,UOJ1lKllJI HaCTYIJ~Tb, He1:, OH B(JBCe ~He) np11_S1TeJlb ;1-rne.
The particle ue and its head word are written as separate words: 3. HecKOJlbKO ,nHefi npof\0J1~anacb (He) 1:or1:;.ua, Ko-ropaH 3a,uepJKam~ MeH51.,MeH_H 3a-
t1epJKaJJa~He) nor6.ua, a 6one3Hb. 4. MeHl!_ MY'IHm~__(He)-repneHH~. B :nOI\,( ,neJJeHYJ~Ho
(1) ."Yith verbs, v~rbal _adverbs, short-form participles, numerals (11e)-repneHHe, a pemuTeJlbHOCTb. 5. (He) OIJblTHblll 'leJJOBCKHll'!eM ne CM?lKeT IJOMO'lb
prepos1t10ns and con3unct10ns. ' 11aM B :HOM JteJie. 0H OKa3aJJCSI(He) OllbITHblM, a Ha'IHHa!OWHM HHlKCHepoM.
. (2)_ wit~ nouns, adjectives, adverbs and complete-form participles Exercise 9. Write out the sentences, spelling ue (given in brackets) and its head word
m ant1thes1s: either as one word or as two words.
]. 51 nJJblJI H3 1aM6ypra B JloH,11,0HHa (He) 60JJblIIOM napoxo,ue. (Typz.) 2. 3HOll
OH HaM ue npHinenh, a npocTo 'He's not our friend, he's merely 6bLI (11c)crcpn11M no-11pclKHCMy. (Tip?.) 3. Bcc1, cJ1eJw1-011111i-i /JeHb OH 6p'?n11.1, (1!e) Ha-
3HaK0MhIH. an acquaintance.' xo.nir ce6e MeCTa. (<!>cu),)4. K 6c11e (He) OTlbJTH()CTbBep;er. (IT.). 5. TpeBora. CMyTHa51.
)],eByIIIKH cneJIH He BecenyIO 'The girls sang not a merry song (!IC) iicmrn. BCe KpenYC oxBhbIBaJia MiL1b'IHKOB, !1 lllYMHHBhIH. (11e) C110KOH_Hhllla1ec
necHIO, a rpycTHyIO. but a plaintive one. noKa3a.1Cll HM qyJKHM H BpalK;'.(C6HblM.(fail().) 6. J1HCThSI'lYTh IIlyMe.1ll Ha,U'.\10e!Of0.10·
BOil. To 61,rn (He) m:cc;11,1i-i,CMCIOUlll!lC51TpcneT BCCHbl,(He) M51rKOCmymyKaHbe, (He) ,UOa1·
3Ta ,n:epeBH51ue ,n:aneK6,a COBCeM 'This village is not far from here·
rHfl 1(lBOp ;JCTa, (He) p66KOC H X0.1llf(HOC .1eneram-1e OCel!ll, a e,'(Bll C:1blll!Ha51,,upeMOTHall
6ntt3Ko OTCI-Ol(a. it's quite near.' ' 60;1TOBHii. ( Trpi .) 7. 80;16,151rn;i_c:1, C.lOlKa PYKH H B Jl03C, (He) HMCIOUJCi-iHH'IC[ 6 CXOlKC.0
c rIO"lOH p1,160J10B0B.(JI. T.)
(3) with adjectives and adverbs in the comparative degree:
3m 3a,n:aqa He Tpy,n:Hee, qeM 'This problem is not more dif-
npe,n:h1,n:yrn;a51_ ficult than the preceding The particle HH and its head word are written as one word:
one.'
Cer6,n:H51MhI pa66TaJIH He xy)Ke, 'We did not work any worse to- With the negative pronouns HHKTO'nobody', HH'ITO'nothing', HHKa-
qeM Bqepa. day than yesterday.' KOH'no', HH'len 'nobody's' when they are not preceded by prepositions
and with negative adverbs (1101·,i~e
'nowhere', HnKy,r,::1
'nowhere', HHOT-
(4) with all pronouns, except the negative pronouns HCirnro and He- Ky;1,a"from nowhere', 11uKor-.r1.a
'never', nucKOJihKO'not at all', HH'l)'Th
qero without prepositions: 'not a little').
3m ue MOHKHIIra. 'This is not my book.'
He Bee K0HqHJIHpa66Ty. 'Not everyone has finished his These pronouns and adverbs are used in negative sentences:
work.'
MHe He C KeM IlOCOBeTOBaTbC51. 'I have nobody to turn to for ad- HnKTO He ono3.D,{u1. 'Nobody was late.'
Huqero He CJJyqirJIOCh. 'Nothing has happened.'
vice.'
roBopIITh 6hrno He o qeM. 'There was nothing to talk about.' OH HHKOf'/1.aHe ona3JJ,bIBaeT. 'He is never late.'
Ero HHf'jJ,eHe 6hJJIO. 'He could not be found any-
~5) fr'?m ~omplete-form participles with adjuncts: ue npo'liiTaHHafl where.'
M1;010 KHHra the book not read by me', He OT,L,:hIXaBIIIHe C ympa nyTe-
IIIeCTBeHHHKH 'the travellers who had not rested since the morning' He The particle uu and its head word are written as two separate
npeKpaIQalOIQHHCfl 8 meIJeHUeu:enoii Hede11ul(O)Kl(b'the rain which has words:
not stopped for a whole week'. 1. with the negative pronouns umno "nobody', HnqTO'nothing', m~-
KaKou 'no', HH'leu 'nobody's' when they are preceded by a preposi-
E_xercise 7. Read through the sentences. Explain why ue and its head word are tion:
sometimes wntten as one word and sometimes as separate words.
Ou MeHHHH o 11eMHe cnpa1mrna11. 'He did not ask me about any-
1. HerrpaB~Y H He rroTeprrJI_IOHll B_KOM. (Kp.) 2. He 3Ha» 6p6,uy, He cyiic» B B6p;y. thing.'
(~roverb) 3. ,[(anb1;11e,rrepeceKa~ /:l_?P?rY, rnHyJIIICb JKeJITb1eHeM11ra10m11e ornfi p;e-
peBHll. (c/Jao.)4. 9-oMHIO, 6w1 TllXllll Be'!ep; Mb! C 6a6yruKOll Ill!JIII '!all B KOMHaTe p;ep;a. 51HH y KOf'OHe npociw n6Mou111. 'I did not ask anybody for help.'
OH_ 6bIJI He3~0pOB_ (M. r) 5. T~HyJJaCb rny66Ka» 6ceHb, yJKe He Cblpal! ll .[(OlK·
.[(JJH~al!,'a cyxall, BeTpcHall ll MOp03HaSI. (AKc.) 6. T6JJbKO '!TO rrpowes1 .[(OlKI{b, TpaBa 2. If the particle nu is used in a negative sentence to emphasise the
6?IJia MOKpaS!, T_aK'!TO ~eCTb 6hIJI? He Ha 'IT_?· 7. CK~'leH ,UeHb,UOBe'lepa, KOr,ua p;eJiaTb negation:
He'!e_ro. 8. HeMaJJO ~ 3Ha!O pacc~a30B My,upeHb!X ll qy,u~bIX. (JI,) 9. Mb! 6pe,ueM no TeM
,uopoJKKaM, rp;e He K<,JWeHaTp~Ba. (lfcaK,) JO. YlKe ~ cyMepKH, a rreCHH Bee He YTIIXllJlll. HeT HH o.D,m'lttMl1H)'ThlcBo66ll:- 'There is not a single free minute.'
(/:.) ] 1. J1BCl! HOfHa HefO.[(OBaHbeM, K Hell MaTb ll,UeT.(Il.) ]2. 3p;eCb 6ypu ll HeIIOI'O.[(bl HOH.
IJapCTBYIOT B Te'leHlle ,ueB51TllMeC5IIJeB.13. fio•ITfi He yMeHblI!aSI x6,na Mawirna KpyTO
Mb! ue npo]lBHHYJIHCh
Bnepe.D,HM 'We have not moved a single step
pa3BepHyJJaCb. (I'auo.) ,
11a mar. forward:
418 419
27•
 3. If the particle HU used as a copulative conjunction in a negative
sentence:
Ero He 6LIJIO HU BO .IJ:BOpe,HU 'He was not to be found neither in
B ca.n:y. the courtyard nor in the gar-
den.'
5I He Harnen Hu er6, Hu Te6iI. 'I couldn't find either him or you.'
Exercise 10. Read through the sentences. Account for the spelling of the particles
ue and uu.
1. HM O,!\Hll 3Be3,!\a He 03api'IJia TPY.!\Hhlli rryTb. (JI.) 2. HIIr,!\e lKHJibH He Blf,!\HO Ha
IIpOCTOpe. ((/)em) 3 . .5I H!Iqero He CKa3aJI O CJiyqlfBTUeMCll CO MHOIT HH 6paTy, HII IIpHl!-
TeJIIo. (JI.T.) 4 . .5IIIO,!\OllieJI K 6epery H OI'Jil!,!\eJICl!. HII crrpaBa, HH CJieBa, HH Ha BO,!\e,HU
Ha 6epery HHKOI'O He 6hIJIO. He 6bIJIO HII lKHJihH, HH JIIO,!\eIT,He 6bIJIO HII pbr6aKOB, HH KO- INTERJECTIONS
capen:, HII ox6THHKOB. (Taiii!.) 5. He BeceJio H He cK6po rrpollieJI L(eHh. (Typ2.) 6. 16Jial!
CTerrb; HII L(epeBIJa, HII K}'CTIIKa ITOL(Opore. (JI.T.) 7. HMO qeM, COBepmeHHO HH O qeM He
Ha,[(O 6bIJIO L(yMaTh, Kp6Me KaK O paccKa3e, KOTOpblll l! IIIICaJI. (Tlaycm.)
1. Interjections are words which express emotions and exhorta-
8. IloMHIIllib: Mb! He JK,!\aJIH tions, but do not actually name them.
Hu .!\OJKL(ii:,HII rp6Ma,
B,!\pyr 3aCTaJI Hae JilfBeHh (a) Ax, KaK xoporn6 Ha B6J1re! 'Ah, how good it is on the Volga!'
.D:aJieK6 oT L(oMa. (MauK.)
9. 1,foqe3JIO ll CKpbIJIOCb cy1UeCTBO, HllKeM He 3aUillIUeHHOe, HllKOM}' He .!\Oporoe, In this sentence the interjection ax expresses joy, delight, but it does
Hll L(Jill KOI'O He IIHTepeCHOe. (I'.) 10. DhIJia COBepllieHHall TIIllillHa: HIIKTO He I'OBOpllJI HII not name this feeling.
CJI6Ba. (AKc.)
(b) Ea! 3HaK6Mhie Bee J1H11,a. 'Oh, all familiar faces!'
(I'pu6.)
In this sentence the interjection 6a expresses surprise.
(c) Ha, B03hMH3TH KHHrII! 'Here, take these books.'
In this example the interjection Ha expresses an exhortation to an
action.
(d) Tc! He rnyMHTe. 'Huch! Don't make such a noise.'
The interjection Tc expresses an exhortation to silence.
2. Interjections may express various feelings: joy, delight, admira-
tion, surprise, regret, annoyance, fear, aversion, pain, etc.
Ax, KaKaHcer6.n:HHrror6.n:a! 'Ah, what (wonderful) weather we
are having today!' (joy)
Ox, KaK MHe 3TO Ha.n:oeJ10! 'Oh, how tired I am of this!' (an-
noyance)
On, 6oIOch! 'Oh, I am afraid!' (fear)
3x, Thi! KaK )Ke Thi 3a6hrn? Oh! How did you come to forget
it?' (reproach)
<l>y,KaK 3.IJ:eCh rp51.3HO! 'Ugh, how dirty it is here!' (aver-
sion)
Ypa! Hama KOMaH.n:a rro6e.n:HJ1a! 'Hurray! Our team has won! (de-
light)
The most common interjections which express emotions are: ax
'ah' ox 'oh' yx 'ouch' 3X 'oh' OH'oh' an 'oh' oro 'oho' ara 'aha' <l>Y
'ugh', 6a 'oh', YBLI'alas', yp:i 'hurray'. ' ' '
Interjections which express feelings generally have more than one
meaning.
421
 Ax, KaK 3,n:echxoporn6! 'Oh, how good it is here!' (joy) If it is pronounced with special force, it is followed in writing by an
Ax, KaK CTpaIIIHO6hIJIO Ha peKe 'Oh, how terrible it was on the exclamation mark:
B 6ypIO! river in the storm!' (fear)
Ax, KaK )KaJih, tJTO Tefor C H3-MH 'Oh, what a pity you weren't with Ypa! Harna KOMaH,n:a no6e.n:irna! 'Hurray! Our team has won!'
He 6hIJJO. us.' (regret) Exercise l. Read through the sentences. Point out the interjections and say what
Ax, 3atJeM Thi 3TO c,n:eJiaJI? 'Oh, why should you have done they express.
this?' (reproach) (a) 1. CBeTaeT... Ax, KaKCKopo HO% MilH)la1a.(I'pu6.)
2. Ax, 66)l(e MOH!yrran! y611J1C5!! (I'pu6.)
A number of interjections which express feelings have only one 3. Ax! roJIOBa rop11T, BC5!KpOBhMOHB BOJJHeHhe.(I'pu6.)
meaning: ypa! 'hurray!' (delight, joy), ysLI! 'alas!' (regret), 6a! 'oh!' 4. 0TCTaJI 5! OT XOpOWIIX .ilIO,[\ell,ax, KaK OTCTaJJ!(l/ex.)
(surprise). (b) J. YBbl, Ha pa3Hhle 3a6aBhl
51 MHoro )!(113HII rrory611n. (II.)
3. Interjections may express different kinds of exhortation to per- 2. Yai:r! Bee r116HeT:KpOBII rr1111(a! (II.)
form an action: a request for a reply (am16 'hullo', ay 'halloo', 3H 'hey'), 3. Ara! caM C03Haew1,c51,qTO Thi rnyn. (II.)
an invitation to take something (ua, uhe 'here'), a call for silence (Tc, 4. Ox, rrownfne 3a ;~6KTopoM.(Typz.)
qrn, mm, QLIQ 'hush', 'sh'), a demand to move on or stop (Maprn'quick 5. Tee ... 0Ha CilIIT... CIIIIT... TI011L(eM, po,il,H'15!.
( l/ex.)
6. «raB! raB!»-- peBeJJ 6acoM MIIJIOp,il,,orp6MHh!R qepHhlll nee,
march', cTon 'stop', sou 'get out', uo! 'gee-up!', Tnpy! 'whoa!', 6pLICL CTyqa XBOCTOM IIO C1-etl'1MII Me6eJIII. (l/ex.)
'shoo'). 7. «Trrppp»,-~c.[(eplKIIBaJJK)"!eP JJOIIla,[(ell.(l/ex.)
Such onomatopreic words as 6yx! 'plank!', 6aQ! 'bang!', xJmn!
'bang!', Tpax! 'bang!', ,n:11uL-,n:11uL-,n:11ub
'jingle-jingle', Mily 'miaow', Ky-
KapeKy 'cock-a-doodle-doo', ras-ras 'bow-wow!' are also classed as
interjections.
4. As a rule, interjections are not parts of the sentence. They form
separate interjectional sentences, expressing exclamations (Ypa! 'Hur-
ray!') or exhortations (Ha! 'Here!'). Some interjectional sentences may
incorporate objects or adverbial modifiers:
Hy Te6ft! 'Bother you!'
Ha Te6e Kunry. 'Here is a book for you.'
HaTe saM Kuuru. 'Here are books for you.'
Bou 0Tc10,n:a! 'Get out of here!'
Au,n:aua Bom·y! 'Let's go to the Volga!'
Note. - Occasionally, an interjection may be used either as the predicate of
a sentence:
E.[(y, et(y B q11cTOMn6,1e, KOJIOKOJ1h- 'I am driving across an open field, the
q1fK,[\HHh-,UHHh-).IHHh ... (II.) bell goes ding-ding-ding .. .'
or the subject:
)],aneqe rpirny no ypa. (II.) 'From a-far came a thunderous hur-
ray.'

5. Other words or phrases may turn into interjections if they lose

their original meaning and come to convey a feeling or exhortation
without naming it:
rocno,n:u! 'Good heavens!'
EoJKeMOH! 'My God!'
EaT10rnKu! 'Good gracious!'
MaTylllKH! 'Good gracious!'
qepT so31.Mn! 'The deuce take it!'

6. An interjection is generally followed by a comma:

Ox, KaK 5I ycTaJI! 'Oh, how tired I am.'
422
 SYNTAX J(y).J,aOH yexaJI?
OTKy).J,aBbl rrpHeXaJIM?
'Where has he gone?'
'Where did you come from?'
Koma npwexana Barna cecTpa? 'When did your sister come?'
Ilo'leMy Balli TOBapmu He 'Why didn't your friend attend
npIIIlleJI Ha 3aH5l.TII51? the classes?'
qbH 3TO KHHra? 'Whose book is this?'
Interrogative words generally stand at the beginning of the sen-
tence.
If the subject is a pronoun, it is generally placed immediately after
DECLARATIVE, INTERROGATIVE AND the interrogative word.
The predicate of an interrogative sentence which contains an inter-
EXHORTATIVE SENTENCES rogative word may be an infinitive, e.g.:
In accordance with their purpose, sentences are divided into dec- Cfmo )].eJiaTb? 'What is to be done?'
larative, interrogative and exhortative. KyoaTenepb H)].Tn? 'Where are we to go now?'
KaK MHe npoiiTu Ha ym111yropb- 'How can I get to Gorky Street?'
Declarative Sentences:
Koro?
5£ rrpHexaJI B MOCKB.Y
B aBrycTe. 'I came to Moscow in August.'
B aBrycTe B MocKBe 6hIJIO 'It was hot in Moscow in August.' These sentences are impersonal. the noun or pronoun denoting the
)IGlpKO. performer of the action takes the dative, e.g.:
Interrogative Sentences: qTo Mue ,[l,eJiaTh? 'What am I to do?'
KoMy y6HpaTh KOMHaTy? 'Who is to tidy up the room?'
r)],e Bbl Kyn0n11:hy KHttry? 'Where did you buy this book?' Kor)],a eMy npHiiTH K BaM? 'When shall he come to see you?'
Tb1 cMoTpen 3TOT <pMJihM? 'Have you seen this film?'
IlpoqwTaJI JIMThi 3TY KHttry? 'Have you finished reading this Such sentences can be replaced with personal sentences containing
book?' the words ).J,0JI,KeH
'must', M0'lb 'can' used as part of the predicate or by
impersonal sentences containing the words ua)].o, uy,Kuo 'must', '(it is)
Exhortative Sentences: necessary'.
3arrOMHMTe3TH CJIOBa. 'Remember these words.' qTO MHe ).J,eJiaTb? qTO 51).J,0Jimeu )],eJiaTb?
IlpHHeCH MHe, IIO)KaJ1yiicTa,3TY 'Bring me that book, please.'
'What am I to do?' 'What must I do?'
KHttry.
IlyCTb OH paccKa)KeT 06 3TOM. 'Let him speak about it.' qTO MHe HY;KHO)],eJiaTb?
'What shall I do?'
In an exhortative sentence the speaker expresses his wish as a com- Kor)],a MHe BaM TI03BOHHTb? Kor)],a 51Mory BaM TI03BOHHTb?
mand, request, invitation, demand, appeal, etc. 'When shall I ring you?' 'When may I ring you?'
Kor)],a 51).J,0JimeuBaMTI03BOHHTb?
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES 'When must I ring you?'
Kor)],a MHe uymno BaM TI03BO-
I. To express a question, interrogative words are used: 1no? 'who?', HHTb?
'ITO? 'what?', KaKoii? 'what (kind of)?', qeii? 'whose?', KOT0pblii? 'When shall I ring you?'
'which?', CK0JihKo?'how many/much?', r).J,e?'where?', KyAa? 'where
to?', oTKy)].a?'where from?', KOr)].a?'when?', no'leMy? 'why?', 3aqeM? 2. To express a question, the interrogative particles m1, pa3ne and
'what for?', etc. ueymem1 are used.
The interrogative particle JIUinvariably follows the word which re-
Km rrpmuen? 'Who has come?' quires an answer (this word is generally placed at the beginning of the
qTO Thi )],eJiaernh? 'What are you doing?' sentence).
KaKaH cero)],H51rroro)],a? 'What is the weather like today?' - Ilo)].roT0BHJICH JIH Thi K ce- 'Have you prepared for the sem-
KoT0ph1ii qac? 'What time is it?' MHHapy? inar?"
CK0JibKOeMy neT? 'How old is he?' - )],a, no,[l,rOTOBHJICH. "Yes, I have.''
r).J,eBbl )KMBeTe? 'Where do you live?' - HeT, He rro)],rOTOBHJICH. "No, I haven't."
424 425
 __,,,...

CKopo JIU rrpHeJJ,eT6paT? "Is your brother coming soon?" Exercise 2. Read the interrogative sentences aloud, varying your intonation accor-
ding to the answer you want to get.
):(a, cK6po. "Yes, he is."
HeT, He CKopo. "No, he isn't." I. B 3TOHaynnT6pn11 6yn:er neK~11H? )],a, B 3TOH.
)],a. JlCK~llH.
IlpaBUJibHOJIU OH OTBenrn? "Did he answer correctly?" 2. 51.)lOJl)KeH(n:on)[{Ha)no3BOHIIThsaM? ,iJ;a, Bbl.
):(a, rrpaBHJihHO. "Yes, he did." ,D,a, MHe.
HeT, HerrpaBHJihHO. "No, he didn't." 3. Mu o6irniTe.llhHO)lO.ll)[{HhI3aKOH'lllThpa66ry ce·- ,LJ;a,06H3aTe.llhHO.
ron;HH? ,LJ;a,cero)lHH.
The in~err?gative particles pa3Be and ueyJKeJiuare generally placed 4. OH OTBCT!IJl Ha BCe sarnn BOilpOCb!? 0TBCTllJ1.
Ha see.
at the begmmng of the sentence. 5. Thi Kyn11n6mICTbl s rearp? HeT, He H.
Her, ue Kyrriis1.
Pa3Be ThI He 6hm Bqepa B HHCTH- 'Weren't you at the college yester- 6. 011 01103)lan? HeT, He 01103.[(a.ll.
TyTe? day?' Her, He OH.
Pa3Be Bbl He 3HaeTe 06 3TOM? 'Don't you know that?' 7. 3ro sarna cTaThii? ,LJ;a,Moil.
HeymeJiu Bbl He y3HaJIMMen5I? 'Didn't you recognise me?' ,LJ;a,3TO.
HeymeJiu 5l ono3JJ,.'.rn? 'Am I late?' Exercise 3. Read the sentences aloud, using the correct intonation. How is the ques-
tion expressed in these interrogative sentences?
. The par_ticles pa3Be_and ueymeJiuare similar in meaning. In addi-
tlon to as~mg a qu~st10n they express doubt, disbelief or surprise. I. Eeneer napyc O)lllHOKllH
~- An mterrogat1ve sentence may contain no interrogative words or B TyMaHe MOpHrony66M;
lfro fn~eT OH B CTpaHC)la.lleKOH?
part1~les. In such cases, it differs from a declarative sentence only in in- 4ro KI1HynOH B Kpa1-0po,nH6M? (JI.)
tonation. 2. Kro rrpn 3Be3,nax If rrpn nyHe
The w_ordwhich_requires an answer is pronounced in a higher tone TaK Il03)lHO e,neT Ha KOHC'?
of the v01ce and with greater energy. 1.:fci13TO KOHhHeyTOMHMh!H
oe)Kl!T B crenii Heo603p11Mott?(JI.)
TbI 6bIJI Bqepa Ha co6paHMH? "Were you present at the meeting 3. flpn,neT Jill qac MOeRcso66,nb1? (II.)
4. TirHI~hIno1-0r B can:y. KoTophIR Teneph qac? ( CJex.)
yesterday?'' 5. A 01,1I(asH6 3tiech c11y)KttTe?(JI.)
):(a, 6bIJI. "Yes, I was." 6. Tbl xoqernh 3HaTh, qTO Bl!)le.llH Ha s6ne? (JI.)
Her, He 6hIJI. "No, I wasn't." 7. Hey)Kenn 51TaK ll3MCHHJIC51? (CJex.)
TbI 6hIJI Bqepa Ha co6pauuu? "Were you at the meeting yester- 8. fle'16pnH! ll,asH6 nn 3,nech? (JI.)
day?" Exercise 4. Write down questions with the particle JJH.
):(a, Ha co6paHHlI. 'Yes, I was at the meeting." Mode/: Bb! 3Haeme 3TOfO qe.J10BCKa?--3Haeme JIU Bbl 3TOfO '!e.:10BCKa?
HeT, Ha Komi:epTe. "No, I was at a concert." I. 3aBTpa 6ydem yp6K pyccKoro H3h!Ka?2. T1,1npuzomof/U,1 yp6K? 3. Tb! xopomo
TbI 6bIJI Bqepa Ha co6paHmI? "Was it yesterday that you were BhIY'IHJIcnosa? 4. Thi Harr11caJ1
ece ynpa)KHCHtt51?
5. 3To mpyd11b1eynpa)[{HeHtt51? 6. Thi
at the meeting?" Mo:>,ceuib pacCKa3aTh HOBhIHrcKcT? 7. Cer6n:HH xopomaR rror6,na? 8. Cer6,nHH uuem
CHer?9. Cer6,nHHtta yj1n1iexb1LO<JH0?10. Cer6,nHHMO:JICIIO
11n:T11
ry11iin? 11. Cero.[(HHcu-
):(a, Bqepa. "Yes, it was yesterday." ,1bliblU MOp03? 12. Bhl MHO?OqnTa.llll o MocKBe? 13. Bhl xomume rroexaTh B MocKsy?
HeT, Il03aB'Iepa. "No, it was the day before yester- 14. BaM HpaeRmCR 3TH OTKpb!TKll?
day." Exercise 5. Change the sentences. using the words /.IOJJlKen,
uylKno, MOlKno,
. ~xercise 1. Read the_interrogative sentences aloud, pronouncing the italicised words MQqb_
m a higher tone of the v01ce than the rest of the sentence. Give answers to the questions.
Model: Korf(a HaM BCTpeTllThCH?
I. B3H.JmKH!Iry?
Bbl Korn:a Mhl ,UOITlKHhl
BCTpCTllThC51?
Bbl fl3RAU KH!Iry? Korn:a Mhl MO)KeMBCTpeTllThC51?
Bu B3iin11K1111zy? Kor!(a HaM H)'lKHOBCTpCTllThCH?
2. JI 33BTpa 6yn:y n:e)KypttTh? I. Kyn:a eMy rroCTaBllThqeMO)laH?2. 3a'ICM Te6e ry,na exaTh? 3. KaK MHe IIOMO'lh
51.3a6mpa 6y,J,y )le)KypllTh'/ eMy'/ 4. Ky,na HaM noexaTh B BOCKpece11he'?
5. 1.:fTO
MHeell IlO.[(ap11n?6. KoMy cerO)lH51
51.3aBTpa 6yoy )lC)K)'pllTh? IT/\Tlls Mara311H?7. K KOMYMHeo6paTI1TbCHno 3TOMYBorrp6cy? 8. KaKyJOKHl1ryre6e
3. 0HU C)laI-OT3K3aMeHB IIOHe)lCJlhHllK?
0HI1 C<Ja/Om3K3aMeHB IIOHe)lCJlhHllK? JlaTb?
0HH C)lal-OT3K3aMell B IIOHe)lC.llhHllK? Exercise 6. Replace the following personal sentences with impersonal ones con-
0HI1 C)laI-OT3K3aMeHB nOHe<Jt?JlbHUK'/ taining the infinitive.
4. EpaT B'lepa yexafl B MocKBy?
Epar 6ttepa yexaJI B MocKBy? l. rn:e Mb! MOlKeMBCTpCTllThCH cerOµ,HH?2. Kor.[\a 51,UQJl)KeH
Bep11yThre6e KH11ry?
Epam B'!epa yexan B MOCKBy? 3. KTO cer6,nm, ,UQJl)KeH)le)KypttTh?4. KoMy 51,UQ.Jl)KCH
nepe,~aTh 3TOIlllChMO?5. r.ne OH
Epar B'!epa yexan B MocKey'? '.v!O)KeT OCTaHOBHThCH'? 6. 0 '!eM 51Mory paccKa3aTh BaM?

427
426
 Exercise 7. Read aloud the following passage from a short story by Turgenev. Pay
I1pox6)KHH cnpocirn pe6ii.T, KaK
attention to the intonation of the interrogative sentences. ITpoxO)KIIHcnpocIIJI pe6ii.T: «KaK
MHe npoiiTir K MeTp6?» eMy npoiiTir B MeTp6.
.,SI CTaJl npii.cTaJlbHO rm1):leTh B Ty CTOpOHy,-Ta )Ke qrnrypa CJIOBHOBhlpocna ll3
3eMJltt n6L1.:1eMottx LIPO)KeK. 'The passer-by asked the children, 'The passer-by asked the children
- KTo 3To?-cnpocii.n 3ByqHbIMr6noc. "How can I get to the under- how he could get to the under-
- A Tb! KTO caM? ground station?" ' ground station.'
- .,SI 3)-.leIIIHUM
JleCHII.K. MaTh cnpOCIIJiaMeHii:«KorJJ;aThi MaTb . crrpOCIIJia MeHii, KOrJJ;a
.,SI Ha3BaJ1 Ce651.
- A, 3Ha!O! Bbl ):IOMOMe):leTe? BepHCIDhCSI?» SI sepuycL.
- )],oMOM. )],a Bil.):lllIIIb,KaKaJJ:rpo3a! 'My mother asked me, "When are 'My mother asked me when
- )],a, rpo3a,--oTBeqan r6noc. you coming back?" ' I would be coming back.'
):(IIpeKTOpcnpocirJI Hae: «Bhl 3a- ):(IIpeKTop cnpOCIIJI Hae, 3aK6H-
DIRECT AND INDIRECT QUESTIONS KOH'IIIJIIIpa66Ty?» 'IIIJIII JIH Mhl pa66Ty.
'The director asked us, "Have 'The director asked us whether we
A direct question is addressed to the person spoken to and requires you finished the work?"' had finished the work.'
an answer. 5l cnpocirJI HX: «Bhl MeHiiD0)J,0,K- 5l cnpocirJI HX, DO)J,0,K)],)'T
JIH OHR
KorJJ;a ThI npIIeJJ;elllb? 'When will you be coming?' )J,CTe?» MeHH.
CK6po JIII 6paT BepHeTC5I? 'Will your brother be coming 'I asked them, "Will you wait for 'I asked them whether they would
back soon?' me?"' wait for me.'
'Have you finished the work?' Exercise 8. Replace the direct questions with indirect questions.

A direct question is uttered with a special interrogative intonation 1. HaqaJibHUK 3KcneL1tt11uucnpocttn: «Bee roTOBbr?» 2. Cbm qacTo crrpiiIIIMBaJI:
«CK6po BepHeTCJl:OTeII?» 3. Ou crrpocirn: «MHe eII1e He Il03):IHO yqHTbCJl:M}'3b!Ke?»
and~in writing~requires a question mark at the end of the sen- 4. CecTpa crrpocii.na Mettii: «Tb! MO)KeIIIbnoMoqb Mtte?» 5 . .,SIcnpocttn 11x: «)],6nro Bbl
tence. Bqepa pa66Tan11?» 6. yqii_TeJlb cnpocttJI: «Bee rrpucyTcTBYIOT B KJ1acce?»
An indirect question is not addressed to any person directly and
does not require an answer.
51 cnpodrn er6, Kor-,z:1,a
ou npn)J.eT. 'I asked him when he would come EXHORTATIVE SENTENCES
back.' The intonation of exhortative sentences varies depending on the na-
OH cnpodrn MeHii, CKopo .'Ill 6paT 'He asked me whether my brother
ture of the exhortation (a request, invitation, wish, demand, command,
sepueTCSI. would come back soon.'
OH cnpodrn MeHiI, KouqHJI JIH 'He asked me whether I had call or appeal).
SI 1au11MaTLcS1. finished my work.' Request: ;D:aiiTeMHe, I10)K3.JIYHCTa,:'Hy KHIIry.
'Give me that book, please.'
An indirect question is uttered without any special interrogative in- Invitation: CaJJ;HTeCh,IIO)KaJiyiicTa.
tonation. In writing no question mark is placed at the end of an indi- 'Will you sit down, please?'
rect question. · ITpnxoJJ;HTeK HaM B r6cTH.
If a direct question contains no interrogative word, the correspond- 'Come to see us.'
ing indirect question must have the particle JIU 'whether', 'if. The par- Wish: BaM xopolll6 fo,1 OTJJ:OXHYTh.
ticle is placed immediately after the word which requires an answer. 'It would do you good to have a rest.'
51 cnpodrn, sepueTcSIJIU 6paT ce- 'I asked whether his brother Demand: ITpeJJ:1,SIBHTerrp6rrycK!
r6JJ;H51. would be coming back that 'Show your pass!'
day.' Command: I1o3B3.Th er6!
51 cnpodrn, cKopo JIU BepHeTC51 'I asked whether his brother 'Call him!'
6paT. would come back soon.' Call: BrrepeJJ;,TOBapmun!
Y'IeHIIK cnpoCIIJI, npaBU.--lhHOJIU 'The pupil asked whether he had 'Forward, comrades!'
OH pelllIIJI 3aJJ;atJy. solved the problem correctly.'
51 He 3HaIO, see JIU co6panirch. 'I do not know whether every- 1. The predicate of an exhortative sentence is generally a verb in the
body has come.' imperative, singular or plural.
,/1,aii (AaiiTe) MHe KHHry. 'Give me the book.'
In replacing a direct question with an indirect question one should IloKaJKu (noKaJKuTe) eMy <poTo- 'Show him the photograph.'
pay attention to the use of personal pronouns and finite verb forms. rpaq>HIO.
428 429
IlocTae1, (nocTaBLTe) naMrry Ha 'Put the lamp on the table.' )]:aBaH(Te) OTJ:J:OXHCM. 'Let's take a rest.'
CTOJJ. )]:aBaif(Te) CUOCM. 'Let's sing.'
Hamnuu: (uanumu:Te) rrpe,n:JJO)Ke- 'Write the sentences.' Exercise 9. Read through the sentences. State their type (according to their pur-
HIUI. pose) and the form of the predicate verb.
3anoMHH(3aDOMHHTe)3TH CJJOBa. 'Remember these words.' J. )],au, HJ!Hll, MHe nepo, 6yMary,
C,ri:enau(c,ri:enanTe)yrrpa)KHCHHe. 'Do the exercise.' )],a CTOJIITO)lBHHh,lI CK6po JIHry. (fl.)
2. Mou Apyr, 0P-1tt3He nocB11TttM
2. If an imperative sentence is in the third person, it contains the )],ywtt npeKpacHh1e nopbrnh1! (/7.)
particle nycn (nycKau) 'let'. The verb is in the 3rd person present or fu- 3. )],a 3)lpaBCTByeT COJlHl.le,)la CKpOeTCllThMa! (fl.)
ture tense.
IlycTb OH rrpu,n:eTBeqepoM. 'Let him come in the evening.' EXCLAMATORY SENTENCES
IlycTb ,n:eTHIIrpaIOT. 'Let the children play.'
IlycKau TOBapmn: ll03BOHIITMHe 'Let the comrade ring me.'
Declarative, interrogative and exhortativ:e sentences may be ex-
no Tenecp6Hy. cl~matory if they express a strong emotion (happiness, delight, sur-
pnse, anger, sorrow, etc.).
3. In slogans, the particle ,n;ais generally used. CerO,ll;H51
npeKpacHa51 nor6,a:a! 'We are having lovely weather to-
,ll;a3,n:paBcTByeT
MHp BOBCeMMII- 'Long live peace all over the day!'
pe! world!' Co6HpaifTeCb llOCKopee! 'Get ready quickly!'
KaK, Bbl He noe,ll;eTeC HaMtt?! 'What? Aren't you coming with
4. If an exhortative sentence expresses an invitation to perform an us?!'
action jointly with the speaker, the verb takes the first person plural.
IlouJJ,eMCKOpefi. 'Let's go faster.' An exclamatory sentence is uttered with a special intonation, with
Csr,n;eM 3,n:ech. 'Let's sit down here.' the tone of voice raised. The intonation of an exclamatory sentence
Iloe,n;eMna wr. 'Let's go to the South.' may vary within a wide range and depends upon the feeling which it ex-
CnoeM. 'Let's sing.' presses. In writing, an exclamation mark is placed at the end of an ex-
clamatory sentence. If an exclamatory sentence is a question, both an
Verbs most frequently found in exhortative sentences in the first per- interrogative and an exclamatory marks are placed at the end.
son plural are those of definite motion. Exclamatory sentences frequently contain interjections:
THruuna. Ax, KaKa51 crnii.r 'It is quiet. Oh, how quiet it is!'
11,n;eMB KIIH6. 'Let's go to the cinema.'
Ge~u:M! 'Let's run!' THWHHa!(A11uz.)
E,ri:eM3clBTpa! 'Let's go tomorrow!' YBbl, na pa3Hble 3a6aBbI 51MHOro 'Alas, I've wasted much of my life
Ge~u:M Ty,n:a! 'Let's run there!' )KII3Httnory6ii.n! (Fl.) in frivolous pursuits!'
11,n;eMryJJHTb. 'Let's go for a walk.' YBbl, OH cqaCTH51He rrin:eT 'Alas, it seeks no happiness
I1 He OT cqacTH516e)K{IT(JI.) Nor from happiness does it
When used to address a number of persons or one person formally flee!'
the verb takes the ending -Te. '
To express an exclamation, the pronouns KaKon 'what (a ... )', TaKoii
Ilou,n;eMTeCKOpeii! 'Let's go faster.' 'such (a ... )', 'ITO 1a 'what a .. .', CKOJibKO'how many/much,' 'what
Csr,n;eMTe3,n:ecb. 'Let's sit down here.' a lot', cTOJibKO'so many/much' and the adverbs KaK 'how', TaK 'so' are
E,n;eMTe3aBTpa. 'Let's go tomorrow.' used:
In colloquial speech, the predicate of an exhortative sentence occa- I<'aKXOpOllIOTb!, 0 Mope troqnoe! 'Oh, how beautiful you are, noc-
sionally contains the particle ,n;aeau(,n;aeanTe)'let us'. (T10mZJ.) turnal sea!'
,L(aean(Te) oT,n:oxHeM. 'Let's have a rest.' CKOJibKoTYT6lrno KYAPHBbIX 6e- 'What a lot of leafy birches there
,L(aean(Te) cH,n;eM. 'Let's sit down.' pe3! (H.) used to be here!'
,ll;aean(Te) crroeM. 'Let's sing.' Slogans, appeals, greetings and congratulations are generally ex-
,L(aean(Te) rroe,I:1;eM. 'Let's go.' clamatory sentences:
If the predicate is a perfective verb, it is used in the simple fu- )],a 3.11,paBcrnyeTMHP Me)K;J.Y na- 'Long live peace among the na-
ture. p6,I:1;aMtt! tions!'
431
430
 I1ycn cIIJihHee rpirner 6ypH! 'Let the storm break out full NEGATIVE SENTENCES WITH THE PARTICLE HE
(M. I'.) force!' BEF'ORE THE PREDICATE
)].66pbIH ,z:i:eHb! 'Good afternoon!'
3,z:i:paBC!BYH, IIJieMHMJia,z:i:oe,
He- 'Hail you, the young generation To make an affirmative sentence negative, the particle He is placed
3HaKOMOe!(II.) of strangers!' before the predicate:
C H6BbIM r6,z:i:oM! 'Happy New Year!' t:(eTII CUHT. )].fan He CUHT.
'The children are asleep.' 'The children are not asleep.'
Exercise 10. Read the sentences aloud, paying attention to the intonation of the ex-
clamatory sentences. JleKU:lIHy)Ke Halfam'ich. JleKU:IIHeme He HalfamlCh.
(a) I. CmiBHal! 6ceHbl Mop03Hble H6q11:
'The lecture has already begun.' 'The lecture has not yet begun.'
JlcHbie TI!Xlle .L\Hll... (H.) ' yqeHttK oTBeTHJI Ha Borrp6c. YqeHttK He OTBeTHJJ na Borrp6c.
2. KaK nec xop6rn 1163.LIHeH6ceHbIO! (Typz.) 'The pupil answered the ques- 'The pupil did not answer the
3. I1 CBCJKHHB03.LIYXTaK .z:IYIIlllCT, tion.' question.'
I1 TaK IIp03paqHQ 30JIOTIICT
I1rpi!OIIIHH Ha COJIHI.1:e JIHCT! (JI.)
Moii: 6paT-CTy,U:eHT. Moii: 6paT-He CTy,u:euT.
4. K~K6ii ~3yM11Te.f!bHblii ca,[(! Eenb1e Maccbr n;BeT6B, rony66e tte6o. (lfex.) 'My brother is a student.' 'My brother is not a student.'
5. )],o6pblll ,[(eHb, ,[(eTH, u nycTh B JKH3Hll BiIIIeH 6y,[(eT MHOJKeCTBO
,[(06pb!X ,[(Hen! Berep CHJlbHblH. Berep He CHJlbHblH.
(M. I'.) 'The wind is strong.' 'The wind is not strong.'
6. ,llpy3bH' MOIi, npeKpaceH Harn COI<)3!(fl.)
7. ,[la 3,[(paBCTBYIOTM)'3bI, ,[(a 3,[(paBCTByeTpa3yM! (fl.) If the predicate of an affirmative sentence is followed by an object
(b) l. MoCKBa ... KaK MHOro B 3TOM 3B)'Ke
,llJIJI cep,[(n;a pyccKoro CJillJIOCb!
in the accusative without a preposition, the object of the corresponding
KaK MHOro B HeM OT03BaJIOCb!(fl.) negative sentence frequently takes the genitive:
2. I1 JI,
KaK aecHy qenoaeqecTaa,
YqeHHKpeUIHJl 3a,U:alfy. YqenuK He peUIHJl 3a,U:alfH.
pOJK,[(eHHYIO 'The pupil solved the problem.' 'The pupil did not solve the prob-
a Tpy,[(ax rr a 6oIO, lem.'
IIOIO Cry,z:i:eHT nomm Bonpoc. Cry,z:i:eHT
ue UOHHJJ BOnpoca.
MOe OTeqeCTBO,
pecny6m1Ky Mow! (MaRK.)
'The student understood the ques- 'The student did not understand
tion.' the question.'
.5I UOJJYlfHJl UHChMO. .5IHe UOJJYlfHJl UHChMa.
'I received a letter.' 'I did not receive any letter.'
NEGATIVE SENTENCES OH lfHT3Jl ra3fay. OH He lfHTaJJ ra3eThl.
'He read a newspaper.' 'He did not read a newspaper.'
Sentences with the negative particle He before the predicate or with
the word ueT or Hem,JiI used as the predicate are called negative. (For the use of the genitive in negations, see p. 56.)
JleKU:II~eme He HaqaJiacb. 'The lecture has not yet begun.' Exercise 11. Give negative answers to the following questions.
Y Mem1 HeT cJioBapii. 'I have no dictionary.' (a) I. 3aHSITHJIKQHqlfJilfCb? 2. EpaT yJKe rrprrexan? 3. OH 6y.z:i;eT3aBTpa pa66rnTh?
3,z:i:ech
Hem,JiI KYPHTb. 'Smoking is not allowed here.' 4. Bbl IIOH,[(eTe a 6rr6JI!fOTeKy? 5. Barn 6paT-CTy.z:i;eHT? 6. '.:ha KHHra-yqe6HrrK?
7. 3m KHHra lfHTepecHall?
Compare the following affirmative and negative sentences: (b) I. OH IIOHJIJ1 Borrp6c? 2. Bbl KYHHJ11f6rrneT? 3. T0Bap11:m rrpll3HliJI CBOIO
oruii6Ky? 4. OH .uan oTBeT Ha Borrp6c? 5. Bbl rrpilHJ1J1HyqacTHe B pa66Te? 6. Bbl 06pa-
Pe6eHOKCDIIT. Pe6eHOKHe CUHT. THJ1HBHHMliHHe Ha 3TY KapTirHy? 7. 3m KapTirHa rrpOH3Bena Ha Bae BrreqaTJ1t!HHe?
'The child is asleep.' 'The child is not asleep.'
JleKU:IIHy)Ke HalfaJJaCb. JleKU:HHeme He HalfaJI3Cb. NEGATIVE SENTENCES WITH THE WORD HET
'The lecture has already begun.' 'The lecture has not yet begun.' USED AS THE PREDICATE
Y MeHJieCTb CJIOBapb. Y MeHJiHeT CJIOBapJi.
'I have a dictionary.' 'I have no dictionary.' The word HeT is used as the predicate of an impersonal sentence to
Cecrpa ,z:i:6Ma. Cecrph1 HeT ,z:i:6Ma. denote the absence of an object, person or phenomenon. The word in-
'The sister is at home.' 'The sister is not at home.' dicating the object which is absent takes the genitive.
3,z:i:ecb
MO;KHO Kypurb. 3,z:i:ecb
HeJib3H Kypurb. y Bae eCTb CJIOBapb?-Y MeHii "Have you a dictionary?"
'Smoking is allowed here.' 'Smoking is not allowed here.' HeT CJJOBapiI. "I have no dictionary."
Cecrpa ,z:i:6Ma?- CecTpbI neT ,z:i:6- "Is the sister at home?" "The sis-
Ma. ter is not at home."
432
433
28 -384
 '4'f

B Kacce eCTh forneThI? -- B Kacce "Are there any tickets at the Bqepa 6LIJI L(O)K,ll;h. Bqepa He 6L1JIOL(0)KL(5J..
neT forne-ros. booking-office?" "There are no 'It did not rain yesterday.'
'It rained yesterday.'
tickets at the booking-office." B Kacce 6LIJIH forneTbr. B Kacce He 6LIJIO forneTOB.
In the corresponding answers affirming the presence of an object 'There were tickets at the book- 'There were no tickets at the
the verb ecTL is generally used: ' ing-office.' booking-office.'
Y Bae eCTL CJ10Baph?- Y MeHiJ "Have you a dictionary?" "I have With reference to the future, the verb 6LITL is used in the future
eCTL CJ10Baph. a dictionary." tense, singular, with the particle He (He 6y,z:i;eT).
B Kacce ecTL forneThI?- B Kacce "Are there any tickets at the Y MeHiJ6y,z:i;eTCJIOB!lpL. Y Menii He 6y,z:i;eTCJIOBapiI.
eCTL forneThI. booking-office?" "There are 'I shall have no dictionary.'
'I shall have a dictionary.'
tickets at the booking-office." CeCTpa 6y,z:i;eTJJ,OMa. CecTpbI He 6yJJ,eT,z:i;oMa.
Y Bae ecTL 6paT?-Y MeHii ecTL "Have you a brother?" "I have 'The sister will be at home.' 'The sister will not be at home.'
6paT. a brother." 3aBTpa 6yJJ,eTJJ,OmJJ.L. 3aBTpa He 6y,z:i;eTJJ,OmL(H.
In these sentences ecTL means 'to be', 'there is (are)', 'to have'. 'It will rain tomorrow.' 'It will not rain tomorrow.'
(For the use of the word ecTL, see p. 229.) B Kacce 6y JJ.YT6uJieThl. B Kacce He 6y,z:i;eT6nJieTOB.
'There will be tickets at the book- 'There will be no tickets at the
ing-office.' booking-office.'
Note.-The _words J.1a 'yes' and HeT 'no' are frequently used in answers:
Y Bae ecTb cn,crnapb? . "Have you a dictionary'?"
- ,l],a, y Mem1.ecTb cnoBap~. ;;yes, I have a dicti<;:mary."
- HeT, y Mem1 HeT cnoBapi:i. No. I have no d1ct1onary." NEGATIVE SENTENCES WITH THE WORD HEJlb3.S.C
Compare the following affirmative and negative sentences: USED AS THE PREDICATE
Y MeHiJ eCTL yqe6HUK. Y MeHiJHeT yqe6m-IKa. The word ueJIL3H '(is) not allowed', '(one) may not', '(it is) impos-
'I have a textbook.' 'I have no textbook.' sible', '(one) cannot', '(one) must not' with an infinitive is used as the
B 3aJ1e eCTh CB060,IJ;Hhle MeCTll. B 3aJ1e HeT CB060,IJ;HhIX MeCT. predicate of impersonal sentences:
'There are vacant seats in the au- 'There are no vacant seats in the 3aech HeJIL3H myMeTL. 'No noise is allowed here.'
ditorium.' auditorium.' Ha ropy HeJIL3H nOJJ,HHTLCH. 'The mountain cannot be scaled.'
B Kacce eCTh 6UJieTLI. B Kacce HeT 6ttJieTOB.
'There are tickets at the booking- 'There are no tickets at the book- The word denoting the person in such impersonal sentences takes
office.' ing-office.' the dative:
Y Hero eCTL ,ll;OqL_ Y Hero lleT ,z:i;oqepu. EoJILHOMy HeJ1h35IKYPIITh. 'The sick man is not allowed to
'He has a daughter.' 'He has no daughter.' smoke.'
Y MeH5IeCTL qacLI. Y MeHiJ HeT qacOB. HaM HeJ1h35IOTCTYIIclTh. 'We must not retreat.'
'I have a watch' 'I have no watch.' Te6e HeJih3HKynaThCH. 'You must not bathe.'
CerO,IJ;HH ,z:i;om,z:i;L. Cero,IJ;HHneT ,z:i;om,z:i;il.
'It is raining today.' 'It is not raining today.' Hem.3if has the following meanings:
CecTpa JJ.OMa. CecTphr neT ,z:i;6Ma. (1) '(is) forbidden', '(one) must not', '(is) not allowed', '(one) may
'The sister is at home.' 'The sister is not at home.' not':
TB05I KHHra 3L(eCh. TBoeii KHHrH HeT 3,IJ;ech. 3,IJ;echHeJIL3H rnyMeTb. 'No noise is allowed here.'
'Your book is here.' 'Your book is not here.' EonbHOMYHeJIL3H KYPMTh. 'The sick man is not allowed to
CerO,IJ;HH y Hae ~eMunap. CerOL(HHy Hae neT CeMnnapa. smoke.'
'We have a semmar today.' 'We have no seminar today.' Te6e HeJIL3H KynaThCH. 'You must not bathe.'
(2) '(it is) impossible', '(one) cannot':
. To denote the absence of an object in the past, the verb 6LJTLis used Ha ropy HeJIL3H (HeB03MO)KHo) 'The mountain cannot be scaled:
m the past tense, neuter, with the particle ue (ue 6LIJio). IIOL(HHTbCH: ona oqeHh KpyTa. it is very steep.'
Y MeHiJ6LIJI CJ10Baph. Y MeHHHe 6LJJIOCJ10Bap5I. PeKy neperrJibITb HeJIL3H (HeB03- 'It is impossible to swim
'I had a dictionary.' 'I had no dictionary.' MO)KHO ), rroToMy qTo Teqerrne across the river because the cur-
CecTpa 6LJJia ,ll;OMa. CecTphI He 61.IJIOL(OMa. oqeHh cttJ1hHoe. rent is very strong.'
'The sister was at home.' 'The sister was not at home.' The link verb 6LIJIO is used to denote the past:
434
435
28•
 .....,...
Exercise 15. Replace these sentences with synonymous sentences, using the anto-
Ha ropy ueJih3H6Lmo rro,1J,H51TbC11.
'The mountain could not be nymous verbs given at the end of the exercise and negative pronouns and adverbs.
scaled.' Model: 51 ece2iJa 6yiJy nbMuumb 06 §moM.
51 KHU020GHe Ja6yiJy 06 JmOM.
The link verb 6y;::i;eTin used to denote the future:
1. Ha yp6Ke rrpHC)'TCTBOBaJIM
Bee.
Ha ropy HeJih3H 6y'"" ,_., 'Th e moun t am
rreT rrorr- . w1·11prove 1mpos- 2. Bee rrpmnJIH BoBpeMH.
H51TbC11. sible to scale.' 3. Bee ITOMHHT rrpaBJIJIO.
(3a6hITb, OIT03Ll,aTb,
OTCyTCTBOBaTb)
Exercise 12. Give negative answers to the following questions.
(a) I. ? Bae B r6p?.n:e ecn, Te~Tp? 2. Y Te6~ eCTb 6HJieThlHa KOHl..\epT?3. y Bae
NEGATIVE SENTENCES WITH THE EMPHATIC
ee;Tb cecTpa? 4 .. Y Hero ecn, crroc?6nocnr. K MY3brKe?,5. Knnra na CTOJie?6. EpaT
.D:OMa?7. B'!epa 6brn ,noJK.D:b? 8. 3aBTpa 6y,neT ceMrrHap? 9. )],rrpeKTop B Ka6rrner ? PARTICLE HM
10. y BaC 6y,neT 3aBTpa CB060,llHOeBpeMH? e.
(b) I.. EMy _yJKeMOJK;IOBblXO,llllTbHa )'JIMlly?2. M6JKHO.n:ernM MJITllryJii!Tb? The particle uu is used in negative sentences to emphasise the nega-
~- ~TY Kl,lllf);MOJKHO J_<YIIMThB Mara311ne?4. M6JKHOnepeihn 3TYpeKy B6po.n:?5. B tion.
)TOMpeKe MOJKHO KyrraTbCH?
OH ue CKa3aJI HU CJI0Ba. 'He did not say a single word.'
, NEGATIYE SENTENCES WITH THE WORDS 5J:He ycnen HaITHCaTbUH CTpoqKH. 'I didn't even have time to write
HMKTO, HMqTo, HMKAKOM, H~qEM, HMr~E, HMKY~A one line.'
HMKOr~A ' 3,n:echueT uu KarrnH BO.D:hI. 'There is not a drop of water
(NEGATIVE PRONOUNS OR ADVERBS) here.'
HaM ueJih3H)K)],aTbuu MHH)'TbI. 'We can't wait a single minute.'
Neg~tive adverbs and pronouns are used in negative sentences with
In sentences containing the particle uu the predicate ueT is fre-
the particle ue or the words ueT and ueJih3Hwhich fulfil the function of
the predicate: quently omitted.
Ha He6e UH 66naqKa, 'There is not a cloud in the sky.'
HHKTO ue OIT03)],aJI. 'Nobody was late.' 'There is not a drop of water
Ero uu•ITO He IIHTepecyeT. 'Nothing interests him.' 3,n:ech uu KannH BO)],hI.
here.'
HuKaKue Tpy)].HOCTH HaM He 'We are not afraid of any dan-
CTpaIIIHhI. gers.' The particle uu is frequently used with the word o;::i;uu
to emphasise
TaM HHKOroHeT. 'There is nobody there.' the negation.
Hur;::i;eueT :hoii KHHflI. 'This book cannot be found any-
where.' Hu O)].HHqeJIOBeKue OTI03)],:1J1. 'Not a single man was late.'
Te6e HHKy;::i;a
HeJih3Hyxo)].HTb. 'You must not go anywhere.' Hu O)].HH JIHCTHa ,n:epeBeue IIIeBe- 'Not a single leaf on the tree
J1HJ1C11. stirred.'
OH HHKor;::i;a
ue 6bIJ1 B MocKBe. 'He has never been to Moscow.'
OH ue c,n:enan UH O)].HOUOIIItt6KH. 'He did not make a single mis-
Exercise ~3. Give nega_tive answers to the questions, using the negative pronouns take.'
and adverbs given on the nght.
Exercise 16. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate words and the particle nu.
J. Ky ,IlaBbl IIOe.D:eTe
JieTOM? HHKy.D:a
2. Koma Bbl pa66TaJ1MHa 3aB6.n:e? HMKOf.D:<i 1. BO.D:bl
He 6b!JIO.... 2. 51 He CJib!IllaJI3T0li neCHII.... 3. Mb! He MOJKeM JK).l,aTb
....
3. r.n:e Bbl pa60TaJI0 JieTOM? Hrrr.n:e 4. On ceroLl,HHHe HaIIHCaJJ.... 5. Ha ym-111e He Ob!JIO.... 6. He CJlbllllHO.... 7. Ha He6e
4. KTO BaM ITOMOra.TI? HMKTO HeT.... 8. Eottllbl He c.n:eJiami:... Ha3aLI,.9. B KapMaHeHCT... J.1,eHer.10. OH He CKa3aaTI
5. Cue rrpo.n:aeTcH3Ta KHnra? Hllf.D:e B OTBeT.. . Ii yIIIeJI.
6. r.n:e MOJKHO KYII11Tb:hy KHMry? Hlff.D:e (Hll pa3y, HMCTpO'!KII,HHCJIOBa,HH66JiaqKa, HII3ByKa,HIJ.KaITJIII,HIJ..D:YIIIl1,
HIIKO·
7. Kor.n:a ee MOJKHO 3aCTaTb .n:6Ma? HliKOr.D:a Il(:HKH,HIJ.MHH)'Tbl,HII Illary)
8. KoMy MOJKHO OCTaTbCSI 3;:I,eCb? HHKOMy
9. Km TaM? HHKor6
10. qTO BaM MemaeT? HM'!TO PARTS OF THE SENTENCE
11. KaKOli OTBeTBbl !IOJIY'!HJIM? HMKaK6ro
Those words in a sentence which answer a question are called parts
Exercise 14. Give ne_gativeanswers to the questions, using for emphasis the negative of the sentence:
pronouns and adverbs given at the end of the exercise. CTyp:eHTbIBHHMaTeJibHOCJI)'IIIa- 'The students are listening to
. I. Bu BH.D:eJirrMope? 2. Bbl yx6.n:H1e?3. Bb1 pa66rnmr Ha 3aB6.n:e?4. BaM Me- IOT JieKQHIOITOqrnJIOC0q)HH. a lecture on philosophy with at-
IIIa10T?5. Bbl CJiblIIIaJIM
3TYrreCHIO? tention.'
(H!fKOf.D:a,
HHKyAa,HHKTO,HHKaKaH)
437
436
 The following questions may be asked about the words making up Kmo TaK6rr IlyrnKttH? ITyrnKIIH -- BeJittKunnoh.
this sentence: 'What is Pushkin?' 'Pushkin is a great poet.'
( 1) Kmo CJiyrnaeT JJeKllJI!O?- CTy Jl,eHTbI.
(2) Cfmo JJ,eJJa!OTCTyJJ,eHTbI?---CJ1yI1Ia!OT.
(3) KaK cnyrna!OT CTyJJ,eHTbI?-- BmIMaTeJJbHO. UNEXTENDED AND EXTENDED SENTENCES
(4) Cfmo CJ1)1llia!OTCTyJJ,eHTbI?--JleKll,II!O.
A sentence may consist of only the two principal parts of the sen-
(5) KaK_VIOneKll,II!O cnyrna!OT CTyJJ,eHTbr?-Ilo qJttnoc6qnm.
tence, i.e. the subject and the predicate.
In the above sentence, five words answer questions.' These words CTy,nenT tJIITaeT. 'The student is reading.'
are parts of the sentence. Syntactic words (prepositions, conjunctions, BeTep IIIYMHT. 'The wind is howling.'
particles) are not parts of the sentence because no questions can be )],op6ra orracna. 'The road is dangerous.'
asked about them. Prepositions are part of certain parts of the sen- }],oKJia,;J;IIHTepeceH. 'The report is interesting.'
tence. Therefore, while the preposition no is not a part of the sentence,
the phrase no 4>m10c6<jJuu is. A sentence containing only the two principal parts is called unex-
tended.
Besides the principal parts, a sentence may contain secondary parts:
THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF THE SENTENCE CryJJ,eHT tJIITaeT ra3fay. 'The student is reading a newspa-
per.'
The principal parts of the sentence are the subject and the predi- CttJlbHbIHBeTep IlIYMHT. 'A strong wind is howling.'
cate. }],opora qepe3 rOpbI OilclCHa. 'The road across the mountains is
The subject does not depend on any other part of the sentence. It dangerous.'
answers the question Kmo? 'who?' or '-Imo? 'what?' )],oKJa.n o Mem~ynapOJJ:HOM
noJio- 'The report on the international
Ox6THIIKH CHJJ,eJJHy KOCTpa. Kmo CIIJJ,eJI y KOCTpa?- meuuu IIHTepecen. situation is interesting.'
OxoTHHKH. A sentence containing one or more secondary parts is called ex-
'The hunters sat round the fire.' "Who sat round the fire?" "The tended.
hunters did."
BeTep YCMJ1HBaeTC51. lJmo ycnnttBaeTc51? - Bfaep.
'The wind is growing stronger.' "What is growing stronger?" THE SECONDARY PARTS OF THE SENTENCE
"The wind is." Secondary parts of the sentence answer various questions. Depend-
Ilor6JJ,a xopowa. lJmo xoporn6?-- IlonlJJ:a. ing on what question they answer, they are divided into objects, attri-
'The weather is fine.' "What is fine?" "The weather is." butes and adverbial modifiers.
IlyrnKHH- BeJIMKHHrro:'JT. Kmo BeJJHKHHrro:'n? - IlvmKHH. An object is a part of the sentence which denotes the thing or person
'Pushkin is a great poet.' "Who is a great poet?" "Pushkin spoken of in the sentence and answers one of the questions of the
is." oblique cases. (The oblique cases are all the cases except the nomina-
The words ox6Tuu1cu 'hunters', sfaep 'wind', nor·o.ll,a'weather', tive.)
IlymKHH 'Pushkin' are subjects.
Cfmo lfWraeT CTyJl,eJU? CTy Jl,eHT tIHTaeT ra3eTY.
The predicate is grammatically dependent on the subject and 'What is the student reading?' 'The student is reading a newspa-
answers the questions: l/lnO oe.wem? 'what does (the subject) do?'; l/1710 oe- per.'
Jtaemrn? 'what is done (to the subject)?', KaK06 npeoMem? (KaKo6a?, Ka- KoMy OTBelfaeT yqeHIIK? y lfeHIIK OTBetJaeT Y'IHTeJIIO.
Koeo?, KaKo6bz?)'what sort of thing (is the subject)?', KaKou npeoMem? 'Whose questions is the pupil 'The pupil is answering the teach-
(KaK(u1?,KaKoe?, KaKue?) 'what sort of thing (is the subject)?', Kmo 01-1? answering?' er's questions.'
'who is (the subject)?', '-Imo 01-1?'what is (the subject)?' K l/eMy fOT()B51TC51
CTy.UeHTbI? CTyJJ,eHTbI rOT()B51TC51 K 3K3aMe-
Cfmo J1,eJ1aJrnOX0THHKH? Ox6THHKII CHJl,eJIH. HaM.
'What did the hunters do?' 'The hunters sat.' 'What are the students preparing 'The students are preparing for
lJmo JJ,eJiaeTC51
C BeTpOM? BeTep ydmusaeTCH. for?' the examinations.'
'What is happening to the wind?' 'The wind is growing stronger.' 3a '-Imo 66peTC51 Hap6)].? Hap6.n 66peTC~ 3a MHp.
KaKCIJl nor6,na? Ilor6,n:a xopoma. 'What are the people fighting 'The people are fighting for
'What sort of weather is it?' 'The weather is fine.' for?' peace.'
438 439
 ...,,.
An attribute is a secondary part of the sentence which denotes a fea- Exercise 17. Read through the sentences. Which are extended and which unextended
ture - quality or property- of a thing or person and answers the sentences?
questions: KaKou? (KaKiu1,?,KaKoe?,KaKue?) 'what (kind of)?'; 1.Jeu,('-lbH?, J. KoHqaJICH MapT. Mopocfur )],0)1(/-lh-roJibJe TOIIOJI5!CT05!JIHB TyM{rne. (flaycm.)
2. Il03)],HHH oceHb. rpaqfr yJieTeJIH.
'-lbe? '-lbu?) 'whose?'; Komopbzu? (KomopaH?, Komopoe?, Komopbze?) Jlec o6Ha)KHJICH,rroJIH orrycTem1. (H.)
'which?' and CKOAbKo?'how much/many?' 3. 0KTH6pb y)K HaCTYIIHJI. Y)K poma OTpHxaeT
IlocJie)],HHe JIHCThl C Harfrx CBOHXBernett. (II.)
KaKa.R y Hero-KHMra? y Hero HHTepecuaHKHMra. 4. OceHb HacTyrrirJia.
'What kind of book has he?' 'He has an interesting book.' BhICOXJIHUBeThI.
qeu 3TO yqe6mu? 3TO yqe6HHK cecTpbI. 11.fJIH)],5!TYHhlJIO
roJihie KYCThl. (Illlelij.)
'Whose textbook is it?' 'This is the sister's textbook.'
B KomopOM p51.)J;Y
OHMCH)J;5IT? OHM Cli)J;5ITB UHTOM p51.)J;y. Exercise 18. Extend these unextended sentences.
'In which row are they sitting?' 'They are sitting in row five.' 1. IIpnmJia BeCHa. EeryT PY%H. CBeTHT COJIHUe.)J;yeT BeTep6K. IlJibIB.Y; o6JiaK~-
Ha KaKOM 5I3bIKeOHHI'OBOp5IT? OHH r0BOp5IT Ha pyCCKOM 513bI- 2. HacTyrrirJio _yTpo. IloKa3aJIOCh c6JIHIJe. Ilp_ocH_yJIHChrr_THUhI. ~a6Jiec1~Jia poca.
Ke. 3. TI6e3)], cTottT. IIacca)KHphr crrewaT. IIpoao)Ka!OIUHe BhIXO)],HT.IIoe3)], TporaeTcH.
'What language do they speak?' 'They speak Russian.' Exercise 19. Point out the principal and the secondary parts of the sentence. What
questions do the secondary parts answer?
An adverbial modifier is a secondary part of the sentence which de-
notes the place, time, cause (reason), purpose or manner of an action. Model: JlyHa JIO)],bJMaJiaCbH3-3a TeMHblX BepmHH. (JI.)
OmKy0a IIO)],bJMaJiaCbJiyHa?--113-3a B~pIIIHH. .. '
roepa66'raeT TpaKrnp? "Where does the tractor work?" J13-3a KQKUXBepIIIHH JIO)],b!MaJiaCbJiyna?- l13-3a TeMHblX BepIIIllH.
TpaKTop pa66rneT e n6.r1e. "The tractor works in the field." I. 51 B03BpamaJICll )],OMOMJIOCJie)],OJifOMrrpor_yJIKH. (Type.) 2. BeceHHHe o6JiaKa
(the place of an action) IIJib!B_1/THa)], 3eMJiell. 3. 0)],Ha)K)],bl ll JIOBHJI p~16y Ha H~60Jiblll?M foepe; (flaycm.)
KozOa 6y)J;eTKOHu;epT? "When will the concert take 4. )J;op6ra KP.YTOIIO)],b!MaJiaCb a r6py. 5. AnpeJibCK~e COJIHUe_CHf!bHOrpeJI~- (l.fex.)
place?" 6. Hoqb 6bIJia 5!CHall. IIo qfrCTOMY, 6e366JiaqHOMY He6y IIJibIJia IIOJIHall JiyHa. (Ape.)
KoHu;epT 6y)J;eTeeqepoM. 7. Ha ceBepe )],HKOMCTOHT 0)],HHOKO
"The concert will take place in the Ha r6JIOM BepIIIHHC COCHa.(JI.) , ,
(the time of an action) evening." 8 Ett6JIHOTeKa 6hIJia CB(:TJiall H IIpOCTOpHall. B)].OJib CTeH TllHYJIHCb IIOJIKH. Ha
llo'-leMj; rnyMh )J;epeBb51? "Why are the trees rustling?" JIOJIK~XaKKypaTHO, no ampaBHTY, CT05!JIHcaMblC pa3Hb!C KHllfH. Ilo)], JiaMIIOll Haxo-
)l;epeBb51 IllYM5IT OT BeTpa. "The trees are rustling because of 6oJibIIIOll CTOJI)],Jlll ra3eT H )KypHaJIOB. (AHm.)
)],Hc"'!Cll
(the cause of an action) the wind."
Ja'-leM TypnCTbI OCTaHOBHJIHCb? "Why did the hikers stop?"
TypnCTbI OCTaHOBHJIHCb )J,lIH OT- "The hikers stopped to rest." THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF THE SENTENCE
)1,hlXa.
(the purpose of an action) THE SUBJECT
KaK yqeHHKqHTaeT? "How is the pupil reading?"
YqeHHK qHTaeT BCJ'Iyx. "The pupil is reading aloud." 1. The subject is usually a noun in the nominative:
(the manner of an action) Ilpo«t>eccopBorneJI B ay)J;HTopm-0. 'The professor entered the lec-
ture-hall.'
In accordance with their meaning adverbial modifiers are divided
into: JleK..HH HaqaJiaCb. 'The lecture began.'
(1) adverbial modifiers of place, which answer the questions 2oe? 2. The subject is frequently a pronoun in the nominative:
'where?', Kyoa? 'where to?, omKj;Oa? 'where from?';
MM 3aHHMaeMc51pyccKHM 513hI- 'We are studying Russian.'
(2) adverbial modifiers of time, which answer the questions Kozoa?
'when?', KaK 06JZ20?'how long?', c KaKux nop? 'since when?', oo KaKuX KOM.
nop? 'till when?', etc.; .SJ6y)J;y BbICTYII3TbHa CeMHHape. 'I shall speak at the seminar.'
(3) adverbial modifiers of cause or reason, which answer the ques- HuKTOHe OII03):J;aJI Ha co6paHHe. 'Nobody was late for the mee-
ting.'
tion no'-teMj;? 'why?' or no KaKou npu1.Ju1-1e?'for what reason?'; 'Everybody came on time.'
(4) adverbial modifiers of purpose, which answer the question 3a- Bee rrpHrnJIHB0BpeM51.
'-leM? 'why?', OA.R'-le26? 'what for?' or c KaKou tfeAb10?'for what pur-
pose?; 3. The subject may be an adjective, a participle or a numeral, i~
(5) adverbial modifiers of manner, which answer the question KaK? which case these parts of speech are used as nouns and take the nomi-
'how?' or KaKuM 66pa3oM? 'in what manner?' native.
441
440
 ...,...
B3pocm.1e (Kmo?) Ha6mo,r,:amr 3a 'The adults watched the children If a predicate in the past tense is in the singular, it takes the neuter.
11rp6H:,r,:eTeir. playing.'
(The subject is an adjective.) Ha 3aH5ITHH npucyTcTBOBaJIO 'Five students were attending the
flponomaro~ue (Kmo?) TOJinII- 'There was a crowd of well- Il5ITh CTy)],eHTOB. class.'
JIHChHa rrepp6He. wishers on the platform.' With the numerals ,1:i:na'two', TPH 'three' and '-ICTLipe'four' the
(The subject is a participle.) predicate generally takes the plural. .
fIHTh ('1mo?) He ,r,:eJIHTC5IHa ));Ba 'Five does not divide into two With composite numerals whose last component is OiJ.HH'one' the
6e3 OCT3.TKa. without a remainder.'
(The subject is a numeral.)
4. The subject may be an infinitive:
:;;n
~;;~i;;~T'.akc;.~;,,:i;tlar
aJgr•e;::,:~::
::::::::::\::me
'
KypnTh ( 1Jmo?)BocrrpemaeTc.si. 'Smoking is not allowed.' I1puexaJia )],Ba)],1~aThO)],Ha cTy-
Y'-IHThCH (1Jmo?) Bcer,r,:a rrp11ro- 'It is always useful to learn.' )J,enrn.:a.
)J;IITC.sI. (2) A noun in the genitive and a collective numeral in the nomina-
5. The subject may be an invariable part of speech used as a noun: tive:
CBeTJioe 3::tBTpa(1Jmo?)B naIII11x 'Friend, the radiant future is Ko MHe npHIIIJIII )],Boe.i:i:py3eH. 'Two friends came to see me.'
pyKax, ;:i:py3h5I.(Out.) within our grasp.' y cecTpbI 6bIJ10 Tpoe ):i:eTCH. 'My sister had three children.'
(The subject is an adverb.) K KpbIJih~Y DO)J,bexano '-ICTBepo 'Four sledges drove up to the
Pa3)],aJIOCh rp6MKoe (1Jmo?) "A loud "hurray" was heard.' caueu. porch.'
«ypa». O6a 6paTa yqttJIHCb B O)J;HOM 'Both brothers went to the same
(The subject is an interjection.) mK6ne. school.'

Exercise 20. Point out the subject in each sentence. What part of speech is it?
(For the use of collective numerals, seep. 190.)
With a subject consisting of a noun and a collective numeral the
I. Bee cymecrneHHOe y:iKe6bIJIO c,11e;1ano.(JI. T.) 2. OcTaBaThC51B ooryqapoBe predicate may take either the singular or the plural:
6bIJIOorracno. (JI. T.) 3. CeMepo o;:inor6 He )K,11yT.
(Proverb) 4. TipOB0,11TTTh
Ka)K):1hlll
Be-
qep 0Ko;rn 'lCTBepn1 'laca y OKHaCBOerrK0MHaThlBOIW10y nee B rrpHBbl'lKy.(Typz.)
5. Bee BeCHbI):1hIXaI-1I1eM
corpero,
Bee Kpyr6M 11mo6rn I1 rroeT. (A. K. T.) fiO)J,'hCXaJIH qeTBepo canei-i. } 'Four sledges drove up.'
fiO):i:bCX3,'10qeTBepo CaHeM.
With the numeral 66a (66e) the predicate invariably takes the plu-
PHRASES USED AS SUBJECTS ral:
fipuuu1u: 66a 6parn. 'Both brothers came.'
The subject may be a phrase. The following phrases are used as sub-
jects: (3) A noun in the genitive and one of the quantitative words Mnoro
I. A phrase consisting of a noun in the genitive and a word denot- 'may'/'much', 'a lot', MaJio 'few'/'little', neMuoro 'a few'j'a little', ue-
ing a quantity of objects. MaJm 'quite a lot', uecKo.r11>Ko "some', 'several', CK0JihKOhow ma-
(1) A noun in the genitive and a cardinal numeral in the nomina- ny'(how much' or CT0JihKO·so many'j"so much'.
tive: Ha yn11~ax 6hrno Muoro 11ap6i1:i:y. 'There were lots of people in the
B ay,r,:11T6pmo BOIIIJIII '-leTLipe 'Four students entered the lec- streets.'
cTy)],eurn. ture-hall.' B ay)],HTOpMMco6pan6ch MHoro 'Many students gathered in the
I1poIIIJI6 iJ.CCHThMttnyT. 'Ten minutes went by.' CTV)],eHTOB. lecture-hall.'
y MeHH6hIJ10 M::tJIOnpeMeuu. 'I had little time.'
The predicate of a subject consisting of a noun and a numeral may B Ki:lCCe M::tJIO6HJICTOB. 'There were few tickets left at the
OCTi:lJIOCh
take either the singular or the plural: booking-ofice.'
Ha 3aH5ITHHnpucyTcTnyroT TI5ITh
} TipOIIIJIOHCCKOJibKO MHHyT. 'Several minutes went by.'
cTyJJ,eHTOB. 'Five students are attending the HecKOJihKO naccamu:pon BhIIIIJIH 'Several passengers left the car-
Ha 3a~HTHH npucyTcTnyeT n.sITh class.' 113Barona. riage.'
CTyJJ,eHTOB. CKoJihKOCTYACHTOB np11cyTCTBO- 'How many students were present
BaJ10 Ha JieKQHH? at the lecture?'
442
443
 If the subject consists of a noun and the quantitative word uec- Note.-If the predicate is in the singular
KOJihKO 'some', the predicate may take either the singular or the plural,
EpaT /:\OM6nc TOBap1m.1_eM. 'The brother came home with a friend of
npurneJI
HecKOJlbKOrracca)KttpOBBbllllJIO. } his.'
'Several passengers left.' only the noun in the nominative is the subject, the noun in the instrumental with the
HeCKOJlbKOnacCa)KttpOBBhIIIJJIH. preposition c being the object.
The subject may be not only a phrase containing nouns, but
If the subject consists of a noun and one of the quantitative words a phrase consisting of a pronoun and a noun a noun or two pronouns:
Mn6ro, neMu6ro, Mano, neMano, CKOJihKO or eTOJihKO, the predicate
generally takes the singular. Mhl e ToBapnLQeM rro0.;:i:eMHa Ka- 'My friend and I will go to the
TOK. skating-rink.'
B 3KCKypcHttyqaernoBaJio MH6ro 'Many students took part in the Mhl e uuM Kll)K,IJ,Oe socKpeceHbe 'He and I go to the skating-rink
CTy,Il,eHTOB. excursion.' x6;:i:HMHa KaT6K. every Sunday.'
B Kacce oeTaJIOeh Mano 6ttJICTOB. 'There were few tickets left at the Mhl e T066ii APY3b5.I. 'You and I are friends.'
booking-office.' MM e naMu y:»ee roBopnnH 06 'I have already spoken to you
CKOJlbKO qenoBeK npueyTeTBO- 'How many people were present 3TOM. about it.'
BaJIO Ha C06paHHH? at the meeting?'
III. The subject may be a phrase consisting of a numeral and a noun
or pronoun in the genitive plural with the preposition H3:
(4) A noun in the genitive and a quantitative noun in the nomina- )]:Boe HJ nae g0J1)KHbIOCTaTbCJI. 'Two of us must stay.'
tive (quantitative nouns include such words as TLieH'la 'thousand',
0,uuu 113 CTy)].eHTOB c,n:enan LJ:OK- 'One of the students made a re-
MHJIJiu6u 'million', Mum1uap,u 'milliard', 'billion', e6rnH 'hundred', ,ue-
Jia,IJ,. port.,
eHTOK 'ten', napa 'couple', noJioBnua 'half, qacTh 'part', Maeea 'mass',
eTa,uo 'herd', eTaH 'flock', rpynna 'group', TOJina 'crowd', 6oJibUIHHeTBO Besides numerals, HJ-phrases may also contain adjectives in the
'majority', Menhrnu11eTB6 'minority', MH6JKeeTno 'a lot'): superlative degree or pronouns:
B aKTOBOM3ane CBo66,n:ttopa3- 'The assembly hall easily accom- Jlyqrnue 113 Y'ICHHKOB rronyqnnH 'The top pupils received medals.'
Mecmu.rtacb TL1esiqa CTy,ueuTon. modated a thousand students.' Me,n:a.TIH.
Y Kpbrnhua cmoJuw napa norna- 'A pair of hourses stood by the KTO 113 Bae 6brn Ha KOHI..l:CpTe? 'Which of you was at the con-
,ueii. porch.' cert?'
TTonoBuua ue6a 6b1Aa noKpbzma 'Half the sky was covered with HHKTO HJ nae He 6brn Ha KOH- 'None of us were at the concert.'
TyqaMtt. clouds.' uepTe.
EonburnueTn6 CTy,1e11Ton zo.1oco- 'The majority of the students CaMble HHTepeeuble 1133THXKHHr 'The most interesting of these
ea/lo 3a rrpe,n:no)KeHtte. voted for the proposal.' yJKe rrpoqIITaHbI. books have already been read.'
qaeTb eTy,ueHTOB ZO/LOC06Qa1a 'Some of the students voted
Exercise 21. Read through the sentences. Point out the phrases used as subjects. Ac-
rrp6nrn. against.' count for the agreement of each of the predicates with its subject.
In such sentences, the predicate generally agrees with the quanti- (a) I. llln11 i:1Banp1c1i!TenH BeqepHeIOrrop6ii
tative noun in gender and number. l1 /:ICJibHbriipa3roB6p Bem'i MelKJ:IY co66n. (Kp.)
II. The subject may be a phrase consisting of a noun in the nomi- 2. B rrecqaHb!XCTerriixapaB!l.llCKOll3eMJI!l.
native and a noun in the instrumental preceded by the preposition Tp!i rOpl\bie IIaJibMb( Bb!COKO pOCJI!l..(JI.) , , , ,
3. YlK i:1ec11rb neT ynmo c Tex rrop. (ll.) 4. 06a MOJIO/:lbIX qenoaeKa yexa.1111ronac
e: n6cne ylKirna. (Type.) 5. IloJIOB!l.HaOKOHBb!XO):lll.Jla a CTapb!ll TeH!l.CTblll ~a):I. (lfex)
Ha BOK3ane MeHJ.I ecmpemu/lu 6, MH6ro rreceH Ha):IB6nron rrporrern. (Jie6.-K.) 7. HecKOJlbKOa'll111 B crnpoM cai:1y
'I was met at the station by my 6blJIH cpy6JieHbl. (JI. T.) 8. B ayne MHOlKeCTBO co6aK BCTpeTHJIO Hae rp6MKHM.rraeM.
MaTh e OTQOM. mother and father.' (JI.) 9. Bo ):IBOpe,B03Jle KpbJJibU!.l.,CTOl'IJianapa JIOllla):lett.(Il1011.)
(6) 1. Crapll.K C MaJibql{l(OMM C co6aKOll o60lllJI!l. BeCb):laqHblllrroceJIOK.,(Kynp)
(It is also possible to say: MaTh u oTeQ) 2. IloqT!l. l(!,l.lKJ:lblll
aeqep n6CJie pa66Tbl y Ilaana CH):ICJI KTO-HH6YJ:lb H3 TOBapHll.(eH.
EpaT e eeeTp6ii yZJamu1 B o,n:H60. 'The brother and the sister go to (M. I'.) 3. Mb! C Karen 11C6Hell rr6rne 06ei:1a IIOllIJlll.B cai:1Ha Hallly mo61lMYIOCKa-
IIIK6ne. MeiiKy. (JI. T.)
the same school.'
Exercise 22. Make up sentences with the following phrases used as subjects.
(It is also possible to say: 6paT u eeeTpa.)
The predicate of a subject of the above type takes the plural: neTpe- ,[(ecHTbpa66q1c1x.4ernepo i:1py3ett.MH6ro Hap6l\y. MH6rne H3,CTy):leHTOB.,C6poK
Tnnu, y'laTeH. OJ:lll.HqenoBeK. 06a I(pyra. ooJibllIHHCTB6rrpncyrcray1011.(HX.Crn11 rrr11u. EoJibIIIaH
4aCTb rryT!l..Mb! C TOBapHll.(CM.0[(11HH3 pyKOBO,[\ll.TeJiell.
Tp6e H3 Hae.
444
445
 THE PREDICATE 6e3 TBOett IlOMOIUHSI ue 6blJI 6LI 'Without your help I should have
roToB. (conditional mood) never got ready.'
The predicate may be either simple or compound. 51 61.1JIroToB. (indicative mood,. 'I was ready.'
1. A simple predicate is a verb in the indicative, conditional or im- past tense)
perative mood. 51 6y,n:yroToe. (indicative mood, 'I shall be ready.'
R Y'IYCL B YHHBepCHTeTe. future tense)
'I study at the University.' In the present tense the link verb 6L1TL is generally omitted.
Mhl 6y,lJ,eMOT,l],bIXclTb Ha 10re.
'We'll spend our holiday in the The indicative mood. 51 roT6B. 'I am ready.'
South.'
IT6e3,n:ocTauoe11JicH. PARTS OF SPEECH USED AS THE NOMINAL PART
'The train has stopped.' OF A COMPOUND PREDICATE
l. The nominal part of a predicate may be a noun.
6e3 TBoeii n6MOIUHSIue no,n:roTo-i Moii OTCIJ. -- HmKeuep. PaHbllle 'My father is an engineer. He was
BHJICH6L1 IC3IC3aMeHaM.
'Without your help I should have The conditional mood. OH 6LIJI pa60'IHM. a worker previously.'
never been able to prepare for opaT~-cTy,n:eHT. 0H 6y,n:eTBpa- 'The brother is a student. He will
the exams.' 'IOM. be a doctor.'
The link verb 6MTL is generally omitted in the present tense, the
noun taking the nominative.
PaccKmteHMHe Bee HOBOCTH. } The imperative mood ..
'Tell me all the news.' . .6paT-CTy)J.eHT. 'The brother is a student.'
MocKBa-CTOJittu,a Poccfrn. 'Moscow is the capital of Rus-
2. A compound predicate consists of two parts: sia.'
OH 6y,n:eTY'IHTeJieM. 'He will be a teacher.' Occasionally (generally in scientific definitions), the link verb is
0ICHO6LIJIOOTKpLITO. 'The window was open.' used even in the present .tense.
MLI xoTeJIHOT,n:oxuyTL. 'We wanted to relax.' IlpSIMaSI eCTb ICpanaiilllee pac- 'A straight line is the shortest dis-
A compound predicate may be either nominal or verbal. CTOSIHHeMe)KL{yL{BYMSI Toq- tance between two points.'
ICaMH.
In the past and future tenses, a noun which is part of the predicate
THE NOMINAL COMPOUND PREDICATE generally takes the instrumental.
6paT 6yL{eTepa110M. 'The brother will be a doctor.'
A nominal predicate consists of two parts: a link verb and a nomi- 0Teu_ 6bm pa6o'IHM. 'The father was a worker.'
nal part:
BeTep 6L1JIcnJILHLlii. 'The wind was strong.' Occasionally, the nominative is used with the link verb in the past
tense.
liLIJI is the link verb, c11JI1.u1i,1ii
is the nominal part.
0Teu_ 6bIJI pa60'IHH. 'The father was a worker.'
0Tel.\ 6L1JIpaoo'IHM. 'The father was a worker.'
2. The nominal part of a predicate may be an adjective.
liLIJI is the link verb, paoo'IHM is the nominal part. An adjective which is part of a predicate may be in the complete
6paT 6y,n:eTJieT'IHKOM. 'The brother will be a flyer.' form:
liy,n:eTis the link verb, JieT'IHKOMis the nominal part. Dor6.n:a 6bma xopomat1. 'The weather was fine.'
A link verb has no meaning of its own, it shows the mood and tense in the short form:
of the predicate:
Dor6,n:a 6bIJia xopoma. 'The weather was fine.'
liy,n:L roToe IC0T1.e3.ny. (impera- 'Be ready to leave'.
tive mood) in the comparative:
446 441
 "f

Boma ,!J.JIIIHHee
.ll:Henpa. 'The Volga 1s longer than the (d) If the subject is the pronoun lTO 'it', 'this', the predicate can be
Dnieper.' (or contain) a short form only:
or in the superlative: 3ro mnepecuo. 'It is interesting.'
Bonra - se.'Ju11au:maH
M3 peK EB- 'The Volga is the longest river in 3To fo:rno nouilTuo. 'This was clear.'
ponhI. Europe.' (e) If an adjective has an object of its own, it must ta.ke the short
form when used as part of a predicate:
The link verb is never found in the present tense with an adjective
used as part of the predicate. 3m KHiira 6y,ri:eTuuTepecua )J.JISI 'This book will be interesting to
In the past and future tenses, a complete-form adjective may take re6.H. you.'
either the nominative or the instrumental:
3. The nominal part of a predicate may be a short-form passive
JieKQMSIOhIJiaHHTepecHaH. participle.
JieKQIUIOblJiaHHTepeCHOU. } 'The lecture was interesting.'
A short-form passive participle can be used only as part of a predi-
.D:eHh6y)J.eTcoJiue11nblii. cate.
.D:etth 6y,!J,eTconue11u1.1M. } 'The day will be sunny.'
Kmrra npO'IHTaHa. 'The book has been read.'
. In colloquial speech the nominative is generally used, while in the ,[(Beph OblJiaJaKpbITa. 'Thee door was closed.'
literary language the instrumental is preferred. 3aBTpa pa6orn 6y,!J.eTJaKou11eua. 'Tomorrow the work will be
A c?mplete-form adjective used as the predicate generally follows finished.'
the subJect. If a complete-form adjective precedes the subject it is an
attribute of that subject. ' 4. The nominal part of a predicate may be
(a) a numeral:
Eb1mi xopomaH noro,l],a. 'It was fine weather.'
IlSITh H JJ,Ba- ceML. 'Five and two are seven.'
3aBTpa 6y,ri:eTconue11u1>1ii
,ri:eHh. 'It will be a sunny day tomorrow.'
(b) an adverb:
A short-form adjective is used exclusively as part of the predicate. It
does not change for case. OHa JaMy,KeM. 'She is married.'
(a) In contrast with the complete form, the short form is more fre-
quently used in the literary language: (c) a pronoun:
JTOT )J.OMHam. 'This house is ours.'
JleKQMSI6Lma HHTepecua. 'The lecture was interesting.' KTO Bbl? 'Who are you?'
PeweHMe 6Lmo npasuJILHo. 'The decision was right.'
.D:oKna.z:i:
6y)].eT co)J.ep,KaTeJieu. 'The report will be interesting.' 5. The nominal part of a predicate may be a phrase consisting of:
(a) an adjective and a noun in the genitive:
(b) In contrast with the complete form, the short form may denote
a temporary quality, property or state of an object: EpaT BblCOKoropoem. 'The brother is tall.'
Mope 6hIJIO ceporo QBeTa. 'The sea was grey.'
PeKa cnoKoiiuas. 'The river is (always) calm.' nyMara 6brna nepsoro copTa. 'The paper was top-quality.'
PeKa cnoKoiiua. 'The river is (now) calm.'
(b) the word O)J.HH
and a noun or an adjective with the preposition
(c) In contrast with the complete form, the short form denotes HJ:
a quality or property not in general, but in relation to a definite object
or definite conditions: AneKCeH HHKOJiaeBHq ToJICTOH 'Alexei Nikolayevich Tolstoy was
Compare: oblJI o)J.HHM uJ Kpynueiimux one of the most important Rus·
pocCHHCKHX nucaTeJieii. sian writers.'
1. Eon'IHKH MaJieHhKHe. 'The boots are small.' (in general) 3TOT )J.eHb 6bIJI 0)1.HHHJ C3MblX 'That day was one of the hottest.'
and ,K8pKHX.
Eon'rnKH MaJILI. 'The boots are too small.' (for
a definite person) Exercise- 23. Point out the subjects and the compound nominal predicates. What
2. IlaJihTO mupoKoe. parts of speech are the nominal predicates?
'The coat is wide.' (in general)
and I. BeceHHHeIIOJieBbiepa66Tbl 6bIJIH3aKOH'leHbl. (A. T.) 2. BecHa 6bIJia BeCHOIO,na-
IlaJihTO Te6e He ro)J.UTCSI:OHO 'The coat does not fit you: it is too ll<CH B r6po,ne. (JI. T.) 3. Mop63Hall HO'lb;Bee He6o SICHO, (II.) 4. repacHM 6bIJI HpaBa
cyp6Boro H cepbeJHoro, JI106irn BO aceM rropS1,noK. (Typz.) 5. Bcer,na er6 [Jle6HTbeaa)
mupoKo. wide.' Tl!H)'JIOB JICCHbleKpaSI.Jleca 6hIJIHer6 CTpaCTblO,er6 YBJIC'leHHeM. (Ilaycm.)
448 449
29 -384
 . ~xercise 24. _Usethe following phrases to make up sentences with short-form adjec- CTaTh (p.) Ilor6.n,a CTaJia xon6.n,HOH.
tives m the funct10n of compound nominal predicates. 'The weather has become cold.'
'to become', 'to grow'
(a) The predicate must be in the present tense. cqHTa.TbCH (imp.) OH cqnTaeTcH xop6rrrnM opraHH-
Model: l/ucmblU, C6e:JICUUB03,[(yx. 'to be considered' 3aTopoM.
B63.[(yx 1/UCm H C6e:JIC. 'He is considered to be a good or-
I. rJiy66Koe, CIIOKOHHOe 63epo. 2. Tiixall:, TeMHall:HO%. 3. EeJibie OTCHeraIIOJill ganiser.'
4. lllHp6Kall:rrpll:Mall:)'JIHI~a.5. HeHcqeprraeMhieCHJibIHap6.[(a. 6. YBepeHHbleB 6y.[(y~ ua3LIBa.TbCH (imp.) E6poM ua3LIBaeTCH nee, B KOT0-
ll(eM JIIO,[(H.7. CBeTJIOe,rrpeKpaCHoe6y.[(yll(ee. poM paCTYTXB0HHhle.n,epeBMl.
'to be called'
(b) The predicate must be in the past tense. 'A forest where coniferous trees
Model: KopomKaJl JieTHJl:JI: HOqb. grow is called a bor.'
JleTHJl:ll:
HOqb 6bl/lll KOpomKa. Ka3aTLCH (imp.) H6Ba.si:pa66Ta rrepBoe BpeM.si:Ka-
I. OcJierriireJihHhIH6JiecK MOJIHHH.2. 0rJiyrn£ireJihHhre y.[(aphr rp6Ma. 3. IIo- 'to seem' 3aJiaCL MHe TPY.ll.HOH.
crrernHoe, orn£i6oqHoe perneHHe.4. Tpe6oBaTeJibHb!HK yqeHHKaMyq£ireJib. 5. ToqHbIH 'At first the new work seemed dif-
llCHb!HOTBeT.6. Hyxrnall: HaM IIOMOll(b. ' ficult to me.'
(c) The predicate must be in the future tense. UOKa3aTLCH (p.) OH UOKa38JICH MHe ycninhIM.
Model: I1HmepecHblU ,[(OKJia,[(.
'to seem' 'He looked tired to me.'
AoKJia,[(6yiJem UHmepeceH. OK83bIBaTLCH (imp.) } 3a.n,a'Ia OKa3aJiaCL TPY.ll.HOH.
3. y crrernHall:pa66-
1. XopOillHHypo)l(aH. 2. AoBOJibHbie3KCKypctteiiCTy.[(eHTbl. OKa38TbCH (p.) 'The task proved difficult'.
Ta. 4. IlpoqHbJH H KpaCHBbIH MOCT.5. ror6Bhle K IIOXO,[(Y
JIIO,[(H. 'to prove (to be)'
OCTaBa.TbCH (imp.) OH BCer.n,aOCTaeTCH CIIOK0HHbIM
~xe~cise 2?·Replace the short-form adjectives with complete-form adjectives in the B MHHYTYorracHOCTH.
nommatlve or mstrumental. 'to remain', 'to be'
'He always remains calm in the
Model: OTBeT 6hm mol/eH. hour of danger.'
0TBeT 6bIJI mOI/HblU.
OTBeT 6hIJI mOI/HblM. OCT8TbCH (p.) PyKOBO,l],HTenh OCTaJICH .ll,OB6neH

I. PaccKa3 6bIJI oqeHb HHTepeceH.2. MeJIO,[(HJI: rreCHH6bma Kpacii:Ba.3. H6Ball: 'to remain', 'to be' pe3ynhTaTaMH pa60Tbl.
KBapriipa 6y.[leT y.[(66Ha. 4. Beqep 6y.[leT rrpoxJia,[leH.5. Bbipa)l(eHHeee JIHI~a6bIJIO 'The man in charge was pleased
rpycrHo. 6. Borrp6cbl, Kor6pbre Mhr 06cy)l(.[(ilJIH,6hIJIHcJIO)l(HhI.7. He6o 6y.[leTl'rcHo. with the results of the work.'
8. 06'bll:CHeHHe6bIJIOow£i6oqHo. 9. Ypo)l(aH 6y.[(eTxop6rn.

The nouns and complete-form adjectives which follow the above

VERBS USED AS LINK VERBS IN verbs take the instrumental.
THE NOMINAL PREDICATE The verbs 6L1eaTL, cTaTL, oKa3aTLCH, ocTaTLCH may be followed by
a short-form adjective.
Other verbs, besides 6LITL, can be used as link verbs:
OceHhIO nee 6L1eaeT oc66eHHO In autumn the forest is particu-
6LIBaTL (imp.) OceHhIO nee 6LieaeT oc66eHHO Kpacu6. larly beautiful.
'to be' KpacttBhIM. PyKoBo.n,ttTenhocTaJICH 0066J1e11. The chief was pleased.
'In autumn the forest is particu- 3a.n,a'Ia OKa3aJiaCL mpyo11a. The task proved difficult.
larly beautiful.'
HBJISITLCH (imp.) Hap6.n, HBJIHeTcH rmiBHOH c£i:noii The verb 6LITL and certain other verbs used as link verbs in com-
'to be' pa3Bttnu1 66rn:ecTBa, TBopu;6M pound nominal predicates may also be used as notional verbs (simple
HCT0plUf. predicates).
'People are the principal driving Compare:
force of social development and Compound Nominal Predicate Simple Verbal Predicate
the creators of history.' OH 6LIJI HHJKeuepoM. OH 6Lm (Haxo.n,£i:nc.si:)
ua 3aeo)];e.
'He was an engineer.' 'He was at the factory.'
(The meanings of the verbs HBJIHTLCH and 6LITL are identical, but OH Bcer.n,a HBJISleTCH (rrpHX0.ll,HT)
the former is generally used in the literary language.) OH HBJISleTCH )J;HpeKTOpOM.
paHbIIIe BCeX.
CTaHOBHTbCH (imp.) BeTep CTaHOBHTCH xono.n,Hee. 'He is the director.' 'He always comes before all the
'to become', 'to grow' 'The wind is growing colder.' others.'
450 451
29*
OH CTaJI cTy,n:eHTOM. OH CTaJI y .n;ocKtt. CecTpa npuexaJia 60JibH8H. 'The sister was ill when she ar-
'He became a student.' 'He stood by the blackboard.' rived.'
OH ocTaJicHMOHM.n;pyroM. OH ocTaJicH,n:6Ma. OH eepuyJicH H3 caHaT6pH~ oK- 'He returned from the sanatorium
'He remained my friend.' 'He remained at home.' peurnnM. m better health.'
Exercise 26. Point out the subjects and the compound predicates in the sentences. Compare:
What parts of speech are the predicates?
CecTpa npuexana 60JibHaH. '.6oJibHaHcecTpa rrpHeXaJia.'
(a) l. OcHOBHhIM MarepminoM mrreparyphI HBJiiiercJI cn6Bo. (M. I'.) 2. Me.nneH- 'The sister was ill when she ar- 'The sick sister arrived.'
Ho HacryrraJia BeCeHHJIHH0'lb. Tu:umHa CTaHOBllJiaCbII0JIHOH, rny66KOH. (M. I'.) 3. C6- rived.'
JIHI!e CKB03b ryMaH KalKeTCJIlKeJITb]M IlHTH0M. (JI.) 4. Crapb!H, ,[laBH0 3anymeHHb!H Ca,[(
B :ho yrpo Ka3aJICH TaKllM MOJIO,[(hIM, HapiIAHblM. (T.fex.) 5. Hoqb CTaHoBirnacb Bee In the first example, the adjective 6onLua~ 'ill' is linked with the
TeMHee H MOJiqaJI11BeH.(M. I'.) 6. OHa B ceMbe CBOeHpO.L\H0HKa3aJiaCb .neBoqKOH qy- verb upuexaJia 'arrived' and is part of the predicate. In the second, the
lK0H. (fl.)
(b) l. IlepBaJI 11eJib HCKyccrna-BocrrpoH3Be.neHu:e .nettCTBllTeJibHOCTH. (T.fep11.)
adjective 6oJibHaH'sick' qualifies the noun cecTpa 'sister' and is an at-
2. )Ku:3Hb npeKpacHa H YAHBllTeJibHa. (MaHK.) 3. He3aHHMaTeJibHb!H poMaH, He3aHu:- tribute.
MaTeJibHaJI IIbeca-:ho eCTb KJia,[(6Hme H,[(eH, MhICJieH H 66pa30B. (A. T.) 4. TB6pqe-
Exercise 30. Read through the sentences. Point out the predicates.
CKaH pa66ra -3TO npeKpaCHbIH, He06blqaHHO TJilKCJib!H H H3YMHTeJihHO pa)__(OCTHb!H
rpy.n. (H. 0.) 1. BeKaMH rrycThIHH JieJKaJiaHeTp0HYTaH. (flaycm.) 2. C6cjlb~ CK6po ye_xana _!YAi;
qepe3 ITJITb JIBllJJaCbBeCeJI~H,lKIIBaJI. (!vf.I'.) 3. lf,3 CBOIIX~nyre~eC~BIIH OHa
TO, )__(Hett
Exercise 27. Read through the sentences. Point out the subjects and the predicates. acer,[(a B03Bpamanacb K HIIKOJia!O 60,[(paH II J__\0B0JibHaJI IICII0JIH~HH0H pa,60TOH. (M. [.)
Note the position of the subject and the predicate in the sentences. ?·
4. ,[1,olK,[(bycHJIIIJICJIII noweJI p6BHblH II qacTblH. (Ape.) ,[J,epeB~JICTOJIJIHorn~eJieH-
1. IloHBJieHHe qeJIOBeKa 6bIJIO O)__\HllMU:3 BeJiu:qanumx rrepeBOp0TOB B pa3Bi1THH Hb!e CHefOM. (AJIC.) 6. IlpHX0)__\11 K HaM Ha IT0MOllib He T0JibK0 CMeJihIM, HO II yMeJih!M.
npu:p6Ab!. 2. OCH0BOH lKl13HH 66mecrna JIBJI»eTCJI MaTepu:aJibHOe npoH3B0)__\CTBO. (Tauo.)
3. PewaIOllIHM YCJI0BHeM, C03.L\<lBllIHMqeJIOBeKa, 6bIJI rpy.n. 4. TpyA JIBJI»eTCJIOCH0-
BOH o6mecrneHHOH lK113HHqeJIOBeKa. 5. Orp0MHbIM 3aBOeBaHu:eMnepB06h!THOfO qeJI0-
BeKa B 6oph6e C npu:p6.nott 6bIJIO OTKpb!Tlle OrHH. 6. Bonp6c 06 OTHOWeHHHC03H<lHHJI
K 6hITHIO JIBJI»eTcJIocHOBHhIM Bonp6coM BCHKOHqmnoc6cjmu:. THE COMPOUND VERBAL PREDICATE
Exercise 28. Rewrite these sentences omitting the link verb. I. A compound verbal predicate consists of an infinitive and an au-
Model: Co3HaHu:e ecn cB6ttcrBo BhICOKoopraHH36BaHHOH Marepu:u:. Co3HaHu:e- xiliary verb in a finite form:
cB6ncrBo BbICOKOOpraHH30BaHHOHMarepHH.
CHer npo,n:oJimaJI na,n:aTb. 'It went on snowing.'
l. IJpaKTHKa JIBJI»eTCJIBhlCllIHM Kpu:repHeM llCTHHHOCTHBCeX HayqHb!X CHCTeMH BeTep nepecTaJI ,n:yTb. 'The wind stopped blowing.'
re6pu:ii. 2. TecHeiiwaJI CBH3bHayKu: C lKlf3Hb!O JIBJIHeTCJI
3aJI6roM rrpOIIBeTaHHJI Ha)'KH. MbI XOTeJIHOT.n;OXH)'Th H pernHJIU 'We wanted to have a rest and de-
3. MblllIJieHHe eCTb npO,[l)'KT ,[(eHTeJibHOCTHM03ra, a M03r eCTb 6praH MblllIJieHHH. cided to stop at the very first
4. Jlu:reparypa ecn Ben11Koeo6mecrneHHoe Aeno. (Kop.) 5. Ilpocrora ecrh Heo6xo.n11- ocTaHOBHTbCHB rrepBOM )Ke
Moe ycJI0BHe rrpeKpacHoro. (JI. T.) 6. lf.neJI ecn .nyrna XY.L\0lKeCTBeHHOroIIpOH3BeJ__\e- ,z:i:epeBHe. village..'
HHJI. (Kop.)
Ilpo.n;onmaJI 'went on'' nepecTaJI 'stopped'' XOTeJIH'wanted'' pe-
Exercise 29. Make up sentences with compound nominal predicates, using the
words 6LIBllTL, HBJIHTLCH, CTaHOdkTLCH, CTaTL, Ka31lTLCH, OKa31lTLCH, OCTllTLCH as link
llllfJIH 'decided' are auxiliary verbs. .
verbs. Auxiliary verbs show the mood and tense of the predicate.
51 xoTeJI 6hl oT,ri:oxHyTh. 'I would like to rest.'
THE COMPOUND PREDICATE WITH VERBS OF REST OR (conditional mood)
MOTION HaquuaiiTe pa66rnTh. 'Start working!'
(imperative mood)
The predicate may be a phrase consisting of a verb of rest (cu,n:eTL CHer upo.n;on:-KaeT na,ri:aTh. 'It goes on snowing.'
'to sit', Jie,KaTL'to lie', cTO»TL 'to stand') or motion (npuihu 'to come', (indicative mood, present
eepuyTLCH'to return', yexaTL 'to leave') and an adjective or participle. tense)
OH ,ri:BeHe,z:i:€:Jrn
npoJie,KaJI6onb- 'He lay ill for two weeks.' CHer npo.n;on:-KaJI rra,ri:aTh. 'It went on snowing.'
HOH. (indicative mood, past tense)
JI:ern: npHUIJIHC rrporyJIKH BeCe- 'The children returned after their According to their meaning, auxiliary verbs are divided into two
Jlbie. walk in high spirits.'
groups: . . . .
The adjective or participle in such phrases takes the nominative or l. Verbs denoting the begmmng, contmuat10n or the end of an ac-
instrumental and follows the verb: tion:
453
452
 Ha'IHHaTL (imp.) Ha'laTb (p.)
'to begin'
CTaTb (p.)
'(is) ready', cornaceu '(is) agreeable', naMepeu '(one) intends', 06H1au
'to begin' '(is) obliged', cnoco6eu '(is) capable'. The past and future tenses are ex-
DpHHHMaTLCH (imp.) DpHHHTbCH (p.) 'to start'
(imp.)
npO.UOJI'.lKaTb pressed by means of the link verb 6LITL.
'to continue'
nepecTaBaTL (imp.) nepecTaTL (p.) 'to stop' OH Jl:OJI'.lKeu npHHTH. 'He must come.'
KOH'laTb (imp.) KOH'IHTL (p.) 'to end' OH Jl:OJI'.lKeH6LIJI rrpnihn. 'He had to come.'
Only imperfective infinitives are used with these verbs: OH .ll:OJI'.lKeH6y.ueT rrpnifTH. 'He will have to come.'
Mhl cor JiaCHbl IIOM0'Ib. 'We are ready to help.'
CHer HatJaJI_(cm~) TaHTL. 'The snow began to thaw.' OHM 6bIJIH 06{r1auL1 rrpHHTH. 'They were obliged to come.'
CHer HatJMHaer,TaHT~. 'The snow is beginning to thaw.' 51 6y.uy roToo npncTyrrHTb K pa- 'I shall be ready to set to work.'
CHer _npo,u~)JI)KaerTaHT~. '.The snow continues thawing.' 66Te.
Cry.ueHT KOH'JHJI1aunMaTLCH. The student stopped working.'
Mb! KOH'IaeM JaHHMaTLCH B 'Our classes are over at six 2. The phrases (consisting of nouns and verbs) 6L1TL B cocTOHHHH
rnecTb tJac6B. o'clock.' 'to be able', 'can' and HMeTL BOJMO'.lKHOCTL 'to have an opportunity':
CHer rrepecr:'1JI mi,z:i;aTL. 'It stopped snowing.' OH s cocTOHHHH c.uenaTb JTO. 'He can do this.'
Note.-- The perfecti':'e ver~ n_po.l{OJilKHTb
'to continue' is not used as part of M1,1 HMeeM BOJMO'.lKuocTL ytJHTb- 'We have the opportunity to
a compound verbal predicate; 1t 1s used only with an object: CH. study.'
MLI npo.l{OJilKHJIH
pa6oTy. 'We continued to work.' Exercise 31. Write out the sentences. Underline the compound verbal predicates.
Its imperfective counterpart is used with either an infinitive or an object: State the aspect of the infinitives.
Mb1 npO.l{OJilKllJIH
pa6oTaTL. 'We continued working.' I. MbI npOAOJDKiJrn MoJiqa HATHApyr no,llJie,llpyra. (JI.) 2. Ha TCMHOM He6e Ha-
Mb1 npo.l{OJilKaJiupa6oTy, 'We continued the work.' qHH3.JIH MHf3.Tb3Be3f\bl.Mb! JiefKOMOrJIHpa3JIHqaTb,!10p6ry. (JI.) 3. OH CTaJIcriycKa-
TbCllno )'3KOHH KpyT6il:TponHHKe.4. C6JIHU:eHaqHH3.JIO npl!TaTbCll3a CHeroB6Hxpe-
2. Verb denoting the possibility or desirability of an action: 6h. (JI.) 5. 51 6bw roT6B mo6HTb Bech MHp. (JI.) 6. 51 N{!)rpa3JIHqHThnpH cBeTeJIYHhI
,[(aJieK6OT6epera /(Ba KOpa6Jill.(JI.) 7. BJia,[lHMHp oqyTH.ITCllB rr6Jie H HanpaCHOXOTeJI
Imperfective Perfective CHOBanorracTb Ha l\Op6ry. (JI.) 8. BJia,[(HMHp CTapaJICllTOJibKO He 110Tepl!TbHaCTOllll(e-
Aspect Aspect ro HanpaBJieHHll.(JI.) 9. MaJIO-TIOM3.JIY ,llepeBbllHaqamt pe,lleTb, H BJia,!IHMHp BhieXaJI
MO'lb CMO'IL 'to be able, can' It 3:1xa33JIce6e )')l(HH.(JI.)
{13 Jiecy. (II.) 10. OH cornaCHJICll)l(,[laTbJlOIIIa,11eil:
11. Tio:'JTOM MO)l(ellibThi He 6hITb,
YMeTb cyMeTL 'to be able, can' Ho rpa)l(,llaHHHOM 6bnb o6il3aH. (H.)
XOTeTb 1axoTeTL 'to want'
pemaTL(CH) - pemnTL(cH) 'to decide' Exercise 32. Make up sentences with compound verbal predicates, using the fol-
C06HpaTLCH lowing words.
co6paT!'CH 'to be going (to do something)'
DblTaTLCH IJODLITaTLCH 'to try' HaqaTh, HaqHH3.Th,KOHq3.Th,
KQHqHTh, HMt:ThB03MO)l(H0CTh, np66oaaTb, IlOilp66o-
np66osaTL DODp060BaTb 'to try' BaTb, peIIIHTb,nepeCT3.Tb,yMeTb, corJiaCeH, o6il3aH, pa,ll, B COCTOiiHHH
HaMepeBaTLCH 'to intend' Exercise 33. Fill in the blanks with auxiliary verbs or short-form adjectives to suit ~
CTapaTLCH DOCTapaTbCH 'to try' the sense.
'.lKeJiaTb no'.lKeJiaTL 'to wish' J. EbIJI3.npeKp3.CHal!IlOfO,lla,H Mhl ... OTilp3.BHThCll
33.ropO,ll. 2. ropa 6hIJI3.oqeHb
CTpeMUTbCH 'to strive' KpyTall, H Mb!He ... B306paTbCllHa Hee. 3. CHer ... T3.l!Tb,H B0,[(3.B peKe ... np116b1BaTb.
4. CTyAeHT... fOTOBHThCll K ceMHHapyH yIIIeJIH3 qHT3.JibHH. 5. OH BCef,lla... IlOMO%
. ~h_ese verbs may be used either with a perfective or an imperfective TOBapm11aM.
mfimtive.
Exercise 34. Write out the sentences, filling in the blanks with the suitable verbs
OH He Mor rosopHTb OT BOJIHe- 'He could not speak for excite- chosen from those given at the end of the exercise.
HM51. ment.' I. B cepel\HHeM3.ll,[leTHrrepecTaJIH... B IIIKOJiy.2. CTy,!leHTblnp0,!10J1)1(3JOT ... 3a-
MaJib'IllK yMeeT KaTaTLCH Ha 'The boy can skate.' qfabI. 3. Tiepe,110Tbe3,!IOMOHXOTCJI ell(e pa3 ... rop0,!1 H peIIIIIJI... Ha BOK33JIIleIIIKOM.
KOHbK:lX. 4. OH no,11HllJICll
Ha KphIJibl(OH cTaJl ... B ,11aepb.5. MH6rne TOB3.pHII(H xoTii:T... B xopo-
BOMKPYlKKe. 6. Bqepa " He ycneJI ... IlHChMO.51 ,!IOJilKeH ... er6 cero,!IHll.7. On 6y,11eT
Mb! XOTeJIH OTJl:OXHYTL MpemHJIH 'We wanted to have a rest and de- pa,11... co CT3pb!MHAPY3bl!MH.8. He6o CT3JIO... , H IlOllBHJIHCh 3BC3,!lbl.
OCTaHOBHTbCH. cided to stop.' (C,!laB3.Tb,XO,!IHTb,CTyqaTb, YBH,!leTb,H,!ITH,3aHHMilTbCll,HailHC3.Tb,TeMHCTb,
BCTpeTHTbCll)
II. The following words and phrases can be used in a compound
verbal predicate:
1. The short-form adjectives Jl:OJI'.lKeu'must', pa.u '(is) glad', roTOB
454 455
 ~

THE SECONDARY PARTS OF THE SENTENCE Co MHOrUMUU3 TOBapumeu 5I y)Ke 'I already know many of the com-
3HaK6M. rades.'
THE OBJECT (3HaKOM-C KeM?)
CUJILHenmeMy U3 CDOpTCMeHOB 'The strongest sportsman was giv-
1. The object is generally a noun or pronoun in an oblique case BpyqnJIII IIpl13. en a prize.'
with or without a preposition. (BpyqttJIII-KOM}'?)
JI Kyrriin Te6e Knnry. 'I bought you a book.' Exercise 35. Read through the sentences. Point out the objects. What parts of
(KyrriIJI-1/mo?) speech are they?
(KYITHJI-KOMy?) I. Terrepb y)Ke p;epeBh51He 3aCJIOHl'urn:rrpocT6pa, If MO)KHO 6bIJIO BH,cJ;eThHe6o
CTy,n:eHTbIrOTOB5ITC5I K 3aqfay. 'The students are preparing for Ifp;aJib. (Lfex.) 2. Bee MOJI'!aJilf If A)'MaJilf O TOJibKO'!TO CJihllliaHHOM. (Lfex.) 3. jl. Ha'laJI
)KlfTh o'leHh xopow6, Kll)l(Ahitt. p;eHh npllHOCHJI MHe HOBoe If Ba)KHOe. (M. I'.) 4.
(roT6B5ITC5I-K 1/eMy?) a test.' A. M. ropbKlftt. BCerp;a peKOMeH,IJ;OBaJIHa'lll'Ha!Oll\ll'M IT!fcaTeJISIM 'llfTllTb p)'CCKHe
0Htt 6y,n:yTc,n:aBaTbero 3aBTpa. 'They will be taking it tomorrow.' CKll3Klf, 3HaTb TIOCJIOB!fl\blCBOer6 Hap6p;a. (<PaiJ.)
(c,n:aBaTh- 1Jmo ?)
2. The object may also be an adjective, a participle or a numeral THE DIRECT AND THE INDIRECT OBJECTS
used as a noun, or an infinitive:
MbI BCIIOMIIHamrO npOWJIOM, 'We recollected the past.' The object is most frequently an adjunct to a verb. The object of
0 1/eM?)
(BCIIOMIIH::l.JIII- a verb may be either direct or indirect.
Bee IIOCMOTpeJIIIHa BOme,n:mero. 'Everyone looked at the man who A direct object is an object which is an adjunct to a transitive verb
(IIOCMOTpeJIII-Ha K026?) had come in.' and is in the accusative without a preposition.
Hy)KHOpa3,n:eJittTbqeTLipna,n:QaTL 'Fourteen should be divided by CTy,n:eHTrriirneT (1Jmo?),!J.OKJia,!J..'The student is writing a report.'
(pa3,n:eJIHTb- I/mo?)
IIOIIOJI::l.M. two.' (acc.)
JI yqy TOBapm.u:anmieaTL. 'I teach my friend how to swim.' JI BCTpeTIIJI (Ko26?) TOBapuIQa. 'I met a friend.'
(y1Iy-1JeM_y?) (acc.)
3. The object may also be a phrase consisting of: However, if a transitive verb is preceded by the negative particle ne,
(a) a noun in the genitive and a word denoting the number or its direct object generally takes the genitive.
quantity of things in an oblique case: YqeHiIK ue pemun 1a,n:aqu, 'The pupil failed to solve the
Or6Hh oxBaTttJI ,n:ea,n:6Ma. 'The fire enveloped two houses.' problem.'
(oxBaTttJI- 1Jmo?) 3To rrpe,n:Jio)KeHIIeue BLneano 'The proposal met with no objec-
Y 6oJILWUHCTBaCTy,n:eHTOB 6hIJIII 'Most students had textbooks. eo1pameuuu. tions.
yqe6HIIKII. 51 He no.'ly'lalO OT Hero nuceM. 'I do not receive letters from him.
(6hIJIII- y Ko26?) (For the use of the accusative and the genitive after transitive verbs
(b) a noun or pronoun in the instrumental with the preposition preceded by ue see p. 244.)
c and another noun or pronoun in an oblique case: If a transitive verb denotes an action which passes over not to the
entire object but only to some part of it, the direct object also takes the
JI rroe,n:yK OTQYc MaTepL10. 'I shall go to see my father and
(rroe,n:y-K KoMy?) mother.' genitive:
HaM c To66u rrpIIcJiaJIII rrttcbMa. 'They have sent letters to you and 51 KyrriIJIxne6a. 'I bought some bread.'
-KOM,Y?)
(rrpIICJI::l.JIII me.'
All the other objects are called indirect.
(c) a noun or pronoun in the genitive with the preposition u1 and Exercise 36. Fill in the blanks with objects in the appropriate case. Point out the di-
a numeral, an adjective in the superlative degree or a pronoun in an rect and indirect objects.
oblique case: 1. Mb1 rro3p;paBmm ... c AHeM po)Kp;eH!f51. 6paT
2. B'lepa 51BCTpeT!fJI Ha )'JI!fl\e .... IllKOJibHbltt. TOBllpHll\
3. Mbl eme He C,IJ;aBaJIH... TIO q>H311'Ke. 3K3llMeH
0,n:HOMYU3 CTy,n:eHTOB 'One of the students was asked to
rropyqttJIII 4. MHe Hap;o rroii.Ttt B Mara3ttH H KyrrttTh .... 6yMara If '!epHttJia
c,n:eJiaTb,D:OKJI::l.,D:. make a report.' 5. Korp;a CTYACHTbl'IHTllJilf 3TOT TCKCT,OHHHe ITOJib- CJIOBllpb
(rropy1IttJIII- KOMy?) 30BaJI!fCb ... .
pyccKaSI )KHBOTill'Cb
Hu y KOrO U3 nae HeT CJIOBapir. 'None of us has a dictionary.' 6. 3Ta CTYACHTKalfHTCpecyeTC51....
457
456
 7. JleKTop He roeopl!JI 06 JTOMno.np66HO, OHTOJ!b• 3Ta npo6JieMa Illfi:p1ITC51
6opL6a 3G MUp. 'The fight for peace is gaining in
KO ICOCH}'J!Cll... . strength.'
8. R 3aell.n;y10... , KOTOpbIHnoJiyql!JI MH6ro nllceM. TOBapm.u 'They thanked him for his work.
9. Cer6.L{HllMbl He Bl!J{eJIH... e YHHBepCHTeTe. npeno.naeaTeJibHHUa (3) Ero no6Jiarn,a:apimu 3a pa-
I 0. HHKTOHe COMHeBaeTCll e ... . er6 llCKpeHHOCTb 6bmy.
11. 3ToT npeno.naeaTeJih yqHT Hae .. . . pyccKHii ll3bIK OH IIOJiyqfi:JI6Jiarn,a:apnocTL3a 'He received thanks for his
12. Bee pa,nyIOTCll... . c6JIHeqHal!nor6.na pa6bmy. work.'
Exercise 37. Write out the sentences, replacing the italicised verbs and phrases with Memorise these exceptions:
synonymous verbs chosen from those given at the end of the exercise. Change the case of
the objects accordingly. CTp3WHTbCH001:lCHOCTH 'to fear the danger'
J. .LJ:oKJia,QqJIK
Jamp(myA BalKHbIH
BOTipOC.
2. TI6cJie HaBO.QHeHHll
HeCKOJ!bKO
CeMeii CTpax nepe,Lt:001:lCHOCThlO 'fear of the danger'
OcmaAUCb6e3 KpOBa.3. MHe nopyql!JIH Becmu KpylKOK.
4 . .LJ:eTH,
KOTOpbieUMeJOmCITO· no6e,a:HTLBpara 'to defeat the enemy'
C06HOCTbK pHCOBaHHIO, 3aHHMalOTCllB KpylKKe.5. CTy.QeHTblnp0116A,'IJOmUHmepec 'victory over the enemy'
K BOnp6caM MelK.D;yHap6.L{HOH TIOJIIITHKH. no6e,a:aH3,Lt:
BparOM
(JIHllil!TbCll,o6Jia.QaTh, pyKOBO.D;l!Tb,
KOCH}'TbCll,
HHTepeCOBaTbCll) HHTepecoeaTLCHMY3LIKOU 'to be interested in music'
HHTepecK MY3hIKe 'interest in music'
,!]:OBepSITL
TOB::tpHW:Y 'to confide in a friend'
Exercise 38. Replace the transitive verbs with intransitive ones incorporating the
particle -CH. Change the structure of the sentences accordingly. ,!]:OBepue
K TOB::tpHI~Y 'confidence in a friend'
33BH,Lt:0B3TLTOBapul.Qy 'to envy a friend'
Model: llpuho OTI.(ao6pa006GA .n;eTeii.
,aemu o6pa006GAUCbnpHb,ny OTQa. 31:lBHCThK TOB::tpHW:Y 'envy of a friend'
I. Mem'i HHTepecyeT pyccKaSI JH!Tepa-rypa. 2. Ero cnoc66HOCTHY/:IHBJHlIOT
TOBapmuei1.3. Hac-rynaIOll\aSIBCCHapa):lyeTBcex. 4. Cnoc66HOCTH
pe6eHKa BOCXHIJJ;UJUI 2. An object may be an adjunct to an adjective:
poi:1i!Te.rrei1.
Yqi-lTeJib ,a:oeoJieu(KeM?) y'leuu- 'The teacher is pleased with the
KOM. pupil.'
THE OBJECT OF A NOUN OR ADJECTIVE KyBIIIHHnoJiou (l.lezb?) MoJioKa. 'The jug is full of milk.'
Crpami 6orha (l.leM?) JiecoM. 'The country is rich in timber.'
1. An object may be an adjunct to a noun: Chrn noxo3C (ua Koza?) ua oTaa. 'The son looks like his father.'
IlocTpoitKa (l.lezb?) .r.oMa 6y;:i:eT 'The building of the house will Borrp6c noHHTeu (KoMy?) cTy,a:eu- 'The question is clear to the stu-
cKopo 3aK6HqeHa. soon be completed.' Ty. dent.'
Ac1mpaHTY nopyq{um pyKo- 'The post-graduate was put m JleroM ji no6bIBaJI B MecTaX, 60- 'In the summer I visited some
eo.r.cTeo ( 1./eM?)CeMHHapOM, charge of a seminar.' raTLIX (l.leM?) JiecaMH H 03epa- places rich in woods and lakes.'
y Hero npo6y;:i:HJIC51HHTepec (K 'He began to take an interest m MU.
'leMy?) K MY3LIKe. music.' Exercise 39. Replace the phrases consisting of verbs and their objects with phrases
If a verb is transitive the corresponding noun requires the genitive: consisting of nouns and their objects.
Model: llHTepecoeaThCll apXMTeKTypoii~ lfHTepec K apXHTeKrype.
R Haqan u1y•uiTL pyccKHH R3hIK. 'I began to study Russian.'
R HhaJI u1y..enue pyccKoro 'I began studying Russian.' IIOMOraTb.npyry, ll3MeHl!TbIIJlaH, CTpOHTb3aBO):I,3all\HI1\aTbrpaHl!Ubl, BJl~,QeTb
»3bIKOM,.QOBeplITbTOBapHII.\Y, rro6e.Ql!Tbepara, BepHTbB rro6e.n;y,Meq;raTb O cqaCTbe,
R3LIK'.a. CTpeMl!TbC»K ceo66J:(e, OTKa3aTbCSI OT IIOMOII.\H,pa66TaTh HaJ:(J:(OKJia.D;OM
If a transitive verb denotes a feeling, the corresponding noun re- Exercise 40. Read through the sentences. Point out the objects and the words to
quires the dative with the preposition K: mo6HTL po.r.uny'to love one's which they are adjuncts. State the case of each object.
country'-mo60Bh K po.r.une 'love of one's country', yea3CaTh TOBa- I. nOJibWOfOHarrp»lKeHHSI ll eeJIHKOll
crpaCTll rpe6yeT HayKaOTq,eJIOBeK~- (IJae.)
pHI.Qa'to respect one's friend'-ysa3Cenue K Toeapnl.Qy 'respect for 2. IlepBOfO Ma51Mb! pa.n;yeMCSI Ht': TOJ!bKOeecHe rrpnpO.D;hI,
HO ll BeCHeqeJIOBeqeCTBa.
one's friend'. (ff. 3.) 3. TioJIOlKeHHeqeJIOBeKaHMeeTperuMTeJibHOeBJIHlIHHe H~ xapa~rep er6 y6e-
lK.D;eHHll.(lJ.eplt.) 4. lfaepaIIJeHHOe HCK}'CCTBO MOlKeT6b!Tb HeIIOHSITH<? JIIO.Ql!M,
HO~O-
If a noun corresponds to an intransitive verb, it usually requires the pOlliee HCK}'CCTBO ecer.na TIOHlITHO BCeM.(JI. T.) 5. R He mo6m-o BeCHbl.(fl.) 6. C .n;eT·
same case and preposition as the verb. CTBarrpHBblKOH K noJieBhlM pa66raM, K J:(epeBeHCKOMY 6:bITy.(Typ2.)
(1) OH YBJieKaeTCRM}'3blKOU. 'He is keen on music.'
OH roBopun O CBOeMYBJie'le- 'He spoke of his keenness on THE ATTRIBUTE
HHHM}'3blKOU. music.'
(2) Hap0.l];LI 6oplOTCR3Q MUp. 'The peoples are fighting for The attribute answers the questions KaKbii.?'what (sort of)?', l.leu?
peace.' 'whose?', Kombpbzu?'which?', cKOAbKo?'how many /much?'
458 459
 An attribute invariably qualifies a noun. 51 6brn Ha KoHn:epTe necuu. (Ha 'I was at a song concert.'
An attribute which agrees with the noun it qualifies is called an at- KaKOMKOH4epme?)
tribute with agreement: HaM IIOHpaBHJIOCbBbICTYIIJICHHe 'We liked the singer's perform-
ToBapm.n: KYIHlJIpyccKylO KHHry'The comrade bought a Russian neen..hl. (llbe 6bZcmyn11eHue?) ance.'
H pyccKo-aurnuncKHHcnoeapb. book and a Russian-English ilyTeIIICCTBeHHHKH HoqeBaJIH 'The travellers spent the night in
dictionary.' B JieC)' B IIIaJiaIIIe H3 BeTOK.(B the forest in a hut made of
KaKOMUta/laiue?) branches.'
KaK_VIO
KHttry KYITHJITOBapmn:?- PyccKylO. MbI KaTaJIHCb Ha JIOAKe C napy- 'We went sailing.'
KaKOUCJIOBapb KYITHJITOBapmn:?- PyccKo-aurRHHCKHH. COM.(Ha KaKou 11oOKe?)
An attribute with agreement takes the case, gender and number of 2. The possessive pronouns of the third person ero 'his', ee 'her' or
the noun it qualifies. ox 'their':
An attribute which does not agree with the noun it qualifies is call-
ed an attribute without agreement: Bee co6pan11ch B ero KOMHaTe. 'All gathered in his room.'
(B lfbeu KOMHame?)
HaM IIOHpaBHJIOCh ee BhICTyrr- 'We liked her performance.'
.51Kyrrttn yqe6nuK cj)n1HKH. 'I bought a textbook of physics.' neHHe.
KaKOUyqe6HHK?- <l>n3HKH.
(lfbe 6bZCmynAeHue?)
The qualified word (yqe6uuK) is in the accusative. The attribute 3. Adjectives in the comparative degree:
(cj)n1HKH)is in the genitive. <l>n3HKH
is an attribute without agreement.
CpeAH Hae He 6hIJIO qeJIOBCKaBe- 'There was no one among us more
cenee er6. (KaK620 tJe11oeeKa?) cheerful than he.'
PARTS OF SPEECH USED AS ATTRIBUTES TTp1rnec11 MHe KH11ry nouuTe- 'Bring me a more interesting
pecuee. (KaK)JIOKHU2y?) book.'
I. An attribute with agreement may be an adjective, participle, nu-
meral or a pronoun. 4. Adverbs:
1. TeMHLie T)'qH 3aKpbIJIH He6o. 'Dark clouds covered the sky.' B AOMeuanpo- 'The chemist's is in the house op-
ArrTeKa HaXOAHTC5I
(KaKue my 1m?) THB. (B KaKOMOoMe?) posite to ours.'
2. HaA noTeMueemuMu rronii:MH 'Peals of thunder echoed over the MeHii: YTOMHJia e3Aa eepXOM. 'Riding on horseback made me
rpeMCJIII pacKaThI rp6Ma. darkened fields.' (KaKa.R e30a?) tired.'
(Hao KaKuMu no11flMu?)
3. BoT Ha 1eMJIIO yrranH nepeL1e 'Now the first drops of rain fell on 5. An infinitive:
KarrnH AO)l(AH. the ground.' Harna IIOIIhITKa DO)J;HHTbCH Ha 'Our attempt to scale the steep
(KaKue Kan11u?) KpyT)'IO ropy yBeHqaJiaCb ycrre- mountain was crowned with
4 . .51 c TpeMil TOBapmn:aMH no- 'My three friends and I hurried XOM. (KaKa.R nonbzmKa?) success.'
crreIIIHJI AOMOH. home.' OH He BhIIIOJIHHJICBOer6 o6elI(a- 'He failed to keep his promise to
(Co cKOAbKUMu moeapuUf-aMu?) HH5I npuexaTb K HaM JICTOM. come to see us in the summer.'
5. He ycrrem1 Mhl A06e)l(aTh AO 'Hardly had we reached our (KaK020 o6eUf,t1HU.R?)
Ramero AOMa, KaK ITOJIHJIrrpo- house when the rain began
JIHBHOHAO)l(Ah. pouring down.' 6. Phrases consisting of an adjective or numeral and a noun in the
(/( 0 '-lbe20OoMa?) genitive:
BorneJI qeJIOBCKBbICOKOropocTa. 'A tall man came in.'
II. The following parts of speech are used as attributes without (KaKOU l/e/l06eK?)
agreement.
3,n:eCh 3aHHM<llOTC5I CTY.Il:CHTbI 'Second-year students have their
1. Nouns in the genitive without a preposition or in an oblique case BTOporoKypca. (KaKue cmyOeH- classes here.'
with a preposition:
mb1?)
)];nepb B KOpH,ll;Op
6hIJia OTKphITa. 'The door leading into the corri- Y Hero eCTh 6paT ABeHa.[J; .. aTH 'He has a brother of twelve.'
(KaKa.R Oeepb?) dor was open.' neT. (KaKou 6pam?)
Bee co6paJIHCh B KOMHaTe6paTa. 'All gathered in my brother's Exercise 41. Read through the sentences. Point out the attributes with and without
(B '-lbeu KOMHame?) room.' agreement.
460
461
 ...,..
1. B K)'XHIOBOIIIJiaL1eBymKaHe60JihllIOrO pOCTa, C ITpOCTbIM JIH[(OMKpeCTh.iiHK!! B nepsoM HoMepe )l(ypHana «Ho- 'There is some good poetry in the
u TOJICTonKocon CBeTJihrxBoJI6c. 2. HaTama rny6oK6 B3LIOXHyJia, 3a6p6cuJia K6cy 3a BblH MHp» ecTh xop6rnHe cn1- first issue of the magazine Novy
ITJieqoll HaqaJia quT:lTh KHHryB JKeJITOno6JIOJKKe,C KapTHHKaMH.3. MaTh ... HaJIHBaJia xH. Mir.'
qan ll BCJI)'IIIHBaJiaCh
B ITJillBHYIO
pe% L1eByIIIKll. 4. En Hp:lBIIJIOCh
JIH[(OHaT:llllll, BHl!- Mbl tJHTaeMOTpbIBKH H3 poMaHa 'We read extracts from the novel
M:lTeJibHOHa6JIJOL1llBIIIen 3a BCeMII.5. Co6bITllll ITOCJieLIHIIX
LIHeHCIIJibHOYTOMIIJIH ee.
6. MaTb ITOCMOTpeJia Ha ChIHa-OH CTO.iiJIy LIBepHB KOMHaTyll YJibI6aJICll.7. En HpaBl!- «Bouua H MHp». War and Peace.'
JIOChrOBOpHThC JIIOLlhMH,HpaBIIJIOCbCJI)'IIIaThMXpaCCK:l3bIO JKII3Hll.
(Jf3 poMima M. I'bpbK020 «Mamb»)
If both the appositive and the word it is an adjunct to are common
nouns, they are written with a hyphen: repou-JieT'IHKH'heroic flyers',
Exercise 42. Replace the attributes without agreement with attributes with agree- TeJiect,ou-aeTOMaT 'public telephone'.
ment. If a noun used as an appositive can be replaced with an adjective,
1. He.11aBHO B Halli r6po.11ITpHexaJIHapTHCTbIU3 MocK6bl. 2. lllyM C JAU1/bl MeIIIaJI no hyphen is used: crnpirK oxoTHHK(CTaphIHoxoTHHK)'an old hunter',
HaM pa66TaTb. 3. 3.11ecbITpOL1aWTCll 6HJieThI6 meamp. 4. YqeHHKL1eJiaJIynpaJKHeHlll!no Kpacaee._.MyiK111ma (KpacHBhiiiMY)l('IHHa)'a handsome man'.
zpaMMllmUKe. 5. Ha CTOJieCTO.iiJiaBa3a U3 cmeKA/1. 6. B yrny CTO.iiJI IIIKaq>0Afl KliU2.
7. Ha .11eByIIIKe
6brno roJiy66e ITJiaTbeU3 weAKa. 8. CeMh.!IITepeexaJia B HOBYJO KBapT11py If a common noun follows a proper name, they are also written
u3 mpex KoMliam. with a hyphen: MocKBa-peKa 'the Moskva River', Meau-...apeBH'I
Exercise 43. Replace the attributes with agreement with attributes without agree-
'Crown Prince Ivan.'
ment. However, if a proper name follows a common noun, the hyphen is
dispensed with: peKa MocKBa 'the river Moscow', peKa BoJira 'the river
J. YqlfTeJib ITpOBep.!!JIy'leliU'leCKUe TeTpll.!\ll. 2. Bee JieTO ll ITpOBeJIB omlj06CKOM
LIOMe.3. B .11eTCTBe ll JIJ06HJICJI)'IIIaTh6a6yU1KUliblCKll3Kll.4. B rJiy6uHe Jieca Mbl HaIIIJIH Volga', ropo~ BoJirorpa,1 'the city of Volgograd.'
Me06e:J/Cb/O 6epJI6ry. 5. CmyOeli'lecKoe co6paHHe KOHqllJIOCb.6. Bo LIBOpeCJibIIIIaJIIICb Exercise 45. Make up sentences, using the following phrases in oblique cases.
OemCKUeKpHKlll! cMex. 7. TyMaH CKpbrn2bp1ible BepmHHbl. 8. Tyqa ITp116JIHJKaJ1aCh, yJKe
CJibIIIIaJIHCb 2p0M06ble paCK:lTbl.9. Ilo KpbIIIIe3acyyqaJIH 00:JIC/Je6bleK:lITJill.10. Ceeep- crnpHK-CT6poJK; IT03T-peBOJIIOUHOHep; r6po.11-rep6ii; poMaH r6pbKOro «MaTh»;
1-/QflITpup6.11acyp6Ba II ITpeKpacHa. r6po.11IloJirorpail; JKypHaJI«PyccKHn l!3b!K3a py6eJKOM»;peKa B6ma; OITepa«EBreHHH
0HernH»; KOMIT03HTOp 4aHKOBCKHii;pa66quii-HOBaTOp; JKeHl1(11Ha-Bpaq
Exercise 44. Read through the sentences. What questions do the italicised words
answer? What parts of the sentence and what parts of speech are they?
J. )l{eJiaHHenAl16QmbITOpeKe 6hICTpee ee TeqeHHllITpllBeJIOK ll306peTeHIIIOBecmi ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS
ll ITapyca. (M. I'.) 2. Y)Ke B rny66Kon .11peBHOCTll JIWLIHMeqT:lJill O B03MOJKHOCTH Ae-
mamb ITOB03L1yxy.(M. I'.) 3. IlpHBblqKa cmpa1-1cmeoeambITOKapTaM 116U/JembB CBOeM
B006paJKeHHll pa3Hhle MeCTa ITOMOraeTYBHL1eTb MXB .11enCTBHTeJ1hHOCTII. (Jlaycm.)
Adverbial modifiers modify other parts of the sentence which are
4. IIepBoe BpeMl!CBOer6 ITp11b.11a HHKOJian 6bIJI cepbe3eH ll LlllJKeCKyqeH.Er6 Myq11J1a verbs; according to their meaning they are divided into several groups.
ITpeL1CT0.!111(al!
Heo6XOLIIIMOCTb 6MeU1ambCflB L1eJ1aX03.!lnCTBa,LIJillKOTOpbIXMaTb Bbl·
3BaJia er6. (JI. T.)

THE APPOSITIVE ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS OF PLACE

An appositive is a noun attribute which agrees with the word it qual- Adverbial modifiers of place answer the questions 2oe? 'where?', Ky-
ifies in number and case. An appositive qualifies an object by giving it oa? 'where to?' omKyi)a? 'where-from?'
another name. Adverbial modifiers of place are either adverbs of place or nouns in
Mbl q1naeM paccKa3bl O re- 'We read stories about heroic an oblique case, generally with a preposition.
plu1x-JieT'IHKaX. flyers.' Mb1 rnntt enepeu. 'We walked on.'
He.n:aneK6 ecTh TeJie4>6u-ae- 'There is a public telephone near- Bnepe.uirBH,n:HenacbpeKa. 'A river came into sight ahead of
TOMaT. by.' us.'
HuiKeuep IleTpOB eme He rrpH- 'The engineer Petrov has not MonoAaH nHCTBa 3enenena no- 'The young leaves showed green
men. come yet.' BCIO.UY- everywhere.'
Ha HaIIIeMrryTH6brna peKa ,LJ:ou. 'On our way we were to cross the TT6ne 6b1J101a peKoii. 'The field was beyond the river.'
river Don.' Konx63HHKH BhIIIIJm pa66rnTh 'The collective farmers went to
If an appositive is the name of a newspaper, journal, magazine, lit- B OOJle. work in the fields.'
erary work, a ship, etc., it is enclosed in inverted commas and, contrary
to the general rule, invariably takes the nominative:
OH tJHTaeTra3eTY «Ilpae,n:a». 'He is reading the newspaper Pra-
vda.'
462
463
 Continued
Use of Prepositions with Adverbial Modifiers of Place
Question Preposition Case Example
Question Preposition Case Example

DO,[I qeMO.[laHIlOCTUBHJ1H DOA CTOJ1.

u1e? 6JJH3 Gen. ~OM Haxo.[ll!.J1CH
oicoJJo (6J1u1, BOJJie, y) 'under' 'The suit-.case was put under the table.'
'where' 'near' CTUHUIU!. B Mb! BbIIIIJ1H B ca.r1.
B6JJll311 'The house was near the station.' 'into' 'We went out into the garden.'
'near' Ha Mb1 npm.11nHua 6eper.
B03J1e 'on (to)' 'We came to the bank.'
'close to', 'beside'
OKOJJO
'near' OTK)'Aa? H3 Gen. ABTOM06HJ1b Bb1exan n3 rapalKa.
y 'where 'out of 'The car drove out of the garage.'
'by', 'at' from?' C EpaT rrp11rnenc TpeHnp6BKH.
BOKpyr ~eTJ-i 6eraJUI BOKpyr enKH. 'from' 'The brother came after his training ses-
'round' 'The children were running round the sion.'
New Year tree.' OT JlO.[IKaOTnJ1bIJ1UOT 6epera.
B,[IOJJb 8.[IOJlb yJllll.(bl6h!J1HIlOCUlKeHbl .[lepeBh51. 'from' 'The boat pulled off from the bank.'
'along' 'There were trees planted along the street.' H3-3a C6nHue IlOKa3aJ10CbH3-3a Tyq.
cpe.r111 ~OMHKneCHHKaCTOHJ1 ,!lepeBbeB.
cpe,!:111 'from 'The sun came out from behind the
'in the middle of, 'The forester's cottage stood among the behind' clouds.'
'among' trees.' 83-DO,[I 3MeHBbrnon3na u3-no.r1 KaMHH.
npoTHB IlpoTHB OKHU pocn6 BblCOKOe .r1epeBO. 'from under' 'The snake crawled from under the stone.'
'opposite' 'Opposite the window grew a tall tree.'

Ja Instr. 3a peK6i1 paccTnnaeTCH rr6ne. Exercise 46. Note the correlative prepositions given in the columns below; make up
'beyond' 'A field stretches out beyond the river.' sentences with each preposition, using nouns of your own choice.
me? Ky.Lia? OTKy.[la?
B r6po.r1e B r6po.r1 H3 r6po.r1a
DO,[I Mb! OT.[lb!XUJ1H DOA ,!lepeBOM.
Ha ymi:ue Ha yJrnuy c ynnllbI
'under' 'We rested under a tree.' y 6epera K 6epery OT 6epera
nepe.r1 Tiepe,!:1OKHOM pocn6 BblCOKOe .[lepeBO. 3a IIIKUQ)OM 3a rnKaq> H3-3a lIIKaq>a
'in front of 'In front of the window grew a tall tree.' ITO.[I
CTOJ10M 110.[ICTOJ1 H3-Il0.[ICTOJ1a
Ha)\ CaMOJleTneTJJ:THa,[I necoM.
'over', 'above' 'The plane is flying over a wood.' Exercise 47. Read through the following extract from Turgenev. Point out the ad-
MelK.r1Y MelK.rlY.[lepeBb51MH CTOl!.TCKaMeHKa. verbial modifiers of place. What parts of speech are they? What questions do they an-
'between' 'There is a bench between the trees.' swer?
Bee 6hrno THXOKpyr6M; co cTopoHbI .r16MaHe rrpuHocl!.nocb HHKaK6ro3ByKa.OH
B Prep. Mb! rynHnH e ca.r1y. [JlaBpel.(KHH]OCTOpOlKHO 110lIIeJ1Brrepe,!1.BOT, Ha IlOBOpOTeanneH, BeCb .[IOMB,!lpyr
'in' 'We walked about in the garden.' fJ1HHYJ1 Ha Her6 CBOHM TeMHblMq:iaca.[IOM; B .!IBYX
TOJ1bKO OKHaxHaBepxy Mepuan CBeT;
Ha Mb1 CH.!IHM Ha 6epery. BHH3Y .[IBepbHa 6anK6H III11poK63eBana, pacKpbITaHHacTelKb.JlaBpel.(KHH cen Ha .r1epe-
"on' 'We sit on the bank.' BHHHYIO cKaMeHKY, 110.[l!lepc51
pyKOIOH CTan fJ151.[leTb Ha :hy .[IBepb.[la Ha OKHOJ1H3bl.
npu IlpH rnK6ne eCTb ca.r1. B r6po.r1e npo6ii:no rr6nHoqh; B .r16MeManeHbKHe'!aCHKHTOHKorrpo3BeHenn .L1Bemi.r1-
'attached to', 'There is a garden attached to the school. uaTb. JlaBpeUKHHHH'ler6 He .r1yMan,HHqer6 He lK.[lan;eMy rrpnhHo 6hrno 'IYBCTBOBaTb
'belonging to' CC6HB6J1H3llJ1H3hl,CH.[leTbB ee Ca.[lyHa CKaMeHKe, r.[le H OHUCH.[leJ1a He 0.[IHUlK.[lbl.
Exercise 48. Make up several sentences containing adverbial modifiers of place (use
no Dat. Mb! XO.[IHJ1H
no KOpH,!16py H pa3rOBapH- the table on pp. 464-465).
'along', 'in' BaJ1H.
'We walked in the corridor talking.' ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS OF TIME

icyAa? K Dat. JlO.[IKa!lJlb!BeTK 6epery.

Adverbial modifiers of time answer the questions:
'where to?' 'to(wards)' 'The boat is sailing towards the bank.' (a) Kor,ua? 'when?'
Co6pam1e 6y,IJ;eTJaBTpa. 'The meeting will be tomorrow.'
Ja Acc. Manh'rnK crrphanc51 Ja .r1epeBO. (b) KaK ,uonro? or cKOJILKOspeMeuu? 'how long?'
'behind'
'------~----------'---'------='----_:__:__:;__:_:..:..:.
'The boy hid behind a tree.'_____ __,
464 465
30-384
..sJ:6bIJI Ha Mope Bee JieTO. 'I stayed at the seaside the whole flpneJJKaH B MoeKBY, OH BCer.n:a 'When v1S1tmg Moscow, he al-
summer.' HaBew:aeTHae. ways comes to see us.'
(c) KaK 'laern? 'how often?' Exercise 49. Read through the sentences. Point out the adverbial modifiers of time.
OH 3aHMMaeTC.SI rMMHc:lCTMKOH What parts of speech are they? What questions do they answer?
'He practises gymnastics once
pa3 B ue,r:i:emo. a week.' I. JlhDKHHKH ,LIBirnynHcbB nyTb eII(e Ha paccBi:Te. (AJ1C.)2. ,[J;oii1--1H
1--10
MOCTHKa, oH
ocTaHOBHJICJI H 3a1--1yMancJ1. CC/ex.) 3. He x6qeTcJ1ye3i1<:1Tb B TaKyIOxop6rnyIO nor61--1y!
(d) e KaKux nop? 'since when?' (lJex.) 4. MHH)'Tbl,[IBeOHRMOJiqaJIH.(II.) 5. C BOCXO,LIOM COJIHI.\aMb!TpOHYJIHCb B nyTh.
(Ape.) 6. BhIH,LIJI
H3 MaWHHbl,TaHJInoqyBCTBOBaJiaKpaiiHIOIOycTaJIOCTb.(AJIC.)7. TyT
..sIpa66rn10 B MHCTMT,YTe e eeun1- 'I have been working at the Insti- H B JieTHHH3HORCTOllJianpoxna1--1a.(Typ2.) 8. Ha ce,L1bM6ii 1--1eHb
nyTn TaHJ1BacHJibqeH-
6pu. tute since September.' KOno1--1ownaHa JihDKaxK HoBu:HcKy.(AJ1C.)9. 3a ro1--1 pa66TbI B paii6He MapThIHOB3HaJI
yJKe Bcex 6pHra,LIHpOBTpaKTOpHbIXOTpll,LIOB Ii MHOrHXTpaKTOpHCTOB. (06e'-l.) 10.
(e) ,r:i:oKaKux nop? 'till when?', 'till what time?' Tenepb Mb!BH,[leJIHCb yJKeqacTO, pa3a n6 ,[IBaB ,[leHb.(lfex.) 11. Beeb Matt IIIJIH,LIOlK,LIR,
6hIJIOx6no1--1Ho.(l/ex.)
TioJieBbiepa66Tbl 6y)].yTrrpo)],OJI- 'Field work will go on till Novem-
)Kc:lTbC.SI
)],0 HOH6pH. ber.'
Use of Prepositions with Adverbial
(f) Ja KaKoii epoK? or Ja KaKoe BpeMH?'how soon?' Modifiers of Time
..sI rrpoqMTaIO::ny KHii:ryJa ,r:i:Ba 'It will take me two days to read
,r:i:uH. this book.' Case Question Preposition Example

(g) ua KaKoii epoK? or ua KaKoe BpeMH?'for how long?'

Gen 1rnr1--1ii? ,LIO 1--10 'before dinner (lunch)'
06e1--1a
MHe )],aJIMKHii:ryua ue,r:i:emo. 'They lent me this book for 'when?' 'before'
a week.' n6cJie n6cJie 06e,11a'after dinner (lunch)'
'after'
An adverbial modifier of time may be: HaKauyue 'on the eve of the
uaKanyne npaJ1--1nuKa
'on the eve holiday'
(1) an adverb of time: of
cpe,1111 HO'IH'to wake up in the
npocnyTbCHcpe1--111
Moii: 6paT rrpMexaJIB'lepa. 'My brother came yesterday.' 'in the middle middle of the night'
OH npMeJ)Kc:leTpe,r:t:KO. 'He comes rarely.' of
c KaKnx nop?, C c ,11eBHT1t
'lac6s
OH npMeXaJIua,r:i:oJiro. 'He came for a long time.' c KaK6ro 'from', 'since' 'from (since) nine o'clock'
Mbl 6ece)],OBaJIM
,r:t:{)Jlro. 'We talked for a long time.' BpeMenu? c yTpii 'from (since) morning'
'since when?' c none,11eJihHHKa 'from (since) Monday'
(2) a noun without a preposition, often with the pronoun Beeb'all', c cenTu6p11'from (since) September'
QeJiblH'whole' or KaJK,r:t:bIH
'every', or with a numeral: c 1985 r6,11a'from (since) 1985'
c lleTcrna 'from (since) one's childhood'
CTy)],eHTblr0TOBHJIMCb K 3K3aMe- 'The students had been preparing
1--10
KaKnx ,[10 AO AeCHTH'lac6B 'till ten o'clock'
HYue,r:i:emo. for the examination for nop? 'till' seqepa 'till evening'
1--10
a week.' AO KaK6ro AO cy666Tbl 'till Saturday'
Mbl 3aHMMc:lJIMCb Beeb ,r:i:eub. 'We studied all day long.' BpeMeHH? unsap11'till January'
1--10
3aHii:TM.SI
HaqMHc:lIOTC.SI
nepBOrOee- 'The term begins on the first of 'till when?' ,1101917 r6,11a'till 1917'
HTH6pH. September.'
CeMMHap6brnaeT Ka.K,r:i:yro ue,r:i:e- 'The seminar takes place every Dat. Kor,11ii? K OH npHIIIeJIK Be'lepy, K YllCUHy.
JIIO. week.' 'when' 'towards', 'He came towards evening, by supper-
'by' time.'
(3) a noun with a preposition: no 5I pa66TaIO no yTpiiM, no Be'lepiiM.
(followed by 'I work in the mornings, in the evenings.'
..sIye3)KaIOB HI<)Jle. 'I leave in July.' a plural 5[ 3aHHMaIOCb no QeJiblMAHHM.
..sI)],aMTe6e KHHryua ue,r:i:eJIIO. 'I will lend you the book for noun) 'in' 'I study for days on end.'
a week.' K KaK6My K 5[ 3aK6Hqy pa66Ty K nstTHHQe.
CpOKy? 'by' 'I shall finish the work by Friday.'
..sInpoqMTaJI 3TY KHii:ryJa o,r:i:uu 'It took me one evening to read 'by when?' 5[ npH,LI)'K AeCHTH'laciiM.
Be'lep. this book.' K KaK6My 'I will come by ten o'clock.'
speMenu?
(4) a verbal adverb or verbal adverb construction: 'by what time?
466
467
30•
 Continued Continued

Case Question Preposition Example Case Question Preposition Example

Acc. KOrAa? B B ABa 'laCa 3a KaKoit 3a co6paTbCH 38 DOJI'laCa

'when?' 'at', 'on', 'at two o'clock' CpoK? 'in' 'to get ready in half an hour'
'in' 'dur- B nOHeAeJILHHK 'how soon?' npoq!fTaTb KH!fry Ja OAHH Be'lep
ing 1 'on Monday' 'to read a book in one evening'
B OnllCHLIH MOMeHT BbIITOJIHlfTh3aAaHtte Ja MeCHQ
'in the hour of danger' 'to carry out the task in a month'
B TPYAHYIO MHHYTY Ha KaKOH Ha, yexaTb Ha HeAeJIIO
'in time of need' cpoK? 'for' 'to go away for a week'
B :hy 3HMY 'for how long?' BhIHTlfHa MHHYTY
'this winter' 'to go out for a minute'
B :hy HO'IL AaTb KHHry Ha OAHH Be'lep
'this night' 'to lend a book for one evening'
B nJioxyro noroAy no KaKOH no noJiyqlfTh 6TnycK no 5 ceHTH6p11
'in bad weather' cpoK? 'till' 'to get a holiday up to September 5'
B AOlKAL 'till when?'
'when it rains'
Ha Apyroii AeHL Instr. KOrAa? nepeA nepeA npaJAHHKOM
Ha '(the) next day' 'when?' 'before' 'before the holiday'
'on', 'for' Ha CJieAYIOlllUH AeHL nepeA JieKQHeii
'on th,e f?llowing day' 'before a lecture'
Ha TpeTUU AeHL MelKAY MelKAY JieKQHHMH
'on the third day' 'between' 'between the lectures'
na 6yAy111uii roA MelKAY JieKQHeii H CeMHHllpOM
'for the next year' 'between the lecture and the seminar'
BepH)'TLCH qepe3 5 MUH)'T MelKAY ABYMII H OHTblO qacaMH
qepe3 'to come back in 5 minutes (or 5 minutes 'between two and five o'clock'
'in' later)' 3a 'llfTaTh ra3eTy 3a 3llBTp&KOM
'lepe3 ABa AHH 'at' 'to read the newspaper at breakfast'
'in two days' 6eceAOBaTb33 'llleM, 33 o6eAOM, 33 )'lKH-
'1epe3 HeAeJIIO HOM
'in a week' 'to talk at tea, at dinner (lunch), at sup-
'1epe3 MeCHQ per'
'in a month' C npocbmaTbCH C 3apeii, C BOCXOAOMCOJIH·
qepe3 roA 'at' Qa
'in a year' 'to wake up at dawn, at sunrise'
npttfrn\: '1epe3 AeCHTL MHH)'T IlOCJie3BOH-
Ka
'to come ten minutes after the bell' Prep. KOl'All B B HHBape
3a (AO) IlpttHTlf 38 nHTL MUH)'T AO 3B0HKll 'when?' 'in', 'at' 'in January'
'before' 'to come five minutes before the bell' B 1989 roA)'
npttexaTb 38 HeAeJIIO AO H&'IBJia 38811- 'in 1989'
TUH B AeBHTHllAQ&TOM BeKe
'to come a week before the beginning of 'in the nineteenth century'
the term' B AeTCTBe
nOA BepH)'ThCHDOA eeqep 'in one's childhood'
'towards' 'to come back towards evening' B IOHOCTH
BCTpeT!fThCH nOA HoBLIH roA 'in one's youth'
'to meet on New Year's Eve' B MOJIOAOCTU
B KaKoit B npm:oTOBlfThe OAHY MHHYTY, B OAHH MO- 'in one's young days'
cpoK? 'in' MeHT B CTllpOCTH
'how soon?' 'to prepare in a minute, in a moment' 'in one's old age'
Co6paTbCHB nOJI'l&Ca B Ha'laJie HHB&pll
'to get ready in half an hour' 'at the beginning of January'
npoqlfTaTb KH!fry B OAHH Be'ICp u cepeAnHe HIOHH
'to read a book in one evening' 'in the middle of June'

468 469
 Continued 3. Kor.na rrpH.neT6paT? KOHel(HeAeJIH
4. Kor.na 3KCIIeAHI(HllOTIIpaBHJiaCbB CpeAHIOIO llIOJib
Case Question Preposition Example AJHIO?
5. Kor.na 3Kcrre,1:1it:1111S1
Bepttynacb? cepe.nit:tta ceHTll6pSI
6. Kor.na 6brn rrocTp6eH r6po.n MarnnTor6pcK? nepit:OAnepBOHIlllTHJieTKH
7. Kor.na POAHJIClln Kor.na yMep JloMOHOCOB? 1711-1765 rr.
B KOHUeMllH Matt 1912 r.
'at the end of May' 8. Kor.na BblllleJI HJ neqani: nepBbIH HOMepraJeT~I
Ha Ha 3TOHHe,[leJie «IlpaB,1:1a»?
9. Kor,1:1aOH IIOMOrTe6e? Tpy,1:1Hall
MHH)'Ta
'at' 'this week' npOllIJiall He,UeJill
Ha npownoii ne,1:1ene
JO. Kor.na B HallleM KJiy6e 6bIJI KOHI(epT?
11. Kor.na OH Mtt6ro rryTellleCTBoBan? MOJIOAOCTb
'last week'
Ha Jape
'at dawn'
Ha paccehe ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS OF MANNER
'at daybreak'
Ha JaKaTe Adverbial modifiers of manner answer the question KaK? 'how' or
'at sunset'
no no npnb,1:1e KaKuM 66pa3oM? 'in what manner?'
"on' 'on one's arrival' 1. Adverbial modifiers of maner are generally adverbs of manner:
no eoJepaweunn
'on one's return' 51 BhIY'IHJIcn1xornopeHne uau- 'I learned the poem by heart.'
no oKonqanuu 3YCTL.
'on completing' CoJIHUe cBeTHTilpKo. 'The sun is shining brightly.'
npu npu ct>eo,1:1am'nMe OH 6hrn o)].eT no-,1J.opoi1Cn0My. 'He was dressed for the road.'
'under' 'under feudalism'
npH KanHTaJIHJMe 2. Adverbial modifiers of manner may be nouns.
'under capitalism'
npu conuanitJMe Nouns used as adverbial modifiers of manner generally take the
'under socialism' instrumental either without a preposition or with the preposition c
npH IleTpe I 'with.'
'under Peter I'
npH nepexo,1:1e
qepe3 YJIHUY IlepecKa)KIITe TeKcT CBOHMHcJio- 'Retell the text in your own
'when crossing a street' words.'
BaMH.
JI O)].KaM'!aJiaCb cTpeJion. (It is 'The boat sped along like an ar-
Exercise 50, Read through the text. Point out the adverbial modifiers of time. What row.'
quest10ns do they answer? What is the case of the nouns used as adverbial modifiers of
also possible to say KaK
time? CTpCJia.)
0 fopbKOM
TpoIIIIHKa BHJiclCbY3KOHJieHTOH. 'The path wound like a narrow
(It is also possible to say KaK ribbon.'
AneKcett MaKCHMOB!fq ropbKHH HaqaJI CBOIOJIHTepaT)'PHYIO ,[lellTeJibHOCTb B KOH-
l(e XIX BeKa. B 3TO BpeMll HaqaJICll Tpen1H nepit:o.n OCB060,1:1it:TeJibHOro ,[IBHlKeHHll
y3K8H JieHTa.)
B Poccit:H- npoJieTapCKHHnepit:0,1:1. Y'!eHIIK pernii:JI 3a)].a'ly C TPY,/J.OM.'The pupil did the sum with diffi-
~YlKe B 18~4 ro,1:1y_B KaJami_ r 6pbKHHJHaKOM,IITCll c peBOJIIOI(llOHHOH HHTeJIJIHreH- culty.'
l(H,etttt H3lq'!HaeTq!fTaTb MapKCllC;'CKYIO JlttTepaTypy. 3a 7 JieT-C 1898 no 1905 ro,1:1- OH Harrnca.JIyrrpa)KHeHHec omu6- 'He wrote the exercise with mis-
ropbKll'! HeCKOJibKO p~3 IIO,[IBepraJICll
apeCTaM. B 1901 ro,1:1yOHorry6JIHKOBaJI «fieCHIO takes.'
0 EypeBeCTH~Ke»,KO:opall _roBopit:na O rpll,ll)'WeHpeBOJIIOI(llOHHOH 6ype.
K8MH.
9 llH~apll 1905 _ro.na napcKoe rr~aBit:TeJibCTB,° paccTpeJISIJI?MHPH,YIO .neMOHCTpa- To express the meaning opposite to that conveyed by a noun with
l(HIOHap<?,1:1a. Ha CJie,ll);'IOWHH
.neHbn_ocnepaccTpena ,1:1eMOHCTpa111111 ropbKHH HanHcaJI the preposition c, a noun with the preposition 6e1 'without' is used,
rrpOKJiaMal(ll'?C rrp'!3b!BOMK c~ep)l(eHHIOc:iMO,llep)l(aBHll. 3a 3TO11apcKoenpaBHTeJib-
CTBOJaKJI~qHJIOer~ 12 llHBapll B IleTponaBJIOBCKYIO KperroCTb. which also fulfils the function of an adverbial modifier of manner.
~TO ,Bbl3B~O 6yp10 IIpOTe?.TOB B POCC~llIf Ja ;PaHHI(eH, H qepeJ MeClll(, 14 <fJe- Y<ieHiIKpernii:JI3a)].a'ly 6e1 Tpy.LJ:a. 'The pupil did the sum without
BPa.I!ll,ropbKHH 6,bIJIOCB<?60)l(,[le~.B AeKa6pe 1?05 ro.na B,AHHBOCCTaHHll ropbKllH Ha-
XOAH~Cll B 1>'f
OCK~e.Ha er_oKB,apTHperrpoHC~OAllJill ~OBell(aHttllPYKOBOAHTeJieH 6oeBblX difficulty.'
APY)l(HH. i:-opbK~Hco6H~aJI .nem~rnAJillnoKrIIKHopy)l(Hll.Bo BpeMll.neKa6pbCKOroBOC· OH Hannca.JI ynpa)l(Hemie 6e1 'He wrote the exercise without
CTaHmlropbKHH BrrepBbieBCTpeTHJICll C JleHHHbIM. omu6oK. mistakes.'
_Exercise~1. Give written answers to the questions; use the words given on the right,
puttmg them m the accusative or prepositional with the preposition e or Ha.
3. Adverbial modifiers of manner may be verbal adverbs:
I. Kor.na Bbl 6bIJIH Ha KOHI(epTe? I TillTHHI(a Ao)K,UhrneJI ue nepecTaBaH. 'It rained without stopping.'
2. Kor Aa Bbl TIOllIJIHB TeaTp? CJieAYIOlllHH
.neHb OH rosopiIJI BOJIH)'HCL. 'He spoke agitatedly.'
470 471
 Exercise 52. Write out the sentences. Underline the adverbial modifiers of manner ,Ufau He ryJIHJIHu1-1a ;::i;om;::i;il. 'The children did not go for
What parts of speech are they? · a walk because of the rain.'
I. BOJIHblc ill)'MOM6HJillCbO 6eper ll C neHOHpa36eraJillCb no necKy. (Ape.) 2. Yll( CTy,n:eHT OTC)"TCTBOBaJI DO 6o- 'The student was absent owing to
3a peKOH,.[lb!Ml!Cb,nhIJiaJI or6HI, pb16a'!llll. (II.) 3. f'p03HO BOJIHblO 6eper 6HJillCb. Jie3HH. illness.'
(M. r.) 4. BeTep co CBHCTOM noHeCC51 no CTenrr.(lfex.) 5. BpeM51JieTHTllHOf.[lanTrr11eu, Pe6eHOK 3aCMe»JlCHOT pa;:J;OCTH. 'The child began laughing for
llHOf.[lanomeT 'lepB51KOM. (Typ2.) 6. lilJIKll, BOp06hHll r6Jiy6tt no-BeCeHHeMy pa.[(OCT- joy.'
HO rOTOBllJIM y)Ke rne3.[la. (JJ.T.) 7. OcnenttTeJibHOM3MettKOH6JieCH)'JiaMOJIHM51, HaJ:1
caMOH roJIOBOMornylllttTeJibHb!Mll pacKaTaMMnpoKaTHJIC51 rpOM. (M.I'.) 8. B OKHO,
Becena Hrpa51,3arJill.[lh!BaJI!OHbJHCOJIHe'!HblH Jiy'!. (M.I'.) 9. Mb! TMXOHbKO CTaJIMnpo- (2) adverbs of cause:
.[(BMraTbC51HaMCKOCb npOTMBTe'!eHM51.(J/.)10. AaJibHettU1eenyTellleCTBMeHallie npo- UO)TOMY 'It rained the whole day, so the
Bech ,n:eHhweJI .lJ:O)K.lJ:h,
Il!JIO6e3 BCl!KllXnpMKJIIO'!eHMll. (Ape.) l 1.Mop63 cepe6p6M Jie)KaJIHa 6Jie.[lHOM 3eJieHJ1
,n:eTHHe ry JI»JIM. children did not go for a walk.'
TpaBhI. (JJ.T.) 12. 0Ha 6hICTpbIMM,nerKMMHIllaraMH nOil!Jia Ha JieCTHll!.1Y-(JJ.T.) 'For some reason he hasn't come.'
OH no'leMy-To He npmueJI.
ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS OF PURPOSE (3) verbal adverbs and verbal adverb constructions:
Adverbial modifiers of purpose answer the questions 3a'-lhvt? oH ocTaBMJI 'Not finding Y,ou at home, he left
He 3acTaB Te6il ;::i:6Ma,
'why?', c KW{OU 1jf!/lb10? 'with what purpose?', 0//H '-Lezo?'what for?' Te6e 3anircKy. , yo~ a note. .
The following parts of speech are used as adverbial modifiers of ITepeyToMHBWMCh, OH BbIHY)K;:J;eHHavmg ~verworked_ himself,' he
purpose: 6hIJI npepBaTh pa66Ty. had to mterrupt his work.
(1) nouns with the preposition ;:J;JIH 'for' or ua 'for':
Use of Prepositions with Adverbial Modifiers of Cause
Mb1 ocTaHOBHJUICh;:J;JIH OT;:J;LIXa. 'We stopped for a rest.'
Mara3HH 3aKpbIT ua peMOHT. 'The shop is closed for repairs'.
Case Example
Preposition
(2) an infinitive:
Mh1 ocTaHOBHJIHChoT;::i;oxuyTL. 'We stopped to rest.' 113-33 Gen. Ahli B'!epa He ryJil!JIMH3•3a UJIOXOH DOl'O/J.bl, H3-3a iJ.OlK/J.11.
51 npuweJI UOMO'ILTe6e. 'I've come to help you.' 'because of, 'The children did not go for a walk yesterday, because of
the bad weather, because of the rain.'
Infinitives are used as adverbial modifiers of purpose after verbs of ·owing to' J,h-Ja Te611 51 on03.[laJI.
motion: npumeJInpocTHTLCH'came to say good-bye', npuexaJiu Y'IHTLCH 'Because of you I was late.' ,
0HH nocc6pllJil1Cb HJ-33 nycTHKOB,
'came to study', 1ameJI Y3HaTL 'dropped in to learn', yexaJI OT;:J;LIXaTL 'They quarrelled over trifles.' , . .
'was away on holiday'. 113-Ja TBOer-6 0003/).llHIIH Mb!He ycneeM.3aKOH'!l1Tb pa6oTy
(3) adverbs of purpose: B cpoK. fi . h th
'Owing to your being late we shall not manage to 1ms e
OH 3a'leM-TO OTKpbIJI,n:Beph. 'He opened the door for some work in time:
reason.'
OH c,n:eJiaJI3TO ua3JIOMHe. He did it to spite me.' 6JiaI'O.[(ap11 Dat. 6JJal'O/.l.3PII TeDJJY H /).OlK.[(IIM BCXO.[lbl
B '.ITOM_
l'O.Ll)' paHHMe.
'thanks to' "Thanks to the warm weather and the rams, the crops
Exercise 53. Read through the sentences. Point out the adverbial modifiers of pur- sprouted early this year.' , . .
pose. What parts of speech are they? 6JJaf'O/.l.3PII TBOeii DOMOl..111151y)l(e 3aKOH'l_MJIpa6oTy. '
'Thanks to your help I have already fimshed the work.
I. Ilocne o6e.[la 6a6yll1Ka YillJia K ce6e B KOMHaTyOT.[lb!XaTb(lfex.) 2. 0Ha 3a-
)KrJiaJiaMny MceJia K CTOJIY B513aTb'lYJIOK.(M. I'.) 3. AJllI 3all111Tbl
OTBeTpa H)')KHO
6hmo
3a6HpaTbC51B CaMyIO'!all1y JieCa. (Ape.) 4. MaTh yexaJia Ha BOK3aJInoKynaTh 6MJieTbl
Ha Be'lepHHM3aBTpallIHMHn6e3.[l. (I'auo.) 5. Bo .[(BOPnpHBe3JIHKMPITH'! Ha nocTpoHKY OT Gen. Pe6eHOKJanpbrraJI OT pa/.1.0CTII.
rapa)Ka. 'from', "for', 'The child began jumping for joy.'
'with' Bee B3.[lp6rnynn OT _HeO'.IKH/).a~H~CTH.
"Everyone started with s~rpnse. ,
ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS OF CAUSE IlyTellleCTBCHHllKH .[(pO)KaJIM OT XOJJ0/.1.3,
'The travellers were shivering with cold.'
Adverbial modifiers of cause answer the questions no'-leMy? 'why?', 0H HMCJIOBaHe MOf CKa3aThOT yJJ.HB,1eHHH,
'He could not utter a word for surprise'.
om'-te20? 'why?', u3-3a '-le20? 'why?', no KaKou npu'-l(me? 'for what rea- Ypo)KaH nor116 OT Jacyxu.
son?' 'The crops perished from the drought.'
The following parts of speech are used as adverbial modifiers of PaHeHblHno6Jie.[(HeJIOT 6oJJH. . . ,
cause: 'The wounded man turned pale with pam.
(1) nouns with prepositions:
473
472
 oT roJio).la and yMepeTL c roJIOJIY'to die of hunger', but its use is restricted to
Continued a number of nouns: yMupaTL c roJIOJIY'to die of hunger', ycTaTL c nenpHBhl'IKH'to
gettired for lack of habit', Jan11TLCH 'leM-nn6yJIL co c11:yxu.
Preposition Case Example 4. The preposition no 'out or is generally used in denoting a cause resulting
from a quality or defect of the person concerned: no rJiynocTH 'out of stupidity',
no pacceHnnocTH'out of absentmindedness', no neonLITHOCTH'because of a lack of
"TpaBa 6hrna M0Kpa51 OT ).IOlKiJ,11, experience', no L106p0Te'out of kindness', no ne6pelKHOCTH'out of carelessness'.
'The grass was wet with rain.' 5. The preposition H3 'out of is generally used to denote a cause which is in
Jlini;a rryTellleCTBeHHIIKOB
CTaJIII Cepb!MII OT nhIJIH, fact a person's feeling or propensity impelling him to act: noMora-rL HJ co'lyBCTBHH
'The travellers' faces had become grey with dust.' 'to help out of compassion', OTKaJaTLCHuJ ropil,ocTn 'to refuse out of pride',
cKpLITL 'ITO-JIH6o HJ CTpaxa 'to conceal something out of fear', CJiyrnaTL11:oro-
J1u60 HJ yuaJKeHHH'to listen to somebody out of respect'.
c (co) Gen. Y Hee C nOXBllJI BCKpyi1drnaChronoBa.
'from' 'The praise went to her head.' Exercise 54. Read through the sentences. Point out the adverbial modifiers of
Y Hee rrporraJI rOJIOC CO CTpaxa. cause. What parts of speech are they?
'She became dumb with fear.' I. l1.3-3a KaK6tt-To 6eJ1hI rr6e3J1 f\Ba qaca rrpocToirn Ha rronycTaHKe H rrpmnen
B MocKBY TOJlhKOB TPII c IIOJIOBHHOH. (TauiJ.) 2. Jlllu6 er6 CTaJIOrpycTHb!M OT rrepe)l(I!-
B:leMb!XBOCIIOM'l!HaHI!ll. (Ape.) 3. rro OIIIU6Ke51ceJI He Ha TOTrr6e3,[(. (llaycm.) 4. lfa-3a
no Dat. On He 3aMenrn Hae no paCCe!IHHOCTH, ).leHhII HO'lh TOIIHThrreq11.(A:JIC.)5. B crraJihHe 6hIJIO Jl)'IIIHO
TaK6ro XOJIO,[(arrpI!XO,[(IITCH
'owing 'He did not notice us owing to his absent-mindedness.' OT 3arraxa UBeTOB. (M. T.) 6. 51.CHJihHOTOCKOBaJIII OT TOCKHHe Mor ,n:a)l(e q11TaTh.
to', Y qeHHK ).lorrycTHJI owu6Ky no ne6peJKnocTn. (lfex.) 7. MeH11 B apMI!IO He B31IJIII113-3a cil:nhnoii 6nll3opyKoCTII. (llaycm.) 8. He-
'out or, 'The pupil made a mistake out of carelessness.' cKomenHbie nyra TaK JIYillllCThI, qTQ C HeIIpI!BhJqKIITyManI!TCH II TH)l(eJieeT rOJIOBa.
'for', 0Ha C).leJiaJia MHOro OIIIU60K no neonLITHOCTH, (llaycm.) 9. 51.ocTanom'rnc» 11ocMoTpenc». B TeMHOTeH11qer6 HeJih31I6hrno pa3o6pan;
'through' 'She 1;1ade m_any mistakes owing to her inexperience.' 0,[(HaKO51113 OCTOpO)l(HQCTII o6omen, 6yJ(TO rynsrn, BOKpyr ,[(OMa. (H.) 10. JI MHOfO-
CTyf-leHTOTCYTCTBOBaJI no 60Jie3HH(no yuaJKHTeJILHOiinpu- MY yquJICH ITO Ba!llIIM KHHraM. He ,n:yMaiiTe, qTQ H CKa3aJI 3TO 113 JII06e3HOCTII.
'IHHe),
(M.T.)
'The student was absent owing to illness (for a valid
reason).' Exercise 55. Fill in the blanks with the words denoting cause which are given on the
Mb! OII03).laJII!no TBOeii BHHe, right, putting them in the required case and using the appropriate preposition.
'We were late through your fault.'
1. )],eTII He IIO!llJill B IIIKOJIY... . CllJ1bHhlllMOp03
2. Kpb!III'II, TpoTyapbl II MOCTOBhie6bIJIII MOKpbl ... ,[(0)1().lh
HJ Gen. Jfa rOpil,OCTHOH OTKa3aJIC51OT IIOMOIIJ;II. II 6neCTeJ1II.
3. MaJihqIIK CIIpaIIII!BaJI 060 BCeM ... . J1I060IIhITCTBO
'because or, 'He refused help out of pride.' rrnoxa» rror6J1a
'out or, Jfa CKpOMHOCTH OH HIIKOr).laHe rOBOpHT O CBOHX3ac.;1yrax. 4. Y66pKa ypo)l(ali 3aJ(ep)l(I!BaJ1aCh ... .
5. OH J(OJ1f0 H11qer6 He MOr CKa3aTb .. . BOJIHeHI!e
'on' 'He never mentions his merits out of modesty.'
6. Pa66rn IIO!llJia xopom6 .... yMenoe PYKOBO).ICTBO
lh B£'lKJIHBOCTH 51BhICJIYIIIaJIee ).10 KOHIJ;a. npumi:11rr
'I heard her out of politeness.' 7. 0Ha OTKa3aJiaCh C).leJiaTb 3TO ... .
8. JI He Mory 3aHI!MaTbCH3).leCb .. . myM
51.crrpocirn 06 )TOM TOJihKOH3 mo6onhITCTBa.
'I asked about it out of mere curiosity.' 9 .... y MeHJI 60JIHT f'OJ10B:1. IIIYM
10. Mb! OII03).laJ1I!Ha BOK3aJ1... . rnoii: BIIHa
OH He cornacuncH HJ npuHI-1una.
11. JJoqTH Beeb ypo)l(aH rroril:6 .. . 3acyxa
'He did not agree on principle.' He6pe)l(HOCTh
12. YqeHHK c,n:enan OIIIH.6Ky....
13. Ona He XOTeJia IIpI13HaTh CBOHOIIIU6KII ... yrrplIMCTBO
Note~---;-1. The ~eanii1;gs of the prepositions uJ-Ja 'because of, 'owing to' and 14. . .. MbI 3aH51J1ll.Cb B ,n:epeBHeph!6HOll J10BJ1ell. CK)'Ka
thanks t_o are, m fact, opposite. A cause denoted by a noun with the
6JiarOJ!:a_pH 15. CTy J(eHT rrporryCTHJ13aHJITil51... 6one3Hh
prepos1twn H3-3a bnngs _about an undesirable action, whereas a cause denoted by 16. IT6e3J( OII03/"(aJ1.... MeTeJih
a noun with the prepos1t10n 6J1aroi1,ap11 produces a desired effect. 17. OH B3HJ1qy)l(OH rropT<peJih .. . . pacce»HHOCTh
Y66pKa ypoi1«iH He Haq1rnanach 03-Ja 'Owing to the rains no start had been
).IOJK).leii. made on the harvest.'
1iJiaro).lap11JIOlKJIIIM 6yJ1eT xop6IIIHH 'Thanks to the rains the crops will be
ypo)l(att. good.' ACTIVE AND PASSIVE CONSTRUCTIONS
2. The yreposition OT 'from', 'with', 'of denoting cause is generally used
when speakmg ab~ut the ,state of al? object: JIPOlKaTLOT xoJIO).la,oT cTpaxa 'to 1. An active construction is a sentence in which the subject denotes
s~1ver with cold, ~1th fea'. , no11:pacneTLOT BoJinenuH,OT CTLIJlll'to flush with ex- the performer of an action, and the object the thing to which the action
citement (?r ap1tat10n), with_ shame', cMe11~LCH OT pa).IOCTH'to laugh for joy', nJia- passes over:
KaT~ OT ropH to cry with gner, or when g1vmg the cause of destruction or death·
?orn6nyTL OT 66M6Lr, OT noJKapa'to die by a bomb, in a fire'; yMephL oT roJIOJI~ YtJeHIIKBblIIOJIH51.eT3a_r:i:am1e. 'The pupil is doing the exercise.'
to dte of hunger'. Co6pam1e pelllIIJIO 3TOTBa)I(HbIH 'The meeting has decided this im-
.. 3. The mea_ning of the, preposition c 'from', 'for' is close to that of the prep- portant issue.'
os1tion OT: JanJiaKaTh OT rop11and 3anJiaKaTh c ropH 'to cry with grief, yMepeTL BOJipOC.

475
474
 The predicate of an active construction is a transitive verb. As a rule such sentences describe either actions or phenomena
A passive construction is a sentence in which the subject denotes the which do not depend on man's will or transition from one state into
thing to which an action passes over and the object denotes the per- another.
former or instrument of the action and takes the instrumental without Compare:
a preposition: f10JI51UOKphIJIHChCHerOM I1oJI51UOKphIThlcneroM.
3a)J.auueBbIIIOJIH51eTcj{y'leuuKoM. 'The exercise is being done by the 'The fields became covered with 'The · fields are covered with
pupil.' snow.' snow.'
Ba)KHbIH Bonpoc perneH co6pa- 'An important issue has been de-
HHeM. cided by the meeting.' 3. A passive construction does not always contain an object in the
instrumental denoting the performer or instrument of action:
The predicate of a passive construction is either a verb with the par- B 3TOM Mara3IIHe npo.n:afacji 'Shoes are sold in this shop.'
ticle -CH or a short-form participle passive. o6yBb.
2. An active construction may generally be replaced by a passive KnIIrlI B 6H6JIHOTeKeBbI.IJ:aI-OTCH'Books can be borrowed from the
construction and vice versa: c 10 qac6B. library from 10 o'clock.'
Active Construction Passive Construction )],Bepb OTKpbITa. 'The door is open.'
3TOT 3aBo)J.npoH3BO.JJ:lIT
cTauKu:. CTauKn npoH3BO.JJ:HTCH
3THM 3a- KoMHaTa y6paHa. 'The room has been tidied up.'
BO)J,OM. Bee 6HJieTbI np6,n:aHbI. 'All the tickets are sold out.'
'This factory produces machine- 'The machine-tools are produced 3TO MeCTO3aHjiTO. 'This seat is taken.'
tools.' by this factory.'
Ilpeno)J.aBaTeJihnpoBepheT nnch- I1IICbMeHHbie pa6oTLI npoBe- When such a passive construction is replaced with an active one,
MeHnbre pa66TLI. p5IIOTCjinpeUO)J,aBaTeJieM. the resulting sentence is indefinite-personal:
'The teacher is correcting the 'The written work is being cor- Knnrn B 6n6nHoTeKe BbI.IJ:aI-OT'They lend books at the library
written work.' rected by the teacher.' c 10 qac6B. from 10 o'clock.'
ApXHTeKTOp cfo,n:aJI npoeKT 3,n:a- IlpoeKT 3.JJ:aHHjic63.n:an apxu- KoMHaTy y6panH. 'They have tidied up the room.'
HlIH. TeKTOpOM.
'The architect has drawn up the 'The plan of the building has been (For indefinite-personal sentences, see p. 496.)
plan of a building.' drawn up by an architect.' Passive constructions with an object denoting the performer in the
3aBo)J.BhIIIOJIHHJInJiau. IlJiau BhIIIOJIHeH3aBO)J,OM.
instrumental are not common in colloquial speech. They are typical of
'The factory has fulfilled the 'The plan has been fulfilled by the official language.
plan.' factory.' Pa66rn 6y,n:eT 3aKoHqeHa Muoio 'The work will be completed by
K nepBOMY,IJ;eKa6ph. me by the first of December.'
When an active construction is replaced by a passive one, the direct 3TOT TeKCT JierKO IIOHlIMaeTCji 'This text can easily be under-
object becomes the subject and the subject becomes the object in the in- CTy)J,eHTaMH nepBOro Kypca. stood by first-year students.'
strumental.
If the predicate of an active construction is an imperfective verb, Passive constructions without an object in the instrumental are
the predicate of the corresponding passive construction is a verb with common in various styles of speech.
the particle -CH. B 3TOMKHOCKenpo.n:aI-OTCj{ cnra- 'Cigarettes are sold at this kiosk.'
If the predicate of an active construction is a perfective verb, the peTbI.
predicate of the corresponding passive construction is a short-form Bee 6HJieTbI np6.n:aHbI. 'All the tickets are sold out.'
participle passive (ITpoeKT 3.IJ:aHHj{co3)].au apx1ueKTopoM. ITnaH BLI-
3TO MeCTO3aHHTO. 'This place is taken.'
noJiueu 3aB6.n:oM).
Perfective verbs with the particle -CH cannot be used in a passive Exercise 56. Replace the active constructions with passive ones, paying attention to
construction except a few cases: the tense and aspect of the verb in the active constructions.
KoMHaTa OCBeTU:JiaCh 51pKlIMCBe- 'The room was filled with bright 1. Co6pam1e o6cylKJ:lilJIOBillKHbieBOIIpOCb!.2. CTyJ:(eHTblCJ:(ilJillIIOCJieJ:(HllM 3K38.-
TOM. light.' MeH. 3. 0H 3aKOHqllTpa66Ty B CpOK.4. Pa66qtte ll llHlKeHepblll3yq8.IOTll llCIIOJib3YIOT
nepe):(OBOM Ollb!T.5. Ha ceMttHape Mb! 6yJ:(eMCJiyIIIaTbtt o6cylKJ:(8.TbJ:(OKJI8.J:(bl
BCexCTy-
f10JI51UOKphIJIHCLCHerOM. 'The fields became covered with J:l(:HTOB. 6. KttHOCT)'J:lllll
BbIIIYCTllJia
HOBbIMQ)llJibM.7. 38.BTpaTp8.KTOpBCII8.IIIeT '.JTO110-
snow.' Jie. 8. flpocpeccop quTaeT JieK~MM 9. OH rrpuHeC:hy KHH.ryJ:(JlllT_e6H.
,[(Bap,ba B He,[leJIIO.
Pa60BJia,IJ;eJibqecKHHCTpOH CMe- 'The slave system was replaced by 10. Pa66que ll30 J:(HllB J:(eHbnepeBblIIOJIH51Jill
HOpMb!.11. YqeHllK!l.IlOHllJillo6bl!CHeHlle
HHJICHq>eo,n:aJibHbIM. feudalism.' yqH.TeJil!.] 2. TeaTp 6yJ:(eTCT8.BMTb :'JTyHOBYIO!lbecy. 13. flo p8.J:IMO
rrepe,[(am'urnIlOCJieJ:(-

476 477
 Tnxo 6bIJIO BCeHa ne6e u Ha 3e- 'All was quiet in the skies and on
Te6ii 16 314. 3TO
HHe H3BeCTHll.
JJ,JilI , ~ oqeHb MeHii o6paJJ,oBaJIO· 15• 0 H OCTaBHJI
6 H3BeCTHe ' ' KHHry
3TY '
MJie. (H.) the earth.'
· · TOT OJiblliOHJJ,OMIlOCTpOHJIH HeJJ,aBHO.
r6noc er6 3Byq{l,JlTIIXO, HO rnep- 'His voice was not loud but firm.'
Exercise 57. Replace the passive constructions with active ones.
.L(O. (M.I'.)
I. J:Ie6o IlOKpbITOTtqaMH. 2. Jlyra 3aJIHTblBOJJ.OM.
3 B KHOCKe npoJJ,aJOTClI
ra3eTbJ
~ ,lKYPHaJibl.,
4. 3JOT p~6oqHMii:~6paHJJ,eJieriToMHa KOHq>epeHI.~HIO.5. BhJCTaBKaCK6po Exercise 58. Read through the sentences. Point out the coordinate parts of the sen-
YJJ.eTO'~Kpb!Ta.'. Ha 3TO~ 3aBoJJ,enpOH3BOJJ,l!TClI
MaIIIHHbl.7. 3TOMYBilKHOMyBonpo'- tence. What syntactical function do they fulfil?
cy yJJ.eJIJIJIOCbMaJio BHHMaHHll. I. MbICJIHMOH,Moe HMll,MOHTPYJJ.bl6yJJ.yTnpttHaJJ,JieJKaTbPoccHH. (f). 2. nbIJia
ahpeHal! HOqb. (JI. T.) 3. Harrpaao tt HaJieBo qepHeJIH
TeMHalI,oceHHllll, JJ.OlKJJ,JIHBall,
MpaqHbie, TaHHCTBeHHble rrp6rracTH. (JI.) 4. 3arrax OTUBeTyIUHX ii6JIOHbtt HoqHblXuae-
TOBJIHJICllno BCeM3eMJie. (I'.) 5. HeIIOJJ.BlllKHblR rrpyJJ.IIOJJ,}'JI
CBeJKeCTb!O Ha yCTaJJOro
COORDINATE PARTS OF THE SENTENCE newex6JJ.a tt 3acTaBttJI er6 oTJJ.OXH.YTb
6. OH p6mtt noJII06HJIrycTbie,
Ha 6epery. (I'.)

Y eJJ,HHeHbe,TliIIIliH}',
. T70, or m?re parts of the sentence which stand in the same syntac- 11 HO%, tt 3Be3JJ.bl,tt nyHy. (II.)
tic re at10n~hip to some other part of the sentence (and answer the
Exercise 59. Supply coordinate parts of the sentence to the italicised words.
same q1;1est10n)ar_ecalled coordinate parts of the sentence.
Subjects, predicates and various secondary parts of the sentence Mode!: B caJJ.yUBeJiii:i16.1011u.
may be coordmate. B caJJ.y UBeJIHi16,1011u,euut11u, 2pyutu.
1. In a_sentence there may be two or more subjects which have the 1. CTpOlITClIHOBbie)KJ,!Jlble
dOMCl.2. B JTOT rrpa3JJ,HliqHblRJJ,eHb11aJflUljaX 6bIJIO
same predicate: MHOroHap6JJ.y.3. 51rronyqaIO IlllCbMaom 6pama. 4. OH OTBeqaJIHa BOIIpOChl yeepe11110.
5. ITOJJ.KpbIJIOM
caMOJieTanpOIIJibIBaJIHJleca. 6. B rrapKe Mb!KaTaJIHCb11aJlOdKe.7. B Ha-
Ha co6pa1;1werrpHIIIJillCTy,z:i;eHTLI'Students and postgraduates at- weM KJiy6e 6bIBa!OTliHTepeCHbieJlf!KljUU.8. Bo apeMll KaHHKYJI Mb! no6bIBaJili e MyJee.
H acnupaHTLI. tended the meeting.'
qepe3 HeCKOJib~O,z:i;HeH H, 6a6r- 'A few days later, Granny, moth-
mKa H MaTL exanH Ha napoxo- er and I were travelling by COORDINATE PREDICATES
,z:i;e.(M. I'.) steamer,'
2. A subject may have two or more predicates:
a
If sentence describes two or more single actions immediately fol-
lowing one another, the coordinate predicates are perfective verbs:
CTy,z:i;eHTbl
c.11yma10TH 3an11cL1- 'The students are listening to the OHa ce.11a3a CTOJI,B3H.llaKHHry, 'She sat down at the table, took
eaioT neK.u;mo. lecture, making notes.' ee H Ha'la.11aqwTaTb.
oTKpL1.11a a book, opened it and began to
B mipKe MbI ry.11>1.110,
TaHQeea.110 'In the park we walked, danced, read.'
urpa~u B Boneii66n, KaTa.11uc~ played volleyball and went
Ha no,z:i;Ke. boating.' Repeated actions immediately following one another are denoted
. ~- A sentenct: may_have two or more secondary parts which stand by imperfective verbs:
m t ~ same relat10nship to some word and answer one and the same OHa ca.L(U.llaCL3a CTOJI, 6pa.11a 'She would sit down at the table,
quest10n: KHHry' OTKpLiea.11aee H Ha'IH- take a book, open it and begin
Ha.lla qlfTcl.Tb. to read.'
R rrpocMaTpHBan B qwTaJibHera- 'I looked_thro_ugh newspapers and
B JeTLI
6 H iKypHa.lILI.
, , magazmes m t h_e reading-room.' If a sentence describes two or more prolonged actions occurring si-
H6 JIHOTeKeHMeeTCRTeXHU'le- T~ey have techmcal and political multaneously, the coordinate predicates are imperfective verbs:
cKaH, no.11nTH'lecKaH H xyAoiKe- literature and fiction at the li- OHa cu.L(eJia3a cTon6M H nuca.11a. 'She was sitting at the table, writ-
CTBeHHaHJIHTepaTypa. brary.' ing.'
Mb1 3aHHMaeMcRpyccKHM R3bI- 'We have Russian classes on Mbr ry.11>1JIH H pa3roeapueanu. 'We strolled about, talking.'
KO~ e n0He.L(e.11LHHK,e cpeAy H Monday, Wednesday and Fri-
e DHTHHQY. day.' In some cases, the first of a pair of coordinate predicates is a perfect-
ive verb and the second an imperfective one. This happens when the
Coordinate parts of the sentence may be joined asyndetically: first action is a completed, resultative one, and the second prolonged:
M(~)aeT, BLeTCHnepBbIH cner. 'The first snow whirls, sparkling.' OH y)KeeepHyJicH,z:i;oM6if H oTALI- 'He had already returned home
xan. and was having a rest.'
Coordinate parts of the sentence may be J·oined by conJ·unc- The first predicate is occasionally an imperfective verb and the sec-
tions:
479
478
 ....,,...
ond a perfective one. This happens when the first verb expresses a pro- BeceJihI 6hIJIII 1! pacTe~mI, 'The plants, the birds, the insects
longed action and the second conveys a single action or the result of the II TTTHQbl,u HaCeKOMhie,u ;:i;eTII. and the children were happy.'
first action: (JI.T.)
OH .lJ:OJirO CH)]:eJIII HaKOHeI~ 'He sat for a long time and finally In this sentence, the conjunction u is repeated be_fore each coordi-
BCTaJI. got up.' nate part of the sentence, which makes the enumeration more empha-
CTyJJ;eHTJJ;OJiroY'IIIJI
CJIOBaII Ha- 'The student had been learning tic.
KOHeQBL1y'luJI. the words for a long time and
had at last mastered them.' The Conjunction )]:a
In such cases, the first predicate is generally preceded by adverbial 0TKp6iI oKHO .D:a rn;:i;h KO MHe. 'Open the window and sit beside
words showing that its action is a prolonged one and the second by the
adverbial words B;:i;pyr'suddenly', HaI.:OHeQ 'at last', B KOHQeKOHQ0B'in (fl.) me.' f h . d th
C6cHhI mnIIh .D:aeJIII 'Only the tops o t e pmes an e
the end' ,HeoiKii)]:aHHO
'unexpectedly', etc. BepIIIHHaMIIrnyMeJIII. (fl.) firs were rustling.'
Exercise 60. Account for the use of the imperfective and perfective predicate verbs. The meaning of the copulative conjunction .D:ais identical with that
In which sentences do the verbs denote simultaneous actions and ih which consecutive
ones? of the conjunction u, but it is not used very often.
I. f'py30BHKCBepHyJIB ,l\llqHblllnoceJIOKII OCTaHOBHJIC51 nepe,l.\He6oJibWOH.YKPbI-
TOll TIJHOll~OM ,11aqett,(Tauo.) 2. JlyHa ylKe CTOllJiaBb!COKO Ha,11,IIOMOMII OCBemana The Conjunction HU ... HH
CIIl!Il]HllCa).\,,TIOpOlKKH. ( lfex.) 3. llimi: Mb! L(OJifO,qaCTOOCTaHaBJIHBaJIIICb, OTL(bIXaJII!
II pBaJin l]BeTbi.(I'aiio.) 4. 51 y,11apnJIBOlKlKOll no JIOWaJ:(11,cnycTHJIC51 B OBpar, nepe- y Hero He 6hrno HU 6parheB, HU 'He had neither brothers nor sis-
6paJIC51qepe3 cyx6tt pyqen, TI0,11Hl!JIC51 B r6py II B'bexaJIB Jiec.(Typ2.) 5. 51 L(alKewanKy
CH51JI C fOJIOBhln L(b!lllaJIpaL(OCTHO-BCellrp)'L(b!O.(Typ2.) 6. Bo,11aB peKe TIO,IIH51JiaCb
cecTep. ters.'
113aTOIIllJia3Ha'IMTeJibHY!O qacTb 6epera. 7. 0H OCTaHOBHJIC51 II C TpeneTOMOlKIIL(aJIee The conjunction HU ... Hu 'neither ... nor' is used in negative se~-
OTBeTa,(fl.) 8. Ha):(51npOCTHJiaCbII TIOIIIJiaK ce6e HaBepx, JierJia II TOHaC lKe ycHyJia.
(l/ex.) tences and corresponds to the conjunction u ... u 'both ... and' m
affirmative sentences:
CONJUNCTIONS USED WITH COORDINATE PARTS MhI HaIIIJIM B necy u kroJJ;hI MbI He HaIIIJIMB necy HUil:ro;:i;,HU
OF THE SENTENCE u rp1I6h1. rp1I60B.
'We found both berries and 'We found neither berries nor
According to their meaning, the conjunctions used to join coordi- mushrooms in the wood.' mushrooms in the wood.'
nate parts of the sentence are divided into copulative, adversative and
disjunctive. The Conjunctions He T0JihKO... HO u;
KaK ... TaK H
1. THE COP,ULATIVE CONJUNCTIONS H; LJ:A(MEANING H); OH 3HaeT He T0JihKOaHr JIHHCKIIH, 'He knows not only English but
HE TOJ1bKO ... HO H; KAK ... TAK H; HH ... HM Ho u cppaHQ)l3CKIIM ~3hIK. also French.'
OH He T0JihKOq1ITaeT, HO" roBO- 'He does not only read but also
The Conjunctionu speaks English.'
pHT rro-aHrJIHHCKII.
Ha co6paIIIIII )],OJI)I(Hhl
IIplIC)'TCT- 'Both students and postgraduates
IlyTHIIKII pacrroJIO)l(HJIIICh y 'The travellers settled by the must be present at the meeting.'
py%il: OT.lJ:hlXaThU KOpMHTh stream to rest and to'l,feed their BOBaTh KaK CTy)],eHThI, TaK
JIOIIIaJJ;eH.(Cfex.) horses.' H aCrrlipaHTbl.

In this sentence, the conjuction u joins two coordinate parts of the 2. THE ADVERSA TIVE CQNJUNCTl9NS A; HO;
sentence. LJ:A(MEANING HO); OLJ:HAKO; XOT51 l1 ... HO···
51 o;:i;enc~,B3~JIPY)l(he, CBHCTHYJI 'I dressed, took my gun, whistled The Conjunction a
C06aKy U IIOIIIeJIBHII3ITOpeqKe. to my dog and went down
(Ape.) along the river-bank.' ' pa 6'OTaTh,
MbI rrpIIexam; CIO)],a 'W e cam e here to work, not to
a He OT)],hIXaTb. rest.'
In this sentence the conjunction u is placed before the last coordi-
nate part of the sentence and shows that the enumeration is comp- The conjunction a joins two coordinate parts ?f the senten~e which
lete. are either contrasted with each other or have different meanmgs.
480 481

3 I - 384
 One of the coordinate parts of the sentence joined by the conjunc- The conjunctions itnu and nu6o are synony~ous. They_can join ~wo
tion a is invariably preceded by the negative particle ue 'not'.
or more coordinate parts of the sentence which ~lenot~ mcomp'.3-tlble
OH BepHeTC5lYTPOM, a He Beqe- · 'He will come back in the morn- objects or facts. These conjunctions may be used either smgly (as m the
p0M. ing and not in the evening.' first example) or in pairs (as in the second).
MbI BCTpeTHJIHCbHe B KJiy6e, a 'We did not meet at the club but
B HHCTHT)'Te. at the college.' The Conjunction TO · ••• To
R IlOJiyq£m IlHChM0 He OT 6paTa, 'I did not receive the letter from
a OT OTI.J;a. my brother but from my BcIO HO% or6Hb KOcTpa TO pa1- 'The whole night the fire now
father.' ropaeTc>I, To racHeT. (flaycm.) flames up, then goes out.'
CHap.H.D,bI pBanttch TO 6Kono 'Shells were bursting now near the
The Conjunction Ho u:epKBH,TO 0KOJIOMeJibHHIJ;hI, church, now near the mill, then
TO 6Kono ;:i:6MHKOB. (I'aud.) near the little cottages.'
H:n:3KoeC0JIHIJ;eHe rpeeT, HO6Jiec- 'The low sun is not warm, but it
TllT 51:pqeJiernero. (Typ2.) This conjunction is used when the coordinate parts of the sentence
shines brighter than a summer express successive events.
sun does.' ·
lliJIH HaM HaBCTpeqy C pa60TbI 'We met tired but happy people,
ycTaJibie, HO BeceJibie JII0.[(H. returning from work.' · The Conjunction He TO ... He TO
(I'auo.)
OH roBOpHT no-pyccKH Me,n- 'He speaks Russian slowly but T£i:xuu cTyK .n0Hecc>1co cTopoHi::1 'Soft thuds came from where the
JieHHO, HO rrpaBHJibHO. .nop6rH. KT0-TO He TO rneJI, He road was. Someone was either
correctly.' TO exaJI. (I'aud.) walking or riding.'
In the above sentences, the conjunction 110 joins two coordinate ropbl 6hIJIHOK)'TaHblHe TO TyMa- 'The mountains were enveloped
predicates, two coordinate attributes and two adverbial modifiers of HOM, He TO )],O)K)],eB6if
IIhIJihIO. either in mist or a fine drizzle.'
manner, in that order. (Ape.)
The word xoTit 'though' may be placed before the first coordinate The conjunction He TO ... He TO 'either ... or' is used when the speaker
part of the sentence:
is not clear about the facts he is reporting. •
Bee ycTaJIH, HO npo.nomKaJIH pa- 'Everybody was tired but went on Exercise 61. Read through the sentences. Point out the coordinate parts of the sen-
66Ty. working.' tence, noting the use of the conjunctions.
XoTH Bee H ycTaJIH, HO rrpo.D,0JI- 'Though everybody was tired, still
I. Pa.[IOCTHO, MOJJ0,[106bIJJOII Ha He6e, II Ha 3eMJJe,II B cep.r111e qeJJOBeKa._(JI.T.)
)K.lJIHpa661y. they went on working.' 2. BToporo CeHrn6pll ,[leHb6bIJJTeIIJJbIHII T!IXIIH,HOIIllCMypHbl~.("Cfex.)3. 3a CHe)KH~IM
0

TYMllHOM He B!I,[IHO HII IIOJJll,•HII TeJJ~rpaqJHblXCTOJJ60B,, ~II JJeCa. (lfex.) 4 .. lfrJJOBeKy

H)')KHOHe TPII aplll!IHa 3eMJJll,H~ yca.[lb6~, a BeCb3eMHOII_Illap,B~}I11p1Ipo.r1a.(_lfex.)
The Conjunction .z:i;a 5. H6'!hIO BeTep 3JJ!ITCH,[la CTY'!HTB OKHO.(<Pem) 6. 0):ma)K,[lblaeqep_oMH CII,[leJJHa
CBOeHJJI06!IMOHCKaMbell rJJH,IleJJ TOHll peKy, TOHa He6o, TOHa BIIHorpa,IIHMKll. (Type.)
XoTeJI >1 HarrHcaTb Te6e IIHCbM0, 'I wanted to write you a letter, but 7. J1HOf,[la110yTpaM, HaIIIIBillllCbKOqJe,OHCa,IIIIJJCSI 3~ CBOeC~'!IIHe.~HeIIJJII'!T~HllellC-
,a:a TI03a6bIJI a.z:i;pec. TO'!HIIKOB (JI. T.) 8. ,ri:o)K,[lb
,[IJJHCO'!IIHeHII}I. TO Ha_'IIIHaJJ
XJJeCT~Tb T<:_IIJJbIM~ Kpy~HblM';'
I have forgotten your address.' KaIIJJHMII,TO rrepeCTaBllJJ.(JI. T.) 9. 0.[IIIHO~IIH,TO'!HO3a6JJ);'.IlllB~IIIICH B,~eM,HOll,[lam~
MOpH,or6Hb TO llpKO BCIIbIXIIBaJJ, TO yracaJJ. (M. I'.) 10. PoBI,IOIICIIHeBOII3aJJHTOace
The adversative conjunction .z:i;a
has the same meaning as no 'but'. He6o; 0,[IHOJJlllllb 66JJa'!KO Ha HeM-He TO IIJJbIBeT,He TO TaeT. (Type.)
The conjunction .z:i;a
with the meaning of 'but' is not used very often
and is found mainly in colloquial speech. Exercise 62. Compare the meaning of the conjunctions u, a and HO in the columns
below and make up sentences of your own, using these conjunctions.
51 B'Iepa pa60TaJJ U OT,[lbl- 51 B'Iepa pa66TaJJ, a He OT- 51 B'!epa MllJJOpa66TaJJ, HO
3. THE DISJUNCTIVE CONJUNCTIONS 11JH1 (!1Jlh); Jil160; XllJJ ,[lb!Xl!JJ. ycTaJJ.
TO ... TO, HE TO ... HE TO BeTep· C!IJJbHbIHH XOJJ0,[1-BeTep C!IJJbHbIH,a He CJJa- BeTep ClIJJbHbIH, HO TeIIJJbIH.
Hb!H. 6hIH.
The Conjunctions i1Jm(n.11>),J1i160 OH He rrperro.r1aaaTeJJbu He OH He 1;perro.r1aaareJJha ac- OH He rrperro.r1aaaTeJJb,Ho
aCIIIIpaHT. IIIIpaHT. y)Ke IIpOBO,[IIIT
3aHl!TllH.
,Ll;.iihe MHe KaKyI0-1-rn6y.nhra1e1y 'Give me a newspaper or a maga- Exercise 63. Make up sentences with coordinate parts, using the following sen-
unu )l(ypHaJI. zine.' tences and the appropriate conjunction (u, a or Ho).
Mb1 Bc1peTttMC>1nit6o c_er6mrn 'We'll meet either this evening or Model: .ri;o)K,[lbIlleJJ ,[IHeM. .ri:o)K,[lbIlleJJ HO'lblO.
BeqepoM, Jiu6o 3clBTpa YTPOM. tomorrow morning.' .ri:o)K,[lbIlleJJ ,[IHeMll HO'lblO.
482 483
3].
 w6ro pocTa. (Kap.) 4. B THXY!O JI)'HHYJ? HIOJihc~y10 HO'lh OJibra ~Ba.HoBHa ci;oima Ha
1. ll,o)l(,!lh He rrpeKpaTirnc.11. ll,o)l(,1h yc1IJIHJICS1.
2. Bee ycTa.JIH. Bee rrpo,10JI)l(a.JIH pa- na.Jiy6e BQJI)l(CKOrc~rrapox~,1a H ~MOTpeJI~ rn Ha BO/"IYTO Ha K_PaCHB,h!e 6epera. (lfex)
66rnTh. 3. 51 3axo,111JIK Te6e He 0,111Hpa3. 51 3axo,111JIK Te6e ,1Ba pa.3a. 4. Ilepex6,1 qepe3 5. B ,16Me BO )"IBOpett B ca,1y 6hlJia THIIIH~a. (lfex.) 6. HH O,!IHOro 1;'H~aHHOro H~ 'leJIOBe,-
rophl 6h!JI TSl)l(eJib!H. IJepeXO)"I '1epe3 ropbl 6hIJI HHTepeCHhIH. 5. 51 XOTeJI CIIaTh. 51 He qecKoro HH 3BepHHOro CJie,[la He 6bIJIO BH,!IHO.(JI. T.) 7. Ha )"IBOpe6bIJIO TeMHO. 8H,[1Hhl
Mor 3aCH)'Tb. 51 CTaJI 'IHTll.Tb. 6. ToBapm.1.1 6hIJI TaM. OH 3a6hIJI ,1op6ry Ty,1a. 7. 3Ta 6hIJIH 0,[IHII TOJihKO CHJIY'.!Thl,1epeBbeB ,[la TeMHhie Kpb!IIIH capaeB. (lfex.) 8. CyTKaMH
KHHra He CK)''!HaSI. 3Ta KHHra HHTepecHaSI. 8. JlHCThSI na,1aJIH C ,1epeBheB. JI11cThSIIIO- H,!leT He TO ,!IO)l()"lb He TO CHer. IIo,1 Hora.MM Jie)"ll!Hall Kll.lIIa. (Ilaycm.) 9. EeJial! HO'lh
Kpb!B:lJIH 3eMJIIO. 9. Mb! KlJ.)l(,!lb!H,1eHh XO)"IHJIHB JieC. Mb! Kll.)l(,!lb!H ,1eHb XO,!IIIJIH Ha rrpoCTHpaJiaCb BOKpyr. 51 BII~pBb!e Blf,[leJI 31:Y HO'lh He ~aA HeBOH H )"IBOpIIa.MHJleHHHr-
peKy. 10. 51 rrpmneJI He K Te6e. 51 rrpmneJI K TBOeMy 6pary. 11. OH o6ern:aJI rrpHHTll. OH pa,1a a cpe,11I ceBepHhIX JiecttcThIX rrpocTpaHcTB H 03ep. (Ilaycm.)
He rrpmneJI. 12. EpaT pa66TaeT rerreph He Ha 3aB6,1e. EpaT pa66TaeT Terrepb B Jia6opa-
T6pHH HHCTHT)'Ta.
GENERALISING WORDS IN SENTENCES
WITH COORDINATE PARTS
PUNCTUATION OF THE COORDINATE
PARTS OF THE SENTENCE Sentences with coordinate parts may contain generalising words:
A comma is placed between coordinate parts of the sentence in the HaKoHeu, see 6hrno roT6Bo: anb- 'At last everything was ready: al-
following cases: 66MbI c rn6nuu,aMH, KapTbr, bums with tables, charts, dia-
(1) if the coordinate parts are joined asyndetically: .IJ:HarpaMMbIn rpaqmKH. (A:»e.) grams and graphs.'
Jlec 3a3BeHen, 3acT0Han, 3aTpe- 'The forest rang, groaned, The pronoun see 'ev:erything'_ in ~his sen~ence is a gene~al~sing
rn;an (H.) crackled.' word. It unites the coordmate subJects mto a smgle group and is itself
JlIO,lJJf pa66rnmr crroKoHHO, 'The people worked calmly, a subject.
crr6po, Monqam'rno. ( <Pad.) quickly and silently.'
Terrepb y)Ke HMrop, HMHe6a, HM 'Now one could see neither the
(2) before an adversative conjunction: 3eMJIH- HH'lero He 6bIJIO mountains, nor the sky, nor the
BH.IJ:HO.(Ape.) earth-nothing at all.'
,[(eHb 6bln .IJ:O)K.IJ:m'rBbIH, HO 'The day was rainy but warm.'
Terrnbrn. In this sentence, the generalising word is t~e pronoun !fH'lero 'noth-
Cer6.IJ:H51
Bhep .IJ:)'eTHe c ceBepa, 'Today the wind is blowing not ing'. It unites the coordinate objects and is itself an obJect.
a c 3arra.I(a. from the north but from the Generalising words are invariably the same parts of the sentence as
west.' the coordinate parts which unite.
Frequently, generalising words are the pronou~s see 'all', 'every-
(3) before repeated copulative and disjunctive conjunctions:
body', see 'everything', HHKTO'nobody', HH'ITO'nothmg' or the adverb~
M TyMaH, u Herror6.IJ:bI 'Late autumn brings in its train sero11;y'everywhere', nosero.IJ:y'everywhere', 'all over the place', se1,L1.e
Hecfa. (II.)
OceHb rr63.IJ:H5151 Both fogs and poor weather.' 'everywhere'' HHr)J.e'nowhere'' Beer,l].a'always'' HHKOr,!J.a 'never'.
3Be3.I(bITO MHrc:lJIH
CJic:lfaIMCBe- 'The stars now twinkled faintly, Ilepe.IJ:aiirrpHBeTseeM: oTu,y, Ma- 'Give my regards to everyone:
TOM,TO ncqe3aJIH. (Typz.) now faded away.' Tepn 6paTb51Mn cecTpaM. father, mother, the brothers
(4) before the second part of composite conjunctions: ' and the sisters.'
lllnp6Kne paBHHHbI,6oraTbie py- 'The broad plains, the mountains
Hy)KHOHe TOJihKOroBopHTh o He- 'We must not only talk about .IJ:OHr6pbr, cHJibHbiepeKH, rrno- rich in ore, the powerful rivers,
.IJ:OCTaTKax,HO u 6op6TbC51 shortcomings, but also fight .IJ:Opo,ll,Hbie
rroqBbr-uee B Ha- the fertile lands-everything is
c HHMH. them.'
IIIHXpyKax. (Mux.) ours.'
No comma is placed before a single (not repeated) conjunction If a generalising word precedes coordinate parts of the sentence,
u 'and', .I(a'and', unu 'or' or nu6o 'or'.
a colon is placed before them.
C6nHeqHbie nyqu OCBern;aJIHTe- 'Now the rays of the sun lit up B.IJ:pyr see forrnno: n neca, 'Suddenly everything came to life:
rrepb TOJibKO BepIIIHHbI rop only the mountain tops and the H rrpy,ll,hI,n cTerrn. (I'.) the woods, the ponds and the
u o6naKa Ha He6e. (Ape.) clouds in the sky.' steppes.'
Ilo BeqepaM MbI qnTann unu nr- 'In the evenings we read or played
pann B Illc:lXMaTbI. chess.' If a generalising word follows coordinate parts of the sentence, it is
Exercise 64. Write out the sentences, inserting the missing commas. preceded by a dash:
1. Yb6yn1Ka farna MaJieHhKall: HO KpenKaSI. JI10,1e/:i B Hell He 6hIJIO. (I'auiJ.) ,[(O)K,l],H,6oJI6Ta, ycTaJIOCTb- 'The rains, the marshes and the
2. ll,6KTopa H11Hy IIopQ)HpheBHY 3HaJI He TOJihKO Bech r6po,1 HOH Beeb paii6H. (Ilaycm.) see §rn 6hrno 3a6hITO. (Ape.) fatigue-all this was forgotten.'
3. qepe3 HeCKOJihKOMHH)'T B KOMHaTy He BOIIIeJI a B6e)l(aJI KaKOll-TO '!eJIOBeK He60Jih·
485
484
 If the coordinate parts following the generalising word are not the Attributive participles with their adjuncts (participial construc-
last words in the sentence, they are followed by a dash: tions) standing after the words they qualify, are detached. Likewise,
verbal adverb constructions which fulfil the function of adverbial
CTy,IJ;eHTbJpa3HbIX HaJJ;IIOHaJib- 'Students of various nationali-
HOCTeif:IIOJI5IKH,qexn, HeMJJ,bI, ties-Poles, Czechs, Germans modifiers are also detached.
Detached secondary parts of the sentence are often similar in mean-
BeHrpb1-co6pam1cb Ha Harn and Hungarians-attended our ing to subordinate clauses and may be replaced with them:
Beqep. evening-party.'
Moif CII)"THHK yKa3aJI MHeHa Bbl- Moif CTI)"THHK yKa3aJIMHeHa Bbl-
Exercise 65. Read through the sentences. Point out the generalising words and ac- COKYIOr6py, oO)].HUMaemyrocH COKYIOr6py, KoT6pajJ no.n:Hn-
count for the punctuation. npHMOnp6THB Hae. (JI.) Manach npHMOnp6THB Hae.
1. B qeJio~eKe ):l~JilKHO
6h!Th Bee npeKpaCHO:tt JIHI.(0,tt o,11elK,11a,
II J:IYIIIa,II Mb!CJIH. 'My fellow-traveller pointed to 'My fellow-traveller pointed to
(lfex.) 2._JlIII.(O,n~XO):IKa,B3fJill):1,r6.rcoc-Bce B,11pyrH3MeHHJIOCh B HaTaIIIe. (JI. T.) a high mountain, rising straight a high mountain, which rose
3._Ha,11BaMII,KpyroM BaC-BCFOJ:IYTyMaH. (Type.) 4. K6Jil! ceJI K crapeHhKOMYCTOJI)' straight ahead of us.'
Haqa.!3Bhl):IBIIfaTb511l(HKIIII nepe6IIpaTh ylKe n03a6bIThie Bell(II: IIIKOJihHh!eTeTpa,11H' ahead of us.'
K0.!3JieKI.(HIO
ypaJibCKHXKaMHeH,aJih60M C noqTOBb!MHMapKaMII... (Jlaycm.) 5. H~
npIIc_raHII cr~»JIII ,11Be6aplKII. Ha o,11Hyrpy3HJTHnpo,110B6nhcrntte: MeIIIKHc MyK6n In the above synonymous sentences, the detached attribute, which
H ~pynaMII, _6oqKHC paCTllT~JlhHh!M MaCJIOMIf pb16on, Ha ,11pyr_yIO-JIOIIIa,11en,
HHCTpy- is a participle construction, corresponds to an attributive clause.
MeHT, TeXHlfqecKHeMaTepnaJihl. (AJ!C.)
CoycTHBIDHCb 00)]. ropy, BCcl,Il;- Kor)].a BCll)].HUKH coyCTHJIHCb00)].
HHKHcKpbrnHcb H3 BII.Il:Y- ropy, OHIIcKphrnHCbH3 BII.Il:Y-
DETACHED SECONDARY PARTS OF THE SENTENCE 'Having descended the hill, the 'When the horsemen had descend-
horsemen passed out of view.' ed the hill, they passed out of
Secondary parts may be separated from the rest of the sentence by view.'
pauses and by intonation:
Ceifqac Tbl Y3Haernb HOBOCTH, 'Now you will learn some news In the above synonymous sentences, the detached adverbial modi-
oqeHb ,[(JUI Te65! HHTepeCHbie. which will be of great interest fier of time, which is a verbal adverb construction, corresponds to an
to you.' adverbial clause of time.
3ByKH CTaHIIJJ,bI,CJlbJIIIHbJerrpe- 'The noise of the Cossack village Exercise 66. Read the sentences, containing detached secondary parts, with the cor-
)K,[(e, y)Ke He ,[(OXO,[(IIJIH,[10 which they could hear before' rect intonation. Write out the sentences and underline the detached parts.
OXOTHHKOB. (JI. T.) were inaudible to the hunter~ 1. He»CHhlll IIIYMJTe):IOXO):la,
noXOlKHHHa COHHOe 6opMOTam1e, BMeCTeC BJTalKHhIM
now.' BeTpOM):IOHOCHJICll C peKH. (AHm.) 2. YJKe aeqepeeT. C6JTHI.(enepe,11caMhlM 3aKaTOM
Bb!IIIJIOII3-3a cepb!X Tyq, noKphIBaIOII.(IIX
He6o, II B):lpyr6arp»Hh!M CBeTOMOCBeTHJIO JIH-
In th~ first sentence, the attributive words (oqeub ,IJ;JIH
Te6SIuuTCpec- JIOBb!eT)'qH, 3eJieHOBaToeMope, noKpbITOeKOpa6JI»MHII JIO):IKaMH, If 6eJih!e CTpoeHIIll

Hble) which follow the word they qualify (uoeocrn) are separated from no )'JIIII.(aM.(JI. T.) 3. Jlernuii Berep6K, npo6erall no
r6po,11a, II Hap6,11,J:IBHlKYIIlHHCll
JIIICTBe,11epeBbeB,no MOllM BOJTOCaM II BCnOTeBIIIeMyJTIII.\)',qpe3Bb1qa0:HOOCBelKllJT
the rest of the sentence: the voice is raised and a pause is made before MeHii. (JI. T.) 4. P6,11IIHa!Oc66eHHO 3ayqnr ,11nllMeHii §ro cn6ao, n6nHoe rny66Koro
them. In the second sentence, the at~ributi".e words (cJILimHLieope,i.,IJ.e) CMhlCJia.(C.-M.)
are also separated by pauses and mtonation. The separation of sec-
ondary parts from the rest of the sentence by pauses and intonation is DETACHED ATTRIBUTES
called detachment, and the words thus separated are called detached
secondary parts. 1. Extended attributes (participle constructions and adjectives with
Detachment helps to emphasise secondary parts of the sentence and their adjuncts) which follow the qualified words are detached:
makes them more or less independent. HeT Hnqer6 npeKpacHee 6ecnpe- 'There is nothing more beautiful
Compare: .n:enbHOrnnp6Koro MOpjJ,3aJiu- than a vast, boundless moonlit
Tb! Y3HaeIIIb cenqac oqeHb .n:m1 TbI Y3Haemb ceifqac HOBOCTH rnro JIYHHI,IMcehoM, n rny66- sea and a deep sky full of quiet
Te6H lIHTepeCHbieHOBOCTH. oqeHb HHTepeCHbie,Il;JljiTe65!. ' Koro He6a, ooJiuoro Tnxux cu- twinkling stars.'
Hromux 3Be3)]..(Ape.)
In the example on the left, the attribute O'lenb ,IJ.JIH
Te6SIunTepecuL1e
2. Two or more unextended attributes- adjectives or participles-
prece_des the word it qu~lifies and is not detached. In the example on which follow the qualified word are detached if this word has another
the nght, t~e same att~1bute follows the word it qualifies and is de-
tached, which stresses its importance. attribute preceding it:
The parts of t~e sentence whi~h are detached are generally extended C Mopj{ no.n:yn cuJILHLIH BeTep, 'A strong wind, cold and biting
secondary parts (1.e. they contam some adjuncts). XOJIO)].HblH
" pe3KHH. blew from the sea.'
487
486
 If the qualified noun has no attribute preceding it, detaching is HOHOT!l:OlK!l:516ecnpecTaHHO II3MeH51JiaCb. (Typ2.) 4. MonqaJil!Bblll. OHHe 3anpell_\aJIMHe
roBOpl!Tb 060 BCeM.(M. I'.) 5. I16ne C l_\BeTyll_\eHpOlKb!OKOT6poe He IIIeBeJil!JIOCb B Tll-
possible, but not obligatory: XOMB63,n:yxerr nee 03apeHHb1ii.c6JIH1\eM6brnll npeKpactthI. (C/ex.) 6. BdKall pa66rn
Ilo JTIIHirn:)KeJie3HOH.JJ:Op6rlITaM 'Here and there along the railway Kp)'IIHall II MeJIKal!CIIOpI!JiaCbB pyKaX JlyKaIIIKII. (JI. T.)
lI CHM 3a)KTJIIIChOTHII, 3eJie- line lights went on-green, red.'
Hhie, KpaCHble... (l/ex.) DETACHED APPOSITIVES
Ilo ,uop6re 3HMHen, cKy11uou 'A swift troika is speeding along
Tp6iIKa 66p3aH 6e)KIIT. (II.) the monotonous winter road.' 1. Extended appositives of common nouns and pronouns are inva-
riably detached:
3. Attributes which precede the qualified word are detached if they
,[(eBO'IKa, mo6uMu11a 0T11a, B6e- 'The girl-her father's pet--ran in
have the meaning of an adverbial modifier (of cause or concession):
)K3-JiaCMeJIO.(JI. T.) boldly.'
Pacnom',~euuhle ua 6oJILm6u Bbl- 'Situated at a great height, the Mbl, ueCKOJlbKO CJiylfaHHhlX no- 'We-a few chance fellow-
con\ KpeMneBcKHe3Be3.JJ:hI Ka- Kremlin stars seem small.' nyT'IHKOB, 11ornn1111eIIIK0M. travellers-set out on foot.'
)KYTCH He6onhIIIIIMlI.
2. Extended appositives of proper names are detached when they
In this sentence, the qualifying participle construction has a causa- follow the proper name to which they belong:
tive meaning.
I1MH r6phKoro, BeJiuKoro npoJie- 'The name of Gorky-a great
Bcer,ua CUOKOHHaSI, cecTpa ce- 'My sister, who is always calm, TapcKoro nuc:iTeJISI, rnHpoK6 proletarian writer-is well
r6,um1 BOJIHOBaJiaCb. was nervous that day.' lI3BeCTHOBO BCeMMIIpe. known all over the world.'
In this sentence, the attribute has a concessive meaning ('though my Compare:
sister is always calm ... '). 'The name of the great prole-
4. Attributes which are separated from the qualified word by some I1MH BeJIHKOrO 11poJieTapcKoro
IIHCaTeJIH r 6pbKOro IIIlipOK0 tarian writer, Gorky, is well
other parts of the sentence are detached:
lI3BeCTH0BO BCeMMHpe. known all over the world.'
HecKOJihKO pa3, TaHHCTBeHHhlH 'Several times the mutinous iron-
" o,uuuoKun, 110HBnilncHMHTe)K- clad appeared on the horizon, 3. Single (unextended) appositives are detached:
Hhrrr 6poHeH6ce11 Ha ropH- lonely and mysterious.' (1) if they follow a person's name:
30HTe. (Kam.) 5I pa3roBap1rnan c TaHeiI IleTp6- 'I spoke to Tanya Petrova, the
5. Attributes which qualify pronouns are invariably detached: Borr, ceKpeTapeM. secretary.'
B oKHe HHKOJiaHI1BaHoBH'la, co- 'A light was burning in the win-
YcTaJible, OHIIIIIJilI Me,UJieHHO. 'Being tired, they walked slow- ce,ua, ropen cBeT. dow of our neighbour, Nikolai
ly.' Ivanovich.'
IIorpy~eHHble B CBOII MblCJIH, OHII 'Immersed in their thoughts, they
3a Bech 11yThHe o6M6JIBHJilICh did not exchange a single word (2) if the word to which the appositive belongs has an adjunct:
HlI O,UHIIM CJI0BOM.(A:»e.) all the way.' Er6 6paT, reoJior, Haxo.JJ:IIJICH'His brother, a geologist, was
Exercise 67. Read the sentences with the appropriate intonation. Point out the de- B i>To BpeMH B 3KCIIe.JJ:IIIIHH. away on an expedition at that
tached attributes. time.'
1. Ero rony6hre nra3a, Bcer,n:acepbe3Hbie II CTp6rne, Terrepb rmr,n:eJIIIMlffKOII JI:lC- (3) if the word to which the appositive belongs is a pronoun:
KOBO.(M. r) 2. Ha 3TOll C:lMOHBbICOKOH TO'-!Ke<jJJiarBeJlll'IeCTBeHHO pa3BeBaJICll,Bll)];-
Hhlll BCeMyr6po,n:y. (<Pad.)3. l13M)''-IeHHbie,rp513Hb!e,MOKpbie,Mb! )];OCTllfJIII, ttaKOHel_\, IIo6e.JJ:HMMhI, pa6611ue! (M. I'.) 'We, workers, shall win!'
6epera. (Typ2.) 4. HecKOJibKOycrroKOeHHblll,ll onrpaBIIJICll K ce6e Ha KBapTI!py. (II.)
5. 3IIMa, 3Jiall, TeMHall, )];Jil!HHall,6hIJia ell_\eTaK He,n:aBHO. (C/ex.) 6. Co BCe!OCl!JIO!O In writing, detached appositives are set off from the rest of the sen-
IOHOCTII II JKapOMyqeHIIKa,r6p,n:oro 3HaHIIllMII,OHfOBOpl!JIO TOM,'ITO 6hIJTO51CHO )];Jlll
Hero. (M. I'.) 7. OrnaJKeH 6bIJI IIJIOBel_\, peIIIIIBIIIIIHCllB TaK)'!OHO'-lhIIYCTl!TbCll '-Iepe3
tence by commas or dashes:
IIpOJil!BHa paCCT051Hile 20 BepCT,Il BaJKHall)];OJilKHa6hITb IIpll'-Il!Ha,ero K TOM)'no6y- OHernH, ,u66phIH MOH npu{ITeJib, 'My friend Onegin
)];l!Blllall.(JI.) 8. ,il;eHbCTaHOBIIJICll
BCe 66nee 51CHbIM, 06JiaKa yxo_n:l!JIII,fOHl!Mhle BeT- Ha 6perax HeBhl. (II.)
PO,ll)1JIC5J Was born on the banks of the
pOM. (M.r) Neva.'
Exercise 68. Write out the sentences, inserting the missing commas. JI10611Te KHIIry- HCTO'IHHK 3Ha- 'Love books,- this source of
HHSI. (M. I'.) knowledge.'
J. Jll!CTbll KJieHOBIlOXOlKIIeHa JiaITblpe3KO Bbl)];eJI51JlllCbHa JK(:JITOM
necKe aJIJierr.
(C/ex.) 2. BonHyeMblll BOCITOMilH:lHilllMllll 3a6hIJICll.(JI.) 3. BHyTpeHHOCTb pOl!_\llBJI:llK- Detached appositives invariably agree with their noun in case:
489
488
Jl:Bepb OTKpbIJia,1J;O%COCe,n:a, ,z:i:e-'The door was opened by our 51cen Bepx6M
Bo3BpaTHCb,z:i:oMoii, 'Upon returning home, i mount-
eoqKa JieT ,z:i:eeua,z:i:1.1aTH. neighbour's daughter, a girl of H IlOCKaKaJIB CTeilb. (JI.) ed a horse and galloped into
about twelve.' the steppe.'
MoiI MJia)JJUa51cecrpa Hrpana 'My younger sister was playing Hararna, uaKJIOHHCbua,z:i: KHU:roii, 'Bending over a book, Natasha
C ,IJ:O'IepblOcoce,n:a, ,z:i:eeoqKoii with our neighbour's daughter, nonpaBJI51.JiaCIIOJI3aBllJMe eii:Ha was pushing back the hair
JieT ,z:i:eeua,z:i:1.1aTH. a girl of about twelve.' BMCKII BOJIOCbl.(M. I'.) which kept falling over her tem-
Bo ,1J;BOpe51 BCTpeTHJI,IJ:O'lbCO- 'In the courtyard I ran into our ples.'
ce,n:a,,z:i:eeoqKyJieT ,z:i:eeua,z:i:1.1aTH.neighbour's daughter, a girl of 2. Verbal adverbs which have no adjuncts and are used as modi-
about twelve.' fiers are generally detached, too:
5I 06pan1nc51 c 3THM Bonp6coM 'I addressed this question to our Poca, 6necn'i:, 3aIIrpana Ha 3e- 'The dew playfully sparkled upon
K JJ:O'lepHcoce,n:a, ,z:i:eeoqKe JieT neighbour's daughter, a girl of JieHM, rrpo3pa'1Hbie, rro6eJieB- the verdure, the transparent
,z:i:eeua,z:i:1.1aTH. about twelve.' llJHe T)''IKH, enema, pa36era- paling clouds were hurriedly re-
Exercise 69. Read through the sentences. State the case of the extended detached JIMCb ITO CIIHeBaTOMYCBO,IJ:y. treating from the blue vault.'
appositives. (JI. T.)
J. Jl)''!lllllM BpeMeHeM-IIOpOH 6e3)'!--(ep)KHb!X Me'!T3.HIIH,
YBJie'!eHilllIl 6eCCOHHbIX
HO'!eH-6hIJia KHeBCKaH BeCHa, OCJieIIHTeJihHaH Il He)KHaHBeCHaYKpaHHbl. (llaycm.) Verbal adverbs which have no adjuncts and are used as modifiers of
2. ,[\JIHHae, OXOTHilKOB, oc66y10 rrpeJieCTbIlMeeT Be'!epHilll '!aC COJIHe'!Horo3aKaTa. manner are not detached if they are placed at the end of the
(C.-M.) 3. Mb! Il!--(eMC Jla!--(Oll-MOeii. OXOTHil'!beii.co6aKOll-B!--(OJib He60JiblllOro sentence.
03epKa. (llpuut.) 4. Be'!epOM Mb! Bee IIOlllJIHHa MeJIOB)'IOr6pKy-KpyT6ii. o6pb!B Ha!--(
peKOll,3ap6Clllllll MOJIO!--(b!Mll
COCHaMil. (llaycm.) 5. H BOTOKa3aJIOCb, '!TOy Hae, JIIO!--(ell Jl:0)1{.ll:b
llJeJI He nepecTaBaH. 'It rained without stopping.'
COBepllleHHO pa3Hb!X,MHOrO06II.(IlXMbICJiellII IlHTepeCHb!X Apyr !--(JIH
!--\pyrapaCCK330B. XOJiiii:Ka Bcrpernna Hae ynL1- 'The landlady met us, smiling.'
(flaycm.) 6. BMeCTeC IIOBapoM )KllJI3er6 !--(O'!bMapfiH, !--(eBylllKa JieT BOCeMHil!--(1.\aTil. 6astcb.
(llaycm.)
Exercise 70. Combine each pair of sentences into one, turning the nominal part of Verbal adverbs and verbal adverb constructions which have be-
the predicate of the second sentence into an appositive. come adverbs (cu,z:i:H 'sitting', nema 'lying', cTOH 'standing', Monqa 'si-
Mode!: BceMy MHPY Il3BeCTHOHMH11,IlOJIKOBCKOro.
11,IlOJIKOBCKilll
- OCHOBOIIO- lently', uexorn 'unwillingly', 'reluctantly', myMii: 'noisily', cnoma pyKu
JIO)KHilK
KOCMOH3.BTilKil. 'sitting idly', cnycn'i: pyKaea 'carelessly', 'in a slipshod manner', cnoMst
BceMy MHpy Il3BeCTHOHMH 11,IlOJIKOBCKOrO,
OCHOBOIIOJIO)KHilKa
KOCMO- roJmey 'like mad', 'at breakneck speed') are not detached:
H3.BTilKil.
Eoii:11,hIMoJiqa cnyrnanM necHIO. 'The soldiers listened to the song
] . fipolllJibIM JieTOMSIIIOeXaJIHa Bonry BMeCTeCOCBOHM IIpllHTeJieM.fipllHTeJih-
CTpaCTHblllpb!60JIOB.2. MoeMy TOBapllll.\YIl3BeCTHblB 3TOMJiecy Bee TpOIIHHKil.Moii. in silence.'
TOBapIIII.(-CTapblll )KHTeJib3TllXMeCT.3. MHe XOTeJIOCb II06hIB3.TbB CapaTOBe. Capa- II6cJie OT,IJ:hIXa OHa uexoTH 'After a rest she resumed her
TOB-ropO!--\ MOer6 !--(eTCTBa. 4. BaM !--(OJI)KeH
IIOHpaBIITbCSI
3TOTKOHI.\CpT. Bbl TOHKIIll IIpIIH51JiaCh3a pa66Ty. work reluctantly.'
l.\eHHTeJibIl 3HaTOKM)'3b!Kli.5. KapTHHbl PeIIIIHa IIOJIHhlCO'!)'BCTB!iSI
K Hap6!--(yII Bepbl 'Don't be idle.'
B Hero. Pemrn-BeJIHKilll pyCCK!illXY!--\O)KH!iK. He CMAIICJIOmaPYKM.
Ilo'leMy ThI pa66raemh cnycTst 'Why do you do your work so care-
Exercise 71. Replace the attributive clauses with detached attributes or appositives. pyKaea? lessly?'
Pay attention to the agreement between the detached attributes and appositives and their Manh'IMK 6p6cMnca 6e)l{aTh 'The boy ran off like mad.'
head-words, and to the form of the adjective.
cnoMst ronoey.
I. f1os1ii:,KoT6pb!e 6hIJIIl 6enb1 oT cHera, nrnynllcb AOca.Moro ropII30HTa. 2. 51 HAY
no TpOIIHHKe,KOT6paH!--(aBHO y)Ke3HaK6MaMHe. 3. ,[(Bepb OTKphma !--(CBO'!Ka JieT !--(Be- 3. Adverbial modifiers consisting of a noun and the preposition
Hil!--(1.\aTII,
KOT6paH6hIJia MJI3!--(lllell !--(O'!epbIO
X03HllHa.4. B KOMHaTyBOll!JIHMOHTOBa- uecMoTpstua 'in spite or are invariably detached:
pIIII.\Il,KOTOpbie!--(aBHO y)Ke 6hIJI!i roTOBbl K OT'be3!--\y. 5. no JieCHOll!--\Op6re,KOT6paH
6bIJI3 oc66eHHO Hep6BHOllB 3TOMMCCTe,rrpllll!JIOCbexaTb Me!--(JieHHee. 6. Bc10 !--\Op6ry HecMoTpH ua noJ,n:uuii qac, Ha 'Despite the late hour, there were
SIpa3roB3p!iBaJI C MOHMCII)'TH!iKOM, KOTOpblll6bIJI O'!eHbIiHTepeCHbIM co6eCe!--(HIIKOM. ynM11,ax6hrno MH6ro Hap6,n:y. many people in the streets.'
7. Ee Jllil.\O, KOT6poe MIIH)'TYHa33!--(6bIJIO TaKHM BeCeJiblM,BApyr orre'!aJIIlJIOCb.
8. CKi!Jibl,KOTOpbie6bIJIIl TaK KpaCHBblIIp!i COJIHe'!HOM OCBell.(eH!ill,
Terrepb Ka33JIIlCb Concessive clauses introduced by the conjunction xoTii: '(al)though'
yrpIOMb!Mli.9. Terrepb B OKHa6hIJIOBH!--(HO He6o Ii !--(epeBbH,
KOTOpbie6bIJIIl MOKpblOT
!--IO)K!--\H. or uecMoTpstua TO, qTo 'in spite of the fact that' are treated in t~e sa1:1e
way as adverbial modifiers with the preposition uecMoTpstua 'm spite
DETACHED ADVERBIAL MODIFIERS or.
XoTH 6hrn rr63,n:HHH 'lac, Ha ynn- 'Although it was a late hour, there
1. Verbal adverb constructions used as modifiers are always de- 11,ax6brno MH6ro Hap6,n:y. were many people in the
tached: streets.'
490 491
 4. Adverbial modifiers consisting of a noun and the prepositions A vocative is invariably a noun in the nominative. . . .
6Jiaro)].apii:'thanks to', ecJie)].cTBHe
'owing to', eeu)].y 'in view of, cor- A vocative is not linked with any part of the sentence m which 1t
micuo 'according to', npu 'with', e cJiyqae 'in the case of or eonpeKu
'despite', 'contrary to' may also be detached, though not necessarily: stands and is not a part of the sentence.
A vocative may stand at the beginning, in the middle or at the end
1iJ1aro)].ap11ceoeepeMenuou Me)].u- 'Thanks to the timely medical of a sentence:
QHHCKOH noMOIQH 6onhH6ro help, the sick man was saved.'
Y.IJ:an6cbcrracn'f. 3LH MOH, rrpeKpaceH Harn 'My friends, our union is wonder-
,LJ:py
,
COI03.(II). ful!'
BonpeKn npe)].cKa3auuro Moero 'Contrary to my fellow-traveller's IlpocTH MHe, MHJILIHApyr, 'Forgive me, dear friend,
cnyTHHKa, rror6)].a rrpoii:cHH- forecast, the weather cleared.' .D:ByxneTHeeMonqaHbe. (II.) My two years' silence.'
nacb. (H.) .D:HH rr63.IJ:Heii 6ceHH 6paHiIT 'Late autumn's days are generally
5. Adverbial modifiers of place and time which specify a preceding o6bIKHOBeHHO. abused,
adverbial modifier are generally detached: Ho MHe oHa MHJia,quTaTeJIL)];0- But I am fond of autumn, dear
porou. (II.) reader.'
B I'eHye, Ha MaJieHLKOHDJIOIQa)].H 'In Genoa, a dense crowd of peo-
nepe)]. BOK311JIOM,co6paml.Cb ple had gathered in a small A vocative is set off in speech by the inflexion of the v~ice, and in
rycTa5I TOJIITaHap6.IJ:a.(M. I'.) square in front of the railway- writing by commas (see the preceding examples). A vocat1v~ ~ay be
station.' followed by an exclamation mark when it stands at the ~egmnmg ~r
BeqepoM, DOCJJeymuna, Mbl BCe 'In the evening, after supper, we the end of a sentence. The word following the exclamat10n mark 1s
CH.IJ:eJIH
y KOCTpaH pa3roBapH- were all sitting round the fire, written with a capital letter:
BaJIH.(Ape.) talking.' IJeqopun! .D:aBH6JIH 3.IJ:ecb?(H.) 'Pechorin! Been he~e long?'
Exercise 72. Replace the subordinate clauses with verbal adverb constructions. Ilpom:aii )Ke, Mope! (II.) 'Farewell! Oh, sea!
I. C Tex IIOp KaK Mb! paccTaJIHCh, Mb! He llMeeM HliKaKHX ll3BeCTllH .Llpyr O .[lpyre. If a vocative is followed by an exclamation mark, it is set off by the
2. KaK TOJihKOco6aKll 3aMeTHJIH Harne IIpH6JilllKeHHe, OHM3aJiallJIH. 3. XOT51OH IIOHH-
MaJI BCerrpe.[ICT051Il!HeTP)'.LIHOCTH,OH Bee lKe B351JICll3a :ho .[leJIO.4. Pa3 Thi .[laJI o6erna- inflexion of the voice. In poetry, vocatives may be words other than
HHe, Thi He .[IOJilKeHOTKa3bIBaTbCSlOT yqaCTllll B Harneii pa66Te. 5. 0H HHqer6 He 3HaJI, those denoting persons.
TaK KaK He IIOJiyqii:JI MOer6 IIllChMa. 6. XOT51Mb! IIJIOXOBJia.[leJill ll3h!KOM, Mb! C rrepBOfO
)l(e I(Hll 3HaKOMCTBaxoporn6 IIOHHMaJIH .r:1pyr.r:1pyra. 7. XoTii OH rrpH3HaJI CBOI-0ornii:6Ky, 0 BoJira! I16cne MHOrHXJieT 'Oh, Volga! After many years' ab-
OH HHqerO He C.[leJiaJII(Jill ee HCIIpaBJieHHSl.8 . .[l,eByruKa MeI(JieHHO, KaK 6y.[ITO OHa pa- 5J: BHOBbrrpHHeC Te6e IIpHBeT. sence
3bICKHBaJiaqTO-TO Ha TpOIIHHKe, Il!Jia BI(OJih 6epera. 9. MarnHHhl I(BHTaJIHChMen:JieHHO,
(H.) I bring you my greetings once
IIOTOM)' qTo OHII 6yKCOBaJIH B CHery. 10. 0H 3aMOJJqaJI, TOqHo OH IIpHCJI)'Il!HBaJICSl again.'
K qeMy-To.
Exercise 74. Read through the following extracts from Pushkin and point out the
Exercise 73. Read through the sentences. What kind of adverbial modifiers are the
verbal adverb constructions? Replace them with subordinate clauses. vocatives.

] . CoJioBeii 3ail!eJIKaJI B KYCTe cnpeHlf ll 3aTHX, YCJih!XaB Hailllf fOJIOCa. (H. T.) I. ~TO lKe Thi, M051 CTapyrnKa,
2 . .[l,eByruKa HeIIO.[IBIIlKHOH HaIIplllKeHHO CMOTpeJia B.[laJih, KaK 6)'.[ITO rrpOBOlKall KOfO- IIpHyMOJIKJia y OKHa?
TO fJia3aMlf. (I'OHIJ.)3. Ha.[IO npH3HilTh, qTO yMell .[leJiaTb BCeHa CBeTe, OH He yMeJI 0.[1- 2. PaccKalKii: MHe, H51Hll,
HOfQ~CTpO!iTh CBOI-0lKH3Hh (fla«ll.) 4. JleT llllTh Ha3a.[( OH, 6yn:yqn nponaraHI(HCTOM, Tipo Bail!H CTaphie TO.[la.
BCTpeTHJI B OI(HOM H3 CBOHXKPYlKKOBn:eByIIIKY, KOTOpall cpa3y o6paTHJia Ha ce6ii er6 3. l1rpaiiTe, IIOHTe, 0 .LIPY3h51!
BHHMaHife. (Af. I'.) 5. BeJIHKOJieIIHble CKa3KH flylllKlfHa 6hIJIH Bcer6 6JIHlKe H IIOH51THee 4. 3.[lpllBCTBYH:,IIJieMSI
MHe: rrpoqHTaB lfX HeCKOJihKOpa3, ll ylKe 3HaJI HX Ha IIilMllTh. (M. I'.) 6. HHKOr.[la He 6e- MJia.r:16e, He3HaK6Moe! He SI
p11TeCh3a llOCJien:y10rnee, He ycBOHB npe.[lbl.[l)'Il(ero. (fla«.) 7. J,fayqall, 3KCIIepHMeHTII- YBrrlKy TBOH MoryqHii II03.[IHHH B63pacT.
PYll, Ha6JIIO.[lall, CTapaiiTeCh He OCTaBaThCll y IIOBepXHOCTH cpaKTOB... HaCTOHqHBO 5. Moii .r:1pyr, oHii:3He rrocBSITHM
Hil!HTe 3aKOHhI, HMH yrrpaBJI51IOil!He. (llae.) .[l,yrnii: npeKpaCHhie IIOpbIBbl!
6. KaK qacTO B r6pecTHOli pa3JiyKe,
B Moeii 6JiylK.[laIOil!eH: CY.Llb6e,
MocKBa, SI Jl)'MaJI O Te6e!
VOCATIVES PARENTHETIC WORDS
A vocative is a word which denotes the person or object addressed Parenthetic words are inserted in the sentence to express the speak-
by the speaker: er's attitude towards what he is saying.
)],py3LH, mo6mo 51 JleHHHCKHe 'Friends, I do love Lenin Hills.' OH, Kouequo,cornac£rTC51 HaMno- 'Of course he will agree to help
r6pb1. (J(ollM.) Moqb. us.'
492 493
OH, eepo11Tuo,cor JiaCHTCSIHaM 'He will probably agree to help Exercise 75. Read through the sentences. Point out the parenthetic words and ex-
plain their meaning.
IIOMQqb, us.'
OH no CJIOBaMero TOBapHI.Qeii, 'According to his friends, he will B CTopoHe 6JieCH)'JIT)'CKJiblllCBeT.(JI.) 2. BepoiITHO,npH COJIHeqHoM
1. K C'-i<lCTblO,
OCBeIIIeHHH MeCTHOCTb 3Ta QqeHblKHBOilllCHa. 3. I1o M011MC006palKeHHHM,.LIO peKll OC-
corJiacttTCSIHaM rroMoqb, agree to help us.' TaBaJIOCbHe 66nee .LIBYX CIlOJIOBllHOll
KHJIOMeTpOB. (Ape.) 4. I1pocnaJI H, .LIOJllKHO
6bITb,
oqeHb He.[IOJiro.Pa36y,1:111JI
MeHiJCllJibHblllCTYKB .[IBepb. (IJaycm.) 5. 0KOJIOJieTHero
In the preceding sentences, the words printed in bold-face type are KHHOCH.[leJIO Ha 3eMJieqeJIOBeKCOpOKMaJibqf.rrneK.0Hf.r, Bll.[lllMO,qerO-TO.[IOlKH.[laJIHCb.
parenthetic words. The word Kouequoexpresses the speaker's certainty; (IJaycm.) 6. qHTaTeJIIO, MOlKeT6bITb, ylKe HaCK)'qHJIH MOl13aIT!1CKH. (Typz.) 7. 3HaeTe
the word eepobuo expresses probability, and the phrase no cJioeaMero Jill Bbl, HanpHMep, KaK6e HaCJialK.[leHHe BhiexaTb BeCHOll.[103apf.r? (Typ2.)
ToeapnI.Qeiishows the source of the idea expressed. Exercise 76. Read each of the following pairs of sentences aloud with the correct into-
Parenthetic words are not parts of the sentence in which they stand, nation. Explain the difference in their meanings.
are not connected with any part of the sentence and do not answer any I. 3TOT ITJiaHMOlKeT6bITb ocyIIIeCTBJieH.
questions. 3TOT ITJiaH,MOlKeT6bITb, ocyIIIeCTBJieH.
Parenthetic worqs are set off by commas. 2. 0H BepHO OTBeTHJIHa BOilpOC.
0H, BepHO, OTBeTHJIHa BOilpOC.
Parenthetic words may have different meanings: 3. Bbl 6bIJill 6e3ycJIOBHOnpaBbI.
1. They may show the source of a statement: no-MoeMy'in my opin- Bhl, 6e3yCJIOBHO,6bIJIH npaBbI.
ion', no-TeoeMy 'in your opinion', no CJIOBaM'according to (what one 4. 3TO perneHn:e .[IOJilKHO6bITb Bb!IlOJIHeHO.
said)', no Mneuuro 'in the opinion of', no cJiyxaM 'it is rumoured', no 3TO perneHn:e, .[IOJilKHO6bITb, BbITIOJIHeHO.
coo6I.QeuuroKorofaero-Jiu6o 'according to a report', roeopilT 'it is said', Exercise 77. Analyse the sentences. Write out the sentences which contain parenthet-
KaK u1eecTuo 'as is known', etc. ic words and insert commas.
2. They may express the speaker's certainty: Kouequo'certainly', 'of I. OH Bll.[IHO
He npH.[leT.B OKHO6LIJIOBll.[IHO
Mope. 2. qTO 3HaqHTBarne MOJiqaHne?
course', nonilTuo 'naturally', pa1yMeeTCH'of course', 6e1ycJioeuo'un- 3HaqHT Mb! e.[leMcer6,1:1m1? 3. K Beqepy BepOHTHO6_y,1:1eT .[IOlK.[lb.
3TO npe,l:ITIOJIOlKeHn:e
doubtedly', 6e1 coMnennH'without any doubt', 6eccnopuo 'no doubt', BTIOJIHe BepoiITHO.4. KHf.rraTIO-MOeMy oqeHb xop6rnaH. OH Bee C.[leJiaJITIO-MOeMy. 5. OH
MOlKeT6bITb pyK0Bo,1:111TeJieM. OH MOlKeT6bITb 6y,1:1eT pyKOBO.LlllTeneM.
~eiicTBHTeJILHO 'really', etc.
3. They may express probability, uncertainty, doubt: eepoilrno Exercise 78. Make up pairs of sentences, using each of the following words. In the
'probably', BOJMOiKHO 'very likely', MOiKeT6LITL 'maybe', no-eu~HMOMY first sentence of each pair the words must be a part of the sentence and in the second pa-
renthetic words.
'apparently', e~uMo 'evidently', eu~uo 'obviously', oqeeu~uo 'evi-
dently', uaeepuo (uaeepuoe) 'probably', ~OJiiKHO6LITL 'must be', noiKa- roBopiIT, B03MOlKHo,c o,1:1H6n cTopOHLI,c ,1:1pyr6ncTopoHLr, MOlKeT6bITb, ,1:10JilKH6
6bITb, KalKeTCH,6eccn6pHO, oqeBll.[IHO
Jiyii 'perhaps', etc.
4. They may express the speaker's attitude towards his statement:
K cqacTLIO 'luckily', K uecqaCTLIO'unluckily', K COiK3JICHHIO 'unfortu-
nately', K y~ueJieuuro 'to one's surprise', K yiKacy 'to one's horror'.
5. They may denote the sequence of ideas and their interrelation: KINDS OF SENTENCES ACCORDING TO THEIR
eo-nepe1>1x'firstly', eo-ernpwx 'secondly', npeiK~e ecero 'first of all', COMPOSITION
uaKOHCQ 'at last', B KOHQeKOHQOB 'in the end', HT3K 'so', T3KHMo6pa30M
'thus'' CJie~OBaTeJILHO 'consequently'' JnaquT 'then'' MCiK~YnpoqHM'by According to their composition, sentences are divided into two-part
the way', c o~uoii cToponLI'on the one hand', c ~pyroii cTopoHLI'on the sentences and one-part sentences. One-part sentences contain only one
other hand', rnaeuoe 'the chief thing', etc. principal part-either the subject or the predicate:
6. They may show the manner in which an idea is expressed: TaK IIIKoJia. OKoJio llIK0JihImyMno. 'A school. It's noisy near the
cKaJaTL 'so to speak', 00061.Qeroeopil 'generally speaking', o~uuM CJio-
school.'
eoM 'in a word', KopoTKOroeopil 'in short', HHLIMHcJioBaMu'in other
words', etc. The first sentence (IIIKoJia.) consists of only one principal part of
Parenthetic words must not be confused with parts of the sentence the sentence, which is a subject; it has no predicate. .
similar to them: The second sentence (OKoJio mKOJILImyMuo.) contains a predicate
(myMuo), but has no subject. .
Bbl, ~OJiiKHOOLITL, ycTamr. 'You must be tired.' Two-part sentences contain both the principal parts-the subJect
6LITL cBo66,a;Hoe 'There must be a vacant seat
3,a;ecb ,z:i;oJiiKHO and the predicate.
MeCTO. here.'
H3 llIK0JihI,a;oM6i1.
.21:fauu,z:i;yT 'The children are going home af-
In the first sentence ~OJiiKHO
6LITL is a parenthetic phrase; in the sec- ter school.'
ond it is the predicate.
495
494
 . According to whether they contain one or both principal parts, sim- 6p:ha nocL1J1aIOTB KOMaH,n:H- 'The brother is being sent on a
ple sentences fall into the following groups: pcrnxy. business trip.'
(1) personal two-part sentences: B Mara3HH cK6po npuBelyT 'New books will soon be brought
HOBbieKHHrtt. to the shop.'
CTy.rteHThIH.n;yt Ha 3aHirnrn. 'The students are going to their B HaweM r6po,n:e 6y,n:yTCTpOHTb 'They will soon be building a tex-
classes.' TeKCTHJibHbIHKOM6HHaT. tile mill in our town.'
(2) personal one-part sentences: 6pha nocnanu B KOMaH,n:ttp6BKy. 'The brother was sent on a busi-
ness trip.'
M.rty Ha 3aH.S1nu1. 'I am going to my classes.' B Mara3HH npuoe3n11 HOBbie 'They have brought new books to
flpHxo.n.it: KO MHe BeqepoM. • 'Corne to see me tonight.' KHHrM. the shop.'
(3) indefinite-personal sentences: Indefinite-personal sentences are used when the most important
B 3TOM K1!6cxe npo.rtaIOT ra3eThI 'They sell newspapers and maga- thing is some fact or event and when the performer of the action is ei-
H :>KypHaJihI. zines at this kiosk.' ther unknown or unimportant.
The action of an indefinite-personal sentence may be performed ei-
(4) generalised-personal sentences: ther by an indefinite number of persons:
lfro noceeun,, TO H IlOX<Helllh. 'As you sow you shall mow.' CTp051THOBYIOwK6ny. 'They are building a new school.'
(5) impersonal sentences: L(oM peMOHTttpy10T. 'The house is being repaired.'
MHe TPY.llHO roBopit:Th no- 'It ·is difficult for me to speak or by one unspecified person:
pyccKH. Y MeHSIHeT cnoBapSI. Russian. I have no dictionary.' Te6e 3BOHHJIHqac Ha3a,[(. 'They rang you an hour ago.,
(6) nominal sentences: TTpttJieCJIHnttcbMO. 'A Jetter was brought.'
· .HHBapb. Cit:nhHhIHMop63. 'It is January. There is a severe The sentence Bae ~.llYT may mean that either one person or several
frost.' persons are waiting for you.
Exercise 79. Which of the following sentences are indefinite-personal and which are
PERSONAL SENTENCES personal?
I. Ha J1eKl11n1
no pyccKoii mnepaType ttaM paccKa3bIBami o poMatte ToJifTOro
All th~ two~part se~tenc~s are personal. One-part sentences are also «Boiitta H MHp». 2. T0Bapm1111paccKa3bIBaJIHMHe O CBoeii noe3,[(KeB H1,10-HopK.
personal if their predicate is a verb whose ending implies a subject: 3. Mo11JIPY3bllxoporn6 3HllIOTpyccKy10JIHTepaTypy.4. 3Toro Bpa'la B r6po;ie xopow6
3HaJOT.5. 06 :'!ToMK6ttKypce n11att11cT0B
Mttoro roBop11JIHII n11caJ111
B ra3eTax. 6. Mb,
M.zlyHa 3aHhm1. 'I am going to my classes.' f0B0p11JIHO M)'3b1Ke.
The first person singular u.n:yimplies the subject H. Exercise 80. Replace the following sentences with indefinite-personal ones.
Ilpuxo.n;ilTeK HaM B r6cTH. 'Come to see us.' I. B 3TOMMara311HenpoJ1a10Tc»Ktt11rn.2. Tlo pa,[1110 nepeJ1aBaJ1c»CHMQJOH11'1ecKHH
KOHl{epT.3. B HarneM r6po,[(e CTpOHTC»HOBbIH3aBO,[(.4. lliKOJia OTpeMOHT11pOBaHa
The second person plural npuxo.n:1he implies the subject Bbl. K HOBOMY y'le6ttoMy ro,[(y, 5. Mara311113aKpb!T Ha Y'ICT.6. B KJiy6e ,[(eMOHCTp11pyeTC»
HOBbIHKHHOQ)l1JlbM.

INDEFINITE-PERSONAL SENTENCES . Exercise 81. Compare the indefinite-personal sentences and the personal sentences
with the indefinite pronoun KTO·TO or KTo-n116yJ1b used as the subject. Analyse these sen-
tences.
Indefinite-pe~sonal sentences are. sentences which have no subject
and whose predicate denotes an act10n performed by an unspecified Bae 30B)'T. Bae KTO-TO30BCT.
Te6e 3BOHl1JIH. Te6e KTO-TO3BOHl1JI.
person or persons: )],Bepb OTKpblJIH. KTo-To OTKPhIJI,[(Bepb.
B KOJIX03ey6apaIOTypo)l(aH. J,fo11CKopeii, Te611)KJlyT. l-fo11CKOpeii,Te611KTO·TO)1(,1\CT.
'On the collective-farm they are M11e3BOHl1JIH? MHe KTO•H116yJ1b 3Bott11J1?
gathering in the harvest.'
B ICHOCKe npo.n;aIOT fa3eTbI. 'They sell newspapers at the Exercise 82. Make up_ 5-6 indefinite-personal sentences.
kiosk.'
If the predicate of an indefinite-personal sentence is a verb in the
present. or future . tense? this ver~ invariably takes the third person
plural; if the predicate is a verb m the past tense, it takes the plural.
497
496
32 -384
 GENERALISED-PERSONAL SENTENCES The predicate of an impersonal sentence is generally either a verb:
Generalised-personal sentences are sentences whose predicate de- Bqepa Mopo3nJio. 'It froze yesterday.'
notes an action which may be performed by any person. BeTpa He 6bIJIO. 'There was no wind.'
qTo noceemh, TO H noxcHemh. 'As you sow you shall mow.' or a predicative adverb:
(Proverb) 'It was cold yesterday.'
Bqepa 6LIJIO XOJIO,ll,HO.
BeK xcueu, BeKyquch. (Proverb) Cf. 'Live and learn.' 'The children are enjoying them-
,n:enrM BCCeJIO.
This type of sentence is typical of proverbs. selves.'
1. As a rule, the predicate of a generalised-personal sentence 1s The noun or pronoun denoting the agent generally takes the dative:
a verb in the 2nd person singular.
I-fa necHH CJIOBaHe BLIKHHelllh. 'You can't leave out a word in ,[l;enIM BeCeJIO. 'The children are enjoying them-
a song.' selves.'
Ee3 Tpy.11.a He BbIHelllh I{ pbI6Ky 1{3 Cf. 'No sweet without some MHe BeceJIO. 'I am enjoying myself.'
npy.11.a. sweat.' EMy He crrIITC51. 'He cannot sleep.'
2. The predicate may be a verb in the imperative.
THE PREDICATE OF AN IMPERSONAL SENTENCE
CeMh pa3 OTMeph, O.LJ.HH
pa3 OT- Cf. 'Measure thrice and out once.'
pexcb. Impersonal Verbs Used as Predicates
3. The predicate may be a verb in the third person plural. The predicate of an impersonal sentence is generally an impersonal
B nee .11.posHe eoJHT. Cf. 'To carry coals to Newcastle.' verb.
4. Occasionally, the predicate of a generalised-personal sentence is BeqepeeT. 'Dusk is falling.'
a verb in the first person plural. K Beqepy UOXOJIO)J:8JIO. 'It had grown colder towards eve-
ning.'
q TO HMCeM- He xpaHHM, no- Cf. 'The cow knows not what her nOJihHOro Bech Beqep 3H06HJIO. 'All the evening the sick man felt
TepirnIIm-nnaqeM. tail is worth till she has lost it.' shivery.'
As a rule, generalised-personal sentences have no subject. BcIO Hoqh eMy He cnanoch. 'He could not sleep the whole
Occasionally, generalised-personal sentences have a personal pro- night.'
noun of the first or second person for a subject. JlerK6 )J:hIIUHTCHB necy. 'It is easy to breath in the wood.'
Ox6THO MhI .11.apHM, qTo HaM He 'We willingly give away what we Impersonal verbs are invariably used in the 3rd person singular
caMttM. (Kp.)
Ha.11.06Ho don't need ourselves.' and, in the past, in the neuter gender ..
Exercise 83. What verb forms are the predicates of the following generalised- The predicate may be a compound impersonal verb:
personal sentences? Explain the meaning of the proverbs. (a) CTaJIO CMepKaThCH. 'It was getting dark.'
I. 3a ABYMll3ail:uaMHnor6HHlllbCll- HH0,!(Hor6 He IlOHMaelllb.2. CJie3aMHr6p10 HaqaJIO CBeTaTh. 'It was getting light.'
He IIOMO)Kelllb. 3. He cnelllH ll3b!ICOM,
TOponHCb,!(CJIOM. 4. IlalllHJO nalllyT, TaKpyICaMlf Ero npo)J:oJixcanoJIHxopa,ll,HTh. 'He still felt feverish.'
He MalllyT. 5. IIIHJiaa MelllICC He yTaHlllb. 6. U:b!ITJISIT
no 6ceHHC'llfTllJOT.7. B'lepalllHero
.D:Hll
He aop6THlllb. 8. He nn10il:a KoJI6Aeu:rrp11roAHTCll BOAhIHaIIHTbcll.9. J110611II1bICa- In these sentences, the compound pre~icat~ consists of ~n auxiliary
TaTbCll-JIJ06H If CllHO'IKlf B03HTb.10. He 3a TOBOJIKa6hJOT,'ITOcep, a 3a TO,'ITOOBU)'
CbeJI. 11. qTO HaITHCaHO nep6M, He Bbipy6Hlllb Tonop6M. verb which denotes the beginning or contmuat10n of the act10n and the
infinitive of an impersonal verb.
IMPERSONAL SENTENCES (b) MHe xo'leTCH nuTh. 'I am thirsty.'
HaM npumJioch ocTaHoBHThCH. 'We had to stop.'
Impersonal sentences are sentences with a predicate that has no He CTOHTcnopHTh. 'It's not worth arguing about.'
subject and does not even imply one:
In these sentences, the compound predicate consists of a finite form
CBeTaeT. 'It is getting light.' of an impersonal verb and the infinitive of a personal verb.
Ha ynm.1,eeme THxo. 'It is still quiet in the street.'
.[(O)K.LJ.51
y)Ke HeT. 'It is not raining any longer.'
498 499

32*
 Personal Verbs Used Impersonally Jlyra JaTODJieHblBO,[(OH. Jlyra JaTOUHJIOBO,[(OH
'The meadows are flooded.' 'The meadows were flooded.'
The predicate of an impersonal sentence may be a personal verb
used impersonally. In a passive construction, the noun which denotes the person or
Compare: thing acted upon takes the nominative and is the subject of the sen-
tence; in an impersonal sentence this noun takes the accusative and is the
Personal Sentences Impersonal Sentences object in the sentence.
Bfaep ,!1.yeT. 3,r:i:ech,!1.yeT.
Exercise 84. Read through the sentences. Point out the impersonal verbs and the
'The wind is blowing.' 'There is a draught here.' personal verbs used impersonally.
B63,r:i:yxnoTenJieJI. Cer6,r:i:H51 UOTenJieJIO.
1. Me)K,[(y TeM He6o rrpO,[(OJnIGlJIO pacqJU~llThCH;B Jiecy qyn-qyTh CBeTJieJIO.
'The air has become warmer.' 'It has become warmer today.' (Typ2.) 2. ,D,eHhKoHqHJICH, H B BOJ,[(yxecTaJio xoJio,[\aTh. (Ape.) 3.He crrirTcH, HirHH:
He6o TeMneeT. B Jiecy TeMHeeT. 3,[\eChTaK,[\)'llJHO!(fl.)4. B ca,[(yHO%IOBeTpOMrroc6H.BllJIO Bee i.c6JIOKHH CJIOMllJIOO,[\H)'
'The sky is getting dark.' 'It is getting dark in the wood.' CTapy!OCJII!By.(lfex.) 5. C MOpHBeeT CBe)KeCTh!O. (M.I'.) 6. Me)K,[(yTeM HaqaJio CMep-
CHer cTaJI Ta.sITh. Ha c6JIH.QecTaJio Ta.sITh. KaThCH.(fl.) 7. MopfoHJIO Cll.JihHee,qeM CyTpa. (I'.) 8. Y)KeBeqepeJio; COJIHI,eCKpbIJIOCh
3a He60Jihlll)'IOOCHHOBYIO p6my. (Type.) 9. C 6yxThl HeceTXOJIO,[\OM H TYMllHOM. (JI. T.)
'The snow began to thaw.' 'It began to thaw in the sun.' 10. OHMCM,[\e}Jll. B roCTllHOlly OKHa.bh!Jlll. cyMepKM.vb OKHaIlllXJIO~BeTaMM.(JI. T.)
Bo,r:i:aKanaeT. C Kpbmrn: KanaeT. 1I.OH O,[\HHOK. )KHBeTCHeMy CK)'qHo,HlfqTo He HHTepecyeT. (!Jex.)
'Water is dripping.' 'Water is dripping from the roof.'
Exercise 85. Replace the personal sentences with impersonal ones.
Some personal sentences can be replaced by impersonal sentences I. rpoM ornyI1I11JIHae. 2. M6JIHMHpa36HJia cTaphIH ):(y6. 3. Bhep cBaJiirJI,[(epeBo.
with the same meaning. 4. YparaH copBaJI Kpblll!Yc ,[\OMa.5. TeqeHH.eyHeCJIOJIO,[(Ky.
6. C6JIH~e CHJihHO HarpeJIO
KllMHH.7. ,il,O)K,[(h
CMoqirJI3eMJIIO.8. Bo,[(a 3amrna OCTpOB.
Personal Sentences Impersonal Sentences
BoJiua nepeBepuyJia n6,n:Ky. J16,r:i:KynepeBepuyJioBOJinoii. Adverbs used as Predicates
'The wave overturned the boat.' 'The boat was overturned by the
wave.' The predicate of an impersonal sentence may be a predicative ad-
rpa,!1. no6uJI rrllleHttu;y. rpa,!1.0M no6UJIOIIIlleHtt.Qy. verb.
'The hail beat down the wheat'. 'The wheat was beaten down by MHe cKyquo. 'I am bored.'
the hail.' B ,r:i:6MenycTo H THxo. 'The house is empty and quiet.'
MoJIHHH JamrJia ,[(OM. MoJIHHeii JamrJio ,[(OM. Bti:epa 6bIJIO TenJiee. 'It was warmer yesterday.'
'The lightning set fire to the 'The lightning set the house on Cer6,r:i:mrXOJI0,!1.HO. 'It is cold today.'
house.' fire.' 3aBTpa TO)l(e 6y,!1.eTXOJIO,[(HO. 'It will be cold tomorrow too.'
The subjects of personal sentences which can be replaced with im- A predicate consisting of a predicative adverb and a link verb
personal sentences are generally nouns denoting elemental forces or nat- (which is omitted in the present tense) is a compound one.
ural phenomena (Bo,!].a'water', BOJIHa'wave', rpa,!1.'hail', )].Om,!1.L
'rain', The following verbs are occasionally used instead of the link verb
BeTep 'wind', 6ypH 'storm', rpoM 'thunder', MOJIHHH'lightning', etc.) 6hITh.
and their predicates are transitive verbs denoting the action of these Imperfective Perfective
forces, the predicates usually having direct objects.
When a personal sentence is replaced with an impersonal one, the 6bIB3Th 'to be'
subject of the personal sentence becomes the object in the impersonal cTanoBHTLCH CTaTb 'to become'
sentence and takes the instrumental, and the predicate takes the singu- ,!].eJiaThCH C,[(eJiaThCH 'to become'
lar and, in the past, the neuter gender. Ka33ThCH UOKa33ThCH 'to seem'
The above impersonal sentences should not be confused with pas- OKaJhIBaTbCH- OKaJllThCH 'to turn out (to be), prove (to be)'
sive constructions, which are personal sentences.
Compare: Bee YlllJIH,H MHe cTaJio cKyquo. 'Everybody had left and I felt
lonely.'
Passive Constructions Impersonal Sentences MHe CTaHO- 'When everybody
Kor,r:i:aBCe yxo,r:i:HJIH, left I felt
(Personal Sentences) lonely.'
BHJIOChcKyquo.
IImenuQa no6urn rpa,r:i:oM. IIrneHHQY no6UJIOrpa,r:i:oM. MH6ro rracca)l(ttpoB BhIIllJIO, H 'Many passengers had lef~ and
'The wheat has been beaten down 'The wheat was beaten down by B Bar6He cTaJio npocTopuo. there was plenty of room m the
by the hail.' the hail.' carriage.'
500 501
 Ee3 .n:eTeii B .n:6Me Ka1anocL 'Without the children the house Short-form passive participles in impersonal sentences cannot take
nycrn. seemed empty.'
B necy 0Ka1anocL Tenno. 'It turned out to be warm in the
a direct object.
wood.' Impersonal sentences with short-form passive participles used as
Ilo ,Beqep~M B m'tllfeM.n:6Me6LI- 'In the evening it is noisy and jolly
the predicate may be replaced with indefinite-personal or personal sen-
saeT myMHO H seceno. in our house.' tences:
Impersonal Sentences Indefinite-Personal Sentences
A predicate with an adverb frequently also has an infinitive. Y)Ke o6bSIBJieHOO co6paHHH. Y)Ke o6'LHBUJIHO co6paHHH.
EMy ?LIJIO CMemHo BCUOMHHaTL 'It made him laugh to recollect 'The meeting has already been an- 'They have already announced
06 3TOM. this.' nounced.' the meeting.'
MHe, Heo6~0.n:nMo,su.n:eTLB~c. ;1
must see you.' MHe nopyqeHO BCTpeTHThBae. MHe nopyquJIH BCTpeTHThBae.
HaBep~ MO'.lKHO6y,n:eTno,n:HHTLCH You can go up in the lift.' 'I was instructed to meet you.' 'They instructed me to meet you.'
Ha nmlne. Ilpo OT.Il:hIX6L1no 1a6L1TO. ITpo OT,n:hIX1a6LIJIH.
MHe CTaJio nerKo pa66TaTL. 'It became easy for me to work.' 'Rest was forgotten.' 'They forgot about any rest.'
,Imp~rsona/ _senten~es ;with ~he pr~~icative adverb sn,n:Ho'(is) visi-
ble , CJILim~o (is) audible or HY'.lKHO(is) necessary' can sometimes be HeT, He 6hlno, He 6y)J;eTused as Predicates
replaced with personal sentences.
The predicate of an impersonal sentence may be the word HeT (in
Impersonal Sentences Personal Sentences the present) or the verb 6LITL preceded by the negative particle He (He
Kor6BaM HY'.lKHo? K TO BaM Hy'.lKeH? 6Lmo, He 6yAeT) in the past and the future. Such sentences state the ab-
'Whom do you want?' 'Whom do you want?' sence of a person or object (see 'Negative Sentences', p. 432).
MHe HY'.lKHO,n:HpeKTopa. MHe Hy'.lKeH,n:HpeKTop. B u,apcKoii PoccnH He 6hlno pa3- 'Tsarist Russia had no highly de-
'I want to see the director.' 'I want to see the director.' BHT6ii TH)Kenoii rrpoMh1rnneH- veloped heavy industry.'
CJILIWHOM)'3hIKy. Cm,ImHa M)'3hIKa.
'Music is heard.' HOCTH.
'Music is heard.'
He CJILimHoMY3hIKH. My3hIKa He CJILimHa. If an impersonal sentence with the predicate He 6Lmo or He 6y,n:eT
'The music cannot be heard.' 'The music cannot be heard.' speaks of a person, it can be replaced with a personal sentence:
Bu,n:Ho.n:op6ry. Jl:opora BH,n:Ha. Impersonal Sentences Personal Sentences
'A road is visible.' 'The road is visible.'
He sn.n:Ho.n:op6rn. Bqepa BeqepoM on.-a He 6LIJIO Bqepa BeqepoM OTeq He 6hIJI
Jl:opora He BH,n:Ha. AOMa. AOMa.
'No road is visible.' 'The road is not visible.' 'Yesterday evening the father was 'Yesterday evening the father was
. When an ~mpersonal sentence is replaced with a personal one, the not at home.' not at home.'
obJect ?f the impers_onal sentence in the accusative (or the genitive in MeHB 3aBTpa He 6y)J;eTB HHCTH- JI 3aBTpa He 6y)J;yB HHCTHT)"Te.
a negatl\'.e c<;mstruct10n)b_ecomest~e subject of the personal sentence, T)'Te.
the predicative adverb bemg substituted by a short-form adjective. 'I shall not be at the Institute to- 'I shall not be at the Institute to-
morrow.' morrow.'

Short-Form Passive Participles Used as Predicates When an impersonal sentence is replaced with a personal sentence,
the object of the impersonal sentence in the genitive becomes the sub-
. The ~r~dicate of an impersonal sentence may be a short-form pas- ject of the personal sentence, the verb 6LITL agreeing with the subject in
sive participle. gender and number.
Y)Ke o6bSIBJieHOO co6paHHH. If an impersonal sentence with the predicate He 6LIJIO or He 6yAeT
'The meeting has already been an- speaks of an inanimate thing, it cannot be replaced with a personal
nounced.' sentence. Thus, the sentence
06 3TOMHHr,n:eHe HaUHCaHO. 'No one has ever written anything
about it anywhere.' B 3ane He 6Lmo cBo66,n:HhrxMecT. 'There were no vacant seats in the
Ern;e HHqer6 He C)J;eJiaHO. 'Nothing has been done yet.' auditorium.'
PemeHo Haqarh pa66Ty 3aBTpa. 'It has been decided to start work cannot be replaced with a personal sentence. .
tomorrow.' Instead of the word HeT in the present and the verb 6LITL m the past
502
503
and the future, other verbs preceded by the negative particle ue can be The Infinitive Used as the Predicate
used in negative impersonal sentences:
The predicate of impersonal sentences incorporati°:g in~e~rogative,
ue cymecTsyeT 'does (do) not exist' negative or relative pronouns or adverbs may be an mfimtive.
ue cnino 'there was (were) no ... left'
He OKa38JIOCh 'was (were) not available' qTo ,ri:aTh pe6eHKy?- Pe6eHKY "What is there to give to the
ue OCT8JIOCh 'was (were) not left' ueqero ,ri:aTL. child?"
He HMeeTCH 'is (are) not available' "There is nothing to give the
ue uamnoch 'was (were) not available' child."
KoMy 6Lmo nopy'IHTh 3TY pa66- "Who was there to be entrusted
3rn:x TPY.D:HOCTeM ue cymecrnyeT. 'These difficulties do not exist.' Ty? - 3Ty pa66Ty 6bIJIO ueKO- with this work?" "There was no
HecqaCTMI ue npOH30IDJIO. 'No accident has happened.' MY nopy'IHTh. one to be entrusted with this
3ToM KHtt:rHB Mara3.HHe ue oKa- 'This book was not available at work."
3aJioch. the shop.' Kor,z:i:aMHenpHHTH K BaM?- MHe "When may I come to see you?"
B Kacce He OCT8JIOCh6HJleTOB. 'There were no tickets left at the HeKOr):J,anpunTH K BaM. "I have no time to come to see
box-office.' you.''
Y Hero He CT8JIO CHJl. 'He had no strength left.'
Exercise 86. Point out the impersonal sentences. What part of speech is the predi-
Interrogative impersonal sentences of this type can generally be re-
cate in each sentence? placed with personal sentences:
1. .[1,eHhKOH'illJIC51,
Il B B03,llyxeCTaJIOXOJIO,llaTb.
(Ape.) 2. JlyHa CBeTirna.BcIO ,lle- Impersonal Sentences Personal Sentences
peBHIO6bIJIOBH,LIHO Il3 KOHUaB KOHeu.(AHm.) 3. MelK.LIY TeMHa'faJIOCMepKaThC51. (ll.)
4. EMy C,lleJ:IaJIOCh
.LIYPHO, roJIOBa pa36onenacb, HeB03MOlKHO 6hIJIO exan. (ll.) 5. B KoMy pyKoBO)J,HThpa66rnM? Km )1.0JI;KeH(KTO MO;KeT) pyKo-
iipKne c6nHe'IHhie n6n.L1HllKarrano c KphIIIIn rraxno BeCHOM. (l/ex.) 6. MHe Heo6xo.r111Mo 'Who is to supervise the work?' BOAHThpa66rnil:?
noroBopHTh c BaMH.(l/ex.) 7. I16cne He,llaBHilx.LIOlK.LleM B necy 6hrno .LIOBOJihHO cb1po. 'Who must supervise the work?'
(Ape.) 8. Ha K>r0-3ana,llHh!XJKeJie3Hh!X .r1op6rax 3aHOCHJIO CHeroM rryTH. (H. 0.) qTO MHe paccKa38Th BaM? qTo H )1.0JI;KeupaccKa3aTh BaM?
9. YlK TaeT CHer, 6eryT PY'ihH.
B OKHOITOBe51JIO BeCHOIO.(lllleUJ.) 'What can I tell you?' 'What must I tell you?'
C KeM eMy DOCOBeTOBaThCH? C KeM on )J,OJI;KeH(Mo;KeT) noco-
Exercise 87. Replace the impersonal sentences with personal or indefinite-personal 'Whom is he to consult?' seToBaThCB?
sentences.
'Whom must he consult?'
I. ITophIBOMBerpa copBano KphrIIIyc coce.r1Hero.r16Ma.2. Cer6.L1H51
Be'IepoM MeHll Kor,z:i:aMHe D03BOHHTh BaM? Kor)J,a 51 )J,OJI;KeH(Mory) 003B0-
He 6y.r1eT.r16Ma.3. EMy 6hrno rropy'IeHo BecTHco6paHne. 4. CBeTHna nyHa, n .r1op6ry
6bIJIOxopoIII6 BH,LIHO. 5. Jl6.L1KY
CHJihHOKa'fano BOJIHaMil.6. MHe He H)'lKHOer6 COBe- 'When shall I ring you?' HHTh BaM?
TOB.7. Ha .r1pyr6n ,lleHbpeIIIeH6 6bIJIOOTnpaBilThC51
Ha 3KCKypCilIOno r6po.r1y. 8. B TOT 'When must I ring you?'
,lleHb Moer6 .r1pyra He 6bIJIO Ha 3aH51Tll51X. Ky,z:i:auaM H)J,TH? Ky.z:i:aMhl )J,onmub1n)J,Tn?
Exercise 88. Read through the text. Point out the impersonal sentences. 'Where are we to go?' 'Where must we go?'
C q>eBpankTIOITIJIH OTTeneJIIl.KHeB Ha'!aJIO3aHOCHThTyMaHOM.Er6 qaCTOpa3ro-
HHJIT5llKeJib!H BeTep. Y Hae Ha JlyKhHHOBKe naXJIOTaJibIMCHeroMIl KOpOH- BeTep npll- Simple impersonal sentences incorporating neg~tiv_e pronouns a1:1d
HOCHJI3TOT3anax Il3-3a .[),Henpa, Il3 IlOTeMHeBIIIIlX K BeCHeqepHHroBCKilXJieCOB. adverbs may be replaced with complex sentences with impersonal prm-
KanaJIO C Kpb!IIIIl;TOJihKOITOHO'faM, ,LiaIl TO pe,LIKO,BeTep CpbIBaJIT)''fll, JI,YlKil
IlO,llMep3aJIIlIl Ha He6e no6neCKilBaJIIl3Be3,llhl.Hx MOlKHO 6bIJIOYBH,lleTh TOJihKOy Hae cipal clauses.
Ha OKpaHHe.B ropO,lle 6hIJIOTaK MHOroCBeTaII3 OKOHIl OT)'JIIl'IHh!XqJOHapei\,'ITO HII- HeKoMy PYKOBO)J,HTb pa66TOM. HeT qeJIOBeKa, KOTOphlH Mor 6hI
KTO,O'ieBH,llHO, ,llaJKeHe IlO,ll03peBaJIO IlpllC)'TCTBIIII 3Be3,ll. pyKoBOAHThpa66rnM.
B Cblphle q>eBpaJihCKile Be'Iepa B 6a6yIIIKIIHOMq>niirene 6bIJIOTeITJIOIl yIOTHO.10-
peJIIl 3JieKTpH'!eCKile JiaMTihl.I1yCThieCa,llhlHa'flIHaJIIlIlHOf,llllIIIyMeTbOTBeTpa 3a CTaB- 'There is no one to supervise the 'There is no one to supervise the
H51MII.(llayem.) work.' work.'
HeKoro IIOCJlclTb3a KH.HraMH. HeT qeJIOBeKa, KOTOporo MO)KHO
Exercise89. Make up 5 impersonal sentences with compound verbal predicates.
6hIJlO 6bI IIOCJlclTh3a KH.HraMH.
Model: YJKe Ha'illHano CMepKaThC51.
MHe XOTeJIOCh CTiaTb. 'There is no one to send for the 'There is no one to be sent for the
books.' books.'
Exercise 90. Write a brief description of spring, using the words: TaeT, KanaeT EMy ue C KeM IIOCOBeTOBaTbC51. HeT qeJIOBeKa, C KOTOphlM OHMor
C KpbIID, mixHeT, DOTenJieJio, 3aTODIIJIH, BeceJio, JierK6 ,llh!IDHTCH,COJIHe•rno,myMHO. 6bI IIOCOBeTOBaTbCSI.
'He has no one to consult.' 'There is no one for him to con-
sult.'
504 505
 MHe ueqero ceiiqac qHTaTh. HeT HH'lero, 'ITO 51Mor 6hI ceiiqac Exercise 91. Read through the sentences. Explain the use of the infinitives.
qifTaTh. 1. nbITh rpo3e Bem'iKoii.(II.) 2. He pacTn TpaBe rr6cne 6cemi:, He l\BecTn l\BeTaM
'I have nothing to read.now.' 'There is nothing for me to read 3HM6ii n6 cHery. (KoAblJ.) 3. Ax, HHKOr.[(aMHe 3To He 3a6bITh. (JI.) 4. IIocTp6nThCll
now.' B O,L\H)'
IIIepeHry! (<Pao.) 5. KaK ll ycTaJia! CHJIMOHXHeT!JI c MecTa ,[(BHHYTbCll He Mory,
MHeHe .L\OHTH .LIOr6po,L\a. (A. Ocmp.) 6. T6nhKO 6h1 .LIOneca .LIOHTHrrpe:>K.[(e,
qeM MeClll\
Such complex sentences are not very common. COBCeM BbIH,[\eT.(JI. T.) 7. YTpOM XOJIO,[(HO,TOIIHTbrreqb HeKoMy,CTOpOlKyIIIeJIKy.[(a-
. An infin~tive _mar _beuse1 in imJ?ersonal sentences to denote obliga- TO. (l/ex.) 8. Mb! MQJiqaJIJJ.0 qeM 6bIJIO HaM fOBOpllTb? (JI.)
tion or the mev1tab1hty or 1mposs1bility of an action. Exercise 92. Replace the impersonal sentences with personal sentences, using the
words: /.IOJIJKeH,MO'lh, xoTeTh, 6011Thc11.
Te6e Ha'IHHllTb. 'YOU are to begin.'
(obligation) 1. Te6e Bb!CTyrraTbrrepBOMy.2. Pe6eHKYHe IIOH51Tb 3T0f0. 3. Kor,[(a MHeII03B0-
HHTbBaM?4. Ky.LiaHaM IIOHTHB BOCKpeceHbe?5. YqeHHK)'IIIeCTOfOKJiacca He peIIIHTb
liLITL rpo3e. 'There will be a storm.' :hy 3a,[(aqy. 6. He OII03,[(aTb6bI HaM Ha JieKI.(ll!O.7. IIoihH 6hI cenqac rroryJI»Th!
(inevitability) 8. CKopeii 6b! C,L\aTbBCe 3K3aMeHbI.9. MHe He IIO,L\HHTb 3TOTqeMO,[\aH.
EMy ne non»TL :horo. 'He cannot understand this.'
(impossibility) Exercise 93. Make up impersonal sentences with infinitives denoting obligation, im-
possibility, possibility, a desire and a command.
Te6e ue pemnTL JTOH 3a.n;aqH. 'You cannot solve this problem.'
(impossibility) Exercise 94. Read through this poem by Nikolai Nekrasov. Point out the imperson-
al sentences.
In this case, personal sentences can be used alongside the imper- BHHMal!)'lKaCaMBOHHbl, Cpe.[(b Jilll(eMepHb!XHaIIIHX,L\eJI
sonal ones. Ilpll KalK,[\OllHOBOHlKeprne 66l!, l1 BC»KOM rr6wnocTH H rrp03bI
MHe JKaJibHe .L\pyra, He JKeHhI, 0.[(HH ll B MHpe IIO,[\CMOTpeJI
Impersonal Sentences Personal Sentences M He lKaJib He caMor6 rep6l! ... CBl!Thie, 11cKpeHm1eCJie3hI-
HaM CK6po exaTb. Y Bbl! yTeIIIHTClllKeHa, To CJie3bl 6e.[(Hb!XMaTepeu!
CK6po Mbl )],OJDKHhlexaTb. H ,L\pyra nyqIIIllll ,L\pyr 3a6y ,[(eT; 11M He 3a6bITb CBOHX,[\eTell,
'We are to go soon.' 'Soon we must be going.' Ho f,[(e-TOeCTb .[(yIIIa O,[\Ha- IIor116IIInx Ha KpoBaBoii HHBe,
Mue BblCTynaTb rrepBOMy. JI )],OJimeuBblCTynaTb rrepBhIH. 0Ha ,[\O rp66a IIOMHllTb6)'.[(eT! KaK He rro.[(H»ThrrnaKyqen HBe
'I am to be the first to speak.' CBOHXIIOHHKHYBIIIllX BeTBeH...
'I am to be the first to speak.'
EMy ue non»TL JToro. Ou He MomeT UOHSITb)Toro.
'He cannot understand this.' 'He cannot understand this.' NOMINAL SENTENCES
libITb ):(0)1():(IO. )],om)],b 06513:lTeJihHO 6y)],eT.
'It will rain.' 'It will certainly rain.' Nominal sentences are sentences which have only one principal
part-the subject. Nominal sentences only name objects or phenom-
An infinitive without an object in the dative denoting a person is ena without adding anything to the mere statement of their existence:
used to express a categoric command:
BoT u Jiec. TenL u THmuua. (N.) 'Here is the wood. Shady and
MoJI'laTL! 'Silence!' quiet.'
BcTaTL! 'Stand up!' M )],Om,!J,L
u sfaep. Ho% TeMHa. 'Rain and wind. The night is
IlpeKpaTHTL pa3roB6ph1! 'Stop talking!' dark.'
If t~e infinitive has an object in the dative, the command is not so The subject of a nominal sentence may have attributes (either with
categonc: or without agreement).
3aBTpa, pOBHOB BOCeMhqac6B, 'Tomorrow everyone must be Il03,!J,HHH6ceub. rpaqn yJieTeJIH. 'It's late autumn. The rooks have
BCeM 6bITb 3):(eCh. here, at eight sharp.' (H.) flown away.'
BepmHHbl AJILU... QeJiaH QeUb 'The peaks of the Alps ... A long
. An infini!ive followed by the particle 6L1denotes a wish, the possibil- KpyTLIX yCTynos ... (Typz.) chain of steep terraces... .'
ity of an act10n or the speaker's apprehension that the action may or Nominal sentences are generally used in descriptions. Cf. the
may not take place: description of scenery in this poem by Ivan Nikitin:
IlonTn 6L1 B Jiec. (wish) 'I would like to go to the wood.' 3oJIOTLieHIIBhI, 'The golden cornfields,
liblTh 6bI .lJ:O)KJ:J:IO,
ecJIH6bI He Be- 'But for the wind, it would rain.' rJia.D:h H 6JiecK 03ep, The mirror-like shimmer of the
Tep. (possibility) CBeTJlhie 3aJIIIBhI, lakes,
He Ja6LITL 6h1 06 JTOM. (appre- 'I (we) should take care not to for- ne3 KOHI~arrpocT6p. The bright coves, and
hension) get that.' The boundless expanse.'
506
507
 1

Some nominal sentences contain the demonstrative particle BOT 1. - X6'fe1Ilb IIOHTHryJIHTh ceuqac?
'here' or Bou 'there', e.g.: - Xo'fy.
- Tor1--1arrou.n;eM.
BoT Jiec. 'Here is the wood.' 2. - Bbl xopow6 OT.[\OXH)'Jlll B BOCKpeceHbe?
Bou pelfKa. 'There is the river over there.' - QqeHb.
- JI pa1--1a.
Exercise 95. Read through the sentences. Point out the nominal sentences. 3. - Mb! pernHJill rr6cne 3aHHTllllrroexaTh B My3eH,
1. Mopfo ll COJIHI.(e, ,n:eHbqy,n:eCHbIH! (fl.) - B KaK6u?
2. 3HMa! KpeCTbfIHHH,T0p)KeCTB)'51, - B IlonnTexHH'feCKHH.
Ha 1--1p6BHHx o6HoBniieT rryTh. (fl.) 4. - KTO XO'feTIIHC.lTbHa .D:OCKe?
3. BOT MeJibHHUa!0Ha y)K pa3Bam'rnaCb. (fl.) - JI.
4. JlcH~Iu ~HMHHurr~n,n:eHb.Mopfo KperroK. (lfex.) - Ilo)KaJiyucTa, K .n:ocKe.
5. )],eB51Tblll'faC yTpa. HaBCTpeqy COJIHUY IIOJI3eTTeMHa51CBHHl.(OBa51
rpoMa,n:a. 5. - Ceuqac 51 3.lH5IT.
(lfex.) - qeM?
6. Beprn!'HbI A~brr.~. I..(en~Huerr~ KPY;hIXyc;yrroB ... CaMa51cep1--1ueBHHa rop ... Ctt- - Ilo,n:roToBKou K 3K3aMeHy.
JibHbIH,)KeCTOKllll MOp03. TBepi-.(blllllCKpllCTblllCHer. }13-rro,n:CHera TOp'f.lTcy- - K KaK6My?
pOBbJernb16b1 06ne,n:eHeJib1x,o6BfapeHHbIXcKan. (Typz.) - Ilo pyccKoMy 513bIK)'.
- Kor.n:a 6y1--1eT3K3aMeH?
- qepe3 He)_.(eJIIO.

ELLIPTICAL SENTENCES Exercise 97. Make up a short dialogue. Underline the elliptical sentences.
Exercise 98. Make up six interrogative sentences, two containing interrogative
Elliptical ~entences are se~tences in which some parts of the sen- words, two without interrogative words and two with the particle Jiu. Write down your
tence are omitted but are easily supplied from the preceding senten- answers, which must be elliptical sentences.
ces.
In dialogue some parts of the sentence are frequently omitted:
(1) I)i:e )'lfHTC51Barna cecTpa ?- "Where does your sister study?" COMPOUND AND COMPLEX SENTENCES
Mo51 cecTpa )'lfHTC51 B YHH- "She studies at the University."
BepCHTeTe. A compound sentence consists of two or more clauses:
(2) A 6paT r,a;e?- lipaT B 3uep- "And your brother?" "At the Pow-
ren1qecKoM uucTnTyTe. er College." BeTep pa30rHaJI T)'lfll, H He6o 'The wind had driven away the
OlfHCTHJIOCh. clouds and the sky cleared.'
The first question and answer are complete sentences. They contain Bfaep pa3ornaJ1 T)'lfH,He6o OlfHC- 'The wind had driven away the
all the parts of the sentence. THJIOCh,H cH6Ba BhirmrnyJio clouds, the sky had cleared
. The second question and answer are elliptical sentences. Their pred- c6Jimi;e. and the sun broke through
icates are omitted (yquTcSI 'studies'). again.'
Words omitt~d in sentences are such as are easily supplied either
from the precedmg sentence(s) or from the situation. Clauses can be joined together to form a compound sentence:
(a) asyndetically:
Km rrpttrneJI?-CecTpa. "Who has come?" "My sister."
The predicate is omitted. Bfaep pa3ornaJ1 T)'lfH,He6o OlfHC- 'The wind had driven away the
qTO OH,a:eJiaeT?-JaUHMaeTCSI. "What is he doing?" "Studying." THJIOCh. clouds; the sky had cleared.'
The subject is omitted.
Ky,a:a OHa yrnJia?-B HUCTHTyT. "Where has she gone?" "To the (b) by conjunctions:
college." He6o OlfHCTHJIOCh,n cH6Ba 'The sky had cleared and the sun
BhirmrnyJio c6Jimi:e. broke through again.'
Both the subject and the predicate are omitted.
Tb1 H,a:ernh 3::lBTpa B TeaTp?- "Are you going to the theatre to- There are compound and complex sentences.
Compound sentences consist of clauses which are grammatically in-
11,a;y. morrow?" "Yes, I am." dependent of one another:
The subject and the adverbial modifiers of time and place are omit- HacTyIIHJI Belfep, B OKHaX3a)f(r- 'Evening came; lights went on in
ted.
JIHChOrDHhKH. the windows.'
Exercise 96. Read the dialogues, point out the elliptical sentences and say what TaeT CHer, 6eryT py'!hH. 'The snow is melting, streams are
parts of the sentence are the words of which they consist. running.'
508 509
Ilp03BeHt~JI 3BOHOK,If CTy,r:i;eHTbl 'The bell had rung and the stu- IIo,r:i;yJIBeTep, H .r:i;epeBb51
3allly- 'A wind blew and the trees rustl-
BOlIIJIMB ay,a,HT6pmo. dents went into the lecture- MeJIM. ed.'
hall.'
The Conjunction !];a
Complex sentences consist of a principal clause and one or more
subordinate clauses. TpeMiJ:T TapeJIKH If npH60pbI, ,LJ:a 'Plates and cutlery are clattering
The principal clause is independent of the other clause(s). Subor- pIOMOKpa3,a,afac51 3BOH. (II.) and the clink of wine-glasses is
dinate clauses are dependent on the principal clause and qualify or heard.'
modify it: The meaning of the conjunction ,a:ais identical with that of u, but it
ra3eTbl C006rn;aIOT, qTo BeCeH- 'The newspapers report that the is used only to join clauses whose actions are -simultaneous.
HMH ceB y)Ke HaqaJidi. spring sowing has already The Conjunction uu ... uu
begun.'
Hu 5I He ITOCJiaJIeMy ITHCbMa,UH 'Neither I sent him a letter nor did
ra1eThl coo6.-..aIOTis the principal clause; qyo Beceuuuii ceB y,Ke ua-
OH MHe He HaIIHCaJI. he write to me.'
qaJICH is the subordinate clause. In this sentence, the subordinate clause
is joined to the principal clause by the conjunction qyo. The conjunction uu ... uu is used to join negative clauses. It may be
replaced with the conjunction u.
COMPOUND SENTENCES .5JHe IIOCJiaJIeMy IIHCbMa, H OH 'I did not send him a letter and he
MHe He HaIIHCaJI. did not write to me.'
To join the clauses of a compound sentence, the same conjunctions
are used as those which join co-ordinate parts of the sentence. These The conjunction uu ... uu emphasises negation.
conjunctions are called coordinating.
Coordinating conjunctions fall into: THE AD VERSA TIVE CONJUNCTIONS
( 1) copulative conjunctions; HO,A,)I{E,,[I;A,O,[I;HAKO
(2) adversative conjunctions;
(3) disjunctive conjunctions. The Conjunction uo
Bo.r:i;a6hIJia XOJIO.D;HaSI,
HO Mhl pe- 'The water was cold, but we decid-
THE COPULATIVE CONJUNCTIONS 11, ,[I;A, HH ... HH lIIMJIHKyrraThC51. ed to bathe.'
Y MeH516wr 6HJieT, uo 51He 110- 'I had a ticket, but I did not go to
The Conjunction u llleJI B TeaTp. the theatre.'
IIpo3BeHeJI 3BOH6K, uo JieKll,H5I 'The bell had rung, but the lecture
The conjunction u joins clauses which denote: ern:e He KOHqHnach. was not over yet.'
(a) simultaneous actions: Y Hero 6hIJIO MaJIO BpeMeHM,HO 'He had little time, but he agreed
HrpaeT MY3hIKau rroIOT .D;eTH. 'Music is playing and children are OH cornacMJIC51rroMoqh HaM. to help us.'
singing.'
CBeTMJIOc6nHu,e, u 11IeJI.D;O)K.D;b.'The sun shone and it rained.' Compare the meanings of the conjunctions uo and u:
HO Mhl pelIIMJIMKyrraThC51.

1
(b) consecutive actions: Bo.r:i;aB peKe 6bIJia XOJIO.D;Ha51, but we decided to bathe.'
CBepKHyJia MOJIHH51, H 3arpeMeJI 'The lightning flashed and it thun- 'The water in the river was cold, H Mhl He CTaJIHKynaThC51.
rpoM. dered.' and (so) we did not bathe.'
,[I;Beph OTKphrnach, u B KOMHaTy 'The door opened and a stranger HO 51 He ITOllleJIB TeaTp.

BOllleJI He3HaKOMhIHqeJIOBeK.
(c) cause and consequence:
TaeT cHer, u crop 6eryT py%M.
entered the room.'
'The snow is melting and streams
1
Y MeHiJ:6hIJI 6HJieT, but I di~. not g~ to the theatre.'
'I had a ticket, H 51IIOllleJI B TeaTp.
and (so) I went to the theatre.'

1
are rushing down the moun- HO JieKU,H51 ern:e He KOHqifJiaCh.
tains.' I1p03BeHeJI 3BOHOK, but _the lect1;re was not over yet.'
"lJeMO.D;aH6hIJI T5I)KeJihIH,
H MaJih- 'The suit-case was heavy and the 'The bell had rung, H JieKU,H51 KOHqMJiaCh.
qifK He Mor 110,IJ,Hii:Th
er6. boy could not lift it.' and (so) the lecture was over.'
510 511

Y Hero 6hIJIOMll.JIOBpeMemi:,
'He had little time,
The Conjunction a
The conjunction a joins clauses which are either juxtaposed or con-
trasted with each other:
JI CTy,n;eHT, a OH aCmipll.HT.
Mb1 IIOlllJIH B Tea.Tp, a OHH 'We went to the theatre, and they
IIOlllJIHB KHHO.
Bee YlllJIH,a 51ocTaJic51.n;6Ma.
JI CTy,n;eHT,
'I am a student,
Compare the meanings of the conjunctions a and u:
MHe ,n;Ba.n;n:aTb
JieT,
'I am twenty years old,
CecTpa IIHllleT IIHCbMO,
'The sister is writing a letter,
MbI IIOlllJIHB Tea.Tp,
'We went to the theatre,
Bee YlllJIH,
'Everyone left,
l and so did I.'
Compare the meanings of the conjunctions u, Ho and a:
3m peKa llIHpOKaSI,
'This river is wide,
512
HO OH cornacHJIC51rroM61:IbHaM.
but he agreed to help us.'
H OH OTKa3aJIC51 IIOMO'IbHaM.
{
and (so) he refused to help us.'
'I am a student, and he is a post-
graduate.'
went to the cinema.'
'Everyone went away,
t I stayed at home.'
a OH aCIIHpll.HT.
and he is ~ postgraduate.'
H OH CTy,n;eHT.
and so is he.'
t
a eMy ,ll;Bll,ll;U:aTb
IISITbJieT.
and he is twenty-five.'
H eMy (TO)I(e),ll;Bll,ll;U:aTh
JieT.
and so is he.'
a 6paT 1:IHTaeT KHHry.
and the brother is reading
a book.'
{ u 6paT (T6)I(e) IIHllleTrr11cbM6.
and so is the brother.'
t
a OHHIIOllIJIHB KHHO.
and they went to the cinema.'
u OHH(T6)I(e) rrolllJIH B Tea.Tp.
and so did they.'
~
a SIOCTll.JICSI
.n;6Ma.
but I stayed at home.'
SI(TO)I(e)yllleJI.
H
HO rreperrJih!Tbee MO)I(HO.
but it is possible to swim across
it.'
H rrepeIIJihITbee TPY.ll:HO.
and it is difficult to swim across
it.'
a Ta peKa Y3Ka51.
and that one is narrow.'
"
u OH ,n;aBHO
crrHT.
and he has long been asleep.'
B er6 KOMHaTeTeMH6, HO OH He CIIHT.
'It is dark in his room, but he is not asleep.'
a B coce.n;Heii KOMHaTe ropHT
CBeT,
but in the adjoining room the
light is on.'
H SIcorpeJIC51.
and I got warm.'
TaM 6hrno Terrn6, HO MHe 6irno x6no,n;Ho.
'It was warm there, but I was cold.'
{ a 3,n;ecbx6no,n;Ho.
but but it is cold here.'
3Ta KHHraHHTepecHa51,
'This book is interesting,
H 51ee 06513ll.TeJibHO IIp01:IHTll.IO.
and I will certainly read it.'
HO y MeH~ HeT BpeMeHH1:IHTll.Tb
ee.
but I have no time to read it.'
a Ta KHHra 6hrna CKY1IHa51.
and that one was dull.'
H Mbl ryJI~JIH.
and we went for a walk.'
HO Mbl He ryJI~JIH.
B1Iepa rror6.n;a 6hrna xop6lllaSI, but we did not go for a walk.'
'Yesterday the weather was fine, a cer6,n;H51H,ll;eT,[(O)I(.lJ:b
H .n;yeT
xon6,n;HhIHBeTep.
but today it is raining and a cold
wind is blowing.'
The Conjunction :iKe
HaBepxy HeHCTOBCTBOBana rryp- 'Above, a blizzard was raging, but
ra, 3,n;ecb:iKeCHer rra,n;aJITHXO, here the snow was falling softly
BeTep .D:YJI OTHOCHTeJibHO CIIO- and the wind was relatively
KOHHO.(A;)IC.) light.'
Like the conjunction a, the conjunction .Ke is used to express con-
trast.
The Conjunction )],a
JI .n;aBHO
co6HpaJIC51
3aHTHK Te6e, 'I've long wanted to come and see
BCeBpeMeHHHe 6bIJIO.
)],a you but I never had the time.'
EJIH30KJIOKOTh,)],a He YKYCHlllb. Cf. 'S;
near and yet so far.'
(Proverb)
513
33 - 384
 The adversative conjunctions ,z:i:aand Ho are synonymous, but the Coordinating conjunctions joining the clauses are invariably preced-
former is less frequent and occurs mainly in colloquial speech and in ed by a comma.
proverbs.
Note.-A comma before the conjunction Hin a compound sentence is omit-
ted if there is a part of the sentence common to both clauses:
The Conjunction o,.r:i:HaKo
3a peK6n CBepKa.IOTornrr H pa3):\ahlTCH 'Beyond the river, lights are glimmering
Jiymi cBer£wa 6'!:eHh CMJihHO,o,z:i:- 'The moon was very bright, but rrecmi:. and songs are heard.'
B rr6nL1eHbTyqu pacceHJillCbu BhirJIHHyno 'At midday the clouds cleared away and
HaKoee CBeTC Tpy.n,oMrrpo6H- its light penetrated the mist c6nmi:e. the sun shone through.'
B:lJI TyMaH. (Kam.) with difficulty.'
Exercise 99. Combine simple sentences into compound sentences, as in the model:
The conjunction o,.r:i:HaKo
is used with the same meaning as HO'but'. Model: l. CBeTrrno c6nmi:e.
(a) nhIJio x6JIOL\HO.
(b) nhIJIO Terrn6.
THE DISJUNCTIVE 9ONJUNCTIONS TO ... TO, MJIH (HJib), (a) CBeTrrno c6nmi:e, HO 6bIJIO x6JIOL\HO.
JIMBO, HE TO ... HE TO (b) CBeTrrno c6nmi:e, If 6hIJIO Terrn6.
I. MHe TPYLIHO 6hIJIO BbIITOJIHllTb
:ho rropyqeHtte.
The Conjunction TO... TO (a) 51 ef6 BhIIIOJIHllJI.
(b) 51 ef6 He BhIITOJIHttJI.
B'Iepa MHeBech )],eHhMernaJIHpa- 'Yesterday they prevented me (c) EMy JiefKO 6hIJIO '.)TOC):\eJiaTb.
66TaTh: TOKT0-HM6y.n,hBXO)],HJI from working the whole day: 2. OH ):\aBHO3aHttMaeTCHPYCCKllM Jl:3b!KOM.
B MOID K0MHaTy, TO 3BOHHJI now someone would enter my (a) B ef6 peqlf ecTb OIIIIT6Kll.
Tenecp6H. (b) B ef6 peqlf HeT OIIIU.60K.
room, then the telephone (C) 51 HaqaJI tt3yqa.Tb pycCKllll H3h!KHe):\a.BHO.
would ring.' 3. Tyqlf ITOKpbTJill He6o.
(a) ,7J;OlKL\ll
He 6bIJio.
The conjunction TO... TOjoins clauses whose actions alternate. (b) IToIIIeJI L\OlK):\b.
4. Ta 3a):\aqa 6bIJia JiefKaH.
The Conjunctions unu, unu ... unu (a) 3m 3a):\aqa TPYLIHaH.
(b) OH pewu.JI ee.
Mnu Thi KO MHe npue,.r:i:elllh,IIJIH 'Either you'll come to see me or (c) OH He pewu.n ee.
5. ,JJ:BepbOTKpbIJiacb.
R IIpm\n;y K Te6e. I'll come to see you.' (a) HttKTO He BOilleJI.
BbICTYTIHT xop, IIJIH Tami;eBaJih- 'A choir will sing or a dance com- (b) Bowen He3HaKOMblllqeJIOBeK.
HaR rpynrra ucrr6JIHHT Hap6.n,- pany will perform a folk Exercise 100. Combine these sentences into compound ones, using the appropriate
HhIH TaHeIJ;. dance.' conjunction: u, a or no.
The conjunctions unu, unu ... unu are used when one clause pre- A1.ode!: 3m KHU.fallHTepecHaH. Y MeHll HeT BpeMeHll ee rrpoquTa.Tb.
cludes the other. 3Ta KHU.fallHTepeCHaH,110 y MeHl!HeT BpeMeHll ee rrpoqlfT;J,Tb.
I. He6o Haq1rnano TeMHeTb.3afopantteb 3Be3):\bl.2. C6nmi:e 3aIIIJIO3a fOpbI. bhl-
JIOewe cBeTn6. 3. CTa.Jio x6JIOL\HO. Mbr rrocrreIIIu.nuL\OM6n.4. ,JJ:HeM 6hIJIOTerrn6. H6-
The Conjunctions nu6o, nu6o ... nu6o %IO 6bIJI Mop63. 5. Ha ynmi:e 6hIJIOx6noL1HO.B L16Me6bIJio Terrn6 tt yhlTHo. 6. IIIen
):\OlKL\b,LIYJIHerrpttl!THblllCb!p6rrBeTep. MHe He XOTeJIOCb BbIXO):\llTh
ll3 L\OMa.7. _HacTy·
These conjunctions are synonymous with unu, unu unu. IlllJI Be'!ep. bh!JIO oqeHb LIYIIIHO,8. IIOfO):\a 6bIJia ITJIOXa.H,Mb! peIIIHJillOTJIOlKllTb JibI-
lKHbiecopeBHOBiHllH,9. Ha LIPYfOll):\eHbITOfOL\a 6bma xop6IIIaH. JlhrlKHbiecopeBHOBa-
Jlu6o ThI KOMHe rrpue.n,ernh, nu6o 'Either you'll come to see me or HllH Oill!Tb He COCTOl!JlllCb. 10. ToBapuw 3BaJI MeHll C co66n 3a, fOPOL\.51 6bIJI 3iHHT
R npue.n,y K Te6e. I'll come to see you. tt OTKa3a.JICH. 11. Morr TOBipllW )l(lfBeTB ri:eHTpefOpOL\a.51 lKllBYHa OKpittHe, 12. Moil:
6paT-CTyL1eHT. Moll cecTpa ewe IIIKOJibHll!Ia.13. MHe XOTeJIOCb 'lllTiTh, Bee ~Hllfll
6i:um rrpo'lu.TaHbL MHe 6i:mo CKY'!HO.14. nhIJIO IT03L\HO.Pa66Ta rrpOL\OJIJKanacb.
The Conjunction He TO... He TO 15. 51 ycTa.JI. HylKHO6hIJIO rrpOL\OJilKa.Tb pa66Ty. 16. Bee 6'!eHb ycTintt. IIpttIIIJIOCb
ycTpOllTb rrepeph!B. 17. Bee OTL\bIXa.Jill. OH rrpOL\OJilKiJI pa66TaTb. 18. 3TOT ):\OM60Jib-
He TOBerep 3aXJI0IIHYJI
)],Beph,He 'Either the wind had slammed the w6il: tt HOBblll.TOT ):\OMCTapblll ll Ma.JieHbKllll.19. Mb! L\OJiroCTy'!a.Jill.HttKTOHe OT·
To KT6-ro Bornen c ynuii:h1. door to or somebody had come KpbIJIHaM ):\Bepb.20. OH ITOBepHyJr HaJieBo. 51 ITOIIIeJIrrpl!MO.21. CTYL\~HT ~HOfO pa-
66TaJI Ha):\L\OKJI;J,):\OM.
,JJ:OKJia):\
ITOJIY'lllJICH
l!HTepeCHblll.22. 51 CKa3a.JI~MY06 '.!TOM.~H
in from the street.' 3a6bIJI. 23. OH rrpeoL1onen rrepBbre TPYLIHOCTtt. Terrepb eMy nern6 pa6ornTh. 24. ToBa-
The meaning of the conjunction He TO... He TOis similar to that of puwu 6bIJill ylKe fOTOBbI.OH Bee ewe co6IIpa.JICH.
the conjunction unu ... unu, but it has a nuance of uncertainty. This Exercise 101. Read through the sentences. Explain the meaning of the coordinating
conjunction is 'paired'. conjunctions.
514 515
33*
 I. COJIHI.(eyJKe,[IOBOJibHO Bb!COKO CTOHJIO Ha 'IIICTOMHe6e, HOIIOJIHeme 6necTem1
pocoii. (Typz.) 2. ITJibIBeM,[IOJiro.rna3 lKa,[IHOIILl.(eTOrQHbKa,0.[(HaKOKalK.[lblllIIOBO- MHe cKaJaJiu, '-Imo meou 6pam 'I was told that your brother
pOT peKir o6MaHbIBaeTHall!ll Ha,[lelK,[lb!.(Kop.) 3. B KOMHaTyBOpBaJICllCIIJibHb!HBeTep, cK6po npuedem. would be coming soon.'
ll 6yMarll IIOJieTeJillCOCTOJia.(lJex.) 4. MHOrO /:lpyrirx IIpl!MepoB MHeB rOJIOByIIpl!XO-
,[IIIT,,[la Bcero He rrepecKalKell!b.(Typz.) 5. rna3a ero 'lllTaJrn, HOMh!CJII!6bIJill ,[laJieKO. In this example, the subordinate clause is an adjunct to the predi-
(fl.) 6. ITpeJK,[leB rp_yCTHb!eMIIH)'TblOH ycrroKal!BaJIce6iJ: BCHKllMllpaccyJK,[leHl!llMII, cate verb of the principal clause CKaJaJiu. The subordinate clause
Terrepb lKeeM_y6bIJIOHe ,[10paccyJK,[leHl!H.(l/ex.) 7. 0KHa OTKpbITbl,ll Ha CBeTCBe'lir3a-
JieTaIOTcepble 6a6o'!Kll. (flaycm.) 8. rocTI! Cl!,[leJII! TeCHbIMKpylKKOM y CTOJia,a HaTa- answers the question '-Imo? 'what?' ( lfmo MHe cKaJaJiu?).
llla, CKHIIlKKOH B yrn_y,II0,[1JiaMIIOH.(Af. I'.) 9. Mllp OCBeruaeTCll
B pyKaX, IIOMeCTIIJiaCb JI npirnec Te6e To, '-Imo mbz npo- 'I've brought you what you asked
COJIHUeM, a 'leJIOBeK-3HaHl!eM. (Proverb) IO. CKopo CKa3KaCKa3bIBaeTCll, na He CKOpo
,[leJio ,[leJiaeTCll.(Proverb) CUJl. for.'
Exercise 102. Make up compound sentences, using the conjunctions u, uu ... uu, a In this example, the subordinate clause modifies t~e object of the
uo, ,i,:e,TO ... TO, HJIH,JIH6o, He TO ... ue TO.
0,[1Ha1rn, ' principal clause which is the pronoun TO. The subordmate clause an-
Exercise 103. Write out the sentences, inserting a comma before the conjunction swers the question '-Imo? 'what?'
u where necessary. Underline the principal parts of the sentence. Kmo UUJem, TOT BCer,z:i:aHaii,n,er. 'He who seeks shall find.'
I. C KaJK,[IOM MllH)'TOMCTaHOBIIJIOCb Bee CBeTJieell B,[lpyr iipKlle COJIHe'!HbleJIY'III
CHorroMBhipBaJIIICb113-3arop 11 03ap11JIMBeeb Jiec. (Ape.) 2. CoJIHUe yJKe cKphIJIOCb In this sentence, the subordinate clause explains the pronoun TOT,
II HO'IHbieTeHI!6h!CTp0 Ha,[IBl!raJil!Cbco CTOpOHhlJieca. (JI. T.) 3. Mope OTpalKaJioor- which is the subject of the principal clause. The subordinate clause an-
HIIqJOHapeiill 6bIJIOycel!HOMaccorr lKeJITbIX niITeH. (M. I'.) 4. MelK,[IYTeMJiyHa Ha'laJia swers the question Kmo? 'who?' (Kmo Bcer,n,auaii):l:fa?).
0.[leBaTbCllT_y'laMl!ll Ha MOpe IIO.[IHHJICH TyMaH.(JI.) 5. 3a ,[(HeIIpOMCllHeIOTneca II Me-
JlbKaeTnpoiicHllBll!eecll HO'IHOeHe6o. (I'auo.) 6. ITpoll!JIO OKOJIO'laca. 3eJieHb!HorOHb Mb1 noIIIJIHno TOH):l:opore,Komo- 'We went along the road which
norac II He CTaJIOB!I,[IHOTeHeH. JlyHa yJKe CTOSIJlaBb!COKO Ha,[I,[IOMOMll OCBeIUaJia pa.fl eeAa e n6Ae. led to the field.'
CIIHIUllHCa,[I,,[IOpOlKKII; reopr!IHbl II p03b! B l.(BeTHllKerrepe,[1,[IOMOM 6bIJill OT'!eTJIMBO
Bll,[IHblII Ka3aJil!CbBee 0,[IHoro l.(BeTa.CTaHOBIIJIOCb O'!eHbXOJIO,[IHO. 5I BhillleJI113ca,[la The subordinate clause in this case explains the pronoun Ta, which
ll He CIIell!a rro6peJI ,[IOMOH.(l/ex.)
is an attribute in the principal clause. The subordinate clause answers
Exercise 104. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the conjunction u; the question Ilo KaK6ii dop6ze Mbl noutAu? _ .
point out the cases in which the actions of the clauses joined by u are simultaneous, in Subordinate clauses may modify not only some part of the prmc1-
which they are consecutive and in which one clause denotes cause and the other
consequence. pal clause, but the entire principal clause.
1. Ha6eJKana HII3Kall,TlllKeJiallT_y'!a,II llleJI Kp_ynHb!H ,[IOlK,[lb.
(JI.) 2. MHe HYlKHa Kazda Mbl eo3epaU,JaJ1ucbdoM6u, 'When we were returning home it
rrorr_yTHallMalllirHa, II ll He CBOJK_y
rJia3 C ,[IOporn. (AHm.) 3. BeTKI!l.(BeT_ym11x qepell!eH 6Lmo y'.IKeTeMuo. was already dark.'
CMOTpllTMHeB OKHO,II BeTep IIHOr,[laychrnaeT MOHII!ICbMeHHblH CTOJIllX 6eJib!Mll ne-
IIeCTKaMI!.(JI.) 4. ,[(_yllIHO CTaJIOB CaKJie,ll ll Bhill!eJIHa B03,[IYX OCBelK!ITbCll.HO'lb yJKe
J!OlK!IJiaCb Ha rOpb!, II TyMaH Ha'll!HaJI 6pO/:IIITb110yrueJibllM. (JI.) 5. bJieCTeJIOMOpe, The subordinate clause answers the question Kazda? (Kazda 6brno
BCeB iJ:pKOM CBeTe,II rp03HO BOJIHblO 6eper 61IJIIICb.(Af. I'.) 6. 3apiJ: yJKe,[laBHOrrora- TeMH6?) and modifies the whole principal clause.
CJia, II e,[IBa6eJieJI Ha He60CKJIOHeee IIOCJie,[IHllH CJie,[1.(Typz.)
7. ITpo3pa'!Hb!H Jiec 0,[IIIHqepHeeT, MM cnernimu, nomo.wy '-Imo 6b1Jlo 'We were in a hurry because it
I1 eJib CKB03bIIHell 3eJieHeeT, y:JfCe n63d110. was already late.'
I1 pe'!Ka Il0,[10Jib,[IOM6JieCTIIT.(fl.)
The subordinate clause answers the question nol/eMy? 'why?' (Ilo-
Exercise 105. Read through Ivan Krylov's fable The Swan, the Pike and the Cray- '-leMy MbI cneIIIttm1?) and ~o~ifies the wh<;>le _principal clause.
fish. Explain the meaning of the conjunction )la.
Subordinate clauses are Jomed to the prmc1pal clause by means of:
0,1:1HaJK,L1blJle6e,[lb, PaK II Il(_yKa (a) conjunctive words and (b) subordinating conjunctions.
Be3TII C IIOKJiaJKeH B03 B3l!Jll!Cb,
I1 BMeCTeTpOe BCe B Hero BilpllrJIIICb; 1. Conjunctive words include relative pronouns-KTO 'who', 'ITO
I13 KOlKllJie3YTBOH,a B03Y Bee HeT XO,[ly! 'that', KOTOphlii'which', 'who', 'fen 'whose'-and adverbs: r):l:e'where',
ITOKJiaJKa6b! ,LIJillHllX, Ka3aJIOCb,II JierKa, Ky):l:a'where to', oTKyAa 'where from', etc. . .
,[(a Jle6e,[lb pBeTCllB 06JiaKa, Conjunctive words are parts of the sentence m subordmate clauses.
PaK rriITHTCllHa3a,1:1, a Il(yKa TiIHeTB Bo,1:1y.
KTO BIIHOBaT113HIIX,KTO rrpaB,-Cy,LIIITb He HaM; CTy,n,eHThI,KOTOpblec,n,a.JIH 3K3a- 'The students who passed their
JJ:a TOJibKOBo3 11HhIHeTaM. MeHhI,y)Ke yexaJIH OT,l.l,hIXa.Tb. exams have already left for
their holidays.'
COMPLEX SENTENCES In this sentence, the conjunctive word is the relative adverb KOTO-
phle, which is also the subject of the subordinate clause.
Subordinate clauses may be adjuncts to a part of the principal
clause: 5[ npHHec TO, 'ITO TbI npocttn. 'I've brought you what you asked
for.'
516
517
 In this example, the conjunctive word is the relative pronoun qTo, A. (1) OH IIOHHMaeT,qrn eMy 0,1].- 'He realises that it will be diffi-
which is also the direct object of the subordinate clause. HOMY6y,11,eTTp)',Il.HOBhlUOJI- cult for him to do this work
MbI IIOH,l],eMTy,l],a,r,IJ.eHae )K,l],YT 'We shall go where our friends are HHTb :hy pa66Ty. on his own.'
TOBclpHill,H. waiting for us.' (Question: Cfmo OH rroHH-
MaeT?)
In this example, the conjunctive word is the relative adverb (2) OH xoqer, qTo6hI TOBl:lpHI.QH 'He wants his friends to help
r,IJ.e,which is also the adverbial modifier of place in the subordinate noMor nu eMy. him.'
clause. . (Question: Cfmo OHxoqeT?)
2. Unlike conjunctive words, the subordinating conjunctions qTo
'that', qn'>6L1'so that', ecnu 'if, xoTsi:'though', etc. are not parts of the In these examples, the subordinate clauses modify the verbs of the
sentence. They are used to join a subordinate clause to the principal principal clause (nounMaeT, xoqeT).
one. B. (1) OH He BhIIIOnHHnrnr6, qrn 'He did not do what he had been
Cecrpa Hami:cana, qTo OHa rrpHe- 'The sister wrote that she would eMy nopyqunu. entrusted with.'
,1],eTB IIOHe,l],enbHHK. come on Monday.' (Question: Cfez6 OH He BhI-
Cecrpa rrpocfrna, qTo6bI ee BCTpe- 'The sister asked that one of us rronHHn?)
nrn KT0-HH6y,1J,h H3 Hae. should meet her.' (2) Ha,l],O coo6Ill,IITb 06 3T'OM 'Everyone who takes part in this
MbI crrern:u:nH,noToMy qTo 6hrno 'We were in a hurry because it K3.)K,l],OMY,KTO yqaCTByeT work must be informed about
y)Ke II03,l],HO. was already late. B 3TOHpa66Te. this.'
(Question: KoMy Ha.,l],o
Note.- The word 'ITO is sometimes used as a conjunction ('that') and some- coo6I1J,IITb06 3TOM?)
times as a conjunctive word ('what').
In these examples, the subordinate clauses modify the objects of the
~ BHJ(en, 'ITO OH rrpirnec. 'I saw what he had brought.'
principal clauses (rnro, Kam:,11,oMy).
(qrn is the direct object of the verb npnttec.)
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH SUBJECT CLAUSES
~ BliJ(eJ1, 'ITO OH rrp1rnec KHlirll. 'I saw that he had brought books.'
(qrn is a conjunction and is not a part of the sentence.) A subject clause answers the question of the nominative case -
Kmo? 'who?' or 1./mo?'what?'- and are either the subject of the princi-
The principal clause may contain a demonstrative word (the de- pal clause or a modifier of that subject if it is a pronoun.
monstrative pronoun TOT 'that' or TaKon 'such', or the demonstra-
tive adverb TaM 'there', Ty,IJ.a'there', oTTy,IJ.a'from there' or rnr,IJ.a qyBcrnoBanoch, qTo npu6nu- 'One could feel that spring was
'then'): JKl:lCTCSI
BCCHl:l. coming.'
(Question: Cfmo qyBcTBOBa-
KTo Becen, TOT CMeeTC5I. 'He who is merry laughs.' nocb?)
,L1;aiiMHe IIOCMOTpeTbTe KHIIrH, 'Let me see the books which Crano iicHo, qTo MLI 3a6ny,11,u- 'It became clear that we had lost
KOT0pbie Thi rrpHHec. you've brought.' JIHCh. our way.'
OH He rrpHrnen TOr,IJ.a,Koraa Bee 'He did not come when everyone
er6 )K,l],anH. (Question: Cfmo era.no iicHo?)
waited for him.'
Mbl IIOH,l],eM Ty,IJ.a,r,l],eHae )K,l],yT. 'We shall go where they are wait- In these examples, the subordinate clauses are the subject of the
ing for us.' principal clause.
Demonstrative words are used together with conjunctions and con- Cnyq:u:nocb TO, qero HHKTO ue 'There happened something
junctive words: TOT ... , KOTOpblu... ; TOT ... , KTo; TO ... , qTo; TaKon •.. , Ka- OJKH,1].l:lJI. which no one had expected.'
Kon ... ; TOr,11,a
... , KOr,11,a
.... (Question: Cfmo cnyq:u:noch?)
3roii pa66roii Mo)KeT pyKoBo- 'The work can be supervised only
JJ:IIThT0nhKO TOT, KTO HMeeT by a person who has great ex-
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH OBJECT CLAUSES 60JiblIIOH OUblT. perience.'
Object clauses answer the questions of the oblique cases and are ei- (Question: Kmo M0)KeT pyKo-
ther the objects of a part of the principal clause -most frequently of BOJJ:IITh3TOHpa66rnii?)
~he predicate-or are adjuncts to the object of the principal clause if it In these examples, the subordinate clauses modify the subjects of
1s a pronoun. the principal clauses To, TOT.
518 519
 CONJUNCTIONS USED IN COMPLEX SENTENCES Hae youeuJZo, 1:ITOThI TaK pa.Ho 'Your returning so early surprised
WITH OBJECT AND SUBJECT CLAUSES BepH)'JICSI. us.'
(Question: lfmo Hae YlJ:HBHJio?)
Object and subject clauses are joined to the principal clause by the MHe 11paeumCH,1:1ToOH BcerAi 'I like the fact that he always
conjunctions 1:ITO'that', 1:1To6LI'so that', KaK 'how', KaK 6LI ue 'lest', JIU BhmonHieT cBon o6emaHHSI. keeps his promises.'
'whether', 6y.z:i:To(6y.z:i:rn6L1) 'as if. (Question: lfmo MHe HpaBHTCH?)
(b) a short-form adjective: pa.z:i:
'(is) glad', c1:1acrnue'(is) happy', .z:i:o-
The Conjunction 1:1To BOJieu'(is) pleased', euuoeaT '(is) to blame', yeepeu '(is) sure', etc.
Subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction 1:ITO are gener- ,z:::i:eTH
padbz, 1:1TooTeu; BepHyncH. 'The children are glad that their
ally adjuncts to the predicate of the principal clause, which is a word father has returned.'
expressing speech, or a thought, feeling or physical perception. The (Question: lfeMy paAhI AeTH?)
subordinate clauses modify this word.
MaTh 0060/lbHa, 1:ITOChIHIIOCTy- 'The mother is pleased that her
CTapocrn coo6Ufull HaM, 11m 'The monitor told us that the test IIHJI B HHCTHT)'T. son has entered the college.'
3aqfa rro xnMHH 6yAeT qepe3 in chemistry would take place (Question: lfeM AOB0JihHaMaTh?)
He)J:eJIIO. in a week's time.'
R dyMa10, 11m Bee cTyAeHThI 'I think that all the students of ThI 6UH06Clm,1:ITOMhl OII03)):clJIH. 'It is your fault that we are late.'
HaIIIeii rpyrrrrhr xopoIII6 CAa- our group will pass the exami- (Question: B 1/eMThI BHHOBaT?)
AYT3K3aMeHhI. nations well.' Bee yeepeHbl, 1:ITOOHxopoIII6 BhI- 'Everybody is sure that he will
Mhr padbl, 1:ITOThI xopoIII6 CAaJI 'We are glad that you have passed II0JIHHTrropy<JeHHe. carry out the task well.'
3K3aMeHhr. the examinations well.' (Question: B 1/eM Bee yBepeHhI?)
.JlCHo, 11m 3TYpa66Ty HclAOrrpo- 'It is clear that this work should
AOmIGlTh. be continued.' (c) a predicative adverb or short-form adjective in the neute~:
CmpaHHo, 11m oH He rrpHcnan HH 'It is strange that he has not sent npusi:rno'(it is) pleasant', eu.z:i:uo '(it is) visible', 'obvious', CJILirnuo'(~t
OAHor6 IIHChMa. a single letter.' is) audible', maJIL '(it is) a pity', 3aMerno '(it is) noticeable', cMernuo '(it
is) funny', cTparnuo '(it is) terrible', cTpauuo '(it is) strange', H3Becrno
The predicate modified by a subordinate clause introduced by the '(it is) known', si:cuo'(it is) clear', nousi:rno'(it is) understandable', y.z:i:u~
conjunction 1:ITOmay be: enTeJILHO'(it is) surprising', etc.
(a) a verb of speech, thought, feeling or physical perception: roeo- Ilpuitm110, 11m TOBapHru;HMeH5I 'It is pleasant that my friends re-
pnTL 'to say', coo6IQaTL 'to report', 'to tell', 3aHBJIHTh'to declare', .z:i:y-
rr6MHSIT. member me.'
MaTL 'to think', nouuMaTL 'to understand', 3HaTL 'to know', en.z:i:eTL 'to
see', CJIL1111aTL 'to hear', 3aMe1:1aTL'to notice', 1:1yecTeoeaTL'to feel', (Question. lfmo rrpHirno?)
upaBHThCH'to like', OKa3aThCH'to turn out to be', paJJ;OBaThCH 'to re- Buo110, 11m eMy TPYAHOpa66- 'It is obvious that it is difficult for
joice', pa.z:i:oeaTL 'to gladden', y.z:i:ueJIHTLCH
'to be surprised', y.z:i:ueJIHTh TaTb. him to work.'
'to surprise', etc. (Question: lfmb BHAHo?)
,r:i:py3h5IcKa3aJZuMHe, 11m 3clBTpa 'My friends told me that there .JlcHO, 1:ITOH3.AOIIPOAOJI)KclTh pa- 'It is clear that the work must be
6yAeT KoHu;epT. would be a concert the next 66Ty. continued.'
day.' (Question: lfmo icHo?)
(Question: lfmo cKa3aJIH MHe APY3h5I?) }l(aJlb Bhl ye3)KaeTe. 'It is a pity that you are leaving.'
), 1:ITO
(:>tCCLJlKO
R 311a10,1:ITO33.BTpa 6yAeT KOH- 'I know that there will be a con- (Question: lfmo )KclJIKo?)
u;epT. cert tomorrow.'
(Question: lfmo H 3HaIO? 0 1/eM H 3H3.IO?) (d) a short-form participle passive: cKa3ano '(it is) sai~' ,.o6'hsi:~Jieuo
R CllbZULaJZ,
11m 6yAeT KOHn;epT. 'I heard that there would be '(it is) announced', .z:i:oKa3auo '(it is) proved', uanncauo '(1t 1s) wntten',
a concert.' 3aMe1:1euo '(it is) noticed', etc.
(Question: lfmo H CJihrIIIan? 0 1/eM H CJihIIIIan?) B o6bHBJieHHH6hrno cKa3aHo,1:1To 'The notice said that the defence
MbI youeuJZucb,1:ITOThr TaK pa.Ho 'We were surprised at your re- 3aru;nTa AHccepTan;HH coc- of the thesis was to take place
BepH)'JICH. turning so early.' TOHTCSI B rroHe,D,eJihHHK. on Monday.'
(Question: lfeMy Mbl YAHBHJIHCb?) (Question: lfmo 6bIJIO cK{l3aHOB o6bHBJieHHH?)
521
520
 ObIJIO o6ofl6/WHO, 'ITO KOHI~epT 'It was announced that the con- IJpuKCl3QHO, 'IT06hI BCe co6pa- 'It has been ordered that every-
rrepeHOCHTC51Ha II5ITHHI(y. cert had been put off till Fri- JIHChK .JJ,eB51TH yTpa. body should report by nine
day.' (Q.i.lestion: lfmo rrpHKa3aHo?) a.m.'
(Question: lfm6 6bIJIO o6'b5IBJieHo?)
After a number of words-cKa3aTL 'to say', uanucaTL 'to write',
The Conjunction 'IT06L1 npe,a:ynpe,a:HTL'to let know', 'to warn', cK:i3auo '(it is) said', uanucauo
'(it is) written', eaJKuo '(it is) important', uuTepecuo '(it is) interesting',
. Subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction 'IT06L1 are ad- etc.-both the conjunction 'ITO and the conjunction 'IT06LI are found,
~uncts t<?the pr~dicate of the principal clause, which is a word express- the meaning of the sentence depending on the conjunction used.
mg a wish, desire, request, demand, command or necessity: Compare:
.5I xo'-ly, 'IT?6L1 Bbl MeHiI rrpa- 'I want you to understand me cor- OH CKa3aJI, 'ITO TOBapmuH 0H CKa3aJI, 'IT06LI TOBapHI.l(ll
B~JibHo Il01;51Jlll. , rectly.' rrpHI11JIH. rrpHI11JIH.
Y11HTeflb,mpe6yem,, 'IT06L1 y11e- 'The teacher demands that the pu- 'He said that the friends had 'He told the friends to come.'
~HKH6u~H BHHMaT~JibHbl. pils should be attentive.' come.'
Hy:>t<;HO,~'IT06~1 Bee y11acrnoBanH 'It is necessary that everybody B TeJierpaMMe 6bIJIO CKll3aHO, B TeJierpaMMe 6bIJIO CKa3aHO,
B :noH pa6oTe. should take part in this work.' 'ITO OH IIpHeXaJI. 'IT06hI OH IIpHeXaJI.
'The telegram said that he had 'The telegram said that he should
~ pr~dicate, modified by a subordinate clause introduced by the come.' come.'
conJunct10n 'IT06L1 may be: Ba)KHO,'ITO Bee 3TO IIOHHJIH. Ba)KHO,'IT06LI Bee 3TO IIOH51JIH.
(a) a verb expressing a wish, request, desire or command: XOTeTh 'What is important is that every- 'It is important that everybody
'to_ want', JKemhL 'to wish', Tpe6osaTL 'to demand' cTpeMHTLCH 'to body understood this.' should understand this.'
stnve,', 6op6TL~H 'to fig~t',, 3a66TUTLCH 'to take care', ~pocnTL 'to ask',
npuKa3LIBaTL to order, to command' seJieTL 'to tell' 'to order' Clauses introduced by the conjunction 'ITO state a fact, while
etc. ' ' ' clauses introduced by the conjunction 'IT06hl express a wish or request.
.5I XO'-l)!, 'IT06hl Bbl OTBeTHJIHHa 'I want you to answer this ques-
3TOT Borrp6c. tion.'
(Question: lfe26 51xo11y?) Exercise 106. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the conjunction
qyo or qyo6bl.
Mott ,D;pyr npodUL, 'ITo6L1 51,IJ;an 'My friend asked me to give him I. JI A)'MaJI, qTQ nor6Aa 6yAeT IIJIOXall. 2. YTpOM ll yBH,[(eJI,qTQ COJIH!_\ellpKO CBe-
eMy CBOHKOHCIIeKTbl. my notes.' nn. 3. JI Y3H<lJI,qTo 11po,[1aeTCllHOBbIM yqe6HHK. 4. ToBapHil-1 XO'leT, 'IT06hI ll KYIIHJI
(Question: 0 '-leM rrpocirn ,D;pyr?) eMy yqe6HHK. 5. JI 06e11-1aJITOB<lPHII-IY,'!TO KYIIJIIO eMy yqe6HHK. 6. CecTpa HaIIHCaJia
MHe, '!TO CKOpO IIpHe,[\eT. 7. CeCTpa IIpOCHJia, 'IT06hI ll ee BCTpt:THJI. 8. Bpa'l CKa3aJI,
0Ha 3a66mu/laCb, 'IT06hl B ,Il;OMe 'She took care that the house '!TO 60JibHOM AOJilKeH JielKaTb. 9. Bpaq CKa3aJI, 'IT06b1 60JibHOM JielKaJI. 10. HylKHO,
BCer,IJ;afaIJI IIOp5I,D;OK. :ho neKapcrno. 11. Heo6xoAHMo, '!To6h1 Bpaq 11pHexan ce-
'IT06h1 6oJihHoil: 11p11.H11MaJI
should always be in order.' ro,[(Hll. 12. CTp<iHHO, '!TO OH AO CHX IIOp He BepH)'JICMAOMOM.
(Question: 0 '-leMoHa 3a66THJiacb?)
Exercise 107. Insert the conjunction qyo or qyo6bl.
, . (b) a predicative adverb expressing necessity or desirability: uyJKuo
I. JI XOTt:JI, ... MOH TOBapHII-IH CKOpee BepH)'JIHCb H3 AOMa OT,[\b!Xa. 2. JI cero,[(Hll
(it is) °;e~e~sary', _ua,a:o'must', ueo6xo,a:uMo '(it is) necessary', JKena- Y3H<iJI, ... MOH TOB<ipHII-IHylKe BepH)'JIHCb H3 AOMa OT,[\bIXa. 3. 0Ha IIO'l)'BCTBOBaJia, ...
TeJILHo (it is) desirable'. O'leHh ycTana H He MOlKeT IIPOAOJilKaTb pa66Ty. 4. HaAO, ... Bbl OT,[\OXH)'JIHH IIOTOM
pa66Ty. 5. J.fa 3TOf0 IIHCbM<i ll Y3H<lJI,... MOll CeCTpa IIOCTYIIHJia B YHHBep-
IIpO,L\OJllK<lJIH
(H('lc)o),'IT06hl CTeHra3ern
Hy:>tCHO 'It is necessary that the wall news- CHTeT. 6. MaTh BCer,[(a XOTeJia, ... cecTpa IIOCTYIIHJia B YHHBepCHTeT.7. Tipe110,[laBaTeJih
6bma roT6Ba K cy666Te. paper should be ready by Sat- IIOIIpOCHJI CTyAeHTOB, ... OHH e11-1e pa3 IIpO'IIIT<lJIII TeKCT. 8. IlpeIIO,[(aBaTeJih CKa3<lJICTy-
urday.' pa3 IIpO'IHT<lTb TeKCT. 9. Mb! pa,[lbI, ... Thi xoporno C,[\aJI
,[(t:HTaM, ... OHH AOJI)KHhl e11-1e
(Question: lfmo HY)KHO?) 3K3<lMeH. 10. Mb! Bee XOTt:JIH, ... Thi XOpOilIO C,[\aJI3K3<lMeH. J J. Coce,[(Ka CKa3ana, ... KO
MHe IIpliXO,[\HJI KTO-TO. 12. JI IIOIIpoCHJI MOer6 Apyra, ... OH IIpHilleJI KO MHe. 13. Hy-
Heo6XOOUMO, 'IT06bI Ha co6pa- 'It is necessary that everyone )KHO, ... Bbl MeHll IIp<iBHJibHO IIOHllJIH. 14. JI AyMaIO, ... Bbl MeHll IIpaJibHO IIOHMII.
HHHIIpHC)'TCTBOBaJIH
Bee. 15. Bee XOTllT, ... 3<iBTpa 6hIJia xopornall 110[0,[(a. 16. Bee .[(OBOJibHhI,... B'lepa 6hIJia xo-
should be present at the meet- pornall IIOfO,[\a.
ing.'
(Question: lfmo Heo6xo,IJ;HMo?) Exercise 108. Replace the conjunction qTo with the conjunction qyCJ6bl. How has the
meaning of the sentences changed?
(c) a short-form passive participle in the neuter: eeneuo '(it is) com- I. ToBapHII-IH CKa3aJIH, '!TO Thi HaIIHCaJI CTaTblO ,[\Jlll CTeHra3eThl. 2. MaTh HaIIHca-
manded', npuKa3auo '(it is) ordered'. Jia, '!TO cecTpa IIpHexana K Heil:. 3. OH e11-1epa3 IIOBTOPHJI,'!TO eMy rrpttHCCJIH3TH KHHrH.
522
523
4. OHa II03BOHIIJia ITO TeJie<poHy H CKa3aJia, qyo BCe TOBapHIIIH co6pamICb y Hee. B CBOCMITHCbMeOH coo6Ujaem, qTo CK6po 3aKoHqHT CBOIO pa-
5. Bpaq CKa3aJI, qyo 6oJibH0H rrpHHHMaJI 3TO JieKapCTBO.6. Moir ,upyr CKa3aJIMHe, qyo 'In his letter he writes 66Ty.
ll ,uaJI eMy HHTepecHylO KHirry. 7. Ba)KHO, qTo pa66Ta 6brm't 3aK6HqeHa B cpOK. that he will soon finish his work.'
Exercise 109. Make up complex sentences, using these words in the principal clause B CBOCMIUICbMeOH coo6UfU.!l,
and the appropriate conjunction (qrn or 'IT06b1)to introduce the subordinate clause. 'In his letter he wrote that he would soon finish his
1. 3HaTb, IIOHHMaTb, 3a66THTbCll, Tpe6oBaTb, Y!lHBHTbCll, XOTeTb, qyBCTBOBaTb. work:.'
2. pa,U,BHHOBaT,yBepeH,,[(OB0JieH. 3. HpaBHTbCJl,q)'BCTBOBaTbCJl,Ka3aTbCJl,OKa3aTbCll, B CBOCMITHCbMeOH coo6Ujum
IIOTpe6oBaTbCJI. 4. l!CHO, H)')KHO, )KaJib, lKeJiaTeJibHO, pellleH0, y,uttBHTeJibHO. 'In his letter he will write that he will soon finish his work.'
Exercise 110. Replace the simple sentences with complex ones. B CBOCMITH
CbMe OH coo6Ujaem, qTO pa66Ta y)Ke 3aKonqeHa.
(a) Model: ToBaPHIII rr6mm OIIIH6oqHoCTb CBOer6 MHeHHJI. 'In his letter he writes that the work has already been fin-
ToBapHIII II0HJIJI, 'Imo ez6 Ml-te/iUeoutu60'll-t0. ished.'
I. OIIblTbl IIO,[(TBep,UHJIHrrpaBHJibHOCTb rrepBOI'O rrpe,unOJIO)KeHHll. B CBOCMITHCbMeOH coo6UfU.il, that the work had already been fin-
2. Bee rrpH3HaJ-OTHeo6xo,uirMOCTb 3TOH pa66Tbr. 'In his letter he wrote ished.'
3. l1H)KeHep ,[(OKa3aJI11enecoo6pa3HOCTb IIpHMeHeHHJI H0BOro MeTO,Ua.
(b) Model: Bee pa,Ubl HacTyIIJieHH!O BeCHbI. B CBOCMITHCbMeOH coo6UfUm, that the work has already been fin-
Bee pa,UbI, 'Imo 1-tacmynu/la6eC1-ta.
'In his letter he will write ished.'
I. .5I Ha,UelOCb Ha II0MOIIlb TOBapttI11eH. 2. Mb! BepttM B rro6e,uy CHJI MHpa.
3. MaTb y,uttBllJiaCb paHHeMy B03BpaI11eHHIOChIHa. The present tense of the predicate in a subordinate clause introduc-
( c) Mode!: OH rrorrpocirn 116MoI11tty ,upy3eir. ed by the conjunction qrn shows that the actions of the principal and
OH rrorrpocirn, 'lm66bz opy3bit eMy noMOZ/lu. the subordinate clauses occur simultaneously. In this case the predicate
1. Mb! ,UOJilKHbI,U06HTbCJIxopolllett c,uaqn 3K3aMeHOB BCeMH CTy,UeHTaMHHalllett of the principal clause may take the present, past or future tense:
rp)'IIIIbl. 2. Mb! rrpttJIO)KHJIHBCe CHJibI K ,[(OCpoqHoMy BbIIIOJIHeHH!OIIJI{tHa. 3. Mb! 6y-
,ueM CTpeMHTbCll K ycTaHOBJieHHIO ,upy)KeCTBeHHb!XOTHOilleHHH CO BCeMH CTpaHaMH. 51 l./)!6Cm6y10, } qTo eMy He HpaBHTCHMOH OTBeT.
'I feel that he did not like my answer.'
Use of Verb Tenses in Subordinate Clauses 51 '-1)!6Cm606Q.il,
Introduced by the Conjunctions qrn and qn>6LI 'I felt that he did not like my answer.'
The predicate of a subordinate clause introduced by the conjunc- Omi zoeopum, qTo OHa 3aHHTa H IT03TOMYne MOiKeT IIOHTII
tion qTo6LI is a verb in the past tense, irrespective of the time to which B TeaTp.
the action of the subordinate clause refers: 'She says that she is busy and therefore cannot go to the
theatre.'
Hy)KHO, qT66b1 Bbl ecezda Haqu- 'It is necessary that you should al-
HaJiu pa66Ty B 9 qac6B. ways begin to work at that she was busy and therefore could not go to the
9 o'clock.'
Omi cKmaAa,
'She said theatre.'
Hy)KHO, qTo6LI Bbl 3aempa Ha- 'It is necessary that you should
qaJiu pa66Ty B 9 qac6B. begin work at 9 o'clock tomor- 0Ha CKa:»eem, that she is busy and therefore cannot go to the
row.' 'She will say theatre.'
Hy)KHO 6hrno, qT66LI Bbl 6'-lepa 'It was necessary that you should Jlrno, 'ITO OHa He xoqeT yqacTBOBaTb B 3TOMpa3rOBOpe.
Hal./a.!lu pa66Ty B 9 qac6B. begin to work at 9 o'clock yes- 'It is clear that she does not want to take part in this
terday.' conversation.'
hbl.ilO RCHO, that she did not want to take part in that conversa-
The predicate verb of a subordinate clause introduced by the con-
junction qrn may take the present, past or future tense, irrespective of 'It was clear tion.'
the tense of the predicate verb in the principal clause:
B CBOCMIIHCbMeOH C006Ufaem, qTO ;::i:enau;::i:yT
xoporn6. The past tense of the predicate in a subordinate clause introduced
'In his letter he writes that things are getting on all by the conjunction qrn shows that the action of the subordinate clause
right.' precedes that of the principal clause.
B cBoeM rrHcbMe oH coo6Ufu.il, that things were getting on all OH cKa3aA, } 'ITO pa66TaJI Ha 3aB6;::i:e.
'In his letter he wrote right.' 'He said that he had worked at a factory.'
B CBOCMITHCbMeOH C006Ufum, that things are getting on all OH zoeopum,
'In his letter he will write right.' 'He says that he worked at a factory.'
525
524
0Ha CKa3aJia, qTo 6hIJUl 3aHHTa 'She said that she was busy and MHe HpaBHTC5I, 'ITO OHBcerna BbI- MHe HpaBHTC5ITO, 'ITO OH Bcerna
H II03TOMY ue MOrJia IIOHTII therefore could not go to the IIOJIH5leTCBOIIo6ern:aHH5I. BbIIIOJIH51eT
CBOIIo6ern:aHH5I.
C HaMH B TeaTp. theatre with us.' 'I like that he always keeps his 'I like the fact that he always
promises.' keeps his promises.'
The future tense of the predicate in a subordinate clause introduced
by the conjunction qTo shows that the action of the subordinate clause In some cases the use of the demonstrative word is imperative, e.g.:
will occur after the action of the principal clause. 3anaqa 3aKmoqaeTC5IB TOM, 'ITO- 'The a1m is to carry out the task
OH CKa3aJl, } qTO 6y,iJ;eTpa66TaTh Ha 3aBO,lJ;e. 6L1 KaK MO)KHO Jiyqrne BhIIIOJI- as well as possible.'
'He said that he would work at a factory.' HHTb 3anaHHe.
OH 2060pum, rJiaBHa5I TpynHOCTh COCT051Jia 'The main difficulty was that the
'He says that he will work at a factory.' B TOM, qTo yqaCTHHKH3KCIIenII- members of the expedition did
.QHHIIJIOXO3HaJIH MaprnpyT. not know their route well.'
0Ha cKa3a!la, 'ITO 6y,lJ;eT 3aHHTa H II03TOMYue CMO,KeT IIOHTII
):(npeKTOp HaqaJI C Toro, qTo JIIIq- 'The director began by getting
B TeaTp. HO II03HaKOMHJIC5I CO BCeMH. personally acquainted with ev-
'She said that she would be busy and would, therefore, be erybody.'
unable to go to the theatre.' Exercise 113. Insert the demonstrative word TO in the appropriate case with or
0Ha 2060pum without a preposition.
'She says that she will be busy and will, therefore, be unable 1. Mb! Ha,[\e.l!JlHCh... , '!TO B BOCKpeceHbe6y,[leT XOpowa.11rroro,L\a. 2. Jl 6h1Jl pa,[1 ... ,
to go to the theatre.' '!TO MeHH IIpHrJlaCHJlH Ha 3TOT Be'!ep. 3. HHKTO He COMHeBaeTC.11 ... , '!TO Thi ycrreWHO
C,L\alllh 3K3aMeHhl. 4. 0H yrropHO ,L\06HB.1JlC.II ... , '!T06hI eMy pa3peWHJlli rrepeHTH Ha Me-
Exercise 111. Explain the difference between the meaning of the sentences in the left ,L\111\HHCKHH cpaKyJlhTeT. 5. Jl ,[\aBHOMe'!TaJl ... , '!T06bI IIOil.lCTh Ha 3TOT CIIeKT.lKJlh. 6. Jl
and right-hand columns. 6b!Jl O'!eHh ,L\OBOJleH... , '!TO MHe npe,L\JlOlKHJlli 611neT Ha 3TOT crreKT.lKJlh. 7. OH Bcer,[la
Toaapmn: CKa3aJl, '!TO OH XO'leT IIOHTH TBep,[10 BepHJl ... , '!TO eMy Y.Ll.lCTC.11,L\06HThC.IICBOeH l(eJlH. 8. 0H 6b1Jl yaepeH ... , '!TO
ToaapHli\ CKa3aJl, '!TO OH XOTeJl IIOHTH
C H.lMH B TeaTp. C H.lMH B TeaTp. B CJl)''!ae He06XO,[\HMOCTHTOBapHII_\li ero IIOMepJKaT.
EpaT Harr11can, 'ITO OH He MoJKeT rrp11- npaT Harr11can, 'ITO OH He Mor rrpm:xaTh Exercise 114. Complete the sentences, using the appropriate conjunction ('ITO or
exaTh JleTOM K MaTepH. JleTOM K MaTepH. 'IT06b!).
0Ha CKa3ana, 'ITO 3HaeT :'JTy rreCHfO. 0Ha CKa3aJla, '!TO 3HaJla :'JTy rreCHJO.
Jl CKa3aJl, '!TO .11BepH)'Ch ,[\OMOH II03,[\HO. Jl CKa3aJl, 'ITO .II BepH)'JlC.11
,[IOMOHII03,[\HO. 1. Tpy,L\HOCTh3aKJlIO'!aeTC.IIB TOM, ... 2. Hawa 3a,L\a'!a COCTOHTB TOM, ... 3. Ilbeca
KOH'!aeTC.11 TeM, ... 4. IlpeIIO,[\aBaTeJlh Ha'!aJl yp6K C Toro, ... 5. Bc.11CJlOlKHOCTh3TOro
Exercise 1_12.Replace the past tense in the subordinate clauses with the present Borrp6ca 3aK.JIIO'!aeTC.IIa TOM, ... 6. LI;enh 3TOH pa66Tbl COCTOHJlaB TOM, ... 7. Pewa.113TY
tense and explam how the temporal relationship between the actions of the principal and rrpo6JleMy, H.l,[\O HCXO,[\HThH3 TOrO, ...
subordinate clauses has changed.
Exercise 115. Replace the simple sentences with complex sentences.
1. 0Ha CKa3aJla, '!TO OHa Y'!HJlaCh Ha HCTOpH'!eCKOMcpaKyJlhTeTe. 2. CTy,[leHT CKa-
3.lJl, '!TO OH IIJlOXO IIOHHM.lJl 3TOT TeKCT. 3. 0Ha OTBeTHJla, '!TO y Hee He 6h1Jl0 CB060,[l- 1. Mb! CTpeMHMC.11K OBJla,[\eHHIOrrpaBHJlhHOH PYCCKOHpe'!b!O. 2. Y'!HTeJlh Tpe-
HOrO BpeMeHH. 4. nOJlhHOH CKa3aJl, '!TO eMy 6h1Jl0 XOJlO,[\HO.5. Jl 3aMeTHJl, '!TO OH.1 6yeT OT y'leHHKOB BHHM.lHH.11.3. 0H Ha,[\eeTC.11Ha ycrreWHOe OKOH'!.lHHe mhnen pa66TbI.
IIJlaKaJla. 4. HapO,L\hl CTpeMHTC.11K pa3peweHHIO MelK,L\yHap6,[1HhlXrrpo6neM rryTeM neperoa6poB.
5. .[),HaJleKTH'!eCKHHMeTO,[\ Tpe6yeT paccMOTpeHH.11.IIBJleHHHB ,[\BHJKeHHH,B pa3BHTHH.
Demonstrative Word in the Principal Clause 6. Pa66'!He ,L\06HB.l!OTC.IIHeyKJlOHHOfO IIOBh!IlleHH.11IlpOH3B0,[\HTeJlhHOCTHTpy,[la.

Subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunctions qTO, qTo6hl

may be adjuncts either to the predicate of the principal clause itself or The Conjunction KaK
to the demonstrative word TO attached to that predicate. Subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction KaK generally
Sentences Sentences
without a Demonstrative
modify the predicate of the principal clause, which is a word denoting
with a Demonstrative
Word Word
a physical perception: BHLJ:eTh 'to see', CJILimaTh 'to hear', 1aMeTHTh 'to
MHe coo6rn:IIJIH, qTo MOHcTaThH notice', Bnnuo 'is seen', CJIL1muo 'is heard', 1aMeTuo 'is noticeable.'
MHe coo6rn:IIJIH o TOM, qTo MOH
6yneT HarreqaTaHa. CTaThH6yneT HarreqaTaHa. 51 euiJeA,KaK OH Bornen B Becn1- 'I saw him enter the foyer and go
'I was told that my article would 'I was told that my article would 61-0JihH IIOIIIeJIIIO JieCTHH.Qe. upstairs.'
be published.' be published.' Mbr cJ1blutaJ1u, KaK rrponeTeJI ca- 'We heard a plane fly by.'
51 yBepeH, qTO OH cnep)KHT CBOe 51 yBepeH B TOM, 'ITO OH cnep)KHT MOJieT.
CJIOBO. cBoe cJioBo. B OKHO6blJlO 6U0HO,KaK BOnBope 'Through the window one could
'I am sure that he will keep his 'I am sure that he will keep his HrpaJIH neTH. see children playing in the
word.' word.' courtyard.'
526 527
B KOMHaTe6b1Ao cAbllllHO, KaK 'In the room one could hear them 1. 5[ CJ!hIIIIaJI,qTo Bbl rrepee3)KaeTeHa ,11pyry10KBapTrrpy. 5[ CJlhIIIIaJI,6y,11TO
Bbl
OHRKpIIqaJIII II CMeirJIIICb. shouting and laughing.' rrepee3)KaeTeHa ,11pyryIOKBapTttpy. 2. roBOp.llT, qTo OHaB MOJIO,IIOCTH 6bIJia KpacaBH·
IJ;eii.roBOp.llT, 6y,11TO 6b! OHaB MOJIO,IIOCTH6bIJia KpacaBHIJ;eii.3. 0Ha ,ll)'MaeT,qTO:ha
After the words eu,n:eTL'to see', CJILIIIIaTL 'to hear', JaMeTUTL 'to pa66rn eii no crrnaM. 0Ha ,11yMaeT,6y,11rn:ha pa66rn eii no crrnaM. 4. MHe cKa3anu,
notice', eu)].uo '(is) seen', CJIL1rnuo'(is) heard', JaMerno '(is) noticeable' qTo 3aqfa no xrrMHHOTJIO)KeH. MHe cKa3anu, 6y,11To6b1 3aqeT no xrrMuu OTJIO)KeH.
the conjunction 'ITO can also be used.
If the principal clause contains the verb CMOTpeTL'to look', cJiy- The Conjunction :rm
rnaTL 'to listen', ua6mo)].aTL 'to observe', cJie)].HTL'to watch' or mo6o-
BaTLCH'to admire', the subordinate clause can be introduced only by Subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction JIU are adjuncts
the conjunction KaK: to the predicate of the principal clause, which is either the verb cnpo-
cnTL 'to ask', yJnaTL 'to find out', JK,n:aTL'to wait', ue JnaTL 'not to
.51 Jie)KaJI Ha CIIIIHeII CMOmpeA, 'I was lying on my back, watching know', ue nonilTL 'not to understand' or ue noMHUTL'not to remember',
KaK ITOHe6y Me,z:i:JieHHO ,IJ;BHra- the clouds floating slowly or the word neHJsecTno '(is) not known', ueilcuo '(is) unclear', ue-
JIIICbo6JiaKa. across the sky.' nonilTno '(is) not understandable' or unTepecuo '(one) wonders':
Mbl Ha6A10daAU, KaK ,z:i:eTII IIrpann 'We watched the children playing
BO ,IJ;BOpe. in the courtyard.' IIpox6)Kllll cnpocuA, ,z:i:aneK6JIU 'The passer-by asked whether it
,z:i:o 6J1ll)KaITI1Iell CTaHIIHll was far to the nearest under-
Note.~ The word KaK may not be only a conjunction but also a conjunctive
word. If the principal clause contains a verb of speech or thought (roeop1tTb 'to MeTp6. ground station.'
say', cnpiuuueaTb 'to ask', paccKa3bIBaTb 'to tell', 3uaTb 'to know', nounMaTb 'to .51He 3Ha10, 6y,z:i:eTJIU y MeHircBo- 'I don't know if I shall have free
understand', ,11yMaTb'to think', etc.), the word KaK introducing a subordinate 66,z:i:HoeBpeM51. time.'
clause is a conjunctive word and may bear a logical stress. In the subordinate Heu3eecmHo, BepHeTCHJIU OH ce- 'It is not known whether he will
clause KaK is an adverbial modifier of manner:
r6,z:i:HH. come back today.'
ToBapm:11cnpodut MeHii,KaK JI pewfrn :hy 'My friend asked me how I had solved this JfHmeperno, 6y,z:i:eTJIU 1aBTpa 'I wonder if it will rain tomor-
3a.L(aqy. problem.'
ToBapm.11 paccT<:a3Cl/l
HaM, KaK OH OT- 'My friend told us how he had spent his
,IJ;O)K,IJ;b. row.'
,IIOXH)'Jl
JleTOM. summer holiday.'
A subordinate clause introduced by the conjunction JIUwhich fulfils
Replacement of the conjunctive word KaK with the conjunction qrn is either the function of an object of the verb cnpocnTL 'to ask' is an indirect
impossible or changes the meaning of the sentence. question.
Exercise 116. Read through the sentences. Point out the sentences in which the con- .51 crrpoc{rn: «Mb1 cK6po 6y,z:i:eM 'I asked, "Shall we have supper
junction KaK can be replaced with the conjunction qrn and those in which no replacement )')KllHaTb?»
is possible. soon?"'
(direct question)
1. 0Ha c rpyCTbIOCMOTpena,KaKBt:Tep KPY)KIIJI B B03,11yxe)KeJITbieJIHCTbJI.2. 5l
Jie)KaJIB IIOCTt:Jlll
ll CJI)'IIIaJI,KaK,110)!(,llb
CTyqaJIITOKpbIIIIe.3. Mb! qacTO X0,1'(HJlll
Ha 6e- .51crrpocttn, ckopo JIII MbI 6y,z:i:eM 'I asked whether we should have
per CMoTpeTb,KaK3a M6peM ca,11rrnocbc6nHii;e.4. B OKH66bIJIOBH,IIHO, KaKK Bop6TaM )')KIIHaTb. supper soon.'
IIO,ll'bt:XaJia
MaIIIttHa.5. MaJibqllK Ha6JIIO,llaJI,KaKMypaBbHIIOJI3aJIHITOCTBOJI)' ,11epeBa. (indirect question)
6. B,11pyrMb!ycJibIIIIaJIH,KaK3aCKpurreJia,IIBepbll KTO·TOBOIIIeJIB coce,IIHIOIO KOMHaTy.
7. 5[ YBH,lleJI,KaK OHa IIO,IIOIIIJia K rrperrO,llaBaTeJIIO. (For the structure of clauses introduced by the conjunction JIU, see
p. 428.)
The Conjunction 6y,z:i:rn(6y)].TO 6L1) Exercise 118. Read through the sentences. What is the difference between the mean-
ings of the sentences of each pair?
Clauses introduced by the conjunction 6y)].TO (6y,z:i:rn6L1) report Sentences Sentences
some supposed or doubtful fact or phenomenon. Like clauses intro- with the Conjunction qrn with the Conjunction nu
duced by the conjunction 'ITO, these subordinate clauses modify verbs 5f He 3HaJI,qTOH)')KHO
eme pa3 IIpOBt:pHTb 5[ He 3HaJI,H)')KHO Jlll eme pa3 npOBt:pHTb
of speech, thought or physical perception: roeopnTL 'to say', pac- BbJqucneHHJI. BbJqllCJit:HllJI.
cKaJLIBaTL 'to tell', )].yMaTL 'to think', KaJaTLCH'to seem', CHHTLCH'to MHe He 6bIJIO ll3BeCTHO,qTo OHa rrpue- MHe He 6bIJIO ll3Bt:CTHO,rrpuexaJia Jlll
dream', nocJILIIIIaTLCH'to hear', etc.: XaJia. OHa.
Mb! He 3HaJIH,qTo Tb! IIOCTYII!l.Jl
B HHCTH· 'Mb! He 3HaJIH,IIOCTYIIHJI Jlll Tb! B HHCTH-
.51CAbllllaA, 6y,n:rn Bbl ye1)KaeTe. 'I hear you are leaving.' T)'T. T)'T.
MHe nocAbllllaAocb, 6y,n:rn KTO-TO 'I seemed to hear somebody call- 11HTepeCHO,qTo :hy KOHTpOJibHYIO pa- I1HTepeCHO,XOpOIIIOJlll CTy,11eHTbl HaIIH-
66Ty Bee CTy,[leHTbl
HarrucamI xopow6. caJIH :hy KOHTpOJibHYIO pa66Ty.
30BeT MeHir. ing me.'
Exercise 119. Replace the conjunction 'ITO with the conjunction nu changing the word
Exercise 117. Read through the sentences. How would the meaning of the sentences order in the subordinate clause accordingly. How has the meaning of each sentence chang-
change if the conjunction 6y,11To(6y,11To6h1) were used instead of the conjunction qrn? ed?
528
529
34 -384
 ......

Model: Hmn6 He 3Ha.rr,'lmo mbl cKbpo eepHembcR. o6e.[(a OH IIOJ:J;OIIIeJJ

K Hett CIIpOCHTb, He IIOHJ:J;eTJJHOHa ryJJi!Tb. (I'OH'l.) 5 . ..sJ:rrpOCHJJ,
HHKT6 He 3HaJI, cKbpo 11umb1 eepHembCR. qT06bI MeHiJ: HHKTO He IIpOBO)KaJJ Ha )KeJJe3HYIO J:J;Opory.(I'apm.) 6. CTaJJOiiCHO,qTo MbI
J. ..sIHe 3HaJJ,qTO KOHIJ:epTy)KeHaqaJJdi. 2. MbI )K)J;{!JJH,
qTo OHOTBeTHTHa 3TOT 3a6JJyJ:J;HJJHCb.
(Ape.) 7. Ba)KHO,qTo6bI J:J;eT!f rrpnyqaJJHCbeme c IOHbIXJJeT pa66TaTb.
aonp6c. 3. HHKOMY He 6bIJJOH3BeCTHO, qTo B cy666Ty 6yti:eT3KCKypcm1.4. ToaapHIIIH (JI. T.) 8. OH 6oiiJJCH,qT66br qTQ-HH6yJ:J;b a pa3roB6pe He HaBeJJ6HaTaIIIy Ha TH)KeJJbie
He 3HaJJH,qTOOHax6qeT noexaTb C HllMH3a ropoti:. 5. HHKTOHe CKa3aJJMHe,qTo H ):J;OJJ- BOCIIOMHHaHHH. (JI. T.) 9. Hati:o, qTo6bI BCeMHa 3eMJJe6bIJJOXOpOIIIO. (M. I'.) 10. ,z:_t;a-
)KeH3aihii: B J:J;eKaHaT.
6. DOJJbHOH He 3HaJJ,qTo eMy J:J;OJJrO
npHJ:J;eTCll
JJe)KaTbB IlOCTeJJH. IIIa c TOCK6iirJJ»ti:eJJa,KaK 3a oKHoMJJeTi!TCHH3Yaaepx KJJy6lr cepoii nlrnn. (A. T.)
JI. q_yBcTByeTCll, qTo 3TOTqeJJOBeK3HaeT MHOro. (M. I'.)
Exercise 120. Complete the sentences, joining subordinate clauses to these principal
clauses by means of the conjunction JIH.
1. ..sIxoqy 3HaTb, ... 2. ,z:t:py3bil
qacTo cnpanmaamr MeHii, ... 3. HHKT6He Mor no-
CONJUNCTIVE WORDS USED IN COMPLEX SENTENCES
Hi!Tb, ... 4. ,z:_t;o
CHXnop 6bIJJO HeH3BeCTHO, ... 6 . ..sIHlfKaKHe MOr
... 5. Bee )K):J;aJJH, WITH OBJECT AND SUBJECT CLAUSES
acn6MHHTb, ... 7. Mbr ti:6JJro cn6pHJJH, ... 8. HeiicHo, ... 9. MHe 6lrno lfHTepecHo, ...
I 0. OH HHKOMY He XOTeJJCKa3aTb, ... 11. Hati:o Y3HaTh,... Conjunctive words introducing object and subject clauses include
the relative pronouns KTO 'who', qTo 'what', KaKoii 'what', 'which', qeu
The Conjunction KaK 6bl ue 'whose', CKOJILKO'how many/much' and the relative adverbs r,1J;e
'where', Ky.[J;a'where to', 'whither', OTK)',IJ;a'where from', 'whence',
Object clauses introduced by the conjunction KaK 6hl ue are ad- KOr.[J;a'when', KaK 'how', noqeMy 'why', 3aqeM 'what for'.
juncts to the predicate of the principal clause, which is a word express- These conjunctive words are used after words expressing speech or
ing fear, apprehension, anxiety: 6oiITLCH 'to be afraid', onacaTLCH 'to a thought or physical perception; after the verbs roeopnTL 'to say',
fear', ocTeperaTLCH 'to beware', 6ecnoKoHTLCH'to be anxious', noJI- cnpamnBaTL 'to ask', OTeeqaTL 'to answer', 3HaTL 'to know' (y1uanaTL
uonaTLCH 'to be worried, anxious', CTpamuo 'one (is) afraid'. 'to learn'), noMHHTL 'to remember', 1anoMHHTL 'to remember', nouu-
MaTL 'to understand', BH.[J;eTL 'to see', CJihimaTL'to hear', 061»HcnnTL'to
JI 6ofutCH (MHe 6hrno cmpau1110), 'I was afraid lest the waves should
explain' and after the words ii:cuo'(it is) clear', u1necrno '(it is) known',
KaK 6L1 B0JIHhIue rrepeBepHyJIH overturn the boat.' ueu1eecrno '(it is) not known', '(one has) no idea', nouii:rno '(it is)
JI0.D:Ky. understandable', BH,IJ;HO '(it is) obvious', '(it is) seen', nuTepecuo '(it is)
Mhl onaca.llUCb,KaK 6bl ue Hcrr6p- 'We feared the weather might interesting', cKa1auo '(it is) said', uanucauo '(it is) written', 061»ilBJieuo
THJiaChrror6,n:a. change for the worse.' '(it is) announced', etc.
Like the verb in a clause introduced by the conjunction qTo6M ue, qTo Mhl .D:OJI)l(Hbl ,n:eJiaTh,n:aJihIIIe.
the verb in a clause joined by the conjunction KaK 6L1 ue takes the past what we must do next.'
tense, but it does not denote the past time. The verb of the subordinate KTO HaM 6y,n:eTIIOMOraTh.
clause is preceded by the negative particle though the meaning of the who will be helping us.'
sentence is not negative. n KaKOH6H6JIHOTeKe M0)KHOHaiiTM3TYKHM-
The conjunction qT06L1 ue is sometimes used with the meaning of ry.
KaK 6bl ue. JI He 3Ha10, in what library this book is available.'
Mhl 6ofl.11ucb,qT66L1 rror6.n:a ue 'We feared the weather might 'I do not know q1,u 3TO TeTpa,n:H.
ucrr6pTHJiach. change for the worse.' who these exercise-books belong to.'
MHe flCU38ecmflo, CKOJILKOCT0HT:ha KHMra.
Exercise 121. Replace the conjunction 'ITO with the conjunction KaK 6bIne changing
the sentences, as in the model. 'I have no idea how much this book costs.'
r,IJ;e)KlfBeT3TOTTOBapmu:.
Mode!: Mbr 60S1JJHCb,
'lmo nozboa ucnbpmumCJ1. where this comrade lives.'
MM 60S1JJHCb,
KaK 6b1 nozboa He ucnbpmu.1acb.
Ky.[J;aMhl rroe,n:eMJieTOM.
I. MaTb 6oiiJJaCb,qTo pe6eHOKnpoCT)'J:J;HTCH. 2. Mbr 6ecrrOKO!fJJ!fCb, qTo TbI 3a6y- where we shall go in the summer.'
ti:eIIIbIIpHHTllHa co6pamie. 3. IlyTeIIIecTBeHHHKH OIIaCaJJHCb,qTo HaqHeTCHMeTeJJb.
4 . ..sI6oiiJJCll,qTo Tbl npoCIIHIIIbH OII03):laeIIIbHa JJeKIJ:lllO.
5. Mbl 60HMCH,qTo ):1;0)1():J;b KOr.[J;aMhl KoHqlfM 3TYpa66Ty.
IIOMeIIIaeTHaM rroexaTb 3a ropoti:. 6. Bee 6oi!JJHCb,qTo J:J;eTH 3a6JJ)'J:J;HTCH
B JJecy. when we shall finish this work.'
Exercise 122. Read through the sentences. Point out the words in the principal claus- Exercise 123. Read through the sentences. What questions do the subordinate
es to which the subordinate clauses are adjuncts and the conjunctions introducing the clauses answer?
subordinate clauses.
1. OH A)'MaeT O TOM,qTo 6.S,ti:eT
J:J;eJJaTb
Beeb ):J;OJJrHH
ti:eHbH C KeMBCTpeTHTCH.
I. qepe3 OKHOH yaii:ti:eJJ,KaK60JJbIIIall cepall IITHIIaceJJa Ha BeTKYKJJeHaB caJ:J;y. (A. T.) 2. Mb! CHeTeprreHHeM )K):J;aJJH,
KOr.[(aKHaMB Cati:IIpHJJeTiJ:TCTapbie3HaKOMbie-
(Jlaycm.) 2. ,z:_t;eTCTBO
KQHqHJJOCb. 0'!eHb :lKaJJb,'ITO BCIOrrpeJJeCTbJ:J;eTCTBa Mbl HaqH- CKBOpllbl.(Kynp.) 3. Eii XOTeJJOCb'ITO-TOCKa3aTb,HOOHaHe 3HaJJa,Cqer6 HaqaTb. (JI.)
HaeMIIOHHMaTb,KOrJ:J;a .[(eJJaeMCHB3pOCJlbIMH. (Jlaycm.) 3. 0H 6oiJ:JJCH,KaK6bI rOCTHHe 4 . ..sI caMa He noHHMaIO, oTKyti:a 6pa.rrii:cb y MeHSI TaK6e cnoK6iicrnne, peIIIii:-
CTaJJH6e3 Hero paCCKa3bIBaTbqTQ-HH6yJ:J;b HHTepeCHOe, If He YXO.[(HJJ.
(lfex.) 4. I16rne MocTb, TQqHOCTb (JI. T.) 5. JlHCTbHqyn IIIyMeJJHHa):J;
B Bb!pa)KeHH51X. MOeIOroJJOBOH;
530 531
34*
no OJ:IHOM)' HX IIIYMYMOJKHO 6hIJIOY3HaTb,KaKoe rnr;:1a CTO»JIOBpeMSIro;:1a. (Typ2.)
me OHHaXOJ:IH-
6. IlpoCH)'BIIIHCbH C ycirnHeM OTKpbIBrna3a, AneKceii He cpa3y IIOHSIJI, If a subordinate clause modifies the pronoun HHKTO or HUqTo, it in-
TCSI.(A.JIC.) variably incorporates the emphatic particle HU.
Like the conjunctive words KTO and qTO the pronouns in the princi-
Exercise 124. Make up complex sentences, using the conjunctive words qTo, KTo
KaKoii, cKoJILKo, rAe, KyAa, OTKyAa, KOrAa, noqeMy, 3aqeM and the words 3HaTL, cnpo:
pal clause may take any case with or without a preposition.
CHTL,DOMHHTL,DOHHM3.Tb, BH)_),eTL,3aMeTHTb,HHTepeCHO,H3BeCTHO,DOHHTHO,BH)_),HO, Ha- The case of the pronoun is determined by the part of the principal
DHCaHO in the principal clause. clause it is and the word in the principal clause it is an adjunct to.
OH BhIIIOJIHMJI TO, qTO eMy rropy- 'He did what he had been entrust-
Complex Sentences with the Conjunctive Words KTO and qTO 1:IHJIM. ed with.'
OH He BhIIIOJIHMJI Toro, qTO eMy 'He did not do what he had been
Subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunctive word KTO 'who'
rropy1:IHJIM. entrusted with.'
or qTO 'what' may modify the object or subject of the principal clause if
I1M 6hrno BbIIIOJIHeHo TO, qTo 'He did what he had been entrust-
it is a pronoun.
eMy rropy1:Iii:JIM. ed with.'
In the principal clause, the subject or object modified by the subor-
OH 3a6hrn o TOM, qTo eMy rropy- 'He forgot what he had been en-
dinate clause may be:
1:IHJIM. trusted with.'
(1) the demonstrative pronoun TOT 'he', 'the one' or TO 'what',
OH ew,e He rrpHcTyrran K TOMy, 'He has not yet begun doing what
'that'.
qTO eMy rropy1:IIIJIM. he was entrusted with.'
OiaCTJUIB TOT, KTO Bee :ho BH,n:eJI 'Happy is he who saw all this with HaK0He11 OH B35IJIC~3a To, qTO 'At last he has begun doing what
CBOHMM rna3aMM. his own eyes.' eMy rropy1:IHJIM. he was entrusted with.'
XopoIII6 ToMy, KTO Bee 3TO BH,n:en 'Lucky is he who saw all this with The case of the conjunctive word is also determined by the part of
CBOHMM rJia3aMM. his own eyes.' the subordinate clause it is and the word in the subordinate clause it is
To, qTO cny1:IHJIOCh, HMKor,n:a 'What has happened will never an adjunct to.
66nbIIIe He rroBTOpHTC~. take place again.'
qero HMKT0He O)KMJJ:3.JI.
Toro, qTo CJIY1IHJ10Cb, HMKor,n:a 'What has happened will never
66JibIIIe He 6y,n:eT. happen again.' that nobody had ex-
pected
(2) the definitive pronoun Bee 'all', 'everybody', Bee 'everything', 0 qeM Mbl ,n:6nro II0M-
BCiIKuii 'anybody', Kam)J;hlii 'everybody' or mo6oii 'anyone'. HMJIM.
Bee, KTo rrpttIIIeJI Ha Be1:Iep,co6- 'All who came to the social gather- that we remembered for
panttch B 3ane. ed assembled in the hall.' a long time happened.'
BceM, KTO rrpMIIIen Ha Be1:Iep, 'All who came to the social had Cny1:Iii:Jioch qTo Ha,z:i:6nro OCTclJIOCb
6hrno Becena. a good time.' TO, y Hae B IIclM~TM.
HaKoHen; 6hrno roT6Bo Bee, qTO 'Finally, everything needed for 'Something that remained in our
Hy)KHO,n:n~ rryTeIIIecrnM~. the journey was ready.' memories for a long
Kam)J;LIH, KTO XOTeJIBhICTYIIMTb, 'Everybody who wanted to speak time
qeMy Bee 61:IeHb y,n:ttBii:-
Mor rrorrpocttTh cn6Bo. could ask for the floor.'
Kam)J;OMY, KTO XOTeJIBhICTYIIMTb, 'Everybody who wanted to speak JIMCh.
6brno rrpe)J;ocTaBJieHo cn6Bo. was given the floor.' at what everybody was
surprised
(3) the negative pronoun HHKTO 'nobody' or HuqTo 'nothing'.
Exercise 125. Read through the sentences; state the case of the pronouns modified
Koro ~ HU crrpaIIIMBaJI, HUKTO He 'No matter whom I asked, they by the subordinate clauses and of the conjunctive words. What questions do the subor-
Mor OTBeTMThHa 3TOT Borrp6c. could not answer this question.' dinate clauses answer?
Koro ~ HU crrpaIIIMBaJI, HHKOMY 'No matter whom I asked, they (a) J. Bee, qTo roBop£rn Cb!HO JKeHCKOH JKl13HH,6bIJia rOpbKaSI3HaKOMaSI rrpaBj:la.
HM1:Ier6He 6bIJIO M3BeCTHO06 knew nothing about it.' (M. I'.) 2. CJIOBO- Bbipa)Kemi:eMhTCJIH, H IlOTOM)'CJIOBO r(OJIJKHO
COOTBeTCTBOBaTb TO-
3TOM. M)', qTO OHOBbipaJKaeT.(JI. T.) 3. 1-lTo SIqyBCTBOBaJI, Toro He CTaHyOiliiCbIBaTb.(JI.)
4. HaM H)'lKHOTO, qTo o60rall\aeT BH)'TpeHHHH MHpqeJIOBeKa,BCe,qTO B03BbIWaeTero
qTO OH HU BiI,n:en, HUqTO eMy He 'He did not like anything he saw.' JMOIJHOHaJibHYIO JKH3Hb.(Ilaycm.) 5. IloqTJi qm311qecKH011\YTlfJIOH He06b»THOCTb,
HpclBMJIOCb. rpaHr(H03HOCTbpOr(HHblH BCero, qTo npoHCXOr(lf:IOHa ee npocTopax. (A.JIC.)
qTO OH HU BH,n:eJI,HUqeM OH He 'Nothing he saw pleased him.' (b) J. ToJibKO TOTJII06HT, y KOro CBeT.,eeTMbICJibH yKpeIIJIHIOTCSI pyKH OT JII06-
6brn ,z:i:oB6neH. Bii. (l.fep11.)2. KTO npo CBO!ir(eJia KpllqJiTBCeM6e3 YMOJIKY, B TOM,Bepno, Mano TOJIKy.
(Kp.) 3. ToMy, KTOCTpOllT,TBOpiiT,C03r(aeT, KTOqecTHOTPY!IHTCSI Ii )KHBeTTpyr1aMH
532 533
 ........

pyK cBoiix, HyJKeHMHp. (If. 3.) 4. HacTyrrit.na ):(oJirall oceHHllll HO'lb. Xopow6 TOMY, COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ATTRIBUTIVE CLAUSES
KTO B TaKiie HO'IH CH):(HTno,[( KpoBOM ):(6Ma, y Kor6 ecTb TeIIJib!H yron6K. (Typ2.)

Exercise 126. Write out the proverbs. Insert the missing punctuation marks. Under-
Attributive clauses qualify a noun in the principal clause and an-
line the subordinate clauses. swer the questions: KaKou?, KaKiu1?, KaKbe?, KaKue? 'what (sort of)' The
1. XopOilIO CMeeTCll TOT KTO CMeeTCll IIOCJie,[(HHM.2. He BCe TO 30JIOTO'!TO 6Jie- question may be in any case with or without a preposition.
CTHT. 3. qTo c B63y ynano TO nponano. 4. KoMy MH6ro ):(aH6 c rnr6 MH6ro H crrp6cH- Terreph MHe TPYAHOBcrroMHIITh 'It is difficult for me now to recall
TCll.
II rroHHThTe MeqTbI(KaKue Mel/- and understand the dreams
Exercise 127. Insert the conjunctive word KTO or '!TO in the appropriate case with or mb1?), K0Toph1eTOr,na uanonuiI- which crowded my imagination
without a preposition. JIH Moe Boo6pa,KeHHe.(H. T.) then.'
... CJIY'IHJIOCb. Ilapox6,n cen Ha MeJih B6JIII3HTo- 'The steamer ran aground near
I. Mbr 6h!JIH roTOBbl K TOM)', ... Hae rrpe):(ynpeJK,[(<lJIH. ro ropo,n:Ka (e6Au3u KaK620 20- the town Leontyev was going
{ ... HaM rrpHilIJIOCb 3aHHM'1TbCll.
... Mb! ,[(OJIJICHhl
6h!JIH ,[(eJiaTb. poiJKa?), Ky,na exaJI JleOHTJ.eB. to.'
(Ilaycm.)

{
... OH IIpHHeC,
2. MHe H)'JICHOTO, ... OHH ):(06HB<l!OTCll. HacTana MHHyTa (KaKa.R MUH)l- 'The moment came when I fully
... OHH CTpeMllTCll. ma?), KOr)J,aH UOHHJIBCIOQeny realised the value of those
... OHH He M6ryT o6ottTHCb. )TUX CJIOB.(I'OHI/.) words.'
... MH6ro ):(py3ett.

{ CONJUNCTIVE WORDS USED IN ATTRIBUTIVE CLAUSES

... Bcer,[(a OKpyJKaIOT):(pY3bll.
3. Xopow6 TOM)', ... IlOMOr<lIOT TOB<lpHW:H.
... HyJKeHJIIO):(llM. The following conjunctive words are used in attributive clauses:
... BCe I(eHllT H yBaJK<lIOT. (a) the pronouns KOTOpbIH'which', KaKoii 'what', 'which', qeii
'whose', qTo 'that';
4. 3rnft pa66rnft ):(OJIJKeHpyKoBO):(HTb{ ... eCTb 6onbw6ft 6rrb!T. (b) The adverbs r,ne 'where', Ky,na 'where to', 'whither', OTKyJJ:a
TOT, ... HMeeT 60JibilIOH OllbIT.
'where from', 'whence', Kor,na 'when'.
Exercise 128. Supply the pronoun in the appropriate case with or without a preposi-
tion:
The Conjunctive Word KOTOpbIH
(1) The Pronoun uce
1. 3TO coo6rn;eHHe B3BOJIHOB'1JIO
... , } The conjunctive word KOTOpbIHinvariably agrees with the noun it
2. 3TO coo6rn;eHHe 6h!JIO HHTepeCHO. . . , qualifies in gender and number.
3. 3THM C006W:eHHeM 6h!JIH B3BOJIHO- KTO IIpHC)'TCTBOBaJIHa co6paHHH.
BaHbl ... , MhI BbIIIIJIIIe caiJ, KOTOpbliicrry- 'We went out into a garden,which
4. 3TO rrpe):(JIOJIC(:HHe
6bIJIO IIOMepJKaHO cKaJIC51 K peKe. sloped down to the river.'
... ' MhI rroIIIJIH no iJop62e, KOTopaH 'We went along a road which led
(2) The Pronoun KlllK):(bIH BeJia K peKe. to the river.'
1.
2.
3.
Coo6mit. 06 3TOM ... ,
Ha):(o rroroBopit.Tb 06 3TOM ...
06 3TOM ,[(OJIJKeHY3H'1Tb ... ,
J no yskrnye,- , •PY""'·
MbI HarrpaBIIJIIIChK 03epy, KOTO- 'We headed for a lake, which was
poe Haxo.n;ttnocb B .n;ByxKIIJIO-
MeTpax OT .n;epeBHII.
two kilometres from the vil-
lage.'
4. Ha):(O H3BeCTHTb06 )TOM .. .
CoJIHIJ,ecrrp51TaJIOCh 3a myl/u, KO- 'The sun hid behind the clouds,
(3) The Pronoun TO
TOpbie ITOKphIJIII Bee He6o. which had covered the entire
(a) I. 51 He rrouepHn .. . , } sky.'
2. 51 6b!JI O'!eHb y):(HBJieH... ,
3. MHe IIOKa3aJIOCb HeBepol!THb!M '!To MHe paccKa3aJIH. In all the preceding examples the words KOTOpb1ii,KOTOpaH,KOTO-

I
4. jj_~HKOf):(a paHbille He 3HaJI ... , poe, KOTOpb1e are the subjects of the subordinate clauses and, therefore,
5. 51 6'!eHb 3aHHTepecouaJicll ... , take the nominative.
(b) A complex sentence with the conjunctive word KOTOpbliimay be re-
I. Bee y):(HBHJIHCb... ,
2. Bcex y):(HBHJIO... , '!TO CJIY'IHJIOCb. placed with two simple sentences. To do this, the conjunctive word
3. Bee 6hrnH y):(HBJieHhI... , must be replaced with the noun which it qualifies:
4. HHKTO He XOTeJI BCilOMHH<lTb... ,

Mhl BhIIIIJIIIa ca.n:,KOTOpbliicrryc- MbI BhIIIIJIIIB ca,n. CaJJ:crrycKaJIC51

KaJic51K peKe. K peKe.
534 535
 ........

MbI noIIIJIH no ,l],op6re, KOTopaS1 MbI noIIIJIH no ,l],op6re. l];opora A subordinate clause with the conjunctive word KOTOphtiimay
Bemi K peKe. Bemi K peKe. stand either at the end or in the middle of the principal clause.
MbI HanpaBHJIHCb K 03epy, KOTO- MbI HanpaBHJIHCbK 03epy. 03epo 51 BepHJJI B 6H6JIHOTeKyKHUZU, 'I returned to the library the
poe HaXO,l],HJIOCb B .lJ.BYX
KHJIO- HaXO)],HJIOCbB .lJ.BYXKHJIOMeT- KOTOphleSI Y'IKCnpo'IUTaJI. books which I had already
MeTpax OT ,l],epeBHH. pax OT )],epeBHH. read.'
C6JIHIIe cnpiITaJIOCb 3a TyqJI, Ko- C6JIHIIe cnpiITaJIOCb 3a Tyqn_ Knuzu, KOTOphieSIy.,._enpo'lnTaJI, 'I returned the books which I had
TOphie noKpbIJIH Bee He6o. Tyqu IIOKpbIJIHBee He6o. 51BepHyJI B 6H6JIHOTeKy. already read to the library.'
The conjunctive word KOTOph1iiin a subordinate clause may also The subordinate clause stands immediately after the word which it
take an oblique case. The case of KOTOph1iidepends on its function in qualifies.
the subordinate clause. In some cases, the conjunctive word KOTOphiiimay not be at the be-
ginning of the subordinate clause.

KoToporo 51,lJ,aBH6He BH,lJ,eJI.

whom I have not seen for a long
time,
Cer6,lJ,H51 KO MHe KOTOpOMY5106e1IIaJI IIOMO%. will come
rrpH,l],eTTOBa- whom I promised to help,
pHIII, 0 KOTOpOM51Te6e paccKa3bIBaJI.
'To~ay a friend of about whom I told you,
mine, C KOTOphIM 51 BMeCTe yqHJIC51
B IIIKOJie.
with whom I went to school,
KoTopyro TbI MHe ,lJ,aJI.
which you lent me.'
o KOTopoii TbI MHe roBopirJI.
51 y)Ke rrpoqJITaJI about which you told me.'
KHHry, C KOTOpOHTbI MHe COBeTOBaJI
'I have already read II03HaKOMHTbC51.
the book, which you advised me to read.'
K KOTOpoiiqepe3 n6Jie BeJia Tpo-
nHHKa.
MbI BbIIIIJIH H3 to which a footpath led across
Jieca II YBH,l],eJIH a field.'
peKy, 38 KOTOpoiiHaXO)],HJiaCb ,l],epeBH51.
'We came out of beyond which stood a village.'
the wood and '1Cpe3 KOTopyro HJ)KHO 6bIJIO
saw a nver, rreperrpaBHTbC51Ha JIO)],Ke.
which had to be crossed in
a boat.'
KOTOphliiOH 6y,lJ,eTqnTaTb B rro-
He,l],eJibHHK.
OH cer6,lJ,H513aK6H- which he will deliver on Monday.'
qJIJI ,l],OKJia,l],, Ha)];KOTOphIMOH pa66TaJI MeC5III.
'Today he finished 'at which he had worked for
the report, a month.'
536
51BCTpeTHJIqeJioBeKa, JIUUOKOTO- 'I met a man whose face seemed
poro IIOKa3aJIOCb MHe 3HaKO- familiar to me.'
MbIM.
This is generally the case when the word KOTOphiiiin the subordi-
to see nate clause depends on a noun.
me.' Mb1 BOIIIJIH B ca)],, Bee JJ:epeBhSI'We entered a garden, in which all
KoToporo 6hIJIH B IIBeTy. the trees were in blossom.'
In this sentence, the conjunctive word depends on the noun )J;e-
pCBbSI.
The Conjunctive Word KaKoii
Like the conjunctive word KOTOp~1ii,the c<?njunctive w?rd Ka_Koii
agrees in number and gender, but not m case, with the noun 1t qualifies
in the principal clause.
3To 6bIJia TaKa511-/0l/b, K8KOHy)Ke 'It was a night such as I have
51HHKOrJJ:aHe BHJJ:aJiaIIOCJie. never seen since.'
(H. T.)
The Conjunctive Word qeii
The conjunctive word qeii does not agree with its an~ecedent in th_e
principal clause. It agrees in gender, number and case with the word 1t
qualifies in the subordinate clause.
51 6hrn pa)]. yBH,lJ,eTbJJ:pyra, 'lhH 'I was glad to see my friend,
coBCThlMHe 6bIJIH HY)KHbI. whose advice I needed.'
51 6hrn pa)]. yBir)],eTb )].pyra, 'I was glad to see my friend,
s 'lbHX coshax 51 oqenh ny)K- whose advice I needed very
)],aJIC51. badly.'
The conjunctive word qeii in an attributive clause may be replaced
with the conjunctive word KOTOphliiin the genitive.
51 6hrn pa.lJ. yBir)].eTh .lJ.pyra, co- 'I was glad to see my friend,
BeTbI KoToporo MHe 6hIJIH whose advice I needed very
oqenb HY)KHbl. badly.'
537
 JJ:pyra, B co- 'I was glad to see my friend,
-516brn paJJ: YBHJJ:eTh OX0THIIK B306paJIC.sIHa )];epeBO, 'The hunter climbed a tree, from
seTax KOTOporo.sI oqeHh Hy)K- whose advice I needed very C KOTOporoOH Mor Ha6JIIO)];aTh which he could observe the
)];3JIC.sI. badly.' )];Opory. road.'
-51xopoIII6 rr6MHIOTO yTpo, e Ko- 'I well remember the morning on
The Conjunctive Word lfTO Topoe .sI IIOKMHYJI
POJJ:H0H)],OM. which I left my home.'

The conjunctive word lfTOin an attributive clause is used only in the Demonstrative Words in the Principal Clause
nominative or the accusative without a preposition.
If a subordinate clause is introduced by a conjunctive word, its
,ll;epeBH.si:,
lfTO CT051JiaHa 6epery 'The village that had stood on the noun antecedent in the principal clause may be preceded by the demon-
63epa, cropena. (II.) shore of the lake had burnt
down.' strative word TOT or TaKoii.
Ilo)]; )];epeBh.sIMII,lfTO pOCJIHB0- 'There was a bench under the OrraCHOCTbIIOSIBMJiaCb C TOHCT0- 'Danger came from where we did
3.Tie)];0Ma, CT051JiaCKaMeHKa. trees that grew near the house.' poHbl, OTK)')],aMbl ee B0BCe He not expect it at all.'
,lJ;epeBH.sI, lfTO Mhl rrpoexamI, 'The village, that we had passed )K)];aJIII.(Ape.)
cTOirna Ha 6epery 63epa. by stood on the shore of a lake.' JTO 6h1Jia TaKaH 0H0qb, KaKOH 'It was a night such as I have
y)Ke .sI HllKOr)];aHe BII)];aJiaII0- never seen since.'
The conjunctive word lfTO in an attributive clause has the same CJie. (JI. T.)
meaning as the conjunctive word KOTOphIH,but is used much less fre-
quently. Demonstrative words in principal clauses are attributes and help to
The predicate of a subordinate clause introduced by the conjunctive emphasise the antecedent in the principal clause. Their use in the above
word lfTO agrees with its antecedent in the principal clause if the con- sentences is not obligatory.
junctive word lfTO is the subject of the subordinate clause. Exercise 129. Read through the sentences. What questions do the attributive
In the first sentence, the predicate of the subordinate clause clauses answer? State the case of the conjunctive word 1.::0Top1,1ii.
What part of the sen-
(crnsma) is in the feminine singular since it agrees with its antecedent tence is it?
(JJ:epesun)in the principal clause. (a) 1. CoJIHl(e, KOTOpoe onifTh I!Ol!BMJIOCh 113-3a T)''lll, OCBeTHilO a'1eCH)'!OIIOJiifHy.
In the second sentence, the predicate of the subordinate clause 2. 3alll\ BhI6e)KaJI Ha IIOJlifHy, KOTOpy!O OCBeU\aJIOCO.,Hl(e. 3. )],an MHC KHiHH, KOT{Jp1,1e
(pocm'i)is in the plural since it agrees in number with its antecedent (Ae- JJe)KaT Ha CTOJ'1C.TToKa)KM MHC KHl1IH, KUTc)pble Tl,! KYTTM.'1. 4. )],ern pal!OBaJrnCb rnery,
KOTOphitt HaKOHCl\ Bhman cen'1J~Hll 11oq1,10. 5. 51 3an11c.'w ane<JaTJICHHlL o Ko1op1,1x
peBhHMH)in the principal clause. In the third sentence, the conjunctive ll paccKa)Ky APY3hilM. 6. )],pyr cp;ep)KaJI CBOeCJIOBO,KOTopoe OH ,[\lIJI MHe. 7. Tonapnu1
word lfTO is the direct object of the predicate (npoexa.11u). paCCKa3aJI Mlle O KOHl\CpTe, Ha KOTOpOM OH 6hIJI B<Jepa. 8. JJec. 'lCpC1 KOTL1phlff Mb!
IJL'UI, Tl!H)'J!Cll Ha HCCKO!lhKOKHiIOMeTpOB.
(b) I. )],eBO'!Ka, KOTOpaH :JaCH)'Jla 6b!JIO Bt)3ile !lC'lKII, B~pyr BCKO'!i1.?3MC MOJ1•1a;
The Conjunctive Words r)],e, Ky)].a, OTK)')].a,KOr)],a
J[MBhIM 11cnyroM CTaJia [J'1ll,L\CThHa Hae. ( Typz.) 2. 51 q;°\CTOCJihIUla;1 paccKa3bl O JICCHHKe
nHp!OKC, KOTOpOro BCe OKpCCTHbie MY)KHKH 6oifJIHCh KaK OrHH. (Tvpz.) 3. Ha/W MHL1tt
The conjunctive words r)].e, KyAa, OTK)'Aaand KOr)].aare adverbial paCCTHJia.,OCh rony66e mf:60, no KOTL1pOMYTITXOnJihL'IO H Tal!JJO CBepKaKHHee 60,l~KO.
modifiers in subordinate clauses. (Kop.) 4. Ha 6epcry KTt)-TO pa,BC.'1 orpi,MHhltt KOCTCp,,[\b!M OT KOT6poro .:1,UJCKO nrnc-
TCll HaJI .'!CCOM. (Kop.)
HeJJ:aneK6 OT 3TOH cTaHI(IIII Ha- 'Not far from this station is the
x6)].IITc.si:JJ:epeBH.si:,
r)],e .si:po- village where I was born and Exercise 130. Read through the sentences and explain why the conjunctive word Ko-
JJ:HJic.si:
II Bbrpoc. grew up.' TOph1iidoes not stand at the beginning of the subordinate clause.
Ox6THIIK B306panc.si: Ha )].epeBO, 'The hunter climbed a tree, from I. PeKa, Ha 6epery KOT6poii. \1hl lK11.111,BTTaL1f1erB B6:iry. 2. f1yTcmccr8.eHHHKH
OTK)'AaOHMor Ha6JIIO)].aThAO- which he could observe the KOTL1pb!X6hLlH noKpb!Thl BC'lHhIM CHe!'OM. 3. OH )KHBeT B TOM
yBM,[\eJIHropbl, BCp1I111Hhl
p6ry. road.' p;oMe, Kph11I1aKOT6poro BHp;HeeTCll 113-1a J1epeBbeB.
-51 xopoIII6 rr6MHIO TO yTpo, 'I well remember the morning on Exercise 131. Combine each pair of simple sentences into a complex sentence with
KOr)].a.si:rroKMHYJI pOJJ:H0HJJ:0M. which I left my home.' the conjunctive word Korophiii.
The conjunctive words r)],e, Ky)].a, OTKy)].aand Kor)],a in attributive (a) Model: Mb! nop;·bexa;m K J16My. /1,oM 61,rn SipKo ocne1uc11.
Mb! Il0/1beXaJil1 K ,[\OMY, KOmopblU 6bL1 /1pKO oceeUjCII.
clauses may generally be replaced with the conjunctive word KOTOphln
in an oblique case with a preposition. I. Mbr nomn11 no TPOTIMHKe.Tpon11HKa Bena K p;6My. 2. YTpOM H~<Jan,cilp;o~1.1h.
)],O)K,L\bHe npeKpamaJICll BeCb p;eHb. 3. Mb! CTIYCTMJIHCb
K MOp!O. Mope B 3TO yTpO 6hlJIO
He)];aJieK6 OT 3TOH CTaHI(llll Ha- 'Not far from this station is the CITOKOH.HO.
X0)];IITC.sl
)];epeBH.sI,B KOTOpOH village in which I was born and (b) Model: 5J.Ham1caJI cecTpe. OT ceCTpbI ll p;aBHO He nonyqa-;i ITllCbMa;
.si:pOJJ:MJic.si:
II Bbrpoc. grew up.' 51 ttanHcan ceCTpe, om Kombpou R iJae11b 11enoJ1y,;aJ1nucbMa.
539
538
 1. IloceT!fTeJib IIO.LIOIIIeJIK CTOJI)'. 3a CTOJIOMCll..[leJICeKpeTapb. 2 . .l1:eTII.B6e)KllJIII. peKrr. 5. Bee pa.noBannch rrpeKpa~Hon rror6.ne,. Ko1:_6paS1ycT.aHoBrrJiac? B Haqa.JI~ Ma~.
B KOMHaTy. Ilocpe.nrr KOMHaTbl CTOiJ:JiaeJIKa. 3. HaKOHel\ B.[laJirr 3aCBepKllJIII OI'Hlf .[le- 6.CaMOJieT orrycT!fJICSI Ha Jib.[IIIHY, Ha KOTOpOII.. HaXO.[II1.Jiac1:Hayq~o-ll.CCJ,[e.[IOBa-
peBHII. B .nepeBHe Mb! MOI'JI!f rrepeHoqeBaTb. TeJibCKaSICTllHl\ll.SI. 7. Pa66Ta, KOT6pon OH OT.[laJIMHOr~ Cll.JI, 6hrna_HaKOHel\ 3aKoHq~Ha.
8. Mb! Bhl!IIJIII Ha IIJIOIIJa.[lh, rrocpe.nrr KOT6pon CTOl!JI rraM_HTHII.KropbKOMy. 9. IIo Y;Ill.-
(c) Model: Mb1 IIOJIOIIIJI!f K .n6My. 0KHa .n6Ma 6hJJIII. iipKo ocBeu.ieHhI. 1\aM, KOTOpb!e 6hIJIII. iipKO OCBeIIJeHhl, )J;BrrraJiaCh 0)Kll.BJieHHaSIrrpa3)J;Hll.qHaSITOJIIIa.
Mb! IIOJIOIIIJI!f K .LIOMY,OK11aKombpo20 6b1Au ftpKo oc6ei1Je11b1.
1. Y MeHii: ecTb IIOJIHOe co6paHI1.e coqnHeHII.H IlyIIIKII.Ha. CTIIX!f IlyIIIKIIHa SIoqeHb Exercise 136. Fill in the blanks with attributive clauses of your own, introduced by
the conjunctive word KOTOpb1ii.
mo6mo. 2. Ha CTOJie CTOiJ:JIIIl\BeThl. 3arrax l\BeTOB HaIIOJIHiJ:JIKOMHaTy. 3. Mb! OTJlbl-
XllJIII ITO.LI.nepeBbSIMII. B TeH!f .nepeBbeB 6hIJIO rrpOXJill.[IHO. 1. .z::t:O)KJlb
... HaKOHell rrepeCTaJI. ?·
Illocce .... 6JieCTeJIO_OTJIO)KJI~.3. JlrrC;hSI Ha lf-e-
peBbSIX ... y)Ke pacrrycTlf.'IIICb. 4. Ha COTHil KilJIOMerp~lB TSIHYJIIlCbneca ·;· 5. Jlo.[IK~ Me.[1-
Exercise 132. Replace the complex sentences with two simple ones. JieHHO rrpI1.6JIII)KaJiach K 6epery .... 6. JI6.nKa ... Me.nneHHo rrpH6JII1.)KaJiaChK 6epery.
Model: 0H exaJI 6eperoM foepa, Il3 KOTOporo BhITeKaJia peqKa.
0H exaJI 6eperoM foepa. ¥fa 03epa Bh!TeKaJia peqKa. Exercise 137. Write out the sentences, replacing the conjunctive words 'leii, r.ne,
Kyp;a,OTKy.na,Kor.nilwith KOTOpL1ii.
I. Mb! YB!f.[leJIII. JIOJIKY, KOT6paSI Me.[IJieHHO IIpil6JIIl)KllJiaCb K 6epery. 2. IIa.naJI
cHer, KOT6pb1ii: TYT )Ke TaSIJI. 3. JI xoqy ycrrhh Ha rr6e3.n, KOTOpb1ii:OTXOllHT B 10 qac6B. I. ToBapll.IIJ .nan MH~ ra3~TY, r.ne 6bIJI~ er6 c1:aTbH. 2. Mb! IIOJl~SIJI~CbHa XOJIM, OT-
4. Bee I'OTOBSITCSI K '.lK3llMeHaM, KOTOpbie CKOpO HaqH)'TCSI. 5. JI IIOJiyqrrJI OT 6paTa IIIl- K)'.[la OTKpbIBUJICSIrrpeKpaCHblil BIi.LiHa rromI Il .nepeBHII. ?· JI xopOIIIO IIOMH!° ~o BOCKpe-
CeHbe KOT.fill.Mb! BMeCTe e3.[lll.Jlll. 33. ropOJI. 4. JI I103BOHilJI B TY .[IBepb, Ky.Lia TOJibKO qTO
CbMO, B KOTOpOM OH C006IIJ!fJI O CBOeM IIOCTYIIJieHHII B IIHCTIIT)'T. 6. Ha HaIIIeM rryn1
BOIIIJI~ .neByIIIKa. 5. Bee CMOTpeJIII.H~ TOT 6ep_er, KY.Lill rrpll.;llJIII.Jia JIO.[IKa,-6. Ha Be:iepe
6bIJia peKa, qepe3 KOTOpyIO HaM H)')KHO 6hIJIO rrepeHT!f B6pOJ1. 7. Eeper, K KOTOpoMy
6y.neT BhICTyrraTh IIIl~aTeJih, %!° HO~YIO KHil.ry ?JCecell.qac TaK ropS1qo o6cy)K.[laIOT.
rrpHqaJIHJia JIO.[IKa, 6bIJI KPYT Il o6phIBIICT. 8 . .D:ol\l, B KOTOpOM IIOMeIIJaJICSICaHaTOpll.ii:,
CTOHJIB 6epe30BOH pOIIJe. 9. Bo JIBOpe HrpaIOT .nen-1, KpliKII. II CMeX KOTOpb!X JIOHOCSI-
7. Jlec, OTKy.na Mb! Bbl!IIJIII., y)Ke CKpbIJICSIB TyMaHe.
TCSIKO MHe B KOMHaTy. 10. Mb! IIOJIOIIIJIH K Tea.Tpy, rrepe.n BXOJIOMB KOTOpbIH TOJIII!f- Exercise 138. Write out the sentences. Underline the demonstrative and conjunctive
JIOCb MH6ro Hap6p;y.
words. What questions do the subordinate clauses answer?
Exercise 133. Write out the sentences, supplying the conjunctive word 1wT6pbliiin 1. MHe XOpOIIIO Illl.MSITeH.[leHh, KOI'Jlll. SIBnepBhie noqyBCTBOBaJ,[reporrqe~KYIO Il03~
the appropriate form. M?~
3ll.IO Tpy.na. (M. I'.) 2. JI Tll.K)Ke Jl)'MaJI O TOM qeJIOBeKe, B %IlX pyKaX H_aXO.[lll.JiaCh
cy.Llb6a. (II.) 3. JI 6pOCII.JICSI1;10.LIBb!C~Kll.~ KYCT _opeIIIHilKa, Ha.LI KOTOpbIM M,0_!10.LIO_H
I. B.naJI!f Bil)J;HeJIOCbfoepo, ... CBepKaJIOHa COJIHl\e. 2. Mb! OTJIOXH)'JIIl B TeHrr .[le-
peBheB, ... pOCJI!f Ha 6epery. 3. J,fa-3a .[lepeBheB IIOKa3aJiaCb KphIIIIa JIOMa, K ... · Mbl Ha- CTpOHHblff KJieH KpaC!fBO yacKilHYJI CBOil_JierKil.e .B~TBII..(Typ2.) 4. 9H C 6_oJiblII01_1 Bece~
JIOCTbIOOilll.Cll.JIMHe ceMeHCTBO KOMeH.[laHTa, ero 06?-leCTBO Il Kpan, Ky.na _3aBeJiaMeHSI
rrpaBJiiJ:JIIICb. 4. Mb! IIOJIOIIIJI!f K .LIOMY, ... CTOii:JIcpe.nrr ca.na. 5. IInca.TeJib 3aKOHqll.JJ
cy.nh6a. (II.) 5. BHOBb SI rroceT!fJI TOT yroJIOK 3eMJIIl, r;::i;eSI rrpoBeJI Il3rHaHHilKOM )];Ba
CBoii poMaH, Ha.LI ... OH pa66TaJI TPH r6.na. 6. JI )KHBY B KOMHaTe, OKHa ... BhIXOJISIT
TO.LiaHe3aMeTHh!X. (II.)
B ca.n. 7. B BOCKpeceHbeSI rroii.ny B rOCTII K .LIPY3hii:M,y ... SI .[laBHO He 6bJJI. 8. B CBOeM
OH OCBeT!fJIBOIIpOCbl, ... BCe Mbl IIHTepecyeMCSI.9. ITO.LI.nepeBbSIMII, OT ... rra.na-
.LIOKJill..[le Exercise 139. Make up complex sentences with_ attrib_utive clau_ses, using the con-
Jia ryCTll.SI TeHb, 6hIJIO IIpOXJill..[IHO.
junctive words KOTOpblii,KaKoii, 'leii, 'ITO,rp;e, Ky1J.a,OTKy/1.a,
KOr/J,a.
Exercise 134. Make up sentences according to the model, putting the subordinate
clause after the word which it qualifies.
CONJUNCTIONS USED IN ATTRIBUTIVE CLAUSES
Model: (a) J,fa Bop6T .n6Ma BhiexaJia MaIIIrrHa;
(b) B03Jie KOT6poro Mb! OCTaHOBlfJIII.Cb. In attributive clauses, the conjunctions qrn, qT66b1, 6y,a;To,KaK
J,fa Bop6T ObMa, 603Ae Kombpo20 Mbl ocma1106uAucb, 6b1exaAa 6y,a;rnare used.
Mamu11a.
I. (a) JI He rronyqrrJI IIIIChMll. II I103TOMY Hilqer6 He 3Ha.IO; The Conjunction qrn
(b) o KOT6poM Thi roBoprrIIIh.
2. (a) CrreKTll.KJib y)Ke He ll.JleT; The conjunction qTo introduces attributive clauses which connote
(b) Ha KOT6pb1ii: Thi rrpocrrJI KyrrrrTh 611JieThI. result.
3. (a) Mh1 BOIIIJirr B cBfaJiyIO KOMHaTy;
(b) OKHa KOT6poii BhIXOJllfJIII Ha rrJI6IIIaJ1b. Cp:eJiaJiaCh TaK:351MeTeJih, qTo OH 'The blizzard became so severe
4. (a) MaJ.JI!fHb! )K.[laJIII. Hae 3a MOCT6M; mP-rer6 He B3BH,r:i:en.
(II.) that he could see nothing.'
(b) Ha KOTOpb!X Mb! rrpnexaJIII..
5. (a) .D:op6ra 6una III11p6KaS1II. p6BHaS1; 0Tel.J, rneJI TaKHMH 6.bICTphIMH 'The father was walking with such
(b) no KOT6poii Mb! exaJIII.. IIIaraMH, qTo MaJih'IHK C Tpy- long steps that the boy_had _dif~
6. (a) JI CIIyCT!fJICSIB OBpar II IIOIIIeJI BJIOJib Hero; ,[(OMrrocrreBaJI 3a HHM. ficulty in keeping up with him.
(b) no JIHY KOT6poro 6e)Ka.JI pyqeii:.
The Conjunction 6yJJ;TO
Exercise 135. Change these sentences, making the subordinate clauses the principal
ones and vice versa.
The conjunction 6yJJ;TOor KaK 6yJJ;rnintroduces attributive clauses
Model: Mb! IIIJIII. no p;op6re, KOT6paS1BeJia K peKe. which connote comparison:
.r:t:opora, ITO KOTOpOH Mb! IIIJIII., BeJia K peKe.
5I BepHyJic51 ,r:i:oM6ii c TaKHM 'I returned home, feeling as
I. Mb! exaJIII. JieCOM, KOTOpblll y)Ke HaqilHll.JI 3eJieH~Tb. 2. JI )KIi.JI B KOMHaTe, OKHa
KOT6pon Bb!XO.[IHJIII.B ca.n. 3. .l1:h11 C HeTeprreHil.eM )KJIYT OTl\ll., KOTOpb!ll .LIOJI)KeHrrpll.e- 'I)'BCTBOM, KaK 6yJJ;TOBi1,r:i:en though I had had a nice dream.'
xaTb 3llBTpa. 4. Mh1 cToii:mr Ha rraJiy6e TerrJiox6.na, KoT6pb1n .nBrrraJICS1 BHil3 no TeqeHHIO xop6IIIHH COH. (llex.)
540 541
 The Conjunction 'IT06hl KaKOB H npem,z-.:e6bIJI, TaKOB 'Now I am the same as I was be-
II HbIHe si. (ll.) fore.'
The conjunction 'IT06L1 introduces attributive clauses when the (Question: KaKbe SI Hbrne?)
principal clause expresses a wish or necessity. KaKHM Thi 6L1JI,TaKHMThi II oc- 'You have remained the same as
Crroii HaM rrecmo, 'IT06 B Heii 'Sing us a song in which Tancsi. you were before.'
rrp03BY'laJm All the Earth's spring melodies (Question: KaKuM ThI oc-
Bee BeCeHHIIe neCHII 3eMJIH. should be heard.' Tancsi?)
(Jle6.-K.) TyMaH 6hIJI TaKOH, 'ITO s ,z-.:syx 'The fog was so thick that you
Ha.n:o ITOCTaBHThCBOIO )Klf3Hh 'You must arrange your life in marax HH'lero He 6hIJIOB11)],HO. could not see anything a few
B TaKHe ycn6BIISJ, '1To6hl Tpy.n: such a way that work should be (Question: KaKbu 6hrn TyMaH?) steps away.'
6brn Heo6xo,n:HM.CC/ex.) indispensable.' In predicate clauses, the conjunctive words KTO 'who', 'ITO 'that',
KOTopLiii'which', KaKoii 'what', 'which', KaKoB 'what', 'leii 'whose' are
Demonstrative Words in the Principal Clause
used:
If an attributive clause is introduced by the conjunction 'ITO, KaK JI TOT, KOTOpOMYBHIIMaJia 'I am the one you listened to
6y,z-.:rn,6y.n:rnor 'IT06L1 the principal clause generally contains the de- Thi B nonyHoqHoii TIIIIIIIHe... In midnight's silence.
monstrative word TaKoii. JI TOT, 'leH B30p Ha,D:e)f(,D:y
ry6HT; I am the one whose look ruins
JI TOT, Koro HHKTOHe JII06IIT. hope;
HaBCTpeqy ,n:yn TaKOHBeTep, 'ITO 'The wind that blew in our faces I am the one whom no one loves.'
HaM Tpy,n:Ho 6hrno ,n:BHraThCSJ was so strong that it was diffi- (JI.)
3TO BCe, 'ITO MHe H)')f(HO. 'This is all I need.'
BIIepe,n:. cult for us to move on.' 'Such is the master, such is the
Y Hero TaKOHBH,D:, KaK 6y.n:ToOH 'He looks as if he were ill.' KaKOB MaCTep, TaKOBaH pa66Ta.
(Proverb) work.'
66JieH.
,[(aBaHTe 3aIIOeM TaKyIO IIeCHIO, 'Let's sing such a song that every- In predicate clauses, the conjunctions 11Toand 11To6L1are used:
'IT06hl Bee MOfJIH no,n:neBaTh body can join in.'
HaM. BeTep 6brn TaKoii, 11To TPYJJ:HO 'The wind was so strong that it
6hrno y.n:ep)f(aThc.si:
Ha Horax. was difficult to keep on your
Exercise 140. What questions do the subordinate clauses answer? Write out the sen- feet.'
tences and underline the conjunctions, the demonstrative words and the nouns qualified BpeM.si:ceiiqac ue TaKoe, 11To6L1 'It is no time for rest.'
by the subordinate clauses.
MO)f(HO6hIJIO OT.[(hIXaTh.
. I. Hy:»rno TaKyIOlKH3HhcTpOHTh,qT66hr B Heu BceM6i:rno rrpocT6pHo. (M. I'.) 2.
BeTep .11ynrropi:rnaMHH c TaK6u cirnou, qTo cTollTh Ha Horax 6i:rno rroqn'i: HeB03MOlKHo.
(Ape.) 3. roBopirn OHyBepeHHOH TaKIIMTOHOM,KaK6y,11TO 11CIIOpHJIC HHM.(lfex.) 4. The conjunctions 11Toand 11To6hlare used when the predicate of the
Trrxoe YTPO6bIJIOIIOJIHO TaKOllCBelKeCTH, 6y,11TOB03,11yxrrpOMbIJIH pO,IIHHKOBOll B0,1160:. principal clause is the pronoun TaKoii or TaKoB.
(llaycm.) Predicate clauses with the conjunction 'ITO connote consequence.
. ]!:xercise 141: Make up complex sentences with attributive clauses, using the con- Predicate clauses with the conjunction 11To6hlare used when the
Junctions 'ITO, 'IT06LI, KaK 6y):{TO. pronoun TaKoii or TaKOB in the principal clause is preceded by the
negative particle.
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH PREDICATE CLAUSES Affirmative Sentences Negative Sentences

. Predicate cl_aus~sare adjuncts to the nominal predicate of the prin- ,[(o)f(,n:hTaKoii, 11ToHeJih351BbIHTII. ,[(o)KJJ:hue TaKoii, 11To6L1HeJih351
6hIJIO BhIHTII.
cipal clause which is the pronoun TOT(Ta, To, Te) 'the (one)', TaKoii (rn-
KaH, TaKoe, TaKlte) 'such', TaKOB(TaKOBa, TaKOBO,TaKOBLI)'such' or 'The rain is not so heavy that it is 'The rain is not so heavy that you
impossible to go out.' cannot go out.'
Bee 'all'. OH ue TaKoii, 'IT06hl OTCTYIIHTh
Pred~cate clauses answer the questions Kmo? (Kmo maKbu?) 'who? OH TaKOH, 'ITO OTCT)'IIIITrrepe.n:
nepBOH )Ke TPYLl:HOCThlO. nepe,z:i:nepBOH )KeTp)'JJ:HOCThlO.
(what kmd of person?)', qmo? (qmo maKbe?) 'what? (what kind of 'He is not a man to retreat at the
thing?)', KaKbu?, KaKbe? 'what?' 'He is a man to retreat at the first
difficulty.' first difficulty.'
XmimH~ToT, KTo Tpy,z-.:nTCH.'The master is he who works.'
(M.I'.) The structure of complex sentences with predicate clauses intro-
(Question: Kmo xo3.imH?) duced by the conjunctive words KTO and 'ITO is similar to that of complex
543
542
 sentences with object or subject clauses introduced by the same con- COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF
junctive words. PLACE
51 TOT, KOf'OBbl )K,UeTe. 'I am the one you are waiting for.' Adverbial clauses of place denote the place of the action of the prin-
TipttweJI TOT, KOf'OMb! )l(,U{um. 'The man whom we were waiting
for has come.' cipal clause or the direction in which it proceeds and answer the ques-
'This is what I asked for.' tions 2oe? 'where?', Kyoa? 'where to?', omKyoa? 'where from?'
3To To, 'ITO SI npoc11JI.
Ott npttHec TO, 'ITO SI npoCHJI. 'He brought me what I had asked
for.' (2oe?) TaM,
Mbl OCTaHOBHJIHCh 'We stopped at the spot where the
f',Ue ,nopora UOBOpa'IUBana road turned to the right.'
The structure of complex sentences with predicate clauses intro- BnpaBO. I

duced by the conjunctions 'ITO and 'IT061.1and the conjunctive words rroToM Mhl rroIIIJin (Kyoa?) Ty,na, 'Then we went to where the foot-
KOTOpbIHand KaKoit is similar to that of complex sentences with at- Ky,na Bena TpODHHKa. path led.'
tributive clauses introduced by the same conjunctions and con- BeceJihie KpHKHH CMex ,UOHOCH- 'Joyous shouts and laughter came
junctive words. JIHCh(omKyoa?) oTTy,na, r,ne ur- from where the children were
,no)l(_n1,TaKoii, 'ITO HeJibJii:BhIHTH 'The rain is so heavy that it is im- panu ,neTH. playing.'
H3 ,UOMa. possible to go out.' w ,UO)l(.ll:h. 'Whence the wind, whence the
0TKy,na BeTep, OTTy.r:,:a
(predicate clause) ( OmKJOa,UO)K.ll:h
?) rain.'
JI beT TaKon ,no)l(,Uh,'ITO HeJihJsi 'It is raining so hard that it is im-
Adverbial clauses of place are joined to the principal clause by
BhIHTHHJ ,noMa. possible to go out.'
(attributive clause) means of the conjunctive words r,ne, Ky,na, OTKy,na.
3Ta KHHra ue Ta, KOTOpyID 'This is not the book I asked for.'
In the principal clause, the demonstrative words rn~ 'there', Ty,na
'there', oTTy,na 'from there' are generally used; sometimes they are
SI npoc11JI.
(predicate clause) omitted.
Thi npttttec ue Ty KH11ry,KoTopyID 'The book you brought is not the MhI ocTaHOBHJIHCh,r.r:,:e.r:,:op6ra 'We stopped at the spot where the
SI npocHJI. one I had asked for.' ITOBOpaqHBaJiaBnpaBO. road turned to the right.'
(attributive clause) IToTOM Mhl IIOIIIJIH, Ky,na Bena 'Then we went to where the foot-
TpOIIHHKa. path took us.'
Exercise 142. Write out the sentences. Underline the predicate clauses. How are the
subordinate clauses joined to the principal clauses? What questions do the predicate In the principal clause, the adverb scro,ny 'everywhere' or se3,ne
clauses answer?
'everywhere' and other adverbs of place (cnpana 'on the right', cnesa
I. repOH - :JTOTOT,KTO'TBOpHTlKlf3HbBOnpeKHCMepTH,KTOno6elK)laeT CMepTb. 'on the left', Hanpano 'to the right', Haneeo 'to the left', uanepxy
(M. I'.) 2, Bee B )lOMe6i:rno TaKHM,KaKHMoH xoTeJl er6 BH)lCTb.(llaycm.) 3. Bech JTOT
Mlip, JTO tte6o, JTOTca)l, JTOTB03.[(YX 6bIJlli He Te, KOTOpbieSI3HaJla. (JI. T.) 4. Mopfo 'above', BHU3Y'below', snepx 'upward', BHU3'downward', etc.) may be
6hm TaK6t'1,'lTO PYKH4yacrnoaa;111er6 Aa)Ke a TeIIJ1b1xpyKaai'.11.-1ax. (Tux.) s. .sI · used.
He TO, 'ITO Bbl npe):lnOJiaraeTe.( 17.)
Be3oe, Ky,na Mhl rrptte3)1(3.JIH,Mhl 'Wherever we went, we found
Exercise 143. Read through the sentences. Write out first the complex sentences BCTpeqaJIH,npy3eH. friends.'
with predicate clauses and then the complex sentences with attributive clauses. Bc10oy, r,ne MhI 6bIJIH,Hae npttHH- 'Wherever we were, we received
I. Bci:Tep6bIJl TaKOH,lJTOTpy)lHO6bIJ10aeplKaTbCSIHa Horax. )l;yn TaKOHBeTep, lJTO MS.JIMIIpHBeTJIHBO. a warm Welcome.'
Tp)'JlHO6bIJIOaeplKaTbCSIHa HOraX. 2. JTOT apTHCT-TOT C<IMblH, lJbe BbICTYilJit!HHe ABrnMo6ii:Jih rrOBepHyJIHanpa6o, 'The car turned to the right,
HaMTHKnoHpaBHJIOCbB npOIUJJblHpa3. Ha KOHl.\t!pTe ne.1 TOTCaMblHapTHCT,'!be Bbl-
CTYIIJit!HHe HaMTaK ITOHpaeH,10Cb B np6W,1b1Hpa3. 3. illyM 6b!Jl TaKOH,lJTOSIHe C,lbl- r,ne cToii:JIBhlCOKHH .r:,:oM. where there was a tall house.'
IllaJI c66cTBeHHOror6noca. no)lHiL1CSITaKOHUJYM,lJTO SI He C1blUJaJIc66cTBeHHOro
r6noca. The subordinate clause may contain the emphatic particle nu ac-
companying the conjunctive word. In such cases the principal clause
Exercise 144. Read through the sentences. Point out the predicates in the principal has the adverb se3,ne 'everywhere', scro,ny 'everywhere' or Hur,ne 'no-
clauses. What questions do the subordinate clauses answer?
where':
I. AepeBHSIIlOKa3aJiaCbMHeTaKOHlKe, KaKOHSI ee OCT3BHJI Ill!Tb JleT Ha3a)l. 2. Ott
He CTaJJTaKHM,KaKHMBee XOTt!Jlliero BH.UeTb.3. PeKa B JTOMMt!CTeOKa3aJJaCbHe Ta- Ky,na HUIIOCMOTpHIIIh, Be3,ne6ec- 'Wherever you look, you see the
KOH,KaKaSIOHaOKOJJO Hawero .UOMa.4. Bee B r6po.ue lf3MeHHJ10Cb, If TOJibKO CTapb!H)le- KOHeqHhlHMOpCKOHrrpocT6p. boundless expanse of the sea
)lOBCKHH )lOM OCTl!JlCll
IlO'ITHTaKHM,KaKHMOH6bIJl BO BpCMSIMOer6 )lCTCTBa. everywhere.'
Exercise 145. Make up complex sentences with predicate clauses, using the conjunc- r.ue 6hI Mhl HU 6bIJIH, BCIO,UYHae 'Wherever we went, they gave us
tive words KTO, 'ITO, icaicoii and the conjunctions 'ITO and 'ITOObl. xopoIII6 npHHHMS.JIH. welcome.'
544 545
35 -384
 Exercise 146. What questions do the subordinate clauses answer? Note the position of C Tex nop KaK H yexaJI H3 'We have not met even once since
the principal clause in relation to the subordinate clause. MocKBhI (c KaKux nop?), MhI HM I left Moscow.'
J. r,ne HC::KOr,na BCC6bIJIO Il)'CTO,rOJIO, pa3y He BH)..];eJIMCb.
Tenepb MJia,na11poll-la pa3pOCJiliCb.(fl.) 51 6po)..];HJI Tex rrop (oo KaKux 'I roamed till the sun sank below
)..];O
2. Tenepb II llleJI He Ty,na, Ky,naMHe6hIJIOHa,no, a !llaraJI TaM, r,ne flOpora 6blJ1ano- nop?), noKa COJIH .. e ue ynmo 3a the horizon.' ·
Jierqe_ (TauiJ.) 3. B B03,nyxe, Ky,na HI! B3rJillHelllb,KpyJKaTCII QeJible o6JiaKa CHeJKHHOK.
(C/ex.) 4. r.ne TP)'AHO,!{blllll!TCII,
r,ne rope CJibllllllTCJI,
6y,nb nepBblHTaM. (H.) 5. TaM, r,ne ropn30HT. (Ape.)
rna3 HC MOr yJKeOTJillqJiTbB TIOTCMKaX IlOJie OT He6a, MepllliJI OroHCK.( !/ex.)
Adverbial clauses of time are introduced by the conjunctions Kor,z:i:a
Exercise 147. Supply adverbial clauses of place. 'when', noKa 'while', c Tex nop KaK 'since', KaK TOJibKO'as soon as', 'the
I. Mb! IlO!llJIHTy,na, r,ne .. . moment', npe,i;:,z:i:e
'teM 'before', etc.
Mb1 nolllJIH Ty.na. Ky.na .. . A. The action of the principal clause may occur simultaneously
Mb! IlO!llJIIITy,na, OTK)'[la...
with that of the subordinate clause. The conjunctions used in this case
2. R 6bIJI TaM, r,ne .. . are KOr)..];a'when', B TO BpeMH KaK 'while', no Mepe Tor·o KaK 'as'.
R 6b!JI TaM, Ky,na .. .
R 6bIJI TaM, OTK)')].a... Kor,z:i:a MhI B03BpaI.QaJIMCh)..];O- 'When we were returning home, it
3. Bee yJKe BepH)'JIIICbOTT)')].a,r)].e .. . MOH,rneJI )..];O)K)..];b. rained.'
·Bee yJKe BepH)'JIHCbOTTy,na,Ky)].a.. . B rn epeMH KaK B rr6Jie )..];,YeT Be- 'While it is windy in the fields, it is
Bee yJKe BepH)'JIHCbOTT)')].a,OTK)')].a...
Tep, B Jiecy THXOM TerrJI6. quiet and warm in the wood.'
Exercise 148. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate conjunctive or demonstrative IloKa MhI co6MpaJIMChB )..];op6ry, 'While we were getting ready for
words. cTano TeMHo. the journey it had grown dark.'
I. Mb! IlO!llJIHTY)].a, ... BeJia )'3KallT-pOilHHKa.2. YTpOM)].eTH6cJKaJIHTy,na, ... IlJICC- no Mepe Toro KaK MhI IIO)..];HMMa-'As we walked up the mountain
KllJIHCb BOJIHbl,... CBepKaJIOHa COJIHQC MOpc. 3. 0TBaJKHbteHCCJie)].OBaTCJIH CTpCMHJIHCh JIMCh B r6py, ropM30HT pac- the horizon became broader
... , f)].CHCCTynaJia CU-IC HOra qeJIOBeKa.4. 0XOTHHKH pClllHJIHncpcHoqesaTb ... , r)].COHH
OCTaHllBJIHBaJIHCh B npOWJiblHpa3. 5. Bee )].OJifOCMOTpeJIH... , f)].CHCqeJJia B TyMaHe rnMp51.JICH. and broader.'
JIO[IKa.6.... , r,ne qeTbipe r6)].a Ha3a)].6blJia nyCTbIHJI,Tenepb Bblpoc 60JihlllOHH 3CJICHbIH
IlOCCJIOK. 7. 51 xoqy pa66TaTb ... , rne SI66Jihllle Bcer6 H)'JKCH. 8. 51 noe)].y pa66TaTh .... If the subordinate clause is introduced by the conjunction Kor,z:i:a,
rne 11 66JibWC BCer6 H)'JKCH. the principal clause may contain the demonstrative word TO or Tor,z:i:a:
Exercise 149. Combine each of the following pairs of sentences into a complex sen- Kor,z:i:aOTen:B03BpaTHJICH,TO HM 'When the father returned, nei-
tence with an adverbial clause of place, using the appropriate conjunctive and demon- HMchrna He 6hrno. (JI.)
)..];oqepM, ther his daughter nor his son
strative words.
were there.'
I. CeJI CaMOJieT.Ilo6eJKaJIH JIIO.!{H.
2. EbIJia 6e3B0)].HaJICTCilb.Tenepb IlJiell-lyTCSI OH He rrpmneJI )..];a)Ke
rnr,z:i:a,Kor,z:i:a 'He did not come even when he
BOJIHblU:HMJISIHCKOro MOpll. 3. )],oHOCHJiaCb BeceJiaJInecHJI. Pa66TaJIH KOMCOMOJibQbl.
4. Bee CMOTpeJIH.)],OJIJKCH 6bIJI IlOJIBHTbCJIIlOC3)].. eMy HY)l{Ha6hrna IIOMOI.Qb. needed help.'
Exercise 150. Replace the italicised secondary parts of the sentence with adverbial In complex sentences with the conjunction no Mepe rnro KaK, im-
clauses of place. perfective verbs are used both in the principal and the subordinate
Model: ropo)]. CTOSIJI
y C/IURHUJ/iJ«yx peK. clauses since the conjunction no Mepe Toro KaK requires a verb denot-
ropO)]. CTOllJITaM, r)].e CJIHB8JIHCb
)].BCpeKH. ing a gradual intensification of action, as in the sentence:
I. Y nepece'leHuJI iJeyx iJopbz CTOSIJI
BbICOKHH
)].y6. Ilo Mepe Toro KaK MbI IIO)..];HMMa-'As we went up the mountain the
2. J16,nKa IlJiblJia K noeopbmy peKU. .
3. r6po,11 Hit.lKHHH H6sropo,11 CTOHTnpu 8naaeHUU pe,al 0Ku 8 Bo_uy. JIMCh B r6py, ropM30HT pac- horizon became broader and
IIIMpirnc5I. broader.'
B. The action of the principal clause may occur after that of the
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF subordinate clause. The conjunctions used in this case are KOr)..];a
TIME 'when', nocJie Toro KaK 'after', KaK TOJILKO'as soon as', 'the moment',
TOJihKO'hardly ... when', e.z:i;ea 'hardly ... when', JIHIIIh 'the moment',
Adverbial clauses of time indicate the time of the action of the prin- JIHIIIh TOJibKO'scarcely ... than', c Tex nop KaK 'since'.
cipal clause and answer the questions: Kozoa? 'when?', c KaKux nop? Kor)..];a )..];O)K)..];h
KoHqMJIC5I,MhI 'When it stopped raining, we left
'since when?', oo KaKux nop? 'till when?' BbIIIIJIMM3 )..];OMa. the house.'
qHTaTh C03HaTeJihHO H Hay- 'I learned to read with awareness IlocJie Toro KaK pa66rn 6hrna 1a- 'After the work was finished,
qlfJICfl,(Kozoa?) Kor.ua MHe 6L1- when I was about fourteen KoHqeHa, Bee pa3bexaJIMCh no everybody went home.'
JIO JieT 'teTLipua.u._aTb.(M. I'.) years old.' )..];OMaM.
547
546
35*
 KaK TOJILKO cKphrnoch c6nmi;e, 'The moment the sun disap- perfective verbs are generally found. Imperfective verbs are possible
CTano 6':IeHhx6no,n:Ho. peared, it became very cold.' only when they have an iterative meaning.
C Tex nop KaK OH npHexan, 'Three years has passed since he
rrpourn6 TPH r6,n:a. came.' MLI Bcer.n:a (Ka)K,n:hIH
pa1) cne- 'We always watched the boat till
.n:nnH3a n6,z:i;Koii,UOKa oua ue it passed out of view.'
The simple conjunctions TOJihKO'the moment' JIHWh'the moment' CKpbIBaJiaChll3 BH.D:Y.
~YTL 'as soon as', e)]Ba 'hardly ... when' and th; composite conjunc~
hons KaK TOJihKO'as soon as', 'the moment', numb TOJihKO'as soon as' Exercise 151. Read through the sentences. State the aspect of the verbs in the princi-
, ,. ' , '
TOJihKOqTo Just as, qyTL TOJILKO as soon as', e)]Ba numb 'hardly ...
' pal and subordinate clauses and define the time relationship between the actions of the
principal and subordinate clauses: point out the cases when the action of the principal
when' have the same basic meaning: they show that the action of clause occurs (a) simultaneously with that of the subordinate clause, (b) after that of the
the principal clause begins very soon after that of the subordinate subordinate clause, (c) before that of the subordinate clause.
clause. I. Kor,ll;a OHMB03Bpa111aJIHCb ,ll;OMOH,
TOe111eH3,ll;aJieKa ycm;rrnaJIHM)l3bIKY H ,ll;p)'l!C-
If a subordin_ate_clause introduced ?Y one of the above conjunctions Hble XOpOBhieneCHH.(I'auo.) 2. Kor,ll;a OH npHllieJI Ha CTaH[(HfO,Ha nJiaT<pOpMeyl!Ce
precedes the prmc1pal clause, the pnncipal clause may contain the ryJI5/JlaB Ol!CH,ll;aHHHnoe3,ll;aTa ny6JIHKa,KOTopyIOOHnpHBhIKBM,ll;eTb 3,/J;eCb
Kal!C,ll;bIH
Be-
word KaK. qep. (lfex.) 3. Kor,ll;a OHJier H YCH)IJI, MaTb OCTOpOl!CHO BCTaJiaCOeBOeHnoeTeJIHH TMXO
nO,ll;OlliJiaK HeMy. (M. I'.) 4. KalK,IJ;bIH pa3, KOr,ll;ay AH,ll;pesiC06HpaJIHebTOBapHIJlHHa
E)]Ba TOflhKO Mhl Tp6HynHCh 'Hardly had we set out when it be- qTeHHe HOBOroHOMepa 3arpaHMqHoHra3eThI llJIH 6pornwpbl, npHXO,ll;MJI H HHKOJiall..
B IIYTh, KaK IlOIIIen .D:O)K.il:h. gan raining.' (M. I'.) 5. 0Ha eMOTpena BCJie,ll; y6erfiBIJlHMno ,ll;Opore OrHHMaBTOM06IIJISI H, KOr,ll;a

(Ape.) OHMHeqeJJIH, )J;OJifOe111eeT051Jla, He IIIeJIOXH)'BlliHeb,B noJIHOH TeMHOTe.(<Pea.)

6. Kor,1J;aOHCJI)'IIIaJI3THpaceKa3bI O Jif06BM,er6 e66CTBeHHaSI JII060Bb K HaTaIIIe B,ll;pyr
BCnOMHHJiaCb eMy. (JI. T.) 7. IlpHexana Ha)J;SIB eBOli r6po,ll; B nOJI,ll;eHb.Kor,ll;a OHa
C. '!he action of the principal clause may occur before that of the exana e BOK3aJia)J;OMOH, TO)'JIH[(blKa3:lJIHCbell.oqeHb IIIHpOKHMH, a ,ll;OMa MaJieHbKHMH.
subordmate clause. The conjunctions used in this case are: (l/ex.) 8. Kor,ll;a si BOIJleJIHaBepx B CBOlOKOMHaTyH ornoph:JI OKHOHa foepo, KpacoTa
(1) npe,K.n:eqeM 'before', nepe.n:TeM KaK 'before', ,IJ,oTOro KaK 'prior 3TOH B0,ll;hI,3THX rop H 3TOrO tte6a B nepBOe MfHOBeHbe 6yKBaJibHO OeJieIIIIJia
to': H noTpS!eJiaMeHiI.(JI. T.) 9. Kor,ll;a H,ll;eTnepBb!H eHer, npHHTHOBM,ll;eTb 6enyIO 3eMJIIO,
6eJihle KpbIIIIH,,ll;hllliHTCSI MMKO,eJiaBHO... (lfex.)
Ilpe,K,l),e qeM CTeMHeno,Mhl .n:06- 'Before it grew dark we had
pannch .n:6,n:oMy. Exercise 152. Combine each pair of simple sentences into a complex sentence with
reached home.' the conjunction Kor,a:a.
)];o TOro KaK Ha'IH)'TC}I
KaHHKYllhl, 'Before the holidays begin we
J. JlHCTbSIllCeJITefOT.HaCTynaeT 6eeHb. 2. Jlec IIIYMMT.,[{yeT Cl!JibHbIHBeTep.
Mhl .D:Ofl)l(Hbl
c.n:aTh,n:Ba3K3a- must take two examinations.' 3. ,[{eTHKaTaIOTCSI Ha KOHbK:lX H Ha JlhlllCaX.HaCTynaeT 3HMa.4. MbI BepH)IJIHCb ,ll;OMOH.
MeHa. 6hIJIOCOBCeM TeMHO.5. OH OTKpbIJIOKHO.B KOMHaTyBOpBaJICSI CMJibHblHBeTep. 6. Mb!
nocTyqaJIH B ,ll;Bepb.B KBapTHpenOCJlh!lliaJIHebmarl!. 7. IlpHIIIJia BeCHa.IlepeJieTHb!e
. If t~e predicate, of a subordinate clause introduced by the conjunc- nTHI.\blBepH)IJIHebB HilIIIHKpaiJ:.8. Kopa6Jib 6b!JI ,ll;aJieKOOT 6epera. HaqaJiaCb 6ypsi.
tion npe~.z:i;e ~eM KaK or .z:i;o
qeM, nep~.z:i; Toro KaK refers to the performer 9. Ott npHIIIeJI. Bee yllCeco6paJIMeb. 10. Mb! npHlliJIH B TeaTp. ,[{o Haqana cneKTaKJISI
of the act10!1of the prmc1pal clause, it generally takes the infinitive, and OCTaBa.JIOCb 15 MHH)'T.
the subordmate clause has no subject. Exercise 153. Supply principal clauses to the following subordinate clauses.
qeM eoumu,OHrrocTy'Ian. 'He knocked before going in.'
Ilpe,K.z:i;e I. Kor,ll;a 6y,1J;eT3HMa,... 2. Kor,ll;a Mbl C)J;a,ll;MM
3K3aMeH,... 3. Kor,ll;acneKTaKJibKOH-
Ilepe.n: TeM KaK yumu,MHeH)')KHO 'Before I go I must tidy up the qHJICSI,... 4. Kor,ll;a Haqanacb JieK[\HSI,... 5. Kor)J;a Mb! IIIJlHqepe3 none, ... 6. Kor)J;a OH
pacCK:13bIBaJI,... 7. Kor)J;a 3BeHHT3B0HOK,... 8. Kor,ll;a HaqHHaeTCSI 6ceHb, ... 9. Kor mi
y6phh KOMHaTy. room.' cecTpa npHrnJia ,ll;OMOM, ... 10. Kor,ll;a ,ll;eTHcnsiT, ... 11. Koma n6e3,ll;Tp6HyJICSI,...
(2) DOKa 'till'; DOKa He 'till'; )J;OTeX nop, DOKa He 'until': Exercise 154. Supply subordinate clauses with the conjunction Kor,a:ato the follow-
ing principal clauses.
)];aBaHTZ 110,n:o)K.n:eM
Ha ynmi;e, 'Let us wait outside till everybody
noKa Bee co6epyTc}I. arrives.' I. Xopow6 B none, ... 2. Jlee IIIYMHT,... 3. B KJiacce HacTynaeT THlliHHa,... 4. CTy-
,ll;eHTbIpa3be3llC:llOTCSI
no ,ll;OM:lM,... 5. MbI CHOBaBCTpeTHMeSI, ... 6. Il03BOHMMHe no
Mhl cne,n:nnH 1a n6,n:Koii, noKa 'We watched the boat till it passed Tenecp6Hy,... 7. Mb1 npHrnnii: Ha eTaHU:HFO, ... 8 . .51nonyqh:n nHCbM6,... 9. OH Bcer,1J;a
no-
OHa He CKpbIJiaChH3 Bll,n:y. out of view.' MoraeT TOB:lpHIJlaM,...
JI 6po,n:nn .z:i;oTex nop, noKa 'I roamed until the sun sank be-
Exercise 155. Replace the italicised verbs with the corresponding verbs of the other
c6nmi;e He yrnn6 1a ropH- low the horizon.' aspect. How has the meaning of the sentences changed?
30HT. (Ape.)
J. 0Ha paCCKa3aJiaMHe 06 3TOM,KOf)J;ilMb! 6036pamuAUCb )];OMOH. 2. Kor,ll;a Ha-
qaJiciI ,!J;OllC)J;b,
Mbl UIAU )];OMOH.3. Kor,ll;a OH npuUleA, cm(JAO BeCeJIO.4 . .51BepH)IJICSI,ll;O-
. The conjuncti~ns noKa He and .n:oTex nop, noKa He show that the ac- MOM,KOr,ll;aBee yllCeY;JICUliaAU. 5. Mb! CMeHJIHeb,KOr,ll;aIJUm(uu 3TOnHCbMO.6. Kor,ll;a
lialJUH/lAGCb JieK[(HSI,B ay)J;HTOpHH cmaH06UAOCb THXO.
t~on of the subordmate _clause is the time limit of the action of the prin-
cipal clause. In subordmate clauses introduced by these conjunctions, Exercise 156. Fill in the blanks with verbs of the appropriate aspect.
548 549
 ..
1. Kor)],a MhIBbIIIIJilIlI3 Jieca, MhI ... pe'!KYlI )],epeBHIO BMAeim,yBMAenrr Exercise 162. Replace the italicised secondary parts of the sentence with adverbial
Ha Apyr6M 6epery. clauses of time introduced by the conjunctions KOrAa;.nocJJe Toro Kai.:; AO Tex nop, noica
2. Kor)],a MhI ... , OH KpeIIKOIIOlKllJIMHCp_yKy. IIpOW:llJilICh,
IIpOCTl!JIIICh ue; 110 Mepe TOf'O KaK; IIOK3 He.
3. Kor)],a Jl: ... lI3 )],epeBHII,Jl:peIIIl!JI IIOCJie)],HlIHpa3 ye3lKllJI,yexaJI
CXO)],HTh B nee. I. C 11a•u1AO.U Aema -"CTCH BCCr):laOTIIpaBJil!JIII3a ropon Ha ):la'!y. 2. llo OK01t"a11uu
4. Kor)],a JI OTKpbIJIOKHO,6yMarrr ... co CTOJia. JieTeJIII,IIOJICTeJIII 111ex11w,:y.ua 6paT noCTyni:1.~Ha 3ae6n. 3. C 11acmynJte11ueM «e"epa e ropax CTaJJoTeMH6.
5. Kor)],a Jl:YCJibIIIIaJI 06 3TOMcrreKTaKJIC, Jl:... o6JI3a- peIIIaJI, peIIIl!JI 4. [Jo 6036paUJt'IIUU6 poiJtuiu ?OpoiJOHaOIIIIThCT:l,1apa66TaTh Ha cjJa6prrKe.5. f!o 3Q8ep-
TeJihHOIIOCMOTpeThero. U/Clll/.</Jmoil pa6inm,1 OH HCMOlKeTycxaTh OTCIO)la.6. llo Mepe 1/(lUJe,'()npo08U.J1C£'HU.</
e·rny6h ,1cca lI)],THCTaHOBlITCJl: see TPYJlHCC.7. ao n61111o?O CM)'HeJlh3!1
6bt3iJOp01/Jl('HUJI
Exercise 157. Read through the sentences. Note the use of the conjunctions noKa BhIXOJlHTh
lI3 JlOMa.
and notca ne and account for the use of the verbs in the sentences. Exercise 163. Combine each pair of sentences into a complex sentence with the con-
1. MbI CTOl!JIH ITO)], )],epeBOM,IIOKaIIIeJI)],OJK)],h.
Mb! CTOl!JIII ITO)], )],epeBOM,
IIOKaHe junction c Tex nop KaK, noica, no Mepe Toro icaK, noica ue or nocJJeToro icaic. The italicised
KOH'!lIJICJl:)],OlK)],h.
2. IloKa OHClI)],eJI,HIIKTOHe 3aMC'!aJIer6 orpOMHOro p6cTa. IloKa OH sentences should be the principal clauses.
He BCTaJI,HlIKTOHC3aMe'laJI ero orpoMHOrO poCTa. 3. IJoKa IIIeJIypoK, B KJiacce 6bIJia I. Pe6eHoK 3acnyn. Mamb 6bIUIAa u1 KOM1iamb1.2. On no"mit 11eu1MeHu11cJ1.Mb1
TlIIIIlIHa.IloKa HCKOH'!lIJICJl: ypoK, B KJiaCCC6hIJia TIIIIIlIHa.4. IloKa OHrrrrcaJI IIlIChMO, BHJI.CS!lICh
B IIOCJJe)lHlIHpa3. 3. ToeaplIW:lI pa3roeaprrBaJ1II. 011 ycne;I CXOOUmb6 ,\Wc'll-
Jl:lK)],aJI.
j{ JK)_J,aJI,
IIOKaOHHCHarrrrCaJIIIMChMa.5. 3aIIlIIIIMa)],pec, IIOKaThi IIOMHlIIIIhero. 4. AnbIIlIHHCThlIIOJ:IHIIMaJllICh
31111. e r6py. Cma11oeit.wc1,xoAoiJ11ee.5. CaiJitcb u pa6o-
3arrrrIIIMa)],pec, IIOKaThi He 3a6bIJI er6. 6. OHMpa66TaJilI, IIOKay HlIX6hIJilI Cl!Jihl.OHM mau. Bee 3a.[laHIIC6y)],eT BbIIIOJIHeHO.
pa66TaJilI, IIOKaHe ycTaJilI.
Exercise 164. Make up complex sentences with adverbial clauses of time, using the
Exercise 158. Read through the sentences. Account for the use of the conjunctions conjunctions icor.lla, e TO epeM11KaK, no Mepe Toro KaK, nocJJeToro KaK, c Tex nop-KaK,
noKa and noKa ue.
KaK TOJlbKO, npelK)\e 'leM.
1. IloKa He rreperpy3l!JilI BCChTOBap, JIIO)],IIpa66rnJilI 6e3 OT)],hIXa.(M. I'.) 2. Mb!
Bb!IIOJIOCKaJilI O)_J,(:JK)],y,
lI IIOKaOHaCOXJiaHa pacKaJieHHOMrrecKe,Mhl KyIIaJilICh.(I'auiJ.)
3. OHMCBepH)'JilIB CTOpOHY lI IIIJilIBee no CKoIIIeHHOMY rr6mo ... rroKa He BbIIIIJilIHa )],0- Punctuation of Composite Conjunctions
p6ry. (£.Jex.) 4. MlIH)'T )],Ba)],l(aTb Jl:6ecl(eJihHO6po)],l!JIITOO)],HOM)' MeCTy,IIOKaHCycrro-
KOlIJICJl:.
(Ape.) 5. lfaca TplI MhI IIIJilI6e3 OT)],hIXa, IIOKaB CTOpoHeHe IIOCJibIIIIaJICJl: IIIYM Conjunctions used in adverbial clauses of time fall into simple (e.g.
BO)],bl.(Ape.) 6. IloKa )],JillJIOCh co6paHrre lI BhICTyIIaJirrapTMCThlpaHOHHOHCaMO)],ell:- and composite (e.g. KaK TOJJbKO,c Tex nop KaK, B To
Kor,z:ui, nordt)
TeJihHOCTlI,)],OlK)],h rrepecTaJI. ( Oeeq_)
BpeMH KaK).
Exercise 159. Make up five sentences with the conjunction notca and five sentences In complex sentences with the conjunctions B TO BpeMH KaK, no
with the conjunction notca ue. Mepe TOr'OKaK, C TeX nop KaK, UOCJJeTOr'O KaK, .[(0 TOrO KaK, or nepe.L(
Exercise 160. Read through the sentences. Point out the adverbial clauses of time. TeM KaK a comma may be placed not only before the conjunction, but
What questions do they answer? also after its first part.
J. q_y)],eH.LJ:Herrp
IIplI TMXOHrroro)],e, KOf')],aBOJihHOlI IIJiaBHOM'!lIT CKB03hJieCa C Tex nop, KaK Mbl yexamI B flc- 'We have not met even once since
rr r6phl rroJIHhie BO)],hICBOM.(I'.) 2. JlrrIIIh TOJihKOc6JIHIICCKphIJIOCh 3a roprr36HTOM,
cpa3y IIO)],)'JIpe3KlIHXOJIO)],HhlllBeTep. (Ape.) 3. IIo Mepe rnr6 KaK Mb! yrny6Jil!JilICh Tep6ypr , Mb!HH pa3y He BCTpe- we moved to St. Petersburg.'
B ropbl, paCTMTCJihHOCTh CTaHOBMJiaCh JI)''IIIIe.(Ape.) 4. IJocJie Toro KaKKHl!f'a6bIJia Ha- THJlHCb.
IIHCaHalI rrprrrOTOBJICHa K IIe'laTlI, MHe 3aXOTeJIOCh rrepe)],rry6JilIKal(lieHII03HaKOMlITh
C HCHee rJiaBHOro rep6ll:. (£. IloA.) 5. B TO BpeMJl:KaK OHa Bh!XO)],HJia lI3 roCTHHOH, If there is a comma in the middle of a composite conjunction, it cor-
B rrepe)],HCHIIOCJihIIIIaJICJl:
3BOHOK. (JI. T.) 6. IlpeJK)],e'!CMJl:OCTaHOBMJICll: B 3TOM6epe30- responds to a pause in speech.
BOMnecy, Jl:C CBOeHco6aKOHrrpoIIIeJIqepe3 Bh!COKYIO OCl!HOBYIO p6ury. (Typz.) 7. EABa
OH OTbeXaJIHeCKOJihKO IIIaroB, KaK T_y'!a,C yTpa yrpolKaBIIIall:)],OJK)],eM, Ha)],BHHYJJaCh
Jil!BeHb.(JI. T.) 8. YlKe IIIeCTbMeCJl:l(CB
lI XJibIHYJI rrpOIIIJIOC TCXrrop, KaKrrpoCBlICTeJio COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF
rrepBOCll:)],poc 6aCTlIOHOB CeBaCTOIIOJIJl:. (JI. T.) 9. IIpelK)],e'!CMpeIIIHTh'!TO-JIII6o,HaM PURPOSE
H)'lKHOxopoIII6 IIO)],yMaTb.(M. I'.)
Adverbial clauses of purpose express tlie purpose of the action of
Exercise 161. Read through the sentences. What words in the simple sentences cor-
respond to the subordinate clauses in the complex sentences? the principal clause and answer the questions 3atJeM?'why?', dAH.tJezb?
Model: II6cJie JieKI(lIHJl:cpa3y IIOH)],)')],OMOH.
'what for?', c KaKbu l/f!Jlb10? 'with what purpose?'
Koma KOH'IaTCJl: JieKI(lilI,Jl:cp,by IIOH)],)')],OMOH. .51 npwweJ1 K ToBapwmy, 'IT06bl 'I came to my friend to ask his ad-
~ KO?OaKO/ll{QmCRACKIJUU
noeAe Jlf!KIJUU nocoBeToBaTbCH C UHM. vice.,
1. 0H BOIIIeJIB ay)],lITOplIIOCO3BOHKOM. 0H BOIIIeJIB ay)],IHOplIIO,KOf')],a3BCHeJI ToBapwm npwweJ1 Ko Mtte, 'IT06bl 'My friend came to me so that
3BOHOK.2. OH BOIIIeJIB ay)],lITOplIIOIIOCJie3BOHKa.OH BOIIIeJIB ay)],lITOplIIO,KOr)],a H noMor eMy. I should help him.'
rrpo3BeHeJI3BOH6K.3. Mhr BbIIIIJIHlI3 A6Ma rr6cne Bocx6Aa c6JIHI(a. Mh1 BhIIIIJilIrr3
AOMa,Kor)],aB3oIIIn6 c6JIHI(e.4. Mh1 BhIIIIJirrrr3 AOMac Bocx6AoM c6JIHI(a. Mhr BhIIIIJilI Adverbial clauses of purpose are introduced by one conjunction
lI3 )],OMa,KOr)],aBCXO)],HJIO COJIHI(e.5. B B03pacTe )],Ba)],l(anrJieT MOHOTell IIOCTYIIHJI
pa-
66TaTh Ha 3aBO)],.Moil. OT(:IIIIOCTYIIHJI pa66TaTh Ha 3aBO)],,KOr)],aeM_y6bIJIO)],Ba)],11an only-11To6b1 'in order to_'.
JieT. 6. IJo B03BpalI(eHlilIB pO)],HOeCeJIOOHCHOBaCTaJJ:TpaKTOpMCTOM. Kor)],a OHBep- The principal clause may contain the demonstrative words WIH
H)'JICJl:(B03BpaTHJICll:)
B pO)],HOecen6, OH CHOBaCTaJITpaKTOpHCTOM. TOrO, C TeM, 3a TeM:
550 551
51 3amrcaJI a.n:pec ,Il,JUI TOl'O, 'I wrote down the address lest EMy H)')KHO,Il,Ba,Il,H51,
'IT06bl Hann-}
'IT06L1 He 3a6bITb. I should forget it.' CaTb ,It,OKJia,It,. 'He needs two days to write the
51 BepH)'JIC51c TeM, 'IT06LI rrpe.n:- 'I came back in order to warn qyt}?bl HanucaTb ,Il,OKJill,IJ;, eMy report.'
yrrpe,Il,HTbBae. you.' HY)KHO
;:i;Ba,Il,H51.
51 rrpmneJI He 3a TeM, 'IT06b1 crr6- 'I did not come to argue with
Exercise 165. Read through the sentences and account for the use of the infinitives
pHTb C BaMH. you.' in the subordinate clauses of the sentences on the left and for the use of the past tense in
. The predicate of an adverbial clause of purpose is either an infini- the subordinate clauses of the sentences on the right.
tive or a past tense verb. 51 rrpmneJI K Te6e, qTo6hI IIOMOqb. 5£ IIpllllleJI K Te6e, qT06hI Thi MHeIIOMOr.
5£ B3lIJI IU!ChMO,qTo6hI rrepe.n:aTb er6 5£ IIOJIOlKHJI IIHChMO Ha CTOJI,qT66hI 6paT
51 rrpnrneJI, 'IT06bl coo6IQHTb BaM 'I came to inform you about it.' 6paTy. cpa3y YBH/:(eJI ero.
06 3TOM. OH11pa3roBaprrnam1 T11xo,qT66hr He pa3- MaTh HaKpbIJia JiaMIIYIIJiaTKOM,qT66hI
6y.n:11Th
pe6eHKa. CBeTHe MelliaJI pe6eHKYCIIaTh.
51 rrpnrneJI, 'IT06L1 Bbl paccKa3anu 'I came so that you might tell me
MHe 06 3TOM. about it.' Exercise 166. Complete the sentences.
1. Mb! rrpnexaJIH B MocKBY,qT66hI ... 2. 51 rrpHllieJI K TOBapmny, qTo6bI BMecTe
If_a subordina_te cl~u~e intfodu~ed by the conjunction 'IT06L1 has C HHM... 3. 5[ IIpttrneJI K TOBapmlly, qTo6hI OH... 4. PhI6aK IIpHBlI3:lJIJI0.11:KY, qTo6hI OH:l
3:subject, the pr:ed1cate 1smva~ia?lY m the past tense, irrespective of the ... 5. ,[l,eTHIIOllIJIHK peKe, qTo6br ... 6. EpaT II03B:lJICeCTpy,qTo6hI OHa ... 7. MbI qaCTO
time of the act10ns of the pnnc1pal and subordinate clauses. BCTpeqaJIHCh,qT06hI ...
Exercise 167. Read through the sentences. Point out the principal and the subordinate
51 20eop1-0,eMy 06 3TOM,'IT06LI OH 'I am telling him about it lest he clauses in each complex sentence. Note the form of the predicate in the subordi-
He 3a?LIJI. , , .. should forget.' nate clauses.
51 CK{},3a11eMy 06 3TOMem:e pa3, 'I told him about it once more lest 1. BdKOe .n:eJIOHa.n:omo6HTh, qT06bI er6 xoporn6 .n:eJiaTb(M. I'.) 2 . .lJ:JilIToro,
'IT06L1 OH He 3a6LIJI. he should forget.' qT06bI XOpOllIO Il306pa311Th, XY.11:0lKHHK /:(OJilKeHrrpeKpaCHO BH/:(eTh H .n:aJKe~
51 CK{}-JJCYeMy 06 3;0M em:e pa3, 'I shall tell him about it once more rrpe.n:B11.n:eTh. (M. I'.) 3. )].JilITor6, qT66hI JIHTepaTypHoerrpoH3Be.n:eHHe 3acJiylKiIJioTH-
TYJIXY.11:0lKeCTBeHHOro, He06X0/:(11MO IIpH.11::lTh
eMy COBeprneHHyIO CJIOBeCHYIO qJOpMy.
'IT06L1 OH He 3a6Lm. lest he should forget.' (M. r.) 4. HylKHO6bIJIOCJIOMaThCTaphlll /:(OM,qTo6hI Ha er6 MeCTeIIOCTpOHTh HOBhill.
If the subordinate clause is an impersonal one, its predicate also 5. B3pOCJib!e,qT66hI He MernaTh MOJIO/:(elKH, rrepeurnii BO BTOpyroKOMHaTy.(H. 0.) 6.
H:iTKa c.n:epHyJiaCliHHllrrJiaTOK,qT66hl BeTep CHJibHeH6HJI B JIH!jOH TperraJI KaKxoqeT
takes the past tense. qepHble BOJIOChl.(I'auo.) 7. BpOHCKHH IIOllieJI3a KOH.11:)'KTOpOM B BarOH H rrpH BXO/:(e
51 ,Il,aJIpe6eHKYKHH)KKY c KapTi-rH- 'I gave the child a book with pic- B OT/:(eJieHHe OCTaHOBHJIClI, qTo6hI /:(aTh.n:op6ry BhIX0.11:liBllieH.
.n:aMe.(JI. T.) 8. 5£ TOJibKO
qTo rroo6e.n:aJIH rrpttJier Ha IIOX0.11:HYIO KpOBaTKY, qT06hI OT.11:0XH)'Th
HeMHOrOIIOCJie.n:o-
KaMH, 'IT06LI eMy He 6Lmo tures lest it should feel bored.' BOJibHOy.n:aqHOH,HO yTOMRTeJihHOH OXOTbl.(Typ2.)
CK)'qHO. 9. A qT66br eme HHTepecHell
OH 3aKphrn OKH6,'IT06L1 B KOM- 'He closed the window lest it I1. Jierqe Ka3:lJIOChH/:(Tli,
HaTe He 6bIJIO XOJIO,Il,HO. should be cold in the room.' 0H IIeJI, H BeCeJialIrreCHlI
EMy IIOMoraJia B rryTii. (MuxaJlK.)
MbI 66peMC513a MHp, '1To6bl He 'We fight for peace in order that
6bIJIO BOMHbl. there should be no war.' Exercise 168. Replace the simple sentences with the preposition .11:JIHwith complex
sentences with the conjunction 'IT06L1.
. A_sa rul~, th~ subject of a subordinate clause introduced by the con- Model: .l1:JIH OTBeTa Ha 3TOTBorrp6c MHe H)'lKHOBpewl.
Junct10n 'IT06L1 1s not expressed if the predicates of both the subordi- qT06hI OTBeTHThHa 3TOTBOIIpOC,MHe H)'lKHOBpeMlI.
nate and principal clauses refer to the same agent. 1. ,[J,JilIrroJiyqeHHJIIIOCh!JIKHH)'lKeHrracrropT. 2. B MocKBY/:(JIJIyqacTHlIB 3TOHKOH-
. In such a case, the predicate of the subordinate clause is an infini- qiepeHJJHH1IpHe.n:yT .[(eJieraTbIH3 pa3HhIXCTpaH. 3. .lJ:JilICTpOHTeJihCTBa 3TOrO 3/:(:lHlllI
tive. rrpHBe3Jil1Kttprr11q.4. Y Hero CJIIIllIKOM M:lJIO3H:lHHll/:(JilIHCITpaBJieHHlI
3TOHOllIH6KH.5.
,[l,JilI1IpHHlITHlI TaKOro B:llKHOroperueHHlIH)'lKHO66l1lee co6paHHe. 6. ,[l,JilIqTeHHlIHO-
MbI IIOlllJIH rro6bICTpee, 'IT06bI 'We walked faster in order to BOfO TeKCTaMhl rrpHHeCJIHCJIOBapH.
,Il,Ol'HllTb TOBapnm:a. catch up with our friend.'
,[(fan rrpnHecJin IJBeThI, 'IT06b1 'The children brought flowers to
yKpaCHTb KJiaCC. decorate their classroom.' COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF
Y MeHiJ6bIJIO BpeM51,'ITo6bI OT- 'I had time to rest.' CAUSE
,Il,OXH)'Tb.
EMy H)')KHO ,Il,Ba,Il,H51,
'IT06b1 Hanu- 'He needs two days to write the Adverbial clauses of cause express the cause of the action of the
CllTb ,Il,OKJia,Il,. report., principal clause and answer the questions no'-leMy? 'why?', u3-3a '-le2~?
,An adver?ial clause of purpose introduced by the conjunction 'because of what?', no KaKou npu'-luHe? 'for what reason?', om'-le20?
'IT06L1 may either precede or follow the principal clause. 'why?'
553
552
36-384
Ha ymrn:ax 6hIJIOMH6ro Hap6.n:y, 'There were many people in the nJiaro)];apH TOMY, q!o6Lrn np1;1- 'Thanks to the fact that a new
MeHeH HOBbIHMeTO.II:,CTpOH- method was used, the construc-
noToMy qTo 6LIJI npa3.IJ:HHK. streets because it was a holi- tion .proceeded at a faster pace.'
day.' TeJibCTBO IIIJIO ycK6peHHbIMH
TaK KaK Mbl pa6oTaJIH 6e3 nepe- 'As we worked without break we TeMIIaMH.
pLIBa, Mhl ycTam1. were tired.' Exercise 169. Complete the sentences.
CnaTb eii He XOTeJIOCh,060 ua 'She did not feel sleepy for her , · , 2 BceM 6hHIO BeceJIO,I!OTOMYqTO ,,.
I, )],en, Bqepa He rym1m1, rro;roMy qTo ;·· · , " 5 .51rroweJI B fo16mm-
.n:yme 6Lmo uecnoKoiiuo. heart was filled with anxiety.' 3. .5I OI!03,[(aJI,
I!OTOMYqTO,,, 4. Hy11rnocrrellIHTb,I!OTOMY
qTO . ., .
TeKy, rroToMy qTo ... _
The following conjunctions are used in adverbial clauses of cause:
noTOMY qTo 'because', TaK KaK 'as', 060 'for', OTToro qTo 'because', Exercise 170. Combine each pair of simple sentences into a complex sentence with
Toro qTo 'in consequence of'' BBH/1:YToro qTo 'in view of the
BCJie,IJ:CTBHe the conjunction noToMy 'ITO or TaK KaK.
fact that', B COJIYToro qTo 'by virtue of', noCKOJihKY'since', H3-3a Toro Model: CTy.[(eHTHe rr6mm BOI!J?OCa.
qTo 'on account of'. CTy,[(eHTOTBeTHJIHerrpaBHJibHO. , ,
CTy,[(eHTOTBeTHJIHerrpaBHJibHO,nomOM)i 'lmO OH He noHflll 60npoca. '
The above conjunctions are synonymous.
Adverbial clauses introduced by the conjunction noToMy qTo or 060 1. B caMOMHaqaJie SI C,[(eJiaJIOWR6Ky;.5I He MOr p~IllllTb:~!~!~~;~ .5It~i:~~~T;:i
invariably follow the principal clause. C~JIHl(e.~er 6hICTI?OTaSigir 3:s
I!03,[(HO. bl I!OllIJIH,[(OM, · · ,
0
:c~b~~I~;;t~a~:y!!.
? B ,
:r:e 0

(JqeHb yCTa;H. 6. faepeBhSI

eKe CllJibHOnO,[(HSIJiaCb.
IJ:enyIO He-
Adverbial clauses introduced by the conjunction TaK KaK may ei- CTaJIH)KeJITeTb.I_lpH6JI~)KaJiaCh ,oceHb. ; C~!~: &rnceMTeMHO.9. Ha cpaKyJihTeTeHH-
ther follow or precede the principal clause. 8. TyqH 3a~pb}JIHJIYHY-IO y MeHiiHe 6hIJIO)TOHKHllrH. .5I noweJI
,[(eJIIOllIJIH,[(O)K,[(~.
The commonest conjuction found both in colloquial speech and in KOrOHe 6hIJIO.JleKl(HH,n:aBHO KOHqHJIHCb. ,
the literary language is noTOMY qrn. B 6H6JIHOTeKy.
The conjunction 060 is generally used in the literary language. Exercise 171. Combine the pairs ?f sentences given in the preceding exercise into
The composite conjunctions BCJie)];CTBHeToro qTo, BBH/1:YToro qTo, complex sentences, using the word nonoMy.
6Jiaro)];apir TOMY qTo, B coJiy Toro qrn (nocKoJILKY) are generally used in Model: CTy,n:eHTHe n6HSIJIBonp6ca.
the formal and bookish styles. CTy,[(eHTOTBeTHJIHenpaBHJibHO. ,
CTy,n:eHTHe n6HSIJIBOnp6ca, no:JmOMY OH om6emu11 Henpa6UllbHO.
All composite causative conjunctions which incorporate qTo consist
of two parts: the first part (noTOMY, OTTOro, BCJie)];CTBHeToro, B coJiy Exercise 172. Replace the simple sentences with complex sentences with the con-
rnro, H3-3a rnro) standing in the principal clause and the second (qrn) junction noToMy '!TO. , ,
in the subordinate one. If the cause is to be emphasised, the first part of Model· 6Jiaro,n:apil: 6nhITY H 3HaHHSIM,
OH pa6orne;r xopo1;llo. ,
· OH pa66TaeT xoporn6, nomoMy 'Imo y Hero ecTh onhIT H 3HaHHSI.
the conjunction bears a stress. '~ rO):(bI 2 MaJibqHKyqHTCSIOT-
OH He Mor cnaTb TOJihKOnoToMy, 'He could not sleep only because 1. Y66pKa ypO)KaSJ3a,n:ep,KHBa;1achH3-3a nJIOXOH!10C eJI~JI.OIIIR6K no HeBHHMa-
qTo HCIIhITLIBaJI CJIIIIIIKOM he was filled with overwhelm-
6oJibIIIYI-O, BOJIHYI-OW:YI-O pa- ing and exciting joy of life.'
~:;:ib~~7/l:~~~C;iti~=~T~~O~~~:;;~~~p~if
):(O)K/J:51.
6. OT BOJIHeH~SI
i;ft{~~ J[q8;:;1n~{~!a~~d;;6~~
OHHe MOr cKa3aTh,:HHOCTHp.a~JIRJI KJieH, 9. )],eTH He I!OIIIJill
.n:ocTb)I(II3HH.(JI. T.) H3 ynpil:MCTBa.8,- MaJihqHK n_o HeocTopo
0TTOrO HaM HeBeCeJIO H CMOTpHM 'The reason why we are unhappy B ll!KOJIYH3-3a CHJibHoroMOp03a.
Mhl Ha )I(H3HhTaK MpaqHo, qTo and take such a gloomy view of Exercise l 73. Replace the adverbial modifiers of cause with adverbial claus~s of cause.
He 3HaeM TPY/1::l.('lex.) life is that we do not do any · · ' 6naro,[(apil: CBOllMcnoco6HOCTSIM.
1. CTenaH A;pKa/:(hHqB,IIIKC?_Jie yqHJI~SIx9po!110 B KOMHaTe6hIJIOTeCHO.(M.F.)
work.' (JI.T.) 2. OT MHO)KeCTBa MSirKOH H KpaCHB?HMe6eJIH Ka (JI T) 4 TIOCJiyqaIOBOJI-
3 . CBe)KaSJJIHCTBa3arneBeJIRJiaChOTHa6e,KaBrn~rol!eTfp ·, H·"e. (;'ex) 5 C HeKOTO-
If some part of a composite conjunction belongs to the principal ' ·· ' Kor,n:ay)KeceJio coJI '-' . .., . .
HeHHSI Ha Mope, napoxo,n: npH_rneJI 6?3/J:HO, KpameHhI no npHqttHe ,n:O)K/J:JI!l.BOHnor6,n:hl,
clause, the adverbial clause of cause may precede the principal clause poro BpeMeHHCBH):(aHHSI B pome h~nHnpe , CTOllHHbIM ,[(0)K/J:51M
He06hIKHOBeH-
(after that part of the composite conjunction). (fl) 6 JlyroBhie l(BeThIB 3TOMro,n:y, 6Jiaro,n:apSIno, 6rnKa ~o,n:BttHynKce6e
HO.kp~HH nhIIIIHhI.(flpum.) 7, .5IceJI 3a ~TOJIy pacn~xHyrnro_ o(~ , iJ,)
0TTOrO, qTO Mbl BCT3-JIHoqeHb 'Because we got up very early and JIHCTOK 6yMarH H OT Heqero ,n:enaThB3SIJICSI coqHHS!TbCTHXH. au ·
paHo H IIOTOMHHqer6 He .n:e- did nothing afterwards, that Exercise 174. Read the following sentences with expression, noting the punctu-
JiaJIH,3TOT,IJ:eHhKa3aJIC51 oqeHb day seemed to be very long, the
ation. , ..
.IJ:JIIIHHbIM'caMbJM .IJ:JIIIHHbIM longest day in my life.' l .5IHHKOrnaHe BR/:(eJI
' .. I-1
TaK MHOrO3Be3):(. OTT ,
or6 qTO B He6e rneBeJIHJIHCb
'
3Be3-
(A m) 2 bbIJia
B MOeH)I(IJ3HH.(lfex.) 11.hl,B~e Ha 3eMJie Ka3aJIOCb0c66e1!°HOHeno,n:BR)Ki;bl~;03ac;i!B::x~~ o:CH~IO.. ( f./ex.)
The principal clause may also contain the words no cJiyqaro Toro rpycTHaSI aBrycTOBCKaSI HO%-;-rpycTHaSI noTO_MY, SIM~SI ,n:op6ra o6pb!Ba.ITaCbH y)K
3. Hy)KHO6bIJIOOCTaHOBllTb JIOI1Ia,[(h,
T~KKaKHarna,np (" ) 4 )KH3HbBCer,[(aBbIIIle
'on the occasion (of)', no npuqoue rnro 'because of', 6Jiaro)];apir ToMy ·
rnJia BHH3no KpyToMy,no
p6crneMy KYCTapHHKOM
,
cKaTy. -,ex. · , ,
H 6ecqttcJieHHhIXnpoSIBJieHHH
'thanks to', 'owing to', no Ton npuqoue 'by reason of'. HCK)'CCTBa, nOTOMYqTO HCK)'CCTBO eCTb TOJibKO0/l:H6 3
555
554
36*
 The Conjunction KaK
JKH3HH.(EeA.) 5. Bc»KHH rroJT, roBopii o ce6e caMOM, o cBoeM si, roBopin 06 66IT1eM-
o 'leJioBe'!eCTBe, H6o B ero HaT_ype JieJKHT BCe, 'leM JKHBeT 'leJIOBe'!eCTBO: (lieA.) 1. A complex sentence with the conj1;1nction KaK 1;11ayexpress the
6. BciiKlfH qeJioBeK, Bb!paJK,llOIT(lfH B lfCK)'CCTBeJKH3HhHap6,[{a HJIH KaKyIO-HH6y,[{h H3 ee conformity or non-conformity of the action of _t~e pnnc1pal cla:1se to
CTOpOH, BCHKlfH TaKOH qeJIOBeK eCTh SIBJit!Hlfe BeJIHKoe, IIOTOM)' '!TO OH CBOeIOJKlf3HhlO
Bb!paJKaeT JK1f3Hh MlfJIJIHOHOB. (lieA.)
the wish, request, command, advice or supposition mentioned m the
subordinate clause.
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TiocTyna:u:, KaK X01:Ielllh. , 'Do as you wish.'
RESULT TaK, KaK MHe COBe- 'I did everything as they ad-
5{ BCec,r:i:eJiaJI
TOBaJill. vised me to.'
Adverbial clauses of result express the result of the action of the Bee npOll30llIJ10 'Everything happened differently
principal clause. from the way I supposed 1t
51 npe,r:i:nonaraJI.
R c;::i;eJiaJI OllIM6Ky B Ha'IaJie 'I made a mistake at the begin- would.'
BhI1:IllCJiemrn, TaK 'ITO ua;::i;o6w- ning of my calculation, so I had 2. A complex sentence with the conjunction KaK may express com-
JIO see Ha'IHHaTL CHalfaJia. to do everything all over
(JI.T.) again.' parison.
,L{O)K.lJ:hJillJI KaK n3 Be;::i;pa,TaK 'It was raining cats and dogs, so it MLI OTKpbIBaJill 'We opened
'ITO BMHTH ua KPLIJILQO 6LIJIO was impossible to go out onto MapKca every volume
ueso1Mfo1rno. (AKc.) the porch.' K:l)KJJ:hIH
TOM, of Marx
KaK B JJ:OMe
as we open shutters
Adverbial clauses of result are joined to the principal clause by the c66cTBeHHOM in our own
conjunction TaK 'ITO 'so'. Mhl OTKphIB:leM house.'
Exercise 175. Write out the sentences, inserting the missing commas. CT:lBHll.(MaflK.)
I. Kpyr6M 6b1JI0 Tttxo TaK '!To no JKYJK,.drn1110 KoMapa MOJKHo 6bIJIO cne,[{lfTh 3a Adverbial clauses of manner which c_onvey comparison (a~verbial
ero IIOJieTOM. (Jl.) 2. Jle,[{ Ha peKe TOJKelfCTOH'llfJICSIIf IIOClfHt!JT,a MeCTaMlf yJKe If TpO- clauses of comparison) are frequently m~ompl~te: the _pr~d1cate or
HYJICSITaK '!TO H,[{Tlf Ha JihIJKax 6bmo orracHo. (lla6A.) 3 . .[l,eHh 6hm xop6w11ii. 6enh1e some other parts of the clause already mentioned m the prmc1pal clause
IIpli'l)',[{JilfBblX <pOpM T)''!Klf C yTpa IIOKa3aJIHCb Ha ropH30HTe, IIOTOM BCe 6JittJKe If 6Jitt-
JKe CTaJI crOHHTh lfX MaJieHhKlfH BeTepOK TaK '!TO ll3pe,[{Ka OHlf 3aKpb!BaJIH COJIHI.(e. may be omitted:
(Jl.T.).
OHM BCTpeTHJlllCh,KaK 6paTLH. 'They met like brothers (do).'

(The complete clause would be: OHM BCTpeTHJIHCh,KaK BCTpe-

COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF 1:I:lIOTCH6paTh.s!.)
MANNER R JII06MJIer6, KaK 6paTa. 'I loved him like a brother.'
Adverbial clauses of manner show how the action of the principal (The complete clause would be: R n106MJIer6, KaK JII0651T 6parn.)
clause occurs. They answer the question KaK? 'how?' or KaKuM 66pa-
3oM? 'in what manner? and modify the predicate of the principal clause.
3Ta KHMra HY)KH:1MHe TaK )Ke, 'I nee? this book as badly as you
KaK u Te6e. do.
R nepe;::i;aIO 3TOT paccKib TaK, 'I pass on this story just as I re-
KaK MHe y,z:i:aJIOCLero 1anoM- member it. ' (The complete clause would be: 3Ta KHMraHY)KH:lMHe TaK )Ke, KaK
.HHTL. (A.T.) OH8.HY)KH8. Te6e.) .
MLI BTpoeM Ha'IaJill 6ece,r:i:oBaTh, 'The three of us began talking as Cep,r:i:IIeero 3aMepno KaK nepei-J: 'His heart missed a beat as 1t does
KaK 6y,z:t:TOBeK 6LIJIH 3HaK6- if we had known one another npLiiKKOM c BLICOT~I. be(ore' one jumps from a
MLI.(IJ.) for ages.' height.
The conjunctions used in adverbial clauses of manner are KaK 'as', er6 3aMepno, KaK3aMHpaeT
(The complete clause would be: ~ep,r:i:11e
'ITO 'so ... that', 'in a way that', 'IT06LI 'so that', 6y,z:i:To'as if, KaK 6y,z:i:TO
'as if, 6y,z:i:rn6LI 'as though', cJioouo 'as if, TO'IHO 'like'. · cep,r:i:11e
rrepe,r:i:rrphI)KKOMC BhICOThI.)
The principal clause generally contains the· demonstrative adverb Elliptical clauses of comparison are called comparative conS t ruc-
TaK:
tion;f a comparative construction modifies an adjective or adverb in the
,L{ii:;::i:10rr1Ka
nen TaK, KaK nofa 'The uncle sang as ordinary peo-
rrpocT6H Hap6;::i;(JI. T.) pie do.' 557

556
 comparative degree, it is not joined by the conjunction KaK but by lfeM
Compare: ' · The Conjunctions 'ITO and 11To6bl
Cer6,n;mi: TaK )Ke x6Jio,n:Ho KaK 'It is as cold today as it was yes- Adverbial clauses of manner introduced by the conjunction 'ITO
B'Iepa. '
terday.' connote result:
Cer6,n;mI XOJIO,LJ:Hee,
lfeM B'Iepa.
'It is colder today than it was yes- OH o6b5ICHRJI TaK, 'ITO cJiyllia- 'He explained in such a way that
terday.' TeJIH JierK0 ero IIOHHMaJIH. his. listeners understood him
OH~ mo6wJia er6, KaK CBoer6 'She loved him like her own son.'
ChIHa. easily.'
OHa JII06HJia ero 60Jihllie ' lfeM OH Ha'IaJI ,n:eJIOTaK, 'ITO BCe IIO- 'He began doing things in such
, , 'She loved him more than her 'I)'BCTBOBaJIHK HeMy yBa)Ke- a way that everybody felt re-
cBoero chrna. own son.' HHe. spect for him.'
The Conjunction KaK 6y,n;rn (6y,n;rn)
Adverbial clauses of manner introduced by the conjunction 'IT66bl
Complex se1:1tences with ~he c~mjunction KaK 6y,n;rn (6y,n;rn) also connote purpose. The conjunction 11T06h1is used when the predicate of
e_xpress comp_an~on. The c~mJunct10n KaK 6y,n:rn is used when the ac- the principal clause either stands in the imperative mood or contains
tI~n of the pnnc!pal clause 1s compared with something unreal or non- a word expressing wish, obligation or necessity: xoTeTh 'to want', mi,n;o
existent at the time of speaking: '(it is) necessary', ,n;om11:eu'one must', etc .
.51 'I)'BCTBOBaJI ce6* TaK KaK 'I felt as if a great burden were roBopM TaK, 11To6hl Te6R rroHM- 'Speak in such a way that you can
6y,n;rn ropa CBaJIHJiacbc' MOHX Ma.JIM. be understood.'
lifted from my shoulders.'
rrne11. (I'aplll.) Ha,n:o IIMCaTbTaK, 'IT06bl Ka)K,LJ:hIH'One must write in such a way
Clauses Introduced by the Mor rrpo11MTaTh. that everybody can read it.'
Clauses Introduced by the
Conjunction KaK 6y,i:To
Conjunction KaK
0HH BCTpeTHJII1Cb TaK, KaK 6y,n;TO If the adverbial clause of manner is introduced by the conjunction
OHM BCTpeTHJIHCh TaK KaK 'ITO or 'IT06b1 the use of the demonstrative word TaK in the principal
OHM6JIM3Kne,n:py3hR. .
' BCTpe1IaIOTC5I6JIM3KHe;PY3hR. clause is obligatory.
'They met as they were close They met as close friends do.'
friends.'
Exercise 176. Point out the adverbial clauses of manner. Account for the use of the
OHa JII-06HTer6 TaK, KaK 6y,n;rn OHa JII-06HTer6 TaK, KaK JII-065IT conjunctions.
OH eii po,n:H6ii ChIH. po,n:H6ro ChIHa. 1. Cero,l:\Hl! ll qyBCTBYIOce6;i TaK, KaK 6y,i:To ropa CBam;'.rnacbc MOHXnneq (I'apm.)
'She loves him as if he were her 'She loves him as people love their 2. OHtt TPYAHJillCb Ha npoTl!JKE:Hllll Bcex AHeii BOHHhI,KaK ecnn 6b1 :ho 6bIJI o,i:HH AeHb.
son.' sons.' (</>aO.)3. Mb! no6eJKilJIH HaBepx O,[\eBilTbCl!TaK, qTo6bI KaK M0JKHO60JibWe TIOXO,[\HTb
Ha ox6THHKOB (JI. T.) 4. KorAa OH onycTHJICl! Ha cKaMbJ-O,TO npl!M6ti CTaH er6 co-
Unlike clauses _of con:parison introduced by the conjunction KaK, rHyJICll, KaK 6)',[ITO y Hero B crnrne Hf: 6bIJIO HU 0,[\H0H K0CTOqKH. (JJ.)
1
cause~ o~ comparison with the conjunction KaK 6y,n;rn are generally Exercise 177. Complete these clauses adding adverbial clauses of manner with the
not elhptical. verbs XOTeTb, 06eII18Tb, peuUITb, MOqb, npocl!Tb, COBeTOBaTb.
The conjunctions To11uoand cJionuo and the conjunction KaK 6y,n;rn 1. IloCTynai\ TaK, KaK ... 2. MHe He yAaJI0Cb Bee C.[leJiaTbTaK, KaK ... 3. Bee 6hIJIO
are synonymous: opraHU30BaHO He TaK, KaK ... 4. Tb! C.[leJiaJIBCeTaK, KaK ... 5. OH ITOMoran HaM TaK, KaK
... 6. OHa BhlITOJIHUJianopyqeHue TaK, KaK ...
.51T~K YCTa,JI,KaK 6y~rn (cJioeuo, 'I am as tired as if I had worked
6y,n;rn, To11uo) pa6ornJI 6e3 OT- for a whole day without a Exercise 178. Complete the following sentences.
,lJ:hIXaIJ,eJihie C)'TKH. rest.' I .... TaK, KaK ll cquTa!O H)'lKHb!M. 2 .... TaK, KaK MeHH yqfrnu. 3 .... TaK, KaK BaM
yr6.[IHO. 4 .... He TaK, KaK ll ce6e npe.[ICTaBJI}IJI.5.... He TaK, KaK Mb! OlKll,l:\aJIH.6 .... TaK,
T~e conjunct_ion KaK 6y,n;rn can be replaced with KaK ecJiu 6,, 1; how- KaK Ha,[\O. 7 .... TaK, KaK Te6e HpaBUTCll. 8 .... TaK, KaK er6 IlpOCHJill.
evebr,_in cbla_usesmtroduced by KaK ecJiu 6b1 the use of the past tense Exercise 179. Replace the following simple sentences with complex sentences con-
ver 1s o hgatory. taining an adverbial clause of manner.
OHM~CTp~THJIHCh TaK, KaK 6y,n;rn ]. OHa BCer,[\a ITOCTynaJiaCOfJiaCHOCBOeMy JKeJiaHUIO.2. Mb! opraHH30BaJill BCe
OHR 6JIH3KHe,n:pIJ,3b*. B COOTBE:TCTBllllC pernem!eM co6paHHll. 3. Mb! )_.\OJIJKHhl
110Mepe CBOHXCUJIITOM0qb T0-
'They met as if they were close BilpHllly. 4. OH OTKa3aJICll .[leHCTBOBaTbITO npuKa3y HaqaJibHHKa.
friends.'
OHM BCTpeTHJIHChTaK KaK eCJIH Exercise 180. Read through the sentences. Point out the comparative constructions.
6bl OHM 6bIJIH '6JIM3KHMH I. Mbr BecenHJillCb, KaK Af:TH. (Typz.) 2. AHHa CepreeBHa u oH JII06ttnu .LIPYr.LIPY-
,n:py3hRMH. ra, KaK 6qeHb 6ntt3Kue, poL\Hhre JIIO.Llll, KaK MYJK n JKeHa, KaK HelKJ;IbieAPY3bH.,( l/ex_._)
3. 51.XOJK)'B TeaTp, KaK Ha npa3,[\HUK. (Ilaycm.) 4. BneqaTJIE:Hllll JKll3Hll 3aXBanrnu ee,
558
559
KaK IITHl(Y 6ypll. (A.T.) 5. MeHiI TiIHeT K 63epy, KaK qanKy. (Lfex.) 6. OH HHKor,n:ael.Ile 1. OH BCTpeTHil Te6ii, KaK ... 2. OH Bcer,n:aCOBeTyeTCllC T066u, KaK ... 3. OH BCer;:i;a
TaK He rosop£m C HeIO, KaK B TOT Beqep. (Typ2.) 7. OH rosop11n C Hen, KaK C ,n:pyroM, KaK rOBOpHn O Te6e, KaK ... 4. OH Ha,n:eeTCllHa Te6iJ, KaK ... 5. OH JJ:OBepiJeT Te6e, KaK ...
c MY)K'!HHOH.(llaycm.) 8. Hap6,n: OTH0CHTCllK CBOHMsenHKHM nIOJJ:llM,KaK rr6'!Ba K pa- 6. OH OTH0CHTCllK Te6e, KaK ...
cTeHHllM, KOT0pbie rrpOH3B0,1l;HTOHa.(£eA.) Exercise 187. Insert the pronoun on in the appropriate case with or without a prep-
Exercise 181. Make up comparativeconstructions with the following adjectives, osition.
using the nouns given at the end of the exercise and the conjunction 1.:aK. 1. 5I HHKor6 TaK He ysa)KaIO, KaK ... 2. 51 HH o KOM He CilhIIIIan TaK MH6ro xop6we-
Model: OcTphIH, KaK HO)K. ro, KaK ... 3. HHKT0 ;:i;nll MeHiI TaK MH6ro He c,n:enan, KaK ... 4. 3Ta KHHra HY)KHi MHe
TaK )Ke, KaK n ... 5. Y MeHiI TaK )Ke MH6ro HeperneHHh!X Bonp6coB, KaK tt ... 6. MeHiI
6enun, qepHhIH, TeMHhIH, ropiI'!HH, XOil0,1l;HhIH,KpyrnhIH, cna,n:KHH,rrpo3paqHhIH, 3TOT Bonp6c BOilH)'CT TaK )Ke, KaK ... 7. 51 HH OJJ:Hor6qenOBeKa He 3Han TaK xopow6, KaK
rony66n, TBep,1l;hlH,nerKHH, yrrpiIMhlH, XHTph!H, TpycnHBhlH ... 8. 51 cnywan neKl(HIO C TaKHM )Ke HHTepecoM, KaK ... 9. y MeHiI B03HHKTaK6ii )Ke BO-
Nouns to be used: map, caxap, CHer, ne,n:, HO'lh, or6Hh, rryx, He6o, KaMCHh, 3alll(, np6c, KaK ... 10. JI 3a,n:anTaK0H )Ke Bonp6c, KaK ... 11. M6)KH0 IlH Ha;:i;el!ThCllHa TaK6ro
OCen, nnca,cTeKn0, )'r0Ilh '!CilOBeKa, KaK ... ? 12. Henh3H ,!l;OBepiIThTaK0MY '!CilO-BeKy, KaK ...
Exercise 182. Make up sentences, using the following verbs and comparative con- Exercise 188. Insert the conjunction 11eMor i-aK.
structions.
1. JI HHTepecyIOCh <pl13HKOU,... If MOU TOBipHllJ. 2. 5I HHTepecyI-OCh<pl13HKOH
605IThCll KaK OrHiI; CIICiliHTh KaK Ha IIO)Kap; 3HaTh KaK CBOHIll!Th rranhl(eB; II0Il3- 66nhrne, ... MOU TOBapHllJ. 2. BonhH0U 'l)'BCTByeT ce6iI TaK )KC, ... B'!epa. bOilhH0ll qyB-
TH KaK 'leperraxa; OTpa)KaThCll KaK B 3epKane; CIIaTh KaK y6HThIH; CH,1l;eTbKaK Ha Hr0n- CTByeT ce6iI ropi3;:i;o nyqwe, ... B'lepa. 3. OH roBopnT rro-pyccKH 66nee cso66,n:Ho, ...
KaX paHhIIIe. OH fOBOpHT IIO-p)'CCKHTaK )KC, ... paHhIIIC. 4. 3Ta KHHra MHe HY)KHee,... Te6e.
3Ta KHHra Hy)KH<lMHe TaK )Ke, ... Te6e. 5. B ;:i;6Me 6lrno TaK )Ke )KapKO, ... Ha ynm:ie.
Exercise 183. Replace the comparative constructions with clauses of comparison. B ,n:6Me6lrno )Kapqe, ... Ha )'IlHl(e. 6. OH Ka3ancll TaKHM )Ke ycTiilb!M, ... B'!epa. OH Ka-
Model: 5I 3HaIO er6 TaK )KC, KaK II Thi. 33.IlCll 66nee ycTailb!M, ... B'lepa.
51 3HaIO er6 TaK )KC, KQK 3HCLeUtb e26 mbl.
5f 3HaIO er6 TaK )KC, KaK TC65I.
51 3HaIO er6 TaK )KC, KQK 3HCIIO me6fl. COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH CLAUSES OF MEASURE OR
1. 3TOT '!CilOBeK OTH0CHTCllKO MHC TaK )KC, KaK Thi. 3TOT qenoBeK OTH0CHTCllKO DEGREE
MHe TaK )Ke, KaK K Te6e. 2. OH yBa)KaeT Bae TaK )KC,KaK Bee. OH yBa)KaeT Bae TaK )KC,KaK
BCeX.3. OH COMHOH TaK )Ke OTKpOBeHeH,KaK C T060H. OH COMHOll TaK )KCOTKpOBeHeH, Adverbial clauses of measure or degree show the measure or degree
KaK Thi. of an action or quality and answer the questions KaK? 'how?', Ha-
Exercise 184. Compare each pair of sentences: explain the difference between the KOllbKo? 'how much?', 6 KaKou Mepe? 'in what measure?', 6 KaKou cme-
meanings of the sentences with comparative constructions and of those with subordinate neHu? 'to what degree?', CKOllbKo? 'how much/many?'
clauses introduced by the conjunction i-ai- oy,n:rn.
qepe3 lJeTBepTb lJaca 51rro,r:i:orneJI 'A quarter of an hour later l came
OHa pacnopl!)KaCTCll B JJ:0Me,KaK X035IHKa. OHa pacnopl!)KaCTCll B JJ:0MC,KaK 6y,n:TO
OHa X03SIHKa. HacTOJihKO6m'.i:3KoK ormo, 'ITO close enough to the fire to make
OH CM0TpHT Ha MeHiI, KaK Ha spara. OH cM6TpHT Ha MeHiI TaK, KaK 6y,n:To ll er6 MOf' paCCMOTpeTh Bee OKOJIO out everything around it.'
spar. uero. (Ape.)
OH pa3rOBapHBan CO MHOH, KaK Ha'!anh- OH pa3roBapHBan CO MHOH TaK, KaK (Question: HacKOllbKO (KaK) 6JIH3KO51rro,r:i:ornen?)
HHK C IlOJJ:'!IIHeHHhlM. 6yJJ:TOOH HaqanhHHK, a l!-er6 IlOJJ:'!H-
HeHHh!H. II6cne ,r:i:o)K,r:i:;i
6hrno CJIHWKOM 'After the rain it was too wet to go
Exercise 185. Compare the synonymous sentences in the left- and right-hand MOKpo, 'IT061.1 H.D:TH ryJIHTh. for a walk.'
columns. What does the case of the pronouns in the comparative constructions depend on? (H. T.)
HH OJJ:HH
BOnp6c He HHTepecyeT MeHiI TaK, HH OJJ:HHBonp6c He HHTepecyeT MeHii TaK, (Question: HacKOllbKO MOKpo?)
KaK MeHiI HHTepecyeT 3TOT BOnp6c. KaK 3TOT. MM ,r:i:OJI)KHbI B351ThcTOJihKOrrpo- 'We must take as many food-
3TOT BOnp6c HHTepecyeT MeHiI TaK )KC, 3TOT Bonp6c HHTepecyeT MeHii TaK )Ke, ,r:i:yr<TOB,
CKOJihKO 00Hll,D;06HTCSI stuffs as is needed for a week.'
KaK OH HHTepecyeT Bae. KaK Bae.
ua ue.r:i:emo.
JI HH C KeM He 6hJBaIO TaK OTKpOBeHeH, 51 HH C KeM He 6hIB<lIO TaK OTKpOBeHeH,
KaK ll OTKpOBeHeHC T060H. KaK c To66ii. (Question: CKOllbKO rrpo,r:i:yKToB?)
Y Her6 B03HHK TaK6ii )Ke Borrp6c, KaK6ii Y Her6 B03HHK TaK6n )Ke sorrp6c, KaK In adverbial clauses of measure or degree, the conjunctive words
B03HHK y MeHiI. y MeHH. uacKOJihKO and CKOJihKO and the conjunctions 'ITO, 11T661.1, KaK, KaK
OH 3a,n:anTaK0H )Ke BOnp6c, KaK6ii 3a,n:an OH 3a,n:an TaK6ii )Ke BOIIp6c, KaK ll.
ll. 6y.r:i:TO are us~d. . . ,
Henh35I )J;OBepiITh TaK6My '!enoBeKy, Ka- Henh3H )];OBepiITh TaK6My 'lenoBeKy, KaK The principal clause may contam demonstrative words CTOJihKO,
KHM l!BniieTCll OH. OH. cTOJih, uacTOJihKO, TaK or ).J,O Toro.
Henh3SI CTaBHTh B npHMep TaK0ro qeno- Henh3H CT<lBHThB npHMep TaK6ro '!CilO-
BeKa, KaKHM llBilHCTCll OH. BeKa, KaK OH. OH 6bIJI uaCTOJibKO Tpe6oBaTe- 'He was as exacting as a manager
JieH, uacKOJihKO ,r:i:6JI)KeH
6bITh must be.'
Exercise 186. Insert the word ,n:pyrin the appropriate oblique case with or without
a preposition. Tpe6oBaTeJieH pyKOBO,D;HTeJib.
560 561
Mhl ,[(OJDKHhI B351ThCTOJibKOrrpo- 'We must take as many food- COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH THE COMPARATIVE
.D:YKTOB, cKoJibKo rroHa,[(o6HTc51 stuffs as is needed for a week.' CONJUNCTION qEM ... TEM .. .
Ha He,[(eJUO.
51 6e)KaJI TaK 6bICTpo, KaK A complex sentence with the conjunction lfeM... TeM... consists of
'I ran as fast as I could.'
T0JihKO Mor. two interdependent parts, each containing the comparative degree of
Mhl ,ll,O Toro ycTaJIH, lfTO He an adjective or adverb.
'We were so tired that we were
MOrJIHC,[(BHHYThC51 C MeCTa. unable to move on.' qeM 60Jihllle OHa J(yMaJia 06 'The more she thought about it,
Hoqh 6bIJia TaK TeMHa, lfTO 'The night was so dark that you 3TOM, TeM 66JihIIIe 6ecrroK6H- the more worried she became.'
B ,[(Byx rnarax He BII,[(HO6hIJIO could not see a man two steps JiaCh.
qeJIOBeKa. away.' qeM ,l),:lJihllle0Tp51,[(yrny6JI51JIC51 'The farther the detachment went
B nee, TeM TPY,D;HeeCTaHOBH- into the forest, the more dif-
The Conjunction lfTO and lfT06b1 JIOChlI,[(TH. ficult it became to walk.'
qeM TeMHeeHQqh, TeM 51pqe3Be3- 'The darker the night, the brighter
If the principal clause contains the words TaK, uacTOJibKOor ,l),O ,[(hl. the stars.'
rnro, the subordinate clause is generally joined by the conjunction lfTO. If a complex sentence contains the conjunction lfeM... TeM... , it is
If the principal clause contains the words ue TaK, ue uacTOJihKO, impossible to ask a question about any of its clauses, therefore it is im-
,ll,OCTaTOlfHO, cnnmKOM or qepecqyp, the subordinate clause is joined by possible to determine which is the principal and which is the subordi-
the conjunction lfT06h1. ·
nate clause.
Compare:
Exercise 191. Write out the sentences: underline the conjunction 'leM... TeM... and
MhI TaK ycTaJIH, lfTO .He M0)KeM Mhl CJIHWKOM ycTaJIH, tJT06hI the comparative degrees of adjectives and adverbs.
H,[(TH,[(aJibllle. H,[(TH,[(aJihille.
I. ITo,n:1,eM6hIJI upo,/\On)KMTenbHblllH TP,Y.1.1:Hblll.
qeM BhIIIIe Mb! no,n:HHManHCb,
'We are so tired that we cannot go 'We are too tired to go on any TeM paCTMTenbHOCTb CTaHOBirnacbCKy,n:Hee. (Ape.) 2. qeM HH)KeMb! cnycKanllCb, TCM
on any further.' further.' ryIIIe ,n:enancHnee H TCMTCHHCTee ,n:op6ra. (flayem.) 3. KoCTep y)Ke noTyxan. l1 'ICM
Ceiiqac ,l),OCTllTOlfHOTe1rn6, lfT06hl CKOpee,n:oropan orOHb, TCMBH,U:Hee CTaHOBHnacbnyttHaH HO'lh. (lfex.) 4. qeM Bhlllle CO-
Ceiiqac uacTOJibKO TeIIJI0, lfTO XO,[(IITh6e1 rraJihT6. nHI(e, TCM66nbIIIe nTlll( If Becenee HXIIIe6eT. (M. I'.) 5. l.JeM,U:aJibIIIe
K MOp!O,TeM BCe
y)Ke M0)KHO XO,[(HTh 6e3 'It is warm enough now to go IIIHpe, cnOKORHeiiB6nra. (M. r) 6. qeM pa3H006pa3Hee 6nhIT, TCMBhIIIIeOH no,n:Hll-
MaeT '!eJ'lOBeKa,TCMIIIHpe CTaHOBllTCH none 3peHllH. (Af, I'.)
rraJihT6. without a coat.'
'It is so warm now that you can go Ceiiqac ue uacTOJihKO Terrn6; Exercise 192. Complete the sentences.
without a coat.' lfT06hI M0)KHO 6bIJIO XO,[(HTh I, qeM BhJIIIeMb! no,n:HHManHCb B r6pbl, TeM ... 2, qeM 66nhIIIe OH 3aHHMilJ'lCH
6e1 rraJihT6. 3T0ll pa66TOll, ,., 3. qeM Tpy,n:Hee6bJJiil3a,U:a'!a,TeM ... 4. qeM n,Y'IIIIeCTy,n:eHTbl
3Hil!OT
pycCKllllH3h!K,TeM ... 5. qeM CTapIIIeCTaHOBHnllCb ,[\eTH,TeM ... 6. qeM 6ntt)Ke no,n:xo-
'It is not warm enough now to go ,n:11noBpeMH3K3aMCHOB, TeM ... 7. qeM paHbIIle Thi B03bMeIIIbCH3a 3TYpa66Ty, TeM ...
without a coat.'
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH CLAUSES OF CONDITION
Exercise 189. Point out the adverbial clauses of measure or degree. Explain the use
of the conjunctions '!TO and 'IT06LI. Conditional clauses show the condition necessary for the fulfilment
I. ropbl ll peKll TaK noXO,[(Hnll,n:pyrHa ,n:pyra, '!TOMO)KHO 6bIJIOnern6 oum6HTbCH of the action of the principal clause. Conditional clauses answer the
If nonTM He uo TOR,n:op6re. (Ape.) 2. Ilor6,n:a HeMHoro yxy,n:umnacb, HOHe HacTonhKO, question npu T<aKOMycAoeuu? 'on what condition?'
'IT06hJ noMeIIIaTb HaIIIell 3KCK,YpCllll. (Ape.) 3. C pacCBeTOMoniITh y,11apllnMOp03, MOK-
paH 3eMniI 3aMep3na TaK, '!TO XpycTena no,n:HOI'aMH.(Ape.) 4. 0H ,U:OCTaTO'IHO OKpen, Ecnu 3aBTpa 6y,lJ,eTxopomasi no- 'If the weather is fine tomorrow,
'IT06hI XO,[\MTb (fl. 0.) 5. Ha,1151
IIIna no TponMHKC ,n:oToro HaKnOHHOR, '!TOllHOr,n:anpH- ro,lJ,a, MhI rroii,lJ,eMHa JKcKyp- we'll go on an excursion.'
XO,n:MnOCb ,n:ep)KaThCH 3a orpa,n:y nanHca,n:HllKOB.(AHm.) CHIO.
Exercise 190. Change the sentences, using the word CJJHIIIKOM
in the principal clause EcJIH 6bl 6hIJia xopornaH noro,lJ,a, 'If the weather were fine, we
and the conjunction 'IT06h! in the subordinate clause. Mhl IIOeXaJIH6bI 3a rop0,[(. would go to the country.'
I. OH npHIIIen ,U:OMOR TaK n63,n:Ho,'!TO He Mor 3aHHMaTbCH.2. Ha ,n:BopeTaK x6- Pa3 )],mK,lJ,H ueT, 3HatJHT M0)KHO 'If it does not rain, you can go
nO,[(HO,'!TOHCJJb3ilH,U:TMryJJllTb. 3. OH '1,YBCTBOBaJI
ce611TaK nn6xo, '!TO He Mor BCTaTh H,l],TH,l],aJihJlle.(Ape.) on.'
C noCTenH. 4. OH 3HaeT MaTeMaTHKY TaK nn6xo, '!TO He MO)KCT noMO'lb ,n:pyry. 5. qe-
MO,n:aH 6bJJITaK TH)Ken,'!TO OHaHe Morna er6 HCCTM. 6. LJ;opora 6hrna TaKY3Ka,'!TOMa- In conditional clauses, the conjunctions eCJin 'if, KOr,lJ,a'if, pa3
IIIHHa He Morna npoexaTh. 7. OHM IIInH TaK 6i:1cTpo, '!TO Hx Henh3il 6i:rno ,n:orHaTb. 'once', 'if, 'as', KOJih (Konn) 'if, etc. are used.
8. OH roBopMn TaKTMxo,'!TOer6 Henh3il 6i:rno noHiITh. 9. OHMCH,n:enH TaK,n:aneK6,'!TO
He Mornn CnhJIIIaTbHalli pa3roB6p. 10. Ilocne,n:Hee BpeMHH 6bJJITaK 3aHSIT,'!TO He Mor The commonest conjunction is ecnu. The conjunction KOr,lJ,ais rare-
XO,U:HTh B TeaTp. ly used in conditional clauses.
562 563
 The conjunction KOJlh(K6J1n)occurs in popular speech, in proverbs
and sayings. ~he pre~icat~ of a conditio1:1al clause of the second type may be in
the imperative smgular. In this case the subordinate clause has no
He 6y,!J,eTCK)'KH, KOJlH3:lH5IThIpy- 'You won't feel bored if you conjunction.
KM.(Proverb) work.'
BepHHCh OH paHhme, OH 3aCTaJI 'Had he come earlier, he would
Complex sentences with conditional clauses fall into two types. 6h1 Hae. have found us.'
A. In sentences of the first type, the principal clause conveys an ac-
tion which really took place, is really taking place or will really. take (It is also possible to say: ECJIH6hl OHBepH)'JIC5I
paHhIIIe, OH3aCTaJI
place in accordance with the condition expressed by the subordmate 6b1 nae.)
clause. oH apxnTeKrnpoM, OH
He 6y,!J,1> 'Had he not become an architect
The predicate verbs of both the principal and the subordinate CTaJI 6h1 xy,!J,6:>KHHKOM. he would have been an artist.'
clauses are in the indicative mood (in the present, past or future tense). (It is also possible to say: EcJIH 6hl OH He 6hIJI apxHTeKTOpOM,OH
lJHTaTeJih omu6aeTCH, eCJlHnpe)];- 'The reader is mistaken if he im- CTaJI 6hl XY,!J,O:>KHHKOM.)
CTaBmieTce6e Tarrry B BH,!J,e p6- agines the taiga as a grove.' A conditional clause may either precede follow or stand in the
Ill,H. (Ape.) middle of the principal clause. '
Ilernex6,!],, ecJJHTaKa5I Hoqh 1a- 'If such a night found a pedestrian
CTaBaJ1aer6 Ha r6pHOH .r:i:op6re, on a mountain road, he was in nepecTaHeT, MhI OT- 'If it stops raining, we shall set out
ECJlH ,!],O;K,!J,h
HaXO,!],HJlCH B CMepTeJihHOH danger of his life.' rrpaBHMC5IB IIYTh 3:lBTpa. tomorrow.'
OII:lCHOCTII. (IJae!l.) Mhl OTIIpaBHMC5I B IIYTh 3:lBTpa, 'We shall set off tomorrow if it
ECJlH Jie,!],Ha peKe TpOHeTCH,Mhl 'If the ice on the river begins to eCJlH,!],O;K,!],h
nepecTaHeT. stops raining.'
He cMfoKeM rreperrpaBHThC5IHa break, we shall not be able to 3aBTpa, eCJlH,!J,O;K,!],h
nepecTaHeT, 'Tomorrow (if it stops raining) we
TOT 6eper. cross to the other bank.' Mhl OTIIpaBHMC5I B IIYTh. shall set off.'
The predicate verb in the principal clause may take the imperative. . If the conditional clause comes first, the principal clause may begin
with the demonstrative particle TO 'then' or TaK 'then' or the demon-
Y3Haernh 06 'If you find out anything about it,
EcJIH Thi qTo-H116y,!J,h strative adverb Tor,!],a 'then'.
3TOM, paccKamu MHe. tell me.'
ECJIH:>KeHHKor6 He 6hIJIO )];OMa, 'If there was no one at home, then
Conditional clauses of this type frequently contain the conjunction TO 5I OCTaBaJIC5I H :>K,!],aJI,
pa3- I stayed and waited, talking
pa1. This conjunction shows a real condition. rOBapHBaJIC H5£Heii,HrpaJI Cpe- with the nurse and playing with
Pa1 Thi ue 3uae11Ih, MoJiqH. 'If you don't know, keep silent.' 6eHKOM.(lfex.) the child.'
Pa1 Bhl ycTaJIH, KoHqHMpa66Ty. 'If you are tired, let's stop work- Exercise 193. Combine each pair of simple sentences into a complex sentence with
ing.' the conjunction ecJIH.
The predicate of a clause introduced by the conjunction pal is gen- 1. Ho% 6y)ler rermoii. Mb1 6y)leM HoqeBiTh rro)l orKphIThIMHe6oM. 2. Ypoirdii
erally in the present or past tense, perfective aspect. 6y.l"leTxop6urn:ii. JJ:oJK)lurrpoii)lyT BOBpeMl!.3. JJ:oJK)lh6y)leT rrpo)lOJilKaThCll.PeKa
Bb!H)leTH3 6eper6B. 4. Bbl ycTaJIH.Mb! C)leJiaeMrrepepb!B. 5. R B03bM)':hy KHury. 0Ha
The predicate of the conditional clause is an infinitive when the Te6e 60Jihllle He HYlKHa.6. KHura OCTaHeTCl! y MeHl!ellle Ha O)lllH)leHb. jl ycrrfao rrpo-
sentence has no subject. Such sentences have a generalised meaning. q!fT<lTbee. 7. R 3aH)l)' K Te6e BeqepoM. R ycrreIO.
EcJJHJKOHOMHTh,To cpe.r:i:cTB xBa- 'If you are economical this money Exercise 194. Supply conditional clauses with the conjunction ecJiu to the following
THT. will do.' clauses.
Model: MbIIIOH)leMB Tearp, eCJIH...
Mu IIOH)leMB Tearp, l?C/lU6j;oym 6u/lembl.
B. In sentences of the second type the principal clause does not de- . 1. fIOillJIHTeMHe TeJierpaMMY,eCJIII... 2. JlbilKHhieCOpeBHOBaHHll He COCTOl!TCll,
scribe an actual, but only a potential action, and the subordina~e clause, eCJIH... 3. Tb! He OII03)laelllb, eCJIH... 4. HylKHOBh!3BaTbBpaqa, eCJIH... 5. CHer 6hIC-
a possible condition for its fulfilment. In this case, the predicates of Tpo pacraeT, ecm1 ... 6. jl II03BOHIOBaM !IO TeJieqJOHy,eCJIII...
the principal and the subordinate clauses are in the conditional mood. Exercise 195. Supply principal clauses to the following conditional clauses.
Bee 6Lmo 6M cnaceHo, ecJJu 6M 'Everything would have been Model: EcnH )lOlK)lh6y)leT rrpo)lOJilKaThCll,...
y Moer6 KOH5£ CHJIeme
,!],OCTaJlO saved if my horse had had ECJIH)lOlK)lb6y)leT rrpo)lOJilKaTbCll,
peKa 6blUOemU3 6epe266.
MHH)'T.(JI.)
Ha ,!J,eC5ITh enough strength for another J. ECJIHBbl 6y)leTe IIHCaTbBHHMaTeJibHO, ... 2. ECJIHMb! 6_y)leMCHCTeMaTuqeCKH
ten minutes. 3aHHMaTbCll,... 3. EcJIH)lOJiro He 6y)leT )lOlK)lll,... 4. ECJIHrr6e3)l OII03)laeT ... 5. EcJIH
Thi IIOH)lelllbB 6H6JIHOTeKy,... 6. ECJIHTe6e He H)'lKeHCJIOBapb,... '
564
565
 Exercise 196. Complete the following sentences. To, 'ITO. The co_njun~tion XOTH (xoTL) is generally used in colloquial
I. 51 6b! KOHqlJJIpa66Ty cero,I\HSIBeqepoM, eCJill 6bl ... 2. 0H HairnCaJI6bI coqlJHe- ~peech. The conJm:i,ct101.1
uecMoTpH ua To, 'ITO strikes a somewhat book-
Hlle 6e3 OIIIH60K,eCJill6bi ... 3. Mb! noexaJill 6bI 3.l ropO,I(, eCJifl6bI ... 4. 51 OCTaJICSI
6b! ish note. The conJunct10n nycTL (nycKaii) is not so frequent.
3,I(eCb,eCJill 6bI . . . 5. 0H CTaJI 6bi 3aHlIMaTbCSIB HaIIIeM KpyJKKe,eCJill 6b! ... 6. Mb!
MOrJIHfaI rreperrpaBHTbCSI Ha ,I\pyroii 6eper, eCJIH6bl ... 7. 51 IIpHHCC6bI Te6e KHHry, HaM TPYJ(HO,MbI He ocrn-
Ilyc!L 'Though it may be difficult for us
eCJill 6bi ... 8. opaT 6bIJI 6bI llHJKeHepOM, eCJIH6bl ... 9. Mb! He ,I\06HJIJICb6bI ycrreXOB, HOBMMC}I
Ha rronrryTH. we shall not stop half-way.' '
eCJill 6bi ... 10. 0H 6b! He 3a6oJieJI, eCJJJI6b! ...
Exercise 197. Replace the italicised words with conditional clauses. Concessive ciauses _may contain the conjunctions KaK or CKOJILKo
and the emphatic particle nu:
I. C m6oeu noMOUJblOSIBhIIlOJIHIO :'iTypa66Ty. 2. llpu J1Ce.1u11Juu
Bbl MorJiii 6b1 Ha-
nucaTb coqmieHHe Jiyqrue. 3. flpu nonj-mHOM 6empe HaIIIa JIO,I(Ka,I(BHraJiaCb6b! oqeHb KaK nu cTapaJIUCLMbl ,r:i:o6pa.TbC}I'No matter how hard we tried to
6b1cTpo. 4. £e3 :1mo20 00J1CoflypoJKaii Mor 6b1 rrorii6HyTb. B JTOT,r:i:eHb,r:i:ocaMoii Bhrc6Koii reach the highest mountain that
Exercise 198. Replace the subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction ec.11H rophr, HaM c,r:i:enaTb§Toro He day, we did not succeed.'
with asyndetic subordinate clauses. y,r:i:an6cb.(Ape.)
Mode!: EcJitt 6bl OHHMHeHe rr0Meruam1, SIK0Hq1rn6bl pa66Ty cero,I(HSIBeqepoM. KaK nu JKaJIL, MHe rropa MJJ:TH. 'Sorry as I am, it is time for me to
He noMew.au OIJUMHe, SI KOHqlJJl6b! pa66Ty cerO,I(HSIBeqepoM. go.'
1. ECJill 6bI Mb! Bh!IIIJlll,I\BYM51
MllH}'TaMHpaHbIIIe, Mb! He OI103,I\llJlll6bI Ha n6e3,I(.
2. EcJIH 6bi SIHe BCTpeTHJIBae cnyqaiiHo, SI,I\OCllXrrop m1qer6 He 3HaJI 6b! 06 3TOM. !he ~onjunctjons KaK nu and CKOJILKOuu may be replaced by the
3. ECJlll 6bJ y Hae 6bIJill 6HJieTbI,Mb! IlOIIIJIH6b! B TeaTp. 4. ECJill 6bI OHMHeCKa3aJI06 conJunct1on xoTsr or uecMoTpH ua To, 'ITO.
3TOM,SI 6bI IIOMOL
HecMoTpH ua ,rn, 'ITO ~hr crnpa- 'In spite of the fact that we tried
Exercise 199. Write out the sentences. Underline the subordinate clauses. Account nncb, ,r:i:o~paTh~jf~ :no: ,r:i:eHb to reach the highest mountain
for the form of the predicate in the conditional clauses. ,r:i:o,
caMo~ BbICOKOM rop?r, HaM that day, we did not succeed.'
I. TTyTeBh!e3aITHCKH Heo6XO,I\HMO ,I\eJiaTb 6e30TJiaraTeJ1bHOHa MecTe Ha6JIIO,I(e- c,r:i:enaTh::noro He y,r:i:anoch.
HHSI.Ecntt 3TO He C,I\eJiaTb,TO HOBbieKapTI1Hbl,HOBbieBrreqaTJieHHSI 3aCJIOHll.IOTCTa- XoTH , olfeHh )KaJih, MHe rropa 'Sorry as I am, it is time for me to
pbie 66pa3bl, ll BH,I\eHHOe 3a6bIB<leTCSI. (Ape.) 2. Yrra,I\H Ha Hero l(eJiblll cyrp66, TO
MJJ:TM. go,'
H TOr,I(a6bl, KaJKeTCSI,OHHe HaIIICJIH)'lKHb!M CTp51Xl!BaTb c ce6» CHer. (£fex.) 3. ::ho 6bIJI
pe,I\Kllllqac 3aTHIIIbSI.EcJill He cqlJT<lTbHeCKOJlbKllX ,I(aJICKllX
rryrueqHblXBh!CTpeJIOB ,[\a
KOpOTeHbKOH rryneMCTHOH oqepe,I\ll r,I(e-TOB CTOpOHe,TO MOJKHO 6bIJ10IlO,I\)'MaTb,qTQ If the concessi_ve clau~e pr~cedes the principal clause, there may ap-
B MHpe HeT HllKaKOHBOHHhl.(Kam.) 4. TToMHl!Te,qTQ HayKa Tpe6yeT OTqeJJOBeKaBCeii pear the adversattve conJunctlon uo 'but yet' or o.a:uaKo'however' be-
er6 JKl13Hll.I1 eCJill y JlaC 6hIJIO ,[\Be JKl13Hll,TO ll HX He XBaTHJIO6bi BaM. (lla6.) tween them. '
5. Ox, JleTO KpacHoe, J1I06HJ16b, SI Te6H,
Kor,I\a 6bI He 3HOH,,[\a IlblJlb, ,!\a KOMaphl, ,!(a M)'XH.(fl.) XoTH eMy 6Lmo Tpy .a:uo, uo OH 'Though it was difficult for him
CIIpaBMJIC}I
C pa60TOH. yet he coped with the work.' '
KaK HU iKaJih paccTaBaThCH, O.Il:- 'Sorry as I am to part, it is time
HaKO MHe rropa MJJ:TH. for me to go nevertheless.'
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH CONCESSIVE CLAUSES
Concessive clauses answer the question 11ecMompJ,.11a1./mo?'in spite
of what?'
XoTH uac!ynnJI eeqep, 6hrno 'Although even:ing had come, it
6lfeHb )KapKo. was very hot.'
(nhIJio olfeHb )KapKo 11ecMomp/111a1./mo?)
HecMoTpH ua TO, 'ITO BeTep CB0- 'Although the wind swept freely
66.a:uo uocnJicsr ua.a: MopeM, over the sea, the clouds were
T)'lfM 6hIJIM Herro,r:i:BJI)KHbr. motionless.'
(M. I'.)
(TylfM 6hrnII Herro,a:BJI)KHbI
11ecMomp/i 11a1./mo?)
Concessive clauses are introduced by the conjunctions xoTH (xoTL)
'(al)though'; uecMoTpH ua rn, 'ITO 'in spite of the fact that'; nycTL (nyc-
Kaii) 'though'.
The commonest are the conjunctions xoTH (xoTL) and uecMoTpH ua
566
 Table 1
V,
0\
00 Conjunctions and Conjunctive Words Used in Various Subordinate Clauses

Conjunction Object Clause Attributive Subject Predicate Adverbial Adverbial Clause

or Conjunctive Clause Clause Clause Clause of Manner
Word of Purpose

The con- 51 xoqy, 'IT66bt EMy XOTt::JIOCb Hyi1rno, 'ITO- 51 llOCJiaJI eM_y PaccKa3bIBaH TaK,
junc- OH llp!UlleJI. TaKOH pa6o- 6bl OH llFICbMO,'ITO- '1To6bl Bee 6i:rno
tion 'I want him to Tb!, 'IT06bl OH rrprrrneJI. 6bl OH rrprr- IIOHSITHO.
'IT06bl come.' Mor OT/].a- 'It is neces- exan. 'Tell your story in
BaTb en BCe sary that 'I sent him a Jet- such a way that
CBOIICIIJibl. he should ter so that he everything
'He wanted such come.' should come.' should be clear.'
work that he
might dedi-
cate himself
entirely to it.'

The con- 51 3HaJI, '!TO Bbl IT0/1,Hil.JICHTa- 51CHO, 'ITO Berep 6bIJI Ta- OH paCCKa3bIBaJI
junc- He OTKaJKe- KOH Bt::Tep, pa60TY KOH, 'ITO TaK, 'ITO Bee 6hI-
tion TeCb llOMOqb_ 'ITO TP.Y/1.HO H)'lKHO TP.Y/J.HO 6bIJIO JIO llOHii.nIO.
'ITO 'I knew that you 6hrno /J.ep- rrpO,[(OJI- ,[(epJKaTbCH Ha 'He told a story in
would not re- JKaTbCH Ha JKaTb. HOrax. such a way that
fuse to help.' HOrax. '[t is clear 'The wind was everything was
'There blew that the so strong that clear.'
such a strong work must it was difficult
wind that it be con- to stand on
was difficult tinued.' one's feet.'
to stand on
one's feet.'

w
___,
Continued
I
w
...
00

Conjunction Object Clause Attributive Subject Predicate Adverbial Adverbial Clause

or Conjunctive Clause Clause Clause Clause of Manner
Word of Purpose

The con- 51 rrprrHec TO, 3m Ta KH11ra, 3,[(ecbJieJKIIT 3TO TO, 'ITO Tb!
junc- 'ITO Tb! rrpo- 'ITO Thi rrpo- TO,'ITO Tb! rrpoc11JI.
tive CIIJI. CIIJI. rrpoc11n. 'This is what
word 'I have 'This is the book 'Here IS you asked
'ITO brought what you asked what you for.'
you asked for.' for.' asked for.'

The con- 51 He 3HaJITOrO, 3TO 6hIJI TOT ITpHrnen 3TO 6bIJI TOT,
junc- KTO /J.OJIJKeH 'leJIOBt::K,
KOfO TOT, KOfO KOfO BCe JK,[(a-
tive 6brn rrpHnT11. BCeJK,[(aJIH. BCe )K,[(a- JIH.
word 'I did not know 'He was the man JIH. 'He was the one
KTO the man who everybody was 'The man everybody
was to come.' waiting for.' everybody was waiting
was wait- for.'
ing for
has come.'

V,
0\
'D
 Exercise 200. Combine each pair of sentences into a complex sentence with a condi-
,.,,
-~
lO
=8
.El 5 e
bl)
C
·a •.
tional or concessive clause.
1. bb!J1 C!IJ1bHblll Mopfo. ,D;en-r XO/:(!IJ1Hryrn'!Tb. 2. bb!J10 Terrn6. ,ll;eTH XO,[(!IJ1Hry-
0 .....,.
& ...
~ t,i
:,:
<l.)
.c::~
..,. C
1-,
:.:
0
0
s
(.)
('j
,D
J1l!Tb. 3. Bee ycTaJ1H. Mbi C,[(eJ1aeMrrepepblB. 4. Bee ycTaJ1H. Mb! 6y):(eM npO,[(OJ1JKaTb
pa66Ty. 5. OH nonyqrrT TenerpaMMY B6BpeMll. OH nprre):(eT. 6. OH nonyqIIn TenerpaM-
"
0"
~ Cl' ....0 0
(.) 1:' <l) <l) MY B6BpeMll. OH He nprrexan. 7. ,D;aBH0 cBeTirno c6nmi:e. ,D;op6rrr ellle He BhICoxnrr.

"
('j:,:
M ,<l.) <l) • ->.o,i .s s 8. ITol!BHTCll C0JlHIIe, ,D;op6n1 Bb!COXHYT. 9. 51 yruen. ToBapHlllH npOC!IJlH MeHll
.:': <%l fr s <l.)"O 0 ~ t (.)
('j
OCTaTbCll. 10. 51 He yIIIeJl 6bI. ToBapHU\H IlOIIpOC!IJlH 6bI MeHll OCTaTbC51.
o-5]
"
.0
·5
f-< ,&
'"':,:
~~]
(.)
f-<,;,...
::2:,:
:,:fr
,D
s.c::
<l)

Exercise 201. Replace the subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction XOTH
~ =
"1:0
:.. ~ <%l
<ll C
s <l.) with subordinate clauses introduced by the conjunction KaK HH. Pay attention to the
°'E-<
C v i:l:.c:::-;:::
"'- ·O:,: v.C::
:,: "< <l.)i:l: i:l: C o ....i:l: word order: the word to which the particle HH belongs must follow it immediately.
0 ;c
°' :-"

.
Model: XoTll Mbl IIIJlH oqeHb 6b!CTp0, H0qb 3aCTana Hae B nyTII.
KaK Hu 6b1cmpo Mbl Utllu, Hoqb 3acTana Hae B rryTII .

-~
lO
~] ~ ~
(.)
(.)
<l)
.c::
0
f-<
.s
~ 1. XoTll rryTb 6brn oqeHb Tpy,[(eH, Mb! npO/:IBHraJlHCb Bilepe/:1 /:(OBOJlbHO6hICTp0 .
2. XoTll BCe 6qeHb npOC!IJlH er6, OH He cornaCIIJlC51. 3. XoTll Ha Beqepe 6h!J10 oqeHb Be-
.,e,: .
.c::_
i,:::-:::
•<l)
<%),;>,.
M 0::
~
C '"'
:,:
"O ceno, OH He 3a6b!Jl 0 CBOell Hey):(aqe, 4. XoTl! yqeHIIK 6qeHb crnpancH pernIITb 3a,[(aqy,
=
<l) 0
.. t,: Ci,:: P. .c:: :.: ·a
":'l 0:,:
=
•::,- i:l: <l.)
0 (.)
0 <l.)
~ <%l
i:l:•.
_,,. "' "'
:.: .c::
<l)
3TO eMy He y):(an6cb.
0" O::,v _,,.
C <l)
C :Jl :i:: i:l: g o,:· Exercise 202. Replace the italicised words with concessive clauses.
lO 0 <l) ,D >.
~ -~ fr 0~ '= C v
(.)
f-<
('j
l. Hec.Mompfi ,w no30HUU !lac, na ynrrue 6hIJ10 Mn6ro Hap6/:ly. 2. HecMompfi Ha
:.o' <'l ,&
M 0:: C C
,IJ.)
o:: E ...::s = <l.)
<%l •
i:l:
C6010311/iJlmOCmb,OH HaXO,[(!IJI BpeMll qHTaTb BCe HOB!IHKH Xy):(0JKeCTBeHHOllJlHTepaT_y-
"'"
:,: 0
§5 ~
-o
::au" .
,;,...O
~:.:
>. 0
"O (.) ·g)a.s pb!. 3. Ilpu eceM :»ee,taHuu H He Mory nprrnl!Tb Bame rrprrrnameHrre. 4. HecMompfi Ha
:9 O-o :,: ~ <l.)
:IJ.)
8
f-<

1,.1.l
IJ.)

"< -:-s~ ::r:

:-"
rJ:J IJ,) 0
~ 0
:,: :,:
• ,D
0,.Q
?:
('j <l)
:i::
;s
:....S<
u:..::=
:-"
ceoit cnoco6HOCmU, OH He crrpaBHJICll c '.)TOH pa66TOll.
Exercise 203. Write out the sentences, inserting the missing punctuation marks .
. 1. Bee ellle nyCTblHHOll 6brna )'JlHUa X0Tb cepble T(:HH paccBeTa yJKe ):(pOJK.lJlHHa
d: b-. :i::
~ 0
f-< 'oil Hell. (I'op6.) 2. KaK HH XJlOIIOTaJlH JlIO,[(H/:(0 Il03,[(Hell HQqH ellle He Bee MOrJIO 6bITb yn6-
0 0 "O
u '3
0
'"' .s>. JKeH0. (JI. T.) 3. XoTll Kpyr6M 6h!Jl0 ellle XMypo H cyMpaqHO HO yJKe q_yBCTBOBaJlOCb qTO
~
f-<
<l)
.c::
<l.).c::
<l.)
'"'
e,:
8
C
<l)
.c:: 0
:,:
('j CK0po BbffJ151HeTC0JlHUe, 4. KaK HH 6b!Jl IIOBpeJK,[(eH113aIIbIJ1eH rropTpeT HO KOr,[(a y):(a-
e,: i:l:•. :.: "' Jl0Cb eMy cqIICTHTb c nmi:a Tib!Jlb oH yBII):(eJl cne):(hI pa66TbI Bb1c6Koro xy):(6JKn11Ka.(I'.)
.... ,D :.:
~ ·>. .-'<: s
"' :E 5. HeCMOTpll Ha TO 'ITO MeHll OCblIIaeT ):\OJK):leBbJMHKaTIJll!MH pBy M0Kpbie BeTKH 6b!O
0"
.,
lO <l.)
1-.-
"O
<l.);:l ~·
('j
i:l: g
,D
:.:
~· .... ce6l! !IMH TIO JlHU,YH yrrHBlllOCb HX qy):(eCHblM 3arraXOM. (JI. T.) 6. KaK HH COBeprueHHO
u t;. .c:: 0 :,:
<l)
C <ll co ('j<l) Kpb!Jl0 IIT!IUbI OHO HHK0I' ):la He CMOI'Jl0 6bI IIO):\Hl!Tb ee BBb!Cb He OI1Hpa51CbHa B03):lyX.
o,i
"
:.o' ~·~
,:,: ::,-
i:l: i:l: M
<l) (.)
_,,. s a .c:: <l>aKTbi-3TO B03/:IYX yqeHOro. ne3 HHX Bbl HHKOf):lll He CM0JKeTe B3JleTeTb. (Jlae.)
0 (.):,: "81.:l O::,~
,o:,:
;,...O
"O (.) -~-~a
.-'<: 5
Q•<ll UM C
P. P. o-o Exercise 204. Read through the text. What question does each subordinate clause
~ <l) "' ....
('j~
:.. P.
f-<
<l.) ,D0,.Q('j <l) ('j
:...-
:,: U
"O
u-& :,: <%l "0 answer?
::r: ?
°' :-"
°' :-" HecKOJlbK0 ):\Hell JlHJl, He rrepecrnBaH, XOJl0):\Hblll ):\0JK):lb.B ca):ly ruyMeJI MOKpblll Be-
Tep. bb!Jl KOHeU HOll6pll - CllMOe rpyCTHOe BpeMll B ):lepeBHe. KOT CrraJl BeCb ):\eHb
~d' ~ <l)
(.)
<l)
(.) ,0 * t>£
<l.)
~
:.. . H B3):lparHBall, KOf):lll TeMHaa ):\OJK):leBaHBO,[(ll XJleCTaJla B OKHa.
f1o BeqepaM Mbl 3aTaITJlHBaJlH rreqrr, 51pK0 ropeJlH JlllMilbI, 11BCe TieJl H rreJl CBOI-0He-
"''"'
>.P,,
f-<<l.)
,&
-
ro C
P. <l)
1-,
~
1-,
<l)

= ::,-
P.
~
P. C
~te
('j
(.)
:,:
0
.s
<l)
XIITpyIO rri:CH!O M(:):\Hblll caMOBap-HHBaJl!I):\. KaK T0JlbKO er6 BHOC!IJlH B KOMHaTy, B Hell
& .,Q:,: <ll C ~-<l) cpa3y CTaHOB!IJlOCbYI-OTHO- M0JKeT 6bITb OTTOf0, qT0 CTeKJia 3aITOTeBaJlH11 He 6b!Jl0
(.) 0 .c:: 0 •. ,co :i:: .... <l)
v.C:: :.: s
0"" =
~
~ .... (.) "O "<
~ ~
0
co
bile
C v "' :Q
:.:
B!I):IHO O):lllH0KOll 6epe30B0ll BeTKH, KOTopal! ,[\eHb H HOqb CTyqana B OKHO.
O):IHaJK):lbl HQqbIO H rrpOCH)'JlCH OT CTpatIHOf0 OIUYIU(:HllH. MHe IIOKa3aJIOCb, qTO
~ s .c::
a..>] <l.):,: ..S.c:: :..· B
'"
~ ,(rj
f-<
~
.... <l.) .... ,D :i:::,: 0 i:l: ('j
f-<
<l)
.c::
» orn6x BO cHe. 51 neJKan c 3aKpbITbIMH rna3aM11, J:16nro rrprrcnymrrBaJ1c» 11HaKoHeu rr6-
Hl1Jl, qTO » He orn6x, a rr6rrpoCTy 3a CTeHaMH /:(0Ma HaCTYIIIIJla He06bIKHOBeHHa» THIIIH-
1; °'·>. 0
~.....s. .
-
"'
< ~t.0
Q,)C:::
J ~B ,<l)
~-..:
;,..."1:e,i"'.c::"'
~
co
~
ei"O
,<l.)
"'
('j Ha. TaK)'IO THIIIHH,Y Ha3b!Bll!OT «MepTBOll». YMep ):\0JK):lb, _yMep BeTep, yMep IIIYMJl!I-
Bblll, 6ecrroK6llHbIH ca):I. nhIJIO T0JlbK0 cnhrIIIno, KaK rrocarrhrnaeT BO cue KOT.
- e,:
.,Q ..
=
0'$.c::
i:l: i:l:
<Uoo
('j 8'"' i:l: bl) s
:Jl :.:avcro
e'{,(rj·-
(.) M"O 51 OTKpbrn rna3a. ni:Jlblll H p0BHblll CBeT HaIIOJlHllJl K0MHaTy. 51 BCTaJl H IIO):\OIIIeJl
~-u
~ . ~ K OKHy-3a CTeKJJaMHBCe 6hlJ10 CHeJKHOH 6e3M0J1BHO. B TyMaHHOM He6e Ha roJIOBO-
°' :-"
KpyJKIITeJibHOll Bb!COTe CTOllJla 0/:(HH0KaH nyHa.
Kor):la JKeBbIIIaJl rrepBblll CHer? 51 IIO):\OllleJl K X0):IHKaM. bb!JlO TaK CBeTJlO,qTQ llCHO
";,, ,.,, qepHeJlH CTpeJlKH. OnII rroKa3hIBaJlH ,[(Ba qaca.
·-g~
-~~
0
.,
..
e,: ..
e,:
0
:.:
:.:
"'
:.:
51yCH,YJlB II0JlHOqb, 3HaqHT, 3a ):\Ba qaca TaK He06bIKHOBeHH0 H3MeHI'rnaCb 3eMJlll.
(Ila K. JlaycmbecKoMy)
u

571
570
37*
 Supplement 5 ,[(yJI TaKoii BeTep, qyo TPY/IHO6LIJIO.nep- ,[(arrTe TaKOH TeKCT,qTOObl CTy.D;eHTbl nep-
lKaTbCHHa HOrax. BOfO Kypca MOrJIH er6 'IHTaTb.
Use of the Conjunctions qrn and qT06L1 'There was such a strong wind that it was Give us such a text that the first-year stu-
difficult to stand on one's feet.' dents could read it.'
Thk Conjunction qTO ,[(OlK/lb 6b!JI TaKoii, qyo HeJib3H 6LIJIO HylKeH T3KOH .D;OlK/lb,qyo6bl OH rny60KO
The Conjunction qyo6b1
BLIHTHHJ .n6Ma. npOMOqHJI3eMJIIO.
1. After the verbs JHaTb 'to know' I. After the verbs XOTeTb 'to want' 'The rain was so heavy that it was imposs- 'We need the kind of rain that will give the
nouuMaTb 'to understand', BH/leTb 'to see''
npocHTb 'to ask', eeJieTb 'to tell' npnKaJbI~ ible to go out.' earth a proper soak.'
CJILIWaTb 'to hear', IIOMHHTb 'to remem:
BaTb 'to order', Tpe6oeaTb 'to' demand'
ber'., qyecTeoeaTb 'to feel', JaMeqaTb 'to CTpeMHTbCH 'to strive', Ja66THTbCH 'to tak~ 4. The subordinate clause is an 4. The subordinate clause is an
notice:, coo61I1:iTb 'to report', 3a6LITb 'to care': adjunct to the demonstrative word TaK 'in adjunct to the demonstrative words TaK
forget , etc.: such a way', uacTOJibKO 'so' or CTOJibKO'so 'in such a way', CTOJibKO 'as much/many'
51 3H:lIO, qyo OH npHeXaJI. much' and connotes result (consequence): and connotes purpose:
51 xoqy, qy66b1 OH npnexaJI.
'I know that he has come.' 'I want him to come.' OH fOBOpllJI TaK, qyo BCe er6 nOHHMaJIH. roBopH TaK, 'IT06bl BCe Te6ii IlOHHMllJIH.
0H IIOHHM:leT, qyo MHe HY)l<Haer6 n6- 51 nonpOCIIJI TOBapnma, qy66bl OHMHe no- 'He spoke in such a way that everybody 'Speak in such a way that everybody can
MO[Ub. M6r. understood him.' understand you.'
'He understands that I need his help.' 'I asked my friend to help me.' Mb! TaK (HaCTOJlbKO) yCTaJIH, qyo He Mb! .D;OJilKHLITaK pa66TaTb, qyofiL( 3aK6H-
MOrJIH npo.D;OJilKaTbpa66Ty. 'IHTb pa66Ty B cpOK.
~fter !he verb~ CKaJaTb :to say', 'to tell', uanucilTb 'to write', npe 11ynpe/lHTb 'to 'We were sq tired that we could not go on 'We must work in such a way that we
warn, uanoMHHTb to remmd, nepe11ilTb 'to tell', noeTopHTb 'to repeat' subordinate with the work.' should finish the work in time.'
clauses with either qyo or qyo6b1 may be used: OH npm1ec CTOJibKO6yMarn, qTQ XBaTHJIO flpHHeCH CTOJibKO 6yMarn, 'IT06bl XBa-
Bpaq C~aJaJI, qyo 6oJibHOHnpHHHMaJI:ho BCeM. THJIo BceM.
Bp~q CKa3aJI, qyofibl 60JihHOH npHHHMaJI 'He brought so much paper that there was
JieKapCTBO. :no JieKapcTBo. 'Bring as much paper as will be enough for
'The d_octor said that the patient had been enough for everybody.' everybody.'
'The doctor told the patient to take that
takmg that medicine.' medicine.'
OH uano~HHJI MHe, qyo u BJHJI3TY KHHry 5. After the words .nocTaToquo 'enough', ue11ocTi1Toquo 'not enough', CJIHWKOM
OH uanoMHHJI MHe, qy66b1 H B3HJI§Ty KHH- 'too' a subordinate clause connoting result (consequence) is introduced by the conjunc-
y Te6u. ry y Te6ii.
'He reminded me that I had borrowed this tion qyofibl.
'He reminded me to borrow this book Compare:
book from you.' from you.' OH HaCTOJibKO6nbITeH, 'ITO MOlKeTpyKo- OH /IOCTllTOqffO 6nbITeH, qyoobl PYKOBO-
Sentences with the conjunction qyo
Sentences with the conjunction qyo6bI BO.D;HTb 3Torr pa66Toii. .D;HTb§rnii pa66rnii.
report some fact or phenomenon. express a request, wish or command. 'He is so experienced that he can supervise 'He is experienced enough to supervise this
this work.' work.'
Bee TaK ycTaJin, qyo He M6ryT npo.noJI- Bee CJIIIWKOM ycTaJIH, qyoobl npo.D;OJilKaTb
, 2. A/!er_ the words 11cuo '(it is) clear', 2. After the words uylKuo '(it is) ne- lKaTb nyTeWeCTBHe. nyTerueCTBHe.
IT';)HHTHO (1t 1s) understandable', HJBecrno 'All are so tired that they cannot continue 'All are too tired to continue the journey.'
cess~ry', ueo~!(O/IHMO _'(it is) necessary',
'_(1t1s) f!lo":"n', e1111uo'(it is) obvious', npu- lKeJiaTeJibHO (1t 1s) desirable', ueJibJH '(it) the journey.'
HTHO \It 1s), plea~ant:, CTp~HHO '(it is) cannot', ueeoJMOlKHO '(it is) impossible':
strange, CTpawuo (1t 1s) ternble', y11ue11- The meaning of the sentences in the left and right-hand columns are similar.
Tem,uo '(it is) surprising.' 6. The conjunction 'IT06bI is used when the demonstrative word TaK, uacTOJibKO or
BceM CTaJIOHCHO,qyo OH He npll/leT. TaKOii is preceded by the negative particle.
ffylKHO, qyo6bI OH npHeXaJI. Compare:
'It became clear to everybody that he 'It is necessary that he should come.'
would not come.' OH uaCTOJibKo 6nbITeH, qro M6lKeT py- OH He HaCTOJibKOOilbITeH,qyo6bl PYKOBO-
)KeJiaTeJibHO, qyofibI Co6paJIHCb BCeTOBa- KOBO.D;HTb 3TOH pa66Toii. .D;HTb§rnii pa66rnii.
CTpauuo, qyo OH He npnexaJI. pH[UH.
'It is strange that he did not come.' 'He is so experienced that he can supervise 'He is not experienced enough to supervise
'It is desirable that all the comrades should this work.' this work.'
assemble.' JlbeT TaKOii /IOlK.D;b,qyo HeJib3HBhlHTHH3 ,[(OlK.llb ue TaKoii, qyofibl HeJib3H 6LIJIO
After the words ealKuo '(it is) important', HHTepecuo '(it is) interesting' subordinate .llOMa. BLIHTHHJ .n6Ma.
1
causes may be mtroduced by either conJunction: 'It is pouring so hard that it is impossibe to 'The rain is not so heavy that it should be
go out.' impossible to go out.'
BalKHO, qyo Bee 3TO n6HHJIH.
BlllKHO, qyo6bI Bee 3TO nOHl!JIH.
'The important thing is that everybody un- 'It is important that everybody should un-
derstood this.' derstand this.'
. Se13tences with th_econjunction qyo report a fact, while sentences with the conJ·unc-
The Conjunctions qTo and qTo6bl used in Sentences
tion qyo6b1 express wish. Similar in Meaning
3. The subordinate clause is an 3. The subordinate clause is an
adjunct to the demonstrative word TaKOH After a word expressing doubt or uncertainty (coMueBaTLCH 'to
a9j-unct to the demonstrative pronoun Ta-
and connotes result (consequence). In this Ko_ua_nd connotes purpose. In this case the
doubt', ue ,ll;yMaTL 'not to think', ue BepHTh'not to believe', ue Mo~eT
case the principal clause reports a fact or pnnc1pal clause expresses a desire for or 6b1Th 'it cannot be') either ~o or ~oohl is used. Sentences with the con-
phenomenon:
the necessity of an action. junctions 'ITOand qT06L1are similar in meaning:
572
573
 Compare:
BH,z:i:en Er6pyIIIKa, KaK Mano- 'Yegorushka saw the sky grad-
.5I COMHeBalOCb,lfTO OHH BhlIIOJI- .5I COMHeBaIOCb,1fT06bl OHH BhI- noMany TeMHeJIO He6o, KaK ually growing darker <ind stars
HlIJilI (BhIIIOJIH51T)3TOT IIJiaH. IIOJIHIIJIII3TOT IIJiaH. 3aCBeTHJIHCho,z:i:na 3a .[(pyr6n coming out one by one.'
'I doubt that they have fulfilled 'I doubt that they will fulfil this 3Be3,[(bl. (qeX.)
(will fulfil) this plan.' plan.'
.5Iue .n:yMaIO,lfTO 3TOT IlJiaH (6y- In this complex sentence, the predicate of the principal clause (Bu-
.5I ue .n:yMaIO, 1fT06bl 3TOT IlJiaH
,n:eT, 6lmo) Tpy,n:Ho BhIIIOJI- ,n:eJIEropymKa) has two coordinate object clauses which answer the
Tpy.[(Ho 6lmo BhlIIOJIHHTh.
HIITh. question 'lmo?
'I don't think this plan is (will be, 'I don't think this plan will be dif- BH.[(eJIEr6pyIIIKa
was) difficult to fulfil.'
He MoJKeT6hITh, lfTo 3TOT rmaH
ficult to fulfil.' l
He Mom:eT 6hITh, 11T66bl 3TOT
y)Ke BhlIIOJIHeH. IIJiaH y)Ke 6hIJI BhIIIOJIHeH. l l
'This plan cannot have already 'lmo? 'lmo?
'This plan cannot have already
been fulfilled.' been fulfilled.' KaK MaJIO-IIOMaJiyTeMHeJIOHe6o, KaK 3acBeTHJIIICb0,[(Ha 3a ,z:i:pyr6n
3Be3,[(bl.
If two coordinate clauses are joined by the coordinating conjunc-
COMPLEX SENTENCES WITH TWO OR MORE SUBORDI- tion u, no comma is placed before this conjunct~on: B.rr.[(en_ Er6pyIII~aJ
NATE CLAUSES KaK MaJIO-IIOMaJiy TeMHeJIOHe6o H KaK 3aCBeTIIJIIICbO,[(Ha3a ,z:i:pyroH
3Be3,[(bl. d. •
1. A complex sentence may contain two or more subordinate In coordinate clauses other than the first one, the subor matmg
clauses. conjunctions or conjunctive words may be om!tted: B.rr,z:i:e".1 Er6pyIIIK_aJ
Kor,[(a BOHHa OTOpBaJia er6 OT 'When the war tore him away KaK MilJIO-IIOMaJiy TeMHeJIO He6o II 3aCBeTIIJIIICb 0,[(Ha 3a ,z:i:pyroH
YpaJra H 3aCTaBIIJia rrepeceCTb from the Urals and forced him 3Be3,[(br. . h fi
II3 3KCKaBaTopa B TaHK, OH 3. A number of subordinate clauses may form a ~h3:m, t e irst
to change from an excavator clause modifying the principal clause, the s~co~d ~odifymg the first
IIOH51JI,KaK Mn6ro B er6 )I(If3HII operator into a tank-driver, he
3HaqIIJI TPY.[(, rrpHHOCHBIIIIIH subordinate clause, etc. The type of subordmation is called consecu-
realised what an important part tive.
eMy CTOJibKOpa,[(OCTII. work, which brought him
(E.IloA.) _5I IIO)KaJieJI, qTO narrpaCHO rrory- 'I felt sorry that I had unnecess-
so much joy, played in his 6:HJIu:BeT6K, KOTOphIH6hm TaK arily destroyed the fl_ow_er
life. XOpOIIIHa CBOeMMeCTe. (JI.T.) which had been so good m its
In this complex sentence, the principal clause (ou 06mm) is modified place.'
by two subordinate clauses: the first (Kor,n:a BOHHaOTOpBaJiaer6 OT
In this complex sentence, the principal clause_ (H 1_mm:aJieJI~
has a!1
YpaJia H 3aCTaBHJianepececTb H3 3KCKaBaTopaB TaHK) is an adverbial
object clause (11m uanpacuo nory6uJI UBeToK), which, m ~urn, is qu~Ii-
clause of time and answers the question Ko2iJa? and the second (KaK
fied by an attributive clause (KoTopbIH 6Lm TaK xopom ua cBoeM
l\-lHOroB er6 Jl\:113HH
3HalfHJITPY.LJ:,
npHHOCHBIUHH eMy CT0.1:lbKO
pa,n:OCTH)is
an object clause and answers the question 11To? MeCTe).
.5I IIO)KaJieJI,
OH IIOH51JI l
l 0 'leM?
qTo HarrpacHo rrory6.rrn U:BeTOK,
KoziJa? 'lmo? l
KaKbu lfBembK?
Kor,[(a BOHHa OTOpBaJia er6 OT KaK MHOro B er6 )I(If3HH3HaqHJI KOTOpbIH6hIJI TaK xop6III Ha CBOeMMecTe.
Ypana II 33CTamrna nepeceCTb TPY.[(, npIIHOCHBlllIIH eMy
II3 3KCKaBaTopa B TaHK, CTOJibKOpa,[(OCTII. Exercise 205. Analyse the sentences and write out a chart for each sentence.
1. rep6:u MOeH rr6Becrn:, KOT6poro ll mo6n1? BCeM~ CH~aMH ,I\);'IIIH, KOTOpOro _cTa-
2. Subordinate clauses which are adjuncts to one and the same paJICll BOCrrpOH3BeCTHBO BCeHKpacoTe ll CHJie ero ll KOTOpbm BCer!--la6h1Jl, eCTb ~ 6y,I\eT
word in the principal clause and answer the same question are called rrpeK aceH ~ rrpaB,I\a (JI. T.) 2. C TeX IlOp KaK OH [MepeCbeB] IlOB~pllJI, qT? rryTeM Tpe-
coordinate clauses. HHp6aKll ~O)KeT HayqHTbCll JieTaTb 6e3 Hor ll CHOBaCTaTb rro;1rnol_\eHHb!MJieTqllKOM, ll~
OBJia,I\eJia )Ka)K,I(a )KH3Hll ll ,I(eHTeJibHOCTll.(£.Jloll.) 3. OH qyBCTBOBaJI, qTO )Kll3Hb e111e
574
575
66JibIIIe rrp116mb1rnacb K TeM BpeMemiM, pa.[(lf KOTOpbIX pa66TaJI!f Th!CHq!f er6 COOTeqe- Exercise 208. Analyse the sentences and write ou{ a chart for each sentence.
CTBeHHlfKOB, pa.[(lf KOTOpbIX )KlfJI II pa66rnn OH caM. (flayem.) I. ,n:6nro BTpoeM C~.[(eJI!f Mb! B C~.LlYITO.[(CII~JIOH BHIIIH~H, ~ Mapy~H H~M paccKa-
4. J.1 .[(OJiro 65'.LlYTeM mo6beH » Hap6.[(y, 3b!BaJia r.Lle 6bIJia qTo .[(enana II qTo BH.[(ena. (I'auiJ.) 2. Y Hee 6bIJIO TaKoe qyBCTBO, KaK
qTO qyBCTBa .[(06pb1e H JIHpOH rrpo6ylK.[(aJI, 6)'.[(TO ~Ha lK!fJia ~ 3TlfX KpaJIX jilKe .[laBHO-.[(aBHO,JieT CTO, If Ka3aJIOCb eH, qTO Ha BCeM
qTO B MOH lKeCTOKllH BeK BOCCJiaB!fJIH CB066.[(y IIjiTll OT ropo.[(a .[(0 CBOeH IIIKOJibl OHa 3HaJia KalK.[(bIH KaMeHh, Ka)K,[(Oe.[(ep~BO. ( lfex_.)
J.1 MHJIOCTb K rra.[(IIIlfM Ilpll3bJBaJI. (fl.) 3. B36HpiclHCb Ha BepIIIHHbl, Mb! KicllK.[(bIHpa3 Ha,[(eHJillCb ITOTji CTOpOHji lfX YBlf.[(eTh qTo-
HH6y.[(b TaKOe, qTO rrpe.[(BeIUaJIO 6b! 6JIM30CTb,BO.Llh,I,HO KalK~bIH pa3 Ha.[(elK_.Lla ~Ta CM~-
Exercise 206. Analyse the sentences. Write them out, inserting the missing commas. HJIJiaCb pa3oqapOBiclH!feM. (Ape.) 4. '.:ho 6bIJia cypoBaH JII060Bb 6e3 rrpll3HaHlflf, 11 ITa-
J. T6Tqac Ha He6e 3aMHraJI!f 3Be3.[(bl CJIOBHOIf OHH o6pa.[(OBaJilfCb TOM)' qTo HaKO- BeJI JICHOC03HaBaJI, qTO HeT TaKOll lKepTBbl, KOTopy10 OH He IIpHHeC 6bi 6e3 KOJie6aHHH,
HeU-TO c6nHue .[(an6 HM cBo66.[(y. (Ape.) 2. To qTo YBH.[(en OH 6hIJIO TaK HeOlKH.[(aHHO ern11 6h1 oHa HYlKHa 6bma 6phy. (H.O.)
qTo OH 11crryraJICH.(lfex.) 3. 10BOpHJil1 OHH O BeIUaX KOTOpbie He HMeJilf Hl1KaK6ro OT-
HOIIIeHHH K TOM)' qTo IIpOHCXO.[(HJIOBOKp)'r. (</>aiJ.)4. qT06bI .[(OKQHq!fTb IIOpTpeT
H CKalKy qTo y Her6 6bIJI HeMHOfO B3.[(epHyThIH HOC3)'6bi ocnerrHTeJibHOH 6eJI!f3Hhl If Ka- ASYNDETIC COMPOUND AND COMPLEX SENTENCES
p11e rna3a. (H.) 5 . ..sJ.TaK YBJieKCHC03epuaHl1eM rrpHpO.[(bI qTo He 3aMeTlfJI KaK rrpOIIIJIO
BpeMH. (Ape.) Simple sentences may be formed into a compound ~r complex sen-
Exercise 207. Read through the text and analyse the sentences.
tence without any conjunctions. In speech the connection between the
clauses is indicated by intonation, and writing by punctuation marks:
MOlKHO eIUe QqeHb MHOfO HaIIHCaTb O MeIUepCKOM Kpae. MOlKHO HaII!fCHTb, qTo
3TOT KpaH oqeHb 6oraT JiecaM!f If TOpq>OM, CeHOM If KapTOq>eJieM, MOJIOKOMIf JffO.[(aM!f.
a comma, semicolon, colon or dash.
Ho H Hap6qHo He IIlfIII)' 06 3TOM. HeylKeJI11 Mb! .[(OJilKHhI mo6HTb CBOIO 3eMJIIO TOJibKO Ham oroHeK pa3ropa.Jic51, AhIM 'Our fire was flaring up; the
3a TO, qTo OHa 6oraTa, qTO OHa .[(aeT o6HJibHbie ypolKalf If rrp11p6.[(Hble ee CHJlbl MOlKHO smoke was rising straight up.'
11CIIOJib30BaTb .[(JIH HaIIIero 6narocoCTOJIHlfH?!
IIO)];HIIMa.JIC51
rrpii:MOKBepxy.
He TOJibKO 3a 3TO Mb! mo611M pO.[(Hhie MeCTa. Mb! mo6HM lfX eIUe 3a TO, qTo .[lalKe BeceHHIIH, CBeTJihl.0..r:i;eHhKJIO- 'The bright spring day was draw-
He60faTbie, OHH .[(JIHHae rrpeKpaCHbI. ..sJ.JII06JIIo MeIUepCKlfH KpaH 3a TO, qTo OH rrpeKpa- HMJIC51K Beqepy; He60JihllIMe ing towards evening; small
CeH, XOTJI BCH IIpeJieCTb er6 pacKpbIBicleTCH He cpa3y, a oqeHb Me.[(JieHHO, IIOCTerreHHO. p630Bhie ryqKII CTOii:JIII
BhICOK0 roseate clouds were motionless
... vi eCJilf rrpll.[(eTCH 3aIUHIUaTb CBOJOCTpaH)', TO f.[(e-TO B rny611He cep.[(Ua H 6)'.LlY high up in the clear sky.'
3HaTb, qTo H 3aIUHIUaIO If 3TOT KJIOqQK 3eMJIH, HayqHBIIIlfH MeHJI BU.[(eTb 11 IIOHlfMiclTb
B ii:CHOMHe6e. (Typ2.)
rrpeKpaCHOe, KaK 6bi HeB3paqHo Ha Blf.[( OHO HM 6bIJIO,- 3TOT JieCHOH 3a.[lyMqlfBblll
KpaH, JII060Bb K KOTOpOMY He 3a6)'.[(eTCH, KaK HllKOf.[(a He 3a6bIBicleTCHrrepBaH JII060Bb. Punctuation of Asyndetic Compound and Complex Sentences
(flayem.)
COMPOUND-COMPLEX SENTENCES A comma or a semicolon is placed between the clauses of an asynde-
tic compound sentence when their meaning allows the use of the coor-
Compound sentences may consist of clauses which incorporate sub- dinating conjunction u 'and' between them.
ordinate clauses.
MereJih He yrIIxa.Jia, He6o He 'The blizzard did not abate, (and)
)J;aBhl)];OBHe 6hIJI MacrepoM ro- 'Davydov was not a master ora- rrpoHcHilJioch. (II.) the sky did not clear up.'
BOpHTh peqII, HO CJI)'lliaJIII er6 tor, but they listened to him at Bee 6hIJIO riixo Kpyr6M; co cro- 'Everything was quiet all over the
BHaqa.Jie TaK, KaK He CJI)'lliaIOT first as people never listen to poHhI .r:i;6MaHe rrpIIHOCMJIOCh place; not a sound came from
II Ca.Moro IICK)'CHoroCKa.3oqHII- even the most skilful story- HIIKaK6ro 3B)'Ka. (Typ2.) the house.'
Ka. (IlloA.) teller.'
A semicolon is generally used when the clauses are not v_eryclose to
In this compound sentence, the first clause is simple (,ll;aeL1.r:i;oe
ue each other semantically and also when they already contam commas.
6LIJI MiicTepoM roeopuTL pe'lu) and the second one, complex (c.Jiyma.Jiu
ero ena'lil.Jle TaK, KaK ue CJiyma.Jiuu dtMoro ucKycuoro CKa30'IHHKa). Ilor6.r:i;a 6hma qy.r:i;ecHaH. Bee 'The weather was wonderful.
These two clauses are formed into one compound sentence with the Kpyr6M u;BeJI6, )Ky)loKa.Jio Everything was blooming,
conjunction no. II rreJio; B,D;aJiiIcIIii:JIII B0,ll;hI buzzing and singing; the water
rrpy.r:i;6B;
rrpa.3,D;HIPrnoe,
cBeTJIOe of the ponds was shimmering;
qyBcTBO oxBa.ThIBaJio .r:i;ymy. a festive mood set in one's
)];aBhl,ll;OBHe 6hIJI MacrepoM HO CJI)'lliaJIII er6 BHaqa.Jie (Typ2.) heart.'
roBopiirh peqII, TaK,
Exercise 209. Read the following. Explain the punctuation.
1. 16po.[( crraJI, TOJibKO B HeKOTOpb!X OKHax MeJibKaJI!f OfHH. (H) 2. _JI6IIIa.[(lf TPO_:-
HjiJillCb, KOJIOKOJibqlfK 3arpeMeJI, K!f6HTKa ~OJieTeJia; (fl.) 3. CBeTJiee B03)_1YX,Blf.[(He~
.[(Op6ra, HCHeeT He6o, 6~JieIOT .:YqK!f, ~eneHeH?.TIIOJI~- (Typz) 4. Ilo.n ~KROM 11_ B, ca,ny
KaK He CJI)'lliaIOT II ca.Moro 3aIIIyMeJilf IITHUbl, TyMaH yIIIeJI 113,ca.[(a, Bee Kpyr~M 03apHJ!OC~ BeCeHHlf~ CBeTOM,
IICK)'CHOroCKa.3oqHIIKa. T6q110 jiJihi6KOH. (lfex.) 5 . .Ll:OlK.[(bTOJibKO qTo rrepecTaJI; o6naKa 6bJCTpo 6elKa.rr_11,
r<?JIY-
6:bJX rrpoCBeTOB CTaHOBHJIOCbBCe 60JibIIIe 11 60.1bIIIe Ha He6e. (lfex.) 6. Jly11a ClfHJia,

577
576
 ll!OJibCKa?~Otfb 6bIJia TllXa, H3pe,n:KanO,[(b!MaJICl!
BeTepOK,ll JierKllH illOpOXnpo6eran nHTbCH B O.D:HHOtJKy-)I(If3HHHe 'If each man fights for himself,
no BceMy ca,n:y. (II.)
7. Bb!XOlKYo,n:nHll Ha ,n:op6ry; rrepeBepH)'Tb. (H.O.) life will not be changed.'
CKB03b T}'.Ma.H KpeMHHCTbIH nyTb 6necTHT; (ECJIH6HTbCHB O.D:HHOtJKY,)I(If3HH
Hotfh THxa... (JI.) He rrepeBepHyTb).
Exercise 210. Write out the following, inserting the required punctuation marks. 2. When the second clause conveys the result or consequence of
. I. CnJI~Hb(MBeTep BH~3anHO3~ry,n:en B B~IillllHe ,n:epeBb_ll 3a6yrueBaJJll KpynHb!e what is said in the first clause:
Kan-;rll,[(OlK,[(ll
pe3KO3acTytfaJI1!3a~:1er;aJrn no JillCTb~MCBepK;fYJJa MOJIHlll!ll rpo3a pa3-
pa3HJiacb. (Typ2.) 2. ITpolUJJOeme HeCKOJibKO MllHyT. B MaJieHbKlleOKHaTO ll ,n:eno L(op6rn HCtJe3JIH- HeJib3}16hIJIO 'The road had disappeared: it was
3arnii:,n:bIBaJillCll~eBa.TbleorH~ MOJJHllll_Bb!COKlle,n:epeBbl!_BCnhIX~BaJill
3a OKHOM npH3- rrpoexaTb HH IIOe3,n:OM,HH Ma- impossible to travel either by
pa'!Hb!Mll O;epTaHlll!Mll,ll Onl!T~ llC'!e_3aJJllBO Tb~e CP"._!l:ll
cep~llTOI'O BOp'Ia.Hlll!6ypll. IIIHHOH,HH Ha JIOIIIa,n:ilx. train or by car or by horse.'
(Kap.) 3. He6o noMyTHeno neca no,n:epHyJIHCb,[(b!MKOll CHelKllHKll 3aKpylKHJillCboc6-
6eHHO 6hICTpo ll TpeBOlKHOc noneH nonrnyno CT}'lKeH.(£y6.) 4. HatfllHaJIO CBeTa.Tb Exercise 211. Read the sentences with the appropriate intonation. Explain the use of
peKa TyMaHHJiaCbHalli KOCTepnOT}'X.(Kap.) the colons and the dashes.
A. I. .51noexan ruaroM ll CKOpo npllHYlK,[(eH6bIJI OCTaHOBHTbCll: JJOilla,[(bMOH
A colon is placed between the clauses of an asyndetic complex sen- BH3Jia,ll He BH,[(eJIHll 3rH. (Typ2.) 2. CKB03b noCT05!HHb!H ruyM /_\OlK,[(51
tf}',[(llJillCb
MHe
tence in the following cases: B,[(aJJeKeCJia6hie 3B)1Kll:TOnOp OCTOpOlKHO CTY'Ia.JITIOC)ltfbllM,KOJieCaCKp1meJJll,JIO-
1. If the second clause conveys the reason for what is said in the rua,n:bQlblpKaJJa.(Typ2.) 3. MeJJKllll ,[(OlK,[(b ceeT C yTpa-BhlllTll HeB03MOlKHO. (Typz.)
4. IIeceHKa K6H'IHJJacb--pa3,n:an11cbo6hI'!Hbre pyKorrJJecKaH11ll. (Typ2.) 5. Xoqy OTBae
first clause: TOJlbKO0,[(HOr6-noToponnTeCb C Bb!e3,[(0M.(AJJC.) 6. BapBapa npHCJ1yruanacb: ,[(0-
IletJa.JieH H: co MHOIO.n:pyra HeT. HeCCl!WYMBe'!epHero IIOe3,n:a.( <Pao.)7. I1M HeKy,n:anpHTaTbCl!:BCellX 3HaJill. ( <f>ao.)
'I'm sad: my friend is not with 8. Tenepb HM npe,n:CT05!JIO ca.Moe TPYIIHOe:OHHI(OJilKHhl6hIJJll TIOKHHYTb TOBapmr1a,
(II.) me.' 3Hall, 'ITO eMy yrpolKaeT. (<f>ao.)9. Jl106HTe KHHry: OHa nOMOlKeTBaM pa306pa.TbCll
B necTpOH nyTaHHIIe Mb!CJJeH,OHa Ha)ltfllTBae yBalKa.TbqeJJOBE:Ka. (M.I'.) 10. OT 3TllX
2. If the second clause completes the first and refers to the predi- KHIII'B ,n:yweCJIOlKHJJaCb CTOHKal! yBepeHHOCTb: ll He o,n:irnHa 3eMJie,He rrpona,n:y. (M.I'.)
cate of the first clause which is the verb su.n;en, 'to see', cMoTpeTh 'to I 1. Ornii:,n:bIBalOCb-HllKOr6 HeT Kpyr6M; npllCJI}'IllllBalOCb-3B)1Kll KaK 6y,n:TOna-
look', CJIL1maTh 'to hear', 3HaTh 'to know' qy'scrsosaTh 'to feel' ,n:alOTC HE:6a.(JI.)
etc. ' ' 12. MHe CTaJio CTpawHo: Ha KpaIO
rp03Hillell 6e3I(Hbl ll JielKa.JJ.(JI.)
B,n:pyr H tJ)'BCTByIO:KTO-TO6eper 'Suddenly I felt somebody grab- 13 . .513Hlll0--
MeHH 3a IIJietJO H TOJIKaeT. r6po,n: 6y,n:eT,
bing my shoulder and pushing 51 3Hal0-
(Typ2.) me.' ca,n:y IIBeCTb,
Kor,n:a
3. If the second clause explains what is said m the first clause: TaKne JIIO/-\ll
I1or6.n:a 61,rna y)I(acHaH: BeTep 'The weather was terrible: the 8 CTpaHe
COBeTCKOH
BbIJI, MOKpbIH cHer rra,n:aJI wind was howling, (and) wet ecn! (MaJIK.)
XJIOIIMIMH. snow was falling in large B. I. Ilocrre11111111b-mo,n:eii.HacMewnmb. 2. He nnIOH B Kon6,n:eI1:rrpHro,n:HTCll
(II.) flakes.' Bo,n:i:rHarrHTbCll.3. BoJIKOB6oii:TbCl!- B nee He xo,n:HTh.4. J1I06ttwh KaTa.TbCll-JII06H
ll ca.HO'!KllB0311Tb.
I~ the above three cases a colon is not obligatory: a dash may be Exercise 212. Replace the compound and complex sentences with conjunctions with
used mstead: asyndetic sentences. Write them down and read them with the appropriate intonation.
YtJHTeJib 6bIJI )];OBOJieH-BCe 'The teacher was pleased: every- I. Bemll YJJOlKeHhl, ll 6HJJeTbl KyrrJieHbl.2. 51 ,[(OJilKeH npll3Ha.Th, 'ITO Bbl 6bIJJII
IIIJIO xopoIII6. thing was getting on all right.' npa.Bbl. 3. Pa3 HatfaJI I'OBOpHTh,roBopn ,[(OKOHIIa.4. Ha,n:o ll,[(Tll,[(OMOH, IIOTOMY 'ITO
ylKeII03,[(HO.5. Ilperro,n:aBaTeJJbIIO,[(HHJ!Cl!
Ha Kacj.Je,n:py,
ll JieKIIllllHatfaJJaCb.6. Mb! yae-
In this sentence the second clause gives the reason for what is said peHbl, 'ITOTb! crrpaBlllllbCllc 3TOHpa66TOH. 7. Kor,n:a HaCTa.HeT YTPO,,[(BIIHeMCll B nyn.
in \he first. 8. )],Bepb OTKpbIJiaCb,ll ll3 ay,n:HTOpllllBh!WJ!llCTyI(eHTbl.9. ECJJllXO'!eillbOT,[(OXH}'Tb,
IIOH,[(eMB napK. I 0. KaK TOJibKOKOH'!aTCll3K3a.MeHbl,noe,n:y I(OMOH.11. BceM HCHO,
J,foor.n:a MHe .n;yMaercH- Ha,n:o 'Sometimes I think, "I must run 'ITO H)llKHOrrpo,n:OJJlKa.Tbpa66Ty. 12. Ilopa cnan, IIOTOMY'ITO ylKe ,[(Baqaca. 13. ~e
y6e)I(a.Tb. (M.I'.) away."' 30BIITe er6. EcJJH OH 3ax6tfeT, rrpH,n:h caM. 14. T.Jepe3peKy 3,n:ecbHeJib3ii neperrpa-
BllTbCll,noTOMy 'ITO Te'-!E:Hlle O'!eHb 6b!CTpoe.
The second clause completes the first. DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH
A dash is generally used in asyndetic complex sentences in the fol-
lowing cases: Words of a speaker can be reported in two ways: .
1. When the first clause indicates the time of, or condition for the 1. The reporter may convey the speaker's words literally, "'.1thout
action of the second clause: ' any changes, i.e. precisely as they were uttered by the speaker himself.
578 579
«51 nocJie3aBTpa Ha BoJiry no- '"I'll go to the Volga the day '"Where have we come to?" I 'Rubbing my eyes, I asked where
e)J;y»,- CKa3aJICarna. (l/ex.) after tomorrow." Sacha said.' asked, rubbing my eyes.' we had come to.'
TTaBeJI, yxo,UH H3 ,UOMa, CKa3aJI 'As he was leaving the house, «B qeM cyTh TBoer6 nJiaHa, 3aJIKIIH,UcnpOCHJI Tama, B qeM
MaTepH: «B cy66oTy y MeHH Pavel said to his mother, TaH51?»- crrpocirn 3aJIKHH,U. CYThee IIJiaHa.
6y,uyT r6CTHm r6po,ua». (M.I'.) "Some people from the town (A;JIC.)
are coming to see me on Satur- '"What is the point of your plan, 'Zalkind asked Tanya what the
day.''' Tanya?" Zalkind asked.' point of her plan was.'
This is direct speech.
2. The reporter may convey the speaker's words in his own way, in 4. If the direct speech is an interrogative sentence containing no
a somewhat changed form. interrogative word, it can be replaced with an object clause with the
particle JIU 'whether' used as a conjunction.
Carna CKa3aJI, qTo OHnocJie3aB- 'Sacha said that he would go to
Tpa noe)J;eTua BoJiry. the Volga the next day but one.' Direct Speech Indirect Speech
TTaBeJICKa3aJIMaTepH, qTo B cy6- 'Pavel told his mother that some «nhIJI KaKOH-HH6y,uhOTBCT Ha EaTMaHOB cnpocHJI, 6hIJI JIII Ka-
66Ty y Hero 6yL(yTl'OCTH H31'0- people from the town were rrpe,n:JIO)KeHue?» - crrpoc11.n KOM-HII6y,uhornfa Ha rrpe,uno-
po)J;a, coming to see him on Satur- EaTMaHOB. (A;JIC.) )KeHIIe.
day.' '"Has there come any answer to 'Batmanov asked whether there
the proposal?" Batmanow had come any answer to the
This is indirect speech. asked.' proposal.'
Indirect speech is conveyed by object clauses.
In replacing direct speech with indirect speech, attention should be
paid to the correct use of personal and possessive pronouns and finite
verb forms:
Replacing Direct Speech with Indirect Speech Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Direct speech can be replaced with indirect speech. «5£ HIIKy,ua He noe,uy»,- HaTaIIIa OTBeqaJia, lJ:TOOHa HII-
1. If the direct speech is an affirmative sentence, it can be replaced OTBeqana HaTarna. (JI.T.) Ky,UaHe IlOC,UeT.
with an object clause introduced by the conjunction qTO: '"I won't go anywhere," Natasha 'Natasha answered that she
answered.' would not go anywhere.'
Direct Speech Indirect Speech
«3To MOH KHM)KKa», -cKa3aJI YKa3hIBa51Ha )KypHaJI,OHCKa3aJI,
«OTen: Ha co6paHHe norneJI», - TTarnKaOTBeTHJI,qTo OTen:IlOIIIeJI OH, yKa3bIBa51 Ha )KypHaJI. qTo 3TO er6 KHH)KKa.
OTBeTHJITTarnKa. (I'aud.) Ha co6paHHe. (I'auiJ.)
'"Father has gone to the meet- 'Pashka answered that his father '"That is my book," he said, 'Pointing to the magazine, he said
ing," Pachka answered.' had gone to the meeting.' pointing to the magazine.' that it was his book.'
2. If the direct speech is a request or command with the predicate in In some cases direct speech cannot be replaced with indirect speech.
the imperative mood, it can be replaced with an object clause intro- This is the case when direct speech contains interjections, exclamatory
duced by the conjunction qTo6M: words or vocatives.
Direct Speech Indirect Speech «bO)Ke MOM,Ha,n:51np11exana!- '"Good heavens, Nadya has
«PaccKa)l<lf CKa3KY», - nporny .5J nporny CTapHKa, lfTOfaI OH CKa3aJI OH H BeCeJIO pac- come!" he said and broke into
51 CTapHKa. (M.I'.) paCCKa3aJICKa3Ky. CMeHJIC51.-Po,n:Ha51 MOH,ro- happy laughter. "My dear, my
'"Tell me a fairy-tale," I ask the 'I ask the old man to tell me ny6yrnKa!» (l/ex.) love!"'
old man.' a fairy-tale.'
Exercise 213. Replace the direct speech with indirect speech.
3. If the direct speech is an interrogative sentence with an inter-
rogative word, it can be replaced with an object clause introduced by I. «CaMOBap roT6B!»-KpllKHyJia MaTh. (M.I'.) 2. «CecTpa M051cer6AH51 npm~-
AeT!»-C006llillJ1 OH. (M.I'.) 3. «rAe Thi 6hrna, Mawa?»-crrpocilJI Kttpflna ITeTp6-
the interrogative word used as a conjunctive word. Bll'I. (fl.) 4. «Bee ntt 3,[(ech?-cnpocfln )],y6p6BCKttrr.- He ocTanoch ntt Kor6 B AOMe?»
(ll.) 5. «.51.xoqy norrp66oBaTh oniITh nen»,-cKa3aJia oHa (JJ.T.) 6. «PaccKaJKil MHe,
Direct Speech Indirect Speech AmKa, CMeJiyIO BOeHHYIOCKa3KY»,-~nonpocilJia HaTKa. (I'auo.) 7. ECJill, lfA51C Hell
B TeaTp, H 3a6hIBaJI B351Tb6ttHOKJih, TO ITOTOMOHa fOBOpllJia: «.51.TaK If 3HaJia, 'ITO Bbl
«Ky ,ua npHeXaJIH?»- cnpocirn 51, .5Jnpodrn, npOTHpa51rna3a, Ky,ua 3a6y,[(eTe». (lfex.) 8. «He nyCKaITTeKO MHe IlOKa HllKOfO»,--CKa3aJI oaTMaHOB CeKpe-
npornpa51 rna3a. (fl.) npHeXaJIH. Tapme. (A:JIC.) 9. «A MHe BCe 3Tll AHif TaK HeBeceJIO»,-~CKa3aJia Ha,[(51 IlOMOJI'faB.

580 581
(Lfex.) 10. YBIT):\i!B BhIUienwero en HaBCTpeqy WBeiiu:apa, OHa TOJihKOBCIIOMHITJia,'lTO
IIOChIJiaJia 3a!IHCKY IT TeJierpaMMy. «0TBeT eCTh'?»-CTipOCl!Jia OHa. «Cett<JaC IIO-
CMOTp!O»,- OTBe'laJI WBeiiu:ap. (H. T.) 11. JI nonowen K X03llHKe BaJieHTl!He, 'lT06hI IlyJJ1,KHH8 HJib38 MaKCHMHJIHftHOBHa
cnpOCI!Th, HeT JIITHaM K ):\OMY!:\OpOrITrro6JilllKe. «Cett'lac MYlK Ha CTilHU:ITfOrroeneT, - 3axaea-HeKpacoea EtcaTepuua liopucoeua
CKa3aJia BaJieHTl!Ha. · · OH Bae ):\OBe3eT,1:\0CilMOH MeJibHITU:hl,a T3M yJKe IT He,l:\aJieKO».
(I'ai'11).)
PYCCKHH R3hIK
Exercise 214. Replace the direct questions with indirect questions.

(a) 1. AHHa AneKceeBHa BhIXO!:\!IJiaKO MHe c o3a66'leHHhIM JIITU:OMIT BCllKITHpa3 IlpaKniqecK3ll rpaMM3TllKa C yrrpalKHeHHllMH
CrrpaWITBaJia: «IlO'leMy BaC TaK ,l:\OJiro He 6hIJIO?» (Lfex.) 2. 0H C BOJIHemi:eM
CIIpaWITB3JIy Hee BCllKITHpa3, 0 'leM OHa 'lITTaJia B IIOCJie):\HITe !:\HIT.« \ho Bbl 'lITTilJill Ha
)TOH Hen;ene, IIOKa Mb! He Bll,UeJIITCh?»--CIIpOCIIJI OH Terreph. (Lfex.) 3. «rne lKe TBOH d!IR zoeopRUJUX Ha aHZJIUUCKOMJl3blKe
HOBhlH rrpITllTeJih?»-crrpoCIIJI OH ApKa,l:\ITll. (Typz.) 4. «O 'leM lKe Bbl c Hett roBO-
p!IJill?»-crrpoc!IJI MeHll rarnH. (Typz.) 5. «4To JKe Thi He en;ewh?»-crrpoc!IJI
ll llMUIITKa C HeTeprreHITeM.(JI.)
(b) I. 0Ha TIIXO crrpoc11na: «He OII03):\aJia ll?» (M.I'.) 2. «BaM yn66Ho 6yneT
3necb?»--crrpocI1JI HnKonaii, BBO!:\ll MaTh B He6oJihW)'fO KOMHaTy. (M.I'.) 3. «Bhr rre-
<1iTaeTe CBOII rrpOIT3Benemrn B lKypHanax?» - crrpOCIIJI y Bepbl I16cmjloBHhl CTapu:eB.
(Lfex.) 4. «Xoqernh cer6t1Hll HO'lhfO pa66TaTh co MHoii?»-crrpoc!IJI 4enKam raBp11ny. PenaKTop C. A. HuK011bcKaJ1
(M.I'.) 5. «M6lKHO Blln;eTh rnaBHoro ITHlKeHepa Eep11me?»-crrpoc11na neBywKa. Pe.uaKTOp rrepeao.ua E. B. Hap'leHKo
(AJIC.) 6. «Bae IIOCJiilJill CfOD;aIIJIIT Bbl Ci!MITpeWI!Jlll IIpOHTI!Ch?»--crrpoc!IJI naTMilHOB Mna.uIIIHH pe.uaKTOp /1. E. Pe'lKa~oea
y TaHll. (AJIC.)7. «Bbl Ha,l:\OJirOCIO):\arrpnexanIT?»-crrpoc11na OHa Bna):\l!Mllpa Cepree- Xy.uolKeCTBeHHhIH pe.uaKTop /1. B. Eoza'leea
BIT'la. (Typz.) 8. «MMeeTe Bbl lBBeCTlle OT Bamero Cb!Ha?»-crrpoC!IJI ll ee H3KOHeU:. KoppeKTop H. A. Ha6amoea
(Typz.)

fi'fT"if
9 785200 027439

JlHueH3lill JIP N2 010155 OT 09.04.97.

ITommcaHo a neqaTh 20.01.2000. <l>opMaT 60x90/16. EyMara oqiceTHa.R.

rapHHTypa «Tail:MC». f1eqaTb OqJCeTH3llC roTOBhlX ,!Ui3Il03lITHBOB.Yen. neq. JI. 36,5.
yq_-H3.U. JI. 41,5. TnpalK 5060 3K3. 3aK. N2 384.

l-faLJ:aTeJihCTBO «PyccKHH .R3hIK» MnHHCTepcTBa P<l> no ,1:1eJiaM neqaTH,

TeJiepaL(HOBell13Hlill H cpell:CTB M3CC0Bb!X KOMMYHHK3IJ;HH.113303, MocKBa, M.
lOIIIyHhCK3ll yn., 1.

0TneqaTaHO B ITOJIHOMCOOTBeTCTBHH C KaqeCTBOMnpeL(OCT3BJieHHblX/J:ll3IT03lITHBOBB

OAO «MolKattCKHH noJIHrµaqinqecKHH KOM6HHaT».143200, r. MolK3HCK,yn. Mnpa, 93.